Catalog Kaiser Kraft 2013 PDF

Distribuitor in Romania pentru Kaiser+Kraft - Lord Industrial Tools S.R.L.
web site: www.catalog-kk.ro; e-mail: contact@catalog-kk.ro; Mob.: +40 722 475 478; Fax: +40 349 816 541
NEW IN THE CATALOGUE

WE ARE ALWAYS LOOKING
FOR NEW PRODUCTS FOR YOU.
DOLLIES
409.00
from g
No. 968 333-BK
NEW products
for
TRANSPORT
Trucks with side bars ............................ 7
QUIPO transport equipment ...... 13 20
EUROKRAFT Active Green
transport equipment ................ 23, 65, 98
Platform trucks .............................. 38, 47
Parcel and newspaper trucks ............ 53
General purpose trolleys ............ 59 60
Dollies ............................................ 90 91
Stair climbing trucks ............................ 96
With drawbar and coupling

Linked towing, for pallets and containers.
Drawbar and towing eyelet to hitch to
towing vehicles with a speed up to 6 km/h.
Max. towing weight 1500 kg.
Welded steel construction.
Push handle available as an accessory.
Detailed information can befound
onpage91.
NEW
HEAVY DUTY SHELVING UNITS
NEW
In light grey RAL 7035

Standard shelf unit
Height x width x depth
2000x1500x600mm.
Support beams with
Z profile and chipboard
panels.
124910
Single and double width

boltless shelving units ............ 204 205
Heavy duty shelving units ...... 226 227
QUIPO aluminium containers .......... 259
Stack/nest containers ...................... 303
Transport and tool cases .................. 324
Large containers ................................ 334
Standard shelf unit
275.00
g
No. 967 542-BK
Matching extension
shelf unit
249.00
g
No. 967 543-BK
Max. shelf load
withevenly distributed
loads 320kgfor both.
Detailed information
onpages226 and 227.
124910
NEW products
for
STORAGE
259.00
295.00
RECYCLABLE WASTE
COLLECTOR SYSTEM
No. 111 268-BK
With hand operated access flap

Sheet steel housing, zinc plated and powder
coated.
Collectors have been tested as flame
extinguishing. Lockable hinged door.
No. 111 272-BK
With 40 litre inner container

Height x width x depth 770 x 400 x 400 mm.
Body white aluminium RAL 9006,
flapultramarine blueRAL5002.
With 70 litre inner container
Body ultramarine blue RAL 5002,
flap white aluminium RAL 9006.
Detailed information can
befoundonpages463 and 475.
NEW
NEW products
for
ENVIRONMENT
Laboratory furniture .............................. 376
Cleanroom furniture .............................. 377
QUIPO steel sump trays ........................ 380
Mobile steel sump trays ........................ 382
Insulated hazardous goods storage
containers ................................................ 408
Chemical storage cupboards .............. 414
Eye rinsing bottles .................................. 424
Wet and dry vacuum cleaners 436 437
Hot water high pressure cleaners ...... 442
QUIPO recyclable waste collectors .. 472
EUROKRAFT recyclable
waste collectors ...................................... 475
Recyclable waste collectors
with swing lid .......................................... 476
NEW products
for
WORKSHOP
PC DESK
With fold-out storage compartments
Lockable. Surface for flat panel displays
(HxWapprox. 500 x 500 mm), keyboard and
mouse.
Lockable double door cupboard with storage
space for PC, printer and accessories.
Three cable outlets.
Wheel set available as an accessory.
NEW

onpage661.
639.00
No. 706 277-BK

(Wheel set not included)
Paper towel and cleaning

cloth dispensers ...................................... 536
Industrial cleaning paper dispensers 537
EUROKRAFT wall clocks ...................... 540
EUROKRAFT industrial swivel chairs 575
EUROKRAFT foreman's desks ............ 585
EUROKRAFT height adjustable
workbenches .......................................... 587
EUROKRAFT assembly trolleys .......... 615
Modular furnishings for workshops
and factories ..................................624 628
Lista drawer cupboards ........................ 635
PC desks .................................................... 661
Step ladders with non-slip
tread cover .............................................. 715
NEW products
for
OFFICE
NEW
135.00
No. 970 551-BK
OFFICE SWIVEL
CHAIR
Mesh back rest and ergonomic seat
With permanent contact mechanism.
Infinite height adjustment from
430 to 510 mm.
Back rest with actively breathing
mesh covering, 550 mm high.
onpage880.
Mobile pedestals ................................ 848

Mail distribution cupboards ..............849
Key safes ............................................ 870
QUIPO built-in furniture safes .......... 871
Tables with electric height
adjustment .......................................... 811
PETRA complete office package .... 844
Office swivel chairs .................. 880, 889
Office armchairs ................................ 901
Bistro tables ........................................ 921
DYMO labelling devices .................... 926
Projection screens ............................ 961
Premium soundproof walls .............. 993
Fans ........................................ 1008 1009
PRODUCT RANGE
TRANSPORT
SHELF TRUCKS
Fully assembled
Detailed description on page 15.
g
No. 521 368-BK
465.00
SCISSOR LIFT PLATFORM TRUCKS

With manual lift
A detailed description and other models
can be found on page 130.
1855.00
g
No. 977 720-BK
FLEXIBLE CONVEYORS
For changing locations and
varying track configurations
can be found on pages 174 and 175.
2385.00
g
No. 714 019-BK
+ HIGH QUALITY PRODUCTS

124908
124908
+ ON STOP SHOPPING
www.export.kaiserkraft.com
WORKSHOP CRANES
Max. load 1500 kg
can be found on pages 144 and 145.
DRUM TILTING CLAMPS

Max. load 300 kg
2455.00
g
No. 739 397-BK
2825.00
g
No. 937 240-BK
PALLET TRUCKS
Max. load 2500 kg
can be found on pages 108 - 115.
g
No. 520 028-BK
329.00
TRANSPORT
1 Transport equipment
Pages
6 107
2 Lifting equipment
Pages
108 143
3 Lifting devices
Pages
144 153
4 Wheels and castors

Pages
124909
+ DELIVERY WORLDWIDE
154 169
5 Conveyors
Pages
170 181
1
Transport equipment
Platform trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Platform trucks
Pages
+ Developed by our experts to provide

added value for our customers
+ Robust, durable and of the highest
quality
+ Certified production technology
+ Custom made products and special
colours on request
6 10, 37 42, 45, 47, 52
Four wheelers, mobile

pedestals and work stands
Pages
10, 15, 30 33
General purpose,
serving and table trolleys
Pages 11, 20, 22 25, 34 36, 38, 42 52
Assembly and general

purpose trolleys
Pages
11 13, 16, 26 30, 58 61
Shelf trucks and trolleys,

cupboard trolleys
Pages
Frame and push handle powder coated in light blue

RAL 5012 as standard.
Push handle height 1100 mm.
Platform (German registered design)
Recycled plastic with non-slip and hardwearing
surface.
Weather resistant, oil resistant and largely acid-proof.
Recyclable.
Platform height 280 mm.
Wheels
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors. Plastic rims.
Swivel castors with double stops.
Supplied flat pack easy self-assembly.
14 15, 64 70
Container trucks and

roll containers
Pages
18, 53, 62 63, 71 80
Platform trolleys and

stacking boxes
Pages
53 57, 80
Dollies, transport and

furniture dollies
Pages
from g
17, 86 91
195.00
Sack trucks
Pages
20, 96 102
Gas cylinder and

drum handling
Pages
20, 103 106
Heavy goods trailers

Pages
For your safety

Models with double stops to
EN 1757-3.
81 85
Dollies, winches and jacks

Pages
1 With tubular push handle
92 95
Welding protection
Page
length x width mm
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
Solid rubber tyres, 200 mm

Max. load 500 kg
No.
g
725 240-BK
725 243-BK
195.00
231.00
Nylon wheels, 200 mm

Max. load 500 kg
No.
g
725 332-BK
725 334-BK
231.00
258.00
Pneumatic tyres, 210 mm

Max. load 300 kg
No.
g
927 586-BK
927 587-BK
295.50
319.00
Dimensions
107
2 Without additional structures

Dimensions
length x width mm
1050 x 700
No.
g
725 322-BK

Max. load 500 kg
161.40
3
4
Platform made of plywood with mesh patterned non-slip

surface.
Solid rubber fully-elastic tyres on aluminium rims with ball
bearings, otherwise as above.
124912
Dimensions
length x width mm
Solid rubber full-elastic tyres, 200 mm

Max. load 1000 kg
No.
g
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
921 109-BK
921 110-BK
398.00
419.00
4 With one end panel
5 With two end panels
End panel made of MDF, 500 mm high.
End panels made of MDF, 500 mm high.
Dimensions
length x width mm

Max. load 500 kg
No.
g
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
725 245-BK
725 247-BK
219.00
235.50
Dimensions
length x width mm

Max. load 500 kg
All articles ex works plus charges
No.
g
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
725 249-BK
725 252-BK
260.00
284.00
BLUE =
Short delivery period
124912
3 For heavy loads up to 1000 kg
Platform trucks
For your safety

Model with double stops to EN 1757-3.

quality
colours on request
Cash & Carry trucks

Max. load 300 kg
Can be pushed inside each other to save space.
Platform made of MDF panel, dcor finish.
Frame and push handle powder coated in light blue
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, wheel 200 mm,
solid rubber tyres. Swivel castors with double stops.
Two models: 1 without, 2 with railing.
Accessories
Detachable basket, wire basket, powder coated in white.
Length x width x height 520x 195x 225mm.
Clipboard, PVC board with paper clamp.
Length x width 330 x 222 mm.
Detachable basket
Clipboard
Model
2
with
1000 x 630
1100
1200 x 830
243 418-BK
243 426-BK
290.50
381.00
No.
g
733 974-BK
733 974-BK
49.50
49.50
No.
g
151 769-BK
151 769-BK
26.25
26.25
No.
g
Available in most RAL colours.
without
1000 x 700
1100
1200 x 830
Railing
Platform
length x width mm
Push handle height
mm
Length x width
mm
Only 10 % extra.
Save space with empty trucks
Accessories
Detachable basket
Clipboard
Approx. 6m storage is required for 5standard

platform trucks.
Approx. 2m is sufficient for 5 CC trucks.
NEW
Trucks with side bars

Max. load 500 kg
Platform truck with 4 side bars.
Powder coated as standard in light blue RAL 5012.
Platform (German registered design) made of recycled
plastic. Non-slip and hardwearing surface. Weather
resistant, oil resistant and largely acid-proof. Recyclable.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors. Solid rubber tyres on
plastic rims. Swivel castors with double stops.
Platform
L x W mm
124608
Platform / bar heights

Length x width x height
Wheel
No.
g
mm
mm
mm
1050 x 625
1250 x 725
280 / 800
1050 x 700 x 1080
200
280 / 800
1250 x 800 x 1080
200
968 335-BK
968 336-BK
254.00
265.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

export@kaiserkraft.com
KAISER + KRAFT
EVERYTHING FOR THE BUSINESS.
1
Clipboard
Suitable for all

platform trolleys
Only 10 % extra.

quality
colours on request
PVC board with paper

clamp.
No. 151 769-BK
g 26.25
Platform trucks
In various versions
200 kg
Powder coated in light blue RAL5012 as standard.

Wheels
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, roller bearings.
Non-marking, solid rubber tyres to protect delicate
floors.
1 With bolt-on push handle

Platform made of steel tubes or MDF panel.
175.00
No. 944 540-BK
Max. load
Dim.
kg
200
length x width mm
850 x 430
Platform
steel tubes
MDF panel,
powder coated
188
125
198
125
944 539-BK
944 540-BK
152.90
175.00
All articles on this page

Platform height
Wheel
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
mm
mm
No.
g
2 With folding push handle

Max. load
Shown with special paint finish
kg
200
Dimensions length x width mm

Platform
Platform height
mm
Wheel
mm
850 x 430
MDF panel, powder coated
198
125
944 541-BK
No.
g
212.00
3 Choice of three models

Platform made of steel tubes or MDF panel,
optionally with railing.
Dimensions
kg
L x W mm
Platform
1000 x 700
steel tubes
Railing
height mm
Platform height
mm
Wheel
mm
No.
g
300
MDF panel,
powder coated
226
160
236
160
200
236
160
944 542-BK
944 543-BK
944 544-BK
216.50
254.50
323.00
For your safety

Models with double stops to EN1757-3.
BLUE =
125122
Max. load
Platform trucks
Platform (German registered design)
Recycled plastic with non-slip and
hardwearing surface. Weather resistant,
oil resistant and largely acid-proof.
Recyclable.
Side panels
MDF panels, dcor finish.
Side panels can be removed separately.
For your safety
Double stops in accordance with
EN 1757-3 as standard.
4
Special paint finish
Platform trucks
withwooden panels
Max. load 500 kg,
withpneumatic tyres300 kg
Powder coated as standard in light
blueRAL5012.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors.
Housings made of zinc plated sheet steel.
See table for wheel .
Model
Model
4 half-height panels
With solid rubber tyres
3 full-height
panels
4 full-height panels
2 full-height long
side panels
Length x width
Panel height
mm
1050 x 700
250
1250 x 800
250
1050 x 700
500
1050 x 700
500
1250 x 800
500
1250 x 800
500
Solid rubber tyres

Wheel 200 mm
No.
g
725 262-BK
725 264-BK
725 266-BK
725 271-BK
725 273-BK
725 278-BK
325.50
353.50
310.00
326.50
345.50
314.50
Pneumatic tyres
Wheel 210 mm
No.
g
927 595-BK
927 601-BK
424.00
422.00
Clipboard
PVC board with paper clamp.
Suitable for all platform trucks
with push handle.
No. 151 769-BK
g 26.25
Platform trucks
withmesh panels
Max. load 500 kg,
with pneumatic tyres 300 kg
Mesh panels can be removed

separately
Non-slip, hardwearing plastic platform
Steel mesh panels, mesh size50x50mm.

blueRAL5012.
See table for wheel .
125105
Model
Model
4 half-height panels
1 full-height end panel
2 full-height long side panels
4
2 full-height
end panels
Length x width
Panel height
mm
1050 x 700
250
1250 x 800
250
1050 x 700
500
1250 x 800
500
1050 x 700
500
1250 x 800
500
1250 x 800
500
1050 x 700
500
1250 x 800
500
1050 x 700
500
1250 x 800
500
Solid rubber tyres

Wheel 200 mm
No.
g
725 284-BK
725 287-BK
725 280-BK
725 282-BK
725 289-BK
725 291-BK
725 296-BK
725 298-BK
725 300-BK
725 302-BK
725 304-BK
336.00
357.00
219.50
243.00
288.00
311.00
295.00
308.50
343.00
339.00
363.00
Pneumatic tyres
Wheel 210 mm
No.
g
927 607-BK
927 613-BK
927 615-BK
423.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

402.00
433.00
KAISER + KRAFT
125105
+ Stands the test of time and

certified to be of the highest quality
+ Outstanding value for money
+ Recommended by our experts
+ Industry standard
+ Many products ex stock
from g
165.00
2
5
3+4
3+4
QUIPO transport equipment

QUIPO, our performance brand, stands for
meticulously tested and selected products,
which offer a long service life and high level
of safety.
All QUIPO transport equipment is supplied in
melon yellow RAL1028.
Sturdy welded construction made of tubular steel and

steel profile.
Platforms made of moulded chipboard withblack,
polyurethane coated finish.
1 Three wheelers
Wheels
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid rubber tyres.
Plastic rims with roller bearings.
2 5 have 1 swivel castor with double stop.
With screw-on push handle.
2 Platform trucks
3 + 4 Platform trucks
With welded push handle.
5 Cash & Carry trucks
Model
124609
Max. load
Platform
Platform / shelf heights
Wheel
10
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
200
600 x 450
185
877 x 450 x 931
125
200
850 x 430
185
970 x 450 x 1115
125
350
1040 x 690
235
1100 x 700 x 1060
160
350
1240 x 790
235
1300 x 800 x 1060
160
200
1000 x 690
212
1200 x 800 x 1010
125
521 369-BK
942 470-BK
942 471-BK
942 473-BK
521 366-BK
108.90
108.90
165.00
185.90
241.00
BLUE =
124609
With welded push handle, can be pushed inside each

other to save space.
9
7
6 8 General purpose trolleys
9 Tubular trolleys
a Tubular trolleys
With leakproof sheet steel trays.

40 mm raised edges.
Wheels
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops, solid rubber tyres.
Shelves made of moulded chipboard with black,

Wheels
1 swivel castor with double stop.
With raised steel edge as stop edge.

Wheels
Model
Max. load
Platform
Wheel
124610
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
200
900 x 500
160 / 810
960 x 500 x 850
125
200
900 x 500
160 / 490 / 810
960 x 500 x 850
125
200
900 x 500
160 / 645 / 1110
965 x 500 x 1150
125
150
1030 x 600
215 / 800
1150 x 600 x 1115
125
250
1020 x 590
310 / 790
1150 x 600 x 1120
125
942 476-BK
942 477-BK
521 367-BK
521 357-BK
942 474-BK
196.90
219.00
241.00
230.00
241.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124610
11
g
No. 521 358-BK
299.00

Many applications the right solution for every job
Wheels
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid
rubber tyres.
Model
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
124848
12
Max. load
Platform
Wheel
1 General purpose trolleys

Shelves made of moulded chipboard with
black, polyurethane coated finish.
2 Assembly trolleys
Shelves made of zinc plated sheet steel.
350
590 x 590
250 / 870
600 x 600 x 870
160
350
1050 x 700
281 / 900
1140 x 710 x 900
160
1250 x 800
281 / 900
1140 x 810 x 900
160
942 475-BK
521 358-BK
521 359-BK
252.00
299.00
318.00
BLUE =
124848
Sturdy welded construction made of tubular

steel and steel profile. High quality, durable
powder coating in melon yellow RAL 1028.

+ Industry standard
4
3 + 4 Assembly trolleys
Raised steel edge as stop edge.
Wheels
1swivel castor with double stop.
NEW
124849
Max. load
Platform
Tyres
Wheel
3
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
350
1040 x 690
235 / 855
1150 x 700 x 855
solid rubber
160
4
1240 x 790
235 / 855
1350 x 800 x 855
solid rubber
160
750
1240 x 790
235 / 855
1350 x 800 x 855
fully-elastic
160
942 478-BK
942 479-BK
968 357-BK
219.00
252.00
461.00
Our own brand QUIPO stands for

carefully checked and selected products,
which guarantee excellent durability and
high safety standards.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124849
Model
KAISER + KRAFT
13
from g
385.00
NEW

For company internal transport and temporary storage
1 Shelf trucks
2 Shelf trolleys
Complete with three smooth shelves

made of moulded chipboard with black,
Max. load 50 kg per shelf.
Three removable wire mesh shelves, can

be mounted level or at an incline.
Height adjustment
8 positions in increments of 140 mm.
Base shelf made of moulded chipboard
with black, polyurethane coated finish.
Wheels
rubber tyres on plastic rims with roller
bearings.
Model
124611
Max. load
Platform
Wheel
14
1
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
350
1015 x 620
225 / 615 / 985 / 1360
1130 x 700 x 1750
160

+ Industry standard
2
1215 x 720
225 / 615 / 985 / 1360
1350 x 800 x 1750
160
250
1220 x 650
1390 x 650 x 1695

125
968 349-BK
942 483-BK
968 348-BK
385.00
428.00
494.00

124611
Sturdy welded construction made of

tubular steel and steel profile.
High quality and durable powder coating
in melon yellow RAL 1028.
Screw-on plastic push handle.
BLUE =
NEW
NEW
5
g
No. 521 354-BK
649.00
3 Shelf trucks with mesh
4 + 5 Shelf trucks incupboard
Model
124850
Max. load
Platform
Shelves
Wheel
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
style
Shelves made of moulded chipboard with

black, polyurethane coated finish. Max.
load 50 kg per shelf.
Adjustable in 100 mm increments.
Base shelf with raised steel edge as safety
rail.
350
1035 x 650
3
1195 x 700 x 1740
160
1240 x 735
3
1395 x 800 x 1740
160
350
1020 x 690
2
1140 x 700 x 1700
160
350
1020 x 690
2
1140 x 740 x 1700
160
521 368-BK
968 351-BK
968 350-BK
521 354-BK
465.00
461.00
450.00
649.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Complete with smooth shelves made of

MDF in black.
Mesh size 50x50 mm.
Mobile frame made of sheet steel.
5 with lockable double doors.
124850
panels
KAISER + KRAFT
15
1
g
No. 968 353-BK
589.00
NEW
Mobile workbenches
Ideal for transport or as a mobile workstation working height 890 mm
Wheels
bearings. 1 swivel castor with double stop.
1 With drawers
2 With drawers and cupboard
3 With raised steel edge
With MDF worktop in black, withABS

edging,25mm thick.
Drawer cupboard with 3 drawers.
Ball bearing mounted guides, 75 % extension.
Max. load 20 kg per drawer.
Individual cylinder locks.
As 1, but additionally with cupboard.

Cupboard with 2shelves.
Lockable with cylinder lock.
Moulded chipboard worktop, with raised

steel edge and ribbed rubber mat.
Drawer cupboard with 3 drawers. Ball
bearing mounted guides, 75 % extension
and individual locks.
Cupboard with two shelves.
Drawers and cupboard lockable with
cylinder lock.
Model
124851
Max. load
Cupboard dims. (internal)
Drawers
Wheel
16
kg
width x depth x height mm
mm
mm
No.
g
350
430 x 630 x 150

1150 x 700 x 890
200
350
660 x 510 x 530
430 x 630 x 150
1150 x 700 x 890
200
350
660 x 430 x 485
430 x 630 x 150
1050 x 700 x 890
200
968 353-BK
968 354-BK
968 355-BK
589.00
677.00
626.00
124851
Sturdy welded construction made of steel

profile and sheet steel.
High quality and durable powder coating in
melon yellow RAL1028.
BLUE =
NEW
QUIPO dollies
For boxes and bins, pallets and containers
1 For Euro size containers
Various sizes
Robust, angled steel construction
Sturdy welded construction made of

tubular steel and steel profile.
High quality and durable powder coating in
melon yellow RAL 1028.
Max. load
Platform
Platform height
Tyres
Wheel
124852
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
crane eyelets
Wheels
1 swivel castor with wheel stop.
3 at an ergonomic height.
Model

2 + 3 With 4 corner braces and
Wheels
4 swivel castors, plastic rims with roller
bearings.
1
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
200
610 x 410
135
650 x 450 x 165
solid rubber
100
350
1210 x 810
220
1245 x 845 x 315
solid rubber
160
750
1210 x 810
220
1245 x 845 x 315
fully-elastic
160
350
1210 x 810
650
1245 x 845 x 740
solid rubber
160
750
1210 x 810
650
1245 x 845 x 740
fully-elastic
160
521 364-BK
521 360-BK
521 362-BK
968 347-BK
521 363-BK
71.50
152.90
196.90
241.00
296.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124852

+ Industry standard
17

+ Industry standard
1
2
3
2
NEW
QUIPO container trucks

Ideal for temporary storage, collection, disposal
and storage
Sturdy welded construction made of tubular steel,
steel profile and sheet steel. High quality and durable powder
coating in melon yellow RAL 1028.
1 Metal tilting skip in two sizes

Max. load 250 kg
With forklift pockets and drainage hose. For bulk goods,
industrial waste, bulk parts etc. For unloading at ground level.
Anti-tipping device.
Swivel castor 125mm. Fixed castor 160 mm.
Fork entry clearance

(centre to centre of pockets)
124913
Capacity
18
mm
1105 x 560 x 920
litres
250
400
length x width mm
height mm
1010 x 560
605
1210 x 660
705
Forklift pockets
clearance mm
width x height mm
406
180 x 80
506
180 x 80
968 343-BK
968 344-BK
475.00
509.00
475.00
2 Metal box trucks with lid
3 Wire mesh box trucks
Max. load 350 kg

Made of sheet steel.
One long side with half drop gate.
Lid is lockable.
Max. load 350 kg

Platform length x width 1180 x 750 mm.
Walls made of steel mesh, mesh size 50 x 50 mm.
Platform made of moulded chipboard with black,
1305 x 660 x 1020
Box
No.
g
g
No. 968 343-BK
mm
1345 x 850 x 1055
Filling height
Wheel
mm
mm
800
160
No.
g
968 345-BK
648.00
mm
1250 x 800 x 1140
Filling height
Wheel
mm
mm
770
160
521 355-BK
No.
g
406.00
BLUE =
124913
Wheels
1 1 swivel castor and 2 fixed castors, solid rubber tyres on
plastic rims with roller bearings, 1 swivel castor with double
stop.
2 + 3 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid rubber tyres.
1 swivel castor with double stop. Plastic rims with roller
bearings.
NEW
4+5

3
Illustrated with castors
NEW

1 Tool and supplies trolleys
Keeps materials and tools well sorted.
Permanently welded mesh panels.
Mesh size 75 x 75 mm.
Platform made of moulded chipboard with
2 Tool trolleys
Direct access to tools at the workstation.
Including 4 welded perforated panels.
Can be fitted out as needed.
Wheels
1 + 2 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
solid rubber tyres on plastic rims with roller
bearings.
Suitable accessories can be found

on pages 26 and 56.
Model
124854
Max. load
Shelf
LxW
Loading height
Wheel
No.
g
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
350
1240 x 245
235
1350 x 800 x 1380
160
200
235
1100 x 650 x 1545
125
942 482-BK
968 352-BK
395.00
438.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
4+5
3 Workshop desks
4 + 5 Work stands
Desktop with sheet steel writing surface and storage

compartment.
Storage compartment opening 100 mm high. 2 welded
sheet steel shelves. Tubular steel frame, powder coated,
melon yellow RAL 1028. Desktop in charcoal RAL7016.
Castor set as an accessory
Consists of 4 plastic swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Wheel 75 mm.
Ergonomics at the workplace.

Tilting and mobile. Platform with stop edge, can be tilted
into 3positions (increments of 13).
Height adjustable (without load) in 50 mm increments.
Locks in position with spring-loaded catch.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stop, non-marking solid
rubber tyres.
Model
Working height
front / rear mm
mm
1140 / 1220
500 x 595 x 1225
521 365-BK
No.
g
296.00
Accessories
Castors
No.
g / set
904 034-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

27.70
Model
Max. load
kg
Height adjustment range
mm
Platform
length x width mm
Platform inclination
degrees
Wheel
mm
No.
g
100
510 750
406 x 506
0 39
75
100
685 1035
406 x 506
0 39
75
968 346-BK
521 356-BK
194.80
196.90
KAISER + KRAFT
124854
19
1
NEW
1
5
1 Roll containers for
sixbeverage crates
3
6
For all common beverage crates.

4 swivel castors, non-marking solid rubber
tyres, roller bearings. 2swivel castors with
double stops.
Model

g
No. 968 356-BK
329.00
Max. load
Shelves / inclination
Crate max.
LxWxH
Wheel
kg
mm
mm
mm
150
3 / 25
400 x 300 x 330
545 x 670 x 1530
125
968 359-BK
No.
g
219.00

Highly versatile
NEW
4
3
2 Panel transport trucks
3 Table trolleys with sump tray
With 3 permanently welded tubular

supports: centre support 900mm high,
outside supports 600mm. Clearance
between supports 340 mm.
Platform made of moulded chipboard with
rubber tyres.
60 litre sheet steel sump tray. Tapered for

drainage. Drain tap 3/8". Zinc plated grate,
removable. Mesh size 30x30 mm.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
solid rubber tyres, roller bearings.
Model
124855
Max. load
Platform / shelf
Wheel
20
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
350
1250 x 800
235
1310 x 800 x 1140
160
150
1030 x 600
160 / 800
1150 x 600 x 1115
125
942 481-BK
968 356-BK
274.00
329.00
4 + 5 Tubular steel stacking
6 Gas cylinder trolleys
trucks
With fixed footplate, 280 x 255 mm.
Slightly arched cross strut.
With safety handles.
Optionally with pneumatic or solid rubber
tyres, robust plain bearings.
Model
Max. load
External dims.
height x width
Wheels
Wheel
No.
g
kg
For one 40 litre steel cylinder.

With safety handle.
Cylinder holder with safety chain.
Impact resistant plain bearings.
Model
200
200
For cylinder
Height of cylinder holder
Overall width
Height without cylinder
Wheel
mm
1310 x 500
1310 x 450
mm
pneumatic
260
solid rubber
200
942 484-BK
942 485-BK
88.00
88.00
No.
g
BLUE =
6
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
140 250
800
470
1130
200
942 486-BK
97.90
124855
Hand trucks Three-wheeler

quality
colours on request
1
A
3
B
3
1
2
4
Only 10 % extra.
Practical
Manoeuvrable
Detachable push handle
A
Max. load 100 kg
1 swivel castor and 2 fixed wheels, nonmarking solid rubber tyres, roller bearings.
1 Platform made of MDF panelling

Tubular steel frame, powder coated as
standard in light blueRAL5012.
Dcor finish.
Sheet steel platform
3 + 4 Welded, angle steel frame
125123
platform
For holding plastic stacking containers,
stacking mesh baskets, etc.
Plastic stacking containers for 3

Matching length x width
600 x 400 mm.
Model
Max. load
Platform
Swivel castor
Fixed wheel
100
600 x 450
100
125
100
600 x 450
100
125
100
610 x 410
100
125
100
630 x 470
100
125
944 545-BK
944 546-BK
944 547-BK
944 549-BK
130.90
135.30
136.00
137.40
Max. load 250 kg
Max. load 200 kg
Tubular steel frame with detachable push

handle. MDF panel platform, dcor finish.
Platform 600 x 450 mm.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors with
non-marking solid rubber tyres,
wheel 125 mm, roller bearings.
Tubular steel frame with 2 MDF panel

platforms, dcor finish. Detachable push
handle.
Platform 600 x450 mm.
Platform heights 185 and 770 mm.
non-marking solid rubber tyres,
wheel 125 mm.
No. 944 550-BK
No. 944 551-BK
g 141.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Wire mesh baskets for 4

Matching length x width
615 x 455 mm.
1
kg
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
125123
Three wheelers
g 245.50
KAISER + KRAFT
21
Universal trolleys
1 2 Cupboard trolleys
Work surface made of MDF panelling, dcor finish.
With raised edge on 3 sides, 85 mm high.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, roller bearings, solid
rubber tyres. Swivel castors with wheel stops.
1 With drawer unit

2
One drawer in each of the following heights: 60, 90,

120 and 180mm, locked separately.
Max. load per drawer 20kg.
With metal cupboard
Cupboard with two adjustable steel shelves, lockable.
Internal cupboard dims. H x W x D 565 x 690 x 510 mm.
6
5
5 Universal truck with tray shelves, 40 mm raised edges.
Drawer divider set for 1
5 6 General purpose trolleys
For 4 drawers.

2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid rubber
tyres, roller bearings. Swivel castors with double
stops.
No. 611 122-BK
g / set 70.50
3 4 Table trolleys
Made of steel profile, welded. Solid plastic push handle.
Shelves made of sturdy MDF panels withwhite finish and
all round edge strip.
High quality powder coating in light blue RAL5012 or
white aluminium RAL 9006.
Non-marking, blue grey solid rubber tyres.
Model
Max. load
Shelf
Shelf heights
Wheel
Light blue RAL 5012
White aluminium RAL 9006
Bolt-on push handle with integrated clipboard made of

sheet steel andstorage compartment.
Table trolley with 2 MDF panel shelves, dcor finish.
Plastic push handle.
kg
L x W mm
mm
mm
mm
200
740 x 545
765 x 570 x 831

125
200
740 x 545
740 x 545 x 740

125
400
750 x 400
235 / 865
750 x 400 x 865
160
400
750 x 550
235 x 865
750 x 550 x 865
160
250
900 x 500
265 / 860
1300 x 508 x 1165
160
500
600 x 600
280 / 900
700 x 600 x 900
200
No.
g
704 538-BK
704 537-BK
522 024-BK
522 025-BK
516 008-BK
918 870-BK
626.00
363.00
353.00
375.00
324.50
331.50
No.
g
522 026-BK
382.50
Mobile workstations
Max. load 250 kg
Ergonomically correct working height
Easy to move
Sturdy steel construction, powder coated

in light blue RAL5012 as standard.
With push handle.
4 shelves with 40 mm high raised edges.
wheel 160 mm, solid rubber tyres, roller
bearings.
Top shelf and drawer are enclosed

withdelivery easy self-assembly.
Max. load
kg
250
mm
225 / 675
1110 / 1390
Top shelf
Lower shelves
L x W mm
L x W mm
895 x 250
895 x 495
External dims.
height mm
length x width mm
1430
908 x 508
No.
g
942 459-BK
No.
g
614 574-BK
Shelf heights
2 with lockable drawer

Internal dims. H x W x D 150 x 750 x 475 mm.
Max. load 40 kg.
1
22
1
2
With drawer
BLUE =
329.00
537.00
124914
Universal trucks Table trolleys
Table trolleys
EUROKRAFT equipment stands the test

of time and is manufactured to stringent
standards.
We guarantee that all products are of the
highest quality, which you can rely on.
For your safety:

Models with double
stops to EN1757-3.

2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, wheel 125mm,
solid rubber tyres, roller bearings. Swivel castors with
double stops.
Available with pneumatic tyres on request.
With drain tap
With removable oil-tight tray
Max. load
Sheet steel tray in open angled steel

frame.
Lower shelf with 30 mm high raised edge.
Push handle height

Shelf heights
Tray dims.
kg
150
mm
mm
1115
300 / 800
length x width mm
height mm
1010 x 580
200
147 206-BK
No.
g
With sump tray, mesh gridand

drainage tap
60 litre sump tray made of sheet steel with
conical tapered outlet and 3/8" drain tap.
Removable mesh grid, hot dip galvanised,
mesh size 30 x 30 mm.
446.00
Max. load
kg
150
mm
mm
1115
300 / 850
length x width mm
height mm
1015 x 590
85
Push handle height

Shelf heights
Tray dims.
848 506-BK
No.
g
402.50
Active Green
general purpose
trolleys
Only 10 % extra.
General purpose trolleys

With leak-proof tray shelves. 40 mm raised
edges.
Powder coated as standard in light blue
RAL5012.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, wheel
160mm, solid rubber tyres, roller
bearings.
Accessories
10 open fronted storage bins withsuspension brackets
5 bins: 160 x 100 x 75 mm; 3
bins:230x150x130mm; 2
bins:350x210x200mm.
No. 796 603-BK
Model
124699
Shelves
Max. load
Shelf
Shelf heights
Overall height
No.
g
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
3
350
900 x 500
220 / 560 / 875
915
3
350
900 x 500
220 / 710 / 1175
1215
985 871-BK
985 873-BK
263.00
293.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g / set 136.30
3
CO2 neutral
EUROKRAFT Quality
Friendly to the environment
+ Ecologically balanced
+ Economical use of raw materials
+ Reduced energy due to low temperature
manufacturing technology
+ Packaging completely recyclable
+ Yearly audit by TV Rhineland
+ No extra cost for our customers
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Model
Shelves
Max. load
Shelf
Shelf heights
Overall height
kg
L x W mm
mm
mm
EUROKRAFT
Active Green
No.
g
2
250
900 x 500
220 / 875
915
985 870-BK
208.00
KAISER + KRAFT
23
1
Clipboard
Suitable for all models

PVC board with paper clamp.
Only 10 % extra.

No. 151 769-BK
Table trolleys
1 3 Wide design
Max. load 150 kg
3 With 75 mm high side rails
Optionally with non-marking solid rubber

tyres or pneumatic tyres.
Available in different design

Many applications, e.g. in the warehouse,
production facilities, assembly, dispatch,
archives etc.
Shelves made of MDF panels, dcor finish.

Framepowder coated in light blue RAL5012 as
standard.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, all with roller
bearings. Swivel castors with double stops.
With pneumatic tyres
Model
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Max. load
Shelf
Shelf heights
Solid rubber
tyres, nonmarking
Pneumatic
tyres
g 26.25
With extra high side rails
kg
length x width mm
mm
push handle height
mm
wheel
mm
150
1000 x 570
300 / 800
1115
125
150
1000 x 570
300 / 550 / 800
1115
125
150
1010 x 580
300 / 800
1115
125
No.
g
944 558-BK
944 563-BK
944 559-BK
281.50
327.50
339.50
mm
mm
1190
200
1190
200
1190
200
No.
g
985 862-BK
985 867-BK
985 863-BK
292.50
335.00
349.50
push handle height

wheel
Table trolleys
Max. load 250 kg
5
4
4 + 5 Narrow design
Model
Shelves encased with raised edge strips.

With non-marking solid rubber tyres,
wheel 125 mm.
Max. load
Shelves
Shelf
length x width
Shelf heights
Push handle height
For your safety

Double stops in accordance with EN 1757-3
as standard.
24
No.
g
kg
mm
mm
mm
150
2
770 x 470
300 / 800
1115
150
3
770 x 470
300 / 550 / 800
1115
944 560-BK
944 561-BK
245.00
282.00
Max. load
Shelf
Shelf heights
Push handle height
kg
250
length x width mm
mm
mm
1020 x 590
320 / 830
1160
944 562-BK
No.
g
390.00
BLUE =
125124
Shelves made of MDF panels, dcor finish, encased with

a steel frame, 15 mm high raised edge.
Frame and casing powder coated as standard in light blue
RAL 5012.
non-marking solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
Table trolleys
Table trolleys
Max. load 150 kg
Available in different versions with practical fittings.
Swivel castors with double stops to EN 1757-3.
All trolleys on this page
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
g
No. 944 553-BK
Drawer divider set

For four drawers,
each 78mm high.
No. 611 121-BK
g / set 59.10
With three shelves and drawer cupboard
Worktop and lower shelves made of MDF panels,

dcor finish.
Two drawers with individual locks. Common key locks.
Shelves made of MDF panels, dcor finish, each encased

with raised edge strips.
Four drawers with ball bearing guides and central locking.
Shelf
Drawer dims.
Shelf heights
Push handle height
Wheel
PVC board with paper

clamp.
No. 151 769-BK
With two shelves and two drawers
Max. load
Clipboard
kg
150
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
1030 x 600
400 x 550 x 140
300 / 810
1115
125
944 552-BK
No.
g
g 26.25
624.00
Max. load
Shelf
Drawer dims.
Shelf heights
Push handle height
Wheel
kg
150
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
1000 x 570
430 x 545 x 85
300 / 520 / 800
1115
125
944 553-BK
No.
g
805.00
With one cupboard and three shelves
With drawers and sheet steel cupboard
With two cupboards

Lockable sheet steel cupboard with two shelves.
Four drawers, with ball bearing guides and central

locking.
Lockable cupboard with two shelves.

Sheet steel cupboards, each with two shelves.
Lockable, common key locks.
Max. load
Max. load
kg
Shelf
length x width
Shelf heights
width x depth x height
Shelf clearance in cupboard
Push handle height
Wheel
125106
805.00
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
1000 x 570
300 / 520 / 800
510 x 560 x 470
120
1115
125
944 554-BK
No.
g
556.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
kg
150
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
1000 x 570
510 x 560 x 470
120
430 x 545 x 85
800
1115
125
150
Max. load
Shelf
length x width
length x width x height
Drawer dims.
Tabletop height
Push handle height
Wheel
944 555-BK
No.
g
981.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Shelf
length x width
Shelf height
Push handle height
Wheel
No.
g
kg
150
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
1000 x 570
800
510 x 560 x 470
120
1115
125
944 557-BK
667.00
KAISER + KRAFT
125106
Drawer cupboard with

individual locks
25
Individual locks as
standard
3
Fitted with additional rails
Set of drawer
dividers for
4 drawers as
an accessory.
Divider heights
48, 78, 108 and
168 mm.
Fitted with additional

perforated panel
Assembly trolleys
Max. load 500 kg

Sturdy sheet steel design with high quality
powder coated finish.
Worktop and lower shelf made of MDF
panels, dcor finish.
Worktop additionally with ABS edging.
Cupboard and drawers lockable with
cylinder lock. Cupboard fitted with
2.adjustable shelves.
wheel 200 mm.
1 With cupboard
2 With two drawers
3 With four drawers
4 With cupboard and
Model
Worktop
Working height
Int. cupboard dims.
Drawers
Drawers
onedrawer
1 + 3 completely light blue RAL 5012.
2 + 4 light blue RAL 5012, fronts in white
aluminium RAL 9006.
Perforated panel accessories
Sturdy add-ons made of steel, in

two designs
Cable holder
Made of cast
aluminium.
Supplied with
mounting
material.
Easy to install with only a few screws

even at a later stage on all assembly
trolleys on pages 26 and 27.
For fitting out perforated panels.
No. 512 177-BK
g 230.50
With rails
Width x height
250 x 100 mm
350 x 140 mm
No.
614 549-BK
614 550-BK
g
37.30
51.00
125063
26
g 230.50
1150 x 700
900
620 x 430
1150 x 700
900
650 x 510 x 560
660 x 410
qty. x H mm
2 x 140
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
1 x 140
920 312-BK
512 161-BK
920 320-BK
512 162-BK
560.00
788.00
760.00
778.00
611 122-BK
Accessories
No.
g / set
Tool hooks
With narrow base
plate, vertical hook
end.
Pack of 5.
Length
25 mm
50 mm
75 mm
100 mm
70.50
Storage bin for small parts.
No.
512 195-BK
512 196-BK
512 197-BK
512 198-BK
No.
512 199-BK
512 200-BK
g
19.65
28.80
g / pack
9.30
8.90
10.20
10.85
Tool holder set, 25 piece

5 tool holders in each of the following
depths 25, 50 and 75mm, 5 double holders,
depth 50 mm, 5tool clamps 19 mm.
Tool clamps
With narrow base
plate.
Width 20 mm.
Pack of 5.
Double hooks
With wide base
plate, vertical hook
end.
Pack of 5.
Add-on for assembly trolleys in light blue,

complete with 7 rails.
Width x height 1170 x 1042 mm.
No. 512 178-BK
1150 x 700
900
660 x 410
LxWxH
225 x 175 x 65 mm
440 x 175 x 65 mm
With perforated panel

Add-on for assembly trolleys in light blue,
complete with 2 perforated panels in white
aluminium.
1150 x 700
900
650 x 510 x 560
No.
g
Drawer divider set
for 4 drawers
Add-ons for assembly

trolleys
1
L x W mm
mm
D x W x H mm
D x W mm
No. 522 034-BK
g / set 93.20
Accessories
Length
50 mm
100 mm
No.
g / pack
512 201-BK
512 202-BK
19.30
21.55
10 mm
16 mm
25 mm
No.
512 203-BK
512 204-BK
512 205-BK
g / pack
13.20
13.70
15.00
Metal tray for fitting to frame.

Lengthxwidth 1050 x 225 mm.
No. 512 185-BK
BLUE =
g 55.60
125063
Assembly trolleys Additions
Illustrated with shelves (accessory)
Assembly trolleys
Example configuration of rail addition
Max. load 500 kg
1 With double door cupboard
Model
length x width mm
mm
width x depth mm
1150 x 750
900
690 x 980 x 560
1150 x 700
900
650 x 510 x 560
620 x 430
1150 x 700
900
650 x 510 x 560
620 x 430
qty. x height mm
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
727 287-BK
512 163-BK
920 339-BK
790.00
996.00
988.00
No.
g / set
611 122-BK
611 122-BK
70.50
70.50
No.
g
716 157-BK
included
included
Light blue RAL 5012.
2 + 3 With cupboard and

fourdrawers
Cupboard with two shelves.
2 Two-colour: light blue RAL 5012 and
white aluminium RAL 9006.
3 Light blue RAL 5012.
Worktop
Working height
Drawers
Drawers
No.
g
Accessories
Drawer divider set
for 4 drawers
Shelf
Add-ons for assembly

trolleys
Sturdy add-ons made of steel,
intwo designs
Easy to install with only a few screws
even at a later stage on all assembly
trolleys on pages 26 and 27.
With rails
125064
g 230.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Complete set for 1 add-on

Bin
No.
L x W x H mm
Other additions
Resistant to many oils,

greases, most acids and
alkalis.
Easy to remove, with
convenient recesses on
front and rear sides.
Supplied in packaging
units according to table.
Model
Addition for assembly trolleys in light blue,

complete with 7 rails.
No. 512 178-BK
Bin sets
W
L
With perforated
panel
2
H
3
1
mix
70 bins,
each 0.26 l
70 bins,
each 0.8 l
28 bins,
each 3.3 l
67 bins:
30 x 1, 30 x 2, 7 x 3
85 x 100 x 50
160 x 100 x 75
230 x 150 x 130
see 1 3
512 179-BK
512 180-BK
512 181-BK
512 182-BK
78.90
109.80
74.00
99.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

81.60
Add-on for assembly

trolleys in light blue,
complete with 2 perforated panels in white
aluminium.
Width x height
1086x960 mm.
An exact description
can be found on page
26.
125064
Sturdy sheet steel design with high quality

powder coated finish.
Worktop made of 30 mm thick MDF panel
with ABS edging, dcor finish.
Cupboard and drawers lockable with
cylinder lock.
Drawers with ball bearing mounted guides
and individual locks.
solid rubber tyres, wheel 200 mm.
KAISER + KRAFT
27
1
Assembly trolleys
For factories and workshops

Only 10 % extra.
Max. load 500 kg or 1000 kg
Flush mounted shelves. Frame powder coated as standard

in light blue RAL 5012.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid rubber tyres,
roller bearings.
For your safety

All models with double stops to EN 1757-3.
Two shelves made of plywood with mesh

patterned, non-slip surface
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid rubber fullelastic tyres, ball bearings. Swivel castors with double
stops.
Two plastic shelves

Shelf
Shelf heights
Wheel
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
One plastic shelf

Max. load
125125
Shelf
Working height
Wheel
28
No.
g
500
Max. load
1050 x 700
275 / 895
200
1250 x 800
275 / 895
200
724 358-BK
724 361-BK
286.00
311.50
Two shelves with zinc plated sheet

steel covering
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
500
Max. load
1050 x 700
895
200
1250 x 800
895
200
724 363-BK
724 365-BK
243.00
269.00
Shelf
Shelf heights
Wheel
No.
g
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
Shelf
Shelf heights
Wheel
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
1000
1050 x 700
275 / 895
200
1250 x 800
275 / 895
200
921 113-BK
921 115-BK
591.00
613.00
One shelf with zinc plated sheet

steel covering
500
Max. load
1050 x 700
275 / 895
200
1250 x 800
275 / 895
200
724 367-BK
724 369-BK
338.50
363.00
Shelf
Working height
Wheel
No.
g
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
500
1050 x 700
895
200
1250 x 800
895
200
724 371-BK
724 373-BK
280.50
307.00
BLUE =
125125
Max. load
For heavy loads, max. load 1000 kg
Assembly trolleys

Rubber grid mat and

raised edge
Assembly trolleys
Max. load 500 kg
Easy to move
Ideal for factories and workshops
Immediate access to tools and small
parts
Sturdy steel construction.

Powder coating in two colour schemes:
completely light blue RAL 5012 or white
aluminium RAL9006 / light blue RAL5012.
Detachable, solid push handle.
wheel 200 mm, solid rubber tyres,
roller bearings.
Sheet steel cupboard

Two adjustable and removable shelves.
Lockable with common key cylinder lock.
Drawer cupboard
Four drawers of different heights,
mounted on ball bearings.
Max. load 20 kg perdrawer.
Lockable with common key locks.
Model
External dims.
Raised edge
Worktop
Shelf heights
Drawer heights
Only 10 % extra.
length x width mm
mm
mm
width x height x depth mm
1330 x 800 x 900
1250 x 800
280 / 900
480 x 500 x 760
1130 x 700 x 872

on 4 sides, 12 mm high
1050 x 700
285 / 860
430 x 485 x 650
1130 x 700 x 872

1050 x 700
860
1 x 60 / 1 x 90 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 180
430 x 485 x 660
1130 x 700 x 872

1050 x 700
285 / 860
1 x 60 / 1x 90 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 180
top
bottom
plastic
plastic
rubber grid mat

coated chipboard
rubber grid mat

coated chipboard
rubber grid mat

coated chipboard
No.
g
859 230-BK
921 112-BK
609 197-BK
609 199-BK
553.00
511.00
873.00
736.00
No.
g
609 198-BK
609 201-BK
884.00
747.00
length x width x height mm
Shelf surface
Light blue RAL 5012
White aluminium RAL 9006 / light blue RAL 5012
MAXIMUS assembly trolleys

Max. load 300 kg
High quality manufacturing
Ergonomic working height of1000 mm
Sturdy sheet steel construction with

double doors andtwodrawers.
Two-colour powder coating, white aluminium RAL9006 and light blue RAL5012.
Robust beech Multiplex worktop and
shelves:
oiled worktop, 30 mm thick, base shelf and
shelves 15 mm.
200 mm, with non-marking solid rubber
tyres. Swivel castors with double stops.
Hinged doors with an opening angle of

180, lockable.
Fully extendable drawers, ball bearing
mounted, max. load 20 kg.
Separately lockable.
Max. load
Length x width
Height
kg
300
mm
mm
1185 x 705
1000
No.
g
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
1000 mm
609 141-BK
1245.00
Accessories
Shelf
Length x width 1040 x 665 mm
125126
Drawer dividers
for 2 drawers
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g
609 178-BK
No.
g / set
609 176-BK
138.50
Optimum ergonomics: higher working height
62.40
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
29

780 1080 mm
Height adjustable assembly trolleys
For optimum ergonomics

Infinite height adjustment
Sturdy sheet steel construction, high quality powder coating in light blue RAL 5012.
Worktop and lower shelf made of MDF,
dcor finish.
Overall max. load 400 kg, top shelf max.
load 200 kg.
2swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, roller
bearings, wheel 160 mm. Silent running,
non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
The ergonomically correct working height

for every employee:
Height adjustment up to 300 mm via hand
crank, which can be swivelled under the
tabletop to save space.
Model
Height adjustment
Worktop
Internal drawer dims.
Internal cupboard dims.
No.
g
mm
L x W mm
W x D x H mm
W x D x H mm
780 1080
1105 x 600
780 1080
1105 x 600
510 x 560 x 470
780 1080
1105 x 600
430 x 545 x 85
780 1080
1105 x 600
430 x 545 x 85
510 x 560 x 470
522 027-BK
522 028-BK
522 029-BK
522 030-BK
861.00
1030.00
1190.00
1340.00
Drawer divider set

For four drawers, each 78mm high.
No. 611 121-BK
g / set 59.10
Work stands
Ergonomics at the workplace
Tilting and mobile

Platform with stop edge
Height can also be adjusted under load
Max. load
kg
250

mm
Platform
length x width mm
degrees
670 1000
750 x 450
0 30
No.
g
30
BLUE =
944 538-BK
538.00
125065
Platform locks in three tilted positions

(increments of 10). Infinite height
adjustment via threaded cograil.
Suitable for containers up to approx.
890 x 560 mm.
RAL 5012.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops,
wheel 125 mm, non-marking solid rubber
tyres.
Material stands

quality
+ A 1000 or more solutions for storage
and workshop
colours on request
+ Many products available ex stock
Only 10 % extra.
3
2
Material stands
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Ergonomics at the workplace

Work sitting down or standing up
Tilting and mobile
Non-slip platform, can be swivelled and

locked in position, can also be inclined in
4 levels (each level 10). Suitable for
containers up to approx. 700 x 500 mm.
RAL 5012.
4 swivel castors, 75 mm, with wheel
stops, non-marking, solid rubber tyres.
1 Height adjustable in 30 mm
increments (without load)
1 and 2 also available with different

height adjustment ranges.
Locked with spring-loaded catch.
2 Progressive height
adjustment without load
Pneumatic fall arrest.
Model
3 Progressive height
adjustment with load
With pedal hydraulics.
Max. load
Platform size
125127
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

kg
mm
mm
degrees
150
720 1050
510 x 410
0 40
150
510 700
510 x 410
0 40
720 1070
510 x 410
0 40
150
720 1070
510 x 410
0 40
911 099-BK
731 862-BK
573 981-BK
908 756-BK
236.50
258.50
270.50
605.00
KAISER + KRAFT
125127
31
1
Workshop desks
In three practical versions

Static or mobile
Desk compartment and writing surface made of sheet

steel, lockable. Each with two plastic storage trays.
Tubular steel frame, powder coated in charcoal RAL7016.
Desk compartment and cupboard light grey RAL7035.
1 With two shelves

Welded sheet steel shelves.
2 With cupboard
Sheet steel cupboard with removable internal shelf,
common key cylinder lock.
Internal dimensions of cupboard
3 With cupboard and three drawers

Sheet steel cupboard with common key cylinder lock.
Three drawers with central lock, each80mm high.
Max. load per drawer 20kg.
Accessories
Castor set
Wheel 75mm.
2
Working height
front / rear mm
1140 / 1220
Only 10 % extra.
g
without castors
1
32
329.00
No. 727 341-BK
mm
1140 x 590 x 520
With 2 shelves
No.
g
727 341-BK
With cupboard
No.
g
727 344-BK
With cupboard and 3 drawers
No.
g
739 371-BK
No.
g / set
904 034-BK
329.00
549.00
780.00
Accessories
Castor set,
4 plastic swivel castors
27.70
125128
BLUE =
File trolleys Dollies
Workshop devices
Can be fitted out as needed

Direct access to tools at the workstation
B
A
Steel construction, powder coated in white

aluminium RAL9006.
wheel 125mm, roller bearings,
solid rubber tyres.
Can be fitted with perforated panels.
1 For two panels per side

As standard with two permanently mounted
shelves in light blue RAL5012 and white
aluminium RAL9006.
2 For three panels per side

Model
Max. load
LxWxH
kg
mm
250
1235 x 605 x 1695
200
1010 x 650 x 1564
515 937-BK
512 159-BK
336.00
333.50
No.
g
Suitable perforated panel accessories can be

found onpage 26.
Accessories
1
suitable for
Perforated panel,
No.
g
512 188-BK
512 157-BK
84.40
53.90
Level shelf,
Length x width x height 1015 x 250 x 35 mm, max. load 30 kg
No.
g
515 939-BK
Inclined shelf,
No.
Length x width x height 1015 x 250 x 35 mm, same as B with 20 inclination g
515 938-BK
Metal cupboard,
Length x width x height 990 x 270 x 700 mm, max. load 50 kg
515 940-BK
No.
g
55.80
Shown with accessories
2
D
55.10
335.50
Mobile pedestals
Max. load 150 kg
Desktop can be folded up as well as

locked
Lockable drawers and cupboard
Sturdy sheet steel construction. High quality

powder coating in light blue RAL5012 and
white aluminiumRAL9006.
Solid rubber tyres.
1 With cupboard
Metal cupboard with 2 shelves.
2 With four drawers

Model
mm
1025 / 1200
1025 / 1200
quantity x height mm
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
height x width x depth mm

mm
565 x 510 x 690

1200 x 525 x 700
1200 x 525 x 700
No.
g
611 159-BK
611 157-BK
443.50
688.00
No.
g
515 955-BK
No.
g / set
611 122-BK
Desktop height
Drawers
Internal cupboard dims.
Light blue RAL 5012
Light blue RAL 5012 / white aluminium RAL 9006
739.00
124700
Accessories
Drawer divider set
for 4 drawers
YELLOW =
Ex stock
70.50
Drawer divider set

for 2 (see table)
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
33
1
General purpose trucks
Designed for everyday use
High maximum load

Easy to clean
Shelves and push handle made of plastic.

Reinforced connecting tubes made of aluminium.
5 7 with ball bearing mounted drawers.
4 high quality swivel castors, 2 with double stops.
Wheel 100 mm, non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Waste containers
165.00
Max. load
112173
No. 507 568-BK
Model
34
Pack of 2.
g / pack 58.10
kg
200
200
250
250
200
200
250
Shelves
quantity
effective width x depth mm
height mm
2
680 x 450
184 / 800
2
920 x 520
184 / 800
3
680 x 450
184 / 524 / 865
3
920 x 520
184 / 524 / 865
2
680 x 450
184 / 800
2
680 x 450
184 / 800
3
680 x 450
184 / 524 / 865
Drawers
quantity
effective height mm
1
65
2
40 / 65
1
65
mm
950 x 850 x 480
950 x 1100 x 520
1000 x 850 x 480
1020 x 1100 x 520
950 x 850 x 480
950 x 850 x 480
1000 x 850 x 480
Black
No.
g
507 560-BK
507 562-BK
507 561-BK
507 564-BK
507 565-BK
507 566-BK
507 567-BK
165.00
206.50
180.80
260.00
231.00
276.00
258.00
No.
g
944 536-BK
944 537-BK
Light grey
173.50
218.50
BLUE =
112173
from g
Attach to either end.

Length x width x height 350 x 240 x 470 mm.
General purpose trucks Universal trucks
General purpose
trucks
The trolley range for any
application
Five practical models

Modular design with side and rear
panels as well as doors
Easy to clean
Sturdy construction. Shelves and push

handle made of plastic.
Reinforced connecting tubes made of
aluminium.
Walls and doors made of metal.
Doors are lockable.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops.
Wheel 100 mm. Ball bearings.
Non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Model
Shelves
Effective dims.
qty.
height mm
width x depth mm
Fittings
Max. load
kg
mm
No.
g
2
184 / 800
3
184 / 524 / 865
3
184 / 524 / 865
2
184 / 800
3
184 / 524 / 865
680 x 450
680 x 450
680 x 450
680 x 450
680 x 450
side panels
side panels
side panels,
rear panel
side panels,
rear panel,
hinged doors
side panels,
rear panel,
hinged doors
200
950 x 850 x 480
250
1000 x 850 x 480
250
1000 x 850 x 480
200
950 x 850 x 480
250
1000 x 850 x 480
604 957-BK
604 958-BK
604 962-BK
604 963-BK
604 964-BK
196.20
215.00
269.00
329.00
368.50
General purpose trucks
Easy to clean
Made of plastic. Shelves with 63 mm raised edges.

2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors made of plastic
withnon-marking solid rubber tyres, wheel 130 mm.
Universal trucks
Overall max. load
122672
Max. load per shelf

Shelf
Shelf spacing
External dims.
No.
g
kg
kg
L x W mm
mm
L x W x H mm
227
113
772 x 419
489
975 x 432 x 832
919 x 619
489
1120 x 640 x 980
610 037-BK
610 039-BK
283.50
323.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Easy to clean
Plastic shelves.
Aluminium connecting elements.
4 plastic swivel castors with non-marking solid rubber
tyres, wheel 100 mm.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Overall max. load

Max. load per shelf
Shelf
Shelf heights
External dims.
Shelf colour
kg
90
kg
length x width mm
mm
platinum
black
blue
30
565 x 455
160 / 500 / 845
860 x 470 x 960
254.00
704 510-BK
751 425-BK
911 157-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
122672
With practical storage

compartments
35
1
Plastic multi-purpose trolleys
Impact resistant and moisture resistant
Shelves with non-slip surface and all

round raised edge.
Integrated push handle on top shelf.
Made entirely of recyclable polyethylene,
in grey or black.
Max. load
Shelves
Trough shelf depth
Shelf clearance height
Black
112346
Model
36
4 swivel castors, 100 mm,

2 with wheel stops.
2 3 and 6 9 with trough shelves.
Grey
g
No. 728 384-BK
245.00
mm
mm
150
3
840 x 610 x 458
175
2
2 x 100
960 x 920 x 640
175
3
3 x 100
975 x 920 x 640
150
2
880 x 890 x 610
150
3
865 x 890 x 610
150
3
1 x 95
1025 x 610 x 477
150
3
2 x 95
864 x 610 x 468
150
2
1 x 95
864 x 610 x 468
150
3
1 x 95
864 x 610 x 468
top mm
bottom mm
305
305
635
280
280
650
292
292
290
405
235
235
598
235
280
No.
g
728 384-BK
721 679-BK
721 680-BK
728 385-BK
728 386-BK
728 389-BK
728 391-BK
728 387-BK
728 388-BK
245.00
483.50
658.00
377.50
474.50
390.50
406.00
320.50
355.50
No.
g
944 590-BK
944 591-BK
944 592-BK
417.00
518.00
kg
292.00
BLUE =
112346
Platform trolleys
Platform trolleys
With folding push handle
Max. load 200 kg
Max. load
Sturdy plastic platform

Temperature resistant
from 20 C to +110 C
Low weight
kg
200
Platform
length x width mm
Platform height
mm
Push handle height
mm
800 x 500
185
860
760 591-BK
No.
g
Platform made of polyethylene.

Handle made of chrome plated tubular
steel.
non-marking solid rubber tyres, wheel
125 mm.
Swivel castors with wheel stops.
131.90
With 2 shelves
Overall max. load
Max. load per shelf

Shelf
length x width
Shelf heights
Push handle height
kg
200
kg
mm
mm
mm
100
800 x 500
185 / 715
930
760 594-BK
No.
g
205.50
Platform trucks
Max. load 150 / 300 kg
Robust and hardwearing plastic

platform
Non-slip surface
Heavy duty brakes
2
Solid, wide bumper corner
protectors protect furnishings and equipment
Polypropylene platform.
Folding push handle made of painted
tubular steel.
high quality, non-marking solid rubber
tyres. Balanced, quiet movement due to
ball bearing mounted wheels.
Model
kg
150
300
Platform
Length x width
mm
715 x 460
900 x 600
Platform height
mm
146
200
Push handle
Height
mm
914
965
Wheel
mm
100
125
604 965-BK
604 966-BK
178.20
278.50
Max. load
No.
g
Max. load 150 kg
Max. load 300 kg
Heavy duty brakes
Integrated non-slip points
High quality, non-marking solid rubber

tyres protect your floors
Transport dollies
In Euro size 600 x 400 mm
With practical carrying handle
The transport dollies can be connected by

simply plugging them together.
4 swivel castors with non-marking,
thermoplastic rubber tyres.
109553
Platform
Platform height
Wheel
No.
g
kg
150
length x width mm
mm
mm
600 x 400
120
75
604 971BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
109553
Max. load
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
37
g
No. 918 764-BK
175.00
300 kg
Shown with push handle (accessory)
Platform trolleys
Table trolleys
With protective bumper strip
Electrolytically zinc plated frame. Shelves

with laminate coating: one side red, the
other grey. Shelves can be fitted with the
protective edge facing up or down.
4 swivel castors, non-marking solid rubber
tyres.
Robust hot dip galvanised platform made

of profiled sheet steel.
Chrome plated folding push handle.
non-marking polyurethane tyres,
ball bearings.
Max. load
Overall platform dims.
LxW
Platform height / overall height
Height with folded handle
Wheel
kg
300
mm
mm
mm
mm
925 x 625
200 / 950
280
125
No.
g
918 764-BK
175.00
Max. load
Shelf spacing
Wheel
kg
100
mm
mm
mm
515
765 x 450 x 740
100
No.
g
Bolt-on push handle as an accessory.

Electrolytically zinc plated.
Height with handle 950 mm.
817 571-BK
218.50
Accessories
Push handle
NEW
No.
g
817 573-BK
28.50
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Platform trucks
Made of aluminium
Folding push handle and wheels

With document pouch and rubber
luggage strap
Plastic bumper corner protectors
Comfortable upholstered handle grip
Only 90mm wide when collapsed
Push handle heights 670 / 820 / 920 mm.

wheel 100 mm, ball bearing mounted.
126291
from g
38
115.00
Platform
length x width
No.
g
kg
mm
150
200
630 x 400
705 x 440
968 368-BK
968 369-BK
115.00
142.90
BLUE =
126291
Max. load
Platform trolleys
2+
g / each
79.00
No. 401 323-BK
Platform trolley
Max. load 150 kg
Reinforced platform made of

galvanised sheet steel
Non-slip covering fixed with durable
adhesive
Allround plastic bumper strip
Folding chrome plated push-handle
2 swivel and fixed castors with solid

rubber tyres.
Overall
Effectiv
Platform height
Total height
Height with folded handel
Wheel
kg
150
L x W mm
L x W mm
710 x 450
605 x 445
mm
mm
mm
mm
148
890
230
100
152 781-BK
No.
g
65806
for 2 or more
89.50
No.
g / each
401 323-BK
65806
Max. load
79.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
39
1
Aluminium transport trolleys
Max. load 100 kg
Additional grate prevents small parts from falling out

Cushioned push handle at an ergonomic height
Extendable platform and push handle
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, wheel 100mm,

ball bearing mounted. Swivel castors with double stops.
Non-marking, solid rubber tyres.
Platform
length x width mm
720 x 410
Dimensions, folded
Platform height
Grate
Push handle height
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
460 x 410
180
390 x 365
990
521 334-BK
No.
g
107.50
Folding multi-purpose trucks

Max. load 120 kg
Extremely light aluminium and plastic construction

Space saving storage
The solution for many transport problems. Only 80 mm

wide when folded, wheels and handle disappear almost
completely into the platform.
Handle adjusts to individual height due to triple telescopic
feature. Polypropylene platform with non-slip points.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, wheel 100 mm.
Non-marking, solid rubber tyres.
Platform
length x width mm
680 x 410
Push handle height

Weight
mm
kg
720 / 820 / 920

6.7
1 item
No.
g
521 335-BK
No.
g / 2 items
521 336-BK
2 items
109.90
195.00
Platform trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Frame and push handle hot dip galvanised
Platform made of charcoal coloured plastic.

wheel housingsmadeof stainless steel. Swivel castors
with double stops.
Platform
length x width mm
1250 x 800
mm
mm
280
1100
Platform height
Push handle height
604 912-BK
No.
g
40
552.00
BLUE =
125129
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Platform trolley
Platform trolley
Top quality
Reinforced platform made of hot dip

Permanently fitted, black non-slip
covering
Chrome plated push handle with
anti-static rubber coating
Ergonomic push handle
End panel between push handle bars

prevents goods from sliding out
Platform with all round, permanently

elastic edge protection.
With 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
particularly quiet design.
145.00
g
No. 927 480-BK
KAISER+KRAFT
SPECIAL OFFER
Unique folding mechanism for unlocking the push handle
Maintenance-free, encased swivel

bearing. Dust protected plain wheel
bearing. Low noise, cushioned tyres.
Max. load
Platform
length x width
Platform height
Push handle height
Wheel
kg
150
mm
mm
mm
mm
710 x 450
148
890
100
927 480-BK
No.
g
145.00
Platform trolley
Premium quality
Max. load 300 kg
Same as model described above.

2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors in
impact resistant housings. Exceptionally
quiet running castors.
87018
Platform
length x width
Platform height
Push handle height
Wheel
No.
g
kg
300
mm
mm
mm
mm
900 x 600
215
935
130
423 396-BK
87018
Max. load
286.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
41
Table trolley
Platform trolley
Max. load 125 kg
Max. load 300 kg
Frame made of bright zinc plated tubular

steel. Shelves with beech finish laminate,
width x depth 760 x 430 mm.
Space between shelves 510 mm.
External dimensions
Width x depth x height 840 x 450 x 900 mm.
4 swivel castors, wheel 100 mm,

with non-marking solid rubber tyres.
No. 604 327-BK
Can be pushed inside each other to save

space. Robust steel frame, zinc plated.
External dimensions
g 181.00

with non-marking solid rubber tyres.
No. 819 092-BK
g 293.50
Protective cover for safety
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
1
1 Platform truck
Platform trolleys
119003
Double coated platform with

non-slip mat
All-round protective rubber surround
Particularly silent running wheels with
precision ball bearings
42
Tubular steel frame, powder coated in

pebble grey RAL 7032.
all non-marking and silent running,
wheel 100 mm.
2 Office trolley
With 4 mesh side panels,
height160mm.
Folding mesh panel at front.
Model
Shelf heights
Shelf dims.
Push handle height
No.
g
140
740 x 480
920
140 / 660
740 x 480
980
609 987-BK
609 988-BK
126.70
441.50
mm
mm
mm
BLUE =
119003
With folding push handle for

space saving storage.
Max. load 150 kg
Platform trolleys Table trolleys
g
No. 734 524-BK
239.00
Table trolleys
179.00
Shelves with non-slip coating

With protective all round PVC bumper strip
Chrome plated tubular steel frame.

Shelves made of powder coated sheet steel.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, non-marking
polyurethane tyres.
Only available as shown.
Model
125130
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Shelves
Max. load
Length x width
Overall height
Shelf heights
Wheel
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
2
250
914 x 610
950
178 / 736
125
150
744 x 484
860
142 / 658
100
250
914 x 610
950
178 / 736
125
150
744 x 484
860
142 / 400 / 658
100
250
914 x 610
950
178 / 455 / 736
125
734 524-BK
734 522-BK
734 525-BK
734 523-BK
734 526-BK
239.00
179.00
268.00
247.00
348.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125130
g
No. 734 522-BK
43
279.00
Varithek servo + stainless steel

table trolleys
g
No. 423 350-BK
Made of chrome nickel steel

Suitable for foodstuffs
Sound absorbing shelves
4 rustproof swivel castors, 2 with double

stops, non-marking tyres, bumper discs.
Supplied flat pack easy to assemble
thanks to newly designed screw
connections.
Model
Shelves
Clearance between shelves
Max. load per shelf
Overall max. load
Shelf size approx.
External dims approx.
Wheel
mm
kg
kg
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
3
275
80
150
630 x 400
700 x 470 x 950
125
2
585
80
120
800 x 500
870 x 570 x 950
125
3
275
80
150
800 x 500
870 x 570 x 950
125
423 350-BK
423 352-BK
423 353-BK
279.00
254.00
323.00
2
585
120
1000 x 600
1070 x 670 x 950
125
3
275
150
1000 x 600
1070 x 670 x 950
125
4
275
160
1000 x 600
1070 x 670 x 1260
125
423 354-BK
423 355-BK
423 356-BK
362.00
437.50
617.00
89681
Detachable
waste container
44
Model
For 1 6.
Made of chrome nickel steel, capacity
21 litres.
Internal dimensions
Shelves
Overall max. load
Shelf size
External dims.
Wheel
No. 423 357-BK
No.
g
g 160.30
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
BLUE =
89681
Table trolleys Platform trolleys
Reinforced base
for more stability
Tubular platform
Stainless steel four wheelers
Stainless steel serving trolleys
Max. load 400 kg
Max. load 100 kg 50 kg per shelf
Hygienic easy to keep clean

Mobile and silent
Closed platform fitted with noise dampening matting
Wheels optionally zinc plated or made entirely of stainless steel

(all chassis components, including wheel axles and housings).
roller bearings.
Swivel castors with wheel stops. Non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Platform (L x W 600 x 500 mm)
124920
Pedestal trolleys
tubular
closed
mm
905 x 500 x 1000
905 x 500 x 1000
Zinc plated wheels
No.
g
609 981-BK
609 983-BK
549.00
704.00
Stainless steel wheels
No.
g
609 982-BK
609 984-BK
751.00
904.00
Smooth platform.
Rustproof wheel fittings: 4 swivel castors,
2 with wheel stops. Wheel 125 mm.
Exceptionally hygienic and easy to clean

Universal applications, e.g. in kitchens and dining facilities,
damp environments
Max. load
Tubular construction with bolted-on shelves.

Shelves with raised edge on all sides.
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops. Wheel 100 mm.
Shelves
Platform dims.
Shelf heights
Overall height
No.
g
Platform dims.
kg
150
mm
mm
387 x 387
450 x 450 x 500
921 152-BK
No.
g
610 x 410
178 / 785
900
610 x 410
178 / 480 / 785
900
610 010-BK
610 012-BK
216.00
247.00
mm
mm
mm
Chrome nickel steel 18/10
290.00
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Stainless steel platform

trucks

trucks

trolleys
Max. load 350 kg
Max. load 150 kg
Chrome nickel steel 18 / 10

Bumper corner protectors
Push handle bolted on.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors. 1 swivel castor with
wheel stop. Wheel 160 mm. Rustproof wheel fittings.
Chrome nickel steel 18 / 10

Rustproof wheel fittings
Bumper corner protectors
Push handle welded to the truck.
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops. Wheel 125 mm.
Exceptionally hygienic and easy to clean

2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, wheel 160mm.
Stainless steel wheel housings.
Platform dims.
mm
1000 x 600
1200 x 600
Platform
Push handle height

Platform height
Length x width
mm
mm
mm
955
260
1065 x 665
955
260
1265 x 665
Push handle height

Platform height
Length x width
849 421-BK
849 448-BK
802.00
829.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
length x width mm
670 x 530
Max. load
mm
mm
mm
900
220
790 x 650
Platform
Shelf heights
Overall height
724 323-BK
No.
g
407.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g
kg
250
350
length x width mm
mm
mm
900 x 500
220 / 873
915
900 x 500
220 / 561 / 873
915
604 916-BK
604 918-BK
765.00
895.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124920
Closed platform fitted with

noise dampening matting
45
Easy to reconfigure from platform truck to table trolley
Multi-purpose trucks
Table trolley and platform truck
in one
Ergonomic handle arrangement makes

it easy to push and steer
Converts from table trolley into a
platform truck in a few easy steps
Highly versatile, folds up to save space.

Folded dims. lengthxwidth x height
990 x 665 x 430 mm.
Steel parts powder coated,
platform/shelfmade of MDF with coated
finish.
wheel 180 mm, non-marking solid
rubber tyres.
Fixed castors with wheel stops.
Compact dims. when folded together

Max. load
kg
400
top mm
bottom mm
600 x 530
900 x 600
Levels
Platform / shelf L x W
Platform height / shelf height

External dims.
mm
230 / 740
height mm
length x width mm
1040
1090 x 665
944 533-BK
No.
g
361.50
Platform trolleys
Max. load 400 kg
Ergonomic handle arrangement makes

it easy to push and steer
1 and 2 with folding push handle
3
Model
1
900 x 600
230
with
1
900 x 600
230
2
900 x 600
230 / 760
3
900 x 600
230 / 495 / 760
430 / 1040
1090 x 600
430 / 1040
1110 x 642
1055
1090 x 600
1055
1090 x 600
986 495-BK
986 497-BK
986 498-BK
986 499-BK
207.50
288.00
266.00
306.50
Railing
Levels
Platform / shelf
length x width mm
Platform height / shelf heights
mm
External dims.
Wire mesh basket

as an accessory
height mm
length x width mm
No.
g
Steel parts powder coated.

Shelves made of high performance MDF
panels with durable paint coating.
wheel 180 mm, non-marking solid rubber
tyres, roller bearings.
Platform trucks
Max. load 200 kg
Clipboard
Frame 830 x 580 mm
Frame for wire mesh baskets or

stackable plastic containers
(800 x 600 or 600 x 400mm)
Bolt-on push handle

blueRAL5012.
2swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
wheel 125 mm, solid rubber tyres,
roller bearings.
Wire mesh basket, zinc plated

Capacity approx. 200 litres.
Frame
L x W mm
No.
g
830 x 580
810 x 610
243 396-BK
401 315-BK
125.80
132.70
Frame 810 x 610 mm
46
Suitable stackable plastic containers

beginning on page 304.
Wire mesh
basket
No.
g
739 591-BK
109.90
Clipboard
No.
g
151 769-BK
151 769-BK
26.25
26.25
BLUE =
125131
Accessories
Table trolleys Platform trucks
NEW
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Simply fold together the push handle and

platform for storage
g
No. 968 370-BK
149.00
Table trolleys
Aluminium trucks
Max. load 150 kg ontwoshelves
Max. load 150 kg
Powder coated steel frame.

Polyurethane coated shelves, light grey.
Optionally with double stops.
Shelf
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
length x width mm
660 x 340
790 x 425
mm
mm
240 / 590
880
240 / 590
920
908 787-BK
908 788-BK
Shelf heights
Push handle height
No.
g
2 swivel castors with double stops
No.
g
217.50
260.50
921 146-BK
921 147-BK
241.50
287.50
Light, yet sturdy

Extendable platform and push handle
Due to its mechanism, thetruck requires

very little space and can thusbe easily
stored in cars etc.
100 mm, non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Platform
Platform height
Push handle height
(450) 670 x 440
mm
mm
160
935
length x width mm
750 x 440
Collapsed
575 x 450 x 240
Fully extended
968 370-BK
No.
g
149.00
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Office and
warehouse trolleys
length x width mm
For distributing mail

For order picking
For assembly materials
Powder coated tubular steel frame,

silver grey RAL7001 gloss finish.
solid rubber tyres.
Aluminium platform trucks

External dims.
L x W x H mm
124702
Basket heights
Max. load per basket
Basket dimensions
No.
g
mm
kg
mm
680 x 360 x 1020

190 / 610 / 1000
10
400 x 300 x 210
927 563-BK
171.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Max. load 100 kg

Aluminium platform with ribbed structure
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Max. load
kg
100
Platform
length x width mm
Platform height
mm
Push handle height
mm
850 x 430
170
870
No.
g
985 875-BK
212.50
KAISER + KRAFT
47
RAL 7001
RAL 9010
Serving trolleys
Serving trolleys
Table trolleys
Max. load 150 kg
Max. load 150 kg
Max. load 40 kg
Powder coated tubular steel frame, white

aluminiumRAL9006.
Shelves made of melamine coated chipboard.
4swivel castors, 2 with double stops, wheel 125 mm.
Chrome plated tubular steel frame.

Chipboard shelves in beech finish.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops, wheel 125 mm.
With thread guard. Non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Tubular steel frame, powder coated.

Shelves made of polyurethane coated chipboard.
4 swivel castors, wheel 100 mm. Non-marking solid
rubber tyres. Optionally with 2 swivel castors with double
stops.

Shelves
Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
Push handle height
length x width mm
mm
mm
1000 x 475
230 / 490 / 750
960
614 476-BK
No.
g
284.50
Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
Push handle height
3
length x width mm
mm
mm
750 x 475
230 / 490 / 750
960
614 500-BK
No.
g
Shelf
Shelf heights
Swivel castors
withoutdouble stops
length x width mm
mm
silver grey RAL 7001
pure white RAL 9010
280 275-BK
153 397-BK
2 swivel castors
withdouble stops
g
pure white RAL 9010
911 222-BK
911 221-BK
194.90
324.00
191.10
Table trolleys
670 x 420
220 / 720
A practical aid for a variety of uses
For offices and administrative departments

Ideal for mail distribution and order picking
124703
Made of robust tubular steel, shelves and side panels

made of steel mesh, powder coated.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops. Wheel 100mm,
withroller bearings and thread guard.
48
Model
Shelves
Max. load
Shelf heights
Mesh size
kg
mm
mm
Colour, as standard
No.
g
mm
3
150
200 x 550 x 770
25 x 25
2
200
165 x 535
100 x 45
light grey
RAL 7035
white aluminium
RAL 9006
1055 x 500 x 1100
890 x 380 x 1010
614 571-BK
614 573-BK
438.00
234.50

Max. load
Shelf
Shelf heights
Length x height
kg
100
length x width mm
mm
mm
795 x 400
200 / 500 / 900
895 x 900
704 607-BK
No.
g
222.00
BLUE =
124703
Mail distribution trolleys

in pure whiteRAL9010 as standard.
4 plastic swivel castors, 1 with wheel stop,
wheel 75 mm.
Mesh trolleys Serving trolleys Office trolleys
329.00
Mesh trolleys
Serving trolleys
Mesh trolley with 2 swivel castors with wheel

stops on request.
Max. load 150kg
With removable trays

Tubular steel construction, powder coated in white
aluminium similar to RAL 9006. Trays made of easy care
laminate with non-slip finish in charcoal granite.
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops, wheel 100mm,
non-marking solid rubber tyres and thread guard.
1 Shelves made of polyurethane coated
Tubular frame, mesh ends and rectangular connecting

tubes powder coated, silver grey RAL 7001 silk finish.
4 swivel castors, wheel 125mm, non-marking solid
rubber tyres.
chipboard, light grey
2 Shelves made of powder coated wire

mesh
Max. load
Model
Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
length x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
3
770 x 425
240 / 550 / 850
830 x 510 x 960
4
770 x 425
240 / 630 / 930 / 1230
830 x 510 x 1350
4
910 x 425
240 / 630 / 930 / 1230
980 x 510 x 1350
927 573-BK
927 574-BK
927 576-BK
329.00
423.00
518.00
Max. load per shelf

Shelf
Shelves
Shelf heights
kg
90
kg
length x width mm
30
610 x 430
3
195 / 510 / 825
830 x 490 x 990
mm
mm
942 501-BK
No.
g
362.50
Serving trolleys
Office trolleys
In many sizes with two or three shelves
Max. load 150 kg
Tubular frame and side casing powder coated, silver grey

RAL 7001. Shelves made of polyurethane coated chipboard, light grey.
Max. load
Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
2 swivel castors
with double stops
4 swivel castors, wheel 125 mm, non-marking solid

rubber tyres.
Optionally with double stops.
75
150
2
670 x 380
230 / 780
780 x 380 x 880
2
790 x 465
230 / 850
890 x 465 x 960
3
670 x 380
230 / 500 / 780
780 x 380 x 880
2
785 x 545
240 / 820
880 x 545 x 920
2
990 x 545
240 / 820
1100 x 545 x 920
153 354-BK
153 419-BK
153 370-BK
280 348-BK
280 380-BK
235.50
290.00
299.00
410.50
473.00
911 246-BK
911 247-BK
911 248-BK
911 233-BK
911 236-BK
237.50
292.50
305.50
414.50
481.50
No.
g
124704
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Two shelves. Top shelf with 140 mm high raised edge.

Tubular frame, mesh ends and rectangular connecting
tubes powder coated, silver grey RAL 7001 silk finish.
Polyurethane coated panels, light grey.
rubber tyres.
Shelf
Shelf heights
No.
g
length x width mm
770 x 425
mm
mm
240 / 750
830 x 510 x 960
927 581-BK
364.50
KAISER + KRAFT
124704
from g
49
1

Only 10 % extra.
from g
179.00
2+3
Shown in standard
colour: pigeon blue
Shown in
special colour
With push handle
Table trolleys
Max. load 150 kg
Model
Frame made of powder coated tubular steel, pigeon blue

RAL 5014. Grey, melamine coated chipboard panels.
rubber tyres.
Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
length x width mm
mm
No.
g
2 swivel castors
with double stops
All trolleys
on this page
Without push handle
No.
g
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
2
745 x 390
230 / 800
3
745 x 390
230 / 510 / 800
614 488-BK
614 490-BK
203.50
226.00
614 489-BK
614 492-BK
206.50
229.50
Model
Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
length x width mm
mm
2 swivel castors
with double stops
No.
g
2
745 x 390
230 / 800
614 496-BK
179.00
Table trolleys
Max. load 150 kg
Powder coated tubular steel frame, white aluminium
RAL9006. Shelves made of chipboard, grey melamine
coated.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops, wheel 125 mm.
1 Without push handle

Shelves
Shelf
Shelf heights
2
length x width mm
mm
614 480-BK
No.
g
163.50
2 With two push handles

Shelves
Shelves
Shelf heights
3
length x width mm
mm
614 487-BK
No.
g
745 x 390
230 / 510 / 800
249.50
BLUE =
124921
50
745 x 390
230 / 530
Table trolleys Office trolleys
Shown with shelf dividers (accessory)
Office trolleys
Mobile worktables
Frame powder coated in silver grey RAL7001, silk finish.
Worktop and shelves with beech finish.
4swivel castors, 2 with double stops, non-marking solid
rubber tyres.
Max. load
Worktop
Shelf heights
Wheel
kg
100
150
mm
mm
mm
600 x 450
1100 / 810 / 300
100
1000 x 550
900 / 690 / 280
125
927 560-BK
927 561-BK
427.00
491.50
No.
g
Sturdy rectangular tubing frame, powder coating similar

to white aluminium RAL 9006. Polyurethane coated MDF
panels in beech finish.
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops, wheel 75 mm,
Max. load
Max. load per shelf
Shelf dims.
Shelf heights
kg
100
kg
mm
mm
mm
60
720 x 360
165 / 535 / 905
770 x 415 x 1020
604 988-BK
No.
g
276.50
Accessories
Adjustable shelf dividers
Pack of 2
604 989-BK
No.
g / set
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
28.40
Office trolleys
1 + 2 File trolleys
File trolleys
Max. load 150 kg
Each shelf level holds nine files (spine width of 80mm).

The body is sloped slightly towards the rear.
Max. load 120 kg
4 swivel castors,
2withdouble stops,
wheel 100mm.
Non-marking solid rubber
tyres.
Supplied flat pack easy
self-assembly.
Model
Shelf
length x width mm
File heights
Shelves
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
3 + 4 Mail distribution trolleys

Compartment width 230 mm.
728 x 315
2
1
950 x 455 x 1015
728 x 315
3
2
950 x 455 x 1380
728 x 315
2
15
950 x 455 x 1015
728 x 315
3
21
950 x 455 x 1380
604 990-BK
604 991-BK
604 993-BK
604 994-BK
480.50
549.00
644.00
728.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Two shelves, each for ten folders (spine width80mm).

Worktop 800 x 300 mm.
Powder coated frame.
rubber tyres.
Wood finish
Frame colour
No.
g
mm
beech
maple
black
1070 x 850 x 350
silver
1070 x 850 x 350
759 543-BK
759 544-BK
333.00
333.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124922
124922
Polyurethane coated shelf panels in light grey RAL7035.

Tubular steel frame powder coated in silver grey
RAL7001. Shelves are height adjustable in increments of
32 mm.
51
1
3
from g
With shelf dividers
115.00
4
1
2
Chrome plated table trolleys with push handle

Max. load 300 kg
Two versions: with shelves or baskets

Easy to clean and always shiny
Impact and scratch resistant
Highly versatile ideal for internal mail distribution
The shelves are height adjustable in precise, 25 mm

increments. The push handle can be attached as desired.
4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops, solid rubber tyres,
wheel 125 mm, plastic bumper discs.
With baskets
Basket depth 60 mm, max. load per basket 75 kg.
Length x width
Height
Baskets
Overall max. load
Illustration
Shelf dividers as an accessory

Height 215 mm, width 460 mm.
With shelves
mm
mm
760 x 460
1025
Shelves
Illustration
No.
g
910 x 610
1025
2
760 x 460
1350
910 x 610
1350
760 x 460
1025
3
225
3
225
610 021-BK
610 022-BK
610 023-BK
115.80
146.60
187.30
760 x 460
1670
4
910 x 610
1025
2
150
kg
No.
g
Overall max. load 300 kg, 100 kg per shelf.

Length x width
Height
mm
mm
910 x 610
1670
940 308-BK
940 309-BK
940 310-BK
940 311-BK
940 312-BK
940 314-BK
940 315-BK
940 316-BK
940 317-BK
940 318-BK
940 319-BK
940 320-BK
115.00
135.20
145.60
168.70
152.40
163.90
176.40
202.50
186.70
181.30
203.50
224.00
602 009-BK
602 009-BK
602 010-BK
602 010-BK
602 009-BK
602 009-BK
602 010-BK
602 010-BK
602 009-BK
602 009-BK
602 010-BK
602 010-BK
14.15
14.15
17.50
17.50
14.15
14.15
17.50
17.50
14.15
14.15
17.50
17.50
Accessories
Shelf dividers
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
Wire mesh platform trucks

Max. load 150 kg
High quality chrome plating impact resistant,

scratch resistant, easy to clean and always shiny
Folding push handle
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors with high quality,

non-marking polyurethane tyres, wheel 100 mm.
119059
Platform height
Overall height
52
length x width mm
750 x 480
mm
mm
140
900
No.
g
610 024-BK
119059
Platform
115.70
BLUE =
Table trolleys Platform trucks Parcel trucks Parcel trolleys
NEW
Parcel trucks
Parcel and newspaper trucks
Folding mesh footplate

For small and large packages
Made of tubular steel with durable plastic

coating, similar to white aluminium
RAL 9006.
Pneumatic tyres on plastic rims, roller
bearings.
Max. load
Footplate
Height x width
Wheel
Weight
kg
150
width x depth mm
mm
mm
kg
400 x 400
1100 x 490
220
8.5
Folding platform and side parts
High quality powder coating in light blue

RAL 5012.
Solid rubber tyres on plastic rims, roller
bearings.
609 985-BK
No.
g
Max. load
Footplate
Height x width
Wheel
Weight
kg
200
width x depth mm
mm
mm
kg
x
1130 x 740
200
16
968 339-BK
No.
g
215.00
208.00
NEW
Four mesh panels

Both long panels can be removed
High quality powder coating,

light blue RAL 5012 as standard.
Platform made of MDF, dcor finish.
Wheels
bearings. Swivel castors with double stops.
125082
Only 10 % extra.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Model
Max. load
Filling height
Platform
Wheel
Weight
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

kg
mm
length x width mm
mm
mm
kg
350
970
1185 x 585
1330 x 650 x 1200
160
57
350
1270
1385 x 735
1530 x 800 x 1500
160
73
968 337-BK
968 338-BK
522.00
548.00
KAISER + KRAFT
125082
Parcel trucks
53
1200 2070 mm
Ill. shows special colours
Plate truck
With adjustable retaining bar
Load area with ribbed rubber cover. Retainer can be
stopped with star grip screw.
2 solid rubber tyres, 200 mm, roller bearings.
Push handle delivered loosely with unit
for easy self-assembly.
Max. load
kg
Load area
length x width mm
No.
g
With insertion guide rollers
300
600 x 200
911 197-BK
232.50
Plate trucks
and stands
Tubular steel frame available in the following heights:

300, 600 and 900 mm
Maximum 7 bars
Platform made of sheet zinc or alternatively made
of plastic
Model
Max. load
Platform
Platform height
Bar clearance space
Platform shelf
1 Plate truck
With 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, 200 mm.
Solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.
2 Panel stands
With insertion guide roller at front. Floor anchoring
possible; material for this not included in scope of
delivery.
1
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
Without bar
500
1250 x 800
280
90
Plastic
Load area with ribbed rubber cover. Powder coated

as standard in light blue RAL 5012. Available with solid
rubber or pneumatic tyres, roller bearings.
Push handle delivered loosely with unit for easy selfassembly.
Sheet zinc
500
1250 x 800
65
90
Plastic
Max. load
Height 300 mm
125132
Height 600 mm
54
Height 900 mm
kg
300
length x width mm
length x width mm
mm
wheel
mm
1250 x 600
600 x 200
1200
200
No.
g
911 195-BK
Sheet zinc
No.
g
927 565-BK
927 566-BK
927 567-BK
927 568-BK
337.00
358.50
313.00
333.00
No.
g
927 569-BK
927 569-BK
927 569-BK
927 569-BK
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
No.
g
927 571-BK
927 571-BK
927 571-BK
927 571-BK
25.95
25.95
25.95
25.95
No.
g
927 572-BK
927 572-BK
927 572-BK
927 572-BK
28.95
28.95
28.95
28.95
Accessory
Tubular bar
Plate truck
External dims.
Load area
Push handle height
Solid rubber tyres
Pneumatic tyres
wheel
159.00
mm
260
No.
g
911 196-BK
BLUE =
160.90
125132
Plate trucks
Plate trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Securely support and transport all

types of plates and panels
Compete with three tubular supports
Frame with high quality zinc plating for
a long service life
Platform with weatherproof coating
Sturdy welded angle iron construction,

40 x 40 mm. Platform made of 9 mm thick
wooden panel with weatherproof coating.
wheel 200 mm, solid rubber tyres.
Tubular supports
As standard with three plug-in tubular
supports, 600 mm high.
Up to seven supports can be used.
Platform
length x width mm
1000 x 700
1200 x 800
mm
mm
275
875
275
875
942 465-BK
942 466-BK
407.00
424.50
942 467-BK
942 468-BK
45.50
52.50
pneumatic tyres
polyurethane tyres,
punctureproof
15 70
300 x 355 x 340
15 70
310 x 310 x 305
927 423-BK
512 518-BK
97.80
174.50
Platform height
Overall height
No.
g
Accessories
Tubular support
Height 600 mm
No.
g / each
Panel trucks
Max. load 250 kg
The transported goods are secured by

their own weight
Cushioned clamping jaws
With new rigid axle, wheels run
straight
Powder coated sheet steel,

light blue RAL 5012.
Two wheel versions to choose from,
wheel 260 mm.
Wheels
For panel thickness
mm
mm
No.
g
Pneumatic tyres
Punctureproof polyurethane tyres
Plate trucks
Inclined structure holds the panels

securely
Loading surfaces are covered with
wooden strips
750 kg model with extra large wheel
diameter
Tubular steel construction, powder coated

as standard in light blue RAL 5012.
Solid rubber tyres, roller bearings.
1
1 Short version
2 Long version
Model
124709
Platform
Max. load
Height x width, overall
Wheel
1
length x width mm
kg
mm
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1100 x 330
500
1470 x 700
200
2
2250 x 330
500
1470 x 700
200
750
1530 x 700
250
927 564-BK
154 490-BK
154 504-BK
439.00
552.00
649.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Illustration: 500 kg model
KAISER + KRAFT
55
1
Only 10 % extra.

quality
and workshop
colours on request
g
No. 153 737-BK
479.00
Tool and supplies trolleys

Keep materials organised and within easy reach at all times
Max. load
High qualitypowder coating, trolley light blue RAL 5012,

accessories charcoal RAL7016.
solid rubber tyres, roller bearings. Swivel castors with
double stops.
Platform
Shelf
Overall height
Height of mesh panels
Inclination of mesh panels
Mesh size
No.
g
Ideal when working at different locations

Easy to hook-in the different holders
Wire mesh firmly welded to support the various holders.

Two shelves made of MDF with coated surface.
kg
500
length x width mm
length x width mm
mm
mm
degrees
mm
1250 x 800
1250 x 250
1480
1230
8
75 x 75
153 737-BK
479.00
Accessories
Solid spike carrier bracket
Max. load
Corrugation spacing
Length
kg
25
mm
mm
45
300
No.
g
942 512-BK
21.60
Tubular carrier bracket

Max. load
125084
Pipe
Length
56
Max. load
Spike
Length
Small material bin

kg
25
mm
mm
20
300
No.
g
942 514-BK
14.45
Fork carrier bracket

25
Max. load
kg
25
mm
mm
27
300
Fork width
Length
mm
mm
50
300
942 513-BK
14.60
No.
g
Width x depth
Height
kg
25
mm
mm
150 x 250
80
No.
g
942 516-BK
41.35
Large material bin
kg
No.
g
Max. load
942 515-BK
18.20
Max. load
Width x depth
Height
kg
50
mm
mm
1200 x 250
40
No.
g
942 517-BK
76.50
BLUE =
125084
Corrugated carrier bracket
Tool and supplies trolleys Cantilever shelf trolleys
Cantilever shelf trolleys

Multifunctional equipment in a modular design to store, supply,
air and dry components
Accessories for 1
Also suitable for bulky items as the

cantilever arms can be adjusted
Ideal as a paint drying trolley
The shelves can be hooked into the

uprights, which are 1540 mm high, in 13
different positions (50 mm intervals).
Powder coated, light blue RAL 5012.
200 mm, roller bearings. Swivel castors
with double stops.
1 For fitting on one side

With solid rubber tyres.
2 For fitting on both sides
Shelves with 3 cantilever arms

Depth 700 mm. Max. load 50 kg.
A without, B with rubber pads.
Accessories for 2
C Tubular steel shelves
With 6 steel tubes, permanently welded.
Depth 445 mm (each shelf).
Overall width 960 mm (2shelves).
Max. load 80 kg.
Powder coated, light grey RAL7035.
Pack of 4, yields2full length levels.
1 with4 x accessory B
With solid rubber fully elastic tyres.

Model
Description
Max. load
Tyres
single sided
350
solid rubber
1550 x 800 x 1830
double sided
500
fully-elastic
1750 x 850 x 1835
No.
g
985 882-BK
927 558-BK
484.50
473.50
No.
g
739 341-BK
No.
g
739 342-BK
No.
g / pack
kg
mm
Without cantilever arms

Accessories
Cantilever arms without rubber pads
Cantilever arms with rubber pads
Tubular steel shelves

Pack of 4
66.40
117.80
927 559-BK
403.00
2 with2 x accessory C
1 withaccessories A + B
Windscreen transport trucks

Max. load 500 kg
Bottom and side rests are covered with
rubber profile. Ideal for glass, polyester,
non-ferrous metals, tropical woods and
veneers. Push-fit supporting bar.
Powder coated light blue RAL5012.
Solid rubber tyres, roller bearings, wheel
200 mm.
Model
Shelves
Bar height
Length x width x height, overall
length x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
1 With 1 platform
Inner inclination 10 towards support
bar
2 With 2 platforms
Inner inclination of each platform 7
towards support bar
1500 x 430
1420
1550 x 800 x 1750
2 x 1550 x 195
1420
1550 x 800 x 1750
918 866-BK
727 289-BK
655.00
751.00
124711
1
1
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
57
2
3
Order picking
trolleys
4 With two shelves
With three shelves
1 One fixed and two tilting shelves
For holding plastic

multi-containers
Sturdy steel frame, powder coated in light
blue RAL5012 as standard.
solid rubber tyres, roller bearings.
2
3
For holding plastic containers. Both top

shelves can be inclined to either long
side by 15 and 30. The shelves are
secured at this inclination by spring
bolts.
Three removable shelves
Shelves made of MDF panels, dcor
finish.
Three fixed shelves
For holding plastic containers.
Top shelf tilts to either side

Angle of inclination 15 and 30,
locks with spring loaded catch.

5 With four shelves

Shelves made of MDF panels, dcor
finish with raised steel edge.
2 + 3 Supplied flat pack easy selfassembly.

Model
kg
150
200
200
150
150
Shelves
length x width mm
635 x 440
635 x 440
635 x 440
635 x 440
635 x 440
1040 x 474
Shelves
quantity
shelf heights mm
3
190 / 660 / 1190
3
200 / 690 / 1170
3
200 / 690 / 1170
2
190 / 660
4
175 / 460 / 765 / 1070
Height
Length x width
mm
mm
1220
920 x 470
1200
920 x 470
1200
920 x 470
690
920 x 470
1085
1180 x 475
Wheel
mm
Max. load
No.
g
125
125
125
125
125
986 396-BK
986 393-BK
986 394-BK
985 881-BK
505 760-BK
317.50
348.50
284.00
226.50
338.50
A B
A B C
A B C
A B
A B
Suitable plastic containers
Plastic multi-containers
In three heights. Length x width 660 x 450 mm.
Matching lid available as accessory.
Size
Capacity
Height
28
130
50
220
96
410
751 426-BK
751 427-BK
751 428-BK
26.00
36.95
52.00
751 429-BK
751 429-BK
751 429-BK
17.10
17.10
17.10
litres
mm
No.
g
Accessories
Lid
No.
g
Roller stands
Safe, easy handling of long
goods, pipes and plates
Sturdy and dirt resistant

Reduces straining, increases
productivity
For ergonomic working
Feed materials to machines by simply

rotating, pushing and pulling.
Steel construction with sturdy base for
excellent stability. Infinitely height
adjustable via locking lever. Base powder
coated in light blue RAL 5012. Support
column electrolytically zinc plated.
124925
Guaranteed safety
1 and 2 support column secured with a
socket pin.
3 with pneumatic fall arrest.
58
1
1 With steel roller
2 With V support
With 4 quality steel ball bearings.
Particularly suitable for supporting
pipes.
3 Max. load 1000 kg

Heavy duty model with steel roller.
Model
Lifting range
Max. load
External dims.
Roller
Ball
mm
kg
675 1065
500
635 1025
100
610 970
1000
length x width mm
height mm
625 x 625
675
625 x 625
675
430 x 430
610
length x mm
mm
400 x 50
15
350 x 50
611 172-BK
614 452-BK
233 994-BK
274.00
266.00
282.50
No.
g
BLUE =
124925
Assembly trolleys
NEW
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Delivered
fully assembled
Table trolleys
Assembly trolleys
For the workshop, warehouse and production areas
Mobility in the workshop
Bins can be pulled out or removed like

drawers
Powder coated frame, in light blue

Two flush mounted shelves made of
recycled plastic.
2swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, solid
rubber tyres, roller bearings.
Supplied fully assembled.
Fitted with 3 PE bins

Made of yellow polyethylene.
Capacity 11.25 litres.
Length x width x depth 500 x 310 x 140 mm.
Temperature resistant from 50 C
to +80 C.
Smooth inside surfaces optimum
utilisation of space easy to clean.
Max. load
Shelf
length x width
Shelf heights
Wheel
For your safety

All models with double stops to
EN 1757-3.
kg
500
mm
mm
mm
mm
1050 x 700
275 / 895
500 x 310 x 140
200
968 341-BK
No.
g
For assembly materials and small

parts
For order picking
Sturdy steel construction, powder

coated in light blue RAL 5012.
roller bearings.
Bins made of polyethylene
Resistant to many types of oil,
grease, acid and alkali (please ask
for details).
to +80 C.
417.00
Fitted with 30 PE bins
Bins can be easily removed

Easy to carry conveniently placed grip
rails on front and rear sides
Bins made of polyethylene.

Max. load for trolley

Max. load for bin rails
Shelf
length x width
Wheel
kg
250
kg
mm
mm
mm
150
900 x 500
910 x 510 x 900
160
944 565-BK
No.
g
479.00
Combination assembly trolleys

With two or three shelves
Powder coated sheet steel construction,
in light blue RAL 5012 as standard.
wheel 100mm, roller bearings.
Recessed Frame
Suitable for plastic bins with 600 x 400 mm
or 800 x 600mm footprint.
Shelves
Shelf heights
mm
mm
240 / 790
970 x 610 x 1045
240 / 515 / 790

970 x 610 x 1045
Without bins
No.
g
968 327-BK
968 328-BK
215.50
250.50
Only 10 % extra.
Industrial containers made of grey polypropylene
124926
Capacity approx.
Max. load / max. stacking load
Pack of
litres
mm
kg
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
30
600 x 400 x 180
30 / 400
5
40
600 x 400 x 220
30 / 400
4
90
800 x 600 x 220
40 / 400
1
968 362-BK
968 363-BK
968 361-BK
86.20
79.50
48.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

NEW
KAISER + KRAFT
59
1
Assembly trolleys
Assembly shelf
trolleys
For fitting out with 20 or 42 litre

standard plastic containers
A practical transport or order picking

trolley forthe workstation
Tubular steel, powder coated as standard

in light blue RAL5012.
Bumper discs, 100 mm.
Max. load
kg
Easily accessible presentation of parts

in eight plastic containers
Three shelves which can be fitted in
level or inclined position
4 shelves overall, base shelf welded in

level position. Powder coated in light blue
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops,
150
Max. load
Container spaces
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
700 x 535
1565
Without containers
No.
g
614 570-BK
300
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
810
660 x 1520
Without containers
No.
g
716 242-BK
373.00
20 litre container
L x W x H 600x400 x 120 mm
No.
g
739 409-BK
20 litre container
L x W x H 600x400 x 120 mm
No.
g
739 409-BK
42 litre container
L x W x H 600x400 x 230 mm
No.
g
739 408-BK
42 litre container
L x W x H 600x400 x 230 mm
No.
g
739 408-BK
313.50
Accessories
Shown with
accessories
kg
Accessories
21.55
Shown with
accessories
34.15
21.55
34.15
Only 10 % extra.

Euro container shelf trucks
Complete with 3, 6 or 15 plastic containers
Variable, screw-on shelves, adjustable

in increments of 150mm
Sloping installation at 15 or 30 angle
of inclination
124927
Welded construction, powder coated as

standard in light blue RAL 5012.
Containers made of grey, high density
polyethylene suitable for foodstuffs.
roller bearings. Solid rubber tyres.
60
1 With 3 containers
NEW
L x W x H 600 x 400 x 120 mm.
2 With 6 containers
4 pcs. L x W x H 600 x 400 x 120 mm,
2 pcs. L x W x H 600 x 400 x 230 mm.
3 With 15 containers
12 pcs. L x W x H 600 x 400 x 120 mm,
3 pcs. L x W x H 600 x 400 x 230 mm.
Model
Max. load
Shelves
Shelf
Wheel
kg
length x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
200
3
430 x 610
485 x 620 x 1100
125
200
3
830 x 610
885 x 620 x 1100
125
250
5
1230 x 610
1285 x 620 x 1725
125
968 324-BK
968 325-BK
968 326-BK
351.00
418.00
899.00
BLUE =
124927
Order picking trolleys
Assembly trolleys
Incl. 6 x 23 litre open fronted plastic
storage bins. Intermediate shelves can be
tilted in two positions.
Bottom shelf made of MDF panel, dcor
finish, raised steel edge. Upper shelves
made of angled steel, without shelf panels.
RAL 5012.
Max. load
Plastic bins
kg
200
length mm
width x height mm
500 / 450
310 x 200
mm
700 x 485 x 1200
With bins
No.
g
944 566-BK
372.00
Shelf trolleys
Overall max. load 300 kg
RAL5012. Base shelf made of MDF panel,
dcor finish. With push handle.
160 mm, solid rubber tyres.
Fitted with 12 bins per shelf level.
6 bins on the front and back sides.
Assembly trolleys
Closed shelf panel fitted with bins, can be

inserted at an incline of 20.
Bins made of yellow plastic.
Complete with 23 litre, plastic open fronted storage bins

With 4 or 8 open fronted plastic storage
bins.
The bins fit into angled profiles. Powder
coated as standard in light blue RAL5012.
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Wheel 100 mm, roller bearings.
No. of bins
36
Shelves
Shelf heights
mm
mm
3
570 / 850 / 1130
1500 x 650 x 1750
516 020-BK
No.
g
Max. load
kg
200
Plastic bin
length mm
width x height mm
500 / 450
310 x 200
With 4 bins
L x W x H 395 x 510 x 1050 mm
No.
g
760 621-BK
With 8 bins
L x W x H 750 x 510 x 1050 mm
No.
g
760 622-BK
879.00
278.50
411.00
Polypropylene bins as
an accessory
Container as an accessory
Container trucks
Ideal for bulk materials, laundry etc.
Empty containers can be stacked
inside one another to save space
124712
Powder coated steel construction, in light

blue RAL 5012 as standard.
200mm, solid rubber tyres.
No. 724 326-BK
g 176.10
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Container
Length x width
Height
Max. load 100 kg
Easy to move, four swivel

castors
mm
mm
880 x 420
1055
670 x 380
830
Wheel
Wheel stops
mm
100
2
75
1
Trolley without bins
No.
g
727 283-BK
727 286-BK
319.00
115.80
Accessories
Capacity 370 litres.

Made of polyethylene, temperature
resistant from10 C to +60 C.
120 x 500 mm label space on both ends.
Internal dimensions
No. 292 958-BK
Model
Stable tubular steel construction with two levels.

Powder coated in light blue
RAL5012 as standard.
Supplied flat pack easy selfassembly.
g 248.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Bin for
top level
Bin for
lower level
capacity
length
WxH
capacity
length
WxH
litres
58
24.5
mm
mm
610
400 x 323
500 / 450
310 x 200
No.
g
724 415-BK
934 887-BK
29.85
14.10
litres
76
24.5
mm
mm
810
400 x 323
500 / 450
310 x 200
No.
g
724 417-BK
934 887-BK
39.25
14.10
KAISER + KRAFT
124712
Order picking
trolleys
61
1
Benefits of aluminium
2
4
Light, durable
Corrosion resistant
Completely hygienic
Hot and cold resistant
Odour free
Fully recyclable
5
1
Aluminium roll containers
Aluminium cupboard trolleys
Sturdy edge and base profile. Front and side panels

reinforced with all-round corrugation and corner beading.
7 without beading.
Wheels
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors aligned at the
corners, roller bearing mounted, with thread guard.
For model with lid (extra cost)
Perlon straps on the hinged lid, 2 latches.
Model
Capacity approx.
Special feature on 2 + 5
Long side with half drop gate for convenient loading and
unloading. Flap with bolt holder and movable holding
hinges.
Special feature on 3
Long side with cut-out (approx. 250 mm deep).
Push handle on both ends.
Non-marking, solid rubber tyres
Anodised finish. 2 folding doors.

Magnet to hold doors open. Central locking.
2 push handles. Plastic cushion bumper.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, 200 mm,
roller bearing mounted, with thread guard.
875 litre model with 2 central wheel stops.
Capacity approx.
litres
415
1050
945
655
350
230
150
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
1050 x 690
855
1300 x 750
1400
1650 x 950
980
1300 x 750
955
950 x 550
980
740 x 600
760
800 x 440
625
External dims.
Shelves
Wheel stops
Internal dims.
length x width mm
height mm
1000 x 640
650
1250 x 700
1200
1500 x 900
700
1250 x 700
750
900 x 500
780
700 x 560
590
760 x 400
500
No.
g
mm
125
125
200
125
125
125
75
156 027-BK
155 993-BK
156 051-BK
156 043-BK
155 985-BK
411 485-BK
156 000-BK
485.00
930.00
1120.00
675.00
649.00
315.00
359.00
411 507-BK
904 043-BK
247.00
202.00
411 531-BK
Wheel
No.
g
No.
extra cost g
411 493-BK
411 507-BK
190.70
247.00
Stacking lid,
supplied detached
No.
extra cost g
92.00
640
875
L x W x H mm
1255 x 630 x 1365

1
1255 x 630 x 1725

2
2
849 200-BK
555 223-BK
1770.00
2020.00
Security lock
Common key (= one key for multiple locks).
Extra cost
Options
Lid,
hinged
litres
No. 555 258-BK
g 68.00
Can be converted into a container truck with end and

side panels
Non-marking, solid rubber tyres

roller bearings, easy rolling, with thread guard.
Standard
model
Max. load
kg
300
External dims.
Internal dims.
Platform height

mm
1200 x 750 x 1050

1000 x 655 x 620
280
Standard model
No.
g
849 170-BK
End panel,
with push handle
No.
g
849 189-BK
Side panel
No.
g
849 197-BK
593.00
62
Shown with 2 end panels and

2 side panels
BLUE =
158.40
106.80
109746
109746
Accessories
Transport trolleys . Box trolleys
Box trolleys
1 Metal box trucks
Load capacity 500 kg

effective height 800 mm
Firmly welded sides made of beaded sheet steel.

One-part lid made of powder coated sheet steel.
Tyres
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors with solid
rubber tyres, wheel 200 mm, roller bearings.
Ideal for intermediate storage and transport,

collecting and disposal
Folded steel construction, one long-side wall can be half

folded down. Powder coated as standard in light blue
RAL 5012.
Models with lid can be locked.
Two eyelets and slots in the cover are provided for this.
Suitable padlocks are not included.
Base plate
Made of recycled plastic. Non-slip and hard-wearing
surface. Weather-resistant, oil-resistant and largely
acidproof. Recyclable.
German registered design.
Length x width
mm
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
With lid
No.
g
724 344-BK
724 345-BK
659.00
693.00
2 Wire mesh box trucks

Steel mesh walls, mesh size 50 x 50 mm.
Two-part lid, with hinge. Inlaid MDF panels, dcor finish.
Length x width
mm
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
Without lid
No.
g
727 378-BK
727 379-BK
472.00
516.00
No.
g
727 382-BK
727 383-BK
633.00
674.00
With lid

Only 10 % extra.
3
1
3 Wooden box trucks
Length x width
mm
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
MDF panel walls, dcor finish.

Two-part lid, with hinge. Inlaid MDF panels, dcor finish.
Without lid
No.
g
724 330-BK
491.00
No.
g
724 334-BK
724 336-BK
657.00
699.00
125133
With lid
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
63
1
Secure trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Goods secured for temporary storage

or transport
Topsurface made of coated MDF wood

with 75mm high raised wooden edge.
Hinged double doors with 3-point
Espagnolette locking and common key
cylinder lock.
Steel partspowder coated as standard in
light blue RAL5012.
wheel 200mm, solid rubber tyres,
roller bearings.
Accessories
Shelf
Made of MDF wood with polyurethane
coated surface, dcor finish.
Supplied with4support hooks, which can
be attached at intervals of50mm.
1 Steel mesh on all sides

Mesh size 50 x 50mm.
2 Sheet steel on three sides,

doors with Makrolon panels
1
Model
Max. load
Filling height
Height of lower shelf
Base shelf
Made of recycled plastic. Non-slip and
hardwearing surface. Weather resistant.
kg
mm
mm
mm
500
785
280
1150 x 750 x 1170
500
785
280
1150 x 750 x 1170
911 109-BK
927 408-BK
782.00
756.00
796 654-BK
716 157-BK
74.70
81.60
No.
g
Oil resistant and largely acid-proof.

Recyclable.
Accessories
Shelf
Length x width x height 1015 x 680 x 15 mm
No.
g
Shelf trucks
Made of wire mesh
Fixed rail in the centre for hanging

items such as clothing etc.
Four rails for a total of 12 x 50 litre
stack/nest containers
Steel mesh panels, mesh size 50x50 mm.

Large hinged door with 3-point
Espagnolette locking with common key
cylinder lock.
Base shelf made of MDF wood,
dcor finish.
wheel 200mm.
Accessories
Stack/nest containers
Made of polypropylene, capacity 50 litres.
Max. load approx. 35 kg.
Stacking load with lid approx. 100 kg,
withoutlidapprox.150kg.
Pack of 3.
Lids
Grey, suitable for the stack/nest
containers.
Pack of 2.
Max. load
kg
500
mm
1400 x 655 x 1777
691 917-BK
No.
g
Accessories
red
yellow
blue
green
g / pack
944 525-BK
944 526-BK
944 527-BK
944 528-BK
No.
g / pack
944 531-BK
Shown with stack/nest containers (accessory)
64
82.90
32.55
125134
Lids
793.00
BLUE =
Shelf trucks
Shelf trucks
Accessories
Max. load 500 kg

Ideal for temporary storage and transport.
Drawbar available as an accessory.
RAL5012.
solid rubber tyres, wheel 200mm.
Roller bearings.
Base plate
oil resistant and largely acid proof.
Recyclable.
1 Open on one long side

Shown with drawbar kit.
Shelves
MDF panels, dcor finish.
Supplied with 4 support hooks, which can
be inserted at 50mm increments.
Drawbar kit
Can also be bolted on at a later stage.
2 One long side with

detachable mesh panel
Model
50
280
1780
1130 x 700
50
280
1780
1130 x 720
50
280
1780
1130 x 730
724 352-BK
724 354-BK
724 356-BK
441.50
576.00
695.00
No.
g
796 654-BK
796 654-BK
796 654-BK
74.70
74.70
74.70
No.
g / set
921 148-BK
921 148-BK
921 148-BK
108.90
108.90
108.90
2 hasps and staples for padlocks.
3 Lockable double doors on

one long side
3-point Espagnolette locking with
common key cylinder lock.
Max. load per shelf

Overall height
Length x width
kg
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
Accessories
Shelf made of MDF
Drawbar kit
ActiveGreen shelf
trucks
Max. load 500 kg
EUROKRAFT Quality
Complete with two shelves and lockable

double doors.
RAL5012.
rubber tyres, wheel 200mm. Roller bearings.
Base plate
oil resistant and largely acid proof.
Recyclable.
Accessories (see table above)
125135
Shelves
Complete with support hooks.
Drawbar kit
CO2 neutral
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Max. load per shelf
kg
50

Overall height
Length x width
mm
mm
mm
280
1780
1130 x 720
EUROKRAFT
Active Green
No.
g
968 371-BK
842.00
KAISER + KRAFT
65
1
Shelf trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Modular design for individual

applications
Wide range of accessories
Sturdy, welded sheet steel construction.

Double hinged doors with 3-point
Espagnolette locking. Cylinder lock,
common key.
2 swivel castors and 2fixed castors,
solid rubber tyres, wheel 200 mm,
roller bearings.
1150 x 740 x 1785 mm.
No. 515 958-BK
Shelves
Made of MDF, dcor finish.
Max. load 50 kg.
Height adjustable in increments of 50 mm,
with support hooks.
No. 716 157-BK
g 81.60
Drawbar kit
g 1120.00
No. 921 148-BK
g / set 108.90
Perforated and louvred panels

Made of sheet steel, white aluminium
RAL 9006.
For hanging inside the doors or inside of
rear wall.
Doors can be fitted with 1 panel each,
rear wall can be fitted with 2 panels.
Note
For technical reasons, shelves can
only be installed in between a
perforated panel and a louvred
panel, not directly in the middle of a
panel face.
Base shelf
Made of recycled plastic.
Non-slip and hardwearing surface.
Weather resistant.
Oil resistant and largely acid proof.
Recyclable.
Accessories
Attachment point
inside of
door
inside of
rear wall
Length x width
mm
1515 x 410
991 x 457
Louvred panels
No.
g
515 969-BK
515 941-BK
92.60
97.80
Perforated
panels
No.
g
515 959-BK
512 188-BK
93.50
84.40
Cupboard trolleys
Max. load 250 kg
Ideal for transport

For the staging of materials (small
parts) at workstations
Lockable for secure storage
Sturdy steel construction, push handle

makes it easy and convenient to move.
Double doors with an opening angle of
180, lockable with 3-point Espagnolette
locking via cylinder lock to prevent theft.
Top shelf with raised edge on 3 sides,
30 mm high, for the secure transport of
small parts.
Wheels
160 mm, non-marking solid rubber tyres,
roller bearings.
High quality powder coating in two colour
schemes.
1 Single colour
Accessories
Shelves
Max. load 50 kg.
Height adjustable in increments of 50 mm.
Made of MDF or zinc plated sheet steel.
Sheet zinc version suitable for working
with liquids such as oil.
Model
Thickness
MDF, polyurethane coated

mm
No.
g
In light blue RAL 5012.
sheet zinc
15
18
614 457-BK
614 458-BK
39.15
43.65
2 Two-tone
In white aluminium RAL 9006 and light
blue RAL 5012.
66
Shelf
2
Shown with
accessories
mm
mm
length x width mm
910
990 x 515
900 x 500
Single colour
light blue
No.
g
522 032-BK
Two-tone
No.
white aluminium / light blue g
522 033-BK
576.00
611.00
Ribbed rubber mat

Soft, cushioned transport of fragile parts.
Non-slip surface prevents parts from
sliding off.
Self-adhesive, easy to attach.
No. 614 460-BK
BLUE =
g 19.95
124928
124928
Maximum floor
protection:
Castors with
non-marking
tyres
Height
Length x width
Shelf trucks
Makrolon
Transparent and shatterproof
Aluminium
Very aesthetically pleasing
Shown with 4 shelves (accessory)
Cupboard trolleys
Max. load 500 kg
With double doors or roller shutter

With common key cylinder lock
Angled steel construction with tubular push handle.

Steel parts powder coated in light blue RAL5012 as
standard. Base shelf made of plastic.
External dims. without handle,
L x W x H 1050 x 740 x 1785 mm.
2 swivel castors with double stops and 2fixed castors.
Solid rubber tyres, 200 mm. Roller bearings.
1 Hinged doors made of sheet aluminium

Walls made of sheet aluminium.
2 Hinged doors made of Makrolon

Walls made of sheet steel.
3 Roller shutter made of aluminium

Walls made of sheet aluminium.
Accessories
Shelf
Made of MDF, dcor finish.
Height adjustable in increments of 50 mm. Max. load 50 kg.
Drawbar set
Model
716 191-BK
927 407-BK
911 111-BK
1310.00
1085.00
1695.00
No.
g
716 157-BK
716 157-BK
911 113-BK
81.60
81.60
86.50
No.
g / Set
921 148-BK
921 148-BK
921 148-BK
108.90
108.90
108.90
No.
g
Accessoires
125137
Extra shelf
Drawbar set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Roller shutter
No open doors to get in the way
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
67

Only 10 % extra.
Mobile worktables
Ergonomics in the workplace
Both shelves made of MDF, dcor finish. Top shelf with 3 sided, 85mm
high raised edge. Tubular steel frame, powder coated as standard in
2 swivel castors with wheel stops and 2 fixed castors, wheel 125 mm,
solid rubber tyres with roller bearings.
Max. load
Shelf dimensions
Shelf heights
External dims.
kg
250
length x width mm
mm
830 x 590
190 / 1100
912 x 608 x 1287
911 098-BK
No.
g
302.50
Shelf trolleys
Max. load 300 kg, per shelf 50 kg

Shelves can be positioned at a level or inclined position in 140 mm
grid

Base shelf made of MDF, dcor finish.
2 swivel castors with double stops and 2 fixed castors, wheel 160mm,
solid rubber tyres.
Accessories
Shelf
Detachable shelves
Made of MDF wood, dcor
finish or wire mesh (40x 40 mm)
with 15mm high raised edge to
prevent the load from slipping.
Handheld drawbar can also be
bolted on at a later stage.
length x width mm
1310 x 640
Shelf heights
possible shelf heights mm

base shelf mm
570 / 710 / 850 / 990 / 1130

230
External dims.
1500 x 650 x 1300
423 198-BK
No.
g
364.00
Accessories
Supplied flat pack,

easy self-assembly.
MDF wood shelf
No.
g
796 670-BK
Wire mesh shelf
No.
g
716 252-BK
Hand drawbar
No.
g
704 757-BK
77.60
80.10
99.70
Universal shelf trucks
Only 10 % extra.
Max. load 500 kg, 50 kg per shelf

With mesh panels on 3 sides to secure the load
Powder coated in light blue RAL 5012 as standard.

Rear panel mesh size 150 x 300 mm, both ends 100x 100 mm.
Platform made of recycled plastic.
2 swivel castors with double stops and 2 fixed castors,
wheel 200mm, solid rubber tyres, roller bearings.
Standard model with platform only, shelves not included.
Accessories
Shelves made of MDF with dcor finish.
Can be inserted in 100 mm increments.
Model
Shelf
Platform height
External dims.
Shelves available as an accessory
68
No.
g
780 x 460
280
950 x 500 x 1300
1050 x 460
280
1220 x 500 x 1300
1250 x 460
280
1420 x 500 x 1300
505 744-BK
505 745-BK
505 746-BK
320.50
342.00
363.50
505 756-BK
505 758-BK
505 759-BK
49.25
53.00
59.60
Accessories
Shelf
with 4 support hooks
No.
g
BLUE =
125138
L x W mm
mm
L x W x H mm
Shelf trucks

quality
colours on request
Shelf trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Shelves can be hooked in every 100 mm

Max. load 50 kg per shelf
Sturdy tubular steel construction with

welded wire mesh. Mesh size of end
panels 100 x 100 mm. Powder coated as
Base shelf made of recycled,
hardwearing plastic.
wheel 200 mm.
4
1
Model
length x width mm
965 x 700
1165 x 800
940 x 630
1140 x 730
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
1150 x 700
1785
1350 x 800
1785
1150 x 700
1792
1350 x 800
1792
Solid rubber tyres
No.
g
423 192-BK
423 194-BK
423 210-BK
423 214-BK
356.50
379.00
432.00
446.00
No.
extra cost g
289 035-BK
289 035-BK
289 035-BK
289 035-BK
94.70
94.70
94.70
94.70
Flat shelf
incl. support hooks
No.
g
423 196-BK
423 197-BK
423 217-BK
423 219-BK
60.70
72.70
59.60
70.60
Shelf with raised edges

incl. support hooks
No.
g
423 218-BK
423 221-BK
54.10
65.10
Platform
1 + 2 With two panels
Accessories and options
3 + 4 With three panels
Hand drawbar
Factory fitted only.
Detachable shelves
Made of MDF panels, dcor finish, optionally flat or with 45 mm high raised edge.
Each with 4 support hooks.
With additional panel on one long side,


Hand drawbar
Shelf trolleys
Max. load 300 kg
Shelves can be fitted level or at an

incline
Shelves can be inserted in eight
positions spaced at 140 mm

blue RAL 5012.
Base shelf made of MDF, dcor finish.
wheel 160 mm, solid rubber tyres.
Shown with wire mesh shelves

Shelf
length x width mm
1310 x 640
base shelf mm
1st shelf mm
230
min. 570
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
1500 x 650
1740
Standard model
No.
g
423 222-BK
MDF wood shelf
No.
g
796 670-BK
Wire mesh shelf
No.
g
716 252-BK
No.
g
704 757-BK

Height from floor
125136
Accessories
369.00
Accessories
Detachable shelves
Made of MDF with dcor finish or wire
mesh (40 x 40 mm) with 15mm high raised
edge to prevent the load from slipping.
Hand drawbar, can be fitted at a later
stage.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Hand drawbar
77.60
80.10
Shown with MDF wood

shelves and drawbar
99.70
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Suitable plastic multi-containers can be found

on page 58.
Shelf trolleys with 1300 mm height on page 68.
KAISER + KRAFT
69
1
Shelf trucks
Max. load 500 kg
Only 10 % extra.

For three removable shelves


Shelves
MDF panel with coated surface.
Optionally flat or with 45 mm raised edge.
Wheels
Optionally with solid rubber tyres or made of nylon.
Base platform
Made of recycled plastic. Non-slip, hard wearing surface.
Weather resistant, oil resistant and largely acid proof.
Recyclable.
Standard model
Platform
length x width mm
975 x 700
1175 x 800
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
1150 x 700
1792
1350 x 800
1792
Possible shelf heights
mm
280 / 660
1030 / 1405
280 / 660
1030 / 1405
Solid rubber tyres
No.
g
423 199-BK
423 202-BK
373.50
402.00
No.
g
423 200-BK
423 204-BK
417.00
445.00
Nylon wheels
Flat shelf
Shelf withraised
edges
Shown with shelves (accessory) and drawbar

(at extra cost, cannot be retrofitted)
70
Hand drawbar
New snap lock
L x W mm
1015 x 620
1215 x 720
No.
g
423 206-BK
423 208-BK
40.15
47.85
L x W mm
975 x 590
1175 x 690
No.
g
423 207-BK
423 209-BK
46.55
52.30
No.
extra cost g
289 035-BK
289 035-BK
94.70
94.70
BLUE =
124713
Shelf trucks Roll containers
1
g
No. 760 570-BK
135.00
4
2
Roll containers
Overall max. load 500 kg, intermediate
shelf 50 kg, with evenly distributed load
Complete with 3 mesh side panels and
1 rubber strap with 2 hooks
Plug-in side panels, bolt-on rear panel.
Powder coated in light blue RAL 5012 as
standard. 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed
castors made of plastic, 100 mm.
4 For a maximum of 4 inclining
Model
Mesh
Base
Mesh panel height
External dims.
zinc plated
wood
1450
810 x 720
zinc plated
plastic
1350
810 x 720
powder coated
plastic
1350
810 x 720
zinc plated
plastic
1440
810 x 720
760 570-BK
760 543-BK
760 546-BK
760 620-BK
135.00
168.00
187.70
202.00
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
27.40
27.40
27.40
27.40
mm
width x depth mm
No.
g
Accessories
Intermediate shelf made of plywood
intermediate shelves.
No.
g
2 Wide construction
Roll containers
1 Narrow, high construction
Frame with bolted MDF wood base,

dcor finish.
Mesh size 100 x 100 mm = height
adjustment grid for detachable shelves
(accessory). Powder coated as standard in
roller bearings and solid rubber tyres.
Ideal for narrow hallways and

walkways between shelves
Upper 2 shelves are detachable,
max. load 50 kg each

RAL 5012.
2 swivel castors with double stops and
2 fixed castors. Non-marking solid rubber
tyres with thread guard.
124714
Max. load
Detachable shelves as an accessory,

max. load 50 kg each
Shelves with textile-friendly surface
finish
Max. load
kg
300
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
810 x 720
1620
length x width mm
mm
750 x 650
125
kg
250
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
1130 x 530
2050
Shelves
Wheel
Shelf size
Shelf spacing
Wheel
length x width mm
mm
mm
1080 x 500
600
125
No.
g
No.
g
727 354-BK
612.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
985 883-BK
409.00
Accessories
Detachable shelf,
No.
made of MDF wood with 2 supports g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

727 353-BK
62.50
KAISER + KRAFT
71
1
Storage and transport baskets
Max. load 250 kg
Capacity approx. 250 litres

Can be placed inside one another to save space
Mesh size: base 35 x 50 mm, walls 40 x 100 mm.

Basket length x width x height 815 x 615 x 610 mm.
Overall height incl. castors 745 mm.
4 swivel castors, 100 mm, with non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Lid as an accessory, lockable with padlock.
All-round bumper protection strip
Zinc plated
Coated in white
without
with
No.
g
757 930-BK
609 894-BK
191.30
270.50
No.
g
757 931-BK
757 932-BK
205.50
282.50
No.
g
757 933-BK
No.
g
609 895-BK
Accessories
Lid
without padlock
zinc plated
white
50.80
58.90
Without all-round bumper protection

strip, lid as an accessory
With all-round bumper protection strip
Mesh trolleys
Max. load 250 kg
With chrome plated mesh and handles

With protective all-round PVC bumper strip
Base made of powder coated sheet steel with non-slip

cover. Both long sides with half drop gate for loading /
unloading.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, non-marking
polyurethane tyres, wheel 125 mm.
No. 604 932-BK
g 298.00
Standard model
g
No. 739 476-BK
Mesh shelf
Shelf with raised edge
Transport and display containers
External dims.
Overall max. load 500 kg, max. 50 kg per shelf
Effective height
mm
1440
1440
Standard model
No.
g
739 476-BK
739 477-BK
299.00
352.00
No.
g
739 478-BK
739 479-BK
54.30
60.20
No.
g
760 614-BK
760 615-BK
58.00
63.90
No.
extra cost g
760 616-BK
760 616-BK
19.75
19.75
Standard model
Consists of base with 2 side panels, a
single piece rear panel and transverse
support bar at top.
109555
1200 x 800 x 1610
Accessories / options
Mesh shelf
100 mm high
2 swivel castors with double stops
960 x 700 x 1610
BLUE =
109555
Base made of tubular profiles, side and

rear panels made of round tubing, mesh
size 50 x 100 mm. Screw-on stabilising
brace between the side panels.
All parts electrolytically zinc plated.
4 plastic swivel castors, 100 mm.
72
299.00
Roll containers
Roll containers
Closed on all sides for security
Sturdy, zinc plated tubular construction.
Mesh size 50 x 50 mm. Supplied with folding shelf as
standard. Plastic base with reinforced steel frame.
Lockable with padlock (lock not included).
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, 108 mm, plastic.
Accessories
Cover made of white polyester fabric, opens on one side,
secured with plastic fasteners.
Max. load
kg
500
External dims.
Effective internal height
mm
1800 x 720 x 810

1585
985 941-BK
No.
g
322.00
Accessories
Cover
604 905-BK
No.
g
71.90
Roll containers
With folding front panel which also
swings out
Sturdy all steel design, can be disassembled,
electrolytically zinc plated. Panels have a mesh size of
150 x 430 mm, base 50 x 235 mm.
Cover as accessory, see description above.
Max. load
External dims.
Mesh panel height
kg
500

mm
1520 x 720 x 810

1350
423 264-BK
No.
g
291.50
Accessories
Cover
No.
g
604 906-BK
63.40
XXL roll containers
from g
109.00
Max. load 500 kg three standard models

Max. load applicable with evenly distributed load.
Removable side panels.
1 With wooden base
3 With metal base
Planed, spruce-fir panels, 20 mm thick.

2 girders, corners reinforced with steel
caps. Zinc plated mesh.
Tubular steel base with round rods placed

at 60 mm intervals. All parts are zinc
plated. Stabilising rear panel is recommended.
2 With plastic base

Plastic base with reinforced steel frame.
Zinc plated mesh.
Model

mm
1800 x 720 x 810

1630
1800 x 720 x 810

1630
1800 x 720 x 810

1630
No.
g
423 268-BK
423 269-BK
423 271-BK
109.00
151.10
151.10
No.
g
423 272-BK
423 273-BK
423 274-BK
45.40
45.40
45.40
No.
g
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
27.40
27.40
27.40
No.
g
555 576-BK
555 576-BK
555 576-BK
32.60
32.60
32.60
Elastic strap with 1 hook
No.
g
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
7.10
7.10
7.10
Elastic strap with 2 hooks
No.
g
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
7.15
7.15
7.15
External dims.
Mesh panel height
Standard model
Accessories
Detachable wooden shelf
109556
Detachable wire mesh shelf
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1
Please note
For safety reasons, the load centre
must not be more than
approx. 850 mm above the floor.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

109556
Rear panel, bolt-on
KAISER + KRAFT
73
Side panel mounting bracket
Corner fitting
Standard model
Roll containers
Overall max. load 500 kg, 50 kg per shelf
With plastic base
Max. load specifications apply with evenly distributed load.
With wooden base
With plastic base plate and reinforced steel

frame. The raised side panels on the corners
of frame prevent the plug-in mesh panels
from excessively tilting towards outside.
Corners reinforced with steel caps.

Side panels zinc plated.
Plug-in side panels
Base made of planed, 20 mm thick,

spruce-fir boards. 2 support beams.
Mesh side panels
zinc plated
Mesh side panels
External dims.
WxDxH
Internal dims.
WxD
Mesh panel height
Wheel
mm
mm
mm
mm
640 x 810 x 1520

585 x 800
1350
100
640 x 810 x 1620

585 x 800
1450
100
720 x 810 x 1520

665 x 800
1350
100
720 x 810 x 1620

665 x 800
1450
100
Standard model
No.
g
152 080-BK
747 645-BK
152 242-BK
750 174-BK
106.00
108.70
106.00
108.70
Accessories
200 026-BK
750 166-BK
612 510-BK
750 182-BK
39.65
41.80
39.65
41.80
No.
g
555 533-BK
555 533-BK
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
26.05
26.05
27.40
27.40
1 detachable wire mesh shelf No.

g
555 568-BK
555 568-BK
555 576-BK
555 576-BK
32.25
32.25
32.60
32.60
1 elastic strap with 1 hook
No.
g
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
1 elastic strap with 2 hooks
No.
g
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
7.15
7.15
7.15
7.15
1 detachable wooden shelf
Mesh rear and side panels zinc plated

or powder coated, light blue RAL 5012.
zinc plated
powder coated

width x depth mm
mm
mm
720 x 810 x 1520

665 x 800
1350
108
720 x 810 x 1520

665 x 800
1350
108
No.
g
147 052-BK
401 331-BK
139.60
152.50
No.
g
716 259-BK
401 340-BK
45.45
52.00
No.
g
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
27.40
27.40
1 detachable wire mesh shelf
No.
g
555 576-BK
555 576-BK
32.60
32.60
No.
g
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
7.10
7.10
No.
g
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
7.15
7.15
External dims.
Internal dims.
Mesh panel height
Wheel
Standard model
Accessories
No.
g
1 bolt-on rear panel
Temperature resistant from 20 C to +70 C
1 bolt-on rear panel
With metal base
High stability
Standard model with bolt-on rear panel
Base, rear panel and side panels

electrolytically zinc plated.
Base mesh size 55 x 260 mm.
External dims.
720 x 810 x 1620
720 x 810 x 1520
width x depth mm
mm
mm
665 x 780
1450
100
665 x 780
1350
100
No.
g
757 920-BK
920 053-BK
199.00
193.10
No.
g
555 541-BK
555 541-BK
27.40
27.40
1 detachable wire mesh shelf
No.
g
555 576-BK
555 576-BK
32.60
32.60
No.
g
200 131-BK
200 131-BK
7.10
7.10
No.
g
200 158-BK
200 158-BK
7.15
7.15
Internal dims.
Mesh panel height
Wheel
Standard model
Standard model
98870
74
98870
Accessories
BLUE =
Roll containers
Standard model
Closed on all sides when in use
Roll container
Max. load, overall 500 kg, per shelf 50 kg
Max. load specifications apply with evenly distributed load.
External dims.
unfolded
H mm
W x D mm
1620
720 x 810
Internal dims., unfolded

Mesh panel height
Wheel
W x D mm
mm
mm
670 x 750
1450
100
No.
g
920 118-BK
No.
g
920 126-BK
Standard model
237.00
Accessory
Additional shelf
folding
Front panel
Hinged to side panel as a door,
fitted for use with a padlock
Top panel
Folds-up inside the container,
latches onto front panel
Entire container is blue zinc plated.
External dims.
H mm
W x D mm
1630
720 x 810
Mesh panel height

Wheel
mm
mm
1450
100
Standard model
No.
g
986 193-BK
40.30
Standard model
Standard model
Closed on all four sides
With hinged door
With double doors
87380
Mobile platform made of softwood boards.

Corners reinforced with sheet metal caps.
Side panels, rear wall and double doors
framed with curved steel frame with welded cross struts. Mesh size 50 x 350 mm.
Double doors lockable in different opening
positions using latches. Wire shelves have
mesh size of 50 x 150 mm.
Metal parts zinc plated. 2 swivel castors
and 2 fixed castors made of plastic.
Pre-assembled, easy final assembly.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Ext. dims.
Width mm
Depth x Height mm
1620
720 x 810
Int. dims.
Int. height
Wheel
Width x Depth mm
mm
mm
670 x 750
1450
100
No.
g
920 096-BK
Standard model
386.00
344.50
Can be locked to protect against theft
Wire mesh panels, completely closed.

Mesh size 50 x 50 mm. Mesh shelves have
a mesh size of 50 x 150 mm. Iron parts zinc
plated.
Door can be locked with padlock.
Not included. 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed
castors made of plastic.
Pre-assembled, easy final assembly.
Accessory
Ext. dims.
Width mm
Depth x Height mm
1630
720 x 810
Int. dims.
Int. height
Wheel
Width x Depth mm
mm
mm
655 x 755
1450
100
No.
g
750 190-BK
Detachable
wooden shelf
No.
g
555 541-BK
Detachable
wire mesh shelf
No.
g
555 576-BK
Standard model
386.50
Accessory
Detachable
wooden shelf
No.
g
555 541-BK
Detachable
wire mesh shelf
No.
g
555 576-BK
27.40
32.60
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

27.40
KAISER + KRAFT
32.60
87380
Can be nested in one another to save

space when empty
2 folding side panels, screw-on rear panel,
mesh size 150 x 350 mm. Folding base
panel, mesh size 75 x 230 mm. Zinc plated
iron parts. 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed
castors made of plastic.
Additional shelves available as
accessories
Folding, mesh size 75 x 240 mm.
Delivered fully assembled.
Chassis
Trapezoidal base frame, fitted with folding
platform with mesh size 50 x 50 mm.
Wheels
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors made
of plastic.
Mesh side panels
Tubular frames with mesh size 50 x 50 mm,
attached to rear panel with hinges.
Rear panel
Bolted to base frame, mesh size 50 x 50 mm.
75
1
Roll containers
With folding front panel
Sturdy all steel model, electrolytically zinc plated.
Side panels with mesh size of 150 x 400 mm, front panel
140 x 400 mm, rear panel 140 x 550 mm.
made of plastic.
Max. load
kg
500
External dims.
width x depth mm
Overall height
mm
Effective internal height
mm
1200 x 810
1900
1700
512 461-BK
No.
g
359.00
Logistics containers
Mobile and weather resistant
security cells
Robust, electrolytically zinc plated, tubular steel
construction, small mesh size of 50 x 50 mm. Plastic base
plate with metal rails as frame reinforcements.
Door fittings for padlock (lock not included).
made of plastic.
Max. load
kg
500
External dims. W x D mm
Overall height
mm
Internal height
mm
No.
g
1200
1000
720 x 810
1500
1300
1800
1600
944 569-BK
944 570-BK
944 571-BK
246.00
296.50
342.00
512 459-BK
512 459-BK
512 459-BK
34.65
34.65
34.65
kg
500
width x depth mm
mm
mm
720 x 810
1785
1600
Accessories
Shelf
Roll containers
Model closed on three sides,
electrolytically zinc plated.
Side panels with mesh size of
150 x 400 mm, rear panel 140 x 550 mm.
Wooden shelves.
wheel 125 mm, made of plastic.
Model
Max. load
External width
External depth
Overall height
Effective height
No.
g
112350
76
Logistics containers
1 With one shelf
2 With three shelves
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
With folding front panel
500
1200
800
1900
1700
500
1200
800
1900
1700
609 896-BK
609 898-BK
373.50
443.50
Completely smooth plastic cladding

conceals goods and protects them from
dust and dirt.
Plastic base plate with metal rails as frame
reinforcements.
Door fittings for padlock
(locknot included).
wheel 108 mm, made of plastic.
Max. load
External dims.
Overall height
Internal height
No.
g
BLUE =
944 594BK
112350
With metal base
No.
g
Order picking trolleys Roll containers
Order picking trolleys

Overall max. load 300 kg,
50 kg per mesh shelf
Chassis made of steel profiles with zinc plated tubular cross
struts. With 4 swivel castors, 125 mm, solid rubber tyres,
thread guard.
Side parts made of tubular steel, plug-in with additional
screw connections, wire mesh with a mesh size of
50 x 50 mm, 2 push handles.
Rear panel made of tubular steel reinforced with wire mesh.
Screwed to the side parts. Mesh size of 50 x 50 mm.
All steel parts zinc plated.
Standard model with chassis, two side parts and one
rear panel.
External dims.
without handles
width x depth mm
height mm
900 x 600
1600
1295 x 600
1600
Internal dims.
width x depth mm
height mm
850 x 570
1400
1245 x 570
1400
No.
g
927 517-BK
927 518-BK
329.50
346.00
width 850 mm
No.
g
927 519-BK
width 1245 mm
No.
g
927 522-BK
width 850 mm
No.
g
927 521-BK
width 1245 mm
No.
g
927 523-BK
No.
g
927 513-BK
Standard model
Standard model
Accessories
With mesh shelves and clipboard (accessories)
Model
Mesh shelf
with non-slip edge
Mesh shelf with non-slip

edge
Mesh shelf with raised

edge
Transport and display

container
Chassis made of steel profiles with zinc plated tubular
cross struts. With 4 swivel castors, 125 mm, solid
rubber tyres, thread guard.
Side parts made of tubular steel, plug-in with additional
screw connections, wire mesh with a mesh size of
50 x 100 mm.
Rear panel made of tubular steel reinforced with wire
mesh.
Screwed to the side parts. Mesh size of 50 x 100 mm.
Standard model with chassis, two side parts and one
single part rear panel.
Mesh shelf with raised edge

90 mm high
Clipboard
A4, detachable
32.35
44.45
34.00
46.90
29.05
External dims.
width x depth mm
height mm
960 x 700
1150
Internal dims.
width x depth mm
height mm
910 x 670
950
No.
g
927 509-BK
Standard model
278.00
Accessories
Model
Mesh shelf with non-slip edge
No.
g
27.70
927 510-BK
Mesh shelf with raised edge

100 mm high
Clipboard A4, detachable
927 512-BK
927 513-BK
30.30
29.05
Roll containers
With double doors
Pre-assembled, easy to assemble.

Standard model with mesh shelf (accessory)
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

External dims.
width x depth mm
height mm
1200 x 800
1635
1200 x 800
1930
Internal dims.
width x depth mm
height mm
1150 x 750
1415
1150 x 750
1710
No.
g
927 514-BK
927 515-BK
413.00
508.00
No.
g
38.65
29.05
Standard model
Accessories
Model
Mesh shelf
Clipboard A4, detachable
927 516-BK
927 513-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
109635
109635
Chassis with steel profile frame and zinc plated

rectangular tubing cross struts. With 2 swivel castors
and 2 fixed castors, 125 mm, plastic with thread
guard.
Side parts made of tubular steel, plug-in and
additionally screwed in place.
Rear panel and top part made of tubular steel
reinforced with wire mesh. Screwed to the side parts.
Mesh size of 50 x 50 mm.
Double doors with lifting mechanism and bolt for lock.
Can be turned through 270.
Lock not included in the delivery.
77
1
Container trucks
Only 10 % extra.

With puncture proof solid rubber tyres

Removable plastic containers

Max. load
Frame
Wheel
kg
200
length x width mm
mm
685 x 375
250
No.
g
848 999-BK
Truck
without container
142.10
Plastic containers
Made of recycled PE. Capacity 90 litres, height 315 mm.
Optionallyin three colours.
Stacking lid as an accessory
Green, tight fitting.
Not suitable for black containers.
Colour
No.
g
black
red
green
893 188-BK
505 762-BK
505 763-BK
23.30
31.50
31.50
505 764-BK
505 764-BK
11.65
11.65
Accessories
Lid
green
No.
g
Two-wheel hand trucks

With plastic platform
With plywood cargo box
Pneumatic tyres for easy rolling and steering
Powder coated as standard in light blue RAL5012.

Cargo box made of MDF panels, dcor finish.
Pneumatic tyres with roller bearings.
Drawbar not mounted on delivery, easy self-assembly.
Max. load
kg
400
Dimensions
length x width mm
1050 x 700
1250 x 800
External dims.
(incl. drawbar)
length x width mm
height mm
1800 x 960
785
1900 x 1060
785
Railing / cargo box height

Wheel
mm
mm
250
400
250
400
With railing
No.
g
704 631-BK
704 632-BK
292.50
314.50
No.
g
704 633-BK
704 634-BK
347.00
369.00
With cargo box
Two-wheel trucks
With tubular platform
For long and bulky goods
Max. load
Dimensions
Platform height
Wheel
kg
400
length x width mm
mm
mm
1500 x 690
440
400
No.
g
78
154 598-BK
389.50
BLUE =
125139

Wheels with pneumatic tyres.
Universal trucks
Only 10 % extra.

quality
and workshop
colours on request
Sheet metal
container trucks
With tilting container
For bulk material, industrial waste,

bulk parts etc.
For unloading at ground level
Anti-tipping device
Container made of sheet steel, with

allround edge reinforcement. Powder
coated as standard in light blue RAL5012.
Chassis with 3 wheels
(600 litre version with 4 wheels).
Swivel castor with double stops.
With forklift pockets

Can also be moved longer distances with a
forklift.
Forklift pocket dimensions
g
No. 147 400-BK
Accessories
549.00
Forklift pockets
Fork entry
clearance
(centre to centre of pockets)
Split folding lid

Delivered unattached.
Capacity
Container
Truck
Swivel castor
Wheel
litres
250
400
600

mm
mm
1010 x 565 x 600

1110 x 835 x 960
200
250
1200 x 640 x 700

1300 x 910 x 1060
200
250
1250 x 800 x 750

1358 x 1090 x 1110
200
250
No.
g
147 400-BK
147 419-BK
426 598-BK
549.00
615.00
697.00
mm
560
560
900
No.
g
945 870-BK
945 889-BK
749 257-BK
646.00
695.00
765.00
No.
g
734 507-BK
734 508-BK
734 509-BK
158.40
167.80
179.10
No.
g
760 585-BK
760 586-BK
760 586-BK
39.80
41.20
41.20
Without forklift pockets

With forklift pockets
fork entry clearance
Drainage hose with metal braid

Easy and clean drainage of liquids.
Clamps onto unit when not in use to save space.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Split folding lid

Drainage hose
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112351
112351
Accessories
79
1
Stacking boxes
UNIVERSAL2010
In HGV compatible, Euro norm sizes
Can be combined with Universal stacking boxes
Robust tubular steel frame construction, TV tested.

Base frame as crash protection. Base shelf with
chipboard panel. Can be subdivided usingsupport beams
or shelves (see accessories).
High quality synthetic resin coating, light blue RAL5012 as
standard. Alternative colours on request.
Four swivel castors, wheel 125 mm.
1 Mesh side panels and rear panel

2 Mesh side panels and rear panel

3 With divided front panel

Front panel folds in the middle.
Accessories
Support beam, zinc plated, with mounting clamps for

shelves (2items required) and to secure the load.
Shelf with support beams and chipboard panel.
Rubber strap to secure the load.

1 side permanently fixed, the other side has a hook.
Accessory prices are for 1 item.
B
A
1. Base shelf is easily unlocked using the handle
2. Fold up the base shelf

andsecure
3. Fold in the left side

towards the rear wall
4. Position stacking boxes

inside each other to
quickly regain space
The hook-in front panel with

twolarge flaps ensures quick
loading and unloading
Max. load
kg
Stacking load
kg
1500
1500
1500
External dims. width mm

height x depth mm
1200
1850 x 1150
2000
1850 x 1150
2400
1850 x 1150
width mm
depth mm
1120
1100
1920
1100
2320
1100
Platform height
Wheel
mm
mm
240
125
240
125
240
125
No.
g
522 010-BK
522 013-BK
522 014-BK
407.00
461.50
492.50
No.
g
522 000-BK
522 008-BK
522 009-BK
483.50
513.00
547.00
No.
g
522 016-BK
522 017-BK
522 018-BK
559.00
642.00
694.00
No.
g
724 277-BK
724 278-BK
724 279-BK
19.00
28.90
36.35
724 281-BK
604 315-BK
Internal dims.
1000
80
2
Support beam
Shelf
No.
g
724 280-BK
72.20
102.30
138.10
Rubber strap
No.
g
724 282-BK
724 283-BK
724 284-BK
9.55
10.65
11.85
BLUE =
122683
122683
Accessories
Box and multi-purpose trucks
Only 10 % extra.

quality
colours on request
For your security

Models with wheel stops to
EN 1757-3.
Multi-purpose trucks for heavy

loads
Available in two sizes

With two different load capacities
Modular system can be expanded as
required
Can be used as
stanchion trolley for long goods
platform truck
parcel truck
Accessories
Plug-in tubular steel stanchions
Platform panels made of MDF with
coated surface
Plug-in end panel
Detachable side panel with tabs to
connect to the end panels
(canonlybe used in conjunction
with 2 end panels)
4 corner pockets for holding stanchions or

end panels. Powder coated in light blue
rubber tyres, roller bearings.
Swivel castors withdouble stops.
1200 kg truck with fully elastic tyres on
aluminium rims. Ball bearings.
Max. load
Dimensions
Platform height
Wheel
kg
500
length x width mm
mm
mm
Standard model 1200 kg
1200
1300 x 700
290
200
1550 x 800
290
200
1300 x 700
290
200
1550 x 800
290
200
927 618-BK
927 620-BK
927 621-BK
927 622-BK
247.00
274.00
377.50
405.00
No.
g
849 049-BK
849 049-BK
849 049-BK
849 049-BK
45.85
45.85
45.85
45.85
No.
g / truck
849 057-BK
849 065-BK
849 057-BK
849 065-BK
95.90
140.00
95.90
140.00
1 end panel, 800 mm high
No.
g
849 073-BK
849 081-BK
849 073-BK
849 081-BK
111.70
112.80
111.70
112.80
1 side panel, 800 mm high
No.
g
849 103-BK
849 111-BK
849 103-BK
849 111-BK
137.40
141.80
137.40
141.80
No.
g
4 stanchions, 600 mm high
125141
Platform panels
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125141
Accessories
81
1
Only 10 % extra.

quality
and workshop
colours on request
As standard with parking brake
Turntable trucks for

up to 1.0 tonne
With large wheels

standards.
1000kg model shown
Flatbed design
Large wheels for low rolling resistance

All wheel types with roller bearings
Turntable steering with ball bearing race
Scratch and impact resistant surface
Max. load
Sturdy welded steel construction.

Platform made of MDF with coated surface.
kg
1000
500
Platform
length x width mm
Loading height = platform height
mm
wheel x width
mm
Solid rubber tyres
1050 x 700
350
1250 x 800
350
250 x 60
1250 x 800
480
380 x 80
1600 x 900
480
380 x 80
2000 x 1000
480
380 x 80
No.
g
985 892-BK
985 894-BK
985 896-BK
985 898-BK
570.00
829.00
912.00
1035.00
mm
260 x 85
260 x 85
400 x 100
400 x 100
No.
g
985 891-BK
985 893-BK
985 895-BK
567.00
757.00
985 900-BK
546.00
Pneumatic tyres
wheel x width
955.00
On request
With four side panels
Removable, 750mm high side panels.

Uniform latch connections on end panels.
With comfortable pneumatic tyres.
Side panels made of MDF with coated finish, 200 mm high,

channel steel frame.
Rear and side panels are hinged and can be folded down.
Fixed front panel.
Max. load
Platform
Wheel x width
kg
500
length x width mm
mm
mm
1170 x 720
350
260 x 85
Platform
length x width mm
mm
wheel x width
mm
Solid rubber tyres
1010 x 660
350
250 x 60
1210 x 760
350
250 x 60
1210 x 760
480
380 x 80
1560 x 860
480
380 x 80
1960 x 960
480
985 918-BK
No.
g
985 904-BK
985 906-BK
985 908-BK
985 911-BK
839.00
864.00
1185.00
1245.00
No.
g
Max. load
125140
Available with solid rubber tyres on request.
kg
977.00
Pneumatic tyres
82
Tubular drawbar with towing eyelet to

attach to towing vehicles with speeds
up to 4km/h.
The standard hand drawbar is omitted.
wheel x width
500
1000
mm
260 x 85
260 x 85
400 x 100
400 x 100
No.
g
985 905-BK
985 907-BK
985 909-BK
985 914-BK
836.00
856.00
1110.00
BLUE =
1255.00
125140
With four tubular steel panels
Turntable trucks Heavy goods trailers
32 t model
10 t model
Turntable steering
Particularly manoeuvrable
20 to 40 t models with pendulum axles
Wheel type
Dual tyres, solid rubber wheels with
welded steel rims. Dual roller bearings,
DIN compliant. Permanent lubrication,
sealed to be dustproof and greaseproof.
Platform
Impregnated pine laminate.
Paintwork
Pure orange RAL 2004.
Usage example
Max. load at max. 6 km/h
Wheel x width
platform height
Platform
3.2 x 1.6 m
The technical specifications for these

trailers makes it necessary to manufacture them to order.
For this reason, please be aware that no
items on these pages may be returned.
Platform
4x2m
platform height
Platform
5x2m
platform height

Wheel x width
Platform
5x2m
platform height
platform height
platform height
platform height
101253
Platform
6 x 2.5 m
12
16
20
25
32
40
mm
mm
415 x 200
610
405 x 260
610
425 x 300
650
415 x 200
405 x 260
425 x 300
550 x 320
No.
g
716 044-BK
716 048-BK
716 053-BK
4990.00
5280.00
5445.00
mm
630
645
670
750
790
835
950
No.
g
716 045-BK
716 050-BK
716 054-BK
920 436-BK
920 460-BK
609 991-BK
609 993-BK
5550.00
6050.00
6830.00
10770.00
12110.00
13410.00
18720.00
mm
650
660
690
750
790
835
950
No.
g
716 046-BK
716 051-BK
716 055-BK
920 444-BK
920 479-BK
609 992-BK
609 995-BK
6390.00
6830.00
7320.00
11670.00
13110.00
13990.00
19700.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
4-wheel linked Ackermann steering
Extremely small turning radius

Steering radius 45
Tracking stability
Very stable due to four-point support

Detachable drawbar
20 to 50 t models with pendulum axles
10
12
16
20
25
32
40
50
mm
mm
415 x 200
590
405 x 260
630
425 x 300
650
415 x 200
405 x 260
425 x 300
550 x 320
540 x 400
No.
g
716 062-BK
716 068-BK
716 072-BK
5945.00
6110.00
6830.00
mm
610
650
670
730
730
730
880
No.
g
716 063-BK
716 069-BK
716 074-BK
920 738-BK
920 762-BK
609 996-BK
609 998-BK
6555.00
6945.00
7875.00
12110.00
13280.00
15390.00
21160.00
mm
630
660
690
730
730
730
880
No.
g
716 064-BK
716 070-BK
716 075-BK
920 746-BK
920 770-BK
609 997-BK
609 999-BK
7210.00
7555.00
8430.00
12880.00
14320.00
16690.00
22250.00
mm
880
No.
g
610 000-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

29890.00
KAISER + KRAFT
101253
On request
Various platform coverings
Additions and attachments
Punctureproof solid tyres with all the
advantages of pneumatic tyres
Platform
4x2m
10
40 t model
10 t model
Platform
3.2 x 1.6 m
83
1
Heavy duty trailers
Chassis
Frame construction with rounded corners. Pipe corners
for attaching posts or side panels, or as tie-down eyes.
Pine laminate, permanently impregnated. Trailer coupling.
Wheel type
Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres.
Hubs with double ball bearings.
Paintwork
Parking brake, rubber axle and lead spring, CSE tyres,

side walls and other accessories available on request.
The technical specifications for these trailers makes it

necessary to manufacture them as ordered.
For this reason, please be aware that no items on these
pages may be returned.
2 tonne model with solid rubber tyres
Manoeuvrable
Low maintenance
65832
Turntable steering with ball bearings in

live ring. Height adjustable triangular
drawbar, with fall arrest. Towing eyelet
up to max. load 5 tonnes 35 mm, from
8 tonnes 40 mm.
84
Load capacity at up to 6 km/h
Wheel type
Wheel x width
mm
Platform height mm
Platform
2x1m
No.
g
Solid rubber
400 x 75
535
Pneumatic
414 x 112
540
Solid rubber
400 x 75
535
Pneumatic
414 x 112
540
Solid rubber
405 x 130
540
Pneumatic
550 x 170
660
Solid rubber
425 x150
665
156 698-BK
156 876-BK
156 728-BK
156 892-BK
757 748-BK
757 756-BK
423 374-BK
2070.00
1980.00
2080.00
2030.00
2640.00
2735.00
3575.00
Platform
2.5 x 1.25 m
Platform height mm
535
540
535
540
540
660
605
No.
g
156 744-BK
156 914-BK
156 760-BK
156 930-BK
757 764-BK
757 772-BK
423 375-BK
2300.00
2155.00
2315.00
2195.00
2845.00
2880.00
3955.00
Platform
3 x 1.5 m
Platform height mm
540
545
540
545
545
660
625
No.
g
201 030-BK
201 049-BK
201 057-BK
201 065-BK
757 780-BK
757 799-BK
423 376-BK
2635.00
2450.00
2650.00
2430.00
3210.00
3140.00
4550.00
Platform
4x2m
Platform height mm
550
560
570
580
600
685
640
No.
g
921 153-BK
921 154-BK
921 155-BK
921 156-BK
921 158-BK
921 159-BK
423 377-BK
3330.00
3175.00
3330.00
3170.00
4085.00
4080.00
4990.00
BLUE =
65832
2 wheel turntable steering
Trailer coupling
Heavy duty trailers
3 tonne model with pneumatic tyres
4 wheel double turntable

steering
Tracking stability
Small turning radius
Steering angle 35 anti-tipping
Detachable drawbar, towing
connection on both sides
2 axle turntable steering

Steering limit. Height adjustable
triangular drawbar, with fall arrest.
Towing eyelet with max. load of up
to 5 tonnes 35 mm, from 8 tonnes
40 mm.
Wheel type
Wheel x width
Platform
2x1m
platform height
mm
mm
No.
g
Platform
2.5 x 1.25 m
platform height
Platform
3 x 1.5 m
platform height
Platform
4x2m
platform height
Solid rubber
400 x 75
535
Pneumatic
414 x 112
540
Solid rubber
400 x 75
535
Pneumatic
414 x 112
540
Solid rubber
405 x 130
540
Pneumatic
550 x 170
660
Solid rubber
425 x 150
522 279-BK
522 287-BK
522 295-BK
522 309-BK
757 802-BK
757 810-BK
2490.00
2450.00
2515.00
2465.00
3140.00
3280.00
mm
535
540
535
540
540
660
605
No.
g
522 333-BK
522 341-BK
522 368-BK
522 376-BK
757 829-BK
757 837-BK
921 168-BK
2795.00
2650.00
2805.00
2760.00
3420.00
3470.00
4080.00
mm
540
550
540
550
545
660
625
No.
g
522 406-BK
522 414-BK
522 422-BK
522 430-BK
757 845-BK
757 853-BK
921 169-BK
3280.00
3115.00
3290.00
3135.00
4310.00
3980.00
4220.00
mm
550
560
570
580
600
685
640
No.
g
921 160-BK
921 161-BK
921 162-BK
921 163-BK
921 164-BK
921 166-BK
921 170-BK
3780.00
3575.00
3795.00
3595.00
4695.00
4580.00
5645.00
The technical specifications for these trailers

makes it necessary to manufacture them to order.
For this reason, please be aware that no items on
these pages may be returned.
3 tonne model with pneumatic tyres
Extremely small turning radius

Steering angle 40
Detachable drawbar, towing
connection on both sides
Precision tracking stability
65834
4 wheel linked Ackermann steering,

tracking stability. Height adjustable
triangular drawbar, with fall arrest.
Towing eyelet up to max. load 5 tonnes
35 mm, from 8 tonnes 40 mm.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Wheel type
Wheel x width
Platform
2x1m
platform height
Platform
2.5 x 1.25 m
platform height
Platform
3 x 1.5 m
platform height
Platform
4x2m
platform height
Solid rubber
400 x 75
510
Pneumatic
414 x 112
515
Solid rubber
400 x 75
510
Pneumatic
414 x 112
515
Solid rubber
405 x 130
515
Pneumatic
550 x 170
660
Solid rubber
425 x 150
550
No.
g
157 058-BK
157 236-BK
157 074-BK
157 252-BK
757 861-BK
757 888-BK
423 379-BK
2350.00
2350.00
2405.00
2400.00
3040.00
3310.00
4485.00
mm
510
515
510
515
515
660
570
No.
g
157 090-BK
157 279-BK
157 112-BK
157 295-BK
757 896-BK
757 918-BK
423 380-BK
2565.00
2565.00
2565.00
2565.00
3290.00
3555.00
4675.00
mm
515
520
515
520
520
660
590
No.
g
201 170-BK
201 189-BK
201 197-BK
201 200-BK
757 926-BK
757 934-BK
423 381-BK
2790.00
2790.00
2840.00
2975.00
3445.00
3750.00
5345.00
mm
550
560
560
570
570
675
610
No.
g
921 171-BK
921 172-BK
921 174-BK
921 175-BK
921 176-BK
921 177-BK
423 382-BK
3275.00
3175.00
3425.00
3410.00
3950.00
4170.00
5805.00
mm
mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
65834
4 wheel linked Ackerman

steering
85
Dollies / Transport dollies

Dollies
Max. load 100 to 500 kg

Made of durable plastic easyto clean
Drawbar as an accessory
Made of ABS plastic
Model
Moulded frame made of plastic,

indestructibleand hygienic.
4 swivel castors, wheel 100 mm.
Ball bearing live ring, zinc plated screw
connections.
Max. load applies with evenly distributed
load.
Length x width
Wheels
Max. load
mm
605 x 410
polypropylene
solid rubber
kg
250
250
No.
g
605 x 410
nylon
solid rubber
250
180
605 x 410
nylon
solid rubber
250
250
704 626-BK
704 627-BK
739 592-BK
739 593-BK
739 594-BK
739 595-BK
944 534-BK
944 535-BK
79.60
85.70
62.50
69.00
85.50
92.60
74.60
81.40
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
Accessories
No.
g
With heavy duty wheel body moulded in

thermoplastic nylonwith extrusion coated
thermoplastic polyurethane tread surface
forincreased durability, minimal rolling
resistance and non-marking use.
Made of recyclable polyethylene.

For particularly high hygienic
requirements, with low weight and
high load capacity.
of nylon with thread guard.
Max. load 300 kg.

Wheel 100 mm.
No. 604 987-BK
g 60.40
Max. load 500 kg.

Wheel 108 mm.
No. 944 593-BK

BLUE =
g 61.20
122686
Detachable drawbar
High load capacity universal use
660 x 450
nylon
solid rubber
250
180
Made of high quality recyclable polyethylene
122686
86
1
For pallets and containers
Max. load 500 kg

Electrolytically zinc plated for a long
service life
1 3 Robust angled steel frame

30 x 30 mm, 3 mm thick. 4 nylon swivel castors.
4 Robust angled steel
45 x 45 mm, 5 mm thick. 4 stacking corners with

integrated crane eyelets. 2 swivel castors with double
stops and 2 fixed castors, made of solid rubber.
5 Pallet truck compatible

Extremely torsion resistant angled steel frame,
80 x 40 mm, 6 mm thick. 4 nylon swivel castors.
4
Model
Length x width
Max. load
Platform height
Wheel
615 x 415
500
130
100
815 x 615
500
130
100
1215 x 815
500
130
100
1250 x 845
500
280
200
1250 x 845
500
90
65
944 573-BK
944 574-BK
944 575-BK
512 454-BK
604 986-BK
93.20
109.80
122.50
279.50
264.50
mm
kg
mm
mm
No.
g
Enter frame with pallet

truck ...
... lower onto the dolly ...
... and ready to roll.
For Euro size bins
Max. load 250 kg

Made of aluminium for low weight
4 swivel castors with non-marking, solid rubber tyres,

plain bearings.
Length x width
mm
605 x 405
805 x 605
Max. load
Platform height
Wheel
kg
mm
mm
250
130
100
250
130
100
927 409-BK
927 410-BK
86.00
104.70
No.
g
Frame made of plug-in anodised aluminium profiles.

Plastic corners made of unbreakable and hygienic ABS
plastic.
4 swivel castors with thread guard, wheel 100 mm,
roller bearings, ball bearing live ring.
Max. load applies with evenly distributed load.
The exact size to meet your requirements

Any side length between 300 mm and 2500 mm is
available upon request.
Please state the internal dimensionsyou require.
122685
Max. load
Wheels
No.
g
mm
kg
810 x 610
250
polypropylene
716 076-BK
118.60
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1210 x 810
solid rubber
250
polypropylene
solid rubber
716 077-BK
716 078-BK
716 079-BK
131.10
145.20
154.30
For safety reasons,

the dollies cannot be
disassembled after they
have been assembled.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122685
Length x width
KAISER + KRAFT
87
Transport dollies / Furniture dollies

Transport dollies
Max. load 270 and 360 kg

High quality MDF wood base
With two practical carrying handles

With non-slip rubber cover.
4 polyurethane swivel castors.
Pack of 2.
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
600 x 450
125
900 x 450
140
Max. load
Wheel
kg
mm
360
76
270
100
604 365-BK
604 366-BK
87.60
118.90
No.
g / pack
Transport dollies
Max. load 250 kg

MDF platform optionally with polyurethane
coated finish (black) or with a ribbed, black
rubber covering
With flush fitting platforms

Angled steel frame, powder coated in light blue
4 swivel castors, non-marking solid rubber tyres,
roller bearings, wheel 125 mm.
Length x width
Height
Max. load
Description
mm
mm
700 x 700
185
kg
250
MDF
No.
g
rubber
944 634-BK
944 567-BK
134.80
157.70
Furniture dollies
Max. load 250 kg

Made of aluminium with ribbed structure
Two types of wheels available

4 swivel castors (2 types of wheels), wheel 125 mm.
Length x width
Height
Max. load
mm
mm
500 x 500
160
kg
Wheels
250
solid rubber, non-marking, roller bearings
nylon,
plain bearings
944 568-BK
911 227-BK
94.20
106.90
No.
g
Furniture dollies

Made of 18 mm thick plywood
With integrated non-slip pad

With practical carrying handle.
4 swivel castors (2 types of wheels), wheel 100 mm.
Pack of 2.
Max. load
Wheels
126257
No.
g / pack
88
mm
mm
kg
600 x 500
145
400
nylon
250
solid rubber
724 387-BK
724 388-BK
73.80
82.60
BLUE =
126257
Length x width
Height
1
Furniture dollies

Made of birch plywood
4
3
1
1200kg
750 kg
Various platform sizes
Model
With non-slip covering made of PVC.

4 swivel castors.
6 very high load capacity: 1200 kg

Swivel castors with hardened bearing cases in fork head.
Polyurethane tyres on nylon rims, ball bearing mounted.
Length x width
Height
Max. load
Wheels
Wheel
Pack of
112186
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
mm
kg
mm
600 x 350
145
300
solid rubber
100
2
600 x 350
145
500
nylon
100
2
600 x 300
120
200
solid rubber
75
2
600 x 400
165
500
solid rubber
125
1
600 x 600
250
750
solid rubber
200
1
600 x 600
200
1200
polyurethane
125
1
724 610-BK
944 576-BK
512 447-BK
512 448-BK
908 607-BK
942 469-BK
78.50
72.20
58.90
63.60
94.20
176.70
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112186
89
Dollies

Dollies
For boxes and bins
Accessories
Max. load 250 kg

Sturdy steel construction
Detachable drawbar as a practical
accessory
Detachable drawbar
Made of tubular steel with
plastic handle. Simply attach
and pull.
Only one drawbar required
for multiple dollies.
Powder coated frame, in light blue

Length x width
mm
475 x 375
570 x 370
610 x 410
630 x 470
834 x 580
850 x 600
Max. load
Wheel
kg
mm
250
100
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
No.
g
212 172-BK
212 407-BK
101 559-BK
212 237-BK
212 253-BK
212 547-BK
73.00
82.90
87.80
90.60
102.10
105.80
No.
g
457 590-BK
86.00
No.
g
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
578 274-BK
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
With nylon wheels

Accessories
Wheels
4 swivel castors (see table for version).
Detachable drawbar
NEW
For indoor and outdoor use
Hot dip galvanised

Chemical resistant
Mesh grid dollies

Practical zinc plated mesh grid, mesh
size approx. 33 x 33 mm.

No.
g
90
mm
Wheels
4 swivel castors made of
nylon with plain bearings.
Wheel x width 125 x 38 mm.
600 x 400 x
800 x 600 x
1200 x 800 x
968 329-BK
968 330-BK
968 332-BK
99.00
132.60
202.50
from g
99.00
125083
Max. load 500 kg
BLUE =
1
For pallets and containers
Max. load 500 kg and 1000 kg

Sturdy steel construction, frames with cross
beams
Available in two heights for safe transport and

ergonomic access
Four corner braces with crane eyelets

Wheels
500 kg model
Solid rubber tyres on plastic rims.
1000 kg model
Fully-elastic tyres on plastic rims.
from g
185.00
For container / pallet sizes
mm
1000 x 800
1200 x 800
Length x width
Max. load
mm
kg
1010 x 810
1000
1210 x 810
500
Platform height 280 mm
No.
g
727 332-BK
724 269-BK
724 271-BK
727 331-BK
218.50
185.00
241.50
235.00
297.00
No.
g
727 336-BK
727 339-BK
727 340-BK
295.00
351.50
1200 x 1000
1000
1210 x 1010
500
NEW
1000
727 333-BK
407.00
Accessories
Stand frame for dollies
For 1200 x 800 mm dollies with 280 mm platform height.
Can be securely bolted to the dolly with the mounting kit.
Platform height with dolly approx. 650 mm.
No. 968 342-BK
Secure bolted connection of

stand frame
g 130.90
Dolly with stand frame (accessory)
NEW
With drawbar and coupling
Linked towing, for pallets and containers

Four corner braces with crane eyelets
Straight running
Drawbar and towing eyelet to hitch to towing vehicles

with a speed up to 6 km/h. Max. towing weight 1500 kg.
Welded steel construction. Powder coated as standard in
Wheels
solid rubber tyres on plastic rims. Swivel castors with
double stops.
Accessories
Plug-in tubular push handle with cross bar for
comfortable pulling by hand.
mm
1200 x 800
1200 x 1000
Length x width
Max. load
mm
kg
1210 x 810
500
1210 x 1010
500
No.
g
968 333-BK
968 334-BK
409.00
417.00
No.
g
704 615-BK
704 615-BK
29.10
29.10
Shown with tubular push handle

(accessory)
124716
Accessories
Plug-in push handle
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
91
1
Hydraulic jacks
Can be used horizontally and vertically

Lift with head or toe
Safe operation with min. floor
clearance of only 26mm
Detachable lever.
Max. load
Lift
g
No. 604 936-BK
439.00
10
mm
205
240
head mm
toe mm
362 567
26 231
415 655
26 266
Lifting range
Weight
kg
No.
g
Machine jacks
Max. load with lifting head

Lifting head with additional spindle
thread, height adjustable tomax.
80mm
Max. load with lifting toe

Lift
Lifting range
Detachable pump lever.
10
t
mm
6
160
head mm
toe mm
380 610
30 195
19
25
701 009-BK
701 025-BK
890.00
1245.00
Hydraulic jacks

Min. floor clearance of only 18 mm
Very low weight
604 936-BK
No.
g
439.00
Detachable lever.
Manual winches
DIN 7355 compliant

With adjustable hook
With safety ratchet crank for short
winching distances ideal for use
innarrow spaces
Max. load
Steel housing with profiled head hook.

Enclosed, self-locking gearbox.
Powder coated in pure orange RAL2004,
zinc plated crank.
Lift
Lifting range
mm
115
head mm
toe mm
265 380
18 133
Weight
kg
Adjustment range (12 positions)

Lift
Overall height
1.5
10
mm
mm
mm
60 640
350
725
65 640
350
725
75 640
300
725
75 730
300
797
400 610-BK
175 773-BK
175 781-BK
175 803-BK
568.00
576.00
686.00
980.00
No.
g
Manual winches
956.00
Manual winch with self-locking trapezoid

thread spindle.
Painted, pure orange RAL 2004.
Zinc plated crank.
With detachable crank
Max. load
15
942 503-BK
No.
g
Max. load / hook
0.5
Lift
Overall height
Lift per revolution
mm
mm
mm
300
500
3
300
525
1.9
350
670
2.2
With fixed crank
No.
g
716 110-BK
716 113-BK
173.10
195.00
No.
g
716 112-BK
716 114-BK
716 115-BK
199.00
217.00
336.50
With detachable crank
124717
The customer must ensure sufficient fastening when installing or mounting

spindle winches.
92
BLUE =
124717
Please note
Transport dollies Wheels
1t
Wheels and
transport dollies
2t
4t
Ideal for easy and quick transport of

heavy loads, e.g. machines
Easy to manoeuvre as all wheels run
on ball bearings
Colour as illustrated
Load cannot slip due to rubber coated
bearing plates
g
No. 911 149-BK
215.00
6t
Steerable dollies
With rotating bearing plate,
which can also go around
corners. Nylon castors.
6000 kg version with towing
ring and handle.
3t
Rotating dollies
For moving machines in tight spaces
Can be turned and moved in every direction
Slip resistant, honeycomb rubber coating
Max. load
Nylon castors.
Max. load
Castors
kg
quantity
x width mm
Platform
Height
Length x width
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
1000
2000
4000
3
75 x 66
3
85 x 85
5
85 x 85
170
100
426 x 379
170
110
685 x 515
250
110
760 x 555
521 340-BK
602 023-BK
602 024-BK
571.00
873.00
1360.00

standards.
3t
Castors
6000
quantity
x width mm
4
85 x 90
8
85 x 90
185 x 150
300 x 255 x 105
400 x 220
640 x 534 x 115
911 149-BK
911 150-BK
215.00
568.00
mm
mm
No.
g
12 t
6t
6t
Transport dollies
Transport dollies
Adjustable dollies
Can be combined as required. Nylon castors.
Nylon castors.
Dolly with 2 transport castors and 2 connecting rods,

25 mm. Nylon castors.
Pack of 2.
Max. load
Max. load
kg
2500
quantity
x width mm
2
85 x 90
mm
length x width mm
100
222 x 110
Castors
Castors
Platform height
Bearing plate
126258
3000
Platform
2t
2,5 t
kg
No.
g / pack
911 167-BK
265.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
kg
2000
3000
6000
quantity
x width mm
8
100 x 35
4
85 x 85
6
85 x 85
115
115
400 x 228
100
100
400 x 228
100
100
415 x 210
911 166-BK
911 152-BK
911 153-BK
188.20
153.90
214.00
Loading height
Height
Length x width
No.
g
mm
mm
mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Max. load
Castors
kg
6000
12000
quantity
x width mm
2x4
85 x 90
2x6
85 x 90
500 1400
110
300 x 250 x 110
720 1500
110
360 x 220 x 110
911 154-BK
911 155-BK
389.50
540.00
Adjustment range
Loading height
No.
g
mm
mm
mm
KAISER + KRAFT
126258
93
1
Transport rollers
Tug-lifts
For moving heavy cupboards, tool cupboards and
machines even when loaded.
Raise the load off the floor with the lifting lever and push
the flange of the roller underneath. Lift the load using the
eccentric lever and the lifting rod.
The rubber cover on the carrier supports protects the
cupboard from damage.
A set consists of 2 lifting rollers and 1 lifting rod.
Load capacity per set

Min./max. flange height
Length of lifting rod
Wheel
Steel wheels
kg
1000
mm
mm
mm
No.
g / set
12 / 45
400
136
920 965-BK
179.10
No.
g / set
Wheels with polyurethane tyres
920 966-BK
188.70
Transport dolly
4 dollies in a practical plastic case. For transporting
cupboards, tables or machines. Smooth running,
non- marking solid rubber swivel castors with ball
bearings for rotating on the spot. Low centre of gravity,
protecting against tilting. Protective rubber cover
provides a firm hold and protects against slipping from
the loading area. Signal red.
1 Sheet steel dolly with corner cut-out for loads

without legs
2 Aluminium dolly with corner cut-out for loads

without legs
3 Aluminium dolly with rectangular cut-out for table

legs
Load capacity per unit

Overall height
Platform height
kg
mm
mm
150
88
15
100
89
25
100
89
25
Side length
internal / external
mm
135 / 263
120 / 223
mm
45
918 738BK
918 731BK
918 735BK
63671
Foot max.
No.
g / pack
94
1
63671
Model
BLUE =
Tug-lifts Furniture movers
Furniture movers
For moving bulky and heavy
goods quickly and safely.
For moving, servicing or
installation.
Manual
Safe one person operation

Sturdy lifting mechanism
Description
Two transporters with self-braking safety
spindle winch and fixed cargo restraint
strap. Strap length 5 m.
Function
Slide the foot plates under the goods to be
transported, adjust the top rests and
tighten the belts. Lift the load the same
amount on both sides and begin transport.
Technical specification
Powder coated, light blue RAL 5012. Foot
plates with non-slip coating. Support rails
covered with protective coating. Winch
with hand crank and gearing.
Swivel castors with ball bearings. Nonmarking wheel coating protects carpets
and floors.
Max. load per pair

Lift
Footplate dims.
WxD
Width x depth x height
Wheel
No.
g / pair
kg
600
mm
mm
mm
mm
300
225 x 120
570 x 400 x 775
125
724 324-BK
854.00
Hydraulic
For professional heavy transporting

For electrical cabinets, computers,
safes, containers and machinery
Description
The set consists of 2 transporters with
hydraulic lifting units and a fixed cargo
restraint strap. Strap length 5 m.
Handles to directly steer the wheels.
The load can be moved precisely and put
down exactly.
Function
Slide the foot plates under the goods to be
transported. Tighten the belts. Lift the load
the same amount on both sides and start
the transport.
Technical description
Foot plates covered with protective
coating. Powder coated, white aluminium
RAL 9006, zinc-chromate finish. Heavy duty
wheels with ball bearings. Non-marking
tyres protect protects carpets and floors.
Two lifting heights available.
Lift
kg
mm
Loads picked up from
109636
Footplate W x D mm
Width x depth
Height
mm
mm
Wheel
No.
g / pair
mm
1800
100
250
floor
floor and
pallet
600 x 60
600 x 60
700 x 400
900
700 x 400
1050
150
150
446 645-BK
724 325-BK
2430.00
3335.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
109636
Max. load
per pair
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
95

2
Shown with cantilever arms
(accessory)
Stair climbing trucks

With tri-star wheels
Unload heave up the steps reload

no longer necessary
Large, non-slip footplate
Wheel units designed to prevent
damage to steps
1 With handle bar

2 With handles
3 Step carry truck
With fold-out carrying handle for the
second person. Straps to secure the
load.

RAL5012.
There are 2 wheel units fitted to the axle,
each with 3 wheels. Solid rubber tyres,
plain bearings.
1 and 2 can be reconfigured to

transport chairs. The cantilever arms
are available as an accessory.
Model
Max. load
Footplate dims.
Max. step height
Height x width
Wheel
Weight
1
kg
width x depth mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
200
280 x 250
200
1310 x 410
160
20
200
280 x 250
200
1310 x 410
160
20
250
400 x 252
190
1280 x 600
160
21
155 330-BK
724 298-BK
921 129-BK
190.60
227.50
291.50
977 636-BK
977 636-BK
68.00
68.00
Accessories
Only 10 % extra.
Shown with special paint finish
Cantilever arms
(can be fitted later)
No.
g / pair
NEW

with pivoting handles
Non-slip footplate
Max. load
Footplate dims.
200
width x depth mm
280 x 250
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1700
490 x 575
Wheel x width
Weight
mm
kg
200 x 50
18
No.
g
96
kg
BLUE =
968 322-BK
252.00
124720
Four-position, adjustable handle bars,

lock every 30 with stop bolts.
Ensures optimum ergonomics for various
types of stairs.
RAL 5012.
2 solid rubber tyres on plastic rims
withroller bearings.
Transport trucks
Push and carry trucks
Safe operation and easy to carry

Ideal for sensitive goods, e.g. refrigerators, washing machines etc.

Footplate with textured rubber surface.
Two support struts with non-slip coating.
Comfortable pneumatic tyres, wheel hubs with roller bearings.
Max. load
Frame width
Footplate dims.
Height x width
Wheel
Weight approx.
kg
350
mm
width x depth mm
mm
mm
kg
400
450 x 180
1120 x 580
260
16
No.
g
155 381-BK
203.50
Transport trucks
Welded tubular steel construction with safety handles.
Solid rubber tyres for low rolling resistance, roller bearings.
2 with large folding footplate made of tubular steel.

3 with supports and slightly arched cross struts.
Open footplate and longitudinal strut to prevent goods from slipping out.
Model
Max. load
Footplate dims.
Wheel
Weight approx.
kg
width x depth mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
250
450 x 160
1120 x 450 x 430
200
15.0
250
350 x 350
1120 x 500 x 620
200
12.5
400
365 x 386
1276 x 560 x 672
250
22
507 558-BK
507 559-BK
921 072-BK
122.20
139.40
212.50
3
1
Sack trucks
2
Max. load 350 kg

With plastic safety handles.
High quality powder coating, as standard in light
blue RAL5012.
Wheels with roller bearings.
Only 10 % extra.
1 With glide runners

Ideal for transport over steps and edges.
Can be converted into chair truck with height
adjustable cantilever arms.
2 With extra wide footplate

For large and bulky loads.
3 With pendulum chassis
60 % less effort required prevents strain on

back, shoulders and neck
Pendulum mechanism for low load centre when
tilting. No need to apply pressure with your foot
when tilting.
Model
Footplate dims.
Height x width
Solid rubber tyres
Pneumatic tyres
2
Shown with special
paint finish
1
1
width x depth mm
mm
wheel
mm
290 x 140
1430 x 450
200
450 x 280
1310 x 610
200
450 x 280
1310 x 675
250
No.
g
265 497-BK
154 520-BK
937 410-BK
140.40
170.20
175.60
mm
260
260
260
No.
g
265 470-BK
154 512-BK
937 550-BK
171.30
186.70
170.40
No.
g / pair
977 636-BK
wheel
124721
Accessories
Cantilever arms
(can be fitted later)
YELLOW =
Ex stock
68.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
97
1
Sack and chair trucks
With plastic safety handles.
High quality powder coating in
light blue RAL5012 as standard.
EUROKRAFT Quality
A Sack truck
B Chair truck
With height adjustable
cantilever arms to transport
multiple chairs.
ActiveGreen sack trucks
CO2 neutral
With pneumatic tyres, 260 mm.

Model
Max. load
Footplate dims.
Height x width
EUROKRAFT
Active Green
Model
A
kg
width x depth mm
mm
200
280 x 255
1300 x 500
No.
g
154 725-BK
Max. load
Footplate dims.
Height x width
kg
width x depth mm
mm
Solid rubber tyres wheel mm
No.
g
131.50
Pneumatic tyres
wheel
200
280 x 255
1300 x 500
200
75
280 x 255
1300 x 500
200
154 709-BK
977 637-BK
119.90
172.40
mm
260
No.
g
977 638-BK
168.60
Collapsible to
save space
Aluminium transport
trucks
Stainless steel box

trucks
Stainless steel
combination trucks
Sack trucks
With wheel guards. Stainless steel frame,

polished high gloss finish. Safety handles.
Pneumatic tyres on plastic rims,
stainless steel roller bearings.
Two devices in one
Plastic safety handles.

RAL5012.
Solid rubber tyres on plastic rims,
roller bearings.
Max. load
kg
Max. load
HxWxD
124929
Footplate
Wheel
Weight
98
No.
g
folded mm
unfolded mm
1100 x 400 x 415

725 x 400 x 190
width x depth mm
mm
kg
360 x 240
150
7.3
610 025-BK
114.20
Solid steel construction.

2 pneumatic tyres with roller bearings for
comfort and 2 manoeuvrable swivel
castors.
Max. load
120
kg
150
width x depth mm
mm
mm
kg
300 x 260
1170 x 505
260
7.8
kg
200
height mm
length x width mm
1170
925 x 350
Max. load
kg
100
Footplate
length x width mm
Overall width
mm
Wheel tyres / swivel castors mm
350 x 225
525
260 / 75
Footplate
width x depth mm
Height x width
mm
Wheel
mm
330 x 215
1130 x 475
160
As transport truck
Footplate dims.
Height x width
Wheel
Weight
No.
g
739 587-BK
142.60
Lightweight model
No.
g
911 075-BK
241.00
No.
g
BLUE =
154 539-BK
98.30
124929
Reinforced frame for higher max. load

and stability
Registered design
Extra protective caps on hinges
Comfortable rubber coating on handle.
High quality, non-marking wheels.
Transport trucks
Only 10 % extra.

German registered design
4
1
Sack trucks
1
1 + 2 powder coated, light blueRAL5012.

3 + 4 zinc plated, excellent rust protection.
Handles comply with applicable safety directives. Solid

rubber or pneumatic tyres, wheels with roller bearings.
Sack truck with

large footplate
Model
kg
width x depth mm
mm
mm
wheel
mm
400
400 x 135
1190
535
200
500
480 x 200
1290
620
250
350
400 x 250
1060
480
250
350
400 x 160
1060
480
250
No.
g
154 938-BK
154 970-BK
911 218-BK
150 320-BK
188.20
314.00
195.30
176.10
mm
250
2
Max. load
Footplate
Overall height
Overall width
Solid rubber tyres
wheel
Pneumatic tyres
No.
g
911 219-BK
209.00
Platform trolley with

tubular steel platform
Universal trucks
Stacking trucks
One product three functions: sack truck,

transport truck with support wheels,
platform trolley with drawbar
With wire mesh
Easy to reconfigure
German registered design
With large footplate, can be used as a universal sack

truck. Additional support bar with fold-out support wheels.
Comfortable for longer distances when used as a platform
trolley.
4 solid rubber tyres.
Model
Max. load
124722
Footplate
Height as truck
Loading height
Length x width
Wheel
No.
g
Small parts cannot slip through
Plastic handles are compliant with applicable safety

directives. Powder coated in light blue RAL5012.
Pneumatic tyres for comfortable handling.
Solid rubber tyres with low rolling resistance.
Model
as sack truck kg
as trolley kg
250
250
300
400
width x depth mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
480 x 210
900
260
1200 x 480
200 / 125
480 x 230
900
240
1230 x 480
200 / 125
Max. load
Footplate
Height x width
179 086-BK
921 126-BK
276.50
335.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Solid rubber tyres
Pneumatic tyres
kg
width x depth mm
mm
wheel mm
100
330 x 215
1135 x 515
160
350
450 x 280
1310 x 590
250
No.
g
704 492-BK
704 493-BK
123.80
163.40
mm
260
No.
g
704 494-BK
wheel
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

171.20
KAISER + KRAFT
99
Folding
transport trucks
Ideal for field work for
transporting heavy tool kits,
spare parts, presentation
materials and thousands of
other uses.
1 + 2 Max. load 50 125 kg

Small and extremely light aluminium
transport trucks, excellent quality.
Quickly ready for use wheels and
footplate swing out simultaneously.
Non-marking polymer tyres, strap system
for securing the load.
Fits in any niche when folded
even in cars.
Model
Max. load
50
125
folded mm
extended mm
595 x 390 x 50
1030 x 390 x 430
765 x 488 x 64
1090 x 488 x 500
width x depth mm
mm
kg
390 x 300
127
3.2
488 x 320
175
5.2
927 400-BK
927 401-BK
87.50
115.20

Footplate
Wheel
Weight approx.
kg
No.
g
Additional
footplate is
simply folded
down if needed
Standard
footplate
Punctureproof
elastic tyres
3 Max. load 250 kg
Aluminium multi-purpose trucks

Model
124931
Footplate
Wheel
Weight
100 www.export.kaiserkraft.com
No.
g
folded mm
extended mm
855 x 660 x 135

1190 x 660 x 650
width x depth mm
mm
kg
660 x 465
220
12.6
927 402-BK
High quality, meticulously crafted aluminium construction. Anodised profiles,

which do not fade and are extremely
corrosion resistant. Cross struts prevent
items being transported from sliding
through.
With two footplates as standard
A fixed standard footplate as well as an
extra large, folding additional footplate
for bulky items.
278.50
Max. load
kg
250
W x D mm
W x D mm
mm
mm
mm
355 x 303
300 x 490
1260
455
260
With pneumatic tyres
No.
g
521 338-BK
With punctureproof
elastic tyres
No.
g
521 339-BK
Fixed footplate
Folding footplate
Overall height
Overall width
Wheel
BLUE =
178.90
184.70
124931
Very robust model with pneumatic tyres

for comfortable and quiet running.
Sturdy aluminium telescopic frame with
lowest possible torsion for safe transport.
Frame opens at the touch of a button.
Footplate and wheels fold out in one
movement. Solid, arched push handle.
Pneumatic
tyres
Transport trucks Folding transport trucks
Folding transport
trucks
1 3 Max. load 125 kg
Very space saving only55 mm thick

when folded
Folds out quickly wheels and
footplate swing out simultaneously
Spannfix system for securing the load
Punctureproof wheels polymer tyres
and roller bearings
3 with stainless steel frame.
3
Model
Footplate
Wheel
Weight approx.
1
1
folded mm
open mm
685 x 490 x 55
1030 x 490 x 460
735 x 490 x 55
1130 x 490 x 620
735 x 490 x 55
1130 x 490 x 620
width x depth mm
mm
kg
490 x 250
185
5.4
490 x 410
185
5.9
490 x 410
185
6.0
911 116-BK
911 117-BK
977 631-BK
97.80
108.90
189.30
No.
g
4 Max. load 250 kg
Comfortable pneumatic tyres

Lockable wheels with sturdy axle
Folding handle with hand guard
Powder coated tubular steel frame, folding aluminium

footplate.
5 Max. load 75 kg
Extra wide 95 mm wheels, ball bearing mounted

Ideal for uneven and soft floors
Spannfix system for securing the load
Punctureproof polymer tyres
Model
folded mm
open mm
870 x 570 x 120

1250 x 655 x 580
720 x 480 x 120

1110 x 615 x 600
width x depth mm
mm
kg
570 x 345
220
12.8
480 x 410
200
6.3
713 916-BK
944 532-BK
247.00
146.60

Footplate
Wheel
Weight
5
4
122407
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122407
Chrome plated steel parts, aluminium footplate.
101
1
Aluminium transport trucks
Four versions the right
solution for every job
Anodised aluminium tubes
do not mark
do not go grey
stay clean and attractive
That is KAISER+KRAFT quality!
Alu
anodized
Welded aluminium
tube construction,
anodised, does not
rust, approx. 30 %
lighter than steel
tubing
Pneumatic, studded
tyres with plain
bearings
Stair climbing truck
Max. load
Star- wheel construction effortlessly

manages steps up to 200 mm high.
On staircases
On level ground
Across bumps and curbs
Footplate W x D
Height approx.
Width approx.
Wheel
Weight
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Solid rubber tyres with plain bearings,

frame anodised.
150
280 x 185
1300
500
160
13.5
550 x 220
1300
570
160
13.8
716 245-BK
910 959-BK
219.00
296.00
With glide runners

Max. load
kg
200
W x D mm
mm
mm
mm
280 x 260
1300
500
260
With fixed footplate
No.
g
716 202-BK
With folding footplate
No.
g
716 250-BK
Footplate
Overall height approx.
Overall width approx.
Wheel
181.50
220.00
Standard model
Full-height version
With pneumatic tyres.
With pneumatic tyres.
Max. load
Footplate
Wheel
No.
g
kg
200
W x D mm
mm
mm
mm
280 x 185
1120
530
260
716 199-BK
152.90
Max. load
Footplate
Wheel
kg
200
W x D mm
mm
mm
mm
280 x 185
1300
500
260
No.
g
BLUE =
716 201-BK
164.50
125147
With a fixed footplate

made of corrugated
aluminium sheet or
with a space-saving
folding footplate
Transport trucks Gas cylinder trolleys
Gas cylinder trolleys
Handles comply with current safety regulations

Cylinder holder with safety chain
Powder coated as standard in light blueRAL5012.

Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres, both with roller bearings.
1 For one 40 litre steel cylinder

2 For two 10 litre steel cylinders
3 For one propane gas cylinder
No.
Model
litres
mm
mm
mm
mm
40
140 250
800
485
1140
10
140
730
580
1050
27 / 50
320
350
506
955
Solid rubber tyres

Wheel 200 mm
No.
g
155 470-BK
259 330-BK
171 131-BK
104.50
149.50
117.80
Pneumatic tyres
Wheel 200 mm
No.
g
155 489-BK
For cylinder size

For cylinder
Height of cylinder holder
Overall width
119.70
ERGO gas cylinder trolleys
Support foot / support wheel to prevent strain on back

Cylinder holder with safety chain
Practical toolbox
With cylinder holder for two steel cylinders.

Powder coated in light blue RAL5012.
Maintenance free solid rubber tyres, wheel 380 mm,
smooth running roller bearings.
2 with practical support wheel for easy handling.
Gas cylinder racks
For two steel cylinders

Drill holes to fasten to wall and other
racks
Safety chain
2
1
Model
For 40 litre cylinders, 230mm.

Powder coated light blue RAL5012.
1000 x 550 x 350 mm.
For cylinder size

For cylinder
Overall width
Support wheel
No. 155 594-BK
No.
g
g 121.70
litres
mm
mm
mm
mm
40 / 50
210 250
750
1345
40 / 50
210 250
750
1345
200
155 497-BK
578 304-BK
297.50
346.00
Steel cylinder trucks
Support wheel for extra stability (2 4)
Sturdy welded steel construction.

Maintenance free solid rubber tyres, smooth
running roller bearings.
2 with adjustable inclination

Variable support wheel height, secured via
spring loaded catch.
Model
124932
Max. load
No. of cylinders held
For cylinder
Height x width
Wheel x width
Support wheel
No.
g
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
150
1
380
1300 x 635
250 x 60
921 078-BK
150
1
286
1190 x 500
250 x 60
160
921 075-BK
150
1
380
1300 x 635
250 x 60
160
921 077-BK
200
2
230 / 380
1310 x 915
380 x 80
160
921 080-BK
163.20
245.00
197.80
323.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2
1
KAISER + KRAFT
103
1
Gas cylinder cupboards and trolleys
With double doors and common key cylinder lock. Powder coated,
Accessories
1 Large cupboard
g
No. 918 876-BK
709.00
With cylinder securing chain and

4mounting drill holes, 12 mm.
Hot dip galvanised mesh grid platforms,

max. load 200 kg.
Drawbar set for 2.
2 Gas cylinder trolley

Max. load 500 kg
solid rubber tyres, wheel 200 mm.
Model
External dims.
Internal dims.
1250 x 850 x 1850

1220 x 780 x 1840
1150 x 740 x 1800

1010 x 665 x 1470
171 158-BK
918 876-BK
736.00
709.00
No.
g
921 139-BK
918 877-BK
120.60
77.90
No.
g / set
921 148-BK
108.90

No.
g
Accessories
Platform
Shown with platform

mounted (accessory)
Drawbar set
Drum trucks
Adjustable drum gripper
2 with support wheel for particularly
With adjustable drum gripper

Drum support with claws
easy handling. Swivel castor, wheel

200 mm, with solid rubber tyres.
Powder coated in light blue RAL5012 as

standard.
Wheel hubs with roller bearings.
Supplied with handle for mounting by the
customer. Easy self-assembly.
Only for standard commercial rolling hoop
steel drums.
Model
1
Shown with
detachable drawbar
(accessory)
Max. load
Height x width
kg
mm
400
1570 x 740
400
830 x 740
Solid rubber tyres

Wheel 250 mm
No.
g
155 535-BK
154 628-BK
216.50
271.00
Pneumatic tyres
Wheel 260 mm
No.
g
612 545-BK
Drum dollies
Suitable for virtually all types of 200 litre metal or plastic drums.
Open dollies
With metal tray watertight

welding and zinc plated
1 Zinc plated
5
1
Only 10 % extra.
Overall height 140 mm. Loading height

110 mm. With4nylon swivel castors
with roller bearings.
Powder coated light blue RAL 5012
Overall height 109 mm. Loading height
44 mm. With3nylon swivel castors
with roller bearings.
Max. load 450 kg
Overall height 180 mm, loading height
130 mm. With 6 nylon swivel castors
with plain bearings.
Detachable drawbar as an accessory.
Model
Max. load
Internal frame
Castors
276.00
kg
mm
qty. x wheel mm
No.
g
4 Without handle
5
Loading height 110 mm, rim height

80 mm. With 4nylon swivel castors
with plain bearings.
With handle and restraint strap
As 4, but also with screw-on push
handle, powder coated light blue
RAL 5012.
250
610
4 x 80
270
630
3 x 80
450
610
6 x 100
250
610
4 x 80
250
610
4 x 80
171 123-BK
921 085-BK
423 365-BK
739 590-BK
911 059-BK
75.40
91.10
121.20
124.40
192.60
423 368-BK
Detachable drawbar
No.
g
23.40
BLUE =
124723
Accessories
Drum handling
Drum stands
Lever bar
German Federal
Patent no.3934475
For 200 litre drums

to DIN 6643M1and M2
Pick-up, store and empty drums
Powder coated light blue RAL 5012.

2 4 with fabric strap for securing
drums. 2swivel castors and 2 fixed wheels
made of nylon.
4 with wide wheels for the careful
storage of thin walled drums.
With oil sump tray and

lever bar
3
Model
4 plastic rollers,
40 mm wide
2 metal rollers,
500 mm long
mm
H x L x W mm
mm
580
600 x 860 x 510
520
580
620 x 860 x 510
520
580
570 x 1000 x 630
520
580
570 x 1000 x 630
520
Swivel castor
mm
80
100,
with wheel stops
100,
with wheel stops
Fixed wheel
mm
100
125
125
Without oil sump tray
No.
g
423 371-BK
423 372-BK
641 197-BK
641 677-BK
99.00
144.70
279.00
316.50
No.
g
642 363-BK
642 371-BK
329.00
357.50
No.
g
642 452-BK
642 452-BK
46.95
46.95
No.
g
423 373-BK
423 373-BK
15.75
15.75
Drum support
For drum approx.
Stand
Drum filling height
With oil sump tray,

10 litres
Drum trucks
For plastic drums
For drums with of 500 590mm and
capacity of 120,150or 220litres.
Very low centre of gravity for easy
handling. Solid rubber tyres.
No. 921 047-BK
g 174.70
Accessories
Lever bar
Oil sump tray, 10 litres
L x W x H 445 x 345 x 90 mm

Explosion-proof
version on request.
Drum transporters
Zinc plated grate.
nylon wheels. Swivel castors with
double stops.
Max. load
124724
Sump capacity
Push handle height
Loading height
Wheel
Drum lifting and tilting units

For 200 litre metal channel and rolling hoop drums
kg
250
750
litres
mm
mm
mm
mm
40
1100
220
100
1015 x 590 x 70
220
1100
415
150
1250 x 800 x 220
986 392-BK
911 132-BK
278.00
628.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Straddle Euro pallets, hold, rotate and

empty drums
Lift operated by drawbar or pedal.

Overload valve for a long service life.
Drum tilt is regulated with a turning wheel.
Angle of inclination approx. 180.
Powder coated light blue RAL 5012.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2 swivel castors with wheel stops,

180 mm, and 2fork rollers, 80 mm,
made of polyurethane.
Max. load 350 kg, lifting height 1425 mm,
chassis clearance width 870 mm.
1340 x 1075 x 1960 mm.
No. 512 463-BK
g 1560.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124724
For the transport of one or two drums.

The sump tray prevents damage to the
environment caused by leaking liquids.
105
1
2
Drum grippers
Drum tongs
Drum tilting clamps
Max. load 250 kg
Max. load 500 kg
Max. load 300 kg
For the transport of standing, inherently stable metal

drums with rolling hoops.
Suspended with forklift pockets and eyelets.
One man operation. Zinc plated finish.
Forklift pocket inner dimensions 185 x 60 mm.
For drum 420 640 mm.
Also for plastic L-ring barrels.
Zinc plated. For inherently stable metal drums with lid and
beading. 1 also compatible with plastic drums.
On request with lever to open or with automatic opening
mechanism (step switching mechanism).
Drums can be picked up and tilted in any position

(self-locking screw drive).
Painted pastel orange RAL2003.
Two suspension points
Fork pockets (200 x 75 mm) and suspension eyelets.
For drum 400 620 mm.
No. 911 148-BK
Model
g 326.00
For standing drums

390 650 mm
No.
g
799 904-BK
For horizontal drums,

length 650 950 mm
No.
g
799 912-BK
Drum tilting units
Drum can be rotated through 360
Consisting of base frame for forklift operation

and a special drum holder.
Optionally in painted or zinc plated version.
252.00
362.50
No. 937 240-BK
g 2825.00
1
1 Universal tilting unit for use with
forkliftorcrane
For 60 to 220 litre steel and plastic drums and
120/240 litre waste collectors.
With prism, tension belt and double screw gears.
2 Drum stand for use with forklift

For 200 litre drums with rolling hoops,
560mm (+10 / 25 mm).
Regulated drum emptying at any height.
Drum holder with cam type closure.
Model
kg
mm
mm
mm
300
150 x 60
650
1000 x 1000 x 430
360
150 x 60
650
1250 x 1000 x 610
No.
g
600 021-BK
2320.00
painted
yellow orange RAL 2000
No.
g
600 022-BK
147 745-BK
2110.00
1910.00
zinc plated
No.
g
600 023-BK
2485.00
No.
g
600 025-BK
147 753-BK
2330.00
2105.00
Max. load
For fork cross section
For fork spacing
With hand crank
With chain loop
zinc plated
painted
yellow orange RAL 2000
Drum grippers
For drums with rolling hoops and
plastic L-shaped ring drums
For one or two drums
Grip, lift, transport and set-down in one
step
Operated from the forklift driver's seat
Special gripping mechanism protects
against release when crossing uneven
flooring
Mechanical gripper mechanism for picking
up and setting down standing drums.
Safety chain prevents slipping.
Zinc plated or painted, yellow orange
RAL2000.
Max. load
kg
800
1600
For no. of drums

For fork spacing
mm
mm
1
150 x 65
240
2
150 x 65
540
Length
Width x height
mm
mm
1290
585 x 930
1180
960 x 930
Painted
No.
yellow orange RAL2000
g
578 509-BK
578 517-BK
1555.00
2550.00
Zinc plated
578 541-BK
578 568-BK
1780.00
2895.00
No.
g
120265
120265
BLUE =
Drum handling equipment Welding protection

Robust, impact resistant
material UV/ IR resistant
plastic
The numerous adjustment

options make it suitable for
every head size and shape
Solar cells
No need to replace
batteries
Knob for progressively

setting the protection
level from
DIN 9 to DIN 13
Vision panel
95 x 47 mm up to
41 % larger than
conventional
windows
Active solar welding protection hood
Both hands are free for work

Offers a high level of safety and wearing comfort
Suitable for spectacle wearers
Good hold and protection against welding spatter
due to the replaceable headband
Accessory
Service pack
Freshen up your helmet with the following supplies:
30 external protection panels
10 internal protection panels
10 headbands
No. 977 686-BK
g 61.90
Model
Protection level
Switching time
Light-up time
Weight
11
adjustable
9 13
0.0005
0.25
435
0.0001
0.25
445
977 677-BK
977 678-BK
190.40
254.00
s
s
g
No.
g
3-part lamella curtain
Mobile welding screen
Model
Suitable as spatter and spark guard as well as room divider
With welding
protection foil
3-part
No.
977 670-BK
977 673-BK
370.50
399.50
Dimensions
red
No.
977 671-BK
977 674-BK
370.50
399.50
1-part protective screen

Height x width 1900 x 2100 mm
3-part protective screen
Height incl. wheel set 1930 mm, width 3800 mm
(middle part 2100 mm and 2 swivel arms 850 mm each)
crystal clear
No.
977 672-BK
977 676-BK
370.50
399.50
dark green
No.
977 663-BK
977 666-BK
478.50
545.00
red
No.
977 664-BK
977 668-BK
478.50
545.00
crystal clear
No.
977 665-BK
977 669-BK
478.50
545.00
66403
Rectangular tubing with blue epoxy powder coating.

Complete set with welding protection foil (0.4 mm thick)
or with lamella curtains (lamella 300 x 2 mm).
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops. Floor clearance with
lamella curtains 600 mm, with foil curtains 300 mm.
Supplied flat pack, easy self-assembly.
1-part
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

With lamella
curtain
dark green
KAISER + KRAFT
66403
1-part welding protection foil
107
2
Lifting equipment
Pallet trucks
Pallet trucks
Max. load 2000 kg
From page
108
Manoeuvre with minimal effort easy rolling universal pallet truck.

A must have for the workshop and warehouse.
117
125
Stackers and mini-lifters

From page
Working platforms
Page
Lifting platform trolleys

From page
126
Lift tables
From page
136
Strip curtains
Page
NEW
141
Low maintenance, robust compact

hydraulics with overload valve
Hard chrome plated piston rod
Reinforced drawbar improved
ergonomics
Drawbar with three functions:

liftdrivelower.
Hydraulic unit moulded in a single piece,
thus minimising potential for leaks.
Frame made of torsion resistant steel.
High quality powder coating in pure
orange RAL 2004.
Polyurethane (PU) steering wheels

On aluminium rims, 200 mm.
Single fork rollers
Made of polyurethane,
x width 80 x 93 mm.
No. 520 027-BK
Wheels
Polyurethane
Low rolling resistance and quiet running,
especially when not under load. For
delicate floors, hardwearing, non-marking
and shock absorbent.
Single fork rollers
Turn easier than tandem rollers, ideal for
manoeuvring.
Wheel set
Ball bearing mounted low rolling
resistance and long service life.
g 289.00
Suitable for EURO pallets
Bridge plates
From page
142
Technical details
Max. load
Distance across forks
Fork length
Fork width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
Maintenance
Technical equipment requires regular
maintenance.
With a service contract you are always
on the safe side.
Get competent advice.
As an authorised partner we are able to
offer routine safety inspections.
2000 kg
550 mm
1150 mm
160 mm
1530 mm
85 200 mm
200
On-site service
Our mobile service technicians are
prompt and reliable. Therefore many
repairs can be made on-site, including
after warranty repair work as well.
Replacement parts
We keep wear parts in stock and we
can obtain other replacement parts
quickly.
We make daily shipments via the
shortest routes.
g
No. 520 027-BK
289.00
122408
122408
Single fork roller
BLUE =
Pallet trucks
NEW

+ Industry standard
Wheels
Solid rubber
Quiet running, extremely durable. Cannot
be cut by metal chippings. Non-marking,
ideal for smooth and rough floors.
Polyurethane
Low rolling resistance, quiet running. For
delicate floors, hardwearing, non-marking
and impact absorbing.
Nylon
Very low rolling resistance, high resistance to chemicals, non-marking.
Suitable for smooth, level floors.
Tandem rollers
Ideal for heavy loads.
Suitable for uneven floors.
Wheel set
Ball bearing mounted low rolling
resistance and long service life.
g
No. 520 028-BK
329.00
Pallet trucks
Max. load 2500 kg
Sturdy frame made of torsion resistant

steel. High quality powder coating in
melon yellow RAL 1028.
126260
Suitable for EURO pallets.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Technical details
Max. load
Fork length x width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
2500 kg
540 mm
1150 x 160 mm
1540 mm
85 200 mm
200
Compact hydraulics with overload

valve and hard chrome plated piston
rod
Tandem rollers
Available with three different types of wheels

Solid rubber steering wheels
Polyurethane steering wheels

Tandem fork rollers made of nylon (PA),
82 mm.

Tandem fork rollers made of polyurethane
(PU), 82 mm.

Tandem fork rollers made of polyurethane
(PU), 82 mm.
No. 520 028-BK
No. 520 029-BK
No. 520 030-BK
g 329.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 329.00
g 329.00
KAISER + KRAFT
126260
Drawbar with three functions:

lifttransportlower.
Low maintenance, robust compact
hydraulics
Precise, controlled lowering
109
2
quick lift
save strength and time!
Reinforced plastic drawbar

head, comfortable to touch
evenwhen cold.
Ergonomic handle shape.
Low maintenance QuickLift hydraulic unit

overload valve as standard
Just pump twice and the pallet is off the

ground*
NEW
High quality roller bearings
Wheels
Pallet trucks with QuickLift
355.00
* QuickLift
isactiveforloadsupto100kg.
Max. load 2500 kg
126259
Pump twice and the pallet is off the ground *

Pump four times and the maximum lifting height is attained*
Low maintenance, compact hydraulics
High quality powder coating
Fork length
mm
Overall length
mm
1190
1290
1540
Nylon steering wheels,

nylon fork rollers
No.
g
520 024-BK
520 025-BK
520 026-BK
351.00
351.00
351.00
Solid rubber steering wheels,

polyurethane fork rollers
No.
g
520 017-BK
520 018-BK
520 019-BK
351.00
351.00
355.00
Polyurethane steering wheels,

No.
g
520 021-BK
520 022-BK
520 023-BK
351.00
351.00
355.00
800
Technical details
900
1150
Max. load
Fork length
Fork width
Lifting range
Steering wheels
Tandem fork rollers
2500 kg
540 mm
800 1150 mm
160 mm
85 200 mm
200 mm
82 mm
Nylon
Very low drag, high resistance to
chemicals, non-marking.
Suitable for smooth, level floors.
Solid rubber
Quiet running, extremely durable.
Cannot be cut by metal chippings.
Non-marking, suitable for all smooth and
rough floors.
Polyurethane
For delicate floors, hardwearing,
non-marking and impact absorbing.
Quiet running.
Tandem rollers
Ideal for heavy loads.
Suitable for uneven floors.
Suitable for EURO pallets

Distance across forks 540 mm
Fork length
1150 mm
BLUE =
126259
g
No. 520 019-BK
Pallet trucks
Technical details
Pallet trucks
Max. load 2500 kg
With lowered fork height and rollers Euro
pallets can be accessed from the short side
or long side
quick lift
Max. load
Fork width
Lifting range
Steering wheels
Steering radius
2500 kg
540 mm
160 mm
75 190 mm
180 mm
200
Wheels
With innovative QuickLift hydraulics

Best quality
Best price
A top class range of pallet trucks. Run easily and quietly.

Two excellent wheel and roller designs. Single or tandem
fork rollers.
Extremely reliable even in the toughest environments.
Multiple reinforcements on frame and forks.
Cast iron lifting joint. Closed, compact hydraulics in an
aluminium housing. Durable pump mechanism.
No protruding parts which could cause accidents.
All parts can be replaced individually.
Solid rubber
Quiet running, extremely durable. Cannot be cut by
metal chippings. Non-marking, ideal for smooth and
rough floors.
Polyurethane
Shock and vibration absorbent, hardwearing,
non-marking. Particularly suitable for more delicate
floors.
Excellent transport and parking drum brakes.

Max. load reduced to 2200 kg with brakes.
Handy pump and drawbar with multi-functional handle for
lifting, driving and lowering.
Enclosed bearings with lifetime lubrication.
Positioning rollers in the fork tips facilitate lateral entry
into pallets and crossing over door thresholds.
Low fork height easy entry
Powder coated in melon yellow RAL 1028.
With brake
* QuickLift
is active for loads up to 150 kg.
479.00
Fork length
mm
Overall length
mm
Fork rollers
122410
Without transport and parking brake
With transport and parking brake

Max. load 2200 kg
Distance across forks 540 mm

Fork length
1150 mm
800
50 years of experience in forklifts

Excellent service
Guaranteed replacement part availability
1000
1190
1150
1390
1540
version
x width mm
single
74 x 93
tandem
74 x 70
single
74 x 93
tandem
74 x 70
single
74 x 93
tandem
74 x 70
solid rubber steering wheels,

No.
g
614 623-BK
614 640-BK
614 643-BK
614 647-BK
614 650-BK
614 654-BK
499.00
503.00
491.00
503.00
482.50
496.00
polyurethane steering wheels,

No.
g
614 638-BK
614 641-BK
614 644-BK
614 648-BK
614 651-BK
614 655-BK
499.00
515.00
503.00
515.00
495.50
479.00
solid rubber steering wheels,

No.
g
614 639-BK
614 642-BK
614 646-BK
614 649-BK
614 652-BK
614 656-BK
783.00
795.00
783.00
795.00
778.00
790.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122410
g
No. 614 655-BK
Suitable
for EURO pallets
111
2
NEW
Pramac pallet trucks

Max. load 2500 kg
Manufactured in Europe. Consistent high quality ensured
by fully automated production.
Robust frame with high quality powder coated finish
which is stove enamelled at 250 C. Drawbar reinforced at
base, with plastic coated handle.
Single lever operation for lifting, driving and lowering.
Entry and exit rollers reduce wear on the fork rollers when
entering pallets from the long side. Single or tandem roller
versions. 3 year manufacturer's guarantee.
Single fork rollers
Technical details
Max. load
Fork length x width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
GS Pro
With integrated overload pressure valve opens when
overloaded and thus effectively protects the hydraulics
from damage.
Quiet running, solid rubber swivel castors
Nylon fork rollers for minimal rolling resistance.
Fork rollers
No.
g
single
tandem
520 048-BK
520 046-BK
428.00
439.00
Tandem fork rollers

Ideal for heavy loads and
unevenfloors
2500 kg
525 mm
1150 x 150 mm
1550 mm
85 200 mm
205
GS Special Superquick
Closed, compact hydraulics.
Particularly powerful QuickLift mechanism.
Switchover point at approx. 250 kg.
All wheels made of polyurethane
Best compromise betweenlow noise and rolling
resistance.
Fork rollers
No.
g
single
tandem
520 044-BK
520 045-BK
489.50
494.00
Suitable for
EURO pallets
NEW
BT-Lifter pallet trucks

by Toyota
Max. load 2300 kg
Design and quality from Europe's largest and most
modern production facility for pallet trucks.
Low life cycle cost due to exceptional durability.
10 12 lubrication nipples ensure easy and quiet operation. Ball bearing mounted wheels. Axial bearings for easy
steering. BT lowering control. Patented, polymer drawbar
handle protects hands against extreme temperatures.
Steering wheels
Fork rollers
No.
g
type
material
solid rubber
polyurethane
single
nylon
tandem
polyurethane
520 040-BK
520 041-BK
483.00
527.00
Handle
With QuickLift hydraulic unit
* QuickLift
QuickLift is active for loads
up to 150 kg.
Technical details
Max. load
Fork length x width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
2300 kg
520 mm
1150 x 156 mm
1515 mm
85 200 mm
180
Saves effort and time

Pump twice the pallet is off the ground *
Pump four times maximum lifting height is attained *
Polyurethane (PU) steering wheels
Polyurethane (PU) tandem fork rollers
No. 520 042-BK
g 589.00
SILENT lifter
No. 520 043-BK
122411
122411

Tandem fork rollers made of very low-wear
Powerthane
Low noise version, max. 60 dB(A), similar to ambient
noise levels. Certified in accordance with Dutch Piek
programme.
Enables late night and early morning deliveries.
Also ideal for industrial facilities with stringent
requirements for quiet working conditions.
g 671.00
BLUE =
Pallet trucks
1
Tandem model is ideal foruneven
flooring and for picking up pallets
from the side
Pallet trucks
Max. load 2000 kg
1 4 Extra long
For professional work with long, bulky

goods and double pallets.
Fork lengths from 1500 to 2500 mm
Distance across forks 540 mm,
suitable for EURO pallets

Ergonomic, reinforced drawbar with
three functions:
lifting, transporting, lowering
Low maintenance compact hydraulics
with overload valve
Precise, infinite lowering
Torsion resistant steel construction.

Steering wheel 200 mm,
fork rollers 80 mm.
1 5 powder coated, melon yellow
RAL1028.
Extra flat forks for goods with a low clearance height
5 Extra low
NEW
Extra flat forks for goods with a low

clearance height.
Clearance height 51 mm
Distance across forks 540 mm,
suitable for EURO pallets
NEW
7+8
7 + 8 Made of stainless steel max. load 2000 kg
Stainless steel hydraulic unit

With overload pressure valve, GS tested
7 Made of stainless steel (V2A / 8 Made of high quality, acidAISI304/mat. no.1.4301)
Resistant to moisture
Ideal for outdoor use, e.g. on the loading ramp.
Model
Illustration
Fork length / distance across forks
Steering wheels
122509
Fork rollers
extra long
extra low
Metal parts made entirely of V4A

stainless steel
For use with open foodstuffs, in meat
processing plants, dairies etc.
zinc plated
stainless steel
V2A / AISI 304
stainless steel
V4A / AISI 316L
mm
1500 / 540
solid rubber
1800 / 540
solid rubber
2000 / 540
solid rubber
2500 / 540
polyurethane
1150 / 540
solid rubber
1150 / 540
nylon
1150 / 540
nylon
1150 / 540
nylon
material
type
nylon
tandem
nylon
tandem
nylon
tandem
nylon
tandem
polyurethane
tandem
nylon
tandem
nylon
tandem
nylon
tandem
609 180-BK
609 181-BK
609 182-BK
609 183-BK
609 179-BK
520 031-BK
520 032-BK
614 636-BK
672.00
708.00
829.00
977.00
521.00
549.00
1805.00
2600.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122509
A must have in the area of hygiene and

foodstuffs, as well as in pharmaceutical
facilities.
6 Zinc plated higher max. load 2500 kg
proofstainless steel V4A /

AISI 316L / mat. no. 1.4404
113
2
NEW
Quipo pallet trucks

Max. load 3000 kg
With brake
g
No. 520 033-BK
Tandem fork rollers
549.00
A very sturdy, high performance pallet truck.

Reinforced hydraulics, precise lowering
regulation, overload pressure valve.
Powder coated, melon yellow RAL 1028.
Optionally with transport and

parking drum brakes.
Technical details
Max. load
Fork length x width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
Steering wheels
Tandem fork rollers x width
Model
Steering wheels
Fork rollers
No.
g
NEW
Very easy to operate

1. Switch on the weighing unit to
determine tare weight.
2. Pump forks up to reference height.
The reference height is indicated as a
symbol in the display.
3. Lower forks and pick-up goods to be
weighed.
4. Pump forks up to reference height to
weigh.
g
No. 520 035-BK
929.00
3000 kg
540 mm
1150 x 160 mm
1560 mm
85 200 mm
210
200 mm
80 x 70 mm
without brake
with brake
polyurethane
polyurethane
solid rubber
polyurethane
520 033-BK
520 034-BK
549.00
633.00
Pallet trucks with

weighing scales
Particularly robust for heavy duty
use in production areas, on the
ramp or on board lorries
For checking incoming goods

Determination of dispatch weights
Prevention of overloading
Battery capacity sufficient for weighing
approx.3000loads
Steering wheels made of polyurethane,

fork rollers made of polyurethane.
Includes batteries (2 x 1.5 V AA).
Battery level indicator, switches off
automatically after approx. 2 minutes.
Display unit
Digit height 18 mm. Protected against dust
and splash water IP65.
Technical details
Max. load and weighing range
Scale division
Fork length x width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
Steering wheels x width
Tandem fork rollers x width
Weight approx.
g 929.00
126261
No. 520 035-BK
2000 kg
5 kg
540 mm
1150 x 160 mm
1542 mm
75 195 mm
205
180 x 50 mm
80 x 70 mm
76 kg
BLUE =
Pallet trucks
Pallet trucks with precision scale

Extremely robust and precise maximum
deviation is less than 0.1 % of the load being
weighed.
For checking received goods according to weight or

number of items
Determining dispatch weight
Order picking with weight check
Supplied with external battery charger.

Battery capacity of up to 150 hours.
Max. charging time 10 hours.
Technical details
Max. load and weighing range
Load centre
Fork length x width
Overall length
Lifting range
Steering radius
Tandem fork rollers, polyurethane
Weight
2200 kg
578 mm
1155 x 170 mm
560 mm
1570 mm
85 205 mm
210
x width 200 x 40 mm
x width 80 x 70 mm
142 kg
Models with printer

Both scale types are available with integrated thermal
transfer printer.
For printing gross, tare and net weights as well as the
number of weighing processes.
Resistant to temperature fluctuations and dust.
Manual tare weight, item weight and quantity can also
be printed on the scale with item counter.
With standard display
With item counter
Multi-range scale.
Scale division
0 to 1100 kg in 0.2 kg increments
1100 to 2200 kg in 0.5 kg increments
Backlit LCD display, height 25 mm, easy to read data.
Direct weight control during loading and unloading.
Manual and automatic reset as well as taring function.
Similar to standard display, but with 0.5 kg scale division

from 0 to 2200 kg, as well as
Item counting to quickly check large quantities
Three LCD displays
Memory for ten item weights
Manual tare input via 10-key pad
Audible and optical signal when target weight or item
count is reached
Number of weighing processes can be displayed
multiple weights can be added for a cumulative
weight
Model
No.
g
without printer
with printer
Model
614 627-BK
614 628-BK
1815.00
2220.00
No.
g
without printer
with printer
614 630-BK
614 631-BK
2065.00
2540.00
On request
Calibrated version, finer scale
division, higher max. load as well
as custom lengths and widths.
Made of stainless steel
No. 614 632-BK

YELLOW =
Ex stock
122412
122412
Stainless steel 1.4301, protection type IP67.

Nylon wheels.
With standard display, without printer,
see description above.
g 7060.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
115
2
NEW
Comfortable handle
Additional supports
Shown in half raised

position
1
Shown in raised position
g
No. 520 053-BK
839.00
High-lift pallet trucks

Lift, move and deliver loads up to1500 kg with a single
device.
2
Shown in lowered position
QuickLift saves effort and time. The lifting speed is set via the
drawbar lever.
Light loads are lifted quickly. Heavy loads are lifted moreslowly,
but with minimal effort.
The device is protected by an overload pressure valve.
Automatic control of the lowering speed.
Rubberised hand grip for comfort when handle is cold.
Additional supports for stability when forks are lifted.
Powder coated in melon yellow RAL 1028.
For quick lifting with minimal effort.

Adjust height smoothly and evenly at the push of a buttonwhen
working at frequently changing heights.
Supplied complete with external 8 A impulse charger.
Manual hydraulics are also fully functional at all times.
122413
Max. load
1000
1500
1000
manual
hydraulics
manual
hydraulics
electro-hydraulic
mm
85 810
1660 x 560 x 1275
85 810
1640 x 560 x 1275
85 800
1570 x 540 x 1225
length x width mm
distance across forks mm
1190 x 160
560
1170 x 160
560
1170 x 160
540
degrees
mm
with / without QuickLift mm
empty / full load (sec.)
V / Ah
x width mm
x width mm
180
400
30 / 14
180 x 50
75 x 75
180
400
28 / 14
180 x 50
75 x 75
210
400
20 / 12
13 / 22
12 / 60
180 x 55
75 x 50
520 053-BK
520 052-BK
520 054-BK
839.00
999.00
2705.00
kg
Hydraulic lift
Lifting range
External dims.
3 With electro-hydraulic lift
All models can also be used as a pallet truck.
Model
Fork dims.
Steering
Mobile up to lifting height of
Lift per pump stroke
Lifting time
Battery
Polyurethane steering wheels
Single fork rollers, polyurethane
No.
g
BLUE =
122413
1 +2 With manual hydraulic lift
Stackers
from g
759.00
Budget stackers
Max. load 400 kg
Lift and transport with a single device

Can also be used as a working
platform
Platform included with delivery,
easy to remove
Fork carrier bracket runs on a lifting carriage

along a chrome plated tubular frame.
Powder coated, orange RAL 2004.
2 swivel castors, wheel 127 mm, 2 fork
rollers, wheel 75 mm, with polyurethane
wheels.
Hydraulic cylinder, pump and tank are one

unit. Fitted with overload pressure valve.
Manual hydraulics
Lift with folding pedal.
Lower with manual valve, can be adjusted
to the millimetre.
Electric hydraulics
Uniform lifting and lowering via control
lever. Emergency off switch.
Integrated charger for 230 V connection.
Very safe concealed guide rollers and concealed steering chain
hydraulic pedal
Lifting range
Fork
122511
Platform
External dims.
Lift per pedal stroke approx.
Lifting speed
electric hydraulics
mm
85 765
85 1115
85 1415
85 1200
85 1500
length x width mm
650 x 110
580
650 x 110
580
650 x 110
580
650 x 110
580
650 x 110
580
length x width mm
mm
empty / full load mm/s
650 x 580
1035 x 580 x 955
10
650 x 580
1035 x 580 x 1425
10
650 x 580
1035 x 580 x 1725
10
650 x 580
1100 x 580 x 1425
185 / 80
650 x 580
1100 x 580 x 1725
185 / 80
609 189-BK
609 190-BK
609 191-BK
609 192-BK
609 193-BK
759.00
805.00
884.00
2650.00
2755.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122511
Model
117
2
NEW
Removable control unit
Platform can be fixed to the mast,

accessories are exchanged by removing
the black screw
2895.00
g
No. 520 050-BK
Very manoeuvrable with 4 swivel castors,

front castors with wheel stops
A
Mini-lifters are used where
frequent lifting is required.
In different versions for max.
loads from 50 to 300kg.
The low weight, non-marking
tyres with wheel stops and
ergonomically placed handles
make these lifters exceptionally
manoeuvrable and versatile.
QCS 75 mini-lifters
A Steel mini-lifter
Max. load 75 kg
Suitable for Euro pallets, clearance
height 98 mm
Proven, durable technology
Durable, robust steel/aluminium

construction.
Aluminium, steel parts and motor housing
painted in signal blue RAL5005.
More powerful than a comparable lifter

and even more versatile with a lifting
height of 1735 mm.
Accessories can be installed quickly
and easily thanks to the innovative
adapter system.
As standard with nylon platform.
Additional stainless steel accessories
can be found below.
Available on request
Other lifting heights, ESD wheel fittings,
custom made accessories and much
more.
B Stainless steel mini-lifter
Delivered with support legs unattached

easy self-assembly.
For the food processing, pharmaceutical and electronics industries

Aluminium, stainless steel, motor housing
painted in silver colour.
In addition to having aluminium and stainless steel components, these easy to clean
lifters also have extensive seals and water
protected electronics.
Technical details
Max. load
Lifting range
External
Platform
Batteries
Battery charger
Castors
Clearance height
75 kg
140 1735 mm
L x W x H 799 x 500 x 2055 mm
length x width 460 x 485 mm
2 x 12 V / 7,5 Ah
100 240 V / 1 A
front / back 60 / 125 mm
98 mm
123458
Suitable for accessories

Model
IP41
IP54
520 050-BK
520 051-BK
2895.00
4540.00
Protection type
No.
g
Accessories
1
2
Pin
No.
g
505 686-BK
Roller forks
No.
g
505 687-BK
Box forks
No.
g
505 688-BK
Roller conveyor
No.
g
505 751-BK
Crane arm
No.
g
505 753-BK
Turning roller
No.
g
505 689-BK
546.00
546.00
481.50
1250.00
Pin
Length 530 mm
50mm
1090.00
Round forks
Fork length 500 mm
Distance across
forks 288 mm
Insidewidth192mm
Box forks
Fork length 500 mm
Insidewidth295mm
Roller conveyor
Length 350 mm
Width400mm
Plastic conveyor
rollers
Crane arm
Length 445 mm.
Max. load 70 kg
Turning roller
70 or 76mm
Max. load 80 kg
Roller length
300500mm
122512
122512
Made of high quality stainless steel.
2145.00
BLUE =
Mini-lifters
NEWTON mini-lifters
CompliantwithEuropean pallet truck safety standards

(EN 1757-1)
Protection type IP 41
Adjustable lifting speed
The right mini-lifter for every load. Manoeuvrable,

powerful lifting devices can be used for any lifting work.
Includes platform.
For the food industry, a stainless steel, easy care model
with a stainless steel platform is available.
Maintenance free batteries, fully automatic battery
charger and non-marking wheels with wheel stops make
the unit very easy to operate.
Maximum load diagram

Full height
Shoulder height
Elbow height
Wrists
Knee height
On request
Greater lifting heights,
ESD wheel fittings, custom
accessories and much more.
kg
mm
mm
mm
Ah
A
mm
mm
No.
g
Suitable for the following accessories
122513
7
Drum clamp
Manual clamping and
turning by strap.
Max. 600 mm.
Max. load 120 kg.
Please ask for details.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Newton 50 QCS
50
140 1465
873 x 494 x 1701
460 x 450
7,5
1
60 / 125
98
Newton 70 QCS
70
140 1535
875 x 525 x 1870
460 x 485
7,5
1
80 / 125
98
Newton 100 QCS

100
140 1535
875 x 525 x 1870
460 x 485
7,5
1
80 / 125
112
Newton 150 QCS

150
140 1535
875 x 525 x 1870
460 x 485
7,5
1
80 / 125
112
Newton 250 QCS

250
150 1535
1102 x 622 x 1975
500 x 600
17
2
80 / 160
111
505 674-BK
505 675-BK
505 677-BK
505 678-BK
505 679-BK
2865.00
3485.00
4500.00
4980.00
6630.00
on request
123
4568
1234
56789
12345
6789a
on request
V block
Length 500 mm
Roller 250 mm
Expander, high strength

76 mm
Max. load up to 200 kg
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

a
Drum clamp
Electric clamping and
turning
350 490 mm
Max. load 100 kg
QCS adapter
Enables older Newton
lifters to be retrofitted with
current QCS accessories.
KAISER + KRAFT
122513
Model
Max. load
Lifting range
External dims.
Platform
length x width
Batteries 2 x 12 V
Battery charger 100 240 V
Castor
front / rear
Clearance height
119
2
NEW
Accessories
Best if included with your order.
Removable control unit

Multi-lifter steel 300
with optional turning roller
(on request)
Plastic platform
No. 520 069-BK
g 651.00
Optionally with fork rollers or swivel

castors
Modular construction
Spike
Length x 650 x 60 mm.
Can be expanded as required

Lifting heights up to 2600 mm
Chassis can be widened, shortened and
extended
Swivel castors with of 60 mm for
chassis height 90 mm (up to max. load of
150 kg)
Electrical equipment can be adapted
Custom made accessories
No. 520 070-BK
g 369.50
Round forks
Length x distance across forks 600 x 300 mm,
wheel 60 mm.
No. 520 071-BK
g 795.00
Shown with fork rollers

Electric drum grip on request
Technical details
Max. load 150 or 300kg
Spindle lift height
No tools required to exchange

accessories
Fully compliant with EN 1757-1
122514
Our strongest mini-lifter with 500mm load

centre at 300 kg.
Thus also enables lifting of heavier goods in
conjunction with easy to exchange
accessories.
Completely safe and low maintenance
spindle drive.
Wheels
2 polyurethane swivel castors on the back,
125mm, with double stops.
Support legs optionally with straight running
PU fork rollers or nylon swivel castors ( see
table) for manoeuvrability .
Chassis
Lowered height with fork rollers 90mm
suitable to fit underneath Euro pallets.
With swivel castors 140 mm.
Support leg castors enclosed with
delivery, easy self-assembly.
1 Steel multi-lifter
Powder coated, white aluminium
RAL 9006, coverin signal blue
RAL5005.
Protection type IP41,
control unit IP67.
2 Stainless steel multi-lifter

For food processing and
pharmaceutical industries.
Protection type IP66, entire unit.
1385 mm
Lifting range with

optional platform
120 1505 mm
Batteries
Battery charger
2 x 12 V / 20 Ah
100 240 V / 4 A
Pallet forks
Length x distance across forks 650 x 590 mm.
No. 520 072-BK
Model
Max. load
Load centre
Support legs
External dims.
Weight
1
2
Steel
multi-lifter
Stainless steel multi-lifter
kg
mm
length mm
kg
g 1010.00
Multi-lifter 150
Multi-lifter 300
150
600
625
1050 x 570 x 2000
105
300
500
725
1150 x 570 x 2000
110
520 058-BK
with fork rollers

80 mm
No.
g
520 056-BK
4355.00
4475.00
with swivel castors

100 mm
No.
g
520 057-BK
520 059-BK
4355.00
4475.00
with fork rollers

80 mm
No.
g
520 062-BK
520 060-BK
5520.00
5840.00
with swivel castors

100 mm
No.
g
520 064-BK
520 061-BK
5520.00
5840.00
BLUE =
122514
Multi-lifters
Stackers
SPECIAL OFFER
2
1
3
4
High lift stackers

Max. load 1000 kg
Lift via drawbar or foot pedal
Lifting height up to 3000 mm

Lift operated via drawbar or pedal
Manual transport and lifting.

Fits through most doors: overall height
from 1730 mm. Wheel stops on the swivel
castors ensure maximum stability even
when fully loaded.
Robust construction with reinforced
mast profile. Load chain and hydraulic
cylinder are located behind a guard
screen for safety.
Model
Max. load
Lifting range
Overall height
Overall length x width
Fork length x width
Steering wheels
Tandem fork rollers
Lift per pump stroke
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
x width mm
x width mm
mm
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1+3
We offer the right stacker with the

required lifting height for every
application.
1000
90 1200
1730
1700 x 755
1150 x 172
150 x 40
83 x 60
550
20
1000
90 1600
1980
1700 x 755
1150 x 172
150 x 40
83 x 60
550
20
1000
90 2500
1850
1705 x 860
1150 x 172
150 x 40
83 x 60
550
20
1000
90 3000
2090
1705 x 870
1150 x 172
150 x 40
83 x 60
550
20
515 999-BK
986 300-BK
986 301-BK
614 469-BK
1205.00
1220.00
1665.00
1960.00
609 171-BK
609 171-BK
609 171-BK
609 171-BK
154.40
154.40
154.40
154.40
Accessories
Passes easily through

doorways
Platform
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g
KAISER + KRAFT
106462
With platform (accessory)
106462
Energy saving lifting via drawbar or pedal.

Hardened chrome plated hydraulic ram.
Progressive lowering via rubberised,
ergonomically shaped drawbar grip.
Safety overload valve ensures long service
life.
High quality powder coating in light blue
RAL 5012.
121
2
Manual stackers
The environmentally friendly and
cost effective type, for high lifting
and moving loads.
1 Manual winch stackers

Max. load 300 kg
Lifting runners with flanged rollers.
RAL5012.
Safety winch with steel cable and recoil
brake. Millimetre accurate height adjustment,
no loss of oil possible, virtually maintenance
free. Lift per crank revolution 30 mm.
2 solid rubber swivel castors with double
stops, wheel 200 mm.
2 nylon fork rollers, wheel 80 mm.
Slide-on platform in ribbed sheet metal as an
accessory.
2 + 3 Hydraulic high lift stackers
quick lift
Max. load1000 kg

Protective screen made of shatterproof
polycarbonate
Made in Germany
Guide profiles made from extruded precision

lifting mast steel, maintenance free ball
bearing guide rollers.
QuickLift function for lifting items up to approx.90kg. Lift per pump stroke with/without
QuickLift 58 / 15 mm. Progressive lowering,
overload valve as standard.
2 steering wheels, 1 with wheel stop,
xwidth175 x 50 mm. 2 fork rollers,
wheel 80 mm. Wheels and rollers made of
nylon, easy rolling withball bearings.
Slide-on platform as an accessory.
Lockson both sides.
from g
2
Lifting height 1500 mm
Model
Lifting range
mm
Overall height extended/retracted mm
Length x width
mm
2 With single mast

3 With telescopic mast
2235.00
Fork dims.
length x width mm
No.
g
90 1150
1650
1070 x 570
90 1500
2000
1070 x 570
90 900
1260
1700 x 780
90 1600
1950
1700 x 780
90 2300
1700 / 2710
1700 x 780
90 2750
1950 / 3195
1700 x 780
90 3150
2060 / 3595
1700 x 780
600 x 90
540
600 x 90
540
1120 x 160
570
1120 x 160
570
1120 x 160
570
1120 x 160
570
1120 x 160
570
911 168-BK
159 778-BK
614 586-BK
614 587-BK
614 588-BK
614 589-BK
614 590-BK
1285.00
1365.00
2235.00
2630.00
3040.00
3335.00
3580.00
609 158-BK
609 158-BK
609 158-BK
609 158-BK
609 158-BK
367.00
367.00
367.00
367.00
367.00
Accessories
Slide-on platform
No.
g
727 371-BK
727 371-BK
103.00
103.00
Slide-on platform
No.
g
Material lifters
Transport materials and goods to/fromthe
workstation and place them in the ideal
working position.
Economic and mobile workshop aid
g
No. 986 309-BK
549.00
Max. load
Lifting range
Lift per crank rotation
Platform
length x width
Wheel
kg
100
mm
mm
820 x 540 x 1250

80 900
130
500 x 430
125
mm
mm
986 309-BK
No.
g
549.00
BLUE =
125153
Sturdy steel construction with ribbed sheet metal platform.

Powder coated in light blueRAL5012 as standard.
Steering wheels with solid rubber tyres and wheel stops.
Drawbar stackers
NEW
Drawbar stacker
With proportional technology
Electric drive electro-hydraulic lifting
Completely new generation of devices.
AC technology with maintenance free 1.3 kW drive motor
and 2.0 kW DC lift motor proportional technology.
Developed to provide a long service life with moderate
maintenance costs.
Energy saving MOS-FET drive control with proportional
speed regulation and regenerative braking (energy recovery
system). Creep speed possible with drawbar in upright
position for cramped spaces.
Smooth, precise lifting and lowering due to proportional
valve technology. This aids in loading the stacker and
enables precise positioning of forks.
12 A high frequency charger.
Multi-functional display for diagnostic codes, operating
hours, battery status, charge indicator and indication of
maintenance intervals.
Drive unit made entirely of sheet steel.
No fragile plastic parts!
The devices are fully compliant with the requirements of
directive 2006/42/EC. CE conformity.
With horn, emergency stop switch and all-round foot
protection.
g
With
single mast
6155.00
No. 520 013-BK
Technical details
Max. load
1000 kg
Fork dims.
length x width x thickness 1150 x 150 x 60 mm

distance across forks 560 mm
Lifting speed
Max. drive speed
Climbing capability
Turning radius
External dims.
Creep speed
Drive with drawbar in upright
position at slower speeds.
with / without load 0.12 / 0.20 m/s

with / without load 5.5 / 6 km/h
with / without load 4 / 6 %
1450 mm
Fork rollers
Safety steering unit with ergonomic controls

All functions can be controlled from the steering unit.
Lever button for precise, infinite speed control and
braking. Rocker switch for smooth lifting and lowering.
Key switch, horn button. Safety switch to protect the
driver. Activated by counter force from change in
direction of travel.
Drawbar head designed

for both left and right
handed operators
single, polyurethane
x width 85 x 82 mm
Traction battery
2 x 12 V / 100 Ah
integrated 12 A impulse charger
Smooth steering
For fatigue free working.
Brakes automatically when
drawbar is released.
With single mast

Lifting range
Overall height
90 1600 mm
1980 mm
No.
520 013-BK
6155.00
No.
520 014-BK
520 015-BK
520 016-BK
6590.00
6765.00
6840.00
With telescopic mast

Overall height
90 2500 mm
90 3000 mm
90 3500 mm
1730 mm
1980 mm
2230 mm
Multi-functional
display
Symmetrical traversing gear
Good turning characteristics.
Heavy duty AC motor.
Constant speed proportional to
rotary wing movement.
Excellent stability.
118935
Single, polyurethane fork

rollers as standard
Accessible passageway width

2090mm for 800x1200mm pallets,
lengthwise entry.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Electronic steering
Increased safety. Energy saving MOS
steering, starts, accelerates and brakes
smoothly and precisely. Load remains
steady, no danger for the operator or the
stacked goods. Manoeuvres exactly to the
millimetre. Diagnostic system.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

On request
Roller conveyor for removing batteries from the side
Tubular plate (PzS) battery, 210 Ah, for frequent use
Greater lifting heights
Other fork lengths and much more
Specialised load handling attachments
118935
Lifting range
KAISER + KRAFT
123
2
Telescopic loaders
When the range or lifting height of the forklift

is not sufficient
Where the load can only be accessed from above
1 and 2 with 3 position height adjustment
The internal telescopic part can be extended 8 times.

The final position is protected against being pulled
out. For 1 and 2 every height setting is secured with
push-in bolts. Safety chain. 2 swivel hooks supplied as
standard.
Standard equipment length 2200 mm.
Caution!
Observe the max. load diagram of the forklift.
3
1+2
1 + 2 Telescopic, with 3 height settings
Model
3 Telescopic
A 540 mm
B 555 mm
C 156 mm
2
A 550 mm
B 600 mm
C 166 mm
Length extended
Max. load
Length extended
Max. load
Length extended
Max. load
2
3
mm
kg
mm
kg
mm
kg
560 2500
175
Painted,
orange RAL 2000
No.
g
148 407-BK
701 181-BK
148 385-BK
2365.00
2695.00
1825.00
Zinc plated
No.
g
148 415-BK
701 203-BK
148 393-BK
2740.00
3080.00
1850.00
10
11
12
13
14
990
2500
990
3550
1000
2500
1285
2500
1285
2750
1290
2500
1580
1800
1580
2250
1590
1800
1825
1400
1825
1950
1870
1400
2090
1200
2090
1700
2055
1200
2290
1050
2290
1550
2255
1050
2490
950
2490
1400
2455
950
2690
850
2690
1300
2655
850
2890
770
2890
1200
2855
770
3090
700
3090
1150
3055
700
3290
650
3290
1050
3255
650
3490
600
3490
1000
3455
600
3690
560
3690
950
3655
560
Model
For 1 fork
Dimensions in mm
2.5
5.0
1.0
2.5
Painted,
orange RAL 2000
No.
g
516 038-BK
516 039-BK
516 041-BK
516 045-BK
516 046-BK
218.00
359.00
647.00
181.30
216.00
Hot dip galvanized
No.
g
516 042-BK
516 043-BK
516 044-BK
609 117-BK
609 118-BK
260.50
419.50
677.00
191.50
249.50
For 2 forks
1 + 2 2.5 t models
92577
950 5000
250
Simply push onto fork tips

Swivel hook as standard
Painted orange RAL 2000 or hot
dip galvanized
Max. load
560 2500
218
695
2500
695
5000
710
2500
Crane hooks
kg
kg
92577
Position
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Max. load
Weight approx.
BLUE =
Forklift accessories
Only 10 % extra.
Collapsible to save space
1 (PM 28 model available on request)
2 Folding model
TV tested, complies with German accident prevention regulations
Set-up requires only a few steps
Working platforms
Safe and comfortable working in high
positions
Shown in special colour,

extra cost only 10 %
Dimensions of forklift pockets
Quick forklift mounting

Practical tool tray
Safety lock prevents door from accidentally opening
With safety railing, protective mesh size 25 x 25 mm.

Pockets for picking up with forklift. Locked in place
with bolts to prevent accidental slip-off. Non-slip work
platform 1200 x 800 mm.
Max. load 300 kg. High quality powder coating, in yellow
orange RAL 2000 as standard.
Dims. in mm. Please enquire about alternative sizes.
Accessories
Tool tray
Fits on either side. L x W x D 600 x 200 x 80 mm.
Included with 1 + 3.
Model
1890
1200 x 1115
1980
1200 x 1090
2090
850 x 1200
On request
We can supply a model which is approved for the
UK (PM 28) and similar to the German version.
External dims.
Height mm
Width x depth mm
Empty weight
Without castors
With 2 swivel and
2 fixed castors
kg
125
125
120
No.
g
911 198-BK
911 209-BK
911 204-BK
967.00
989.00
999.00
No.
g
911 199-BK
614 562-BK
911 205-BK
1115.00
1145.00
1145.00
No.
g
included
911 211-BK
included
124636
Accessories
Tool tray
3 Narrow model

Often the only solution when space is at a

premium
Technical details as described in drawing above,

except that forklift pocket dimension A is reduced to
360 mm.
61.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125
2
NEW
NEW
from g
389.00
With folding handle, max. load150kg
With stainless steel platform,

max. load250kg
NEW
Lifting platform
trolleys
Basic quality Made in China

Lift, lower, transport
Always the right working height
Light and mobile
Lift with pump pedal. Fine, manual control

of lowering.
Durable equipment.
Easy to service, with inspection supports.
Double scissor mechanism with extra wide
chassis and heavy duty scissors, thus very
stable even in lifted position.
Platform optionally powder coated or made
of stainless steel (M. no. 1.4301, V2A).
Powder coated signal blue RAL5005 and
pure orange RAL2004.
2 swivel castors with foot protection next
to handle and 2 fixed castors.
Swivel castors on 1 with wheel stops,
2 8 with double stops.
1
Stable folding mechanism
Sturdy wheels
7
Euro platform, max. load1000kg
Robust scissor guide wheels
Model
Description
Max. load
Platform size
Lifting range
Pedal strokes to max. lift
Length x width
Wheel
Weight
folding handle
150
700 x 450
265 755
20
950 x 450
100
41
standard
250
830 x 500
330 910
28
1010 x 500
125
78
standard
500
1010 x 520
435 1000
55
1185 x 520
150
118
double scissors
650
1010 x 520
470 1410
95
1260 x 670
150
175
standard
750
1010 x 520
440 1000
65
1260 x 520
150
120
standard
1000
1010 x 520
445 950
85
1260 x 520
150
137
Euro platform
1000
1200 x 800
425 1225
95
1350 x 800
150
163
spindle thread
350
950 x 600
450 1060
1060 x 600
125
78
No.
g
519 980-BK
519 981-BK
519 982-BK
519 986-BK
519 983-BK
519 984-BK
519 985-BK
519 988-BK
389.00
506.00
655.00
892.00
807.00
869.00
1450.00
580.00
No.
g
519 989-BK
519 990-BK
519 991-BK
kg
length x width mm
mm
With powder coated platform

With stainless steel (non-rusting) platform
mm
mm
kg
822.00
1065.00
1970.00
118973
Roller
conveyor
roller length / roller / roller spacing
mm
430 / 57 / 110
428 / 60 / 110
428 / 60 / 110
708 / 60 / 107
fixed
No.
g
519 994-BK
519 996-BK
519 996-BK
519 996-BK
519 997-BK
348.50
450.50
450.50
450.50
571.00
rotating
No.
g
519 998-BK
519 998-BK
431.00
431.00
BLUE =
118973
Accessories
Lifting platform trucks
NEW
When using roller conveyors, please

use with caution as the load centre
will be displaced as the load is shifted
on the rollers.
Soft-stop valve
4
With fixed roller conveyor (accessory)
4
With rotating roller conveyor
(accessory)
Double scissor lifting platform trolleys

Roller conveyors for 3 7
Max. load 650 kg lifting height up to 1410 mm

At our request, this device has been
manufactured for particularly heavy duty
use. An extra wide chassis and reinforced
scissor mechanism ensure exceptional
stability.
The Soft-stop valve, available exclusively
from Kaiser + Kraft, reduces the lowering
speed just before stopping in the lowered
position. This protects the lift table and the
load.
Recommended for handling of fragile
goods.
2 swivel castors with foot protection next

to handle and 2 fixed castors.
Please see the table on the opposite page
for ordering information and technical
details.
Fixed roller conveyor

max. load500kgor1000kg
For working with heavy loads
Easy placement and removal. With folding
stops at the front and back.
Galvanised steel rollers with ball bearings.
Overall height 84 mm.
NEW
Telescopic lift platform trucks
All lifting platform trolleys on these two

pages are designed to durable, as well
as easily serviced if required.
All tables are fully compliant with
European safety regulations.
Exclusively with removable

crank for use with cordless
screwdriver
Millimetre accurate height adjustment

via spindle and hand crank
Maintains position even when not used
for longer periods, does not sink the
way somehydraulic lift tables can do
No loss of oil possible
Particularly robust, hardwearing and
virtually maintenance free
NEW
DESIGN
Powder coated in signal blue RAL 5005 and

pure orange RAL 2004.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, polyurethane tyres, all round foot protection.
Cordless screwdriver not included.
Please see the table on the opposite page
for ordering information and technical
details.
Quick height adjustment with cordless

screwdriver
When selecting a cordless screwdriver for
lifting (up to approx. 150 kg), please ensure
that it will provide sufficient torque as
determined by the load.
118974
118974
Telescopic lift table with

detachable crank
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Rotating roller conveyor

withturntable bearingmax. load650kg
For variable positioning whenloading /
unloading
Fixed with screw clamps. With folding
stops at the front and back.
Galvanised steel rollers with ball bearings.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
127
2
NEW
Low profile platform trucks

Pick up loads on a pallet or platform and
transport in lifted position.
All devices with heavy duty push handle
and foot operated hydraulics. Fine, manual
control of lowering.
With protective plate on the push handle and
inspection supports for safety.
1 From our value range
Basic quality - Made in China

Separate, quick fit platform included with delivery
Very low overall height for easy pallet pick-up and
platform loading
Powder coated in signal blue RAL 5005 and pure orange

RAL 2004.
2 swivel castors and 2 fork rollers, polyurethane tyres.
Swivel castors with double stops and foot protection.
Max. load
1225.00
g
No. 519 992-BK
Platform
Forks
Lifting range
Lift per pedal stroke
Length x width
Wheel
kg
500
1000
length x width mm
length x width mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
1150 x 540
1150 x 540
90 830
16
1550 x 540
150
1150 x 540
1150 x 540
90 830
10
1640 x 695
150
519 992-BK
519 993-BK
1225.00
1265.00
No.
g
quick lift
2 For professional applications and heavy

duty use
Premium quality Made in Japan

QuickLift function for quick lifting of loads up to
approx. 50 kg
Optionally with forks or platform
Finely adjustable lowering
Powder coated in gentian blue RAL 5010.

2 swivel castors with double stops, solid rubber tyres.
2 fork rollers with polyurethane tyres.
Ball bearings.
kg
Model
Platform
length x width mm
Forks length x distance across forks mm
Lifting range
mm
118936
Length x width
Wheel
No.
g
500
forks
1100 x 500
80 900
platform
940 x 500
80 750
with QuickLift mm
without QuickLift mm
40
14
40
14
mm
mm
1564 x 500
70 / 150
1404 x 500
70 / 150
205 761-BK
205 788-BK
2140.00
1940.00
BLUE =
118936
Max. load
Lifting trolleys
3
1
1 With folding push handle
Particularly compact.
2 swivel castors with wheel stops and 2 fixed castors.
Solid rubber tyres.
2 4 With fixed push handle

2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors and floor anchor.
5 6 Double scissor lift platform trucks
3+B
with fixed push handle

2 swivel castors, 2 fixed castors and floor anchor,
solid rubber tyres, ball bearings.
Lifting platform trolleys
Premium quality Made in Japan

For continuous use
For professional applications
Chrome plated push handle. Foot operated hydraulics.

Fine, manual control of lowering.
Stove enamelled in gentian blue 5010.
Fixed
Accessory for 910 x 600 mm platform

Roller conveyor made of steel
Goods are secured at both ends of conveyor with folding
end-stops. Sealed ball bearings.
Roller x length 57 x 518 mm.
Roller spacing max. 120 mm.
Description
No.
g
fixed
rotating
758 701-BK
758 728-BK
416.50
956.00
Model
Rotating
kg
mm
length x width mm
mm
with / wihtout load mm
150
210 735
710 x 450
955 x 450
40 / 30
250
245 810
800 x 500
970 x 500
30 / 25
500
300 930
910 x 600
1070 x 600
20 / 15
1000
330 1010
1000 x 600
1150 x 600
28 / 28
350
345 1265
910 x 600
1150 x 600
25 / 20
500
345 1000
600 x 500
790 x 500
20 / 15
Wheels
tyres
wheel mm
solid rubber
100
solid rubber
100
solid rubber
125
polyurethane
150
solid rubber
125
solid rubber
130
Weight
kg
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform size
Length x width
109641
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
35
54
88
114
105
84
758 698-BK
280 011-BK
579 475-BK
724 299-BK
694 797-BK
704 528-BK
935.00
1070.00
1525.00
1815.00
1845.00
1595.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
109641
Model
129
2
All lifting tables on this page
For long term, intensive use in
multiple-shift operations.
1
Max. load 200 kg
3
Electro-hydraulic lift and
elastic tyres
Suitable battery charger can be found
on page 132.
2
Manual lift and
solid rubber tyres
Nylon wheels
Scissor lift platform trucks
Quality products Made in Germany
Model
Manual or electric hydraulics

Scissor lift with hydraulic cylinder (bio oil) and fold-away
pedal. Lowered with pedal.
Folding push handle.
Zinc plated platform.
Scissor lift mechanism and push handle powder coated
light blue RAL 5012, frame white aluminium RAL 9006.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors (1 with fixed wheels).
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform size
Length x width
Wheel
Manual lift
Electro-hydraulic lift
Lifting time 10 sec
With manual lift

Scissor lift with hydraulic lifting cylinder (bio oil) and
fold-away pedal. Lowered via foot lever.
Folding push handle.
Zinc plated platform.
light blue RAL5012. Frame in white aluminium RAL 9006.
2 swivel castors and2 fixed wheels, ball bearing mounted,
elastic tyres, wheel 200 mm. Swivel castors with double
stops.
Handle enclosed with delivery easy self-assembly.
200
340 825
915 x 600
1125 x 630
160
20
500
460 1070
1190 x 740
1370 x 740
200
20
1000
460 1070
1190 x 740
1315 x 740
200
10
No.
g
977 718-BK
977 720-BK
1355.00
1855.00
elastic tyres
No.
g
977 723-BK
nylon wheels
No.
g
977 722-BK
No.
g
solid rubber tyres
Electro-hydraulic model
With 12 V / 50 Ah battery.
For max. 20 cycles per hour under full load.
1
kg
mm
length x width mm
mm
mm
lift per pedal stroke approx.
mm
elastic tyres
2150.00
1875.00
987 081-BK
3635.00
Lifting range
3201200 mm
Lifting range
5101400 mm
Custom made models available on request.
126961
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform
length x width
Length x width
No.
g
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
1000
320 1200
1600 x 900
12
2100 x 900
1000
510 1400
1600 x 900
12
1900 x 900
986 203-BK
986 202-BK
3555.00
3555.00
5
4
Low overall height
Suitable roller conveyors rotating or

fixed can be found on page 132.
BLUE =
126961
Model

For long term, intensive use in
multiple-shift operations.


Custom modifications can be easily implemented,
as we have our own EUROKRAFT production
facility in Haan near Dusseldorf.
Only 10 % extra.
Manual lift and solid

rubber tyres
Manual lift and

polyurethane tyres
Suitable roller conveyors rotating or

fixed can be found on page 132.
6
Manual lift and
fully-elastic tyres
Double scissor lifting

platform trucks
With pedal operated hydraulics
Biodegradable hydraulic oil
Model
126962
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform
External dims.
Wheels
Wheel
kg
mm
length x width mm
length x width mm
mm
swivel / fixed castors mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Lifting via pedal. Precise, infinite lowering

via pedal and rotary lowering valve.
Long life, maintenance free DU bearing
with PTFE coating. Cylinder with breakage
protection ensures immediate stop in case
of pipe / hose breakage.
Rust free, zinc plated platform.

Scissor lift mechanism and push handle
light blue RAL 5012, base frame in white
aluminium RAL 9006.

roller bearings.
Folding push handle enclosed with
delivery easy self-assembly.
250
385 1155
700 x 600
900 x 600
20
solid rubber
125 / 125
500
380 1315
760 x 760
990 x 760
12
nylon
125 / 125
500
470 1400
760 x 760
980 x 760
12
solid rubber
200 / 200
500
510 1800
1190 x 740
1370 x 740
20
solid rubber
200 / 200
1000
470 1400
760 x 760
990 x 760
9
polyurethane
200 / 200
1000
320 1205
1200 x 900
1700 x 900
10
fully-elastic
200 / 200
986 204-BK
986 205-BK
986 384-BK
986 206-BK
986 207-BK
516 036-BK
1900.00
2370.00
2435.00
2245.00
2655.00
2950.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126962
131
2
For long term, intensive use in multiple-shift operations
and a maximum of 20 cycles per hour under full load.
Hand operated control unit
1
12 V model
2
230 V model
Security key protects

againstunauthoriseduse
Long life
12V/50Ah battery
Double scissor lifting platform trucks with electric lift
Custom modifications can be easily

implemented, as we have our own
EUROKRAFT production facility in Haan
near Dusseldorf.

Electric lifting and lowering via pushbuttons
1 12 V model
Long life, maintenance free exchangeable DU bearing

with PTFE coating. Cylinder with breakage protection
ensures immediate stop when lowering in case of
pipe/hose breakage. Drive shuts off automatically when
highest lifting position is reached to protect hydraulics.
Biodegradable hydraulic oil.
Rust free, zinc plated platform.
light blue RAL 5012, base frame in white aluminium
RAL 9006.
roller bearings, solid rubber tyres. Swivel castors with
double stops.
With up/down hand switch and long

life 12 V / 50 Ah battery.
2 230 V model
Model
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform
External dims.
Lifting time
With up/down and emergency off

hand switch.
3 m mains cable.
Both models meet the requirements of
EN 1570 and are fully compliant with
protection type IP54.
Folding push handle enclosed with
delivery easy self-assembly.
kg
mm
length x width mm
length x width mm
s
No.
g
516 035-BK
516 034-BK
3400.00
3700.00
g 157.70
mm
Max. load
Transported goods are secured at ends of conveyor with

folding end stops. Sealed ball bearings.
Optionally fixed or rotating.
125157
500
510 1800
1190 x 740
1370 x 740
20
With short circuit and reverse polarity protection.

Connection voltage 230 V 12 V, 8 A.
For platform L x W
500
510 1800
1190 x 740
1370 x 740
20
Impulse charger for 1
No. 515 936-BK
Roller conveyors for

EUROKRAFT scissor lift platform trucks
Roller
Model
Illustration
Overall height
kg
x length mm
roller spacing mm
mm
No.
g
760 x 760
1190 x 740
1000
1000
80 x 700
100
80 x 700
100
fixed
rotating
fixed
110
152
110
152
986 223-BK
986 225-BK
986 219-BK
986 220-BK
445.50
1045.00
622.00
1065.00
BLUE =
rotating
125157
MAXIMUS scissor lift platform trucks

With additional safety features
quick lift
from g
719.00
Compact with folding push handle
Positioning guide
Pedal turned to left for QuickLift to right for heavy loads
Safety lowering valve
Highest degree of safety and unique function

QuickLift function available on lift tables in this class for
the first time. This enables the empty lift table to be
pumped into the raised position withminimal pedal
strokes.
The pump pedal is rotated for heavy loads. This enables
heavier loads to be lifted with less effort.
Powder coated in pure orange RAL 2004 and black.
Safety warning stripes. Inspection supports.
Model
Accessories
116824
Roller conveyor
For working with heavy loads. Simply place on the platform andremove. Transported goods are secured at ends
of conveyor with folding end stops. Sealed ball bearings.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
2 swivel castors with wheel stops and foot protection,

2fixed castors.Solid rubber tyres (except on 5).
1 With folding handle, without QuickLift

5 With polyurethane tyres for minimal rolling
resistance under max. load
6 With double scissor mechanism
Max. load
Platform
length x width
Lifting range
Lift per pump stroke with / without QuickLift
Length x width
Wheel
Weight
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
150
700 x 400
255 740
/ 40
950 x 400
100
35
250
800 x 500
280 850
47 / 23
1050 x 500
100
57
400
900 x 600
325 850
28 / 14
1150 x 600
130
70
550
900 x 600
355 980
20 / 12
1150 x 600
130
95
800
1000 x 600
360 1070
19 / 11
1250 x 600
150
126
300
900 x 600
400 1500
28 / 17
1150 x 600
150
121
With powder coated platform
No.
g
519 971-BK
519 972-BK
519 973-BK
519 974-BK
519 975-BK
519 976-BK
719.00
893.00
1225.00
1270.00
1690.00
1695.00
mm
38 / 85
50 / 70
50 / 70
50 / 70
No.
g
519 977-BK
519 978-BK
651.00
519 978-BK
426.50
519 978BK
Accessories
Roller conveyor
with zinc plated rollers
roller / roller spacing
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

651.00
KAISER + KRAFT
116824
Patented QuickLift hydraulic cylinder with safety valve

directly on the cylinder. This prevents the platform from
falling in case of failure.
Additional advantages: The valve regulates the lowering
speed. Precise, responsive lowering possible with rotary
knob.
Overload valve to protect against overloading.
Positioning aid to help centre load on platform.
133
1 400 kg model
4 7 1000 kg model
2 + 3 700 kg model
Hydraulic lift tables

QuickLift models have two lift pedals for choosing
between two lifting speeds
Made in Germany
Foot operated hydraulic pump. Precise control of lowering

speed. Hard chrome plated piston rods.
Removable push/pull handle.
Painted melon yellow RAL 1028.
2 swivel castors, 1 with wheel stop, 2 fixed castors.
Ball bearings.
1 also available with tilting platform on request.

4 7 with integrated tool tray as standard,
available on request for 2 and 3.
Model
Max. load
Description
Lifting range
Platform
Device
116825
Tyres
Wheel
No.
g
quick lift
mm
length x width mm
length x width mm
400
standard
600 960
600 x 400
720 x 400
700
standard
590 1260
750 x 600
930 x 600
700
QuickLift
590 1260
750 x 600
930 x 600
1000
standard
600 1270
750 x 600
930 x 600
1000
standard
700 1450
750 x 600
930 x 600
1000
QuickLift
600 1270
750 x 600
930 x 600
1000
QuickLift
700 1450
750 x 600
930 x 600
empty mm
loaded mm
16
14
26
9
20
20
26
9
26
9
mm
nylon
125
nylon
175
nylon
175
nylon
175
nylon
175
nylon
175
nylon
175
614 616-BK
614 617-BK
614 618-BK
614 619-BK
614 620-BK
614 621-BK
614 622-BK
1340.00
2360.00
2800.00
2635.00
2840.00
2880.00
2900.00
kg
BLUE =
116825
Max. load 400, 700 and 1000 kg
Scissor lift tables
Scissor lift tables

Max. load 500 2000 kg
Multiple uses such as: lifting and

lowering materials, level compensation
when fitting machines, installation in
conveyor systems etc.
All models use bio oil
Frame
Foot protection contact rail mounted on
upper frame as standard.
Platform
Smooth steel as standard.
Scissor mechanism
Made of flat steel.
Lifting capacity at full load
Hydraulic system
Compact hydraulics with all safety
components complying with EN1570.
High pressure cylinder with dual safety
function. Hard chrome plated piston rods.
In 2-shift operations,
max. 6 cycles per hour
In 1-shift operations,
Operating voltage
400 V, 50 Hz.
Control voltage
24 V.
Paintwork
White aluminium RAL9006.
Operation
Lift / lower (safety switch) via push buttons
with emergency off switch and a3m long
control cable.
Also available with pedal switch at extra
cost.
Illustrated model:
max. load1000kg
Scissor lift tables

Max. load
kg
Platform length x width

mm
Overall
height mm
Lift
mm
Lifting
height mm
Lifting time
s
Power
kW
500
1250 x 800
1400 x 800
1250 x 800
1500 x 800
1250 x 1000
1400 x 1000
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
1250 x 800
1500 x 800
1250 x 1000
1400 x 1000
2000 x 1000
170
170
180
200
180
180
200
200
200
230
200
200
260
800
800
800
1000
800
800
1000
1300
800
1000
800
800
1300
970
970
980
1200
980
980
1200
1500
1000
1230
1000
1000
1560
14
14
17
14
17
17
14
18
17
27
17
17
25
0.8
0.8
1.1
2.3
1.1
1.1
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.3
2.9
1000
2000
No.
904 010-BK
904 011-BK
904 012-BK
904 013-BK
904 014-BK
904 016-BK
904 017-BK
904 018-BK
904 019-BK
904 020-BK
904 021-BK
904 022-BK
904 024-BK
3080.00
3290.00
3425.00
3900.00
3565.00
3520.00
4075.00
4580.00
4130.00
4730.00
4305.00
4330.00
5380.00
EN 1570 compliant model includes

Pipe breakage safety valve, all round foot
protection contact rails, inspection
supports. Lifting tables are supplied
assembled, ready to connect.
Pit version available on request.
Other lifting heights, loading capacities
and sizes available on request.
Lift table with wheels
Lift table with turntable
Lift table with tapered platform
Lift table with roller conveyor
Lift table with wheels for rails
Lift table with tilting platform
Lift table with ball transfer platform
Lift table for explosive atmospheres
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66314
66314
Special models available on request
135
2
NEW
Assembly lift tables

Max. load with foot
pumpupto1000 kg
Quality product Made in Germany

All round foot clearance,
for comfortable working
Meets the strict requirements
ofEN 1570
Height adjustment with hydraulic foot

pump (bio oil) with 3 m long hose.
Does not have to be secured to the
ground. Unloadedtable can be lifted on
one side and moved.
Pit installation is possible, if the supplied
fixed point bearing is disengaged.
Max. load
kg
500
Platform
length x width mm
Lifting range
mm
mm
No.
g

quality
colours on request
1000
1250 x 800
225 1020
20
1250 x 1000
225 1020
20
1250 x 800
225 1020
10
1250 x 1000
225 1020
10
968 716-BK
968 717-BK
968 718-BK
968 719-BK
1465.00
1505.00
1495.00
1550.00
Stationary compact lift tables
Compact lift tables can be used either free

standing or built-in, so that the platform is
level with the ground.
The table is smoothly and quickly raised
to the desired height at the touch of a
button. The electro hydraulic motor is
integrated into the device.
High quality powder coating, frame and
platform in signal blue RAL 5005, scissor
mechanism in signal orange RAL 2010.
200 kg model with double scissor
mechanism.
Max. 3 4 cycles per hour in 1-shift operation
All stationary compact lift tables on

these two pages are fitted with safety
strips and electrically controlled
safety valves, and are compliant with
EN-1570 and VDE requirements.
Accessories for stationary

compact lift tables
Prices on request.
Controlled via hand switch with 3 m cable,

emergency off switch.
Operating voltage 400 V,
control voltage 24 V.
230 V model on request.
Low price due to high volume

production
Tested and proven for daily, 8 hour
operation
Sturdy construction
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform
Lifting time
Power
1000 kg model
B Mobile base
frame
kg
200
500
1000
mm
length x width mm
s
kW
280 1450
900 x 600
12
0.37
160 760
900 x 600
12
0.37
180 1000
1200 x 800
15
0.75
210 1210
1500 x 800
17
1.5
210 1210
1500 x 1000
17
1.5
200 1020
1300 x 800
17
1.5
986 311-BK
986 310-BK
921 241-BK
986 319-BK
921 242-BK
986 318-BK
No.
g
124638
attachment
Overall height +
at least 135 mm.
1500
2000
2300.00
1970.00
2240.00
3155.00
3155.00
2715.00
ABD
ABD
ABD
ABD
ABD
ABD
Overall height +
at least 240 mm.
C End stop
Edge angled
upwards.
124638
1 For the price conscious
A Pallet truck
Shown with pallet truck
attachment
BLUE =
Lift tables
2 Proven quality
The tried and trusted stationary

compact lift table
40 years of continuous development
Tested in multiple shift operations
Components are laser cut and
robotically welded
Scissors made of stiff rectangular
tubing
Special Swedish steel alloy
Illustration shows No. 986 368-BK

Lifting capacity at full load in 2-shift operation
Max. load
Lifting range
Platform
Lifting time
Power
kg
mm
length x width mm
s
kW
max. 10 cycles per hour (= max. 10000 cycles per year)
500
160 760
900 x 600
12
0.37
1000
160 760
900 x 700
23
0.37
1000
180 1000
180 1000
1300 x 800
1300 x 1000
15
15
0.75
0.75
1500
230 1330
1700 x 1000
17
1.5
200 1020
1300 x 1000
17
1.5
2000
220 1220
250 1750
1500 x 1000
2200 x 1200
26
27
1.5
1.5
760 557-BK
986 363-BK
927 358-BK
986 362-BK
2985.00
4270.00
3510.00
4225.00
360 1960
1300 x 800
34
1.5
3000
250 1350
1700 x 900
27
1.5
4000
350 1850
2200 x 1200
27
3.0
No.
g
804 189-BK
986 361-BK
804 191-BK
2215.00
3025.00
2815.00
986 366-BK
986 368-BK
986 365-BK
986 367-BK
6775.00
5565.00
5420.00
ABDE ABDE ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD
FGJK FGHI EFGH EFGH EFGH EFGH EFGH EFGH EFGH EFGH EFGH
IJK
JK
IJK
IJK
IJK
IJK
IJK
IJK
IJK
IJK
9685.00
F Safety net
G Safety curtain
It will be necessary to enlarge the platform

for particular lift tables.
Platform length and width

extended by 150 mm.
Platform length and width

extended by 150 mm.
H Bridging plate
I Rotating platform
J Turntable
K Railing
Platform length extended by 150 mm.
Rotating tabletop.
For 1000 2000 kg models.
Overall height + 61 mm.
Raised turntable.
For 1000 2000 kg models.
Overall height + 55 61 mm.
Door with lateral hinge.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

104031
E Safety bellows
Complete with up/down and emergency

stop.
104031
D Foot operated control unit
KAISER + KRAFT
137
2
Low profile lift tables
Made in Germany by FLEXLIFT
That's 25 years' experience in designing low profile lift
tables especially for industrial use. Sturdy, top quality
construction and the finest hydraulic components mean
unsurpassed reliability.
Exceptionally solid. Solid steel scissors made ofST-52 tool
steel, platform 5 6 mm thick.
Low profile lift tables are at an extremely low height when
lowered and are thus very easy toload.
All tables are very easy for the customer to connect using
a safety plug or CE plug and hydraulic quick connectors.

In 2-shift operations, max. 10 cycles per hour
In 1-shift operations, max. 20 cycles per hour
FEM series
E-shaped platform
Infinite lifting and lowering. FEM tables are directly loaded
by driving a pallet truck into the recesses of the E shape.
Multifunctional design for a variety of applications.
More than 50000 manufactured

For Euro pallets, industrial pallets, mesh pallets
Meets EN 1570, UVV and SUVA regulations
All-round foot clearance without a base frame for the best

ergonomics.Non-electric foot contact rail, completely
hydraulic operation.
Flat design eliminates need for pit installation. Portable
compact hydraulic power unit for manual operation at
stand. With fixed point bearings for anchoring to floor as
standard.
Entire drive mechanism and hydraulic cylinders are
protected from shock and dirt by 5 or 6 mm thick plain
metal platform.
High quality 2 layer paint finish in Hammerite silver.
Illustration shows 910 mm wide platform

with safety rails
Options available at no extra cost

Hand key with 3 m cable or foot switch (shown on right
hand page). Stationary model can also be made mobile by
means of fixed bearings.
E-platform with centre strut prevents pallets from

bending.
Illustration shows 1150 mm wide platform no safety
rails required.
E-shape with recesses for pallet

trucks or stackers
On request
Lifting and lowering, lifting and rotating, lifting and feeding.
Other dimensions, lifting heights, max. loads, reduced lifting time, zinc plated or made of V2A stainless
steel, ribbed sheet steel platform, ATEX compliant explosion protection.
106464
On request
Hydraulic power unit in GRP plastic
housing with swivel arm for two-sided
operation. Cable routed from above.
Platform
Lifting range
Lifting time
kg
300
600
900
1200
length x width mm
mm
s
1300 x 910
80 750
16
1300 x 1150
80 750
16
1300 x 910
80 750
17
1300 x 1150
80 750
17
1300 x 910
80 750
18
1300 x 1150
80 750
18
1300 x 910
80 750
19
1300 x 1150
80 750
19
230 V
AC
No.
g
724 240-BK
614 522-BK
716 026-BK
614 524-BK
724 397-BK
614 526-BK
716 028-BK
614 528-BK
4045.00
4105.00
4520.00
4580.00
4760.00
4820.00
5350.00
5410.00
400 V
3-phase AC
No.
g
724 241-BK
614 523-BK
716 027-BK
614 525-BK
724 398-BK
614 527-BK
716 029-BK
614 529-BK
4045.00
4105.00
4520.00
4580.00
4760.00
4820.00
5350.00
5410.00
BLUE =
106464
Max. load
Infinite lifting and lowering
Hand key
Foot switch
Low overall height (80 mm)
Safety contact rail

Folding ramp, attached to platform
F-CE series
Closed platform
Made in Germany by FLEXLIFT
Infinite lifting and lowering

Over 20000 in use around the world
Ideal for loose items, crates and boxes,
stacks of paper
Supplied with 4 castors for transport as standard
Can be loaded with pallets using counterbalance
forklift or with optional loading ramp and pallet truck
Ramp element folded up
A ramp element is used for loading F-CE lift tables.
Max. load
Obstructive floor
frame: cramped
working
conditions!
Platform
Lifting range
Lifting time
Without floor frame

and with all-round
foot clearance:
relaxed lifting!
kg
300
500
length x width mm
mm
s
1450 x 900
80 750
16
1450 x 1150
80 750
16
1600 x 900
80 850
20
1600 x 1150
80 850
20
1450 x 900
80 750
16
1450 x 1150
80 750
16
1600 x 900
80 850
20
1600 x 1150
80 850
20
230 V
AC
No.
g
724 219-BK
614 531-BK
759 419-BK
614 533-BK
724 223-BK
614 535-BK
759 421-BK
614 537-BK
3445.00
3505.00
3565.00
3565.00
3565.00
3565.00
3685.00
3685.00
400 V
3-phase AC
No.
g
724 221-BK
614 532-BK
759 420-BK
614 534-BK
724 224-BK
614 536-BK
759 423-BK
614 538-BK
3445.00
3505.00
3565.00
3565.00
3565.00
3565.00
3685.00
3685.00
Accessories
Ramp element
length x width
Max. load
Platform
Lifting range
Lifting time
106465
400 x 1150
400 x 900
400 x 1150
400 x 900
400 x 1150
400 x 900
400 x 1150
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
256.50
250.50
256.50
250.50
256.50
250.50
256.50
250.50
kg
1000
1500
length x width mm
mm
s
1450 x 900
80 750
19
1450 x 1150
80 750
19
1600 x 900
80 850
22
1600 x 1150
80 850
22
1450 x 900
90 750
20
1450 x 1150
90 750
20
1600 x 900
90 850
25
1600 x 1150
90 850
25
230 V
AC
No.
g
724 226-BK
614 539-BK
759 424-BK
614 541-BK
724 229-BK
614 543-BK
759 426-BK
614 545-BK
4165.00
4165.00
4280.00
4280.00
4760.00
4760.00
4875.00
4875.00
400 V
3-phase AC
No.
g
724 227-BK
614 540-BK
759 425-BK
614 542-BK
724 230-BK
614 544-BK
759 427-BK
614 546-BK
4165.00
4165.00
4280.00
4280.00
4760.00
4760.00
4875.00
4875.00
Accessories
Ramp element
YELLOW =
Ex stock
400 x 900
No.
g
length x width
mm
400 x 900
400 x 1150
400 x 900
400 x 1150
400 x 900
400 x 1150
400 x 900
400 x 1150
No.
g
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
716 017-BK
614 547-BK
256.50
250.50
256.50
250.50
256.50
250.50
256.50
250.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
106465
On request
Other dimensions, lifting heights, max.
loads, fixed point bearing for anchoring
to floor, reduced lifting time, zinc plated
or made of V2A stainless steel, ribbed
sheet steel platform, ATEX compliant
explosion protection.
mm
139
2
Three platform designs available
U-shaped
Can be easily
moved with
forklifts or pallet
trucks with
differing fork
widths.
A new development with more lift from

a shorter platform
No pit required
Operating voltage either 230 or 400 V
The newly developed, patented lifting

mechanism enables an extremely low
height when collapsed.
Pushing a button drives the table
smoothly and quickly to the ergonomically
correct height.
The hydraulic motor is in a robust, easy to
transport plastic box and is connected to
the table via quick connectors.
Shown with combined control unit
E-shape
With more
loading space.
Can be loaded
with a forklift or
pallet truck.
All lift tables are fitted with safety strips

and electrically controlled safety valves,
and comply with the EN-1570 standard and
VDE requirements.
Platform and frame, powder coated signal
blue RAL 5005, scissor mechanism in
signal orange RAL 2010.
Hand or foot operated control unit included
as standard, with 3 m cable, emergency off
switch, control voltage 24 V.
Alternative designs available on request.
Closed
Can also be used
for crates, boxes,
can be loaded
via a ramp
(accessory).
Shown with ramp (accessory) and combined control unit
Control unit
Other max. loads up to 2000 kg

available on request.
from g
3585.00
Shown with combined control unit

Max. load
kg
Lifting capacity at full load in 2-shift operation

Lifting range
Platform version
Inside fork width
Platform
Lifting time
With hand
operated control unit
With foot
operated control unit
mm
mm
length x width mm
s
600
1000
3 4 cycles per hour

80 800
closed
E
580
1500 x 900
1450 x 900
13
13
U
585
1350 x 1080
13
1000
5 6 cycles per hour

80 900
closed
closed
1350 x 800
1350 x 1000
13
13
closed
1350 x 1270
13
3 4 cycles per hour

80 800
U
closed
585
1450 x 1085
1500 x 800
13
13
closed
1500 x 1000
13
230 V connection
power 1.5 kW
No.
g
611 127-BK
611 128-BK
611 129-BK
611 130-BK
611 132-BK
611 133-BK
614 666-BK
614 657-BK
3885.00
3945.00
3585.00
3705.00
4360.00
5010.00
3065.00
2970.00
614 662-BK
2990.00
400 V connection
power 0.75 kW
No.
g
611 134-BK
611 135-BK
611 136-BK
611 137-BK
611 138-BK
611 139-BK
614 667-BK
614 658-BK
614 663-BK
3885.00
3945.00
3585.00
3705.00
4360.00
5010.00
3065.00
2970.00
2990.00
230 V connection
power 1.5 kW
No.
g
609 122-BK
609 123-BK
609 124-BK
609 125-BK
609 126-BK
609 127-BK
614 668-BK
614 659-BK
614 664-BK
4345.00
4380.00
4115.00
4115.00
4770.00
5445.00
3450.00
3360.00
3310.00
400 V connection
power 0.75 kW
No.
g
609 128-BK
609 130-BK
609 131-BK
609 132-BK
609 133-BK
609 134-BK
614 669-BK
614 660-BK
614 665-BK
4345.00
4380.00
4115.00
4115.00
4770.00
5445.00
3450.00
3360.00
3310.00
length x width
mm
600 x 750
800 x 800
800 x 1000
800 x 1000
800 x 800
800 x 1000
No.
g
760 558-BK
977 679-BK
977 680-BK
977 680-BK
977 679-BK
977 680-BK
229.00
329.00
329.00
229.00
329.00
122419
Loading ramp
229.00
BLUE =
122419
Accessories
Strip curtains
Strip curtains
Saves energy and protects from drafts

100 % recyclable
Transparent plastic strips with rounded edges to

prevent cuts and other injuries. 2 red strips are
supplied which can be used to create a visual border.
Design features
All strips are attached individually making them easy to
replace. Zinc plated steel parts. Shipped as kit, easy to
assemble.
Options at extra cost

Locking device for mounting type C.
This device locks the strip curtain in the rail.
A draw rope releases the device.
Strip material is transparent, colour red.
Strip curtains made of material that is temperature
resistant to 40 C for deep-freeze areas
Strip curtains with 80 % overlap
Replacement strips, 50 m roll

Plastic strips made from transparent material with
rounded edges.
Material mm
Width
No.
g / roll
mm
Partial overlap 60 %
200
300
300
400
505 654-BK
505 655-BK
704 605-BK
704 606-BK
243.00
319.50
446.00
747.00
Material thickness
mm
Strip width
Overlap
mm
Max. height 2000 mm
Note
The effectiveness of a strip curtain is determined by the
material thickness, overlap dimension and type of
mounting.
A few rules of thumb
Rigid mounting (E + F) is recommended when using strip
curtains as partitions or to cordon off machinery.
Please inform us whether installation is to be made in
front of or under the lintel.
As the entire strip curtain is shifted linearly when using
mounting type C, the guide track has to be twice as wide
as the opening.
Please order as follows:
Width x height x g/m2 price of model = overall price for
the area being ordered.
When ordering, please provide all of these values.
All strip curtains are made to measure and cannot be
returned.
Not suitable for continuous use at minus temperatures.
Complete overlap 100 %
Height of 2000 mm
to 3000 mm
Height of 3000 mm
to 4000 mm
Height of 4000 mm
to 5000 mm
90 mm = 60 %
150 mm = 100 %
400
120 mm = 60 %
No.
g / m2
226 386-BK
655 023-BK
226 394-BK
93.20
117.20
107.90
type of mounting D
No.
g / m2
118 540-BK
657 581-BK
118 559-BK
95.50
117.20
107.90
type of mounting A
No.
g / m2
653 195-BK
657 700-BK
657 891-BK
78.40
99.30
94.30
type of mounting D
No.
g / m2
653 241-BK
657 727-BK
657 913-BK
84.20
107.60
94.30
type of mounting C
No.
g / m2
653 268-BK
657 735-BK
657 921-BK
118.80
137.40
123.90
type of mounting E
No.
g / m2
977 644-BK
977 645-BK
977 646-BK
94.60
104.50
101.20
type of mounting F
No.
g / m2
724 963-BK
725 021-BK
725 080-BK
107.50
117.20
115.50
type of mounting A
No.
g / m2
653 276-BK
657 743-BK
657 948-BK
82.90
95.70
103.00
type of mounting D
No.
g / m2
653 292-BK
657 778-BK
657 964-BK
82.90
99.10
102.90
type of mounting C
No.
g / m2
653 306-BK
657 786-BK
657 972-BK
102.10
120.90
118.80
type of mounting E
No.
g / m2
977 647-BK
977 648-BK
977 649-BK
86.50
98.00
94.60
type of mounting F
No.
g / m2
724 971-BK
725 048-BK
725 099-BK
99.30
109.90
109.90
type of mounting A
No.
g / m2
653 314-BK
657 794-BK
657 980-BK
70.50
91.00
87.10
No.
725 420-BK
725 420-BK
725 420-BK
70.40
70.40
70.40
type of mounting A
300
Options
Locking device for mounting type C
Mounting options
AD
Rigid mounting E + F
90031
Direct
mounting
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Lateral
sliding
In front of
lintel
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Under lintel
In front of lintel
Dimensions in mm
KAISER + KRAFT
90031
Swivel mounting
141
2
Mobile bridge plates
Made from aluminium
Angled safety edge to prevent slipping

Platform with anti-slip surface
2 grip holes for carrying
Bridging length L
mm
750
1000
1200
1500
1800
Bridging depth
Height difference D max.
mm
mm
1250
100
1250
125
1250
150
1250
190
1250
225
Max. load 600 kg
No.
g
555 592-BK
555 606-BK
555 614-BK
400 696-BK
400 700-BK
321.00
378.00
450.00
642.00
749.00
No.
g
555 622-BK
555 630-BK
555 649-BK
400 718-BK
400 726-BK
394.00
489.50
574.00
747.00
898.00
Max. load 1200 kg
Max. load 1200 kg
Platform with anti-slip ribbing.

Anti-slip rubber on underside.
Other end angled to prevent slipping.
Flexible bridging flap

Hand grips on sides for moving
Bridging length
mm
1300
1300
Bridging width
Height difference max.
Ramp clearance max.
mm
mm
mm
1000
150
850
1250
150
850
252 085-BK
555 657-BK
875.00
1040.00
No.
g
Flexible bridging flap with reinforced

sides
Platform with slip proof ribbing.

Anti-slip rubber covering on the underside.
Other end angled to prevent slipping.
Bridging distance L
mm
1235
1485
1735
Max. load
Bridging length
Height difference max.
Ramp clearance max.
kg
mm
mm
mm
4000
1250
110
850
3500
1250
140
1100
3000
1250
170
1350
920 134-BK
104 698-BK
920 142-BK
848.00
1085.00
1250.00
No.
g

Transport truck
for width 1250 mm
Other load capacities, widths and

lengths available on request.
65869
Transport truck as accessory
Fixed castors optional
No.
g
757 924-BK
Fixed castors
No.
Additional cost g / pack of 2
757 925-BK
Stacker pockets
No.
Additional cost g / pack of 2
757 927-BK
Stacker pockets optional
363.50
80.70
319.50
65869
According to H&S regulations, ramps

can only be used on gradients of up to
12.5 %.
BLUE =
Loading ramps
Aluminium loading ramps

Easy to use lightweight

Non-slip running surface
Angled contact area on levelling support.
Max. load per pair

Ramp length x width
Width of wheel channel
Weight each
kg
350
400
500
mm
mm
kg
3000 x 234
150
12
2500 x 234
150
10
2000 x 234
150
8
643 980-BK
644 030-BK
644 170-BK
389.50
307.50
295.50
No.
g / pair

Bolts and safety loop to prevent
slipping
Max. load per ramp
kg
200
275
325
Ramp length x width

Weight each
mm
kg
2500 x 200
9
2000 x 200
8
2500 x 300
14
734 516-BK
734 515-BK
734 520-BK
169.40
154.60
315.50
No.
g / each
Max. load per ramp
kg
435
450
535
Ramp length x width

Weight each
mm
kg
1500 x 200
7
2000 x 300
12
1500 x 300
10
734 514-BK
734 518-BK
734 517-BK
144.90
251.50
208.00
No.
g / each
Max. load per ramp
kg
525
600
650
Ramp length x width

Weight each
mm
kg
2000 x 400
16
3300 x 400
36
2500 x 300
21
918 490-BK
555 665-BK
252 123-BK
264.00
679.00
489.00
No.
g / each
Max. load per ramp
kg
825
870
1100
1200
Ramp length x width

Weight each
mm
kg
1500 x 400
13
2000 x 600
23
2500 x 600
38
1500 x 600
19
849 138-BK
919 446-BK
252 131-BK
918 482-BK
213.00
421.00
695.00
318.00
No.
g / each
Loading ramps must not be used at a gradient exceeding 30 %.

Safety end stop prevents over rolling
Also functions as
bridge where necessary
between vehicle and ramp
With one fixed castor for easy handling.
kg
12000
mm
mm
mm
1440 x 500
950
500
Height 145 mm
Weight each 31 kg
No.
g / pair
721 590-BK
Height 190 mm
Weight each 32 kg
No.
g / pair
721 620-BK
Height 290 mm
Weight each 38 kg
No.
g / pair
721 760-BK
65867
Length x width
Length - slope A
Length - area G
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1255.00
1435.00
65867
Max. load per pair
1540.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
143
3
Lifting devices
Workshop cranes, electric
chain hoists and jib cranes
Pages
Workshop cranes
144 145, 147 159
Max. load 500 and 750 kg
Crane forks and lifting

magnets
Page
With single action hydraulic pump (pump lever effective in

one direction) or with double action hydraulic pump
(pump lever effective in both directions time saving).
Valve for fine control when lowering.
Crane hook with safety catch rotates through 360.
Painted light blue RAL 5012.
Nylon wheels, ball bearing mounted.
146
Block and tackle and ratchet

chain hoists
Pages
146 147
Balancers and winches

Page
150
Suction lifters and crane

chains
Page
151
500
750
Wheel
Single action pump
mm
125 / 125
125 / 160
No.
g
714 071-BK
616.00
No.
g
716 203-BK
704 621-BK
691.00
803.00
750 kg model
Please see our range of suitable
lifting slings on pages 151 and 152.
Parallel chassis, to position over pallets

Collapsible, saves space
Foot protection on castors for safety
Max. load 500 kg
Max. load 1000 kg
Double action hydraulic pump

Nylon wheels, ball bearing mounted. Wheel 125 / 125 mm.
Nylon wheels, ball bearing mounted. Wheel 125/160mm.

No. 757 912-BK
No. 704 623-BK
g 729.00
118975
118975
kg
152 153
Workshop cranes
Max. load
Double action pump
Round slings, lifting straps

and cargo restraint straps
Pages
Foot protection on castors for safety
g 1245.00
BLUE =
Workshop cranes
Workshop cranes
Drawbar steering for easy

manoeuvring
Parallel chassis, to position over
pallets
Safety guards on the castors for
extra foot protection
Max. load 1500 kg
With double action hydraulic pump, pump

lever effective in both directions.
Lowered using a finely adjustable valve.
Jib length adjustable in four positions.
Crane hooks rotate through 360.
Tandem swivel castors and running

wheels with polyurethane tyres,
wheel 200mm, ball bearing mounted.
Locking mechanism on frame.
Painted light blue RAL5012.
No. 739 397-BK
Max. load 2000 kg
g 2455.00
No. 739 460-BK
g 2865.00
Counterbalance cranes
Max. load 250 550kg
Counterbalanced chassis placed at the
back to allow freedom when unloading
Ideal for loading and unloading directly
at the lorry as well as the lifting and
placing in front of loading ramps,
machines, etc.
Counterbalance weight filling included
in delivery
118941
With double action hydraulic pump, pump

lever effective in both directions.
Lowered using a finely adjustable valve.
Counterbalance weight box with ribbed
rubber cover for storing tools.
Jib length adjustable in five positions.
Safety crane hook rotates through 360.
Tandem swivel castors and running
wheels with polyurethane tyres,
wheel 160mm, ball bearing mounted.
Locking mechanism on frame.
Painted light blue RAL5012.
Max. load
kg
250
350
550
Max. load
at jib length 925 mm

1210 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
2080 mm
250
200
150
100
50
350
280
210
150
100
550
450
350
250
150
739 398-BK
739 399-BK
739 400-BK
2525.00
2680.00
2955.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Crane column, folded
118941
KAISER + KRAFT
145
3
Permanent lifting magnets
For flat and round material
from g
Magnetic force not dependent on power supply
529.00
Moving control lever switches device on and off,

safety catch.
Model
Max. workpiece length
kg
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
125
20
50
10
300
1000
250
20
100
10
300
1500
500
25
200
15
400
2000
1000
40
400
25
450
3000
2000
55
800
35
600
3000
300
20
150
10
300
1500
600
25
250
15
400
2000
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
121 x 79
161
189 x 79
142
249 x 106
189
342 x 133
219
441 x 166
293
189 x 79
142
249 x 106
189
927 475-BK
927 471-BK
927 472-BK
927 474-BK
927 476-BK
609 989-BK
609 990-BK
529.00
688.00
1140.00
1920.00
3365.00
762.00
1240.00
max. load
min. wall thickness
max. load
min. wall thickness
max. diameter
For flat material
6 + 7 Performance optimised
energy version
Optimum power generation

20 % more powerful than 2 and 3
at the same size and weight
For round material
No.
g
Crane forks
With automatic balancing

For transporting of palletised goods
Technical details
Minimum load 20 25% of nominal load
Forks laterally adjustable
Load centre 500mm
Fork length 1000mm
Automatic fork adjustment to the load
centre via carriage and spring.
Steel shot blasted.

Painted in sky blue RAL5015.
Alternative models available on request.
1 Loading height 1300 mm
2 Loading height adjustable from

13002000mm
Model
Max. load
Overall height
Fork cross section
Fork adjustment range
1
kg
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
Cargo restraint
1000
1790
80 x 40
300 1000
1500
1790
80 x 40
300 1000
2000
1885
100 x 50
400 1000
3000
1885
120 x 50
400 1000
1000
1790 2490
80 x 40
300 1000
1500
1790 2490
80 x 40
300 1000
2000
1885 2585
100 x 50
400 1000
3000
1885 2585
120 x 50
400 1000
760 644-BK
760 645-BK
760 646-BK
760 648-BK
760 649-BK
760 651-BK
760 652-BK
760 654-BK
1575.00
1745.00
1970.00
2530.00
1745.00
1865.00
2310.00
2655.00
For using the balanced crane forks at

building sites etc.
Extra cost
No. 927 357-BK
g 116.20
Ratchet chain hoists

The ideal aid for lifting and
pulling
Max. load
Chain strands
Overall height (device inside edge / load hooks)
Lever tensile force under full load
Max. load 250kg
Max. load
from750kg
Supplied with zinc plated load chain

forstandard lifting height of1.5 m.
kg
250
500
750
1500
3000
mm
daN
1
235
30
1
300
24
1
325
16
1
380
22
1
480
32
No.
g
927 536-BK
927 539-BK
927 541-BK
927 543-BK
927 545-BK
94.90
124.20
138.90
171.30
280.50
No.
extra cost g / m
927 537-BK
927 540-BK
927 542-BK
927 544-BK
927 547-BK
16.00
15.70
16.10
24.95
30.60
Options
Additional lifting height
Longer load chain
BLUE =
118942
118942
Standard lifting height 1.5 m
Sheet steel housing, electrolytically zinc

plated connection parts, automatic load
pressure brake, idle running gear,
precision chain guide.
Electric chain hoists Cable winches Spur gear block and tackle
Electric chain hoists
Chain
Zinc plated, high strength safety chain.
Controls
Contactor control, 48 V.
Control panel with EMERGENCY STOP button.
Paintwork
Vermilion RAL 2002 / black grey RAL 7021.
Manual drive dolly
With infinitely adjustable flange width.
Electric drive dolly on request
Drive speed approx. 20 or 5 m/min.
Delivery includes documentation.
Two lifting speeds

Lifting height 3 m
Control cable length 2 m
Includes slack chain box
Technical details
Motor
400 V / 50 Hz, protection type IP 55.
Brake
Friction clutch for demanding requirements.
Drive
Sealed spur gear transmission with roller bearing.
Max. load
kg
125
250
250
500
500
1000
Drive train in accordance with FEM

Web slings
Lifting speed
main lift / precise lift m/min
Lifting motor power
main lift / precise lift kW
Starting time
%
Standard slack chain box for lifting height up to
m
overall height B
mm
Hook suspension
1 Bm
1
8/2
0.2 / 0.05
40
7
360
1 Bm
2
4/1
0.2 / 0.05
40
3.5
385
2m
1
8/2
0.85 / 0.2
40
7
415
2m
2
4/1
0.85 / 0.2
40
4
465
1 Bm
1
8/2
0.85 / 0.2
40
8
415
1 Bm
2
4/1
0.85 / 0.2
40
4
465
No.
g
986 463-BK
986 464-BK
986 465-BK
986 466-BK
986 467-BK
986 468-BK
1395.00
1485.00
1580.00
1725.00
1615.00
1740.00
Manual drive dolly
overall height C
mm
435
460
490
505
490
505
flange width
(please state when ordering)
mm
50 300
50 300
50 300
50 300
50 300
50 300
complete with chassis
No.
g
986 469-BK
986 471-BK
986 472-BK
986 473-BK
986 474-BK
986 475-BK
1460.00
1555.00
1695.00
1815.00
1765.00
1835.00
Hook suspension
FEM hoist classification
Full load service life
Options
Chain for greater lifting heights
No.
extra cost g / m
986 482-BK
24.25
46.60
25.10
48.30
26.40
53.20
Control cable for greater lifting heights
No.
extra cost g / m
986 489-BK
986 490-BK
986 491-BK
986 492-BK
986 493-BK
986 494-BK
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
Larger slack chain

box
max. lifting height
986 483-BK
986 484-BK
986 485-BK
986 486-BK
Manual
drive dolly
FEM 2 m
1600 hours
FEM 1 Bm
400 hours
986 487-BK
16
16
16
No.
extra cost g
927 283-BK
927 284-BK
927 285-BK
927 286-BK
927 288-BK
927 289-BK
64.00
65.20
89.70
89.70
89.70
89.70
When ordering with chassis, please state the exact

flange width.
Greater lifting heights or max. loads available on
request. Also available with electric drive dolly.
Cable winches for construction

Simple installation due to light and compact design
If the cable pulley makes contact with the
upper limiting stop switch while lifting,
theprocess is automatically stopped.
Hook with safety catch, rotates360.
Remote control with10mcable as
standard.
Max. load
Cable length
Cable speed
Motor specs
Weight
No.
g
Technical details
Motor protection to IP44.
Control IP 65, water protected with
EMERGENCY-OFF.
Connection voltage 230 V, cable 5 m.
Swivelling
extension arms
kg
80
160
230
300
m
m/min
23
18 30
0.8 kW / 4 A
18
30
15 22
1.2 kW / 6 A
23
24
9 14
1.3 kW / 6.5 A
24
24
9 13
1.5 kW / 7.5 A
25
604 998-BK
604 999-BK
601 994-BK
605 001-BK
904.00
1095.00
1435.00
1560.00
kg
Simply clamp onto a sufficiently stable,

vertical post ( 48 55 mm) using two
clamps attach cable winch finished!
Max. load 230 kg. Length 1100 mm.
No. 601 995-BK
g 118.90
Spur gear block and tackle

Sturdy block and tackle with oversized
safety brake
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Max. load
kg
250
500
1000
1500
2000
mm
280
280
300
360
380
Hand chain tensile force under full load daN
23
16
31
36
31
No.
g
927 526-BK
927 528-BK
927 530-BK
927 532-BK
927 534-BK
108.20
126.30
146.20
193.30
227.50
No.
extra cost g / m
927 527-BK
927 529-BK
927 531-BK
927 533-BK
927 535-BK
20.30
25.90
25.90
34.20
40.85
Chain strands
Overall height
(device inside edge / load hooks)
Standard lifting height 3 m
Options
Additional lifting height
Load / hand chain
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Max. load 250kg
Max. load
from500kg
KAISER + KRAFT
118943
118943
Rotating hooks, cast from tempering

steel. Return pulleys and hook
holders made of cast steel.
Powder coated sheet steel housing.
Completely zinc plated inner housing
ensures precise chain guidance and
long service life.
Supplied with zinc plated load chain
for standard lifting height of 3 m.
147
3
Jib cranes
Max. loads up to 1000 kg

Reaches up to 6 m
Post and wall mounted versions
Construction complies with EN regulations and EU

machine guidelines for light industrial use.
Steel shot blasted, painted in daffodil yellow RAL1007.
Bearing brackets jet black RAL9005.
Description
Standard electrical system with lockable mains cut-off
switch and current feed to hoist. Cable holding bracket up
to 3m jib length. Round trailing cable for min. jib length of
4 m.
Dolly buffers on front and back. Wall mounted jib crane
incl. bearing brackets, without mounting screws.
Detailed documentation is included in delivery.
Electric chain hoist with manual drive dolly.
Operating voltage 400V / 50 Hz.
Control voltage 48V with EMERGENCY OFF switch.
Other load capacities, reaches, overall heights,

paint coats and mounting options available on request.
Two mounting options available

SECURING ANCHOR system
For direct mounting to B25
concrete floors, min. thickness
190 mm. Can be put into service
immediately after assembly no
base casting required on even
floor.
Includes recessed plugs no
tripping hazard.
Anchor bolts with
foundationtemplates
Foundation depth min. 1000 mm.
Cantilever modular unit

A = effective reach to load hook
Post mounted jib crane AS 270 swivel range 270

Max. load
kg
250
500
1000
Effective reach (A)

Crane jib bottom edge (UK)
Overall height approx. (B)
Flange width (F)
Hoist height (C)
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
3000
2500
2790
91
460
4000
2500
2845
120
460
5000
2500
2845
120
460
6000
2500
2845
120
460
3000
2500
2845
120
505
4000
2500
2845
120
505
5000
2500
2945
150
505
6000
2500
2945
150
505
3000
2500
2845
120
505
4000
2500
2945
150
505
5000
2500
3005
170
505
6000
2500
3005
170
505
Crane without electric chain hoist
No.
g
750 247-BK
750 255-BK
750 263-BK
609 908-BK
750 298-BK
750 301-BK
936 600-BK
609 921-BK
936 740-BK
936 880-BK
609 925-BK
609 930-BK
1735.00
2320.00
2360.00
2490.00
2155.00
2290.00
3250.00
3520.00
2370.00
3135.00
4020.00
4335.00
m/min
m/min
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
No.
g
986 440-BK
986 441-BK
986 442-BK
609 909-BK
986 443-BK
986 444-BK
986 446-BK
609 922-BK
986 447-BK
986 448-BK
609 926-BK
609 931-BK
3295.00
3915.00
3965.00
4175.00
3965.00
4075.00
4990.00
5485.00
4155.00
4910.00
5805.00
6235.00
Crane with electric

chain hoist and
manual drive dolly
Accessories
Anchor bolts
withfoundation
templates
SECURING ANCHOR
system
main lift
precise lift
foundation
plate
mm
1050
1250
1350
1450
1300
1450
1650
1750
1600
1800
1950
2100
No.
g
559 709-BK
559 725-BK
559 725-BK
609 910-BK
559 725-BK
559 725-BK
559 784-BK
609 923-BK
559 725-BK
559 784-BK
609 928-BK
609 932-BK
181.80
232.00
232.00
258.00
232.00
232.00
249.00
274.50
232.00
249.00
263.00
263.00
mm
680
850
850
850
850
1050
1050
1200
1050
1200
1450
1750
No.
g
918 832-BK
918 833-BK
918 833-BK
609 911-BK
918 833-BK
918 827-BK
929 274-BK
609 924-BK
918 828-BK
918 829-BK
609 929-BK
609 933-BK
726.00
1050.00
1050.00
989.00
1050.00
1335.00
1335.00
1935.00
2070.00
1925.00
2630.00
4885.00
Wall mounted jib crane AW 180 swivel range 180

kg
Effective reach (A)

Cantilever modular unit
Flange width (F)
Hoist height (C)
Horizontal force H max.
Vertical force V max.
mm
Crane without electric chain hoist

Crane with electric
chain hoist and
manual drive dolly
(lifting height 3 m)
250
1000
3000
A
91
460
16
4
4000
A
91
460
22
5
5000
A
120
460
30
6
6000
A
120
460
37
6
3000
A
120
505
30
8
4000
A
120
505
41
9
5000
B
150
505
33
10
6000
B
150
505
41
10
3000
B
150
505
35
16
4000
B
150
505
48
16
5000
B
150
505
61
16
6000
B
170
505
76
18
No.
g
750 476-BK
750 484-BK
750 492-BK
609 912-BK
750 514-BK
750 522-BK
935 956-BK
609 914-BK
936 090-BK
936 120-BK
609 916-BK
609 918-BK
1025.00
1090.00
1370.00
1450.00
1150.00
1280.00
1955.00
2180.00
1705.00
1865.00
1985.00
2420.00
m/min
m/min
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
No.
g
986 449-BK
986 450-BK
986 451-BK
609 913-BK
986 452-BK
986 454-BK
986 455-BK
609 915-BK
986 456-BK
986 457-BK
609 917-BK
609 920-BK
2605.00
2690.00
2945.00
3165.00
2945.00
3060.00
3745.00
4010.00
3505.00
3635.00
3905.00
4355.00
mm
mm
KN
KN
main lift
precise lift
500
BLUE =
98599
98599
Max. load
Workshop cranes
Aluminium mobile gantry cranes

Can be moved under load and height adjustable
Easy plug-in assembly without screw

connections
Mobile for changing locations
Low weight
With electric chain hoist

Suitable for indoor use (model for outdoor
use on request). Including electrical
package (CEE plug / switch combination
and spiral cable routed up to hoist).
Operating voltage 400 V, 50 Hz, control
voltage 48 V.
Folding side frames for even easier

handling. Includes manual drive dolly with
parking brake. Delivered flat pack as complete kit, comprehensive documentation.
Shorter beam lengths available at no extra
cost.
Overall width 4400 mm,
beam length/clearancewidth4000 mm.
Accessories
Horizontal adjustment device
Use of the horizontal adjustment device
enables one of the side supports to slide
along thehorizontal beam.
Side support spacing can be adjusted as
required.
With spur gear block and tackle

For indoor or outdoor use.
No. 522 019-BK
Max. load
kg
Suspension height (AH) min. / max.

Overall height (BH) min. / max.
Side support width
Weight approx.
max. lifting height
With spur gear
block and tackle
main lift / precise lift
max. lifting height
With
electric chain hoist
g 567.00
500
1000
1500
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
2160 3010
2535 3385
2012
175
2660
2490 3790
2865 4165
2328
188
3440
2160 3010
2535 3385
2012
175
2627
2490 3790
2865 4165
2328
188
3407
2160 3010
2535 3385
2012
175
2568
2490 3790
2865 4165
2328
188
3348
No.
g
944 577-BK
944 578-BK
944 579-BK
944 581-BK
944 582-BK
944 583-BK
5380.00
7135.00
5425.00
7180.00
6150.00
7860.00
m/min
mm
8/2
2595
8/2
3375
4/1
2545
4/1
3325
4/1
2450
4/1
3230
No.
g
944 584-BK
944 585-BK
944 586-BK
944 587-BK
944 588-BK
944 589-BK
7415.00
9150.00
7535.00
9300.00
8950.00
10730.00
Post mounted jib cranes

For indoor operation. Construction complies with EN regulations and EU machine guidelines for light industrial use.
Easy to swivel by hand. Painted in daffodil yellow
RAL1007.
Mobile gantry crane

with spur gear block
and tackle
Description
Standard electrical system with lockable mains cut-off
switch and current feed to hoist. Cable holding bracket up
to 3m jib length. Round trailing cable for min. jib length of
4 m. Signage and documentation.
Electric chain hoist with manual drive dolly.
Operating voltage 400 V / 50 Hz.
Control voltage 48 V with EMERGENCY OFF switch.
Two mounting options available

SECURING ANCHOR system
For direct mounting to B25 concrete floors, min. thickness 190 mm.
Can be put into service immediately after assembly no base casting
required on even floor.
Incl. recessed plugs no tripping
hazard.
Anchor bolts with foundation
templates
Foundation depth min. 1000 mm.
Post mounted jib crane PS 270 swivel range 270

Max. load
kg
125
250
500
1000
Effective reach (A)

Crane jib bottom edge (UK)
Overall height approx. (B)
Flange width (F)
Hoist height (C)
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
3000
2500
3290
55
435
4000
2500
3290
55
435
5000
2500
3290
64
435
3000
2500
3290
55
460
4000
2500
3290
64
460
5000
2500
3290
82
460
3000
2500
3290
82
505
4000
2500
3290
82
505
5000
2500
3290
100
505
3000
2500
3290
100
505
4000
2500
3290
100
505
5000
2500
3760
120
505
Crane without
electric chain hoist
No.
g
986 118-BK
986 120-BK
986 121-BK
986 122-BK
986 123-BK
609 934-BK
609 939-BK
609 944-BK
609 948-BK
609 953-BK
609 957-BK
609 962-BK
1665.00
1700.00
1795.00
1600.00
1870.00
2130.00
1900.00
2195.00
2370.00
2365.00
2660.00
3555.00
m/min
m/min
8
2
8
2
8
2
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
1
No.
g
986 124-BK
986 125-BK
986 126-BK
986 128-BK
986 129-BK
3295.00
3410.00
3785.00
3340.00
3610.00
609 936-BK
3735.00
609 940-BK
3790.00
609 945-BK
4075.00
609 949-BK
4285.00
609 954-BK
4225.00
609 958-BK
4585.00
609 963-BK
5175.00
Crane with electric

chain hoist and
manual drive dolly
main lift
precise lift
Anchor bolts with

foundation template
foundation
SECURING ANCHOR
system
plate
mm
900
1000
1100
1050
1200
1300
1300
1450
1600
1600
1750
1950
No.
g
559 709-BK
559 709-BK
559 709-BK
559 709-BK
559 709-BK
609 937-BK
609 941-BK
609 946-BK
609 950-BK
609 955-BK
609 959-BK
609 964-BK
181.80
181.80
181.80
181.80
181.80
206.00
197.20
249.50
249.50
249.50
249.50
263.50
mm
680
680
680
680
680
850
850
1050
1050
1050
1200
1450
No.
g
918 832-BK
918 832-BK
918 832-BK
918 832-BK
929 273-BK
609 938-BK
609 942-BK
609 947-BK
609 952-BK
609 956-BK
609 961-BK
609 965-BK
726.00
726.00
726.00
726.00
809.00
1225.00
1025.00
1360.00
1750.00
1360.00
2520.00
4105.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122519
122519
Accessories
149
3
Wall winches
Max. load
Made of cast aluminium
Removable crank
Self-locking
Low crank force
Powder coated
kg
50
100
Cable length
For cable
Crank force
Lift per crank revolution
m
mm
kg
mm
12
2
8
96
8
3
6
38
Winch
without cable
No.
g
757 897-BK
757 901-BK
109.60
159.10
m
mm
12
2
8
3
No.
g
757 898-BK
757 902-BK
27.10
38.00
No.
g
757 899-BK
757 899-BK
33.85
33.85
Accessories
length
Steel cable, zinc plated

including load hook
Pulley housing, zinc plated

Pulley 60 mm, plain bearings
Cable winches
Model
Zinc plated or stainless steel

Cable exit possible in all directions
With spur gear transmission, crank with folding

handle, internal stop mechanism. Holds load at
any height.
1 Wall winch
2 Panel winch
1
kg
m
mm
mm
mm
mm
300
29
4
65
170 x 192
105 x 135 / 13
500
22
5
46
170 x 192
105 x 135 / 13
300
29
4
65
170 x 104
140 x 65 / 11
Winch, zinc plated

without cable
No.
g
739 292-BK
739 293-BK
739 297-BK
215.50
235.00
213.00
Stainless steel winch

without cable
No.
g
739 295-BK
739 296-BK
739 299-BK
397.00
445.50
408.50
Accessories
1
Shown with cable (accessory)
Steel cable, zinc plated

including load hook
length /
Stainless steel cable

including load hook
length /
Pulley housing, powder coated

Zinc plated pulley, pulley 100 mm, plain bearings
Balancers and spring balancers
Safety chain
Infinite max. load setting
Wire cable with stop limit
Bolted spring hook to attach the tool
Cable length
0.3 1.5
22 / 5
29 / 4
739 302-BK
739 303-BK
739 302-BK
80.60
78.20
80.60
m / mm
29 / 4
22 / 5
29 / 4
No.
g
739 304-BK
739 305-BK
739 304-BK
145.40
140.10
145.40
No.
g
892 769-BK
892 769-BK
892 769-BK
102.20
102.20
102.20
The tool is returned to the original position after

every working cycle.
kg
29 / 4
No.
g
2 for 1 at a bargain price
1 2 Balancers (retrievers)
Max. load
m / mm
Spring balancers
Indispensable for fitting and production
Max. load
Cable length
For cable
Lift per crank rotation (1st layer)
Plate size
Hole spacing / hole

Nylon cable
Fixed suspension eyelet
Spring hook to attach thetool
Pack of 2.
2 with additional compressed air hose

Spiral hose made of PU, 9x13mm.
For operating pressure up to 10 bar.
Supplied without connections.
0.5 2.0
1.5 3.0
2.0 5.0
4.0 8.0
7.0 10.0
1.6
2.5
2.5
3.0
3.0
3.0
Without
hose
No.
g
610 026-BK
610 027-BK
610 028-BK
610 029-BK
610 030-BK
610 031-BK
89.40
135.50
135.50
282.00
350.00
369.00
With
hose
No.
g
610 032-BK
610 033-BK
610 034-BK
610 035-BK
610 036-BK
543.00
543.00
734.00
752.00
782.00
3 4 Balancers
The adjustable counterbalance weight holds the
tool in position.
Rotating safety hook
Safety chain (7 links, length approx.225mm)
Wire cable with stop limit
Spring hook to attach the tool
Model
118978
No.
g
Stops cable from extending beyond the

desired position.
kg
Cable length
No.
g / pack
Max. load
Cable length
4 with automatic stop
Max. load
kg
m
0.5 1.2
1.0 2.0
2.0
2.0
423 348-BK
423 349-BK
88.30
88.30
3.0 5.0
2.0
4.5 7.0
2.0
6.0 10.0
2.0
9.0 14.0
2.0
13.0 17.0
2.0
3.0 5.0
2.0
4.5 7.0
2.0
6.0 10.0
2.0
9.0 14.0
2.0
13.0 17.0
2.0
182 672-BK
182 680-BK
249 203-BK
123 161-BK
182 699-BK
715 998-BK
716 000-BK
716 001-BK
716 002-BK
716 003-BK
265.00
268.50
285.00
299.50
308.00
356.50
364.00
339.00
368.00
367.00
BLUE =
118978
approx. 520 mm + cable length
Suction lifters Lifting slings
5
Rotating suction heads
1
4
2
8
Suction lifters
Model
For lifting, carrying and holding
Max. load
Head
No.
g / each
For even, non-porous surfaces

Up to three suction heads for max. load up to 120 kg
The cost effective, reliable working aid
30
120
60
120
100
120
70
120
45
120
120
210
120
210
60
120
759 405-BK
759 408-BK
759 410-BK
759 412-BK
704 521-BK
759 417-BK
773 271-BK
704 523-BK
52.80
47.80
69.10
60.10
78.20
209.00
132.20
74.60
759 407-BK
759 409-BK
759 411-BK
759 413-BK
704 522-BK
42.25
62.50
52.10
70.00
704 524-BK
46.55
kg
mm
Order quantity 2+
No.
g / each
67.90
HIT crane chains

On request
3-leg crane chains
Other effective lengths
(500mmmoreeach)
1, 2 or 4-leg crane chains
Chains comply with EN 818, parts 1, 2 and 4 with

higher max. loads.
Specified max. load applies to symmetrical
loading on the legs. Max. inclination 60.
Made of special high tensile steel, class 10 (PAS 1061)

Chains with new HIT XLL super corrosion protection
Fittings powder coated in orange
Chain thickness
10
19
1400
110 x 60
27
2500
110 x 60
30
4000
135 x 75
No.
g
512 377-BK
512 380-BK
512 384-BK
69.50
82.90
105.20
effective length 1500 mm
No.
g
512 378-BK
512 381-BK
512 385-BK
76.30
92.10
116.90
No.
g
512 379-BK
512 383-BK
512 386-BK
84.40
99.90
128.20
at 0 45 kg
45 60 kg
2000
1400
3550
2500
5600
4000
crane eye opening
mm
110 x 60
135 x 75
160 x 90
No.
g
512 391-BK
512 395-BK
512 399-BK
125.00
147.40
210.00
No.
g
512 393-BK
512 396-BK
512 401-BK
137.40
166.30
234.00
No.
g
512 394-BK
512 398-BK
512 402-BK
146.60
184.60
258.50
at 0 45 kg
45 60 kg
3000
2120
5300
3750
8000
6000
Crane hook opening (with safety catch) approx.

max. load
1-leg
crane eye opening
mm
mm
2-leg
4-leg
max. load
max. load
crane eye opening
mm
135 x 75
160 x 90
180 x 100
No.
g
512 406-BK
512 409-BK
512 412-BK
241.00
302.00
414.50
No.
g
512 407-BK
512 410-BK
512 413-BK
267.00
339.50
462.50
No.
g
512 408-BK
512 411-BK
512 414-BK
297.50
378.00
512.00
Adjustable crane chains
Quality from
2 or 4 legs
Made of special high tensile steel, class 10 (PAS 1061)
Safety chainhooks
Chain thickness
mm
Crane hook opening (with safety catch)

Model
mm
118979
Max. load
With integrated shortening hook to

ease shortening without reducing
the max. load.
19
at 0 45 kg
45 60 kg
10
27
30
2-leg
4-leg
2-leg
4-leg
2-leg
4-leg
2000
1400
3000
2120
3550
2500
5300
3750
5600
4000
8000
6000
Crane eye opening
mm
110 x 60
135 x 75
135 x 75
160 x 90
160 x 90
180 x 100
Effective length 2000 mm
No.
g
512 418-BK
512 432-BK
512 421-BK
512 434-BK
512 424-BK
512 437-BK
190.50
369.00
235.00
463.00
329.00
640.00
Effective length 4000 mm
No.
g
512 420-BK
512 433-BK
512 422-BK
512 436-BK
512 425-BK
512 439-BK
245.00
487.00
308.50
615.00
419.50
828.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

HIT crane chains

Max. load up to 25% higher
than class 8 chains.
Allows transfer to smaller
chain dimensions.
HIT XLL
Chain with new, black,
super corrosion protection,
extremely long service life
118979
KAISER + KRAFT
151
3
Polytex round slings
On request
Alternative sizes up
to a circumference
of 60 m, 0.5 m
stretched length.
Max. load up
to 150 tonnes.
Polyester fabric with hardwearing protective sleeve in

accordance with EN 1492-2, impregnated with polyurethane
Light, flexible and soft. Ideal for valuable
and delicate cargo requiring very careful
handling.
Highest possible degree of safety with
Safe working load label
Safety label
Sewn-in heavy duty strip
from 40 C to +100 C
Protective plastic sleeve required for
sharp edges.
Colour coded to help prevent mix-ups

Each max. load is represented by a different
colour and can thus be categorised
immediately.
Single,
direct
Single,
choker
Double
basket
Colour code
Max. load
single, direct kg
single, choker kg
double basket kg
Supporting surface under load
violet
green
yellow
grey
red
1000
800
2000
2000
1600
4000
3000
2400
6000
4000
3200
8000
5000
4000
10000
mm
38
45
60
65
69
1 m extended length
2 m circumference
No.
g / set
423 275-BK
423 281-BK
423 287-BK
423 294-BK
423 303-BK
23.15
27.65
32.45
41.95
51.50
1.5 m extended length

3 m circumference
No.
g / set
423 276-BK
423 282-BK
423 288-BK
423 295-BK
423 304-BK
28.40
36.90
43.50
60.20
71.70
2 m extended length
4 m circumference
No.
g / set
423 277-BK
423 283-BK
423 290-BK
423 296-BK
423 305-BK
35.65
45.45
55.40
76.00
92.50
3 m extended length
6 m circumference
No.
g / set
423 278-BK
423 284-BK
423 291-BK
423 298-BK
423 306-BK
49.25
65.00
81.40
113.40
135.40
4 m extended length
8 m circumference
No.
g / set
423 279-BK
423 285-BK
423 292-BK
423 299-BK
423 307-BK
63.70
83.70
104.60
147.30
177.20
5 m extended length
10 m circumference
No.
g / set
423 280-BK
423 286-BK
423 293-BK
423 301-BK
423 308-BK
77.30
102.30
128.30
184.50
218.00
Polytex lifting straps

Very strong polyester fabric,
EN 1492-1 compliant, impregnated
with polyurethane
A
B
Light and flexible. Ideal for protecting the

surface of delicate cargo.
Sewn-in heavy duty strip
Safe working load label
from 40 C to +100 C
High performance metal loops, class 8
Supplied in sets of 2.
Other sizes with an effective length of more
than 1 m are available on request.
Colour code
Max. load
single, direct kg
single, choker kg
double basket kg
Strap width x thickness
30 x 7
60 x 7
90 x 7
423 309-BK
423 315-BK
423 322-BK
55.90
90.00
141.40
With 2 reinforced loops
effective length 3 m
No.
g / set
423 310-BK
423 316-BK
423 323-BK
71.80
115.70
177.20
No.
g / set
423 311-BK
423 317-BK
423 324-BK
87.00
144.10
219.00
No.
g / set
423 312-BK
423 318-BK
122.10
167.50
With 2 metal terminals

for combined use
No.
g / set
423 313-BK
423 320-BK
423 325-BK
140.80
197.80
304.00
No.
g / set
423 314-BK
423 321-BK
423 326-BK
156.00
226.00
340.00
violet
1000
110 x 60
19
green
2000
110 x 60
26
yellow
3000
135 x 75
30
grey
4000
135 x 75
30
No.
g
507 579-BK
507 581-BK
507 582-BK
507 583-BK
92.20
118.40
155.00
157.00
No.
g
507 584-BK
507 585-BK
507 586-BK
600 000-BK
99.90
129.70
166.40
173.00
max. load 0 45 kg
45 60 kg
mm
mm
1400
1000
110 x 60
19
2800
2000
135 x 75
26
4200
3000
160 x 90
30
5600
4000
160 x 90
30
No.
g
921 183-BK
921 184-BK
921 185-BK
921 186-BK
142.80
194.60
259.50
269.00
No.
g
921 187-BK
921 188-BK
921 189-BK
921 191-BK
174.00
235.50
305.50
333.50
max. load 0 45 kg
45 60 kg
mm
mm
2100
1500
135 x 75
19
4200
3000
160 x 90
26
6300
4500
180 x 100
30
8400
6000
180 x 100
30
No.
g
921 192-BK
921 193-BK
921 194-BK
921 195-BK
277.00
388.50
517.00
535.00
No.
g
921 196-BK
921 197-BK
921 198-BK
921 199-BK
339.50
471.00
615.00
663.00
Length 1000 mm
Length 2000 mm
High max. load with low

weight
Long service life due to
hardwearing components
2 2-sling
Crane eye opening
Hook jaw width
Length 1000 mm
1
Length 2000 mm
3 4-sling
87198
The lengths specified in the

tables are for the slings
alone (without hooks and
eyelets).
Crane eye opening

Hook jaw width
Length 1000 mm
3000
2400
6000
No.
g / set
Crane eye opening

Hook jaw width
With eyelet load hooks
yellow
2000
1600
4000
mm
1 1-sling
Polytex round sling

suspension sets
green
1000
800
2000
Colour code
violet
Length 2000 mm
max. load kg
mm
mm
BLUE =
87198
Your advantage: Round slings and lifting straps at a moderate set price.
Set consists of 2 slings.
Lifting slings
Flexoclip plastic wear sleeves

For Polytex lifting straps and round slings
Extremely robust and durable
Made of high quality polyurethane with

integrated, high strength polyester sliding
tube.
Easy to fit at a later stage
Cut open and slip onto the existing strap or
sling.
Available in lengths of up to 4 m.
Invoiced up to the next metre.
Non-slip matting
For lifting strap width
On request
If round slings and lifting straps are
ordered at the same time, assembly can
be performed at the plant on request.
90
max. load, single, vertical kg
1000
2000 4000
width x height mm
No.
g / 1.0 m
32 x 11
62 x 11
90 x 11
423 328-BK
423 329-BK
423 330-BK
48.95
61.20
87.80

Material thickness 8 mm.
No. 601 955-BK
g / roll 30.05
The following specifications

are used in our tables
For strapping
Compliant with current EN 12195-2

regulations
Impregnated, non-stretching textile
strap made of 100 % polyester
Zinc plated, non-ageing steel
hardware
Load capacity label, sewn-in heavy
duty strips and colour coding
60
Internal dims.
Max. load
30
For round slings
Polytex cargo
restraint straps
mm
Tying down smooth surfaced loads is often

complicated and time consuming.
The use of our non-slip matting, which has
a friction coefficient of 0.6 m, makes this
process significantly easier.
For tensioning
Length
Every vehicle load has to be secured

according to law.
Other lengths available upon request.
One-part
Two-part
Protective plastic sleeves (accessory)

prevent premature wear and tear of
straps.
Your advantage: Cargo restraint straps
in 3 widths at a moderate set price.
Set of 2.
LG
LG
LG
LG
LG
LG
LG
LG
25 mm strap width, length (LG) 4 m
For lighter loads, universal use.
Sturdy strapping system for medium duty loads,

for universal use.
Sturdy strapping system for heavy loads,

for universal use.
Max. load for strapping
kg
1000
kg
2000
kg
5000
Max. load for tensioning

Colour code
kg
500
red

Colour code
kg
1000
green

Colour code
kg
2500
orange
No.
g / set
423 331-BK
No.
g / set
423 336-BK
One-part
Two-part with wire claw hooks

fixed end (FE.L) 0.5 m
No.
g / set
423 332-BK
Two-part with safety hooks

No.
g / set
423 333-BK
32.75
51.50
53.60
Accessories
87203
LG
One-part

No.
g / set
423 337-BK
Two-part with safety hooks

No.
g / set
423 338-BK
51.10
69.20
73.20
Accessories
Protective plastic sleeves, length approx. 0.3 m

Pack of 4
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
423 334-BK
9.95
One-part
No.
g /set
423 340-BK

No.
g / set
423 341-BK
Two-part with machined spring hooks

No.
g / set
423 342-BK
No.
g / pack
423 344-BK
71.60
89.30
104.00
Accessories

Pack of 4
No.
g / pack
423 334-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

9.95

Pack of 4
KAISER + KRAFT
12.15
87203
153
4
Wheels and castors
What you can

expect from us
Chair castors
Page
155
Pallet truck replacement

wheels
Page
Highly advanced, computer-controlled

wheel and castor inventory
Over 70000 wheels and castors always
instock
All wheels and castors comply with
EN12527 EN12533
Competent help and advice our contact
information can be found at the front of the
catalogue
155
Thermoplastic tyres
Pages
156 157
Nylon wheels
Pages
157 159, 166
Polyurethane tyres
Pages
157, 162, 164, 166 167
Solid rubber tyres

Pages
160 161
Semi-elastic tyres
Page
161
Fully-elastic tyres
Pages
162 163
Pneumatic tyres
Page
165
Heavy duty castors

Pages
166 169
Heat resistant wheels

Pages
What you need to know

Max. load
Rolling resistance
The specified max. load is applicable for a max. speed of 4 km/h.

To determine the required max. load per castor for
4 wheeled transport equipment, the total load should be divided
by 3to account for instances where the load will not be equally
distributed on all 4 wheels (e.g. uneven floors or unevenly
distributed loads). Respective max. load reserves should be
observed for potholes, door thresholds etc.
Amount of force needed to keep a device moving at a continuous,

uniform speed. Resistance is determined by the following factors:
load, wheel , type of wheel surface, type of bearing, and the
characteristics of the floor.
168 169
Ball bearing races

Page
168
Required max. load per castor for 4 castors =
Chemical resistance
Chemical resistance is determined by various factors, e.g. duration of exposure, concentration of the corrosive substance, as well
as humidity and temperature.
Please call us for special requirements, we will be glad to assist
you.
weight ofdevice + max. load

3
Selection criteria for bearings

Wheel structure
Plain bearings
Simple and inexpensive wheel bearings.
Shock and impact resistant, requires
regular lubrication. For low speeds and
short distances.
Swivel castor
1 Mounting plate
2 Steering fork
3 Wheel
4 Axle
a Offset
h Overall height
r Swivel radius
Low rolling
resistance
Cut resistant
No oiling or lubrication
required.
Maintenancefree
Indicates minimal wearing of

material, these products are
very durable.
These products will not

leave tracks or streaks on
the floor.
Non-marking
Ball bearings
Excellent rolling characteristics even with
heavy loads.
Quiet running, precision steering, and low
rolling resistance. Extremely durable and
virtually maintenance free.
Largely insusceptible to
penetration from metal
shavings.
Material composition
ensures that starting and
rolling resistance are
relatively minimal.
Selection guide
for wheels and castors
A few of the product advantages are
highlighted here to help you select the
right wheel or castor.
If you are unable to find the product you
need, please give us a call.
We would be happy to advise you.
Mounting plate
p Platedimensions
l Hole spacing
d Hole
Hard wearing
These products are

distinguished by high load
capacities.
High load
capacity
BLUE =
124933
Wheel
D Wheel
d Axle
n Hub length
B Wheel width
b Tread width
Roller bearings
Roller bearings are robust, shock and impact resistant and largely maintenance free.
For heavy loads with relatively low rolling
resistance. Roller bearings are a
compromise between plain bearings and
ball bearings.
4
Other dimensions and qualities available on request,
please specify installation
length and axle .
2
B
Cut resistant
4
3
A
4
3
Steering wheels and fork rollers

Steering wheels
Solid rubber or polyurethane
With ball bearings and hub cover.
Cannot be cut by metal chippings and
resistant to many corrosive substances.
Temperature resistant from 20 C to +80 C.
x width
mm
170 x 50
180 x 50
200 x 50
200 x 50
200 x 50
200 x 50
Overall length x axle

Description
mm
53 x 20
37 x 20
47 x 25
50 x 25
54 x 20
55 x 25
kg
400
400
420
420
420
420
No.
g / each
759 549-BK
759 551-BK
759 553-BK
759 555-BK
759 556-BK
759 558-BK
41.10
43.80
41.60
40.35
40.25
41.60
kg
700
700
700
700
700
700
No.
g / each
759 563-BK
759 565-BK
759 567-BK
759 568-BK
759 569-BK
759 752-BK
63.90
75.60
76.60
75.50
75.50
77.70
max. load
1 Solid rubber
max. load
2 Polyurethane
Fork rollers
Made of nylon or polyurethane with metal
core
x width
3 Nylon
4 Polyurethane
max. load
max. load
x width
3 Nylon
4 Polyurethane
max. load
max. load
Castors with 2 precision ball bearings

each. Fork rollers have to carry heavy
loads on very small wheel .
The bearings and tyres are of an extremely

high quality.
mm
75 x 75
75 x 95
82 x 54
82 x 60
82 x 60
82 x 66
82 x 69
82 x 70
82 x 75
mm
kg
75 x 20
520
98 x 20
750
64 x 20
450
64 x 15
450
64 x 20
450
71 x 20
600
62 x 20
500
74 x 20
700
77 x 17
700
No.
g / each
759 494-BK
759 531-BK
759 479-BK
759 476-BK
759 483-BK
759 487-BK
759 471-BK
759 491-BK
759 502-BK
21.60
28.00
28.05
28.00
28.75
28.70
28.70
28.65
28.70
kg
450
500
400
400
400
490
520
540
540
No.
g / each
759 496-BK
759 533-BK
759 480-BK
759 478-BK
759 485-BK
759 489-BK
759 474-BK
759 492-BK
759 505-BK
33.75
40.20
40.30
40.80
41.60
41.60
41.75
41.60
41.70
mm
82 x 75
82 x 75
82 x 88
82 x 89
82 x 91
82 x 100
82 x 100
85 x 59.5
85 x 86.5
mm
kg
78 x 20
700
82 x 20
700
98 x 20
750
82 x 20
750
96 x 20
750
102 x 17
800
104 x 20
800
61.5 x 17
450
88.5 x 17
800
No.
g / each
759 506-BK
759 513-BK
759 535-BK
759 516-BK
759 527-BK
759 539-BK
759 541-BK
759 468-BK
759 519-BK
28.70
28.75
28.75
28.80
28.70
31.35
31.35
28.75
28.75
kg
540
600
670
670
680
750
750
450
600
No.
g / each
759 507-BK
759 514-BK
759 537-BK
759 518-BK
759 529-BK
759 540-BK
759 542-BK
759 469-BK
759 521-BK
41.75
41.60
41.60
41.70
41.70
44.30
44.30
41.60
41.75
Chair castors
Load dependent braking

Two types of mounting
Hard for soft floors or soft forhard
floors
Max. load 50 kg
Safety tested and constructed in

compliance with EN12527 + EN12529.
Pack of 5.
Chrome plated model
Cast zinc housing, chrome plated.
Nylon wheels.
Black model
Nylon wheels and housing.
Anti-static chair castors

1
Model
Type of mounting
Description
Bolt/pin dimensions
Wheel
Overall height
Pack of
Hard, for soft floors
124726
Soft, for hard floors
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1
mm
mm
mm
threads
chrome plated
M 10 x 15
50
62
5
4
3
socket pin with clamp ring

chrome plated
10 x 22
11 x 22
50
50
62
62
5
5
threads
black
M 10 x 15
50
62
5
4
socket pin with clamp ring
black
10 x 22
11 x 22
50
50
62
62
5
5
No.
g / pack
918 672-BK
918 673-BK
918 674-BK
918 675-BK
918 676-BK
35.90
35.90
35.90
13.95
13.95
13.95
No.
g / pack
918 678-BK
918 680-BK
918 681-BK
918 682-BK
918 683-BK
918 684-BK
40.85
40.85
40.85
18.00
18.00
18.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

918 677-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
124726
155
Thermoplastic rubber / polyurethane / nylon

Thermoplastic rubber tyres
Wheel x width
mm
50 x 19
75 x 25
100 x 32
125 x 32
Polypropylene rims
Max. load at 4 km/h

Offset
Overall height
Screw hole
Plate dims.
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
40
25
71
6.3
60 x 60
60
24
98
6.3
60 x 60
80
38
133
8.5
77 x 67
100
41
158
8.5
77 x 67
Screw hole spacing
mm
46 / 38 x
46 / 38
46 / 38 x
46 / 38
61.5 / 51.5 x
56.5 / 46.5
61.5 / 51.5 x
56.5 / 46.5
No.
g
927 424-BK
927 433-BK
927 441-BK
927 450-BK
6.40
8.95
13.60
16.45
No.
g
927 425-BK
927 434-BK
927 442-BK
927 451-BK
8.70
11.60
20.10
22.35
Plate dims.
mm
56 x 56
60 x 60
77 x 95
77 x 95
Screw hole spacing
mm
46 / 38 x
46 / 38
46 / 38 x
46 / 38
52 / 45 x
75 / 72
52 / 45 x
75 / 72
Fixed castor
No.
g
927 426-BK
927 435-BK
927 443-BK
927 452-BK
4.90
8.05
12.40
15.15
A+2xB
No.
g
986 041-BK
986 043-BK
986 045-BK
986 048-BK
27.05
37.15
60.90
69.70
B+2xC
No.
g
986 042-BK
986 044-BK
986 047-BK
986 049-BK
24.65
35.15
58.50
67.50
mm
mm
71
M 10 x 18
98
M 10 x 18
133
M 10 x 18
158
M 10 x 18
No.
g
927 427-BK
927 436-BK
927 444-BK
927 453-BK
6.70
8.35
13.55
15.80
No.
g
927 428-BK
927 437-BK
927 445-BK
927 454-BK
8.85
11.00
21.30
23.95
No.
g
986 050-BK
986 052-BK
986 055-BK
986 057-BK
24.00
29.85
49.10
57.30
D+2xE
No.
g
986 051-BK
986 053-BK
986 056-BK
986 058-BK
27.90
34.75
63.00
71.50
mm
mm
71
11
98
11
133
11
158
11
No.
g
927 429-BK
927 438-BK
927 446-BK
927 455-BK
6.40
8.15
13.35
15.55
No.
g
927 431-BK
927 439-BK
927 447-BK
927 456-BK
8.65
11.55
21.10
23.30
No.
g
986 059-BK
986 061-BK
986 064-BK
986 066-BK
22.70
29.55
48.20
56.30
F+2xG
No.
g
986 060-BK
986 063-BK
986 065-BK
986 067-BK
26.85
35.25
62.00
69.90
mm
mm
22.2
6.1
28
6.1
36
8.1
36
8.1
No.
g
927 432-BK
927 440-BK
927 448-BK
927 458-BK
3.80
5.35
9.00
12.20
Low rolling resistance, smooth running

Non-marking tyres, hard wearing
With mounting plate
Swivel castor
A
Zinc plated sheet steel housing.
Swivel bearing with double ball race.
Swivel castor with

double stop
Ball bearings.
C
Set offers
Set 1
Set 2
2x
With threaded pin
Overall height
Threaded pin
2x
Swivel castor
Swivel castor with

double stop
E
Set offers
Set 3
4x
Set 4
2x
With bolt hole
Overall height
Bolt hole
Swivel castor
Swivel castor with

double stop
G
Set offers
Set 5
Low rolling
resistance
4x
Set 6
2x
Wheels
hub length
hub bore
Non-marking
Tube fittings
Purchase as a set and save!
Expanding
For all swivel castors with bolt hole
For fitting in round and square tubes.
A For round tubes

Internal
mm
No.
g
18 21
21 23
24 27
28 32
31 35
927 459-BK
927 460-BK
927 461-BK
927 462-BK
927 463-BK
3.20
3.60
3.80
4.15
6.10
124934
Internal
Set 2
No.
g
mm
18 20
21 23
24 27
28 31
32 35
927 464-BK
927 466-BK
927 467-BK
927 468-BK
927 469-BK
3.20
3.50
4.05
4.40
6.10
BLUE =
124934
B For square tubes
4
On polypropylene rims
Low rolling resistance, smooth

running
Non-marking tyres, hard wearing
to+70 C
Zinc plated sheet steel housing, swivel

bearings with double ball race.
Plain bearings.
Wheel x width
Max. load at 4 km/h
Offset
Overall height
With
mounting
Screw hole
plate
Plate dims.
Set 1
Set 2
With
threaded
pin
With
screw hole
Set 6
41.5 / 51.5 x
50 / 61.5
41.5 / 51.5 x
50 / 61.5
41.5 / 51.5 x
50 / 61.5
2 x swivel castor A
+ 2 x swivel castor with
double stop B
No.
g
986 022-BK
986 024-BK
986 026-BK
33.40
42.80
48.70
2 x swivel castor with

double stop B
+ 2 x fixed castor C
No.
g
986 023-BK
986 025-BK
986 027-BK
28.70
36.75
44.45
mm
mm
104
M 10 x 14
138
M 10 x 14
163
M 10 x 14
No.
g
986 028-BK
986 030-BK
986 032-BK
27.50
34.30
41.95
No.
g
986 029-BK
986 031-BK
986 033-BK
36.25
44.85
54.10
mm
mm
100
10.5
134
10.5
159
10.5
No.
g
986 034-BK
986 036-BK
986 039-BK
22.30
29.80
36.50
No.
g
986 035-BK
986 037-BK
986 040-BK
30.95
39.50
46.90
4 x swivel castor
(not shown)
2 x swivel castor (not shown)
+ 2 x swivel castor
with double stop D
On nylon rim
Hardwearing and cut resistant
Non-marking
Largely resistant against many
thinned oils, greases, and alkaline
solutions
to+60 C
Nylon wheels
Maintenance free, smooth
running
Hardwearing
to+60 C
Wheel x width
Max. load at 4 km/h
Overall height
Swivel castor offset
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
Hub length / hub bore
4 x swivel castor
(not shown)
2 x swivel castor (not shown)
+ 2 x swivel castor
with double stop E
Wheel x width
Max. load at 4 km/h
Overall height
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with double stop
Fixed castors
Wheels
E
D
Purchase as a set
and save!
A
B
A
High load
capacity
Non-marking
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
100 x 30
140
128
35
102 x 80
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
125 x 32
180
155
36
102 x 80
80 x 60
9
44 / 15
160 x 38
240
197
55
135 x 110
105 x 80
11
58 / 20
No.
g
610 052-BK
610 057-BK
940 281-BK
22.50
25.75
48.00
No.
g
610 053-BK
610 058-BK
940 282-BK
29.10
32.45
58.60
No.
g
610 055-BK
610 059-BK
940 284-BK
17.25
20.85
38.00
No.
g
610 056-BK
610 060-BK
940 285-BK
5.00
8.65
12.55
Housing and wheel axles made of rust free

stainless steel. Swivel bearing with double
ball race, swivel bearing protection.
Plain bearings.
C
D
A
Maintenancefree
High load
capacity
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
80 x 30
150
108
41
105 x 85
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
100 x 32
150
128
41
105 x 85
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
125 x 34
180
155
41
105 x 85
80 x 60
9
48 / 10
160 x 40
300
197
55
137 x 105
105 x 80
11
58 / 20
200 x 50
300
235
55
137 x 105
105 x 80
11
60 / 20
No.
g
940 286-BK
940 290-BK
940 295-BK
940 299-BK
940 303-BK
18.90
19.15
22.50
43.00
49.60
940 292-BK
940 296-BK
940 300-BK
940 304-BK
Swivel castors
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
940 287-BK
25.45
25.75
29.10
56.30
61.40
Fixed castors
No.
g
940 288-BK
940 293-BK
940 297-BK
940 301-BK
940 306-BK
13.50
13.90
17.55
33.15
39.75
Wheels
No.
g
940 289-BK
940 294-BK
940 298-BK
940 302-BK
940 307-BK
2.00
2.70
4.80
6.65
10.45
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Set 1
Housing and wheel axles made of rust free

stainless steel. Swivel bearing with double
ball race, swivel bearing protection.
Plain bearings.
Polyurethane tyres
124935
mm
Overall height
Screw hole
Set offers
Set 5
125 x 32
100
43
162
8.5
67 x 77
Overall height
Threaded pin
Set offers
Non-marking
100 x 32
100
40
137
8.5
67 x 77
Set offers
Set4
75 x 30
75
30.5
103
8.5
67 x 77
Screw hole spacing
Set3
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

C
D
124935
Thermoplastic elastomer
tyres
KAISER + KRAFT
157
Nylon
Nylon wheels
Maintenance free, smooth running

Hardwearing
Largely resistant against many thinned acid and
alkaline solutions
Sheet steel housing, zinc chromate finish. Swivel bearing

with double ball race, swivel bearing protection.
Optionally with plain bearings or roller bearings.
Wheel x width
mm
65 x 30
80 x 35
100 x 38
125 x 38
150 x 40
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
100
93
36
150
100
36
180
128
38
200
155
38
300
185
52
350
235
54
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
100 x 70
100 x 70
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
mm
mm
mm
75 x 45
9
40 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
40 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
44 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
50 / 15
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
No.
g
192 910-BK
192 929-BK
192 945-BK
192 961-BK
192 996-BK
193 011-BK
13.20
14.65
17.00
20.75
34.75
39.90
771 171-BK
771 201-BK
771 236-BK
771 252-BK
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
With plain
bearings
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with

double stop
No.
g
771 155-BK
24.35
29.20
30.25
52.60
62.30
Fixed castors
No.
g
192 716-BK
192 724-BK
192 740-BK
192 767-BK
192 783-BK
192 821-BK
10.30
10.95
13.75
16.65
24.65
34.25
Wheels
No.
g
193 178-BK
193 186-BK
193 208-BK
193 224-BK
193 240-BK
193 267-BK
2.75
5.30
10.60
11.35
12.40
23.20
Maintenancefree
Hard wearing
Set offers
Set 1
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
No.
g
986 094-BK
986 099-BK
986 104-BK
68.30
75.80
87.10
Set 2
2x
B + 2 x C not shown
No.
g
986 095-BK
986 101-BK
986 105-BK
61.80
66.80
79.20
With
roller
bearings
Swivel castors
No.
g
892 122-BK
892 165-BK
892 211-BK
892 262-BK
892 300-BK
15.70
17.70
22.75
33.45
42.70
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
892 130-BK
892 173-BK
892 238-BK
892 270-BK
892 319-BK
26.00
28.95
32.40
56.80
66.60
Fixed castors
No.
g
892 149-BK
892 181-BK
892 246-BK
892 289-BK
892 327-BK
11.65
12.65
18.00
25.85
37.90
Wheels
No.
g
892 157-BK
892 203-BK
892 254-BK
892 297-BK
892 335-BK
5.80
8.05
11.60
14.35
26.50
Set 4
Set offers
Set 3
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
No.
g
986 096-BK
986 102-BK
986 106-BK
75.60
82.70
95.50
Set 4
2x
B+2xC
No.
g
986 098-BK
986 103-BK
986 107-BK
69.20
74.40
87.10
With plain
bearings
With ball
bearings
Nylon wheels
Extremely hard wearing

Largely resistant against many thinned acid and
alkaline solutions
Thermoplastic, nylon-based plastic.
Optionally with plain bearings or ball
bearings.
Wheel x width
mm
50 x 25
65 x 30
70 x 30
75 x 23
80 x 35
100 x 40
125 x 40
150 x 50
200 x 50
250 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Hub length
kg
mm
mm
150
30
10
170
35
10
200
40
10
200
25
15
300
35
20
450
50
15
600
53
15
600
55
20
1000
52
20
1000
58
25
No.
g
194 832-BK
194 840-BK
194 859-BK
194 867-BK
194 875-BK
194 697-BK
194 700-BK
194 719-BK
194 743-BK
194 778-BK
2.90
3.95
5.30
4.80
10.85
14.40
19.30
23.30
33.95
53.50
mm
12
12
20
20
20
194 689-BK
194 549-BK
194 557-BK
194 565-BK
194 603-BK
26.05
31.10
41.25
44.10
56.00
With plain bearings
124728
With ball bearings
bore
bore
No.
g
BLUE =
124728
Hard wearing
4
Polyamide wheels
Extremely durable
Reinforced housing
Zinc-chromated sheet steel housing, swivel bearing with

hardened double-ball race, swivel bearing protection,
lubrication nipple, fork head without central bolt.
Optionally with plain bearings or ball bearings

Wheel x width
mm
80 x 30
100 x 35
125 x 45
150 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
250
118
40
350
128
40
550
178
50
850
210
53
1000
245
55
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 85
100 x 87
105 x 85
100 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
mm
mm
mm
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
105 x 75 80
11
50 / 15
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
No.
g
645 206-BK
645 362-BK
193 046-BK
193 062-BK
193 089-BK
50.40
61.80
68.40
72.90
79.10
swivel castors with

double stop
No.
g
771 163-BK
771 198-BK
771 228-BK
771 244-BK
771 260-BK
65.00
78.40
88.10
92.60
99.00
fixed castors
No.
g
645 346-BK
645 370-BK
192 856-BK
192 872-BK
192 899-BK
20.65
26.50
38.90
43.50
52.90
wheels
No.
g
645 354-BK
645 389-BK
193 100-BK
193 127-BK
193 143-BK
10.35
17.60
24.00
24.35
27.60
Plate dims.
Low rolling
resistance
High load
capacity
Hard wearing
Screw hole spacing

Screw hole
Wheel hub length / bore
With plain
bearings
swivel castors
A
B
C
D
Set offers
No.
g
986 110-BK
986 114-BK
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
986 108-BK
Set 1
206.00
251.00
277.00
No.
g
986 111-BK
986 115-BK
2x
B + 2 x C not shown
986 109-BK
Set 2
152.90
187.70
229.50
With
ball bearings
No.
g
892 343-BK
892 394-BK
892 432-BK
892 475-BK
68.20
73.70
84.30
90.90
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
892 351-BK
892 408-BK
892 440-BK
892 483-BK
85.50
91.90
102.90
111.30
Fixed castors
No.
g
892 378-BK
892 416-BK
892 459-BK
892 491-BK
32.20
43.65
54.60
65.30
Wheels
No.
g
892 386-BK
423 240-BK
423 241-BK
423 263-BK
21.60
25.30
34.45
39.40
Set 4
Swivel castors
B
C
D
Set offers
No.
g
986 112-BK
986 116-BK
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
Set 3
274.50
299.00
No.
g
986 113-BK
986 117-BK
2x
B+2xC
Set 4
210.00
251.00
Polyamide wheels
Smooth running, maintenance free
Resistant to many acids and alkalis
Sheet steel housing, zinc chromate finish,

with bolt hole, swivel bearing with double
ball race.
Maintenancefree
Roller bearings.
mm
80 x 35
100 x 38
125 x 38
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
Plate
Bolt hole
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
150
100
36
70
12
40 / 12
180
125
38
70
12
40 / 12
200
155
38
70
12
50 / 15
No.
g
704 694-BK
704 697-BK
704 699-BK
12.10
11.95
14.45
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
704 696-BK
704 698-BK
704 700-BK
19.95
20.40
24.00
Wheels
No.
g
892 157-BK
892 203-BK
892 254-BK
5.80
8.05
11.60
B
C
124729
Wheel x width
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Swivel castors
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124729
159
Solid rubber / Semi-elastic

Solid rubber tyres
On sheet steel rim
For light to medium duty requirements

double ball race, swivel bearing protection, rims made of
sheet steel, gloss zinc plated.
Roller bearings
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 25
100 x 30
125 x 38
140 x 38
160 x 40
180 x 50
200 x 50
250 x 60
280 x 70
380 x 80
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
50
100
36
70
125
38
100
155
38
115
170
40
135
190
52
170
210
54
205
235
54
295
295
67
385
320
78
350
Plate dims.
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
120 x 80
120 x 80
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
175 x 175
220 x 120
175 x 175
220 x 120
Screw dims.
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
76 80 x 60
76 80 x 60
76 80 x 60
76 80 x 60
76 80 x 60
76 80 x 60
96 x 56
96 x 56
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
140 x 140
190 x 75
140 x 140
190 x 75
Screw hole
Wheel
mm
11
11
11
15
15
hub length mm
bore mm
40
12
40
12
50
15
50
15
60
20
60
20
60
20
65
25
75
25
88
25
No.
g
635 596-BK
635 618-BK
716 214-BK
190 349-BK
190 373-BK
191 140-BK
191 175-BK
191 248-BK
191 264-BK
12.15
13.80
14.35
21.30
20.10
21.45
24.05
65.20
80.30
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with

double stop
No.
g
751 650-BK
751 669-BK
716 215-BK
751 685-BK
751 693-BK
751 707-BK
751 715-BK
751 731-BK
751 758-BK
19.35
22.85
23.20
31.35
30.60
33.10
34.25
83.50
99.30
Fixed castors
No.
g
635 669-BK
635 677-BK
716 216-BK
190 004-BK
190 020-BK
190 802-BK
190 829-BK
190 861-BK
190 896-BK
8.35
10.75
11.70
17.20
20.75
19.10
23.20
52.40
67.20
Wheels
No.
g
635 723-BK
635 731-BK
716 217-BK
190 411-BK
190 446-BK
191 280-BK
191 302-BK
191 345-BK
191 361-BK
751 766-BK
4.40
5.55
5.80
7.70
9.30
9.55
11.00
27.40
37.50
45.50
Solid rubber tyres, non-marking

Sheet steel rims
No annoying black marks on flooring

Very quiet on hard floors
Housing and rims made of zinc plated sheet

steel, swivel bearing with sealed doubleball race.
Non-marking
Roller bearings.
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 25
100 x 30
125 x 38
160 x 40
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height / swivel castor offset
kg
mm
50
100 / 36
70
125 / 38
100
155 / 38
135
190 / 52
205
235 / 54
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
mm
mm
mm
76 80 x 60
9
40 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
40 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
50 / 15
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
No.
957 747-BK
957 755-BK
957 763-BK
957 771-BK
957 780-BK
14.70
17.35
20.45
34.45
45.40
957 810-BK
957 828-BK
957 836-BK
957 844-BK
957 852-BK
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with

double stop
No.
21.40
23.20
29.30
42.40
56.40
Fixed castors
No.
957 984-BK
957 992-BK
958 000-BK
958 018-BK
958 026-BK
11.45
12.55
17.25
29.70
40.55
Wheels
No.
958 107-BK
958 115-BK
958 123-BK
958 131-BK
958 140-BK
5.60
6.95
9.30
15.15
23.80
Set 2
Set 1
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
No.
986 068-BK
986 071-BK
986 073-BK
70.40
79.30
92.00
Set 2
2x
B+2xC
No.
986 069-BK
986 072-BK
986 074-BK
61.60
67.50
86.00
BLUE =
124727
124727
Set offers
4
Semi-elastic tyres
Sheet steel rims

Improved rolling resistance

double ball race, swivel bearing protection, rims made of
sheet steel, gloss zinc plated.
Roller bearings
Low rolling
resistance
Wheel x width
mm
125 x 38
140 x 38
160 x 40
180 x 50
200 x 50
250 x 60
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
120
155
38
150
170
40
225
190
52
300
215
60
300
235
54
450
290
70
Plate dims.
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
120 x 80
120 x 80
135 x 110
135 x 114
140 x 110
140 x 110
135 x 110
135 x 114
175 x 175
230 x 130
Screw hole spacing
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
76 80 x 60
76 80 x 60
96 x 56
96 x 56
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
105 x 75 80
140 x 140
190 x 75
mm
mm
mm
9
50
15
9
50
15
11
60
20
11
60
20
11
60
20
14.5
75
25
No.
g
716 218-BK
190 497-BK
190 527-BK
191 507-BK
191 531-BK
191 604-BK
21.45
36.05
40.85
51.10
50.40
116.70
751 782-BK
751 790-BK
751 804-BK
751 812-BK
751 820-BK
Screw hole
Hub length
Hub bore
High load
capacity
Swivel castors
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
716 220-BK
34.80
55.10
57.40
83.50
72.80
141.00
Fixed castors
No.
g
716 221-BK
189 839-BK
189 855-BK
190 624-BK
190 640-BK
190 683-BK
17.60
29.20
36.25
43.25
47.70
96.60
Wheels
No.
g
716 222-BK
190 578-BK
190 594-BK
191 639-BK
191 655-BK
191 701-BK
12.30
13.20
14.05
31.70
41.05
77.60
Solid rubber tyres

On plastic rim
For light to medium duty requirements


double ball race, swivel bearing protection.
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 25
100 x 30
125 x 38
140 x 38
160 x 40
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
50
100
36
70
125
38
100
155
38
115
170
40
135
190
55
205
235
54
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
120 x 80
120 x 80
137 x 105
135 x 115
135 x 110
135 x 114
mm
mm
mm
76 80 x 60
9
40 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
40 / 12
76 80 x 60
9
50 / 15
96 x 56
9
50 / 15
75 80 x 105
11
60 / 20
75 80 x 105
11
60 / 20
No.
g
190 314-BK
190 179-BK
190 209-BK
190 233-BK
190 276-BK
191 051-BK
12.10
13.35
23.65
24.55
32.50
57.50
751 561-BK
751 588-BK
751 596-BK
751 618-BK
751 634-BK
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
Hub length / bore
Swivel castors
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
751 553-BK
23.20
23.65
28.50
38.00
50.40
78.70
Fixed castors
No.
g
189 987-BK
189 871-BK
189 901-BK
189 936-BK
189 952-BK
190 748-BK
10.05
10.30
17.35
22.60
30.95
59.20
Wheels
No.
g
704 688-BK
190 047-BK
704 693-BK
190 098-BK
190 128-BK
190 950-BK
5.35
5.35
6.10
8.95
12.15
18.90
Solid rubber tyres

Plastic rims
124937
Model with bolt hole

For light duty requirements

double ball race.
Roller bearings
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 25
100 x 30
125 x 38
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
Plate
Bolt hole
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
50
100
36
70
12
40 / 12
70
125
38
70
12
40 / 12
100
155
38
70
12
50 / 15
No.
g
704 685-BK
704 689-BK
704 691-BK
9.80
11.15
12.85
704 690-BK
704 692-BK
Swivel castors
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
704 686-BK
17.45
18.60
21.35
Wheels
No.
g
704 688-BK
190 047-BK
704 693-BK
5.35
5.35
6.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124937
Roller bearings
161
Fully elastic / polyurethane

Full-elastic tyres
Plastic rims
For uneven and rough floor surfaces

Sheet steel housing, zinc plated, swivel bearing with

Roller bearings.
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 35
100 x 36
125 x 36
160 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

kg
mm
100
105 / 33
125
128 / 35
150
155 / 36
300
195 / 55
350
235 / 55
Plate dims.
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
105 x 85
105 x 85
105 x 85
105 x 85
105 x 85
105 x 85
135 x 110
135 x 110
135 x 110
135 x 110
Screw hole spacing
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
80 x 60
80 x 60
80 x 60
80 x 60
80 x 60
80 x 60
105 x 80 / 75
105 x 80 / 75
105 x 80 / 75
105 x 80 / 75
mm
mm
9
40 / 12
9
40 / 12
9
49 / 15
11
60 / 20
11
60 / 20
No.
g
604 334-BK
604 338-BK
604 342-BK
604 346-BK
604 351-BK
8.30
9.55
13.20
24.20
31.20
604 339-BK
604 343-BK
604 347-BK
604 352-BK
Screw hole
Hub length / bore
Swivel castors
No.
g
604 335-BK
12.00
13.60
17.75
28.80
38.45
Fixed castors
No.
g
604 336-BK
604 340-BK
604 344-BK
604 349-BK
604 353-BK
6.45
7.75
12.55
22.35
29.35
Wheels
No.
g
604 337-BK
604 341-BK
604 345-BK
604 350-BK
604 354-BK
4.30
4.95
6.95
13.20
19.85
Non-marking
Hard wearing
Low rolling
resistance
Set offers
Set 1
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
No.
g
604 355-BK
604 357-BK
604 358-BK
36.30
41.80
55.80
Set 2
2x
B+2xC
No.
g
604 359-BK
604 360-BK
604 361-BK
31.90
37.45
52.10
Set 2
Polyurethane tyres
On nylon rim
Wheel x width
mm
100 x 35
100 x 35
125 x 38
125 x 38
150 x 38
200 x 48
Max. load at 4 km/h

kg
mm
150
125 / 38
150
128 / 45
180
155 / 38
200
155 / 48
300
185 / 52
350
235 / 54
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
Screw hole spacing

Screw hole
mm
mm
mm
80 x 60 76
9
40 / 12
105 x 75 80
11
40 / 12
80 x 60 76
9
40 / 12
105 x 75 80
11
40 / 12
105 x 75 80
11
50 / 15
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
With
plain
bearings
No.
g
911 006-BK
702 714-BK
911 017-BK
702 757-BK
702 803-BK
702 854-BK
30.35
32.35
33.40
35.60
37.70
53.90
799 696-BK
911 019-BK
799 718-BK
799 726-BK
799 734-BK
Plate dims.
With
roller
bearings
124938
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with

double stop
No.
g
911 008-BK
41.10
43.60
43.85
46.35
54.60
71.60
Fixed castors
No.
g
911 010-BK
702 722-BK
911 022-BK
702 765-BK
702 811-BK
702 862-BK
23.45
25.95
25.90
27.45
29.00
44.55
Wheels
No.
g
702 730-BK
702 730-BK
702 773-BK
702 773-BK
702 838-BK
702 870-BK
16.85
16.85
22.20
22.20
22.00
38.45
Swivel castors
No.
g
911 007-BK
911 014-BK
911 018-BK
911 025-BK
911 028-BK
911 032-BK
32.40
34.00
34.55
37.25
43.20
61.80
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
911 009-BK
911 015-BK
911 021-BK
911 026-BK
911 029-BK
911 033-BK
43.25
45.50
45.75
47.65
60.00
78.00
Fixed castors
No.
g
911 012-BK
911 016-BK
911 023-BK
911 027-BK
911 030-BK
911 034-BK
25.05
25.80
27.05
28.40
34.15
51.00
Wheels
No.
g
911 013-BK
911 013-BK
911 024-BK
911 024-BK
911 031-BK
911 035-BK
18.85
18.85
23.70
23.70
27.05
45.25
Sheet steel housing, zinc plated, swivel bearing with

Optionally available with plain bearings or roller
bearings.
Cut resistant
Plain bearings
Low rolling
resistance
Roller bearings
BLUE =
124938
Extremely durable for high performance, low rolling

resistance
Largely resistant against many thinned oils, greases,
and chemicals
4
Full-elastic tyres
Aluminium rims
Non-marking wheels for sensitive floors

Zinc plated sheet steel housing, swivel bearings with

Wheel 100 mm on spoke rim (not shown);
wheel 125 200 mm on honeycomb rim (as shown).
Ball bearings.
High load
capacity
mm
100 x 40
100 x 40
125 x 40
125 x 40
160 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
180
125
38
180
128
45
200
155
38
200
155
48
300
190
52
350
235
54
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
mm
mm
mm
80 x 60 76
9
40 / 12
105 x 75 80
11
40 / 12
80 x 60 76
9
50 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
50 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
60 / 20
No.
g
757 838-BK
757 842-BK
757 846-BK
757 850-BK
757 854-BK
757 858-BK
27.35
30.10
37.00
42.40
59.00
75.60
No.
g
757 839-BK
757 843-BK
757 847-BK
757 851-BK
757 855-BK
757 859-BK
34.60
38.55
45.45
50.60
71.00
93.80
Fixed castors
No.
g
757 840-BK
757 844-BK
757 848-BK
757 852-BK
757 856-BK
757 860-BK
25.65
28.40
34.20
39.00
55.00
71.30
Wheels
No.
g
757 841-BK
757 841-BK
757 849-BK
757 849-BK
757 857-BK
757 862-BK
21.05
21.05
27.45
27.45
40.05
51.40
Screw hole spacing

Screw hole
Low rolling
resistance
Wheel x width
Plate dims.
Non-marking
A
B
C
D
Swivel castors
Fully-elastic tyres
On steel or aluminium rims
Low rolling resistance

Extremely hardwearing
Over-moulded steel rim

Wheel 60 + 80 mm on over-moulded steel rim.
Wheel 100 mm on aluminium spoke rim (notshown);
wheel 125 200 mm on aluminium honeycomb rim.
Ball bearings.
Low rolling
resistance
Honeycomb rim
Wheel x width
mm
60 x 40
80 x 40
100 x 40
100 x 40
125 x 40
125 x 40
160 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Hub length / bore
Overall height
With
mounting plate
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
Plate dims.
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
80
40 / 12
36
90
76 80 x 60
9
105 x 80
100
40 / 12
38
100
76 80 x 60
9
105 x 80
180
40 / 12
38
125
80 x 60 76
9
105 x 80
180
40 / 12
45
128
105 x 75 80
11
135 x 110
200
50 / 20
38
155
80 x 60 76
9
105 x 80
200
50/20
48
155
105 x 75 80
11
135 x 110
300
60 / 20
52
190
105 x 75 80
11
135 x 110
350
60 / 20
54
235
105 x 75 80
11
135 x 110
No.
g
911 036-BK
911 043-BK
757 863-BK
555 703-BK
757 866-BK
757 871-BK
195 138-BK
195 170-BK
21.95
23.65
23.70
26.45
32.05
37.50
52.90
66.80
No.
g
911 044-BK
757 864-BK
130 508-BK
757 867-BK
757 872-BK
672 246-BK
672 262-BK
31.40
31.10
34.75
39.70
46.95
66.30
84.20
mm
102 x 87
102 x 87
102 x 87
135 x 114
102 x 87
135 x 114
135 x 114
135 x 114
No.
g
911 039-BK
911 045-BK
757 865-BK
555 711-BK
757 868-BK
757 873-BK
194 999-BK
195 030-BK
19.95
20.90
22.50
24.70
29.30
34.25
48.80
61.50
No.
g
911 042-BK
911 049-BK
555 738-BK
555 738-BK
757 869-BK
757 869-BK
195 057-BK
195 073-BK
15.35
17.55
17.60
17.60
22.35
22.35
34.00
41.95
A
B
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with
double stop
Plate dims.
C
124939
Fixed castors
Wheels
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124939
High load
capacity
163
Polyurethane / Pneumatic tyres

Polyurethane tyres
On nylon rim
Extremely durable for high performance, low rolling

resistance
Largely resistant against many thinned oils, greases,
and chemicals
Sheet steel housing, zinc chromate finish. Swivel bearing

with double ball race, swivel bearing protection.
Roller bearings.
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 30
100 x 30
125 x 30
160 x 40
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
150
108
44.5
150
128
41
200
155
40
350
200
55
350
240
55
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
105 x 85
103 x 85
105 x 85
103 x 85
105 x 85
103 x 85
137 x 105
137 x 115
137 x 105
137 x 115
mm
mm
mm
60 x 77 80
9
44.4 / 12
60 x 77 80
9
44.4 / 12
60 x 77 80
9
44.4 / 12
105 x 75 80
11
58 / 20
105 x 75 80
11
58 / 20
No.
g
918 650-BK
918 655-BK
918 659-BK
918 664-BK
918 668-BK
13.75
13.30
14.50
40.75
44.65
918 656-BK
918 661-BK
918 665-BK
918 669-BK
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
Swivel castors
No.
g
918 651-BK
20.35
18.25
19.60
53.50
57.20
Fixed castors
No.
g
918 653-BK
918 657-BK
918 662-BK
918 666-BK
918 670-BK
11.20
11.85
13.55
30.75
38.65
Wheels
No.
g
918 654-BK
918 658-BK
918 663-BK
918 667-BK
918 671-BK
5.70
8.25
10.45
20.45
31.45
Low rolling
resistance
Set offers
Set 1
2x
A + 2 x B not shown
No.
g
985 957-BK
985 959-BK
985 962-BK
60.80
56.10
60.70
Set 2
2x
B+2xC
No.
g
985 958-BK
985 960-BK
985 963-BK
56.30
53.20
58.70
Set 2
Polyurethane tyres
Aluminium rims
Non-marking due to special composition

Hard wearing and cut resistant

Wheel 100 125 mm on spoke rim (not shown);
wheel 160 200 mm on honeycomb rim (as shown).
Ball bearings.
D
Non-marking
Wheel x width
mm
100 x 40
100 x 40
125 x 40
125 x 40
160 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

kg
mm
150
125 / 38
250
128 / 45
200
155 / 38
280
155 / 48
300
190 / 52
350
235 / 54
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
Screw hole spacing

Screw hole
mm
mm
80 x 60 76
9
105 x 75 80
11
80 x 60 76
9
105 x 75 80
11
105 x 75 80
11
105 x 75 80
11
Hub length / bore
mm
40 / 12
40 / 12
50 / 20
50 / 20
60 / 20
60 / 20
No.
g
760 522-BK
760 523-BK
760 524-BK
760 525-BK
760 526-BK
760 527-BK
30.00
35.70
52.50
59.50
57.20
71.30
760 534-BK
124940
Plate dims.
Swivel castors
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
760 529-BK
760 530-BK
760 531-BK
760 532-BK
760 533-BK
37.35
43.40
60.80
68.20
70.10
82.70
Fixed castors
No.
g
760 535-BK
760 537-BK
760 538-BK
760 539-BK
760 540-BK
760 541-BK
27.95
34.55
49.80
56.30
54.00
65.10
Wheels
No.
g
760 542-BK
760 542-BK
760 545-BK
760 545-BK
760 547-BK
760 548-BK
24.10
24.10
45.15
45.15
46.70
61.50
Hard wearing
Cut resistant
Swivel bearing
124940
BLUE =
4
Pneumatic tyres
Sheet steel rims
Very good shock absorption

Low rolling resistance on rough flooring
Easy on floors due to air cushioning
Swivel castors and fixed castors

Wheel up to 260 mm 1 4
Sheet steel housing, bright zinc plated, with dual ball
bearings in live ring, splash water protection. On swivel
castors, central bolts are secured with nut and lock
washer.
Additional hub bores, nylon plain bearings, varietyof

wheel sizes with plastic rims and other tyres are
available upon request.
Wheels
Wheel 200 260 mm 1 4
With 1-part sheet steel rim, powder coated.
Wheel 400 mm 5 6
With 1-part, black powder coated, weldedsheet steel
deep bed rim.
Wheels with welded steel hubs.
Please note the air pressure
If the pressure is reduced by 0.5 bar, the max. load is
reduced by approx. 15 %, at 1.0 bar by approx. 30 %.
For optimum rolling characteristics, the recommended air
pressure must be maintained.
We recommend checking the air pressure on a regular
basis.
2 Grooves
Consisting of round steel axle fitted with 2 pneumatic

tyres, 200 400 mm. Each wheel mounted with
2 zinc plated set collars. 1 dust cap on the outside of
each end. Fully assembled.
Dust caps
Pack of 4.
mm
20
25
985 939-BK
985 940-BK
5.15
5.80
On request
various wheel sets
punctureproof polyurethane tyres
spoke wheels
Wheel set,
similar to illustration
Model
Wheel x width
Max. load per wheel (at 4 km/h)
Tyres
Overall height / offset
mm
kg
200 x 50
75
210 x 65
100
260 x 85
200
260 x 85
200
400 x 100
300
400 x 100
300
profile
pressure bar
grooves
2.5
grooves
2.5
grooves
2.5
cross cut
2.5
grooves
2.5
cross cut
2.5
mm
230 / 54
245 / 62
295 / 70
295 / 70
Plate dims.
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
135 x 110
135 x 105
135 x 110
135 x 105
175 x 175
220 x 125
175 x 175
220 x 125
Screw hole spacing
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
105 x 80
105 x 80
105 x 80
140 x 140
190 x 75
140 x 140
190 x 75
mm
mm
11
60 / 20
11
75 / 20
15
75 / 20
15
75 / 20
88 / 25
88 / 25
No.
g
196 983-BK
196 991-BK
197 009-BK
197 289-BK
35.40
50.40
74.70
72.80
No.
g
196 940-BK
196 959-BK
196 967-BK
197 203-BK
29.60
42.85
59.20
58.20
No.
g
197 033-BK
197 068-BK
197 084-BK
197 416-BK
197 483-BK
944 410-BK
28.65
32.35
37.30
36.40
55.90
61.20
No.
g
196 975-BK
197 254-BK
88.60
87.30
No.
g
196 932-BK
197 165-BK
72.30
74.50
No.
g
197 017-BK
197 327-BK
944 409-BK
944 411-BK
45.80
45.15
64.90
67.10
Screw hole
Hub length / bore
With
roller bearings
swivel castors
fixed castors
wheels
With
precision ball bearings
swivel castors
fixed castors
124730
Spoke wheels
wheels
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124730
Accessory
No.
g / pack
5 Grooves
Wheel sets with pneumatic tyres
Low rolling
resistance
For wheel hub bore
4 Cross cut
165
Polyurethane / Nylon
Polyurethane tyres
On aluminium rim
Extremely durable for high performance

Low rolling resistance
Reinforced housing made of zinc plated sheet steel.

Swivel bearing without central bolt with hardened,
Wheel 100 mm: on spoke rim (not shown);
wheel 125 200 mm: on honeycomb rim (as shown).
Ball bearings.
D
Low rolling
resistance
High load
capacity
Wheel x width
mm
100 x 40
125 x 40
160 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

kg
mm
280
128 / 40
350
178 / 50
500
215 / 53
700
245 / 55
swivel castor mm
fixed castor mm
105 x 85
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
135 x 110
135 x 114
mm
mm
80 x 60 / 9
40 / 12
105 x 75 80 / 11
50 / 20
105 x 75 80 / 11
60 / 20
105 x 75 80 / 11
60 / 25
No.
g
578 118-BK
578 126-BK
578 134-BK
578 142-BK
55.90
70.30
79.40
97.00
104 248-BK
104 280-BK
104 299-BK
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing / screw hole
Swivel bearing
Non-marking
Swivel castors
Swivel castors with

double stop
No.
g
104 205-BK
71.00
89.30
103.40
119.00
Fixed castors
No.
g
578 169-BK
578 177-BK
578 185-BK
578 193-BK
37.25
51.40
58.90
77.40
Wheels
No.
g
578 215-BK
578 223-BK
578 231-BK
578 258-BK
24.00
44.05
48.40
61.20
Nylon wheels
Hardwearing
Largely resistant to thinned acids andalkaline
solutions
Steel housing, welded, with zinc chromate finish. Swivel

bearings with double ball race. Live ring with labyrinth
seal. With lubrication nipple, centre bolts screwed on and
secured.
Ball bearings.
D
Hard wearing
124941
Swivel bearing
High load
capacity
Wheel x width
mm
125 x 50
150 x 50
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
840
170
48
960
200
58
1200
245
59
Mounting plate dims.

Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
mm
mm
mm
135 x 110
105 x 75 80
11
135 x 110
105 x 75 80
11
135 x 110
105 x 75 80
11
Wheel hub length

Wheel hub bore
mm
mm
60
20
60
20
60
20
No.
g
940 323-BK
940 327-BK
940 332-BK
79.50
90.30
97.00
944 413-BK
944 414-BK
Swivel castors
No.
g
944 412-BK
103.80
111.20
120.90
Fixed castors
No.
g
940 325-BK
940 329-BK
940 334-BK
46.60
58.00
60.10
Wheels
No.
g
940 326-BK
940 331-BK
940 335-BK
26.60
36.10
41.90
BLUE =
124941
4
NEW
A
C
B
High load
capacity
Low rolling
resistance
Hard wearing
Cut resistant
On request
Swivel castors (with and without double stops) with
four-way directional stops, can be fitted at a later stage.
This converts swivel castors into fixed castors.
Polyurethane tyres,
ShoreA93hardness(3)
Permanently fixed on precision,
machine turned cast rims.
Ball bearings with lubrication nipple.
Easy rolling, quiet

Hardwearing and cut resistant
Heavy, welded sheet steel housing, zinc plated.

Swivel castors with sealed fork head and combined deep
groove ball bearings and tapered roller bearings, with
lubrication nipple.
Plate dimensions 138 x 110 mm

Wheel x width
mm
125 x 50
200 x 50
250 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
550
175
58
1000
250
55
1200
300
73
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
mm
mm
mm
138 x 110
105 x 78-80
10
138 x 110
105 x 75-80
10
138 x 110
105 x 75-80
10
Wheel hub length

Wheel hub bore
mm
mm
60
20
60
20
60
20
Swivel castors
No.
g
969 108-BK
969 113-BK
969 118-BK
80.70
96.60
120.10
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
969 110-BK
969 114-BK
969 119-BK
102.20
119.10
140.70
Fixed castors
No.
g
969 111-BK
969 115-BK
969 120-BK
50.60
64.50
86.50
Wheels
No.
g
969 112-BK
969 116-BK
969 121-BK
31.25
50.20
63.40
124942
Swivel fork head
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Wheel x width
mm
150 x 50
200 x 50
250 x 75
300 x 75
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
800
212
55
1000
264
60
1800
314
80
2000
365
82
Plate dims.
Screw hole spacing
Screw hole
mm
mm
mm
175 x 140
140 x 105
12
175 x 140
140 x 105
12
175 x 140
140 x 105
12
175 x 140
140 x 105
12
Wheel hub length

Wheel hub bore
mm
mm
60
20
60
20
82
30
82
30
Swivel castors
No.
g
969 122-BK
969 127-BK
969 131-BK
969 136-BK
122.30
129.90
187.20
225.50
Swivel castors
with double stop
No.
g
969 123-BK
969 128-BK
969 132-BK
969 137-BK
154.20
156.50
214.00
251.50
Fixed castors
No.
g
969 124-BK
969 129-BK
969 134-BK
969 138-BK
67.70
79.10
141.70
175.90
Wheels
No.
g
969 126-BK
969 130-BK
969 135-BK
969 139-BK
34.25
50.20
97.00
123.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124942
Plate dimensions 175 x 140 mm
167
Extra heat resistant wheels / Ball bearing races

Plastic wheels
Very heat resistant
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 35
100 x 35
125 x 40
150 x 45
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
100
100
36
125
125
38
150
155
38
300
185
52
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
Screw hole spacing

Screw hole
mm
mm
mm
80 x 60
9
40 / 12.2
80 x 60
9
40 / 12.2
80 x 60
9
44 / 20.2
105 x 75 80
11
57.5 / 20.2
Swivel castors
No.
g
524 360-BK
524 395-BK
524 425-BK
524 468-BK
26.35
33.70
47.95
73.90
Fixed castors
No.
g
524 379-BK
524 409-BK
524 433-BK
524 476-BK
22.85
28.90
45.05
68.90
Wheels
No.
g
524 387-BK
524 417-BK
524 441-BK
524 484-BK
16.65
21.25
33.55
54.90
Plate dims.
Usage temperature 40 C to +280 C

Non-warping wheels
Optimum running characteristics
Black plastic wheel body. Zinc plated sheet steel housing.

Swivel bearing with double ball race.
Plain bearings
Grey cast iron wheels

Very heat resistant
Wheel x width
mm
80 x 35
100 x 35
125 x 35
160 x 43
Max. load at 4 km/h

Overall height
kg
mm
mm
100
100
36
125
125
38
150
155
38
300
190
52
swivel castors mm
fixed castors mm
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
105 x 80
102 x 87
135 x 110
135 x 114
Screw hole spacing

Screw hole
mm
mm
mm
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
80 x 60
9
40 / 12
80 x 60
9
50 / 15
105 x 75 80
11
50 / 20
Swivel castors
No.
g
716 265-BK
716 267-BK
716 269-BK
716 271-BK
33.45
37.80
47.35
59.50
Fixed castors
No.
g
716 266-BK
716 268-BK
716 270-BK
716 272-BK
31.50
35.95
43.40
54.10
Wheels
No.
g
521 330-BK
521 331-BK
521 332-BK
521 333-BK
20.00
22.20
28.05
33.10
Plate dims.
For flange up to500mm, we recommend

4 6bolts; for larger at least 8bolts.
All M10 M12, rigidity class 8.8.
Both flange rings without bore holes.
Note
Dimension D ( inner top ring) is subject to
manufacturing tolerances of +2 mm / 15mm.
For dim. A, manufacturing tolerances of 0to
+5mm.
Check tolerances to ensure smooth running
fit.
Usage temperature 40 C to +280 C

Virtually maintenance free
Optimum running characteristics
Wheel body made of high quality GG 20/25 grey cast iron,

painted black. Slightly convex running surface.
Zinc plated sheet steel housing. Swivel bearing with
double ball bearing race.
Plain bearings
Ball bearing races

For turntable steering
2 steel rings with ball bearing races

Precision steel bearings. Lubrication nipple
Black primed surface
External flange
Max. axial load
124731
Flange
Outer top ring
Inner bottom ring
Inner top ring
Circle of holes bottom ring
Circle of holes top ring
Flange thickness
Overall height
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
mm
400
500
500
650
650
750
850
950
1050
1050
kg
700
900
1800
1500
2500
1800
2500
3000
3500
4500
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
400
342
292
230
375
260
8
45
500
442
392
330
475
360
8
45
500
437
384
315
475
340
8
52
650
592
542
480
625
510
8
45
650
587
534
465
625
490
8
52
750
692
642
580
725
610
8
45
850
792
742
680
825
710
8
45
950
892
842
780
925
810
8
45
1050
992
942
880
1025
910
8
45
1050
987
934
865
1025
890
8
52
188 964-BK
188 972-BK
189 030-BK
188 980-BK
189 049-BK
188 999-BK
189 006-BK
189 014-BK
188 956-BK
189 022-BK
249.50
253.50
324.50
290.50
412.00
324.50
379.50
435.50
466.00
549.00
No.
g
BLUE =
124731
For transport equipment up to 30 km/h
4
With annealed cast iron housings
For use in harsh environments

Very sturdy and durable
Virtually maintenance free
High load
capacity

painted black. Slightly convex running surface.
Annealed cast iron housing, swivel housing with double
ball bearing race, can be lubricated. Protected against
dust and spray water under certain conditions.
Temperature resistant to +100C, and up to +300C when
plain bearing is lubricated with special grease.
All specified measurements are approximate.

Wheel x width
mm
50 x 25
65 x 30
80 x 35
100 x 35
125 x 35
160 x 43
200 x 50
Max. load at 4 km/h

Screw hole spacing (swivel and fixed castors)
Screw hole (swivel and fixed castors)
Overall height / offset
Plate dims.
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
100
65 x 35
8
75 / 18
85 x 55
/
150
75 x 40
8
90 / 22
95 x 60
34 / 7.1
250
90 x 55
8
110 / 30
115 x 80
42 / 10
350
115 x 70
10
135 / 35
145 x 100
43 / 10
450
125 x 75
10
162 / 40
155 x 105
50 / 12
650
145 x 95
10
205 / 50
175 x 125
56 / 15
1000
185 x 105
14
260 / 60
225 x 145
59 / 20
With
plain bearings
No.
g
194 506-BK
194 514-BK
194 522-BK
194 395-BK
194 417-BK
194 433-BK
194 468-BK
25.30
29.80
33.90
47.80
58.00
79.50
130.50
fixed castors
No.
g
194 352-BK
194 360-BK
194 379-BK
194 239-BK
194 255-BK
194 271-BK
194 301-BK
16.05
19.65
28.95
31.45
36.25
48.25
90.00
wheels
No.
g
194 204-BK
194 212-BK
194 050-BK
194 093-BK
194 115-BK
11.70
21.00
23.10
27.70
32.95
No.
g
194 530-BK
194 409-BK
194 425-BK
194 441-BK
194 476-BK
36.75
50.80
67.00
85.50
138.50
fixed castors
No.
g
194 387-BK
194 247-BK
194 263-BK
194 298-BK
194 328-BK
33.95
40.25
42.70
54.70
108.20
wheels
No.
g
194 220-BK
194 123-BK
194 158-BK
44.40
51.30
With
roller bearings
swivel castors
swivel castors
23.65

Wheel flange
Very high load bearing capacity

Impact resistant
High temperature resistance
High load
capacity

painted black. Precision-turned wheel flange and running
surface. Running surface tilted 3 toward outside.
Starting with wheel 150 / 175 mm, wheel bodies are
notched out to reduce weight. Starting with wheel
125 / 145 mm, fitted with lubrication nipple.
Temperature resistant to +100C, and up to +300C when
plain bearing is lubricated with special grease.
Special oven bearings / ball bearings for resistance up
to350C on request.
Wheel
without / with flange mm
50 / 62
75 / 100
100 / 125
125 / 145
150 / 175
180 / 210
200 / 230
200 / 230
250 / 300
250 / 300
Wheel width
Max. load at 4 km/h
Hub length, symmetric
hub / axle
With
plain bearings
without / with flange mm

kg
mm
mm
26 / 32
400
/ 15
30 / 40
800
47
62 / 20
36 / 46
1000
52
62 / 20
36 / 46
1000
52
62 / 20
36 / 46
1000
52
62 / 20
36 / 48
1200
52
65 / 30
40 / 57
1500
60
87 / 30
62 / 80
3000
90
/
50 / 65
2000
70
90 / 40
50 / 65
3000
70
/
No.
g
244 902-BK
244 910-BK
244 929-BK
244 937-BK
244 945-BK
244 953-BK
244 961-BK
25.85
32.60
36.05
41.05
55.60
77.40
244 988-BK
25.85
mm
62 / 20
62 / 20
62 / 20
62 / 20
65 / 20
87 / 25
110 / 40
90 / 30
110 / 40
No.
g
244 996-BK
245 003-BK
245 011-BK
245 038-BK
245 046-BK
245 054-BK
245 062-BK
245 070-BK
245 089-BK
44.20
49.85
55.80
61.80
79.80
104.80
161.20
151.40
208.00
hub / axle
124732
With
ball bearings
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

121.30
KAISER + KRAFT
124732
All specified measurements are approximate.
169
5
Conveyors
Roller tracks
Page
172
Conveyor rollers
Page
173
Ball units, ball transfer tables

Page
174
Flexible conveyors
Pages
176 177
Skate wheel conveyors

Pages
178 179
Roller conveyors
180 183
1 + 2 Light duty roller tracks
For plastic and aluminium containers,

crates, trays, etc.
With cylindrical or flanged rollers. Bright
zinc plated support profile, 26.5 x 39.5 mm.
Available on request with higher max.
load capacity (up to 8 kg).
Roller tracks
Efficient link between stations in
production, final assembly, storage and
shipping.
Roller spacing
1
2
2
1
3 5 Heavy duty roller tracks
For transporting pallets, stacks of pallets.
Max. load for floor mounted
applications 600 kg/m
With cylindrical or flanged rollers.
Bright zinc plated support profile.
28
42
length
1000 mm
No.
g
614 551-BK
11.60
length
2000 mm
No.
g
609 202-BK
20.10
Plastic flanged rollers, 26 mm,

flange wheel 40 mm,
sturdy axles,
max. load 4 kg per roller
length
1000 mm
No.
g
614 552-BK
12.40
length
2000 mm
No.
g
609 204-BK
22.20
mm
48
72
96
Plastic cylindrical rollers, 46 mm,

plain bearings,
length
1200 mm
No.
g
614 553-BK
614 554-BK
614 555-BK
113.00
93.10
83.90
length
2400 mm
No.
g
517 518-BK
517 534-BK
517 720-BK
192.30
146.50
130.60
Plastic flanged rollers, 46 mm,

flange wheel 70 mm,
plain bearings,
length
1200 mm
No.
g
614 557-BK
614 558-BK
89.10
83.70
length
2400 mm
No.
g
517 828-BK
517 844-BK
146.50
127.20
Steel cylindrical rollers, 45 mm,

zinc plated,
ball bearings,
length
1200 mm
No.
g
614 559-BK
614 560-BK
614 561-BK
216.50
166.30
145.90
length
2400 mm
No.
g
716 124-BK
716 122-BK
716 119-BK
368.00
263.50
216.50
No.
g
741 060-BK
No.
g
741 230-BK
Connecting plate
Connects 2 adjacent rails
No.
g
740 870-BK
Installation kit for frame mounting

50 special bolts, washers, nuts
No.
g
740 900-BK
Installation kit for floor mounting

10 plugs (M 10 x 20)
No.
g
716 143-BK
mm
Plastic cylindrical rollers, 26 mm,

sturdy axles,
Roller spacing
Mount level on floor or at a slight pitch,

directly on floor, on tables and platforms or
in flow-through shelving units.
Accessories for 3 5
Stop pad
Braking slope with end stop
Collision guard
Roller track end with stop limit to protect rollers and profiles
95559
Dimensions in mm
The contact surface of the goods to

be transported must be flat.
BLUE =
28.00
18.80
17.10
39.50
13.35
95559
Pages
5
Conveyor rollers
1 Steel conveyor rollers Load capacity up to 120 kg
Made of steel or plastic tubing

Bearing case made of steel or plastic
For roller conveyors, flow shelving

systems, gravity roller conveyors and
roller stands.
A wide range of models to accommodate

virtually any application.
Tubular steel running surface, bearing

base made of steel with cone ball bearing.
Available with threaded axle or spring
axle.
1
2 Steel rollers Max. load 250 kg
Special models
Particularly suitable for heavyweight

items, such as pallet transport, transfer
shelving, saw supply systems etc.
Stainless steel conveyor rollers, steel

with PVC cover, zinc plated design,
with stainless steel bearing; available
in additional lengths and diameters
upon request.
Steel finish, end caps made of plastic, ball

bearings with labyrinth seals, axle with
internal thread.
2
3 Plastic rollers Max. load 10 kg
For light duty conveyors, transfer shelving
and light duty order picking systems.
Temperature resistant from
5 C to + 50 C.
With threaded shaft
Plastic finish, impact resistant,

ball bearing with spring loaded
shaft 8 mm. Plastic end caps.
3
With internal thread
For light duty conveyors and transfer

shelving. Temperature resistant
from 5 C to +50 C.
Plastic finish, impact resistant, ball

bearings with spring loaded shaft
6 10 mm. End caps made of plastic.
Spring loaded shaft

A Installation
length
B Casing length
4
C Axle
D Roller

For roller conveyors, transfer shelving
and order picking systems. Suitable
for saw supply in aluminium profile
manufacturing. Temperature resistant
from 5 C to +50 C.
The capacities listed

apply to an evenly distributed load
along the entire roller length B.
Plastic finish, impact resistant, end

caps made of plastic with ball bearing
and labyrinth seals. Spring loaded shaft
12 mm.
5
Roller
1
mm
Installation dims.
installation length A = casing length B +
Axle / type
Casing length B max. load

200 mm
300 mm
400 mm
500 mm
600 mm
800 mm
101170

1000 mm
60
80
50
20
30
10 mm
20 mm
10 mm
10 mm
5 mm
10 mm
sprung axle
M 12 x 20
20 mm
internal thread
M 10 x 15
8 mm
sprung axle
6 mm
sprung axle
50
50
20 mm
M 10 x 20
5
40
50
50
50
5 mm
5 mm
8 mm
sprung axle
10 mm
sprung axle
63
10 mm
20 mm
10 mm
20 mm
10 mm
sprung axle
M 10 x 20
10 mm
sprung axle
M 12 x 20
kg
120
90
120
250
10
10
90
45
60
No.
g
176 567-BK
176 079-BK
176 869-BK
176 362-BK
177 415-BK
177 504-BK
177 563-BK
177 660-BK
177 741-BK
178 268-BK
177 857-BK
178 020-BK
18.60
16.00
20.40
34.75
11.35
10.50
10.85
11.45
12.15
21.40
19.60
23.40
kg
120
85
120
250
4.5
6.5
80
40
60
No.
g
176 591-BK
176 109-BK
176 893-BK
176 389-BK
177 431-BK
177 520-BK
177 598-BK
177 687-BK
177 776-BK
178 292-BK
177 881-BK
178 055-BK
20.80
17.60
22.85
37.50
12.95
11.70
12.30
12.60
13.25
23.80
20.55
26.90
kg
120
80
120
250
1.5
60
30
45
No.
g
176 621-BK
176 133-BK
176 923-BK
176 400-BK
177 466-BK
177 547-BK
177 628-BK
177 709-BK
177 792-BK
178 322-BK
177 938-BK
178 098-BK
22.40
19.25
25.45
42.20
14.85
13.05
13.40
14.70
15.45
26.40
24.95
30.35
kg
120
60
120
250
3.5
5.5
7.5
40
20
35
No.
g
176 664-BK
176 176-BK
176 966-BK
176 427-BK
177 482-BK
177 644-BK
177 725-BK
177 814-BK
178 357-BK
177 962-BK
178 136-BK
22.70
19.90
27.00
46.00
16.50
14.60
16.25
17.50
29.00
27.95
34.55
kg
95
48
120
250
30
15
25
No.
g
176 699-BK
176 206-BK
176 990-BK
176 443-BK
177 830-BK
178 381-BK
177 997-BK
178 160-BK
25.70
22.90
29.05
49.95
19.75
30.95
30.10
37.55
kg
55
27
100
250
10
No.
g
176 753-BK
176 265-BK
177 059-BK
176 494-BK
178 225-BK
29.80
25.95
34.50
61.80
55.90
kg
30
15
70
160
No.
g
176 532-BK
176 044-BK
176 834-BK
176 346-BK
33.10
28.25
39.55
69.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
101170
Model
171
5
Ball units
For easy movement, rotation and

positioning of loads with minimal effort
Run smoothly with precise rolling
characteristics
Max. conveyor speed 2 m/s,
for plastic balls max. 0.25 m/s
Proven use in conveyor systems and in the

packing industry, for feed and processing
equipment.
Zinc plated sheet steel housing and cover
plate. With oil impregnated felt seal to
keep dirt out and to prevent corrosion.
Plastic balls with dry felt seal.
Zinc plated sheet steel housing and cover
plate. Hardened cup and ball. Dirt outlet.
1 Standard ball units
2 With fastening element
3 Ball units with flange
Ball units with steel balls (W.Nr.1.1269)

for heavy goods, suitable for operating
temperatures up to 100 C.
Ball units with plastic balls (PA) for the
transport of fragile goods such as glass,
polished aluminium, brass, sheet steel,
etc. Suitable for operating temperatures
up to30 C.
Available with stainless steel balls
on request.
Mounts with integrated spring clips.

Can also be used to compensate for
mounting holes which are too large.
Easyassembly.
Universal, for most applications.

Low profile design for low installation
heights.
Mounts via 2fixing holes.
Also available with plastic or stainless
steel balls on request.
Model
Determining ball size

Divide the weight of the goods to be
transported by 3 to arrive at the load
capacity for one ball unit.
Ball
Overall height
Ball protrusion above table plane
Housing
Cut out
Flange
Flange height
Mounting material thickness
Fixing hole
Circle of hole
dw
L
B
D
O
A
M
T
H
T
effective load
With
plain metal balls
With
plastic balls
effective load
With stainless steel balls

compliant with EN 10088 / EN ISO 683-17
effective load
Depending on the characteristics of the

goods to be transported, it is also
possible to calculate using the total
number of load-bearing ball units
provided the ball plane is even.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
15
21
9.5 0.2
24 0.065
31
6.3
60
22
30
9.8 0.2
36 0.08
45
5.5
160
30
37
13.8 0.3
45 0.08
55
8.3
300
45
53.5
19 0.4
62 0.095
75
10
610
15
21
9.5 0.2
24 0.08
25 + 0.5
31
6.3
2
60
22
30
9.8 0.2
36 0.08
37 + 0.5
45
5.5
3
160
30
37
13.8 0.3
45 0.13
46 + 0.5
55
8.3
6.0
300
19
22
3.2
29.1 0.2
30
61
6.8
5.1
44.5 0.2
25
25
30
6.3
37 0.2
38.1
73
7.9
5.1
55.6 0.2
55
32
36.1
8
45.5 0.2
46.5
73.7
8.2
5.1
58.7 0.2
125
No.
g
946 085-BK
946 086-BK
946 088-BK
946 089-BK
946 093-BK
946 094-BK
946 096-BK
946 100-BK
946 101-BK
946 102-BK
4.45
7.65
14.65
43.85
10.85
17.05
25.35
7.90
10.50
14.90
kg
10
20
25
10
20
25
20
25
25
No.
g
946 090-BK
946 091-BK
946 092-BK
7.30
12.65
28.45
kg
60
160
300
25
55
125
No.
g
on request
610
on request
60
160
300
946 097-BK
441 880-BK
946 099-BK
15.20
26.80
40.15
on request
Ball unit tables

For conveying goods with closed, firm
and flat bases
Ball 25.4 mm
Effective load 30 kg per ball
Zinc plated ball housing
Tabletop and side profiles made of zinc
plated sheet steel
Double stands for A can be found

on pages 173 and 179.
Additional table widths, lengths and

special designs available upon request.
Double stands for B can be found

on page 181.
122424
Model
A for skate wheel and light duty roller conveyors
B for heavy duty roller conveyors
Overall height
Track width
Length x overall width
mm
mm
mm
Spacing 60 mm
No.
g
903 942-BK
903 946-BK
903 951-BK
903 955-BK
903 960-BK
903 964-BK
903 969-BK
903 974-BK
903 978-BK
903 983-BK
903 987-BK
611.00
1225.00
769.00
1535.00
966.00
1915.00
779.00
1570.00
1165.00
2330.00
1435.00
2835.00
Spacing 75 mm
No.
g
903 943-BK
903 947-BK
903 952-BK
903 956-BK
903 961-BK
903 966-BK
903 970-BK
903 975-BK
903 979-BK
903 984-BK
903 988-BK
903 994-BK
424.00
858.00
537.00
1070.00
673.00
1330.00
544.00
1085.00
815.00
1625.00
986.00
1960.00
Spacing 100 mm
No.
g
903 944-BK
903 948-BK
903 953-BK
903 958-BK
903 962-BK
903 967-BK
903 971-BK
903 976-BK
903 980-BK
903 985-BK
903 989-BK
903 995-BK
281.00
567.00
353.00
712.00
450.00
899.00
363.50
728.00
545.00
1090.00
725.00
1280.00
Spacing 125 mm
No.
g
903 945-BK
903 950-BK
903 954-BK
903 959-BK
903 963-BK
903 968-BK
903 972-BK
903 977-BK
903 982-BK
903 986-BK
903 991-BK
903 996-BK
218.00
434.50
270.50
544.00
345.50
685.00
282.00
562.00
417.50
832.00
509.00
1020.00
400
500 x 440
1000 x 440
70
500
500 x 540
1000 x 540
Ball unit tables are used as crossings for

gravity conveyors and manually operated
conveying systems.
Can also be used as a work table.
600
500 x 640
1000 x 640
500
500 x 550
1000 x 550
110
750
500 x 800
1000 x 800
900
500 x 950
1000 x 950
BLUE =
903 992-BK
122424
Ball units Ball transfer tables Small roller conveyors
Illustrated with 90 degree bend, upright frame and Additional track widths, lengths, passages, as well as
galvanised rollers and 45 curves on request.
single sided guide rails (accessory).
Track sections, completely assembled (with conveyor rollers)
Small roller conveyors

Slight pitch facilitates transport flow
For transporting goods with a min. length
or min. of 75 mm (= to 3 x axle spacing).
Technical details
Overall height 61.5 mm. Rollers protrude 1.5 mm above
upper edge of sides. Modular system allows for expansion
to build a complete conveyor system.
Axle spacing = 25 mm.
Sides
Aluminium U-profile, 20 x 60 x 20 x 2.5 mm.
Conveyor rollers
Made of blue plastic tubing, 20 mm. 40 rollers per
metre. Sprung axle, 6 mm. Ball bearings.
Scope of delivery
Track sections are completely assembled. Prices listed in
table are without frame supports and accessories.
Track width
Overall width
Max. load with 1 m frame support spacing
mm
mm
kg
200
240
60
300
340
55
400
440
55
500
540
50
Straight 1 m
No.
g
891 037-BK
891 142-BK
891 223-BK
716 126-BK
314.00
326.00
339.00
352.50
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
891 045-BK
891 150-BK
891 231-BK
716 127-BK
451.50
467.00
485.50
498.50
Straight 2 m
No.
g
891 053-BK
891 169-BK
891 258-BK
716 128-BK
575.00
611.00
624.00
644.00
90 curve
Inner radius 800 mm, split rollers
No.
g
891 134-BK
891 215-BK
891 304-BK
891 371-BK
749.00
899.00
935.00
1515.00
kg
mm
mm
1.3
200
220
1.2
300
320
1.0
401
421
0.9
502
522
891 649-BK
891 657-BK
891 665-BK
891 673-BK
12.30
14.05
16.05
17.05
Conveyor rollers
Max. load
Installation length
Axle length
No.
g
Accessories
1 Dual frame supports

With swivel hinge, height adjustable, square 40 x 40 x 2 mm, zinc plated.
Height up to top of support
mm
330 480
380 580
470 750
580 950
730 1250
For 200 mm track width
No.
g
977 617-BK
977 618-BK
977 619-BK
977 620-BK
977 621-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.10
101.40
No.
g
903 676-BK
903 678-BK
903 681-BK
903 683-BK
903 685-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
No.
g
977 622-BK
977 623-BK
977 625-BK
977 626-BK
977 627-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.10
101.40
No.
g
903 677-BK
903 679-BK
903 682-BK
903 684-BK
903 686-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
For track width
Made of zinc plated sheet steel,

permanently mounted.
Dual frame
supports
Single sided guide rail

and end stop
3 Side guide rails
Tubular steel, zinc plated 25 mm.

Height adjustable from 50 130 mm.
Available in two versions: for straight
sections and curves.
mm
No.
g
For straight runs
200
300
400
500
891 762-BK
892 084-BK
892 092-BK
892 106-BK
52.40
52.40
52.40
52.40
length m
1,5
For one side
No.
g
515 984-BK
515 985-BK
515 986-BK
515 987-BK
37.20
55.80
74.50
112.30
For both sides
No.
g
515 988-BK
515 989-BK
515 991-BK
515 992-BK
68.30
102.50
136.60
205.00
For 90 curves
No.
g
4 Quick connectors (not shown)

Required if roller conveyors are to be set up in successive rows.
inside
outside
903 690-BK
903 691-BK
60.30
84.00
Pack of 4.
95436
No. 515 993-BK

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g / pack 29.20
KAISER + KRAFT
95436
2 End stops
173
5
Flexible roller conveyor
Available with rollers or skate wheels

For use in different locations and in variable track
arrangements
Ideal for combined use with roller stands and
conveyor belts, e.g. changing
connections in various locations
Can be stored in a small space when folded.
Each axle with displaced roller.
Flat iron concertina frame, riveted, zinc-plated.

Frame legs height-adjustable with solid rubber
swivel castors and wheel stop.
Concertina connections by flexible stabilisers.
Plastic handles on both sides for
expanding and closing.
Track ridge height adjustable from 720 1150 mm.
For goods lengths from 440 700 mm.
Axle spacing when expanded 150 mm.
Central concertina model
Flexible roller conveyors
Model
Track length 1160 4350 mm (extensible)
3 support feet
Max. load between 2 feet: 100 kg

4 support feet

5 support feet

6 support feet, max. load between 2 feet: 125 kg
Track width
mm
Goods width
mm
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
500
600
250 400
250 600
250 800
250 900
250 400
250 600
250 800
250 900
250 400
250 600
250 800
250 900
250 800
250 900
No.
714 001-BK
714 004-BK
714 006-BK
859 435-BK
714 008-BK
714 010-BK
714 013-BK
859 451-BK
714 015-BK
714 017-BK
714 019-BK
859 486-BK
714 026-BK
859 508-BK
999.00
1190.00
1385.00
1610.00
1360.00
1615.00
1875.00
2195.00
1720.00
2055.00
2385.00
2785.00
2870.00
3390.00
Rollers made from impact-resistant plastic

For flat-based goods, and goods with
standing rails, profiles or long strips
Additional central concertina from track width
600 mm
Each with 2 rollers ( 50 mm) on 8 mm-axle.
Please enquire for other lengths and widths,

or for electric powering.
Also available with
steel rollers. Prices as for plastic rollers.
German patent Ref. 4130480
Accessory
Downwards without power: with 2 5 % gradient
End stop
Model
Track width
mm
Fixed
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
Folding
Curves - inner radius min. 450 mm

Fixed end stop
No.
714 044-BK
859 575-BK
859 583-BK
859 591-BK
714 045-BK
859 605-BK
859 613-BK
859 621-BK
54.00
57.40
61.20
61.80
75.50
78.80
81.00
84.50
Folding end stop
No.
714 048-BK
859 524-BK
859 540-BK
859 567-BK
94.50
106.00
116.20
123.90
66158
Track width
mm
For flat-based goods and goods with standing

rails, profiles or long strips.
300
400
500
600
BLUE =
66158
Connector
To join several roller tracks together.
Length 330 mm.
Flexible conveyors
Model with central scissor
Flexible conveyors
Model
Track width
mm
Goods width
max. mm
Skate wheels
per axle
Steel skate
wheels No.
Plastic skate wheels

No.
Track length 1160 4350 mm (extendable)

3 support legs
Max. load between 2 legs: 100 kg
400
500
600
400
500
600
400
500
600
400
500
600
200 600
200 800
200 900
200 600
200 800
200 900
200 600
200 800
200 900
200 600
200 800
200 900
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
714 029-BK
859 729-BK
859 826-BK
714 033-BK
859 745-BK
859 842-BK
714 037-BK
859 761-BK
859 850-BK
714 042-BK
859 796-BK
859 877-BK
714 030-BK
859 737-BK
859 834-BK
714 034-BK
859 753-BK
859 966-BK
714 039-BK
859 788-BK
859 869-BK
714 043-BK
859 818-BK
859 885-BK
981.00
1225.00
1310.00
1320.00
1680.00
1810.00
1690.00
2145.00
2265.00
2045.00
2565.00
2745.00

4 support legs
5 support legs
6 support legs
Rollers available in zinc-plated steel or

impact-resistant plastic
For flat-based goods
Additional middle scissor for rollers 500 mm or more
Ball bearing rollers ( 48 mm) on 8 mm axle, distancing

sleeves.
Other lengths and widths available on request.

German patent no. 4130480
Downwards without power: with 2 5 % gradient
Accessory
End stop
Model
Track width
mm
Fixed
400
500
600
400
500
600
Folding
Nr.
859 575-BK
859 583-BK
859 591-BK
859 605-BK
859 613-BK
859 621-BK
57.40
61.20
61.80
78.80
81.00
84.50
Internal radiusof bend min. 450 mm

Fixed end stop
Folding end stop
66159
Track width
mm
400
500
600
Steel wheels
Plastic wheels
859 893-BK
859 915-BK
859 931-BK
859 907-BK
859 923-BK
859 958-BK
77.80
93.30
106.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Only for flat bottomed goods.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66159
Connector
To join several roller tracks together.
Length 330 mm.
175
Ill. with double stand and

lateral guides (accessory)
Conveyor width +40

Conveyor width
The modular system for smooth conveying

Sturdy zinc-plated steel or aluminium side profile,
20 x 60 x 20 mm.
Steel or plastic rollers with ball races, 48 mm.
Wheels placed alternately from axle to axle, when
number of wheels equals number of axles.
The base of the goods to be moved must be flat,
strong and even.
Statistical max. load 200 kg per metre of conveyor
length, 1 m support spacing.
Assembly
Assemble the individual wheel pieces to
the required length. Attach required straight and curved
parts. Decide conveyor width according to axle
spacing, greatest axle spacing and smallest width of
goods. With an axle spacing of 75 mm, the effective
length at 1 m = 975 mm, at 2 m = 1950 mm.
Special models, bends 45 and lengths
CAD
Service
Track width
mm
Total width
Axel spacing
Total height
Wheel arrangement
Goods width
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
300
500
340
540
100
69
3:3
150 400
300 1000
75
69
3:3
150 400
225 1000
50
69
3:3
150 400
150 1000
100
69
5:5
150 600
300 1000
75
69
5:5
150 600
225 1000
50
69
5:5
150 600
150 1000
No.
g
759 545-BK
759 574-BK
759 579-BK
759 584-BK
759 590-BK
759 594-BK
128.70
131.80
177.20
156.60
177.20
231.50
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
759 547-BK
759 576-BK
759 580-BK
759 585-BK
759 591-BK
759 595-BK
Steel frame zinc-plated

Steel rollers zinc-plated
170.90
189.00
241.50
219.50
255.00
337.00
Straight 2 m
No.
g
759 559-BK
759 577-BK
759 581-BK
759 586-BK
759 592-BK
759 596-BK
212.50
246.50
306.00
275.50
335.00
422.50
Ideal for stationary use in closed, dry spaces.

Relatively high own weight.
90 bend
internal radius 800 mm
No.
g
759 573-BK
759 583-BK
759 588-BK
759 599-BK
227.00
256.50
288.00
351.00
Track width
mm
Total width
Axel spacing
Total height
Wheel arrangement
Goods width
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
500
340
540
100
69
3:3
150 400
300 1000
75
69
3:3
150 400
225 1000
50
69
3:3
150 400
150 1000
100
69
5:5
150 600
300 1000
75
69
5:5
150 600
225 1000
50
69
5:5
150 600
150 1000
No.
g
759 601-BK
759 606-BK
759 610-BK
759 615-BK
759 621-BK
903 486-BK
134.30
149.20
195.80
175.30
201.50
259.50
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
759 602-BK
759 607-BK
759 611-BK
759 616-BK
759 622-BK
903 487-BK
188.70
212.50
269.00
247.00
282.50
362.00
Straight 2 m
No.
g
759 603-BK
759 608-BK
759 612-BK
759 617-BK
903 472-BK
903 488-BK
231.50
269.00
345.50
313.50
363.00
449.50
90 bend
No.
g
759 605-BK
759 614-BK
759 620-BK
903 490-BK
247.00
281.50
345.50
379.00
mm
mm
66160
Ideal for occasional use in

closed, dry spaces.
300
66160
Light metal frame

Steel rollers zinc-plated
mm
mm
BLUE =
Light tripod supports, zinc-plated.

For use on even floors. Frequent change of conveyors.
Just place conveyor onto the poles.
Support fork infinitely height-adjustable.
Max. load 100 kg.
Height to surface
mm
210 350
340 590
430 720
590 1080
For conveyor width 300 mm
No.
g
903 667-BK
903 669-BK
903 672-BK
903 674-BK
67.80
70.70
71.80
76.50
No.
g
903 668-BK
903 670-BK
903 673-BK
903 675-BK
67.80
70.70
71.80
76.50
Swivelling double stand, zinc-plated

For use with stationary conveyors.
Lay the conveyor in place and secure with two straps.
Infinitely height-adjustable.
Max. load 200 kg.
Height to surface
mm
330 480
380 580
470 750
580 950
730 1250
No.
g
903 676-BK
903 678-BK
903 681-BK
903 683-BK
903 685-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
No.
g
903 677-BK
903 679-BK
903 682-BK
903 684-BK
903 686-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
Lateral guides
ubular steel, zinc plated,
25 mm . Height adjustable
from 50 130 mm.
State width for sections in
bends.
For 90 bend
Accessories
Connector
Required when several sections installed.
Pack of 4.
No. 515 993-BK
g / pack 29.20
Endstop
Made of zinc plated sheet steel, detachable.
For conveyor width
No.
g
mm
For straight sections Length m
external
903 690-BK
903 691-BK
60.30
84.00
1,5
Single sided
No.
g
515 984-BK
515 985-BK
515 986-BK
515 987-BK
37.20
55.80
74.50
112.30
Double sided
No.
g
515 988-BK
515 989-BK
515 991-BK
515 992-BK
68.30
102.50
136.60
205.00
300 500
903 687-BK
No.
g
internal
52.80
Conveyor width
mm
Total width
Axel spacing
Total height
Wheel arrangement
Goods width
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
300
500
340
540
100
69
3:3
150 400
300 1000
75
69
3:3
150 400
225 1000
50
69
3:3
150 400
150 1000
100
69
5:5
150 600
300 1000
75
69
5:5
150 600
225 1000
50
69
5:5
150 600
150 1000
No.
g
903 491-BK
903 474-BK
903 480-BK
903 496-BK
903 501-BK
903 506-BK
126.00
141.10
177.20
161.00
177.20
231.50
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
903 492-BK
903 475-BK
903 481-BK
903 497-BK
903 502-BK
903 508-BK
Steel frame, zinc-plated

Skate wheels made of plastic
166.80
190.00
240.00
219.00
255.00
334.50
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 494-BK
903 476-BK
903 482-BK
903 498-BK
903 503-BK
903 509-BK
212.50
247.00
306.00
276.50
335.00
434.00
For stationary use in closed, dry rooms. Quiet operation.
90 blend
No.
g
903 473-BK
903 479-BK
903 500-BK
903 505-BK
226.50
256.50
288.00
351.50
Conveyor width
mm
Total width
Axel spacing
Total height
Wheel arrangement
Goods width
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
Aluminium frame
Skate wheels made of plastic
500
340
540
100
69
3:3
150 400
300 1000
75
69
3:3
150 400
225 1000
50
69
3:3
150 400
150 1000
100
69
5:5
150 600
300 1000
75
69
5:5
150 600
225 1000
50
69
5:5
150 600
150 1000
No.
g
903 511-BK
903 517-BK
903 522-BK
903 527-BK
903 533-BK
903 538-BK
138.80
150.60
195.80
174.60
204.00
260.00
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
903 512-BK
903 518-BK
903 524-BK
903 528-BK
903 534-BK
903 539-BK
188.30
212.00
273.00
249.50
281.50
362.00
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 513-BK
903 519-BK
903 525-BK
903 529-BK
903 535-BK
903 541-BK
234.00
269.50
345.50
313.50
362.00
450.00
90 bend
No.
g
903 516-BK
903 521-BK
903 532-BK
903 537-BK
247.00
281.50
345.50
378.00
111093
mm
mm
111093
Can be moved easily. For use in closed, dry rooms.

Lightweight design.
300
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
177
Illustration with
double stands and
lateral guides
(accessory)
Light duty roller conveyors
Sturdy zinc plated steel or aluminium side

profiles, 20 x 60 x 20 mm. Ball bearing
mounted steel, aluminium or plastic rollers,
50 mm, with sprung axle, 8 mm.
Curves with split rollers.
Static maximum load 200 kg per metre of
track with supports spaced 1 m apart.
Steel frame, zinc-plated

Steel rollers, zinc-plated
For stationary use in closed, dry rooms.
Relatively high own weight.
Aluminium frame
Aluminium rollers
Assemble the required conveyor length

from individual sections. Determine
required number of straight and curved
sections. Determine track width by largest
dimension of goods to be transported.
Determine spacing between roller axles by
smallest dimension of goods to be transported.
With 75 mm axle spacing the effective
length for 1 m = 975 mm, for 2 m = 1950 mm.
Conveyor width
CAD
Service
Axle length = conveyor width +20

We can supply any type of conveyor
belt on request. Please request an
individual offer.
Track width
mm
Total width
Axel spacing
Overall height
Overall roller length
Goods width max.
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
100
70
300 / 290
450
300 1000
75
70
300 / 290
450
225 1000
62.5
70
300 / 290
450
189 1000
100
70
502 / 492
600
300 1000
75
70
502 / 492
600
225 1000
62.5
70
502 / 492
600
189 1000
100
70
603 / 593
750
300 1000
75
70
603 / 593
750
225 1000
62.5
70
603 / 593
750
189 1000
Straight 1 m
No.
g
903 545BK
903 549BK
903 810BK
903 554BK
903 559BK
903 814BK
903 564BK
903 569BK
903 819BK
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
903 546BK
903 550BK
903 811BK
903 555BK
903 560BK
903 815BK
903 565BK
903 570BK
903 820BK
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 547BK
903 551BK
903 812BK
903 556BK
903 561BK
903 816BK
903 567BK
903 571BK
903 821BK
90 bend
No.
g
903 806BK
903 553BK
903 807BK
903 563BK
903 808BK
903 573BK
Track width
mm
Total width
Axel spacing
Overall height
Goods width max.
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
300
500
340
600
540
300
640
500
340
600
540
640
100
70
300 / 290
450
300 1000
75
70
300 / 290
450
225 1000
62.5
70
300 / 290
450
189 1000
100
70
502 / 492
600
300 1000
75
70
502 / 492
600
225 1000
62.5
70
502 / 492
600
189 1000
100
70
603 / 593
750
300 1000
75
70
603 / 593
750
225 1000
62.5
70
603 / 593
750
189 1000
No.
g
903 575-BK
903 580-BK
903 827-BK
903 586-BK
903 589-BK
903 831-BK
903 595-BK
903 599-BK
903 836-BK
173.90
201.50
228.50
187.80
226.50
260.00
201.50
238.50
276.00
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
903 577-BK
903 581-BK
903 828-BK
903 587-BK
903 591-BK
903 832-BK
903 596-BK
903 600-BK
903 837-BK
234.00
279.50
317.50
262.00
316.50
370.00
280.50
337.00
401.50
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 578-BK
903 583-BK
903 829-BK
903 588-BK
903 592-BK
903 834-BK
903 597-BK
903 601-BK
903 838-BK
290.00
346.50
410.50
345.50
407.00
475.00
360.50
435.50
510.00
90 bend
No.
g
903 823-BK
903 585-BK
903 824-BK
903 594-BK
903 603-BK
397.00
605.00
691.00
903 826-BK
361.00
635.00
772.00
66162
For occasional repositioning and use in

closed, dry rooms.
Conveyor width +40
Alternative versions, 45 curves and

passages available on request.
Designing your conveyor
66162
Gravity powered, no energy

costs due to slight pitch of
approx. 2 5 %
BLUE =
Roller conveyors
Light tripod support stands, zinc-plated

For frequent track adjustment on even floors.
Simply lay the track in place with the distancing tubes.
Support fork infinitely height adjustable.

Max. load 100 kg.
Height to unit
mm
210 350
340 590
430 720
590 1080
For stand width 300 mm
No.
g
903 667-BK
903 669-BK
903 672-BK
903 674-BK
67.80
70.70
71.80
76.50
No.
g
903 668-BK
903 670-BK
903 673-BK
903 675-BK
67.80
70.70
71.80
76.50
No.
g
903 873-BK
903 874-BK
903 875-BK
903 877-BK
67.80
70.70
71.80
76.30
Zinc-plated double stands with swivel joint

For stationary use. Position track in place and secure in
the desired location with two straps.
Infinitely height adjustable.
Max. load 200 kg.
Height to unit
mm
330 480
380 580
470 750
580 950
730 1250
No.
g
903 676-BK
903 678-BK
903 681-BK
903 683-BK
903 685-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
No.
g
903 677-BK
903 679-BK
903 682-BK
903 684-BK
903 686-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
No.
g
903 878-BK
903 879-BK
903 880-BK
903 881-BK
903 882-BK
86.90
89.30
96.30
99.00
101.50
Quick connectors
Required if roller conveyors are to be set up
in successive rows.
Pack of 4.
No. 515 993-BK
Side guide rails

Tubular steel, zinc plated 25 mm.
Height 50 130 mm, adjustable.
For curved guides, please specify track
width.
g / pack 29.20
End stop
For track width
mm
Zinc-plated steel frame

Plastic rollers
For stationary use in closed, dry rooms.
Quiet to run.
90307
Aluminium frame
Plastic rollers
Best for use requiring frequent
adjustment in closed, dry environments.
Lightweight design.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
903 690-BK
60.30
903 691-BK
84.00
length m
1,5
No.
g
515 984-BK
515 985-BK
515 986-BK
515 987-BK
37.20
55.80
74.50
112.30
For both sides
No.
g
515 988-BK
515 989-BK
515 991-BK
515 992-BK
68.30
102.50
136.60
205.00
52.80
300
30
50
8
Steel
500
30
50
8
600
30
50
8
300
20
50
8
Aluminium
500
20
50
8
600
20
50
8
300
9
50
8
500
7.5
50
8
600
7
50
8
903 888-BK
903 889-BK
903 890-BK
903 891-BK
903 893-BK
903 894-BK
903 895-BK
903 896-BK
903 897-BK
14.15
16.85
18.60
14.15
16.85
18.60
11.30
13.90
15.45
mm
kg
mm
mm
No.
g
outside
300
340
Plastic
Track width
Total width
Axel spacing
Overall height
Goods width max.
Goods length
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
500
540
100
70
300 / 283
450
300 1000
75
70
300 / 283
450
225 1000
62.5
70
300 / 283
450
189 1000
100
70
502 / 485
600
300 1000
75
70
502 / 485
600
225 1000
62.5
70
502 / 485
600
189 1000
100
70
603 / 586
750
300 1000
75
70
603 / 586
750
225 1000
62.5
70
603 / 586
750
189 1000
Straight 1 m
No.
g
903 605BK
903 609BK
903 844BK
903 615BK
903 619BK
903 848BK
903 625BK
903 629BK
903 853-BK
Straight 1,5 m
No.
g
903 606-BK
903 610-BK
903 845-BK
903 616-BK
903 621-BK
903 849-BK
903 626-BK
903 631-BK
903 854-BK
197.30
231.00
274.00
226.00
271.50
312.00
241.50
290.00
345.50
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 607-BK
903 611-BK
903 846-BK
903 617-BK
903 622-BK
903 851-BK
903 627-BK
903 632-BK
903 855-BK
246.50
291.50
356.50
281.50
351.00
418.00
303.50
374.50
435.00
90 bend
No.
g
903 840-BK
903 614-BK
903 842-BK
903 624-BK
903 843-BK
903 634-BK
341.50
374.00
511.00
593.00
540.00
656.00
Track width
Total width
Axle spacing
Overall height
Installation / roller length
Goods width max.
Goods length max.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
100
70
300 / 283
450
300 1000
75
70
300 / 283
450
225 1000
62.5
70
300 / 283
450
189 1000
100
70
502 / 485
600
300 1000
75
70
502 / 485
600
225 1000
62.5
70
502 / 485
600
189 1000
100
70
603 / 586
750
300 1000
75
70
603 / 586
750
225 1000
62.5
70
603 / 586
750
189 1000
Straight 1 m
No.
903 635-BK
903 640-BK
903 860-BK
903 645-BK
903 650-BK
903 864-BK
903 656-BK
903 660-BK
903 869-BK
152.90
175.30
214.50
170.90
214.50
247.00
185.90
227.50
268.00
Straight 1,5 m
No.
903 636-BK
903 641-BK
903 861-BK
903 646-BK
903 651-BK
903 865-BK
903 657-BK
903 661-BK
903 870-BK
211.50
252.50
313.50
246.00
287.50
334.00
262.00
306.00
363.00
Straight 2 m
No.
903 637-BK
903 642-BK
903 862-BK
903 648-BK
903 652-BK
903 866-BK
903 658-BK
903 662-BK
903 871-BK
268.50
312.50
373.50
316.50
368.50
449.50
334.00
397.50
464.00
90 bend
No.
g
903 857-BK
903 644-BK
903 858-BK
903 654-BK
903 665-BK
402.00
534.00
633.00
903 859-BK
360.50
571.00
722.00
300
500
340
540
600
640
240.50
600
640
90307
Model
For track width
Max. load
Roller
Axle
Light conveyor rollers with

round axle and permanent
lubrication.
No.
g
inside
For one side

300 600
903 687-BK
No.
g
Single rollers
For straight runs
For 90 curve
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
179
Ill. with double stands and

lateral guides (accessory)
Heavy duty roller conveyors

Movement by gentle gradient of
2 5 % no mechanics
Conveyor width +50

Conveyor width
How to assemble
U-profile, zinc-plated steel frame, 25 x 100 x 25 x 2 mm,

with strong cross beams. Ball-bearing loaded, zinc-plated
steel rollers, 50 mm, with spring mounted axles,
12 mm. Bends fitted with smaller rollers.
Static maximum load 400 kg per metre conveyor length,
when supports are 1 m apart.
Fit together the required length of individual conveyor

pieces. Ascertain how many straight and curved pieces.
Decide conveyor width according to the biggest axle
spacing of the rollers in relation to the smallest goods.
Special models, 45 bends and lengths on request.
CAD
Service
Axle length = conveyor width +20
We can supply any type of conveyor belt on request.

Please request an individual offer.
mm
Overall width
Axle spacing
Overall height
Goods width max.
Goods length min.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
300
400
350
450
200
110
450
650
125
110
450
400
100
110
450
350
62.5
110
450
200
200
110
550
650
125
110
550
400
100
110
550
350
62.5
110
550
200
No.
g
903 692-BK
903 695-BK
903 700-BK
903 706-BK
903 712-BK
903 715-BK
903 719-BK
903 724-BK
128.00
158.20
183.40
238.50
132.80
169.60
191.00
254.50
Straight 1.5 m
No.
g
903 696-BK
903 702-BK
903 707-BK
903 716-BK
903 720-BK
903 725-BK
223.00
245.50
346.00
238.50
255.00
364.00
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 693-BK
903 697-BK
903 703-BK
903 708-BK
903 713-BK
903 717-BK
903 721-BK
903 726-BK
219.00
284.00
323.50
450.50
228.50
303.50
329.00
478.50
Curve 90
Inner radius 800 mm
No.
g
903 705-BK
903 711-BK
903 729-BK
544.00
903 723-BK
401.50
434.50
595.00
kg
mm
mm
70
292
300
70
292
300
70
292
300
70
292
300
70
393
401
70
393
401
70
393
401
70
393
401
No.
g
903 898-BK
903 898-BK
903 898-BK
903 898-BK
903 899-BK
903 899-BK
903 899-BK
903 899-BK
19.25
19.25
19.25
19.25
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
max. load
tube length
installation length
66164
Accessories
Roller, single
BLUE =
66164
Track width
Roller conveyors
Track width
mm
Overall width
Axle spacing
Overall height
Max. goods width
Min. goods width
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
500
600
550
650
200
110
600
650
125
110
600
400
100
110
600
350
62.5
110
600
200
200
110
800
650
125
110
800
400
100
110
800
350
62.5
110
800
200
No.
g
903 730-BK
903 733-BK
903 738-BK
903 743-BK
903 749-BK
903 753-BK
903 757-BK
903 763-BK
131.00
174.00
197.80
275.00
143.40
182.90
211.00
302.50
Straight 1,5 m
No.
g
903 734-BK
903 739-BK
903 745-BK
903 754-BK
903 758-BK
903 764-BK
241.00
278.00
389.50
275.50
296.50
430.00
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 731-BK
903 735-BK
903 740-BK
903 746-BK
903 750-BK
903 755-BK
903 759-BK
903 765-BK
235.50
304.00
363.00
518.00
256.50
328.00
385.50
544.00
Bend 90
Internal radius 800 mm
No.
g
903 742-BK
903 748-BK
903 767-BK
478.50
894.00
903 762-BK
510.00
927.00
kg
mm
mm
70
494
502
70
494
502
70
494
502
70
494
502
65
595
603
65
595
603
65
595
603
65
595
603
No.
g
903 900-BK
903 900-BK
903 900-BK
903 900-BK
903 901-BK
903 901-BK
903 901-BK
903 901-BK
23.75
23.75
23.75
23.75
25.25
25.25
25.25
25.25
Accessory
Single roller
Max. load
Roller length
Overall length
Track width
mm
Overall width
Axle spacing
Overall height
Max. goods width
Min. goods width
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
Straight 1 m
750
900
800
950
200
110
1000
650
125
110
1000
400
100
110
1000
350
62.5
110
1000
200
200
110
1200
650
125
110
1200
400
100
110
1200
350
62.5
110
1200
200
No.
g
903 768-BK
903 771-BK
903 775-BK
903 781-BK
903 786-BK
903 791-BK
903 796-BK
903 801-BK
149.80
201.50
231.00
317.50
159.90
216.00
252.50
337.00
Straight 1,5 m
No.
g
903 772-BK
903 776-BK
903 782-BK
903 792-BK
903 797-BK
903 802-BK
279.00
335.00
453.00
302.50
362.00
494.00
Straight 2 m
No.
g
903 769-BK
903 773-BK
903 777-BK
903 783-BK
903 789-BK
903 793-BK
903 798-BK
903 803-BK
265.50
356.50
418.00
575.00
286.50
387.00
453.00
637.00
Bend 90
Internal radius 800 mm
No.
g
903 780-BK
903 785-BK
903 805-BK
999.00
903 800-BK
611.00
683.00
1095.00
kg
mm
mm
60
742
750
60
742
750
60
742
750
60
742
750
50
892
900
50
892
900
50
892
900
50
892
900
No.
g
903 902-BK
903 902-BK
903 902-BK
903 902-BK
903 903-BK
903 903-BK
903 903-BK
903 903-BK
26.85
26.85
26.85
26.85
31.15
31.15
31.15
31.15
Accessory
Single roller
Max. load
Roller length
Overall length
Zinc-plated, swivelling double stand
Working height
mm
290 400
340 500
430 670
540 870
690 1170
For roller width 300 mm
No.
903 904-BK
903 911-BK
903 918-BK
903 925-BK
903 932-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.00
101.50
No.
903 905-BK
903 912-BK
903 919-BK
903 926-BK
903 933-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.00
101.50
No.
903 907-BK
903 913-BK
903 920-BK
903 927-BK
903 934-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.00
101.50
No.
903 908-BK
903 915-BK
903 921-BK
903 928-BK
903 935-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.00
101.50
No.
903 909-BK
903 916-BK
903 923-BK
903 929-BK
903 936-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.00
101.50
No.
903 910-BK
903 917-BK
903 924-BK
903 931-BK
903 937-BK
86.90
89.30
93.50
99.00
101.50
Connector
To be ordered when conveyors are joined together.
Pack of 4.
No. 515 993-BK
g / pack 29.20
Endstop
For track width
66165
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
Lateral guides
Tubular steel, zinc plated,
25 mm. Height adjustable
from 50 130 mm.
State width for sections in
bends.
For straight sections
300 600
750 900
903 687-BK
903 938-BK
52.80
63.00
For 90 bend
No.
g
internal
external
903 690-BK
903 691-BK
60.30
84.00
length m
1,5
Single sided
No.
g
515 984-BK
515 985-BK
515 986-BK
515 987-BK
37.20
55.80
74.50
112.30
Double sided
No.
g
515 988-BK
515 989-BK
515 991-BK
515 992-BK
68.30
102.50
136.60
205.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66165
For stationary use. Secure roller track with

two straps. Infinitely height adjustable.
Max. load 400 kg.
181
PRODUCT RANGE
STORAGE
BOLTLESS STORAGE
SHELVING
Completely zinc plated
Max. shelf load 230 kg, max. bay load 2500 kg.
The specified max. loads apply with even load distribution.
See pages 198 and 199 for all models and more information.
STANDARD SHELF UNIT

With 10 shelves
2500 x 1000 x 800 mm.
g
No. 945 864-BK
369.00
MATCHING EXTENSION SHELF UNIT

With 10 shelves
2500 x 1000 x 800 mm.
g
No. 945 865-BK
329.00
TILTING SKIPS
With roll-off mechanism
3 mm thick steel construction.
Painted in orange RAL 2000.
See page 362 for additional colours and models.
g
No. 927 079-BK
629.00
Standard unit

122696
122696
+ ON STOP SHOPPING
Extension unit
STACK/NEST CONTAINERS
Made of polypropylene suitable for foodstuffs.
Impact resistant and suitable for roller conveyors.
See page 302 for additional models and colours.
g
No. 520 939-BK
105.00
OPEN FRONTED STORAGE BINS

Made of sheet steel with material thickness of up to 1 mm.
The max. load is stamped in the bins.
See page 265 for additional models and colours.
from g
55.00
STORAGE
6 Shelving units
Pages
184 255
7 Storage containers and storage

cupboards
Pages
256 339
8 Pallets and containers

Pages
340 373
124944
124944
6
Shelving units
Product display systems
Pages
184 185, 188
Multipurpose shelving system
Standard shelving units

Pages
186 187, 189 233, 237 244
Special shelving units

Pages
234 236
Cantilever racking units

Pages
245 249
Pallet racking
Pages
250 253
Shelf unit labelling

Pages
254 255
E Side limit stops

Easy assembly of shelves using sleeve clamps.
Extension shelving unit

can be attached with S hooks
G Shelf connectors
Chrome plated steel wire mesh shelving
The specified max. loads apply with

even load distribution.
66291
Additional shelves may be added if the

specified max. bay load and the max.
load of the swivel castors is not
exceeded.
Other suitable accessories C G

can be found on the right hand page.
Professional quality for the highest demands

glossy, easy care, clear visibility from all sides
No memory effect for brief heavy loads
as the shelves are made of steel wire
Impact and scratch resistant, resistant against
oils, greases and many alkalis and acids
Can be infinitely extended, suitable as a room
partition and for attractively presenting goods
Can be constructed without tools.

Very versatile in store rooms,
archives, offices, shops. Only a
rubber hammer is required to secure
the height adjustment screws.
Mobile on swivel castors with or
without stops (see accessories
C and D).
Castors increase the shelf unit height
by 140 mm.
Optimum use of space by

constructing extension or corner
shelf units using S hooks.
2 S hooks per shelf supplied with the
extension shelf units and with
additional shelves. Where S hooks
are used, the max. shelf load is
reduced to 100 kg.
Max. shelf load 150 kg

Width x depth
mm
Model
910 x 360
910 x 460
910 x 610
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Shelf unit height 1370 mm

4 shelves
No.
g
929 863-BK
929 864-BK
929 865-BK
929 866-BK
929 868-BK
929 869-BK
118.10
113.60
145.00
134.40
161.60
154.70

5 shelves
No.
g
929 870-BK
929 871-BK
929 872-BK
929 873-BK
929 874-BK
929 876-BK
163.60
148.10
187.90
169.10
222.00
205.00

6 shelves
No.
g
929 877-BK
929 878-BK
929 879-BK
929 880-BK
929 881-BK
929 882-BK
194.40
173.00
227.50
206.50
263.00
237.50
No.
g / pack
929 884-BK
929 884-BK
929 885-BK
929 885-BK
929 886-BK
929 886-BK
46.75
46.75
56.30
56.30
70.40
70.40
Accessory
Additional shelves, max. shelf load 150 kg

Pack of 2
BLUE =
66291
Max. shelf load

150 kg + 250 kg
Max. shelf load
when S hooks are used
100 kg
Max. load per swivel castor
75 kg
Max. bay load
1500 kg
Shelf unit height
1370 2180 mm
(incl. height adjustment screws
and sealing caps)
Shelf width
910 mm
Shelf depth
360 610 mm
Steel wire mesh shelving
Available in 3 different
depths
F Shelf dividers
Two shelf units

connected by one
post.
Swivel castors with (or D without)

wheel stops, fit all shelving units.
610 mm
460mm
360 mm
Accessories C G are also suitable for the

shelf units on the left page.
Mesh shelves
Height adjustable in 25 mm increments,
made of steel wire 4.7 mm thick
(max. shelf load 150 kg) or 6.2 mm
(max. shelf load 250 kg), triple nickel
plated, with chrome finish.

Width x depth
Shelf posts, 25 mm
2 part easy to construct by screwing
together. Triple nickel plated, with chrome
finish.
Incl. sealing caps and height adjustment
screws, to compensate for uneven floor
surfaces up to a height of 20 mm.
mm
Model
910 x 360
910 x 460
910 x 610
Standard unit
Standard ext.
Standard unit
Standard ext.
Standard unit
Standard ext.

4 shelves
No.
g
929 887-BK
929 888-BK
929 889-BK
929 890-BK
929 892-BK
929 893-BK
126.80
118.10
151.30
139.80
174.80
163.60

5 shelves
No.
g
929 894-BK
929 895-BK
929 896-BK
929 897-BK
929 898-BK
929 899-BK
169.40
154.30
198.70
178.00
234.00
210.00

6 shelves
No.
g
929 900-BK
929 901-BK
929 902-BK
929 903-BK
929 904-BK
929 906-BK
205.00
177.40
235.50
211.00
272.50
247.50
929 909-BK
The posts of 2 shelf units can be

connected using connecting clamps
(accessory G). This results in a gap
between shelves of 15 mm.
66326
The shelf posts reduce the effective

width or depth of the shelves by 25 mm
per post.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Additional shelves, max. shelf load 250 kg

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
929 907-BK
929 907-BK
929 908-BK
929 908-BK
929 909-BK
52.00
52.00
64.10
64.10
76.60
76.60
Swivel castors with stops, 125 mm

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
929 910-BK
929 910-BK
929 910-BK
929 910-BK
929 910-BK
929 910-BK
44.30
44.30
44.30
44.30
44.30
44.30
Swivel castors without stops, 125 mm

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
929 911-BK
929 911-BK
929 911-BK
929 911-BK
929 911-BK
929 911-BK
31.25
31.25
31.25
31.25
31.25
31.25
Lateral limit stops, height 105 mm

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
929 912-BK
929 912-BK
929 914-BK
929 914-BK
929 915-BK
929 915-BK
7.50
7.50
8.75
8.75
9.65
9.65
Shelf dividers, height 215 mm

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
929 916-BK
929 916-BK
929 917-BK
929 917-BK
929 918-BK
929 918-BK
11.30
11.30
14.15
14.15
17.50
17.50
Post connection clamps

Pack of 4
No.
g / pack
929 919-BK
929 919-BK
929 919-BK
929 919-BK
929 919-BK
929 919-BK
9.65
9.65
9.65
9.65
9.65
9.65
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66326
Accessories
185
6
External dimensions of shelf
unit
Standard shelf unit
Shelf width + 64 mm
Extension shelf unit
Shelf width + 32 mm
Boltless shelving
units
For the warehouse, office,
archive
Quick and easy plug-in assembly

Optimum use of space due to four
different shelf depths, two shelf widths
and three shelf unit heights
Storage shelving units for heavy duty
use fitted with zinc plated shelves
Office and archive shelving units with
shelves powder coated light grey
RAL 7035
Shelves
Made of sheet steel, zinc plated or powder
coated in light grey RAL 7035.
With slots along length of shelf for fitting
with shelf dividers.
Shelf dividers (zinc plated) are available on
request.
Shelf height 32 mm.
Shelf adjustment grid 25 mm.
Upright frames
Consisting of two uprights powder coated
in light grey RAL 7035, which offer easy
plug-in assembly using plug-in metal
connectors.
Upright frames are fitted with dark grey
plastic foot plates, which increase the
specified shelf unit heights by 5mm. The
upright frames cannot be anchored to the
floor with the plastic base plates.
Cross brace
Included with delivery.
Required for every standard shelf unit and
for every secondextension shelf unit.
Please observe our installation and
assembly manual.
Max. shelf load

100 kg
With shelf reinforcement*
180 kg
Max. bay load
1300 kg
Shelf unit height
2000 3000 mm
Shelf widths
1000 + 1200 mm
Shelf depths
300 600 mm
The specified max. loads are applicable
with uniform load distribution.
Additional shelves or shelf reinforcements
may be used if the specified max. bay load
is observed.
*Shelf support available as an accessory
see table.
Wall fasteners
Bolts and plugs not included.
Pack of 4.
Please note
If the height of the shelf unit equals more
than 5 times its depth, the shelf unit must be
secured against tipping with suitable wall
fasteners.
No. 945 456-BK
g / pack 29.65
Boltless storage shelving: zinc plated shelves, powder coated uprights, light grey RAL 7035
Shelf width
mm
Shelf depth
1000
1200
mm
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
standard unit
No.
g
424 970-BK
424 971-BK
424 972-BK
424 973-BK
424 975-BK
424 976-BK
424 977-BK
424 979-BK
142.60
148.10
180.20
198.40
169.00
180.60
199.00
242.00
extension unit
No.
g
424 992-BK
424 993-BK
424 996-BK
424 997-BK
424 998-BK
424 999-BK
428 833-BK
500 070-BK
109.50
125.70
142.70
157.70
135.70
158.20
185.40
201.50
standard unit
No.
g
500 240-BK
500 410-BK
501 001-BK
501 002-BK
501 003-BK
501 004-BK
501 006-BK
501 007-BK
178.40
202.50
225.00
247.50
210.00
241.50
271.00
295.00
extension unit
No.
g
501 008-BK
501 009-BK
501 062-BK
501 067-BK
501 081-BK
501 087-BK
501 251-BK
501 300-BK
133.80
153.90
174.20
192.80
165.40
192.80
219.00
242.00
standard unit
No.
g
501 545-BK
501 546-BK
501 547-BK
502 181-BK
502 182-BK
502 212-BK
502 213-BK
502 214-BK
210.50
237.00
263.00
287.50
247.00
282.50
316.50
348.50
extension unit
No.
g
502 233-BK
502 234-BK
502 240-BK
502 241-BK
502 312-BK
502 508-BK
502 513-BK
502 517-BK
162.10
184.80
208.00
229.50
199.00
230.00
260.50
290.50
Additional shelf, zinc plated

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
502 559-BK
502 580-BK
502 627-BK
502 742-BK
502 743-BK
502 744-BK
502 745-BK
502 746-BK
25.90
31.20
36.70
42.30
36.45
44.20
51.90
59.70
Shelf support, zinc plated

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
502 747-BK
502 747-BK
502 747-BK
502 747-BK
502 748-BK
502 748-BK
502 748-BK
502 748-BK
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
11.65
11.65
11.65
11.65

5shelves

6 shelves

7 shelves
BLUE =
124612
124612
Accessories
Boltless shelving units
Shelf reinforcement
Increases the max. shelf load from
80 kg to 180 kg.
See the opposite page for a technical description.
Plastic base plate
Office and archive boltless shelving units: shelves and upright frames powder coated, light grey RAL 7035
Shelf width
mm
Shelf depth
1000
1200
mm
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
standard unit
No.
g
502 749-BK
502 750-BK
502 751-BK
502 806-BK
502 807-BK
502 808-BK
502 809-BK
502 810-BK
164.90
185.50
224.00
275.00
199.00
220.00
267.50
299.00
extension unit
No.
g
502 811-BK
502 813-BK
502 814-BK
502 815-BK
502 816-BK
502 817-BK
502 818-BK
502 819-BK
139.20
163.10
185.60
234.50
167.60
198.00
229.00
259.50
standard unit
No.
g
502 821-BK
502 822-BK
502 823-BK
502 824-BK
502 825-BK
502 826-BK
502 827-BK
502 828-BK
214.00
247.50
278.00
339.50
248.00
289.50
329.50
369.50
extension unit
No.
g
502 829-BK
502 830-BK
502 831-BK
502 832-BK
502 833-BK
502 834-BK
502 835-BK
502 836-BK
169.40
198.70
226.00
284.50
203.50
240.50
278.00
315.00
standard unit
No.
g
502 837-BK
502 838-BK
502 840-BK
502 841-BK
502 842-BK
502 843-BK
502 844-BK
502 845-BK
252.50
289.50
324.00
395.00
292.00
338.50
384.50
430.00
extension unit
No.
g
502 846-BK
502 848-BK
502 849-BK
502 850-BK
502 851-BK
502 852-BK
502 853-BK
502 854-BK
203.50
203.50
268.50
336.50
243.00
285.50
329.00
372.00
Additional shelf, powder coated

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
502 856-BK
502 857-BK
502 858-BK
502 859-BK
502 860-BK
502 861-BK
502 862-BK
502 864-BK
37.80
46.10
54.20
72.90
49.25
60.10
71.40
82.90
Shelf support, zinc plated

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
502 747-BK
502 747-BK
502 747-BK
502 747-BK
502 748-BK
502 748-BK
502 748-BK
502 748-BK
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
11.65
11.65
11.65
11.65

5 shelves

6 shelves

7 shelves
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124613
124613
Accessories
187
6
Self-assembly
profiles and shelves
Design and install custom
shelving units and constructions
of all kinds steps, platforms,
tables, etc.
Angled steel profiles
See table for perforation pattern. Zinc
plated or zinc plated and additionally
powder coated in light grey RAL 7035.
Customised shortening of the angled
profiles (in 25 mm increments) is available
at extra cost.
See table for packaging quantities.
Sheet steel shelves

Bevelled edge on all sides for safety,
40 mm. Closed corners. Zinc plated or zinc
plated and additionally powder coated,
light grey RAL 7035.
Pack of 5.
Angled profiles
Dimensions
Surface finish
Length 2 m
mm
pack of
No.
g / pack
Length 2.5 m
42 x 42 x 2
zinc plated
10 lengths
65 x 42 x 2
zinc plated
10 lengths
light grey
10 lengths
light grey
10 lengths
203 238-BK
628 794-BK
203 254-BK
628 808-BK
82.10
117.90
108.70
129.40
134.80
157.70
10 lengths
10 lengths
8 lengths
8 lengths
8 lengths
8 lengths
628 816-BK
628 824-BK
628 832-BK
628 840-BK
628 859-BK
628 867-BK
103.00
140.90
108.70
129.40
134.80
157.70
10 lengths
10 lengths
6 lengths
6 lengths
6 lengths
6 lengths
628 875-BK
203 246-BK
628 883-BK
203 262-BK
628 891-BK
203 289-BK
123.00
167.80
98.90
115.30
117.50
141.40
pack of
No.
g / pack
light grey
10 lengths
628 786-BK
pack of
No.
g / pack
Length 3 m
38 x 38 x 1.7
zinc plated
10 lengths
203 270-BK
Shelves, width 1000 mm, pack of 5

Length x depth
Surface finish
mm
1000 x 300
zinc plated
light grey
258 954-BK
1000 x 400
zinc plated
203 467-BK
light grey
258 962-BK
1000 x 500
zinc plated
203 475-BK
light grey
258 970-BK
1000 x 600
zinc plated
203 483-BK
light grey
258 989-BK
1000 x 800
zinc plated
846 147-BK
light grey
Max. load 125 kg
No.
g / pack
203 459-BK
846 155-BK
69.50
77.80
83.30
91.60
95.00
107.50
106.40
121.70
134.00
154.70
Max. load 200 kg
No.
g / pack
203 335-BK
203 173-BK
203 351-BK
203 181-BK
203 386-BK
203 203-BK
203 408-BK
203 211-BK
846 163-BK
846 171-BK
78.40
94.90
91.60
112.10
105.80
130.00
118.00
148.10
147.10
181.80
Max. load 350 kg
No.
g / pack
203 343-BK
289 981-BK
203 378-BK
291 382-BK
203 394-BK
291 390-BK
203 416-BK
291 404-BK
846 198-BK
846 201-BK
97.10
129.40
113.50
146.60
134.80
164.10
148.30
188.00
182.50
231.00
Shelves, width 1300 mm, pack of 5

1300 x 300
zinc plated
light grey
736 623-BK
1300 x 400
zinc plated
736 608-BK
98.90
134.50
111.40
152.10
121.70
168.60
134.80
187.90
161.80
231.00
736 629-BK
736 613-BK
736 630-BK
736 614-BK
736 631-BK
736 615-BK
736 632-BK
736 616-BK
736 633-BK
111.40
141.70
124.10
161.80
136.50
181.40
149.10
203.50
187.00
258.50
Max. load 350 kg
No.
g / pack
736 617-BK
736 634-BK
736 618-BK
736 636-BK
736 620-BK
736 637-BK
736 621-BK
736 638-BK
736 622-BK
736 639-BK
141.40
176.30
158.30
202.00
180.60
234.50
201.50
259.50
252.00
325.50
No.
g / pack
736 611-BK
light grey
736 612-BK
items
736 626-BK
1300 x 800
zinc plated
No.
g / pack
Suitable for
Pack of
736 610-BK
light grey
Max. load 200 kg
Mounting accessories
736 625-BK
1300 x 600
zinc plated
736 607-BK
736 609-BK
light grey
No.
g / pack
4 3
736 624-BK
1300 x 500
zinc plated
Max. load 125 kg
90886
light grey
736 628-BK
Corner plates
zinc plated,
for reinforcement
Corner plates
zinc plated,
for reinforcement
Bolts
M 7 x 15 mm
with
special nuts
Bolts
M 7 x 20 mm
with
special nuts
Footplates
simple L-shape
zinc plated
Footplates
double T-shape
zinc plated
Shelving
10
Constructions
10
Shelving
100
Constructions
100
10
10
203 157-BK
203 165-BK
203 432-BK
203 440-BK
628 905-BK
628 913-BK
6.35
9.00
18.90
20.55
18.00
24.20
BLUE =
90886
Length x depth
Surface finish
Modular shelving . Boltless shelving
Shelf unit reinforcement

Required in every standard shelf
unit and in every 2nd extension
shelf unit:
The supplied cross braces are to
be used for single sided shelf units
and the supplied stabilisers are to
be used for double sided shelf
units.
Stabilisers have to be attached

to double sided shelf units before
the shelves are installed see
assembly instructions.
This enables access from both
sides.
2
Standard and extension shelf unit with 5 shelves
and an optional additional shelf as a top cover
Stabiliser
Boltless shelving units for filing and archiving
Standard and extension shelf unit with 5 shelves

and an optional additional shelf as a top cover
Please note
than 5 times its depth, the unit must be
secured against tipping with the included
wall brackets (suitable for solid masonry
walls, e.g. concrete, limestone).
Shelf width
Important information
Please contact us if the supplied wall
brackets are NOT suitable for your
walls, and please observe the included
assembly and installation instructions.
mm
Model
Single sided,
zinc plated
Max. bay load
2500 kg
Double sided,
zinc plated
122699
Max. bay load

2500 kg
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit heights
Shelf widths
Shelf depths
60 200 kg
2500 kg
1920 3000 mm
800 1200 mm
300 + 600 mm

uniform load distribution.
Additional shelves may be used as
long as the specified max. bay load is
observed.
Dimensiones exteriores
Estantera bsica
Anchura de balda + 50 mm,
profundidad de balda + 20 mm
Estantera de ampliacin
Anchura de balda + 10 mm,
profundidad de balda + 20 mm
800
Can be combined with shelving units

on page 215.
1000
1200
Stand. unit
800 x 300
100
Extn. unit
800 x 300
100
Stand. unit
1000 x 300
80
Extn. unit
1000 x 300
80
Stand. unit
1200 x 300
60
Extn. unit
1200 x 300
60
No.
g
505 839-BK
505 843-BK
505 848-BK
505 852-BK
505 857-BK
505 861-BK
121.30
91.10
125.40
97.10
150.60
116.80

6 shelves
No.
g
505 840-BK
505 844-BK
505 849-BK
505 853-BK
505 858-BK
505 863-BK
143.80
107.40
151.80
119.50
175.00
137.50

7 shelves
No.
g
505 841-BK
505 845-BK
505 850-BK
505 855-BK
505 859-BK
505 864-BK
179.40
137.40
188.00
145.90
205.00
158.60

8 shelves
No.
g
505 842-BK
505 847-BK
505 851-BK
505 856-BK
505 860-BK
505 865-BK
202.00
155.40
212.00
165.10
225.00
180.00
Additional shelf
No.
g
505 912-BK
505 912-BK
505 913-BK
505 913-BK
505 914-BK
505 914-BK
13.60
13.60
14.80
14.80
16.65
16.65
Shelf width x depth

Max. shelf load
mm
kg
800 x 600
200
800 x 600
200
1000 x 600
160
1000 x 600
160
1200 x 600
120
1200 x 600
120

5 shelves
No.
g
505 866-BK
505 871-BK
505 875-BK
505 879-BK
505 883-BK
505 887-BK
225.00
177.00
238.50
189.80
261.50
210.50

6 shelves
No.
g
505 867-BK
505 872-BK
505 876-BK
505 880-BK
505 884-BK
505 888-BK
258.50
206.50
274.50
221.50
302.00
246.50

7 shelves
No.
g
505 868-BK
505 873-BK
505 877-BK
505 881-BK
505 885-BK
505 910-BK
293.50
237.00
312.00
254.50
342.00
283.50

8 shelves
No.
g
505 869-BK
505 874-BK
505 878-BK
505 882-BK
505 886-BK
505 911-BK
328.50
267.50
349.50
287.50
383.50
319.00
Additional shelf
No.
g
505 915-BK
505 915-BK
505 916-BK
505 916-BK
505 917-BK
505 917-BK
25.75
25.75
28.15
28.15
31.90
31.90
Shelf width x depth

Max. shelf load
mm
kg

5 shelves
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122699
Optimum space utilisation with

3 different widths and 4 different
heights
Raised shelf panel edges prevent files
from falling out at the sides
30 mm adjustment grid
Designed to fit the dimensions of files
perfectly
Zinc plated surfaces
All edges are bevelled, no risk of injury
189
6
Multi-purpose
boltless shelving
For workshop, warehouse and archive
High load capacity
Simple boltless assembly
Competitively priced
Standard model: Shelf levels of square steel rod for
storage of cartons and box files.
Shelf heights can be adjusted in increments of 62.5 mm.
For loose or smaller items, inexpensive, fibre-board shelf
covers and galvanised or painted sheet steel shelf
covers are available.
Uprights made from rectangular steel tube
30 x 22 x 1.5 mm, blue painted RAL 5010.
Frame connectors, tubular shelving rods and steel shelf
covers painted in grey RAL 7001.
Quick and easy assembly
Max. load per shelf

Total maximum load
Shelf height
Width
Depth
g
No. 554 103-BK
Illustration shows one stand. unit and one extn. unit
Depth
Width 1 m
Max. load per shelf
kg
Standard unit
KAISER+KRAFT
mm
Model
Number of rods per shelf
125.00
110 270 kg
550 1890 kg
2000 2750 mm
1000 + 1250 mm
300 600 mm
The load capacities given apply to evenly distributed

loads. Additional shelves can be added provided the total
maximum system load is not exceeded.
Total maximum load = Shelf load x number of shelves,
as shown in table.
SPECIAL OFFER
300
400
500
600
Stand. unit
3
135
Extn. unit
3
135
Stand. unit
3
135
Extn. unit
3
135
Stand. unit
4
200
Extn. unit
4
200
Stand. unit
5
270
Extn. unit
5
270
554 219-BK
Height 2 m
5 Shelves
No.
g
554 103-BK
554 111-BK
554 138-BK
554 170-BK
554 189-BK
554 197-BK
554 200-BK
125.00
112.60
162.00
132.70
177.30
150.90
187.10
162.00
Height 2.25 m
6 Shelves
No.
g
554 227-BK
554 235-BK
554 243-BK
554 251-BK
554 278-BK
554 286-BK
554 294-BK
554 308-BK
177.30
147.20
187.10
161.60
206.00
177.40
221.50
191.20
Height 2.50 m
6 Shelves
No.
g
554 316-BK
554 324-BK
550 817-BK
550 825-BK
550 833-BK
550 841-BK
550 868-BK
550 876-BK
181.40
150.90
195.00
162.00
210.50
181.30
224.00
194.90
Height 2.75 m
7 Shelves
No.
g
550 884-BK
550 892-BK
550 906-BK
550 914-BK
550 922-BK
550 930-BK
550 949-BK
550 957-BK
206.00
170.70
220.00
185.90
244.00
206.00
261.50
224.00
No.
g
243 159-BK
243 159-BK
243 167-BK
243 167-BK
243 175-BK
243 175-BK
243 183-BK
243 183-BK
19.10
19.10
21.75
21.75
25.40
25.40
27.50
27.50
No.
g / pack
289 280-BK
289 280-BK
289 329-BK
289 329-BK
289 450-BK
289 450-BK
289 477-BK
289 477-BK
7.05
7.05
7.70
7.70
10.65
10.65
11.10
11.10
painted
galvanised
g
551 015-BK
551 023-BK
551 015-BK
551 023-BK
551 031-BK
551 058-BK
551 031-BK
551 058-BK
551 066-BK
551 074-BK
551 066-BK
551 074-BK
551 082-BK
551 090-BK
551 082-BK
551 090-BK
10.35
110
10.35
110
15.35
110
15.35
110
18.45
160
18.45
160
21.75
215
21.75
215
551 198-BK
Accessories
Extra shelf
Fibre board
Pack of 2
Metal
Width 1,25 m
Max. load per shelf
kg
Height 2 m
5 Shelves
No.
g
551 104-BK
551 112-BK
551 120-BK
551 139-BK
551 147-BK
551 155-BK
551 163-BK
163.00
133.50
170.70
146.40
196.80
170.10
206.00
180.40
Height 2.25 m
6 Shelves
No.
g
551 201-BK
551 228-BK
551 236-BK
551 244-BK
551 279-BK
551 287-BK
551 295-BK
551 309-BK
191.70
162.00
203.00
170.70
220.00
202.00
242.00
206.00
Height 2.50 m
6 Shelves
No.
g
551 317-BK
551 325-BK
551 333-BK
551 341-BK
551 376-BK
551 384-BK
551 406-BK
551 414-BK
197.70
163.40
206.00
175.50
237.50
204.00
248.00
216.50
Height 2.75 m
7 Shelves
No.
g
551 422-BK
551 430-BK
551 457-BK
551 465-BK
551 473-BK
551 481-BK
551 503-BK
551 538-BK
220.00
185.90
238.50
202.50
273.00
235.50
285.50
248.50
No.
g
243 191-BK
243 191-BK
243 205-BK
243 205-BK
243 213-BK
243 213-BK
243 221-BK
243 221-BK
21.65
21.65
24.30
24.30
28.75
28.75
30.85
30.85
No.
g / pack
289 191-BK
289 191-BK
289 213-BK
289 213-BK
289 248-BK
289 248-BK
289 264-BK
289 264-BK
7.70
7.70
10.30
10.30
10.60
10.60
14.50
14.50
painted
galvanised
g
551 589-BK
551 597-BK
551 589-BK
551 597-BK
551 600-BK
551 619-BK
551 600-BK
551 619-BK
551 627-BK
551 635-BK
551 627-BK
551 635-BK
551 643-BK
551 651-BK
551 643-BK
551 651-BK
15.85
15.85
18.45
18.45
21.60
21.60
26.20
26.20
Extra shelf
Fibre board shelf cover
Pack of 2
81049
Metal shelf cover
BLUE =
81049
Accessories
Multipurpose boltless shelving units Archive shelving
Archive shelving
Max. shelf load
Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
Shelf clearance height
110 kg
770 kg
2000 mm
1000 and 1250 mm
300 700 mm
355 mm (with 5 equally spaced shelves)
291 mm (with 6 equally spaced shelves)
The specified max. loads apply with uniform load distribution.
Shelf levels with rectangular support struts, painted silver grey

RAL 7001, height adjustable in 62.5 mm increments. For loose
goods, cost effective hardboard shelf panels (see accessories)
are available as well. Racks made of rectangular steel tubing,
30 x 22 x 1.5 mm, painted gentian blue RAL 5010.
Shelf unit width 1000 mm
1 Shelf unit depth 300 mm / all units with a shelf clearance

height of 355 mm (with 5 evenly spaced shelves)
5 compartments for 55 files / archive boxes, 80 mm width,
or for 45 archive boxes, 100 mm width.

6 compartments for 66 archive boxes, 80 mm wide,
or for 54 archive boxes, 100 mm wide.
Model
HxWxD
Shelves
Description
1
mm
No.
g
2000 x 1000 x 300

6
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
2000 x 1000 x 350

7
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
738 962-BK
738 963-BK
738 966-BK
738 967-BK
125.00
114.30
160.10
135.90
738 965-BK
738 965-BK
738 968-BK
738 968-BK
7.05
7.05
7.65
7.65
Accessories
2 hardboard
shelf panels
No.
g
g
No. 738 962-BK
125.00
Standard unit
Simple plug-in assembly,

can be extended as required

5 compartments for 110 files / archive boxes, 80 mm width,
or for 90 archive boxes, 100 mm width.

Model
HxWxD
Shelves
Description
3
mm
No.
g
2000 x 1000 x 600

6
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
2000 x 1000 x 700

7
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
915 088-BK
915 089-BK
915 090-BK
915 091-BK
187.10
165.90
232.50
212.50
915 093-BK
915 093-BK
921 546-BK
921 546-BK
14.30
14.30
15.40
15.40
Accessories
2 hardboard
shelf panels
No.
g
Shelf unit width 1250 mm

5 compartments for 75 files / archive boxes, 80 mm wide,

Model
HxWxD
Shelves
Description
5
mm
No.
g
2000 x 1250 x 300

6
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
2000 x 1250 x 350

7
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
444 464-BK
444 472-BK
250 317-BK
250 325-BK
163.20
139.50
183.40
162.60
289 191-BK
289 191-BK
250 333-BK
250 333-BK
7.70
7.70
7.85
7.85
2 hardboard
shelf panels
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

For upright or horizontal storage of files,

archive boxes, boxes, office materials
KAISER + KRAFT
81050
81050
Accessories
191
6
Boltless archive
shelving
Modular design enables maximum

use of space available
Zinc plated finish.
Value for money record storage and
archiving
Powder coated finish in light grey
RAL 7035 ideal for office requirements
Choice of 4 heights 2 bay widths
2 shelf depths for single and
double-sided design
1 Single sided
Shelf depth 300 mm, height 25 mm,
with raised upstand at rear.
Max. load per shelf 60 kg.
2 Double sided
Shelf depth 600 mm, height 25 mm,
with push-in dividing bar.
The top shelf can be used completely,
as it is approx. 160 mm lower than the
height of the frame. Please take room
height into consideration when
0ordering.
Overall dimensions
Width
Standard unit = Shelf width + 60 mm
Extension unit = Shelf width + 10 mm
Depth
Shelf depth + 35 mm
Max. load per shelf

60 + 90 kg
Max. load per bay
850 kg
Shelf height
1750 2700 mm
Shelf width
750 + 1000 mm
Shelf depth
300 + 600 mm
Shelf loading capacities apply to an
evenly distributed load.
Extra shelves can be added provided the
total maximum load is not exceeded.
1
Zinc plated
Shelf width
Description
1
Single sided
Shelf depth
300 mm
Overall shelf
depth 335 mm
Max. shelf load
60 kg
2
Double sided
66166
Shelf depth
600 mm
Overall depth
635 mm
Max. shelf load
90 kg
mm
750
Std. unit
Extn. unit
715 100-BK
715 104-BK
Powder coated light grey RAL 7035

1000
Std. unit
750
Extn. unit
Std. unit
Extn. unit
715 113-BK
715 118-BK
715 122-BK
1000
Std. unit
Extn. unit
Frame height 1750 mm

5 shelves, max. bay load 550 kg
No.
133.80
96.10
141.70
104.10
172.70
125.00
181.30
134.00

No.
715 101-BK
715 105-BK
715 110-BK
715 114-BK
715 119-BK
715 124-BK
715 128-BK
715 133-BK
150.70
111.40
159.90
119.90
194.80
144.00
205.50
158.70

No.
715 102-BK
715 106-BK
715 111-BK
715 116-BK
715 120-BK
715 125-BK
715 129-BK
715 134-BK
172.80
129.50
182.40
139.20
223.50
165.60
235.50
178.30

No.
715 103-BK
715 108-BK
715 112-BK
715 117-BK
715 121-BK
715 126-BK
715 130-BK
715 135-BK
199.80
149.10
212.00
159.80
262.50
193.80
274.00
207.50

No.
715 136-BK
715 141-BK
715 145-BK
715 149-BK
715 153-BK
715 157-BK
715 162-BK
715 167-BK
196.70
164.00
215.50
182.40
272.50
236.00
292.00
248.00

No.
715 137-BK
715 142-BK
715 146-BK
715 150-BK
715 154-BK
715 159-BK
715 163-BK
715 168-BK
224.50
189.20
248.00
211.00
311.50
261.50
331.50
281.50

No.
715 138-BK
715 143-BK
715 147-BK
715 151-BK
715 155-BK
715 160-BK
715 164-BK
715 169-BK
258.00
214.50
282.00
241.00
353.00
298.00
377.00
320.50

No.
715 139-BK
715 144-BK
715 148-BK
715 152-BK
715 156-BK
715 161-BK
715 165-BK
715 170-BK
304.00
258.00
336.00
287.50
427.00
359.00
455.00
389.50
715 109-BK
715 127-BK
BLUE =
715 132-BK
66166
Model
Magnetic label holders for shelf labelling

are available on pages 196.
Archive shelving
Standard
archive shelving
Single and double sided

Easy to assemble, easy to extend
Good space utilisation
2 shelf widths 6 levels 2 depths
Galvanised or galvanised with powder
coating in light grey RAL 7035
Shelves
25 mm high.
Edges rounded on all sides without stop.
Depth 300 mm with back rail.
Depth 600 mm with detachable
centre stop rail.
Upright post
with angled footplate.
Shelf dividers, side and back panels
on request.
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
60 / 90 kg
810 kg
1150 2900 mm
750 + 1000 mm
300 + 600 mm
The loading capacities given apply to case

of evenly distributed loads. Extra shelves
can be added provided the total maximum
load is not exceeded.
Single sided
Max. load per shelf

Shelf W x D
Qty shelves
Galvanised
kg
mm
60
750 x 300
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
90
1000 x 300
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
750 x 600
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
1000 x 600
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Shelf height 1150 mm

4 shelves
Total
max. load
Single sided 240 kg No.

Double sided 360 kg g
867 705-BK
867 713-BK
783 706-BK
783 714-BK
867 993-BK
868 000-BK
783 722-BK
68.30
56.00
73.50
61.30
112.40
95.30
121.70
107.40

5 shelves
Total
max. load

867 721-BK
867 748-BK
783 749-BK
783 757-BK
868 019-BK
868 027-BK
783 765-BK
783 773-BK
87.90
71.90
96.00
79.20
136.50
118.00
152.70
135.40

6 shelves
Total
max. load

867 756-BK
867 764-BK
783 781-BK
783 803-BK
868 035-BK
868 043-BK
783 811-BK
783 838-BK
108.10
87.20
115.70
96.10
167.80
144.90
187.80
164.10

7 shelves
Total
max. load

867 772-BK
867 780-BK
783 846-BK
783 854-BK
868 051-BK
868 078-BK
783 862-BK
783 870-BK
129.90
104.10
140.90
112.10
199.80
171.30
224.00
192.70

8 shelves
Total
max. load

867 799-BK
867 802-BK
783 889-BK
783 897-BK
868 086-BK
868 094-BK
783 900-BK
783 919-BK
150.70
120.60
163.20
135.30
229.50
196.60
258.50
222.00

9 shelves
Total
max. load

867 810-BK
867 829-BK
783 927-BK
783 935-BK
868 108-BK
868 116-BK
783 943-BK
783 951-BK
172.70
136.00
187.00
149.70
265.00
223.00
293.50
254.00
No.
g
867 837-BK
867 837-BK
783 978-BK
783 978-BK
868 124-BK
868 124-BK
783 986-BK
783 986-BK
1 extra shelf, with bolts

Light grey
RAL 7035
Double sided
783 730-BK
11.70
11.70
13.70
13.70
22.45
22.45
24.90
24.90

4 shelves
Total
max. load

867 845-BK
867 853-BK
784 044-BK
784 052-BK
868 132-BK
868 140-BK
784 060-BK
784 079-BK
89.20
73.50
98.30
81.40
152.80
135.50
166.40
147.10

5 shelves
Total
max. load

867 861-BK
867 888-BK
784 087-BK
784 095-BK
868 159-BK
868 167-BK
784 109-BK
784 117-BK
115.20
93.00
124.00
103.00
192.20
168.70
207.00
182.40

6 shelves
Total
max. load

867 896-BK
867 918-BK
784 125-BK
784 133-BK
868 175-BK
868 183-BK
784 141-BK
784 168-BK
141.20
112.10
150.70
123.00
229.50
204.50
250.50
224.00

7 shelves
Total
max. load

867 926-BK
867 934-BK
784 176-BK
784 184-BK
868 191-BK
868 205-BK
784 192-BK
784 206-BK
166.30
134.00
177.20
144.90
272.50
240.00
296.50
260.50

8 shelves
Total
max. load

867 942-BK
867 950-BK
784 214-BK
784 222-BK
868 213-BK
868 221-BK
784 230-BK
784 249-BK
193.80
160.50
207.00
167.90
318.00
274.50
342.50
299.00

9 shelves
Total
max. load

867 969-BK
867 977-BK
784 257-BK
784 265-BK
868 248-BK
868 256-BK
784 273-BK
784 281-BK
219.50
175.20
238.50
191.30
363.50
313.00
389.50
340.00
No.
g
867 985-BK
867 985-BK
784 303-BK
784 303-BK
868 264-BK
868 264-BK
784 311-BK
784 311-BK
16.30
16.30
17.35
17.35
30.40
30.40
33.35
33.35
66039
1 extra shelf, with bolts
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66039
Model
193
6
Boltless shelving
For office and administration

Optimum space utilization with
2 widths and 3 heights
Optionally available with doors
1900 mm high
Side and rear panels supplement the
system
Fitted with plinth as standard
Shelves
High quality, hardwearing polyester
powder coating, light grey RAL 7035.
Shelf unit external dims.
Width = sum of shelf widths + 30 mm
Depth = shelf depth + 40 mm
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
60 kg
500 kg
1900 2600 mm
760 + 960 mm
300 + 400 mm

uniform load distribution. Additional
shelves may be used if the specified max.
bay load is observed.
Without rear wall
Shelf width
Description
mm

6 shelves
7 shelves
8 shelves
760
Stand. unit
1900 mm
232.50
182.90
236.00
182.90
359.00
299.00
358.00
303.00
179 795-BK
179 809-BK
179 906-BK
179 914-BK
864 749-BK
864 757-BK
864 889-BK
864 897-BK
279.50
216.00
284.50
225.50
397.50
332.00
401.50
340.50
shelf depth 300 mm
No.
g
179 973-BK
180 009-BK
180 092-BK
180 114-BK
864 765-BK
864 773-BK
864 900-BK
864 943-BK
291.50
225.00
309.00
229.50
424.50
355.00
436.50
368.00
shelf depth 400 mm
No.
g
180 017-BK
180 025-BK
180 122-BK
180 130-BK
864 781-BK
864 803-BK
864 919-BK
864 951-BK
342.00
267.50
348.50
275.00
476.00
397.50
489.50
412.50
shelf depth 300 mm
Nr.
g
193 070-BK
193 097-BK
193 259-BK
193 275-BK
864 811-BK
864 838-BK
864 927-BK
864 978-BK
343.00
260.00
342.00
272.50
509.00
421.50
523.00
433.00
shelf depth 400 mm
Nr.
g
193 119-BK
193 135-BK
193 291-BK
193 305-BK
864 846-BK
864 854-BK
864 935-BK
864 986-BK
405.00
306.50
407.50
313.00
563.00
470.50
579.00
482.50
2250 mm
2600 mm
180 254-BK
42.25
52.60
No.
g
180 238-BK
180 262-BK
53.20
60.70
No.
g
180 246-BK
180 289-BK
59.60
71.40
Dividers,
sliding
Height 155 mm
66328
For depth
300 mm
400 mm
Door extension set, complete with rotary bolt locking mechanism,

cylinder lock and 2 keys.
2 intermediate walls are required for installation.
See adjacent table
For height
1900 mm
No.
g
No.
g
10.95
11.60
For depth
300 mm
400 mm
864 870-BK
Depth 300 mm
Depth 400 mm
No.
g
180 297-BK
180 300-BK
40.85
48.80
2250 mm
No.
g
845 957-BK
845 965-BK
49.40
59.10
2600 mm
No.
g
845 981-BK
846 007-BK
55.30
67.20
No.
g
16.60
21.85
17.05
22.95
1900 mm
For height
864 862-BK
Intermediate walls
between 2 shelf bays and
for door installation
Width 760 mm
Width 960 mm
180 890-BK
180 904-BK
267.00
275.00
Side connectors
as side shelf stop
180 912-BK
180 939-BK
864 730-BK
Ext. unit
No.
g
Depth 400 mm
864 722-BK
960
Stand. unit
shelf depth 400 mm
180 203-BK
179 892-BK
Ext. unit
179 760-BK
Depth 300 mm
179 876-BK
760
Stand. unit
Ext. unit
No.
g
No.
g
179 787-BK
960
Stand. unit
shelf depth 300 mm
Side end wall

for shelf unit start and shelf unit end
For height
Ext. unit
With rear wall
Additional shelves
No.
180 963-BK
180 998-BK
4.60
5.10
Width x depth
760 x 300 mm
760 x 400 mm
960 x 300 mm
960 x 400 mm
180 734-BK
180 742-BK
180 785-BK
180 793-BK
BLUE =
66328
Model
Boltless office shelving units Office shelving systems
Office shelving system
High quality powder coating cover panels and plinth

in black RAL 9011, shelves light grey RAL 7035
Extremely sturdy, with large capacity
Assembly in minutes due to modern plug-in system
Optimum use of space with corner shelf units
Also available with rear panels, see accessories for
side end panels
Shelves with 40 mm raised edges for safety,
height adjustable in increments of60 mm
Max. shelf load

up to 120 kg
Max. bay load
1000 kg
Shelf unit heights
1900 2600 mm
Shelf widths
750 1000 mm
Shelf depths
300 600 mm
The max. loads apply with uniform load distribution.
Additional shelves may be used if the specified max. bay
load is observed.
Accessories
Side end wall for start and end of shelving unit
For height
mm
1900
2250
2600
Depth
300 mm
No.
g
864 560-BK
864 609-BK
865 001-BK
51.80
70.40
81.50
Depth
400 mm
No.
g
864 579-BK
864 617-BK
865 028-BK
58.00
76.10
87.70
Depth
500 mm
No.
g
864 587-BK
864 625-BK
865 036-BK
62.00
81.10
91.00
Depth
600 mm
No.
g
864 595-BK
864 994-BK
865 044-BK
64.20
86.50
97.60
Shelving units with rear and side end panels

(see accessory table for side end panels)
Shelf unit external dims.
Depth = shelf depth (D) + 40 mm.
Width (w/o corner shelf) =
sum of shelf widths + 40 mm.
Corner shelf width =
shelf depth (D) + 370 mm.
The front width of the corner shelves is generally 505 mm.
Extra shelves
mm
750
1000
corner shelf
Depth
300 mm
No.
g
865 095-BK
865 133-BK
865 184-BK
17.00
18.00
29.25
Depth
400 mm
No.
g
865 109-BK
865 141-BK
865 192-BK
22.20
22.90
31.85
Depth
500 mm
No.
g
865 117-BK
865 168-BK
865 206-BK
26.60
27.55
40.05
Depth
600 mm
No.
g
865 125-BK
865 176-BK
865 214-BK
32.75
33.50
47.50
Available on request:
Shelf beams for increasing the max. shelf load by 40 kg per beam.
Centre stop for using both sides of 600 mm deep shelves.
Dividers, sliding, height 300 mm.
Side stops for delimiting the side of shelves.
Plastic label strips with self-adhesive backing, film cover and white
label strips.
Type
without rear panel
Shelf width
750
Description
Height 1900 mm
5 shelves
Height 2250 mm
6 shelves
Height 2600 mm
112375
7 shelves
Shelving units without rear

and side end panels
with rear panel
1000
750
1000
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
Corner shelf
external
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
Corner shelf
external
864 285-BK
shelf depth 300 mm

max. bay load 100 kg
No.
g
849 596-BK
849 618-BK
849 952-BK
849 960-BK
860 530-BK
860 719-BK
860 727-BK
863 912-BK
863 920-BK
251.00
171.80
253.50
182.90
282.00
348.50
291.50
359.50
304.00
409.00
shelf depth 400 mm

No.
g
849 626-BK
849 634-BK
849 979-BK
849 987-BK
860 549-BK
860 735-BK
860 743-BK
863 939-BK
863 947-BK
864 293-BK
284.00
212.50
290.00
216.50
299.00
388.00
320.50
392.00
332.00
430.00
shelf depth 500 mm

No.
g
849 642-BK
849 650-BK
849 995-BK
854 840-BK
860 557-BK
860 751-BK
860 778-BK
863 955-BK
863 963-BK
864 307-BK
311.00
245.00
319.50
251.50
375.50
413.00
348.00
424.00
358.50
520.00
shelf depth 600 mm

No.
g
849 669-BK
849 677-BK
860 247-BK
860 255-BK
860 565-BK
860 786-BK
860 794-BK
863 971-BK
863 998-BK
864 315-BK
349.50
262.00
358.00
269.00
407.50
450.50
381.00
459.50
369.00
554.00
shelf depth 300 mm

No.
g
849 685-BK
849 693-BK
860 263-BK
860 271-BK
860 573-BK
860 808-BK
860 816-BK
864 005-BK
864 013-BK
864 323-BK
303.00
228.50
309.00
221.50
332.00
427.00
331.50
443.00
342.50
494.50
shelf depth 400 mm

No.
g
849 707-BK
849 715-BK
860 298-BK
860 301-BK
860 581-BK
860 824-BK
860 832-BK
864 021-BK
864 048-BK
864 331-BK
347.00
264.00
354.00
269.00
357.50
470.50
386.50
489.50
405.00
524.00
shelf depth 500 mm

No.
g
849 723-BK
849 731-BK
860 328-BK
860 336-BK
860 603-BK
860 840-BK
860 859-BK
864 056-BK
864 064-BK
864 358-BK
382.50
299.00
391.00
304.00
450.50
508.00
419.00
521.00
435.00
619.00
shelf depth 600 mm

No.
g
849 758-BK
849 766-BK
860 344-BK
860 352-BK
860 611-BK
860 867-BK
860 875-BK
864 072-BK
864 080-BK
864 366-BK
428.50
318.50
436.50
325.00
492.50
553.00
459.50
562.00
476.50
681.00
shelf depth 300 mm

No.
g
849 774-BK
849 782-BK
860 360-BK
860 379-BK
860 638-BK
860 883-BK
860 891-BK
864 099-BK
864 102-BK
864 374-BK
342.00
238.50
351.00
245.00
388.00
488.50
405.00
507.00
395.50
579.00
shelf depth 400 mm

No.
g
849 790-BK
849 804-BK
860 387-BK
860 395-BK
860 646-BK
860 905-BK
860 913-BK
864 110-BK
864 129-BK
864 382-BK
391.00
299.00
399.50
306.00
411.00
540.00
443.50
553.00
458.00
591.00
shelf depth 500 mm

No.
g
849 812-BK
849 820-BK
860 409-BK
860 417-BK
860 654-BK
863 785-BK
863 793-BK
864 137-BK
864 145-BK
864 390-BK
430.00
324.00
442.00
342.50
521.00
579.00
478.50
597.00
494.50
682.00
shelf depth 600 mm

No.
g
849 839-BK
849 847-BK
860 425-BK
860 433-BK
860 662-BK
863 807-BK
863 815-BK
864 153-BK
864 161-BK
864 404-BK
488.00
368.00
495.00
368.00
565.00
634.00
524.00
640.00
545.00
794.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112375
For width
195
6
Boltless file shelving
Uprights powder coated, gentian blue RAL 5010.
Zinc plated metal connector sheets.
Shelves zinc plated or additionally powder coated in light
grey RAL 7035.
1 Single sided construction

Shelves with back stop.
2 Double sided construction

Shelves with plug-in central stop bar.
Shelf combination as fig. 1

Standard and extension shelf unit, single sided
construction with 12 shelves 1000 x 300 mm, zinc plated.
Height 2000 mm.
g
No. 734 965-BK
265.00
Max. load per shelf

60 + 90 kg
Total max. load
750 kg
Shelf height
2000 + 2350 mm
Shelf width
750 + 1000 mm
Shelf height increment
25 mm
The load capacities apply to an evenly distributed load.
Can be combined with the archive

shelving on page 192.
Shelf finish
Zinc plated
Shelf width
Description
mm
750
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
736 642-BK
Light grey RAL 7035.

1000
Stand. unit
736 650-BK
750
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
734 966-BK
736 659-BK
736 661-BK
1000
Stand. unit
736 668-BK
Extn. unit
Height 2000 mm, depth 300 mm

6 shelves, max. shelf load 60 kg, max. bay load 650 kg
No.
g
736 641-BK
736 669-BK
169.60
121.10
177.20
127.80
194.80
144.00
205.50
158.70
Single sided

No.
g
736 644-BK
736 645-BK
736 653-BK
736 654-BK
736 662-BK
736 663-BK
736 670-BK
736 671-BK
195.30
140.90
205.50
149.70
223.50
165.60
235.50
177.20

No.
g
736 646-BK
736 647-BK
736 655-BK
734 968-BK
736 664-BK
736 665-BK
736 672-BK
736 673-BK
243.00
198.20
265.50
219.50
311.50
261.50
331.50
281.50
Double sided

No.
g
736 648-BK
736 649-BK
736 657-BK
736 658-BK
736 666-BK
736 667-BK
736 674-BK
736 675-BK
278.00
224.50
301.50
252.00
353.00
298.00
377.00
320.50
Wall storage units

Use that free space
Shelves
Powder coated finish in light grey RAL 7035.
Ext. shelf dims. Shelf width + 30 mm
Model
Perforated
rails
66851
Shelves
length 1000 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
W x D 1000 x 175 mm
1000 x 275 mm
1000 x 375 mm
Book rest
Book support
Assembly material 20 screws, 20 plugs
No.
586 889586 900589 225834 181589 241589 276589 306589 349589 403-
4.85
7.20
9.00
23.70
26.40
29.85
2.85
2.10
6.35
66851
Max. load per shelf

25 kg
Shelf height
1000 2000 mm
Shelf width
1000 mm
Shelf depth
175 375 mm
The load capacities apply to an evenly distributed load.
The total max. load depends on the wall anchoring.
BLUE =
Wall shelving units Boltless storage shelving units
Boltless storage shelving

Attractive colour scheme
Two shelf widths for optimum use of space
Heavy duty shelves for a wide range of materials
Easy plug-in assembly
Uprights
With high quality powder coating, gentian blue RAL5010.
Zinc plated or light grey plug-in sheet metal connectors.
Zinc plated foot plates.
Shelves
Zinc plated and additionally powder coated in light
grey RAL 7035.
40 mm high raised edges. With C-shaped rounded
edges on all sides for 1000 mm wide shelves; 1300 mm
wide shelves with box-shaped rounded edges at the
front and back and C-form edges on the sides.
External dims.
Width
Depth
For shelf labelling see page 254 and 255.
Shelf width
mm
Shelf depth
Max. shelf load
mm
kg
400
145
500
140
600
140
800
130
400
180
500
185
600
190
800
190
No.
g
736 736-BK
736 738-BK
736 741-BK
736 743-BK
736 753-BK
736 755-BK
736 757-BK
736 760-BK
188.00
199.90
212.00
243.00
209.50
224.00
237.50
267.00
736 739-BK
736 742-BK
736 744-BK
736 754-BK
736 756-BK
736 758-BK
736 761-BK
Zinc plated
shelves
Shelves in light
grey RAL 7035
1000
1300
shelf unit height 2000 mm,

5shelves
standard unit
extension unit
No.
g
736 737-BK
136.50
149.60
161.70
192.20
160.50
171.90
182.40
215.50

6shelves
standard unit
No.
g
736 745-BK
736 747-BK
736 749-BK
736 751-BK
736 762-BK
736 764-BK
736 766-BK
736 769-BK
226.00
243.00
260.50
298.00
258.50
269.50
286.00
326.00
extension unit
No.
g
736 746-BK
736 748-BK
736 750-BK
736 752-BK
736 763-BK
736 765-BK
736 768-BK
736 770-BK
166.40
182.40
197.20
237.50
195.80
208.50
223.00
262.00
No.
g
736 913-BK
736 914-BK
736 915-BK
736 916-BK
736 917-BK
736 918-BK
736 919-BK
736 920-BK
extra shelf
125720
standard shelf unit 1060 / 1360 mm

extension shelf unit 1010 / 1310 mm
shelf depth + 35 mm
You will find a comprehensive assortment of shelf

unit accessories for 1000 mm wide units on page 200
and 201.
Accessories are available on request for the
17.65
20.10
22.45
27.90
22.45
24.55
26.35
32.55

5shelves
standard unit
No.
g
736 771-BK
736 773-BK
736 776-BK
736 778-BK
736 789-BK
736 792-BK
736 794-BK
736 796-BK
199.00
216.50
237.50
276.00
258.00
279.00
295.50
352.00
extension unit
No.
g
736 772-BK
736 774-BK
736 777-BK
736 779-BK
736 790-BK
736 793-BK
736 795-BK
736 797-BK
149.20
164.00
180.70
224.00
205.50
223.00
241.50
290.00

6shelves
standard unit
No.
g
736 780-BK
736 782-BK
736 785-BK
736 787-BK
736 798-BK
736 800-BK
736 802-BK
736 804-BK
247.50
265.50
288.00
343.00
314.00
336.00
362.50
425.00
extension unit
No.
g
736 781-BK
736 784-BK
736 786-BK
736 788-BK
736 799-BK
736 801-BK
736 803-BK
736 806-BK
182.30
201.50
219.50
269.00
249.50
269.50
295.00
353.50
No.
g
736 807-BK
736 808-BK
736 809-BK
736 810-BK
736 811-BK
736 812-BK
736 814-BK
736 815-BK
19.65
22.70
25.35
32.55
30.40
34.00
37.35
46.75
extra shelf
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125720
Max. shelf load

130 190 kg
Max. bay load
1000 + 1600 kg
Shelf unit heights
2000 + 2500 mm
Shelf widths
1000 + 1300 mm
Shelf depths
400 800 mm
Height adjustment grid
25 mm
The specified max. loads apply with even load distribution. Additional shelves can be added if the specified
max. bay load is observed.
197
Boltless shelving system
Five shelf unit depths

Three shelf unit heights
Zinc plated or zinc plated and
additionally powder coated in
light grey RAL7035
Shelves height adjustable in 25 mm
increments
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
Technical specification
Shelf uprights with plug-in metal
connectors.
Shelves with C-shaped 40 mm bevelled
edges.
Width
Depth
This shelf system can be combined

with the wide-span boltless shelf
units on page 210.
130 240 kg
1000 2500 kg
2000 3000 mm
1000 mm
300 800 mm
Comprehensis accessory available

on page 200 and 201.

standard shelf unit 1060 mm

extension shelf unit 1010 mm
shelf depth + 35 mm
Magnet and adhesive labels for

shelving see pages 254 and 255.
Zinc plated model

Light duty Max. load up to 150 kg (see table for max. bay loads)
Shelf
width x depth mm
Max. shelf load

Description
1000 x 300
kg
1000 x 400
150
1000 x 500
145
1000 x 600
140
1000 x 800
140
130
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
715 175-BK
715 178-BK
715 181-BK
715 185-BK
715 188-BK
715 193-BK
715 196-BK
715 199-BK
715 202-BK

No.
g
715 171-BK
150.70
113.50
166.50
127.40
181.40
140.70
192.80
150.70
224.00
182.40

No.
g
715 172-BK
715 176-BK
715 179-BK
715 183-BK
715 186-BK
715 191-BK
715 194-BK
715 197-BK
715 200-BK
715 203-BK
188.00
138.30
204.50
160.40
220.00
170.00
235.00
187.60
272.50
224.00

No.
g
715 173-BK
715 177-BK
715 180-BK
715 184-BK
715 187-BK
715 192-BK
715 195-BK
715 198-BK
715 201-BK
715 205-BK
214.00
159.90
235.00
179.20
255.00
197.30
270.50
214.00
315.00
258.50
No.
g
612 079-BK
612 079-BK
736 913-BK
736 913-BK
736 914-BK
736 914-BK
736 915-BK
736 915-BK
736 916-BK
736 916-BK
14.85
14.85
17.65
17.65
20.10
20.10
22.45
22.45
27.90
27.90
Accessories
Extra shelf
incl. shelf supports
Medium duty Max. load up to 240 kg (see table for max. shelf and bay loads)
Shelf
width x depth mm
Max. shelf load

Description
1000 x 300
kg
1000 x 400
220
1000 x 500
225
1000 x 600
230
1000 x 800
240
230
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
715 209-BK
715 213-BK
715 216-BK
715 219-BK
715 223-BK
715 226-BK
715 229-BK
164.80
715 232-BK
715 235-BK
235.50
194.70
715 230-BK
205.00
715 233-BK
715 236-BK
289.50
235.50
715 234-BK
715 237-BK
342.50
276.50

No.
g
715 206-BK
161.40
121.70
175.50
136.40
191.30
150.70
205.50

No.
g
715 207-BK
715 210-BK
715 214-BK
715 217-BK
715 221-BK
715 224-BK
715 227-BK
196.50
148.80
215.50
166.40
229.50
182.40
252.00

No.
g
715 208-BK
715 211-BK
715 215-BK
715 218-BK
715 222-BK
715 225-BK
715 228-BK
229.50
174.70
256.00
195.80
275.00
215.50
297.50
715 231-BK
235.50
No.
g
611 990-BK
611 990-BK
611 991-BK
611 991-BK
611 992-BK
611 992-BK
611 993-BK
611 993-BK
611 994-BK
611 994-BK
16.65
16.65
19.45
19.45
22.30
22.30
24.85
24.85
30.25
30.25
Extra shelf
BLUE =
124625
124625
Accessories
Boltless shelving systems
Zinc plated and additionally powder coated light grey RAL7035

Light duty Max. load up to 150kg (see table for max. shelfand bay loads)
Shelves
width x depth mm
Max. shelf load

Description
1000 x 300
kg
1000 x 400
150
1000 x 500
145
1000 x 600
140
1000 x 800
140
130
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
715 242-BK
715 245-BK
715 249-BK
715 252-BK
715 256-BK
715 259-BK
715 262-BK
715 266-BK
715 269-BK

No.
g
715 238-BK
182.40
134.20
197.20
147.20
213.50
162.60
229.50
177.90
271.00
216.50

No.
g
715 240-BK
715 243-BK
715 246-BK
715 250-BK
715 253-BK
715 257-BK
715 260-BK
715 264-BK
715 267-BK
715 270-BK
224.00
161.90
243.00
179.90
262.50
197.50
282.50
216.50
336.00
265.00

No.
g
715 241-BK
715 244-BK
715 248-BK
715 251-BK
715 254-BK
715 258-BK
715 261-BK
715 265-BK
715 268-BK
715 272-BK
259.00
187.80
279.50
208.00
301.50
229.50
325.50
250.50
381.00
304.00
No.
g
612 020-BK
612 020-BK
612 021-BK
612 021-BK
612 023-BK
612 023-BK
612 024-BK
612 024-BK
612 080-BK
612 080-BK
16.55
16.55
19.45
19.45
22.45
22.45
25.35
25.35
32.60
32.60
Accessories
Extra shelf
Medium duty Max. load up to 240 kg (see table for max. shelf and bay loads)
Shelves
width x depth mm
Max. shelf load

Description
1000 x 300
kg
1000 x 400
220
1000 x 500
225
1000 x 600
230
1000 x 800
240
230
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
715 276-BK
715 279-BK
715 283-BK
715 286-BK
715 289-BK
715 292-BK
715 295-BK
715 299-BK
715 303-BK

No.
g
715 273-BK
199.20
149.60
217.50
167.10
235.50
182.40
254.50
203.50
297.50
241.50

No.
g
715 274-BK
715 277-BK
715 281-BK
715 284-BK
715 287-BK
715 290-BK
715 293-BK
715 296-BK
715 300-BK
715 304-BK
245.00
182.30
265.50
204.50
289.50
223.00
313.50
248.00
367.00
295.00

No.
g
715 275-BK
715 278-BK
715 282-BK
715 285-BK
715 288-BK
715 291-BK
715 294-BK
715 297-BK
715 302-BK
715 305-BK
290.00
214.00
317.50
240.50
343.00
265.50
371.50
290.00
435.00
346.50
No.
g
612 048-BK
612 048-BK
612 050-BK
612 050-BK
612 051-BK
612 051-BK
612 052-BK
612 052-BK
612 053-BK
612 053-BK
20.00
20.00
23.55
23.55
26.85
26.85
30.55
30.55
37.45
37.45
Extra shelf
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124626
124626
Accessories
199
6
Boltless shelf unit
system
Standard model
Complete shelving unit with shelves as stated
in table, asstandard or extension units.
Unrestricted access from both sides without
obstructive diagonal cross braces.
All parts zinc plated, or additionally powder
coated in light grey RAL 7035.
Upright frames with open construction.
Solid sheet metal or welded mesh cladding
see right-hand page.
Shelves with 40 mm safety edges on all sides,
height adjustable in increments of 25 mm.
External dimensions
Width

shelf depth + 35 mm
Depth
Max. shelf load

130 240 kg
Max. bay load
1000 1800 kg
Shelf unit height
2000 + 2500 mm
Shelf width
1000 mm
Shelf depth
300 800 mm
The specified max. loads apply with uniform
load distribution.
Additional shelves may be used as long as
the specified max. bay load is observed.
Magnetic and adhesive labels for

shelving see page 254 and 255.
A wide range of accessories can be
found on the right-hand page.
Shelving units with 1300 mm width are
Zinc plated
1000 x 300
Width x depth
Description
Light duty
Medium
duty
stand. unit
max. shelf load
kg
1000 x 400
extn. unit
stand. unit
150
1000 x 500
extn. unit
stand. unit
145
1000 x 600
extn. unit
stand. unit
140
1000 x 800
extn. unit
stand. unit
140
extn. unit
130
height 2000 mm
No.
g
715 453-BK
715 454-BK
715 455-BK
715 456-BK
715 457-BK
715 458-BK
715 459-BK
715 460-BK
715 461-BK
165.80
134.20
181.80
144.80
193.80
158.80
206.00
171.40
236.50
199.90
height 2500 mm
No.
g
715 463-BK
715 464-BK
715 465-BK
715 466-BK
715 467-BK
715 469-BK
715 470-BK
715 471-BK
715 472-BK
715 473-BK
211.00
169.40
229.50
187.00
245.50
201.50
261.50
215.50
298.50
252.00
1 extra shelf
116 149-BK
116 149-BK
116 165-BK
116 165-BK
116 181-BK
116 181-BK
116 211-BK
116 211-BK
116 246-BK
116 246-BK
15.00
17.65
17.65
20.10
20.10
22.45
22.45
27.90
max. shelf load
No.
g
15.00
kg
220
225
230
240
715 462-BK
27.90
230
height 2000 mm
No.
g
715 474-BK
715 475-BK
715 477-BK
715 478-BK
715 479-BK
715 480-BK
715 481-BK
715 482-BK
715 483-BK
187.90
160.50
202.50
168.90
216.50
182.40
229.50
195.80
261.50
224.00
height 2500 mm
No.
g
715 486-BK
715 487-BK
715 488-BK
715 489-BK
715 490-BK
715 491-BK
715 493-BK
715 494-BK
715 495-BK
715 496-BK
221.50
180.70
240.50
196.80
259.00
214.00
278.50
236.50
312.50
265.00
1 extra shelf
116 157-BK
116 157-BK
116 173-BK
116 173-BK
116 203-BK
116 203-BK
116 238-BK
116 238-BK
116 254-BK
116 254-BK
16.90
16.90
19.65
19.65
22.45
22.45
24.90
24.90
30.15
30.15
No.
g
715 485-BK
Zinc plated and additionally powder coated, light grey RAL 7035
Description
Light duty
124627
Medium
duty
stand. unit
max. shelf load
kg
1000 x 400
extn. unit
stand. unit
150
1000 x 500
extn. unit
stand. unit
145
1000 x 600
extn. unit
stand. unit
140
1000 x 800
extn. unit
stand. unit
140
extn. unit
130
height 2000 mm
No.
g
715 497-BK
715 498-BK
715 499-BK
715 500-BK
715 501-BK
715 502-BK
715 503-BK
715 504-BK
715 505-BK
206.00
161.20
224.00
175.20
236.50
190.90
255.00
206.00
297.50
245.00
height 2500 mm
No.
g
715 508-BK
715 509-BK
715 510-BK
715 511-BK
715 512-BK
715 513-BK
715 515-BK
715 516-BK
715 517-BK
715 518-BK
265.50
206.50
283.50
223.00
301.50
242.50
323.00
262.00
376.00
314.00
1 extra shelf
221 945-BK
221 945-BK
222 631-BK
222 631-BK
222 739-BK
222 739-BK
222 844-BK
222 844-BK
288 799-BK
288 799-BK
15.90
18.90
18.90
22.45
22.45
24.90
24.90
30.85
max. shelf load
No.
g
15.90
kg
220
225
230
240
715 507-BK
30.85
230
height 2000 mm
No.
g
715 519-BK
715 520-BK
715 521-BK
715 523-BK
715 524-BK
715 525-BK
715 526-BK
715 527-BK
715 528-BK
240.00
194.70
258.50
212.00
278.50
229.50
296.50
248.50
336.00
286.00
height 2500 mm
No.
g
715 531-BK
715 532-BK
715 533-BK
715 534-BK
715 535-BK
715 536-BK
715 537-BK
715 538-BK
715 539-BK
715 540-BK
283.50
226.00
306.00
249.00
329.50
268.00
352.50
292.00
407.00
339.00
1 extra shelf
223 220-BK
223 220-BK
224 480-BK
224 480-BK
224 960-BK
224 960-BK
225 037-BK
225 037-BK
225 126-BK
225 126-BK
19.30
19.30
23.45
23.45
26.05
26.05
29.55
29.55
35.95
35.95
No.
g
BLUE =
715 529-BK
124627
1000 x 300
Width x depth
Boltless shelving systems

Accessories
Tray inserts
Side panel cladding,

sheet metal version
Front section 110 mm high, rear section

200 mm high, side sheets 200 mm high.
Slot grid 50 : 50 mm within 800 mm width.
Please order dividers separately.
Can be used as end or intermediate panel.

Side perforated segment sheets including
fixing clamps. Fitted overlapping in the
frames. Zinc plated or light grey coated.
Prices without frames.
For shelf depth
mm
300
400
500
600
800
715 308-BK
715 311-BK
715 313-BK
715 315-BK
For
shelf unit
height
2000 mm
zinc plated
No.
g
715 306-BK
30.15
32.55
35.25
37.35
43.05
light grey
No.
g
715 307-BK
715 309-BK
715 312-BK
715 314-BK
715 316-BK
35.25
39.20
43.85
46.75
54.30
For
shelf unit
height
2500 mm
zinc plated
No.
g
715 322-BK
715 324-BK
715 326-BK
715 329-BK
715 331-BK
40.90
43.05
46.00
49.40
54.30
light grey
No.
g
715 323-BK
715 325-BK
715 327-BK
715 330-BK
715 332-BK
46.05
50.70
55.20
59.70
69.50
For shelf
unit height
mm
2000
2500
For shelf depth

300 mm
No.
g
913 993-BK
913 999-BK
17.00
19.85
For shelf depth

400 mm
No.
g
913 994-BK
914 000-BK
17.40
21.25
For shelf depth

500 mm
No.
g
913 996-BK
914 001-BK
18.00
23.60
For shelf depth

600 mm
No.
g
913 997-BK
914 003-BK
20.75
24.95
For shelf depth

800 mm
No.
g
913 998-BK
914 004-BK
24.85
30.15
Side panel cladding,

welded mesh version
Version same as above, but has spot
welded mesh with a wire rim.
Bezinal coated.
Prices without frames.
Rear panel cladding,

sheet metal version
Segment sheets chamfered on all sides,
including fixing clamps. Inserted between
the upright frames, one on top of the other.
Zinc plated or light grey coated.
For shelf unit height
mm
2000
2500
Zinc plated
No.
g
715 339-BK
715 340-BK
64.40
87.10
No.
g
715 341-BK
715 342-BK
88.40
118.00
Light grey
Rear panel cladding,

welded mesh version
Spot welded mesh with wire rim.
Bezinal coated. Mesh size / wire thickness
50 x 50 x 2.5 mm.
For shelf
unit height
mm
No.
g
2000
2500
914 005-BK
916 647-BK
33.75
39.35
For shelf depth
mm
300
400
500
600
Tray inserts
Width 1000 mm
No.
g
869 910-BK
869 929-BK
869 937-BK
869 945-BK
29.85
30.40
31.35
32.00
Divider
Height 200 mm
No.
g
869 953-BK
869 961-BK
869 988-BK
869 996-BK
4.80
5.15
5.50
5.95
Drawer units,
without lock
7 drawers with grip rail and pull-out stop.
Light grey RAL 7035. Each with 2 side
guides with mounted full extension guides.
Internal drawer dimensions: 884 x 433 mm.
Max. drawer load 60 kg. Front panel
heights (drawer heights): 3 x 100 (70) mm,
2 x 150 (120) mm, 2 x 200 (170) mm.
Without rear and side panels.
For 500 mm shelf depth only.
Central lock for drawer unit

Complete set, consisting of 1 steel shelf
(max. load 125 kg), lift-out protection bars
and push-in lock incl. 2 keys for the top
drawer. Installation height 1050 mm.
No. 870 005-BK
No. 870 013-BK
g 1230.00
g 84.50
Single drawers,
without lock
With bevelled grip rail, fully extendable.
Max. load 60 kg. 2 built-in side panel
frames. Internal drawer dimensions:
884 x 433 mm. Light grey RAL 7035.
For 500 mm shelf depth only.
Drawer height
mm
Front height
mm
70
120
170
Detachable hinged doors
For shelf
unit height
No.
g
mm
2000
2500
715 343-BK
715 345-BK
383.00
408.00
Shelf divider with clamp foot

Infinitely adjustable on sides, free standing
on top. Height 300 mm.
On request: dividers with plug-in pins and
shelves with special perforation.
For shelf depth
mm
300
400
500
600
Zinc plated
No.
g
869 821-BK
869 848-BK
869 856-BK
869 864-BK
9.00
9.75
10.60
11.30
No.
g
869 872-BK
869 880-BK
869 899-BK
869 902-BK
13.70
14.30
15.55
16.90
94602
Light grey
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g
100
150
200
871 796-BK
871 818-BK
871 826-BK
182.40
197.00
211.50
Lock for single drawers

Complete set, consisting of 1 steel shelf,
(max. load 125 kg), lift-out protection bars
and rotary lock incl. 2 keys. Light grey
RAL 7035.
Installation height: drawer height + 25 mm.
No. 871 834-BK
g 71.10
The accessories on this page are also

suitable for the 1000 mm wide shelving
units on pages 197, 198, 210, 211.
On request, the shelving units on the
left hand page can also be supplied
with a width of 1300 mm.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Drawer dividers and sheet metal

trays with plug-in walls available
on request.
On request, the accessories can also

be supplied for 1300 mm wide shelving
units and for other depths.
94602
Recessed rotary handle with cylinder lock.

2 keys. 3 point bar locking mechanism.
KAISER + KRAFT
201

With rear and side panels, and plinth rail
Can be reconfigured and expanded with the

plug-in system
Optionally in three RAL colours
Shelves height adjustable in 40 mm increments
Adjustable shelf partitions

Shelf width 1000 mm
Max. shelf load

180 kg
Max. bay load
2000 kg
Shelf unit height
1990 mm
Shelf width
1000 mm
Shelf depth
300 500 mm
Shelf unit width = shelf width + 40 mm

Additional shelves may be used if the
specified max. bay load is observed.
Specification
On request
Standard shelf unit

2 side panels, 1 rear panel, shelves and
partitions according to table, shelf
brackets and 1 plinth rail.
Same as standard shelf unit,
but only 1 side panel.
Shelf units with a height of 2190 mm or

2500 mm
Double doors with frame and
security lock (2 keys)
Zinc plated bin rails
Additional shelf partitions
Model
Shelves
Compartments
Description
Shelf unit depth
300 mm
reseda green RAL 6011
light grey RAL 7035
gentian blue RAL 5010
112373
704 325-BK
704 328-BK
704 330-BK
extn. unit
704 327-BK
704 329-BK
704 331-BK
6
6 x 320 / 4 x 360
stand. unit
704 349-BK
704 352-BK
704 354-BK
extn. unit
704 351-BK
704 353-BK
704 355-BK
7
3 x 240 / 15 x 280
stand. unit
704 368-BK
704 760-BK
704 762-BK
extn. unit
704 759-BK
704 761-BK
704 763-BK
9
4 x 160 / 28 x 200
stand. unit
704 778-BK
704 780-BK
704 782-BK
extn. unit
704 779-BK
704 781-BK
704 783-BK
256.50
210.50
290.00
246.50
344.50
303.00
435.50
391.00
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
704 346-BK
15.80
15.80
15.80
15.80
15.80
15.80
15.80
15.80

light grey RAL 7035
704 332-BK
704 335-BK
704 337-BK
704 333-BK
704 336-BK
704 338-BK
704 356-BK
704 358-BK
704 360-BK
704 357-BK
704 359-BK
704 361-BK
704 764-BK
704 766-BK
704 769-BK
704 765-BK
704 767-BK
704 770-BK
704 785-BK
704 787-BK
704 789-BK
704 786-BK
704 788-BK
704 790-BK
286.50
234.00
324.00
270.00
390.00
337.50
488.50
435.50
zinc plated
g
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
704 347-BK
18.35
18.35
18.35
18.35
18.35
18.35
18.35
18.35

light grey RAL 7035
704 339-BK
704 341-BK
704 344-BK
704 340-BK
704 343-BK
704 345-BK
704 362-BK
704 364-BK
704 366-BK
704 363-BK
704 365-BK
704 367-BK
704 771-BK
704 773-BK
704 775-BK
704 772-BK
704 774-BK
704 777-BK
704 791-BK
704 794-BK
704 796-BK
704 793-BK
704 795-BK
704 797-BK
additional shelf
Shelf unit depth
500 mm
6
3 x 320 / 2 x 360
stand. unit
zinc plated
g
additional shelf
Shelf unit depth
400 mm
additional shelf
326.00
263.50
367.50
306.00
438.50
375.50
557.00
496.00
zinc plated
g
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
704 348-BK
21.35
21.35
21.35
21.35
21.35
21.35
21.35
21.35
BLUE =
112373
Pull-out shelf
Shown with
accessories
Shelving cupboard system
External dimensions
As a shelf unit or complete with rear/side panels and base rails
Width: standard shelf unit 1003 mm,

extension shelf unit 968 mm.
Depth = shelf depth.
Height adjustable or pull-out shelves

Drawers in three heights
A Shelving units
Shelf
width x depth mm
Model
Zinc plated
Shelf light greyRAL7035

Uprights
blueRAL5014

Uprights and side panels in blue RAL 5014.
Shelves, drawers, hinged doors, base rails and rear
panels in light grey RAL 7035.
Zinc plated shelf units also available.
Side panels
Slot perforations every 35 mm for inserting shelves and
drawers.
Rear panels screw-on.
For shelf unit height
mm
No.
g
1960
2500
709 155-BK
709 156-BK
433.00
525.00
Drawers
Fully extendable on ball bearings.
Easy to move. Max. load 50 kg.
122700
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
height 1960 mm
5 shelves
No.
g
900 523-BK
900 525-BK
900 526-BK
900 527-BK
212.50
150.60
236.00
173.60
height 2500 mm
6 shelves
No.
g
900 530-BK
900 531-BK
900 533-BK
900 534-BK
252.00
182.20
280.50
209.50
1 extra shelf
zinc plated
No.
g
900 514-BK
900 514-BK
900 517-BK
900 517-BK
23.00
23.00
27.40
27.40
height 1960 mm
5 shelves
No.
g
900 537-BK
900 538-BK
900 539-BK
900 541-BK
237.50
169.80
266.00
197.50
height 2500 mm
6 shelves
No.
g
900 544-BK
900 545-BK
900 546-BK
900 547-BK
281.50
205.50
315.00
237.50
1 extra shelf
grey RAL 7035
No.
g
706 243-BK
706 243-BK
706 250-BK
706 250-BK
31.45
31.45
37.85
37.85
Shelf
width x depth mm
Height 1960 mm
mm
65
100
175
For shelf unit depth

400 mm
No.
g
705 775-BK
705 777-BK
705 779-BK
213.50
224.00
238.50

500 mm
No.
g
705 776-BK
705 778-BK
705 781-BK
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
No.
g
706 239-BK
706 240-BK
706 245-BK
706 246-BK
447.00
380.50
504.00
420.00
6 shelves
No.
g
706 241-BK
706 242-BK
706 247-BK
706 249-BK
612.00
514.00
693.00
567.00
No.
g
706 243-BK
706 243-BK
706 250-BK
706 250-BK
31.45
31.45
37.85
37.85
Anchoring kit for wall or floor anchoring.

Pack of 4.
223.00
227.00
245.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g / pack 8.25
Pull-out shelves fully extendable on ball bearing guides.

Easy to move. Max. load 50 kg.
No.
g
930 x 500
5 shelves
Cross brace
Supplied complete with standard shelf units.
Please order separately for every second extension shelf
unit.
No. 900 519-BK
g 14.20
No. 900 520-BK
Height
930 x 400
Model
Extra shelf
grey RAL 7035
Double door extension set

3-point espagnolette lock, locking cylinder and 2 keys.
Mounting material. Can also be fitted at a later stage.
930 x 500
B Shelf units with rear/side panels and base rail
Height 2500 mm
Accessories
930 x 400
mm
400
500
709 153-BK
709 154-BK
215.00
226.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

When installing doors, drawers or pull-out shelves,

please ensure that the unit is fixed to the wall or
anchored to the floor.
If the height of the shelving cupboard system or
shelf unit equals more than 5 times its depth, wall
or floor anchors must be used.
As required, please order one anchoring kit for one
standard shelf unit or for 2extension shelf units.
Additional safety information is provided in the
enclosed assembly guide.
122700
Max. shelf load

150 kg
Max. bay load
1200 kg
Shelf unit height
1960 + 2500 mm
Shelf width
930 mm
Shelf depth
400 + 500 mm
The specified max. loads are applicable with uniform
load distribution.
KAISER + KRAFT
203
6
NEW
E
A
B
B
C
D
Single and double row boltless shelving units
Completely zinc plated or with blue

RAL5010 powder coated uprights and
zinc plated shelves
Single row shelving units with 150kg
max. shelf load or double row shelving
units with 250 kg max. shelf load
Quick plug-in assembly and easy
alignment of the shelving units due to
spanner nuts on the cross struts
Heavy duty, high quality manufacturing
With RAL-RG 614 label
Wide range of accessories: zinc
platedrear and side panels,
shelf dividers, plinth cover plates and
wall fasteners
Please note
than
5 times its depth, the shelf unit must be secured against tipping with wall fasteners.
Zinc plated shelves

Maximum stability due to box profile.
Shelves with holes spaced at 50mm at
front and back to attach shelf dividers
(accessory).
Shelf edge height: 25 mm (for max. shelf
load 150 kg), and 40 mm (for max. shelf
load 250 kg).
25 mm shelf height adjustment grid.
E Wall fasteners
T-profile uprights
T-profiles and depth locking bar zinc
plated or withhigh quality powder coating,
blue RAL 5010. Including clamp bases
made of steel for securing to the floor,
bolts and plugs not included.
Cross brace (zinc plated)
every second extension shelf unit.

Pack of 4.
No. 945 861-BK
g / pack 14.30
External dimensions
Standard shelf unit: shelf width + 60 mm
Extension shelf unit: shelf width + 6 mm
Overall frame depth: shelf depth + 36 mm
Max. shelf load

(single row units)
Max. shelf load
(double row units)
Max.bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
150 kg
250 kg
1800 kg
2000 + 2500mm
1000 + 1300mm
400 600mm

Additional shelf levels can be added
if the specified max.bayload is not
exceeded.
Max. number of shelf dividers
pershelf level
17 dividers for 1000mm shelf width,
23 for 1300 mm shelf width.
Single row boltless shelving units max. shelf load 150 kg

Shelf
width x depth mm
Model
1000 x 400
1000 x 500
1000 x 600
1300 x 400
1300 x 500
1300 x 600
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
Shelves and
frame zinc
plated
unit height 2000 mm

5 shelves
No.
g
945 554-BK
945 555-BK
945 556-BK
945 557-BK
945 558-BK
945 559-BK
945 561-BK
945 562-BK
945 563-BK
945 564-BK
945 565-BK
945 566-BK
160.80
119.00
173.40
130.50
186.10
142.30
198.20
155.20
212.50
168.60
227.00
181.90
unit height 2500 mm

6 shelves
No.
g
945 567-BK
945 568-BK
945 569-BK
945 570-BK
945 571-BK
945 572-BK
945 573-BK
945 574-BK
945 575-BK
945 576-BK
945 577-BK
945 578-BK
199.40
146.10
215.00
160.10
231.00
174.60
243.50
189.20
262.00
205.50
279.50
221.50
Shelves zinc
plated, frame
blue RAL5010
unit height 2000 mm

5 shelves
No.
g
945 580-BK
945 581-BK
945 582-BK
945 583-BK
945 584-BK
945 585-BK
945 586-BK
945 588-BK
945 589-BK
945 590-BK
945 591-BK
945 592-BK
177.20
127.30
190.20
138.90
203.50
150.80
215.00
163.60
230.00
177.20
244.00
190.50
unit height 2500 mm

6 shelves
No.
g
945 593-BK
945 594-BK
945 596-BK
945 597-BK
945 598-BK
945 599-BK
945 863-BK
945 601-BK
945 602-BK
945 603-BK
945 604-BK
945 605-BK
219.00
157.00
237.50
171.40
254.00
186.00
265.50
199.90
284.50
217.00
302.50
233.00
No.
g / pack
945 795-BK
945 795-BK
945 796-BK
945 796-BK
945 797-BK
945 797-BK
945 798-BK
945 798-BK
945 799-BK
945 799-BK
945 800-BK
945 800-BK
30.95
30.95
35.05
35.05
39.45
39.45
45.00
45.00
49.85
49.85
54.70
54.70
for height 2000 mm

No.
2-part
g / panel
945 606-BK
945 606-BK
945 606-BK
945 606-BK
945 606-BK
945 606-BK
945 607-BK
945 607-BK
945 607-BK
945 607-BK
945 607-BK
945 607-BK
58.00
58.00
58.00
58.00
58.00
58.00
75.40
75.40
75.40
75.40
75.40
75.40
for height 2500 mm

No.
3-part
g / panel
945 608-BK
945 608-BK
945 608-BK
945 608-BK
945 608-BK
945 608-BK
945 610-BK
945 610-BK
945 610-BK
945 610-BK
945 610-BK
945 610-BK
73.30
73.30
73.30
73.30
73.30
73.30
95.30
95.30
95.30
95.30
95.30
95.30
for height 2000 mm

No.
2-part
g / panel
945 611-BK
945 611-BK
945 612-BK
945 612-BK
945 613-BK
945 613-BK
945 611-BK
945 611-BK
945 612-BK
945 612-BK
945 613-BK
945 613-BK
25.95
25.95
32.05
32.05
36.70
36.70
25.95
25.95
32.05
32.05
36.70
36.70
for height 2500 mm

No.
2-part
g / panel
945 614-BK
945 614-BK
945 615-BK
945 615-BK
945 616-BK
945 616-BK
945 614-BK
945 614-BK
945 615-BK
945 615-BK
945 616-BK
945 616-BK
33.60
33.60
41.60
41.60
47.75
47.75
33.60
33.60
41.60
41.60
47.75
47.75
C Shelf dividers, zinc plated, H 140 mm No.
945 618-BK
945 618-BK
945 619-BK
945 619-BK
945 620-BK
945 620-BK
945 618-BK
945 618-BK
945 619-BK
945 619-BK
945 620-BK
945 620-BK
Additional shelves, zinc plated

Pack of 2
A
Rear panel,
zinc plated
122701
Side panel,
zinc plated
Pack of 10
g / pack
57.60
57.60
63.90
63.90
83.20
83.20
57.60
57.60
63.90
63.90
83.20
83.20
D Plinth cover plates, zinc plated
No.
g / pack
945 621-BK
945 621-BK
945 621-BK
945 621-BK
945 621-BK
945 621-BK
945 794-BK
945 794-BK
945 794-BK
945 794-BK
945 794-BK
945 794-BK
48.90
48.90
48.90
48.90
48.90
48.90
63.60
63.60
63.60
63.60
63.60
63.60
Pack of 5
BLUE =
122701
Accessories
NEW
See left hand page for additional

technical information.
Additional reinforcement
provided by doubling material
along support edges
Environmentally friendly connection

method
clinching instead of welding
Uprights
Excellent stability
due to triple creasing of
the edges along the short
sides
Double row boltless shelving units

reinforced with zinc plated longitudinal
locking bars.
Supplied complete with longitudinal

locking bars
2 pairs for 2000 mm shelf unit height,
3pairs for 2500 mm shelf unit height.
Maximum rigidity
due to extension of the box
profile all the way to the corners
Higher max. shelf load

due to optimised box shape
Double row boltless shelving units max. shelf load 250 kg

Shelf
width x depth mm
Model
1000 x 2 x 400
1000 x 2 x 500
1000 x 2 x 600
1300 x 2 x 400
1300 x 2 x 500
1300 x 2 x 600
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
Shelves
andframe
zinc plated
unit height 2000 mm

2 x 5 shelves
No.
g
945 801-BK
945 802-BK
945 804-BK
945 805-BK
945 806-BK
945 807-BK
945 808-BK
945 809-BK
945 810-BK
945 812-BK
945 813-BK
945 814-BK
384.00
304.50
421.50
340.50
451.00
368.00
460.00
380.50
496.00
414.50
532.00
448.50
unit height 2500 mm

2 x 6 shelves
No.
g
945 815-BK
945 816-BK
945 817-BK
945 818-BK
945 819-BK
945 821-BK
945 822-BK
945 823-BK
945 824-BK
945 825-BK
945 826-BK
945 827-BK
487.50
385.00
534.00
428.00
571.00
462.50
583.00
480.50
627.00
522.00
672.00
563.00
Shelves zinc
plated, frame
blue RAL 5010
unit height 2000 mm

2 x 5 shelves
No.
g
945 828-BK
945 829-BK
945 830-BK
945 831-BK
945 832-BK
945 833-BK
945 834-BK
945 835-BK
945 836-BK
945 837-BK
945 839-BK
945 840-BK
416.50
320.50
455.50
357.00
485.00
385.00
493.00
397.00
530.00
431.00
567.00
465.50
unit height 2500 mm

2 x 6 shelves
No.
g
945 841-BK
945 842-BK
945 843-BK
945 844-BK
945 845-BK
945 847-BK
945 848-BK
945 849-BK
945 850-BK
945 851-BK
945 852-BK
945 853-BK
531.00
407.00
580.00
451.00
617.00
485.00
627.00
503.00
673.00
545.00
717.00
586.00
No.
g / pack
945 855-BK
945 855-BK
945 856-BK
945 856-BK
945 857-BK
945 857-BK
945 858-BK
945 858-BK
945 859-BK
945 859-BK
945 860-BK
945 860-BK
36.70
36.70
43.45
43.45
48.50
48.50
49.05
49.05
55.40
55.40
61.80
61.80

Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122702
122702
Accessories
205
Heavy duty boltless shelving
Particularly stable and torsion resistant

Boltless plug-in assembly, easy and quick
Uprights in 3 colours, shelves zinc plated
Width
standard shelf unit 1060 mm and 1360 mm

extension shelf unit 1025 mm and 1325 mm
Depth
single sided: shelf depth + 70 mm

double sided: shelf depth + 105 mm
Heavy duty shelves

With safety edge on all sides, 40 mm high. Shelves height
adjustable in 50 mm increments. Zinc plated.
High quality plastic coating
Supports and longitudinal connectors optionally available
in orange RAL 2004, light grey RAL 7035, or blue RAL 5010.
Shelf width x depth
Single sided

5 shelves,
Max. load (bay) 1600 kg
6 shelves,
7 shelves,
Double-sided

10 shelves,
12 shelves,
14 shelves,
200 kg
1600 4000 kg
2000 3000 mm
1025 and 1325 mm
400 800 mm
The max. load applies with uniform load distribution.

Additional shelves may be used if the specified max.
Sides and back panels, dividers, chute rails for bulky
goods.
mm
Model
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelving unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
External dims.
Frame / shelves
orange / galvanised
light grey / galvanised
blue / galvanised
1025 x 400
1025 x 500
1025 x 600
1025 x 800
Standard unit
Extn. unit
Standard unit
Extn. unit
Standard unit
Extn. unit
Standard unit
Extn. unit
903 356-BK
903 365-BK
903 374-BK
903 357-BK
903 366-BK
903 375-BK
903 358-BK
903 367-BK
903 376-BK
903 359-BK
903 368-BK
903 377-BK
903 360-BK
903 369-BK
903 378-BK
903 362-BK
903 371-BK
903 379-BK
903 363-BK
903 372-BK
903 380-BK
903 364-BK
903 373-BK
903 381-BK
g
orange / galvanised
blue / galvanised
267.50
214.50
282.50
226.50
298.50
245.00
329.00
274.50
903 382-BK
903 391-BK
903 401-BK
903 383-BK
903 392-BK
903 402-BK
903 384-BK
903 393-BK
903 403-BK
903 385-BK
903 394-BK
903 404-BK
903 386-BK
903 395-BK
903 405-BK
903 387-BK
903 397-BK
903 406-BK
903 389-BK
903 398-BK
903 407-BK
903 390-BK
903 399-BK
903 408-BK
g
orange / galvanised
blue / galvanised
306.00
245.50
323.00
262.00
340.00
279.00
373.00
313.00
903 421-BK
903 430-BK
903 439-BK
903 422-BK
903 431-BK
903 440-BK
903 423-BK
903 432-BK
903 441-BK
903 424-BK
903 433-BK
903 443-BK
903 425-BK
903 435-BK
903 444-BK
903 427-BK
903 436-BK
903 445-BK
903 428-BK
903 437-BK
903 446-BK
903 429-BK
903 438-BK
903 447-BK
g
orange / galvanised
blue / galvanised
359.00
290.50
381.00
311.00
399.00
333.00
439.00
369.50
908 356-BK
908 365-BK
908 374-BK
908 357-BK
908 366-BK
908 375-BK
908 358-BK
908 367-BK
908 376-BK
908 359-BK
908 368-BK
908 377-BK
908 360-BK
908 369-BK
908 378-BK
908 361-BK
908 370-BK
908 379-BK
908 362-BK
908 372-BK
908 381-BK
908 364-BK
908 373-BK
908 382-BK
g
orange / galvanised
blue / galvanised
451.50
375.50
480.00
403.00
507.00
430.00
559.00
486.00
908 383-BK
908 391-BK
908 400-BK
908 384-BK
908 392-BK
908 402-BK
908 385-BK
908 393-BK
908 403-BK
908 386-BK
908 394-BK
908 404-BK
908 387-BK
908 395-BK
908 405-BK
908 388-BK
908 396-BK
908 406-BK
908 389-BK
908 397-BK
908 407-BK
908 390-BK
908 399-BK
908 408-BK
g
orange / galvanised
blue / galvanised
542.00
446.50
568.00
480.50
605.00
514.00
672.00
580.00
908 409-BK
908 418-BK
908 426-BK
908 411-BK
908 419-BK
908 427-BK
908 412-BK
908 420-BK
908 429-BK
908 413-BK
908 421-BK
908 430-BK
908 414-BK
908 422-BK
908 431-BK
908 415-BK
908 423-BK
908 432-BK
908 416-BK
908 424-BK
908 433-BK
908 417-BK
908 425-BK
908 434-BK
624.00
518.00
663.00
557.00
699.00
596.00
779.00
675.00
galvanised
g
865 680-BK
865 680-BK
479 039-BK
479 039-BK
479 055-BK
479 055-BK
479 071-BK
479 071-BK
23.05
23.05
25.75
25.75
29.05
29.05
35.60
35.60
66327
Extra shelf,
with support bearer
BLUE =
66327
Accessory
Boltless shelving
See the left page for a technical description.
Shelf width x depth
mm
Model
Single-sided
Shelving unit height 2000 mm

5 shelves,
6 shelves,
7 shelves,
Double-sided

10 shelves,
12 shelves,
14 shelves,
1325 x 400
1325 x 500
1325 x 600
1325 x 800
Frames / Shelves
orange / zinc plated
light grey / zinc plated
blue / zinc plated
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
903 448-BK
903 457-BK
903 465-BK
903 449-BK
903 458-BK
903 466-BK
903 451-BK
903 459-BK
903 467-BK
903 452-BK
903 460-BK
903 468-BK
903 453-BK
903 461-BK
903 470-BK
903 454-BK
903 462-BK
903 471-BK
903 455-BK
903 463-BK
908 300-BK
903 456-BK
903 464-BK
908 301-BK
g
blue / zinc plated
290.00
239.50
303.50
255.00
319.50
269.00
347.50
298.50
908 302-BK
908 311-BK
908 321-BK
908 303-BK
908 313-BK
908 322-BK
908 305-BK
908 314-BK
908 323-BK
908 306-BK
908 315-BK
908 324-BK
908 307-BK
908 316-BK
908 325-BK
908 308-BK
908 317-BK
908 326-BK
908 309-BK
908 318-BK
908 327-BK
908 310-BK
908 319-BK
908 328-BK
g
blue / zinc plated
335.00
276.00
351.50
291.50
370.00
309.50
405.50
345.50
908 329-BK
908 337-BK
908 346-BK
908 330-BK
908 338-BK
908 348-BK
908 331-BK
908 340-BK
908 349-BK
908 332-BK
908 341-BK
908 350-BK
908 333-BK
908 342-BK
908 351-BK
908 334-BK
908 343-BK
908 352-BK
908 335-BK
908 344-BK
908 353-BK
908 336-BK
908 345-BK
908 354-BK
g
blue / zinc plated
392.50
324.00
414.00
345.50
435.50
364.50
475.00
408.00
908 435-BK
908 445-BK
908 454-BK
908 437-BK
908 446-BK
908 455-BK
908 438-BK
908 447-BK
908 456-BK
908 439-BK
908 448-BK
908 457-BK
908 440-BK
908 449-BK
908 458-BK
908 441-BK
908 450-BK
908 459-BK
908 442-BK
908 451-BK
908 461-BK
908 443-BK
908 453-BK
908 462-BK
g
blue / zinc plated
496.50
418.50
531.00
450.50
556.00
480.00
616.00
542.00
908 463-BK
908 471-BK
908 480-BK
908 464-BK
908 472-BK
908 481-BK
908 465-BK
908 473-BK
908 482-BK
908 466-BK
908 474-BK
908 483-BK
908 467-BK
908 475-BK
908 484-BK
908 468-BK
908 476-BK
908 485-BK
908 469-BK
908 477-BK
908 486-BK
908 470-BK
908 478-BK
908 488-BK
g
blue / zinc plated
591.00
505.00
628.00
542.00
663.00
572.00
735.00
644.00
908 489-BK
908 498-BK
908 898-BK
908 490-BK
908 499-BK
908 899-BK
908 491-BK
908 891-BK
908 900-BK
908 492-BK
908 892-BK
908 901-BK
908 493-BK
908 893-BK
908 902-BK
908 494-BK
908 895-BK
908 903-BK
908 496-BK
908 896-BK
908 904-BK
908 497-BK
908 897-BK
908 905-BK
688.00
583.00
729.00
623.00
769.00
664.00
850.00
747.00
zinc plated
g
908 920-BK
908 920-BK
908 921-BK
908 921-BK
908 922-BK
908 922-BK
908 923-BK
908 923-BK
24.85
24.85
27.70
27.70
30.65
30.65
36.70
36.70
81048
Extra shelf,
incl. support bearer
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
81048
Accessory
207
6
Boltless shelving
Completely zinc plated or upright

frames in colour with zinc plated
shelves
Upright frames made of angled profiles,
50 x 30 x 2 mm or 60 x 40 x 2 mm.
Zinc plated or plastic coated in gentian
blue RAL 5010, reseda green RAL 6011 or
pebble grey RAL 7032.
Shelves, zinc plated.
C-shaped safety edges.
Shelf labels for clamping (see table).
Plastic frame, 100 x 40 mm, with paper
insert. Pack of 50.
Cross brace for reinforcement. Supplied
with all standard shelf units, for longer
shelf rows order extra for at least every
5th extension bay.
No. 553 220-BK
g 26.50
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
120 / 200 kg
1800 kg
2000 3000 mm
1000 mm
300 1000 mm
Light duty Max. shelf load 120 kg

Shelf
Max. load per bay
Model
Height
2000 mm
6 shelves
Height
2500 mm
7 shelves
Height
3000 mm
8 shelves
Additional
shelf
Shelf labeling
W x T mm
kg
1000 x 300
1500
Stand. unit
1000 x 400
Extn. unit
872 105-BK
872 237-BK
872 377-BK
872 504-BK
1500
Stand. unit
872 113-BK
872 245-BK
872 385-BK
872 512-BK
1000 x 500
Extn. unit
872 121-BK
872 253-BK
872 393-BK
872 520-BK
1500
Stand. unit
872 148-BK
872 261-BK
872 407-BK
872 539-BK
1000 x 600
Extn. unit
872 156-BK
872 288-BK
872 415-BK
872 547-BK
1500
Stand. unit
872 164-BK
872 296-BK
872 423-BK
872 555-BK
1000 x 800
Extn. unit
872 172-BK
872 318-BK
872 431-BK
872 563-BK
1200
Stand. unit
872 180-BK
872 326-BK
872 458-BK
872 571-BK
1000 x 1000
Extn. unit
872 199-BK
872 334-BK
872 466-BK
872 598-BK
1200
Stand. unit
872 202-BK
872 342-BK
872 474-BK
872 601-BK
Extn. unit
zinc plated
blue
green
grey
872 091-BK
872 229-BK
872 369-BK
872 490-BK
872 210-BK
872 350-BK
872 482-BK
872 628-BK
g
zinc plated
blue
green
grey
g
213.50
146.10
243.50
172.00
271.00
202.00
304.50
234.50
455.00
347.50
531.00
415.50
872 636-BK
872 768-BK
882 836-BK
882 968-BK
872 644-BK
872 776-BK
882 844-BK
882 976-BK
872 652-BK
872 784-BK
882 852-BK
882 984-BK
872 660-BK
872 792-BK
882 860-BK
882 992-BK
872 679-BK
882 739-BK
882 879-BK
883 018-BK
872 687-BK
882 747-BK
882 887-BK
883 026-BK
872 695-BK
882 755-BK
882 895-BK
883 034-BK
872 709-BK
882 763-BK
882 909-BK
883 042-BK
872 717-BK
882 771-BK
882 917-BK
883 050-BK
872 725-BK
882 798-BK
882 925-BK
883 069-BK
872 733-BK
882 801-BK
882 933-BK
883 077-BK
872 741-BK
882 828-BK
882 941-BK
883 085-BK
251.50
171.60
280.50
203.00
311.00
234.50
348.00
266.00
527.00
406.00
607.00
478.00
zinc plated
blue
green
grey
g
883 093-BK
883 220-BK
883 360-BK
883 492-BK
883 107-BK
883 239-BK
883 379-BK
883 506-BK
883 115-BK
883 247-BK
883 387-BK
883 514-BK
883 123-BK
883 255-BK
883 395-BK
883 522-BK
883 131-BK
883 263-BK
883 409-BK
883 530-BK
883 158-BK
883 271-BK
883 417-BK
883 549-BK
883 166-BK
883 298-BK
883 425-BK
883 557-BK
883 174-BK
883 301-BK
883 433-BK
883 565-BK
883 182-BK
883 328-BK
883 441-BK
883 573-BK
883 190-BK
883 336-BK
883 468-BK
883 581-BK
883 204-BK
883 344-BK
883 476-BK
883 603-BK
883 212-BK
883 352-BK
883 484-BK
883 611-BK
280.50
196.10
317.00
233.00
352.50
268.00
394.00
312.00
598.00
461.50
688.00
547.00
zinc plated
g
883 638-BK
883 638-BK
883 654-BK
883 654-BK
883 670-BK
883 670-BK
883 697-BK
883 697-BK
883 719-BK
883 719-BK
883 735-BK
883 735-BK
18.30
18.30
22.00
22.00
26.30
26.30
30.80
30.80
44.60
44.60
54.00
54.00
No.
g / pack
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
704 324-BK
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
Medium duty Max. shelf load 200 kg
Max. load per bay

Model
Height
2000 mm
6 shelves
Height
2500 mm
7 shelves
Height
3000 mm
8 shelves
Additional
shelf
66167
Shelf labeling
W x T mm
kg
1000 x 300
1800
Stand. unit
1000 x 400
Extn. unit
883 778-BK
883 891-BK
884 022-BK
884 162-BK
1800
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
883 794-BK
883 913-BK
884 049-BK
884 189-BK
1800
Stand. unit
883 808-BK
883 921-BK
884 057-BK
884 197-BK
1000 x 600
Extn. unit
883 816-BK
883 948-BK
884 065-BK
884 200-BK
1800
Stand. unit
883 824-BK
883 956-BK
884 073-BK
884 219-BK
1000 x 800
Extn. unit
883 832-BK
883 964-BK
884 081-BK
884 227-BK
1500
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
883 859-BK
883 980-BK
884 111-BK
884 243-BK
1500
Stand. unit
883 867-BK
883 999-BK
884 138-BK
884 251-BK
Extn. unit
883 751-BK
883 883-BK
884 014-BK
884 154-BK
227.00
159.10
265.00
187.20
295.50
217.00
325.00
247.00
485.50
366.50
562.00
434.00
zinc plated
blue
green
grey
g
884 286-BK
884 405-BK
884 537-BK
884 677-BK
884 294-BK
884 413-BK
884 545-BK
884 685-BK
884 308-BK
884 421-BK
884 553-BK
884 693-BK
884 316-BK
884 448-BK
884 561-BK
884 707-BK
884 324-BK
884 456-BK
884 588-BK
884 715-BK
884 332-BK
884 464-BK
884 596-BK
884 723-BK
884 340-BK
884 472-BK
884 618-BK
884 731-BK
884 359-BK
884 480-BK
884 626-BK
884 758-BK
884 367-BK
884 499-BK
884 634-BK
884 766-BK
884 375-BK
884 502-BK
884 642-BK
884 774-BK
884 383-BK
884 510-BK
884 650-BK
884 782-BK
884 391-BK
884 529-BK
884 669-BK
884 790-BK
264.50
184.70
303.00
218.00
337.00
253.00
374.50
288.00
559.00
427.00
645.00
504.00
zinc plated
blue
green
grey
g
884 804-BK
291 781-BK
292 060-BK
292 273-BK
884 812-BK
291 811-BK
292 087-BK
292 303-BK
884 820-BK
291 846-BK
292 095-BK
292 338-BK
884 839-BK
291 862-BK
292 109-BK
292 354-BK
884 847-BK
291 889-BK
292 125-BK
292 370-BK
884 855-BK
291 900-BK
292 133-BK
292 397-BK
884 863-BK
291 927-BK
292 141-BK
292 419-BK
884 871-BK
291 943-BK
292 176-BK
292 435-BK
884 898-BK
291 978-BK
292 192-BK
292 702-BK
884 901-BK
291 994-BK
292 214-BK
292 710-BK
884 928-BK
292 028-BK
292 230-BK
873 799-BK
884 936-BK
292 044-BK
292 257-BK
873 802-BK
299.00
210.00
342.00
251.50
379.50
292.00
422.50
329.50
633.00
489.50
729.00
574.00
zinc plated
g
873 810-BK
873 810-BK
873 837-BK
873 837-BK
873 853-BK
873 853-BK
873 888-BK
873 888-BK
873 918-BK
873 918-BK
873 934-BK
873 934-BK
19.35
19.35
23.15
23.15
27.60
27.60
32.35
32.35
47.20
47.20
57.00
57.00
No.
g / pack
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
704 317-BK
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
31.40
883 840-BK
883 972-BK
884 103-BK
884 235-BK
1000 x 1000
zinc plated
blue
green
grey
g
883 786-BK
883 905-BK
884 030-BK
884 170-BK
1000 x 500
BLUE =
883 875-BK
884 006-BK
884 146-BK
884 278-BK
66167
Shelf
Easy boltless shelving units

For the warehouse, office, archive
Quick and easy assembly: Simply plug together

individual modules using metal inserts without bolts
and without tools.
High load capacity: 150 300 kg max. shelf load
Made of welded 20 mm and 25 mm rectangular steel
tubing, with high quality powder coating, capri blue
RAL 5019. The plug-in metal inserts connect the
individual modules together and also provide
reinforcement for the entire shelf unit.
Attractive graduated pricing: The more shelf bays you
order, the lower the price of each shelf bay see
table.
See accessories
for hardboard
shelf panels
Max. shelf load

150 300 kg
Max. bay load
1500 kg
Max. shelf unit height
1875 mm
Shelf clearance width
1000 mm & 1250 mm
Shelf depth
300 800 mm
350 mm
Shelf bay width (external): shelf clearance width + qty. of
uprights x 25 mm
Shelf bay depth (external): shelf depth + 50 mm
The specified max. loads apply with uniform load
distribution. The max. shelf height of 1875 mm may not be
exceeded.
Easy boltless shelving units plug together in seconds

without bolts, without tools and without hassle!
From
g
1 shelf bay
125.00
Metal inserts
for connecting
the modules
Assembled
without tools
No. 904 752-BK
Complete shelving units: Up to 4 shelf bays, each with 5 shelves

Complete shelving units: Shelf unit height 1875,
5 shelves per bay, each with shelf clearance width of 1000 mm
Quantity of
shelf bays
Complete shelving units: Shelf unit height 1875,

5 shelves per bay, each with shelf clearance width of 1250 mm
1 bay
2 bays
3 bays
4 bays
Quantity
of tubes
per
shelf
Accessory
Hardboard
shelf panel,
3.2 mm thick
Quantity of
shelf bays
Shelf depth, 300 mm No.

max. shelf load 180 kg g
904 752-BK
904 768-BK
904 784-BK
904 799-BK
904 758-BK
125.00
236.00
340.50
445.00

904 753-BK
904 769-BK
904 785-BK
904 800-BK
161.30
306.50
422.00
533.00

904 754-BK
904 770-BK
904 786-BK
904 801-BK
171.50
322.00
449.50
589.00

904 755-BK
904 771-BK
904 787-BK
904 802-BK
176.30
324.00
458.00
611.00

914 078-BK
914 080-BK
914 082-BK
914 084-BK
195.60
361.50
517.00
671.00

914 079-BK
914 081-BK
914 083-BK
914 085-BK
211.00
397.00
559.00
727.00
3.15
4
904 766-BK
904 774-BK
904 782-BK
914 109-BK
914 089-BK
3.20
4.15
4.75
5.80
6.25
1 bay
2 bays
3 bays
4 bays
Quantity
of tubes
per
shelf
Accessory
Hardboard
shelf panel,
3.2 mm thick

904 760-BK
904 776-BK
904 792-BK
904 807-BK
904 790-BK
150.70
269.50
379.00
507.00

904 761-BK
904 777-BK
904 793-BK
904 808-BK
904 798-BK
171.50
311.50
447.00
556.00

904 762-BK
904 778-BK
904 794-BK
904 809-BK
904 806-BK
185.10
336.50
472.00
618.00

904 763-BK
904 779-BK
904 795-BK
904 810-BK
904 814-BK
188.30
340.50
450.50
636.00

914 090-BK
914 092-BK
914 094-BK
914 086-BK
914 097-BK
202.50
458.00
651.00
865.00

914 091-BK
914 093-BK
914 095-BK
914 087-BK
914 098-BK
212.50
475.00
672.00
894.00
4.05
4.55
5.50
6.65
7.25
7.75
Ext. dims.
L x W x H mm
1262 x 610 x 1460
1262 x 610 x 1460
1262 x 810 x 1460
1262 x 810 x 1460
Effective size
L x W mm
Shelf height
mm
Platform height
mm
Wheel configuration
1200 x 530
355
280
rectangle
1200 x 530
355
280
diamond
1200 x 730
355
280
diamond
1200 x 730
355
280
rectangle
921 787-BK
921 788-BK
921 789-BK
921 790-BK
301.50
301.50
338.50
338.50
No.
g
1 chipboard panel (19 mm thick) and 3 hardboard panels

(3.2 mm thick) see table.
Accessory: Pack consists of 1 chipboard panel and 3 hardboard panels
76149
Accessory
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

921 854-BK
921 854-BK
921 855-BK
921 855-BK
65.90
65.90
76.10
76.10
KAISER + KRAFT
76149
Easy shelf trolleys

Tubular steel model.
Max. load 400 kg, with evenly distributed loads.
Welded rectangular steel 20 mm / 25 mm.
Castor 200 mm, two fixed castors and two swivel castors with roller bearings, rectangular or diamond shaped,
4 shelves.
209
1,25 m
Wide span boltless shelving units
30 % more space with 1300 mm shelf width

clearancewidth = 1250 mm
Highly suitable for bulky goods and containers with
Euro standard dimensions
Three 400 mm wide containers fit next to one another
on one shelf
Zinc plated or zinc plated and additionally powder
coated in light grey RAL7035
Shelf
width x depth mm
Description
Max. shelf load
Zinc plated
Light grey
RAL 7035
kg
124628
Light grey
RAL 7035
Shelves height adjustable in increments of 25 mm

Shelves with torsion resistant box shape
External dimensions
Width

shelf depth + 35 mm
Depth
1300 x 400
stand. unit
180
These boltless shelving units

can be combined with units on page 198.
Comprehensive range of accessories
is available on request.
1300 x 500
extn. unit
stand. unit
185
1300 x 600
extn. unit
stand. unit
190
1300 x 800
extn. unit
stand. unit
190
extn. unit
shelf unit height 2000 mm

No.
g
715 346-BK
715 347-BK
715 359-BK
715 361-BK
715 372-BK
715 373-BK
715 385-BK
188.30
149.10
199.20
159.90
211.00
171.40
243.00
202.50

No.
g
715 348-BK
715 349-BK
715 362-BK
715 363-BK
715 374-BK
715 375-BK
715 388-BK
715 389-BK
229.50
181.40
242.50
193.70
258.50
208.00
298.00
245.50

No.
g
715 350-BK
715 351-BK
715 364-BK
715 365-BK
715 376-BK
715 377-BK
715 390-BK
715 391-BK
265.50
208.50
279.50
223.50
297.50
240.50
344.00
283.50
1 additional shelf
No.
g
866 156-BK
866 156-BK
866 466-BK
866 466-BK
866 776-BK
866 776-BK
867 071-BK
867 071-BK
22.45
22.45
24.20
24.20
26.05
26.05
31.65
31.65

No.
g
715 353-BK
715 354-BK
715 366-BK
715 367-BK
715 378-BK
715 380-BK
715 392-BK
715 393-BK
254.00
202.50
269.50
219.00
290.00
237.50
342.50
286.00

No.
g
715 355-BK
715 356-BK
715 368-BK
715 369-BK
715 381-BK
715 382-BK
715 394-BK
715 396-BK
307.00
245.50
333.00
265.00
353.50
289.50
423.00
347.50

No.
g
715 357-BK
715 358-BK
715 370-BK
715 371-BK
715 383-BK
715 384-BK
715 397-BK
715 398-BK
357.50
283.50
382.50
313.50
410.00
336.00
483.00
403.00
1 additional shelf
No.
g
866 229-BK
866 229-BK
866 539-BK
866 539-BK
866 849-BK
866 849-BK
867 160-BK
867 160-BK
29.85
33.65
33.65
36.75
36.75
46.05
Max. shelf load

Zinc plated
29.85
kg
215
230
240
715 386-BK
46.05
240

No.
g
715 399-BK
715 400-BK
715 412-BK
715 413-BK
715 426-BK
715 427-BK
715 439-BK
197.20
158.80
214.00
175.30
229.50
189.20
267.00
224.50

No.
g
715 401-BK
715 402-BK
715 414-BK
715 415-BK
715 428-BK
715 429-BK
715 442-BK
715 443-BK
240.50
192.70
261.50
212.00
278.00
229.50
325.50
272.50

No.
g
715 403-BK
715 404-BK
715 416-BK
715 418-BK
715 430-BK
715 431-BK
715 444-BK
715 445-BK
283.50
224.50
306.00
249.00
329.00
268.00
382.50
320.50
1 additional shelf
No.
g
866 318-BK
866 318-BK
866 628-BK
866 628-BK
866 938-BK
866 938-BK
867 233-BK
867 233-BK
24.20
24.20
27.10
27.10
29.50
29.50
36.75
36.75

No.
g
715 405-BK
715 406-BK
715 419-BK
715 420-BK
715 432-BK
715 434-BK
715 446-BK
715 447-BK
262.50
212.00
282.50
237.50
301.50
252.00
364.50
313.50

No.
g
715 407-BK
715 408-BK
715 421-BK
715 422-BK
715 435-BK
715 436-BK
715 448-BK
715 449-BK
319.50
258.00
345.50
279.50
371.50
303.50
447.50
375.50

No.
g
715 410-BK
715 411-BK
715 423-BK
715 424-BK
715 437-BK
715 438-BK
715 451-BK
715 452-BK
381.00
301.50
409.00
333.00
443.00
358.00
530.00
444.00
1 additional shelf
No.
g
866 385-BK
866 385-BK
866 695-BK
866 695-BK
867 004-BK
867 004-BK
849 278-BK
849 278-BK
31.65
31.65
35.65
35.65
40.00
40.00
50.70
50.70
BLUE =
715 440-BK
124628
Max. shelf load

180 240 kg
Max. bay load
1000 2500 kg
Shelf unit height
2000 3000 mm
Shelf width
1300 mm
Shelf depth
400 800 mm
The specified max. loads are applicable with uniform load
distribution. Additional shelves may be used if the
Boltless shelf units
Heavy duty boltless shelving
Very robust for heavy loads

2 shelf widths ensure good use of space 1300 mm
with 30 % more space
Zinc plated or zinc plated and additionally plastic
coated in light grey RAL 7035
Shelves in torsion-resistant box form, height adjustable in

25 mm increments.
Upright frames with plug-in sheet connectors and
non-marking footplates.
External dimensions
Width
Depth
standard shelf unit 1060 / 1360 mm

extension shelf unit 1010 / 1310 mm
shelf depth + 35 mm
Max. shelf load

315 + 330 kg
Max. bay load
2100 3000 kg
Shelf unit height
2000 3000 mm
Shelf width
1000 + 1300 mm
Shelf depth
400 800 mm
load distribution. Additional shelves may be used if the
Comprehensive range of accessories for 1000 mm wide

shelving available on page 200.
Accessories for shelving 1300 mm width is availble
on request.
Magnetic labels and other shelf labels can be found
mm
Shelf depth
Max. shelf load
mm
kg
400
315
500
330
600
330
800
330
400
315
500
330
600
330
800
330
No.
g
717 189-BK
717 204-BK
717 220-BK
717 236-BK
717 251-BK
717 267-BK
717 283-BK
718 743-BK
206.00
224.00
240.00
282.50
247.50
269.50
291.50
346.50
extension unit
No.
g
717 190-BK
717 205-BK
717 221-BK
717 237-BK
717 252-BK
717 268-BK
717 284-BK
718 744-BK
159.80
182.40
197.30
236.00
204.50
226.50
247.50
299.00
standard unit
No.
g
717 191-BK
717 206-BK
717 222-BK
717 238-BK
717 253-BK
717 269-BK
717 285-BK
718 745-BK
249.00
271.50
293.50
343.00
299.00
326.50
353.00
419.00
extension unit
No.
g
717 192-BK
717 208-BK
717 224-BK
717 239-BK
717 254-BK
717 270-BK
717 286-BK
718 746-BK
196.60
219.00
239.50
283.50
246.00
272.50
298.50
361.50
standard unit
No.
g
717 194-BK
717 209-BK
717 225-BK
717 241-BK
717 255-BK
717 271-BK
717 287-BK
718 747-BK
293.00
319.00
345.50
405.00
351.00
382.50
415.50
494.00
extension unit
No.
g
717 195-BK
717 210-BK
717 226-BK
717 242-BK
717 256-BK
717 272-BK
717 288-BK
718 748-BK
237.50
258.00
279.50
340.50
289.50
318.50
347.50
422.00
No.
g
717 196-BK
717 211-BK
717 227-BK
717 243-BK
717 257-BK
717 273-BK
717 289-BK
718 749-BK
24.15
27.45
30.15
37.35
31.70
36.40
40.90
50.70
standard unit
No.
g
717 197-BK
717 212-BK
717 228-BK
717 244-BK
717 259-BK
717 275-BK
717 291-BK
718 751-BK
265.00
284.00
306.50
367.50
316.50
350.00
380.50
452.00
extension unit
No.
g
717 198-BK
717 213-BK
717 229-BK
717 245-BK
717 260-BK
717 276-BK
717 292-BK
718 752-BK
209.00
224.50
249.50
302.00
260.50
290.00
318.00
389.50
standard unit
No.
g
717 199-BK
717 214-BK
717 230-BK
717 246-BK
717 261-BK
717 277-BK
717 293-BK
718 753-BK
323.00
345.50
375.00
447.00
382.50
422.50
459.50
552.00
extension unit
No.
g
717 200-BK
717 216-BK
717 232-BK
717 247-BK
717 262-BK
717 278-BK
718 738-BK
718 754-BK
254.50
272.50
301.50
367.00
313.50
350.00
389.50
470.50
standard unit
No.
g
717 201-BK
717 217-BK
717 233-BK
717 248-BK
717 263-BK
717 279-BK
718 739-BK
718 755-BK
381.00
408.00
443.00
530.00
452.00
498.50
542.00
641.00
extension unit
No.
g
717 202-BK
717 218-BK
717 234-BK
717 249-BK
717 264-BK
717 280-BK
718 740-BK
718 756-BK
297.50
318.50
353.50
430.00
368.50
413.00
452.00
553.00
No.
g
717 203-BK
717 219-BK
717 235-BK
717 250-BK
717 265-BK
717 281-BK
718 741-BK
718 757-BK
30.15
33.60
37.80
47.50
41.70
46.75
52.30
64.50
Zinc plated

5 shelves
6 shelves
7 shelves
standard unit
1 additional shelf
Light grey
RAL7035

5 shelves
6 shelves
7 shelves
124629

1 additional shelf
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1000
1300
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124629
Shelf width
211
Quick-build heavy duty boltless shelving units
Simple and quick plug-in assembly

Heavy duty, high quality manufacturing
Manufactured in accordance with the
guidelines and regulations of European
FEM10.2.06 as well as Eurocode III
Wide range of accessories: zinc plated
rear and side panels, shelf dividers,
foot rails and wall fasteners
Uprights
43 x 39 x 1 mm, with high quality powder
coating, blue RAL 5015.
Incl. zinc plated metal base plates
(100x57x3mm) for anchoring to floor
(bolts and plugs not included).
Anchoring hole 11 mm.
External dimensions
Overall shelf width + 100 mm,
shelf depth + 9 mm.
Shelf
width x depth mm
Max. shelf load

Model
Shelf levels
Zinc plated cross beams with removable
sheet steel shelves, 0.6 mm thick.
Shelves with holes spaced at 50mm at
front and back to attach shelf dividers
(accessory).
Shelf height 32 mm.
25 mm shelf height adjustment grid.
kg
1000 x 400
330
stand. unit
1000 x 600
extn. unit
945 393-BK
310
stand. unit
945 396-BK
Cross brace (zinc plated)

for every
third extension shelf unit.
Please note:
than 5 times its depth, the shelf unit must
be secured against tipping with wall
fasteners.
E Wall fasteners
Pack of 4.
No. 945 456-BK
1000 x 800
extn. unit
945 397-BK
270
stand. unit
945 398-BK
945 399-BK
Max. number of shelf dividers per

shelf level
18 dividers for 1000 mm shelf width
and 23 for 1250 mm shelf width.
g / pack 29.65
1250 x 400
extn. unit
Max. shelf load

225 330 kg
Max. bay load
2000 kg
Shelf unit height
2000 + 2500 mm
Shelf width
1000 + 1250 mm
Shelf depth
400 800 mm
The specified max. load applies for
Additional shelves are possible if the
specified max.bay load is observed.
225
stand. unit
945 400-BK
1250 x 600
extn. unit
945 401-BK
280
stand. unit
945 405-BK
1250 x 800
extn. unit
945 406-BK
240
stand. unit
945 407-BK
extn. unit

5 shelves
No.
g
945 392-BK
945 408-BK
174.90
141.90
211.00
177.70
258.00
224.50
203.50
170.20
240.00
206.50
297.00
264.00

6 shelves
No.
g
945 409-BK
945 410-BK
945 414-BK
945 415-BK
945 416-BK
945 417-BK
945 418-BK
945 419-BK
945 423-BK
945 424-BK
945 425-BK
945 426-BK
229.50
182.10
265.50
218.50
322.00
275.00
257.00
209.50
299.50
253.50
369.00
322.00
No.
g / pack
945 427-BK
945 427-BK
945 429-BK
945 429-BK
945 430-BK
945 430-BK
422 242-BK
422 242-BK
945 433-BK
945 433-BK
945 434-BK
945 434-BK
42.00
42.00
54.20
54.20
72.90
72.90
51.20
51.20
65.80
65.80
88.70
88.70
for height 2000 mm No.

g / rear panel
945 435-BK
945 435-BK
945 435-BK
945 435-BK
945 435-BK
945 435-BK
945 437-BK
945 437-BK
945 437-BK
945 437-BK
945 437-BK
945 437-BK
54.60
54.60
54.60
54.60
54.60
54.60
56.80
56.80
56.80
56.80
56.80
56.80

g / rear panel
945 436-BK
945 436-BK
945 436-BK
945 436-BK
945 436-BK
945 436-BK
945 438-BK
945 438-BK
945 438-BK
945 438-BK
945 438-BK
945 438-BK
67.70
67.70
67.70
67.70
67.70
67.70
70.10
70.10
70.10
70.10
70.10
70.10

g / side panel
945 446-BK
945 446-BK
945 449-BK
945 449-BK
945 450-BK
945 450-BK
945 446-BK
945 446-BK
945 449-BK
945 449-BK
945 450-BK
945 450-BK
24.20
24.20
34.75
34.75
45.40
45.40
24.20
24.20
34.75
34.75
45.40
45.40

g / side panel
945 451-BK
945 451-BK
945 453-BK
945 453-BK
945 454-BK
945 454-BK
945 451-BK
945 451-BK
945 453-BK
945 453-BK
945 454-BK
945 454-BK
28.70
28.70
42.50
42.50
55.10
55.10
28.70
28.70
42.50
42.50
55.10
55.10
Shelf dividers, height 150 mm

No.
Pack of 10
g / pack
945 440-BK
945 440-BK
945 442-BK
945 442-BK
945 443-BK
945 443-BK
945 440-BK
945 440-BK
945 442-BK
945 442-BK
945 443-BK
945 443-BK
58.70
58.70
66.40
66.40
74.60
74.60
58.70
58.70
66.40
66.40
74.60
74.60
Foot rails
Pack of 5
945 444-BK
945 444-BK
945 444-BK
945 444-BK
945 444-BK
945 444-BK
945 445-BK
945 445-BK
945 445-BK
945 445-BK
945 445-BK
945 445-BK
48.95
48.95
48.95
48.95
48.95
48.95
55.70
55.70
55.70
55.70
55.70
55.70
Additional shelf
Pack of 2
122427
Rear panel,
4-part
Side panel,
2-part
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
122427
Accessories
1 Tubular shelf
A Tubular shelf with chipboard panel (accessory)
B Tubular shelf with steel panel (accessory)
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
460 500 kg
2500 kg
2000 + 2500 mm
1010 + 1260 mm
600 1000 mm
The specified max. loads apply

Additional shelves may be used
as long as the specified max.bay
load is observed.
2 Mesh shelf
Tubular shelf and mesh shelf boltless shelving units

Particularly user friendly and versatile due to tubular
steel shelves for bulky goods or mesh shelves for a
better overview of stored products and for rooms with
sprinkler systems
Double sided use possible, as cross braces are not
required
Manufactured in accordance with the guidelines
and regulations of European FEM 10.2.06 as well as
Eurocode III
Uprights
Powder coated light grey RAL 7035, 50 x 30 x 1.5 mm.
Incl. zinc plated metal foot plates (110 x 50 x 3 mm) for
anchoring to floor. Floor anchoring holes 13mm.
62.5 mm shelf height adjustment grid.
1 With tubular shelves

Rectangular tubular steel (35 x 20 x 1,25 mm and
20 x 20 x 1 mm), powder coated blue RAL 5015.
Each shelf has 5 steel tubes.
Accessories
A Chipboard panels, thickness 8 mm.
B Steel shelf panels, zinc plated, thickness 0.8 mm.
External dimensions
2 With mesh shelves
Overall shelf width + 110 mm.
Mesh size 50 x 50 mm, powder coated blue RAL 5015,

wire thickness 3 mm.
1 Tubular shelf boltless shelving units

Shelf
width x depth mm
Max. shelf load

Model
kg
1010 x 600
500
stand. unit
1010 x 800
extn. unit
500
stand. unit
1010 x 1000
extn. unit
500
stand. unit
1260 x 800
1260 x 600
extn. unit
460
stand. unit
extn. unit
460
stand. unit
1260 x 1000
extn. unit
460
stand. unit
extn. unit

4 shelves
No.
g
945 457-BK
235.00
198.60
252.50
219.00
273.00
239.50
257.00
223.50
269.50
235.50
289.00
254.50

5 shelves
No.
g
945 459-BK
945 460-BK
945 467-BK
945 468-BK
945 475-BK
945 476-BK
945 483-BK
945 484-BK
945 490-BK
945 491-BK
945 497-BK
945 499-BK
291.50
250.50
314.00
273.00
337.00
296.00
319.50
278.00
335.00
293.00
357.00
315.00
Additional shelf
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
945 461-BK
945 461-BK
945 469-BK
945 469-BK
945 477-BK
945 477-BK
945 485-BK
945 485-BK
945 492-BK
945 492-BK
945 500-BK
945 500-BK
83.60
83.60
92.50
92.50
98.60
98.60
94.70
94.70
99.90
99.90
106.40
106.40
Chipboard shelf panels

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
945 462-BK
945 462-BK
945 470-BK
945 470-BK
945 478-BK
945 478-BK
945 486-BK
945 486-BK
945 493-BK
945 493-BK
945 502-BK
945 502-BK
20.50
20.50
23.80
23.80
29.35
29.35
22.15
22.15
27.65
27.65
34.85
34.85
Steel shelf panels

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
945 464-BK
945 464-BK
945 472-BK
945 472-BK
945 479-BK
945 479-BK
945 487-BK
945 487-BK
945 494-BK
945 494-BK
945 503-BK
945 503-BK
33.60
33.60
44.60
44.60
53.50
53.50
41.85
41.85
53.50
53.50
67.20
67.20
945 458-BK
945 465-BK
945 466-BK
945 473-BK
945 474-BK
945 481-BK
945 482-BK
945 488-BK
945 489-BK
945 495-BK
945 496-BK
Accessories
2 Mesh shelf boltless shelving units

Shelf
Max. shelf load
Model
width x depth mm
kg
1010 x 600
500
stand. unit
1010 x 800
extn. unit
500
stand. unit
1010 x 1000
extn. unit
500
stand. unit
1260 x 600
extn. unit
460
stand. unit
1260 x 800
extn. unit
460
stand. unit
1260 x 1000
extn. unit
460
stand. unit
extn. unit

4 shelves
No.
g
945 504-BK
372.50
335.50
412.00
375.00
462.50
425.50
410.00
373.00
456.50
416.50
502.00
464.00

5 shelves
No.
g
945 506-BK
945 622-BK
945 627-BK
945 628-BK
945 632-BK
945 634-BK
945 638-BK
945 639-BK
945 644-BK
945 645-BK
945 649-BK
945 651-BK
463.00
418.00
513.00
468.00
573.00
529.00
510.00
465.00
564.00
519.00
622.00
576.00
No.
g / pack
945 623-BK
945 623-BK
945 629-BK
945 629-BK
945 635-BK
945 635-BK
945 640-BK
945 640-BK
945 646-BK
945 646-BK
945 652-BK
945 652-BK
149.30
149.30
169.20
169.20
189.80
189.80
168.00
168.00
189.80
189.80
209.00
209.00
945 505-BK
945 624-BK
945 626-BK
945 630-BK
945 631-BK
945 636-BK
945 637-BK
945 642-BK
945 643-BK
945 647-BK
945 648-BK
Additional shelf
Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122428
122428
Accessories
213
6
Wide span boltless
shelving units
Uprights
Zinc plated or powder coated in gentian
blue RAL 5010, flame red RAL 3000 or light
grey RAL 7035. With footplates.
Simple plug-in assembly.
Shelf levels
Zinc plated cross braces with flush fitting
chipboard panels (V20, E1, thickness 19 mm)
and zinc plated supports.
Height adjustable in 40 mm increments.
External dimensions
Standard shelf unit length 1600 / 2050 mm
Extension shelf unit length 1550 / 2000 mm
Depth = shelf depth
Complete shelf unit

with 6 shelves
Shelf unit height 1990 mm.
Shelf width 1500 mm.
Shelf depth 600 mm.
Overall width x depth 3150 x 600 mm.
Uprights in blue RAL 5010.
No. 928 161-BK
g
No. 928 161-BK
399.00
g 399.00

with 3 additional shelves
Overall width 1550 mm.
No. 928 162-BK
Zinc plated
Blue RAL 5010
Red RAL 3000
Cross beam length
Light grey
RAL 7035
mm
Upright colour
Shelf unit height
1990 mm
350 kg
1600 kg
1990 + 2510 mm
1500 + 1950 mm
500 800 mm
1500

long as the specified max. bay load
is observed.
1950
zinc plated
blue
RAL 5010
red
RAL 3000
light grey
RAL 7035
zinc plated
blue
RAL 5010
red
RAL 3000
light grey
RAL 7035
No.
g
928 163-BK
928 179-BK
928 197-BK
928 213-BK
928 230-BK
928 247-BK
928 263-BK
928 280-BK
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
320.00
320.00
320.00
320.00
extension unit
No.
g
928 164-BK
928 180-BK
928 198-BK
928 214-BK
928 231-BK
928 248-BK
928 264-BK
928 281-BK
233.00
233.00
233.00
233.00
274.00
274.00
274.00
274.00
standard unit
No.
g
928 165-BK
928 181-BK
928 199-BK
928 215-BK
928 233-BK
928 249-BK
928 265-BK
928 282-BK
296.50
296.50
296.50
296.50
343.00
343.00
343.00
343.00
extension unit
No.
g
928 166-BK
928 182-BK
928 200-BK
928 217-BK
928 234-BK
928 250-BK
928 266-BK
928 284-BK
251.50
251.50
251.50
251.50
291.50
291.50
291.50
291.50
standard unit
No.
g
928 167-BK
928 183-BK
928 201-BK
928 218-BK
928 235-BK
928 251-BK
928 268-BK
928 285-BK
291.50
291.50
291.50
291.50
381.50
381.50
381.50
381.50
extension unit
No.
g
928 168-BK
928 184-BK
928 202-BK
928 219-BK
928 236-BK
928 252-BK
928 269-BK
928 286-BK
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
328.50
328.50
328.50
328.50
standard unit
No.
g
928 169-BK
928 185-BK
928 203-BK
928 220-BK
928 237-BK
928 253-BK
928 270-BK
928 287-BK
364.00
364.00
364.00
364.00
376.00
376.00
376.00
376.00
extension unit
No.
g
928 170-BK
928 187-BK
928 204-BK
928 221-BK
928 238-BK
928 254-BK
928 271-BK
928 288-BK
299.00
299.00
299.00
299.00
362.00
362.00
362.00
362.00
standard unit
No.
g
928 171-BK
928 188-BK
928 205-BK
928 222-BK
928 239-BK
928 255-BK
928 272-BK
928 289-BK
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
448.50
448.50
448.50
448.50
extension unit
No.
g
928 172-BK
928 189-BK
928 206-BK
928 223-BK
928 241-BK
928 256-BK
928 273-BK
928 290-BK
318.50
318.50
318.50
318.50
381.50
381.50
381.50
381.50
standard unit
No.
g
928 173-BK
928 190-BK
928 207-BK
928 225-BK
928 242-BK
928 257-BK
928 274-BK
928 292-BK
416.00
416.00
416.00
416.00
498.50
498.50
498.50
498.50
extension unit
No.
g
928 174-BK
928 191-BK
928 209-BK
928 226-BK
928 243-BK
928 258-BK
928 276-BK
928 293-BK
353.00
353.00
353.00
353.00
429.50
429.50
429.50
429.50
No.
g
928 175-BK
928 175-BK
928 175-BK
928 175-BK
928 244-BK
928 244-BK
928 244-BK
928 244-BK
60.40
60.40
60.40
60.40
74.90
74.90
74.90
74.90
shelf depth 600 mm
No.
g
928 176-BK
928 176-BK
928 176-BK
928 176-BK
928 245-BK
928 245-BK
928 245-BK
928 245-BK
63.50
63.50
63.50
63.50
78.90
78.90
78.90
78.90
shelf depth 800 mm
No.
g
928 177-BK
928 177-BK
928 177-BK
928 177-BK
928 246-BK
928 246-BK
928 246-BK
928 246-BK
71.10
71.10
71.10
71.10
89.00
89.00
89.00
89.00
shelf depth 500 mm
3 shelves
shelf depth 600 mm
shelf depth 800 mm
Shelf unit height

2510 mm
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
g 251.50
shelf depth 500 mm
4 shelves
shelf depth 600 mm
shelf depth 800 mm
standard unit
104034
Shelf complete with

beams and removable
panel
shelf depth 500 mm
BLUE =
104034
Accessories
Optimum space utilisation with 3 different widths and

4 different heights
Zinc plated
All edges are bevelled, no risk of injury
Shelves are particularly easy to install as they are
modular in design (please see the illustrations in the
table below for details about the construction)
Shelf levels adjustable in 30 mm increments
External dimensions
Standard shelf unit
Shelf width + 50 mm, shelf depth + 20 mm
Shelf width + 10 mm, shelf depth + 20 mm
Can be combined with the shelving units on page 189.
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit heights
Shelf widths
Shelf depths
60 360 kg
2500 kg
1920 mm + 2280 mm
800 1200 mm
200 1000 mm
The specified max. loads are applicable with uniform load

distribution.
Additional shelves may be used as long as the specified
max. bay load is observed.
Heights of 2640 mm and 3000 mm are also available on
request.
Shelf width
mm
Shelf unit reinforcement

Use of the supplied cross braces is required in every
standard shelf unit and in every second extension shelf unit.
800
max. shelf
load
stand. unit
1200
1000
extn. unit
additional
shelf
max. shelf
load
stand. unit
extn. unit
additional
shelf
507 203-BK
507 224-BK
507 212-BK
132.20
96.80
12.20
100 kg
507 204-BK
507 225-BK
507 213-BK
158.30
122.90
17.45
140 kg
507 205-BK
507 226-BK
507 222-BK
181.30
145.90
22.05
170 kg
507 206-BK
507 227-BK
507 223-BK
209.50
173.90
27.80
200 kg
507 207-BK
507 228-BK
507 233-BK
238.00
202.50
33.45
240 kg
507 208-BK
507 230-BK
507 234-BK
293.00
246.50
42.20
270 kg
507 209-BK
507 231-BK
507 244-BK
323.50
276.50
45.05
340 kg
507 211-BK
507 232-BK
507 246-BK
394.00
347.00
62.50
507 214-BK
507 235-BK
507 212-BK
144.50
109.10
12.20
100 kg
507 215-BK
507 236-BK
507 213-BK
175.70
140.40
17.45
140 kg
507 216-BK
507 238-BK
507 222-BK
203.00
167.90
22.05
170 kg
507 217-BK
507 239-BK
507 223-BK
237.00
201.50
27.80
200 kg
507 218-BK
507 240-BK
507 233-BK
271.50
236.00
33.45
240 kg
507 219-BK
507 241-BK
507 234-BK
334.50
289.00
42.20
270 kg
507 220-BK
507 242-BK
507 244-BK
371.50
325.00
45.05
340 kg
507 221-BK
507 243-BK
507 246-BK
456.00
410.00
62.50
max. shelf
load
stand. unit
extn. unit
additional
shelf
507 247-BK
507 269-BK
507 256-BK
143.00
107.70
14.35
90 kg
507 248-BK
507 271-BK
507 257-BK
168.00
132.60
19.45
120 kg
507 249-BK
507 272-BK
507 267-BK
202.50
167.30
26.40
150 kg
507 250-BK
507 273-BK
507 268-BK
230.00
194.50
31.80
180 kg
507 251-BK
507 274-BK
507 278-BK
292.00
222.00
37.40
210 kg
507 252-BK
507 275-BK
507 279-BK
325.50
278.00
48.50
240 kg
507 254-BK
507 276-BK
507 289-BK
354.00
307.00
54.20
300 kg
507 255-BK
507 277-BK
507 290-BK
436.00
388.50
70.50
507 258-BK
507 280-BK
507 256-BK
157.40
122.10
14.35
90 kg
507 259-BK
507 281-BK
507 257-BK
187.40
152.00
19.45
120 kg
507 260-BK
507 282-BK
507 267-BK
229.50
193.80
26.40
150 kg
507 262-BK
507 283-BK
507 268-BK
261.50
225.50
31.80
180 kg
507 263-BK
507 284-BK
507 278-BK
295.00
259.50
37.40
210 kg
507 264-BK
507 285-BK
507 279-BK
373.50
326.00
48.50
240 kg
507 265-BK
507 286-BK
507 289-BK
408.50
361.00
54.20
300 kg
507 266-BK
507 287-BK
507 290-BK
507.00
459.50
70.50
Shelf unit height 1920 mm, 5 shelves, max. bay load 2500 kg
Depth
200 mm
No. 100 kg
g
505 989-BK
507 181-BK
505 998-BK
131.00
95.60
12.00
Depth
300 mm
No. 130 kg
g
505 990-BK
507 182-BK
505 999-BK
148.90
112.80
15.60
Depth
400 mm
No. 200 kg
g
505 991-BK
507 183-BK
507 178-BK
178.80
143.30
21.75
Depth
500 mm
No. 230 kg
g
505 992-BK
507 184-BK
507 179-BK
198.60
163.20
25.60
Depth
600 mm
No. 260 kg
g
505 993-BK
507 185-BK
507 189-BK
219.50
183.80
29.75
Depth
700 mm
No. 330 kg
g
505 995-BK
507 186-BK
507 190-BK
280.50
234.50
39.75
Depth
800 mm
No. 360 kg
g
505 996-BK
507 187-BK
507 200-BK
303.00
256.50
44.20
Depth
1000 mm
No. 360 kg
g
505 997-BK
507 188-BK
507 201-BK
372.50
326.50
58.20
70 kg
60 kg
Depth
200 mm
No. 100 kg
g
507 169-BK
507 191-BK
505 998-BK
143.10
107.70
12.00
Depth
300 mm
No. 130 kg
g
507 170-BK
507 192-BK
505 999-BK
164.30
128.90
15.60
Depth
400 mm
No. 200 kg
g
507 171-BK
507 193-BK
507 178-BK
199.90
164.90
21.75
Depth
500 mm
No. 230 kg
g
507 173-BK
507 194-BK
507 179-BK
224.50
188.90
25.60
Depth
600 mm
No. 260 kg
g
507 174-BK
507 195-BK
507 189-BK
249.00
213.50
29.75
Depth
700 mm
No. 330 kg
g
507 175-BK
507 196-BK
507 190-BK
321.00
274.50
39.75
Depth
800 mm
No. 360 kg
g
507 176-BK
507 197-BK
507 200-BK
346.50
302.00
44.20
Depth
1000 mm
No. 360 kg
g
507 177-BK
507 198-BK
507 201-BK
430.50
384.50
58.20
YELLOW =
Ex stock
70 kg
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

60 kg
KAISER + KRAFT
90890
90890
Shelf unit height 2280 mm, 6 shelves, max. bay load 2500 kg
215
Wide span boltless shelving units with chipboard panels
Quick plug-in assembly for changing storage

requirements
Four bay widths for optimum utilisation of space
Zinc plated shelf unit components
Shelf levels with flush fitting, high quality chipboard
panels (quality V 20/E1, thickness 19 mm)
(widths: 1125 / 1250 / 1500 / 2000 mm)
See table for overall shelf width
Overall shelf width
mm
Model
Height 2000 mm
depth 400 mm
External dimensions
Standard shelf unit
Overall shelf width + 70 mm, shelf depth +35mm
Overall shelf width + 20 mm, shelf depth +35mm
1500
Max. shelf load

350 kg
Max. bay load
1200 2000 kg
Shelf unit heights
2000 3000 mm
Overall shelf width
1500 2500 mm
Shelf depth
400 800 mm
distribution. Additional shelf levels may be used as long
as the specified max. bay load is observed.
Can be combined with shelving units of
coresponding size on opposite page and page 211.
2000
2250
2500
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
No.
g
610 258-BK
610 263-BK
610 268-BK
610 272-BK
610 277-BK
610 281-BK
611 787-BK
611 791-BK
224.00
187.00
244.00
211.00
282.00
248.50
319.00
286.50
610 264-BK
610 269-BK
610 273-BK
610 278-BK
610 282-BK
611 788-BK
611 792-BK
3 shelf levels with

chipboard panels
depth 500 mm
No.
g
610 260-BK
228.50
191.50
251.00
216.50
290.00
256.00
328.50
293.50
Max. bay load 1200 kg
depth 600 mm
No.
g
610 261-BK
610 265-BK
610 270-BK
610 274-BK
610 279-BK
611 784-BK
611 789-BK
611 793-BK
239.50
204.50
267.00
231.00
308.50
273.50
347.50
315.00
depth 800 mm
No.
g
610 262-BK
610 266-BK
610 271-BK
610 276-BK
610 280-BK
611 785-BK
611 790-BK
611 795-BK
263.50
226.50
295.00
258.50
340.50
306.00
388.50
352.50
Height 2500 mm
depth 400 mm
No.
g
611 796-BK
611 800-BK
611 804-BK
611 809-BK
611 813-BK
611 818-BK
611 822-BK
611 827-BK
290.50
248.00
323.00
279.50
372.50
329.50
422.00
379.50
4 shelf levels with

chipboard panels
depth 500 mm
No.
g
611 797-BK
611 801-BK
611 805-BK
611 810-BK
611 814-BK
611 819-BK
611 823-BK
611 828-BK
297.50
254.00
333.00
287.50
382.50
338.50
433.50
389.50
depth 600 mm
No.
g
611 798-BK
611 802-BK
611 806-BK
611 811-BK
611 815-BK
611 820-BK
611 825-BK
611 829-BK
316.50
271.00
352.00
307.50
408.00
362.50
466.50
418.00
depth 800 mm
No.
611 799-BK
611 803-BK
611 807-BK
611 812-BK
611 817-BK
611 821-BK
611 826-BK
611 830-BK
347.50
302.50
389.50
343.00
452.50
406.00
515.00
466.50
Height 3000 mm
depth 400 mm
No.
g
611 831-BK
611 836-BK
611 841-BK
611 845-BK
611 849-BK
611 853-BK
611 857-BK
611 862-BK
359.00
308.00
399.00
350.00
462.00
451.00
525.00
473.00
5 shelf levels with

chipboard panels
depth 500 mm
No.
g
611 833-BK
611 837-BK
611 842-BK
611 846-BK
611 850-BK
611 854-BK
611 858-BK
611 863-BK
369.50
315.50
411.00
357.00
504.00
451.00
540.00
485.50
depth 600 mm
No.
g
611 834-BK
611 838-BK
611 843-BK
611 847-BK
611 851-BK
611 855-BK
611 860-BK
611 864-BK
392.00
340.50
438.50
383.00
507.00
452.00
576.00
523.00
depth 800 mm
No.
g
611 835-BK
611 839-BK
611 844-BK
611 848-BK
611 852-BK
611 856-BK
611 861-BK
611 865-BK
433.50
376.00
485.00
427.50
560.00
506.00
641.00
585.00
No.
g
611 924-BK
611 924-BK
611 925-BK
611 925-BK
611 926-BK
611 926-BK
611 927-BK
611 927-BK
51.20
51.20
59.20
59.20
71.50
71.50
84.00
84.00
depth 500 mm
No.
g
611 928-BK
611 928-BK
611 929-BK
611 929-BK
611 931-BK
611 931-BK
611 932-BK
611 932-BK
52.50
52.50
60.80
60.80
73.70
73.70
86.50
86.50
depth 600 mm
No.
g
611 933-BK
611 933-BK
611 934-BK
611 934-BK
611 935-BK
611 935-BK
611 936-BK
611 936-BK
56.50
56.50
65.70
65.70
79.80
79.80
93.50
93.50
depth 800 mm
No.
g
611 937-BK
611 937-BK
611 938-BK
611 938-BK
611 939-BK
611 939-BK
611 940-BK
611 940-BK
63.90
63.90
74.10
74.10
89.90
89.90
105.60
105.60
109647
Additional shelf level

complete with supports and
chipboard panels
depth 400 mm
BLUE =
109647
Accessories
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Overall shelf width
Shelf depth
350 kg
1200 2000 kg
2000 3000 mm
1500 2500 mm
500 800 mm

observed.

With steel shelves
Overall shelf width
Threebay widths for optimum

utilisation of space
Quick plug-in assembly for changing
storage requirements
Zinc plated shelf unit components
Shelf levels with flush fittingsteel
shelves (widths750mm + 1000 mm)
See table for overall shelf width.
mm
Model
Height 2000 mm
3 storage levels with steel shelves
Height 2500 mm
External dimensions
Standard shelf unit
shelf depth + 35 mm
Height 3000 mm

shelf depth + 35 mm
2000
2500
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
standard unit
extension unit
No.
g
941 189-BK
941 191-BK
941 192-BK
941 193-BK
941 194-BK
941 195-BK
278.50
243.00
297.50
263.00
397.00
363.50
depth 600 mm
No.
g
941 196-BK
941 197-BK
941 198-BK
941 199-BK
941 200-BK
941 201-BK
293.00
258.50
314.00
279.00
421.50
385.50
depth 800 mm
No.
g
941 202-BK
941 203-BK
941 205-BK
941 206-BK
941 207-BK
941 208-BK
325.50
289.50
347.50
312.50
466.50
433.00
depth 500 mm
No.
g
941 209-BK
941 210-BK
941 211-BK
941 213-BK
941 214-BK
941 215-BK
367.50
323.50
392.50
347.50
527.00
482.50
depth 600 mm
No.
g
941 216-BK
941 217-BK
941 218-BK
941 219-BK
941 221-BK
941 222-BK
388.00
340.50
415.50
370.00
558.00
513.00
depth 800 mm
No.
g
941 223-BK
941 224-BK
941 225-BK
941 226-BK
941 227-BK
941 228-BK
430.50
383.50
461.50
414.50
624.00
576.00
depth 500 mm
No.
g
941 229-BK
941 230-BK
941 231-BK
941 232-BK
941 233-BK
941 234-BK
454.50
402.50
488.50
434.00
657.00
602.00
depth 600 mm
No.
g
941 235-BK
941 236-BK
941 237-BK
941 238-BK
941 240-BK
941 241-BK
482.50
427.00
516.00
461.00
694.00
639.00
depth 800 mm
No.
g
941 242-BK
941 243-BK
941 244-BK
941 245-BK
941 246-BK
941 248-BK
536.00
478.50
574.00
518.00
777.00
718.00
No.
g
941 249-BK
941 249-BK
941 250-BK
941 250-BK
941 251-BK
941 251-BK
71.20
71.20
75.70
75.70
85.00
85.00
depth 600 mm
No.
g
941 252-BK
941 252-BK
941 253-BK
941 253-BK
941 254-BK
941 254-BK
76.00
76.00
81.20
81.20
91.70
91.70
depth 800 mm
No.
g
941 256-BK
941 256-BK
941 257-BK
941 257-BK
941 258-BK
941 258-BK
105.90
105.90
112.10
112.10
127.20
127.20
depth 500 mm
Accessories
Additional shelf level, complete
with supports and steel shelf
112378
1500
Can be combined with the shelving

units on the left hand page or with the
units on page 211.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
depth 500 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112378
217
g
No. 928 349-BK
Complete with sheet steel

shelves
Supports
Zinc plated or colour coated, with foot
plates. Simple plug-in assembly.
Shelves
Zinc plated cross braces with flush fitting
2 part, zinc plated sheet steel shelves.
Total height 53 mm. Shelves height
adjustable in increments of 40 mm.
External dimensions
Standard shelf unit
Length 2050 mm.
Length 2000 mm.
Depth = shelf depth
Colours of supports
Zinc plated
Gentian blue RAL 5010
Cross beam length
Shelf unit height

1990 mm
flame red
RAL 3000
light grey
RAL 7035
No.
g
929 652-BK
928 297-BK
928 314-BK
928 331-BK
358.00
358.00
358.00
358.00
extension shelf unit
No.
g
929 653-BK
928 298-BK
928 315-BK
928 332-BK
308.00
308.00
308.00
308.00
standard shelf unit
No.
g
929 655-BK
928 299-BK
928 316-BK
928 333-BK
375.00
375.00
375.00
375.00
No.
g
929 656-BK
928 300-BK
928 317-BK
928 334-BK
322.00
322.00
322.00
322.00
standard shelf unit
No.
g
929 657-BK
928 301-BK
928 318-BK
928 335-BK
443.50
443.50
443.50
443.50
No.
g
929 658-BK
928 302-BK
928 319-BK
928 336-BK
386.00
386.00
386.00
386.00
Standard shelf unit
No.
g
929 659-BK
928 303-BK
928 320-BK
928 337-BK
461.50
461.50
461.50
461.50
No.
g
929 660-BK
928 304-BK
928 322-BK
928 338-BK
405.50
405.50
405.50
405.50
standard shelf unit
No.
g
929 661-BK
928 306-BK
928 323-BK
928 339-BK
489.00
489.00
489.00
489.00
No.
g
929 663-BK
928 307-BK
928 324-BK
928 340-BK
424.50
424.50
424.50
424.50
standard shelf unit
No.
g
929 664-BK
928 308-BK
928 325-BK
928 341-BK
574.00
574.00
574.00
574.00
No.
g
929 665-BK
928 309-BK
928 326-BK
928 342-BK
510.00
510.00
510.00
510.00
No.
g
928 310-BK
928 310-BK
928 310-BK
928 310-BK
86.40
86.40
86.40
86.40
shelf depth 600 mm
No.
g
928 311-BK
928 311-BK
928 311-BK
928 311-BK
89.20
89.20
89.20
89.20
shelf depth 800 mm
No.
g
928 312-BK
928 312-BK
928 312-BK
928 312-BK
109.90
109.90
109.90
109.90
shelf depth 500 mm
shelf depth 600 mm
66173
No. 928 350-BK
g 305.00
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit heights
Shelf widths
Shelf depths
350 kg
1600 kg
1990 + 2510 mm
1950 mm
500 800 mm
The max. load values apply with evenly

distributed loads.
shelf depth 500 mm
4 shelves
shelf depth 600 mm
With 3 shelves.
H x D x L 1990 x 600 x 2000 mm.
350
gentian blue
RAL 5010
As shown above.
With 6 shelves 1950 x 600 mm.
H x D x L 1990 x 600 x 4050 mm.
Additional extension shelf unit
1950
zinc plated
3 shelves
Shelf unit height

2510 mm
Light grey RAL 7035
kg
Colour of supports
shelf depth 800 mm
g 549.00
Flame red RAL 3000

mm
Max. bay load
Complete shelf unit
No. 928 349-BK
Compatible with all

standard shelf units
shelf depth 800 mm
standard shelf unit
Accessory
Additional shelves
with cross braces and
boards
shelf depth 500 mm
BLUE =
66173
Large coloured
shelf units
549.00
Large shelf units
Compatible with all standard

shelf units
Complete with chipboard

shelves
Support frames
Zinc plated with footplate.
50 mm grid for shelves.
Shelves
Complete with cross beams, powder
coated in gentian blue RAL 5010, flame
red RAL 3000 or reseda green RAL 6011.
Flush fitting chipboard shelves, untreated,
V20, E1. Thickness 22 mm.
Zinc plated supports.
External dimensions
Length Std. shelf unit 1490 / 2840 mm
Ext. shelf unit 1420 / 2770 mm
Depth = shelf depth
Support bar colours
Flame red RAL 3000

Cross beam length
up to 500 kg
4000 kg
2000 + 2500 mm
1350 + 2700 mm
600 1100 mm
66174
The max. load specifications apply with

evenly distributed loads.
Additional shelves can be fitted if the
max. bay load is adhered to.
For other extra wide and heavy duty

shelf units, see following pages.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
Max. bay load
Shelf unit height

2000 mm

1350
kg
Colour of cross beam
2700
400
500
Flame red
RAL 3000
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Flame red
RAL 3000
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
No.
g
928 351-BK
928 368-BK
928 385-BK
928 401-BK
928 418-BK
928 434-BK
366.50
366.50
366.50
503.00
503.00
503.00
ext. shelf unit
No.
g
928 352-BK
928 369-BK
928 386-BK
928 403-BK
928 419-BK
928 435-BK
293.00
293.00
293.00
433.00
433.00
433.00
std. shelf unit
No.
g
928 353-BK
928 370-BK
928 387-BK
928 404-BK
928 420-BK
928 436-BK
387.00
387.00
387.00
540.00
540.00
540.00
ext. shelf unit
No.
g
928 354-BK
928 371-BK
928 388-BK
928 405-BK
928 421-BK
928 438-BK
314.00
314.00
314.00
468.50
468.50
468.50
std. shelf unit
No.
g
928 355-BK
928 373-BK
928 389-BK
928 406-BK
928 422-BK
928 439-BK
422.00
422.00
422.00
605.00
605.00
605.00
ext. shelf unit
No.
g
928 357-BK
928 374-BK
928 390-BK
928 407-BK
928 423-BK
928 440-BK
350.00
350.00
350.00
522.00
522.00
522.00
std. shelf unit
No.
g
928 358-BK
928 375-BK
928 391-BK
928 408-BK
928 424-BK
928 441-BK
461.00
461.00
461.00
641.00
641.00
641.00
ext. shelf unit
No.
g
928 359-BK
928 376-BK
928 392-BK
928 409-BK
928 425-BK
928 442-BK
381.50
381.50
381.50
562.00
562.00
562.00
std. shelf unit
No.
g
928 360-BK
928 377-BK
928 393-BK
928 411-BK
928 426-BK
928 443-BK
490.00
490.00
490.00
694.00
694.00
694.00
ext. shelf unit
No.
g
928 361-BK
928 378-BK
928 394-BK
928 412-BK
928 427-BK
928 444-BK
408.00
408.00
408.00
613.00
613.00
613.00
std. shelf unit
No.
g
928 362-BK
928 379-BK
928 395-BK
928 413-BK
928 428-BK
928 446-BK
532.00
532.00
532.00
769.00
769.00
769.00
ext. shelf unit
No.
g
928 363-BK
928 381-BK
928 396-BK
928 414-BK
928 430-BK
928 447-BK
444.00
444.00
444.00
680.00
680.00
680.00
No.
g
928 365-BK
928 382-BK
928 397-BK
928 415-BK
928 431-BK
928 448-BK
72.80
72.80
72.80
119.70
119.70
119.70
shelf depth 800 mm
No.
g
928 366-BK
928 383-BK
928 398-BK
928 416-BK
928 432-BK
928 449-BK
80.00
80.00
80.00
131.70
131.70
131.70
shelf depth 1100 mm
No.
g
928 367-BK
928 384-BK
928 400-BK
928 417-BK
928 433-BK
928 450-BK
90.30
90.30
90.30
146.00
146.00
146.00
shelf depth
600 mm
3 shelves
shelf depth
800 mm
shelf depth
1100 mm
Shelf unit height

2500 mm
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
Reseda green RAL 6011
shelf depth
600 mm
4 shelves
shelf depth
800 mm
shelf depth
1100 mm
std. shelf unit
Accessory
Additional shelves
with cross braces
and chipboard panels
shelf depth 600 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66174
Large coloured wide

span shelf units
219
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
1 With chipboard
panel
600 1125 kg
4500 kg
2000 3000 mm
2250 + 2700 mm
600 1000 mm

distribution. Additional shelves are possible if the
Heavy duty wide span shelving
Suitable for manually stored, bulky and heavy goods

Particularly user friendly and versatile due to three
different shelf panel versions: chipboard panels,
zinc plated steel panels or wire mesh panels
Boltless installation and adjustment of support beams
Manufactured in accordance with the guidelines
and regulations of European FEM 10.2.06 as well as
Eurocode III
External dimensions
Uprights
2 steel posts, 1.5 mm thick, powder coated blue
RAL 5010. Contoured profile, 50 x 50 mm.
Upright cross beams and diagonals are made of zinc
plated C-profile, 25 x 15 mm, and are bolted to the posts.
Zinc plated foot plates (110 x 60 x 3 mm) for anchoring to
floor. Floor anchoring holes 13 mm.
50 mm shelf adjustment grid.
1 With chipboard shelf panels

Chipboard panels, 19 mm thick.
2 With steel panels

Zinc plated steel panel modules, 0.5 mm thick.
For shelf width 2250 mm
5 modules, each 100 mm wide + 14 modules,
each 125 mm wide.
2 modules, each 100 mm wide + 20 modules,
each 125 mm wide.
Shelf levels
Support beams with Z profile (see sketch on right-hand
page), powder coated light grey RAL 7035.
3 suspension hooks with safety pins (see right-hand
page for detailed photo) for mounting the support
beams.
Chipboard panels, steel panels or wire mesh panel
modules.
Standard shelf unit

Shelf width + 160 mm.
Shelf depth + 10 mm.
Shelf width + 50 mm.
Shelf depth + 10 mm.
3 With wire mesh panels

Wire mesh panel modules, powder coated
lightgreyRAL7035.
1 module, 1345 mm wide + 1 module, 895 mm wide.
2 modules, each 1345 mm wide.
1 Heavy duty wide span shelving with chipboard panels

Shelf
Max. shelf load
Model
width x depth mm
kg
2250 x 600
1125
stand. unit
2250 x 800
extn. unit
1125
stand. unit
2250 x 1000
extn. unit
900
stand. unit
2700 x 600
extn. unit
1125
stand. unit
2700 x 800
extn. unit
1125
stand. unit
2700 x 1000
extn. unit
900
stand. unit
extn. unit

2 shelf levels
No.
g
945 653-BK
312.00
258.00
338.50
282.00
366.50
307.50
358.00
304.00
388.50
332.00
420.00
361.00

3 shelf levels
No.
g
945 655-BK
945 656-BK
945 662-BK
945 663-BK
945 670-BK
945 671-BK
945 678-BK
945 679-BK
945 686-BK
945 687-BK
945 694-BK
945 695-BK
438.50
372.50
476.50
407.50
513.00
443.00
508.00
441.50
549.00
483.00
593.00
523.00

4 shelf levels
No.
g
945 657-BK
945 658-BK
945 664-BK
945 665-BK
945 672-BK
945 673-BK
945 680-BK
945 681-BK
945 688-BK
945 689-BK
945 696-BK
945 697-BK
559.00
483.50
612.00
532.00
659.00
578.00
652.00
576.00
712.00
633.00
766.00
685.00
No.
g / pack
945 659-BK
945 659-BK
945 666-BK
945 666-BK
945 674-BK
945 674-BK
945 682-BK
945 682-BK
945 690-BK
945 690-BK
945 698-BK
945 698-BK
204.00
204.00
226.50
226.50
248.50
248.50
250.50
250.50
276.00
276.00
302.00
302.00
945 654-BK
945 660-BK
945 661-BK
945 667-BK
945 669-BK
945 675-BK
945 677-BK
945 683-BK
945 685-BK
945 691-BK
945 693-BK
Additional shelf levels

Pack of 2
BLUE =
122429
122429
Accessories
Heavy duty wide span shelving

See the opposite page for a technical description.
2 With steel panels
Z profile of support beam
3 With wire mesh panels
Suspension hook with safety pin
2 Heavy duty wide span shelving with steel panel modules

Shelf
Max. shelf load
Model
width x depth mm
kg
2250 x 600
810
stand. unit
2250 x 800
extn. unit
720
stand. unit
2250 x 1000
630
stand. unit
extn. unit
2700 x 600
extn. unit
765
stand. unit
2700 x 800
extn. unit
765
stand. unit
2700 x 1000
extn. unit
765
stand. unit
extn. unit

2 shelf levels
No.
g
945 699-BK
363.50
309.50
406.50
351.00
450.50
392.50
427.50
373.50
480.00
424.50
535.00
476.00

3 shelf levels
No.
g
945 701-BK
945 702-BK
945 709-BK
945 710-BK
945 717-BK
945 718-BK
945 725-BK
945 726-BK
945 733-BK
945 734-BK
945 740-BK
945 741-BK
516.00
449.50
579.00
510.00
641.00
571.00
609.00
542.00
685.00
672.00
760.00
691.00

4 shelf levels
No.
g
945 703-BK
945 704-BK
945 711-BK
945 712-BK
945 719-BK
945 720-BK
945 727-BK
945 728-BK
945 735-BK
945 736-BK
945 742-BK
945 743-BK
662.00
586.00
749.00
669.00
829.00
749.00
784.00
708.00
888.00
809.00
986.00
904.00
No.
g / pack
945 705-BK
945 705-BK
945 713-BK
945 713-BK
945 721-BK
945 721-BK
945 729-BK
945 729-BK
945 737-BK
945 737-BK
945 744-BK
945 744-BK
255.00
255.00
295.00
295.00
334.00
334.00
313.00
313.00
360.50
360.50
406.50
406.50
945 700-BK
945 707-BK
945 708-BK
945 715-BK
945 716-BK
945 723-BK
945 724-BK
945 731-BK
945 732-BK
945 738-BK
945 739-BK
Accessories
Pack of 2
3 Heavy duty wide span shelving with wire mesh panel modules
Shelf
Max. shelf load
Model
width x depth mm
kg
2250 x 600
600
stand. unit
2250 x 800
extn. unit
810
stand. unit
2250 x 1000
extn. unit
810
stand. unit
2700 x 600
extn. unit
720
stand. unit
2700 x 800
extn. unit
765
stand. unit
2700 x 1000
extn. unit
765
stand. unit
extn. unit

2 shelf levels
No.
g
945 745-BK
425.50
372.00
466.50
411.00
509.00
450.50
483.00
428.50
529.00
473.50
602.00
542.00

3 shelf levels
No.
g
945 747-BK
945 748-BK
945 755-BK
945 756-BK
945 763-BK
945 764-BK
945 771-BK
945 774-BK
945 780-BK
945 782-BK
945 788-BK
945 789-BK
609.00
543.00
669.00
602.00
728.00
658.00
692.00
625.00
759.00
691.00
859.00
790.00

4 shelf levels
No.
g
945 750-BK
945 751-BK
945 758-BK
945 759-BK
945 766-BK
945 767-BK
945 775-BK
945 776-BK
945 783-BK
945 784-BK
945 791-BK
945 792-BK
788.00
712.00
868.00
789.00
945.00
865.00
894.00
818.00
986.00
906.00
1115.00
1035.00
No.
g / pack
945 752-BK
945 752-BK
945 760-BK
945 760-BK
945 768-BK
945 768-BK
945 777-BK
945 777-BK
945 785-BK
945 785-BK
945 793-BK
945 793-BK
318.00
318.00
355.00
355.00
391.50
391.50
368.50
368.50
409.00
409.00
472.50
472.50
945 746-BK
945 753-BK
945 754-BK
945 761-BK
945 762-BK
945 769-BK
945 770-BK
945 778-BK
945 779-BK
945 786-BK
945 787-BK

Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122430
122430
Accessories
221
6
Wide span shelving units
A modern and attractive shelving system for
medium weight and voluminous goods
Very versatile suitable for many purposes and different
space situations due to:
4 shelf unit heights
6 shelf unit depths
2 longitudinal support beams with different load
capacities, in 5 lengths
Optionally as complete shelf levels made of chipboard
or zinc plated sheet steel panels, smooth or trapezoid
shaped versions
Uprights and supports with high quality powder
coating
How to order:
1. Determine the length, width and height of the shelf
units.
2. Calculate the number of upright frames.
3. Select the type and quantity of complete shelving
levels (observe assembly instructions).
Base plates
For anchoring uprights to floor, blue RAL 5010. Pack of 4,
incl. 8 bolts / nuts to fasten to uprights.
Customer responsible for anchoring to floor.
No. 941 495-BK
Base plate
g / pack 32.95
Max. shelf load

up to 600 kg
Max. bay load
5000 kg
Shelf height
up to 3600 mm
Shelf width
up to 2400 mm
Shelf depth
up to 1200 mm
The bearing capacities apply with even load
distribution.
On request
Shelf levels without shelf panels.
Upright frames
Fully assembled. Max. load up to 5000 kg per shelf bay.
Support bar suspension grid 50 mm.
Upright profiles 55 x 28 mm, powder coated in
blueRAL5010.
Zinc plated reinforcements. The number of upright frames

required per shelf unit row corresponds to the number of
shelf bays + 1.
Depth
mm
450
600
750
900
1000
1200
Height 2100 mm
No.
g
718 886-BK
718 889-BK
718 893-BK
718 896-BK
718 899-BK
718 902-BK
57.30
58.10
61.60
63.00
64.50
65.80
Height 2400 mm
No.
g
718 887-BK
718 891-BK
718 894-BK
718 897-BK
718 900-BK
718 903-BK
66.40
68.50
69.10
71.90
76.30
77.90
Height 3000 mm
No.
g
718 888-BK
718 892-BK
718 895-BK
718 898-BK
718 901-BK
718 905-BK
82.60
83.20
83.80
88.90
93.20
94.50
Height 3600 mm
No.
g
717 119-BK
717 120-BK
717 121-BK
717 122-BK
717 123-BK
717 124-BK
99.90
101.50
102.40
111.30
114.60
114.70
Shelving levels
For frame depth
mm
450
600
750
900
1000
1200
Bay width 1200 mm

No.
g
717 127-BK
717 130-BK
717 133-BK
717 137-BK
717 140-BK
717 144-BK
46.90
51.10
65.90
80.30
87.20
120.30
Bay width 1500 mm

No.
g
729 231-BK
729 232-BK
729 233-BK
729 234-BK
729 235-BK
729 236-BK
52.50
59.00
78.40
93.70
98.70
131.30
Bay width 1800 mm

No.
g
717 128-BK
717 131-BK
717 135-BK
717 138-BK
717 141-BK
717 145-BK
61.60
67.30
81.80
99.40
109.60
155.20
Bay width 2100 mm

No.
g
729 237-BK
729 238-BK
729 239-BK
729 240-BK
729 241-BK
729 242-BK
68.50
76.90
99.90
124.40
131.30
160.90
Bay width 2400 mm

No.
g
717 129-BK
717 132-BK
717 136-BK
717 139-BK
717 143-BK
717 146-BK
76.90
85.30
106.30
131.30
141.20
169.30
BLUE =
112379
112379
With untreated 19 mm chipboard shelves. Beam height 65 mm.
g
No. 717 125-BK
With chipboard shelves,

H x W x D 2100 x (2 x 2400) x 600 mm.
585.00
as illustrated
KAISER+KRAFT
SPECIAL OFFER
Shelving levels
With smooth, zinc plated steel panels.
Beam height 55 mm.
For frame depth
mm
450
600
750
900
Bay width 1200 mm

No.
g
717 147-BK
717 151-BK
717 154-BK
717 157-BK
60.30
64.50
68.50
71.90
Bay width 1500 mm

No.
g
729 312-BK
729 313-BK
729 314-BK
729 315-BK
72.80
84.60
86.70
89.70
Bay width 1800 mm

No.
g
717 148-BK
717 152-BK
717 155-BK
717 158-BK
83.20
89.70
96.00
102.00
Bay width 2100 mm

No.
g
729 316-BK
729 317-BK
729 318-BK
729 319-BK
102.00
107.60
115.10
123.20
Bay width 2400 mm

No.
g
717 149-BK
717 153-BK
717 156-BK
717 159-BK
109.60
123.20
132.10
136.30
Shelving levels
YELLOW =
Ex stock
For frame depth
mm
450
600
750
900
1000
1200
Bay width 1200 mm

No.
g
717 160-BK
717 163-BK
717 166-BK
717 170-BK
717 173-BK
717 176-BK
62.20
78.40
82.60
86.00
96.70
98.00
Bay width 1500 mm

No.
g
729 320-BK
729 321-BK
729 322-BK
729 323-BK
729 324-BK
729 325-BK
73.50
102.40
111.30
120.00
128.70
135.10
Bay width 1800 mm

No.
g
717 161-BK
717 164-BK
717 167-BK
717 171-BK
717 174-BK
717 178-BK
84.50
107.60
112.50
119.70
134.50
136.40
Bay width 2100 mm

No.
g
729 326-BK
729 327-BK
729 328-BK
729 330-BK
729 331-BK
729 332-BK
94.40
131.30
141.20
149.20
169.30
172.90
Bay width 2400 mm

No.
g
717 162-BK
717 165-BK
717 168-BK
717 172-BK
717 175-BK
717 179-BK
112.50
138.30
146.70
154.10
174.40
177.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66191
66191
With trapezoid, zinc plated steel panels.

Beam height 65 mm.
223
Shown with removable zinc plated steel shelves
Shown with chipboard shelves
Quick and easy plug-in assembly

Can be modified or expanded at any
time
Ready to use uprights

Shelves can be fitted in a 50 mm grid.
Footplates to fix to the floor (customer to
supply the mounting material).
3 ways to order
Cross beams / shelves

In 4 different lengths with hook fishplates.
Finishes
Cross beams powder coated in blue or
green.
Uprights and steel shelves zinc plated.
A
B
C
Individual parts to create your own

customised construction
Complete shelf unit with zinc plated
steel shelves
Complete shelf unit with drop-in
chipboard shelves (V 20, E 1, 22 mm
thick) and zinc plated supports
A Individual parts for your own assembly

Support frame, pre-assembled
Legs and trusses on the uprights,
as well as the footplates are zinc plated.

Additional cross beams / shelves are
possible as long as the max. load of the
uprights is not exceeded, according to
the load diagram.
Please note: Each bay must comprise
of a minimum of 2 shelf levels.
Service
mm
2000
2500
3000
3600
inc plated
g
928 451-BK
928 467-BK
928 482-BK
928 498-BK
107.10
120.00
157.30
185.70
Depth 800 mm
inc plated
g
928 452-BK
928 468-BK
928 483-BK
928 499-BK
114.80
130.00
159.00
189.00
Depth 1100 mm
zinc plated
g
928 454-BK
928 469-BK
928 484-BK
928 501-BK
124.30
140.80
165.20
196.20
Depth 600 mm
400 700 kg
6000 kg
2000 3600 mm
2700 mm
600 1100 mm
CAD
Profile width 70 mm. For maximum bay load

and shelf unit heights, see the diagram.
Upright height
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Max. width
Shelf unit depth
Compatible with all

Load diagram for wide span

shelving units
Shelving levels
Polyurethane coated cross beams. Complete with shelves.
1350
kg
cross beams blue, similar to RAL 5010
green, similar to RAL 6011
400
500
550
700
Depth 600 mm
928 455-BK
928 456-BK
928 471-BK
928 472-BK
928 485-BK
928 486-BK
928 502-BK
928 503-BK
g
109.90
133.30
165.30
214.50
Depth 800 mm
928 457-BK
928 458-BK
928 473-BK
928 474-BK
928 487-BK
928 489-BK
928 504-BK
928 505-BK
g
122.30
148.20
184.30
236.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 459-BK
928 460-BK
928 475-BK
928 476-BK
928 490-BK
928 491-BK
928 506-BK
928 507-BK
g
147.60
185.50
229.50
291.50
Depth 600 mm
928 462-BK
929 630-BK
928 477-BK
929 633-BK
928 492-BK
929 636-BK
928 508-BK
929 640-BK
g
87.90
104.00
114.80
136.10
Depth 800 mm
928 463-BK
929 631-BK
928 478-BK
929 634-BK
928 493-BK
929 637-BK
928 509-BK
929 641-BK
g
95.50
114.80
124.90
153.70
Depth 1100 mm
928 464-BK
929 632-BK
928 479-BK
929 635-BK
928 494-BK
929 639-BK
928 510-BK
929 642-BK
108.80
125.40
142.60
173.10
Max. shelf load

Zinc plated shelf
66334
Chipboard shelf
(V 20, E 1, 22 mm thick)
and zinc plated supports
1800
2200
2700
Lower shelf height (mm)
BLUE =
66334
mm
Support frame load in (kg)
Cross beam length
Height
22 mm
Hook-in grid 50 mm
B Complete shelf unit with zinc plated shelves

Cross braces powder coated in blue, similar to gentian blue RAL 5010 or green,
similar to reseda green RAL 6011. Zinc plated support frame and shelves.
Cross beam length
mm
Max. shelf load

Model
1350
kg
Height 2000 mm
500
2700
550
700
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
blue RAL 5010

green RAL 6011
928 513-BK
928 515-BK
928 514-BK
928 516-BK
928 554-BK
928 556-BK
928 555-BK
928 557-BK
928 594-BK
928 596-BK
928 595-BK
928 597-BK
928 634-BK
928 636-BK
928 635-BK
928 637-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
483.00
388.00
543.00
449.00
627.00
534.00
758.00
657.00
Depth 800 mm
928 517-BK
928 520-BK
928 519-BK
928 521-BK
928 558-BK
928 560-BK
928 559-BK
928 561-BK
928 598-BK
928 600-BK
928 599-BK
928 601-BK
928 638-BK
928 641-BK
928 639-BK
928 642-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
530.00
423.50
596.00
495.50
691.00
593.00
833.00
726.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 522-BK
928 524-BK
928 523-BK
928 525-BK
928 562-BK
928 564-BK
928 563-BK
928 565-BK
928 602-BK
928 604-BK
928 603-BK
928 605-BK
928 643-BK
928 645-BK
928 644-BK
928 646-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
616.00
502.00
711.00
596.00
828.00
712.00
988.00
872.00
Depth 600 mm
928 527-BK
928 529-BK
928 528-BK
928 530-BK
928 566-BK
928 568-BK
928 567-BK
928 570-BK
928 606-BK
928 609-BK
928 608-BK
928 610-BK
928 647-BK
928 649-BK
928 648-BK
928 650-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
596.00
493.50
688.00
576.00
794.00
689.00
966.00
861.00
Depth 800 mm
928 531-BK
928 533-BK
928 532-BK
928 535-BK
928 571-BK
928 573-BK
928 572-BK
928 574-BK
928 611-BK
928 613-BK
928 612-BK
928 614-BK
928 651-BK
928 653-BK
928 652-BK
928 654-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
667.00
541.00
756.00
640.00
873.00
768.00
1065.00
946.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 536-BK
928 538-BK
928 537-BK
928 539-BK
928 575-BK
928 578-BK
928 576-BK
928 579-BK
928 616-BK
928 618-BK
928 617-BK
928 619-BK
928 655-BK
928 657-BK
928 656-BK
928 659-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
767.00
642.00
895.00
769.00
1045.00
926.00
1260.00
1145.00
Depth 600 mm
928 540-BK
928 543-BK
928 541-BK
928 544-BK
928 580-BK
928 582-BK
928 581-BK
928 583-BK
928 620-BK
928 622-BK
928 621-BK
928 624-BK
928 660-BK
928 662-BK
928 661-BK
928 663-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
759.00
619.00
862.00
726.00
999.00
861.00
1225.00
1085.00
Depth 800 mm
928 545-BK
928 547-BK
928 546-BK
928 548-BK
928 584-BK
928 587-BK
928 586-BK
928 588-BK
928 625-BK
928 627-BK
928 626-BK
928 628-BK
928 664-BK
928 667-BK
928 665-BK
928 668-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
814.00
671.00
937.00
799.00
1085.00
946.00
1315.00
1190.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 549-BK
928 552-BK
928 551-BK
928 553-BK
928 589-BK
928 591-BK
928 590-BK
928 592-BK
928 629-BK
928 632-BK
928 630-BK
928 633-BK
928 669-BK
928 671-BK
928 670-BK
928 672-BK
939.00
752.00
1100.00
957.00
1285.00
1145.00
1560.00
1420.00
Depth 600 mm
4 shelves
Height 3000 mm
400
2200
Stand. unit
3 shelves
Height 2500 mm
1800
5 shelves
C Complete shelf units with drop-in chipboard shelves

(V 20, E 1, 22 mm thick) and zinc plated supports
Cross braces powder coated in blue, similar to gentian blue RAL 5010 or green,
similar to reseda green RAL 6011. Zinc plated support frame.
mm
Max. shelf load

Model
1350
kg
Height 2000 mm
500
2700
550
700
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
blue RAL 5010

green RAL 6011
928 673-BK
928 676-BK
928 675-BK
928 677-BK
928 714-BK
928 716-BK
928 715-BK
928 717-BK
928 753-BK
928 756-BK
928 754-BK
928 757-BK
928 793-BK
928 795-BK
928 794-BK
928 796-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
471.00
350.00
507.00
391.50
540.00
424.00
593.00
478.00
Depth 800 mm
928 678-BK
928 680-BK
928 679-BK
928 681-BK
928 718-BK
928 721-BK
928 719-BK
928 722-BK
928 758-BK
928 760-BK
928 759-BK
928 761-BK
928 797-BK
928 800-BK
928 799-BK
928 802-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
493.50
375.00
543.00
425.00
569.00
447.50
642.00
530.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 683-BK
928 685-BK
928 684-BK
928 686-BK
928 723-BK
928 725-BK
928 724-BK
928 726-BK
928 762-BK
928 765-BK
928 764-BK
928 766-BK
928 803-BK
928 805-BK
928 804-BK
928 806-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
505.00
379.00
558.00
431.00
627.00
362.00
658.00
534.00
Depth 600 mm
928 687-BK
928 689-BK
928 688-BK
928 691-BK
928 727-BK
928 729-BK
928 728-BK
928 730-BK
928 767-BK
928 769-BK
928 768-BK
928 770-BK
928 807-BK
928 809-BK
928 808-BK
928 811-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
572.00
439.50
628.00
495.50
668.00
537.00
740.00
613.00
Depth 800 mm
928 692-BK
928 694-BK
928 693-BK
928 695-BK
928 731-BK
928 733-BK
928 732-BK
928 734-BK
928 772-BK
928 774-BK
928 773-BK
928 775-BK
928 812-BK
928 814-BK
928 813-BK
928 815-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
617.00
478.50
683.00
553.00
715.00
576.00
815.00
679.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 696-BK
928 698-BK
928 697-BK
928 699-BK
928 735-BK
928 737-BK
928 736-BK
928 738-BK
928 776-BK
928 778-BK
928 777-BK
928 779-BK
928 816-BK
928 818-BK
928 817-BK
928 819-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
629.00
484.00
695.00
549.00
788.00
642.00
829.00
688.00
Depth 600 mm
928 700-BK
928 702-BK
928 701-BK
928 703-BK
928 740-BK
928 742-BK
928 741-BK
928 743-BK
928 781-BK
928 783-BK
928 782-BK
928 784-BK
928 820-BK
928 822-BK
928 821-BK
928 823-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
721.00
552.00
792.00
625.00
843.00
675.00
934.00
763.00
Depth 800 mm
928 705-BK
928 707-BK
928 706-BK
928 708-BK
928 744-BK
928 746-BK
928 745-BK
928 748-BK
928 785-BK
928 787-BK
928 786-BK
928 788-BK
928 824-BK
928 826-BK
928 825-BK
928 827-BK
g
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
739.00
592.00
856.00
683.00
895.00
723.00
1025.00
849.00
Depth 1100 mm
928 709-BK
928 711-BK
928 710-BK
928 713-BK
928 749-BK
928 751-BK
928 750-BK
928 752-BK
928 789-BK
928 791-BK
928 790-BK
928 792-BK
928 829-BK
928 831-BK
928 830-BK
928 832-BK
812.00
659.00
884.00
695.00
998.00
812.00
1050.00
958.00
Depth 600 mm
4 shelves
Height 3000 mm
400
2200
Stand. unit
3 shelves
Height 2500 mm
1800
66335
5 shelves
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66335
Cross beam length
225
6
NEW
275.00
g
Standard shelf unit
Illustration shows 1 standard shelf unit and 2 extension shelf units
No. 967 542-BK
Heavy duty shelving units

Max. load per support beam pair *
320 880 kg
Max. shelf load with:
Steel panels *
500 880 kg
Chipboard panels *
180 880 kg
Max. bay load **
4000 kg
Upright height
2000 4500 mm
Span width of support beams
1500 2100 mm
Upright depth
600 1000 mm
distribution.
* If steel or chipboard shelf panels are used, the
overall shelf load may not exceed the specified max.
load for pair of support beams used see the table for
the support beams on the right hand page.
Complete shelf unit (supplied as shown)

Standard shelf unit
Consisting of
2 uprights, height x depth 2000 x 600 mm,
light greyRAL7035
3 pairs of support beams with Z profile, length 1500 mm,
light grey RAL7035
3 chipboard panels, length x width 1500 x 600 mm
Consisting of
1 upright, height x depth 2000 x 600 mm,
light greyRAL7035
3 pairs of support beams with Z profile, length 1500 mm,
light greyRAL7035
3 chipboard panels, length x width 1500 x 600 mm
Max. shelf load 320 kg with evenly distributed loads.
Max. shelf load 320 kg with evenly distributed loads.
No. 967 542-BK
No. 967 543-BK
g 275.00
g 249.00
Individual components for individual requirements
1 upright consists of:

2 posts made of cold rolled,
1.5mmthick steel, light grey RAL7035.
Omega profile, WxD 40x55mm.
50mm adjustment grid.
Cross struts and diagonals made of
16x26x16mm zinc plated U-profile,
bolted tothe posts.
Zinc plated, 80x70mm base plates,
2.5mm thick, plug-in. With holes for
floor anchoring, 9mm.
Uprights are delivered flat pack incl.
You can assemble a shelf unit based on your individual

requirements using the following components:
2. Support beams in 3 lengths and 4 profile types as

shown on the right hand page, light grey RAL 7035.
1. Uprights in 6 heights and 3depths listed below,

3. Wide range of accessories, such as steel and

chipboard shelf panels, upright connectors and
locking brackets (see right hand page).
1. Uprights
Height
mm
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
No.
g / each
967 544-BK
967 545-BK
967 546-BK
967 547-BK
967 549-BK
967 550-BK
59.20
65.80
93.30
105.80
120.90
127.80
Depth 800 mm
No.
g / each
967 551-BK
967 552-BK
967 553-BK
967 554-BK
967 555-BK
967 557-BK
61.20
68.60
96.50
109.70
125.20
132.00
Depth 1000 mm
No.
g / each
967 558-BK
967 559-BK
967 560-BK
967 561-BK
967 562-BK
967 563-BK
63.50
71.50
99.90
113.90
129.80
136.50
Depth 600 mm
124733
** The maximum load for an upright is 4000kg, with

max. clearance height of 1000mm between the
lowest support beams and the floor.
Suitable support beams and accessories are on the right hand page.
BLUE =
NEW
2. Support beams for the support frames on the left hand page
Installed using two suspension hooks

with safety pins which prevent the
beams from slipping out
Support beam profile
mm
Length
1500mm
max. load / pair *
Length
1800mm
max. load / pair *
Length
2100mm
max. load / pair *
Boltless installation and adjustment
Z-profile
tubular profile
tubular wedge
A
Profile dims.
tubular wedge
mm
kg
57 x 30 x 2
320
60 x 30 x 2
880
60 x 30 x 1.5
520
70 x 30 x 1.5
703
No.
g / pair
967 565-BK
967 566-BK
967 567-BK
967 568-BK
41.70
48.45
42.75
42.75
kg
250
720
433
586
No.
g / pair
967 569-BK
967 570-BK
967 571-BK
967 573-BK
45.55
53.90
44.50
48.80
kg
550
336
502
No.
g / pair
967 574-BK
967 575-BK
967 576-BK
58.90
50.20
54.90
* If steel or chipboard shelf panels are used, the overall shelf load may not exceed the
specified max. load for the pair of support beams used.
Support beam profile types
A Z-profile
Ensures excellent stability
for chipboard or steel
panels, the use of locking
brackets is NOT required.
Tubular profile
For use with chipboard
panels which must
be fixed with 4 locking
brackets per level. Locking
brackets are not included
in delivery and have to be
ordered separately see
accessories.
C + D Tubular profile
with edge
The 22 mm raised edge
makes them particularly
suitable for use with
chipboard and steel panels.
The use of locking brackets
in NOT required.
C+D
3. Accessories
Zinc plated steel panels
Chipboard panels
Panels to be laid next to each other on the

support beams with tubular edge profile or
with Z-profile.
Individual panel dimensions:
width 300 mm, thickness 0.8 mm,
height 22 mm.
Sets of 5, 6 or 7 panels are supplied for
each shelf level see table.
25 mm thick. For laying on support beams

with Z-profile or with tubular edge profile.
Note: If laying on support beams with a
tubular profile, 4 locking brackets must be
used for each level. Locking brackets are
NOT included in delivery - please order
separately (see accessories).
Depth of steel panels

For beam length 1500 mm
mm
max. load *
Set of 5 panels
max. load *
Set of 6 panels
max. load *
Set of 7 panels
600
800
1000
kg
880
800
500
No.
g / set
967 577-BK
967 578-BK
967 579-BK
59.70
65.60
74.30
kg
880
880
600
No.
g / set
967 581-BK
967 582-BK
967 583-BK
68.30
78.80
89.20
kg
880
880
700
No.
g / set
967 584-BK
967 585-BK
967 586-BK
79.60
91.90
104.10
* If steel or chipboard shelf panels are used, the overall shelf load may not exceed
the specified max. load for pair of support beams used see the table above for the
support beams.
Moulded chipboard panel depth

Length 1500 mm
Length 1800 mm
Length 2100 mm
max. load *
max. load *
max. load *
600
800
1000
kg
600
300
180
No.
g / each
967 587-BK
967 588-BK
967 589-BK
31.25
41.10
42.80
kg
700
400
200
No.
g / each
967 590-BK
967 591-BK
967 592-BK
36.10
45.20
47.70
kg
880
500
250
No.
g / each
967 593-BK
967 594-BK
967 595-BK
41.05
47.35
53.70
* If steel or chipboard shelf panels are used, the overall shelf load may not exceed
the specified max. load for pair of support beams used see the table above for the
support beams.
Shelf unit connector for double sided

shelving units
Light grey RAL 7035. Length 200 mm.
For two shelf units positioned back to
back, a connector should be installed at
the top and bottom of each upright.
Supplied with bolts.
No. 967 596-BK
g / piece 5.45
Zinc plated locking brackets

For shelf panels placed onto tubular
profiles.
4 brackets are required for each shelf
level.
Pack of 4.
No. 967 597-BK
g / pack 5.45
Support frames, support beams and accessories should be

ordered based on your particular requirements.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
124945
124945
mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
227
Compatible with all

CAD
Service
Max. shelf load
with shelves 1500 kg

without shelves 2300 kg
Max. bay load
8000 kg
Max. shelf height
4700 mm
Max. shelf width
2700 mm
Max. shelf depth
1100 mm
The max. load specifications apply with uniform load
distribution. Additional cross beams / shelves are
possible on observing the max. support frame capacity
of 8000 kg.
Please note: Each bay must comprise of a minimum
of 2 shelf levels.
Heavy-duty boltless shelving

Zinc plated uprights, ready assembled. Width 70 mm.
Includes shelves. Cross beams made of box profile.
Shelf height can be adjusted in 50 mm steps.
Cross beams with high quality powder coating in reseda
green RAL 6011, flame red RAL 3000 or gentian
blue RAL 5010. Shelves zinc plated.
2 ways to order
A
B
Complete shelf unit with zinc

plated shelves
Individual parts on the opposite
page to build your own shelf unit.
A Complete shelf unit with zinc plated shelves
Height 2000 mm
3 shelves
For max. shelf loads
see right hand side
under shelves
mm
kg
Depth 600 mm
Depth 800 mm
Depth 1100 mm
Height 2500 mm
4 shelves
see right hand side
under shelves
Depth 600 mm
Depth 800 mm
Depth 1100 mm
Height 3000 mm
5 shelves
see right hand side
under shelves
Depth 600 mm
Depth 800 mm
66192
Depth 1100 mm
1350
750
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
928 837-BK
928 839-BK
928 841-BK
1800
1000
Stand. unit
928 891-BK
928 893-BK
928 896-BK
Extn. unit
928 892-BK
928 894-BK
928 897-BK
2200
1250
Stand. unit
928 947-BK
928 949-BK
928 952-BK
Extn. unit
929 004-BK
929 006-BK
929 008-BK
Extn. unit
Cross beams green RAL 6011

flame red RAL 3000
928 835-BK
928 838-BK
928 840-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
541.00
472.00
626.00
534.00
752.00
626.00
840.00
738.00
928 842-BK
928 845-BK
928 847-BK
928 843-BK
928 846-BK
928 848-BK
928 898-BK
928 900-BK
928 902-BK
928 899-BK
928 901-BK
928 903-BK
928 955-BK
928 957-BK
928 959-BK
928 956-BK
928 958-BK
928 960-BK
929 010-BK
929 012-BK
929 014-BK
929 011-BK
929 013-BK
929 015-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
626.00
519.00
721.00
604.00
840.00
725.00
958.00
840.00
928 849-BK
929 666-BK
928 851-BK
928 850-BK
929 667-BK
928 853-BK
928 904-BK
929 668-BK
928 906-BK
928 905-BK
929 669-BK
928 907-BK
928 961-BK
929 671-BK
928 963-BK
928 962-BK
929 672-BK
928 964-BK
929 016-BK
929 673-BK
929 019-BK
929 017-BK
929 674-BK
929 020-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
747.00
617.00
856.00
738.00
1010.00
879.00
1155.00
1030.00
928 854-BK
928 856-BK
928 858-BK
928 855-BK
928 857-BK
928 859-BK
928 908-BK
928 911-BK
928 913-BK
928 910-BK
928 912-BK
928 914-BK
928 965-BK
928 967-BK
928 970-BK
928 966-BK
928 969-BK
928 971-BK
929 021-BK
929 023-BK
929 025-BK
929 022-BK
929 024-BK
929 027-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
724.00
604.00
812.00
686.00
957.00
831.00
1090.00
960.00
928 861-BK
928 863-BK
928 865-BK
928 862-BK
928 864-BK
928 866-BK
928 915-BK
928 918-BK
928 920-BK
928 916-BK
928 919-BK
928 921-BK
928 972-BK
928 974-BK
928 977-BK
928 973-BK
928 975-BK
928 978-BK
929 028-BK
929 030-BK
929 032-BK
929 029-BK
929 031-BK
929 033-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
802.00
670.00
912.00
781.00
1075.00
942.00
1225.00
1095.00
928 867-BK
928 869-BK
928 871-BK
928 868-BK
928 870-BK
928 872-BK
928 922-BK
928 924-BK
928 927-BK
928 923-BK
928 926-BK
928 928-BK
928 979-BK
928 981-BK
928 983-BK
928 980-BK
928 982-BK
928 985-BK
929 035-BK
929 037-BK
929 039-BK
929 036-BK
929 038-BK
929 040-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
939.00
798.00
1090.00
955.00
1285.00
1145.00
1485.00
1380.00
928 873-BK
928 875-BK
928 877-BK
928 874-BK
928 876-BK
928 878-BK
928 929-BK
928 931-BK
928 934-BK
928 930-BK
928 932-BK
928 935-BK
928 986-BK
928 988-BK
928 990-BK
928 987-BK
928 989-BK
928 991-BK
929 041-BK
929 044-BK
929 046-BK
929 043-BK
929 045-BK
929 047-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
894.00
747.00
998.00
842.00
1190.00
1030.00
1340.00
1195.00
928 880-BK
928 882-BK
928 884-BK
928 881-BK
928 883-BK
928 885-BK
928 936-BK
928 938-BK
928 940-BK
928 937-BK
928 939-BK
928 942-BK
928 993-BK
928 995-BK
928 997-BK
928 994-BK
928 996-BK
928 998-BK
929 048-BK
929 051-BK
929 053-BK
929 049-BK
929 052-BK
929 054-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
989.00
829.00
1140.00
977.00
1325.00
1160.00
1520.00
1365.00
928 886-BK
929 675-BK
928 889-BK
928 888-BK
929 676-BK
928 890-BK
928 943-BK
929 677-BK
928 945-BK
928 944-BK
929 678-BK
928 946-BK
928 999-BK
929 679-BK
929 002-BK
929 001-BK
929 680-BK
929 003-BK
929 055-BK
929 681-BK
929 057-BK
929 056-BK
929 682-BK
929 058-BK
1160.00
1010.00
1340.00
1165.00
1600.00
1425.00
1845.00
1655.00
928 948-BK
928 951-BK
928 953-BK
2700
1500
Stand. unit
BLUE =
929 005-BK
929 007-BK
929 009-BK
66192
Cross beam length

Max. shelf load
Model
B Individual parts
Uprights, ready assembled
Uprights, horizontal and diagonal supports,
base plates and padding plates zinc plated.
Includes wall plugs.
Complete shelves
Box cross beams with zinc plated
removable shelves.
Cross beams available powder coated in
reseda green RAL 6011, flame red RAL 3000
or gentian blue RAL 5010.
Upright height
mm
2000
2500
3000
3600
4350
4700
Depth 600 mm
No.
g
929 059-BK
929 062-BK
929 065-BK
929 068-BK
929 072-BK
929 075-BK
111.30
126.40
148.60
176.70
204.50
222.00
Depth 800 mm
No.
g
929 060-BK
929 063-BK
929 066-BK
929 070-BK
929 073-BK
929 076-BK
119.70
136.00
160.40
181.90
214.00
235.00
Depth 1100 mm
No.
g
929 061-BK
929 064-BK
929 067-BK
929 071-BK
929 074-BK
929 078-BK
126.30
142.10
169.30
189.90
223.00
245.00
Length
mm
Max. shelf load
kg
Depth 600 mm reseda green RAL 6011
flame red RAL 3000
1350
750
1800
1000
2200
1250
2700
1500
929 079-BK
929 080-BK
929 081-BK
929 082-BK
929 083-BK
929 084-BK
929 086-BK
929 087-BK
929 088-BK
929 089-BK
929 090-BK
929 091-BK
g
flame red RAL 3000
119.70
139.30
176.30
209.00
929 092-BK
929 094-BK
929 095-BK
929 096-BK
929 097-BK
929 098-BK
929 099-BK
929 100-BK
929 101-BK
929 102-BK
929 103-BK
929 104-BK
g
Depth 1100 mm reseda green RAL 6011
flame red RAL 3000
134.00
162.00
205.00
241.50
929 105-BK
929 106-BK
929 683-BK
929 108-BK
929 109-BK
929 684-BK
929 110-BK
929 111-BK
929 685-BK
929 112-BK
929 113-BK
929 686-BK
163.80
205.00
251.50
302.00
Depth 800 mm
Longitudinal support beams without steps

for storing pallets
Powder coated, reseda green RAL 6011,
flame red RAL 3000 or gentian blue
RAL 5010.
Box cross beams for customer to fit

chipboard panels
Powder coated, reseda green RAL 6011,
flame red RAL 3000 or gentian blue
RAL 5010.
Level height
Hook-in grid 50 mm
Length
mm
Max. shelf load
kg
Colour
flame red RAL 3000
g / pair
1350
1500
1800
2300
2200
1900
2700
1550
2700
2300
929 128-BK
929 129-BK
929 130-BK
929 132-BK
929 133-BK
929 134-BK
929 135-BK
929 136-BK
929 137-BK
929 138-BK
929 139-BK
929 141-BK
929 142-BK
929 143-BK
929 144-BK
71.90
86.00
97.90
117.30
142.00
Length
mm
Max. shelf load
kg
Colour
flame red RAL 3000
g / pair
1350
1500
1800
2000
2200
1800
2700
1500
929 114-BK
929 116-BK
929 117-BK
929 118-BK
929 119-BK
929 120-BK
929 121-BK
929 122-BK
929 124-BK
929 125-BK
929 126-BK
929 127-BK
67.00
96.10
105.80
126.40
L-shaped collision protection
U-shaped collision protection
For 2 sided protection of the corners of uprights.

Designed to German standard ZH 1/428.
Additional safety provided by 400 mm overlap.
Powder coated signal yellow RAL 1003.
Safety colours compliant with DIN 4844.
Covered with adhesive black/yellow film.
Includes 2 floor anchors.
For 3 sided protection of the shelf uprights.

Designed to German standard ZH 1/428.
Additional safety provided by 400 mm overlap.
Powder coated signal yellow RAL 1003.
Safety colours compliant with DIN 4844.
Covered with adhesive black/yellow film.
Includes 4 floor anchors.
929 145-BK
929 146-BK
57.50
63.30
Complete shelf units

As shown
Consists of 3 uprights, 6 complete shelf
levels with removable steel shelf panels,
length 2700 mm.
Max. load per level 1500 kg.
H x L x D 2500 x 5610 x 800 mm.
1365.00
g
No. 929 147-BK
Additional extension shelf unit
No. 929 148-BK
g 729.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
66193
66193
Consisting of 1 upright and 3 shelves,

overall length 2770 mm.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
229
Aluminium boltless shelving units

Each with four shelves
Ideal for large kitchens, catering,

canteens, cold storage rooms etc.
Simple plug-in assembly due to low
weight
Easy to clean for stringent hygienic
requirements
Good price/performance ratio
Flawless construction
Practical polystyrene grid shelves
which can be easily removed and
cleaned in the dishwasher
Shelves in three designs:
smooth aluminium
aluminium grid
polystyrene grid
Uprights made of special anodised

aluminium rectangular tubing, 25 x 25 mm.
Adjustable threaded feet for levelling on
uneven surfaces.
Corner connectors enable the extension
shelf unit to be used as a corner unit
(max. shelf load 30 %).
150 mm adjustment grid.
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf unit widths
Shelf unit depths
100 / 150 kg
600 kg
1800 mm
800 1200 mm
400 645 mm

Smooth aluminium
External dimensions
Shelf width
No. 517 031-BK
750
smooth
aluminium
Max. shelf load
g 23.20
Polystyrene grid
mm
Shelf type
Aluminium grid
Cross brace
Included with standard shelf unit.
Please order separately for every third
extension shelf unit.
Standard shelf unit

Shelf width + 50 mm
Shelf depth + 60 mm
Shelf width + 25 mm
Shelf depth + 60 mm
Designs of shelves
950
aluminium
grid
polystyrene
grid
smooth
aluminium
1150
aluminium
grid
polystyrene
grid
smooth
aluminium
aluminium
grid
polystyrene
grid
kg
150
150
150
150
150
150
100
150
150
Shelf depth
standard shelf unit
No.
g
604 221-BK
604 242-BK
604 261-BK
604 228-BK
604 248-BK
604 268-BK
604 235-BK
604 254-BK
516 994-BK
289.00
302.50
276.50
327.50
333.00
294.50
344.00
369.00
319.50
340 mm aluminium
385 mm polystyrene
No.
g
604 222-BK
604 243-BK
604 262-BK
604 229-BK
604 249-BK
604 269-BK
604 236-BK
604 255-BK
516 995-BK
207.00
219.50
194.40
245.50
249.00
211.00
262.50
287.00
237.00
No.
g / pack
517 001-BK
517 012-BK
517 022-BK
517 005-BK
517 015-BK
517 025-BK
517 008-BK
517 018-BK
517 028-BK
extra shelves,
pack of 2
73.80
80.20
67.50
93.00
95.00
76.00
101.50
114.10
88.70
Shelf depth
standard shelf unit
No.
g
604 223-BK
604 244-BK
604 263-BK
604 230-BK
604 250-BK
604 270-BK
604 237-BK
604 256-BK
516 997-BK
319.50
319.50
290.00
348.50
361.00
323.50
441.50
399.00
333.00
440 mm aluminium
485 mm polystyrene
No.
g
604 225-BK
604 245-BK
604 264-BK
604 231-BK
604 251-BK
516 991-BK
604 238-BK
604 257-BK
516 998-BK
232.00
232.00
202.50
262.50
275.00
237.00
355.00
312.50
245.50
No.
g / pack
517 002-BK
517 013-BK
517 023-BK
517 006-BK
517 016-BK
517 026-BK
517 009-BK
517 019-BK
517 029-BK
extra shelves,
pack of 2
84.50
84.50
69.70
99.30
105.60
86.70
145.90
124.60
90.80
Shelf depth
standard shelf unit
No.
g
604 226-BK
604 246-BK
604 265-BK
604 233-BK
604 252-BK
516 992-BK
604 239-BK
604 258-BK
516 999-BK
357.00
357.00
306.50
399.00
399.00
340.00
484.00
445.50
378.00
540 mm aluminium
585 mm polystyrene
No.
g
604 227-BK
604 247-BK
604 266-BK
604 234-BK
604 253-BK
516 993-BK
604 241-BK
604 260-BK
517 000-BK
264.50
264.50
213.50
306.50
306.50
247.50
390.50
352.50
285.00
No.
g / pack
517 004-BK
517 014-BK
517 024-BK
517 007-BK
517 017-BK
517 027-BK
517 010-BK
517 021-BK
517 030-BK
97.20
97.20
71.80
118.30
118.30
88.70
160.50
141.60
107.80
Corner connectors for aluminium shelves (smooth and grid)

Pack of 8
No.
g / pack
517 032-BK
517 032-BK
517 032-BK
517 032-BK
33.75
33.75
517 032-BK
33.75
517 032-BK
33.75
33.75
33.75
Corner connectors for polystyrene grid shelves

Pack of 8
No.
g / pack
517 033-BK
517 033-BK
extra shelves,
pack of 2
33.75
33.75
BLUE =
517 033-BK
33.75
109646
109646
Accessories
Aluminium shelving units Stainless steel shelving units
Stainless steel
shelving units
Made of 1.4301 stainless steel
Resistant to heat, cold, moisture and many

chemicals
Easy to clean and disinfect, also with high pressure
and steam cleaning devices
Ideal for large kitchens, catering, medical
institutions, laboratories and cold storage
Not suitable for use in environments

with corrosive vapours.
Shelf width / standard shelf unit width
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
120 kg
1000 kg
1800 mm
640 940 mm
440 540 mm
mm
Shelf type
Shelf depth 440 mm
Shelfunitdepth500 mm

load distribution. Additional shelves may be used if
the specified max. bay load is observed.

Shelf depth 540 mm
Shelfunitdepth600 mm
Optimum space utilisation with 3 widths, 2 depths and

corner shelf units.
Easy assembly with boltless plug-in system, pre-assembled uprights, integrated shelf supports in 140 mm grid,
height adjustable plastic feet.
All shelving units are supplied with 4 shelves.
See table for extra shelves.
External dimensions
Width = shelf width + 30 mm per upright profile
Depth=shelf depth + 30 mm per upright profile
200 kg
1200 kg
1500 2500 mm
1100 mm
400 800 mm
740 / 800
940 / 1000
smooth
perforated
smooth
perforated
smooth
perforated
standard unit
No.
g
587 672-BK
587 729-BK
587 745-BK
587 761-BK
587 796-BK
587 826-BK
407.50
432.50
439.00
461.00
477.00
493.50
extension unit
No.
g
588 350-BK
588 377-BK
588 393-BK
588 415-BK
588 431-BK
588 466-BK
299.00
318.00
336.50
353.50
366.00
373.50
extra shelf
No.
g
858 145-BK
858 153-BK
858 161-BK
858 188-BK
858 196-BK
858 218-BK
61.50
70.40
65.80
74.00
74.80
82.10
corner extn. shelf unit No.

g
600 202-BK
600 229-BK
600 245-BK
600 261-BK
600 296-BK
600 369-BK
297.00
319.50
314.00
331.50
342.00
369.50
extra corner shelf
No.
g
858 226-BK
858 234-BK
858 242-BK
858 250-BK
858 269-BK
858 277-BK
63.80
72.80
68.60
76.50
77.10
85.60
standard unit
No.
g
588 687-BK
588 822-BK
588 849-BK
588 865-BK
588 881-BK
588 911-BK
439.50
461.00
456.50
475.00
521.00
544.00
extension unit
No.
g
589 063-BK
589 098-BK
589 128-BK
589 144-BK
589 160-BK
589 187-BK
329.50
343.00
329.00
354.00
397.00
421.50
extra shelf
No.
g
858 285-BK
858 293-BK
858 307-BK
858 315-BK
858 323-BK
858 331-BK
68.30
77.70
74.60
82.60
80.20
90.50
corner extn. shelf unit No.

g
602 833-BK
602 868-BK
602 884-BK
602 906-BK
602 922-BK
602 949-BK
329.00
346.50
340.00
358.00
382.50
399.50
extra corner shelf
No.
g
858 358-BK
858 366-BK
858 374-BK
858 382-BK
858 390-BK
69.20
77.80
74.80
82.90
84.90
858 404BK
No.
g
603 163-BK
603 163-BK
603 376-BK
603 376-BK
603 414-BK
603 414-BK
17.65
17.65
18.20
18.20
18.50
18.50
Accessories
Diagonal brace
Required for every 2nd extension shelf unit
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
640 / 700

Bolt-together shelving system

Bolt-together assembly without diagonal
struts. Stabilised with corner panels and
connection plates. Accessible from both
sides.
High storage capacity due to large

shelves, close fitting connection between
standard and extension shelving units and
precision 25 mm height adjustment grid.
Not suitable for use in environments with

corrosive vapours.
Shelf
width x depth mm
Model
1100 x 400
1100 x 500
1100 x 600
1100 x 800
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit

No.
g
702 880-BK
702 881-BK
702 882-BK
702 883-BK
702 884-BK
702 885-BK
702 886-BK
702 887-BK
536.00
470.50
597.00
538.00
666.00
602.00
795.00
741.00

No.
g
159 581-BK
159 638-BK
159 735-BK
159 921-BK
160 091-BK
160 105-BK
159 050-BK
159 123-BK
750.00
637.00
833.00
710.00
916.00
794.00
1080.00
957.00

No.
g
160 717-BK
160 806-BK
160 830-BK
160 881-BK
160 903-BK
160 962-BK
159 174-BK
159 182-BK
920.00
766.00
1020.00
860.00
1115.00
963.00
1310.00
1155.00
No.
g
161 357-BK
161 357-BK
161 454-BK
161 454-BK
161 500-BK
161 500-BK
159 204-BK
159 204-BK
103.20
103.20
119.70
119.70
138.20
138.20
170.30
170.30
Extra shelf
with screws
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122703
122703
Accessories
231
6
Combination boltless
shelving
The modular solution for every
storage problem
Super quick plug-in assembly

rubber mallet suffices
Available as complete shelving unit

with 16 mm thick chipboard shelves or
as components for individual solutions
With shelf support beams in 8 lengths
you can have any desired shelf width
and depth
Extremely stable due to patented
clamp plug-in connection
All metal parts plastic coated in pebble
grey RAL 7032
Complete shelving units

Includes shelves made from 16 mm
chipboard (qty. according to table),
4 shelf connectors and 4 plastic feet.
Feet increase the stand height by 1 mm.
Only standard shelving model.
Max. shelf load

460 kg
Max. bay load
2760 kg
1981 + 2438 mm
Shelf width
743 1231 mm
Shelf depth
316 621 mm
The specified max. load values
are applicable with uniform load
distribution.
mm
743
926
1027
1231
kg
460 / 2760
Complete shelf unit
Extra shelves
335 / 2010
Complete shelf unit
Extra shelves
275 / 1650
Complete shelf unit
Extra shelves
200 / 1200
Complete shelf unit
Extra shelves
Shelf capacity / bay capacity

Model
Height 1981 mm
overall depth 316 mm
5 shelves
Height 2438 mm
6 shelves
No.
g
720 802-BK
720 811-BK
720 819-BK
720 827-BK
720 837-BK
720 846-BK
720 855-BK
138.80
20.15
147.10
21.50
156.80
23.50
169.60
26.15
No.
g
720 803-BK
720 812-BK
720 820-BK
720 829-BK
720 838-BK
720 847-BK
720 856-BK
720 865-BK
144.90
20.95
158.00
22.55
164.70
25.15
181.70
28.40
No.
g
720 804-BK
720 813-BK
720 821-BK
720 830-BK
720 839-BK
720 848-BK
720 857-BK
720 866-BK
156.80
22.85
174.50
25.05
186.50
28.00
208.00
31.80
No.
g
720 805-BK
720 814-BK
720 822-BK
720 831-BK
720 840-BK
720 849-BK
720 858-BK
720 867-BK
177.10
27.45
210.50
29.85
224.50
33.30
258.00
39.10
No.
g
720 806-BK
720 811-BK
720 823-BK
720 827-BK
720 841-BK
720 846-BK
720 859-BK
720 864-BK
154.40
20.15
175.80
21.50
188.30
23.50
202.50
26.15
No.
g
720 807-BK
720 812-BK
720 824-BK
720 829-BK
720 842-BK
720 847-BK
720 861-BK
720 865-BK
170.90
20.95
187.30
22.55
197.60
25.15
222.00
28.40
No.
g
720 808-BK
720 813-BK
720 825-BK
720 830-BK
720 843-BK
720 848-BK
720 862-BK
720 866-BK
187.00
22.85
205.00
25.05
225.00
28.00
248.00
31.80
No.
g
720 809-BK
720 814-BK
720 826-BK
720 831-BK
720 845-BK
720 849-BK
720 863-BK
720 867-BK
220.00
27.45
247.00
29.85
266.00
33.30
293.00
39.10
Upright profiles
32 x 32 x 2 mm.
2 lengths, can be shortened if necessary.
Pack of 4.
Components for individual solutions

Shelf units, worktables, sub-structures all according to your
requirements. You provide the 16 mm chipboard panels.
Shelf support beams
2 mm thick. For use along length and width.
Pack of 8.
Length
mm
No.
g / pack
mm
No.
g / pack
32 mm
124355
2438
720 873-BK
45.85
52.00
305
366
457
610
732
915
1016
1220
720 876-BK
720 877-BK
720 878-BK
720 880-BK
720 881-BK
720 882-BK
720 883-BK
26.45
28.70
32.10
36.45
46.20
51.90
59.60
64.60
Shelving connectors
A shelf gap of 8 mm arises
when used.
Pack of 4
32
mm
No. 720 884-BK

g / pack 11.85
34
mm
Plastic feet
Increase the upright height
by 1 mm.
Pack of 4
mm
32
76 mm
1981
720 872-BK
720 875-BK
mm
34
15 mm
Length
720 864-BK
No. 720 885-BK

g / pack 4.80
BLUE =
124355
Overall shelf unit width
Boltless shelving
SPECIAL OFFER
Heavy duty shelving unit

Complete with 16 mm chipboard shelves
mm
1231
1536
1841
2146
2450
kg
kg
2400
480
2400
480
2400
480
2000
400
2000
400
overall depth
468 mm
No.
g
929 747-BK
929 748-BK
929 749-BK
929 750-BK
929 752-BK
194.60
242.00
282.00
303.50
317.50
overall depth
621 mm
No.
g
929 753-BK
929 754-BK
929 755-BK
929 756-BK
929 757-BK
210.50
264.00
306.00
329.50
353.00
overall depth
773 mm
No.
g
929 758-BK
929 759-BK
929 761-BK
929 762-BK
929 763-BK
226.50
284.00
329.00
355.00
383.00
overall depth
926 mm
No.
g
929 764-BK
929 765-BK
929 766-BK
929 767-BK
929 768-BK
242.00
305.50
353.00
381.50
410.50
overall depth
468 mm
No.
g
929 774-BK
929 775-BK
929 776-BK
929 777-BK
929 779-BK
242.50
311.00
364.00
394.50
423.00
overall depth
621 mm
No.
g
929 780-BK
929 781-BK
929 782-BK
929 783-BK
929 784-BK
266.00
341.50
398.00
429.00
461.00
overall depth
773 mm
No.
g
929 785-BK
929 787-BK
929 788-BK
929 789-BK
929 790-BK
284.50
366.50
427.50
462.00
498.00
overall depth
926 mm
No.
g
929 791-BK
929 792-BK
929 793-BK
929 795-BK
929 796-BK
306.00
397.50
458.50
497.00
535.00
overall depth
621 mm
No.
g
929 797-BK
929 798-BK
929 799-BK
929 800-BK
929 801-BK
332.00
421.00
491.50
531.00
572.00
overall depth
773 mm
No.
g
929 802-BK
929 803-BK
929 804-BK
929 805-BK
929 806-BK
357.00
455.50
530.00
573.00
617.00
overall depth
926 mm
No.
g
929 807-BK
929 809-BK
929 810-BK
929 811-BK
929 812-BK
384.00
490.00
570.00
616.00
668.00
overall depth
468 mm
No.
g
929 819-BK
929 820-BK
929 821-BK
929 822-BK
929 823-BK
46.80
65.60
80.60
89.20
97.50
overall depth
621 mm
No.
g
929 825-BK
929 826-BK
929 827-BK
929 828-BK
929 829-BK
52.70
73.90
89.70
98.80
107.90
Shelf connectors
Pack of 4.
overall depth
773 mm
No.
g
929 830-BK
929 831-BK
929 833-BK
929 834-BK
929 835-BK
57.90
81.50
98.50
108.80
117.90
No. 929 741-BK
overall depth
926 mm
No.
g
929 836-BK
929 837-BK
929 838-BK
929 839-BK
929 841-BK
64.90
89.50
107.60
116.70
129.30
Super quick plug-in / clamp assembly with hard

rubber mallet or nylon hammer
All steel parts with high quality electrostatic wet
paint-work
Racks
Very rigid steel angle profile, 48 x 48 x 2 mm, capri blue
RAL 5019. With plastic feet, increases the upright height
by 1 mm.
Shelving levels
Longitudinal and cross profiles made of angle irons.
Complete with 16 mm chipboard shelves.
Height adjustment grid 38 mm.
Total width
Max. bay load
Max. shelf load
Height 1981 mm
3 shelves
Height 2438 mm
4 shelves
Height 3048 mm
5 shelves
Basic shelf unit model
124356
You can connect 2 shelf units to each other with 4 shelf

connectors. When the shelf connectors are used a gap of
12 mm results between the shelf units. You can use the
shelf connectors to make shelf rows and shelf blocks.
If required, please order the connectors separately.
g / pack 13.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Accessories
Additional shelf level
complete set
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124356
Max. shelf load

480 kg
Max. bay load
2400 kg
1981 3048 mm
Shelf width
1231 2450 mm
Shelf depth
468 926 mm
The bearing capacities apply with even load
distribution.
233
6
Tyre shelving units
For protective and organised storage
of tyres and wheels with 578 642 mm
All components are zinc plated

Overall shelf unit depth

435 mm
Standard unit width
1060 / 1560 mm
Extension unit width
1010 / 1510 mm
Bay width
1000 + 1500 mm
Max. load per storage level
150 kg
25 mm
Bay width
mm
The max. loads specified apply with uniform load distribution. Additional storage
levels may be used if the specified max.
1000
Model
1500
Stand. unit
Ext. unit
Stand. unit
Ext. unit
Height 2000 mm
No.
3 storage levels, max. bay load 600 kg g
715 541-BK
715 542-BK
715 543-BK
715 544-BK
119.90
85.60
134.10
98.30
Height 2500 mm
No.
715 545-BK
715 546-BK
715 547-BK
715 548-BK
160.50
112.10
171.90
127.50
Height 3000 mm
No.
715 550-BK
715 551-BK
715 552-BK
715 553-BK
187.90
136.50
205.50
159.80
715 554-BK
715 554-BK
715 555-BK
715 555-BK
17.35
17.35
21.20
21.20
Accessory
Cross beams
No.
g / pair
Trough shelving units

Clean storage of drums containing
liquids in welded trough shelves
Zinc plated model

The shelf troughs have 50 mm raised edges on

all sides, folding outwards and tightly welded.
1000 + 1300 mm
200 kg
25 mm
Trough depth
mm
Overall shelving unit depth

Trough
width
1000 mm
Trough
width
1300 mm
The leakproof trough shelves

ensure that no liquid leaks onto
underlying shelves.
The max. loads specified apply with uniform load distribution. Additional shelves
may be used if the specified max. bay load
is observed.
400
500
600
mm
435
535
635
Unit height 2000 mm

5 trough shelves
Standard unit
width 1060 mm
No.
g
715 556-BK
715 559-BK
715 566-BK
382.50
399.00
410.00
Extension unit
width 1010 mm
No.
g
715 558-BK
715 560-BK
715 567-BK
347.50
364.50
373.00
Unit height 2500 mm

6 trough shelves
Standard unit
width 1060 mm
No.
g
715 561-BK
715 563-BK
715 568-BK
460.00
476.50
489.50
Extension unit
width 1010 mm
No.
g
715 562-BK
715 564-BK
715 569-BK
414.00
430.00
444.50
Trough shelf with shelf supports
No.
g
188 433-BK
188 468-BK
704 308-BK
55.20
57.40
59.20
Unit height 2000 mm

5 trough shelves
Standard unit
width 1360 mm
No.
g
736 590-BK
736 592-BK
736 594-BK
413.50
429.50
446.50
Extension unit
width 1310 mm
No.
g
736 591-BK
736 593-BK
736 595-BK
380.50
393.50
414.00
Unit height 2500 mm

6 trough shelves
Standard unit
width 1360 mm
No.
g
736 596-BK
736 599-BK
736 602-BK
494.50
513.00
530.00
Extension unit
width 1310 mm
No.
g
736 598-BK
736 601-BK
736 603-BK
447.50
464.00
484.00
No.
g
736 604-BK
736 605-BK
736 606-BK
59.20
64.40
65.20
Trough shelf with shelf supports
BLUE =
66856
Trough shelf width

Max. load per shelf
Tyre and trough shelving Inclined shelving units Compartment shelving units
Boltless sloping
shelf units
For quick access directly at
the workstation
Shelf unit width
Standard unit approx. 1060 / 1360 mm
Extension unit 1010 / 1310 mm
Max. shelf load
100 kg
Max. bay load
500 kg
Shelf unit height
2000 mm
Shelf width
1000 + 1300 mm
Shelf depth
600 mm
Shelf unit depth
535 mm
Additional inclined shelves may be
used if the specified max. bay load is
observed.
Shelf width
mm
Model
Standard shelf unit
1000
1300
zinc plated
light grey
RAL 7035
zinc plated
light grey
RAL 7035
No.
g
612 148-BK
612 150-BK
706 866-BK
612 152-BK
173.60
223.00
211.00
264.00
No.
g
612 149-BK
612 151-BK
706 867-BK
612 153-BK
140.70
178.50
176.20
224.00
No.
g
612 192-BK
612 193-BK
706 869-BK
612 194-BK
35.30
44.50
46.80
58.30
3 inclined shelves, 25 mm adjustment grid,

angle of inclination approx. 34.
55 mm high cross beams serve as end-stop at front.
Accessories
Additional inclined shelf
Compartment
and bulk material
shelving
For optimised storage of small
parts with permanent stock
control
Zinc plated
Shelf unit width

Standard shelf unit approx. 1060 mm
extension shelf unit approx. 1010 mm
1 Compartment shelf units

With rear and side panels.
8 shelves with clearance height of approx.
235 mm. 21 shelf partitions with plug-in
pins, adjustable in 50 mm increments.
2 Bulk material shelf units

7 shelves.
6 fitted trays, height 200 mm.
Front part 110 mm high. 12 shelf partitions,
adjustable in 50 mm increments.
Diagonal cross brace or struts on back.
1
Comp. shelf units
Shelf
Model
2
max. shelf load 200 kg
width x depth mm
No.
g
1
1000 x 300
stand. unit
extn. unit
1000 x 400
stand. unit
extn. unit
1000 x 500
stand. unit
extn. unit
1000 x 600
stand. unit
extn. unit
706 992-BK
706 993-BK
706 994-BK
706 995-BK
706 996-BK
706 997-BK
612 155-BK
612 156-BK
509.00
438.00
542.00
470.50
580.00
505.00
707.00
616.00
707 004-BK
707 004-BK
707 005-BK
707 005-BK
707 006-BK
707 006-BK
612 159-BK
612 159-BK
6.65
6.65
7.05
7.05
7.55
7.55
9.10
9.10
Accessories
Shelf partition, extra
200 kg
1200 kg
2000 mm
1000 mm
300 600 mm
shelf depth + 35 mm

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Bulk material
shelf units
Shelf
Model
max. shelf load 125 kg

width x depth mm
No.
g
2
1000 x 300
stand. unit
extn. unit
1000 x 400
stand. unit
extn. unit
1000 x 500
stand. unit
extn. unit
1000 x 600
stand. unit
extn. unit
706 998-BK
706 999-BK
707 000-BK
707 001-BK
707 002-BK
707 003-BK
612 157-BK
612 158-BK
413.00
373.50
443.00
401.50
470.50
430.00
559.00
514.00
869 953-BK
869 953-BK
869 961-BK
869 961-BK
869 988-BK
869 988-BK
612 160-BK
612 160-BK
4.80
4.80
5.15
5.15
5.50
5.50
5.50
5.50
Accessories
Shelf partition, extra
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
101266
101266
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
Shelf unit depth
No.
g
235
6
Sheet racks
For sheet steel, wooden and plastic boards
Plug-in partitioning frames made of tubular
steel with screw stop.
Sheet steel base plates with guides and
For format
g
No. 712 060-BK
min. mm
max. mm
80 x 120
1600 x 1600
mm
mm
kg
mm
5
1600 x 480 x 1000
50
300
2 x 120 / 1 x 385 / 1 x 640 / 2 x 900
mm
kg/dm3
4
9
Compartments
Compartment width
Max. shelf load
Bar height
399.00
Suitable for panel thickness of up to

Materials with a specific weight of up to
rectangular tubes to keep loaded material

secure. Zinc plated base plates and bars.
712 060-BK
No.
g
399.00
Sheet racks
For large boards made of wood, metal and plastic
One front side with smooth running steel
roller for inserting and removing panels.
Plug-in divider bar made of tubular steel.
For format
Sheet steel shelves with panel guides.

Base, bars and rollers zinc plated.
min. mm
max. mm
2000 x 1000
3000 x 2000
6
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
2030 x 560
1000
2030 x 800
1000
2030 x 800
1000
Compartment width
Max. shelf load
Bar height
mm
kg
mm
45
1000
900
85
750
900
45
1000
900
mm
kg/dm3
4
9
4
9
712 230-BK
712 370-BK
712 400-BK
921.00
1035.00
1150.00
Compartments
Suitable for panel thickness of up to

Materials with a specific weight of up to
No.
g
2000 x 1000
3000 x 2000
2000 x 1000
3000 x 2000
Sheet material trucks
For 300, 600 and 900 mm high tubular

frame
Maximum 7 bars 6 compartments are
possible
With impact resistant and scratchproof
zinc plated platform
Welded angular steel construction.

2 swivel and 2 fixed castors, swivel
castors with wheel stops. Solid rubber
tyres, roller bearings. Powder coated as
Available in all RAL colours on request.
Max. load
kg
500
Platform
Platform height
Bar clearance space
Wheel
mm
mm
mm
mm
1250 x 800
280
90
200
Without bar
No.
g
929 858-BK
Tubular bar
Height 300 mm
No.
g
929 860-BK
Tubular bar
Height 600 mm
No.
g
929 861-BK
Tubular bar
Height 900 mm
No.
g
929 862-BK
358.50
Accessories
20.00
25.95
28.95
Sheet metal storage box

For space-saving storage of sheet steel panels up to
1500 x 3000 mm
External dimensions
127031
Compartment size
Feed side with continuous, zinc plated

steel roller.
Height mm
Width x depth mm
1250
1100 x 2000
1500
1100 x 2500
1750
1100 x 3000
Height mm
Width mm
1150
100
1400
100
1650
100
747 696-BK
718 943-BK
718 944-BK
692.00
1230.00
1560.00
No.
g
BLUE =
127031
Vertical storage of standard formats

1000 x 2000 mm, 1250 x 2500 mm and
1500 x 3000 mm. Sturdy frame construction
with 7 feeds. All parts polyurethane
coated, gentian blue RAL 5010.
Sheet material shelving Sheet material trucks Bolt-together shelving
Light duty bolttogether shelving

Good use of space
2 shelf widths 5 heights 2 depths
Zinc plated or zinc plated and
additionally powder coated coated in
light grey RAL 7035
Shelves
Made of sheet steel. 25 mm high.
Depth 300 mm with back stop.
Depth 600 mm with plug-in central
stop bar.
Top shelves without end stop, edge on all
sides.
Uprights
With angled footplate. Shelves height
Compartment dividers and back panels
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
The max. load applies with uniform load

distribution.
Complete offer
See right illustration. Shelf unit with
18 shelves. All parts zinc plated.
H x W x D 1850 x 3000 x 300 mm, shelf
width 1000 mm.
g
No. 770 507-BK

279.00
Shelf labels can be found on pages

254 and 255.
Single sided
Model
Max. shelf load
Shelf width x depth
Version
Zinc plated
Light grey
RAL 7035
Zinc plated
and
additionally
powder
coated
60 / 90 kg
810 kg
1500 2900 mm
750 + 1000 mm
300 + 600 mm
kg
mm
Double sided
60
750 x 300
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
90
1000 x 300
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
750 x 600
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
1000 x 600
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
300 kg single
450 kg double
No.
g
702 913-BK
702 918-BK
702 905-BK
702 906-BK
703 160-BK
703 165-BK
702 909-BK
87.90
71.90
96.00
79.20
136.50
118.00
152.70
135.40
Max. bay load
360 kg single
540 kg double
No.
g
702 914-BK
702 920-BK
769 762-BK
769 878-BK
703 161-BK
703 166-BK
769 819-BK
769 304-BK
108.10
87.20
115.70
96.10
167.80
144.90
187.80
164.10

7 shelves
Max. bay load
420 kg single
630 kg double
No.
g
702 915-BK
702 921-BK
769 770-BK
769 886-BK
703 162-BK
703 167-BK
769 827-BK
769 916-BK
129.90
104.10
140.90
112.10
199.80
171.30
224.00
192.70

8 shelves
Max. bay load
480 kg single
720 kg double
No.
g
702 916-BK
702 922-BK
769 789-BK
769 894-BK
703 163-BK
703 169-BK
769 835-BK
769 924-BK
150.70
120.60
163.20
135.30
229.50
196.60
258.50
222.00

9 shelves
Max. bay load
540 kg single
810 kg double
No.
g
702 917-BK
702 923-BK
769 797-BK
769 908-BK
703 164-BK
703 170-BK
769 843-BK
769 932-BK
172.70
136.00
187.00
149.70
265.00
223.00
293.50
254.00

5 shelves
Max. bay load
300 kg single
450 kg double
No.
g
702 925-BK
702 931-BK
702 907-BK
702 908-BK
703 172-BK
703 178-BK
702 911-BK
702 912-BK
115.20
93.00
124.00
103.00
192.20
168.70
207.00
182.40

6 shelves
Max. bay load
360 kg single
540 kg double
No.
g
702 926-BK
702 932-BK
769 940-BK
770 035-BK
703 173-BK
703 179-BK
769 983-BK
770 094-BK
141.20
112.10
150.70
123.00
229.50
204.50
250.50
224.00

7 shelves
Max. bay load
420 kg single
630 kg double
No.
g
702 928-BK
703 156-BK
769 959-BK
770 043-BK
703 174-BK
703 180-BK
769 991-BK
770 108-BK
166.30
134.00
177.20
144.90
272.50
240.00
296.50
260.50

8 shelves
Max. bay load
480 kg single
720 kg double
No.
g
702 929-BK
703 157-BK
769 320-BK
770 051-BK
703 175-BK
703 181-BK
770 000-BK
770 116-BK
193.80
160.50
207.00
167.90
318.00
274.50
342.50
299.00

9 shelves
Max. bay load
540 kg single
810 kg double
No.
g
702 930-BK
703 158-BK
769 967-BK
770 078-BK
703 177-BK
703 182-BK
770 019-BK
770 124-BK
219.50
175.20
238.50
191.30
363.50
313.00
389.50
340.00
No.
g
702 924-BK
702 924-BK
769 800-BK
769 800-BK
703 171-BK
703 171-BK
769 851-BK
769 851-BK
11.70
11.70
13.70
13.70
22.45
22.45
24.90
24.90
No.
g
703 159-BK
703 159-BK
769 975-BK
769 975-BK
703 183-BK
703 183-BK
770 027-BK
770 027-BK
16.30
16.30
17.35
17.35
30.40
30.40
33.35
33.35

5 shelves
Max. bay load

6 shelves
702 910-BK
Additional bolts
Complete with screws
zinc plated
66040
light grey RAL 7035
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66040
Accessory
237
Bolt-together shelves in
heavy-duty design are shown on
facing page 240 - 242.
Bolt-together shelving light duty applications
4 heights
5 depths
Galvanised or galvanised and
powder coated in light grey RAL 7035
Shelves
Excellent resistance to distortion because
of closed corners. Enclosed all round with
C-shaped, triple protection edging,
40 mm high.
Angle uprights
With angled footplate. Shelf height can
be adjusted in increments of 25 mm.
Corner plates provide extra stability.
Max. load per shelf

125 kg
Total max. load
875 kg
Height
1500 3000 mm
Width
1000 + 1300 mm
Depth
300 800 mm
The loading capacities apply to an
Extra shelves can be added provided
the total max. load is not exceeded.
Shelf width 1000 mm
Model
Galvanised
1000 x 400
1000 x 500
1000 x 600
1000 x 800
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
No.
g
697 346-BK
697 354-BK
697 451-BK
697 478-BK
205 028-BK
205 036-BK
205 133-BK
205 141-BK
867 519-BK
867 527-BK
79.90
65.80
108.10
87.90
117.50
98.20
127.40
107.00
150.70
135.40
No.
g
697 362-BK
697 370-BK
697 486-BK
697 494-BK
205 044-BK
205 052-BK
205 168-BK
205 176-BK
867 535-BK
867 543-BK
95.80
79.90
134.10
107.40
143.90
120.50
152.90
134.10
177.20
161.30
No.
g
697 389-BK
697 397-BK
697 508-BK
697 516-BK
205 060-BK
205 079-BK
205 184-BK
205 192-BK
867 551-BK
867 578-BK
114.80
95.00
153.10
135.40
182.40
149.60
197.30
164.10
229.50
199.30
No.
g
697 400-BK
697 419-BK
697 524-BK
697 532-BK
205 087-BK
205 095-BK
205 206-BK
205 214-BK
867 586-BK
867 594-BK
182.30
141.40
199.90
158.80
217.50
177.20
229.50
192.80
272.50
237.50
1 extra shelf
with bolts
No.
g
697 427-BK
697 427-BK
697 540-BK
697 540-BK
204 986-BK
204 986-BK
205 109-BK
205 109-BK
867 608-BK
867 608-BK
15.15
15.15
18.00
18.00
20.65
20.65
23.05
23.05
28.80
28.80
Height 1500 mm, 4 shelves,
No.
g
697 575-BK
697 583-BK
697 699-BK
697 702-BK
204 439-BK
204 447-BK
204 560-BK
204 579-BK
867 616-BK
867 624-BK
113.70
88.40
125.60
101.40
138.30
112.10
150.70
124.10
177.20
150.70
No.
g
697 591-BK
697 605-BK
697 710-BK
697 729-BK
204 455-BK
204 463-BK
204 587-BK
204 595-BK
867 632-BK
867 640-BK
139.00
108.80
152.90
123.10
168.20
139.00
182.40
160.50
215.50
187.00
No.
g
697 613-BK
697 621-BK
697 737-BK
697 745-BK
204 471-BK
204 498-BK
204 609-BK
204 617-BK
867 659-BK
867 667-BK
177.20
136.50
195.40
160.50
212.50
171.80
229.00
190.70
269.50
234.00
No.
g
697 648-BK
697 656-BK
697 753-BK
697 761-BK
204 501-BK
204 528-BK
204 625-BK
204 633-BK
867 675-BK
867 683-BK
212.00
161.90
229.50
182.40
254.50
203.50
272.50
223.00
319.00
269.00
No.
g
697 664-BK
697 664-BK
697 788-BK
697 788-BK
204 404-BK
204 404-BK
204 536-BK
204 536-BK
867 691-BK
867 691-BK
17.25
17.25
20.30
20.30
23.00
23.00
26.15
26.15
32.05
32.05
Height 1500 mm, 4shelves,
total max. load 500 kg


66336
1000 x 300
Stand. unit
Light grey
RAL 7035.
Galvanised
and powder
coated.
mm


1 extra shelf
with bolts
BLUE =
66336
Shelf width x depth
Bolt-together shelving units
Complete shelf units

Shelf width 1300 mm, depth 500 mm,
zinc plated.
Construction: standard and extension
shelf unit. Shelf unit height 2000 mm with
5 shelves each.
Max. bay load 625 kg.
Model
Shelves
Shelf width
mm
No.
10
2600
15
3900
20
5200
25
6500
30
7800
704 295-BK
704 297-BK
704 298-BK
704 299-BK
704 301-BK
263.00
382.50
507.00
628.00
746.00
Shelf width 1300 mm

mm
Model
Zinc plated
66337
Light grey
RAL 7035
1300 x 300
1300 x 400
1300 x 500
1300 x 600
1300 x 800
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit

No.
g
703 962-BK
703 963-BK
703 972-BK
703 973-BK
703 983-BK
703 984-BK
703 993-BK
703 994-BK
704 002-BK
704 003-BK
118.00
99.60
127.90
107.40
136.00
115.10
144.90
124.10
170.10
150.70

No.
g
703 964-BK
703 965-BK
703 975-BK
703 976-BK
703 985-BK
703 986-BK
703 995-BK
703 996-BK
704 004-BK
704 005-BK
144.90
121.20
152.90
134.10
166.30
141.40
177.20
156.80
208.50
188.00

No.
g
703 967-BK
703 968-BK
703 977-BK
703 978-BK
703 987-BK
703 988-BK
703 997-BK
703 998-BK
704 006-BK
704 007-BK
188.10
150.70
197.30
164.10
209.50
177.10
223.00
190.70
261.50
226.50

No.
g
703 969-BK
703 970-BK
703 979-BK
703 980-BK
703 989-BK
703 991-BK
703 999-BK
704 000-BK
704 009-BK
704 010-BK
219.00
179.20
229.50
191.50
249.00
208.00
265.00
222.00
306.50
265.50
Additional shelf
with bolts
No.
g
703 971-BK
703 971-BK
703 981-BK
703 981-BK
703 992-BK
703 992-BK
704 001-BK
704 001-BK
704 011-BK
704 011-BK
21.20
21.20
23.05
23.05
24.95
24.95
27.10
27.10
32.85
32.85

No.
g
704 012-BK
704 013-BK
704 022-BK
704 023-BK
704 033-BK
704 034-BK
704 043-BK
704 044-BK
704 052-BK
704 053-BK
158.30
134.20
172.80
147.10
187.00
160.40
201.50
175.50
237.50
212.00

No.
g
704 014-BK
704 015-BK
704 025-BK
704 026-BK
704 035-BK
704 036-BK
704 045-BK
704 046-BK
704 054-BK
704 055-BK
191.50
163.20
210.50
181.40
226.50
198.10
245.50
215.50
291.50
262.50

No.
g
704 017-BK
704 018-BK
704 027-BK
704 028-BK
704 037-BK
704 038-BK
704 047-BK
704 048-BK
704 056-BK
704 057-BK
242.50
202.00
265.50
221.50
283.50
243.00
306.00
265.00
362.00
319.50

No.
g
704 019-BK
704 020-BK
704 029-BK
704 030-BK
704 039-BK
704 041-BK
704 049-BK
704 050-BK
704 058-BK
704 060-BK
287.50
237.50
312.50
262.00
336.00
285.50
363.50
312.00
425.00
375.50
Additional shelf
with bolts
No.
g
704 021-BK
704 021-BK
704 031-BK
704 031-BK
704 042-BK
704 042-BK
704 051-BK
704 051-BK
704 061-BK
704 061-BK
27.45
27.45
30.80
30.80
34.75
34.75
38.55
38.55
47.50
47.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66337
Shelf width x depth
239
6
Bolt together
shelving
Medium duty design
Inexpensive storage of large and

heavy loads
Choice of 2 shelf widths,
4 heights and 5 depths
Shelf width 1300 mm with 30%
more space
Both shelf widths can be combined
High quality finish, either with
shelves and uprights galvanised or
galvanised and powder coated in
light grey RAL 7035
Shelves
1000 mm wide, with all-round triple
safety edge, 40 mm high.
1300 mm wide with strengthening box
profile on longitudinal sides.
Uprights
With angled foot plate.
Height adjustment in increments of 25 mm.
Back and side panels, shelf dividers,
inserts for bulk goods etc. on request.
Max. load per shelf

200 kg
Total max. load
1400 kg
Height
1500 3000 mm
Width
1000 + 1300 mm
Depth
300 800 mm
Shelf loading capacities apply to an
Extra shelves can be added provided the
total maximum load is not exceeded.
Magnetic labels and other shelf

marking systems are shown on
pages 254 and 255.
Shelf width 1000 mm

Width x Depth mm
Model
Galvanised
66858
Light grey
RAL 7035.
Galvanised
and
powdercoated.
1000 x 300
1000 x 400
1000 x 500
1000 x 600
1000 x 800
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Height 1500 mm
4 shelves, total max. load 800 kg
No.
g
868 272-BK
868 280-BK
249 289-BK
249 297-BK
249 300-BK
249 319-BK
249 327-BK
249 335-BK
247 529-BK
247 537-BK
104.10
79.20
115.10
95.40
127.80
106.40
138.30
115.60
159.80
141.40
Height 2000 mm
No.
g
868 299-BK
868 302-BK
249 343-BK
249 351-BK
249 378-BK
249 386-BK
249 394-BK
249 408-BK
247 545-BK
247 553-BK
141.20
111.70
160.20
125.00
171.30
140.90
188.00
152.90
212.50
182.40
Height 2500 mm
No.
g
868 310-BK
868 329-BK
249 416-BK
249 424-BK
249 432-BK
249 440-BK
249 459-BK
249 467-BK
247 561-BK
247 588-BK
177.20
136.50
193.70
157.70
210.50
170.20
226.00
187.10
260.50
219.50
Height 3000 mm
No.
g
868 337-BK
868 345-BK
249 475-BK
249 483-BK
249 491-BK
249 505-BK
249 513-BK
249 521-BK
247 596-BK
247 618-BK
210.50
161.20
229.50
181.40
249.50
205.00
267.50
219.00
306.00
259.00
1 extra shelf
with bolts
No.
g
868 353-BK
868 353-BK
522 465-BK
522 465-BK
205 680-BK
205 680-BK
205 699-BK
205 699-BK
247 626-BK
247 626-BK
17.65
17.65
20.30
20.30
23.05
23.05
25.35
25.35
30.40
30.40
Height 1500 mm
No.
g
868 361-BK
868 388-BK
205 400-BK
205 230-BK
205 419-BK
205 249-BK
205 427-BK
205 257-BK
247 634-BK
247 642-BK
129.50
104.10
141.40
115.70
160.50
135.10
171.80
144.90
199.90
174.70
Height 2000 mm
No.
g
863 386-BK
863 394-BK
205 435-BK
205 265-BK
205 443-BK
205 273-BK
205 451-BK
205 281-BK
247 650-BK
247 669-BK
168.90
134.10
187.00
150.70
203.50
167.80
224.00
187.00
258.50
224.00
Height 2500 mm
No.
g
863 408-BK
863 416-BK
205 478-BK
205 303-BK
205 486-BK
205 311-BK
205 494-BK
205 338-BK
247 677-BK
247 685-BK
207.00
162.60
229.50
182.40
249.00
204.50
270.00
224.50
313.50
267.50
Height 3000 mm
No.
g
863 424-BK
863 432-BK
205 508-BK
205 346-BK
205 516-BK
205 354-BK
205 524-BK
205 362-BK
247 693-BK
247 707-BK
247.50
191.30
270.00
215.50
296.50
240.50
319.50
265.00
370.50
315.00
1 extra shelf
with bolts
No.
g
863 440-BK
863 440-BK
205 370-BK
205 370-BK
205 389-BK
205 389-BK
205 397-BK
205 397-BK
247 715-BK
247 715-BK
21.20
21.20
24.15
24.15
27.45
27.45
30.80
30.80
37.80
37.80
BLUE =
66858
Shelf
Steps on request
Width x Depth mm
Version
Zinc
plated
66351
Light grey
RAL 7035
1300 x 300
1300 x 400
1300 x 500
1300 x 600
1300 x 800
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit
Stand. unit
Extn. unit

No.
g
863 459-BK
863 467-BK
863 645-BK
863 653-BK
290 017-BK
290 033-BK
290 491-BK
290 513-BK
290 874-BK
290 882-BK
119.90
104.10
136.00
115.10
149.10
129.40
159.80
139.20
189.90
169.60

No.
g
863 475-BK
863 483-BK
863 661-BK
863 688-BK
290 068-BK
290 084-BK
290 548-BK
290 564-BK
290 890-BK
290 904-BK
170.10
138.30
182.40
150.70
198.10
166.50
212.00
180.70
249.00
217.50

No.
g
863 491-BK
863 505-BK
863 696-BK
863 718-BK
290 106-BK
290 122-BK
290 580-BK
290 602-BK
290 912-BK
290 920-BK
208.50
168.90
223.00
182.40
242.50
202.50
259.50
218.00
301.50
265.00

No.
g
863 513-BK
863 521-BK
863 726-BK
863 734-BK
290 149-BK
290 238-BK
290 629-BK
290 645-BK
290 939-BK
291 188-BK
248.50
199.20
265.00
215.50
287.50
239.50
306.00
258.00
358.00
314.50
1 extra shelf
with bolts
No.
g
863 548-BK
863 548-BK
863 742-BK
863 742-BK
290 254-BK
290 254-BK
290 661-BK
290 661-BK
291 218-BK
291 218-BK
22.70
22.70
24.95
24.95
27.90
27.90
30.40
30.40
37.80
37.80

No.
g
863 556-BK
863 564-BK
863 750-BK
863 769-BK
290 270-BK
290 335-BK
290 696-BK
290 726-BK
291 226-BK
291 234-BK
164.80
140.80
181.30
160.50
195.80
170.10
211.00
187.00
258.50
237.50

No.
g
863 572-BK
863 580-BK
863 777-BK
287 105-BK
290 351-BK
290 386-BK
290 742-BK
290 769-BK
291 250-BK
291 269-BK
213.50
179.20
229.50
196.50
252.00
215.50
270.00
237.50
328.00
292.50

No.
g
863 599-BK
863 602-BK
289 078-BK
289 906-BK
290 394-BK
290 416-BK
290 785-BK
290 807-BK
291 277-BK
291 293-BK
262.00
215.50
283.50
240.00
306.50
262.00
331.50
286.00
399.50
352.50

No.
g
863 610-BK
863 629-BK
289 922-BK
289 949-BK
290 432-BK
290 459-BK
290 823-BK
290 858-BK
291 315-BK
291 331-BK
306.50
256.00
336.00
280.00
364.50
313.00
391.00
336.00
470.50
414.50
1 extra shelf
with bolts
No.
g
863 637-BK
863 637-BK
289 965-BK
289 965-BK
290 475-BK
290 475-BK
290 866-BK
290 866-BK
291 366-BK
291 366-BK
29.55
29.55
32.85
32.85
37.00
37.00
41.55
41.55
52.30
52.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66351
Shelf width 1300 mm

Shelf
241
For heavy duty applications and heavy loads

Design of standard shelf unit makes it especially
stable
High quality surfaces:
Shelves and uprights zinc plated and additionally
powder coated, light grey RAL 7035
Shelf
66041
Zinc plated
Width x Depth mm
Shelves
Long sides in box shape, 40 mm high edging.
Cross sides with C-shape 3-fold safety edging,
40 mm high.
Posts
With angled footplate.
Height of shelves can be adjusted in 25 mm steps.
Max. shelf load

350 kg
Max. bay load
2450 kg
1500 3000 mm
Shelf width
1000 + 1300 mm
Shelf depth
300 800 mm
The max. load applies with uniform load distribution.
Additional shelves may be used if the specified max.
Only in standard shelf construction even if several
shelf units next to one another.
1000 x 300
1000 x 400
1000 x 500
1000 x 600
1000 x 800
1300 x 300
1300 x 400
1300 x 500
1300 x 600
1300 x 800
704 284-BK

No.
g
704 228-BK
249 572-BK
249 580-BK
249 599-BK
247 723-BK
704 240-BK
704 251-BK
704 263-BK
704 274-BK
118.00
134.20
149.20
161.30
191.30
153.00
168.00
188.00
202.00
242.50

No.
g
704 230-BK
249 602-BK
523 046-BK
523 054-BK
247 731-BK
704 241-BK
704 252-BK
704 264-BK
704 275-BK
704 285-BK
162.60
181.20
197.90
213.50
252.00
205.50
221.50
245.00
265.00
315.50

No.
g
704 231-BK
523 062-BK
523 070-BK
523 089-BK
247 758-BK
704 242-BK
704 254-BK
704 265-BK
704 276-BK
704 286-BK
195.10
215.50
237.50
258.50
305.00
245.00
265.00
295.00
317.50
380.50

No.
g
704 232-BK
523 097-BK
523 100-BK
523 119-BK
247 766-BK
704 243-BK
704 255-BK
704 266-BK
704 277-BK
704 287-BK
229.50
259.50
283.50
303.00
353.50
291.50
317.50
346.50
375.50
447.50
Additional shelf
with bolts
No.
g
704 233-BK
697 273-BK
697 281-BK
697 303-BK
247 774-BK
704 244-BK
704 256-BK
704 267-BK
704 278-BK
704 289-BK
21.50
24.95
28.25
31.25
39.20
29.55
33.20
37.35
42.40
52.30
Light grey
RAL 7035

No.
g
704 234-BK
846 228-BK
846 236-BK
846 244-BK
846 252-BK
704 246-BK
704 257-BK
704 268-BK
704 279-BK
704 290-BK
152.90
171.30
188.10
202.50
240.50
192.80
213.00
240.00
259.00
312.00
Zinc plated
and
powdercoated

No.
g
704 235-BK
846 260-BK
846 279-BK
846 287-BK
846 295-BK
704 247-BK
704 258-BK
704 269-BK
704 280-BK
704 291-BK
202.50
224.00
239.50
261.50
306.50
248.50
272.50
303.00
333.00
397.00

No.
g
704 236-BK
863 254-BK
863 262-BK
863 270-BK
863 289-BK
704 248-BK
704 259-BK
704 271-BK
704 281-BK
704 292-BK
243.00
265.50
286.50
313.00
370.00
298.00
329.00
364.50
397.00
476.00

No.
g
704 238-BK
863 297-BK
863 300-BK
863 319-BK
863 327-BK
704 249-BK
704 260-BK
704 272-BK
704 282-BK
704 293-BK
290.00
315.50
340.00
370.50
438.50
352.50
389.00
430.50
468.00
559.00
Additional shelf
with bolts
No.
g
704 239-BK
863 335-BK
863 343-BK
863 351-BK
863 378-BK
704 250-BK
704 262-BK
704 273-BK
704 283-BK
704 294-BK
27.40
30.80
34.70
39.20
49.40
36.40
42.40
48.20
53.00
64.40
BLUE =
66041
Heavy duty bolt together shelving
Heavy duty tubular

steel shelf units
Maximum shelf load
310 kg to 450 kg

Extremely robust for heavy loads
Shelf panels make these units
suitable for storing small parts as
well
Uprights made of rectangular tubular

steel, 30 x 22 x 1.5 mm, painted in blue
RAL 5010.
Shelves made of rectangular tubular
steel, 40 x 20 x 1.25 mm, painted grey
RAL 7001. Supplied without shelf panels.
Please see accessories for details of
shelf panels. Height adjustable in
increments of 62.5 mm.
Cost effective hardboard shelf panels
for storing small parts (3 mm thick),
or steel shelf panels (0.6 mm thick,
painted grey RAL 7001, or zinc plated)
available as accessories.
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Shelf unit height
Shelf width
Shelf depth
310 450 kg
2250 kg
2000 + 2250 mm
1000 + 1250 mm
300 600 mm

observed.
Shelf unit depth
179.00
g
Standard shelf unit
Shelf levels made of angular steel tube.

Supplied without panels.
mm
Model
Shelf width 1 m
No. 740 304-BK
300
400
500
600
kg
stand. unit
380
3
extn. unit
380
3
stand. unit
380
3
extn. unit
380
3
stand. unit
450
4
extn. unit
450
4
stand. unit
450
4
extn. unit
450
4
height 2 m,
5 shelves
No.
g
740 304-BK
740 305-BK
740 113-BK
740 114-BK
740 115-BK
740 116-BK
740 307-BK
740 308-BK
179.00
164.90
231.00
208.00
264.00
241.50
314.00
291.50
height 2.25 m,
5 shelves
No.
g
740 309-BK
740 310-BK
740 311-BK
740 312-BK
740 313-BK
740 315-BK
740 316-BK
740 317-BK
234.50
211.00
238.50
215.00
273.50
252.00
325.00
299.00
extra shelves,
pack of 2
No.
g / pack
753 896-BK
753 896-BK
753 897-BK
753 897-BK
753 898-BK
753 898-BK
753 899-BK
753 899-BK
67.80
67.80
69.10
69.10
80.90
80.90
99.00
99.00
hardboard shelf panels,

pack of 2
No.
g / pack
289 280-BK
289 280-BK
289 329-BK
289 329-BK
289 450-BK
289 450-BK
289 477-BK
289 477-BK
7.05
7.05
7.70
7.70
10.65
10.65
11.10
11.10
painted grey
zinc plated
g / each
kg
551 015-BK
551 023-BK
551 015-BK
551 023-BK
551 031-BK
551 058-BK
551 031-BK
551 058-BK
551 066-BK
551 074-BK
551 066-BK
551 074-BK
551 082-BK
551 090-BK
551 082-BK
551 090-BK
10.35
310
10.35
310
15.35
310
15.35
310
18.45
450
18.45
450
21.75
450
21.75
450
height 2 m,
5 shelves
No.
g
740 318-BK
740 319-BK
740 117-BK
740 118-BK
740 119-BK
740 120-BK
740 320-BK
740 321-BK
248.00
225.00
248.50
228.50
288.00
267.50
337.50
317.50
height 2.25 m,
5 shelves
No.
g
740 323-BK
740 324-BK
740 325-BK
740 326-BK
740 327-BK
740 328-BK
740 329-BK
740 331-BK
255.00
231.00
257.50
233.00
298.50
274.50
347.50
325.00
extra shelves,
pack of 2
No.
g / pack
753 900-BK
753 900-BK
753 901-BK
753 901-BK
753 902-BK
753 902-BK
753 903-BK
753 903-BK
74.40
74.40
75.70
75.70
90.00
90.00
108.70
108.70
hardboard shelf panels,

pack of 2
No.
g / pack
289 191-BK
289 191-BK
289 213-BK
289 213-BK
289 248-BK
289 248-BK
289 264-BK
289 264-BK
7.70
7.70
10.30
10.30
10.60
10.60
14.50
14.50
painted grey
zinc plated
g / each
551 589-BK
551 597-BK
551 589-BK
551 597-BK
551 600-BK
551 619-BK
551 600-BK
551 619-BK
551 627-BK
551 635-BK
551 627-BK
551 635-BK
551 643-BK
551 651-BK
551 643-BK
551 651-BK
15.85
15.85
18.45
18.45
21.60
21.60
26.20
26.20
max. shelf load

number of support rods
Accessories
steel shelf panels
Shelf width 1.25 m
max. shelf load
95441
steel shelf panels
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
95441
Accessories
243
g
No. 738 989-BK
109.00
KAISER+KRAFT
SPECIAL OFFER
Solid wood boltless shelving units
Practical plug-in assembly for quick, uncomplicated

assembly and conversion
Max. shelf load

150 kg
Max. bay load
900 kg
Shelf unit height
1780 2330 mm
Shelf width
1000 mm
Shelf depth
300 600 mm
load distribution.
Cross brace
Included with standard shelving units. Please order
separately for every 2nd extension shelf unit.
Wooden shelves
Made of plywood, height adjustable in 50 mm increments
without screws. Shelf thickness approx. 18 mm, 2 support
brackets for suspending shelves.
Calculating external dimensions

Shelf width plus 30 mm upright width. For complete shelf
unit rows only add 30 mm once.
Uprights
Made of specially selected spruce pine wood 44 x 33 mm,
jointed and glued.
Two finishes to choose from
A
B
Solid wood boltless shelving with a shelf width of
1300 mm, corner extension units as well as drawer
units, rear and side walls, slanted shelves and shelf
dividers.
Planed and sanded

Varnished with matt finish
Solid wood boltless shelving units shelf width 1000 mm

mm
Model
Finish
Planed and sanded
Finish
66332
Varnished with matt

finish
1000 x 300
1000 x 400
1000 x 500
1000 x 600
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit

No.
g
738 989-BK
738 990-BK
738 991-BK
738 992-BK
739 058-BK
739 059-BK
739 060-BK
739 061-BK
109.00
74.90
132.70
99.70
148.90
115.40
167.80
134.40

No.
g
246 182-BK
246 190-BK
246 271-BK
246 298-BK
246 387-BK
246 395-BK
246 484-BK
246 492-BK
130.40
99.80
158.70
114.50
187.10
147.00
206.50
168.30

No.
g
739 062-BK
739 063-BK
739 064-BK
739 066-BK
739 067-BK
739 068-BK
739 069-BK
739 070-BK
149.10
114.50
179.00
143.40
204.00
167.80
230.50
192.80
1 additional shelf
with shelf supports
No.
g
246 247-BK
246 247-BK
246 352-BK
246 352-BK
246 441-BK
246 441-BK
246 549-BK
246 549-BK
15.80
15.80
20.10
20.10
23.85
23.85
27.95
27.95

No.
g
739 071-BK
739 072-BK
739 074-BK
739 075-BK
739 076-BK
739 077-BK
739 078-BK
739 079-BK
137.10
102.60
165.00
126.20
186.50
145.00
211.50
169.80

No.
g
246 794-BK
246 808-BK
246 883-BK
246 891-BK
246 980-BK
246 999-BK
247 073-BK
247 081-BK
166.40
124.20
199.00
156.10
230.50
181.80
258.50
214.00

No.
g
739 080-BK
739 082-BK
739 083-BK
739 084-BK
739 085-BK
739 086-BK
739 087-BK
739 088-BK
222.00
144.30
224.00
179.50
255.00
211.50
290.00
241.00
1 additional shelf
with shelf supports
No.
g
246 859-BK
246 859-BK
246 956-BK
246 956-BK
247 049-BK
247 049-BK
247 154-BK
247 154-BK
18.90
18.90
24.90
24.90
30.15
30.15
35.30
35.30
cross brace for shelf width

1000 mm
No.
g
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
247 359-BK
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
BLUE =
66332
Shelf width x depth
Boltless shelving units Cantilever racking units
Single sided
Double sided
With permanently welded cantilever arms
Single or double sided

All cantilever arms with roll-off protection
High quality powder coating in gentian blueRAL5010
1 Identical cantilever arm length

6 or 12 storage levels.
Only 10 % extra.
2 Cantilever arm length tapering to the top

7 or 14 storage levels.
Max. cantilever arm load

Overall max. load
Upright height
Cantilever arm lengths
150 + 200 kg
3150 14400 kg
2000 mm
see sketch
The max. load specifications apply with evenly distributed loads. The load centre should not be outside of
the centre of the cantilever arms if the units are fully
loaded.
Single sided
Double sided
2
Model
Type
Shelf unit length
Uprights
Max. load per cantilever arm
overall max. load
Single sided
overall max. load
124735
Double sided
529.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
kg
kg
2700
3
200
3600
identical cantilever arm length

4050
5400
4
5
200
200
4800
6000
6750
6
200
7200
2700
3
150
3150
cantilever arm length tapering to the top

4050
5400
4
5
150
150
4200
5250
6750
6
150
6300
No.
g
967 598-BK
967 601-BK
967 604-BK
967 606-BK
967 608-BK
967 611-BK
967 613-BK
967 615-BK
529.00
834.00
965.00
1260.00
763.00
1030.00
1295.00
1595.00
kg
7200
9600
12000
14400
6300
8400
10500
12600
No.
g
967 600-BK
967 603-BK
967 605-BK
967 607-BK
967 609-BK
967 612-BK
967 614-BK
967 616-BK
781.00
1065.00
1210.00
1585.00
840.00
1130.00
1415.00
1705.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124735
g
No. 967 598-BK
245
6
Boltless cantilever shelving
units
Store long goods on cantilever arms

Storage shelves in four different depths
Store ring items on angled tubular cantilever arms
Can be combined with all standard shelf units
Uprights, single or double sided

Made of double C profile. Cantilever arms can be fitted in a
50 mm matrix.
Upright spacing (centre / centre) 1000 mm and 1250 mm.
Longitudinal braces, zinc plated = 1 pair / bay
Cross brace each for 5 bays (zinc plated)
Shelves and plinths zinc plated with rear edges raised
upwards. Stands and cantilever arms polyurethane coated.
Shelves, edging, cross connectors and diagonal braces
zinc plated.
1 Light duty
Cantilever max. load

Upright max. load
Upright height
Cantilever length
2 Medium duty
If end stops are required for the frame foot, please state the
required number when ordering.
The racks must stand on firm ground.
The racks must be bolted into the floor.
The cantilever arms may not be longer than the effective depth.
Upright and cantilever arm colours

RAL 6011
RAL 7035
RAL 5010
140 550 kg
575 3300 kg
2100 3300 mm
400 850 mm
Uprights medium duty

also compatible with cantilever arms and accessories for the light duty version
Upright height
mm
Effective depth
Single sided
individual uprights
without arms
Max. load
No.
Double sided
individual uprights
without arms
Max. load
No.
mm
kg
green
blue
grey
2100
2700
3300
400
1745
500
1465
600
1050
500
1745
600
1465
850
1050
500
1410
600
1190
850
850
929 149-BK
929 150-BK
929 151-BK
929 159-BK
929 160-BK
929 161-BK
929 169-BK
929 170-BK
929 171-BK
929 179-BK
929 180-BK
929 181-BK
929 189-BK
929 191-BK
929 192-BK
929 199-BK
929 200-BK
929 201-BK
929 209-BK
929 210-BK
929 211-BK
929 219-BK
929 221-BK
929 222-BK
929 229-BK
929 230-BK
929 231-BK
g
kg
green
blue
grey
139.70
3300
144.70
2800
147.20
2100
281.00
3300
292.00
2800
312.00
2100
369.50
2660
373.00
2240
383.50
1600
929 152-BK
929 153-BK
929 154-BK
929 162-BK
929 163-BK
929 164-BK
929 172-BK
929 173-BK
929 175-BK
929 183-BK
929 184-BK
929 185-BK
929 193-BK
929 194-BK
929 195-BK
929 202-BK
929 203-BK
929 205-BK
929 213-BK
929 214-BK
929 215-BK
929 223-BK
929 224-BK
929 225-BK
929 232-BK
929 233-BK
929 234-BK
184.10
192.10
198.70
309.00
323.00
361.50
399.50
405.00
430.00
No.
g / pair
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
929 155-BK
26.15
26.15
26.15
26.15
26.15
26.15
26.15
26.15
26.15
No.
g / pair
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
929 156-BK
29.30
29.30
29.30
29.30
29.30
29.30
29.30
29.30
29.30
No.
g
929 157-BK
929 157-BK
929 157-BK
929 687-BK
929 687-BK
929 687-BK
929 688-BK
929 688-BK
929 688-BK
42.15
42.15
42.15
42.15
42.15
42.15
42.15
42.15
42.15
Accessories
Cross connectors for 1000 mm
upright spacing
(centre / centre)
1250 mm
Cross brace
Components for shelf extensions
1 Light duty
Effective depth
Cantilever arm
For long goods and shelf storage.
Max. load
Colour
If end stops are required for the frame foot,

please state the required number
when ordering.
65996
End stop, detachable

height 100 mm
upright spacing 1000 mm
Max. load
Plinth for upright feet

upright pitch 1000mm
Max. load
Beams for tubular cantilever arms

upright pitch 1000 mm
max. load 180 kg
Colour
Tubular cantilever arm

for ring-shaped items
effective depth 400 mm
max. load 60 kg
Colour
mm
kg
green
blue
grey
2 Medium duty
400
220
500
175
600
140
400
550
500
430
600
330
850
300
929 238-BK
929 240-BK
929 241-BK
929 252-BK
929 253-BK
929 254-BK
929 258-BK
929 259-BK
929 260-BK
929 264-BK
929 265-BK
929 266-BK
929 277-BK
929 278-BK
929 279-BK
929 283-BK
929 284-BK
929 285-BK
929 288-BK
929 289-BK
929 290-BK
11.45
12.95
14.60
19.30
21.45
23.40
37.60
No.
g
929 242-BK
929 242-BK
929 242-BK
929 267-BK
929 267-BK
929 267-BK
929 267-BK
4.05
4.05
4.05
4.05
4.05
4.05
4.05
kg
220
175
140
360
360
330
160
No.
g
929 243-BK
929 256-BK
929 261-BK
929 268-BK
929 281-BK
929 286-BK
929 291-BK
31.00
35.60
39.40
31.00
35.60
39.40
43.55
kg
460
420
370
460
420
370
170
No.
g
929 244-BK
929 257-BK
929 262-BK
929 244-BK
929 257-BK
929 262-BK
929 292-BK
29.55
33.15
37.50
29.55
33.15
37.50
41.65
green
blue
grey
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
929 245-BK
929 246-BK
929 248-BK
g
green
blue
grey
64.70
64.70
64.70
64.70
64.70
64.70
64.70
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
929 249-BK
929 250-BK
929 251-BK
15.60
15.60
15.60
15.60
15.60
15.60
15.60
BLUE =
65996
Cantilever arms and accessories for
Height 2100 mm, length 5100 mm.

Stand spacing 1250 mm.
Effective depth 500 mm, overall max. load
3500 kg. Cantilever arms with end stop.
Reseda green RAL 6011.
Double sided cantilever arm racking units, light duty
Supplied as shown.
Flat pack.
g
No. 929 293-BK
939.00
Complete shelving units

Upright spacing 1000 mm.
Consisting of stands, cantilever arms for
holding long goods (1 with end stop for
cantilever arms and frame feet), horizontal
connector, wall plugs and shims.
The number of storage levels stated in the

table also includes the storage level on the
stand feet.
Model
mm
Storage levels incl. foot
Effective depth
Shelf unit length 3100 mm
4 stands
Max. load
Colour

5 stands
Max. load
Colour

6 stands
Max. load
Colour

Effective depth
4 stands
Max. load
Colour

5 stands
Max. load
Colour

6 stands
Max. load
Colour
65997
Double sided
complete shelf
unit
Supplied as shown.
Flat pack.
1315.00
g
No. 929 294-BK
Note
For model 2 the end stops are not
included in delivery.
Please order separately, see left hand
page for shelf unit component parts.
If end stops are required for the frame

foot, please state the required number
when ordering.
1 Light duty
Upright height
Single sided
complete shelf
unit
Height 2100 mm, length 5100 mm.

Stand spacing 1250 mm.
Effective depth 2 x 500 mm, overall max.
load 7000 kg. Cantilever arms with end
stop. Reseda green RAL 6011.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
kg
green
blue
grey
g
kg
green
blue
grey
2 Medium duty
2100
5
2700
6
400
4400
500
3500
600
2800
400
5280
500
4200
600
3360
400
10360
929 295-BK
929 299-BK
929 303-BK
929 296-BK
929 300-BK
929 304-BK
929 297-BK
929 302-BK
929 305-BK
929 356-BK
929 359-BK
929 363-BK
929 357-BK
929 361-BK
929 364-BK
929 358-BK
929 362-BK
929 365-BK
929 416-BK
929 421-BK
929 426-BK
912.00
5500
968.00
4375
1035.00
3500
1200.00
6600
1260.00
5280
1325.00
4200
929 306-BK
929 309-BK
929 313-BK
929 307-BK
929 311-BK
929 314-BK
929 308-BK
929 312-BK
929 315-BK
929 366-BK
929 369-BK
929 372-BK
929 367-BK
929 370-BK
929 373-BK
1145.00
2700
6
500
8380
600
7030
850
5040
929 418-BK
929 422-BK
929 427-BK
929 419-BK
929 423-BK
929 428-BK
929 420-BK
929 424-BK
929 429-BK
1525.00
12960
1625.00
10470
1710.00
8790
1835.00
6300
929 368-BK
929 371-BK
929 374-BK
929 430-BK
929 435-BK
929 439-BK
929 431-BK
929 436-BK
929 440-BK
929 432-BK
929 437-BK
929 442-BK
929 434-BK
929 438-BK
929 443-BK
2275.00
g
kg
green
blue
grey
1200.00
1265.00
1530.00
1590.00
1695.00
1930.00
2015.00
2145.00
6600
5250
4200
7920
6300
5040
15550
12560
10550
7560
929 316-BK
929 319-BK
929 322-BK
929 317-BK
929 320-BK
929 323-BK
929 318-BK
929 321-BK
929 324-BK
929 375-BK
929 378-BK
929 382-BK
929 376-BK
929 380-BK
929 383-BK
929 377-BK
929 381-BK
929 384-BK
929 444-BK
929 448-BK
929 453-BK
929 445-BK
929 449-BK
929 454-BK
929 446-BK
929 451-BK
929 455-BK
929 447-BK
929 452-BK
929 456-BK
1375.00
1530.00
1815.00
2325.00
2 x 400
7800
2 x 600
5300
2 x 400
10560
1880.00
2x6
2 x 500
8400
1975.00
mm
kg
green
blue
grey
1430.00
2x5
2 x 500
6300
2 x 600
6720
2 x 400
19490
929 325-BK
929 329-BK
929 332-BK
929 326-BK
929 330-BK
929 333-BK
929 327-BK
929 331-BK
929 334-BK
929 385-BK
929 389-BK
929 392-BK
929 386-BK
929 390-BK
929 393-BK
929 388-BK
929 391-BK
929 394-BK
929 457-BK
929 461-BK
929 465-BK
1335.00
9750
1385.00
7875
1470.00
6625
1625.00
13200
1835.00
10500
1815.00
8400
929 335-BK
929 339-BK
929 342-BK
929 337-BK
929 340-BK
929 343-BK
929 338-BK
929 341-BK
929 345-BK
929 396-BK
929 399-BK
929 402-BK
929 397-BK
929 400-BK
929 403-BK
g
kg
green
blue
grey
2450.00
2x6
2 x 500
15840
2580.00
2740.00
2 x 600
13440
2 x 850
10080
929 458-BK
929 462-BK
929 466-BK
929 459-BK
929 463-BK
929 467-BK
929 460-BK
929 464-BK
929 469-BK
1995.00
24360
2155.00
19800
2310.00
16800
2570.00
12600
929 398-BK
929 401-BK
929 404-BK
929 470-BK
929 474-BK
929 479-BK
929 471-BK
929 475-BK
929 480-BK
929 472-BK
929 477-BK
929 481-BK
929 473-BK
929 478-BK
929 482-BK
g
kg
green
blue
grey
1635.00
11700
1740.00
9450
1860.00
7950
2025.00
15840
2155.00
12600
2275.00
10080
2505.00
29230
2685.00
23760
2890.00
20160
3225.00
15120
929 346-BK
929 349-BK
929 353-BK
929 347-BK
929 350-BK
929 354-BK
929 348-BK
929 351-BK
929 355-BK
929 406-BK
929 410-BK
929 413-BK
929 407-BK
929 411-BK
929 414-BK
929 408-BK
929 412-BK
929 415-BK
929 483-BK
929 488-BK
929 493-BK
929 485-BK
929 489-BK
929 494-BK
929 486-BK
929 490-BK
929 495-BK
929 487-BK
929 491-BK
929 496-BK
1975.00
2090.00
2210.00
2430.00
2580.00
2735.00
2995.00
3235.00
3500.00
3810.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
65997
Single sided cantilever arm racking units, light duty
247
6
Single sided heavy duty
cantilever racking units
Single components for your individual
needs, made of high quality cold rolled
U-profile steel in blue, green or grey
Heavy duty and super heavy duty models

Height adjustable assembly of cantilever arms in
100 mm increments without using tools
Cantilever arms made of cold rolled sheet steel with

welded, U-shaped, plug-on feet. Uprights made of box
profile with welded foot.
Impact resistant powder coating in gentian blue
RAL 5010, reseda green RAL 6011 or light grey RAL 7035.
Longitudinal braces 2 to connect the uprights as well as
cross braces 1 are zinc plated.
We supply 2 heavy duty anchors per upright.
Upright max. load

up to 3870 kg
Cantilever max. load
400 + 500 kg
Upright height
2500 3500 mm
Cantilever arm length
500 1500 mm
Upright spacing (centre / centre)
1000 mm
All max. loads apply with even load distribution.
Max. load per section of a system:
max. arm load x number of cantilever arms on the
same level. Max. bay load: max. upright load x number
of uprights.
Cross brace, zinc plated
Longitudinal brace
Upright height
Socket pins
Foot length
Upright spacing
(centre / centre)
Zinc plated cross brace 1 bolted, in additional

to longitudinal braces. 1 piece for every 5th bay,
however, at least 1 x per system.
Price per brace
No. 449 997-BK
Colour
Length
500 mm
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Heavy duty model
Height 2500 mm
Upright profile
Width x depth
100 x 175 mm
Height 3000 mm
g 25.15
Height 3500 mm
End stops (cannot be retrofitted)

If end stops are required for the frame foot, please state
the quantity required when ordering.
Super heavy duty
model
Plug-in
Height 2500 mm
Upright profile
Width x depth
100 x 200 mm
Model
No.
Welded
light grey RAL 7035
zinc plated
66338
911 971-BK
449 903-BK
911 972-BK
4.05
Plug-in
Height 3000 mm
449 911-BK
8.65
Single and double sided heavy duty cantilever racking

units as complete shelf units on the right hand page.
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Light grey
RAL 7035
911 957-BK
911 959-BK
911 961-BK
911 963-BK
911 965-BK
449 920-BK
449 938-BK
449 954-BK
706 164-BK
706 165-BK
911 956-BK
911 958-BK
911 960-BK
911 962-BK
911 964-BK
37.90
49.40
75.10
84.40
99.90
Colour
Longitudinal brace 2 for uprights spaced 1000 mm apart,

bolted, to connect the uprights.
Up to upright height of 3.0 m = 2 horizontals per bay.
When frame height 3.5 m = 3 horizontals per bay.
Price per item
Welded
Max. load 400 kg

500 kg
500 kg
500 kg
500 kg
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Uprights
g 29.65
No. 449 989-BK
Cantilever arms incl. socket pins
Height 3500 mm
Foot length 500 mm

750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Foot length 500 mm
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Foot length 500 mm
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Foot length 500 mm
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Foot length 500 mm
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Foot length 500 mm
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Max. load 2820 kg

2150 kg
1730 kg
1450 kg
1200 kg
Max. load 2790 kg
2130 kg
1720 kg
1450 kg
1200 kg
Max. load 2670 kg
1960 kg
1550 kg
1280 kg
1050 kg
Max. load 3870 kg
2980 kg
2430 kg
2050 kg
1770 kg
Max. load 3800 kg
2950 kg
2410 kg
2030 kg
1760 kg
Max. load 3740 kg
2910 kg
2380 kg
2010 kg
1740 kg
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Light grey
RAL 7035
911 890-BK
911 892-BK
911 894-BK
911 897-BK
911 899-BK
911 901-BK
911 903-BK
911 905-BK
911 907-BK
911 910-BK
911 912-BK
911 914-BK
911 916-BK
911 919-BK
911 921-BK
911 923-BK
911 926-BK
911 928-BK
911 930-BK
911 932-BK
911 935-BK
911 937-BK
911 939-BK
911 942-BK
911 944-BK
911 946-BK
911 948-BK
911 951-BK
911 953-BK
911 955-BK
706 166-BK
706 168-BK
706 169-BK
706 170-BK
706 171-BK
706 172-BK
706 173-BK
706 174-BK
706 176-BK
706 177-BK
706 178-BK
706 179-BK
706 180-BK
706 181-BK
706 182-BK
706 184-BK
706 185-BK
706 186-BK
706 187-BK
706 188-BK
706 189-BK
706 190-BK
706 192-BK
706 193-BK
706 194-BK
706 195-BK
706 196-BK
706 197-BK
706 198-BK
706 199-BK
911 889-BK
911 891-BK
911 893-BK
911 896-BK
911 898-BK
911 900-BK
911 902-BK
911 904-BK
911 906-BK
911 908-BK
911 911-BK
911 913-BK
911 915-BK
911 918-BK
911 920-BK
911 922-BK
911 924-BK
911 927-BK
911 929-BK
911 931-BK
911 934-BK
911 936-BK
911 938-BK
911 940-BK
911 943-BK
911 945-BK
911 947-BK
911 949-BK
911 952-BK
911 954-BK
204.50
220.00
238.00
254.50
282.00
222.00
238.00
263.00
277.00
306.00
254.00
268.00
285.50
305.00
334.00
278.00
293.50
312.00
329.00
358.00
312.50
322.50
334.00
344.50
368.50
329.50
352.50
373.00
399.00
431.00
BLUE =
66338
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Cantilever racking units Complete shelving units
Other single and double

sided heavy duty
cantilever racking units
on request.
Additional information on
the left hand page.
Single and double sided heavy duty cantilever racking units

Complete shelving unit made of high quality cold rolled U-profile steel, with impact resistant powder coating in blue, green or grey
Heavy duty model A Upright spacing 1000 mm, max. bay load: 1 sided up to 5640 kg upright profile w x d 100 x 175 mm
Upright height
mm
Type
Model
Max. bay load
kg
Cantilever arm
length 500 mm
light grey RAL 7035
Cantilever arm
length 750 mm
Cantilever arm
length 1000 mm
2500
3000
3500
1-sided
1x5
Standard unit
Extension unit
5640
2820
1-sided
1x6
Standard unit
Extension unit
5580
2790
1-sided
1x7
Standard unit
Extension unit
5340
2670
929 497-BK
706 031-BK
929 499-BK
929 498-BK
706 032-BK
929 500-BK
929 524-BK
706 054-BK
929 526-BK
929 525-BK
706 055-BK
929 527-BK
929 550-BK
706 075-BK
929 552-BK
929 551-BK
706 076-BK
929 553-BK
g
Max. bay load
kg
light grey RAL 7035
762.00
4300
408.50
2150
911.00
4260
459.50
2130
1090.00
3920
542.00
1960
929 501-BK
706 033-BK
929 503-BK
929 502-BK
706 034-BK
929 504-BK
929 528-BK
706 056-BK
929 531-BK
929 529-BK
706 057-BK
929 532-BK
929 554-BK
706 077-BK
929 556-BK
929 555-BK
706 079-BK
929 558-BK
g
kg
911.00
3460
459.50
1730
1045.00
3440
526.00
1720
1260.00
3100
639.00
1550

light grey RAL 7035
929 505-BK
706 036-BK
929 508-BK
929 507-BK
706 037-BK
929 509-BK
929 533-BK
706 058-BK
929 535-BK
929 534-BK
706 059-BK
929 536-BK
929 559-BK
706 080-BK
929 561-BK
929 560-BK
706 081-BK
929 562-BK
1160.00
598.00
1385.00
702.00
1615.00
816.00
Max. bay load
Max. shelf load per side

Arm length 500 mm
Std. unit
800 kg
Extn. unit
400 kg
Arm length 750 1000 mm
Std. unit
1000 kg
Extn. unit
500 kg
Max. loads apply with evenly distributed loads.
Upright foot length = cantilever arm length.
For complete shelving units please note:
For rack systems (a standard rack unit and multiple
extension rack units), the max. shelf load results from
the sum of max. load for each cantilever arm.
If end stops (see left hand side) are required, please
state when ordering as they cannot be retrofitted.
If end stops are required for the frame foot, please
state the quantity required when ordering.
We supply 2 heavy duty anchors with each upright.
Every 5th bay requires 1 cross brace Please do not
forget to order the cross brace required.
Super heavy duty model B Upright spacing 1000 mm, max. bay load: 1 sided up to 7740 kg, 2 sided up to 15480 kg upright profile w x d 100 x 200 mm
mm
Type
Model
500 mm

750 mm
66339

1000 mm
Max. bay load

kg
light grey RAL 7035
g
Max. bay load
kg
light grey RAL 7035
2500
1-sided
1x5
Standard unit
Extension unit
7740
3870
3000
2-sided
2x5
Standard unit
Extension unit
2 x 7740
2 x 3870
1-sided
1x6
Standard unit
Extension unit
7600
3800
3500
2-sided
2x6
Standard unit
Extension unit
2 x 7600
2 x 3800
1-sided
1x7
Standard unit
Extension unit
7480
3740
929 563-BK
706 098-BK
929 566-BK
929 564-BK
706 099-BK
929 567-BK
929 577-BK
706 109-BK
929 579-BK
929 578-BK
706 110-BK
929 580-BK
929 591-BK
706 120-BK
929 593-BK
929 592-BK
706 121-BK
929 594-BK
929 604-BK
706 131-BK
929 606-BK
929 605-BK
706 133-BK
929 607-BK
929 617-BK
706 143-BK
929 619-BK
929 618-BK
706 144-BK
929 621-BK
911.00
5960
472.00
2980
1335.00
2 x 5960
680.00
2 x 2980
1090.00
5900
542.00
2950
1555.00
2 x 5900
778.00
2 x 2950
1250.00
5820
625.00
2910
929 568-BK
706 100-BK
929 570-BK
929 569-BK
706 101-BK
929 571-BK
929 582-BK
706 111-BK
929 584-BK
929 583-BK
706 112-BK
929 585-BK
929 595-BK
706 122-BK
929 597-BK
929 596-BK
706 123-BK
929 598-BK
929 608-BK
706 134-BK
929 610-BK
929 609-BK
706 135-BK
929 612-BK
929 622-BK
706 145-BK
929 624-BK
929 623-BK
706 146-BK
929 625-BK
g
Max. bay load
kg
light grey RAL 7035
1075.00
4860
542.00
2430
1680.00
2 x 4860
816.00
2 x 2430
1210.00
4820
612.00
2410
1865.00
2 x 4820
937.00
2 x 2410
1425.00
4760
721.00
2380
929 572-BK
706 102-BK
929 575-BK
929 574-BK
706 103-BK
929 576-BK
929 586-BK
706 113-BK
929 588-BK
929 587-BK
706 114-BK
929 589-BK
929 599-BK
706 125-BK
929 601-BK
929 600-BK
706 126-BK
929 602-BK
929 613-BK
706 136-BK
929 615-BK
929 614-BK
706 137-BK
929 616-BK
929 626-BK
706 147-BK
929 628-BK
929 627-BK
706 148-BK
929 629-BK
1315.00
666.00
2135.00
1090.00
1535.00
768.00
2515.00
1260.00
1815.00
911.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66339
Upright height
249
6
Pallet racking
CAD
Service
Screw and plug-in system
Flat pack uprights make transport easier and

can be easily adjusted to fit any room requirements later changes possible at all times
All components are designed and manufactured according to applicable standards and
safety regulations
Assembly
An installation and assembly manual is included
with each delivery. Our assembly service is also
available. Please contact us for prices.
Max. shelf load

Max. bay load
Frame height
Span width
Shelf depth
up to 3200 kg
up to 8500 kg
up to 5250 mm
1800 mm and 2700 mm
750 mm and 1100 mm
Heights of up to 15 m available on request.

Please observe the general planning tips on the
following pages.
719.00
g
Complete shelf unit
No. 716 971-BK
Complete shelf unit
Matching extension shelf unit
Spacer
Two shelf bays, supplied as shown, without

contents. Supplied flat pack.
3 uprights 3360 x 1100 mm,
4 pairs of support beams 2700 mm.
Max. shelf load up to 2600 kg,
max. bay load up to 5200 kg.
Length x height x depth 5700 x 3360 x 1100 mm.
1 support frame 3360 x 1100 mm,

2 pairs of support beams 2700 mm.
Length x height x depth 2800 x 3360 x 1100 mm.
Connects 2 single frames for double-side

shelving systems.
Two required for each frame pair.
Length 200 mm.
No. 606 286-BK
g 11.50
No. 716 971-BK
No. 716 972-BK
Crash guards
g 719.00
With black/yellow warning stripes.

Supplied with floor anchor.
g 329.00
Model
Support frame
Max. load 8500 kg with max. 1250 mm distance
between the lowest bracket pair and the floor.
Total height = frame height + 5 mm feet height.
Delivered flat pack.
Made of 2 rack profiles with zinc plated foot plates

120 x 130 x 5 mm and cross braces. Width of the
rack profiles: 100 mm. Synthetic resin coating blue
RAL 5010, zinc plated struts. Includes 2 bolt
anchors B 1215/105 for securing to the floor.
HxWxD
U-shaped
400 x 180 x 180
400 x 245 x 200
612 195-BK
612 196-BK
65.50
71.00
Push-through stops
Shelf unit height

= upright height
mm
2100
2730
3360
3990
4620
5250
Upright depth 750 mm
No.
g
508 780-BK
508 802-BK
508 810-BK
604 445-BK
604 461-BK
604 496-BK
87.60
107.50
124.40
151.40
161.70
184.30
No.
g
605 107-BK
605 123-BK
605 204-BK
605 220-BK
605 247-BK
605 263-BK
92.00
122.00
135.30
158.10
174.40
195.30
Upright depth 1100 mm
mm
No.
g
L-shaped
(as shown)
Detachable.
For single and double sided shelf units
(when using the spacers described above).
Synthetic resin coating: pure orange RAL 2004.
Length
mm
No.
g
1800
2700
606 197-BK
606 219-BK
54.70
65.30
Depth crossbars
For supporting central runners in pallets stored
crosswise.
Horizontal supports
Made of welded rectangular tube or jointed
C-profiles. With welded hanging tabs.
The max. load per pair has been calculated for

equally distributed load.
Delivered in pairs.
Length
No.
g
112380
Profile
Max. load approx.
No.
g / pair
mm
1800
mm
kg / pair
80 / 40 x 2
1800
80 / 40 x 2
1350
90 x 50 x 1.5
2000
100 x 50 x 1.5
2600
110 / 50 x 1.5
3000
140 / 50 x 1.5
3200
605 298-BK
605 301-BK
717 005-BK
717 006-BK
605 956-BK
606 111-BK
69.20
90.10
97.10
109.60
122.00
137.70
750
1100
606 235-BK
606 251-BK
13.40
17.90
2700
A wide range of accessories and other pallet shelving units can be

found on the following 3 pages.
Steel trough shelves for storing water hazardous liquids can be
found on page 401.
BLUE =
112380
Length
mm
Pallet shelving units Accessories for pallet shelving units
Accessories for pallet shelving units

Suitable for the shelving units on the left hand page,
and on the following two pages
Shelves
For storing items without pallets
The specified maximum loads must always

be considered together with the maximum
loads and bay loads of our pallet shelving
units, and apply for evenly distributed
loads.
The prices stated exclude the cost of
beams.
Highly compressed chipboard Grade

HV20 E1 Strength 38 mm
Suitable for fitting onto beams.
Secured by 4 zinc plated angled brackets
(incl. in delivery).
Steel trough shelves for storing

water hazardous liquids can be found
on page 401.
Please indicate size of beam section
when ordering.

For
shelf
depth
750 mm
900 mm
1100 mm
Max.load
per shelf
1850 kg
1500 kg
990 kg
Max.load
per shelf
No.
714 329-BK
714 331-BK
714 332-BK
62.80
78.40
93.80
Zinc plated sheet steel panels.

Section width 300 mm, thickness 1.5 mm.
Height 40 mm. Folded front edge for easy
fitting.
2800 kg
2250 kg
1500 kg
750 mm
900 mm
1100 mm
Max.load
per shelf
2400 kg
2100 kg
1800 kg
Max.load
per shelf
No.
714 304-BK
714 306-BK
714 307-BK
146.70
162.50
182.50
Zinc plated open floor grates for heavy

duty loads.
Mesh width 30 x 30 mm, bearer bars
30 / 2 mm.
3200 kg
3200 kg
2700 kg
750 mm
900 mm
1100 mm
g
220.00
245.50
273.00

3-part
Max.load
per shelf
2970 kg
2150 kg
1700 kg
No.
714 308-BK
714 336-BK
714 337-BK
Positioned into cross bearers with

welded-on angle irons 50 x 30 x 5 mm.
Please specify bearer width when
ordering.

2-part
For
shelf
depth
g
93.80
115.40
137.30
6 off for 1800 mm beam, 9 off for 2700 mm

beam length.

For
shelf
depth
No.
714 333-BK
714 334-BK
714 335-BK
Max.load
per shelf
No.
716 961-BK
716 962-BK
716 963-BK
158.10
183.40
218.00
3200 kg
3200 kg
2500 kg
No.
716 964-BK
716 965-BK
716 966-BK
240.00
274.50
329.00
1800
2700
716 969-BK
Mesh back panel

As per regulations for securing walkways
and work areas when using standard
shelving.
Welded C-section 25 x 25 mm with
steel mesh, mesh width 50 x 50 mm
Painted blue RAL 5010.
Bolt-on fitting with brackets,
distance of grate to shelf, 150 mm.
4 brackets per back panel. 2 back panels
side by side require 6 brackets.
2 back panels one above the other
require 8 brackets.
Beam lenngth mm
Height
1000 mm
No.
g
716 967-BK
99.40
157.20
Height
1500 mm
No.
g
716 968-BK
716 970-BK
155.70
226.00
No.
g / each
717 004-BK
717 004-BK
12.80
12.80
112381
Braket
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

112381
Accessory
KAISER + KRAFT
251
6
Pallet racking system
Max. load per shelf

Max. bay load up to
Rack height
Widths
Shelf depths
Upright frames ready for installation

offer a high degree of torsion resistance and lasting
stability. Painted gentian blue RAL 5010.
Plug-in beams with lift-out protection
guarantee fast assembly and short re-mounting times.
Height adjustable in 70 mm increments. High visibility
paint, pure orange RAL 2004. (Important for placing
and removing goods at a great height.)
Practical accessories
for customising shelving to meet individual requirements,
can be found on this page and the following two pages.
On request the shelving can be assembled by trained
staff for a fixed price. Please ask for details.
Also available
Shelf heights up to 20 m, support brackets for widths of
up to 4 m. Zinc plated shelves, drive-in shelving and free
standing shelving with roof.
Monitored quality for your safety
3200 kg
10000 kg
2100 4900 mm
1800 + 2700 mm
750 1100 mm
Static quality tested by officially recognised engineers.

Permit for suitable procedure and materials.
Strong, torsion resistant construction. Professional
welding according to DIN 18800-7. Proven suitability for
use in workplace.
Monitored by State Material Testing Office NRW,
Dortmund. Factory inspected.
Planning aids
Take into account the room height, the lifting height
of the forklift and the height of the loaded pallets.
Also remember the required passage width for the
forklift.
Note
The external shelf frame must be at least 500 mm
higher than the top shelf to prevent collapse.
Frame
bracing
How deep should the shelf unit be?

Take the size of your pallets into consideration.
Pallets 800 mm = 750 mm shelf depth
Upright
profile
Hanging
claw
Effective length
Distance from the floor to the 1st pair of supports.
If larger than 1250 mm, please state exact size and
max. shelf load so that a static test can be
conducted.
CAD
Service
How long will the shelf unit be?

Number of beams plus upright frame width (100 mm).
Beam
How are the units supplied?

As individual parts and a welded upright frame ready
for assembly.
Safety
Only use well secured shelf units. Observe the detailed
assembly instructions and the applicable guidelines of
the trade associations according to ZH 1/428-4.
We will be happy to give you more detailed
information.
Bolt
anchor
The load bearing capacities apply for evenly

distributed loads and adherence to the assembly
instructions.
Safety pin
Footplate
See right hand page for accessories.
Upright frames
Upright frames
Scope of delivery: frame ready for installation

incl. 2 bolt anchors B 12 15/105 for floor securing.
Minimum concrete class B 15.
Overall height = support frame height + 5 mm base plate.
For single and double sided installations (please order

2 single frames and 2 spacers for double sided shelf units)
Welded and ready for installation, support profile C 100.
Slots for hanging and securing supports.
Shelving unit mm
height = frame height
Beams
2100
2450
3150
3500
3850
4550
4900
251 623-BK
Shelf depth
750 mm
No.
g
251 453-BK
251 437-BK
251 534-BK
251 518-BK
251 593-BK
251 577-BK
112.60
123.60
176.10
185.40
192.90
230.50
241.50
Shelf depth
900 mm
No.
g
251 461-BK
251 445-BK
251 542-BK
251 526-BK
251 607-BK
251 585-BK
251 631-BK
118.40
127.30
182.50
190.90
197.90
240.00
248.00
Shelf depth
1100 mm
No.
g
251 410-BK
251 429-BK
251 488-BK
251 496-BK
251 550-BK
251 615-BK
121.90
130.70
190.90
202.50
209.00
251 569-BK
247.50
No.
g
284 491-BK
284 491-BK
284 491-BK
284 491-BK
284 491-BK
284 491-BK
284 491-BK
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
260.00
Accessories
Spacer
200 mm
100
100
100
100
100
Beams for pallet storage
Dimensions
in mm
With welded suspension claws.

Secured with plug-in pin.
66042
Profile
100
100
100
100
100
100
For containers, loading frames and mesh boxes:

see accessory table for depth cross braces and depth
angle frames.
mm
Beam length
1800 mm
max. load per pair
Beam length
2700 mm
max. load per pair
80 / 40 x 2
80 / 50 x 1.5
90 / 50 x 1.5
100 / 50 x 1.5
140 / 50 x 1.5
kg
1800
2600
3000
3200
3200
No.
g / pair
605 298-BK
717 112-BK
717 114-BK
717 116-BK
613 800-BK
121.10
69.20
71.10
78.90
97.00
kg
1350
1600
2000
2600
3200
No.
g / pair
605 301-BK
717 113-BK
717 115-BK
717 117-BK
606 111-BK
90.10
91.90
97.10
109.60
137.70
BLUE =
66042
100
Pallet racking systems
Mesh sides, shelves and additional accessories can

be found on page 251.
Accessories
Beam supports
Only for supporting the central runner of pallets stored
crossways. The outer runners must stand on the support
beams. Painted orange, similar to pure orange RAL 2004.
2 items required per pallet storage space.
Beam supports
For stable and safe support. Max. load 1200 kg.
For pallets, containers and mesh boxes.
With end stop.
Painted gentian blue RAL 5010.
Suspended end stop

For single sided and double sided shelf units, when used
with spacers 200 mm in length for beams 1800 and
2700 mm in length.
Painted orange similar to pure orange RAL 2004.
Crash guards
Comply with BGR-234
guidelines.
With black / yellow warning
stripes.
Incl. mounting material.
In accordance with the
guidelines of BGR-234,
crash guards MUST be
installed in front of the
uprights if located in
transport areas.
900
1100
606 235-BK
248 428-BK
606 251-BK
13.40
16.15
17.90
Beam supports
Shelf unit depth
mm
750
900
1100
With end stop
No.
g
613 878-BK
613 886-BK
613 894-BK
65.20
68.60
76.30
Suspended end stop
For beam length
mm
No.
g
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1800
2700
606 197-BK
606 219-BK
54.70
65.30
U-shaped
(shown)
L-shaped
(not shown)
Corner guard, height 400 mm
Width x depth
112382
750
Model
Steel trough shelves for storing water hazardous

liquids can be found on page 401.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
No.
g / each
B
D
Beam supports
Shelf unit depth
mm
245 x 200
180 x 180
612 196-BK
612 195-BK
71.00
65.50
KAISER + KRAFT
112382
253
6
2
4
Self-adhesive letters
Separately detachable characters on
practical backing cards. Especially
prominent due to its black / yellow contrast.
High adhesion and tear resistance.
Depending on the letter size, the cards
hold different numbers of characters
(see table).
Magnetic document pouches
Shown in actual size
Model
mm
mm
12.5
8.5
90
19
14
36
38
21
12
10 cards 0 9
No.
g / set
786 985-BK
786 993-BK
787 000-BK
20.50
20.50
20.50
26 cards A Z
No.
g / set
786 942-BK
786 950-BK
786 969-BK
55.90
55.90
55.90
not shown
not shown
mm
mm
56
21
12
90
38
6
130
45
5
10 cards 0 9
No.
g / set
263 605-BK
787 019-BK
706 756-BK
26.50
37.40
50.30
26 cards A Z
No.
g / set
263 591-BK
786 977-BK
706 757-BK
77.00
96.40
132.30
Height
Width
Characters per card
Scanner compatible
Practical document holders in A4 and A5 size. For manufacturing, storage and transport.
Made of robust and tear resistant plastic, beige / transparent.
Pack of 25.
Please enquire about special sizes and versions, as well as additional colours.
A With permanent elastic
B With suspension hooks and
magnetic strips
magnetic strips
Reliable adhesion on all smooth and

magnetic surfaces.
For bins, containers and shelves.
Particularly versatile and practical,

also for baskets, mesh containers and
similar items.
For format
Model
A5
Model
Height
Width
Characters per card
Card sets
Aluminium signs
For warehouse aisles and manufacturing
areas.
Stick to all smooth, magnetic surfaces.
Supplied blank.
Model
Height x width
single,
for 1 character
mm
742 988-BK
No.
g
36.25
Model
Height x width
260 x 167
double,
for 2 characters
mm
No.
g
260 x 310
706 747-BK
46.10
Character sets
104035
For aluminium signs.

Numbers or letters on tear resistant,
yellow self-adhesive film for optimum
visibility.
Height x width 230 x 140 mm.
Model
set of numbers,
10 numbers 0 9
No.
g / set
755 154-BK
Model
set of letters,
26 letters A Z
No.
g / set
755 155-BK
Ext. dims. approx.
portrait,
short side
open
height x width mm
A4
landscape,
long side
open
portrait,
short side
open
landscape,
long side
open
260 x 155
195 x 220
310 x 220
220 x 310
With magnetic strips
No.
g / pack
612 199-BK
612 201-BK
612 202-BK
612 203-BK
76.10
76.10
109.90
111.40
With hooks and

magnetic strips
No.
g / pack
612 204-BK
612 205-BK
612 206-BK
612 207-BK
101.80
101.80
137.70
137.20
Clear view document holders

for shelf units
A4 size
Complete set
10 clear view panels A4.
Assortment of colours,
2 each in red, blue, yellow,
green and black.
1 rotating shelf support and
1 panel holder made of
sheet steel, painted light
grey RAL 7035.
Fixing materials.
The rotating shelf support
can be turned through 120
and provides an optimum
reading angle of 10 for the
panel holder.
The support can be
attached to any shelf or
to any perforated panel.
48.75
117.00
g
Complete set
79.00
104035
Card sets
No. 746 928-BK
BLUE =
Shelf unit labelling
Labels
For easy identification in shelf units, storage bins, containers etc.
Magnetic storage labels
Durable magnetic labels made of high
quality flexible magnetic film.
Can be written on with standard felt and
fibre tip pens.
Dimensions
Pack of
10 x 80 mm
15 x 80 mm
20 x 80 mm
25 x 80 mm
30 x 80 mm
40 x 80 mm
50 x 80 mm
30 x 100 mm
40 x 100 mm
50 x 100 mm
60 x 100 mm
70 x 100 mm
80 x 100 mm
50 x 150 mm
80 x 150 mm
100 x 150 mm
50 x 200 mm
80 x 200 mm
100 x 200 mm
10 mm x 10 m
15 mm x 10 m
20 mm x 10 m
25 mm x 10 m
30 mm x 10 m
40 mm x 10 m
50 mm x 10 m
60 mm x 10 m
70 mm x 10 m
80 mm x 10 m
100 mm x 10 m
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
Can be reused several times if written on

with water soluble ordry wipe pens.
Pre-cut sizes or on rolls.
White
No.
Yellow
No.
g / pack
706 342-BK
706 343-BK
263 788-BK
706 344-BK
263 826-BK
706 346-BK
706 347-BK
263 834-BK
706 348-BK
706 349-BK
706 350-BK
706 351-BK
706 352-BK
706 354-BK
706 355-BK
706 356-BK
706 357-BK
706 358-BK
706 359-BK
706 378-BK
706 379-BK
263 842-BK
263 850-BK
263 869-BK
706 380-BK
706 381-BK
706 382-BK
706 383-BK
706 384-BK
706 385-BK
706 360-BK
706 362-BK
263 877-BK
706 363-BK
263 907-BK
706 364-BK
706 365-BK
263 915-BK
706 366-BK
706 367-BK
706 368-BK
706 369-BK
706 371-BK
706 372-BK
706 373-BK
706 374-BK
706 375-BK
706 376-BK
706 377-BK
706 386-BK
706 387-BK
263 923-BK
263 931-BK
263 958-BK
706 389-BK
706 390-BK
706 391-BK
706 392-BK
706 393-BK
706 394-BK
15.90
16.95
18.70
20.35
32.40
32.40
33.50
36.25
41.20
46.65
54.30
57.20
70.40
72.60
98.20
114.60
84.50
122.40
144.10
12.00
15.90
23.00
27.40
31.35
35.65
38.95
43.35
47.20
57.20
66.40
Magnetic label holders

The transparent film and the corresponding
label are cut to the size of each magnetic
label holder.
Please note that for 50 m magnetic label
holder rolls, the labels and transparent films
are supplied in 5 packets of 20 items (length
500 mm each).
Other sizes available on request.
Other colours and sizes

Dimensions
Pack of
15 x 80 mm
20 x 80 mm
30 x 80 mm
50 x 80 mm
15 x 500 mm
20 x 500 mm
30 x 500 mm
50 x 500 mm
15 mm x 50 m
20 mm x 50 m
30 mm x 50 m
50 mm x 50 m
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
20 items
20 items
20 items
20 items
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
1 roll
Dimensions
Pack of
15 x 80 mm
30 x 80 mm
50 x 80 mm
15 x 1000 mm
30 x 1000 mm
50 x 1000 mm
100 items
100 items
100 items
10 items
10 items
10 items
No.
g / pack
742 902-BK
755 156-BK
742 910-BK
742 929-BK
742 937-BK
755 157-BK
742 945-BK
742 953-BK
706 743-BK
755 158-BK
706 745-BK
706 746-BK
89.90
103.60
117.20
162.00
116.60
131.90
142.90
193.40
206.50
237.00
324.00
459.50
No.
g / pack
706 737-BK
706 738-BK
706 739-BK
706 740-BK
706 741-BK
706 742-BK
88.10
123.50
149.80
61.70
90.40
104.40
Made of white plastic with transparent

protective film. Paper inserts for labelling.
Good adhesion on almost every dry, dust
and grease free surface.
Label holders in 1000 mm lengths are
supplied with 2 paper inserts and
2 transparent protective films for each
holder, in lengths of 500 mm each.
Ticket holders
100329
Self-adhesive transparent strip with paper

blanks. For frequent label changes.
Very practical for price labels, warehouse
cards and accompanying documentation.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Dimensions
Pack of
25 x 100 mm
38 x 100 mm
54 x 100 mm
80 x 100 mm
25 x 200 mm
38 x 200 mm
54 x 200 mm
80 x 200 mm
25 x 1000 mm
38 x 1000 mm
100 items
100 items
100 items
100 items
50 items
50 items
50 items
50 items
10 items
10 items
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Self-adhesive
No.
g / pack
94.20
706 749-BK
102.30
706 750-BK
111.80
755 159-BK
125.60
755 161-BK
88.90
706 751-BK
94.30
706 753-BK
103.50
755 163-BK
113.70
755 165-BK
56.50
706 754-BK
65.00
706 755-BK
Magnetic
No.
715 571-BK
715 572-BK
755 160-BK
755 162-BK
715 574-BK
715 575-BK
755 164-BK
755 166-BK
715 576-BK
715 577-BK
g / pack
176.00
180.20
187.30
194.60
148.90
150.00
153.10
165.10
125.70
126.50
KAISER + KRAFT
100329
Self-adhesive label holders
255
7
Storage containers
and cupboards
Aluminium boxes
Metal storage and transport

containers
Pages
Systematically pack, store & transport
256 262, 264 265
Plastic storage and transport

containers
Pages
263, 266 275, 281,

286 291, 298 319, 328
Anti-skid stack corners made from high grade

plastic. Very convenient plastic coated sprung handles
even for heavy loads.
Cupboards and small parts

storage
Pages
Stainless steel hinges

Cover seal for protection from dust and splashes
Stabilising stiffening ribs
Tough straps to hold the lid
Security via lock, seal or padlock
276 280, 282 285,

292 297
7
4
Cases and boxes

Pages
320 324
Drums, containers and tanks

Pages
325 327, 333
Large plastic containers

Pages
329 332, 334 339
5
8
E
F
D
D
Partition set for 2 4

Made of foam, incl. foam sheet for base
and lid. With 1 lengthwise divider
(523 x 190 x 20 mm) and 3 cross dividers
(323 x 190 x 12 mm), which can be cut to
size as required.
Small parts tray for 2 5,

1 tray possible per box.
Made of polypropylene with 21 push-fit
dividers.
Model
Volume approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
C Tool bag for 2 7 and 9, removable

Made of hard wearing material.
Transportable storage bag for tools.
The customer must rivet the rotary locks
onto the cover. Fixing materials supplied.
Cube foam set

Made of a variety of layers of soft foam.
Shape can be modified easily without
tools.
For box sizes 1 and 5 the size has to be
adjusted by the customer.
Add-on trolley for 2 5

Aluminium profile with plastic fittings.
Pull-out, lockable handle. Max. load 30 kg.
Fixing materials supplied. Drill 5.5 mm
required.
Add-on wheels for 5 9

Polyurethane wheels, 75 mm.
Max. load 50 kg per pair.
For assembly, you only need a drill 6 mm,
an Allen key size 3 and a size 8 spanner.
27
400 x 300 x 340
350 x 250 x 310
42
600 x 400 x 250
550 x 350 x 220
60
600 x 400 x 340
550 x 350 x 310
70
600 x 400 x 410
550 x 350 x 380
81
800 x 400 x 340
750 x 350 x 310
155
800 x 600 x 410
750 x 550 x 380
240
800 x 600 x 610
750 x 550 x 580
63
1200 x 300 x 250
1150 x 250 x 220
415
1200 x 800 x 510
1150 x 750 x 480
737 412-BK
737 413-BK
737 414-BK
737 415-BK
737 416-BK
737 417-BK
737 418-BK
929 853-BK
929 854-BK
130.80
165.90
175.30
180.40
243.50
281.50
333.50
279.50
491.00
No.
g
737 419-BK
737 419-BK
737 419-BK
737 419-BK
34.85
34.85
34.85
34.85
No.
g / set
737 420-BK
737 420-BK
737 420-BK
737 420-BK
737 421-BK
737 421-BK
737 421-BK
929 920-BK
46.00
46.00
46.00
46.00
77.10
77.10
77.10
119.40
No.
g
737 422-BK
737 422-BK
737 422-BK
737 422-BK
737 422-BK
737 422-BK
45.95
45.95
45.95
45.95
45.95
737 422-BK
45.95
litres
No.
g
Small parts tray
Cube foam set

height 220 mm
Tool bag
Partition set
height 190 mm
No.
g / set
929 855-BK
929 855-BK
929 855-BK
82.30
82.30
82.30
Add-on trolley
No.
g
929 856-BK
929 856-BK
929 856-BK
929 856-BK
54.00
54.00
54.00
54.00
Add-on wheels
No.
g / pair
929 857-BK
929 857-BK
929 857-BK
929 857-BK
929 857-BK
30.35
30.35
30.35
30.35
30.35
No.
g / set
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
611 866-BK
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
Cylinder lock per set

common key
BLUE =
45.95
124948
124948
Accessories
Transport cases Roller boxes
Aluminium
Attractive and easy care

Corrosion resistant
Light, durable
Resistant to heat and cold
Non-sensitive to humidity
Odourless, completely hygienic
100 % recyclable
Stacking corner
Roller boxes
Heavy loading easy transporting
Dust and splash water protected

Stackable, even with castors
Lid with full length stainless steel hinge. Latches with

integrated locks. Robust, drawn sheet metal stacking
corners. Plastic sheathed spring trap handles.
One short side with 2 fixed castors in sturdy plastic
housings, wheel 50 mm, solid rubber tyres.
Fixed castor
Model
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
litres
100
780 x 400 x 410
740 x 365 x 375
124
950 x 400 x 410
910 x 365 x 375
273 406-BK
273 961-BK
359.00
401.50
No.
g
1
2
Transport cases
2
Robust construction
Dust and splash water protected
With all round stiffening beads and corner beads.

Cast aluminium stacking corners.
Lid with stainless steel hinges, straps and seal.
Latches for padlock, seal.
Can be fitted with cylinder lock as an accessory.
Sprung handles.
Stiffening ribs and

stacking corners
7 with 2 aluminium skid rails on both the lid and base.
All transport boxes in this range are also available

with lifting slings.
Price and delivery time on request.
Lid with straps
3
Model
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
litres
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
No.
g
27
400 x 300 x 340
350 x 250 x 310
42
600 x 400 x 250
550 x 350 x 220
60
600 x 400 x 340
550 x 350 x 310
70
600 x 400 x 410
550 x 350 x 380
272 027-BK
272 043-BK
272 078-BK
212 652-BK
190.00
211.00
218.50
239.50
Model
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
No.
g
litres
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
155
800 x 600 x 410
750 x 550 x 380
240
800 x 600 x 610
750 x 550 x 580
415
1200 x 800 x 510
1150 x 750 x 480
212 660-BK
212 679-BK
212 687-BK
357.50
405.00
636.00
Cylinder lock set
No. 611 866-BK

YELLOW =
Ex stock
g / set 21.05
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124737
124737
2 cylinder locks with 2 keys

(common key set).
KAISER + KRAFT
257
7
g / set
659.00
No. 117 099-BK
47
Containers
1 3 Transport boxes
8 b Sturdy carrying cases
A
6
Partition system
for 4 7
Accessories
g / set
13
Lockable, dust and splash water protected

Inherently stable and impact resistant
with rim, lid and base profiles
High max. load see table for specifications
Not suitable for roller conveyors
Partition system for 4 7

Consisting of 1partition wall and 2 grid
dividers.
Foam set for 9 b

Consisting of 1self-adhesive studded lid
panel (20mm thick), 1smooth base panel
(20mm thick), 2longitudinal parts and
2front parts with grid, 1cross partition
with double sided grid, 2smooth longitudinal dividers.
295.00
All specified max. loads apply with

No. 274 275-BK
Model
9
B
Dustproof and splash water protected

due to lid with all-round seal, also
suitable for roller conveyors
Smooth, anodised finish, corners reinforced with case brackets, low weight
Safety tension locks with rebound
protection (2 keys) and wide, full length
hinge
4 7 Combination boxes
Easy to carry due to plastic sheathed

spring trap handles, also suitable for
roller conveyors
Secured with 2 lockable snap locks
(2 keys), hinged lid
Sturdy with reinforcement beading,
robust corner joints and aluminium
corner reinforcements
42 / 3.0
20
490 x 380 x 255
480 x 350 x 250
66 / 3.5
25
560 x 430 x 305
550 x 400 x 300
123 / 4.5
30
680 x 490 x 405
670 x 460 x 400
42 / 4.0
25
600 x 400 x 240
550 x 350 x 220
60 / 4.5
40
600 x 400 x 330
550 x 350 x 310
81 / 5.5
50
800 x 400 x 330
750 x 350 x 310
135 / 6.9
60
900 x 500 x 370
850 x 450 x 350
15 / 1.8
25
370 x 330 x 145
360 x 300 x 140
20 / 2.2
30
480 x 380 x 125
470 x 350 x 120
24 / 2.5
30
540 x 360 x 145
530 x 330 x 140
28 / 2.7
30
480 x 380 x 175
470 x 350 x 170
274 291-BK
274 453-BK
274 488-BK
537 624-BK
117 048-BK
537 411-BK
537 209-BK
561 932-BK
561 940-BK
561 959-BK
561 967-BK
99.90
119.20
150.50
126.50
154.90
229.50
339.00
223.00
236.50
274.50
281.50
No.
g
116 840-BK
116 980-BK
116 980-BK
117 030-BK
17.75
25.80
25.80
29.55
No.
g / set
267 953-BK
268 283-BK
268 305-BK
69.90
88.30
95.30
Capac. / weight approx. litres / kg

Max. load
kg
External dims.
L x W x H mm
Internal dims.
L x W x H mm
No.
g
Accessories
Partition system
Foam set
Aluminium transport and stacking containers
k
c
j c g Particularly sturdy design j k Transport baskets

All round stacking rim profile, robust base
profile, trough handles.
c + e without beading, d, f and g with
all round reinforcement and corner
beading. Suitable for roller conveyors.
B
f
Walls with slots. Rolled top edge, with

cast aluminium stacking corners, trough
handles on the short sides. 2 plastic
runners on the base.
h i With heavy duty cast alu-
minium stacking corners
Robust wall and edge beading.

Not suitable for roller conveyors.
Accessories
Steel dolly (see table)

Painted blue, 4 swivel castors.
Wheel 125mm, solid rubber tyres.
Max. load 250 kg.
e
h
Model
Capacity / weight approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
litres / kg
kg
No.
g
Aluminium dolly for j + k

Slide-under dolly with 2 swivel castors
and 2 fixed castors, wheel 125 mm,
solid rubber tyres. Effective height 450 mm.
Max. load 150 kg.
Containers c g and j k are also

available with anodised finish (suitable for
unpacked food).
All specified max. loads and stacking
loads apply with uniform load distribution.
No. 116 700-BK
g 303.00
37 / 2.5
50 / 450
580 x 380 x 225
540 x 340 x 200
55 / 3.0
50 / 300
580 x 380 x 325
540 x 340 x 300
77 / 4.2
100 / 900
760 x 580 x 225
720 x 540 x 200
117 / 4.6
100 / 500
760 x 580 x 325
720 x 540 x 300
155 / 5.3
100 / 400
760 x 580 x 425
720 x 540 x 400
108 / 5.0
50 / 200
640 x 490 x 420
600 x 450 x 400
220 / 8.0
80 / 240
840 x 590 x 520
800 x 550 x 500
52 / 2.5
30 / 180
580 x 380 x 300
540 x 340 x 280
86 / 3.5
60 / 360
740 x 480 x 300
700 x 440 x 280
212 393-BK
212 415-BK
212 431-BK
212 466-BK
212 482-BK
212 601-BK
212 644-BK
560 537-BK
560 545-BK
104.80
108.10
137.50
148.60
153.60
194.40
266.00
119.60
165.80
736 895-BK
736 895-BK
736 895-BK
82.90
736 898-BK
82.90
105.80
82.90
Steel dolly
No.
g
BLUE =
124736
124736
Accessories
Aluminium containers
NEW
9
5
c
Pair of wheels as an accessory
2
3
6
Dolly as an accessory
All round rubber lid seal for protection
against dust and splash water
Very durable due to corrosion
protection and weather resistance
Convenient transport due to low
weight
Description
Sprung safety handles, max. load per

handle 30 kg
Stacking corners made of glass-fibre
reinforced nylon for secure stacking
when placed on top of one another
without stacking corners
Model
Capacity
litres
Max. load / stacking load kg
Temperature resistance
Briefly from 40 C to +110 C (for non
naked flame).
The specified max. loads and stacking
load values apply with uniform load
distribution.
with stacking corners
47
60 /
76
70 /
91
90 /
140
90 /
47
60 / 420
76
70 / 420
91
90 / 500
140
90 / 500
157
90 / 500
163
90 / 500
240
100 / 500
415
110 / 500
400
180 / 500
External dims.
L x W mm
H mm
582 x 385
277
592 x 388
409
782 x 385
379
902 x 495
379
582 x 385
277
592 x 388
409
782 x 385
379
902 x 495
379
782 x 585
412
1182 x 385
412
782 x 585
622
1192 x 790
517
1532 x 585
515
Internal dims.
L x W mm
H mm
550 x 350
245
560 x 353
380
750 x 350
350
870 x 460
350
550 x 350
245
560 x 353
380
750 x 350
350
870 x 460
350
750 x 550
380
1150 x 350
380
750 x 550
590
1160 x 755
485
1500 x 550
485
Weight approx.
No.
g
kg
4.2
5.1
5.9
7.5
4.5
5.3
6.1
8.2
9.5
10
16
19.3
612 163-BK
612 164-BK
612 165-BK
612 166-BK
612 177-BK
612 178-BK
612 179-BK
612 180-BK
612 181-BK
612 182-BK
612 183-BK
612 184-BK
967 931-BK
117.70
153.80
209.00
247.00
142.80
164.80
220.00
258.00
263.50
274.50
307.50
439.50
505.00
PU foam blocks for 1 8

Foam inserts are perforated at 15 mm intervals.
Simply rip out pieces of the foam insert to create a
contour of the object to be protected no tools required.
Supplied in sets, consisting of base plate, foam inserts
and studded foam insert for the lid.
For containers
124738
Excellent stability due to wall thickness of

1 mm, robust wall and base profile as well
as integrated beading.
Highest level of security due to hardwearing lever catches with holes for addon cylinder locks (accessory) and support
straps to protect the lid hinges.
1, 5
2, 6
3, 7
4, 8
quantity
L x W x H mm
1
555 x 350 x 20
1
555 x 350 x 50
1
750 x 350 x 50
1
870 x 460 x 50
Foam inserts
quantity
L x W x H mm
4
555 x 350 x 50
6
555 x 350 x 50
5
750 x 350 x 50
5
870 x 460 x 50
Studded foam insert for the lid

quantity
L x W x H mm
1
555 x 350 x 25
1
555 x 350 x 25
1
750 x 350 x 45
1
870 x 460 x 45
612 190-BK
612 191-BK
967 933-BK
967 934-BK
42.85
71.40
98.90
115.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Cylinder lock set

for 1 c
Consisting of 4 self-adhesive guide rails,

480x 24 x 24mm and 4dividers,
325 x 243mm, made of aluminium.
Dividers can be inserted in 50 mm
intervals.
With 2locks and 2 keys,

common key.
Easy assembly, predrilled holes on lever
catches.
No. 612 188-BK
Base plate
No.
g / set
Divider set
for 1 3 and 5 7
g / set 65.90
No. 612 187-BK
g / set 19.75
Pair of wheels for 1 c
Dollies for 1, 2, 5, 6
2 plastic castors, x width 95 x 23 mm.

Fittings made of zinc plated sheet steel.
Max. load per wheel 25 kg.
Easy assembly, drill with of 8.5 mm
required, mounting material included.
Steel construction, powder coated blue.

wheel 100 mm.
Max. load 250 kg.
Pack of 2.
No. 941 343-BK
No. 967 935-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g / pair 28.55
g / pack 132.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124738
259
7
These stacking baskets are also available
powder coated (standard RAL colours)
A
A
A
A
B
B
C
C
C
D
1
Stacking baskets
For heavy items
Large mesh size

Closedon4 sides
1 3 with 2 folding handles

4 with grip frame
Small mesh size

Closed on 4 sides
1 3 with 2 folding handles

4 with grip frame
Small mesh size

Access openingononeend
1 3 1 folding handle opposite the access

opening
Model
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
465 x 365
240
515 x 405
300
615 x 455
400
815 x 565
525
Internal dims.
length x width mm
height mm
445 x 350
210
500 x 390
270
600 x 440
370
805 x 550
500
filling height
mm
210
270
370
500
mesh size sides

mesh size base
mm
mm
47 x 18
22 x 22
52 x 22
22 x 22
51 x 27
22 x 22
47 x 27
27 x 27
kg
kg
40 / 240
4.6
60 / 360
5.3
80 / 400
7
75 / 300
11.7
No.
g
212 350-BK
212 369-BK
212 377-BK
212 385-BK
40.05
49.60
57.50
96.80
filling height
mm
210
270
370
500
mesh size sides

mesh size base
mm
mm
22 x 18
22 x 22
24 x 22
22 x 22
24 x 22
22 x 22
22 x 27
27 x 27
kg
kg
50 / 300
5.3
70 / 420
5.9
100 / 500
8.5
100 / 400
13
No.
g
212 318-BK
212 326-BK
212 334-BK
212 342-BK
45.30
54.50
65.20
109.90
filling height
mm
210
270
370
500
mesh size sides and base

access opening
mm
mm
22 x 18
310 x 100
24 x 22
370 x 120
24 x 22
400 x 125
22 x 27
470 x 240
kg
kg
50 / 300
4.8
70 / 420
5.8
90 / 450
8.6
100 / 400
12.5
No.
g
259 179-BK
259 187-BK
259 195-BK
259 209-BK
53.70
62.80
75.40
112.90
mm
kg
kg
170
40 / 300
6.9
220
50 / 420
8.2
No.
g
212 288-BK
212 296-BK
91.90
83.30
kg
mm
kg
250
100
10
250
125
12
250
125
13
No.
g
736 901-BK
736 906-BK
736 908-BK
90.60
102.10
max. load / stacking load approx.

weight approx.

weight approx.

weight approx.
4 withgripframe only
Sides and base made of sheet steel
1 2 only with grip frame
Dolly made of angle iron
118983
4 swivel castors with solid rubber tyres
filling height
weight approx.
max. load approx.

wheel
weight approx.
73.00
118983
Made of steel wire and beaded sheet steel, zinc plated.

Folding handles or all round grip frame.
Spot welded at every wire junction. T-base frame.
815 x 565 x 525 mm baskets only available with grip frame.
Additional dollies can be found on page 87.
BLUE =
Stacking baskets Wire baskets
RAL 9010
RAL 5010
RAL 3000
Stacking baskets for shelving
Max. load approx. 25 kg, stacking load approx. 125 kg,

both with even load distribution
Easy to fill and empty, even when stacked
Zinc chromated or coloured, epoxy resin coated steel wire.

Mesh size 22 mm.
With plastic stacking fronts as standard.
A / a approx.
B / b approx.
C / c approx.
D / d approx.
E / e approx.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
478 / 460
499 / 486
139 / 121
300 / 282
597 / 570
478 / 460
599 / 586
139 / 121
300 / 282
696 / 669
620 /602
348 / 335
98 / 80
230 / 212
417 / 390
620 / 602
400 / 387
140 / 122
300 / 282
497 / 470
620 / 602
499 / 486
139 / 121
300 / 282
597 / 570
620 / 602
599 / 586
139 / 121
300 / 282
696 / 669
1247 / 1229
499 / 486
124 / 106
250 / 232
597 / 570
Zinc chromated
No.
g
172 138-BK
172 146-BK
172 154-BK
172 162-BK
172 189-BK
172 197-BK
172 200-BK
33.55
38.05
35.00
35.40
38.50
43.95
78.20
pure white RAL 9010

flame red RAL 3000
714 115-BK
714 116-BK
714 117-BK
714 123-BK
714 124-BK
714 125-BK
714 130-BK
714 131-BK
714 132-BK
714 138-BK
714 139-BK
714 140-BK
714 145-BK
714 146-BK
714 147-BK
714 152-BK
714 153-BK
714 154-BK
714 158-BK
714 159-BK
714 161-BK
32.85
35.00
30.90
33.95
36.80
40.15
67.10
No.
g
172 219-BK
172 227-BK
172 235-BK
172 243-BK
172 278-BK
172 286-BK
172 294-BK
11.90
12.65
8.55
9.70
11.90
12.65
10.85
Mesh divider, coated white RAL 9010

flame red RAL 3000
714 118-BK
714 120-BK
714 121-BK
714 126-BK
714 128-BK
714 129-BK
714 133-BK
714 134-BK
714 136-BK
714 141-BK
714 142-BK
714 144-BK
714 148-BK
714 149-BK
714 150-BK
714 155-BK
714 156-BK
714 157-BK
714 162-BK
714 163-BK
714 164-BK
Coated
Accessories
External dims.
Internal dims.
Mesh divider, zinc chromated
Label rail
10.45
11.90
7.80
8.25
10.45
11.90
9.70
white
g
714 122-BK
714 122-BK
714 137-BK
714 137-BK
714 137-BK
714 137-BK
714 165-BK
3.30
3.30
4.25
4.25
4.25
4.25
6.50
RAL 9010
RAL 5010
RAL 3000
Stacking baskets
Max. load approx. 250 kg, stacking load approx. 1000 kg,
with even load distribution
Stationary or mobile with dolly
Can be dismantled to save space during transport or when
not in use (patented design)
Zinc chromated or coloured epoxy resin coated steel wire.

Mesh size 25 mm.
Dolly, zinc chromated, 4 plastic swivel castors, 100 mm.
Max. load 500 kg with evenly distributed load.
A / a approx.
B / b approx.
C / c approx.
D / d approx.
E / e approx.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
774 / 736
488 / 460
165 / 135
395 / 335
585 / 539
950 / 912
396 / 368
209 / 179
445 / 385
530 / 484
959 / 921
528 / 500
188 / 158
395 / 335
646 / 600
965 / 927
659 / 631
179 / 149
486 / 426
761 / 715
1156 / 1118
528 / 500
188 / 158
395 / 335
646 / 600
1156 / 1118
659 / 631
179 / 149
486 / 426
761 / 715
Zinc chromated
No.
g
255 920-BK
117 153-BK
714 206-BK
255 939-BK
117 145-BK
255 947-BK
84.30
84.30
102.90
105.10
122.10
130.90
pure white RAL 9010

flame red RAL 3000
714 166-BK
714 167-BK
714 168-BK
714 219-BK
714 220-BK
714 221-BK
714 173-BK
714 174-BK
714 175-BK
714 183-BK
714 184-BK
714 185-BK
714 191-BK
714 192-BK
714 193-BK
714 199-BK
714 200-BK
714 201-BK
83.80
82.00
99.00
101.40
112.60
122.10
No.
g
255 955-BK
117 170-BK
714 207-BK
255 963-BK
117 161-BK
255 971-BK
17.05
16.05
15.30
20.00
16.80
20.50
Mesh divider, coated

white RAL 9010
flame red RAL 3000
714 169-BK
714 170-BK
714 171-BK
714 222-BK
714 223-BK
714 225-BK
714 176-BK
714 177-BK
714 179-BK
714 187-BK
714 188-BK
714 189-BK
714 195-BK
714 196-BK
714 197-BK
714 202-BK
714 203-BK
714 204-BK
Coated
External dims.
Internal dims.
Mesh divider, zinc chromated
Label rail
77709
Dolly
YELLOW =
Ex stock
15.70
14.35
15.70
18.65
15.35
18.65
white
g
714 172-BK
714 181-BK
714 182-BK
714 190-BK
714 198-BK
714 205-BK
8.05
8.00
8.00
8.00
8.05
8.05
No.
g
117 188-BK
117 218-BK
714 180-BK
117 226-BK
117 196-BK
117 234-BK
141.40
141.40
145.30
148.20
157.20
157.20
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
77709
Accessories
261
7
Stacking containers
6
Made of sheet steel
Suitable for roller conveyors

Extremely sturdy due to reinforced
stacking rim and welded corners
Max. load approx. 100 kg, max. stacking

load 1000kg; each with even load
distribution. Painted or electrolytically zinc
plated with subsequent surface treatment.
2 8 with one folding handle on each
end.
For non-naked flame.
1
Model
Capacity approx.
Weight
External dims.
Internal dims.
Painted
Painted bins
From 30 C to +120 C for short periods.
Zinc plated bins
From 30 C to +150 C for short periods.
litres
kg
basalt grey RAL 7012
light blue RAL 5012
flame red RAL 3000
g
3.6
0.95
200 x 140 x 130
190 x 130 x 120
9
2.1
300 x 200 x 150
285 x 185 x 140
14
2.75
350 x 200 x 200
330 x 180 x 185
15
3
450 x 300 x 120
430 x 280 x 105
25
3.85
450 x 300 x 200
430 x 280 x 185
35
4.2
450 x 300 x 300
430 x 280 x 285
30
5
500 x 300 x 200
480 x 280 x 185
80
10.05
630 x 450 x 300
610 x 430 x 286
612 327-BK
612 328-BK
612 329-BK
612 330-BK
612 333-BK
612 334-BK
612 335-BK
612 336-BK
612 338-BK
612 339-BK
517 721-BK
517 722-BK
517 724-BK
517 725-BK
517 726-BK
517 727-BK
517 729-BK
517 730-BK
517 731-BK
517 732-BK
517 734-BK
517 735-BK
517 736-BK
517 737-BK
517 740-BK
517 741-BK
517 742-BK
517 743-BK
517 745-BK
517 746-BK
517 748-BK
517 749-BK
12.95
20.70
26.50
31.10
32.80
44.90
37.80
68.00
No.
g
612 331-BK
612 337-BK
517 723-BK
517 728-BK
517 733-BK
517 738-BK
517 744-BK
517 750-BK
14.95
24.75
28.00
32.00
33.40
46.05
39.45
69.00
Zinc plated
Made of perforated sheet steel
Reinforced stacking rim with leakproof

welds
Folding handles on the ends
Hot dip galvanised
Temperature resistant from 25 C to
+180 C (for non-naked flame)
Perforations
End panels and side panels up to the
stacking rim
Completely perforated base
Three hole patterns as

standard
Hole pattern A
d
b
Hole pattern B
c
Hole pattern C
Capacity approx.
Length x width (approx.)
Height (approx.)
109764
No.
litres
12
14
25
30
54
80
mm
mm
300 x 200
150
300 x 200
200
350 x 200
200
450 x 300
200
500 x 300
200
600 x 400
300
630 x 450
300
hole pattern A
hole pattern B
hole pattern C
g
709 225-BK
709 226-BK
709 227-BK
709 228-BK
709 229-BK
709 230-BK
709 231-BK
709 232-BK
709 233-BK
560 634-BK
560 650-BK
560 677-BK
560 952-BK
560 979-BK
561 029-BK
709 234-BK
709 235-BK
709 236-BK
561 835-BK
561 851-BK
561 886-BK
29.45
31.55
32.60
41.00
42.65
78.10
78.00
Other models and sizes on request.

109764
Model
BLUE =
Stacking containers Transport boxes
6
5
1
4
Dust cover
Stacking transport boxes
Supplied in cost-effective packaging units.
Professional boxes for tough applications
Can be completely filled closed on all sides

Sturdy stacking rim for safe stacking and
heavy loads
Closed recess handles for convenient transport
1 5 made of polypropylene (PP),

6 made of polyethylene (PE).
3 6 with label holder on the front side.
Resistant to most acids and alkalis

Smooth inside easy to clean
Accessories
Dust covers made of white polystyrene and labels.
Model
PP
210 x 150 x 122.5
191 x 123 x 110
10 / 100
2.5
40
PP
310 x 210 x 145
285 x 183 x 131
10 / 100
7.0
20
PP
465 x 315 x 120
426 x 278 x 105
15 / 200
12.0
16
PP
465 x 315 x 200
426 x 278 x 181
15 / 200
21.0
10
PP
465 x 315 x 300
423 x 272 x 284
15 / 200
33.0
6
PE
650 x 470 x 300
608 x 426 x 276
30 / 300
71.0
3
red
blue
green
g / pack
737 373-BK
737 374-BK
737 375-BK
737 376-BK
737 377-BK
737 378-BK
737 379-BK
737 381-BK
737 382-BK
737 383-BK
737 384-BK
737 385-BK
737 386-BK
737 387-BK
737 388-BK
737 389-BK
737 390-BK
737 391-BK
174.60
142.10
196.80
130.00
120.60
125.80
Dust covers made of white polystyrene

Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
612 210-BK
612 211-BK
612 212-BK
612 212-BK
612 212-BK
612 213-BK
35.25
61.30
85.00
85.00
85.00
199.50
Labels
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
612 208-BK
612 208-BK
612 208-BK
612 209-BK
5.05
5.05
5.05
5.55
Material
External dims. (incl. stacking rim) approx.
Internal dims. approx.
Capacity approx.
Pack of (1 colour)
Colour

kg
litres
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
104038
104038
Accessories
263
7
Zinc plated longitudinal divider
5
3
6
Label
7
9
5
2
3
4
2
Open fronted storage bins made of sheet steel
Very strong due to precision corner welds

Max. load approx. 100 kg, max. stacking load 1000 kg;
each with even load distribution
Three sided stacking rim for easy and secure stacking
Model
3 9 with riveted carrying rod and folding handle on

the rear side.
Painted or electrolytically zinc plated with subsequent
surface treatment.
Painted bins: briefly from 30 C to +120 C
(fornon-naked flame)
Zinc plated bins: briefly from 30 C to +150 C
(fornon-naked flame)
Accessories (see table)

Longitudinal dividers for 3 9
Made of zinc plated sheet steel with slotted rails.
Use one longitudinal divider per bin.
Pack of 10.
Labels
Available for each bin size.
Pack of 100.
litres
0.8
2.6
7.2
10
16
23
37
55.5
74
External dimensions
length mm
width x height mm
165 / 140
103 x 75
240 / 200
148 x 130
350 / 300
210 x 145
363 / 300
210 x 200
504 / 447
310 x 145
515 / 450
310 x 200
544 / 447
310 x 300
544 / 447
460 x 300
725 / 630
463 x 300
Internal dimensions
length mm
width x height mm
155 / 135
80 x 65
225 / 195
125 x 120
330 / 295
180 x 135
350 / 295
180 x 185
485 / 445
280 x 130
500 / 445
280 x 185
530 / 445
280 x 290
530 / 445
430 x 290
710 / 630
430 x 290

light blue RAL 5012
flame red RAL 3000
g / each
light blue RAL 5012
flame red RAL 3000
g / each
612 218-BK
612 220-BK
612 221-BK
612 222-BK
612 230-BK
612 231-BK
612 232-BK
612 233-BK
612 241-BK
612 242-BK
612 244-BK
612 245-BK
612 253-BK
612 254-BK
612 255-BK
612 256-BK
612 264-BK
612 265-BK
612 266-BK
612 267-BK
612 274-BK
612 275-BK
612 276-BK
612 277-BK
612 285-BK
612 287-BK
612 288-BK
612 289-BK
612 297-BK
612 298-BK
612 299-BK
612 300-BK
612 307-BK
612 309-BK
612 310-BK
612 311-BK
10.95
13.60
21.80
24.10
26.50
29.35
49.45
53.70
71.90
1 9 items
No.
g / each
612 228-BK
612 239-BK
612 250-BK
612 262-BK
612 272-BK
612 283-BK
612 295-BK
612 305-BK
612 317-BK
14.85
18.35
28.15
30.25
33.95
41.30
60.80
66.40
92.10
10+ items
No.
g / each
612 229-BK
612 240-BK
612 252-BK
612 263-BK
612 273-BK
612 284-BK
612 296-BK
612 306-BK
612 318-BK
12.30
14.90
24.00
26.15
29.80
34.50
52.10
56.80
79.20
No.
g / pack
612 319-BK
612 320-BK
612 321-BK
612 322-BK
612 323-BK
612 325-BK
612 326-BK
66.70
75.00
83.30
83.80
142.00
142.00
187.10
mm
49 x 18
65 x 38
65 x 38
80 x 51
80 x 51
80 x 51
107 x 75
107 x 75
107 x 75
No.
g / pack
941 171-BK
941 172-BK
941 172-BK
941 175-BK
941 175-BK
941 175-BK
941 176-BK
941 176-BK
941 176-BK
2.55
3.30
3.30
3.65
3.65
3.65
4.55
4.55
4.55
Capacity approx.
Painted
1 9 items
10+ items
Zinc plated
13.50
16.60
25.60
28.05
30.55
34.40
56.30
60.70
79.90
612 223-BK
612 224-BK
612 225-BK
612 226-BK
612 234-BK
612 236-BK
612 237-BK
612 238-BK
612 246-BK
612 247-BK
612 248-BK
612 249-BK
612 257-BK
612 258-BK
612 259-BK
612 261-BK
612 268-BK
612 269-BK
612 270-BK
612 271-BK
612 279-BK
612 280-BK
612 281-BK
612 282-BK
612 290-BK
612 291-BK
612 292-BK
612 293-BK
612 301-BK
612 302-BK
612 303-BK
612 304-BK
612 312-BK
612 313-BK
612 314-BK
612 315-BK
Longitudinal dividers, zinc plated

Pack of 10
length x width
109756
Labels
Pack of 100
BLUE =
109756
Accessories
Open fronted storage bins

Zinc plated longitudinal
divider (three part)
4
6
2
8
3
1
1
8
NEW
Label
Quipo open fronted storage bins made of sheet steel
High max. load due to precision welds and well

designed reinforcements
All open fronted storage bins fitted with a robust
carrying bar at the front and a folding handle at the
back
Trouble free, safe stacking due to three sided
stacking rim
Model
Accessories
Very stable sheet steel construction.

Material thickness from 0.8to 1 mm.
High quality paint finish, choice of five RAL colours.
Briefly from 30 C to +150 C (for non-nakedflame).
Longitudinal dividers
Made of zinc plated sheet steel, material thickness
0.8 mm.
Simple and robust two point attachment inside front
and back of open fronted storage bin for secure
separation, even with unbalanced loads.
Each bin is designed for use with one longitudinal
divider.
Pack of 10 sets (3 parts/set).
1 7 Made of sheet steel

8 Made of perforated sheet steel
Labels
Available for each bin size.
Pack of 100.
Max. load capacities

Up to 100 kg, max. stacking load 600 kg, each with even load
distribution.
The respective max. load is stamped in the side wall.
length (A/a) mm
width (B) x height (C) mm
300 / 248
200 x 200
400 / 348
300 x 200
500 / 450
316 x 200
400 / 326.5
300 x 300
600 / 548
400 x 200
600 / 526.5
400 x 300
600 / 506
400 x 400
500 / 450
316 x 200
litres
kg
kg
9
1.5
20 / 220
4
18
2.3
40 / 435
2
24
3.8
40 / 435
2
29
2.9
40 / 435
1
37
4.5
60 / 680
2
59
5.7
60 / 680
1
82
8.4
100 / 1100
1
24
3.5
35 / 435
2

light blue RAL 5012
flame red RAL 3000
jet black RAL 9005
g / pack
941 496-BK
941 497-BK
941 498-BK
941 499-BK
941 500-BK
941 501-BK
941 502-BK
941 503-BK
941 504-BK
941 512-BK
941 424-BK
941 426-BK
941 427-BK
941 493-BK
941 494-BK
941 516-BK
941 548-BK
941 550-BK
941 551-BK
941 552-BK
941 571-BK
941 572-BK
941 574-BK
941 575-BK
941 576-BK
941 577-BK
941 578-BK
941 579-BK
941 583-BK
941 609-BK
941 629-BK
941 634-BK
941 636-BK
941 639-BK
941 655-BK
944 359-BK
944 361-BK
944 362-BK
944 363-BK
944 364-BK
76.90
52.70
54.90
35.10
98.90
54.90
76.90
58.20
Longitudinal dividers, zinc plated

Pack of 10 sets
No.
g / pack
941 677-BK
941 676-BK
941 711-BK
941 675-BK
941 668-BK
941 664-BK
941 656-BK
941 711-BK
76.90
84.60
87.90
87.90
142.90
142.90
188.20
87.90
Labels
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
941 716-BK
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
3.65
External dims.
Capacity approx.
Weight approx.
Pack of
Painted
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125048
125048
Accessories
265
7
Cost effective storage units.
6
Front panel + lid = dust proofing
External dimensions (see table)
Made of recycled PE

Torsion resistant design, sturdy stacking rim and
practical handle recesses
Large opening and practical label area
Resistant to many oils, greases, acids and alkalis
Wide range of accessories
Model
A / a mm
B / C mm
160 / 140
100 / 75
230 / 200
150 / 130
350 / 300
210 / 145
350 / 300
210 / 200
500 / 450
310 / 145
500 / 450
310 / 200
litres
kg
pieces
0.8
5 / 35
25
2.6
10 / 50
25
7.2
20 / 80
14
10
20 / 80
10
16
30 / 150
14
23
40 / 180
10
No.
g / pack
900 611-BK
900 612-BK
900 614-BK
900 615-BK
900 616-BK
900 617-BK
36.10
66.30
84.20
75.60
150.70
112.60
pieces
50
50
28
20
28
20
No.
g / pack
900 618-BK
900 619-BK
900 620-BK
900 622-BK
900 623-BK
900 624-BK
55.80
116.80
151.80
137.20
271.50
202.50
Labels
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
900 625-BK
900 626-BK
900 627-BK
900 628-BK
900 629-BK
900 631-BK
7.00
7.35
8.95
8.95
9.70
9.70
Front panel, transparent

Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
900 632-BK
900 633-BK
900 634-BK
900 635-BK
900 636-BK
900 637-BK
9.35
15.70
26.20
32.00
34.75
45.40
Lid, transparent
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
900 638-BK
900 639-BK
900 640-BK
900 640-BK
900 642-BK
900 642-BK
19.70
28.75
99.30
99.30
156.80
156.80
Cross divider, transparent

(max. 3 per container)
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
900 644-BK
900 645-BK
Length divider, transparent

(max. 1 per container)
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
900 646-BK
900 647-BK
Dimensions
Capacity approx.
Max. load / stack load approx.
Pack of
Grey
Pack of
Grey
Accessories
Folding transparent window,

can also be opened when stacked
31.75
43.40
39.55
53.00
Stackable open fronted

storage bins
Made of polystyrene

Stable and non-slip stacking due to tongue & groove
system on side and rear walls
Strong stacking and base edge
Handle recesses under the label area
Matching labels available as accessories
External dimensions (see table)
Length (A) x width (B)

Height (C)
Pack of
Colour
mm
mm
165 x 104
76
234 x 147
129
234 x 218
129
341 x 210
167
500 x 307
190
610 x 380
250
60
30
16
10
red
green
blue
g / pack
714 228-BK
714 229-BK
714 230-BK
723 332-BK
723 333-BK
723 334-BK
714 235-BK
714 236-BK
714 237-BK
714 238-BK
714 239-BK
714 241-BK
714 242-BK
714 243-BK
714 244-BK
755 151-BK
714 245-BK
755 149-BK
96.90
89.80
87.60
94.80
79.10
124.50
mm
56 x 14
105
75 x 22
120
82 x 24
120
82 x 24
120
90 x 33
60
130 x 35
80
No.
g / pack
604 028-BK
604 029-BK
604 030-BK
604 030-BK
604 031-BK
604 032-BK
10.25
10.25
11.65
11.65
11.65
11.65
87264
Labels
Cost effective storage units.
length x width
pack of
BLUE =
87264
Accessories
Storage cupboards and small parts cupboards Open fronted storage bins
Open fronted storage

bins
Made of highly impact resistant
polystyrene
Non-warping due to reinforcement ribs

Safe stacking of multiple bins due to
pronounced stacking rim
Practical handle recesses on the front
and rear
Smooth inside surfaces for easy cleaning
Smooth base for use with conveyor systems
Resistant to many types of oil, acid and
alkaline solutions (please enquire)
Labels available as an accessory
see table.
1
Model
Dimensions (see sketch)
A / a mm
B mm
C mm
160 / 140
95
75
230 / 200
95
75
230 / 200
140
150
230 / 200
140
130
350 / 300
200
200
350 / 300
200
150
350 / 300
140
150
500 / 450
300
200
500 / 450
300
145
500 / 450
300
180
500 / 450
300
300
litres
kg
kg
0.8
3 / 12
2
32
1.4
5 / 25
2.5
24
3.6
10 / 30
6
40
3.1
10 / 30
6
60
11
20 / 60
8
12
8
20 / 60
8
20
5.5
20 / 60
8
28
25
35 /105
17.5
50 / 180
22
60 / 180
38
20 / 100
blue
grey
green
red
g / pack
941 392-BK
941 393-BK
941 394-BK
941 396-BK
941 388-BK
941 389-BK
941 390-BK
941 391-BK
941 383-BK
941 384-BK
941 385-BK
941 386-BK
941 378-BK
941 380-BK
941 381-BK
941 382-BK
941 374-BK
941 375-BK
941 376-BK
941 377-BK
941 370-BK
941 371-BK
941 372-BK
941 373-BK
941 366-BK
941 367-BK
941 368-BK
941 369-BK
941 362-BK
941 363-BK
941 364-BK
941 365-BK
941 357-BK
941 358-BK
941 359-BK
941 361-BK
941 353-BK
941 354-BK
941 355-BK
941 356-BK
941 348-BK
941 349-BK
941 350-BK
941 351-BK
58.60
63.90
165.70
227.00
129.90
163.80
184.70
75.60
101.50
81.10
57.20
No.
g / pack
522 337-BK
522 337-BK
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
522 336-BK
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
Capacity approx.
Max. suspended load approx.
Pack of
Colour
Accessories
Labels,
pack of 100
Open fronted storage bins with suspension rails
Support rails made of zinc plated sheet

steel
Model
Rails
Storage bin colour
120237
Set consists of rails and open fronted storage

bins (see table for quantity).
Supplied with mounting material.
Please order labels separately
see accessories in the table.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
quantity
length x height mm
2
980 x 166
3
980 x 158
4
980 x 95
5
980 x 65
qty. x size
blue
grey
green
red
g / set
8xA
18 x B
36 x C
45 x D
520 961-BK
520 962-BK
520 963-BK
520 964-BK
520 957-BK
520 958-BK
520 959-BK
520 960-BK
520 953-BK
520 954-BK
520 955-BK
520 956-BK
520 948-BK
520 949-BK
520 951-BK
520 952-BK
129.10
141.90
144.70
160.70
522 335-BK
522 335-BK
522 337-BK
522 338-BK
8.70
8.70
8.70
9.65
Accessories
Labels
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


Size
A
B
C
D

350 / 300 x 200 x 150 mm
230 / 200 x 140 x 130 mm
160 / 140 x 95 x 75 mm
85 / 65 x 95 x 45 mm
120237
Practical, clearly arranged storage

solution for any workstation
KAISER + KRAFT
267
7
Rear grip

made of polyethylene
All round stacking rim
(Transparent bins made of polypropylene)
Resistant to many types of oil, grease, acid and alkali

(please ask for details)
Extremely durable and resistant
Vertical reinforcement ribs on the side and back
prevents deformation, even under heavy loads
Suspension edge on the back for suspending from
wall racks or mobile racks
Integrated label holder on the front
Supplied with 1 label each, extra labels see
accessories
Grips on the front and back
Suspension edge,
enables bins to
be suspended in
mobile racks or
wall racks (see
right hand page)
Label holder
with label
Full height reinforcements on the sides
Front grip
Subdividing bins
Model E can be fitted with up to 3 removable dividers.
For clearly organised storage of different small parts.
from
g /pack
25.00
Mobile racks and wall racks for suspending open

fronted storage bins can be found on the right hand
page.
Model
Dimensions A / a
Dimensions B / C
Capacity / weight approx.
Max. load /stacking load approx.
Packt of
Colour
Divider for bin E

Colour grey.
Pack of 10.
No. 505 831-BK
mm
mm
l / kg
kg
kg
(one colour)
transparent
grey
green
blue
yellow
red
g / pack
88 / 70
105 / 54
0.4 / 0.045
1/3
1
50
167 / 140
105 / 82
1 / 0.095
3 / 12
3
48
237 / 190
144 / 123
4.5 / 0.205
10 / 30
6
38
345 / 270
205 / 164
12 / 0.555
20 / 60
10
24
345 / 270
410 / 164
24 / 0.785
30 / 70
11.5
8
485 / 400
298 / 189
30 / 1.080
35 / 100
13
12
505 779-BK
505 780-BK
505 782-BK
505 783-BK
505 784-BK
505 791-BK
505 785-BK
505 786-BK
505 787-BK
505 788-BK
505 789-BK
505 792-BK
505 793-BK
505 794-BK
505 795-BK
505 796-BK
505 797-BK
505 798-BK
505 799-BK
505 800-BK
505 801-BK
505 802-BK
505 804-BK
505 805-BK
505 806-BK
505 807-BK
505 808-BK
505 809-BK
505 810-BK
505 812-BK
505 813-BK
505 814-BK
505 815-BK
25.00
44.10
72.60
105.20
62.70
102.00
Accessories
length x width
Labels
g / pack 13.95
Pack of 100
mm
45 x 12
53 x 13
75 x 30
90 x 30
90 x 30
95 x 30
No.
g / pack
505 832-BK
505 833-BK
505 834-BK
505 835-BK
505 835-BK
505 836-BK
3.20
3.90
6.25
7.50
7.50
8.75
87401
87401
BLUE =
Open fronted storage bins Mobile racks Wall racks
Mobile racks for open fronted storage bins

Two models available:
1 Height x width x depth 1410 x 1053 x 600 mm

2 Height x width x depth 1700 x 1053 x 600 mm
Mobile racks have a base and a metal frame on which the panels for
suspending the bins are mounted. Powder coated light grey RAL 7035.
4 solid rubber tyres 125 mm, 2 fixed castors and 2 swivel castors,
1 with wheel stop. 1 handle on the side with swivel castors, which
makes it easy to handle.
Mobile racks are supplied empty, so that they may be fitted with
either standard bins sets or your own selection of bins (see left
hand page).
Mobile racks
without bins
HxWxD
Colour
mm
No.
g / each
2
1700 x 1053 x 600
grey RAL 7035
915 001-BK
915 002-BK
584.00
733.00
suitable for mobile rack 1

set 1
set 2
Bin sets
Consists of
Bin set
1
1410 x 1053 x 600
grey RAL 7035
No.
g / set
suitable for mobile rack 2

set 3
set 4
48 x B / blue
16 x B / yellow
36 x C / red
48 x B /yellow
16 x A / blue
36 x C / red
48 x B / blue
48 x B / red
38 x C / blue
10 x C / yellow
32 x A / blue
80 x B /yellow
48 x C / red
921 919-BK
921 921-BK
921 922-BK
921 923-BK
132.40
126.60
180.70
187.20
Illustration shows mobile rack 2 with

bin set 4 (please order mobile rack and
bins separately as listed in the table)
Illustration shows mobile rack 1 with

bin set 2 (please order mobile rack and
bins separately as listed in the table)
Wall rack
For suspending bins
Wall racks made of sheet steel, powder
coated, hammer tone blue similar to
RAL 5009. With holes for wall mounting
or other mounting.
Two sizes are available:
1 H x W 480 x 500 mm
2 H x W 980 x 500 mm
Pack of 2.
2 wall racks 1
with bin set 5
2 wall racks 1
with bin set 6
2 wall racks 1
with bin set 7
The illustrations show wall racks with
bins, wall racks and the corresponding
bins sets have to be ordered separately
as required (see table).
Wall racks are supplied empty, so that they may be fitted with either
standard bins sets or your own selection of bins (see left hand page).
480 x 500
2
980 x 500
2
No.
g / pack
753 088-BK
753 089-BK
65.20
112.50
Bin sets
suitable for rack 1

set 6
suitable for rack 2

set 9
Height x width
Pack of
mm
set 5
Consists of
87402
Bin set
set a
set 7
set 8
16 x A / red
16 x A / yellow
16 x B / red
16 x B / blue
16 x B / yellow
6 x C / blue
3 x C / yellow
6 x C / red
6 x C / yellow
6 x C / blue
6 x C / yellow
6 x C / red
4 x D / yellow
4 x D / red
4 x D / yellow
4 x D / blue
4 x E / red
921 924-BK
921 925-BK
921 926-BK
921 927-BK
921 928-BK
921 929-BK
15.50
30.40
32.50
35.25
58.10
66.20
No.
g / set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2 wall racks 1 with bin set 8
KAISER + KRAFT
87402
Wall racks without bins,

blue, similar to RAL 5009
2 wall racks 2
with bin set 9
269
6
5
4
2
5 Extra wide
Supplied complete with removable partition.

With special features at reasonable prices
Model
External dims.
Made of highly impact resistant polypropylene

Resistant to oils, as well as most solvents, acids and
alkalis
Inside and outside rounded edges
Supplied in packs of one colour, see table for pack

quantities.
Bins supplied without labels.
length (A) x width (B) mm

height (C) mm
100 x 109
53
125 x 113
64
168 x 111
76
250 x 160
129
250 x 344
129
355 x 220
167
505 x 333
187
40
30
60
30
12
10
red
blue
green
g / pack
707 017-BK
707 018-BK
707 019-BK
707 020-BK
707 021-BK
707 022-BK
264 423-BK
264 458-BK
264 490-BK
720 752-BK
720 753-BK
720 754-BK
707 027-BK
707 028-BK
707 029-BK
707 030-BK
707 032-BK
707 033-BK
707 034-BK
707 035-BK
707 036-BK
19.75
24.25
65.30
79.20
87.20
65.30
57.90
mm
48 x 13
140
56 x 14
105
56 x 14
105
75 x 22
120
75 x 22
120
82 x 24
120
90 x 33
60
No.
g / pack
604 027-BK
604 028-BK
604 028-BK
604 029-BK
604 029-BK
604 030-BK
604 031-BK
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
11.65
11.65
Pack of (1 colour)
Colour
Accessories
Labels
length x width
pack of
Wall racks
For hanging the open fronted storage bins 2, 3 and 5.
Made of sheet steel, painted red.
Pack of 5.
No. 800 902-BK
g / pack 91.30
122711
122711
Devices for labelling open

fronted storage bins can be
found on page 926.
BLUE =

FUTURA
Inexpensive packaging units.
Made of polyethylene
Compatible with all standard open fronted storage

bins
Modern design, impact resistant
Resistant to most oils, greases, acids and alkalis
Rounded, smooth inside surfaces enable quick and
thorough cleaning
Sturdy struts on the long sides able to hold heavy
loads when stacked
Suitable for roller conveyors, as the base is smooth
Deep, ergonomic and rounded access opening
enables convenient access, even when stacked
Practical carrying handles on the front and back
FUTURA bins can be suspended in FUTURA-MOBIL
racks
Suitable labels as an accessory.
Model
Dimensions
Capacity approx.
Weight approx.
Pack of (1 colour)
Colour
A / a mm
B / C mm
85 / 63
100 / 50
167 / 122
104 / 76
229 / 183
148 / 122
360 / 295
210 / 147
360 / 295
210 / 201
510 / 435
312 / 201
litres
kg
kg
kg
0.4
0.05
1/3
1
50
0.9
0.1
3 / 10
3
42
3.0
0.2
12 / 40
7
25
8.0
0.6
25 / 120
14
12
11.0
0.745
30 / 120
18
8
25.0
1.3
45 / 190
18
6
red
blue
yellow
green
g / pack
903 263-BK
903 265-BK
903 266-BK
903 267-BK
903 268-BK
903 269-BK
903 270-BK
903 271-BK
903 273-BK
903 274-BK
903 275-BK
903 276-BK
903 277-BK
903 278-BK
903 279-BK
903 281-BK
903 282-BK
903 283-BK
903 284-BK
903 285-BK
903 286-BK
903 287-BK
903 288-BK
903 289-BK
49.65
60.00
69.00
69.50
63.50
76.90
No.
g / pack
903 290-BK
903 291-BK
903 292-BK
903 293-BK
903 294-BK
903 294-BK
6.15
6.15
6.15
7.55
7.55
7.55
790
1050
903 245-BK
903 246-BK
903 247-BK
903 249-BK
903 250-BK
903 251-BK
903 252-BK
903 253-BK
13.40
14.50
Accessories
Labels,
pack of 100
Moveable racks
FUTURA-MOBIL
For Futura open fronted storage bins
Max. load total 300 kg / per suspension rail 20 kg
Bin suspension load: see FUTURA bin table
With evenly distributed load.
Fitted with FUTURA bins on both sides (see table)
With 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
wheel 125 mm, black, solid rubber
Uprights and chassis with high quality powder coating,

see table for colours. Zinc plated suspension rails.
Easy assembly. Supplied with fixing material. Please order
labels separately.
FUTURA-MOBIL racks are also available with FUTURA
open fronted storage bins in your choice of colours on
request.
Available with base shelf on request.

When ordering FUTURA-MOBIL shelf units please
specify the associated part number (see table), as
the base shelf cannot be retrofitted.
Height x width x depth mm
399.00
1570 x 790 x 570
Optional base shelf
Base shelf
1570 x 1050 x 570
Cannot be retrofitted!
C not shown
D not shown
F not shown
G not shown
quantity x type
56 x 3 blue
48 x 2 yellow
32 x 3 green
120 x 2 yellow
18 x 4 blue
18 x 5 red
84 x 3 blue
64 x 2 yellow
48 x 3 green
160 x 2 yellow
24 x 4 blue
24 x 5 red
For shelf width
flame red RAL 3000

light grey RAL 7035
g
903 210-BK
903 211-BK
903 212-BK
903 214-BK
903 215-BK
903 216-BK
903 217-BK
903 218-BK
903 219-BK
903 220-BK
903 222-BK
903 223-BK
903 224-BK
903 225-BK
903 226-BK
903 227-BK
903 228-BK
903 229-BK
903 231-BK
903 232-BK
903 233-BK
903 234-BK
903 235-BK
903 236-BK
903 237-BK
903 238-BK
903 239-BK
903 240-BK
903 241-BK
903 242-BK
903 243-BK
903 244-BK
399.00
446.00
472.00
476.50
458.00
502.00
515.00
536.00
Flame red RAL 3000

Light grey RAL 7035
Extra cost g
Model
Bins
Colour
109760
from g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
KAISER + KRAFT
109760
271
7
4
7
8
A
b
b+D
a+C
9+B
8
6
5
7+D
4+C
3+B
2
1
Open fronted storage bins made of polypropylene
Bins of the same width can be stacked on one another

Handle recesses on the front or rear side
Resistant to many oils, most acids and alkalis (please
enquire)
Smooth base makes them ideal for use in shelving
units, rotary filing systems and on conveyor lines
Model
Accessories
Labels
For 1 6, 8, a, b, with transparent film,
tractor feed edge for text processing.
For 7 and 9, self-adhesive on sheets for text
processing.
Front flap
Made of Plexiglass.
For individual division of bins.
Made of grey polypropylene.
Cross dividers
For individual division of bins.
A / a mm
B mm
C mm
96 / 58
105
45
170 / 125
105
75
250 / 175
148
130
300 / 225
230
150
350 / 225
206
150
350 / 275
206
200
400 / 325
230
150
500 / 425
230
150
500 / 425
310
200
500 / 425
310
250
600 / 525
230
150
Capacity approx.
Max. load / stacking load
Pack of
Colour
l
kg
0.2
2/5
20
1
5 / 20
20
3.7
10 / 50
32
8
15 / 75
12
8.8
15 / 75
16
11
15 / 75
8
11
15 / 75
8
14
15 / 75
15
25
20 / 100
8
33
20 / 100
8
17
15 / 75
10
red similar to RAL 3000

blue similar to RAL 5003
pastel yellow similar to RAL 1034
g / pack
604 146-BK
604 147-BK
604 148-BK
604 149-BK
604 150-BK
604 152-BK
604 153-BK
604 154-BK
604 155-BK
604 169-BK
604 170-BK
604 171-BK
604 156-BK
604 157-BK
604 158-BK
604 159-BK
604 161-BK
604 162-BK
604 172-BK
604 173-BK
604 174-BK
604 175-BK
604 176-BK
604 177-BK
604 163-BK
604 164-BK
604 165-BK
604 166-BK
604 167-BK
604 168-BK
604 179-BK
604 180-BK
604 181-BK
32.55
38.80
126.50
96.00
114.10
71.70
82.50
164.60
117.70
125.50
134.00
604 307-BK
Labels
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
604 303-BK
604 304-BK
604 307-BK
604 306-BK
604 306-BK
604 308-BK
604 307-BK
604 308-BK
604 311-BK
11.30
16.95
16.95
16.95
16.95
10.25
16.95
10.25
22.55
16.95
Front flaps
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
604 280-BK
604 281-BK
604 284-BK
604 282-BK
941 177-BK
604 284-BK
604 284-BK
604 287-BK
604 288-BK
604 284-BK
21.55
21.95
38.05
30.95
30.95
38.05
38.05
58.90
48.70
38.05
Pack of 10
max. per bin
604 293-BK
604 292-BK
604 294-BK
604 295-BK
604 296-BK
604 297-BK
604 298-BK
39.35
46.60
48.25
50.80
72.30
69.30
60.90
Cross dividers
Pack of 10
max. per bin
604 299-BK
604 299-BK
604 299-BK
32.95
604 299-BK
32.95
87163
No.
g / pack
No.
g / pack
32.95
BLUE =
32.95
87163
Accessories

Versatile with practical accessories

Resistant to many oils, greases, most acids and alkalis
(please enquire)
Easy to transport with convenient recesses on front
and rear sides
Excellent stacking stability even with heavy loads
Optimum utilisation of space and easy to clean due to
smooth inside surfaces
Supplied in packaging units according to table.
4
1
A / a mm
C mm
E mm
85 / 65
160 / 140
230 / 200
350 / 300
500 / 450
500 / 450
50
100
75
100
130
150
350 / 300
140
210
200
210
140
310
200
310
l
kg
0.26
1.5 / 10.5
50
0.8
5 / 35
25
3.3
10 / 50
25
7.46
20 / 100
14
11.25
20 / 100
10
16
50 / 180
14
24.65
60 / 180
10
red
blue
yellow
green
g / per pack
269 212-BK
269 239-BK
269 255-BK
269 271-BK
269 301-BK
269 344-BK
269 360-BK
269 387-BK
269 409-BK
269 425-BK
269 441-BK
269 476-BK
269 492-BK
269 514-BK
269 530-BK
269 557-BK
269 573-BK
269 603-BK
269 638-BK
269 654-BK
269 670-BK
269 697-BK
269 719-BK
269 735-BK
269 751-BK
269 786-BK
269 808-BK
269 824-BK
40.50
34.85
71.20
72.80
74.10
147.30
115.60
No.
g / per pack
269 840-BK
269 867-BK
269 883-BK
269 905-BK
269 921-BK
269 905-BK
269 905-BK
6.10
6.65
8.55
13.65
13.65
13.65
13.65
No.
g / per pack
269 956-BK
269 972-BK
269 999-BK
273 562-BK
270 016-BK
273 589-BK
24.20
28.60
72.10
76.70
96.60
86.60
No.
g / per pack
270 032-BK
270 059-BK
270 075-BK
270 091-BK
270 113-BK
37.95
37.95
41.70
44.15
46.70
270 148-BK
270 164-BK
270 180-BK
270 202-BK
37.95
50.60
50.40
57.40
270 229-BK
270 245-BK
270 261-BK
270 296-BK
29.05
37.35
34.95
40.50
Model
Dimesions
Capacity approx.
Max. load / Stack load approx.
Quantity per carton (One colour)
Colour
Accessories
A Labels
pack of 100
B Dust cover
pack of 5
C Front panel
pack of 10
D Longitudinal divider
Per container
No.
g / per pack
pack of 10
Per container
E Cross divider
No.
g / per pack
pack of 10
Label with transparent plastic cover
Dust cover made of transparent plastic
Front panel made of transparent polystyrene,

can also be opened when stacked
Longitudinal divider made of transparent

polystyrene, with a hollow channel for easier
removal of small components
Cross divider made of transparent polystyrene,

with a hollow channel
Can also be stacked when fitted with dust cover.
Matching shelving units and cupboards can be found

on pages 274 - 279.
66293
C
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66293
273
3
2
5
4
1
Container shelving
Boltless design
Supplied complete with polyethylene bins

(assorted colours as illustrated) or with
5 empty shelves. Frames and shelves
galvanised.
Strengthening cross braces in every
standard bay. The supplied cross-bracing
is only requisite in every second extension
unit.
Easy, boltless assembly

and extension units of equal depth
can be combined

Total max. load 1400 kg
Compact, visual storage
Item
Model
Open fronted storage bin dimensions

Standard unit
Extension unit
Standard unit
Extension unit
Standard unit
Extension unit
Standard unit
Extension unit
Standard unit
Extension unit
2000 x 1060
325
2000 x 1005
325
2000 x 1060
425
2000 x 1005
425
2000 x 1060
425
2000 x 1005
425
2000 x 1060
525
2000 x 1005
525
2000 x 1060
525
2000 x 1005
525
60 x 3
10
60 x 3
10
4
9
36 x 4
9
28 x 5
7
28 x 5
7
21 x 7
7
21 x 7
7
27 x 6
9
27 x 6
9
No.
g
770 647-BK
770 655-BK
770 663-BK
770 671-BK
770 698-BK
770 701-BK
770 728-BK
770 736-BK
670 383-BK
670 782-BK
406.00
364.50
439.50
397.00
428.50
385.00
513.00
457.00
542.00
510.00
No.
g
903 203-BK
903 204-BK
903 206-BK
903 207-BK
903 206-BK
903 207-BK
903 208-BK
903 209-BK
903 208-BK
903 209-BK
158.70
119.50
169.80
130.60
169.80
130.60
183.70
141.80
183.70
141.80
No.
g / pack
913 915-BK
913 915-BK
913 916-BK
913 916-BK
913 916-BK
913 916-BK
913 917-BK
913 917-BK
913 917-BK
913 917-BK
25.45
25.45
31.80
31.80
31.80
31.80
38.15
38.15
38.15
38.15
mm
Height x width
Depth
Shelving complete
with bins
The load capacities quoted apply to

uniformly displaced loads.
Extra shelves may be added provided
the total maximum load is observed.
mm
Qty. x bin type
Shelves
Shelving without bins

with 5 shelves
36 x
Extra shelf, galvanised

2 per pack
BLUE =
127060
127060
Accessory
Shelving units Storage cupboards
Static and mobile racks

Complete with open fronted
storage bins
High storage capacity in a small space

Static and mobile parts store for parts
supply in production and assembly areas
Easily removable bins
Stable, welded steel profile construction.

Synthetic stove enamelling in light grey
RAL7035. Zinc plated suspension rails.
Mobile racks with 2 swivel castors and
2 fixed castors, wheel 100 mm, solid rubber
tyres.
Made of high quality polyethylene,
in assorted colours. See open fronted storage
bin table below for sizes.
Model
static racks
Description
Illustration
Bins
mobile racks
single sided
1510 x 855 x 400
2010 x 1170 x 400
mm
qty. x size
No.
g
double sided
2010 x 1170 x 600
double sided
1450 x 855 x 540
1450 x 1170 x 540
21 x 1 red
21 x 2 yellow
20 x 3 blue
70 x 2 yellow
42 x 3 blue
140 x 2 yellow
84 x 3 blue
70 x 3 red
40 x 3 blue
70 x 2 yellow
98 x 3 red
56 x 3 blue
100 x 2 yellow
100 x 2 yellow
100 x 2 blue
919 530-BK
919 534-BK
924 337-BK
924 341-BK
924 343-BK
924 345-BK
924 346-BK
924 347-BK
478.50
461.50
952.00
630.00
657.00
783.00
839.00
807.00
Storage cupboards
1740x680x280mm
High quality primer and synthetic stove

enamelling
Doors with slotted reinforcements for
hanging open fronted storage bins
Recessed rotary handle cylinder lock with
three bolt locking mechanism
Height adjustable sheet steel shelves,
zinc plated (17.5 mm adjustment grid)
Max. shelf load 50 kg with evenly
distributed load
Doors with concealed hinges, angle of
opening approx. 140

Made of high quality polyethylene,
in assorted colours. See open fronted storage
bin table below for sizes.
g / piece
from 3 items
fronted storage
bins
Model
Bins
qty. x size
124740
Shelves, zinc plated

qty.
Order quantity
Colour
light grey RAL 7035
brilliant blue RAL 5007
flame red RAL 3000
g / each
Accessories
Additional shelf
Pack of 2
zinc plated
g / pack
No. 720 907-BK
2 with open fronted

storage bins
without open
fronted storage bins
16 x 1 red / 12 x 2 yellow
8 x 3 red / 12 x 3 blue
g / piece
from 3 items
309.00
No. 720 910-BK
10
1 2 items
3+ items
1 2 items
3+ items
720 906-BK
729 337-BK
700 629-BK
700 631-BK
720 907-BK
858 889-BK
858 897-BK
858 900-BK
720 908-BK
729 345-BK
700 594-BK
700 595-BK
720 910-BK
763 632-BK
700 632-BK
700 633-BK
298.00
259.00
322.50
309.00
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
YELLOW =
Ex stock
259.00
Size
1
2
3
85 x 100 x 50 mm
160 x 100 x 75 mm
230 x 150 x 130 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Additional cupboards can be found

on the following pages.
Open fronted storage bins can be
found on page 273.
KAISER + KRAFT
124740
1 without open
275
C
A
Storage cupboards
For tools and small parts in the workshop, warehouse and production

made of high quality polyethylene,
in different colours.
See right hand page for dimensions.
Doors
Reinforced with covered hinges, opening angle approx.
140. Three bolt lock with recessed rotary handle
cylinder lock.
For B with slotted reinforcement for hanging open
fronted storage bins.
Optimum space utilisation with customised inner

partitions
Single colour, also available in many colour
combinations
Body
Welded sheet steel construction with high-quality
synthetic resin stove enamelling.
Height 820 mm, 1740 mm or 2150 mm,
width 680 mm, depth 280 mm.
Shelves
Zinc plated, adjustable in 17.5 mm increments.
Max. load 50 kg with even load distribution.
B
Light grey
RAL 7035
Model

Shelves
Overall load capacity
Cupboards,
two colour
Cupboards,
one colour
Reseda green
RAL 6011
mm
Brillant blue
RAL 5007
Flame red
RAL 3000
Graphite black
RAL 9011
820 x 680 x 280

6
1740 x 680 x 280

9
11
C
2150 x 680 x 280
12
number x size
42 x 2
40 x 3
14
90 x 1
48 x 2
250
90 x 2
52 x 3
250
24 x 3
36 x 2
250
15
18
114 x 2
250
28 x 3
54 x 2
250
kg
Body / doors
RAL 9011 / RAL 7035
RAL 7035 / RAL 6011
RAL 7035 / RAL 5007
RAL 7035 / RAL 3000
250
250
250
250
250
755 174-BK
755 175-BK
755 177-BK
755 178-BK
755 179-BK
755 180-BK
755 181-BK
755 182-BK
755 183-BK
755 185-BK
755 186-BK
755 187-BK
755 188-BK
755 189-BK
755 190-BK
755 191-BK
755 193-BK
755 194-BK
755 196-BK
755 197-BK
755 198-BK
755 199-BK
755 200-BK
755 201-BK
755 202-BK
755 203-BK
755 204-BK
755 205-BK
755 207-BK
755 208-BK
755 209-BK
755 210-BK
755 211-BK
755 212-BK
755 213-BK
755 215-BK
755 216-BK
755 217-BK
755 218-BK
755 219-BK
755 220-BK
755 221-BK
755 223-BK
755 224-BK
g
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
253.50
345.50
329.00
514.00
562.00
597.00
611.00
419.00
664.00
751.00
732.00
720 923-BK
270 555-BK
730 229-BK
730 230-BK
720 924-BK
270 571-BK
730 231-BK
730 232-BK
755 225-BK
755 226-BK
755 227-BK
755 228-BK
720 927-BK
270 636-BK
730 235-BK
730 236-BK
720 928-BK
270 652-BK
730 237-BK
730 239-BK
720 929-BK
602 760-BK
730 240-BK
730 241-BK
720 930-BK
270 679-BK
730 242-BK
730 243-BK
755 229-BK
755 231-BK
755 232-BK
755 233-BK
720 932-BK
270 733-BK
730 247-BK
730 248-BK
720 934-BK
270 768-BK
730 249-BK
730 250-BK
720 935-BK
270 784-BK
730 251-BK
730 252-BK
253.50
345.50
329.00
514.00
562.00
597.00
611.00
419.00
664.00
751.00
732.00
No.
g / pack
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
913 938-BK
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
24.05
250

Pack of 2 items
BLUE =
66205
66205
Accessory
Storage
285.00
g
No. 720 936-BK

Shelves
Zinc plated, height adjustable
in increments of 35 mm.
Open fronted containers
Made from high quality polyethylene,
assorted colours.
For quantity and dimensions see table.
Model
Shelves
Max. load per shelf
Total load capacity
Containers
66206
Colour
Light grey RAL 7035
Green RAL 6011
Blue RAL 5007
Red RAL 3000
Large capacity cupboards are available on the next

pages.
For other storage cabinets see page 273.
kg
kg
4
80
500
5
80
500
6
80
500
7
80
500
8
80
500
9
80
500
Qty x size
12 x 4
28 x 5
20 x 4
12 x 5
36 x 4
30 x 3
20 x 4
light grey RAL 7035

flame red RAL 3000
720 936-BK
156 035-BK
730 253-BK
730 255-BK
720 937-BK
270 822-BK
730 256-BK
730 257-BK
720 938-BK
156 302-BK
730 258-BK
730 259-BK
720 939-BK
156 310-BK
730 260-BK
730 261-BK
720 940-BK
156 329-BK
730 263-BK
730 264-BK
720 942-BK
602 809-BK
730 265-BK
730 266-BK
285.00
465.00
598.00
631.00
664.00
730.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


Size
Lenght x width x height
1
2
3
4
5
85 x 100 x 50 mm
160 x 100 x 75 mm
230 x 150 x 130 mm
350 x 210 x 140 mm
350 x 210 x 200 mm
KAISER + KRAFT
66206
Housing
Made from sheet steel with high
quality epoxy powder coated finish.
Reinforced doors with concealed
hinges, opening angle approx. 140
3-point espagnolette locking system
with recessed cylinder lock.
277
7
Storage cupboards
Three widths, two depths and many colours
Optimum space utilisation at one standard height

withdifferent widths and depths
Wide range of colours for workshop, warehouse and
production
Robust and stable steel cupboards with high quality
stove enamelling
Four shelves as standard
Body
In light grey, reseda green or graphite black.
Torsion resistant doors
With box reinforcement, mounted on steel pivot pins.
Rotary cylinder security lock with three bolt mechanism.
Light grey, reseda green, brilliant blue or flame red.
Zinc plated shelves
Shelf depth: cupboard depth minus 40 mm.
Shelf width: cupboard width minus 5 mm.
See table for max. loads.
distribution.
Additional shelves as an accessory.
B Depth 420 mm,

completelylight grey
g / piece
from 2 items
259.00
No. 913 896-BK
Height x width
Depth
Overall max. load
Max. shelf load
Body / doors
mm
mm
kg
kg
light grey RAL 7035 / light grey RAL 7035
reseda green RAL 6011 / reseda green RAL 6011
graphite black RAL 9011 / light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / brilliant blue RAL 5007
light grey RAL 7035 / reseda green RAL 6011
light grey RAL 7035 / flame red RAL 3000
g
1950 x 600
420
500
80
1950 x 950
420
500
65
1950 x 1200
420
500
80
500
500
80
Body + doors
Light grey
RAL 7035
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Body
Doors
Graphite black
RAL 9011
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light grey
RAL 7035
Brilliant blue
RAL 5007
Light grey
RAL 7035
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Light grey
RAL 7035
Flame red
RAL 3000
Model
Body + doors
500
500
80
500
500
80
752 021-BK
752 022-BK
752 023-BK
752 024-BK
752 025-BK
752 026-BK
752 027-BK
752 028-BK
752 030-BK
752 031-BK
752 036-BK
752 038-BK
752 039-BK
752 040-BK
752 041-BK
752 042-BK
752 043-BK
752 044-BK
752 046-BK
752 047-BK
752 048-BK
752 049-BK
752 050-BK
752 051-BK
752 052-BK
752 054-BK
752 055-BK
752 056-BK
752 057-BK
752 058-BK
752 059-BK
752 060-BK
752 062-BK
752 063-BK
752 064-BK
752 065-BK
264.00
341.50
269.00
379.50
439.00
493.50
913 939-BK
913 940-BK
517 034-BK
913 942-BK
913 943-BK
913 945-BK
29.20
35.05
40.70
44.20
51.90
59.70
Additional shelf
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
118984
118984
Accessories
Storage cupboards Large cupboards
Large cupboards
1950 x 1100 x 535 mm
Enormous storage capacity

up to 173 open fronted storage bins
Excellent use of space
bins can be removed individually
Drawers for valuable goods and tools
Body made of sheet steel.

Door insides with panels with holes or
slots for hanging open fronted storage
bins (included in delivery) and for tool
holders. Recessed rotary handle cylinder
lock with three bolt locking mechanism.
Powder coated in reseda green RAL 6011
or light grey RAL 7035.
Shelves zinc plated, height adjustable in
15 mm increments. Max. load 80 kg.
Open fronted storage bins made of high
quality polyethylene. Assorted colours.
See tables for dimensions and colours.
Drawers light grey RAL 7035.
Preassembled, easy to install.
Fully extendable, telescopic rails with
precision ball bearings.
W x D x H (internal) 924 x 448 x 90 mm.
Max. load per drawer 70 kg.
Large cupboard, reseda green,

with 4 zinc plated shelves
(depth 495 mm).
Additional shelves available
as an accessory.
Storage bins available on page 273.
Insert bins available on page 307.
Item
External H x W x D
1950 x 1100 x 535 mm
The bearing capacities apply with

Shelves
4 x 495
7 x 250
3 x 300
9 x 250
2 x 300
6 x 250
2 x 300
1 x 495
6 x 250
3 x 495

number x size / colour
40 x 1 red
70 x 2 yellow
28 x 3 red
20 x 4 blue
40 x 1 red
90 x 2 yellow
28 x 3 green
15 x 4 blue
40 x 1 red
70 x 2 yellow
21 x 3 red
15 x 4 blue
40 x 1 red
70 x 2 blue
21 x 3 yellow
5 x 4 red
6 x 5 green
Overall max. load

kg
Drawers
number
Colour
light grey RAL 7035
500
500
500
500
3
500
3
751 984-BK
751 985-BK
720 945-BK
159 107-BK
720 946-BK
117 080-BK
720 948-BK
159 115-BK
720 949-BK
601 357-BK
998.00
1265.00
1295.00
1700.00
1760.00
number x depth mm

Size
Lenght x width x height
1
2
3
4
5
85 x 100 x 50 mm
160 x 100 x 75 mm
230 x 150 x 130 mm
350 x 210 x 140 mm
Accessory
350 x 210 x 200 mm
Additional shelves, zinc plated.

Pack of 2 items.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Shelf depth
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
250
300
495
913 946-BK
913 947-BK
913 948-BK
47.70
52.40
57.50
KAISER + KRAFT
66208
Tool holders available on page 621.
279
749.00
g
No. 737 403-BK
Storage cupboards
With shelf bins
Up to 550 small parts aids stock-taking and
ensures safe storage.
E
Body
Made of sheet steel with high quality synthetic resin
stove enamelling in light grey RAL 7035.
Shelves
Zinc plated. Adjustable in 52.5 mm increments.
Max. shelf load 60 kg, Total max. load 540 kg.
Doors
With common locking security lock.
Shelf bins
Made of highly impact resistant polypropylene.
Box sizes
66345
5
6
7
8
9
400 x 90 x 95 mm
400 x 118 x 95 mm
400 x 180 x 95 mm
400 x 240 x 95 mm
400 x 240 x 150 mm
Suitable cross dividers and other box sizes or

plug-in shelves with shelf bins can be found on
pages 290 and 291.
On request other box and colour combinations.
mm
1970 x 1000 x 450
Model
Shelves
11
11
11
11
11
11
Without bins
44 x 8 blue
55 x 7 blue
40 x 6 red
24 x 8 blue
20 x 5 blue
24 x 6 red
15 x 7 green
12 x 8 yellow
50 x 5 blue
30 x 7 red
737 401-BK
737 403-BK
737 408-BK
737 404-BK
737 409-BK
737 407-BK
591.00
749.00
878.00
913.00
921.00
936.00
Shelf bins
No.
g
number x size / colour
BLUE =
66345
Storage cupboards Open fronted storage bins
B
A

Made of polypropylene
Accessories
In five colours and eight sizes

Bins of the same size can be stacked
Resistant to many types of oil, grease,
acid and alkaline solutions
(please enquire)
to +60 C
Integrated label holder on the front
(see accessories for labels)
Vertical reinforcement ribs on the

sides and back
Grip recess on the front
Labels
For integrated label holders.
Pack of 100.
Front flaps
Made of polycarbonate.
Can be easily opened and closed,
even when stacked.
Dividers
5 mm thick, can be cut to size.
Pack of 10.
For open fronted

storage bins
Length x height mm
No.
g / pack
Model
3, 4, 5
6, 7, 8
6, 8
1150 x 80
1150 x 120
612 082-BK
611 919-BK
56.90
78.10
A / a mm
B mm
C mm
90 / 80
102
50
164 / 150
105
75
230 / 205
150
125
290 /265
150
125
330 / 301
213
150
345 / 297
213
200
500 / 465
312
150
500 / 465
315
200
Capacity approx.
Pack of
Colour
litres
kg
0.25
0.5 / 2
50
0.7
5 / 25
25
2.7
13 / 60
25
3.5
14 / 60
25
7.4
22 / 100
10
9.7
25 / 100
10
16.5
40 / 180
10
22.5
45 / 180
8
red
blue
green
yellow
grey
g / pack
611 908-BK
611 909-BK
611 910-BK
611 911-BK
611 912-BK
611 902-BK
611 903-BK
611 904-BK
611 906-BK
611 907-BK
611 897-BK
611 898-BK
611 899-BK
611 900-BK
611 901-BK
611 892-BK
611 893-BK
611 894-BK
611 895-BK
611 896-BK
611 885-BK
611 886-BK
611 887-BK
611 888-BK
611 889-BK
611 879-BK
611 880-BK
611 881-BK
611 882-BK
611 884-BK
611 873-BK
611 874-BK
611 876-BK
611 877-BK
611 878-BK
611 868-BK
611 869-BK
611 870-BK
611 871-BK
611 872-BK
31.10
23.95
44.85
94.40
41.60
55.00
80.00
71.60
No.
g / pack
610 086-BK
610 087-BK
610 088-BK
610 088-BK
610 088-BK
610 088-BK
610 088-BK
610 088-BK
6.65
9.25
9.25
9.25
9.25
9.25
9.25
9.25
25
25
10
10
10
611 918-BK
611 918-BK
611 917-BK
611 916-BK
611 915-BK
611 914-BK
27.55
27.55
23.95
28.70
24.40
30.25
Labels
Pack of 100
Front flaps
pack of
No.
g / pack
112388
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112388
Accessories
281
7
Storage cupboards
Width x depth 670 x 260 mm
Three heights with same width and depth

Open fronted storage bins in assorted colours
(see table), made of high grade polypropylene
from g
219.00
Body
Sturdy, durable steel construction. Hardwearing,
environmentally friendly powder coating.
Doors
With external hinges, rotary handle and security lock.
Drive bolt lock.
Hardwearing, environmentally friendly powder coating.
Shelves
Zinc plated, adjustable in 16 mm increments.
Max. shelf load 30 kg, with evenly distributed load.
The 780 mm high model can also be used as wall
mounted cupboard.
The max. load specifications
apply with uniform load distribution.
See opposite page for open fronted container
dimensions and labels.
Further open fronted containers in different colours
and accessories are available on page 281.
3
2
1
Model
Shelves
Overall max. load
Without open fronted
storage bins
With open fronted

storage bins
mm
kg
body / doors light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / gentian blue RAL 5010
light grey RAL 7035 / traffic red RAL 3020
g
780 x 670 x 260

4
140
14
300
12
380
2000 x 670 x 260

15
380
18
380
610 142-BK
610 144-BK
610 145-BK
610 146-BK
610 147-BK
608 733-BK
608 735-BK
608 820-BK
608 821-BK
608 822-BK
610 159-BK
610 161-BK
610 162-BK
610 163-BK
610 164-BK
610 171-BK
610 172-BK
610 173-BK
610 174-BK
610 175-BK
608 722-BK
608 723-BK
608 813-BK
608 814-BK
608 816-BK
6
140
9
300
1575 x 670 x 260

11
300
610 114-BK
610 115-BK
610 116-BK
610 117-BK
610 118-BK
608 727-BK
608 728-BK
608 817-BK
608 818-BK
608 819-BK
610 131-BK
610 132-BK
610 133-BK
610 134-BK
610 136-BK
219.00
228.50
341.00
362.50
390.50
425.50
443.00
495.50
quantity x size / colour
6 x B blue
16 x C blue
42 x B blue
40 x C red
36 x B blue
24 x C red
90 x B blue
52 x C red
54 x B blue
28 x C red
114 x B blue
body / doors light grey RAL 7035

g
610 109-BK
610 110-BK
610 111-BK
610 112-BK
610 113-BK
610 120-BK
610 121-BK
610 122-BK
610 123-BK
610 124-BK
610 125-BK
610 126-BK
610 128-BK
610 129-BK
610 130-BK
610 137-BK
610 138-BK
610 139-BK
610 140-BK
610 141-BK
610 148-BK
610 149-BK
610 150-BK
610 152-BK
610 153-BK
610 154-BK
610 155-BK
610 156-BK
610 157-BK
610 158-BK
610 165-BK
610 166-BK
610 168-BK
610 169-BK
610 170-BK
610 176-BK
610 177-BK
610 179-BK
610 180-BK
610 181-BK
275.50
301.50
512.00
546.00
584.00
645.00
658.00
716.00
No.
g / pack
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
608 740-BK
18.90
18.90
18.90
18.90
18.90
18.90
18.90
18.90
Additional shelf
Pack of 2
BLUE =
107673
107673
Accessories
Storage cupboards
Storage cupboards
Height x width x depth 1950 x 950 x 400 mm
With six height adjustable shelves

Available in six modern colours
Open fronted storage bins in assorted colours
(see table), made of high grade polypropylene
Body
Sturdy, durable steel construction.
Doors
Reinforced in the middle, with internal hinges.
Rotary handle and security lock. Drive bolt lock.
Shelves
Max. shelf load 60 kg, with evenly distributed load.
from g
395.00

distribution.
and accessories are available on page 281.
Model
Shelves
quantity x size / colour
kg
light grey RAL 7035
jet black RAL 9005 / light grey RAL 7035
360
4xE
red, blue, green
360
8 x D red
12 x D blue
360
8xE
red, blue, green
360
608 745-BK
608 746-BK
608 747-BK
610 061-BK
610 063-BK
610 064-BK
610 182-BK
610 183-BK
610 184-BK
610 185-BK
610 187-BK
610 188-BK
610 189-BK
610 190-BK
610 191-BK
610 192-BK
610 193-BK
610 195-BK
610 196-BK
610 197-BK
610 198-BK
610 199-BK
610 200-BK
610 201-BK
395.00
560.00
584.00
647.00
No.
g / pack
608 753-BK
608 753-BK
608 753-BK
608 753-BK
35.20
35.20
35.20
35.20

Overall max. load
Body / doors
107674
Accessories
Size
A
B
C
D
E
89 x 102 x 50 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

230 x 150 x 125 mm

330 x 213 x 150 mm
350 x 213 x 200 mm
Labels for open fronted storage bins

Pack of 100.
Model
Extra shelves,
Pack of 2
164 x 105 x 75 mm
No.
g / pack
for A
for B
for C E
610 086-BK
610 087-BK
610 088-BK
6.65
9.25
9.25
KAISER + KRAFT
107674
283
7
Storage and drawer
cupboards
1950 x 950 x 500 mm
Body
Sturdy, durable steel construction.
Hardwearing, environmentally friendly
powder coating in five modern colours.
Shelves
Zinc plated, adjustable in 25 mm
increments. Max. shelf load 60 kg,
with evenly distributed load.
Doors
Reinforced in the middle, with internal
hinges. Rotary handle and security lock
with drive bolt lock. Hardwearing,
environmentally friendly powder coating.
2 4 With drawers
Made of impact resistant polystyrene,
smooth running.
For tools, small parts, forms, etc.
Max. drawer load up to 10 kg.
Internal dims. W x D x H 325 x 426 x 92 mm.
The drawers can be fitted with insert
boxes. See below.

Drawers with insert boxes
A wide range of suitable open fronted

storage bins can be found on pages 281.
from g
439.00
Labels
For drawers.
Pack of 50.
4
Model
Shelves
Drawers
Overall max. load
Body / doors
kg
light grey RAL 7035
g
360
3
12
360
4
13
360
1
26
360
608 741-BK
608 743-BK
608 744-BK
608 824-BK
608 825-BK
610 214-BK
610 215-BK
610 217-BK
610 218-BK
610 219-BK
610 220-BK
610 221-BK
610 222-BK
610 223-BK
610 225-BK
610 226-BK
610 227-BK
610 228-BK
610 229-BK
610 230-BK
439.00
772.00
927.00
1145.00
107675
Accessories
Extra shelves,
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
608 754-BK
608 754-BK
608 837-BK
608 754-BK
41.40
41.40
36.75
41.40
No. 610 090-BK
g / pack 10.90
Insert boxes for drawers

Made of impact resistant polystyrene.
One pack of the corresponding size is sufficient for one drawer.
Length x width
Height
Pack of
No.
mm
mm
53 x 40
54
64
32
16
blue
red
g / pack
610 233-BK
610 237-BK
610 234-BK
610 238-BK
610 235-BK
610 239-BK
610 236-BK
610 241-BK
34.70
24.20
14.20
12.85
80 x 53
54
106 x 80
54
BLUE =
160 x 106
54
107675
Storage and drawer cupboards Large cupboards
Large cupboards
1950 x 1200 x 500 mm
Body
Sturdy, durable steel construction. Hardwearing, environmentally friendly powder coating in six modern colours.
Doors
Reinforced in the middle, with internal hinges.
Rotary handle and security lock with drive bolt lock.
Suspension rails for bins are not adjustable.
Shelves
2 and 3 with shelves of various depths for storing open
fronted storage bins.
Max. shelf loads
60 kg for shelf depth 495 mm,
50 kg for shelf depth 330 mm,
30 kg for shelf depth 170 mm and 220 mm.
Made of high quality polypropylene.
See table for sizes and colours.
3 With drawers
With fully extendable telescopic guides.
Max. load 50 kg per drawer, with evenly distributed load.
Internal dims. width x depth x height 1031 x 425 x 80 mm.
1
from g
549.00

distribution.
Model
Shelves
Open fronted storage bins (total)
quantity x depth mm
quantity x size, colour
Drawers
Max. load (overall) approx.
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
jet black RAL 9005 / light grey RAL 7035
g
Accessories
107676
For drawer inserts see opposite page.
Extra shelves,
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock

and accessories are availoable on page 281.
4 x 495
3 x 170 / 4 x 220 / 3 x 330

40 x A blue / 73 x B blue
32 x C red / 20 x D red
3 x 170 / 3 x 220 / 3 x 330

40 x A blue / 73 x B blue
24 x C red / 15 x D red
360
360
3
360
608 748-BK
608 749-BK
608 751-BK
610 065-BK
610 066-BK
610 067-BK
610 202-BK
610 203-BK
610 204-BK
610 231-BK
610 205-BK
610 206-BK
610 207-BK
610 209-BK
610 210-BK
610 211-BK
610 212-BK
610 213-BK
549.00
1305.00
1700.00
608 762-BK

Size
A
B
C
D
89 x 102 x 50 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

230 x 150 x 125 mm

330 x 213 x 150 mm
Labels for open fronted storage bins

Pack of 100.
Model
63.80
164 x 105 x 75 mm
No.
g / pack
for A
for B
for C E
610 086-BK
610 087-BK
610 088-BK
6.65
9.25
9.25
KAISER + KRAFT
107676
285
7
4
e
c
Shelf bins
Cross dividers
For individual subdivision of shelf bins. Makes it easy to
remove small parts.
For 5 a, made of blue polypropylene.
Fixed in place by grooves on the sides of the base.
For 1 4, b i, made of transparent polypropylene.
With fixed, latching integral hinge.
Pack of 20.
Resistant to chemicals, oils and greases

Side recesses enable the bins to be placed at an
incline in the shelf
Supplied in single colour packs, seetable.
Labels
For 1 a, with film, on sheet with tractor feed edge for
text processing.
For b i, self-adhesive on sheet for text processing.
Cross dividers
Model
LxWxH
mm
VE
Stck
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
500 x 115 x 62
500 x 230 x 62
600 x 115 x 62
600 x 230 x 62
300 x 94 x 80
300 x 188 x 80
400 x 94 x 80
400 x 188 x 80
500 x 94 x 80
500 x 188 x 80
300 x 115 x 100
300 x 230 x 100
400 x 115 x 100
400 x 230 x 100
500 x 115 x 100
500 x 230 x 100
600 x 115 x 100
600 x 230 x 100
26
13
26
13
40
20
40
20
40
20
16
8
24
12
20
9
16
8
Blue
No.
Red
No.
g / pack
For
Peace
(max. per bin)
604 209-BK
604 206-BK
604 210-BK
604 207-BK
587 338-BK
587 346-BK
587 354-BK
587 362-BK
587 370-BK
587 389-BK
986 993-BK
986 994-BK
986 978-BK
986 979-BK
986 980-BK
986 981-BK
986 995-BK
986 996-BK
986 997-BK
986 998-BK
986 982-BK
986 983-BK
986 985-BK
986 986-BK
986 999-BK
987 001-BK
136.70
86.10
174.50
108.80
151.10
96.10
173.40
119.00
211.50
131.50
56.80
43.25
121.10
82.80
129.10
76.60
123.60
81.70
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
4
4
5
5
5
5
7
7
9
9
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
Labels
No.
g / pack
For
VE
peace
604 212-BK
604 211-BK
604 212-BK
604 211-BK
594 946-BK
594 954-BK
594 946-BK
594 954-BK
594 946-BK
594 954-BK
289 876-BK
289 892-BK
289 876-BK
289 892-BK
289 876-BK
289 892-BK
289 876-BK
289 892-BK
11.10
16.80
11.10
16.80
10.20
13.95
10.20
13.95
10.20
13.95
14.75
19.95
14.75
19.95
14.75
19.95
14.75
19.95
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
100
100
100
100
500
500
500
500
500
500
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
108
No.
g / pack
604 214-BK
604 213-BK
604 214-BK
604 213-BK
986 987-BK
986 988-BK
986 987-BK
986 988-BK
986 987-BK
986 988-BK
986 989-BK
986 990-BK
986 989-BK
986 990-BK
986 989-BK
986 990-BK
986 989-BK
986 990-BK
13.90
19.60
13.90
19.60
60.60
104.80
60.60
104.80
60.60
104.80
19.00
27.50
19.00
27.50
19.00
27.50
19.00
27.50
BLUE =
112389
112389
Shelf bins
Shelf bins . Folding bins
Folding plastic shelf bins

For small, light parts
Fold out insert fill

Chemical and oil resistant
Supplied flat, saves space when not in use
Double skinned, extruded polypropylene, 2.6 mm thick

(hollow chamber structure).
Cost effective packs of 25.
Ext. dims.
L x W x H mm
150 x 75 x 100
Internal dims.
Colour
L x W x H mm
orange
red
blue
silver grey
g / pack
30.30
Accessory
Self-adhesive
labels
Pack of 100
LxW
225 x 100 x 100
225 x 150 x 100
225 x 200 x 100
300 x 100 x 100
300 x 150 x 100
300 x 200 x 100
128 x 70 x 97
203 x 95 x 97
203 x 145 x 97
919 428-BK
919 436-BK
919 439-BK
919 440-BK
919 441-BK
919 442-BK
919 443-BK
919 444-BK
919 445-BK
919 447-BK
919 448-BK
919 449-BK
31.55
35.85
450 x 100 x 100
450 x 150 x 100
450 x 200 x 100
203 x 195 x 97
278 x 95 x 97
278 x 145 x 97
919 450-BK
919 451-BK
919 452-BK
919 453-BK
919 455-BK
919 456-BK
919 457-BK
919 458-BK
919 459-BK
919 460-BK
919 461-BK
919 463-BK
278 x 195 x 97
428 x 95 x 97
428 x 145 x 97
428 x 195 x 97
919 464-BK
919 465-BK
919 466-BK
919 467-BK
919 468-BK
919 469-BK
919 471-BK
919 472-BK
919 473-BK
919 474-BK
919 475-BK
919 476-BK
919 477-BK
919 478-BK
919 479-BK
919 480-BK
38.65
34.30
38.65
41.40
37.20
41.15
44.20
mm
66 x 41
66 x 41
127 x 41
127 x 41
66 x 41
127 x 41
127 x 41
66 x 41
127 x 41
127 x 41
No.
g / pack
919 481-BK
919 481-BK
919 482-BK
919 482-BK
919 481-BK
919 482-BK
919 482-BK
919 481-BK
919 482-BK
919 482-BK
3.05
3.05
5.50
5.50
3.05
5.50
5.50
3.05
5.50
5.50
Folding cardboard shelf bins
Supplied flat, saving space and costs

Assemble in seconds
Made of single layer, corrugated cardboard
Available in 2 heights, 100 or 200 mm
Suitable for all common shelf units
All dimensions specified are external.
Cost effective packs (see table).
Length
mm
Width x height
Pack
mm
qty.
75 x 100
50
100 x 100
50
75 x 100
50
100 x 100
50
150 x 100
50
200 x 100
50
50 x 100
50
100 x 100
50
150 x 100
50
200 x 100
50
250 x 100
50
100 x 100
50
150 x 100
50
No.
g / pack
723 353-BK
723 354-BK
723 356-BK
723 357-BK
900 548-BK
900 549-BK
900 550-BK
900 551-BK
723 358-BK
723 359-BK
900 552-BK
723 360-BK
723 361-BK
43.55
48.35
60.20
61.90
67.00
70.10
61.60
65.20
68.40
72.70
80.50
71.80
76.10
qty.
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
No.
g / pack
900 562-BK
900 563-BK
900 564-BK
900 565-BK
900 566-BK
900 568-BK
900 569-BK
900 570-BK
900 571-BK
900 572-BK
900 573-BK
900 574-BK
900 576-BK
122.40
136.80
169.70
175.30
184.80
195.70
173.80
184.50
192.90
206.00
227.50
203.00
212.50
Length
mm
400
Width x height
Pack
mm
qty.
200 x 100
50
100 x 100
50
200 x 100
50
100 x 100
50
150 x 100
50
200 x 100
50
200 x 200
25
250 x 200
25
300 x 200
25
200 x 200
25
300 x 200
25
200 x 200
25
300 x 200
25
No.
g / pack
723 362-BK
723 809-BK
723 810-BK
723 811-BK
900 553-BK
723 812-BK
900 554-BK
900 555-BK
900 556-BK
900 557-BK
900 558-BK
900 560-BK
900 561-BK
82.40
85.40
93.90
93.90
97.60
101.20
86.70
89.10
95.70
92.20
98.20
96.30
106.20
qty.
150
150
150
150
150
150
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
No.
g / pack
900 577-BK
900 578-BK
900 579-BK
900 580-BK
900 581-BK
900 582-BK
900 584-BK
900 585-BK
900 586-BK
900 587-BK
900 588-BK
900 589-BK
900 590-BK
234.00
241.50
267.50
267.50
276.00
286.50
245.00
252.00
267.50
261.50
277.00
272.50
299.00
122714
Pack
200
500
YELLOW =
Ex stock
300
600
400
400
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

500
600
KAISER + KRAFT
122714
Pack
150
287
7
4
b)
Shelf bins
a) + c)
f)
Stable, stackable, with high max. load and stacking

load (seetable)
Made of high quality polypropylene, thus shatterproof,
robust, and resistant to many types of oil, grease, acid,
and alkaline solutions
Ideal for use with conveyor systems and in flowthrough shelving
With all the advantages of easy handling
e)
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
Safe stacking due to all round stacking rim.

Smooth inside, easy to clean.
Bin closed up to the rim on all sides.
Trough handles open underneath for a secure grip.
Labels (without protective film) for bins and cross
dividers are included.
Protective label films 5 (without labels) can be ordered
separately as needed, see table below on the right.
f) With grooves as standard for cross and longitudinal
dividers.
System accessories
1 Cross dividers
With large label area, chamfered foot for easy
withdrawal of small parts, can be securely plugged-in
50 mm apart.
d)
2 Plug-in longitudinal dividers

g / pack
Pack of 8
Made of grey coated sheet steel.
35.00
3 Clear view dust covers
No. 986 861-BK
4 Retaining bars
Serves as pull-out stop, spring loaded and selfrighting. Folds down into rim to permit stacking and
unhindered access from the top.
For dimensions see table
5 Protective label films (without labels)

Please order as needed (see table below on the right).
Shelf bins
1 Cross dividers
Max. load /
stacking lod
Max. no of
long/cross dividers
Pack
of
No.
g / pack
Pack of
No.
g / pack
Pack of
No.
g / pack
Pack of
No.
g / pack
285 x 117 x 90
285 x234 x 90
285 x234 x 140
400 x117 x 90
400 x 234 x 90
400 x 234 x 140
500 x 117 x 90
500 x 234 x 90
500 x 234 x 140
600 x 117 x 90
600 x 234 x 90
600 x 234 x 140
2/6
5 / 15
7 / 20
3/9
6 / 20
10 / 30
4 / 12
8 / 25
13 / 40
5 / 15
10 / 30
15 / 45
/4
3/4
3/4
/6
3/6
3/6
/8
3/8
3/8
/ 10
3 / 10
3 / 10
16
8
6
16
8
6
16
8
6
16
8
6
986 859-BK
986 861-BK
986 862-BK
986 863-BK
986 864-BK
986 865-BK
986 866-BK
986 867-BK
986 868-BK
986 869-BK
986 870-BK
986 871-BK
58.70
35.00
49.60
76.90
46.10
54.30
92.60
61.20
63.40
129.00
82.50
81.40
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
986 872-BK
986 873-BK
986 874-BK
986 872-BK
986 873-BK
986 874-BK
986 872-BK
986 873-BK
986 874-BK
986 872-BK
986 873-BK
986 874-BK
6.70
10.05
14.15
6.70
10.05
14.15
6.70
10.05
14.15
6.70
10.05
14.15
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
986 875-BK
986 876-BK
986 877-BK
986 878-BK
986 880-BK
986 881-BK
986 882-BK
986 883-BK
26.40
35.50
31.90
44.60
36.05
49.40
44.00
59.20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
986 884-BK
986 885-BK
986 885-BK
986 886-BK
986 888-BK
986 888-BK
986 889-BK
986 890-BK
986 890-BK
986 891-BK
986 892-BK
986 892-BK
33.70
43.40
43.40
41.85
52.50
52.50
50.60
59.50
59.50
61.60
68.20
68.20
For (B) width

117 mm
234 mm
5 Protective label film (without labels)

Pack of
No.
g /pack
10
10
986 893-BK
986 894-BK
13.65
15.55
For (B) width x (C) height

117 x 90 mm
234 x 90 mm
234 x 140 mm
Pack of
No.
g / pack
100
100
100
986 896-BK
986 897-BK
986 974-BK
5.25
5.45
5.55
BLUE =
120211
4 Retaining bars
120211
3 Dust covers
mm
Dimensions
AxBxC
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
K
L
M
2 Longitudinal dividers
Shelf bins Boltless shelving
1
7

With and without storage bins
Available in
4 different
depths
Standard and extension shelf units zinc plated,

supplied with or without shelf bins (see table)
Shelf load 140 kg, max. bay load 1400 kg each with
evenly distributed loads
2000 mm high, in 4 different depths
Easy boltless assembly without tools extremely
quick assembly due to pre-assembled upright frames
Shelves with 40 mm bevelled edges on all sides,
longitudinal tubular reinforcements
Shelving units must be stiffened with supplied cross
braces in every standard shelf bay and every second
extension unit
All dimensions
in mm
2000 mm
525 625
325 425
Supplied without accessories.

Order separately as needed (see left hand page).
439.00
See left hand page for dimensions of open fronted

storage bins.
Rear shelf stops available on request.
from g
Standard shelf unit with shelf bins
Model
Version
4 not shown
5 not shown
6 not shown
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
stand. unit
extn. unit
mm
mm
2000 x 1060
325
2000 x 1005
325
2000 x 1060
325
2000 x 1005
325
2000 x 1060
325
2000 x 1005
325
2000 x 1060
425
2000 x 1005
425
2000 x 1060
525
2000 x 1005
525
2000 x 1060
625
2000 x 1005
625
quantity x type
96 x A
96 x A
36 x C
36 x C
36 x F
36 x I
36 x I
36 x M
36 x M
12
16 x A
16 x B
16 x C
10
36 x F
12
16 x A
16 x B
16 x C
10
No.
g
986 898-BK
986 899-BK
986 900-BK
986 901-BK
986 902-BK
986 903-BK
986 904-BK
986 905-BK
986 906-BK
986 907-BK
986 908-BK
986 910-BK
605.00
556.00
498.50
458.00
439.00
397.00
548.00
507.00
620.00
573.00
769.00
728.00
Shelf unit without shelf bins, No.

with 5 shelves
g
903 203-BK
903 204-BK
903 203-BK
903 204-BK
903 203-BK
903 204-BK
903 206-BK
903 207-BK
903 208-BK
903 209-BK
986 911-BK
986 912-BK
158.70
119.50
158.70
119.50
158.70
119.50
169.80
130.60
183.70
141.80
197.80
155.40
913 915-BK
913 915-BK
913 915-BK
913 915-BK
913 915-BK
913 915-BK
913 916-BK
913 916-BK
913 917-BK
913 917-BK
986 913-BK
986 913-BK
25.45
25.45
25.45
25.45
25.45
25.45
31.80
31.80
38.15
38.15
44.55
44.55
Height x width
Depth
Shelf unit
complete
with shelf
bins
stand. unit
bins
shelves
Shelves, zinc plated

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
127074
127074
Accessories
289
a
8
7
5
4
3
1
i
h
g
f
e
d
SPECIAL OFFER
Accessories
Shelving containers
Dividers - transparent for best visibility.

For packaging units see table.
Labels in 2 sizes. Suitable for all containers and dividers.
Pack of 100.
Made from heavy duty polypropylene

18 sizes, 4 colours
Excellent visibility of goods
Moulded handles for safe handling
Width x height
mm
No.
g / pack
Shelving and cupboards for use with these containers

are available on pages 280, 291.
66343
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
75 x 30
855 340-BK
12.85
16.00
Rear safety lip

White. Can be fitted onto 95 and 105 mm high containers,
preventing accidental removal and enabling a convenient
angle for access to contents. Pack of 100.
No. 855 359-BK
Model
60 x 30
191 795-BK
Shelving containers
g / pack 57.20
Dividers
LxWxH
mm
Quantity
per pack
Blue
No.
Green
No.
Red
No.
Yellow
No.
g / pack
Max. qty. per

container
Quantity
per pack
Transparent
No.
g / pack
300 x 90 x 95
300 x 118 x 95
300 x 180 x 95
300 x 240 x 95
400 x 90 x 95
400 x 118 x 95
400 x 180 x 95
400 x 240 x 95
400 x 240 x 150
500 x 90 x 95
500 x 118 x 95
500 x 180 x 95
500 x 240 x 95
500 x 180 x 110
500 x 240 x 150
600 x 118 x 95
600 x 240 x 95
600 x 240 x 150
40
30
20
15
40
30
20
15
10
40
30
20
15
20
10
30
15
10
705 566-BK
705 567-BK
705 568-BK
705 569-BK
705 570-BK
705 571-BK
705 572-BK
705 573-BK
705 574-BK
705 575-BK
705 576-BK
705 577-BK
705 579-BK
705 580-BK
705 581-BK
705 582-BK
705 583-BK
705 584-BK
705 585-BK
705 587-BK
705 588-BK
705 589-BK
705 590-BK
705 591-BK
705 592-BK
705 593-BK
705 595-BK
705 596-BK
705 597-BK
705 598-BK
705 599-BK
705 600-BK
705 601-BK
705 602-BK
705 603-BK
705 604-BK
705 605-BK
705 606-BK
705 607-BK
705 609-BK
705 610-BK
705 611-BK
705 612-BK
705 613-BK
705 782-BK
705 783-BK
705 784-BK
705 785-BK
705 786-BK
705 787-BK
705 788-BK
705 789-BK
705 790-BK
705 791-BK
903 097-BK
903 098-BK
903 099-BK
903 100-BK
903 101-BK
903 102-BK
903 103-BK
903 104-BK
903 105-BK
903 106-BK
903 107-BK
903 109-BK
903 110-BK
903 111-BK
903 112-BK
903 113-BK
903 114-BK
903 115-BK
126.50
120.00
99.90
82.20
179.40
153.50
122.70
105.80
108.00
213.50
188.70
141.80
132.30
153.20
123.00
226.00
155.40
148.80
5
3
3
3
7
4
4
4
3
9
6
6
6
6
3
7
7
4
50
50
25
25
50
50
25
25
10
50
50
25
25
25
10
50
25
10
706 985-BK
706 986-BK
706 987-BK
706 988-BK
706 985-BK
706 986-BK
706 987-BK
706 988-BK
858 617-BK
706 985-BK
706 986-BK
706 987-BK
706 988-BK
706 991-BK
858 617-BK
706 986-BK
706 988-BK
858 617-BK
29.75
30.85
25.15
29.75
29.75
30.85
25.15
29.75
18.55
29.75
30.85
25.15
29.75
30.55
18.55
30.85
29.75
18.55
BLUE =
66343
Shelving container units Shelving containers
from
489.00
The max. load capacities quoted apply to uniformly
displaced loads.
Boltless shelving with containers
Uprights painted light grey RAL 7035.

Shelves with edge stop, zinc-plated.
Drawer safety stops will be supplied
in the correct quantity.
Max. load per shelf 150 kg

Max. load per bay 2100 kg
Shelf width 1000 mm
Shelf depth x width
mm
Model
Shelf height
1790 mm
with containers
Standard unit
12
Extension unit
12
Standard unit
12
Extension unit
12
500 x 1000
Standard unit
9
Extension unit
9
Standard unit
12
Extension unit
12
88 x 2
88 x 2
44 x 4
44 x 4
88 x 6
88 x 6
32 x 9
32 x 9
44 x d
44 x d
730 296-BK
730 298-BK
730 299-BK
903 169-BK
730 301-BK
730 302-BK
730 303-BK
903 170-BK
730 304-BK
730 305-BK
730 306-BK
903 171-BK
730 307-BK
730 308-BK
730 309-BK
903 172-BK
730 310-BK
730 311-BK
730 312-BK
903 173-BK
730 313-BK
730 314-BK
730 315-BK
903 174-BK
730 316-BK
730 317-BK
730 318-BK
903 176-BK
730 320-BK
730 321-BK
730 322-BK
903 177-BK
730 323-BK
730 324-BK
730 325-BK
903 178-BK
730 326-BK
730 328-BK
730 329-BK
903 179-BK
639.00
589.00
489.00
464.00
781.00
732.00
563.00
515.00
747.00
705.00
No.
g
730 337-BK
730 409-BK
730 337-BK
730 409-BK
730 338-BK
730 410-BK
730 463-BK
730 464-BK
730 339-BK
730 411-BK
281.50
229.50
281.50
229.50
326.50
274.00
267.50
217.00
378.00
324.00
14
14
14
14
14
14
11
11
14
14
Shelves
with containers
Extension unit
12
400 x 1000
Qty. x container type

No.
red containers
blue containers
green containers
yellow containers
g
without containers
Shelf height
2100 mm
300 x 1000
Standard unit
12
Shelves
See opposite page for dimensions of the shelf

containers.
Cross dividers for the containers can be found on
the opposite page.
Qty. x container type

No.
red containers
blue containers
green containers
yellow containers
g
104 x 2
104 x 2
52 x 4
52 x 4
104 x 6
104 x 6
40 x 9
40 x 9
52 x d
52 x d
730 340-BK
730 341-BK
730 342-BK
903 180-BK
730 344-BK
730 345-BK
730 346-BK
903 181-BK
730 347-BK
730 348-BK
730 349-BK
903 182-BK
730 350-BK
730 352-BK
730 353-BK
903 184-BK
730 354-BK
730 355-BK
730 356-BK
903 185-BK
730 357-BK
730 358-BK
730 359-BK
903 186-BK
730 361-BK
730 362-BK
730 363-BK
903 187-BK
730 364-BK
730 365-BK
730 366-BK
903 188-BK
730 367-BK
730 368-BK
730 369-BK
903 189-BK
730 370-BK
730 371-BK
730 372-BK
903 190-BK
747.00
690.00
604.00
541.00
916.00
860.00
693.00
640.00
882.00
822.00
No.
g
730 380-BK
730 412-BK
730 380-BK
730 412-BK
730 381-BK
730 413-BK
730 465-BK
730 466-BK
730 382-BK
730 414-BK
329.50
267.50
329.50
267.50
379.50
318.00
319.00
263.50
439.00
377.50
No.
g
730 383-BK
730 383-BK
730 383-BK
730 383-BK
730 384-BK
730 384-BK
730 384-BK
730 384-BK
730 385-BK
730 385-BK
13.95
13.95
13.95
13.95
17.65
17.65
17.65
17.65
21.85
21.85
without containers
66344
Extra shelf
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
66344
Accessory
291
7
1
Visual storage container

system
For dust-free transparent storage

Boxes can be tilted and removed from the housing for
easy filling and removal
6 different models of housing, each 600 mm wide
Can be combined and extended to form large systems
Can be stacked on one another or fixed to the wall
Housing
Made of impact resistant polystyrene. Sand beige colour.
Also available in grey or blue on request.
Bins
Made of very shock resistant, transparent
ABS with grip rail and label space.
Labels are supplied.
5
Model
Qty x size
W x D x H mm
9xA
50 x 41 x 47
6xB
82 x 65 x 71
5xC
101 x 97 x 108
4xD
128 x 128 x 133
3xE
177 x 147 x 161
2xF
268 x 221 x 243
Housing (interior)
W x D x H mm
600 x 62 x 77
600 x 91 x 113
600 x 133 x 164
600 x 168 x 207
600 x 197 x 240
600 x 299 x 353
1 9 pieces
No.
g / each
258 687-BK
258 695-BK
258 709-BK
258 717-BK
258 725-BK
258 733-BK
18.60
21.10
24.35
34.05
46.55
101.60
No.
g / each
977 088-BK
977 089-BK
977 090-BK
977 091-BK
977 092-BK
977 093-BK
12.10
14.70
21.20
29.55
40.45
92.30
Model
From 10 pieces
3 Standard combinations
On the wall on the table
Housing rows fixed to the rear wall.
Wooden rear panel.
See table above for bin dimensions.
Model
mm
mm
mm
410
600
108
685
600
185
900
600
185
Tilting bins
Qty x size
18 x A
12 x B
18 x A, 6 x B
5 x C, 4 x D
18 x A, 12 x B
10 x C, 4 x D
1 9 pieces
No.
g / each
258 741-BK
258 768-BK
258 776-BK
78.70
131.60
175.20
From
No.
10 pieces g / each
977 094-BK
977 095-BK
977 096-BK
71.40
119.50
160.40
Height
Width
Depth
66346
See above for bin descriptions. Sheet steel housing, stove

enamelled in light grey RAL 7035 or gentian blue RAL 5010.
Model
Wall-mounted cupboard with tilting bins

Tilting bins
Housing
mm
910 x 665 x 250
910 x 665 x 250
910 x 665 x 250
910 x 665 x 250
Qty. x size
42 x B
15 x C
18 x B
24 x B
45 x A
16 x D
light grey
gentian blue
240 397-BK
729 391-BK
240 583-BK
729 392-BK
240 621-BK
729 393-BK
240 672-BK
729 394-BK
401.50
413.50
418.00
454.00
BLUE =
66346
Bins
Bins (int.)
Magazine cupboard Small draw combination system
Storage cupboards
The perfect overview with transparent
tilting containers
Easy access and instant stock overview

Dust-free storage of small parts
Sturdy sheet steel housing with high quality stove
enamelling
Housing available in light grey RAL 7035 or gentian blue

RAL 5010.
Compartments with handles and label spaces,
made of highly impact resistant, transparent ABS.
For dims. see table

D
Cupboards with other box combinations available on

request.
Model
Containers
W x D x H (int.) mm
24 items 82 x 65 x 71
25 items 101 x 97 x 108
12 items 128 x 128 x 133
96 items 82 x 65 x 71
50 items 101 x 97 x 108
8 items 128 x 128 x 133
mm
light grey
gentian blue
2000 x 665 x 250
2000 x 1270 x 250
681 342-BK
729 395-BK
731 900-BK
729 397-BK
659.00
1145.00
H x W x D (ext.)
No.
Combination drawer system
For storing small parts dust-free and

systematically
Drawers, housing and base made of impact resistant

polystyrene
Easy plug-in assembly through connecting strips on
housing
With insert
boxes
(available as
accessory)
The drawers can be equipped with inserts (see table).

Labels are included.
Accessories
Insert boxes in various sizes, base and additional labels.

Model
4/4
322 x 344.5 x 202
145 x 309 x 88
4/4
322 x 344.5 x 202
(2 x 71) x 309 x 88
4x6
4/4
482 x 344.5 x 202
225 x 309 x 88
4/4
482 x 344.5 x 202
(3 x 71) x 309 x 88
4x9
4/8
482 x 344.5 x 202
225 x 309 x 42.5
274 194-BK
274 240-BK
148 822-BK
274 356-BK
700 831-BK
274 208-BK
274 259-BK
148 830-BK
274 364-BK
700 832-BK
274 151-BK
274 216-BK
148 792-BK
274 313-BK
700 833-BK
274 178-BK
274 224-BK
148 806-BK
274 321-BK
700 834-BK
274 186-BK
274 232-BK
148 814-BK
274 348-BK
700 836-BK
72.50
84.00
85.00
107.10
109.90
LxWxH
mm
Requirement per drawer
72 x 154 x 84.5
4 items
112 x 154 x 84.5

4 items
112 x 102.5 x 39
6 items
No.
g
626 317-BK
626 295-BK
2.50
626 562-BK
2.40
LxWxH
mm
Requirement per drawer
72 x 102.5 x 84.5
6 items
112 x 102.5 x 84.5

6 items
4 x 56 x 51 x 39
6 items
No.
g
626 325-BK
626 309-BK
2.55
626 570-BK
2.55
No.
g
929 851-BK
929 851-BK
929 852-BK
929 852-BK
929 852-BK
28.50
28.50
32.75
32.75
32.75
No.
g / pack
700 838-BK
700 838-BK
700 838-BK
700 838-BK
700 837-BK
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
7.50
Housing / drawers
Housing
WxDxH
WxDxH
Drawers
Dividers
Drawers
mm
mm
mm
red
green
beige
grey
blue
Accessory
Insert boxes
66347
Pair of bases, black,

for overall housing width
Can be expanded to large system

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Additional labels
Pack of 100
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2.55
2.40
KAISER + KRAFT
66347
Insert boxes
293
7
Drawer cabinets
Suitable for the workbench, wall mounting

and transport
7
F
For storage, sales and at the workstation

Fittings for wall mounting
Housing and shelves made of painted sheet steel,
charcoal RAL 7016. Drawers made of crystal clear
polystyrene, with pull-out stop.
Drawers A D, H and I are available without dividers.
Dividers for drawers A C can be ordered as
accessories as needed, see accessory table.
Drawers E G have an integrated, non-removable
divider set.
Accessories
g / piece
1 from 10 items
Drawer cabinets
Crystal clear cross dividers for the drawers.

Up to 3 cross dividers can be used in drawer types A + B,
up to5intypeC.
35.00
No. 941 429-BK
Cross dividers for

drawer type
Pack of
A
B+C
20
15
No.
g / pack
941 265-BK
941 272-BK
6.55
13.15
Cabinets 3 + 6 and 8 + a can also

be used in revolving stands.
One label is supplied with each drawer.
Housing dims. (external)

Max. housing load
H x W x D mm
kg
282 x 306 x 155

30
238 x 306 x 155

20
551 x 306 x 155

60
630 x 366 x 173

60
507 x 271 x 173

40
551 x 306 x 155

60
460 x 306 x 155

50
387 x 366 x 173

40
261 x 366 x 173

40
387 x 366 x 173

45
Drawers
quantity x type
15 x A
2xB
1xC
25 x A
60 x A
20 x D
20 x E
12 x D
12 x E
8xC
35 x A
2xB
1xC
12 x D
12 x E
2xF
2xG
4xH
6xI
No.
g / each
941 428-BK
941 430-BK
941 432-BK
941 435-BK
941 437-BK
941 439-BK
941 442-BK
941 444-BK
941 446-BK
941 448-BK
40.65
40.65
73.00
73.00
73.20
73.20
73.00
67.50
67.40
67.50
No.
g / each
941 429-BK
941 431-BK
941 434-BK
941 436-BK
941 438-BK
941 443-BK
941 445-BK
941 447-BK
941 449-BK
35.00
32.95
56.20
56.20
56.30
941 440-BK
56.30
56.20
50.70
50.60
50.70
1 9 items
10+ items
See table for quantity of drawers per cabinet
Internal drawer dimensions
HxWxD
35x52x138mm
(see accessory table for
suitable cross dividers)
HxWxD
57x136x136 mm
HxWxD
57x276x136 mm
HxWxD
50x76x163 mm
HxWxD
50x76x163 mm
(3 compartments,
each 50x76 x 53 mm)
HxWxD
50x163x163mm
(1 compartment 50x163x
53mm and 3 compartments,
each 50 x 53 x 108 mm)
HxWxD
50x163x163 mm
(9 compartments,
each 50x53x 53mm)
HxWxD
50x163x163 mm
HxWxD
50x335x163 mm
Revolving stands
Made of painted sheet steel, charcoal RAL 7016. Easy
turning live ring with maintenance free roller bearings.
Max. load 300 kg. Supplied without cabinets.
1 With 3 levels
For drawer cabinets 3 + 6 this side and for drawer
cabinets 7 c the right side.
Each level can hold 4 drawer cabinets.
2 With 4 levels
Revolving stand
For cabinet size
118985
No.
g
All specified max. loads

apply withuniform load
distribution.
mm
mm
551 x 306 x 155

1800 x 460 x 460
387 x 366 x 173

1670 x 545 x 545
941 451-BK
941 452-BK
219.00
329.00
Spare drawers made of crystal clear polystyrene or

transparent, impact resistant polypropylene as well as
suitable spare labels can be found on page 295.
BLUE =
118985
For drawer cabinets 8 + a on this page.

Each level holds 4 drawer cabinets.
Drawer cabinets Revolving stands
Drawer cabinets
With transparent polypropylene drawers
For storing small parts and spare parts

Fittings for wall mounting
Housing and shelves made of high quality powder coated

sheet steel, in four colours.
Guide rails for easy, guided insertion of the drawers.
Drawers with pull-out stop, made of flexible, impact
resistant and transparent polypropylene.
One label is supplied for each drawer.
Drawers A D, H and I are available without cross
dividers.
Cross dividers for drawers A C can be ordered as an
accessory as needed see accessory table.
Drawers E G have an integrated, non-removable
divider set.
See table below for spare drawers made of transparent
polypropylene or crystal clear polystyrene as well as
spare labels.
c
4
3*
4*
5*
6*
7*
9 **
a **
b **
c **
H x W mm
D mm
238 x 306
155
460 x 306
155
551 x 306 155
551 x 306 155
551 x 306 155
551 x 306 155
551 x 306 155
261 x 366 173
387 x 366 173
387 x 366 173
387 x 366 173
387 x 366 173
kg
25
50
60
60
60
52.5
60
40
40
40
40
45
Drawers
quantity x type
10 x A
2xB/1xC
20 x A
6xB/1xC
30 x A
6xB/1xC
8xB
4xC
16 x B
30 x A
4xB/2xC
45 x A
2xB/1xC
2xF
2xG/4xH
24 x D
12 x D
12 x E
24 x E
6xI
Housing
white aluminium RAL 9006

light blue RAL 5012
pure orange RAL 2004
jet black RAL 9005
502 865-BK
502 866-BK
502 867-BK
502 868-BK
502 869-BK
502 870-BK
502 872-BK
502 873-BK
502 874-BK
502 926-BK
502 929-BK
502 930-BK
502 931-BK
502 933-BK
502 934-BK
502 935-BK
502 938-BK
502 939-BK
502 959-BK
502 961-BK
502 962-BK
502 963-BK
502 988-BK
503 027-BK
503 087-BK
505 326-BK
505 332-BK
505 333-BK
505 375-BK
505 418-BK
505 457-BK
505 549-BK
505 556-BK
505 559-BK
505 562-BK
505 569-BK
505 588-BK
505 643-BK
505 735-BK
505 736-BK
505 737-BK
505 741-BK
505 742-BK
505 743-BK
505 761-BK
505 816-BK
505 817-BK
505 818-BK
32.85
43.85
48.25
48.35
49.35
49.35
53.70
60.30
65.80
65.80
65.90
67.50
Drawer cabinets with transparent

polypropylene drawers

Max. housing load
** This drawer cabinet fits in revolving stand 2 on page 294.
* This drawer cabinet fits in revolving stand 1 on page 294.
Spare drawers and labels

For this page as well as pages 294 and 296
Model
H x W x D mm
H x W x D mm
Drawer division
(as standard or using accessories)
41.8 x 54 x 155
35 x 52 x 138
63 x 140 x 157
57 x 136 x 136
63 x 280 x 157
57 x 276 x 136
58 x 80 x 184
50 x 76 x 163
58 x 80 x 184
50 x 76 x 163
58 x 167 x 184
50 x 163 x 163
58 x 167 x 184
50 x 163 x 163
58 x 167 x 184
50 x 163 x 163
58 x 339 x 167
50 x 335 x 163
suitable cross dividers available

asan accessory

asan accessory

asan accessory
3 compartments,
each 50x76x53
mm
150x163x53mm
compartment
and3-
9 compartments,
each 50x53x53
mm
Pack of
20
20
20
Polypropylene drawers
transparent
No.
g / pack
505 829-BK
505 830-BK
505 890-BK
505 891-BK
505 892-BK
505 893-BK
505 894-BK
505 895-BK
505 896-BK
39.70
25.10
40.85
68.30
73.40
32.25
35.15
31.85
52.10
Polystyrene drawers
crystal clear
No.
g / pack
505 819-BK
505 821-BK
505 822-BK
505 823-BK
505 824-BK
505 825-BK
505 826-BK
505 827-BK
505 828-BK
36.40
22.60
36.80
61.80
66.40
29.00
31.65
28.65
46.95
Labels
Pack of 200
No.
g / pack
505 898-BK
505 899-BK
505 901-BK
505 902-BK
505 902-BK
505 975-BK
505 975-BK
505 975-BK
505 984-BK
5.25
8.45
10.05
7.25
7.25
9.85
9.85
9.85
11.75
Polypropylene cross dividers
Accessories
Cross dividers made of polypropylene or
polystyrene for drawers A C.
Up to 3cross dividers can be used in
drawer types A + B, up to 5 in type C.
Type
A
B+C
A
B+C
125049
No.
505 985505 987-
g / pack
6.55
12.80
Polystyrene cross dividers

Type
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Pack of
20 items
15 items
Pack of
20 items
15 items
No.
941 265-BK
941 272-BK
g / pack
6.55
13.15
Drawer C made of polypropylene

(cross dividers available as an accessory)
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Drawer C made of polystyrene

(cross dividers available as an accessory)
KAISER + KRAFT
125049
Drawer dims. (external)

Drawer dims. (internal)
295
7
Drawer cabinets
Spare drawers and labels can be found on page 295.
1 c Max. housing load 30 kg
Accessories
or 60 kg
Steel-frame housing with steel shelves,
painted in blue, grey, black or red. Housing
in two heights.
Drawers made of transparent polystyrene.
Drawer cabinets 7 c can be placed in
revolving stand 1 on the left hand page.
Each level of the revolving stand holds
4 drawer cabinets (7 c).
All specified max. loads apply with
Crystal clear cross dividers for the drawers.

Up to 3 cross dividers can be used in drawer types A + B,
up to 5in type C.
For type
Pack of
20
15
A
B+C
No.
941 265-BK
941 272-BK
g / pack
6.55
13.15
Drawer dimensions (internal) 1 c

Type A: H x W x D (internal)
35 x 52 x 138 mm
Type B: H x W x D (internal)
57 x 136 x 136 mm
Type C: H x W x D (internal)
57 x 276 x 136 mm
See table for quantity of drawers per cabinet.
H x W x D mm
Max. housing load
282 x 306 x 155
kg
551 x 306 x 155
30
Model
60
Drawers
quantity x type
30 x A
15 x A
4xB
8xB
4xC
4xB
2xC
15 x A
2xB
1xC
60 x A
45 x A
2xB
1xC
16 x B
8xC
8xB
4xC
30 x A
4xB
2xC
Housing
blue RAL 5002

light grey RAL 7035
black RAL 9005
red RAL 3002
g
941 290-BK
941 291-BK
941 292-BK
941 293-BK
32.95
941 294-BK
941 347-BK
941 296-BK
941 297-BK
42.50
941 299-BK
941 300-BK
941 302-BK
941 303-BK
40.30
941 304-BK
941 305-BK
941 306-BK
941 307-BK
40.65
941 308-BK
941 309-BK
941 311-BK
941 312-BK
40.45
941 313-BK
941 314-BK
941 315-BK
941 316-BK
40.75
941 317-BK
941 318-BK
941 319-BK
941 320-BK
77.60
941 321-BK
941 322-BK
941 323-BK
941 324-BK
77.00
941 325-BK
941 326-BK
941 327-BK
941 329-BK
72.80
941 330-BK
941 331-BK
941 332-BK
941 333-BK
74.30
941 334-BK
941 335-BK
941 337-BK
941 338-BK
73.50
941 339-BK
941 340-BK
941 341-BK
941 342-BK
75.80
d g Max. housing load 75 kg
Drawer pull-out stop for

cabinets d i
Dark grey, similar to RAL 7012.
Pack of 10.
No. 941 346-BK
g / pack 7.15
Model
Housing dims. (external) H x W x D mm

Quantity of drawers
H x W x D mm
Drawers
grey, similar to RAL 7011
transparent
red, similar to RAL 3020
g
Accessories
max. per drawer
Cross dividers
395 x 380 x 300

8
70 x 170 x 267
395 x 380 x 300

16
70 x 80 x 267
395 x 380 x 400

8
70 x 170 x 365
395 x 380 x 400

16
70 x 80 x 365
941 273-BK
941 274-BK
941 275-BK
941 276-BK
941 277-BK
941 278-BK
941 279-BK
941 281-BK
941 282-BK
941 283-BK
941 284-BK
941 285-BK
941 286-BK
941 287-BK
941 288-BK
941 289-BK
90.90
104.10
109.90
123.20
No.
g / pack
941 264-BK
941 270-BK
941 264-BK
941 270-BK
13.30
7.25
13.30
7.25
pack of 10
Model
Steel-frame housing with steel shelves in

Drawers made of coloured polypropylene
or crystal clear SAN (styrene acrylonitrile).
Transparent cross dividers made of SAN
(styrene acrylonitrile) and drawer pull-out
stops available as accessories.

H x W x D mm
Quantity of drawers
H x W x D mm
Drawers
transparent
g
Accessories
max. per drawer
Cross dividers
862 x 600 x 417

24
70 x 170 x 365
862 x 600 x 417

48
70 x 80 x 365
941 259-BK
941 260-BK
941 261-BK
941 262-BK
941 266-BK
941 267-BK
941 268-BK
941 269-BK
467.50
519.00
No.
g / pack
941 264-BK
941 270-BK
13.30
7.25
122717
h i Max. housing load 240 kg
pack of 10
i
Cabinets h and i can also be supplied with castors please enquire.
Max. load of drawer cabinets h and
i with castors: 150kg per drawer
cabinet.
BLUE =
122717
Steel-frame housing with steel shelves in

Housings in two depths.
Drawers made of coloured polypropylene
or crystal clear SAN (styrene acrylonitrile).
Transparent cross dividers made of SAN
(styrene acrylonitrile) and drawer pull-out
stops available as accessories.
Drawer cabinets Wall shelving units Small parts shelving
NEW
1
2
2
1
Adaptable wall shelf units
Model
Quick, targeted removal of items

Adaptable compartment width due to removable vertical
partitions
For wall mounting (incl. mounting kit)
Compartment dimensions
Made of high quality, environmentally friendly, powder

coated sheet steel. Available in five colours and three sizes.
Full length labelling strips for easy identification of contents.
Effective internal dims. of thefour

insidecompartment columns
3
18
4
24
6
36
mm
mm
315
600 x 120
410
600 x 120
600
600 x 120
light blue RAL 5012

light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
traffic red RAL 3020
944 132-BK
944 298-BK
944 134-BK
944 295-BK
944 296-BK
944 299-BK
944 344-BK
944 340-BK
944 341-BK
944 342-BK
944 159-BK
944 348-BK
944 345-BK
944 346-BK
944 347-BK
83.50
102.20
120.90
Shelf rows
Max. compartments
Effective internal dims. ofboth

outsidecompartment columns
Height
Width x depth
Colour
Small parts shelf units
NEW
Simple, space saving storage of small parts

All compartments with practical angled edge at front for
quick and easy filling and removal
Max. load per compartment 5 kg
Made of high quality, powder coated sheet steel.

Available in five colours and three sizes.
As top extension unit and base unit with plinth.
The units can be bolted together (bolts not included).
An anti-tipping device (not included) must be used when
stacking.
1
2
Compartment dimensions
Effective internal dimensions of all compartments
1 With 5 x 5 compartments
Model
base unit
with plinth
top extn. unit

without plinth
Compartments
mm
Colour
light blue RAL 5012
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
25
696 x 580 x 300
25
596 x 580 x 300
944 199-BK
944 264-BK
944 201-BK
944 202-BK
944 240-BK
944 265-BK
944 293-BK
944 266-BK
944 267-BK
944 268-BK
217.50
197.90
base unit
with plinth
top extn. unit

without plinth
Compartments
mm
Colour
light blue RAL 5012
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
50
696 x 1160 x 300
50
596 x 1160 x 300
944 349-BK
944 354-BK
944 350-BK
944 352-BK
944 353-BK
944 355-BK
944 177-BK
944 356-BK
944 357-BK
944 358-BK
329.00
311.00
2 With 5 x 10 compartments
126262
Model
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
297
7
B
1
A
A
2
6
5
B
c
C
2
B
4
E
Industrial containers
Polypropylene (PP)
Container range with smooth base
Retains shape, highly resistant
Perfectly suited for use with roller conveyors and
flow-through shelving
Suitable for automated handling systems due to
vertical holding
Ergonomic handles:
1 and 2 with grip handles, 3 c with grip holes
With integrated label holder
Accessories
A
B
C
Push-on lids for 1 a.

Hinged lids with clip-on hinges for 1 a.
Crocodile lids with clip-on hinges for 2 a.
Partitioning
Suitable for 3 c.
For fastening labels or packing slips.
Pack of 10.
Single bin
Pack of
L x W x H mm
No.
g / pack
g / pack 18.30
partitioning
partitioning
560 x 178 x 80
2 x 2 bins
280 x 178 x 80
2 x 4 bins
517 591-BK
517 592-BK
45.85
30.00
litres
10
15
25
20
30
40
50.8
60
80
90
132
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
300 x 200
120
400 x 300
120
400 x 300
180
400 x 300
220
600 x 400
120
600 x 400
180
600 x 400
220
600 x 400
270
600 x 400
320
600 x 400
420
800 x 600
220
800 x 600
320
Internal dims.
length x width mm
height mm
269 x 169
118
367 x 267
116
367 x 267
176
367 x 267
216
567 x 367
116
567 x 367
176
567 x 367
216
567 x 367
256
567 x 367
316
567 x 367
416
752 x 552
216
752 x 552
316
kg
15 / 200
5
20 / 400
5
25 / 400
5
25 / 400
5
30 / 400
5
30 / 400
5
30 / 400
4
30 / 400
4
35 / 400
3
40 / 400
2
40 / 400
1
40 / 400
1
grey
blue
red
g / pack
507 293-BK
507 294-BK
517 555-BK
517 557-BK
517 558-BK
517 559-BK
517 560-BK
517 561-BK
517 562-BK
517 563-BK
517 564-BK
517 565-BK
517 566-BK
517 567-BK
517 568-BK
517 570-BK
517 571-BK
517 572-BK
517 573-BK
517 574-BK
507 295-BK
507 297-BK
507 298-BK
517 575-BK
517 576-BK
517 578-BK
517 579-BK
517 580-BK
517 581-BK
517 582-BK
517 583-BK
517 584-BK
517 586-BK
36.45
56.90
64.90
72.20
81.60
86.20
79.50
95.50
74.60
62.00
48.90
56.20
Push-on lids
grey
g / pack
507 299-BK
517 587-BK
517 587-BK
517 587-BK
517 588-BK
517 588-BK
517 588-BK
517 588-BK
517 588-BK
517 588-BK
21.10
31.30
31.30
31.30
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
21.05
B
C
Hinged lids
grey
g / pack
507 301-BK
507 302-BK
507 302-BK
507 302-BK
517 589-BK
517 589-BK
517 589-BK
517 589-BK
517 589-BK
517 589-BK
28.75
38.30
38.30
38.30
22.65
22.65
22.65
22.65
22.65
22.65
grey
g / pack
507 303-BK
507 303-BK
507 303-BK
507 304-BK
507 304-BK
507 304-BK
507 304-BK
507 304-BK
507 304-BK
57.60
57.60
57.60
30.70
30.70
30.70
30.70
30.70
30.70
Capacity approx.

Pack of
Colour
Accessories
Pack of
125051
Suitable for 5 a.
To subdivide containers into halves or quarters.
Each sold in packs for 2 containers.
D Spring clip label holders
No. 517 590-BK

Model
E Insert boxes
Crocodile lids
BLUE =
125051
Stacking boxes
g / pack
Max. stacking load 500 kg

Reinforced ribbed base for heavy loads
Temperature resistant from 20C
to+90C
Can also be stacked with lid
85.00
No. 507 314-BK
4
5
Pack of 4.
Accessories
Lid, labels (suitable for integrated label
holder) and seals.
Please order separately as required.
8
7
2
8
3
1
6
These stacking boxes can also be

stacked on the containers
(L x W 600 x 400 mm)
on pages 304 - 306, 308.
Model
perforated walls, solid base
Description
Capacity approx.
litres
External dims.
Internal dims.
kg
Colour
red
blue
green
grey
g / pack
Accessories
125050
3
solid walls and base
37
600 x 400 x 210
548 x 348 x 190
50 / 500
49
600 x 400 x 270
548 x 348 x 250
50 / 500
58.5
600 x 400 x 320
548 x 348 x 300
55 / 500
78
600 x 400 x 420
548 x 348 x 400
55 / 500
37
600 x 400 x 210
548 x 348 x 190
65 / 500
49
600 x 400 x 270
548 x 348 x 250
65 / 500
58.5
600 x 400 x 320
548 x 348 x 300
70 / 500
78
600 x 400 x 420
548 x 348 x 400
70 / 500
507 314-BK
507 315-BK
507 316-BK
507 311-BK
507 312-BK
507 313-BK
507 308-BK
507 309-BK
507 310-BK
507 305-BK
507 306-BK
507 307-BK
517 635-BK
517 639-BK
517 644-BK
517 648-BK
517 636-BK
517 641-BK
517 645-BK
517 649-BK
517 637-BK
517 642-BK
517 646-BK
517 650-BK
517 638-BK
517 643-BK
517 647-BK
517 651-BK
85.00
85.60
101.40
116.60
81.30
90.10
106.20
124.00
517 652-BK
Lids
Pack of 4
black
g / pack
517 652-BK
517 652-BK
517 652-BK
517 652-BK
517 652-BK
517 652-BK
517 652-BK
49.95
49.95
49.95
49.95
49.95
49.95
49.95
49.95
Labels
Pack of 50
white
g / pack
517 653-BK
517 654-BK
517 655-BK
517 655-BK
517 653-BK
517 654-BK
517 655-BK
517 655-BK
6.65
6.90
7.20
7.20
6.65
6.90
7.20
7.20
Seals
Pack of 500
red
g / pack
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125050
299
7
Universal stacking
containers
in 34 sizes from 5 to 96 litres
Model / material
1 PE
Capacity
litres
External dims.
Internal dims.

Order qty.
No.
450 x 255 x 105

400 x 210 x 100
428 x 307 x 88
391 x 287 x 85
items
19
from 10
19
from 10
213 977-BK
986 664-BK
213 497-BK
986 665-BK
17.75
12.10
15.35
10.45
Model / material
4 PP
5 PP
6 PP
7 PP
8 PP
10
20
20
30
40
60

300 x 200 x 125

255 x 165 x 120
400 x 300 x 125

350 x 270 x 115
400 x 300 x 232

350 x 270 x 225
600 x 400 x 125

550 x 365 x 115
400 x 300 x 339

350 x 270 x 330
600 x 400 x 235

550 x 365 x 225
600 x 400 x 339

550 x 365 x 330
213 438-BK
771 643-BK
213 594-BK
771 651-BK
771 678-BK
771 686-BK
213 608-BK
771 694-BK
771 708-BK
771 716-BK
213 578-BK
771 724-BK
ivory
grey
g / each
ivory
grey
g / each
Accessory
Lid
771 635-BK
13.55
14.90
19.95
22.20
25.50
31.10
42.50
986 675-BK
986 669-BK
986 677-BK
986 670-BK
986 678-BK
986 671-BK
986 679-BK
986 672-BK
986 680-BK
986 673-BK
986 681-BK
9.85
11.55
16.35
18.15
22.00
26.60
36.40
213 586-BK
771 732-BK
213 586-BK
771 732-BK
213 551-BK
771 740-BK
213 586-BK
771 732-BK
213 551-BK
771 740-BK
213 551-BK
771 740-BK
11.30
11.30
13.30
11.30
13.30
13.30
ivory
grey
Model / material
9 PP
986 668-BK
986 676-BK
a PP
b PP
c PE
d PE
e PE
f PE
litres
10
23
26
35
50
96

560 x 360 x 64
510 x 310 x 60
445 x 345 x 90
410 x 310 x 85
460 x 330 x 210

395 x 295 x 200
665 x 448 x 120

600 x 400 x 115
600 x 350 x 220

530 x 315 x 210
660 x 450 x 220

600 x 400 x 210
660 x 450 x 410

600 x 400 x 400
natural
grey
g / each
natural
grey
g / each
213 470-BK
411 205-BK
213 462-BK
411 213-BK
213 241-BK
411 230-BK
213 454-BK
411 221-BK
213 268-BK
411 264-BK
213 276-BK
411 272-BK
213 284-BK
771 880-BK
natural
grey
Capacity
Containers
from 10 items
External dims.
Internal dims.
3 PP
1 9 items
Containers
litres
Capacity
External dims.
Internal dims.
2 PE
natural
g / each
Made from polyethylene (PE) or polypropylene (PP)

Hygienic and suitable for foodstuffs
Resistant to acids and alkalis
PE from 30 C to +60 C
PP from 10 C to +80 C
1 9 items
from 10 items
95226
Accessory
Lid made of Polystyrol (PS)
Temperature resistant (30 C to +50 C)
g PP
14.85
15.75
21.65
26.00
29.05
36.95
52.00
986 683-BK
986 691-BK
986 684-BK
986 692-BK
986 685-BK
986 693-BK
986 686-BK
986 694-BK
986 687-BK
986 695-BK
986 688-BK
986 696-BK
986 689-BK
986 697-BK
11.15
11.85
17.70
22.35
24.85
31.50
44.60
213 292-BK
411 248-BK
213 527-BK
411 302-BK
213 527-BK
411 302-BK
213 527-BK
411 302-BK
10.60
17.10
17.10
17.10
BLUE =
95226
Plastic containers
All containers
are completely
hygienic and
suitable for use
with foodstuffs.
Resistant to
many acids and
alkalis.
Model / material
Capacity
External dims.
Internal dims.
Container
i PP
j PP
k PP
l PP
m PP
n PP
5
300 x 200 x 147
243 x 162 x 129
12
400 x 300 x 147
345 x 260 x 129
24
400 x 300 x 280
345 x 260 x 262
40
600 x 400 x 220
567 x 367 x 216
52
600 x 400 x 280
544 x 359 x 262
60
600 x 400 x 320
567 x 367 x 316
80
600 x 400 x 420
567 x 367 x 416
916 665-BK
517 436-BK
916 666-BK
517 439-BK
916 667-BK
517 441-BK
517 753-BK
517 760-BK
919 425-BK
517 443-BK
517 754-BK
517 761-BK
517 756-BK
517 762-BK
natural
grey
g
15.70
16.85
21.00
26.70
31.75
34.05
45.45
986 731-BK
517 438-BK
986 733-BK
517 440-BK
986 735-BK
517 442-BK
517 757-BK
517 764-BK
986 737-BK
517 444-BK
517 758-BK
517 765-BK
517 759-BK
517 766-BK
12.00
13.20
17.55
22.65
27.05
28.45
37.40
919 426-BK
517 446-BK
919 427-BK
517 447-BK
919 427-BK
517 447-BK
520 891-BK
520 892-BK
919 429-BK
517 448-BK
520 891-BK
520 892-BK
520 891-BK
520 892-BK
5.15
8.00
8.00
13.10
11.65
13.10
13.10
Model / material
litres
items
Container
natural
g / each
q
p PE
q PE
r PE
s PE
25
460 x 340 x 225
405 x 280 x 215
19
33
595 x 395 x 245
550 x 350 x 176
19
50
830 x 530 x 200
755 x 480 x 135
19
55
750 x 440 x 210
710 x 400 x 200
19
55
630 x 530 x 203
570 x 465 x 193
19
10+
10+
10+
10+
10+
986 740-BK
517 751-BK
517 752-BK
771 767-BK
986 741-BK
213 519-BK
986 742-BK
771 775-BK
986 743-BK
24.50
21.05
32.20
28.10
87.80
75.00
36.75
31.45
38.80
33.50
Tapered containers
Can be stacked inside each other to save
space
(please enquire)
118986
o PE
YELLOW =
Ex stock
213 500-BK
h PP
litres
1 9 items
natural
grey
g / each
10+ items
natural
grey
g / each
Accessories
Lid
Capacity approx.
External dims. approx.
Order quantity
Model
Capacity approx.
External dims. (top)
Internal dims. (bottom)
Natural colour
Black
litres
60
480 x 480 x 370
387 x 387 x 367
65
650 x 430 x 330
507 x 327 x 327
80
750 x 490 x 315
622 x 372 x 312
160
883 x 638 x 364
780 x 540 x 350
220
883 x 638 x 504
780 x 540 x 500
No.
g / each
536 504-BK
536 512-BK
536 520-BK
536 539-BK
536 547-BK
40.75
46.75
65.80
81.50
97.00
10+ items
No.
g / each
986 744-BK
986 745-BK
986 746-BK
986 748-BK
986 749-BK
35.50
40.55
57.30
70.80
84.80
1 9 items
No.
g / each
536 563-BK
536 571-BK
81.50
97.00
10+ items
No.
g / each
986 750-BK
986 751-BK
71.00
84.80
1 9 items
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
118986
301
7
4
1
3
To place empty containers inside each other,
simply rotate the container 180 degrees,
saving you up to 50 % storage space.
Made of polypropylene (PP), suitable for foodstuffs

Suitable for roller conveyors smooth base
(see table for max. stacking load)
Model
litres
13
18
34
50
70
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
300 x 200
150
400 x 280
180
590 x 380
135
590 x 380
202
600 x 400
300
800 x 400
300
Internal dims.
length x width mm
height mm
210 x 145
145
275 x 210
175
440 x 295
130
425 x 295
195
450 x 330
295
650 x 330
298
kg
without / with lid kg
14
100 /
4
15
130 /
4
25
130 / 100
3
26
130 / 100
3
35
150 / 100
3
35
150 /
2
red
yellow
blue
green
grey
natural
g / pack
520 903-BK
520 904-BK
520 905-BK
520 906-BK
520 907-BK
520 908-BK
520 909-BK
520 910-BK
520 911-BK
520 912-BK
520 913-BK
520 914-BK
520 915-BK
520 916-BK
520 917-BK
520 919-BK
520 920-BK
520 921-BK
520 922-BK
520 923-BK
520 924-BK
520 925-BK
520 927-BK
520 928-BK
520 929-BK
520 930-BK
520 931-BK
520 932-BK
520 933-BK
520 935-BK
520 936-BK
520 937-BK
520 938-BK
520 939-BK
520 940-BK
520 941-BK
51.00
57.50
62.50
70.40
82.90
105.00
grey
g / pack
520 943-BK
520 944-BK
520 945-BK
520 945-BK
520 946-BK
520 947-BK
17.55
22.75
29.15
29.15
32.55
53.00
Capacity approx.
Max. load approx.

Stacking load approx.
Pack of
Solid walls and base
Grey lid made of impact resistant polystyrene (PS).

Temperature resistant from 10 C to +60C.
All max. loads (see table) apply for uniform load distribution.
The lids for containers 1, 2 and 6 are intended for use as a
lid only, as they cannot bear loads.
Accessories
125160
Polystyrene lid
Pack of 2 sacks
BLUE =
3
5
5
Lids for all models
Containerscanalsobestackedwithlids
1
3
2
4
2
Stacking load without lid
Stacking load with lid
up to 300 kg
up to 200 kg
Suitable steel dollies for
these models can be found
on page 259.
Made of high density polyethylene
Temperature resistant from 30C to +60C

No vacuum effect when unstacking
All models of one series can be stacked on top of one
another
Increased stability when stacking due to centring design
Requires 60 % less space when stacked inside one
another for return transport and storage
Standard dims. of 600 x 400 mm for Euro pallets
Stable, robust stacking containers preserve the quality of

products.
Ergonomic handles for easier handling.
Smooth inside walls for quick and hygienic cleaning.
Rounded edges on mesh walls to protect products during
transport. Improved conveyor belt characteristics.
From 300
pieces
Lid
Ergonomic
handle
Model
Dolly
litres
kg
kg
25
600 x 400 x 150
520 x 360 x 146
25
200
32
600 x 400 x 200
520 x 360 x 196
32
200
40
600 x 400 x 250
520 x 360 x 246
40
200
50
600 x 400 x 300
520 x 360 x 296
50
200
60
600 x 400 x 350
520 x 360 x 346
60
200
Perforated walls and base
natural white
grey
g
967 941-BK
967 946-BK
967 942-BK
967 948-BK
967 943-BK
967 949-BK
967 944-BK
967 950-BK
967 945-BK
967 951-BK
19.80
20.65
23.30
26.15
28.05
natural white
grey
blue
g
967 952-BK
967 958-BK
967 965-BK
967 953-BK
967 959-BK
967 966-BK
967 954-BK
967 960-BK
967 967-BK
967 956-BK
967 961-BK
967 968-BK
967 957-BK
967 962-BK
967 969-BK
20.85
22.40
27.15
30.35
33.50
grey
g
732 451-BK
732 451-BK
732 451-BK
732 451-BK
732 451-BK
17.95
17.95
17.95
17.95
17.95
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
Max. load
Stacking load / lid
Accessories
Accessories
Lid suitable for all models.

126882
Lid
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126882
303
7
Dollies can be found on page 87.
Insert boxes can be found on page 307.
4
1
Euro size stacking containers
Accessories
For almost any storage, production and transport requirement
Hinged lid made of black polypropylene.

Fitted with 2 hinge clips and 2 locking bolts as standard.
Made of high quality polypropylene suitable for

foodstuffs
In five colours and three designs
High stability
Temperature resistant from 20 C to +60 C,
and brieflyup to +90 C
Model
Capacity approx.
Pack of

litres
max. load
max stacking load
Perforated walls, solid base
kg
kg
red
yellow
green
blue
grey
g / pack
max. load
kg
max stacking load
kg
red
yellow
green
blue
grey
g / pack
max. load
kg
max stacking load
kg
red
yellow
green
blue
grey
g / pack

Sizes suited to pallet dimensions 1200 x 800 mm and
800x600mm
Label holder
Made of spring steel, 80 x 20 mm.
No. 737 345-BK
g 4.70
Containers with thermo moulding available on request.
300 x 200 x 75
255 x 157 x 65
2.8
5
25
500
300 x 200 x 145

252 x 152 x 133
5.5
5
25
500
400 x 300 x 120

356 x 255 x 110
10
5
30
500
400 x 300 x 145

356 x 255 x 133
13
5
35
500
400 x 300 x 175

356 x 255 x 165
15
5
35
500
400 x 300 x 210

356 x 255 x 200
19
5
40
500
400 x 300 x 266

356 x 255 x 255
24
5
40
500
400 x 300 x 320

356 x 255 x 300
29
5
45
500
507 573-BK
507 574-BK
507 575-BK
507 576-BK
507 577-BK
507 578-BK
507 601-BK
507 628-BK
507 881-BK
507 903-BK
508 757-BK
508 758-BK
508 759-BK
508 760-BK
508 761-BK
508 762-BK
508 763-BK
508 765-BK
508 766-BK
508 767-BK
508 768-BK
508 769-BK
508 770-BK
508 771-BK
508 773-BK
508 774-BK
508 775-BK
508 776-BK
508 777-BK
508 778-BK
508 779-BK
508 781-BK
508 782-BK
508 783-BK
508 784-BK
508 785-BK
508 786-BK
508 787-BK
508 788-BK
508 789-BK
32.30
41.25
20
300
44.40
20
300
48.85
25
300
53.40
25
300
63.40
30
300
80.60
30
300
88.10
35
300
510 409-BK
510 737-BK
510 738-BK
510 753-BK
510 754-BK
510 850-BK
510 851-BK
510 861-BK
510 862-BK
510 863-BK
510 864-BK
510 865-BK
510 930-BK
510 961-BK
510 962-BK
510 970-BK
510 972-BK
510 973-BK
510 974-BK
510 975-BK
510 976-BK
511 040-BK
512 186-BK
512 187-BK
512 263-BK
512 291-BK
512 302-BK
512 304-BK
512 305-BK
512 364-BK
512 365-BK
512 366-BK
512 367-BK
512 368-BK
512 369-BK
35.85
15
250
44.85
15
250
52.70
20
250
57.10
20
250
62.70
25
250
66.10
25
250
79.10
30
250
944 368-BK
944 369-BK
944 370-BK
944 371-BK
944 372-BK
944 373-BK
944 374-BK
944 375-BK
944 376-BK
944 377-BK
944 379-BK
944 380-BK
944 381-BK
944 382-BK
944 383-BK
944 384-BK
944 385-BK
944 387-BK
944 388-BK
944 389-BK
944 390-BK
944 391-BK
917 712-BK
917 714-BK
918 032-BK
918 083-BK
918 091-BK
918 105-BK
918 113-BK
918 121-BK
918 148-BK
918 156-BK
918 411-BK
918 412-BK
918 474-BK
34.70
40.70
48.85
51.10
61.20
65.90
73.90
911 973-BK
911 973-BK
911 974-BK
911 974-BK
911 974-BK
911 974-BK
911 974-BK
911 974-BK
20.20
20.20
27.00
27.00
27.00
27.00
27.00
27.00
Hinged lid
Pack of 5
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
122532
122532
Accessories
Stacking containers
g
Perforated walls, solidbase
Model
Capacity approx.
Pack of
Solid walls and
base
Perforated walls,
solid base
Perforated walls
and base

litres
max. load
max. stacking load
max. load
max. stacking load
max. load
max. stacking load
kg
kg
red
yellow
green
blue
grey
g / pack
kg
kg
red
yellow
green
blue
grey
g / pack
kg
kg
red
yellow
green
blue
grey
g / pack
600 x 400 x 120

551 x 352 x 110
22
5
40
600
600 x 400 x 145

551 x 352 x 133
26
5
45
600
600 x 400 x 175

551 x 352 x 165
33
5
45
600
600 x 400 x 210

551 x 352 x 200
40
5
50
600
600 x 400 x 266

551 x 352 x 255
51
5
50
600
600 x 400 x 320

551 x 352 x 300
61
5
60
600
800 x 600 x 210

740 x 545 x 200
78
2
80
800
800 x 600 x 320

740 x 545 x 300
127
2
125
800
508 790-BK
508 791-BK
508 792-BK
508 793-BK
508 794-BK
508 795-BK
508 796-BK
508 797-BK
508 798-BK
508 800-BK
508 801-BK
508 803-BK
508 804-BK
508 805-BK
508 806-BK
508 807-BK
508 808-BK
508 809-BK
509 052-BK
509 084-BK
509 085-BK
509 087-BK
510 201-BK
510 202-BK
510 227-BK
510 235-BK
510 263-BK
510 264-BK
510 265-BK
510 333-BK
510 334-BK
510 336-BK
510 385-BK
510 392-BK
510 393-BK
510 398-BK
510 403-BK
510 404-BK
510 405-BK
510 406-BK
70.40
30
400
81.80
35
400
87.00
35
400
103.80
40
400
119.50
40
400
133.00
50
400
89.70
70
600
115.50
110
600
512 382-BK
512 392-BK
512 423-BK
512 429-BK
512 430-BK
512 431-BK
512 438-BK
518 797-BK
518 798-BK
518 799-BK
518 900-BK
518 901-BK
519 001-BK
519 003-BK
519 020-BK
519 021-BK
519 029-BK
519 031-BK
519 034-BK
519 036-BK
519 660-BK
519 661-BK
519 666-BK
519 699-BK
519 700-BK
519 701-BK
519 702-BK
519 703-BK
519 704-BK
519 705-BK
519 706-BK
519 708-BK
519 709-BK
519 813-BK
519 814-BK
519 857-BK
519 881-BK
944 365-BK
944 366-BK
944 367-BK
72.80
25
300
70.60
30
300
78.40
30
300
96.40
35
300
95.90
35
300
134.50
45
300
88.80
108.70
918 499-BK
918 516-BK
918 748-BK
918 751-BK
918 826-BK
918 860-BK
918 867-BK
918 868-BK
918 874-BK
918 907-BK
918 997-BK
919 155-BK
919 156-BK
919 157-BK
919 158-BK
919 159-BK
919 161-BK
919 162-BK
919 163-BK
919 164-BK
919 165-BK
919 166-BK
919 217-BK
919 263-BK
919 297-BK
919 347-BK
919 424-BK
920 130-BK
920 278-BK
920 279-BK
65.70
70.60
76.20
88.10
95.90
116.60
911 975-BK
911 975-BK
911 975-BK
911 975-BK
911 975-BK
911 975-BK
47.65
47.65
47.65
47.65
47.65
47.65
Hinged lid
Pack of 5
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122533
122533
Accessories
305
7
Cost effective packaging units.
Other container colours
(from 200 items, in one size and colour)
and heat embossed containers
See right hand page for insert boxes.
9
6
C
B
Heavy duty
Euro containers
4
B

20 C to +90 C
Resistant to oils, greases,
most acids and alkalis
Heavy duty and suitable for roller
conveyors
Large capacity due to optimised wall
design
Cleaning of the closed containers
made easy by smooth inside walls
Holder for labels on all 4 sides
Ergonomic handles on the short sides
Made of polypropylene, suitable for foodstuffs
Accessories
Push-on lids
For general use as dust cover.
Can be locked onto containers.
Containers can still be stacked.
Hinged lid incl. hinge

Easy self-assembly without tools.
Labels
Pack of 50.
Model
Seals (not shown)

For securing the containers.
Pack of 500.
E For containers
Thickness
mm
Length x height mm
No.
g / pack
Dividers, charcoal colour,

can be cut as needed
Pack of 10.
1, 2
6
3
7
3, 4
7, 8
4, 5
8, 9
3, 4
7, 8
4, 5
8, 9
5
1150 x 80
5
1150 x 100
5
1150 x 120
5
1150 x 180
10
1150 x 120
15
1150 x 180
924 616-BK
924 617-BK
924 618-BK
924 619-BK
924 620-BK
924 621-BK
56.90
67.40
78.10
96.90
82.10
108.80
length x width mm
height mm
300 x 200
120
400 x 300
120
400 x 300
175
400 x 300
210
400 x 300
270
600 x 400
120
600 x 400
175
600 x 400
210
600 x 400
270
600 x 400
320
600 x 400
420
Internal dims.
length x width mm
height mm
260 x 160
100
360 x 260
100
360 x 260
155
360 x 260
190
360 x 260
250
560 x 360
100
560 x 360
155
560 x 360
190
560 x 360
250
560 x 360
300
560 x 360
400
litres
kg
items
blue
red
grey
green
g / pack
blue
red
green
g / pack
4.1
35 / 600
8
9.2
45 / 600
4
14.5
45 / 600
4
17.5
50 / 600
4
23.3
50 / 600
4
20.0
60 / 700
2
31.0
60 / 700
2
38.0
70 / 700
2
50.0
70 / 700
2
60.0
75 / 700
2
80.0
75 / 700
2
924 439-BK
924 441-BK
924 442-BK
924 443-BK
924 444-BK
924 445-BK
924 446-BK
924 447-BK
924 448-BK
924 449-BK
924 450-BK
924 451-BK
924 452-BK
924 453-BK
924 454-BK
924 455-BK
924 456-BK
924 457-BK
924 459-BK
924 460-BK
924 461-BK
924 462-BK
924 463-BK
924 464-BK
924 465-BK
924 467-BK
924 468-BK
924 469-BK
924 470-BK
924 471-BK
924 472-BK
924 473-BK
924 475-BK
924 476-BK
924 477-BK
924 478-BK
924 479-BK
924 480-BK
924 481-BK
924 483-BK
924 484-BK
924 485-BK
924 486-BK
924 487-BK
Capacity
Pack quantity per colour
Perforated walls,
solid base
67.70
46.35
50.70
57.20
61.50
37.55
39.70
44.05
47.50
54.20
69.70
924 488-BK
924 489-BK
924 491-BK
924 492-BK
924 493-BK
924 494-BK
924 495-BK
924 496-BK
924 497-BK
924 498-BK
924 499-BK
924 500-BK
924 550-BK
924 551-BK
924 552-BK
924 553-BK
924 554-BK
924 556-BK
924 557-BK
924 558-BK
924 559-BK
924 560-BK
924 561-BK
924 562-BK
924 564-BK
924 565-BK
924 566-BK
924 567-BK
924 568-BK
924 569-BK
924 570-BK
924 572-BK
924 573-BK
60.60
45.95
49.25
54.60
60.00
35.60
38.15
42.15
45.20
50.40
77.60
black
blue
red
grey
green
yellow
g / pack
black
blue
red
grey
green
yellow
g / pack
mm
510 774-BK
510 775-BK
510 776-BK
510 778-BK
510 779-BK
510 780-BK
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
Push-on lids
external height: + 12 mm
pack of 4
Hinged lid
incl. hinge
external height: + 15 mm
pack of 4
66071
C
D
Labels
pack of 50
Seals
pack of 500
size
16.40
21.80
21.80
21.80
21.80
38.60
38.60
38.60
38.60
38.60
38.60
510 795-BK
510 796-BK
510 797-BK
510 798-BK
510 799-BK
510 800-BK
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
22.05
210 x 60
43.00
210 x 60
43.00
210 x 60
43.00
210 x 74
43.00
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 60
53.20
210 x 60
53.20
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 74
No.
g / pack
924 667-BK
924 667-BK
924 667-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
924 667-BK
924 667-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
7.15
7.15
7.15
7.50
7.50
7.15
7.15
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
No.
g / pack
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
924 615-BK
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
37.35
BLUE =
66071
Accessories
Stacking boxes Insert boxes
Compartment inserts
Made of highly impactresistant
polystyrene, suitable for foodstuffs
In 18 sizes and 5 colours, with
transparent polystyrene lids
To store and sort small parts, also suitable

for the containers on the left-hand page.
Model
Colour
mm
red
blue
green
yellow
grey
g / pack
Pack of 50 items
Accessories
Lids, crystal clear
pack of 50 items
No.
g / pack
Model
Pack of
Colour
mm
49 x 49 x 40
99 x 49 x 40
99 x 99 x 40
198 x 99 x 40
53 x 40 x 54
80 x 53 x 54
106 x 80 x 54
54 x 54 x 63
108 x 54 x 63
108 x 108 x 63
162 x 108 x 63
274 518-BK
274 577-BK
274 593-BK
274 615-BK
274 798-BK
274 828-BK
274 844-BK
274 860-BK
274 887-BK
274 909-BK
833 657-BK
833 665-BK
833 673-BK
833 681-BK
833 703-BK
833 711-BK
833 738-BK
833 746-BK
833 754-BK
833 762-BK
833 770-BK
833 789-BK
833 797-BK
833 800-BK
833 819-BK
833 827-BK
833 835-BK
833 843-BK
833 851-BK
833 878-BK
833 886-BK
833 894-BK
833 908-BK
833 916-BK
833 924-BK
833 932-BK
924 685-BK
924 686-BK
924 688-BK
924 689-BK
924 690-BK
924 691-BK
924 692-BK
833 940-BK
924 693-BK
924 694-BK
833 959-BK
924 696-BK
924 697-BK
924 698-BK
924 699-BK
924 700-BK
833 967-BK
924 701-BK
924 702-BK
30.45
34.95
43.35
82.70
32.00
43.35
50.90
32.00
37.20
54.80
73.60
924 703-BK
845 213-BK
845 221-BK
18.70
19.45
29.60
49 x 49 x 70
74 x 74 x 70
49 x 99 x 90
99 x 99 x 90
198 x 99 x 90
86 x 73 x 120
94 x 73 x 122
items
50
50
50
50
50
15
30
red
blue
green
yellow
grey
g / pack
924 704924 705924 706924 707924 708-
924 710-BK
924 711-BK
924 712-BK
924 713-BK
924 714-BK
924 715-BK
924 716-BK
928 192-BK
924 718-BK
924 719-BK
924 720-BK
924 721-BK
924 722-BK
924 723-BK
924 724-BK
924 726-BK
924 727-BK
924 728-BK
924 729-BK
924 730-BK
924 731-BK
924 732-BK
924 734-BK
924 735-BK
924 736-BK
924 737-BK
924 738-BK
924 739-BK
924 740-BK
924 742-BK
35.35
45.85
39.65
52.10
98.20
19.25
39.65
No.
g / pack
924 703BK
929 690-BK
845 213-BK
845 221-BK
19.15
19.45
29.60
Accessories
Lids, crystal clear
pack of 50 items
i
g
Stacking containers
Made of high density polyethylene, suitable for foodstuffs

to+60 C
Capacity approx.
litres
Ext. dims.
L x W x H mm
Internal dims.
L x W x H mm
Bins
1 9 items
grey
g / item
from 10 items
grey
g / item
Suitable for roller conveyors and

Euro pallets
16
503 x 340 x 142
463 x 300 x 135
20
600 x 400 x 120
560 x 360 x 110
37
503 x 340 x 257
463 x 300 x 250
42
600 x 400 x 230
560 x 360 x 220
213 675-BK
213 683-BK
213 853-BK
213 861-BK
18.80
21.55
31.25
34.15
986 714-BK
986 715-BK
986 716-BK
986 717-BK
16.25
18.35
26.60
29.05
Available in 2 colours and with lids

10
450 x 295 x 125
15
580 x 360 x 100
18
525 x 455 x 110
758 140-BK
758 159-BK
758 094-BK
758 108-BK
758 019-BK
758 027-BK
18.65
22.05
27.30
986 718-BK
986 719-BK
986 721-BK
986 722-BK
986 723-BK
986 724-BK
15.90
18.75
23.25
758 132-BK
845 396-BK
758 086-BK
845 418-BK
14.50
14.50
Capacity approx.
litres
Ext. dims.
L x W x H mm
1 9 items natural white
Bins
grey
g / each
from
natural white
10 items
grey
g / each
Accessory
Lids
natural white
grey
30
525 x 455 x 165
35
580 x 360 x 215
40
525 x 455 x 220
758 035-BK
758 043-BK
758 116-BK
758 124-BK
758 051-BK
758 078-BK
66518
30.65
33.75
39.75
986 725-BK
986 726-BK
986 727-BK
986 728-BK
986 729-BK
986 730-BK
26.40
29.05
34.10
758 086-BK
845 418-BK
758 132-BK
845 396-BK
758 086-BK
845 418-BK
14.50
14.50
14.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Smooth inside, easy to clean
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

66518
Capacity approx.
litres
Ext. dims.
L x W x H mm
1 9 items natural white
Bins
grey
g / each
from
natural white
10 items
grey
g / each
Accessory
Lids
natural white
grey
KAISER + KRAFT
307
7
Open fronted storage
bins in EURO size
Made of polypropylene suitable

for foodstuffs
E
A Transparent panel
Inexpensive packaging units

Other container colours (from 200 items,
in one size and colour) and heat
embossed containers available on
request.
B Support rod
B
2
Easy to fill and fast access

Can be stacked safely and hold heavy loads
Resistant against oils, greases, most acids and alkalis
Large opening can be closed with inspection panel
High stability and capacity through rounded cavity
profiles in the corners
With large inner capacity and ergonomic grips
Label holders on all 4 sides
Containers with accessories can also be stacked
7
D
Corrugated bases for

increased stability
Accessories
B
C
Transparent panels made of impact resistant

polycarbonate
Permanently attached to lid. Can also be opened when
stacked. Protects against dust, enables the contents
to be seen and easy access.
Support rods
For better handling. Easily mounted by bolting.
Push-on lid
Does not slip, can be stopped on the container.
F for open fronted storage bins

Thickness
Length x height
mm
mm
No.
g / pack
Model
8
A
D
E
F
Folding lid, incl. hinge

Easy self-assembly without tools.
Labels
For 1 and 4 210 x 60 mm;
for 2, 3, 5 up to 8 210 x 74 mm.
Grey partitions, can be cut to size
Pack of 10 items.
1
4
1
4
1, 2
4, 5
2, 3
5, 6
1, 2
4, 5
2, 3
5, 6
5
1150 x 80
5
1150 x 100
5
1150 x 120
5
1150 x 180
10
1150 x 120
15
1150 x 180
924 616-BK
924 617-BK
924 618-BK
924 619-BK
924 620-BK
924 621-BK
56.90
67.40
78.10
96.90
82.10
108.80

width x height mm
litres
kg
kg
items (one colour)
blue
red
grey
green
g / pack
400 x 300 x 175

360 x 260 x 155
195 x 80
14.5
1.15
40 / 500
4
400 x 300 x 210

360 x 260 x 190
195 x 105
17.5
1.20
45 / 500
4
400 x 300 x 270

360 x 260 x 250
195 x 135
23.3
1.45
45 / 500
4
600 x 400 x 175

560 x 360 x 155
265 x 80
31
1.80
55 / 600
2
600 x 400 x 210

560 x 360 x 190
265 x 105
38
2.00
65 / 600
2
600 x 400 x 270

560 x 360 x 250
265 x 135
50
2.30
65 / 600
2
600 x 400 x 320

560 x 360 x 300
265 x 165
60
2.60
70 / 600
2
600 x 400 x 420

560 x 360 x 400
265 x 215
80
3.10
70 / 600
2
924 622-BK
924 623-BK
924 624-BK
924 625-BK
924 626-BK
924 627-BK
924 629-BK
924 630-BK
924 631-BK
924 632-BK
924 633-BK
924 634-BK
924 635-BK
924 637-BK
924 638-BK
924 639-BK
924 640-BK
924 641-BK
924 642-BK
924 643-BK
924 645-BK
924 646-BK
924 647-BK
924 648-BK
924 649-BK
924 650-BK
924 651-BK
924 653-BK
924 654-BK
924 655-BK
924 656-BK
924 657-BK
45.95
47.90
55.40
37.80
41.25
45.00
52.90
61.90
Front panels transparent

Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
924 658-BK
924 659-BK
924 662-BK
924 663-BK
924 664-BK
38.85
924 661-BK
36.75
41.45
44.70
47.85
51.10
Support rods plastic

Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
924 665-BK
924 665-BK
924 665-BK
924 666-BK
924 666-BK
924 666-BK
924 666-BK
924 666-BK
8.95
8.95
8.95
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
12.15
Push-on lids
External height: + approx. 12 mm
black
blue
red
grey
green
yellow
g / pack
black
blue
red
grey
green
yellow
g / pack
mm
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 781-BK
510 782-BK
510 783-BK
510 784-BK
510 786-BK
510 787-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
510 788-BK
510 789-BK
510 790-BK
510 791-BK
510 792-BK
510 794-BK
No.
g / pack

Internal dims.
Access opening
Capacity
Weight
Max. / stacking load
Pack of
Walls and base closed
Pack of 4
Folding lids, incl. hinge

External height: + approx. 15 mm
Pack of 4
Labels
Pack of 50
size
66072
21.80
21.80
21.80
38.60
38.60
38.60
38.60
38.60
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 801-BK
510 802-BK
510 803-BK
510 804-BK
510 805-BK
510 806-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
510 808-BK
510 809-BK
510 810-BK
510 811-BK
510 812-BK
510 813-BK
43.00
210 x 60
43.00
210 x 74
43.00
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 60
53.20
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 74
53.20
210 x 74
924 667-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
924 667-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
924 614-BK
7.15
7.50
7.50
7.15
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
BLUE =
66072
Accessories
Open fronted storage bins Stacking containers
6
On 6, container lid and front flap are
opened separately.
3
7
B
6
6 Has an additional hinge in the lid flaps
for partial opening.
15.00
g / piece
No. 986 926-BK
from 10 items
Reusable stacking containers with folding lid

Storage, transport, and order picking container in one
Stacking load up to 100 kg

Made of polypropylene suitable for
foodstuffs
from 40 C to +40 C, and for a short
period up to +100 C for cleaning
Model
Smooth surface for optimum use of

space and easy cleaning
Easy to handle due to large handles,
suitable for roller conveyors
Containers 1 5 and 7 9 can be
sealed see accessories
Green containers
Container body similar to RAL6026,
lid similar to RAL6018.
Blue containers
Container body and lid similar to RAL5002.
Label holders and insertion labels

make it easy to identify the contents,
seeaccessories A +B.
C Seals
Secure sealing for transport and storage,
suitable for 1 5 and 7 9.
litres
kg
6
10
20
20
25
20
40
20
54
20
54
20
64
20
65
20
80
20
length x width (bottom) mm

height mm
300 x 200
200
400 x 300
252
400 x 300
320
600 x 400
250
600 x 400
320
600 x 400
320
600 x 400
365
600 x 400
385
710 x 460
368
length x width (bottom) mm

height mm
235 x 152
174
325 x 246
222
321 x 244
295
515 x 343
215
508 x 335
285
505 x 334
292
501 x 328
330
512 x 329
355
597 x 374
330
green
blue
g / each
green
blue
g / each
986 924-BK
986 949-BK
986 927-BK
986 952-BK
986 929-BK
986 954-BK
986 931-BK
986 956-BK
986 934-BK
986 958-BK
986 945-BK
986 969-BK
986 936-BK
986 960-BK
986 938-BK
986 962-BK
986 940-BK
986 964-BK
Capacity
Max. load
1 9 items
10+ items
18.00
19.20
20.65
30.75
33.05
41.45
35.60
36.75
52.60
986 926-BK
986 951-BK
986 928-BK
986 953-BK
986 930-BK
986 955-BK
986 932-BK
986 957-BK
986 935-BK
986 959-BK
986 946-BK
986 970-BK
986 937-BK
986 961-BK
986 939-BK
986 963-BK
986 942-BK
986 965-BK
15.00
15.95
16.95
25.10
26.95
33.95
29.00
30.30
43.05
Up to 75 % space saving when stacked

inside each other
A Label holders
B Label holders
C Seals
Can be attached to the long sides of

containers 2, 3, 6.
Pack of 10.
Can be attached to the long sides of

containers 2 3, and the short sides of
5 7.
Pack of 10.
Pack of 500.
No. 986 973-BK
g / pack 23.25
No. 986 972-BK
g / pack 11.15
Labels for B (1 3 and 5 7)

Pack of 100.
118991
No. 986 975-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Labels for A (2, 3, 6)

Pack of 100.
Label holders for 9

For attachment to short sides.
Pack of 10.
No. 986 977-BK
No. 510 821-BK
g / pack 11.95
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g / pack 10.95
g / pack 11.40
Labels for 9
Pack of 100.
No. 510 822-BK
g / pack 11.15
KAISER + KRAFT
118991
No. 986 971-BK
g / pack 32.10
309
7
Multi-functional
stacking containers
Max. stackable load up to
200 kg
Delivery container, stock container

and storage box all in one
Hinged lid
Made from food grade polypropylene
20 C to +90 C
Sealable
Suitable for gravity conveyors
A good grip is ensured by the

ergonomically designed, integral grip
handles.
Smooth surfaces guarantee a
100 % volume utilization as well as through
cleaning.
Stackable = 70 % space saving when

empty.
On request
Containers with grip cut-outs or
stacking framework.
10+
g / each
15.00
Capacity approx.
Seals
16
18
22
27
29
Ext. dims.
Length x Width (top) mm

Height mm
310 x 200
170
410 x 300
190
410 x 300
240
410 x 300
290
410 x 300
340
610 x 400
190
Int. dims.

Height mm
249 x 171
130
349 x 271
150
349 x 271
203
349 x 271
253
349 x 271
302
540 x 371
150
Max. load approx
Pack of 500
No. 705 794-BK
litres
kg
15
14
20
25
25
25
No.
g / each
737 276-BK
737 278-BK
700 877-BK
700 880-BK
700 882-BK
737 284-BK
16.95
21.30
22.40
24.25
25.70
30.65
No.
737 277-BK
737 279-BK
737 280-BK
737 281-BK
737 282-BK
737 285-BK
g / each
15.00
19.10
19.70
21.65
23.15
28.10
litres
38
47
58
74
76
100
Ext. dims.

Height mm
610 x 400
240
610 x 400
290
610 x 400
340
610 x 400
440
810 x 400
340
810 x 400
440
Int. dims.

Height mm
540 x 371
199
540 x 371
249
540 x 371
299
540 x 371
399
740 x 367
303
740 x 367
403
19
g / pack 28.25
10+
Capacity approx.
Label pouch
Max. load approx
66520
Adhesive type
175 x 105 mm
No. 720 886-BK
19
g 2.20
10+
kg
30
30
35
35
35
35
No.
700 884-BK
700 887-BK
700 889-BK
700 891-BK
720 888-BK
720 889-BK
g / each
32.95
34.10
35.60
40.55
46.75
51.60
No.
737 286-BK
737 287-BK
737 288-BK
737 289-BK
737 290-BK
737 292-BK
g / each
30.25
31.00
32.95
36.65
44.40
47.20
BLUE =
66520
No. 737 277-BK
Stacking containers
Euro size stacking containers

Max. load up to 50 kg, stacking load up to 500 kg
Made of polypropylene,
suitable for foodstuffs
Ergonomic handles: 1 with 2 handles
on the front sides,
2 a with 4 grip handles
1 with a smooth solid base,
2 a with ribbed solid bases
from 10 C to +90 C
Particularly suitable for automatic

conveyor systems thanks to:
Guides for horizontal holding
Vertical holding for all models
U forked grooves for picking up the
container with a lifting device (3, 4,
6 a)
Double walled corners
Horizontal holding
Ergonomic handle
Label holder (for label

size 212 x 75 mm)
Double walled corners
Tongue for U fork
9
a
8
7
Model
Capacity
External dims.
Internal dims.
Pack of
Container
93328
Accessories
Lid
Pack of 2
1
1
litres
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
4.4
300 x 200 x 120
259 x 159 x 117
12
10
400 x 300 x 120
365 x 265 x 106
6
15
400 x 300 x 170
365 x 265 x 156
4
20
400 x 300 x 220
365 x 265 x 206
4
21
600 x 400 x 120
565 x 365 x 106
3
30
600 x 400 x 170
565 x 365 x 156
2
42
600 x 400 x 220
565 x 365 x 206
2
52
600 x 400 x 270
565 x 365 x 256
1
63
600 x 400 x 320
565 x 365 x 306
1
83
600 x 400 x 420
565 x 365 x 406
1
blue
grey
g / pack
986 400-BK
986 398-BK
986 403-BK
986 401-BK
986 405-BK
986 404-BK
986 407-BK
986 406-BK
986 409-BK
986 408-BK
986 412-BK
986 411-BK
986 414-BK
986 413-BK
986 416-BK
986 415-BK
986 418-BK
986 417-BK
986 420-BK
986 419-BK
93.80
69.00
55.00
58.70
49.40
34.15
40.30
22.75
25.50
31.95
blue
grey
g / pack
987 071-BK
986 421-BK
987 072-BK
986 422-BK
987 072-BK
986 422-BK
987 072-BK
986 422-BK
987 073-BK
986 423-BK
987 073-BK
986 423-BK
987 073-BK
986 423-BK
987 073-BK
986 423-BK
987 073-BK
986 423-BK
987 073-BK
986 423-BK
8.55
11.40
11.40
11.40
21.90
21.90
21.90
21.90
21.90
21.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
93328
311
5
2
4
A
1
3
Folding boxes
All specified max. loads apply with uniform load

distribution.
In three colours
Stackable, even with lid
Simple folding mechanism folds open/closed quickly
Space saving of up to 75 % when folded
Side walls and base closed, fitted with hand holes
Containers 1 4 with smooth base, container 5 with
ribbed base
Accessories
Push-on lids made of polypropylene, dark grey.
Pack of 2.
125052
Model
Capacity
litres
Description
External dims.
L x W x H mm
Internal dims.
L x W x H mm
Folded height
mm
kg
Weight
kg
Pack of
Colour
grey
red
blue
g / pack
Accessories
A Push-on lids
Pack of 2
dark grey
g / pack
20
43
52
63
168
without
lock
with
lock
without
lock
without
lock
lock with pull strap
400 x 300 x 225

356 x 257 x 217
89
20 / 150
2
4
600 x 400 x 225

556 x 357 x 217
72
20 / 200
2.6
4
600 x 400 x 280

556 x 357 x 264
72
20 / 200
2.7
4
600 x 400 x 320

556 x 357 x 315
72
20 / 200
3
4
800 x 600 x 445

744 x 544 x 415
168
35 / 200
6.8
2
506 555-BK
507 336-BK
507 563-BK
506 610-BK
507 553-BK
507 569-BK
506 611-BK
507 554-BK
507 570-BK
507 291-BK
507 556-BK
507 571-BK
507 292-BK
507 557-BK
507 572-BK
64.90
88.60
93.50
102.20
141.90
522 391-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 394-BK
14.80
21.85
21.85
21.85
50.80
BLUE =
125052
Polypropylene
Stacking containers Folding boxes
a
3
2
A
5
6
9
7
8
b
1
On request
Containers 1, 5 and a also available
in electrically conductive material.
Accessories
Push-on lids
For all round use as a dust protection
cover. Containers can still be stacked.
Lids for 3, 5, 8, a, b are lockable.
Lids for 6, 7, 9 are not lockable.
Dollies
Stackable.
Length x width
Max. load
mm
kg
No.
g
600 x 400
250
800 x 600
450
517 458-BK
517 459-BK
92.00
112.00
Max. load 250 kg
Max. load 450 kg
Folding boxes
A6 label holders
Suitable for 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, a, b, c.
Pack of 20.
High quality PP
No. 517 455-BK

from 20 C to +70 C
Can be opened up and folded back
together in seconds
Industrial quality with robust hinges
for a long service life
Volume reduced by up to 80 %
saves storage and transport costs
Stackable, even with lid
Side lock
Locks the short sides. Provides protection
against theft when used with lid.
Suitable for 1, 3, 5, 6, 7, 9, a, b.
Pack of 20.
No. 517 456-BK
Capacity approx.
Without lid
With lid
(hinged)
On request
Folding boxes with hot foil stamping,
min. order quantity 500 items.
g / pack 13.25
Single use seals

For containers with hinged lid and containers 3, 5, 8, a, b with push-on lid.
Pack of 100.
g / pack 13.25
22
32
33
40
44
49
54
60
63
65
65
200
closed
closed
closed
closed
closed
closed
closed
perforated
closed,
opening at
front
closed
closed,
flap
at front
closed
L x W mm
H mm
400 x 300
220
480 x 350
240
600 x 400
165
530 x 350
275
600 x 400
220
600 x 400
260
600 x 400
280
600 x 400
310
600 x 400
300
600 x 400
320
600 x 400
320
800 x 600
445
blue
red
green
yellow
g
blue
g
755 234-BK
522 402-BK
522 403-BK
522 404-BK
522 405-BK
517 449-BK
705 795-BK
705 796-BK
705 797-BK
705 798-BK
755 236-BK
517 450-BK
21.80
517 452-BK
758 515-BK
603 481-BK
603 511-BK
603 546-BK
274 089-BK
758 523-BK
746 733-BK
746 734-BK
746 735-BK
274 011-BK
758 531-BK
19.80
blue
g
litres
Description
External dims.
No. 517 457-BK

Model
g / pack 13.25
12.45
15.35
18.20
755 237-BK
517 451-BK
517 454-BK
758 566-BK
17.45
25.80
33.55
37.05
34.70
274 046-BK
274 046-BK
517 657-BK
517 657-BK
8.45
8.45
8.45
755 235-BK
17.10
23.30
28.70
29.65
763 195-BK
274 062-BK
299 618-BK
36.45
38.15
113.60
274 046-BK
517 657-BK
274 046-BK
274 046-BK
8.45
8.45
8.45
8.45
25.45
26.55
752 731-BK
93.20
Push-on lid
YELLOW =
Ex stock
8.45
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
109567
109567
Accessories
313
7
Euro stacking containers
For your storage, production and transport

requirements
3
6
Made of polyethylene (PE) or polypropylene (PP),

Resistant to oils and greases as well as most acids
and alkalis (please enquire)
PP: 20 C to +80 C PE: 40 C to +60 C
Suitable for roller conveyors and automatic handling
systems
Two models
Standard model
Smooth solid base and solid walls. Handle openings on
the short sides.
Trade model
Particularly suitable for industrial labelling due to
Integrated card holders (for Kanban or chip)
Integrated fitting for GALLIA / ODETTE labels;
on one side for sizes 600 x 400 mm and 1000x400mm,
on two sides for size 400x300mm
Smooth solid base, solid walls.
Model n has a ribbed base. Practical grip recesses.
Accessories
Model
Accessories
Dollies
Max. load 250 kg
For safe and easy transport ofstacked
containers.
PP castors in zinc plated steel housings,
wheel 100 mm.
A
B
Covers
Made of polypropylene. To secure the
containers for transport and storage.
Provides effective protection and stability
when stacking.
800x1200mm or 1000 x 1200 mm.
With or without strap (see table).
10+ items
Dolly 600 x 400 mm

4 swivel castors
No.
g / each
811 521-BK
Label holders 80 x 20 mm
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
505 778-BK
Cover 800 x 1200 mm

without strap
No.
g / each
922 097-BK
Cover 1000 x 1200 mm

without strap
No.
g / each
922 098-BK
Cover 800 x 1200 mm

with strap
No.
g / each
922 100-BK
Cover 1000 x 1200 mm

with strap
No.
g / each
922 101-BK
54.50
74.80
18.60
49.80
56.80
107.90
114.40
T-frame
label holders
Horizontal label holder bars
Small T-frame label holders

for 3, 5, 6, b, d, e, g, h, j, n
No.
g / pack
922 103-BK
Large T-frame label holders

for 5, 6, d, e, g, h, j, n
No.
g / pack
922 104-BK
Horizontal label holder bars

for 3, 5, 6, 9, b, d, e, g, h, j, n
No.
g / pack
922 105-BK
24.25
24.25
16.40
standard
PP
3
200 x 150 x 145
160 x 110 x 140
trade
PP
6
300 x 200 x 145
255 x 155 x 140
trade
PP
10
400 x 300 x 120
356 x 257 x 107
standard
PP
13
400 x 300 x 145
365 x 265 x 142
trade
PP
16
400 x 300 x 175
356 x 257 x 162
trade
PP
20
400 x 300 x 235
356 x 257 x 219
standard
PP
23
400 x 300 x 270
365 x 265 x 265
standard
PP
27
400 x 300 x 320
365 x 265 x 310
trade
PP
12
600 x 400 x 75
556 x 356 x 61
standard
PE
19
600 x 400 x 100
556 x 356 x 95
711 174-BK
711 176-BK
711 181-BK
711 192-BK
711 199-BK
711 210-BK
711 221-BK
711 232-BK
711 235-BK
711 246-BK
510 918-BK
Model
1 9 items
517 483-BK
Model
E+F
litres
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
grey
red
g / each
grey
red
g / each
No.
g / each
Only for trade model

Supplied in packs of 10.
Made of ABS plastic, orange

4 swivel castors.
Description
Material
Capacity
External dims.
Internal dims.
Dolly 600 x 400 mm

4 swivel castors
Label holders
For trade and standard
models. Zinc plated.
Clamped to beaded area.
Dimensions 80 x 20 mm.
Made of ABS plastic, red

4 swivel castors.
5.45
8.55
9.80
10.55
10.50
13.00
16.40
16.10
14.60
15.85
711 175-BK
711 178-BK
711 184-BK
711 196-BK
711 202-BK
711 213-BK
711 224-BK
711 236-BK
711 238-BK
711 249-BK
510 921-BK
4.70
7.60
8.45
9.20
9.35
11.55
14.20
13.95
13.05
13.90
1 9 items
No.
g / each
711 244-BK
711 244-BK
711 244-BK
711 244-BK
711 244-BK
711 244-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
7.10
14.60
14.60
10+ items
711 245-BK
711 245-BK
711 245-BK
711 245-BK
711 245-BK
711 245-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
6.20
6.20
6.20
6.20
6.20
6.20
13.05
13.05
120257
Lid made of PE,

grey
No.
g / each
BLUE =
120257
Accessories
6
1
2
j
8
k
g
b
l
e
m
f
5
i
9
h
trade
PP
21
600 x 400 x 120
556 x 356 x 106
standard
PE
25
600 x 400 x 145
556 x 356 x 140
trade
PP
32
600 x 400 x 175
556 x 356 x 162
trade
PP
45
600 x 400 x 235
556 x 356 x 222
standard
PE
55
600 x 400 x 280
560 x 360 x 275
trade
PP
60
600 x 400 x 320
556 x 356 x 305
trade
PP
60
600 x 400 x 410
556 x 356 x 392
standard
PE
87
600 x 400 x 440
575 x 375 x 420
trade
PP
50
800 x 400 x 200
756 x 356 x 186
standard
PE
82
800 x 600 x 200
750 x 550 x 195
standard
PE
123
800 x 600 x 300
750 x 550 x 290
standard
PE
165
800 x 600 x 415
750 x 550 x 400
trade
PP
65
1000 x 400 x 214
956 x 356 x 197
711 259-BK
510 919-BK
711 272-BK
711 286-BK
731 917-BK
711 312-BK
922 089-BK
711 326-BK
922 091-BK
538 280-BK
749 924-BK
553 069-BK
922 093-BK
16.85
17.15
17.40
21.00
25.80
24.95
32.35
37.95
46.90
63.80
51.80
102.30
52.40
711 262-BK
517 435-BK
711 275-BK
711 289-BK
731 921-BK
711 316-BK
922 090-BK
711 329-BK
922 092-BK
711 355-BK
749 925-BK
711 360-BK
922 094-BK
14.60
15.00
15.25
18.60
23.00
22.20
28.70
33.50
41.45
56.40
45.70
90.40
46.35
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
711 339-BK
214 523-BK
214 523-BK
214 523-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 340-BK
711 363-BK
711 363-BK
711 363-BK
118992
14.60
13.05
14.60
13.05
14.60
13.05
YELLOW =
Ex stock
14.60
13.05
14.60
13.05
14.60
13.05
14.60
13.05
14.60
13.05
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

30.20
26.75
30.20
26.75
30.20
26.75
KAISER + KRAFT
118992
315
7
2
7
5
4
9
8
b
a
g / pack
55.00
No. 507 317-BK
Stacking and transport containers

Made of blue high density polyethylene
Ideal for production, transport and storage

Excellent stability at a low weight
Smooth, stable base suitable for conveyor systems
Sizes suited to pallet dimensions 1200 x 800 mm and
800x600mm
Containers 5 7 and 9 b with opening on the end
for easy access from the front, even when containers
are stacked
Model
Capacity
Version
litres
Four versions
A
B
C
D

Solid walls and base, access opening atfront
Perforated walls, solid base, access opening atfront
Perforated walls and base, access opening atfront
Accessories
Dust protection lid made of white high density
polyethylene.
All specified max. loads and stacking loads
apply with uniform load distribution.
14
30
40
60
60
60
60
80
80
80
80
125
External dims.
length x width mm
height mm
400 x 300
170
600 x 400
170
600 x 400
220
600 x 400
325
600 x 400
325
600x 400
325
600 x 400
325
600 x 400
405
600 x 400
405
600 x 400
405
600 x 400
405
800 x 600
320
Internal dims.
length x width mm
height mm
345 x 245
160
550 x 350
162
550 x 350
215
550 x 350
320
550 x 350
320
550 x 350
320
550 x 350
320
550 x 350
400
550 x 350
400
550 x 350
400
550 x 350
400
740 x 540
315
14 / 28
0.8
4
30 / 60
1.9
4
40 / 80
2.4
4
60 / 120
3.1
4
60 / 120
2.5
4
60 / 120
2.5
4
60 / 120
2.4
4
80 / 160
3.5
2
80 / 160
3.4
2
80 / 160
2.9
2
80 / 160
2.7
2
125 / 250
4.8
1
507 317-BK
507 319-BK
507 320-BK
507 321-BK
507 322-BK
507 323-BK
507 324-BK
507 325-BK
507 327-BK
507 328-BK
507 329-BK
507 330-BK
55.00
106.80
123.40
164.90
159.70
132.90
128.70
92.00
89.20
71.80
69.20
99.10
507 331-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 332-BK
507 333-BK
34.85
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
38.70
183.20
Max. load / max. stacking load *

Weight approx.
Pack of
kg
kg
No.
g / pack
Accessories
No.
g / pack
* Max. stacking load always applies to the container alone, without lid.
** Lid may not be placed under load it is only intended for use as a cover to protect against dust.
125054
125054
Dust protection lids, white**

Pack of 2
BLUE =
Stacking containers
2
C
A
3
1
5
B
4
1
6
D
E

Polypropylene
Model
Capacity approx.
litres
External dims.
Internal dims.
kg
Pack of
Container
blue
red
g / pack
Accessories
Push-on lids made of polypropylene

Dark grey.
Pack of 2.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
125053
10
400 x 300 x 120
358 x 258 x 117
20 / 500
8
20
400 x 300 x 220
358 x 258 x 214
20 / 500
4
20
600 x 400 x 120
558 x 358 x 116
20 / 500
4
40
600 x 400 x 220
557 x 357 x 216
20 / 500
4
45
800 x 600 x 120
748 x 548 x 116
20 / 500
2
90
800 x 600 x 220
748 x 548 x 216
20 / 500
2
505 988-BK
506 234-BK
506 108-BK
506 235-BK
506 153-BK
506 236-BK
506 164-BK
506 237-BK
506 190-BK
506 238-BK
506 233-BK
506 239-BK
67.30
45.25
57.30
68.30
61.30
76.90
Accessories
Push-on lids
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
522 391-BK
522 391-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 394-BK
522 394-BK
14.80
14.80
21.85
21.85
50.80
50.80
Hinged lids
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
522 397-BK
522 397-BK
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
16.40
16.40
24.90
24.90
Plug-in label holders

30 mm wide, zinc plated.
Pack of 10.
Transport dolly 600 x 400 mm

Max. load 150 kg
Made of polypropylene.
No. 522 399-BK
No. 522 400-BK
No. 522 401-BK
Hinged lids made of polypropylene

With clip-on hinges, dark grey.
2snap locks in white.
Pack of 2.
g / pack 14.45
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 62.40
Transport dolly 800 x 600 mm

Max. load 500 kg
Rotate 180 to stack
Made of polypropylene. 2 swivel castors
and 2 fixed castors, wheel 125 mm.
g 108.90
KAISER + KRAFT
125053
Resistant to many oils and greases as

well as most acids and alkalis (please
enquire)
to+90 C
Containers can also be stacked with lid
Smooth, closed base
With grip handles
317
7
KLT universal small
load carriers
3
Polypropylene containers for theautomotive industry in accordance

with VDA standard 4500
Suitable for automated handling systems

Temperature resistant from 20 C to+90C
Resistant to many acids and alkalis (please
ask for details)
Ergonomic handles are suitable for manual
handling as well
Stable stacking due to interlocking base
4
1 5 R-KLT
Model
Capacity approx.
litres
External dims.
Internal dims.
kg
Pack of
No.
g / pack
5.3
300 x 200 x 147
243 x 162 x 129
20 / 400
12
10
400 x 300 x 147
346 x 265 x 109
20 / 600
8
22
400 x 300 x 280
346 x 265 x 242
20 / 600
4
22
600 x 400 x 147
544 x 364 x 109
20 / 600
4
48
600 x 400 x 280
544 x 364 x 242
20 / 600
3
522 354-BK
522 356-BK
522 357-BK
522 359-BK
522 360-BK
41.60
49.90
32.85
36.50
35.05
522 355-BK
522 358-BK
522 358-BK
522 361-BK
522 361-BK
4.60
6.25
6.25
9.25
9.25
Sturdy, single walled plastic containers with interlocking grooves alongthe outside edge only.
Sapphire blue.
R-KLT base
Accessories
Lids
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
e
Please note
1, 6 and 7 (300 x 200 mm base) are

smooth on the bottom.
f
d
b
a
c
6 f C-KLT
Sturdy, double walled plastic container with
completely interlocking base.
Light blue.
9
6
C-KLT base
Model
Capacity approx.
litres
External dims.
Internal dims.
kg
Pack of
No.
g / pack
4.6
300 x 200 x 147
260 x 136 x 127
30 / 400
12
5.6
300 x 200 x 174
260 x 136 x 154
30 / 400
10
8.5
400 x 300 x 147
334 x 247 x 103
50 / 600
8
11
400 x 300 x 174
334 x 247 x 130
50 / 600
6
14
400 x 300 x 213
334 x 247 x 170
50 / 600
4
19
400 x 300 x 280
334 x 247 x 236
50 / 600
4
18
600 x 400 x 147
532 x 346 x 98
50 / 600
4
23
600 x 400 x 174
532 x 346 x 125
50 / 600
4
30
600 x 400 x 213
532 x 346 x 165
50 / 600
3
43
600 x 400 x 280
532 x 346 x 231
50 / 600
3
522 339-BK
522 340-BK
522 343-BK
522 344-BK
522 345-BK
522 346-BK
522 348-BK
522 349-BK
522 351-BK
522 352-BK
52.70
55.40
53.70
43.00
37.90
45.75
49.90
55.90
51.70
49.90
522 342-BK
522 342-BK
522 347-BK
522 347-BK
522 347-BK
522 347-BK
522 353-BK
522 353-BK
522 353-BK
522 353-BK
5.30
5.30
6.50
6.50
6.50
6.50
11.35
11.35
11.35
11.35
Lids
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
124951
124951
Accessories
Universal small load carriers Stacking containers
Euro stacking
containers
Made of polypropylene suitable

for foodstuffs
Resistant to many oils and greases as
well as most acids and alkalis (please
enquire)
to +90 C
Containers can also be stacked with lid
Smooth solid base, container h with
ribbed base
Handles
1 3 with grip rails.
4 g and i m with grip handles.
h with 4 hand holes.
f
7
6
a
C
i
g
Accessories
Push-on lid made of polypropylene

Dark grey.
Pack of 2.
Hinged lid made of polypropylene

With clip-on hinges, dark grey.
2 snap locks in white.
Pack of 2.
Plug-in label holders

30 mm wide, zinc plated.
Pack of 10.
No. 522 399-BK
g / pack 14.45
Transport dolly (600 x 400 mm)

Made of polypropylene.
Max. load 150 kg.
No. 522 400-BK
g 62.40
Transport dolly (800 x 600 mm)

Made of polypropylene. Max. load 500 kg.
wheel 125 mm.
Rotate 180 to stack.
No. 522 401-BK
g 108.90
Model
Capacity approx.
litres
External dims.
L x W x H mm
Internal dims.
L x W x H mm
Max. load / max. stacking load kg
Pack of
No.
g / pack
2
200 x 150 x 120
162 x 112 x 117
20 / 500
12
5
300 x 200 x 120
258 x 158 x 117
20 / 500
10
9
300 x 200 x 220
260 x 160 x 217
20 / 500
8
6
400 x 300 x 65
358 x 258 x 62
20 / 500
10
10
400 x 300 x 120
358 x 258 x 117
20 / 500
8
12
400 x 300 x 145
366 x 264 x 130
20 / 500
6
15
400 x 300 x 170
358 x 258 x 165
20 / 500
6
20
400 x 300 x 220
358 x 258 x 214
20 / 500
4
30
400 x 300 x 325
358 x 258 x 320
20 / 500
4
14
600 x 400 x 75
552 x 352 x 72
20 / 500
4
20
600 x 400 x 120
558 x 358 x 116
20 / 500
4
522 362-BK
522 363-BK
522 364-BK
522 365-BK
522 366-BK
522 367-BK
522 369-BK
522 370-BK
522 372-BK
522 373-BK
522 374-BK
55.60
72.50
99.10
81.60
67.40
53.90
55.00
45.30
55.00
51.00
57.30
522 393-BK
Accessories
Push-on lid
pack of 2
No.
g / pack
522 389-BK
522 390-BK
522 390-BK
522 391-BK
522 391-BK
522 391-BK
522 391-BK
522 391-BK
522 391-BK
522 393-BK
6.65
7.80
7.80
14.80
14.80
14.80
14.80
14.80
14.80
21.85
21.85
Hinged lid
pack of 2
No.
g / pack
522 395-BK
522 396-BK
522 396-BK
522 397-BK
522 397-BK
522 397-BK
522 397-BK
522 397-BK
522 397-BK
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
8.95
11.20
11.20
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
16.40
24.90
24.90
30
600 x 400 x 170
558 x 358 x 166
20 / 500
4
40
600 x 400 x 220
557 x 357 x 216
20 / 500
3
53
600 x 400 x 280
556 x 356 x 275
20 / 500
2
60
600 x 400 x 325
558 x 358 x 320
20 / 500
2
90
600 x 400 x 425
555 x 355 x 422
20 / 500
2
100
600 x 400 x 545
561 x 361 x 528
20 / 500
2
45
800 x 600 x 120
748 x 548 x 116
20 / 500
2
90
800 x 600 x 220
748 x 548 x 216
20 / 500
2
122
800 x 600 x 300
748 x 548 x 297
20 / 500
1
134
800 x 600 x 320
748 x 548 x 316
20 / 500
1
175
800 x 600 x 425
748 x 548 x 421
20 / 500
1
522 377-BK
522 378-BK
522 379-BK
522 380-BK
522 381-BK
522 382-BK
522 383-BK
522 385-BK
522 386-BK
522 387-BK
522 388-BK
59.50
51.40
40.80
43.60
56.80
81.60
61.30
77.00
44.20
47.60
62.90
Model
Capacity approx.
litres
External dims.
L x W x H mm
Internal dims.
L x W x H mm
Max. load / max. stacking load kg
Pack of
No.
g / pack
Push-on lid
pack of 2
No.
g / pack
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 393-BK
522 394-BK
522 394-BK
522 394-BK
522 394-BK
522 394-BK
21.85
21.85
21.85
21.85
21.85
21.85
50.80
50.80
50.80
50.80
50.80
Hinged lid
pack of 2
No.
g / pack
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
522 398-BK
24.90
24.90
24.90
24.90
24.90
24.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122537
122537
Accessories
319
7
Multi-purpose case
Made of polypropylene (PP)
Robust, shockproof, non-warping

For transporting and shipping of spare parts,
tools etc.
Temperature resistant:
10 C to +90 C
Self-locking, sealable snap latches. Carrying

handle on the front side, shell handles in the side
walls. Model 2 8 with cover hinges protected
with metal sleeves.
Set of 3 cases
Consists of one of each
case 3, 5 and 8.
g / set
89.00
No. 947 377-BK

Model
1
2
3
1
litres
kg
5
300 x 200 x 130
260 x 160 x 115
0.65
5
400 x 300 x 80
358 x 258 x 62
1.3
10
400 x 300 x 133
358 x 258 x 114
1.4
15
400 x 300 x 183
358 x 258 x 165
1.5
20
400 x 300 x 233
358 x 258 x 217
1.7
20
600 x 400 x 135
558 x 358 x 114
2.4
30
600 x 400 x 185
555 x 355 x 165
2.85
40
600 x 400 x 235
555 x 355 x 215
3.4
No.
g / each
252 654-BK
259 942-BK
603 198-BK
259 292-BK
603 201-BK
259 306-BK
259 470-BK
603 228-BK
25.40
29.80
31.90
36.20
38.80
49.65
54.20
56.20
10+ items
No.
g / each
929 931-BK
929 932-BK
929 933-BK
929 934-BK
929 935-BK
929 936-BK
929 937-BK
929 938-BK
22.00
25.50
27.35
31.10
33.35
42.55
46.55
48.20
20+ items
No.
g / each
929 939-BK
929 940-BK
929 941-BK
929 942-BK
929 943-BK
929 944-BK
929 945-BK
929 946-BK
19.70
23.00
24.65
27.95
30.00
38.30
41.85
43.35
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
Weight
1 9 items
Containers with lids

Made of polypropylene (PP)
With hinged lid

Polyethylene/polypropylene, grey
from 40 C to +80 C
Stackable, can be security
sealed
Lid firmly attached with side lugs.

Dimensions match those of Euro-pallet
800 x 1200 mm and large pallet
1000 x 1200 mm.
Smooth base, suitable for roller conveyors.
3
Model
litres
kg
10
400 x 300 x 129
355 x 255 x 105
1.3
15
400 x 300 x 186
355 x 255 x 164
1.5
20
400 x 300 x 246
355 x 255 x 220
1.7
12
600 x 400 x 84
555 x 355 x 62
1.8
28
600 x 400 x 161
555 x 355 x 139
2.3
45
600 x 400 x 246
555 x 355 x 220
3.0
54
600 x 400 x 291
555 x 355 x 265
3.3
No.
g / each
169 897-BK
169 900-BK
169 919-BK
169 927-BK
169 935-BK
169 943-BK
169 951-BK
21.60
25.60
27.95
33.60
37.70
41.75
45.85
10+ items
No.
g / each
929 947-BK
929 949-BK
929 950-BK
929 951-BK
929 952-BK
929 953-BK
929 954-BK
19.30
22.95
24.95
30.00
33.95
37.50
41.30
20+ items
No.
g / each
929 955-BK
929 957-BK
929 958-BK
929 959-BK
929 960-BK
929 961-BK
929 962-BK
17.45
20.55
22.45
26.90
30.55
33.85
37.05
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Internal dims.
Weight approx.
1 9 items
109649
BLUE =
109649
Multi-purpose cases Small parts cases
NEW
Stacking towers with

small parts cases
Made of sheet steel
Package consists of stacking tower,

small parts cases, inserts and case labels
Ball bearing mounted, telescopic drawer
guides
Environmentally friendly powder coating
Ergonomic plastic handles
Inserts can be used as required
Suitable for wall mounting
Security lock with2keys
Stacking tower and cases made of high quality

sheet steel powder coated in charcoal
RAL 7016.
With security lock and 2 keys.
Cases with rotary locks, compressed foam
upholstery in the lids and label rails.
Inserts made of black polystyrene.
Description
Stacking tower. 4 cases in the same RAL colour
or in assorted colours (1 each in blue, grey,
red and green). 4 inserts as shown in sketch.
Fixing material for wall mounting.
External dimensions of stacking tower
Height x width x depth 319 x 410.5 x 259 mm.
External dimensions of cases

Insert partitioning
Case colour
Smooth rolling, ball bearing

mounted telescopic drawer guides
8 compartments
10 compartments
12 compartments
14 compartments
16 compartments
17 compartments
18 compartments
light blue RAL 5012

light grey RAL 7035
colour assortment
942 559-BK
942 560-BK
944 032-BK
944 082-BK
941 725-BK
941 726-BK
941 728-BK
941 729-BK
941 734-BK
941 736-BK
941 737-BK
941 738-BK
941 739-BK
941 740-BK
941 741-BK
941 742-BK
941 771-BK
941 819-BK
941 831-BK
941 833-BK
941 834-BK
941 835-BK
941 836-BK
941 837-BK
941 838-BK
941 839-BK
941 841-BK
941 842-BK
941 843-BK
941 844-BK
941 845-BK
941 846-BK
941 847-BK
942 549-BK
942 550-BK
213.50
213.50
213.50
213.50
213.50
213.50
213.50
black
g / pack
942 551-BK
942 552-BK
942 554-BK
942 555-BK
942 556-BK
942 557-BK
942 558-BK
27.45
27.45
27.45
27.45
27.45
27.45
27.45
Inserts
Pack of 10
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126263
126263
Accessories
321
7
1 8 Small parts cases
Made of sheet steel
0.75 mm thick sheet steel, powder
coated in light blue RAL 5012.
Full length lid hinge.
Ergonomic plastic handle and
latches.
Central safety lock prevents
unintentional opening.
Foam on inside of lid.
Accessories
Removable bin trays
Sheet steel, powder coated in light
blue RAL 5012. Handles on the
sides for easy removal.
Pack of 2.
Small parts cases
For ...
No.
g
mm
50 x 340 x 240
66 x 340 x 240
50 x 472 x 340
66 x 472 x 340
118 x 340 x 240
133 x 340 x 240
118 x 472 x 340
133 x 472 x 340
Without modular bins
No.
g
520 855-BK
520 864-BK
520 857-BK
520 866-BK
520 859-BK
520 868-BK
520 862-BK
520 871-BK
31.50
33.05
41.90
42.90
38.10
39.70
49.80
52.50
1xA / 2xB
4xC / 8xD
2xE / 2xF
4xG
2xA / 4xB
8 x C / 16 x D
2xE / 8xF
8xG
2xE / 2xF
4xG / 1xA
2xB / 4xC / 8xD
16 x G / 2 x E
4xF
4xE / 8xF
16 x C / 32 x D
8 x F / 16 x G
4xE / 8xF
With
modular bins
bins
qty. x size
removable bin tray
No.
g
520 856-BK
520 865-BK
520 858-BK
520 867-BK
520 860-BK
520 869-BK
520 863-BK
520 872-BK
43.65
40.35
64.00
60.70
65.80
65.20
105.10
98.50
Modular bins
Colour
Pack of
mm
48 x 167 x 117
yellow
12
48 x 83 x 117
green
24
48 x 83 x 57
blue
48
48 x 41 x 57
orange
96
62 x 167 x 117
yellow
8
62 x 83 x 117
green
16
62 x 83 x 57
blue
32
520 881-BK
520 882-BK
520 883-BK
520 884-BK
520 885-BK
520 886-BK
520 887-BK
22.55
30.45
33.90
56.70
19.15
23.65
22.55
No.
g / pack
5+6
7+8
520 889-BK
520 890-BK
28.65
38.55
A G Modular bins
Made of very strong polystyrene
Practical grip rails can be labelled.
Security lock with 2 keys
9 g Towers for small

parts cases
Individual drawer locks prevent drawers

from opening unintentionally
Madeof sheet steel

Powder coated, charcoalRAL
7016, drawers in black RAL9005.
Very sturdy and durable. Also suitable for wall mounting (supplied
complete with wall mounting kit).
Towers are supplied without
cases.
Towers for small parts

cases
HxWxD
125161
Suitable for
No.
g
mm
290 x 555 x 350
290 x 555 x 350
290 x 555 x 350
290 x 555 x 350
434 x 416 x 256
434 x 416 x 256
434 x 416 x 256
434 x 416 x 256
1 x case 3
1 x case 7
1 x case 4
1 x case 8
3 x case 3
3 x case 4
1 x case 1
2 x case 5
1 x case 2
2 x case 6
5 x case 1
5 x case 2
520 873-BK
520 877-BK
520 874-BK
520 878-BK
520 875-BK
520 879-BK
520 876-BK
520 880-BK
130.40
130.40
152.50
152.50
141.40
141.40
187.90
187.90
125161
Smooth rolling, ball bearing

mounted telescopic drawer
guides
BLUE =
Small parts cases Hard shell cases
Hard shell cases

Made of high grade polypropylene (PP)
Ideal for fragile goods

Shatterproof, dust and watertight
Resistant to many corrosive substances, such as
acids and alkalis (please ask for details)
With foam block inserts
Locks and handles made of ABS. Stainless steel hinge

pins. Neoprene seals. Valve for constant equalisation of
pressure. Cases can be reliably sealed and secured with
a padlock.
Available with foam blocks or with partitions which are
adjusted with velcro straps.
1 5 with one handle.
6 8 with three handles. Additionally with two castors
on the narrow side and pull-out trolley handle.
5
4
3
2
1
Model
Capacity
External
Internal
Weight
Small parts cases
litres
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
kg
black
With foam
block inserts
orange
g
With partitions
black
g
With adjustable partitions
6.8
270 x 246 x 174
238 x 184 x 155
1.6
19.4
470 x 357 x 176
432 x 290 x 155
3.2
25.2
486 x 392 x 192
454 x 324 x 171
4.2
34.8
525 x 436 x 217
481 x 367 x 197
5.4
47.1
616 x 494 x 220
552 x 427 x 200
6.4
89.2
781 x 520 x 295
736 x 454 x 267
16.1
65.9
624 x 490 x 303
563 x 435 x 269
10.2
77.4
630 x 492 x 352
560 x 432 x 320
11.8
724 915-BK
732 704-BK
724 916-BK
732 707-BK
724 917-BK
732 708-BK
724 918-BK
732 709-BK
724 919-BK
732 711-BK
724 921-BK
755 805-BK
755 806-BK
94.50
193.70
247.50
269.50
316.50
450.00
390.50
421.50
732 713-BK
732 714-BK
732 715-BK
732 716-BK
732 717-BK
755 807-BK
755 808-BK
251.00
313.00
373.00
384.00
579.00
505.00
628.00
Made of robust, impact resistant

plastic
Practical, clearly arranged storage of

small parts
Grid profile on the underside of the lid
prevents small parts from sliding
around
Resistant to many types of grease and
solvents
1 4 made entirely of polypropylene,

strong hinges and sliding locks keep the lid
from opening accidentally.
5 9 one-handed operation due to
combined locking/unlocking mechanism;
exchangeable ID labels in yellow, green
and grey (supplied complete) for easy
identification; double walled lower section
made of polypropylene, unbreakable polycarbonate lid.
1 + 2 with fixed partitions.
3 9 with removable insert bins.
1 + 2 without handle. 3 + 4 with
ergonomically shaped carrying handle.
5 9 with robust carrying handle,
integrated with the profile of the case.
Model
HxWxD
mm
Compartments
Pack of
cases
No.
g / pack
57 x 338 x 261
15
7
57 x 338 x 261
32
7
57 x 338 x 261
15
7
57 x 338 x 261
17
7
55 x 421 x 361
25
4
55 x 421 x 361
45
4
78 x 421 x 361
14
3
78 x 421 x 361
20
3
78 x 465 x 401
18
3
517 629-BK
517 630-BK
517 632-BK
517 633-BK
517 767-BK
517 768-BK
520 851-BK
520 852-BK
520 854-BK
98.90
98.90
148.30
148.30
257.00
257.00
219.00
219.00
279.50
Made of impact resistant polypropylene

Small parts drawers latch securely in
the portable box
Multiple portable boxes can be
connected together
Also ideal for use in vehicles and
workshops
Fitted with 2 x 3 and 2 x 4.
YELLOW =
Ex stock

No.
g
mm
310 x 376 x 265
517 634-BK
118995
118995
Portable boxes with four small

parts cases
113.60
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
323
7
Transport boxes
Ergonomic folding handles on the sides

Lid is held open with 2 straps
Tension locks (incl. 2 keys)
Foam inserts
Perforated cubes, can be adapted as
required.
Body made of robust plywood, covered

withblack PVC film.
All-round aluminium frame with robust,
reinforced corners.
Interior completely upholstered with
polyurethane foam.
No. 905 050-BK
Castor set
4 swivel castors, 50 mm. Easy assembly,
supplied with bolts.
1 and 2 also available as a trolley with

pull-out handle.
Model
External
L x W x H mm
Internal
L x W x H mm
Max. no. of foam inserts
5
2
NEW
No. 517 606-BK
g / set 32.80
450 x 350 x 210

427 x 327 x 192
2
500 x 400 x 260

477 x 377 x 242
2
550 x 450 x 310

527 x 427 x 292
3
600 x 500 x 360

577 x 477 x 342
3
650 x 550 x 410

627 x 527 x 392
4
750 543-BK
750 550-BK
750 552-BK
750 554-BK
750 555-BK
87.00
125.40
164.00
202.50
241.00
517 608-BK
517 609-BK
126.50
162.80
No.
g
As a trolley
g 26.60
No.
g
Transport cases
Ideal for transporting fragile items

Studded foam in the lid and foam
upholstery in the bottom
Body made of robust plywood, covered with

PVC film. All-round aluminium frame,
reinforced corners.
4 rubber feet to protect against scratches.
Interior fittings
Foam upholstery is perforated and can be
separated into cubes. This aids in adapting
the size to fit different items being
transported.
1 5 with combination lock.

6 7 as a trolley with nylon wheels.
Rounded corners and edges.
Case lock with 2 keys.
Tool cases
2
Model
External dims.
Internal dims.

No.
g
70 litres
8 Tiered tool case
9 Tool box
Functional and flexible, with rounded corners

and edges.
Each tier can be removed separately.
3 case locks. Pull-out telescopic handle,
which is permanently fixed to the lower part.
Stable with wide edge profile. Specially

designed to ensure maximum utilisation of
space, as both top compartments are hinged
to open towards the sides.
2 case locks.
Interior fittings
Partitions which are adjustable in grid
system for individual compartment sizes.
Lower compartment fitted with rubber band
straps to hold tools.
Interior fittings
Partitions which are adjustable in grid system
for individual compartment sizes.
378 x 258 x 92
363 x 243 x 77
338 x 248 x 162

323 x 233 x 147
518 x 278 x 102

503 x 263 x 87
455 x 330 x 152

440 x 315 x 137
1018 x 318 x 112

1003 x 303 x 97
480 x 330 x 210

460 x 310 x 190
610 x 430 x 242

585 x 410 x 220
410 x 220 x 780

390 x 200 x 765
365 x 220 x 250

350 x 205 x 238
905 051-BK
905 052-BK
905 053-BK
905 055-BK
905 056-BK
517 610-BK
967 936-BK
967 937-BK
967 938-BK
55.80
49.55
82.70
61.80
154.90
132.40
274.00
68.10
164.90
Universal boxes
100 litres
Made of grey polypropylene

For storage and transport
UV resistant
+80C
Capacity
124952
180 litres
140 litres
External dims.
Internal dims.
No.
g
70 litre box with rotary lock in lid, 2keys.

100, 140 and 180 litre boxes with 1 or
2buckle type latches onthe long side,
lockable with padlock.
Carrying handles on the sides.
180 litre box with 2 castors on the bottom
for better handling.
litres
70
100
140
180
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
450 x 450 x 350

390 x 390 x 300
600 x 400 x 440

525 x 350 x 390
800 x 400 x 440

730 x 350 x 390
1000 x 400 x 530

870 x 360 x 480
922 237-BK
921 981-BK
921 982-BK
921 983-BK
102.20
148.60
185.90
243.50
BLUE =
124952
Transport boxes Transport cases Canisters Plastic tanks
Polyethylene canisters

up to +80 C for short periods
UN approval for liquids (X coding)
Can be stacked, suitable for pallets
Max. load per handle 30 kg
Closure is airtight and watertight
Minimum order quantity 5.

Drainage tap
20 mm spout, ventilated
For models
12
36
7
No.
g
7.05
7.30
7.75
987 053-BK
987 055-BK
987 067-BK
12
36
7
No.
Capacity / weight
Handles / cap size
Opening (internal)
Length x width
Height
5+ items
g
6.00
6.60
7.25
987 054-BK
987 056-BK
987 068-BK
10+ items
20+ items
Environmental cupboards for canisters can be

found on page 413.
Compact tanks
mm
5 / 0.28
1 / no. 51
43
10 / 0.48
1 / no. 51
43
20 / 0.98
1 / no. 61
47
25 / 1.17
1 / no. 61
47
30 / 1.30
1 / no. 61
47
60 / 2.50
1 / no. 61
47
60 / 2.90
3 / no. 71
57
mm
mm
182 x 162
235
230 x 196
310
290 x 255
390
290 x 255
465
380 x 280
400
391 x 330
630
395 x 350
645
natural
blue
g / each
natural
blue
g / each
natural
blue
g / each
987 009-BK
987 012-BK
987 015-BK
987 019-BK
987 022-BK
987 025-BK
987 029-BK
987 032-BK
987 036-BK
987 039-BK
987 043-BK
987 046-BK
987 049-BK
l / kg
13.15
14.85
23.10
24.50
25.95
47.45
53.80
987 010-BK
987 013-BK
987 016-BK
987 020-BK
987 023-BK
987 027-BK
987 030-BK
987 033-BK
987 037-BK
987 040-BK
987 044-BK
987 047-BK
987 051-BK
8.45
9.65
13.55
14.70
15.80
34.00
39.10
987 011-BK
987 014-BK
987 017-BK
987 021-BK
987 024-BK
987 028-BK
987 031-BK
987 035-BK
987 038-BK
987 041-BK
987 045-BK
987 048-BK
987 052-BK
7.15
8.15
11.45
12.65
13.60
31.20
35.30
Please note:
Not all tanks are suitable for outdoor
installation. The tanks must be
placed with the complete base
surface touching the ground.
Fittings
1 drainage connection 34 mm
1 screw cap 200 mm
2 carrying handles (max. load per handle 30 kg)
1 plastic drainage tap (NW 15 mm)
Stacking frame
For 1 tank, made of painted tubular steel, silver grey
RAL 7001, with tensioning straps. Tank storage height in
frame 160 mm.
Brass ball cock
3
/4 (NW 12 mm) for materials containing mineral oil and
all lubricants.
60 500 litre capacity
Capacity
Accessories
Made of impact and shock resistant, colourless,

polyethylene suitable for foodstuffs
Perfect fill level monitoring
please ask for details
Model
Screw on spout with flexible

drainage hose
For models
litres
60
100
150
200
300
500
mm
550 x 350 x 500
650 x 410 x 580
740 x 470 x 660
855 x 500 x 730
870 x 600 x 790
1000 x 700 x 980
574 589-BK
574 597-BK
574 600-BK
574 716-BK
574 724-BK
751 105-BK
78.20
109.90
158.30
181.90
226.50
375.50
No.
g
594 229-BK
594 237-BK
594 245-BK
594 253-BK
594 261-BK
751 106-BK
156.20
168.20
209.00
220.00
241.00
329.50
No.
g
121 088-BK
121 088-BK
121 088-BK
121 088-BK
121 088-BK
121 088-BK
52.10
52.10
52.10
52.10
52.10
52.10
No.
g
Accessories
Stacking frame
Brass ball cock
1100 4000 litre capacity
Accessories
Length x width
Height
PE plastic tap
1 with counter flange.
Brass ball cock
2 with steel counter flange.
A ready made flange on the front of the

tank holds fittings or tank connections.
Screw fittings with coupling rings and
dummy plugs 2" (see table for quantity).
Made of polyethylene suitable for

foodstuffs. For goods with a specific
weight of up to 1.1.
Fittings
Zinc plated sheet steel hoops.
Filling opening NW 400 mm.
Capacity
litres
1100
1500
2000
3000
4000
mm
mm
1400 x 720
1400
1560 x 720
1640
2070 x 720
1690
2230 x 1000
1650
2430 x 1000
1950
Screw fittings
594 431-BK
594 458-BK
594 466-BK
594 482-BK
594 490-BK
658.00
939.00
1195.00
2175.00
2735.00
No.
g
720 688-BK
720 688-BK
720 688-BK
720 688-BK
720 688-BK
157.50
157.50
157.50
157.50
157.50
No.
g
594 512-BK
594 512-BK
594 512-BK
594 512-BK
594 512-BK
169.00
169.00
169.00
169.00
169.00
No.
g
Brass ball cock available as an accessory
Accessories
Brass ball cock
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Brass ball cock 2

available as an accessory
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

112509
112509
PE plastic tap
KAISER + KRAFT
325
7
Wide neck drums
Capacity approx.
Opening
x height
Handle
Max. stacking height

Closure is airtight and watertight
Smooth on the inside for easy cleaning.

Reinforced with roller hoops on the outside.
Stackable, stacking height in the table is for
completely full drums with contents with spec.
weight of 1.0.
litres
15
20
26
54
68
mm
mm
136
198 x 266
no
9
204
274 x 328
no
6
204
274 x 418
no
4
204
316 x 426
no
4
282
410 x 518
yes
4
282
410 x 632
yes
2
729 347-BK
729 348-BK
729 349-BK
729 350-BK
729 351-BK
729 352-BK
13.10
23.25
25.45
27.90
43.35
47.90
729 355-BK
729 356-BK
729 357-BK
729 358-BK
729 359-BK
items
No.
g
With (UN) United Nations approval for solids

and pastes
Made of high density polyethylene suitable
for foodstuffs
Large opening with tightly closing,
sealable screw lid, rubber seal
10+ items
No.
g / each
729 354-BK
11.70
21.50
24.00
26.30
41.90
45.70
20+ items
No.
g / each
729 360-BK
729 362-BK
729 363-BK
729 364-BK
729 365-BK
729 366-BK
10.30
20.00
22.50
24.20
39.90
43.95
Extra wide neck drums
5
4
With especially large opening

United Nations approval for solids and
pastes
Description
1 without handle,
2 6 with two folding handles at the sides.
Very well suited for pastes and extremely

viscous media.
Technical description otherwise as above.
3
Model
Capacity
Opening
x height
litres
mm
mm
17
295
338 x 250
26
295
338 x 356
34
295
338 x 447
55
354
410 x 495
64
354
410 x 573
75
354
410 x 685
Colour
drum
lid
white
red
white
red
white
red
brown
beige
brown
beige
brown
beige
Max. stacking height
items
No.
g
2
1
760 050-BK
760 053-BK
760 057-BK
755 003-BK
755 006-BK
755 009-BK
27.25
39.65
46.40
55.30
58.20
61.40
10+ items
No.
g / each
760 051-BK
760 054-BK
760 058-BK
755 004-BK
755 007-BK
755 011-BK
25.25
37.15
43.50
52.80
54.80
58.20
20+ items
No.
g / each
760 052-BK
760 055-BK
760 059-BK
755 005-BK
755 008-BK
755 012-BK
23.25
35.05
39.75
49.90
50.70
53.40
Round drums with dispensing taps

Made of high pressure polyethylene suitable
for foodstuffs
Resistant to many acids and alkalis (please
enquire)
With plastic dispensing tap as standard
Plastic dispensing taps

NW 10 mm for 10 to 50 litre drums,
NW 15 mm for 80 to 125 litre drums.
Brass dispensing tap, 34
Drums with 30+ litre capacity with two folding

handles at the sides (max. load per handle 30 kg).
Filling opening
120 mm for 10 to 50 litre drums,
200mmfor 80 to 125 litre drums.
66523
No. 121 088-BK
g 52.10
Capacity
litres
10
15
30
50
80
125
x height
Handles
mm
240 x 320
without
280 x 350
without
350 x 470
with
350 x 690
with
490 x 625
with
490 x 850
with
542 938-BK
542 946-BK
574 627-BK
574 635-BK
594 296-BK
594 318-BK
31.75
35.20
46.65
65.10
80.10
94.80
874 213-BK
874 248-BK
874 256-BK
874 264-BK
874 272-BK
No.
g
Brass ball cock at extra cost.
Ideal for media containing mineral oil and other

lubricants.
Extra cost
10+ items
No.
g / each
874 205-BK
27.90
31.95
42.15
60.90
75.20
90.30
20+ items
No.
g / each
714 274-BK
714 276-BK
714 278-BK
714 279-BK
714 280-BK
714 281-BK
24.55
28.05
38.80
56.90
72.50
83.20
BLUE =
66523
Drums Round containers Barrels
Drums with lids
30 to 150 litre drums with handle recesses

in the base. 30 and 60 litre drums also with
folding handles on the sides.
Max. load per handle 30 kg.
Lid with seal. Zinc plated clamping ring
and lever lock. Residue can be emptied.
Made of high density polyethylene,

Lightweight, sturdy, handy
max. +80 C (for brief periods)
With design test and UN approval for
solid hazardous materials
Capacity
Dimensions
A approx.
B approx.
C approx.
Weight approx.
litres
30
60
120
150
220
mm
mm
mm
315
520
250
400
620
315
500
790
390
500
960
390
590
980
460
kg
No.
g
1.8
2.9
5.4
6.4
8.2
760 024-BK
760 028-BK
760 033-BK
760 037-BK
760 041-BK
43.75
54.50
88.00
95.80
141.80
12+ items
No.
g / each
760 025-BK
760 029-BK
760 034-BK
760 038-BK
760 042-BK
34.75
43.40
73.20
83.10
118.30
24+ items
No.
g / each
760 026-BK
760 031-BK
760 035-BK
760 039-BK
760 043-BK
31.30
39.05
67.40
77.60
112.10
No.
g / each
760 027-BK
760 032-BK
760 036-BK
760 040-BK
760 044-BK
25.00
35.20
63.50
71.60
101.80
36+ items
36 + items
g /each
No. 760 027-BK
KAISER+KRAFT
Round containers
Made of low density polyethylene

Can be stacked inside one another to
save space when empty
With threaded drainage connection R "

and dummy plugs.
Capacity
Container
Height
25.00
SPECIAL OFFER
The 300 l container can also be

supplied in natural colour (suitable for
foodstuffs) on request.
Accessories
Push-on lid
Plastic drainage tap
NW 18 mm.
Steel base frame
Painted grey, with 4 swivel castors.
litres
300
500
top / bottom mm
mm
809 / 663
794
1040 / 825
880
599 271-BK
681 571-BK
84.00
164.80
No.
g
681 601-BK
681 776-BK
29.00
55.40
No.
g
720 695-BK
720 695-BK
7.90
7.90
mm
125
200
No.
g
865 400-BK
865 419-BK
324.50
410.50
No.
g
Accessories
Push-on lid
Drainage tap, NW 18 mm
Base frame
wheel
Cylindrical bins
Made of natural white, high density

polyethylene, suitable for foodstuffs
+70 C
Stackable with lid see table for max.
stacking load
1 4 with carrying handles
Accessories
Push-on lid made of plastic.
Dolly, zinc plated, with handle.
2 nylon wheels, 125 mm.
Model
Capacity
litres
Max. load
kg
Stacking load (with lid) / handle max. load
kg
External height
mm
top / bottom mm
No.
g
10+ items
40
40
105 / 40
445
420 / 340
50
50
105 / 50
550
420 / 330
75
75
230 / 75
525
515 / 400
110
110
230 / 110
730
515 / 430
200
200
250 /
670
730 / 620
300
300
250 /
815
825 / 660
757 101-BK
757 128-BK
757 136-BK
757 144-BK
470 368-BK
737 270-BK
30.25
36.70
44.75
90.50
122.70
138.70
No.
g / each
910 293-BK
910 294-BK
910 296-BK
910 300-BK
910 301-BK
910 302-BK
27.90
33.90
39.45
82.60
109.80
125.70
No.
g
757 160-BK
757 160-BK
757 187-BK
757 187-BK
757 209-BK
737 272-BK
8.30
8.30
17.10
17.10
29.85
41.55
No.
g / each
910 297-BK
910 297-BK
910 299-BK
910 299-BK
910 304-BK
910 305-BK
7.50
7.50
15.70
15.70
27.45
37.95
No.
g
470 376-BK
470 376-BK
470 384-BK
470 384-BK
470 392-BK
737 274-BK
149.80
149.80
147.10
147.10
428.50
428.50
1
2
6
Accessories
109650
10+ items
Dolly
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

5
3
4
109650
Lid
KAISER + KRAFT
327
7
Multi-purpose containers
Capacity 60 90 litres
Capacity approx. litres
60
90
External dims.
height mm
length x width mm
590
555 x 280
600
510 x 485
grey
yellow
green
red
blue
g
903 028-BK
903 029-BK
903 030-BK
903 031-BK
903 032-BK
903 045-BK
903 046-BK
903 047-BK
903 048-BK
903 049-BK
28.60
45.55
grey
yellow
green
red
blue
g
Dolly A
No.
(hard castors)
g
903 033-BK
903 034-BK
903 036-BK
903 037-BK
903 038-BK
903 050-BK
903 052-BK
903 053-BK
903 054-BK
903 055-BK
34.55
38.35
Dolly B
(soft castors)
517 675-BK
517 676-BK
39.60
43.60
Made of seamless polypropylene

Impact resistant and retains it shape
to +80 C (forshort periods)
Can be stacked inside each other to
save space, with2 carrying handles
Smooth surfaces easy to clean
Colour
Accessories
Lid
Accessories
Snap-on lid with 2 handles.
Dolly, dark grey, with raised edge for containers to prevent them from slipping off.
Max. load 80 kg.
A with hard castors for soft floors.
B with soft castors for hard floors.
No.
g
16.40
21.40
517 672-BK
517 673-BK
Made of high quality, seamless

polyethylene
to +80 C
Can be placed inside one another to
save space
Stackable with lid
Capacity
External height x
Container
Accessories
Flat lid
Accessories
Flat lid with snap lock.
Universal dolly for convenient
transport of heavy loads.
With practical bayonet lock.
5 swivel castors, 76,2 mm.
Dolly
litres
mm
grey
white
yellow
red
blue
g
37
Large handles ensure a firm grip even

when wearing gloves. The ribbed outside
surface of the container base provides an
optimum grip when lifting.
Reinforced rim provides additional
strength to protect against everyday wear
and tear.
75
121
167
208
435 x 397
581 x 495
692 x 559
800 x 610
838 x 673
700 905-BK
700 906-BK
700 910-BK
700 911-BK
700 912-BK
705 451-BK
705 452-BK
705 453-BK
705 455-BK
705 460-BK
929 842-BK
700 917-BK
700 918-BK
700 919-BK
700 920-BK
929 843-BK
59.60
76.70
700 907-BK
700 909-BK
700 913-BK
700 914-BK
700 915-BK
15.15
16.30
700 921-BK
705 448-BK
705 449-BK
705 450-BK
No.
g
grey
white
yellow
red
black
38.15
113.50
517 677-BK
158.20
705 461-BK
20.35
29.60
39.95
709 007-BK
709 007-BK
709 007-BK
709 007-BK
99.40
99.40
99.40
99.40
Made of seamless polyethylene

With rounded edges
Impact resistant retains its shape
to +80 C
Large handle for easy handling
Capacity approx.
External dims.
Colour
With double ribbed base for increased

stability and optimum accessibility when
lifting.
Accessories
Flat lid with tightly closing snap lock.
Plastic dolly, height 130 mm, 4 swivel
castors 76,2 mm, bayonet locking,
quick to mount.
litres
105
151
L x W x H mm
550 x 550 x 580
590 x 590 x 730
grey
white
yellow
red
714 282-BK
714 284-BK
714 285-BK
929 844-BK
714 286-BK
929 845-BK
65.60
grey
white
yellow
red
714 287-BK
714 288-BK
714 289-BK
929 846-BK
96.90
Accessories
Dolly
714 290-BK
929 847-BK
22.70
30.60
No.
g
714 292-BK
714 292-BK
76.20
76.20
BLUE =
109651
109651
Lid
Multi-purpose containers Universal containers
6
2
650 litres
650 litres
400 litres
125 litres
210 litres
210 litres
210 litres
210 litres
Large containers
Capacity

to+70 C
Resistant to most acids and alkalis
210 650 litre models with stainless
steel reinforcement rails under the rim
Easy to clean due to smooth inside
walls
Containers 1 3 can be stacked
inside each other, and stacked with
lids
4 7 Universal/grit containers
with hinged lid
Made of UV-stabilised, pure HDPE.
Not sensitive to light, weather resistant.
Sturdy hinge fasteners.
Robust locking mechanism optimised for
use with a padlock.
With drainage opening and plug.
The lid increases the external height by
approx.100mm.
litres
125
210
400
650
External dims.
height mm
length x width mm
715
505 x 505
685
790 x 605
830
945 x 725
835
1195 x 905
Internal dims.
height mm
length x width mm
695
440 x 440
575
725 x 540
705
875 x 655
705
1120 x 830
mm
mm
kg
kg
125
265
100
495 x 330
210
270
105
620 x 410
400
645
105
860 x 580
650
No.
g
867 349-BK
215 368-BK
215 341-BK
215 376-BK
95.70
149.70
303.00
416.50
867 403-BK
867 438-BK
Clearance height
Clearance width
Max. load
Max. stacking load
Container
natural
green
No.
g
867 373-BK
89.50
143.90
276.00
black
No.
g
264 733-BK
264 784-BK
89.50
143.90
black with
orange lid
No.
g
522 323-BK
522 328-BK
119.00
187.00
foodstuffs, natural colour
black with
black lid
No.
g
522 324-BK
522 329-BK
119.00
187.00
Made of HDPE suitable for foodstuffs.

Containers are supplied without a
drainage opening.
Please specify if a drainage opening incl.
plug or threaded hole for a ball cock are
required (without extra cost).
green with
orange lid
No.
g
522 326-BK
522 330-BK
522 332-BK
119.00
187.00
296.00
green with
black lid
No.
g
522 327-BK
522 331-BK
522 334-BK
119.00
187.00
296.00
natural
No.
g
867 357-BK
215 333-BK
215 325-BK
215 384-BK
22.50
37.00
55.40
135.90
green
No.
g
867 446-BK
867 454-BK
867 462-BK
35.70
50.80
130.70
black
No.
g
264 768-BK
264 806-BK
35.70
50.80
No.
g
755 148-BK
219 070-BK
219 100-BK
219 240-BK
164.50
195.30
195.30
439.00
1 Container suitable for
2 3 Water containers
ingreenandblack
Made of UV-stabilised, pure HDPE.
Not sensitive to light, weather resistant.
With drainage opening and plug.
Accessories
Accessories
Lid for containers 1 3.

Dolly
For 125 400 litre models, made of zinc
plated sheet steel.
For 650 litre models, made of stainless
steel.
Rubber tyres, wheel 125 mm.
Lid for containers

13
Ball cock (3/4)

For 2 7, 210 650 litre models.
No. 867 500-BK
g 8.15
118996
B
Labelling / identification using hot
embossing process on request.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Dolly
Ball cock (1)

For 1, 210 650 litre models.
No. 583 596-BK
g 113.20
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

For technical manufacturing reasons,

the drainage opening and drainage tap
or ball cock can only be mounted on
one side on the bottom at the narrow
end of the container.
KAISER + KRAFT
118996
400 litres
329
7
Castor orientation
Large containers, mobile
4 swivel castors
4 fixed castors
positioned for rocking
Note! The support frames must be fitted at

the plant. As the support frames cannot be
retrofitted, they must be ordered along
with thecontainers.
Made of high density

polyethylene
For solid and liquid materials (please

enquire about acids and alkalis)
to+60 C
walls
Base reinforced with a 12 mm thick

plywood plate. Swivel or fixed castors with
nylon tyres.
The containers may only be filled up halfway with liquid (e.g. water), otherwise they
lose their shape. For larger quantities of
liquid the container must be reinforced
with a special support frame see table.
Mobile large container with support frame

Model
Capacity approx..
l
Liquid capacity max. without support frame
l
Max. load without support frame
kg
Dimensions (at top)
length, external / internal mm
width, external / internal mm
height, external / internal mm
Castor orientation (see sketch)
Castor
mm
white
Container
without lid and
blue
without support frame
g
liquid capacity max.
l
When using
support frame
max. container load.
kg
(cannot be retrofitted)
No.
extra cost g
Lid, loose
white
blue
g
130
65
65
720 / 645
385 / 310
760 / 685
140
75
75
840 / 760
405 / 330
685 / 585
150
80
80
930 / 825
580 / 495
515 / 383
220
110
110
865 / 785
510 / 430
760 / 660
225
115
115
735 / 650
570 / 495
810 / 710
250
125
125
840 / 760
585 / 510
785 / 660
270
140
140
915 / 840
735 / 660
610 / 510
320
170
170
1015 / 915
685 / 610
760 / 610
370
180
180
1065 / 965
735 / 660
760 / 610
425
225
225
1320 / 1220
710 / 610
760 / 610
625
320
320
1420 / 1370
840 / 760
760 / 610
50
666 408-BK
666 416-BK
50
75
65
65
75
75
2 x 75 / 2 x 100
2 x 75 / 2 x 100
2 x 75 / 2 x 100
100
977 403-BK
977 411-BK
977 446-BK
977 454-BK
977 462-BK
977 470-BK
977 489-BK
977 497-BK
666 424-BK
666 432-BK
977 519-BK
977 527-BK
666 440-BK
611 905-BK
977 551-BK
977 578-BK
666 467-BK
666 475-BK
666 483-BK
666 491-BK
230.50
278.50
274.50
254.00
250.50
341.50
319.00
386.00
388.50
482.00
595.00
100
100
110
110
120
120
165
165
170
170
190
190
210
210
255
255
275
275
340
340
475
475
924 352-BK
924 353-BK
924 354-BK
924 355-BK
924 362-BK
924 356-BK
924 357-BK
924 358-BK
924 359-BK
924 360-BK
924 361-BK
96.40
96.40
96.40
96.40
96.40
127.70
127.70
159.70
159.70
208.00
254.50
271 454-BK
271 470-BK
271 497-BK
271 519-BK
271 535-BK
271 551-BK
271 586-BK
271 608-BK
271 624-BK
271 640-BK
271 667-BK
271 683-BK
271 705-BK
271 721-BK
271 810-BK
271 837-BK
271 853-BK
271 918-BK
271 934-BK
271 950-BK
271 977-BK
271 993-BK
62.80
250.50
73.90
77.70
93.50
103.80
94.90
116.30
123.80
135.10
170.20
Made of glass fibre reinforced plastic (GRP),

blue / white (solid colours)
A Container without lid

B Container with hinged lid
Robust containers for heavy duty use

Largely shatterproof, corrosion
resistant and weather resistant
For solid and liquid materials (please
enquire about acids and alkalis)
Can be stacked inside each other to
save space
to +80 C
Hinged lid cannot be retrofitted.
Accessory
Push-on lid for A.
All containers with 4 nylon swivel castors,

1 7 50 mm, 8 64 mm,
9 125 mm.
Model
Capacity approx.
Dimensions (at top)
Max. load approx.
Container without lid
Container with hinged lid
litres
length, external / internal mm
width, external / internal mm
height, external / internal mm
kg
43
575 / 508
415 / 356
380 / 254
200
58
610 / 540
457 / 388
430 / 318
200
86
686 / 610
457 / 381
542 / 419
200
90
610 / 546
381 / 318
760 / 635
200
93
610 / 540
457 / 388
610 / 496
200
110
914 / 851
381 / 305
605 / 483
200
114
610 / 534
457 / 381
745 / 622
200
270
914 / 838
610 / 533
760 / 622
200
270
914 / 838
610 / 533
840 / 622
500
No.
g
962 570-BK
962 589-BK
724 021-BK
724 019-BK
724 018-BK
724 022-BK
724 020-BK
962 562-BK
442 453-BK
253.00
294.50
315.00
325.50
335.00
341.50
352.50
813.00
898.00
No.
g
272 280-BK
272 302-BK
724 027-BK
724 024-BK
724 023-BK
724 028-BK
724 026-BK
272 477-BK
962 635-BK
450.00
478.50
505.00
516.00
526.00
534.00
542.00
1085.00
1165.00
No.
g
272 094-BK
272 116-BK
272 191-BK
272 159-BK
272 132-BK
272 213-BK
272 175-BK
272 248-BK
272 248-BK
152.80
152.80
152.80
152.80
152.80
152.80
152.80
234.50
234.50
Push-on lid for A
BLUE =
66526
66526
Accessories
Large containers
b
Containers with forklift
pockets and containers
for unpacked food, in
additional colours and
with fittings available
on request.
5
With dolly (accessory)
4
7
1
Steel base frame as an accessory
Fittings as an accessory
Rectangular GRP containers

For transporting and storing bulk goods, liquids,
small parts and much more
Made of highly rigid GRP (glass fibre

reinforced polyester resin, seamlessly
formed, with continuous glass fibres)
Smooth surfaces, therefore easy to
clean
Empty containers can be placed inside
one another to save space

to +40 C
Resistant to corrosion and weathering
Brass fittings
Accessories
Nickel plated. With screw-in thread and

two-way ball cock.
Please specify the installation position
(min. floor clearance 50 mm) when
ordering the mounting hole will be drilled at the factory at no additional charge.
Fitting supplied detached.
Zinc plated dolly for mobile use.

With 4 swivel castors, 2 with double stops.
Castors on 1 7 made of PP, black,
on 8 a made of nylon, white.
Zinc plated steel base frame for increased
stability.
Flat lid in grey.
Fitting threads
No.
g
Model
3
/4
19,05 mm
1
25,40 mm
1 1/4
31,75 mm
1 1/2
38,10 mm
2
50,80 mm
517 701-BK
517 702-BK
517 703-BK
517 705-BK
517 700-BK
83.10
91.70
111.70
130.50
156.20
litres
100
200
200
300
400
550
700
1100
1500
2200
3300
External dims.
length at top / bottom mm

width at top / bottom mm
872 / 754
571 / 456
873 / 728
572 / 427
1218 / 1094
620 / 496
1170 / 1018
690 / 538
1190 / 1045
790 / 645
1320 / 1108
970 / 758
1320 / 1190
970 / 740
1620 / 1352
1190 / 922
1820 / 1552
1390 / 1122
2108 / 1832
1480 / 1204
2040/1705
2040/ 1705
Internal dims.
length at top / bottom mm

width at top / bottom mm
height mm
795 / 746
498 / 448
284
792 / 720
491 / 419
585
1148 / 1086
550 / 488
358
1100 / 1010
620 / 530
520
1109 / 1037
709 / 637
585
1180 / 1100
830 / 750
620
1180 / 1080
830 / 730
800
1480 / 1340
1050 / 910
800
1680 / 1540
1250 / 1110
800
1968 / 1818
1340 / 1190
915
1900 /1700
1900 /1700
1030
mm
mm
green
grey
blue
g
34
284
34
585
34
358
34
520
34
585
35
620
35
800
46
800
46
800
57
915
57
1030
215 465-BK
910 512-BK
910 513-BK
557 455-BK
910 514-BK
911 383-BK
215 511-BK
911 384-BK
911 385-BK
215 562-BK
911 386-BK
911 387-BK
557 471-BK
911 388-BK
911 389-BK
215 791-BK
911 390-BK
987 003-BK
215 600-BK
911 391-BK
987 004-BK
215 651-BK
911 392-BK
987 005-BK
215 716-BK
911 393-BK
215 759-BK
911 394-BK
628 018-BK
911 395-BK
130.10
187.70
187.60
218.00
281.50
342.00
483.00
529.00
796.00
1185.00
1905.00
Capacity approx.
Wall thickness approx.

Container
overall height
colour
Dolly
Steel base frame
99410
Flat lid
wheel
mm
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
150
200
250
No.
g
517 678-BK
517 679-BK
517 680-BK
517 681-BK
517 683-BK
517 684-BK
517 685-BK
517 686-BK
517 687-BK
517 688-BK
163.90
171.60
181.90
193.40
202.50
236.50
262.00
346.50
499.00
989.00
No.
g
517 689-BK
517 691-BK
517 692-BK
517 693-BK
517 694-BK
517 695-BK
517 696-BK
517 697-BK
517 698-BK
517 699-BK
97.50
115.90
115.90
121.90
124.30
131.70
133.40
285.00
337.00
368.00
grey
g
215 473-BK
215 473-BK
215 538-BK
215 570-BK
557 498-BK
215 619-BK
215 619-BK
215 678-BK
215 724-BK
215 767-BK
628 247-BK
74.80
74.80
85.80
85.80
118.80
128.70
128.70
159.50
304.50
357.50
571.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
99410
Accessories
331
7
Rectangular containers
70 to 320 litre capacity

Made of polyethylene, suitable for foodstuffs
Particularly stable due to high wall thickness and
offset rim
Seamless, smooth surface due to rotational moulding
Largely resistant against acids and alkalis
Depending on manufacture, dimensions have tolerances

up to 5 %.
The manufacturer recommends the use of a mobile frame
when filling containers with more than 200 litres of fluid.
Accessories
Mobile frames made of painted sheet steel.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors made of nylon,
castor 100 mm.
Fittings
Capacity
Wall thickness
litres
70
100
160
210
240
270
320
mm
Dims. at top
Length outside / inside mm
Width outside / inside mm
495 / 460
295 / 260
560 / 460
560 / 460
685 / 595
535 / 445
705 / 612
705 / 612
695 / 605
695 / 605
850 / 760
660 / 575
1010 / 915
675 / 590
Dims. at bottom
Length outside / inside mm
Width outside / inside mm
445 / 420
250 / 240
460 / 405
460 / 405
600 / 530
455 / 395
600 / 590
600 / 590
600 / 565
600 / 565
770 / 760
590 / 575
900 / 870
595 / 565
600
3.9
470
4.4
600
6.85
605
12.5
700
11.5
640
11.3
645
15.15
727 733-BK
727 741-BK
727 768-BK
727 776-BK
727 784-BK
727 792-BK
727 806-BK
101.90
109.90
210.00
249.00
251.50
253.50
314.00
No.
g / each
705 661-BK
705 662-BK
705 663-BK
705 664-BK
705 665-BK
705 666-BK
705 668-BK
86.90
94.80
179.90
213.00
215.00
216.50
264.50
No.
g
727 865-BK
727 873-BK
727 881-BK
727 903-BK
727 911-BK
727 938-BK
727 954-BK
142.20
158.30
245.00
295.50
302.50
358.50
438.50
Height
Weight
mm
kg
No.
g
5+ items
Please specify exact position when ordering,

provide a sketch if necessary.
Drain connection, 34
Made of PVC with locknut
and seal.
Drainage valve, 34
Made of polyethylene.
No. 217 506-BK

g 23.30
No. 217 468-BK

g 28.80
Accessories
For granules, powder, etc.
87296
135 to 450 litre capacity

walls
Mobile and can be stacked inside one
another
from 40 C to +80 C
Capacity
As the wheels are bolted on through the

base, the containers are not suitable for
use with liquids.
Length x width (top)

Height (with wheels)
litres
135
227
340
450
mm
mm
670 x 435
685
895 x 645
635
990 x 690
735
1320 x 685
730
4 swivel castors
2 swivel castors
2 fixed castors
2 swivel castors
2 fixed castors
2 swivel castors
2 fixed castors
148 903-BK
148 911-BK
148 938-BK
148 946-BK
173.80
256.00
281.50
348.50
No.
g/ item
709 157-BK
709 159-BK
709 160-BK
709 161-BK
165.30
243.50
268.00
329.50
No.
g
148 954-BK
148 962-BK
148 970-BK
148 989-BK
36.80
93.80
108.90
115.90
Wheel fittings
Manufactured using a rotary sintering

process. From 227 litres with a wooden
panel for additional base reinforcement.
Matching lid available as an accessory.
No.
g
From 5 items
Accessory
Lids
BLUE =
87296
Mobile frames
Rectangular containers . Liquid storage containers
Standard and hazardous

liquids containers
Pack, store and transport safely and in
accordance with regulations
Made of UV resistant, polyethylene (PE-HD),

suitable for use with foodstuffs
Resistant to many acids and alkalis please ask
for details
Up to 3 units can be stacked during storage,
2 during transport
Long service life hassle free disposal
Sealable filling and drainage opening. Integrated drainage

cock and additional drainage elbow, NW 50 mm.
Standard model
Hazardous goods model

Very safe for transporting on rail,
road and sea.
Requires a mandatory inspection
every 2.5 years in accordance
with IMDG code and RID / ADR.
GGVS / ADR
GGVE / RID
GGVSee / IMDG
Code
For hazardous goods model, please specify medium or

request certificate of approval.
Please observe the corresponding country specific
regulations for hazardous goods concerning usage
periods, approval, filling, inspections, environmental
protection, etc.
We would be happy to provide you with additional
information.
Please note that the owner is responsible for proper use.
Sump trays for containers can be found
on pages 388, 389, 396.
329.00
On a wooden pallet
On a plastic pallet
4-way entry
Zinc plated tubular frame, permanently attached to pallet.
Model
Capacity
Length
Width x height
Standard
112512
1+4
No. 251 917-BK
Hazardous goods
litres
mm
mm
600
1200
800 x 1000
800
1200
1000 x 1000
1000
1200
1000 x 1165
No.
g
251 917-BK
251 925-BK
251 933-BK
329.00
371.50
405.50
No.
g
288 802-BK
251 941-BK
251 968-BK
418.50
431.00
457.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Standard container without pressure relief
Pressure relief
4-way entry
Weather, temperature and chemical resistant.

Easy to clean. Zinc plated tubular frame, permanently
attached to pallet.
Model
Capacity
Length
Width x height
Standard
Hazardous goods
litres
mm
mm
600
1200
800 x 1013
800
1200
1000 x 1000
1000
1200
1000 x 1163
No.
g
723 813-BK
723 814-BK
723 815-BK
430.50
457.00
491.00
No.
g
723 816-BK
723 817-BK
723 818-BK
482.00
508.00
553.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2, 3, 5, 6 Standard container without pressure relief

1 6 Hazardous goods container with pressure relief
KAISER + KRAFT
112512
1 Standard
333
7
Large containers
Folding model
Easy to unfold and collapse

Complete reusable packaging system
100 % recyclable
Integrated label holders on front and
side flaps
1 and 6 made of polypropylene,
2 5 made ofhigh density
polyethylene
Resistant to some oils, greases and
acids (please state media to be used)
to+40C
Can be cleaned with a steam jet
Containers can be lifted with pallet
truck etc.
Will not collect water if stored outside,
as there are drainage openings in the
bottom
Easier access, 282 litre container with side

flap, 620 and 1020 litre containers with
front and side flaps.
Can also be stacked when flaps are open.
Enormous space saving potential for
storage and during return transport.
The height is reduced by as much as 66%
when collapsed.
282 litre container for heavy loads,
holds 700kg despite its small footprint.
On the 847 litre container, the side panels
can be folded-in in any sequence.
Collapsed height only 325 mm.
Accessories
Lid with overlapping edge,

thus very stable, black.
NEW
6
4
Model
Only 325 mm high when collapsed
litres
282
425
620
820
1020
847
external mm
internal mm
800 x 600 x 835

740 x 540 x 705
1200 x 1000 x 595

1120 x 920 x 410
1200 x 800 x 950

1120 x 720 x 767
1200 x 1000 x 975

1120 x 920 x 792
1200 x 1000 x 1200

1120 x 920 x 1015
1200 x 1000 x 975

1120 x 920 x 410
Height when collapsed
mm
Capacity approx.
393
406
406
406
406
325
2 runners,
2 long side flaps
W x H 560 x 350 mm
2 runners, 2 feet
2 runners, 2 feet,
1 side flap
W x H 840 x 370mm,
1 front flap
W x H 437 x 375mm
2 runners, 2 feet,
1 side flap
W x H 840 x 380mm,
1 front flap
W x H 640 x 380mm
2 runners, 2 feet,
1 side flap
W x H 840 x 380 mm,
1 front flap
W x H 640 x 380 mm
2 runners, 2 feet,
1 side flap
W x H 780 x 390 mm,
1 front flap
W x H 520 x 390 mm
kg
kg
kg
22
700 / 2100
700 / 700
43
500 / 2200
500 / 1100
55
500 / 2000
500 / 1000
62
500 / 2000
500 / 1000
51
500 / 2200
500 / 1100
No.
g / each
517 515-BK
612 216-BK
913 967-BK
913 969-BK
404.50
391.50
384.50
411.00
74.5
500 / 2300
500 / 1150
612 214-BK
470.50
No.
g / each
517 522-BK
612 217-BK
913 971-BK
913 973-BK
383.50
370.00
366.50
391.50
No.
g
517 523-BK
913 975-BK
913 974-BK
913 975-BK
33.90
65.90
64.40
65.90
Description
Weight
Max. load / load during storage
Max. load / load during transport
1 5 items
6+ items
967 940-BK
460.50
612 215-BK
444.50
967 964-BK
913 975-BK
65.90
913 973-BK
439.00
Lid
BLUE =
391.50
124955
124955
Accessories
Large capacity containers
d
9
a
Large containers
Standard model
Made of high density polyethylene

Excellent stability due to double walled
construction
Rounded corners and edges simplify
cleaning and help to protect goods
to+60 C
With flared side panels for maximum
volume utilisation
With standard entry dimensions for
conventional pallet trucks
9 + c with side flap, for easyaccess
even when stacked
Accessories
Model
litres
535
535
535
670
670
670
external mm
internal mm
1200 x 800 x 760

1110 x 710 x 610
1200 x 800 x 760

1110 x 710 x 610
1200 x 800 x 790

1110 x 710 x 610
1200 x 1000 x 760

1110 x 910 x 610
1200 x 1000 x 760

1110 x 910 x 610
1200 x 1000 x 790

1110 x 910 x 610
4 feet
4 feet,
1 side flap
width x height
770 x 312 mm
3 runners
4 feet
4 feet,
1 side flap
width x height
770 x 312 mm
3 runners
kg
kg
kg
34.5
500 / 4500
500 / 1000
34.5
500 / 4500
500 / 1000
41
500 / 4500
500 / 1000
39.5
500 / 4500
500 / 1000
39.5
500 / 4500
500 / 1000
45.5
500 / 4500
500 / 1000
No.
g / each
913 978-BK
813 640-BK
913 976-BK
913 980-BK
913 982-BK
813 641-BK
219.00
229.50
236.00
242.50
271.50
279.50
No.
g / each
913 985-BK
517 516-BK
913 983-BK
913 986-BK
913 989-BK
517 517-BK
205.00
209.50
214.00
226.00
247.50
257.00
No.
g / each
913 990-BK
913 990-BK
913 990-BK
913 991-BK
913 991-BK
913 991-BK
65.90
65.90
65.90
65.90
65.90
65.90
Capacity approx.
Description
Weight
112514
Also available with 1 or 2 drainage

cock or plug at extra cost.
8 d are also available with
individual screen printing.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1 5 items
6+ items
Accessories
Lid
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112514
Lid with overlapping edge, very stable.

Grey.
335
1
2
5
3
6
All load capacities stated apply for
distributed loads.
Large capacity
containers
Self-skinning foam technology
used in manufacturing
Heavy duty container with very high

material density
High max. load capacity at a low
weight
Extremely impact resistant and highly
durable
Resistant to corrosion and UV radiation
Stacking corners enable containers
to be stacked up to 14 high (observe
stacking load)
from 40 C to +60 C
Container 1 is of welded construction.

10 year guarantee on welding when used
with distributed loads.
2 - 6 are of moulded construction.
Runners or feet cannot break off.
Model
112515
Containers also available in other

colours and as a perforated version.
220
320
500
500
600
700
external mm
internal mm
600 x 800 x 740

520 x 720 x 600
1200 x 800 x 540

1120 x 720 x 400
1200 x 800 x 740

1120 x 720 x 600
1200 x 800 x 740

1120 x 720 x 600
1200 x 1000 x 740

1120 x 920 x 600
1120 x 1120 x 780

1035 x 1035 x 650
4 feet
2 runners
2 runners,
1 side flap
width x height
955 x 290 mm
2 runners,
4 wheels
(can be stacked
with wheels)
3 runners
2 runners,
2 feet
kg
kg
kg
18
700 / 4000
700 / 4000
25
700 / 4000
700 / 4000
32
700 / 4000
700 / 4000
32
700 / 4000
700 / 4000
37
900 / 5000
900 / 5000
40
700 / 4000
700 / 4000
No.
g / each
517 611-BK
517 612-BK
517 613-BK
517 614-BK
517 616-BK
517 617-BK
299.50
325.50
390.00
506.00
335.00
379.00
No.
g / each
517 618-BK
517 619-BK
517 620-BK
517 621-BK
517 622-BK
517 624-BK
289.50
313.00
374.00
485.50
323.50
357.50
No.
g / each
517 625-BK
795 305-BK
795 305-BK
795 305-BK
795 313-BK
517 626-BK
79.50
92.30
92.30
92.30
95.60
98.90
Weight
6+ items
Description
1 5 items
litres
Capacity approx.
Accessories
Lid
white
BLUE =
112515
Large containers
6
1
4
5
1
6
2
5
Large polyethylene containers

For bulk goods, packed articles, small parts, textiles etc.
Up to 610 litres capacity

Can be carried by the handles
2 mobile on wheels
Can be transported with lifting devices
1, 3 6 can be stacked to save
space
Heavy duty and very stable
Impact resistant and shatterproof
to +65 C
Model
litres
250
250
500
600
610
610
external mm
internal mm
1000 x 600 x 662

934 x 534 x 502
1000 x 600 x 690

934 x 534 x 502
1200 x 800 x 740

1120 x 720 x 600
1200 x 1000 x 740

1120 x 920 x 600
1200 x 1000 x 760

1110 x 910 x 605
1200 x 1000 x 780

1110 x 910 x 605
4 feet for
forklift access
2 swivel and
2 fixed castors
2 plastic runners
2 plastic runners
4 feet for
forklift access
6 feet and runners

on long sides
individually / stacked kg
kg
300 / 5000
20
200 /
25
700 / 4000
31.5
700 / 4200
36.5
600 / 3000
35
600 / 3000
38
No.
g / each
795 224-BK
791 938-BK
795 275-BK
795 283-BK
795 321-BK
795 348-BK
273.50
314.00
415.50
478.50
303.50
292.00
No.
g / each
705 646-BK
709 162-BK
705 630-BK
709 163-BK
705 634-BK
705 635-BK
257.00
288.00
391.00
449.50
282.50
272.50
No.
g / each
797 871-BK
797 871-BK
795 305-BK
795 313-BK
750 107-BK
750 107-BK
66.20
66.20
92.30
95.60
99.90
99.90
Capacity
Description
side walls and base closed
Base
Max. load
Weight approx.
1 4 items
5+ items
Lid available as an accessory.
112516
Lid
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112516
Accessories
337
7
1
from g
1 without lid
115.00
2

For storage, transport and production
Up to 550 litres capacity

Can be carried by the handles
Mobile on castors
Can be transported with lifting devices
Space saving, as models without

castors can also be stacked
Heavy duty and very stable due to
reinforcement ribs
Impact resistant and shatterproof

to +65 C
Lid available as an accessory
Not suitable for liquids.
Description
litres
220
285
220
285
300
300
external mm
internal mm
1040 x 640 x 550

930 x 590 x 395
1040 x 640 x 670

930 x 590 x 515
1040 x 640 x 670

930 x 590 x 395
1040 x 640 x 780

930 x 590 x 515
1040 x 640 x 580

930 x 590 x 530
1040 x 640 x 700

930 x 590 x 530
4 feet for
forklift access
4 feet for
forklift access
4 feet and
4 swivel castors
4 feet and
4 swivel castors
standing base
2 swivel and
2 fixed castors
kg
300 / 1500
11
300 / 1500
13
200 /
15
200 /
17
300 / 1500
10.6
200 /
15
No.
g / each
795 151-BK
795 178-BK
795 186-BK
795 194-BK
795 208-BK
795 216-BK
122.90
123.90
223.50
223.50
133.40
241.50
No.
g / each
705 644-BK
705 647-BK
705 645-BK
705 648-BK
705 649-BK
705 650-BK
115.00
115.20
215.50
213.50
115.40
227.50
No.
g / each
795 232-BK
795 232-BK
795 232-BK
795 232-BK
795 232-BK
795 232-BK
55.30
55.30
55.30
55.30
55.30
55.30
Model
Capacity
Base
Max. load
Weight approx.
1 4 items
5+ items
side walls perforated at top,

base perforated
Lid
120799
120799
Accessories
BLUE =
Large containers
A special offer

in pallet dimensions 1200 x 800 mm
from g
7 without lid
205.00
Description
Large polyethylene
containers
With all the same features, as described
on the left hand page.
7 a are not suitable for liquids.
litres
550
380
550
550
external mm
internal mm
1200 x 800 x 800

1100 x 750 x 650
1030 x 600 x 840

950 x 550 x 725
1200 x 800 x 810

1100 x 750 x 650
1200 x 800 x 940

1100 x 750 x 650
4 feet for
forklift access
4 feet for
forklift access
2 plastic runners
4 feet and
4 swivel castors
kg
500 / 2500
22
400 / 1600
20.5
500 / 2500
25
300 /
27
No.
g / each
795 259-BK
795 240-BK
737 301-BK
795 267-BK
263.00
213.00
291.00
322.50
5+ items
No.
g / each
705 631-BK
705 651-BK
737 302-BK
705 633-BK
236.50
199.20
274.50
304.00
10+ items
No.
g / each
737 303-BK
205.00
No.
g / each
795 291-BK
739 262-BK
795 291-BK
795 291-BK
80.00
75.60
80.00
80.00
Model
Capacity
Base
Max. load
Weight approx.
1 4 items
120258
Lid
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
120258
Accessories
339
8
Transport and
storage
Pallets
Plastic pallets and accessories
Pages
340 345
Wooden pallets and accessories
Pages
346 348
Metal pallets and accessories

Pages
349 350
Box pallets
Pages
351 358
Tilting skips
Pages
359 370
1
Hinged bottom skips
Pages
371 373
Non-returnable
plastic pallets
Cost effective export pallets

Stackable and nestable to save space
Low weight also suitable forair
freight
No additional ISPM treatment required
Environmentally friendly and
completely recyclable
to+70 C
Stackable and nestable to save space
Non-slip edge, 5 mm high, prevents goods

from sliding off of the pallet
Reduced-weight construction enables

easy handling
Rounded edges protect the pallet

from sharp edged strapping
Safe handling without sharp edges
Models 3 5 can also be supplied with

a closed top deck
Made of 100 % recycled plastic (PO), black.

Resistant to insects, bacteria and fungi.
1 Display pallet
600 x 400 mm
4 feet, accessible from 2 sides.
2 Half pallet
600 x 800 mm
3 Euro pallet
1200 x 800 mm
4 Industrial pallet
5 Container pallet
1140 x 1140 mm
Optimum use of the floor area of ISO
containers.
Model
Max. load
Forklift access dims.
1 5 Pack of 10.
122432
Weight approx.
static kg
dynamic kg
800
350
2500
1000
2800
1200
1600
1000
4000
1500
mm
600 x 400 x 145
600 x 800 x 130
1200 x 800 x 140
1200 x 1000 x 135
1140 x 1140 x 140
height mm
short side width mm
long side width mm
103
95
229
590
101
601
809
100
778
805
100
773
773
kg
2.0
4.0
7.5
6.0
12.5
1 2 packs
No.
g / per pack
523 225-BK
523 231-BK
523 234-BK
523 227-BK
523 229-BK
54.60
120.70
188.90
199.90
345.50
3 + packs
No.
g / per pack
523 226-BK
523 233-BK
523 235-BK
523 228-BK
523 230-BK
50.20
109.50
172.00
184.40
312.00
BLUE =
122432
1200 x 1000 mm
Reusable plastic pallets
Stacking pallets
nestable
Made of recycled plastic
Saves space in storage

andduringempty transport
Long lasting and returns your
investment quickly
Very high strength
Low pallet weight
Accessible from 4 sides, 9 individual
feet
1 Lightweight pallet
Perforated deck. Non-slip edges secure the
load against slipping.
Made of polyethylene, grey.
to +70 C.
Lightweight pallet without non-slip edges
2 Industrial pallet
Perforated deck.
Made of polyethylene, charcoal.
to +70 C.
3 4-way stacking pallet

Closed deck.
Made of polyethylene, charcoal.
to +80 C.
Max. load
Length x width
Height
Weight approx.
1
static kg
dynamic kg
2500
1000
4000
1200
4000
1200
mm
mm
1200 x 800
150
1200 x 800
140
1200 x 1000
140
height mm
short side width mm
long side width mm
120
560
860
100
550
810
100
550
810
Weight approx.
kg
122543
No.
g
20+ items
Model
No.
g / each
YELLOW =
Ex stock
5.5
8.4
10.2
709 393-BK
977 876-BK
977 878-BK
31.20
44.05
54.60
709 394-BK
977 877-BK
977 879-BK
28.20
39.50
50.60
Max. load
Length x width
Height
3
static kg
dynamic kg
4000
1200
4000
1200
mm
mm
1200 x 800
145
1200 x 1000
145
height mm
short side width mm
long side width mm
100
570
710
100
570
710
kg
No.
g
10+ items
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g / each
15.5
16.5
718 928-BK
718 930-BK
35.20
38.85
718 929-BK
858 552-BK
31.75
35.25
KAISER + KRAFT
122543
Model
341
Reusable plastic pallets

Display pallets and half pallets
Made of environmentally friendly, recycled low
density PE
Ideal load carrier for small consignments

Hardwearing
Low pallet weight
Perforated deck, charcoal.

Pallets 1 + 3 can also be stacked inside one another to save
space forstorage and transport.
Supplied in packs of various quantities (see table).
Model
static kg
dynamic kg
500
200
1500
500
3000
600
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
600 x 400
150
800 x 600
115
800 x 600
140
Weight approx.
Pack of
kg
2.0
5
2.5
5
3.6
20
No.
g / pack
516 495-BK
516 498-BK
603 617-BK
70.80
125.50
422.50
No.
g / pack
516 496-BK
516 497-BK
603 618-BK
66.20
113.30
380.00
2
Max. load
1 4 packs
5 packs
The rounded foot-in-foot design protects

against damage caused by pallet trucks and
fork tips.
Heavy duty non-returnable pallets
Very robust, one-piece model with three runners

Secure shipment of heavy goods
Suitable for use in high shelving systems
Open design for easy and quick cleaning.

Made of 100 % recycled plastic (PO), black.
Resistant to insects, bacteria and fungus. Temperature resistant
from 10 C to +70 C.
Pack of 10.
Model
Max. load
static kg
dynamic kg
on high racking kg

1
Weight approx.
Rounded corners for

optimum banding
14000
3500
1000
14000
3500
1000
mm
1200 x 800 x 150
1200 x 1000 x 160
height mm
short/long side mm
kg
97
600 / 760
13.0
98
710 / 710
21.0
No.
g / pack
523 165-BK
523 167-BK
434.50
569.00
No.
g / pack
523 166-BK
523 168-BK
390.00
513.00
1 2 packs
3+ packs
Plastic EURO pallets

Made of recycled polyethylene
Designed for use with automated pallet handling systems

Robust model with closed top deck, ribbed on bottom
Colour
Max. load
grey
charcoal
5000
1500
400
5000
1500
400
mm
1200 x 800 x 150
1200 x 800 x 150
height mm
short/long side mm
100
600 / 805
100
600 / 805
static kg
dynamic kg
on high racking kg

122433
Weight approx.
Also available
withRFID technology on
request.
kg
23
23
1 9 items
No.
g / each
516 529-BK
516 531-BK
79.20
73.60
10+ items
No.
g / each
516 530-BK
516 532-BK
73.60
67.90
BLUE =
122433

Individual runners can be replaced.
Plastic pallets
Heavy duty pallets
Meet high requirements for the secure shipment of

heavy goods
For use in storage and shelving systems
Resistant to moisture and humidity
Environmentally friendly due to the reuse of high
quality recycled polyethylene
For a wide range of uses in non-food related areas
Industrial pallets
Cost effective runner pallets
Perforated deck
Accessible from 4 sides. 3 long runners.
Max. load
static kg
dynamic kg
in high shelving kg
Width x length x height
5000
1000
400
mm
800 x 1200 x 150

height mm
width narrow side mm
width long side mm
Weight approx.
Colour
100
595
775
kg
No.
g
10+ items
No.
g / each
12
charcoal
red brown
752 649-BK
164 992-BK
49.25
50.30
165 816-BK
165 832-BK
45.70
46.75
Available on request with non-slip

edges and steel reinforcement.
Runner pallets
Smooth, closed deck
Three replaceable runners
Accessible from 4 sides. Easy to clean.
Max. load
static kg
dynamic kg
in high shelving kg
5000
1500
400
mm
1200 x 800 x 150

height mm
width long side mm
Weight approx.
Colour
kg
No.
g
10+ items
100
605
710
No.
g / each
23
grey
charcoal
165 026-BK
165 034-BK
71.00
64.20
165 867-BK
165 875-BK
63.70
57.80
Multi-purpose plastic pallets

Very high max. load in high shelving
Smooth surfaces on top and bottomfor easy cleaning
Accessible from 4 sides. Grey, similar to RAL7042
(deviations possible). With raised edges. Temperature
resistant from 30 C to +70 C.
Length x width
Height
static kg
dynamic kg
in high shelving kg
mm
mm
1200 x 800
150
1200 x 1000
150

height mm
width long side mm
100
600
910
100
760
800
Weight approx.
kg
No.
g
126264
7500
2500
1250
10+ items
No.
g / each
27
35
700 778-BK
700 780-BK
109.50
118.00
700 779-BK
700 781-BK
98.80
111.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
126264
Max. load
Top with steel reinforcement
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
343
Plastic pallets
Food grade pallets
3
Closed deck
on top and
bottom
Hygienic, suitable for foodstuffs,

does not affect flavour
Excellent durability
to+70 C
(ask for details)
Plastic pallets are available on request

in dimensions of 1200 x 1000 mm as
well as in colours red brown and black.
Model
Colour
Max. load
mm
natural white
1200 x 800 x 145
natural white
1200 x 1000 x 150
grey
1200 x 800 x 160
static kg
dynamic kg
in high shelving kg
4000
1000
250
5000
1000
400
7500
1500
1000
height mm
short side width mm
long side width mm
100
642
654
100
710
780
100
600
780
Weight approx.
4-way entry
Top deck with 7 mm non-slip edges
kg
12.5
15
18
1 9 items
No.
g / each
198 161-BK
610 987-BK
523 381-BK
85.80
92.60
123.60
10+ items
No.
g / each
720 890-BK
610 988-BK
523 382-BK
79.60
87.90
112.10
Hygienic pallets
Recommended by the European Trade

Institute for the food industry
Widely exchangeable
from 40 C to +70 C
Durable and sturdy
High maximum load
Manufactured from high grade HDPE
(non-recycled)
High quality plastic with excellent cleaning

characteristics for optimum use in
hygienic areas. Welded runners.
With external or central locking.
H1 hygienic pallet L x W 1200 x 800 mm
GS safety tested. Fulfils HACCP according
to the guidelines for foodstuffs hygiene.
Colour light grey.
mm
800 x 600 x 160
1200 x 800 x 160
1200 x 1000 x 160
Max. load
static kg
dynamic kg
on high racking kg
2000
500
5000
1250
1000
5000
1250
850
height mm
short/long side mm
100
100
600
100
800
Weight approx.
kg
18
22
1 9 items
No.
g / each
984 770-BK
984 768-BK
984 772-BK
59.70
104.50
109.90
10 + items
No.
g / each
984 771-BK
984 769-BK
984 773-BK
53.90
92.00
99.90
Plastic pallets / RFID
High load capacity due to integrated

reinforcement profiles
The connecting link to RFID technology
Non-slip coating on the top surface
from 40 C to +70 C
Manufactured from high grade HDPE
Durable and will not deform
mm
1200 x 800 x 160
1200 x 1000 x 160
Max. load
static kg
dynamic kg
on high racking kg
7500
1500
1250
7500
1500
1250
height mm
short/long side mm
100
600 / 780
100
800 / 780
126857
Weight approx.
High quality plastic pallet with two

integrated transponders (13.56 MHz).
Tested product which passed corner
drop-test to ISO 8611, max. load on a high
shelf was determined to ISO 8611.
The pallet has also passed a wetting agent
immersion test according to DIN 55423.
Colour grey / blue.
kg
21.5
27.0
1 9 items
No.
g / each
752 868-BK
984 775-BK
102.60
126.70
10 + items
No.
g / each
984 774-BK
984 776-BK
96.50
116.70
BLUE =
126857
Plastic pallet extension frames

Pallet stacking frames with dimensions of
600x 800 mm, as well as in other versions can
be supplied on request.
Pallet stacking frames

Made of plastic
Excellent durability
Resistant to moisture and humidity
Low weight
With interlocking reinforcements
Suitable for Euro size pallets 1200 x 800 mm or industrial

pallets 1200 x 1000 mm.
A
B
Stacking frames made of ABS, black, hinged for space

saving storage. Frame thickness 20 mm. Can be stacked
at will. Pallet is not included in delivery.
Pack of 2.
For pallet size
mm
Height
Order quantity
mm
packs
4 hinges
6 hinges
Diagonally folding, with 4 hinges

Folding, with 6 hinges
Accessories
The lid, together with the pallet and the stacking frame,
form a closed unit.
Made of recycled ABS, black.
Material thickness 2.5 mm.
1200 x 800
1200 x 1000
200
200
14
59
from 10
14
59
from 10
No.
g / pack
978 041-BK
978 044-BK
978 046-BK
978 049-BK
978 052-BK
978 054-BK
127.40
120.60
114.40
149.80
142.30
133.50
No.
g / pack
978 042-BK
978 045-BK
978 047-BK
978 050-BK
978 053-BK
978 055-BK
159.30
149.30
139.20
178.40
168.00
158.20
No.
g
978 048-BK
978 048-BK
978 048-BK
519 035-BK
519 035-BK
519 035-BK
39.75
39.75
39.75
45.40
45.40
45.40
Accessories
Lid
Document pouches with

wire strap
Document pouches
with folded edge
Optimum protection for accompanying

documents
Labelling with flexible wire holder
Versatile for a wide range of
applications
For labelling mesh pallets, plastic containers, stacking frames, cartons, wood
boxes, etc. Optionally with rain protection
flap to protect against weathering
influence.
To hang from the edge of

stacking frames, plastic
containers, boxes, mesh
pallets and plywood cases.
Pack of 100.
Model
Format
Width x height
without rain protection flap
mm
No.
g / pack
with rain protection flap
A4
325 x 235
A5
275 x 180
A4
325 x 235
505 577-BK
610 923-BK
505 578-BK
610 924-BK
218.50
307.50
245.50
323.50
Model
Pack of 100.
A5
275 x 180
1 With shortened front

2
Document pouches
with magnetic strips
Extremely durable hard

plastic
Simple yet secure
attachment with
practical clamping
edge
Documents can be
quickly removed /
replaced
Sturdy plastic model

Simple and quick
labelling
side documents
inserted through top /
side
With practical grip
recess on the rear side
documents inserted
through side
Format
W x H mm
No.
g / pack
A5
210 x 155
A4
300 x 210
A5
210 x 155
A4
300 x 210
505 573-BK
505 574-BK
505 575-BK
505 576-BK
217.50
450.00
206.00
384.50
Document pouches with

fastening tabs
Ideal organisational
accessory for labelling
transport and storage
containers made of sheet
steel.
Pack of 100.
Reliable and secure labelling for mesh

pallets, mesh panels and pallet frames
Reusable
Tabs are guided through the slots,

self-locking design.
Pack of 100.
A6
A5
A4
160 x 115
115
235 x 170
185
305 x 230
245
505 581-BK
505 580-BK
505 582-BK
245.50
301.50
473.50
Format
101081
Viewable area W x H mm
Overall height
mm
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Width x height
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

A5
mm
235 x 170
505 583-BK
101081
Format
260.50
KAISER + KRAFT
345
Wooden pallets
Properties of wooden pallets
The goods do not slip very easily
The max. load is not affected by
temperature
Wooden pallets can be repaired
Wooden pallets do not build up an
electrostatic charge
Can be easily disposed of
Recyclable
Environmentally friendly (untreated)
1
2
EURO pallets
Accessible from 4 sides

Manufactured in accordance with UIC
specification 435-2
With EPAL label
1 EUR 1
2 EUR 2 with deck on bottom
3 EUR 3
EURO pallets 1 3 are supplied as

standard with an ISPM 15 treatment.
Pack of 10.
Custom designed wooden pallets

Reusable pallets
4 Half format display pallet
Model
Made of softwood.
Board thickness 17 mm.
kg
mm
mm
1500
1200 x 800
100
1500
1200 x 1000
95
1500
1200 x 1000
100
400
800 x 600
95
500
1200 x 800
95
short side mm
long side mm
600
910
810
880
710
910
644
644
1044
Weight approx.
Treatment
kg
28
ISPM 15
32
ISPM 15
36
ISPM 15
8
ISPM 15
15
ISPM 15
1 2 packs
(10 or 20 items)
No.
g / pack
516 964-BK
516 933-BK
516 940-BK
523 218-BK
523 221-BK
279.50
393.50
401.50
153.30
190.50
3 4 packs
(30 or 40 items)
No.
g / pack
516 965-BK
516 934-BK
516 941-BK
523 219-BK
523 222-BK
268.50
371.50
379.00
139.90
173.60
5+ packs
(50+ items)
No.
g / pack
516 966-BK
516 935-BK
516 942-BK
523 220-BK
523 223-BK
257.50
348.00
356.00
122.90
152.20
Max. load
Length x width
5 Lightweight pallet
Made of softwood.
Board thickness 17 mm.
height
width
Reusable pallets 4 5 are supplied with

an ISPM 15 treatment.
Pack of 10.
Only 10 % extra.

Dollies
For pallets, wire mesh/stacking containers
mm
800 x 1000
1200 x 800
Platform
Max. load
mm
kg
810 x 1010
1000
810 x 1210
500
No.
g
729 298-BK
218.50
No.
g
295.00
351.50
729 300-BK
1000 x 1200
1000
1010 x 1210
500
1000
729 301-BK
729 303-BK
729 304-BK
185.00
241.50
235.00
297.00
729 307-BK
729 308-BK
729 311-BK
Robust, welded steel construction for heavy duty use

Available in two heights for safe transport and easy
handling
Steel profile frames with cross beams and welded corner

braces with crane eyelets. Powder coated in light blue
Smooth running with 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
wheel 200 mm, solid rubber semi-elastic tyres.
125162
125162
407.00
BLUE =
Wooden pallet frames

Wooden stacking frames
For Euro size pallets (1200 x 800 mm)
For storage and transport of heavy parts

and small components
Folding mechanism made of riveted, zinc
plated hinges, protruding downwards,
which provide secure fitting and
durability
Sides made of 20mm softwood, planed

allround.
Other sizes and IPPC models are available
on request.
Diagonally foldable, with 4 hinges

Folded length = 1 x width + 1 x length
Foldable with 6 hinges

Folded length = 1 x length
(pallet length)
The prices stated do not include the
pallet.
Accessory
Lid made from 12.5 mm strong plywood
with 2 under-struts.
Model
No.
g
199 818-BK
717 093-BK
31.80
52.40
Effective height 300 mm
No.
g
199 834-BK
717 094-BK
83.90
109.90
No.
g
199 842-BK
717 095-BK
98.90
119.60
No.
g
699 195-BK
699 195-BK
31.15
31.15
Accessory
Lid
For display and industrial pallets
With 4 hinges, diagonally foldable.

Other heights and sizes available on
request.
Effective height
mm
For pallets
mm
No.
g
200
800 x 600
1000 x 800
1200 x 1000
717 082-BK
199 729-BK
199 850-BK
29.15
32.45
37.55
717 085-BK
699 187-BK
699 209-BK
22.75
27.95
35.75
Accessory
Lid
No.
g
Divider insert
For 200 mm high wooden stacking frames
for 1200 x 800 mm pallet size.
Easy to plug-in walls made of 12 mm thick
plywood.
For pallet size
mm
Compartments
Longitudinal / cross dividers
No.
g / set
Supplied in sets for 4 or 8 compartments.

Without wooden stacking frame.
1200 x 800
4
1/1
8
1/3
523 215-BK
523 217-BK
39.00
68.00
Labelling pockets
Corner stacking
supports
Ideal organisation accessories for all

areas of transport and storage.
For wooden stacking frames, reusable.
For stacking pallets on wooden stacking

frames.
Enormous space and freight saving.
Sturdy model made of resistant PPC
material.
Reusable.
In packs of 100.
Pack of 20.
A5
112520
External dims.
mm
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
A4
235 x 165
305 x 230
610 927-BK
610 928-BK
152.80
276.50
No. 610 926-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

112520
For format
g / pack 69.20
KAISER + KRAFT
347
Chipboard pallets
Moulded chipboard pallets
From display format 600 x 400 mm to

container pallet 1140 x 1140 mm.
Rounded corners and conical feet:
to protect shrink and stretch film
wrapping. Closed base to protect the
load.
Unaffected by climate
Conform with IPPC-ISPM 15
Made of recycled wood and wood
remains from sawmills, can be
recycled and are biologically
degradable
1 Display pallet 600 x 400 mm
5 Industrial pallet
1200 x 1000 mm
Accessible from two sides, 4 feet.
Accessible from all sides, 9 feet.

Sturdy and durable transport pallet.
2 Display pallet 800 x 400 mm

Accessible from two sides, 6 feet.
6 Container pallet
3 1/2 Euro-size pallet
1140 x 1140 mm
800 x 600 mm

Saves space in container loading area.
Suitable for overseas exports.

Suitable as dispatch pallet for small
consignments or as display pallet.
4 Euro-size pallet
1200 x 800 mm
No administration costs. No swap fees.
No problems with stock differences.
2
Please note the handling tips for moulded chipboard pallets.
On request we can send you these.
Conforms to the stringent

Import regulations of China,
Australia etc.
Manufactured under heat and
pressure conditions, which
hills off any plant pests.
No certificates relating to
plant deseases or additionel
treatments (heat or gas
applications) are required.
5+6
Inexpensive packs of 10 or 50.
mm
kg
600 x 400
250
800 x 400
500
height mm
short side width mm
long side width mm
95
465
95
572
Length x width
Max. load
Fork pocket dimensions
108759
Weight approx.
800 x 600
500
1200 x 800
900
1200 x 1000
900
1140 x 1140
900
95
570
1000
95
570
100
565
670
1250
100
565
670
100
650
750
1250
100
650
750
97
683
698
1250
97
683
698
kg
2.5
3.0
4.5
5.0
10
11
14
19
15
18
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
927 191-BK
927 193-BK
927 195-BK
927 197-BK
927 200-BK
927 203-BK
927 205-BK
927 207-BK
927 209-BK
927 212-BK
45.25
56.70
74.10
84.70
131.10
143.90
166.50
186.70
162.50
196.00
Pack of 50
No.
g / pack
927 192-BK
927 194-BK
927 196-BK
927 199-BK
927 202-BK
927 204-BK
927 206-BK
927 208-BK
927 211-BK
927 213-BK
214.50
268.00
352.00
399.00
618.00
674.00
787.00
858.00
774.00
931.00
BLUE =
108759
Model
Metal pallets
Sheet steel pallets
Hardwearing, sturdy and robust due

to trapezoidal stiffening corrugation
Wide runners for maximum stability
mm
1000 x 800 x 160
1200 x 800 x 160
static kg
dynamic kg
racking kg
2000
2000
1000
2000
2000
1000
height mm
short side width mm
long side width mm
120
590
810
120
590
1010

Max. load
Top deck made of corrugated 2 mm sheet

steel. Runners made of corrugated 2 mm
sheet steel.
Accessible from 4 sides.
Painted in silver grey RAL 7001.
Weight approx.
kg
30
35
1 9 items
No.
g / each
518 804-BK
518 806-BK
116.50
126.00
10+ items
No.
g / each
518 805-BK
518 807-BK
108.40
116.50
Aluminium pallets
Odour neutral
Temperature resistant,
corrosion resistant
Easy to clean
Non-magnetic
Welded aluminium construction made of

fully closed profiles.
Special models customised to your

operating requirements available.
Model
Max. load
4 corner feet
2 runners with centre support

and 4 corner feet
kg
mm
1000
1200 x 800 x 150
1000
1200 x 1000 x 150
1000
1200 x 800 x 150
1000
1200 x 1000 x 150
Forklift access dims. height mm

short side width mm
long side width mm
120
625
1025
120
825
1025
120
625
1025
120
825
1025
Weight approx.
kg
10.5
12
12.5
14.5
1 9 items
No.
g / each
752 982-BK
752 985-BK
752 987-BK
752 989-BK
194.50
215.50
235.50
261.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
752 984-BK
752 986-BK
752 988-BK
752 990-BK
185.00
194.50
219.00
247.50
g
No. 752 984-BK
185.00
Mesh
stacking frames
For 800 x 1200 mm EURO pallets
4 units can be stacked
Fitted with hinges for diagonal folding
Made of spot welded steel wire mesh,

2 brackets for securing the frame on the
pallet. Zinc chromated.
Model
108760
Description
without flap
with flap on
one long side
Wire thickness, braces

Wire thickness, mesh
Max. load / stacking load approx.
Effective height / overall height
mm
mm
kg
mm
9,8
4.8
800 / 2400
400 / 455
9,8
4.8
800 / 2400
850 / 900
Without pallet
No.
g
254 673-BK
254 681-BK
127.60
151.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

108760
KAISER + KRAFT
349
Metal pallet stacking frames

Clamp-on stacking frames
For four-way wooden pallets
Alternative models, other RAL colours or

zinc plated models on request.
Extremely secure
Sturdy sheet metal feet wrap around both sides of pallet
corners.
Each foot with clamp to securely fasten frames. Loops
and central struts for safety. Frames with 4 corner braces.
Wet paintwork in reseda green RAL 6011.
Delivery includes one pair of frames without pallet.
Accessories
Chains
For bracing the bars and for securing the goods.
Model
mm
kg
800
1000 / 3000
1200
1000 / 3000
No.
g / pair
718 885-BK
198 579-BK
117.70
123.00
No.
g / pair
717 107-BK
198 609-BK
129.80
136.70
No.
g / pair
717 108-BK
198 633-BK
142.00
147.00
No.
g / pair
198 668-BK
198 668-BK
12.55
12.55
Bar width
Accessories
Chains
Pallet frames
For 800 x 1200 mm and 1000 x 1200 mm pallets
Easy assembly A for stacking on, or

B for attaching to the pallet
Minimal space requirements, two-part

and folding
Frame made of tubular steel, 27 mm,

with spot welded wire mesh,
100 x 100 x 4 mm. 4 stacking feet.
Wet paintwork in reseda green RAL 6011.
Pallet not included in the price.
Model
one long side

with half drop gate

For pallet size
106501
kg
width x length mm
1000 / 2000
800 x 1200
one long side,

2-part, removable
1000 x 1200
1000 / 2000
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200
stacking
No.
g
537 454-BK
181.70
186.60
192.20
197.70
attaching
No.
g
537 667-BK
537 470-BK
537 837-BK
537 896-BK
188.40
202.00
212.00
217.50
stacking
No.
g
199 176-BK
199 184-BK
199 230-BK
199 249-BK
191.60
197.70
201.50
207.00
attaching
No.
g
537 233-BK
537 683-BK
537 845-BK
537 918-BK
211.50
213.00
220.00
226.00
stacking
No.
g
199 192-BK
199 206-BK
199 257-BK
199 265-BK
201.50
207.00
210.50
219.00
attaching
No.
g
537 462-BK
537 268-BK
537 853-BK
537 926-BK
220.00
226.00
230.50
238.00
stacking
No.
g
199 214-BK
199 222-BK
199 273-BK
199 281-BK
232.50
238.00
242.00
253.50
attaching
No.
g
537 675-BK
537 489-BK
537 861-BK
537 934-BK
253.00
259.00
262.50
273.50
stacking
No.
g
729 266-BK
729 267-BK
729 270-BK
729 271-BK
245.50
251.50
256.50
267.50
attaching
No.
g
729 268-BK
729 269-BK
729 273-BK
729 274-BK
265.50
271.50
277.00
288.00
537 241-BK
537 691-BK
537 888-BK
A
Frame closed on all sides,
with open section on long
side, as well as other RAL
colours or zinc plated
models on request.
106501
BLUE =
Stacking containers
Polyethylene transport
and stacking containers
For collecting, storing, supplying
and transporting goods
Made of environmentally friendly and

hardwearing polyethylene (PE)
Weather and corrosion resistant
Leak-proof can be used as a sump tray
High resistance to mild acids, alkalis and oils
Can be easily combined with steel stacking
containers
Low weight
Easily accessible on four sides for lifting
devices
Due to the high stacking load of 2500 kg, up to

five fully loaded transport and stacking
containers can be easily and securely stacked
on top of one another.
mm
800 x 500 x 500
1000 x 800 x 600
1200 x 800 x 600
1200 x 1000 x 600
Capacity
Forklift access width / length
Weight approx.
litres
kg
mm
kg
90
500 / 2500
340 / 640
13
260
500 / 2500
600 / 800
24
300
500 / 2500
560 / 960
28
400
500 / 2500
760 / 960
32
Colour
blue
grey
518 815-BK
518 820-BK
518 817-BK
518 821-BK
518 818-BK
518 822-BK
518 819-BK
518 823-BK
158.10
221.50
243.00
265.50
black
g
709 496-BK
709 497-BK
709 498-BK
709 499-BK
68.20
79.20
90.20
101.20
Accessories
Transport and stacking containers in other
versions, e.g.
open at front
in red and green
YELLOW =
Ex stock
122723
122723
PE lid
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
351
Box pallets
Other sizes, special colours and zinc plated
models on request.
Mesh pallets
With dolly
Dollies
Industrial mesh pallets

For company internal use. Longitudinal flaps allow for
easy access to stored goods even when stacked.
Welded angled iron/steel mesh construction.
Mesh size 50 x 50 x 4 mm. Base with steel trussing and
solid wooden inserts. Dip painted stone grey RAL7030.
Modern, reusable packaging

Protects against damage and loss
Can be easily stacked and transported
Eliminate packaging waste and disposal costs
2 Medium height design

EURO mesh pallets
With fixed walls, one half drop gate or one full drop
gate (on long side).
1 Tall design
For international goods transport on rail and road.
Standard design in accordance with UIC codex 435.3,
with registration number and SGS inspection
certificate.
One long side with two flaps and labelling boards.
When fitted with the lockable lid (Ref. 600 059-BK),
mesh pallets cannot be exchanged in conjunction with
international shipments.
3 Low profile design

With fixed walls or one full drop gate (long side).
Ideal for compact storage in pallet racking: When
stacked, twolow profile mesh pallets are the same
height as one standard EURO mesh pallet.
For 1200x 800 mm pallets, mesh pallets

and containers
Easy to load thanks to the 4 corner braces with crane
eyelets.
Angled steel construction with cross beams.
Smooth running wheels, 2 swivel castors with wheel
stops and 2 fixed castors, wheel 200 mm.
Max. load
kg
500
1000
Tyres
solid rubber
elastic solid rubber
No.
g
729 300-BK
729 301-BK
185.00
241.50

Model
Profile
high
Description
medium height
low
1 long side with

2 flaps
4 fixed walls
1 long side with

half drop gate
1 long side with

full drop gate
4 fixed walls
1 long side with

full drop gate
970 / 800
1200 x 800
1500
3 on 1
760 / 590
100
570 / 400
1200 x 800
1500
3 on 1
760 / 590
100
570 / 400
1200 x 800
1500
3 on 1
760 / 590
100
570 / 400
1200 x 800
1500
3 on 1
760 / 590
100
500 / 330
1200 x 800
1500
3 on 1
760 / 590
100
500 / 330
1200 x 800
1500
3 on 1
760 / 590
100
No.
g / each
251 259-BK
705 620-BK
705 627-BK
705 623-BK
705 114-BK
705 617-BK
219.00
161.40
173.80
168.20
161.40
168.20
5 9 items
No.
g / each
737 367-BK
705 621-BK
705 628-BK
705 625-BK
705 614-BK
705 618-BK
208.00
154.60
167.00
161.40
154.60
161.40
10+ items
No.
g / each
737 368-BK
705 622-BK
705 629-BK
705 626-BK
705 615-BK
705 619-BK
197.50
146.60
160.30
154.60
146.60
154.60
No.
extra cost g
600 059-BK
600 059-BK
600 059-BK
600 059-BK
600 059-BK
600 059-BK
80.70
80.70
80.70
80.70
80.70
80.70
No.
g
518 790-BK
518 791-BK
518 791-BK
518 791-BK
518 792-BK
518 792-BK
74.00
68.40
68.40
68.40
68.40
68.40
Height
external / internal
Length x width
Max. load
Stacking
Entry dims. long / short side
Clearance height
1 4 items
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
Lid, lockable
Practical protection against theft, padlock required. If lid
is ordered, the lowest flap is welded shut.
Existing mesh pallets cannot be fitted at a later stage.
Mesh partition
Saves time and money by providing for the orderly
storage of different goods in a single mesh pallet
Simple mounting quick attachment
Mesh partition
Welded angle steel construction with welded steel mesh,

50x50 x 4 mm. Dip painted stone grey RAL 7030.
125166
125166
Lid
BLUE =
Stacking containers
Plastic sack available as accessory
Collapsible mesh pallets and stacking boxes
Quick setup and breakdown

Reduces storage and transport
costs
Model
Welded angle steel construction,

base made of profiled sheet steel.
Walls made of steel mesh (mesh size
50 x 50 x 4 mm) or sheet steel.
Painted in stone grey RAL 7030.
Mesh pallet 1 with labelling plate.
Low collapsed height
1 320 mm, 2 355 mm.
Width x length
mm
1200 x 800
1200 x 800
Max. load
Stacking load
kg
kg
1000
3000
1000
3000
Overall height
Filling height
mm
mm
970
800
970
800
Ground clearance
mm
100
100
Access width
Access length
mm
mm
590
760
575
745
1 4 items
No.
g / each
502 303-BK
518 800-BK
303.50
418.50
5 9 items
No.
g / each
502 304-BK
518 801-BK
291.50
403.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
502 305-BK
518 802-BK
280.50
387.00
Accessories
Lid for 2
Sheet steel, painted in stone grey
RAL 7030.
No. 518 803-BK
g 116.50
Plastic sacks (liner)

Polyethylene (LDPE). Protects against
contamination.
Prevents small parts from falling out.
Pack of 30.
No. 424 685-BK
Low transport height
g / pack 115.50
Easy to handle
Versatile for production, warehouse, transport etc.
Practical document holders in standard

sizes. Ideal for labelling wire mesh
containers.
Made of robust, tear resistant plastic.

Attached using straps with magnetic
fasteners.
Pack of 50.
For format
Viewable area H x W mm
No.
g / pack
A6
170 x 215
A5
215 x 235
A4
380 x 240
610 929-BK
610 930-BK
610 931-BK
167.20
184.00
211.00
Box pallets with sheet steel base

Very robust and durable
Can be transported with pallet truck,
forklift or suitable hoist
Width x length
mm
600 x 800
800 x 1000
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200

Stacking height / filling height
Ground clearance
Weight
Painted,
1 4 items
with 4 fixed walls
kg
mm
mm
mm
kg
1000 / 4000
600 / 500
100
460 / 660
24
1000 / 4000
600 / 500
100
660 / 860
36
1000 / 4000
600 / 500
100
660 / 1060
48
1000 / 4000
600 / 500
100
860 / 1060
54
No.
g / each
251 046-BK
251 054-BK
251 062-BK
251 070-BK
188.80
233.00
268.50
271.00
5 9 items
No.
g / each
705 079-BK
705 082-BK
705 084-BK
705 086-BK
178.40
219.00
253.50
258.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
705 081-BK
705 083-BK
705 085-BK
705 087-BK
171.70
212.00
236.50
240.00
1 4 items
No.
g / each
251 100-BK
251 119-BK
251 127-BK
235 440-BK
237.50
292.00
305.50
362.50
5 9 items
No.
g / each
705 088-BK
705 090-BK
705 092-BK
705 094-BK
217.00
278.00
290.00
335.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
705 089-BK
705 091-BK
705 093-BK
705 095-BK
203.00
260.00
275.00
313.50
No.
extra cost g
542 814-BK
542 822-BK
542 830-BK
542 849-BK
39.80
41.15
42.95
42.55
zinc plated
No.
extra cost g
542 857-BK
542 865-BK
542 873-BK
252 735-BK
55.90
55.90
56.90
46.75
Zinc plated,
with 4 fixed walls
Options
One long side with
half drop gate
112209
Stacking corners with crane eyelets.

Base made of beaded sheet steel.
Mesh sides, mesh size 50 x 50 x 4 mm.
Painted gentian blue RAL 5010 or zinc plated.
painted
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

One long side with half drop gate,

at extra cost
KAISER + KRAFT
112209
353
Box pallets
Solid wall box pallets
For transporting and storing goods

For collecting material and recyclable
waste
For company internal organisation
Max. loads from 500 kg to 2000 kg
Robust construction.
All-round rim reinforcement.
Corner posts with crane eyelets and
non-marking base plates.
At extra cost, one long side (solid or mesh)
with half drop gate.
Colour selection
Please specify when ordering.
Mouse grey
RAL 7005
Flame red
RAL 3000
Reseda green
RAL 6011
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Other RAL colours, hot dip galvanised or

as an oil and watertight model on request.
Shown with mesh half drop gate

(at extra cost)
Max. load 500 kg
Max. load 1000 kg
Width x length
mm
500 x 800
800 x 1000
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200

Weight approx.
kg
mm
mm
kg
500 / 2500
500 / 400
360 / 660
18
500 / 2500
600 / 500
660 / 860
28
500 / 2500
600 / 500
660 / 1060
31
500 / 2500
600 / 500
860 / 1060
35
No.
g / each
610 731-BK
610 734-BK
610 737-BK
610 741-BK
157.60
214.50
237.00
257.50
59
No.
g / each
610 732-BK
610 735-BK
610 738-BK
610 742-BK
151.80
206.50
227.50
246.00
10+
No.
g / each
610 733-BK
610 736-BK
610 740-BK
610 743-BK
146.00
198.90
219.50
237.00
14
95582
Mesh half drop gate
500 x 800
800 x 1000
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200

Weight approx.
kg
mm
mm
kg
1000 / 5000
500 / 400
360 / 660
22
1000 / 5000
600 / 500
660 / 860
34
1000 / 5000
600 / 500
660 / 1060
38
1000 / 5000
600 / 500
860 / 1060
43.5
No.
g / each
610 744-BK
610 748-BK
610 751-BK
610 754-BK
164.60
224.00
246.00
267.50
59
No.
g / each
610 745-BK
610 749-BK
610 752-BK
610 756-BK
158.20
215.50
236.50
258.00
10+
No.
g / each
610 746-BK
610 750-BK
610 753-BK
610 757-BK
152.40
207.50
226.00
246.50
No.
extra cost g
610 722-BK
610 723-BK
610 724-BK
610 725-BK
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
No.
extra cost g
610 726-BK
610 727-BK
610 728-BK
610 729-BK
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
Order quantity
14
Options
Options
Solid half drop gate
mm
No.
extra cost g
610 722-BK
610 723-BK
610 724-BK
610 725-BK
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
No.
extra cost g
610 726-BK
610 727-BK
610 728-BK
610 729-BK
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30

Mesh half drop gate
BLUE =
95582
Order quantity
Width x length
Box pallets
Max. load 2000 kg

All products on this
page are optionally
available in these
colours.
Please specify when
ordering.
Width x length
mm
500 x 800
800 x 1000
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200

Weight approx.
kg
mm
mm
kg
2000 / 10000
500 / 400
360 / 660
28
2000 / 10000
600 / 500
660 / 860
45
2000 / 10000
600 / 500
660 / 1060
51
2000 / 10000
600 / 500
860 / 1060
58
No.
g / each
610 708-BK
610 711-BK
610 715-BK
610 718-BK
178.40
232.50
257.00
280.50
5 9 items
No.
g / each
610 709-BK
610 713-BK
610 716-BK
610 719-BK
171.40
224.50
245.50
270.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
610 710-BK
610 714-BK
610 717-BK
610 721-BK
167.10
215.50
236.50
260.50
No.
extra cost g
610 722-BK
610 723-BK
610 724-BK
610 725-BK
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
No.
extra cost g
610 726-BK
610 727-BK
610 728-BK
610 729-BK
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
Order quantity
1 4 items
RAL 7005
RAL 3000
Other RAL colours, hot dip galvanised or as an oil and
watertight model on request.
Options
RAL 6011
RAL 5010
Mesh half drop gate
Sheet steel containers

withlow profile design
Compact storage of various materials in the

smallest possible space
Labelling boards for individual labelling
In four standard colours for perfect sorting
Corner posts with crane eyelets and non-marking

foot plates. Corrugated base.
Clearance height 100mm.
Sheet steel containers with mesh front panel and

inother RAL colours, hot dip galvanised or as an oil
and watertight model available on request.
mm

Weight approx.
kg
mm
mm
kg
500 / 2500
300 / 200
360 / 660
18
1000 / 5000
300 / 200
360 / 660
22
2000 / 10000
300 / 200
360 / 660
24
500 / 2500
300 / 200
660 / 860
20
1000 / 5000
300 / 200
660 / 860
25
2000 / 10000
300 / 200
660 / 860
28
500 / 2500
300 / 200
660 / 1060
22
1000 / 5000
300 / 200
660 / 1060
27
2000 / 10000
300 / 200
660 / 1060
31
500 / 2500
300 / 200
860 / 1060
25
1000 / 5000
300 / 200
860 / 1060
30
2000 / 10000
300 / 200
860 / 1060
36
No.
g / each
517 406-BK
517 409-BK
517 413-BK
517 416-BK
517 419-BK
517 422-BK
517 425-BK
517 428-BK
517 432-BK
610 617-BK
610 621-BK
610 625-BK
139.40
143.90
153.20
166.80
185.10
191.80
187.40
208.00
221.50
203.50
230.50
246.00
5 9 items
No.
g / each
517 407-BK
517 411-BK
517 414-BK
517 417-BK
517 420-BK
517 423-BK
517 426-BK
517 430-BK
517 433-BK
610 618-BK
610 622-BK
610 626-BK
134.00
138.40
147.30
160.30
175.90
184.40
178.40
199.00
213.00
195.50
221.50
236.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
517 408-BK
517 412-BK
517 415-BK
517 418-BK
517 421-BK
517 424-BK
517 427-BK
517 431-BK
517 434-BK
610 619-BK
610 624-BK
610 627-BK
129.30
133.30
141.90
154.40
169.20
177.80
173.50
192.40
205.00
188.40
213.50
227.00
112210
Order
quantity
1 4 items
500 x 800
YELLOW =
Ex stock
800 x 1000
800 x 1200
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1000 x 1200
KAISER + KRAFT
112210
Width x length
355
Box pallets
Transport and box pallets

with runners
For collecting recyclable and other
materials inproduction and storage
Max. loads from 500 kg to 2000 kg
Suitable for transport on roller conveyors

Suitable for use in high racking
Simplify material flow
Reinforcements on outside for optimum utilisation of

spaceinside. Sturdy welded steel construction.
Top with all round reinforcement. Corner posts with crane
eyelets. Sturdy longitudinal runners for storage on shelves
andfor transport on roller conveyors.
At extra cost, one long side (solid or mesh) with half drop
gate.
Mesh half drop gate (at extra cost)

for optimum view inside
Solid half drop gate (at extra cost)
Colour selection
RAL 7005
RAL 6011
RAL 3000
RAL 5010
Other RAL colours, hot dip

galvanised or as an oil and
watertight model onrequest.
Please specify when ordering.
Width x length
mm

Weight approx.
kg
mm
mm
kg
500 / 2500
508 / 400
360 / 660
25
1000 / 5000
508 / 400
360 / 660
29
2000 / 10000
508 / 400
360 / 660
34
500 / 2500
608 / 500
660 / 860
36
1000 / 5000
608 / 500
660 / 860
43
2000 / 10000
608 / 500
660 / 860
52.5
500 / 2500
608 / 500
660 / 1060
42
1000 / 5000
608 / 500
660 / 1060
49
2000 / 10000
608 / 500
660 / 1060
59.5
500 / 2500
608 / 500
860 / 1060
46
1000 / 5000
608 / 500
860 / 1060
52.5
2000 / 10000
608 / 500
860 / 1060
64.5
No.
g / each
610 758-BK
610 772-BK
610 785-BK
610 761-BK
610 775-BK
610 788-BK
610 765-BK
610 778-BK
610 791-BK
610 768-BK
610 782-BK
610 794-BK
199.90
208.00
224.00
265.00
274.50
276.50
296.50
306.00
315.50
315.50
326.00
340.00
5 9 items
No.
g / each
610 759-BK
610 773-BK
610 786-BK
610 762-BK
610 776-BK
610 789-BK
610 766-BK
610 779-BK
610 792-BK
610 769-BK
610 783-BK
610 795-BK
193.20
199.90
215.50
255.00
264.00
265.50
285.50
293.50
302.50
303.00
315.00
326.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
610 760-BK
610 774-BK
610 787-BK
610 764-BK
610 777-BK
610 790-BK
610 767-BK
610 781-BK
610 793-BK
610 770-BK
610 784-BK
610 796-BK
186.30
192.40
207.50
245.50
254.00
257.00
275.00
283.50
291.50
292.00
302.50
315.50
No.
extra cost g
610 722-BK
610 722-BK
610 722-BK
610 723-BK
610 723-BK
610 723-BK
610 724-BK
610 724-BK
610 724-BK
610 725-BK
610 725-BK
610 725-BK
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
30.20
No.
extra cost g
610 726-BK
610 726-BK
610 726-BK
610 727-BK
610 727-BK
610 727-BK
610 728-BK
610 728-BK
610 728-BK
610 729-BK
610 729-BK
610 729-BK
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
42.30
Order
quantity
1 4 items
500 x 800
800 x 1000
800 x 1200
1000 x 1200
112392

Mesh half drop gate
BLUE =
112392
Options
Stacking containers
2
2
Simplify material flow andstorage

Robust steel construction for stability
and load bearing capacity
Optimum utilisation of space,
as multiple units can be stacked
Can be transported with forklift or
crane with crane harness
1 Long goods frames
2 Long goods frames
3 Stacking containers
Highly versatile
Can be easily filled from allsides
Can be transported by crane
(onlywithverticalcraneharness)
Width x length
Forklift access width
Clearance height
Painted,
mouse greyRAL7005
119004
Zinc plated
Large opening for filling and removal

Stacking rim for secure stacking
Torsion-free, profiled sheet steel

construction.
Stacking feet without crane eyelets.
Torsion-free corner post construction.

Base and longitudinal walls made of
profiled sheet steel. Reinforced rim.
Forklift pocketswith crane eyelets.
Torsion-free, particularly buckle resistant

corner post construction. The sheet steel
base made of trapezoidal profile is in a
50mm U-shaped iron frame.
Reinforced with large connection plates.
Stacking corners with crane eyelets.
Model
Very robust wall design

Can be transported by crane
(only with vertical crane harness)
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
kg
800 x 1000
1500 / 4500
600 / 450
520 / 860
100
45
800 x 1200
1500 / 4500
600 / 450
520 / 1060
100
50
1000 x 1200
1500 / 4500
600 / 450
720 / 1060
100
53
800 x 1000
1500 / 4500
600 / 450
520 / 860
100
48
800 x 1200
1500 / 4500
600 / 450
520 / 1060
100
53
1000 x 1200
1500 / 4500
600 / 450
720 / 1060
100
58
800 x 700 / 500

1000 / 4000
600 / 500
340 / 700
100
31
500 x 1000 / 800

1000 / 4000
600 / 500
400 / 640
100
33
800 x 1200 / 1000

1000 / 4000
600 / 500
700 / 840
100
51
No.
g / each
250 945-BK
250 953-BK
250 961-BK
250 988-BK
250 996-BK
251 003-BK
250 678-BK
250 643-BK
250 651-BK
265.50
287.50
313.50
249.50
311.00
307.00
186.30
199.40
275.00
5 9 items
No.
g / each
705 018-BK
705 021-BK
705 023-BK
705 005-BK
705 007-BK
705 009-BK
704 880-BK
704 883-BK
704 885-BK
245.00
265.00
289.50
230.50
287.50
287.50
175.50
188.00
259.50
10+ items
No.
g / each
705 019-BK
705 022-BK
705 024-BK
705 006-BK
705 008-BK
705 010-BK
704 882-BK
704 884-BK
704 886-BK
231.50
256.50
278.50
218.50
272.50
272.50
163.10
174.60
240.00
kg
57
61
69
55
63
70
32
34
53
1 4 items
No.
g / each
237 370-BK
237 400-BK
237 540-BK
236 900-BK
237 060-BK
237 230-BK
236 560-BK
236 730-BK
236 870-BK
325.00
355.00
386.00
321.00
371.50
375.00
219.00
232.00
338.50
5 9 items
No.
g / each
705 025-BK
705 027-BK
705 029-BK
705 011-BK
705 014-BK
705 016-BK
704 887-BK
704 889-BK
704 892-BK
301.50
329.00
366.00
291.50
335.50
340.00
205.50
219.50
315.00
10+ items
No.
g / each
705 026-BK
705 028-BK
705 030-BK
705 013-BK
705 015-BK
705 017-BK
704 888-BK
704 891-BK
705 003-BK
290.50
317.50
348.50
276.50
321.00
324.50
194.80
208.00
297.50
weight
1 4 items
weight
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119004
Storage and stacking

containers
357
Box pallets

For optimum storage, disposal and
transport of bulk materials
122436
Sturdy and stable steel construction

without profiles
Large opening
Three units can be stacked to save
space
Four crane eyelets for lifting with crane
chains
Ideal for sorting as they are available
in three different colours
Sheet steel containers are also

available in other RAL colours at
extra cost.
1 + 2 Without folding chute

3 With folding chute
Due to the heavy duty reinforcements on
the underside of the folding chute, this model can also be transported with transport
devices (e.g. wheel barrow) without a
problem.
The folding chute can be securely locked
with latches on both sides.
Model
Capacity
m
Folding chute
Max. load / max. stacking load approx.
kg
mm
Painted
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
g
Hot dip galvanised
No.
g
0.5
without
1000 / 3000
1070 x 810 x 710
1.0
without
1500 / 4500
1520 x 1070 x 800
1.0
with
1500 / 4500
1520 x 1070 x 800
523 270-BK
523 271-BK
523 272-BK
523 260-BK
523 261-BK
523 262-BK
523 264-BK
523 265-BK
523 266-BK
377.50
465.50
567.00
523 273-BK
523 263-BK
523 268-BK
411.00
565.00
656.00
BLUE =
122436
Tilting skips
8
Capacity
300and500litres
Capacity
750and1000litres
Tilting skips
Sturdy, weather resistant construction

Seamless construction leakproof
Corrosion free
Easy to clean
High quality product with low empty weight.
1 With castors
Quick and easy emptying by manually tilting over the axle
of the fixed castors.
Mobile on 2 fixed castors, wheel 200 mm, and2swivel
castors with wheel stops, wheel 125mm.
All castors made of nylon.
2 With forklift pockets

Integrated lever operates the stop mechanism and
immediately starts the tilting process. Centre of gravity is
in front of the fork tips.
The tilt is limited to 90 to protect the container from
damage.
3 With forklift pockets and castors

Ideal combination for simple, in-house transport with or
without a forklift.
Model same as 2, but additionally with 2fixed castors,
wheel 200 mm, and 1 swivel castor, wheel 80 mm.
1
Model
Description
Capacity
External dims.
Overall height
Height of front edge
Max. load
Weight
Colour
Shown with hinged lid

(accessory)
1
300
920 x 1320
625
405
150
35
with castors
500
750
960 x 1440
1150 x 1560
825
925
460
560
150
250
46
56
litres
width x depth mm
mm
mm
kg
kg
blue
grey
518 704-BK
518 712-BK
978 034-BK
518 713-BK
462.00
No.
g
3
3
with forklift pockets

500
750
960 x 1530
1150 x 1650
790
890
420
520
150
250
65
75
1000
1170 x 1590
1100
670
250
64
300
920 x 1420
590
370
150
46
978 036-BK
518 714-BK
518 705-BK
518 715-BK
518 716-BK
518 725-BK
978 037-BK
518 726-BK
552.00
642.00
740.00
561.00
518 744-BK
518 745-BK
518 746-BK
518 747-BK
151.40
162.70
174.00
179.60
with forklift pockets and castors

500
750
960 x 1530
1150 x 1650
830
925
460
560
150
250
72
82
1000
1170 x 1660
1060
635
250
83
300
920 x 1420
625
405
150
53
1000
1170 x 1660
1100
670
250
90
978 038-BK
518 728-BK
518 717-BK
518 729-BK
518 732-BK
518 739-BK
978 039-BK
518 740-BK
978 040-BK
518 741-BK
518 733-BK
518 742-BK
677.00
767.00
879.00
675.00
802.00
915.00
1010.00
518 744-BK
518 745-BK
518 746-BK
518 747-BK
518 744-BK
518 745-BK
518 746-BK
518 747-BK
151.40
162.70
174.00
179.60
151.40
162.70
174.00
179.60
Accessories
Hinged lid
Heavy duty tilting skips
NEW
High max. load up to 1000 kg

Corrosion free
Easy to clean
122724
Capacity
litres
500
750
1000
External dims. W x D mm
Overall height
mm
Height of front edge mm
Max. load
kg
Weight
kg
Colour
blue
grey
1080 x 1530
760
685
500
113
1120 x 1650
955
880
750
125
1150 x 1730
1110
1030
1000
139
709 509-BK
709 510-BK
709 511-BK
709 512-BK
709 513-BK
709 515-BK
989.00
1100.00
1205.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
122724
Forklift pockets for easy transport with lifting equipment,

also with 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors.
High front edge height for max. loading capacity.
Low empty weight despitehigh load capacities.
A built-in gas lift spring ensures safe tilting and emptying.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
359
Tilting skips
from g
549.00
Tilting skips
For bulk material, industrial waste, etc.

For unloading at ground level
Anti-tipping device
Separates liquids and solids
Container with all-round edge reinforcement.

Fitted with sieve and drainage connections as standard.
Powder coated in blue RAL5012 as standard.
Only 10 % extra.
Available in two versions

Chassis with 3 wheels (0.6 m version = 4 wheels).
Swivel castor with double stops.
Or with additional pockets for forklift transport.
Drainage hose
Metal hose with fastening materials.
0.25 m3 version length 400 mm.
0.4 m3 and 0.6 m3 versions length 500 mm.
Fitting at a later stage possible.
Hinged lid
Both flaps can be swung open.
Delivered detached.
Fitting at a later stage possible.
Capacity
Box dimensions
Chassis dimensions
Swivel castor
Wheel
0.25
0.4
0.6
L x W x H mm
L x W x H mm
mm
mm
1010 x 565 x 600

1110 x 835 x 960
200
250
1200 x 640 x 700

1300 x 910 x 1060
200
250
1250 x 800 x 750

1358 x 1090 x 1110
200
250
No.
g
736 847-BK
736 851-BK
736 854-BK
549.00
615.00
697.00
mm
560
560
900
No.
g
736 865-BK
736 868-BK
736 871-BK
646.00
695.00
765.00
No.
g
736 882-BK
736 885-BK
736 888-BK
158.40
167.80
179.10
No.
g
523 344-BK
523 345-BK
523 345-BK
39.80
41.20
41.20
Without forklift pockets

With forkliftpockets
Fork entry clearance

centre to centre pockets
Pocket dimensions 170 x 70 mm
fork entry clearance
Accessories
Hinged lid
Drainage hose
incl. fastening material
Anti-tipping device and forklift pockets
Tilting skips
With extremely low front edge
Space saving and easy to operate

lever latch
Extremely low front edge
Forklift pockets integrated in tilting skip
Tilting skips are also available in other

RAL colours at extra cost.
Capacity
125167
Lever latch
Oil and watertight model

Extra cost. Cannot be fitted at a later stage.
Zinc plated hinged lid
2-part, opens on one side.
Can be fitted at a later stage.
Wheels
of nylon, wheel 180 mm, 1 swivel castor
with wheel stop. Overall height 220 mm.
Max. load 1350 kg.
Forklift pockets
(see tableforinternal dims.)
0.5
0.65
0.8
1.0
Max. load
kg
mm
Forklift pockets
A / B / C mm
750
1370 x 800 x 730
150 / 200 / 60
1000
1440 x 800 x 890
150 / 200 / 60
1000
1370 x 1200 x 730
495 / 200 / 60
1500
1440 x 1200 x 890
495 / 200 / 60
No.
g
523 352-BK
523 359-BK
523 366-BK
523 373-BK
1055.00
1150.00
1375.00
1505.00
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
523 346-BK
523 347-BK
523 349-BK
523 350-BK
523 351-BK
523 353-BK
523 354-BK
523 355-BK
523 357-BK
523 358-BK
523 360-BK
523 361-BK
523 362-BK
523 363-BK
523 365-BK
523 367-BK
523 368-BK
523 369-BK
523 370-BK
523 371-BK
812.00
887.00
1010.00
1070.00
Oiltight and watertight

No.
model
extra cost g
523 209-BK
523 209-BK
523 209-BK
523 210-BK
77.80
77.80
77.80
99.90
Hinged lid
No.
g
523 211-BK
523 212-BK
523 213-BK
523 214-BK
158.60
158.60
193.70
193.70
Wheels
No.
g
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
Hot dip galvanised
Tilting skip with all-round edge profile and

profiling on the sides for more stability.
Secured against unintentional slippage
and tipping.
Tilt release can be triggered at any height
via cable pull from the forklift driver's seat.
Painted
BLUE =
125167
Tilting skips
Tilting skips
For transporting, storing and disposing of
bulk materials and shavings
Can also be tilted without forklift

Excellent mobility due to wheeled base
Quick, easy and complete emptying
Stable and robust sheet steel construction with push

handle, 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors made of
nylon, wheel 175 mm, 1swivel castor with wheel stop.
Overall height210 mm.
Secured against unintentional slipping (safety chain) and
tilting.
Depending on the type of use, the skips can be tilted
without forklift as well as directly from the forklift driver's
seat via pull cable at any height.
Painted in pure orange RAL 2004.
1 Without sieve insert

2 With sieve insert and drainage tap
1
Capacity
Max. load
Forklift pockets
Without sieve insert
With sieve insert
litres
400
430
675
kg
mm
A / B / C mm
1000
1300 x 1070 x 1145
242 / 185 / 80
1000
1175 x 1120 x 1040
242 / 185 / 80
1000
1225 x 1260 x 1285
675 / 185 / 80
No.
g
709 063-BK
709 064-BK
709 065-BK
736.00
754.00
820.00
No.
g
709 066-BK
857.00
709 067-BK
897.00
709 068-BK
978.00
These tilting skips are also available in

other RAL colours atextra cost.
Forklift pockets
(see tableforinternal dims.)
Tilting skips
Ideal for transport, storage and disposal
The right tilting skip size for every application

Excellent mobility due to wheeled base
Stable and robust sheet steel construction with push

handle, 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors made of
nylon, wheel 175 mm, 1swivel castor with wheel stop.
Overall height210 mm.
tilting.
Tilt release can be triggered at any height via cable pull
from the forklift driver's seat.
Painted in pure orange RAL 2004.
Forklift pockets (see table for internal dims.)
litres
285
490
755
1070
1320
1610
2040
kg
600
1000
1350
1700
2000
2000
2000
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
1350 x 820
650
1350 x 920
910
1350 x 1070
1040
1550 x 1070
1210
1550 x 1320
1210
1550 x 1550
1210
1550 x 1950
1210
Forklift pockets
A / B / C mm
350 / 170 / 50
450 / 170 / 50
450 / 170 / 50
450 / 170 / 50
450 / 170 / 50
450 / 170 / 50
450 / 170 / 50
709 070-BK
709 071-BK
709 072-BK
709 073-BK
709 074-BK
709 075-BK
709 076-BK
659.00
835.00
912.00
1065.00
1150.00
1590.00
1820.00
124645
Max. load
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Atextra cost, these tilting skips are

also available in other RAL colours, with
2-part folding lid, crane eyelets or with
sieve insert anddrainage tap.
124645
Capacity
KAISER + KRAFT
361
Tilting skips
Tilting skip with

hinged lid and wheels (accessories)
Tilting skips
Compact entry level model

With roll-off mechanism and optimised load centre

Quick and complete emptying
Tilt release via cable pull from the forklift driver's seat
Ideal for sorting as they are available in different
colours
Container made of 3 mm thick sheet steel with all-round

edge profile. Sturdy base frame with fork pockets.
Secured against unintentional slippage and accidental
release of the tilting mechanism.
Painted in the RAL colours listed in the table or hot dip
galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461.
Capacity
Max. load
0.60
0.90
1.20
1.70
2.10
kg
750
750
1000
1000
1500
1500
1500
960 x 640
550
1260 x 770
835
1260 x 1070
835
1260 x 1570
835
1720 x 1070
1103
1720 x 1570
1103
1720 x 1870
1103
Forklift pockets A / B / C
mm
Painted
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
g
170 / 200 / 80
300 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
523 324-BK
523 325-BK
523 326-BK
523 327-BK
523 328-BK
927 079-BK
927 080-BK
927 081-BK
927 083-BK
927 084-BK
927 085-BK
927 086-BK
927 087-BK
927 088-BK
927 089-BK
927 091-BK
927 092-BK
927 093-BK
927 094-BK
927 095-BK
927 096-BK
927 097-BK
927 098-BK
927 099-BK
927 100-BK
927 101-BK
927 102-BK
927 103-BK
927 105-BK
927 106-BK
927 107-BK
927 108-BK
927 109-BK
927 110-BK
927 111-BK
617.00
629.00
752.00
837.00
904.00
1215.00
1335.00
Hot dip galvanised
No.
g
523 329-BK
927 113-BK
927 114-BK
927 115-BK
927 116-BK
927 117-BK
927 118-BK
785.00
804.00
897.00
985.00
1060.00
1445.00
1630.00
No.
extra cost g
927 119-BK
927 119-BK
927 119-BK
927 119-BK
927 121-BK
927 121-BK
927 121-BK
68.10
68.10
68.10
68.10
84.80
84.80
84.80
No.
g
523 331-BK
523 332-BK
523 333-BK
523 334-BK
523 335-BK
523 336-BK
523 337-BK
184.40
184.40
208.00
234.00
234.00
291.00
381.00
kg
350
350
350
350
450
450
450
No.
g
927 122-BK
927 122-BK
927 122-BK
927 122-BK
927 123-BK
927 123-BK
927 123-BK
129.10
129.10
129.10
129.10
190.10
190.10
190.10
Options and accessories
Hinged lid
0.30
mm
mm
Length x width
Height

model
These tilting skips are also available in other RAL

colours at extra cost.
0.15
Wheels
max. load / castor
BLUE =
112521

Can be opened on 2 sides. Can be fitted at a later stage.
Wheels
180 mm, 1swivel castor with wheel stop.
Tilting skips
Tilting skip with

hinged lid and
wheels (accessories)
Tilting skips

Can be opened on 2 sides. Can be fitted at a later stage.

edge profile. Sturdy base frame with fork pockets.
Secured against unintentional slippage and tipping. Tilt
release can be triggered at any height via cable pull from
the forklift driver's seat.
Capacity
Max. load
112522
1.0
1.5
2.0
kg
1500
2500
3000
3000
3000
3000
1140 x 820
815
1540 x 820
1045
1760 x 820
1270
1760 x 1060
1270
1760 x 1560
1270
1810 x 1560
1470
Forklift pockets
A / B / C mm
225 / 200 / 80
225 / 200 / 80
225 / 200 / 80
410 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
No.
g
908 881-BK
908 887-BK
910 225-BK
910 231-BK
910 237-BK
910 242-BK
761.00
1110.00
1600.00
1810.00
2125.00
2635.00
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
g
908 882-BK
908 883-BK
908 884-BK
908 885-BK
523 338-BK
908 888-BK
908 889-BK
908 890-BK
910 224-BK
523 339-BK
910 226-BK
910 227-BK
910 229-BK
910 230-BK
523 340-BK
910 232-BK
910 233-BK
910 234-BK
910 235-BK
523 341-BK
910 238-BK
910 239-BK
910 240-BK
910 241-BK
523 342-BK
910 243-BK
910 245-BK
910 246-BK
910 247-BK
523 343-BK
616.00
897.00
1065.00
1325.00
1575.00
1935.00
No.
extra cost g
910 248-BK
910 248-BK
910 248-BK
910 249-BK
910 249-BK
910 249-BK
64.00
64.00
64.00
82.00
82.00
82.00
No.
g
910 257-BK
910 258-BK
910 259-BK
910 261-BK
910 262-BK
910 263-BK
82.00
88.00
135.10
150.00
170.00
190.10
No.
g / set
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50

model
YELLOW =
Ex stock
0.75
mm
mm
Painted
These tilting skips are also available in other RAL

colours and made of stainless steel at extra cost.
0.5
Length x width
Height
Hot dip galvanised
0.3
Wheels
wheel 180 mm, 1swivel castor with wheel stop.
Max. load 1350 kg. Can be fitted at a later stage.
When ordered together with a tilting skip, wheels are
supplied with a push handle.
Hinged lid
Wheels
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112522
Narrow width
With roll-off mechanism
Optimised load centre
363
Tilting skips
Tilting skip with wheels and push handle (accessories)
Tilting skips
For bulk materials of any kind
Low profile design

Secured against unintentional slipping and tilting

Due to their low height, these skips are ideal for the
collection of production waste directly at lathes, saw mills
and stamping machines.
edge reinforcement.
tilting.
When the tilting mechanism is triggered, the skip tilts
forwards. It is securely latched when lowered and placed
on the floor again.
Hot dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461 or
painted in an RAL colour listed in the table.
Capacity
Max. load
0.3

2-piece. Can be fitted at a later stage.
Tilting skip with hinged lid (accessory)
Wheels
wheel 180 mm. 1swivel castor with wheel stop.
When ordered together with a tilting skip,
wheels are supplied with a push handle.
Adjustable tilting brake
Prevents sudden and jerky emptying. Protects forklift and
reduces noise.
Not available for 0.3 m tilting skips.
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.0
kg
750
1000
1000
1500
1500
1500
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
1440 x 680
580
1440 x 780
680
1440 x 1280
680
1640 x 1280
780
1640 x 1280
1090
1640 x 1680
1090
Forklift pockets
A / B / C mm
12 / 200 x 60
150 / 200 x 60
495 / 200 x 60
495 / 200 x 60
495 / 200 x 60
495 / 200 x 60
No.
g
538 019-BK
538 027-BK
538 035-BK
538 043-BK
538 051-BK
709 059-BK
824.00
1100.00
1300.00
1575.00
1750.00
2480.00
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
g
709 031-BK
709 032-BK
537 969-BK
709 033-BK
709 035-BK
709 036-BK
709 037-BK
537 977-BK
709 038-BK
709 039-BK
709 040-BK
709 041-BK
537 985-BK
709 043-BK
709 044-BK
709 045-BK
709 046-BK
537 993-BK
709 047-BK
709 048-BK
709 049-BK
709 051-BK
538 000-BK
709 052-BK
709 053-BK
709 054-BK
709 055-BK
709 056-BK
709 057-BK
709 058-BK
633.00
835.00
1030.00
1100.00
1300.00
1885.00
No.
extra cost g
612 766-BK
612 766-BK
612 766-BK
612 774-BK
612 774-BK
612 774-BK
67.30
67.30
67.30
84.00
84.00
84.00
No.
g
538 175-BK
538 183-BK
538 191-BK
538 205-BK
538 213-BK
709 060-BK
95.80
102.40
137.30
178.20
192.10
250.50
No.
g / set
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
No.
g
910 635-BK
910 635-BK
910 635-BK
910 635-BK
910 635-BK
461.00
461.00
461.00
461.00
461.00
Hot dip galvanised

Painted

Folding lid
119006
Wheels
Adjustable tilting brake
Adjustable tilting brake (accessory)
Forklift pockets
(see table for internal dims.)
At extra cost, these tilting skips are also available in

other RAL colours, with hydraulic tilt mechanism,
with crane eyelets or with towing connection incl.
drawbar.
BLUE =
119006
Tilting skips
Tilting skip with hinged lid

(accessory)
Tilting skip with wheels and push handle

(accessories)
Tilting skips
For transporting and storing bulk goods
Anti-slip mechanics which prevent transfer of impact

load to the lifting device
Quick and complete emptying
Secured against unintentional slipping and tilting

edge profile. Completely concealed, and thus protected,
roll-off mechanism.
Secured against unintentional slipping (safety chain)

and tilting.
When the tilting mechanism is triggered, the skip tilts
forwards, then swings back and locks in position again
automatically after emptying. Tilt release can be triggered
at any height via cable pull from the forklift driver's seat.
Capacity
Max. load
YELLOW =
Ex stock
112523
Wheels
wheel 180 mm, 1swivel castor with wheel stop.
When ordered together with a tilting skip,
wheels are supplied with a push handle.
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
2.0
kg
750
1000
1500
2000
2000
2000
2000
mm
mm
1150 x 850
945
1430 x 850
1070
1430 x 1150
1070
1430 x 1400
1070
1430 x 1650
1070
1430 x 1950
1070
1670 x 2150
1175
Forklift pockets
A / B / C mm
420 / 200 / 80
420 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
No.
g
254 894-BK
255 033-BK
255 181-BK
255 343-BK
255 491-BK
255 645-BK
255 807-BK
887.00
1200.00
1645.00
1870.00
2010.00
2195.00
2755.00
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
g
706 829-BK
706 830-BK
254 886-BK
706 831-BK
706 832-BK
919 096-BK
706 834-BK
255 025-BK
919 097-BK
919 099-BK
919 102-BK
706 835-BK
255 173-BK
919 103-BK
919 104-BK
919 106-BK
706 836-BK
255 335-BK
919 107-BK
919 108-BK
919 111-BK
706 838-BK
255 483-BK
919 112-BK
919 113-BK
919 115-BK
706 837-BK
255 637-BK
919 116-BK
919 117-BK
919 119-BK
706 839-BK
255 793-BK
919 120-BK
919 121-BK
639.00
887.00
1185.00
1365.00
1500.00
1635.00
2100.00
Oil and watertight

model
612 766-BK
612 766-BK
612 766-BK
612 774-BK
612 774-BK
612 774-BK
612 774-BK
67.30
67.30
67.30
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
2-part
2-part
2-part
2-part
2-part
4-part
4-part
No.
g
254 967-BK
255 114-BK
255 270-BK
255 424-BK
255 572-BK
255 734-BK
255 882-BK
84.40
84.40
128.30
155.80
159.70
189.50
196.20
No.
g / set
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
Painted
At extra cost, these tilting skips are also available in

other RAL colours, made of stainless steel,
with hydraulic tilt mechanism, crane eyelets or with
trailer coupling incl. drawbar.
0.5

2-part or 4-part. Can be fitted at a later stage.
Length x width
Height
Hot dip galvanised
Forklift pockets
0.3

Hinged lid
Wheels
No.
extra cost g
version
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112523
365
Tilting skips
Tilting skips for metal swarf
Extremely low overall height

Drains well due to perforated sheet
metal tray in the bottom
Hole of the drainage tray 3 mm, spaced
6 mm apart, screwed on 100 mm above the
bottom of the container. With 1" drainage
tap. Tipping mechanism via cable pull.
Emptied skip latches into place again
when put on floor.
Forklift pockets
(see table for internal dims)
Accessories
Wheel set comprising 2 swivel castors
and 2 fixed castors, 1 swivel castor with
wheel stop, 180 mm.
Overall height 220 mm. Max. load 1350 kg.
m3
0.3
0.5
0.75
kg
length x width mm
length x width mm
mm
mm
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
red RAL 3000
750
1440 x 680
1200 x 600
12 / 200 / 60
580
1000
1440 x 780
1200 x 700
150 / 200 / 60
680
1000
1440 x 1280
1200 x 1200
495 / 200 / 60
680
829 609-BK
739 038-BK
739 039-BK
829 625-BK
739 040-BK
739 041-BK
829 641-BK
739 042-BK
739 043-BK
Volume
Max. load
Overall
Inner tray
Overall height
Colour
Painted (choice of 3 colours) or hot dip

galvanised to EN ISO 1461.
Hot dip galvanised
899.00
1145.00
1255.00
No.
g
910 250-BK
910 251-BK
910 253-BK
1050.00
1320.00
1540.00
No.
extra cost g
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
Accessories
Wheels
Tilting skips for metal swarf
With large sieve insert
Sieve insert hole 3 mm, spaced 6 mm

apart. With 1" drainage tap. Self-tilting
mechanism. Release from driver's seat via
cable pull. After emptying, container tray
swings automatically back into position.
m3
0.3
0.5
0.75
Max. load
kg
Overall
Tray
length x width mm
mm
Painted
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
red RAL 3000
1000
1300 x 820 x 800
1070 x 740
280 / 200 / 70
1000
1300 x 1280 x 800
1070 x 1200
30 / 200 / 70
1250
1620 x 1180 x 1060
1435 x 1100
30 / 200 / 70
660 680-BK
739 032-BK
739 033-BK
660 710-BK
739 034-BK
739 035-BK
829 692-BK
739 036-BK
739 037-BK
Volume
Forklift pockets
Safety chain.
Painted (3 colours to choose from) or hot
dip galvanised to EN ISO 1461.
2 swivel castors, 180 mm. 0.3 m3
container with 1 castor. 2 fixed wheels,
200 mm. Polyamide wheels.
With push handle.
Hot dip galvanised
997.00
1245.00
1500.00
No.
g
910 254-BK
910 255-BK
910 256-BK
1130.00
1445.00
1735.00
Tilting skips
For bulk material
Accessories
Extremely low overall height

Optimised load centre empties
completely
Robust welded construction with safety

chain and protection against unintentional
tilting. Pull rope operation.
Painted, 3 colours available.
m3
0.3
0.5
0.75
1.0
Max. load
kg
Overall
L x W x H mm
Tray (int.)
L x W mm
Forklift pockets A / B / C mm
Painted
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
red RAL 3000
750
1210 x 840 x 670
1100 x 760
300 / 200 / 60
1000
1450 x 840 x 765
1350 x 760
300 / 200 / 60
1500
1700 x 1080 x 885
1620 x 1000
600 / 200 / 60
1500
1700 x 1430 x 885
1620 x 1350
600 / 200 / 60
801 070-BK
739 017-BK
739 018-BK
801 089-BK
739 019-BK
739 020-BK
829 501-BK
739 021-BK
739 023-BK
829 528-BK
739 024-BK
739 025-BK
746.00
1035.00
1185.00
1585.00
No.
extra cost g
739 026-BK
739 027-BK
739 028-BK
739 029-BK
90.00
90.00
131.50
153.70
No.
extra cost g
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
Volume
Accessories
Hinged lid
66782
Wheels
BLUE =
66782
Forklift pockets
Hinged lid, two-part, zinc plated.

1 swivel castor with wheel stop. Polyamide
wheels, 180 mm. Overall height 220 mm.
Max. load 1350 kg.
Tilting skips
Tilting skips
With robust roller system
Tilting at any height via cable pull from

driver's seat
Secured against unintentional slipping
and tilting
Can be moved with pallet truck
or forklift
These tilting skips are also available

in other RAL colours and made of
stainless steel at extra cost.
Capacity
Max. load
Forklift pockets
Hot dip galvanised
Wheels at extra cost

of nylon, wheel 180 mm, 1 swivel castor
with wheel stop. Overall height 220 mm.
Max. load 1350 kg.
Forklift pockets
0.5
0.75
1.0
kg
mm
A / B / C mm
weight
kg
1000
1420 x 1008 x 1070
600 / 200 / 90
182
1000
1420 x 1190 x 1070
600 / 200 / 90
209
1000
1420 x 1560 x 1070
600 / 200 / 90
230
No.
g
730 458-BK
730 460-BK
730 461-BK
921.00
1010.00
1080.00
kg
166
190
209
No.
g
730 455-BK
730 456-BK
730 457-BK
729.00
861.00
935.00
No.
g
730 462-BK
730 462-BK
730 462-BK
122.50
122.50
122.50
weight
Painted
Red RAL 3000
Sturdy base frame. Skip 3mm thick with all

round edge profile.
Accessories
Wheels
Tilting skip with wheels

(accessory)
Tilting skips
With compact design
Space saving and easy to operate

lever latch
High capacity in a compact design
Forklift pockets integrated in tilting skip
Protected against unintentional slipping

and tilting.
Tilt release can be triggered at any height
via cable pull from the forklift driver's seat.
Tilting skip all-round edge profile and side

profiling.
Tilting skips are also available in

other RAL colours at extra cost.
0.55
0.7
0.9
1.1
Max. load
kg
mm
Forklift pockets
A / B / C mm
750
1370 x 800 x 730
150 / 200 / 60
1000
1440 x 800 x 890
150 / 200 / 60
1000
1370 x 1200 x 730
495 / 200 / 60
1500
1440 x 1200 x 890
495 / 200 / 60
No.
g
523 188-BK
523 195-BK
523 201-BK
523 205-BK
1085.00
1285.00
1540.00
1600.00
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
523 182-BK
523 183-BK
523 184-BK
523 185-BK
523 187-BK
523 189-BK
523 193-BK
523 190-BK
523 192-BK
523 191-BK
523 196-BK
523 198-BK
523 199-BK
523 197-BK
523 200-BK
523 204-BK
523 203-BK
523 207-BK
523 202-BK
523 206-BK
834.00
986.00
1085.00
1185.00

No.
model
extra cost g
523 209-BK
523 209-BK
523 209-BK
523 210-BK
77.80
77.80
77.80
99.90
Hinged lid
No.
g
523 211-BK
523 212-BK
523 213-BK
523 214-BK
158.60
158.60
193.70
193.70
Wheels
No.
g
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
171.50
171.50
171.50
171.50
Hot dip galvanised

Painted
122437
YELLOW =
Ex stock

(Extra cost)
2-part, opens on one side.
Wheels
of nylon, 180 mm, 1 swivel castor with
wheel stop. Overall height 220 mm.
Max. load 1350 kg.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Locking by lever
KAISER + KRAFT
122437
Capacity
Forklift pockets
367
Tilting skips
2.
1.
Heavy duty tilting

skip
With automatic release
1.
Extremely high max. load of 4000 kg

Robust, extremely durable steel
construction
Two different tilt release mechanisms
5 mm thick skip walls with robust, all-round

rim reinforcement. Sturdy base frame with
6 mm thick forklift pockets.
and accidental release of the tilting
mechanism.
The tilt release can be activated in two
ways:
1. Automatic release bysetting a
container down on the floor.
2. Manual release activated at any
height via pull cable from driver's seat.
1. Automatic release by setting a

container down on the floor
2.
Painted in the RAL colours listed in the

table or hot dip galvanised in accordance
with EN ISO 1461.
2. Manual release activated via cable pull
directly from the driver's seat
Capacity
Max. load

Extra cost. Cannot be fitted at a later
stage.
Can be opened on 2 sides. Can be fitted at
a later stage.
These tilting skips are also available

in other RAL colours atextra cost.
Forklift pockets
m
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
1.7
2.1
kg
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
4000
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
1260 x 770
975
1260 x 1070
975
1260 x 1570
975
1720 x 1070
1240
1720 x 1570
1240
1720 x 1870
1240
Forklift pockets
Painted
A / B / C mm
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
300 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
600 / 200 / 80
523 274-BK
523 276-BK
523 277-BK
523 278-BK
523 279-BK
523 281-BK
523 282-BK
523 284-BK
523 285-BK
523 286-BK
523 288-BK
523 289-BK
523 290-BK
523 292-BK
523 293-BK
523 295-BK
523 296-BK
523 297-BK
523 298-BK
523 299-BK
523 301-BK
523 302-BK
523 303-BK
523 304-BK
523 306-BK
523 308-BK
523 309-BK
523 310-BK
523 311-BK
523 312-BK
Hot dip galvanised
1350.00
1465.00
1590.00
1875.00
1970.00
2150.00
No.
g
523 280-BK
523 287-BK
523 294-BK
523 300-BK
523 307-BK
523 314-BK
1645.00
1820.00
2045.00
2405.00
2635.00
2895.00
No.
extra cost g
523 315-BK
523 315-BK
523 315-BK
523 316-BK
523 316-BK
523 316-BK
72.30
72.30
72.30
92.30
92.30
92.30
No.
g
523 317-BK
523 318-BK
523 319-BK
523 320-BK
523 322-BK
523 323-BK
182.60
205.00
232.50
232.50
288.00
377.50
122546
Oiltight and watertight model
Hinged lid
BLUE =
122546
Tilting skips
2
1
Tilting skips made of polyethylene

Ideal for collecting, transporting and disposing of goods
Made of robust, environmentally

friendly polyethylene (PE)
Very weather resistant, corrosion free
Leak-proof design
Low weight
We offer the right model for every

application.
In capacities of 0.6 m and 0.8 m,
choice of blue or grey and with or without
suspension support bar.
1 Without suspension support

bar
2 With suspension support bar

The zinc plated suspension support
bar enables rotating and lifting with a
forklift support bar (accessory).
With support feet

Ideal for picking up with lifting devices.
With castors
For quickly transporting goods.
Easy rolling on 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed
nylon castors, wheel 125 mm.
Accessories for 2
Forklift support bar
Steel construction with forklift pockets
(200x 80 mm) for lifting devices, including
pull cable to empty the container.
Painted in mouse grey RAL 7005.
Polyethylene tilting skips are also

available on request in green and red.
Description
with support feet
with castors
Capacity
m
External dims.
width x depth mm
Overall height
mm
Forklift access width
mm
Max. load
kg
Weight
kg
Without suspension support bar
blue
grey
0.6
960 x 1240
845
580
400
43
0.8
1160 x 1340
845
780
500
53
0.6
960 x 1240
900
300
45
0.8
1160 x 1340
900
400
55
709 500-BK
709 501-BK
709 504-BK
709 505-BK
709 502-BK
709 503-BK
709 507-BK
709 508-BK
g
blue
grey
395.00
489.50
428.00
523.00
518 907-BK
518 908-BK
518 911-BK
518 912-BK
518 909-BK
518 910-BK
518 914-BK
518 915-BK
559.00
703.00
597.00
756.00
No.
g
518 938-BK
518 939-BK
518 938-BK
518 939-BK
452.50
464.00
452.50
464.00
1
2
With suspension support bar
122725
Accessories
Forklift support bar for 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
369
Tilting skips
Tilting skips
For collecting transporting storage disposal
Coloured containers guarantee

well-ordered and systematic sorting
Safe and quick handling of the containers
with forklift support bars
Torsion-free sheet steel design.

Smooth discharge panel 3 mm thick.
Side walls, rear wall and base made of
profiled 2 mm sheet.
Reinforced rim. 0.3 m3 container with

3 stacking feet, from 0.55 m3 container with
4 stacking feet. Can be rotated on 2 pins in
the forklift support bars.
Colours
Grey RAL 7005, green RAL 6011, blue
RAL 5010, red RAL 3000 or zinc plated
according EN ISO 1461.
Accessories
Lid, zinc plated, in two parts. Rear part
riveted to the container. Front half of lid
lockable with lock on front side (padlock
required). Catch holds the lid folded to the
back.
Containers with lids cannot be stacked.
Forklift support bars
112213
Safety chain prevents slip off. Painted

mouse grey RAL 7005.
Dimension A in the table: Top edge of fork
to the lower edge of the container when
tilted.
m3
0.3
0.55
0.70
0.9
Width
Length
Fork entry H x W
O/all height
Fork centre / centre
Dim. A approx.
Weight approx.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
730
790
80 x 200
855
310
1360
73
930
790
80 x 200
945
450
1650
80
930
790
80 x 200
945
450
1730
80
1130
790
80 x 200
945
650
1730
85
Support bars
without crane eyelets
No.
g
250 112-BK
250 120-BK
250 139-BK
250 147-BK
257.00
308.00
308.00
314.50
Support bars
with crane eyelets
No.
g
250 074-BK
250 082-BK
250 090-BK
250 104-BK
336.00
359.50
359.50
368.00
For skip
m3
0.3
0.55
0.70
0.9
Int. dims.
W x L mm
Max. load / Stacking load
kg
O/all height / Int. height
mm
Fork entry height
mm
Fork entry width
mm
Weight (without lid)
kg
Colour
mouse grey RAL 7005
green RAL 6011
blue RAL 5010
red RAL 3000
g
600 x 800
500 / 1200
600 / 500
100
470 / 420
50
800 x 1000
1000 / 2000
900 / 800
100
480 / 520
80
800 x 1200
1500 / 3000
900 / 800
100
420 / 650
90
1000 x 1200
2000 / 3000
900 / 800
100
620 / 650
100
250 414-BK
885 991-BK
886 033-BK
886 084-BK
250 422-BK
886 009-BK
886 041-BK
886 092-BK
250 430-BK
886 017-BK
886 068-BK
886 106-BK
250 449-BK
886 025-BK
886 076-BK
886 114-BK
Capacity
Profile steel frame with fork pockets.

The container is suspended on 2 pins and
can be rotated. The release mechanism for
tilting is activated from the forklift using a
cable.
Set of stickers
5 stickers with symbols for glass, plastic,
paper, metal, refuse.
Galvanized
219.50
302.00
320.00
336.00
No.
g
250 155-BK
250 163-BK
250 171-BK
250 198-BK
279.50
380.50
417.50
443.50
No.
Extra cost g
706 846-BK
706 847-BK
706 848-BK
706 849-BK
117.40
161.00
173.50
190.20
No.
Extra cost g
284 408-BK
284 408-BK
284 408-BK
284 408-BK
66.90
66.90
66.90
66.90
No.
g / Set
925 888-BK
925 888-BK
925 888-BK
925 888-BK
17.55
17.55
17.55
17.55
Accessory and options

Lid, galvanized
Oilproof welding
Label set
BLUE =
112213
Beam for hydraulic container emptying
Mesh skip capacity 0.9 cbm
Skip capacity 1.5 cbm and 2.0 cbm
Oil and waterproof welding

of the container at extra cost.
Silo containers
8
On request, all models can be supplied
with mesh walls.
Other RAL colours, hot dip galvanised
finish and custom models available
on request.
Hinged bottom skips

4
For collecting, storing, supplying and transporting goods

Sturdy and stable steel construction
Easy transport with forklift or crane
Quick and clean emptying
Base flap released via cable pull from
the forklift drivers seat
Base flap closes automatically when
put down
Model
112214
Description
Capacity
Steel construction, painted in pure orange

RAL 2004. Mesh version with a mesh size
of 50 x 50 x 4 mm.
The hinged bottom skips are secured
with a safety chain to protect against
unintentional slippage and tipping.
Four crane eyelets and a clearance
height of 100 mm ensure optimum
transport with crane or forklift.
steel walls
0.8
steel walls
0.9
mesh walls
2.0
m3
steel walls
0.5
Container dims.
W x D mm
height mm
1000 x 800
910
1000 x 800
1260
1500 x 1000
910
2000 x 1000
1260
Max. load
Filling height
Weight approx.
kg
mm
kg
2000
650
145
2000
1000
176
2000
650
231
2000
1000
270
518 828-BK
518 829-BK
518 830-BK
518 831-BK
675.00
783.00
1060.00
1640.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2
1
112214
KAISER + KRAFT
371
Hinged bottom skip
Hinged bottom skip

The cost-effective solution
Wheels as accessories

180 mm, 1swivel castor with wheel stop. Overall height
220 mm. Max.load 1350 kg. Can be fitted at a later stage.
Hinged bottom skips with castors cannot be stacked.
To collect and store all kinds of things

Tapered design, space saving and stackable
Base flap opened by cord pull from stacker control
Base flap locks automatically when skip is replaced
Base flap opening range 90
Sturdy construction with all-round edge profile.

Wall thickness 3 mm, base flap 4 mm.
Secured against accidental slipping and emptying.
Pockets for stackers and cranes.
Clearance height 100 mm, so can be transported by
forklift truck. Coloured paint (see table)
or hot-dip galvanised in accordance with EN ISO 1461.
Capacity
Max. load
L x W x H top
Fork pockets A / B / C
Colour
Galvanised
Fork length min. 1100 mm
m3
0.5
0.7
1.0
kg
mm
mm
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
1000
1200 x 1040 x 721
600 / 180 / 65
1500
1200 x 1040 x 971
600 / 180 / 65
2000
1200 x 1040 x 1271
600 / 180 / 65
910 273-BK
910 274-BK
910 275-BK
910 276-BK
910 277-BK
910 280-BK
910 281-BK
910 282-BK
910 283-BK
910 284-BK
910 286-BK
910 288-BK
910 289-BK
910 290-BK
910 291-BK
735.00
799.00
866.00
No.
910 278-BK
910 285-BK
910 292-BK
884.00
938.00
1020.00
No.
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
739 031-BK
g / set
171.50
171.50
171.50
Wheel
BLUE =
112524
112524
Accessory
Hinged bottom skips
Hinged bottom skips

Collect, store and organise recyclable waste,
such as scrap metal, glass, wood, cardboard
The direct route from waste creation to

waste collection
Simple and efficient emptying into
trays, large containers, onto vehicles
or into pits with forklift or crane
Operation from drivers seat
via cable pull
4 units can be stacked
Standard version has 4 crane eyes,
40 mm
Secured against unintentional slipping
and tilting
5 colours and zinc plated for colour
coded separation
Sturdy steel construction with smooth

inner walls. The base flaps close automatically when the container is placed on the
ground or on the edge of a container.
Rubber buffers cushion the base flaps
from slamming down when opening to
unload the contents.
Mobile with forklift, pallet truck or with
swivel or fixed castors (at extra cost).
Colours
Orange RAL 2000, red RAL 3000,
blue RAL 5010, green RAL 6011,
grey RAL 7005 or hot dip galvanised
to EN ISO 1461.
Options available at extra cost

Base flap with side walls for precise
emptying.
Hinged bottom skip with lid available on
request.
Wheels
of nylon, 180 mm, 1swivel castor with
wheel stop. Overall height 220 mm. Max.
load 1350 kg. Can be fitted at a later stage.
Hinged bottom skips with castors cannot
be stacked.
Volume
m3
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.0
Max. load
kg
1000
1000
1250
1500
1500
Container dimensions Height mm

Width x depth mm
860
1200 x 800
1160
1200 x 800
1160
1200 x 1000
1160
1800 x 1000
1460
1800 x 1000
mm
mm
600
100
900
100
900
100
900
100
1200
100
Forklift pockets Clear width mm

Centre spacing mm
180
600
180
600
180
600
180
800
180
800
Weight approx.
kg
Painted
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6011
grey RAL 7005
146
155
172
230
260
977 846-BK
720 698-BK
885 789-BK
720 697-BK
720 696-BK
977 847-BK
720 701-BK
885 827-BK
720 700-BK
720 699-BK
977 848-BK
720 705-BK
885 878-BK
720 703-BK
720 702-BK
977 849-BK
720 708-BK
858 803-BK
720 707-BK
720 706-BK
977 850-BK
720 711-BK
858 811-BK
720 710-BK
720 709-BK
Filling height
Floor clearance
Zinc plated
846.00
936.00
993.00
1150.00
1245.00
No.
g
977 851-BK
977 852-BK
977 854-BK
977 855-BK
977 856-BK
999.00
1085.00
1175.00
1410.00
1540.00
No.
g
885 797-BK
885 835-BK
885 886-BK
858 838-BK
858 846-BK
106.70
106.70
126.90
122.20
122.20
No.
g
977 859-BK
977 859-BK
977 860-BK
977 860-BK
977 860-BK
114.10
114.10
139.40
139.40
139.40
No.
g
885 800-BK
885 843-BK
885 894-BK
858 854-BK
858 862-BK
178.80
178.80
178.80
289.50
289.50
Options at extra cost

Bottom chute painted
Bottom chute zinc plated
Wheels
Empty in controlled fashion

Rest on edge of container release catch
lift. The base flap opens as fast as you lift.
Empty completely
Release base flap using cable pull.
After emptying
The base flap is closed by resting on edge
of container once more.
112525
Bottom chute
Prevent sideways spill.
112525
Move skip over container
Wheels
2 swivel and 2 fixed nylon castors,
180 mm.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
373
PRODUCT RANGE
ENVIRONMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL CUPBOARDS
With zinc plated tray shelves
g
No. 523 483-BK
509.00
NEW
MANUAL SWEEPING
MACHINES
With two side brushes
A detailed description can
befound on page 443.
NEW
RECYCLABLE WASTE COLLECTOR SYSTEM
With hand or pedal operated access flap,
collection capacity 40 or 70 litres
295.00
124956
+ ON STOP SHOPPING
329.00
A detailed description can befound on page 475.

124956
g
No. 111 268-BK
g
No. 727 757-BK
PE STORAGE DEPOTS WITH ROLLER

SHUTTERS
Made of high quality polyethylene
See page 403 for a detailed description.
1315.00
STEEL SUMP TRAYS

For 200 litre drums and small containers
g
No. 754 780-BK
See page 380 for a detailed description.

g
No. 909 313-BK
339.00
ENVIRONMENT
9 Sump trays, drum filling systems and
hazardous goods shelving
Pages
378 401
Storage tanks, hazardous goods storage

and hazardous goods containers
Pages
402 409
Gas cylinder cupboards and

gas cylinder containers
Pages
410 411
Environmental, safety and hazardous

goods cupboards
Pages
412 421
Absorbents and eye showers

Pages
422 424
Pumps
Pages
425 427
Products for hazardous goods handling

and safety containers
Pages
428 433
Industrial cleaning
NEW
Pages
434 447
Ashtrays, waste bins and recyclable

waste collectors for indoor and
outdoor use
Pages
448 489
125066
Waste sacks
Pages
490 491
9
An additional 600 laboratory items can be
found in our online shop at
www.export.kaiserkraft.com/laboratory
NEW
4
1
3
4 Laboratory chemical storage
cupboards
Laboratory furnishings for research and development,

production areas and workshops
Create your own individual solution using a wide range of components.
Let our sales representatives plan and furnish your laboratory according to your
requirements and specifications.
1 Mobile laboratory base
2 Laboratory extension tables
cupboards
mm
780 x 600 x 497
With hinged door

1 shelf
No.
g
606 713-BK
With 4 drawers
No.
g
606 714-BK
Ideal for expanding the work surface

Sturdy, welded steel frame made of
precision rectangular steel tubing.
Melamine coated tabletop, PP
edges all round, light grey RAL 7035.
910 x 1500 x 750 mm.
Other tabletop versions on request.
No. 606 666-BK
g 439.00
stools
Wide height adjustment range for variable
use at sitting and standing workstations
Seat made of Soft Touch PU foam soft,
washable and resistant.
Ribbed seat andback rest surface
prevents user from sliding off.
Gas lift height adjustment 510780 mm.
Polished aluminium five-star base with
floor glides.
No. 946 402-BK
g 203.50
Quality sheet steel with resistant, textured

powder coating. Body in charcoal
RAL7016. Door in golden yellow RAL 1004.
Six drawers with trays, powder coated,
with removable plastic sump tray.
Max. load 30 kg.
External dimensions
Heightxwidthxdepth1950x545x520mm.
Internal dimensions
No. 946 438-BK
g 1185.00
340.00
124958
124958
Mobile storage space under laboratory

standing work tables
Robust, mobile base cupboards made of
melamine coated chipboard, PP edging on
all sides, light grey RAL 7035.
Drawers with alternating pull-out stop to
protect against tipping.
2 fixed castors and 2 double swivel castors
with wheel stops.
3 Laboratory variable height
For regulation compliant storage of water

hazardous and poisonous liquids in
laboratories
Drawers with trays for optimum
access to stored media
Adjusting device for levelling on
uneven surfaces
Ventilation through grid near the base
Prepared for connection to forced
ventilation unit
604.00
BLUE =
Laboratory and cleanroom furnishings
NEW
Cleanroom furnishings
An additional 600 cleanroom items can be found

in our online shop at
www.export.kaiserkraft.com/cleanroom
We offer a large selection of

cleanroom products designed to help
you maintain your individual directives
related to particle concentration.
Create your own individual solution
using a wide range of components.
We would be happy
to advise you.
3 Cleanroom cupboards
Made of 1.4301 stainless steel (V2A).
With perforated shelves, hole 10 mm.
Max. shelf load approx. 50 kg.
2 hinged doors.
Height
mm
Width x depth
mm
No.
g
1350
1750
1000 x 500
1000 x 500
614 675-BK
614 678-BK
1750.00
2025.00
2
4
1 Stainless steel cleanroom tables
2 Cleanroom industrial swivel chairs
4 120 litre cleanroom waste collectors
For class 1 cleanrooms

Ergonomically shaped seat and back rest, infinitely
adjustable height and depth. DIN 68877 compliant.
Back rest 430 mm high. Sealed seat upholstery with
electrically conductive vinyl cover, in black.
Non-slip, even with smooth cleanroom clothing.
Sturdy, low profile, five-star polished aluminium base with
castors.
All plastic parts are light grey.
Worktop made of 1.5 mm thick 1.4301 (V2A) stainless steel

with 10/15 mm perforations.
Legs made of rectangular tubular steel, 40 x 40 mm.
Height adjustable round feet to compensate for uneven
flooring.
Width
124959
Depth x height
No.
g
mm
mm
1600
700 x 900
611 765-BK
611 768-BK
780.00
813.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Cone shaped interior and spring loaded rear wall for easy
removal of the waste sack.
Sheet steel, zinc plated and painted in light grey RAL 7035.
Mobile due to 2 castors on the front side.
Sturdy pedal push rod made of stainless steel.

mm
470 610
With permanent contact mechanism
No.
g
517 319-BK
No.
g
517 322-BK
1800
700 x 900
Particularly sturdy and durable construction

Pedal mechanism with lid damper for quiet operation
With permanent contact mechanism and

adjustable seat inclination
401.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

439.00
mm
970 x 370 x 520
605 729-BK
No.
g
378.50
Accessories
Stainless steel inner container
No.
g
614 739-BK
219.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124959
Resistant to high temperatures and detergents

For the highest requirements in terms of
decontamination and resistance to moisture
Ideal for pharmaceutical technology,
microbiology etc.
377
9
Information on storage of
hazardous materials
Signage for hazardous goods storage
How to store flammable and water polluting liquids according

to regulations.
In general, please observe the specific regulations, provisions and
laws with regard to approvals and stipulated capacities etc.
In reference to suitability and resistance

requirements, the hazard symbols for
various media to be stored are shown
below (these symbols can also be found
on hazardous material containers).
Regarding certification, the logos for

the relevant test certificates are also
shown.
Certification
Installation and storage of sump trays
To protect groundwater, containers utilised for the storage of flammable or water
hazardous liquids must be secured against leakage by means of an appropriate
sump tray.
Sump trays may only be set up on even surfaces protected against rain.
In accordance with German regulations and laws, a sump tray must be able to
accommodate the contents of the largest container or at least 10 % of the total quantity
stored.
Example
Storage of 2 drums, each with 200 litre
capacity
Overall storage quantity = 400 litres,
of which 10 % = 40 litres
Largest container = 200 litres
Mandatory sump tray volume = 200 litres
Note
For storage in water protection areas
(in so far as storage is permitted), drum
sumps must be able to hold the entire
quantity (100 %) of materials stored.
Factory Mutual
(independent laboratory)
Environmental
Protection Agency
Occupational
Safety & Health Agency
National Fire Protection
Agency
Uniform Fire Code
PE-sump trays for the storage of water

hazardous liquids in GHS categories 1 4.
In Germany, not permitted for storage of
flammable media.
Classification / labelling of water hazardous liquids

AS YET according to WHG (until 30.11.2010)
Classification
Tip
Unless otherwise stated in the list of
resistant materials, the material can
usually be the same as the material used
to manufacture the storage container.
Hazard symbol
R set
Hazard category
severe water hazard
WHC 3
water hazard
R 50, R 50/53,
R 51/53
WHC 2
slight water hazard
R 52/53, R 53
WHC 1
H set
Hazard category
H 400
H 410
H 411
H 412
H 413
GHS category 1
GHS category 1
GHS category 2
GHS category 3
GHS category 4
NEW according to GHS / REACH (effective 01.12.2010)

Classification
Glossary of terms and abbreviations used

ADR / RID
BetrSichV
DIBt
GGVSEB
GHS
IBC / CTC
StawaR
TRbF
TRG
HP
WHG
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
American (U.S.A) test certificates
Steel sump trays for the storage of

flammable liquids in GHS categories 1 3
as well as water hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4.
Resistance of the materials

The corrosion resistance of the sump tray
materials used and their suitability for use
with the stored media must be certified.
This is the users responsibility.
Please always observe the lists of
resistant materials and hazardous
material data sheets for the material
to be stored.
Manufactures declaration of
conformity (HP) in accordance
with German construction
regulation list A part 1, DIBt, Berlin
Regulations for international transport of hazardous material

by rail and road
Company safety directive
German Institute for Construction Technology
Regulations for transporting hazardous material by rail, road and inland
waterway
Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals.
Standardised international system for the classification and labelling of
chemicals (substances and mixtures).
Intermediate Bulk Container / Cubic Tank Container
Internationally approved bulk packaging containers for liquid hazardous
goods
Steel sump directive (up to 1000 litres)
Technical regulations for combustible liquids
Technical regulations for compressed gases
Manufacturers declaration of conformity following product testing
by a recognised institution
Water Management Act
Hazard symbol
acute water hazard

chronic water hazard
Classification / labelling of flammable liquids

AS YET according to GefstoffV (until 30.11.2010)
Classification
Hazard symbol
Criteria
R set
highly flammable
flash point
boiling point
< 0 C
35 C
R 12
flammable
flash point
< 21 C
R 11
R 15
R 17
flash point
21 C
55 C
R 10
combustible
Classification
109571
This information applies only to

Germany, is not liable for completeness
and is not binding.
As a general rule, observe local
regulations.
Your local authority will be able to
provide detailed information.
Additional hazardous goods

symbols (GHS)
Corrosive (C) Poisonous (T)

Highly poisonous (T+)
Hazard symbol
Criteria
H set
Hazard category
highly flammable
flash point
boiling point
< 23 C
35 C
H 224
GHS category 1
easily flammable
flash point
boiling point
< 23 C
> 35 C
H 225
GHS category 2
flash point
23 C
60 C
H 226
GHS category 3
flammable
BLUE =
109571
NEW according to GHS / REACH (effective 01.12.2010)
Sump trays
Steel sump trays

For regulation compliant
storage and filling
Manufacturers declaration of conformity

in accordance with StawaR, approved
for flammable liquids in GHS categories
1 3 as well as water hazardous liquids
in GHS categories 1 4
For 60 litre drums and small

containers
Made of sheet steel, painted or hot dip
galvanised.
1 3 with support feet, ground
clearance 100 mm, accessible
from 4 sides.
4 also with 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed
castors made of nylon, 100 mm, one
swivel castor with wheel stop.
3
Model

Grate
Sump capacity
Painted
Suitable drum stands and roller

supports (as accessories) can be
found on page 381.
from g
Illustrated with drum rack

(available as accessory)
mm
litres
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
Hot dip galvanised
800 x 500 x 290

without
65
984 813-BK
984 814-BK
984 815-BK
984 816-BK
with
61
984 819-BK
984 820-BK
984 821-BK
984 822-BK
800 x 900 x 220

without
68
984 824-BK
984 826-BK
984 827-BK
984 828-BK
800 x 1300 x 205

without
84
with
65
984 830-BK
984 831-BK
984 832-BK
984 834-BK
984 836-BK
984 837-BK
984 838-BK
984 839-BK
with
74
984 842-BK
984 843-BK
984 844-BK
984 845-BK
800 x 500 x 415

without
65
984 847-BK
984 848-BK
984 849-BK
984 851-BK
with
61
984 853-BK
984 854-BK
984 855-BK
984 856-BK
199.40
216.50
190.60
222.00
198.00
253.50
299.00
324.00
No.
g
984 818-BK
984 823-BK
984 829-BK
984 835-BK
984 840-BK
984 846-BK
984 852-BK
984 857-BK
211.00
226.50
203.00
236.00
222.00
280.00
317.50
339.00
265.00
6
For 200 litre drums
Model
Made of 3 mm sheet steel, hot dip

galvanised. With profile support for grate.
With support feet, accessible from 4 sides.
Ground clearance 100 mm.

Grate
Sump capacity
Capacity
124647
Hot dip galvanised
YELLOW =
Ex stock
5
mm
l
200 litre drums
No.
g
1200 x 800 x 360

without
224
with
215
2
1200 x 1200 x 285

without
230
1200 x 1200 x 415

without
414
with
216
4
with
400
4
984 858-BK
984 859-BK
984 860-BK
984 861-BK
984 862-BK
984 863-BK
265.00
340.50
293.50
396.50
384.00
485.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124647
STANDARD QUALITY
Illustrated with drum rack

(available as accessory)
379
9
Shown with drum stand (accessory)
2
4
5
3
2
from g
259.00
1
Shown with castor set (accessory)
NEW
Steel sump trays
Additional accessories can be

found on pages 381 and 390.
Robust construction
Fork guides for safe transport, clearance
height 100 mm, with holes for the attachment
of castors
Manufacturers declaration of conformity in
accordance withStawaR, approved for
flammable liquids in GHS categories 1 3 as
well as water hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4
Model
Grate
Capacity
Sump capacity
Colour
Hot dip galvanised
Trays made of 3 mm sheet steel,

painted (for colour coding of the
stored media) or hot dip galvanised.
Can be fitted with castors at a later
stage to convert to a mobile sump
tray.
200 litre drums, upright

litres
blue RAL 5012
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
800 x 800 x 465

without
210
755 000-BK
754 999-BK
741 225-BK
with
1
203
909 311-BK
909 310-BK
741 234-BK
909 302-BK
909 301-BK
741 226-BK
with
2
215
909 314-BK
909 313-BK
741 235-BK
g / set 130.90
1200 x 800 x 360

without
224
Castor set
of nylon, wheel 180 mm.
One swivel castor with wheel stop.
No. 111 676-BK
1
mm
Accessories
1800 x 800 x 275

without
217
111 670-BK
111 669-BK
111 668-BK
with
3
202
111 674-BK
111 673-BK
111 672-BK
1200 x 1200 x 285

without
230
909 305-BK
909 304-BK
741 227-BK
with
4
216
909 317-BK
909 316-BK
741 236-BK
2400 x 800 x 250

without
241
909 308-BK
909 307-BK
741 228-BK
with
4
222
909 321-BK
909 320-BK
741 237-BK
259.00
295.00
268.00
339.00
346.50
483.00
281.50
397.50
379.50
482.50
No.
g
741 229-BK
741 238-BK
741 231-BK
741 239-BK
111 671-BK
111 675-BK
741 232-BK
741 240-BK
741 233-BK
741 241-BK
318.50
329.50
329.50
370.50
412.50
538.00
340.50
445.50
450.00
526.00
Pallet sump trays

To place on top of Euro or chemical pallets.
Without fork guides otherwise as model above.

Grate
Capacity
Sump capacity
Colour
Hot dip galvanised
mm
200 l drums
litres
blue RAL 5012
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
1200 x 800 x 260

without
224
909 325-BK
909 324-BK
909 323-BK
with
2
215
909 331-BK
909 330-BK
909 329-BK
1200 x 1200 x 185

without
230
909 337-BK
909 336-BK
909 334-BK
with
4
216
909 342-BK
909 341-BK
909 340-BK
257.00
311.50
281.00
389.50
No.
g
909 328-BK
909 333-BK
909 339-BK
909 345-BK
301.50
351.00
333.00
432.50
BLUE =
124745
Model
Steel sump trays

4
2
TOP QUALITY
Steel sump trays

Particularly robust and durable due

to double sided edge profile
Can be stacked inside each other
(without grate) to save space due
to conical construction
Fork guides for easy and safe transport
with pallet truck or forklift, floor
clearance 100 mm
For safe, regulation compliant storage

and filling of 60 and 200 litre drums and
small containers
Manufacturers declaration of conformity in accordance with Stawa-R,
approved for flammable liquids in
GHS categories 1 3 as well as water
hazardous liquids in GHS categories
14
Model
Capacity
Grate
Sump capacity
Painted
Hot dip galvanised
mm
200 litre drums
weight
weight
Made of 3 mm sheet steel, painted (in a

colour similar to your company colours, or
for colour coding of the stored materials)
or hot dip galvanised, with or without hot
dip galvanised grate.
800 x 800 x 545

1
with
215
66
1200 x 800 x 415

2
with
225
76
without
229
52
1200 x 1200 x 335

4
with
without
245
280
99
65
5
without
280
82
2700 x 1300 x 205

8
with
246
194
679 305-BK
941 066-BK
941 067-BK
941 068-BK
941 070-BK
941 071-BK
941 072-BK
941 073-BK
855 626-BK
941 075-BK
941 076-BK
941 078-BK
358.00
72
549.00
130
419.00
90
795.00
207
500 577-BK
941 065-BK
679 313-BK
941 074-BK
855 634-BK
492.50
397.00
606.00
476.50
1020.00
without
246
56
litres
kg
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
green RAL 6011
g
kg
500 542-BK
941 040-BK
941 041-BK
941 043-BK
941 044-BK
941 045-BK
941 046-BK
941 047-BK
782 610-BK
941 049-BK
941 051-BK
941 052-BK
941 053-BK
941 054-BK
941 055-BK
941 056-BK
500 550-BK
941 058-BK
941 059-BK
941 060-BK
941 061-BK
941 062-BK
941 063-BK
941 064-BK
311.50
71
278.00
57
346.50
82
283.50
62
450.00
106
No.
g
500 569-BK
941 048-BK
782 629-BK
941 057-BK
370.00
318.00
418.00
340.00
2400 x 800 x 285

4
with
225
122
Accessories
112216
Drum stand for horizontal storage and

filling of 60/200 litre drums on sump
trays. With support bracket.
Height 455 mm. Easy assembly.
Roller supports optional, enable easy
rotation of the drums.
One pair required per drum.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
For drums
quantity x litres
1 x 60
2 x 60
3 x 60
1 x 200
2 x 200
mm
mm
355 x 545
455
755 x 545
455
1155 x 545
455
540 x 775
445
1155 x 775
445
No.
g
741 246-BK
741 247-BK
741 249-BK
741 250-BK
741 251-BK
123.00
157.20
159.30
144.00
166.80
No.
g / pair
741 252-BK
741 252-BK
741 252-BK
741 253-BK
741 253-BK
113.70
113.70
113.70
113.70
113.70
Length x width
Height
Drum stand
Roller supports
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Additional accessories, such as splash

protection panels and shelving units for
storing small containers and drums can
112216
KAISER + KRAFT
381
9
NEW
Mobile sump trays

For 60 and 200 litre drums
Safe and cost-effective transport,
filling, storage
Made of painted or hot dip galvanised

sheet steel
Removable zinc plated grate
(max. load 1000kg/m)
Optionally with zinc plated drum stand for
horizontal storage and for dispensing
Drum restraint strap as an accessory to
secure upright drums
Sump made of 3 mm sheet steel, painted or

hot dip galvanised, both with push handle.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors made of
nylon.
One swivel castor with wheel stop.
Wheel 100 mm on the 60 litre tray, 180mm
on the 200 litre version.
4 complete with drum stand.

g
599.00
No. 111 624-BK
Complete with
drum stand
PREMIUM QUALITY
Model
Drums
quantity x litres
1 x 200
standing
2 x 60
standing
2 x 200
standing
3 x 200
standing
1 x 60
horizontal
1 x 200
horizontal
Sump capacity
litres
Length x width
mm
Height
without / withpush handle mm
Painted
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
203
800 x 800
615 / 1115
61
800 x 500
415 / 1080
215
1200 x 800
510 / 1115
202
1800 x 800
430 / 1115
61
800 x 500
415 / 1080
215
1200 x 800
510 / 1115
909 346-BK
111 624-BK
111 610-BK
111 613-BK
909 348-BK
111 626-BK
111 629-BK
111 630-BK
111 618-BK
111 620-BK
909 350-BK
111 632-BK
Zinc plated
599.00
318.00
644.00
699.00
438.00
765.00
No.
g
909 347-BK
111 614-BK
909 349-BK
111 631-BK
111 623-BK
909 352-BK
714.00
357.50
791.00
798.00
461.00
897.00
Accessories
Drum restraint strap
No. 909 356-BK
g 41.45
Roller supports for drum stand

For easy rotation of the drums.
For drum stand
No.
g / pair
60 litre
200 litre
741 252-BK
741 253-BK
113.70
113.70
Mobile sump trays

For 200 litre drums
2
TOP QUALITY
Model
quantity x litres
1 x 200
standing
2 x 200
standing
1 x 200
horizontal
Sump capacity
litres
Length x width
mm
Height
without / with push handle mm
Painted
orange RAL 2000
blue RAL 5012
215
800 x 800
700 / 1115
225
1200 x 800
570 / 1115
225
1200 x 800
570 / 1115
673 536-BK
111 633-BK
673 552-BK
111 638-BK
672 777-BK
111 642-BK
124746
Drums
Complete
with drum stand
Zinc plated
637.00
677.00
798.00
No.
g
909 353-BK
909 355-BK
672 815-BK
791.00
840.00
949.00
Extremely robust and durable

Max. load 1000 kg/m
Conical shape, reinforced on both sides with

edge profiles as a support grate.
Otherwise identical to model above.
3 complete with drum stand.
124746
BLUE =
Sump trays
Large sump trays

For storing 8 to 12 drums
each with a 200 litre capacity
Mobile surface protection especially in the incoming and
outgoing goods areas and everywhere where large quantities of
water-hazardous substances are stored or handled.
Made of 3 mm sheet steel, painted yellow orange RAL 2000 or hot
dip galvanised. With zinc plated grid. Fork pockets with 100 mm
ground clearance.
Manufacturers declaration of conformity in accordance with
StawaR.
External dims.
2700 x 1300 x 205
3280 x 1300 x 200
3880 x 1300 x 200
Capacity
Sump capacity
200 litre drums

litres
8
246
10
280
12
335
No.
g
855 626-BK
909 555-BK
909 557-BK
795.00
932.00
1090.00
No.
g
855 634-BK
502 319-BK
502 320-BK
1020.00
1375.00
1590.00
Painted
Hot dip galvanised
Accessories
Drum stand, zinc plated,
for horizontal storage and dispensing.
For drums
Optional roller supports, for easy turning of drums

(1 pair per drum = 2 parts required).
quantity x litres
mm
1 x 60
355 x 545 x 455
2 x 60
755 x 545 x 455
3 x 60
1155 x 545 x 455
1 x 200
540 x 775 x 445
2 x 200
1155 x 775 x 445
No.
g
741 246-BK
741 247-BK
741 249-BK
741 250-BK
741 251-BK
123.00
157.20
159.30
144.00
166.80
No.
g / pair
741 252-BK
741 252-BK
741 252-BK
741 253-BK
741 253-BK
113.70
113.70
113.70
113.70
113.70
Drum stand
Roller supports
Storage and transport pallets

with sump trays
Environmentally safe, cost efficient
storage and transport handling of drums
and containers.
1 Open on all sides

2 Closed rear and side walls
Steel profile construction.

Sump trays with reinforced rim.
Crane eyelets and forklift pockets for
safe transport with forklifts or lifting
equipment.
Painted orange RAL2000 or hot dip
galvanised. Hot dip galvanised grate.
Only for use in buildings or shelters.
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
General Building Inspection Approval

(DIBT) for flammable liquids of
classes 1 3, as well as water

hazardous liquids of classes 1 4.
Stackable
Capacity
Effective clearance height
Sump volume approx.
Max. load approx.
1 Open
109574
2 With side and rear panels

200 litre drums
mm
litres
kg
stacking load approx.
kg
760 x 760 x 1590
920 x 1410 x 1495
1410 x 1410 x 1435
950
1100
1100
210
210
220
380
760
1520
964
1820
3432
painted
No.
g
679 585-BK
679 852-BK
679 879-BK
549.00
579.00
821.00
zinc plated
No.
g
679 844-BK
679 860-BK
679 887-BK
729.00
782.00
1100.00
kg
1004
1868
3515
painted
No.
g
679 895-BK
679 917-BK
679 933-BK
783.00
862.00
1110.00
zinc plated
No.
g
679 909-BK
679 925-BK
679 941-BK
956.00
1135.00
1530.00
stacking load approx.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

109574
External dimensions
KAISER + KRAFT
383
9
Small sump trays

Steel sumps for safe, regulation compliant
storage of small containers
5
from g
99.00
Made of hot dip galvanised,

seamlessly welded sheet steel
Manufacturers declaration of
conformity in accordancewith StawaR
Also suitable for use in cupboards and
shelf units simply place on existing
shelves
Approved for flammable liquids in GHS

categories 1 3 as well as water
hazardous liquids in GHS categories 1 4.
Model
1
With perforated metal grate (accessory)
Sump capacity
litres
20
25
30
40
60
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
940 x 370
60
940 x 470
60
1000 x 600
70
1390 x 600
60
1850 x 600
60
Zinc plated tray
No.
g
603 378-BK
603 385-BK
603 379-BK
603 380-BK
603 381-BK
99.00
116.30
122.30
143.70
197.30
No.
g
941 112-BK
941 113-BK
941 114-BK
941 116-BK
941 117-BK
44.55
51.40
62.90
74.30
90.20
Accessories
Perforated metal grate,
zinc plated
NEW
Steel pallet sump trays

Withpolyethylene grate
(accessory)
Safe transport and storage of small containers
Made of hot dip galvanised sheet steel,

leakproof welds.
Grate as an accessory.
Made of steel for flammable media or
polyethylene for corrosive media.
Environmentally safe storage and

transport of small containers
Trays fit perfectly even when
combined on Euro pallets
For the storage of flammable and
water hazardous liquids
Pallets are not included.
Model
Sump capacity
Max. load
Zinc plated tray
litres
mm
kg
20
600 x 400 x 120
50
40
800 x 600 x 120
100
60
1190 x 765 x 100
200
No.
g
713 549-BK
713 552-BK
713 556-BK
108.90
159.50
203.50
No.
g
713 550-BK
713 553-BK
713 557-BK
53.90
82.50
93.50
No.
g
713 551-BK
713 555-BK
713 558-BK
82.50
115.50
130.90
Accessories
Steel grate, zinc plated
With steel grate

(accessory)
Polyethylene grate (PE)
NEW
Tilting canister stands

For safe, accurate and easy filling and dispensing from5-, 25- and
60 litre canisters
Canisters can be easily exchanged and

securelyfastened
Tilted with lever bar
Prepared for wall mounting

Hot dip galvanised or painted in light blue
RAL 5012.
Sump trays are not included.
Model
For canister size
112215
Hot dip galvanised
Painted light blue RAL 5012
litres
mm
5
360 x 270 x 520
20 / 25
520 x 375 x 780
50 / 60
520 x 470 x 820
No.
g
713 997-BK
713 999-BK
714 312-BK
93.50
104.50
137.50
No.
g
713 559-BK
713 998-BK
714 311-BK
107.80
126.50
159.50
BLUE =
112215
Mounted on wall
Small sump trays
PE small container pallet sump trays
Regulation compliant storage and

transport of small containers
Trays fit perfectly even when
combined on Euro pallets
Stackable
Non-slip grate on top
3
4
5
Made of polyethylene (LDPE) highly resistant to oils, acids and alkaline solutions.
5
Model
Sump capacity
litres
20
30
40
60
100
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
600 x 400
155
800 x 400
155
800 x 600
155
1000 x 600
175
1200 x 800
175
Without grate
No.
g
941 148-BK
941 150-BK
941 152-BK
941 154-BK
941 156-BK
55.00
68.10
74.80
109.90
131.90
No.
g
941 149-BK
941 151-BK
941 153-BK
941 155-BK
941 157-BK
129.80
135.30
146.10
175.90
219.00
With polyethylene grate
1
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
For the safe and regulation compliant

storage of water hazardous liquids inGHS
categories 1 4.
All items on
this page
PE small container shelf sump trays
Regulation compliant storage of small

containers, also suitable for use as an
additional tray shelf in cupboards and
shelf units
Made of polyethylene (LDPE) highly resistant to oils, acids and alkaline solutions.
Max. distributed load 50 kg.
Model
Sump capacity
litres
30
40
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
980 x 600
85
1300 x 620
80
Without
grate
No.
g
502 445-BK
983 693-BK
80.20
106.50
With
steel grate
No.
g
502 446-BK
983 694-BK
139.60
197.90
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
NEW
PE surface protection trays
Highly versatile: under machines,

tanks, on tables/workbenches,
or use as single trays etc.
Can be easily connected with clip
system, e.g. to cover larger areas
Secure, can be walked on, easy to lay,
can be fitted at a later stage, maintenance free
Made of polyethylene (HDPE) highly resistant to oils, acids and alkaline solutions.
Sump capacity
Pack of
litres
mm
No.
g / pack
5
780 x 560 x 16
3
12
1240 x 780 x 16
1
15
1360 x 860 x 16
1
713 367-BK
713 470-BK
713 479-BK
107.80
82.50
107.80
NEW
PP universal folding sump trays

Sump capacity 30 litres
122729
Folding sump trays easy to set-up/

remove due to Velcro fasteners
Leak-proof
Can be easily carried in any vehicle
due to flat construction 32 mm high
when folded
Made of polypropylene (PP) resistant to

oils, acids and alkalis.
Highly versatile
To carry along when transporting
hazardous goods, in HGVs or construction
vehicles, as well as for transferring and
dispensing liquids.
Unfolded
Folded
No. 713 489-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
122729
Model
g 85.80
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
385
9
Steel low profile sump trays
Ideal as protection in small areas can be
walked on and driven on with pallet trucks
and forklifts
Water polluting and flammable liquids must be securely
stored and handled in accordance with regulations.
When transferring, handling, transporting and storing
empty containers, leaks, splashes and drops must be
properly contained. Low profile sump trays are a cost
effective solution for meeting this requirement.
Meets all water protection requirements

Approved for flammable liquids in GHS categories
1 3 as well as water hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4
Made of 3 mm sheet steel
Includes removable, heavy duty, hot dip galvanised
grates
Can be driven on with pallet trucks and forklifts
(observe max. load and max. wheel load)
All sections can be combined with each other as
needed, spacing between sections 40 mm
Zinc plated for increased protection against corrosion
Applications
For placement in areas where empty containers are
stored or transported, where transformers are inspected
and serviced, and where protection against splashing and
leakage is required.
Low profile sump trays with heavy duty grates are

available for higher wheel loads. Please enquire.
Large sump trays for storing from 8 to 12x 200 litre

drums can be found on page 383.
Footprint
Height
Sump capacity
Max. wheel load
Max. load
width x depth mm
500 x 500
1000 x 500
2000 x 500
2500 x 500
1000 x 1000
2000 x 1000
2500 x 1000
mm
litres
kg
kg/m2
123
20
450
5000
123
40
450
5000
123
85
450
5000
123
100
450
5000
123
80
450
5000
123
160
450
5000
123
210*
450
5000
603 556-BK
603 557-BK
523 423-BK
603 558-BK
603 559-BK
603 560-BK
603 561-BK
175.10
226.50
329.00
379.00
314.00
567.00
629.00
No.
g
* Suitable for the storage of 200 litre drums
Accessories, zinc plated
Cross connector
Connecting rails, 52 mm wide

Connecting rail
Length
mm
No.
g
470
970
1970
2470
603 568-BK
603 569-BK
603 571-BK
603 572-BK
22.10
33.20
36.75
49.30
Edge and cross connectors

Model
Width x depth
edge
100 x 30
cross
120 x 120
603 573-BK
603 574-BK
24.55
43.85
mm
No.
g
Ramped corners
Width x depth
Max. wheel load
mm
kg
1150 x 1150
500
603 567-BK
No.
g
323.50
Edge connector
Ramps, 1150 mm deep
Ramp
Ramp connector
Width
mm
Max. wheel load kg
No.
g
450
500
950
500
1950
500
2450*
500
603 563-BK
603 564-BK
603 565-BK
603 566-BK
209.50
323.50
549.00
585.00
Width x depth mm
Max. wheel load kg
No.
g
* Ramp is delivered in 2 parts, each 1225 mm
BLUE =
90 x 1150
500
607 021-BK
76.90
112217
112217
Ramped corner
Ramp connectors
Low profile sump trays
Low profile steel sump trays

Easily driven over, minimal space required,
large trays
Can be easily accessed and driven over withdrum

trucks, pallet trucks, forklifts etc. due to particularly
low overall height of only 78 mm
Minimal space requirement due to narrow ramps
Large footprint large areas can be covered with only
a few trays and are thus cost effective as well
Approved for flammable liquids in
GHS categories 1 3 as well as water hazardous
liquids in GHS categories 1 4
Made of hot dip galvanised 3 mm sheet steel.

Includes removable, hot dip galvanised grates.
Max. wheel load 500 kg, max. load 5000 kg/m
(distributed load).
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
B
A
Accessories
Ramps
Zinc plated, 500 mm deep, max. wheel load 500 kg.
B
C
A
Footprint
Width
mm
No.
g
width x depth mm
1350 x 1350
1900 x 1350
2850 x 1350
2850 x 1900
mm
litres
78
82
78
118
78
172
78
242*
523 523-BK
523 524-BK
523 525-BK
523 527-BK
411.00
534.00
745.00
1220.00
1350
1900
2850
523 528-BK
523 529-BK
523 530-BK
199.30
255.00
365.00
No.
g
Connecting rails
Zinc plated, 55 mm wide.
Length
mm
No.
g
1350
1900
2850
523 533-BK
523 535-BK
523 536-BK
24.50
27.85
43.85
Ramped corners
Zinc plated, width x depth 500 x 500 mm.
Max. wheel load 500 kg.
No. 523 531-BK
No. 523 532-BK
C
Height
Sump capacity
Cross connectors
Zinc plated, 120 mm.
g 154.80
g 21.20
* Suitable for the storage of 200 litre drums
Plastic low profile sump trays

Highly resistant to corrosive liquids
Robust, durable polyethylene

highly resistant to acids, alkalis, oils etc.
Ideal for lining areas can be driven on withdrum
trucks and walked on
Certified for safe storage and dispensing of water
hazardous liquids in GHS categories 1 4
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Multiple trays can be combined to completely cover

larger areas well.
Max. load 800 kg/m (distributed load).
Accessories
Connecting element
length 720 mm
No.
g
523 541-BK
Connecting element
length 1420 mm
No.
g
761 717-BK
Connecting element
length 2120 mm
No.
g
523 543-BK
Connecting element
length 2920 mm
No.
g
761 718-BK
122438
Edge fastening rail
No.
g
761 719-BK
Cross connector
No.
g
761 720-BK
Spacer connector
No.
g
983 684-BK
PE loading ramp
900 x 940 x 150 mm
Width x depth
mm
Height
Sump capacity
Type of grate
mm
litres
No.
g
No.
g
761 721-BK
D
1500 x 800
150
125
zinc plated
1500 x 1500
2200 x 1500
150
220
PE
zinc plated
PE
523 537-BK
523 538-BK
761 713-BK
761 714-BK
424.50
450.00
638.00
796.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
150
355
zinc plated
3000 x 1500
150
400
PE
zinc plated
PE
523 539-BK
523 540-BK
761 715-BK
761 716-BK
988.00
1070.00
1160.00
1275.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

27.50
33.20
45.85
50.30
27.40
39.00
38.70
320.50
KAISER + KRAFT
122438
387
9
Steel sump trays for IBC/
CTC tank containers
Suitable accessories and sump

trays with PE inserts for storing
corrosive media can be found on
page 390.
For the regulation compliant storage

and filling of water hazardous and
flammable liquids in IBC /CTC
containers and drums
Tank containers can be

found on page 333.

1 3 as well as water hazardous liquids in GHS
categories 1 4
Manufacturers declaration of conformity
Sump tray made of 3 mm sheet steel
With zinc plated support grates for storing drums
and IBC / CTC containers, and / or zinc plated
filling attachments for easy filling of IBC / CTC
containers
Grates and filling attachments can be combined
for individual positioning of the filling attachment
Fork guides provide 100mm clearance height for
easy handling with lifting devices
Sump capacity 1000 litres each

Dimensions per filling attachment
Length x width x height (front /back)
1250x 1210x 430/493mm.
Accessories
Splash protection walls, 3 sides
Additional protection when filling.
Zinc plated metal, 1.5 mm thick,
height 1000 mm.
2
Shown with splash protection walls
(accessory)
Model
Capacity
Filling attachments
Max. load (distributed)
Painted
1000 litre containers

200 litre drums, standing
mm
kg
orange RAL 2000
blue RAL 5012
g
Hot dip galvanised
1
4
2
8
2
10
2
4
1460 x 1460 x 620

1900
1
1460 x 1460 x 1083
1900
2650 x 1300 x 435

3800
2690 x 1650 x 375

3800
1
2650 x 1460 x 863
3800
2
2650 x 1460 x 863
3800
603 575-BK
909 566-BK
603 578-BK
941 164-BK
603 576-BK
909 567-BK
603 577-BK
941 170-BK
941 167-BK
941 168-BK
603 579-BK
941 165-BK
790.00
1010.00
994.00
1230.00
1340.00
1525.00
No.
g
603 580-BK
603 583-BK
603 581-BK
603 582-BK
941 169-BK
603 584-BK
988.00
1210.00
1120.00
1470.00
1535.00
1865.00
No.
g
909 579-BK
909 579-BK
909 581-BK
523 512-BK
909 581-BK
909 581-BK
214.50
214.50
252.50
370.00
252.50
252.50
Splash protection walls, on 3 sides
BLUE =
119008
119008
Accessories
Sump trays
Steel sump trays for IBC/

CTC tank containers
For the regulation compliant storage and

filling of water hazardous and flammable
liquids in IBC/ CTC containers and drums
Detailed product description on the opposite page.
The only difference between these sump trays is the
quantity of IBCs/ CTCs which can be stored.
Max. load (distributed) 5700 kg
Dimensions per filling attachment
Length x width x height (front/back)
1250x 1210x 430/493mm.
Accessories
Splash protection walls, 3 sides
Additional protection when filling.
Zinc plated metal, 1.5 mm thick,
height 1000 mm.
1
Capacity
For IBC/KTC containers see

pages 403 and 405.
Hot dip galvanised
Tank containers can be

found on page 333.
mm
orange RAL 2000
blue RAL 5012
g
3
2
3
12
3
8
3
4
3850 x 1300 x 340
1
3850 x 1460 x 780
2
3850 x 1460 x 780
3
3850 x 1460 x 780
523 395-BK
523 396-BK
523 398-BK
523 400-BK
523 403-BK
523 404-BK
523 406-BK
523 407-BK
1865.00
2395.00
2600.00
2765.00
No.
g
523 397-BK
523 401-BK
523 405-BK
523 408-BK
2010.00
2545.00
2745.00
2920.00
No.
g
523 409-BK
523 409-BK
523 409-BK
523 409-BK
329.00
329.00
329.00
329.00
Accessories
Made of highly resistant, glass fibre

reinforced plastic
For regulation compliant storage of
800 and 1000 litre tank containers
(IBC/CTC)
Approved as a storage and filling
station for water hazardous and
flammable liquids (flash point > 55C)
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

litres
1100
Max. distributed load

kg
mm
1600
1620 x 1190 x 910
With steel grate
No.
g
909 382-BK
Container support
for small containers
No.
g
909 383-BK
Collision guard
No.
g
909 384-BK
Steel base pallet, zinc plated

Floor clearance 90 mm
No.
g
909 385-BK
853.00
Accessories
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Accessories
Steel base pallet for forklift access
Sump capacity
96.30
82.50
241.00
KAISER + KRAFT
119009
GRP sump trays for IBC/CTC tank

containers
119009
1
Filling attachments
Painted
For IBC/KTC shelving

containers see page 409.
Model
389
9
Sump trays
For safe dispensing and storage of water
polluting media
Sheet steel, painted light blue RAL 5012 or hot dip
galvanised.
With zinc plated grate. Manufacturers declaration of
conformity according to StawaR.
Other sizes and models on request.
Length x width
Height
800 x 800
465
1200 x 800
360
1200 x 1200
285
2400 x 800
250
1460 x 1460
620
2650 x 1300
435
litres
203
215
216
222
1000
1000

1000 l IBCs
No.
g
909 311-BK
909 314-BK
909 317-BK
909 321-BK
909 566-BK
909 567-BK
295.00
339.00
397.50
482.50
790.00
994.00
No.
g
741 238-BK
741 239-BK
741 240-BK
741 241-BK
603 580-BK
603 581-BK
329.50
370.50
445.50
526.00
988.00
1120.00
No.
g
909 575-BK
909 576-BK
909 577-BK
909 578-BK
909 579-BK
909 581-BK
152.70
165.00
190.90
247.00
214.50
252.50
Painted blue RAL 5012

Zinc plated

Zinc plated metal, 1.5mm thick, height 1000mm.
Shelf units, drum stands and roller supports made of
zinc plated sheet steel.
Shelf units and drum stands are supplied flat pack
easy self-assembly.
mm
mm
Sump capacity
Capacity
Accessories
Accessories
Splash protection walls
on 3 sides
Accessories
Model
shelf unit with

2 shelves
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
No.
g
Accessories
Model
5
608 x 698
900
608 x 698
900
193 992-BK
909 594-BK
754 898-BK
139.50
139.50
139.50
drum stand
with1drum
support 200 l
drum stand
with2drum
supports 200 l
drum stand
with3drum
supports 60 l
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
540 x 775
445
1155 x 775
445
1155 x 545
455
Drum stand
No.
g
741 250-BK
741 251-BK
741 249-BK
144.00
166.80
159.30
No.
g / pair
741 253-BK
741 253-BK
741 252-BK
113.70
113.70
113.70
Roller support
For storing corrosive media such as acids, alkalis and oils
Length x width
Height
Sump capacity
Capacity
Painted
125067
608 x 698
900
Sump trays with PE insert

This product combines the advantages of a steel
tray (very sturdy and durable) with the high material
resistance of polyethylene.
Special models and sizes on request.
shelf unit with

shelf unit with
1 drum support 2 drum supports
60 l + 1 shelf
60 l
Zinc plated
Sump tray made of sheet steel, painted light blue RAL5012 or

hot dip galvanised.
Watertight welded PE plastic insert with clamp frame and
zinc plated grate. Manufacturers declaration of conformity
according to StawaR.
mm
mm
812 x 812
468
1212 x 812
363
1212 x 1212
288
2412 x 812
253
1472 x 1472
623
2662 x 1312
438
litres
200
200
200
200
1000
1000
200 l drums
1000 l IBCs
No.
g
909 582-BK
909 583-BK
909 584-BK
909 585-BK
909 586-BK
909 587-BK
667.00
733.00
835.00
1025.00
1375.00
1745.00
No.
g
909 588-BK
909 589-BK
909 590-BK
909 591-BK
909 592-BK
909 593-BK
703.00
773.00
875.00
1110.00
1600.00
1850.00
BLUE =
125067
Sump trays
from g
175.00
EcoPolyBlend PE sump traysTM
A
Illustration shows
3 x 1, 1 x A, 2 x B
1 4 Low profile sump trays
For safe storage of water

hazardous and corrosive fluids
such asoils, acids, alkalis or
solvents
Model
200 litre drums
mm
mm
1245 x 635
140
1245 x 1245
140
1854 x 1245
140
2464 x 1245
140
litres
kg
90
1134
185
2268
276
3402
371
4536
424 799-BK
424 800-BK
424 801-BK
424 802-BK
175.00
292.50
449.00
612.00
Width x depth
Height
Sump capacity
No.
g
Sump trays with a low overall

height for easy placement and lifting of
drums, etc.
May be used individually,
ideal for lining areas
Modular system, can be expanded as
necessary
Can be driven on with drum truck
Extremely sturdy, seamless

construction
Durable and weather resistant
High load capacities for demanding
requirements
Removable PE grates ideal for
cleaning
1 6 made of 100 % recycled PE

(new PE reclaimed from production waste).
Ecological conserves resources.
7 + 8 made of new polyethylene not
fromreclaimed material.
Capacity
Accessories
PE loading ramp
W x D x H 1219 x838 x 159 mm.
Max. distributed load. 455 kg.
No. 424 804-BK
g 237.50
Connector set
For easy, tight fitting connection of
modules.
Consisting of 2 steel clamps,
2 rubber spouts,
1 Teflon connection hose.
No. 424 805-BK
g / set 40.05

Please observe all binding and applicable country specific
regulations.
Trays are not DIBt approved - only for use in countries
without approval requirements.
Not approved for the storage of flammable

media in Germany.
5 8 Sump trays
Accessories
Large capacity sump trays

Meet UFC and EPA requirements
Environmentally
friendly
PE loading ramp
For sump tray 6.
W x D x H 1245 x 838 x 267 mm.
No. 424 809-BK
g 249.00
Model
Capacity
Sump capacity
200 litre drums

mm
litres
kg
122444
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
8
5
2
1245 x 635 x 457
250
1134
4
1245 x 1245 x 260
276
2268
1
900 x 700 x 525
225
350
4
1300 x 1300 x 300
410
1500
424 807-BK
424 808-BK
424 810-BK
424 812-BK
257.50
352.00
450.00
668.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122444
391
9
PE sump trays
Safe storage and internal transport of

water hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Highly resistant to oils, acids and alkaline solutions

Made of light, weatherproof, sturdy and durable
polyethylene
Manufacturers declaration of conformity and general
certification from the DIBt (German Institute for
Construction Technology)
1 3 For 60 litre drums

2 With four feet

For direct storage of one 60 litre container or small
containers. With grate for two 60 litre containers.
1 Floor / pallet sumps

To place directly on the floor or on Euro pallets.
Max. load (evenly distributed load) 150 kg.
For all round access with pallet truck or forklift.

Mobile sump trays
With push handle, 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors.
1
3
2
Model
Description
Type of grate
Capacity
Mobile
With four feet
1
without
1
PE
2
754 731-BK
754 732-BK
137.50
193.40
mm
60 litre drums
No.
g
tray
714 x 525 x 235
zinc plated
2
without
1
four feet
714 x 525 x 330
zinc plated
2
without
1
mobile
725 x 525 x 380
zinc plated
2
PE
2
PE
2
754 733-BK
909 735-BK
909 736-BK
209.50
170.00
212.50
909 737-BK
909 738-BK
909 739-BK
909 740-BK
226.50
216.00
255.00
267.00
4 7 For 200 litre drums

For direct storage of one 200 litre drum or small containers.
With grate for two 200 litre drums.
4 Floor / pallet sumps
6 Mobile sump trays

With push handle, 2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors.
7 With runners
All round access for pallet truck or forklift.
For use on pallet racking.
To place directly on the floor or on Euro pallets.
5 With four feet

Can be transported with pallet truck or forklift.
Mobile
7
Sump tray suitable for Euro pallets
Model
112405
Description
Type of grate
Capacity
No.
g
4
mm
200 l drums
tray
1230 x 830 x 320
without
zinc plated
1
2
5
PE
2
four feet
1230 x 830 x 420
without
zinc plated
1
2
With runners
With four feet
6
PE
2
mobile
1230 x 830 x 1170
without
zinc plated
1
2
7
PE
2
runners
1230 x 830 x 420
without
zinc plated
1
2
PE
2
761 264-BK
761 266-BK
761 267-BK
909 731-BK
909 732-BK
909 733-BK
761 268-BK
761 269-BK
761 270-BK
761 261-BK
761 262-BK
761 263-BK
186.20
285.00
370.00
220.00
301.50
395.00
504.00
585.00
671.00
254.50
311.00
395.00
BLUE =
112405
PE sump trays
PE sump trays for

200 litre drums
Made of highly resistant, robust and durable
polyethylene
1 2-drum sump trays inEuro pallet size

Sump capacity 250 litres (without grate)
With runners access for forklifts
For direct placement in pallet racking
For storing drums up to 224 litres
1
Pallet stacking frames (accessory)
to secure containers can be found
on page 345.
Without grate for 1 x 200 litre drum or small containers.

With grate for 2 x 200 litre drums, 6 x 60 litre drums or small
containers.
Max. load 600 kg (distributed load).

General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
80
5m
A standard pallet stacking frame can be attached to the tray

to secure canisters and small containers.
Type of grate
Sump capacity
mm
without
250
zinc plated
224
PE
224
516 630-BK
516 631-BK
516 632-BK
213.50
279.00
329.50
litres
No.
g
1205 mm
1205 x 805 x 430
g
No. 516 631-BK
279.00
2 4-drum sump trays

Integrated forklift pockets canbe moved with pallet truck
or forklift
Without grate for 9 x 60 litre drums or small containers.
With grate for 4 x 200 litre drums.
2
Length x width
mm
Height
Type of grate
mm
No.
g
A PE drum stand 2 in 1
1240 x 1240
265
without
270
zinc plated
290
PE
754 737-BK
754 735-BK
754 736-BK
444.00
560.00
740.00
Variable for 60 and 200 litre drums.
2
No. 754 734-BK
g 105.80
3 5-drum sump trays

Extra low profile for easy loading
Double walled extremely robust and durable
Integrated forklift pockets can be moved with pallet truck
or forklift
For 5 x 200 litre drums, upright or

4 x 200 litre drums, horizontalon drum pallets B.
Max. load 730 kg/m (distributed load).
mm
1460 x 1560 x 235
Type of grate
No.
g
zinc plated
PE
909 420-BK
909 421-BK
683.00
766.00
B PE drum pallets
For 2 x 200 litre drums, forklift access, max. 2 units can be
stacked. Width x depth x height 1300 x 790 x 300 mm.
No. 909 422-BK
g 173.70
C PE container supports
g 69.60
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

112406
112406
Suitable for drum pallet B.

No. 909 423-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
393
9
PE sump trays for
200 litre drums
1 2 For 4 drums
For space saving, orderly placement in rows.
2 with access for pallet truck or forklift.
Model
Width x depth
height
Without grate
All sump trays

on this page
With zinc plated

grate
height
With PE grate
height
mm
mm
2460 x 845
285
2460 x 845
350
No.
g
927 827-BK
917 554-BK
360.50
479.00
mm
285
350
No.
g
927 828-BK
917 555-BK
535.00
684.00
mm
310
380
No.
g
927 829-BK
927 826-BK
755.00
767.00
3 4 Transport sump trays for2or4drums
Flexible front straightensback into

upright position on its own
PE sump trays with flexible front side

Simple, effective positioning and unloading of loaded
pallets with forklift
Includes one wooden pallet, exchangeable
Front side is pressed down and straightens back into
uprightposition on its own
Functionality and durability tested by material testing
institute
Overall max. load 1000 kg (distributed load).
Model
Capacity
Sump capacity
The flexible front is pressed down by

forklift forks to position or remove loaded
pallets
200 litre drums

litres
2
225
4
430
mm
mm
1500 x 1150
400
1500 x 1550
500
Width x depth
Height
With integrated
wooden pallet
pallet size
mm
800 x 1200
1200 x 1200
No.
g
941 020-BK
941 021-BK
326.50
405.50
5 6 Transport / storage sump trays

for2or4drums
2-drum sump with zinc plated grate
Effective and safe storage of water hazardous liquids in

GHS categories 1 4
Highly resistant to oils, acids and alkaline solutions
With manufacturer's declaration of conformity
Model
Capacity
200 litre drums
Sump capacity
litres
Max. load (distributed load)
kg/m
2
270
600
4
405
1000
mm
mm
1300 x 900
350
1300 x 1300
350
Without grate / pallet for pallet size mm

can only be used
No.
with pallet
g
800 x 1200
1200 x 1200
516 499-BK
516 504-BK
253.00
406.00
With forklift accessible PE pallet
No.
g
516 500-BK
516 505-BK
309.50
529.00
With zinc plated grate
No.
g
516 501-BK
516 506-BK
305.50
494.50
With PE grate
No.
g
516 502-BK
516 507-BK
362.50
567.00
Width x depth
Height
112407
4-drum sump (without grate) suitable

for standard pallets
Suitable plastic and wooden pallets
can be found starting on page 343.
Please enquire about sump trays with
PE support grate for higher load
requirements.
4-drum sump (without grate) with

forklift accessible PE pallet
12
56
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
BLUE =
112407
All trays made of sturdy, weatherproof and durable

polyethylene in blue.
Drums stored on standard Euro pallets or chemical pallets
can be placed directly on the sump tray with a forklift.
Eliminates the need for costly intermediate storage and
improves safetyfor the storage of drums.
Sump trays
Sump trays
Made of glass fibre reinforced plastic
Highly resistant to oils, chemicals

(acids and alkaline solutions),
emulsions and cleaning agents with
pH level up to 8
For the secure and regulation
compliant storage of water hazardous
liquids in GHS categories 1 4
Also approved for flammable liquids
(flash point > 55 C)
With general building authority

approval Z-40.12-227 from the
DIBt Berlin
Low overall height for easy drum
handling
Can be installed directly on the ground
as it is corrosion resistant
Pallet sump trays
For 2 x 120 litre, 6 x 60 litre drums or small containers.

Suitable for Euro pallets 800 x 1200 mm
1 Without stop lugs
2 With rubber stop lugs on the tray floor
For installation on floors or for placing on

pallets.
Bolt-on corner brackets for fastening onto
the pallet as an accessory.
For fixed placement on Euro-Pool pallets.

Particularly suitable for both storage on
pallet shelves and transport on pallets.
Model
Sump capacity
Without grate
With steel grate
litres
kg
mm
150
250
1200 x 800 x 165
150
250
1200 x 800 x 208
No.
g
681 350-BK
683 094-BK
178.80
183.80
No.
g
983 685-BK
983 686-BK
272.50
286.00
No.
g
696 889-BK
Accessory
2 bolt-on corner brackets
with bolts
29.10

General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Floor sump trays

For small containers, 60 and 200 litre drums.
Can be set up individually or linked
together to form a continuous unit 4 7.
Model
200 litre drums
Sump cap.
litres
Max. distributed load kg
LxWxH
mm
With zinc plated steel grate or with

chemical resistant GRP grate.
Containers
65
40
820 x 420 x 240
1
210
400
850 x 850 x 390
2
220
800
1280 x 850 x 270
983 687-BK
754 687-BK
3
4
220
220
1200
1300
1880 x 850 x 190 1280 x 1280 x 180
Without grate
No.
g
915 789-BK
754 688-BK
148.80
206.50
193.40
275.00
287.50
With
steel grate
No.
g
915 790-BK
983 688-BK
722 805-BK
754 689-BK
754 691-BK
224.50
319.00
302.50
450.00
479.00
With
GRP grate
No.
g
983 689-BK
722 806-BK
909 380-BK
754 693-BK
434.00
491.00
824.00
892.00
Loading ramps
No.
zinc plated (2 off)
g
909 381-BK
909 381-BK
909 381-BK
909 381-BK
189.20
189.20
189.20
189.20
Steel base frame

zinc plated
722 807-BK
5
7
754 690-BK
Accessories
No.
g
128.50
Mobile sump trays
Model
112527
Capacity
Sump capacity
With steel grate
3
9
8
200 litre drums

litres
kg
mm
1
210
400
1090 x 860 x 1080
2
220
800
1520 x 860 x 1080
No.
g
983 690-BK
983 692-BK
639.00
640.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112527
For small containers, 60 and 200 litre drums.

Sump tray with removable, hot dip
galvanised grate and hot dip galvanised
dolly with impact protection. 2 swivel
castors and 2 fixed castors, and a push
handle.
395
9
PE sump trays for tank
containers
Safe storage and filling of water hazardous
liquids (GHS categories 1 4) in CTC and IBC
containers
All sump trays made of light, sturdy, weatherproof and

durable polyethylene
Resistant to oils, acids and alkaline solutions
Manufacturers declaration of conformity and general
certification from the DIBt (German Institute for
Construction Technology)
2 without PE support surface
1 + 2 IBC and CTC stations

Integrated forklift pockets can be moved with pallet
truck or forklift
Max. load 2000 kg/position (evenly distributed load).
Model
1 with PE support surface

from g
mm
1
1430 x 1430 x 965
2
2260 x 1430 x 720
Without PE support surface
No.
g
516 512-BK
With PE support surface
No.
g
516 510-BK
516 513-BK
915.00
1425.00
Max. no. of tank containers

915.00
2 with PE support surface

IBC Intermediate
bulk container
(=oversized
packaging)
CTC Cubic tank
container
Tank containers can
1410.00
3 + 4 Tank container stations

1000 or 1100 litre sump capacity
Storage platform with raised edge for secure positioning
of the container
Max. load 2000 kg/position.
4 with an integrated shelf for use when dispensing.

Model
Description
Sump capacity
litres
mm
No.
g
4
3
with storage
platform
with storage
platform and shelf
1000
1380 x 1580 x 760
1100
1380 x 1800 x 760
927 831-BK
927 832-BK
1100.00
1155.00
5 + 6 Storage and filling stations for tank

containers
Ideal for filling and dispensing
With grate, zinc plated or made of PE
Max. load 2000 kg/position.
Model
Max. no. of tank containers

With PE grate
1
1760 x 1410 x 660
2
2480 x 1410 x 490
No.
g
761 274-BK
761 271-BK
1390.00
1740.00
No.
g
761 275-BK
761 272-BK
1625.00
2210.00
mm
Accessories for 5 + 6
112403
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Model
Add-on container
Internal dims. W x D x H 330 x 440 x 420 mm
No.
g
909 741-BK
Drainage extension 60 mm
No.
g
909 743-BK
BLUE =
176.10
33.40
112403
Plastic sump trays
3
B
1
from g
829.00
PE sump trays for IBC/CTC tank containers

2
Safe storage and filling of water hazardous liquids

(GHS categories 1 4) in CTC and IBC containers
Versatile filling attachments can

be used on all four sides and are
removable to save space
Can be moved with pallet truck or
forklift
Made of light, sturdy, weatherproof
and durable polyethylene (LDPE)
Highly resistant to acids, alkalis, oils
and aggressive media
With general certification from the
DIBt (German Institute for Construction
Technology)
Without PE perforated panel

IBC / CTC containers are placed directly in
the tray on the integrated support
surfaces.
1 For 1 IBC / CTC tank container

With PE perforated panel

IBC / CTC containers are simply placed on
the perforated panel. Also suitable for the
storage of drums and small containers.
2 For 1 IBC / CTC tank container
Sump capacity 1100 litres.
3 For 2 IBC / CTC tank containers

Model
122441
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Tank containers can be found

on page 333.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Sump capacity 100litres.

Catches any leaks or splashed liquids
during the dispensing process, containers
can be set down inside the attachment.
Can be used on all four sides of the sump
tray. Can be removed to save space.
Overflow routed into sump tray and
drainage device.
Storage capacity
Perforated panels

mm
No.
g
1
without
1450 x 1450 x 1000
1
with
1450 x 1450 x 1000
2
with
2450 x 1450 x 580
523 549-BK
523 551-BK
523 552-BK
829.00
879.00
1305.00
Accessories
Filling
attachment
illustration
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
590 x 640 x 1070
590 x 640 x 1070
590 x 640 x 670
No.
g
523 553-BK
523 553-BK
523 554-BK
104.50
104.50
82.50
KAISER + KRAFT
122441
Filling attachments made of PE
397
9
Small container hazardous goods shelving
For safe indoor storage and filling of
water hazardous and flammable
media
With certification manufacturer's

declaration of conformity in accordance
with Stawa-R
Can be expanded as needed
simple plug-in assembly
Sturdy construction
Shelf levels height adjustable in 25 mm
increments
Max. load per shelf level 130 kg, with evenly
distributed load
All shelf unit components, tray shelves and
mesh shelves made of zinc plated sheet
steel
1 For water hazardous,
Model
non-flammablemedia
Regulation compliant storage of water
hazardous and non-flammable media
in GHS categories 1 4.
With tray shelves
Sump capacity 30 litres per shelf
Tray shelves in each storage level offer
increased protection for the storage of water
hazardous media.
2 4 For flammable and water

hazardousmedia
Description
standard shelf unit
standard shelf unit
30 litre tray shelves

mesh shelves
1
3
1
3
1060 x 635 x 2000
1010 x 635 x 2000
1060 x 635 x 2000
1010 x 635 x 2000
604 620-BK
604 621-BK
604 625-BK
604 626-BK
502.00
458.50
357.00
323.00
Storage levels
Shelf unit
No.
g
Accessories
Mesh shelf
(additional)
No.
g
604 627-BK
604 627-BK
55.80
55.80
Tray shelf
(additional)
No.
g
604 622-BK
604 622-BK
89.70
89.70
For regulation compliant storage of flammable

liquids in GHS categories 1 3 as well as water
hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4.
2 With mesh shelves and
acentraltray shelf
3 + 4 With mesh shelves and acentral

sump tray
Particularly high storage capacity
Clearance height 100 mm
Grate extends beyond front edge of the shelf
unit for safe filling and dispensing
Sump tray made of 3 mm sheet steel, painted in
sky blue RAL 5015 or hot dip galvanised, with
forklift pockets.
Model
PE sump trays for 1 + 2

To place in the tray shelves.
For storing corrosive media such as acids,
alkaline solutions, etc.
HDPE, black. Sump capacity 30 litres.
Description
Storage levels
Shelf unit
Sump
mesh shelves
length x width mm
single
4
1060 x 635 x 2000
1250 x 820
double
2x4
2085 x 635 x 2000
2420 x 820
604 633-BK
Sump tray painted

sky blue RAL5015
No.
g
604 629-BK
552.00
925.00
Hot dip galvanised sump tray
No.
g
604 630-BK
604 634-BK
582.00
964.00
No.
g
604 627-BK
604 627-BK
55.80
55.80
119010
Accessories
No. 709 657-BK
g 78.10
Mesh shelf
(additional)
All items on this page

Information on government
regulations can be found on page 378.
BLUE =
119010
Drum and small container shelving units
Drum and small

container shelving units
For safe, combined storage and

filling of horizontal 60 and 200 litre
drums and small containers in
indoor areas
Available in two sizes A and B

Robust stacking frame with forklift pockets
for optimum handling
Approved for flammable liquids in GHS
categories 1 3 as well as water hazardous
liquids inGHS categories 1 4
Stacking frames
A
A
Stable, hot dip galvanised construction.

Fork guides, max. load 500 kg.
Can be stacked up to 2 storage levels.
Frames of the same size can be combined
(not A with B).
As a small container frame with grate or as a
drum frame with drum supports, for 60 or
200 litre drums.
Delivered flat pack easy self-assembly.
Sump trays
Sump capacity 200 litres.
Made of 3 mm sheet steel. Clearance height
100 mm.
Small container
frame
Stacking frames

Capacity
mm
No.
g
910 x 790 x 780

small containers
1 x 200 l drum
small containers
2 x 200 l drums
523 545-BK
523 544-BK
523 547-BK
523 548-BK
523 546-BK
273.00
255.00
311.00
322.00
299.00
Sump trays

Grate
Painted
mm
1310 x 800 x 780

3 x 60 l drums
1200 x 800 x 360

without
Accessories for all shelving units on this page
1200 x 1200 x 285

without
with
909 305-BK
with
blue RAL 5012

g
909 302-BK
268.00
339.00
281.50
397.50
No.
g
741 231-BK
741 239-BK
741 232-BK
741 240-BK
329.50
370.50
340.50
445.50
Hot dip galvanised
909 314-BK
Rolling drum support

for 60 litre drums
for easy rotation of the drums
for 200 litre drums
909 317-BK
Bucket holder
for hook-on connection
No.
g / pair
741 252-BK
No.
g / pair
741 253-BK
No.
g
523 496-BK
113.70
113.70
78.10
Drum shelving
For indoor storage of 60 and 200 litre drums
Available in two sizes A and B
Variable, expandable drum shelving
for regulation compliant storage
anddispensing
Trays and stacking frames with
forklift pockets for optimum
handling
Sump trays
Painted or hot dip galvanised.
Drum push-through stop
Stacking frames
For 1 to 3 drums.
With crane eyelets, hot dip galvanised.
Can be stacked up to 3 storage levels.
Suitable drum push-through stop

No. 523 526-BK

Capacity
mm
drums
Sump trays

Grate
122446
1380 x 580 x 850

2 x 200 l
909 528-BK
339.50
No.
g
Painted
980 x 580 x 850

1 x 200 l
mm
orange RAL 2000

g
Hot dip galvanised
No.
g
3 x 60 l
523 380-BK
523 429-BK
444.50
488.00
1200 x 800 x 415

without
with
1200 x 1200 x 335

without
with
941 053-BK
782 610-BK
941 061-BK
500 550-BK
283.50
346.50
358.00
450.00
941 057-BK
782 629-BK
941 065-BK
500 577-BK
340.00
418.00
397.00
492.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122446
Stacking frames
g 49.25
KAISER + KRAFT
399
9
Drum and small
container shelving
units
With highly resistant
GRP sump tray
Regulation compliant, space saving

storage and filling of 60 litre drums and
small containers over the protruding
GRP sump tray
GRP sump tray highly resistant to
used oil, acids, alkaline solutions etc.
Sturdy, hot dip galvanised tubular steel
frame easy assembly
Also approved for flammable liquids
(flash point >55C)
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Lower grates shown are an accessory, please include with your order
3 4 For up to 6 x 60 litre drums and small containers

Drum shelf unit
with GRP sump tray, capacity 150 litres
1 2 For 60 litre drums and / or small containers

Drum shelf unit
with GRP sump tray, capacity 65 litres
LxWxH
mm
1
2
450 x 820 x 1310

450 x 820 x 1310
722 800-BK
909 713-BK
326.50
432.50
420 x 800 x 30
909 712-BK
722 799-BK
84.60
33.55
with drum supports for 2 x 60 litre drums

with 2 grates for small containers
Accessories
Sump tray grate, zinc plated, for 65 litre sump tray
Container support, zinc plated
No.
LxWxH
mm
No.
with 2 grates and drum supports

for 6 x 60 litre drums and/or small containers
1320 x 800 x 1300
722 798-BK
536.00
with 3 grates and drum supports

for 6 x 60 litre drums and/or small containers
1320 x 800 x 2000
983 695-BK
683.00
1300 x 620 x 30
754 791-BK
709 016-BK
722 799-BK
104.00
49.50
33.55
Accessories
Steel grate as a third or fourth storage level
Edge rail (4 part), zinc plated, to secure small containers
Container support, zinc plated
Base sump trays made of polyethylene

For regulation compliant indoor storage of drums,
IBC/CTC containers and small containers in existing shelf units
Existing shelving systems can be economically and

quickly converted into regulation compliant
hazardous goods storage shelving for water
hazardous and corrosive chemicals.
Robust and highly resistant to corrosive chemicals

Suitable for all standard shelf widths and standard shelving systems
NEW
NEW
Base sump trays
Hook-in sump trays
For placement under existing shelving systems.

Clearance height 100 mm for transport and placement under shelf units with lifting
devices
For placement on the cross beams of existing shelving systems or directly

suspended in the shelf unit.
Complete with grate made of hot dip galvanised steel or polyethylene

Max. load 1000 kg/m with evenly distributed load
Length x width
mm
1390 x 1320
1780 x 1320
2180 x 1320
2680 x 1320
2680 x 1320
Height
Sump capacity
mm
litres
315
315
315
400
315
480
315
600
490
1100
Length x width
mm
715 032-BK
715 033-BK
715 317-BK
715 318-BK
715 319-BK
483.00
523.00
622.00
853.00
952.00
Height
Sump capacity
Grate type
mm
litres
No.
g
Pallet racking can be found on pages 250 - 253.
No.
g
1780 x 1300 / 900*
2680 x 1300 / 900*
240
200
steel
250
200
PE
180
200
steel
180
200
PE
715 320-BK
715 321-BK
715 333-BK
715 334-BK
549.00
560.00
692.00
702.00
* Distance between cross beams
BLUE =
122730
Sump trays
Shelving sump trays made of steel

Existing shelving systems can be economically and quickly
converted to regulation compliant hazardous goods storage
shelving with base sump trays or hook-in sump trays.
For regulation compliant indoor storage of
drums, IBC / CTC containers and small
containers on a pallet etc.
Hook-in sump tray
All trays on this page

Sturdy 3 mm sheet steel construction

Suitable for all standard shelf widths
and standard shelving systems
Base sump trays
Base sump trays

For placement under existing shelving
systems
Approved for flammable liquids in

GHS categories 1 3 as well as water
hazardous liquids in GHS categories
14
100 mm clearance height for easy
handling with lifting devices
Optionally with removable, zinc plated
grate as a support surface
Sump capacity
Grate
Painted
Hot dip galvanised
mm
litres
1750 x 1300 x 250

240
without
2150 x 1300 x 225
with
523 428-BK
523 430-BK
523 431-BK
240
without
523 433-BK
523 434-BK
523 435-BK
2150 x 1300 x 505

1000
without
with
523 438-BK
523 439-BK
523 440-BK
523 442-BK
523 443-BK
523 444-BK
2650 x 1300 x 210
with
523 447-BK
523 448-BK
523 449-BK
240
without
523 474-BK
523 475-BK
523 476-BK
2650 x 1300 x 435
with
523 478-BK
523 479-BK
523 480-BK
1000
without
523 451-BK
523 452-BK
523 454-BK
with
orange RAL 2000

red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
g
523 424-BK
523 425-BK
523 426-BK
523 456-BK
523 457-BK
523 458-BK
556.00
734.00
589.00
778.00
607.00
799.00
599.00
834.00
745.00
979.00
No.
g
523 427-BK
523 432-BK
523 436-BK
523 441-BK
523 446-BK
523 450-BK
523 477-BK
523 481-BK
523 455-BK
523 459-BK
634.00
796.00
656.00
845.00
667.00
867.00
696.00
930.00
890.00
1100.00
Hook-in sump trays

For placement on the cross beams of
existing shelving systems or suspended in
the shelf unit
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
1750 x 1250 / 915

160
Sump capacity
litres
orange RAL 2000
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5012
g
200
200
200
523 460-BK
523 462-BK
523 463-BK
523 465-BK
523 466-BK
523 467-BK
523 469-BK
523 471-BK
523 472-BK
Painted
Hot dip galvanised
119011
Approved for water hazardous liquids

YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g
2150 x 1250 / 915

140
2650 x 1250 / 915

130
556.00
644.00
733.00
523 464-BK
523 468-BK
523 473-BK
587.00
689.00
812.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Pallet racking can be found

on pages 250 - 253.
Please enquire about other sizes and

colours.
KAISER + KRAFT
119011
401
9
All storage tanks on this page
Lubricant storage tanks

F
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Double walled tanks made of zinc plated sheet

steel with plastic inner container (HDPE)
For storing new and used oil, diesel and heating oil with a flash
point > 55 C, also for use in water protection zones without
sump tray (please observe country specific installation
requirements)
Particularly low overall height, thus no step required for filling
(e.g. for used oil up to 1000 l)
With integrated, zinc plated sheet steel sump tray
Includes fill level indicator, optical leak indicator, integrated
carrying handles
Storage tanks may only be set up inside buildings

(two abutting walls with roof).
Storage tanks
For permanent installation and for on-site transport.
With simple, open steel base pallet.
Approved for on-site transport only.
Capacity
from g
509.00
Length x width
Height
litres
400
750
1000
1500
mm
mm
730 x 700
1170
980 x 770
1420
1280 x 770
1420
1630 x 770
1950
Weight
kg
No.
g
50
66
89
151
978 189-BK
977 862-BK
977 863-BK
977 864-BK
509.00
609.00
732.00
1325.00
Storage and transport tanks

For permanent installation and on- and off-site transport.
As storage tanks but also approved for on-site and off-site
transport on road and rail according to ADR.
Low overall height gives it a low centre of gravity, makes it very
stable and also improves handling and transport characteristics.
Transport in closed vehicle (e.g. under a tarp).
Please note
Mandatory inspection by approved specialist required
every 2.5 years for transport approval.
Transport approval for plastic tanks is valid for 5 years.
Afterwards, the tank may only be used as a storage container.
400, 750 and 1000 litre tanks are below the threshold for hazardous
goods. The 1500 litre tank is subject to hazardous goods transport
regulations.
Capacity
Fixed base pallet,

forklift access from all 4 sides
for particularly easy transport.
400
750
1000
1500
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
730 x 700
1170
960 x 770
1460
1260 x 800
1460
1630 x 770
1870
Weight approx.
kg
No.
g
55
82
100
165
977 865-BK
977 866-BK
977 867-BK
977 868-BK
622.00
710.00
964.00
1460.00
No.
Accessories
Model
GRP filling tray
977 869-BK
g
216.00
Suction tube with tank coupling for tanks up to 1000 litres
977 871-BK
129.60
Suction tube with tank coupling for tanks up to 1500 litres
605 324-BK
135.20
Overflow protection consisting of:

level indicator (probe) with reduction piece R1" x 3/4",
level limiting mechanism (warning device) with signal lamp and buzzer
977 872-BK
730.00
Flow meter, electronic for uncalibrated applications, suitable for F
730 786-BK
252.00
E
F
Siren for overflow protection, additionally required for longer distance

between vehicle and tank
977 873-BK
94.50
Electric drum pump 230 V, pump rate 40 l/min., automatic pump pistol.
Only suitable for diesel and heating oil!
293 334-BK
439.00
Manual piston pump for storage tanks, suction tube/hose length 1640 mm,
pump rate 0.25 l/min. Only suitable for diesel and oils!
611 671-BK
87.90
Hose for manual piston pump G, electrically conductive, length 1.5 m
598 909-BK
28.05
A
B
B
E
119015
G+H
BLUE =
119015
litres
Storage tanks Hazardous goods storage
PE hazardous goods storage

depots
For indoor and outdoor storage of corrosive
and water hazardous liquids
Weatherproof construction made of highly

resistantpolyethylene
Delivered completely assembled
With roller shutter
2
Model
Smooth running, space saving plastic

roller shutter
Lockable
Integrated base sump tray withgrate
1 2 For small containers

Supplied with one shelf made of resistant
polypropylene (PP), max.load 40 kg
(distributed load).
Max. 2 shelves per depot.
Height x width x depth external mm

internal mm
Sump capacity
1350 x 950 x 760

1140 x 780 x 650
1350 x 950 x 760

1140 x 780 x 650
litres
25
25
Blue
No.
g
941 132-BK
941 134-BK
802.00
854.00
Grey
No.
g
941 133-BK
941 135-BK
802.00
854.00
No.
g
941 136-BK
941 136-BK
81.40
81.40
Accessories
Additional shelf
1 Small container depots, free standing

2 Small container depots, wall mounted
As 1 but supplied with wall

mounting kit.
3 For drums and small

containers
Drums can be stored directly on Euro

pallets
Integrated sump tray with zinc plated
or PE grate
Can be accessed with forklift to
transport when empty
Suitable for the storage of small containers

and horizontal 60 litre drums with mesh
grid shelves (up to 2).
All depots on this page
3
Model

Interior clearance height
Sump capacity
mm
mm
litres
1670 x 1560 x 1030

1250
225
No.
g
754 780-BK
With PE grate
No.
g
754 782-BK
Zinc plated mesh grid shelf
No.
g
754 783-BK
PE mesh grid shelf
No.
g
754 784-BK
1315.00
1445.00
Accessories
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
With doors
63.90
88.30
For IBCs / CTCs, drums and small containers

Particularly robust and durable, as they are moulded in asingle piece.
Base with clearance for forks easy to load with pallet truck or forklift.
Doors can be locked with cylinder lock.
Integrated sump tray with zinc plated or PE grate.
Model
Capacity
1000 litre IBC / CTC

200 litre drums (horizontal / standing)
2/
1
4/2
Sump capacity
litres
mm
300
1900 x 1500 x 1040
1000
2160 x 1500 x 1480
No.
g
611 643-BK
523 520-BK
1665.00
2675.00
No.
g
611 644-BK
523 521-BK
1780.00
2785.00
No.
g / set
611 645-BK
With PE grate
125068
Accessories
Shelving kit
YELLOW =
Ex stock
262.00
4
With shelving kit (accessory)
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125068
Shelving kit for storing small containers as an accessory for 4.

Two adjustable mesh grid shelves, max. load 200kg each.
403
9
Drum and
small container depots
For regulation compliant, indoor and
outdoor storage of 200 litre drums and
small containers
For the storage of flammable liquids inoutdoor

areas, as well as for water hazardous liquids in
indoor and outdoor areas
Drums can be moved with pump or funnel in
place
Self-ventilating through holes in the doors
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Housing zinc plated, with security lock.

Painted 220 litre sump tray, gentian blue RAL 5010,
with zinc plated grate.
Model
Accessories
external mm
internal mm
Weight approx.
Shelf for storage of small containers.

Max. 1 or 2 shelves per depot.
1-door
2-door
1880 x 940 x 740

1440 x 830 x 660
1720 x 1770 x 740

1440 x 1660 x 660
kg
No.
g
120
200
752 377-BK
752 376-BK
866.00
1170.00
752 378-BK
752 378-BK
90.30
90.30
Accessories
Shelf
No.
g
3
Shown with drum stand C
Hazardous goods storage

depots
Model
With general certification from the DIBt (German

Institute for Construction Technology)
For 200 litre drums, standing

Sump capacity
Zinc plated
1 For indoor and outdoor storage
1 + 2 zinc plated and painted

3 painted
of flammable liquids
For the storage of two or four 200 litre drums and small
containers. Approved for flammable and water hazardous
liquids.
Zinc plated sheet steel or additionally painted in yellow
orange RAL2000. Sump tray with zinc plated grate. Roof
with gas struts for easy operation.
Two hinged doors with cylinder lock. Forklift pockets.
2
210
1437 x 1015 x 1614
4
220
1437 x 1500 x 1557
2
210
1437 x 1015 x 1514
4
220
1437 x 1500 x 1457
2
220
1455 x 830 x 1450
No.
g
977 791-BK
977 793-BK
977 795-BK
977 797-BK
216 496-BK
1640.00
2075.00
1830.00
2220.00
1700.00
No.
g
977 792-BK
977 794-BK
977 796-BK
977 798-BK
193 976-BK
1925.00
2315.00
2110.00
2485.00
1395.00
l
mm
B
C
2 With folding aluminium door

Aluminium door as loading ramp for easy drum handling.
Without forklift pockets.
For the storage of two 200 litre drums or six 60 litre drums
and small containers.
Approved for flammable liquids with flash point >55 C
(diesel, heating oil etc.).
Weather resistant, light GRP hood, red RAL3000. Sheet
steel housing painted on both sides, orange RAL2000, or
zinc plated.
Accessories
for 1 3
All parts are completely
hot dip galvanised.
self-assembly.
Model
small container shelf unit
combination shelf unit
drum stand
Fittings
2 shelves
1 shelf,
1 support for 60 l drum
drum support for

3 x 60 l drums
Length x width mm
Height
mm
608 x 698
900
608 x 698
900
1155 x 545
455
193 992-BK
909 594-BK
741 249-BK
139.50
139.50
159.30
Illustration
No.
g
BLUE =
124649
124649
3 For outdoor storage

For the storage of flammable liquids in
GHS categories 1 3 in outdoor areas,
as well as water hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4 in indoor and
outdoor areas
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
With general certifications from the DIBt

(German Institute for Construction Technology)
For drums, small containers and 1000 litre
IBCs
Hot dip galvanised sump tray with grate
Fork guides for transport with forklift
Lockable
Drums (with non-flammable contents) can be
stored together with filling pump, funnel, etc.
Model closed on all sides, made of zinc plated,

profiled sheet steel.
Natural ventilation is provided by means of the design.
Fork guides, clearance height 100 mm.
Single hinged door with handle, lockable with security
cylinder lock.
High quality zinc plating or with additional exterior
paintwork in two RAL colours.
1 For 200 litre drums

With folding hood
Two gas struts for easy opening and closing.
2 For 1000 litre IBCs

Hood does not fold up.
from g
Shown with accessory 1 x A
1495.00
Accessories
Exterior paintwork in other RAL

colours on request.
All parts with high quality zinc plating.

Model
Description
No.
g
drum and small

container shelf
unit
for one 60 l drum
with
1 drum support,
1 tray shelf
small container
shelf unit
with
2 tray shelves
drum shelf unit

for 2 x 60 l drums
with
2 drum supports
909 594-BK
193 992-BK
754 898-BK
139.50
139.50
139.50
Drum stands for 60 litre drums

Model
for 1 drum
for 2 drums
for 3 drums
741 246-BK
741 247-BK
741 249-BK
123.00
157.20
159.30
741 252-BK
741 252-BK
741 252-BK
113.70
113.70
113.70
No.
g
Accessories
Roller supports
Model
Capacity
Sump capacity
litres
254
243
1000
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1710
1525 x 1250
1699
1525 x 1550
2400
1525 x 1550
Zinc plated
No.
g
604 702-BK
604 706-BK
604 709-BK
1495.00
1845.00
2270.00
flame red RAL 3000

light blue RAL 5012
g
604 703-BK
604 705-BK
604 707-BK
604 708-BK
604 710-BK
604 711-BK
1740.00
2105.00
2635.00
Painted
112409
1
200 litre drums
1000 litre IBCs
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g / pair
Drum stands for 200 litre drums

Model
Description
No.
g
for 1 drum
for 2 drums
741 250-BK
741 251-BK
144.00
166.80
741 253-BK
741 253-BK
113.70
113.70
Accessories
Roller supports
Roller supports
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g / pair
KAISER + KRAFT
112409
Model
405
9
All containers on this double page
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin

containers
For regulation compliant, versatile and
mobile outdoor storage of water polluting
and flammable media
Model A with additional exterior paintwork, sky blue RAL 5015
Insulated hazardous
goods container and
hazardous goods fire
protection containers
please ask for details.

1 3 as well as water hazardous liquids in
GHS categories 1 4
Robust, zinc plated steel construction
Can be moved at any time when empty
crane eyelets, forklift access
With double doors as standard
Hot dip galvanised sump tray with grate,
max. load 1000 kg/m2 with evenly distributed load
Can be used as small container storage in conjunction
with shelving (accessory)
Zinc plated, particularly sturdy, profiled wall sections and

roof made of sheet steel.
Reinforced roof and floor frame profiles, all round
drainage rails (except for doors).
Weather protected ventilation openings in the doors and
rear wall.
Additional exterior paintwork in sky blue RAL 5015 at extra
cost other colours on request.
Max. snow load
1 3 200 kg/m2, 4 7 150 kg/m2.
DIN EN 1055 compliant.
Double doors
With security lock.
See table for size and position.
Alternative door positions on request.
The unloading point must be accessible for a HGV trailer.

A crane or forklift must be available on site for unloading.
If not available, please ask for crane / forklift unloading
when ordering.
No. 605 323-BK
Crane eyelet
Model B with zinc plated ramp
Explosion protected forced ventilation Zinc plated ramp
Mesh shelving units
BLUE =
122449
122449
g 114.40
Hazardous goods storage containers
A For the storage of water

hazardous media in
GHS categories 1 4
B For the passive storage of

flammable substances in
GHS categories 1 3
For storing tightly sealed containers.
Not approved for opening, filling or emptying
containers in storage.
Permanent natural ventilation through all round
ventilation openings.
C For the active storage of

flammable substances in
GHS categories 1 3
For storing opened containers.
Approved for opening, filling or emptying
containers in storage.
With explosion protected forced ventilation
to comply with regulatory 5-fold air exchange
requirement.
Fan wired to exterior mounted switch box, 230 V.
6
Model A zinc plated

Exterior paintwork in sky blue RAL 5015
Skylight, single walled
brings daylight into the container
only approved for container model A
Anti-condensation coating on the ceiling
significantly reduces formation of water drops
cannot be used in conjunction with skylight
only approved for container model A
3
Model C with additional exterior paintwork
in sky blue RAL 5015
Model
Width x depth
external mm
internal mm
2075 x 1075
1980 x 980
3075 x 2075
2980 x 1980
5075 x 2075
4980 x 1980
4075 x 2875
3980 x 2780
6075 x 2875
5980 x 2780
5075 x 4200
4980 x 4080
5075 x 6300
4980 x 6180
Sump volume
litres
310
1200
1300
2 x 1000
2 x 1500
2 x 1200
3 x 1200
Double doors
position
width x height mm
long side
1950 x 1900
long side
1750 x 1900
long side
1950 x 1900
long side
1950 x 1900
long side
1950 x 1900
long side
1950 x 1900
short side
1950 x 1900
fully assembled
fully assembled
fully assembled
flat pack,
easy self-assembly
flat pack,
easy self-assembly
pre-assembled individual
segments,
final assembly completed
by customer
pre-assembled individual
segments,
final assembly completed
by customer
Delivery
A
B
C
Height
Height
Height
external / internal mm
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2585 / 1900
2585 / 1900
zinc plated
g
605 270-BK
605 277-BK
605 284-BK
605 290-BK
605 296-BK
605 304-BK
605 311-BK
2230.00
3770.00
5755.00
6230.00
9195.00
10680.00
15960.00
2565 / 2150
2565 / 2150
2565 / 2150
2565 / 2150
2565 / 2150
2770 / 2080
2770 / 2080
zinc plated
g
605 273-BK
605 279-BK
605 286-BK
605 292-BK
605 299-BK
605 306-BK
605 313-BK
2425.00
4350.00
6255.00
6910.00
9805.00
11450.00
16600.00
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2375 / 1970
2585 / 1900
2585 / 1900
zinc plated
g
605 275-BK
605 282-BK
605 288-BK
605 294-BK
605 302-BK
605 308-BK
605 315-BK
3895.00
5575.00
7750.00
8280.00
11030.00
12790.00
17940.00
No.
extra cost g
605 272-BK
605 278-BK
605 285-BK
605 291-BK
605 297-BK
605 305-BK
605 312-BK
233.00
345.00
496.50
466.00
657.00
944.00
1300.00
mm
2000 x 1000
2000 x 1000
2800 x 1000
2800 x 1000
4000 x 1000
6000 x 1000
No.
extra cost g
941 022-BK
941 022-BK
941 023-BK
941 023-BK
941 024-BK
941 025-BK
151.80
151.80
240.50
240.50
301.50
480.50
No.
extra cost g
941 027-BK
941 028-BK
941 029-BK
941 030-BK
941 031-BK
941 032-BK
941 033-BK
145.10
223.50
431.00
435.50
639.00
843.00
1255.00
Exterior paintwork
sky blue RAL5015
Skylight single walled
length x width
Anti-condensation coating
on the ceiling
Accessories
Model
For individual expansion.
Mesh shelving set

3 storage levels, mounted on container wall, zinc plated
No.
105247
Ramp, zinc plated

Interior lighting, factory installed, on/off switch on outside,
wired to exterior mounted switch box, 230 V
YELLOW =
Ex stock
width x depth 800 x 500 mm

not explosion protected (for model A only)
explosion protected
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

605 317-BK
605 318-BK
605 319-BK
605 322-BK
605 321-BK
605 320-BK
g
306.00
432.50
669.00
364.00
617.00
838.00
KAISER + KRAFT
105247
Options
407
A For the frost-free storage of

water hazardous media in GHS
categories1 4
With convection heater (not explosion
protected), factory fitted, wired to exterior
mounted switch box, 230V.
B For frost-free, active or

passive storage of flammable
media in GHS categories 1 3
For storing opened containers.
Approved for opening, filling and emptying
of containers in storage.
With electric heater (T3 explosion
protection), factory fitted and explosion
protected forced ventilation to comply with
regulatory 5-fold air exchange requirement. Wired to exterior mounted switch
box, 230V.
NEW
Model B with optional insulated sump tray and ramp

(accessories)
Insulated hazardous goods storage

containers
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin

Insulated sump tray. Exterior paintwork in
sky blue RAL5015.
For frost-free, regulation compliant, versatile and mobile outdoor

storage of temperature sensitive hazardous goods
Thermally insulated containers protect

valuable media against the effects of
frost and low temperatures
Approved for water hazardous liquids
in GHS categories 1 4 as well as
flammable liquids in GHS categories
13
The inside of all walls, doors and the
roof are insulated with 60 mm thick,
non-flammable insulation material
Model
Heater type (notexplosionprotected or

explosion protected electric heaters)
varies by model
Optionally with insulated sump tray to
conserve heater power and reduce
heating costs
Detailed product description,

versions and technical data,
as well as hazardous goods storage
containers onpage 406.
Please enquire about additional
models such as containers with
air conditioning and fire protection
containers.
Max. snow load

1 3 200 kg/m, 4 5 150 kg/m.
EN 1055 compliant.
2075 x 1075
1840 x 910
3075 x 2075
2840 x 1840
5075 x 2075
4840 x 1840
5075 x 4200
4840 x 3940
Convection heater
(not explosion protected)
5
Electric heater (T3 explosion protection)
Width x depth
Sump capacity
external mm
internal mm
5075 x 6300
4840 x 6040
litres
310
1200
1300
2 x 1200
3 x 1200
position
width x height mm
long side
1950 x 1900
long side
1750 x 1900
long side
1950 x 1900
long side
1950 x 1900
short side
1950 x 1900
Delivery
assembled
assembled
assembled
2 parts pre-assembled,
final assembly required
3 parts pre-assembled,
final assembly required
height external / internal mm

heater power
With convection
heater
No.
not explosion protected
g
2375 / 1910
2 kW
2375 / 1910
2 kW
2375 / 1910
2 kW
2585 / 1910
3 kW
2585 / 1910
5 kW
523 495-BK
523 497-BK
523 498-BK
523 499-BK
523 501-BK
6265.00
8625.00
11210.00
17030.00
24190.00
2375 / 1910
2 kW
2375 / 1910
2 kW
2375 / 1910
3 kW
2585 / 1910
2 x 2 kW
2585 / 1910
2 x 3 kW
523 502-BK
523 503-BK
523 504-BK
523 505-BK
523 506-BK
8625.00
11040.00
14530.00
21840.00
29800.00
No.
extra cost g
523 507-BK
523 508-BK
523 509-BK
523 510-BK
523 511-BK
525.00
895.00
1420.00
2235.00
3355.00
No.
extra cost g
605 272-BK
605 278-BK
605 285-BK
605 305-BK
605 312-BK
233.00
345.00
496.50
944.00
1300.00
Double doors
height external / internal mm

heater power
With electric heater
T3 explosion protection
No.
g
Unloading
The unloading point must be accessible
for an HGV trailer. A crane or forklift is
required for unloading.
If not available, please include
craneunloading with your order.
No. 605 323-BK
g 114.40
Options
Insulated sump tray
Exterior paintwork
sky blue RAL 5015
Zinc plated ramp
Model
Mesh grid shelving kit
3 storage levels, pre-mounted to container, zinc plated
125069
Ramp, zinc plated

Interior lighting, factory installed, on/off switch on outside,
wired to exterior mounted switch box, 230 V
No.
not explosion protected (for model A only)
ex-protected
605 317-BK
605 318-BK
605 319-BK
605 322-BK
605 321-BK
605 320-BK
g
306.00
432.50
669.00
364.00
617.00
838.00
Mesh grid shelving units

BLUE =
125069
Accessories for customised expansion
Hazardous goods storage containers
Hazardous goods shelf

containers
For regulation compliant outdoor
storage of large quantities of drums
and IBC/CTC containers with
flammable and environmentally
hazardous liquids
Please ask for details of

hazardous goods fire
protection containers.
Container for 32 x 200 litre drums
Storage of flammable liquids in GHS categories 1 3 as well as water hazardous liquids

in GHS categories 1 4 in outdoor areas
Drums can be stored directly in the
container or on pallets; IBCs can be stored
directly
Space saving storage on two storage levels
minimises per unit storage cost
Sturdy, steel frame construction with
integrated sump tray and natural ventilation
(self-ventilating)
Lockable hinged or sliding door
Prepared for floor anchoring, base height
100 mm
Push-through stops and splash protection
on each storage level
Single sided access
Includes potential equalisation to prevent
electrostatic discharge
Roof, rear wall and side walls made of zinc

plated sheet steel, painted red.
Tray wall thickness 5 mm, impermeability tested
with factory test certificate. Crane eyelets for
unloading and transport.
Hot dip galvanised, removable grates on both
storage levels.
Max. grate load 10 kN/m2.
Please enquire about other colours,
accessories, alternative models, individual
project planning etc.
Capacity
200 litre drums

1000 litre IBCs/CTCs
16
32
12
litres
320
double doors
640
sliding door
1000
double doors
1000
double doors
1000
sliding door
1200
sliding door
Internal dims.
height mm
width x depth mm
2 x 1250
2700 x 1250
2 x 1250
2 x 2650 x 1250
2 x 1400
2700 x 1250
2 x 1400
3300 x 1250
2 x 1400
2 x 2650 x 1250
2 x 1400
2 x 3250 x 1250
External dims.
height mm
width x depth mm
3070
2910 x 1500
3070
5700 x 1550
3540
2900 x 1550
3500
3600 x 1550
3400
5700 x 1550
3400
7000 x 1550
red RAL 3000

blue RAL 5012
grey white RAL 9002
g
607 353-BK
607 536-BK
607 537-BK
607 538-BK
607 539-BK
607 540-BK
523 411-BK
523 412-BK
523 413-BK
523 414-BK
523 415-BK
523 416-BK
523 417-BK
523 418-BK
523 419-BK
523 420-BK
523 421-BK
523 422-BK
7830.00
10970.00
8695.00
10620.00
13260.00
16630.00
Sump capacity
Door type
122450
Paintwork
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Container for 4 x 1000 litre IBCs/CTCs
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
122450
Container for 12 x 1000 litre IBCs/CTCs
KAISER + KRAFT
409
9
Liquid gas cylinder
cupboards
Secure storage of propane gas
cylinders etc. in outdoor areas
2
Model
Doors
4 x 33 kg
or 10 x 11 kg
or 18 x 5 kg
9 x 33 kg
or 20 x 11 kg
or 36 x 5 kg
1500 x 840 x 690
1500 x 1680 x 690
761 203-BK
761 204-BK
425.00
839.00
Spaces for cylinders
425.00
External dims.
H x W x D mm
No.
g
No. 761 203-BK
Protection from the effects of weather,

theft and unauthorised access
Made entirely of hot dip galvanised
sheet steel for excellent corrosion
protection
For outdoor use
Lockable door with perforations for
natural ventilation
Made of hot dip galvanised, fine sheet

steel. Solid back wall and side panels,
floor grate, one intermediate grate and a
handle cylinder lock.
Warning labels included.
Cylinders and fittings are not included.
Compressed gas
cylinder cupboards
Protected storage and
distribution from compressed
gas cylinders
For outdoor use

Ventilation in accordance with TRG280
Stainless steel base
Sealable outlets in the roof
Completely zinc plated and additionally

powder coated. Stainless steel cupboard
base toprotect against mechanical
damage. Adjustable feet for levelling on
uneven surfaces.
Forward sloping roof prevents water from
draining down the back and discolouring
walls.
Robust 3-point locking with lockable swivel
lever.
Effective ventilation through openings in
the door and rear wall, compliant with
TRG280.
Up to 16 outlets in the roof, can be sealed
with plastic plugs.
Window as an accessory
Accessories
112223
Window
4 mm acrylic glass.
One window per door.
Shelf
Made of powder coated
sheet steel.
Traverses full cupboard
width, height adjustable.
Cylinder holder
Side mounted,
height adjustable.
Dependant on local fire hazards, indoor assembly is

also possible.
Compressed gas cylinder cupboards replace the
protected areas required around compressed gas
cylinders as specified in TRG 280.
Cylinders and fittings are

not included.
Model
1
2
8
2150 x 700 x 470
2
3
12
2150 x 1000 x 470
2
5
16
2150 x 1350 x 470
502 524-BK
502 525-BK
502 526-BK
1315.00
1660.00
1835.00
No.
g
502 528-BK
502 530-BK
502 531-BK
173.60
344.00
344.00
Shelf
No.
g
761 208-BK
502 527-BK
761 209-BK
43.05
44.35
51.40
Cylinder holder
No.
g
761 210-BK
761 210-BK
761 210-BK
77.20
77.20
77.20
Doors
Cylinder capacity
Outlets in the roof
External dims. incl. roof overhang
50 litre cylinders
H x W x D mm
No.
g
Accessories
Window
Cylinder holder
Shelf
BLUE =
112223
Interior fittings
Two C-rails to support the fittings.
Full length cylinder holder with fastening
straps (depending on cylinder capacity)
and fixed strap retractor.
Gas cylinder cupboards Gas cylinder containers
Mesh gas cylinder cages

For regulation compliant outdoor storage
ofgas cylindersin accordance with TRG 280
Sturdy, hot dip galvanised steel frame construction.
Rear panel, side panels and hinged doors made of hot dip
galvanised wire mesh. Lockable with profile cylinder.
As standard without mesh grate floor.
Prepared for anchoring to floor.
Optionally without roof or with roof made of painted
trapezoidal sheet metal, snow load approx. 75kg/m.
With single hinged door, width x height 1000 x 2000 mm,
or double hinged doors, ideal for handling with gas cylinder
pallets.
cylinders with of 220 mm
Capacity
Accessories
Without roof
Height 2060 mm
Mesh grate floor

Can be driven on, zinc plated.
Gas cylinder shelf unit
For space saving cylinder storage.
Max. 2 units can be stacked.
No. 909 357-BK
With roof
Height 2180 mm
32
48
60
78
104
mm
2100 x 1085
2100 x 1500
2400 x 1500
3100 x 1500
3100 x 2100
single door
No.
g
909 358-BK
909 359-BK
909 361-BK
909 362-BK
909 363-BK
1330.00
1520.00
1695.00
1775.00
2065.00
double doors
No.
g
111 645-BK
111 647-BK
111 649-BK
111 652-BK
111 654-BK
1525.00
1595.00
1755.00
1865.00
2130.00
width x depth
mm
1085 x 1085
2100 x 1085
2100 x 1500
2400 x 1500
3100 x 1500
3100 x 2100
single door
No.
g
983 709-BK
909 364-BK
909 365-BK
909 366-BK
909 367-BK
909 368-BK
1485.00
1610.00
1715.00
1930.00
2065.00
2395.00
No.
g
111 646-BK
111 648-BK
111 650-BK
111 653-BK
111 655-BK
1685.00
1755.00
1975.00
2130.00
2470.00
No.
g
983 711-BK
983 714-BK
983 716-BK
983 718-BK
983 720-BK
983 723-BK
212.50
387.00
532.00
725.00
890.00
1085.00
double doors
Gas cylinder holder

With safety chain, for standing storage.
16
width x depth
g / piece 226.50
No. 983 724-BK
With roof and

double doors
Please enquire about steel

cylinder pallets
Pallet truck accessible

mesh grid floor as an
accessory
Accessories
Mesh grate floor
g / piece 52.50
NEW
Gas cylinder containers

For regulation compliant outdoor storage ofgas
cylindersinaccordancewith TRG 280
Particularly robust construction made of zinc plated steel

Holding bar and restraint strap prevent the gas cylinders
from falling over
Crane eyelets and forklift pockets for relocation
Steel doors with cylinder lock
High level of operational safety TV/GS tested
Roof load 210 kg/m (safe for snow load)
Containers without floor prepared

forfloor anchoring.
Floor structure with zinc plated mesh
grid support surface.
Exterior paintwork available in all
standard RAL colours.
Ramp as an accessory
Made of non-slip double aluminium
sheeting, 870 x 1465 mm.
Model
Storage capacity
qty. of cylinders ( 220 mm)
50
32
65
102
134
external mm
internal mm
1500 x 1500
1375 x 1375
2100 x 1100
1975 x 975
2100 x 2100
1975 x 1975
2100 x 3100
1975 x 2975
2100 x 4100
1975 x 3975
external mm
internal without / with floor mm
2100
1985 / 1930
2100
1985 / 1930
2100
1985 / 1930
2100
1985 / 1930
2100
1985 / 1930
quantity
width x height mm
1x1
1305 x 1890
1x2
1950 x 1890
1x2
1950 x 1890
2x1
1305 x 1890
2x2
1750 x 1890
Without floor
No.
g
605 181-BK
605 183-BK
111 656-BK
605 184-BK
605 185-BK
1680.00
2035.00
2250.00
2785.00
3895.00
With floor
No.
g
605 186-BK
605 187-BK
111 657-BK
605 188-BK
605 189-BK
2010.00
2570.00
2745.00
3590.00
4675.00
No.
extra cost g
605 191-BK
605 192-BK
111 658-BK
605 193-BK
605 194-BK
334.00
334.00
522.00
535.00
657.00
mm
870 x 1465
870 x 1465
870 x 1465
870 x 1465
870 x 1465
No.
g
605 226-BK
605 226-BK
605 226-BK
605 226-BK
605 226-BK
478.00
478.00
478.00
478.00
478.00
Width x depth
Height
Doors
Door dims.
With floor structure
Shown with exterior paintwork and ramp (accessories)
124748
Ramp
width x depth
YELLOW =
Ex stock
The unloading point must

be accessible for an HGV
trailer.
A crane or forklift is
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

If not available, please include

crane unloading with your order.
No. 605 269-BK
g 140.90
KAISER + KRAFT
124748
Exterior paintwork
411
9
Environmental
cupboards
For regulation compliant storage

of water hazardous liquids in
small containers
Seamlessly welded tray shelves

Base sump trays made of 3 mm sheet
steel, seamlessly welded in accordance
with StawaR
Perforations in the doors for natural
ventilation
Ventilation outlet for connection to an
on-site exhaust system or ventilation kit,
NW 75 (except on 1)
Lockable with cylinder lock
Concealed lock linkage
Robust, reinforced sheet steel construction.

Powder coated, body in light grey RAL7035,
doors in light blue RAL 5012.
Individually removable trays and shelves,
height adjustable in increments of 25 mm
(except on 4).
from g
329.00
Max. load per tray / shelf (distributed load)

For 1 3 and 5 65 kg, for 4 100 kg.
Sump capacity
20 litres per tray shelf.
30 litres per base sump tray, 39 litres for
1200mm wide chemical storage cupboard.
1 Side cabinets
For space saving storage directly at the
workstation.
1 tray shelf, zinc plated, height adjustable
1 base sump tray, zinc plated
Two widths, with one or two hinged doors.
2 Full height side cupboards

3 tray shelves, zinc plated,
height adjustable
1 base sump tray, zinc plated
3 Chemical and poison storage

cupboards
For liquids, chemicals, poisons etc. which are
to be kept under lock and key.
4 shelves, painted, height adjustable
1 base sump tray, painted
Door opening angle 135.
4 Cupboards with compartments

For even more order and clarity.
8 separate storage compartments
(not adjustable). Each with removable,
zinc plated tray shelf.
Practical labelling strips. Centre partition.
5
4
Model
Storage levels
Width
Height x depth
2
mm
mm
No.
g
500
1000 x 500
950
1000 x 500
500
1950 x 500
950
1950 x 500
1200
1950 x 500
1000
1950 x 530
2000
1950 x 500
710 287-BK
710 289-BK
710 980-BK
710 983-BK
710 984-BK
710 981-BK
710 982-BK
329.00
438.50
439.00
538.00
593.00
989.00
1370.00
5 XL sliding door cupboards

Space saving no awkward hinged doors.
6 tray shelves, zinc plated,
height adjustable
2 base sump trays, zinc plated
2 sliding doors, centre partition.
Tray shelf / shelf

additional
No.
g
710 988-BK
523 485-BK
710 988-BK
715 335-BK
715 337-BK
43.75
40.60
22.45
28.05
716 118-BK
40.60
Perforated metal cover

for tray shelf / base sump
No.
g
710 990-BK
523 487-BK
710 990-BK
523 487-BK
523 489-BK
710 990-BK
716 246-BK
53.00
54.90
53.00
54.90
65.90
53.00
54.90
No.
g / pack
710 985-BK
710 985-BK
710 985-BK
711 019-BK
711 019-BK
710 987-BK
64.90
64.90
64.90
67.10
67.10
Tray / shelf dividers

Pack of 4
42.85
Illustrations shown with accessories

please order separately.
124963
124963
Accessories
65.50
BLUE =
Environmental cupboards
6 With solid panel doors

3 tray shelves, zinc plated, height adjustable
1 base sump tray, zinc plated, seamlessly welded
7 With vision panel doors

Hinged doors with large, impact resistant acrylic
glass windows.
Contents always visible for quick access.
3 tray shelves, zinc plated, height adjustable
1 base sump tray, zinc plated, seamlessly welded
8 With pull-out tray shelves

For quick and convenient access to the containers
stored inside.
3 drawers with zinc plated tray shelves,
sump capacity 20 litres per shelf
1 drawer with seamlessly welded base sump tray
Max. load per drawer 60 kg (distributed load).
Drawers with pull-out stops only one drawer can
be opened at a time. Drawers are not height
adjustable.
9 With drawers for canisters

For regulation compliant storage and filling of
standard canisters (not included).
1 drawer with base sump tray (for collecting drops
when filling etc.)
2 drawers for tall canisters (height approx.
410 mm) with8 holders for canisters, 20 30 litres
1 drawer for short canisters (height approx.
300 mm) with5 holders for canisters, 5 10litres
1 drawer with tray shelf and perforated metal
cover
Max. load per drawer 60 kg (distributed load).
Drawers with pull-out stops only one drawer can
be opened at a time. Drawers are not height
adjustable.
Canister holders can be positioned as required in
the drawers.
Supplied without canisters.
6
from g
509.00
Tray shelves
Zinc plated, removable, height adjustable in 25 mm
increments.
Max. load 65 kg per shelf (distributed load).
Sump capacity
20 litres per tray shelf.
Base sump tray
Cupboard width 950mm: 30 litres
Cupboard width 1200 mm: 39 litres
9
Perforated metal covers
For tray shelves and base sump trays.
Suitable canisters can be found on page 325.
Model
Storage levels
Width
Height x depth
mm
mm
No.
g
9
5
950
1950 x 500
1200
1950 x 500
950
1950 x 500
1200
1950 x 500
950
1950 x 500
1200
1950 x 500
950
1950 x 550
523 483-BK
523 484-BK
523 492-BK
523 493-BK
523 490-BK
523 491-BK
523 494-BK
509.00
571.00
681.00
802.00
791.00
857.00
1020.00
For orderly storage in cupboards.

Simply place on trays or shelves.
Sheet steel, powder coated grey RAL 7035.
Pack of 4.
Tray shelf
additional
No.
g
523 485-BK
523 486-BK
523 485-BK
523 486-BK
43.75
54.90
43.75
54.90

for tray shelves
No.
g
523 487-BK
523 489-BK
523 487-BK
523 489-BK
715 338-BK
715 706-BK
523 487-BK
54.90
65.90
54.90
65.90
54.90
65.90
54.90
No.
g / pack
710 985-BK
710 985-BK
710 985-BK
710 985-BK
710 986-BK
710 986-BK
64.90
64.90
64.90
64.90
65.50
65.50
124964

Pack of 4
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124964
Accessories
413
9
NEW
Chemical storage
cupboards
water hazardous, non-flammable
liquids and poisonous substances in
laboratories
With solid panel or vision panel doors

Durable textured powder coating
Ventilation grid near the base for optimum
natural ventilation
Prepared for connection to a forced
ventilation unit
Made of quality sheet steel with textured

powder coating. Adjusting device for levelling
on uneven surfaces.
Body in charcoal RAL 7016. Doors in three colours.
Four additional door colours available at no extracost:

Internal dims.
Type of doors
Door colour
mm
1950 x 1055 x 520
1835 x 996 x 493

solid panel
windows

light grey RAL 7035
111 659-BK
111 661-BK
111 662-BK
111 663-BK
111 664-BK
111 665-BK
743.00
919.00
Golden yellow RAL 1004
Aluminium, similar RAL 9006
Pure white RAL 9010
Type of doors
Solid panel doors made of sheet steel or with
impact resistant, acrylic glass vision panels.
Interior fittings
3 shelves, zinc plated (max. load 100 kg),
height adjustable in increments of 25 mm. Base
sump tray, zinc plated, sump capacity 33 litres.
Accessories
Additional shelf
zinc plated
No.
g
111 666-BK
Perforated metal cover for base sump tray

zinc plated
No.
g
111 667-BK
21.85
Please enquire about additional fittings such

as drawers, folding doors, StawaR type base
sumps, ventilation kits etc.
43.90
Environmental
cupboards
water polluting substances in small
containers
Quality product made in Germany, powder
coated sheet steel with security lock.
Storage shelves made of zinc plated 20 litre
sump trays, height adjustable in 25 mm
increments.
Max. load 50 kg (with evenly distributed load).
Base sump tray with leakproof welds in
accordance with StawaR, with manufacturer's
declaration of conformity.
1 + 2 Without safety box

Body blue RAL 5010, doors grey RAL 7035.
3 With fire resistant safety box

(type 30)
2
1
Model
Storage levels
Weight
mm
kg
No.
g
3
1400 x 950 x 500
50
4
1950 x 950 x 500
60
3
1950 x 950 x 500
120
752 373-BK
752 372-BK
977 915-BK
567.00
582.00
1350.00
Fitted with additional safety box for regulation

compliant storage of small amounts of
flammable liquids spray cans, paint etc.
Safety box according to TRbF 20 (appendix L),
permanently integrated, type approved (type 30
according to DINEN14470-1), GS certified.
2 self-closing hinged doors, 5 litre sump in base
and ventilation connection (NW 75) in the roof of
the cupboard.
Height x width x depth inside 405 x 805 x 405 mm.
Body in gentian blue RAL 5010, doors purple red
RAL 3004. Safety box in light grey RAL 7035.
Additional tray shelf

zinc plated
No.
g
754 804-BK
754 804-BK
754 804-BK
50.10
50.10
50.10
PE tray insert
No.
g
752 374-BK
752 374-BK
752 374-BK
67.10
67.10
67.10
No.
g
977 916-BK
Shelf for safety box

powder coated
56.10
Accessories
Additional zinc plated sump trays.
PE tray insert for placing on existing shelves.
Shelf for the safety box.
BLUE =
125070
125070
Accessories
Chemical storage cupboards Environmental cupboards

All items on
this page
Only applies for

base sump trays
Environmental cupboards
For regulation compliant storage of water
hazardous media in small containers
General Building
Inspection Approval
DIBt, Berlin
Tested to German safety standards (TV/GS)

Cupboards are manufactured in accordance with
DINEN13501-1
Removable, high capacity tray shelves withleakproof
welds
Max. load per tray shelf 100 kg
(evenly distributed load)
Robust cupboard construction, made of welded quality

sheet steel. Textured powder coating, body inlight grey
RAL 7035, doors in three colours.
Zinc plated, seamlessly welded tray shelves, removable
and height adjustable in increments of 33 mm.
Sump capacity
Cupboard / compartment width 500 mm
Tray shelves:10litres
Base sump trays: 20 litres
Cupboard width 1000 mm
Tray shelves: 22 litres
Base sump trays: 45 litres
1 5 With solid panel cupboard doors

Cupboards with solid panel, sheet steel doors.
Metal handles and cylinder lock.
6 a With perforated cupboard doors
1
9
Cupboards with perforated doors for natural ventilation.

Document pouches, rotary handle cylinder lock.
5 + a with centre partition for even more order and a

clear overview.
7 tray shelves, 3 drawers for small parts (not seamlessly
welded), height 100 mm, width 415 mm, ball bearing
mounted, telescopic rails, max. load 35 kg each.
Accessories
Perforated metal covers to place in the tray shelves and
base sump trays.
Base sump trays, seamlessly welded with manufacturers
declaration of conformity in accordance with StawaR.
a
Please ask for details about certification of
approval.
Model
Tray shelves
mm
Doors
light grey RAL 7035
signal yellow RAL 1003
2
900 x 500 x 500
2
900 x 1000 x 500
4
1800 x 500 x 500
4
1800 x 1000 x 500
7
1800 x 1000 x 500
2
900 x 500 x 500
2
900 x 1000 x 500
4
1800 x 500 x 500
4
1800 x 1000 x 500
7
1800 x 1000 x 500
709 661-BK
709 663-BK
709 664-BK
709 665-BK
709 666-BK
709 739-BK
709 742-BK
709 759-BK
709 766-BK
709 877-BK
709 878-BK
709 969-BK
709 970-BK
709 971-BK
709 973-BK
709 974-BK
709 975-BK
709 976-BK
709 977-BK
709 978-BK
709 979-BK
709 981-BK
709 982-BK
709 983-BK
709 984-BK
709 985-BK
709 986-BK
709 987-BK
709 988-BK
709 997-BK
334.00
508.00
519.00
557.00
859.00
378.50
557.00
569.00
624.00
970.00
Tray shelf
(additional)
No.
g
710 084-BK
710 085-BK
710 084-BK
710 085-BK
710 084-BK
710 084-BK
710 085-BK
710 084-BK
710 085-BK
710 084-BK
37.95
43.55
37.95
43.55
37.95
37.95
43.55
37.95
43.55
37.95
No.
g
709 998-BK
710 073-BK
709 998-BK
710 073-BK
710 073-BK
709 998-BK
710 073-BK
709 998-BK
710 073-BK
710 073-BK
24.60
29.05
24.60
29.05
29.05
24.60
29.05
24.60
29.05
29.05
Base sump tray
No.
g
709 659-BK
709 660-BK
709 659-BK
709 660-BK
709 660-BK
709 659-BK
709 660-BK
709 659-BK
709 660-BK
709 660-BK
121.70
155.20
121.70
155.20
155.20
121.70
155.20
121.70
155.20
155.20
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124749
124749
Accessories
415
2
from g
FM safety cupboards
Model

flammable and water hazardous liquids
in GHS categories 1 4 *
Robust, double door cupboards made of welded,

double walled, powder coated sheet steel.
Easy closing, self-locking doors. Three point locking,
can also by locked with a padlock. Reflective labelling.
Adjusting device for levelling on uneven surfaces.
Ventilation openings with flame trap, plug-in earth
connection.
Colour
Interior fittings
Shelves, made of zinc plated sheet steel, height adjustable,
max. load 159 kg. 1 1 shelf. 2 4 2 shelves.
Base sump tray, seamlessly welded.
1 + 2 capacity 20 litres. 3 capacity 31.5 litres.
4 capacity 40.6 litres.
Blue and green cupboards with additional PE tray
forshelves and base sump tray.
Cupboards with manual doors

The simple and cost effective solution. With manually
operated doors. Doors open up to 180 for optimum
access. When the door is manually closed, the three-point
lock is automatically activated.
Cupboards with self-closing doors
Type of doors
869.00
1118 x 1092 x 457
1651 x 1092 x 457
1651 x 864 x 864
1651 x 1092 x 864
manual
Weight
self-closing
manual
self-closing
manual
self-closing
manual
self-closing
kg
100
101
136
137
166
167
218
219
yellow
No.
g
424 744-BK
424 746-BK
424 748-BK
424 751-BK
424 753-BK
424 755-BK
711 041-BK
711 042-BK
869.00
1115.00
1055.00
1225.00
1225.00
1355.00
1755.00
1975.00
blue
No.
g
424 745-BK
424 747-BK
424 750-BK
424 752-BK
424 754-BK
424 756-BK
998.00
1140.00
1150.00
1305.00
1485.00
1610.00
No.
g
607 004-BK
607 006-BK
607 008-BK
607 011-BK
858.00
1115.00
1055.00
1225.00
No.
g
607 005-BK
607 007-BK
607 009-BK
607 012-BK
998.00
1140.00
1150.00
1305.00
No.
g
516 569-BK
516 569-BK
516 569-BK
516 569-BK
516 572-BK
516 572-BK
711 043-BK
711 043-BK
44.60
44.60
44.60
44.60
84.70
84.70
119.90
119.90
Shelf for blue

No.
and green cupboards
g
516 571-BK
516 571-BK
516 571-BK
516 571-BK
516 573-BK
516 573-BK
170.50
170.50
170.50
170.50
231.50
231.50
red
green
Accessories
Shelf for yellow
and red cupboards
All FM cupboards on this page

* These cupboards are not approved for the storage
of flammable media in Germany, Switzerland,
Austria, the Netherlands, Belgium, and Luxembourg.
Please observe all binding regulations and
requirements.
Please contact your responsible authority to
determine approval for use in your country.
The safest solution for employees and rescue personnel

in case of fire. Automatic self-closing doors (door soldering melts at 74 C open doors close automatically).
Door stop system for easy storage and removal.
Document boxes
Made of robust polyethylene
Keep documents on site visible, dry and clean.
For data sheets, regulatory guidelines, pull lists, etc.
Easily mounted using high strength adhesive film
(included) or screws.
Shelf dividers
For orderly storage in cupboards. Simply place on
cupboard shelf. For all 457 mm deep FM cupboards.
Sheet steel, powder coated yellow.
Pack of4.
No. 710 115-BK
g / pack 67.20
Space for labelling
Opening
Lockable
External dims. H x W x D mm
Internal dims. H x W x D mm
No.
g
top
front
318 x 260 x 57
292 x 222 x 41
padlock
400 x 333 x 90
337 x 273 x 57
983 741-BK
983 742-BK
51.30
77.00
BLUE =
124968
124968
Colour coded cupboards

Colour coding for identification of the media stored
inside, for example ...
Yellow cupboards
Flammable and water hazardous media
Blue cupboards
Corrosive media such as acids, alkalis etc.
Red cupboards
Paint, varnish, stains etc.
Green cupboards
Herbicides, pesticides, insecticides etc.
FM safety cupboards
Applicable for all FM cupboards on this

page
*
* These cupboards are not approved for the storage of
flammable media in Germany, Switzerland, Austria, the
Netherlands, Belgium, and Luxembourg.
Small FM safety cupboards

Effective storage directly at the workstation

Quick, direct access to frequently used media
1 Table top cupboards

1 door. 1 adjustable shelf.
Base sump tray capacity 6 litres.
Not FM tested.
2 Small cupboards
1-door. 1 adjustable shelf.
Base sump tray capacity 10 litres.
3 Base cupboards
2-door. 1 adjustable shelf.
Base sump tray capacity 18.5 litres.
4 Wall mounted cupboards

2 doors. 5 adjustable shelves.
Base sump tray capacity 11 litres. Wall mounts in the
rear cupboard panel. Empty weight 93 kg, please make
sure wall is suitable for mounting cupboard.
Model
Blue cupboards with additional PE trays for use as sump

tray on shelves or in base.
2
mm
Type of door
559 x 432 x 432
889 x 591 x 457
889 x 889 x 559
manual
self-closing
manual
self-closing
manual
4
1118 x 1092 x 305
self-closing
manual
Weight
kg
28
29
54
55
86
87
93
Yellow
No.
g
424 758-BK
424 760-BK
424 762-BK
424 764-BK
424 767-BK
424 769-BK
606 997-BK
587.00
634.00
728.00
747.00
976.00
1045.00
992.00
Blue
No.
g
424 759-BK
424 761-BK
424 763-BK
424 766-BK
424 768-BK
424 770-BK
658.00
759.00
904.00
976.00
987.00
1370.00
No.
g
516 574-BK
516 574-BK
516 576-BK
516 576-BK
516 578-BK
516 578-BK
606 998-BK
26.25
26.25
35.20
35.20
63.30
63.30
39.80
No.
g
516 575-BK
516 575-BK
516 577-BK
516 577-BK
516 579-BK
516 579-BK
107.80
107.80
224.50
224.50
136.40
136.40
Accessories
All FM cupboards on this page have the same features

as described on the left hand page.
Shelf for yellow cupboards

Shelf for blue cupboards,
with additional PE tray
FM safety
drum cupboards
For the storage of upright and horizontal

200 litre drums
Including rollers in base or drum truck for easy
handling
1 For 1 x 200 litre drum, standing

1 height adjustable shelf.
Including rollers in base.
2 For 2 x 200 litre drums, standing
1 height adjustable shelf.

Including rollers in base.
Model
125071
mm
1651 x 864 x 864
1651 x 1498 x 864
1270 x 762 x 1219
Ramp for 1 + 2
Type of doors
Made of sheet steel, painted yellow.

Width x depth 711 x 622 mm.
Weight
kg
177
178
300
318
164
165
Yellow
No.
g
710 142-BK
710 166-BK
710 233-BK
710 283-BK
710 284-BK
710 285-BK
1535.00
1560.00
2745.00
2820.00
1810.00
1865.00
No. 710 286-BK
g 351.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
manual
self-closing
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

manual
self-closing
manual
self-closing
KAISER + KRAFT
125071
3 For 1 x 200 litre drum, horizontal

Including steel drum truck for lifting,
storing / removing, dispensing.
With ramp (accessory)
417
9
All cupboards on these two pages
1
1
Fire resistant hazardous goods cupboards, type 90

For the storage of flammable media in laboratories in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1 and TRGS 510 (appendix 3)
Proven protection against fire for

90 minutes, GS tested
As standard with door stop system for
easy storageand removal doors
close automatically in the event of fire
Locking system compatible, lockable
with cylinder profile
Adjusting device for levelling on
uneven flooring
Ventilation connection (NW 75) in the
roof
German quality product.

Powder coated fine sheet steel, fire
insulation, high quality door seals.
Labelling in accordance with
DIN EN 14470-1.
Powder coated in yellow RAL 1004 or
light grey RAL7035.
external mm
internal mm
Model
Weight
Body
Interior fittings
1 Double door cupboards with
Ventilation kit
manual doors
Interior fittings
Shelves, height adjustable in increments of
32 mm, max. load 75 kg (distributed load),
with pull-out stops and anti-tipping device.
Base sump tray.
Stainless steel interior fittings
Shelves and base sump tray made of
stainless steel.
Ideal for storing hazardous substances
which corrode paint, such as acetone and
thinners.
Up to 120-fold air exchange in the

cupboard
ATEX compliant: CE II 3/- G c T4
Ready to use easy assembly
Motor power
Mains voltage
Frequency
Power consumption
Noise level
Connections
35 W
230 V
50 Hz
0.15 A
35 dB(A)
NW 75
No. 752 500-BK
g 607.00
1298 x 600 x 615

1070 x 450 x 520
1298 x 1200 x 615

1070 x 1050 x 520
1968 x 600 x 615

1740 x 450 x 520
1968 x 900 x 615

1740 x 750 x 520
1968 x 1200 x 615

1740 x 1050 x 520
1 door
2 shelves
2 doors
2 shelves
1 door
3 shelves
2 door
3 shelves
2 door
3 shelves
kg
170
270
260
310
420
yellow
grey
yellow
grey
yellow
grey
yellow
grey
yellow
grey
917 424-BK
917 421-BK
917 422-BK
917 418-BK
917 420-BK
917 416-BK
917 417-BK
917 414-BK
917 415-BK
powder coated
No.
g
917 423-BK
2340.00
2340.00
2985.00
2985.00
2340.00
2340.00
2980.00
2980.00
2985.00
2985.00
stainless steel
No.
g
917 434-BK
917 436-BK
917 432-BK
917 433-BK
917 430-BK
917 431-BK
917 428-BK
917 429-BK
917 425-BK
917 426-BK
2420.00
2420.00
3210.00
3210.00
2470.00
2470.00
3210.00
3210.00
3245.00
3245.00
No.
g
516 567-BK
516 567-BK
516 563-BK
516 563-BK
516 567-BK
516 567-BK
516 565-BK
516 565-BK
516 563-BK
516 563-BK
46.35
46.35
55.40
55.40
46.35
46.35
55.40
55.40
55.40
55.40
stainless steel
No.
g
516 568-BK
516 568-BK
516 564-BK
516 564-BK
516 568-BK
516 568-BK
516 566-BK
516 566-BK
516 564-BK
516 564-BK
92.50
92.50
128.40
128.40
92.50
92.50
128.90
128.90
128.40
128.40
powder coated
No.
g
917 483-BK
917 483-BK
917 481-BK
917 481-BK
917 483-BK
917 483-BK
917 438-BK
917 438-BK
917 481-BK
917 481-BK
29.00
29.00
36.90
36.90
29.00
29.00
36.85
36.85
36.90
36.90
stainless steel
No.
g
917 488-BK
917 488-BK
917 485-BK
917 485-BK
917 488-BK
917 488-BK
917 442-BK
917 442-BK
917 485-BK
917 485-BK
56.30
56.30
92.00
92.00
56.30
56.30
92.00
92.00
92.00
92.00

forbase sump tray
122550
Additional shelf
powder coated
BLUE =
122550
Accessories
Fire resistant hazardous goods cupboards, type 90
General product information can be

found on the left hand page.
2 + 3 Cupboards with selfclosing doors which can be

opened with one hand
Open both doors at the same
time with one hand.
Doors close automatically after
60seconds.
Ergonomic doors open with almost

no effort at all
Doors always stay closed
Effective, continuous ventilation in the
cupboard (with forced extraction)
Doors close automatically in the event
of fire
Althoughdoors close automatically, this

process can be interrupted at any time.
Doors can also be closed manually.
2 with two hinged doors.

3 with two space saving folding doors.
For optimum freedom of movement in front
of the cupboard even when the doors
are open.
Interior fittings
With shelves
Shelves are height adjustable in 32 mm
increments. Max. load 75 kg each (evenly
distributed load). Base sump tray.
Powder coated sheet steel.
60 s
With drawers
Optimum utilisation of storage space,
utmost in convenience. Drawers with full
extension, can be stopped in any position.
Self-closing in the event of fire.
Max. load 60 kg per drawer (evenly distributed load). Powder coated sheet steel.
Accessories
For both models with shelves.
Additional shelf
For cupboards with shelves.
No. 917 481-BK

internal mm
g 36.90

For the base sump tray.
No. 516 563-BK
2 PEGASUS double door cupboard

1968 x 1200 x 615
1740 x 1050 x 520

internal mm
Weight
kg
Fittings
shelves
drawers
yellow RAL 1004

grey RAL 7035
502 548-BK
502 549-BK
502 550-BK
502 551-BK
502 552-BK
502 554-BK
2995.00
4105.00
4470.00
Body
g 55.40
3 PHOENIX Vol. 2 folding door cupboard
420
1968 x 1200 x 615

1740 x 1050 x 520
Weight
kg
Fittings
shelves
drawers
yellow RAL 1004

grey RAL 7035
502 555-BK
502 556-BK
502 557-BK
502 558-BK
505 255-BK
502 560-BK
3295.00
4105.00
4615.00
Body
420
122552
Easily ventilate cupboards without

exhaust pipes
Enables flexible placement of
cupboards
No areas at risk of explosion around
the cupboard
Quiet operation only 39 dB (A)
ATEX compliant:
Ex II 3/- G Ex ic nA IIB T4 Gc
Exhaust and filter monitoring with
visual and audible alarm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Forced ventilation of vapours and odours.

Cupboard air is filtered and blown into the
room uncomplicated installation, no
exhaust pipes or wall openings required.
Active protection of personnel reliable
containment of hazardous fumes
(>99.999 % of fumes from solvents).
Sheet steel housing. Painted light grey
RAL 7035, cover in charcoal RAL 7016.
Suitable for the safety cupboards on

pages 418 and 419.
Suitable for the safety cupboards on

page 421.
Supplied with adapter.
Model
No.
g
977 925-BK
502 562-BK
1525.00
1560.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

On-site service with filter change

and disposal on request.
KAISER + KRAFT
122552
Air filtration units for hazardous goods cupboards
419
Lock status indicator
Transport castors (accessory)
Fire resistant industrial hazardous goods

cupboards, type 90
The next generation of cupboards for the storage of flammable
media in work rooms in accordance with DIN EN 14470-1 and
TRGS 510 (appendix 3)
124871
Proven protection against fire for

90 minutes, GS tested
Extremely robust, durable construction
with maximum torsion resistance
Durable textured powder coating
Choice of seven door colours
Permanently integrated, forklift
accessible plinth for easy transport
of the cupboard
Tamper-proof lock with lock status
indicator, can be integrated with lock
system
Hinged door can be locked in any
position
Adjustable door dampening mechanism
Closes automatically in the event of fire
Suitable air filtration modules and

ventilation kits can be foundonpage
418 and 419.
Made of quality sheet steel with resistant,

textured powder coating.
Body in charcoal RAL 7016.
Doors in seven colours.
Adjusting device for levelling on uneven
surfaces.
Fire insulation and high quality door seals.
Ventilation connection (NW 75) in the roof.
Labelling in accordance with EN 14470-1.
Interior fittings
3 shelves, max. load 75 kg (forevenly
distributed loads), height adjustable
in 32 mm increments, with pull-out stops
and anti-tipping device.
1 base sump tray.
Powder coated sheet steel.
Deliveredto the point of use (at extra
cost) pleasecall for details.
All cupboards on this page
Accessories
Plinth cover plate to cover the forklift accessible
plinth.
Transport dollies cupboards can be rolled
through doors lengthwise in an upright position.
Supplied in a set of 2.
Model
1-door
2-door
external mm
internal mm
1955 x 600 x 615

1645 x 450 x 522
kg
light grey RAL 7035
golden yellow RAL 1004
pure white RAL 9010
silver, similar to RAL 9006
265
343
424
711 007-BK
711 010-BK
711 008-BK
711 011-BK
711 009-BK
711 013-BK
711 014-BK
710 999-BK
711 002-BK
711 000-BK
711 003-BK
711 001-BK
711 005-BK
711 006-BK
710 992-BK
710 991-BK
710 993-BK
710 995-BK
710 994-BK
710 996-BK
710 998-BK
2195.00
2905.00
3285.00
Shelf
additional
No.
g
917 483-BK
917 438-BK
29.00
36.85
917 481-BK
36.90
Plinth cover plate
No.
g
711 018-BK
711 017-BK
711 016-BK
29.65
30.80
31.90
No.
g / set
711 015-BK
711 015-BK
141.90
141.90
No.
g
516 567-BK
516 565-BK
516 563-BK
46.35
55.40
55.40
No.
extra cost g
711 023-BK
711 022-BK
711 021-BK
93.50
107.80
107.80
Weight
Doors
1955 x 900 x 615

1645 x 750 x 522
1955 x 1200 x 615

1645 x 1050 x 522
Accessories
Transport dollies
set of 2
for base sump tray
Additional service
Delivered to point of use
BLUE =
124871
Integrated, forklift accessible plinth
Safety cupboards
Fire resistant hazardous goods cupboards,

type 30
For the storage of flammable media in work rooms in accordance
with DINEN14470-1 and TRGS 510 (appendix 3)
Proven protection against fire for 30minutes, GS tested

Including door stop system for easy storage andremoval
Powder coated fine sheet steel, fire insulation, high quality door seals. Labelled in
accordance with DIN EN 14470-1.
Ventilation/extraction connection (NW 75)
in the roof.
Yellow RAL1004 or grey RAL7035.
Interior fittings
3 shelves, max. load 75 kg each (with
evenly distributed load), height adjustable
in 32 mm increments, with pull-out stops
and anti-tipping device.
Base sump tray, security lock for each
door.
Suitable air filtration and ventilation

kits can be found onpages 418 and
419.
external mm
internal mm
Model
Weight
Body
Interior fittings
1970 x 600 x 600

1710 x 530 x 505
1970 x 1200 x 600

1710 x 1130 x 505
1-door
200
yellow
kg
2-door
280
yellow
grey
917 398-BK
917 394-BK
grey
No.
g
917 396-BK
2195.00
2195.00
2820.00
2820.00
stainless steel No.

g
917 402-BK
917 403-BK
917 399-BK
917 401-BK
2320.00
2320.00
3100.00
3100.00
powder
coated
No.
g
917 405-BK
917 405-BK
917 404-BK
917 404-BK
31.80
31.80
39.05
39.05
stainless steel No.

g
917 407-BK
917 407-BK
917 406-BK
917 406-BK
60.60
60.60
98.60
98.60
powder
coated
No.
g
516 567-BK
516 567-BK
516 563-BK
516 563-BK
46.35
46.35
55.40
55.40
stainless steel No.

g
516 568-BK
516 568-BK
516 564-BK
516 564-BK
92.50
92.50
128.40
128.40
powder
coated
917 395-BK
Accessories
Additional shelf
Perforated metal cover for

base sump tray
Shown with stainless steel

interior fittings
For changing locations quickly
Fire resistant drum cupboards

Equivalent to type 90, according to DIN EN 14470-1
For the storage of flammable and combustible substances in the laboratory

Proven protection against fire for 90minutes,GS tested
Including door stop system for easy storageand removal
Powder coated fine sheet steel, fire insulation, high quality door seals. Doors close
automatically in the event of fire.
Zinc plated 220 litre steel sump tray with
grate.
Ventilation/extraction connection (NW 75)
in the roof. Earth connection both inside
andoutside.
Light grey RAL7035.
Cupboard with shelving system

With 4 shelves and painted 80 litre steel
sump tray (instead of 220 litre sump).
Shelf unit dimensions
HxWxD1820x1355x600mm.
Max. bay load1300 kg.
Max shelf load 200 kg.
For 2 drums shown with shelf (accessory)

Capacity
200 litre drums
external mm
internal mm
2225 x 1105 x 1015

1513 x 930 x 850
2225 x 1555 x 1015

1613 x 1380 x 850
Weight
kg
850
1100
Cupboard without shelving system
No.
g
917 408-BK
917 409-BK
3860.00
4980.00
Cupboard with shelving system
No.
g
917 410-BK
No.
g
917 411-BK
917 412-BK
125.70
150.80
Shelf for shelving system
No.
g
941 147-BK
Drum stand for 60 litre drum, zinc plated
No.
g
917 413-BK
917 413-BK
98.10
98.10
5600.00
Accessories
YELLOW =
Ex stock
82.80
For 1 drum, additionalshelf
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

With shelving system
With shelving system,

additionaldrum stands
KAISER + KRAFT
122551
122551
Shelf for cupboard
421
9
NEW
Absorbent sheeting
For safe, quick, clean and simple absorption of different liquids
Heavy Weight highly absorbent polypropylene

Extremely tear resistant and highly absorbent even when saturated
DEKRA tested
Wherever liquid chemicals are stored, transported or processed, binding agents

should be kept on hand as a precautionary measure to contain possible leakages.
In some cases the provision of binding agents is mandatory or required by official
directives.
27
1
White oil absorbent sheeting

The intelligent absorbent sheeting
Absorbs oil but not water and therefore cannot sink, even when saturated
For the removal of leakages, for the
separation of oil and water in indoor
and outdoor areas
Absorbs up to 14 times its own weight
Safe walking at the workstation,

in front ofmachines etc.
Makes dirt invisible

For oil, fuel and all liquids which are
non-mixing with water
For spreading in production areas and
in front of machines, for cleaning tools
and surfaces soiled with oil
Protect storage surfaces
The versatile absorbent sheeting for

chemicals
For alkaline solutions, acids, paints, oil,
emulsions, and solvents
For spreading, cleaning and absorbing
6 + 7 Non-slip absorbent barrier
Brown oil absorbent sheeting
Grey universal absorbent

sheeting
matting
Impermeable, non-slip barrier film on the
underside prevents liquids from seeping
through to the floor.
Reinforced top surface and 3-layer construction improve walking characteristics.
It's this fast and easy to use
5+4
6
Lay out absorbent sheeting
...
2
3
allow it to absorb ...
dispose of absorbent
sheeting.
5
Please request a free trial sample and
a list of suitable applications.
Model
Sheet size
Pack of
Individual sheets
perforated in centre
400 x 500 mm
100 sheets
Roll of sheeting, 43 m
perforated every 430 mm
380 x 430 mm
perforated in centre and every 430 mm across
190 x 430 mm
perforated every 430 mm
760 x 430 mm
perforated in centre and every 430 mm across
380 x 430 mm
Non-slip barrier matting, 30 m roll of sheeting

non-perforated, for cutting to size
400 mm wide
Non-slip barrier matting, 30 m roll of sheeting

non-perforated, for cutting to size
800 mm wide
Roll of sheeting, 15 m in dispenser box

perforated 2 x lengthwise and every 500 mm across
133 x 500 mm
Drum covers
with bung hole
560 mm
White
Grey
Brown
No.
g / pack
919 132-BK
919 130-BK
741 087-BK
124.90
128.40
162.60
1 roll
= 100 sheets
No.
g / pack
927 852-BK
927 853-BK
116.40
125.30
1 roll
= 200 sheets
No.
g / pack
919 133-BK
919 131-BK
741 088-BK
139.60
147.40
167.40
1 roll
= 100 sheets
No.
g / pack
927 854-BK
927 855-BK
205.50
220.00
1 roll
= 200 sheets
No.
g / pack
985 062-BK
985 061-BK
741 089-BK
258.50
280.00
284.00
1 roll
No.
g / pack
711 044-BK
No.
g / pack
711 046-BK
711 045-BK
52.80
54.90
741 079-BK
741 085-BK
111.50
119.90
1 roll
1 roll
= 90 sheets
No.
g / pack
25 sheets
No.
g / pack
137.50
269.50
711 048-BK
Spillage emergency set
Handy, lightweight, space

savingand portable
Contents
10 litres universal absorbent concentrate
10 universal absorbent cloths
2 absorbent socks
1 absorbent cushion
3 disposal bags
No. 754 930-BK

BLUE =
g / set 109.90
122553
122553
Absorbent sheeting Absorbent granulate
Universal absorbent
concentrate
Extremely absorbent
Lightweight, quick and easy to use
TV tested
Highly efficient binding granulate for oils, liquid

chemicals, acids, alkalis and solvents. Also suitable for
thicker materials such as paint, varnish, resin, glue etc.
Available as sacks of granulate for spreading, absorbent
socks or cushions.
Absorbent socks
Yield: 1kg granulate absorbs 8.4kg oil,

14 kg of caustic soda, or 9.7 kg of sulphuric acid.
Fleece sock filled with universal absorbent concentrate.

For quick containment of leakages prevents the
spread of liquids
Can be placed around drums and machines,
also on uneven surfaces
Sock 75mm.
Length
1.2
6.1
l/sock
3.8
24
10
8
20
4
741 142-BK
741 143-BK
741 144-BK
208.50
185.90
178.20
Granular absorbent
Absorbent cushions
Absorbent cushion filled with universal absorbent
concentrate.
Ideal for dripping taps, valves and pipes
For quick and clean absorption of puddles
Size
Absorption
Pack of
Absorption
Pack of
Universal concentrate for scattering.

For all surfaces
Easy to use: spread evenly and immediately collect
and dispose due to extremely fast absorption
Very light: 100 litres of concentrate only weights approx.
15kg.
mm
300 x 300
300 x 600
l/cushion
2.1
40
4.2
20
741 145-BK
741 146-BK
274.00
182.60
No.
g / pack
No.
g / pack
Weight
Absorption
Volume
No.
g / pack
kg/sack
1.5
7.5
15
l/sack
litres
14.5
10 x 10
72
2 x 50
145
1 x 100
741 138-BK
741 139-BK
741 141-BK
108.90
72.20
58.90
NEW
Flexible seals
Quick protection against leaking liquids
Special plastic bonds perfectly to the surface

flexible and leakproof
Resistant against many chemicals, oils and water
Reusable simply clean with soapy water
1
1 Barrier rolls
To contain or divert leakages.
Several barriers can be connected together.
For smooth surfaces.
Straps as an
accessory
g 273.00
2 Sealing mats
Ideal for quick sealing of overflows, gutters,
drain covers etc.
The mat should overlap with the opening by
approx.80mm on all sides. Mat thickness 8 mm.
Length x width
mm
No.
g
600 x 600
800 x 800
1000 x1000
713 360-BK
713 361-BK
713 362-BK
262.00
394.00
504.00
713 363-BK
713 363-BK
713 363-BK
20.90
20.90
20.90
122554
Approved for use on traffic surfaces which are

contaminated with oil in indoor and outdoor areas
Easy to apply: spread evenly, then simply sweep up
after a short absorption time
DEKRA tested
Yield: 1 sack (12 kg or 40 litres) is sufficient for approx.

15 m and absorbs approx.11litres of oil.
Pack of
Transport packaging
Accessories
Straps
Pack of 2
For binding oils, paints, acids, alkalis and

biodiesel on industrial floors
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

4 sacks
36 sacks
2 boxes
1 Euro pallet
741 070-BK
741 072-BK
77.60
563.00
KAISER + KRAFT
122554
No. 713 358-BK
General purpose binding

granulate, type III R
423
NEW
2 With sterile phosphate buffer
Eye wash bottles

Fast and easy to use
EN 15154-4 compliant
No maintenance or cleaning required
Unopened bottles have 3-year shelf life
Bottles with ergonomically shaped eye cup

and dust cap. For individual use and to
restock the station.
1 With sterile saline solution

0.9 % sodium chloride solution to rinse out
foreign particles.
Contents 3 x 200 ml, each for approx. 2 min.
rinsing time.
No. 111 605-BK
g / pack 31.90
rinsing time.
No. 111 606-BK
g / pack 42.90
solution
4.9 %, pH-neutral, for risk of chemical burns,
neutralises acids and many alkaline
substances.
rinsing time.
No. 111 607-BK
g / pack 42.90
3 Emergency wall box

Dustproof wall box incl. bottles, pictogram
and mirror.
Available with different bottles.
1x500ml sodium chloride solution,
1x200mlpH-neutral
H x W x D 270 x 225 x 110 mm.
No. 111 608-BK
g / pack 64.90
2 x 500 ml sodium chloride solution

H x W x D 270 x 225 x 110 mm.
No. 111 609-BK
g / pack 60.50
Emergency
eye and
body showers
Effective first aid for foreign particles in the eye,
burns, irritations, scalding etc.
Connects to an existing cold drinking water

supply
Compliant with EN 15154-1/2, including
information signs
Shower head with large area water dissipation
Stable, robust construction
Steel parts with colourful powder coating.

Basin, activation plate, lever joint made of robust
plastic, eye wash heads made of rubber.
Emergency eye showers
Easy to operate, dust protection cap lifts up when

lever isdepressed. Rubber cap around the shower
head protects against injuries.
1 One-hand operation eye showers

For mounting to wall with bracket
With handle lock, valve remains open after activation. Hose with stainless steel sheath, length 1.5 m.
2 Eye showers with wash basin

For wall mounting
Large activation plate for easy operation.
Large space between shower heads.
Effective rinsing of eyes.
3 Portable eye showers
from g
With stainless steel container

Ideal wherever a water connection is not available.
Stainless steel tank for pre-filling with 15 litres of
potable water and compressed air
(integrated manometer).
Shower head as on 1.
189.00
4 Emergency full body showers
124751
Height x depth
Connection thread
Water flow
Pressure
Colour
mm
inches
l/min
bar
red
green
242 x 75
3
/8
6
25
260 x 395
12
25
732 x 310
3
/8
6
6
2350 x 900
1+
30
25
902 439-BK
424 735-BK
902 440-BK
424 737-BK
111 604-BK
902 443-BK
424 743-BK
189.00
324.50
483.00
829.00
With integrated eye shower

Additional rinsing of the person, especially for
injuries over larger areas of the body, with a soft
stream of water.
Simple, quick activation with pull cable.
Space saving combination.
Central first aid.
Body shower with high water output.
124751
Model
BLUE =
Emergency showers Hand pumps
Small container pumps

For acids, alkalis, cleaning
agents
Safe, continuous flow, no pulsation. For all
commercially available containers with an
opening of 30 70 mm.
The suction pipe automatically adapts to
the drum height.
2
Hand pump ideal for containers up to
60 litres.
Foot pump ideal for containers up to
120 litres.
Polypropylene (PP) for weak acids, alkalis
and cleaning agents.
PVDF for acids, alkalis and corrosive media.
Stainless steel for slightly flammable
liquids in hazard class AIII (VbF).
Model
Immersion
depth mm
Pumping rate Pipe

approx.
1
2
3
4
700
900
700
900
26 l/min.
30 l/min.
20 l/min.
26 l/min.
PP hand pump
PP foot pump
PVDF hand pump (not shown)
Stainless st. hand pump (not shown)
Manual piston pumps
18 mm
22 mm
16 mm
18 mm
No.
913 500-BK
913 498-BK
913 501-BK
913 503-BK
89.00
121.00
157.30
156.80
Shown with hose (accessory)
from g
89.00
Hand pumps
Note on all pumps
For oil and diesel fuel
For corrosive media or unspecified

media, please enquire about
compatibility beforehand.
Pump made of non-rusting cast iron

Plastic piston and valves
Pump with Immersion tube, drum screw

connection and fittings for padlock.
Suitable for standard barrels and drums.
With R 2 thread.
For corrosive liquids, such as

acids, alkaline solutions,
alcohol solutions, diesel fuel,
kerosene, and lubricants,
in accordance with material
compatibility
Parts in contact with media are made

of stainless steel, PPS and FPM
Telescopic immersion tube for 50 to
200 litre drums
Pump rate
litres / stroke
0.25
mm
mPas
diameter
840
200
DN 16
No.
g
598 895-BK
No.
g
598 909-BK
Not suitable for solvents.

Immersion tube length
Viscosity up to max.
Hose connection
Pump
without hose
Oil can set

For mineral oils. Zinc plated sheet steel,
plastic spout, measuring scale, can be
calibrated.
Set incl. one 1-litre can and one 2-litre can.
85.80
Accessories
Hose, length 1.5 m
electrically conductive
No. 709 658-BK
28.05
Rotary piston pumps
Forward and reverse flow, no flow if

not pumped
Drums can be completely drained
Pumps with hand crank and supports for

hose connection or drainage elbow.
Immersion tube length 1050mm for 200 litre
drums. R 2 drum thread.
Pumping height 5m water column.
1 For self-lubricating, mineral

oil based liquids
For heating oil, diesel, hydraulic and
motor oil (up to SAE 50)
Aluminium housing.
Threaded nipple for hose connection.
Not suitable for degreasing agents
Aluminium housing.
Particularly high pumping rate:
approx. 1litre per crank revolution.
Pumps up to 60litres per minute.
mm
mPas
400 900
35
741 152-BK
164.80
239.00
1+A
3 For many chemicals and

foodstuffs
Only for largely non-flammable media
(flash point >55 C) such as cold cleaners,
weak acids, alkalis, wine and low viscosity
foodstuffs.
Parts in contact with media made of stainless steel andPTFE. 3-part immersion tube.
Not for nitro thinners, paint solvents or
highly corrosive liquids.
litres / crank revolution

mPas
0.25
200
3
/4
1.0
25
1
0.25
25
3
/4
No.
g
983 696-BK
983 698-BK
983 697-BK
239.00
351.50
574.00
Pump
without hose / drainage elbow
0.25
No.
g
from g
oil and diesel
litres / stroke
Siphon pipe length

Viscosity up to max.
2+B
2 For quick pumping ofheating
Model
Pump rate
Max. viscosity at +20 C
Hose connection
g / set 38.50
Pump rate
3+B
Hose kit
length 1.5 m
No.
g
983 699-BK
983 706-BK
52.60
53.70
Drainage elbow
No.
g
983 700-BK
983 707-BK
983 703-BK
33.20
35.35
48.25
Hose kit for foodstuffs

length 1.5 m
No.
g
983 701-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
118948
118948
Accessories
109.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
425
9
Electric drum pumps
For diesel and heating oil
Ideal for mounting on drums and storage containers
Sturdy plastic housing.

Optionally for 230 V mains connection, with low voltage adapter for 12 V
(e.g. passenger car) or for 24 V (e.g. HGV).
Model
230
12
24
l/min
40
30
35
m
m
5
1.6
5
1.6
5
1.6
mm
mPas
mm
diameter
kg
1600
20
4000
DN 19
4.5
1600
20
4000
DN 19
4.5
1600
20
4000
DN 19
4.5
No.
g
599 018-BK
599 026-BK
599 034-BK
247.50
351.00
369.00
With suction unit, self-closing piston valve,

suction and pressure hose
No.
g
293 334-BK
293 342-BK
293 350-BK
439.00
560.00
582.00
Max. pump rate

Max. pump height
at immersion depth
Suction hose length
Max. viscosity
Pressure hose length
Hose connection
Weight approx.
With suction unit with integrated lift
protection and piston valve,
suction and pressure hose
Compressed air double membrane

pumps
For corrosive, flammable and contaminated liquids
Oil free, compressed air driven double membrane pump, ideal for
pumping viscous, corrosive, abrasive and flammable liquids.
Volumetric flow meters for

diesel and heating oil
For measuring liquid volume for requirements not subject to official calibration.
2-line LCD display, each with 6 digits.
Total volume meter, calibration option.
Battery power supply.
Measuring range
l/min
5 45
bar
%
2
1
G 1"
Operating pressure
Accuracy
Connection
730 786-BK
No.
g
252.00
Applicable for all items on this page.

For corrosive media or unspecified
media compatibility, please enquire
about the suitability of pumps
beforehand.
16
1.6
6 (PTFE 5)
1.4 / 6.8
66
" BSP IG
65
3.2
4.5 (PTFE 3)
1.4 / 8.0
66
" BSP IG
No.
g
730 950-BK
730 957-BK
351.00
571.00
For corrosive liquids, inorganic acids and alkaline solutions,

electroplating solutions
No.
PP housing / membrane, balls and collars made of PTFE
g
730 952-BK
730 959-BK
Model
Max. pump rate
For solid particles with
Dry suction height
Operating pressure
Max. temperature
Inlet side, outlet side
For water based liquids, lubricants, mineral oils

PP housing / membrane, balls and collars
made of Geolast
model
model
l/min
max. mm
m
min./max. bar
C
Other models and larger pumps

For solvents, paint and petrol

PA housing / membrane, balls and collars made of PTFE
No.
g
483.00
718.00
730 954-BK
730 961-BK
468.50
908.00
Container pump sets

For safe pumping of a wide range of chemicals, acids,
alkalines etc.
Ergonomic, user friendly design

Speed regulator for task specific pumping rate infinitely adjustable
volume regulation from pump pistol
Various immersion depths for common container sizes
Available in sets, consisting of pump, 1.5 m PVC hose, filling pistol, hose
clamps and hanging bracket.
Connection voltage 230 V, cable length 3 m.
Measuring range 5 90 l/min.

Connection G 1.
Description and technical details on the
opposite page.
No. 516 987-BK
g 439.00
Immersion depth
mm
500
700
1000
1000
Housing material
Immersion tube
mm
Pumping height m/water column
Pumping rate i
l/min
PP
32
6.5
65
PP
32
6.5
65
PP
32
6.5
65
stainless st.
28
6.5
65
505 369-BK
505 370-BK
505 371-BK
505 372-BK
593.00
593.00
637.00
912.00
No.
g / set
BLUE =
122555
Volumetric flow meters (PP)
Drum pumps
Electric drum and container pumps

Safe pumping of water hazardous, corrosive and flammable liquids
Pump sets are pre-assembled and

quickly ready for operation
Ergonomically designed motor housing
with an on/off switch that is easy to
operate
Suitable pumps for all types of liquids
Two motor designs explosion-proof
option on request
Pump unit constructed without seals
for operation even if the pump runs dry
temporarily
1 For alkalis
Low viscosity alkalis, sodium hydroxide,
potassium hydroxide, ammonia, formic
acid, acetic acid etc.
Description of pump set
PP pump, with a 2.0 m PVC reinforced hose
NW 19 mm, PP pump pistol, PP drum
adapter.
2 For acids
Hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid up to
50%, chromic acid, battery acid up to
40%, citric acid, etc.
PP pump, with a 2.0m PVC reinforced hose
NW19 mm, PP pump pistol, PP drum
adapter.
3 For concentrated acids and

alkalis
Sodium hypochlorite, phosphoric acid,
highly concentrated saltpetre and
sulphuric acids etc.
PVDF pump, with a special chemical
resistant 2.0m hose NW 19 mm,
PVDF pump pistol, PP drum adapter.
4 For mineral oils

Low viscosity mineral oil products, such as
diesel, heating fuel, hydraulic, machine
andmotor oil etc.
Aluminium pump, with a 2.0 m PVC
reinforced hose NW 25 mm, aluminium
pump pistol, PP drum adapter.
5 For solvents
(explosion protected)
Flammable hydrocarbons such as ethanol,
petrol, butanol, isopropanol, kerosene,
methanol, petroleum etc.
Stainless steel pump, with a 2.0 m solvent
hose NW 19 mm, conductive hose
connections, potential equalisation cable,
brass pump pistol, PP drum adapter.
6 For solvents (explosion

protected) used to remove residue from drums/containers
Same as 5. Complete emptying of drums
reduces disposal costs and avoids
contaminating landfills with residue.
1+2
Information for all items on this page.

Please enquire about suitability if media other than those specified in the
examples will be pumped, or if there is
any doubt about compatibility.
Other immersion depths and spare
parts on request.
Volumetric flow meter (PP)
122556
Operating pressure
Measuring range
Measuring accuracy
Connection
No. 516 986-BK
max. 2 bar
5 90 l/min
1 %
G 1 "
g 439.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Model
Material
Pumping height
Pump rate
Motor power
Immersion depth
PP
19
85
500
PP
19
85
500
m/column
l/min
W
mm
3
PVDF
17
80
580
1000
1200
aluminium
19
85
500
1000
stainless st.
14
95
430
1000
stainless st.
14
77
430
1000
754 816-BK
1000
1200
1000
1200
No.
g
754 809-BK
754 810-BK
754 812-BK
754 813-BK
983 737-BK
983 739-BK
754 814-BK
754 815-BK
875.00
890.00
960.00
992.00
1530.00
1645.00
922.00
1965.00
2195.00
No.
g / set
754 817-BK
754 818-BK
754 819-BK
754 821-BK
983 738-BK
983 740-BK
754 822-BK
754 823-BK
754 824-BK
1090.00
1130.00
1160.00
1205.00
2195.00
2375.00
1130.00
2475.00
2795.00
Application
drum / tank container
Pump
Pump set
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122556
For non-flammable, low viscosity alkalis

and acids.
Four adjustable, partial volume ranges,
total volume meter.
Can be calibrated, simple operation.
Please verify compatibility of media to be
pumped with us before placing your order.
5+6
427
9
Set of 4
21 litres
Universal multi-purpose trays

For corrosive, environmentally hazardous substances
White polypropylene, rounded edge.
Small container sump trays

Steel sumps for the safe storage of small containers in
accordance with regulations
Made of zinc plated, seamlessly

welded sheet steel
Also suitable for use in cupboards and
shelf units simply place on existing
shelves
Sump capacity
Stackable, shatterproof
Universal use, as an experiment tray,
storage tray for instruments etc.
Set offer
One of each tray
0.5 litres (L x W x H 230 x 180 x 42 mm)
Model
Capacity
Manufacturers declaration of
conformity in accordance with StawaR
litres
mm
set of 4
single tray
0.5 / 1.5 / 3.0 / 10.0

see above
21.0
634 x 534 x 140
983 621-BK
983 622-BK
52.70
47.30
No.
g
Approved for water hazardous,

flammable and non-flammable media with
hazard symbols F/F+ and water hazard
classes 1 3.
litres
20
25
30
40
60
LxWxH
mm
940 x 370 x 60
940 x 470 x 60
1000 x 600 x 70
1390 x 600 x 60
1850 x 600 x 60
Zinc plated tray
No.
g
603 378-BK
603 385-BK
603 379-BK
603 380-BK
603 381-BK
99.00
116.30
122.30
143.70
197.30
PE collection trays
Made of black acidproof plastic

Especially stable for safe transport due
to 4 chamber system
Easy to empty through four drainage
corners
Oil and lubricant containers

Sump capacity litres
Length x width
Height
No.
g
20
55
650 x 400
100
1000 x 700
100
603 512-BK
603 513-BK
91.10
135.90
mm
mm
2 Incl. lid with short, wide spout

For dispensing quickly.
Secures contents of drum prevents

theft, sabotage etc.
Simply placed on bung hole
Capacity
Accessories
Pump attachment for multi-purpose lid

Pump made of steel, pumping rate
approx. 0.1 l/stroke, 1.5 m drainage hose
with aluminium spout.
Flexible spout extension

Plug-in connection to spout.
litres
10
height x mm
220 x 165
280 x 175
350 x 245
Container with multi-purpose lid

Lid dims. height x 130 x 148 mm
No.
g
111 584-BK
111 593-BK
111 598-BK
49.50
60.50
72.60
Container with lid short, wide spout

No.
g
111 585-BK
111 594-BK
111 599-BK
93.50
102.30
115.50
Container with lid long, thin spout

No.
g
111 586-BK
111 595-BK
111 603-BK
72.60
82.50
94.60
No.
g
111 596-BK
111 596-BK
91.30
91.30
for short, wide spout

length x 252 x 27 mm
No.
g
111 588-BK
111 588-BK
111 588-BK
27.50
27.50
27.50
for long, thin spout

length x 325 x 13 mm
No.
g
111 590-BK
111 590-BK
111 590-BK
19.80
19.80
19.80
Container dims. without lid
Set consists of 2 drum locks for steel or

plastic drums.
Made of hardwearing cast zinc.
Complete with 2 padlocks.
For precise filling, particularly in smaller

devices.
Container made of transparent polyethylene (HDPE). Lid made of yellow HDPE with
handle.
Closable dispenser opening.
Suitable for pump attachment.
Set for locking both drum

openings
3 Incl. lid with long, thin spout
Large filling opening

Supplied complete with lid
1 Incl. multi-purpose lid
Drum locks
For drum type
124652
Description
No.
g / set
steel
plastic
1 x "
1 x 2"
2 x 2"
523 555-BK
523 556-BK
75.90
82.50
Pump attachment
Flexible spout
extension
BLUE =
124652
Accessories
Hazardous goods handling Drum accessories
2
Model
Drum accessories
1 5 Safety taps
Self-closing to prevent uncontrolled leakage (1,2, 5)
Integrated flame trap andPTFE seal (1, 2)
1 3 For flammable liquids

3 Made of electrically conductive nylon
Material
Connection thread
inches
Self-closing
Adjustable dispensing position
Seal
Flame trap
Pack of
No.
g / pack
brass
yes
PTFE
yes
1
stainless steel
yes
yes
PTFE
yes
1
nylon
yes
PTFE
709 645-BK
709 647-BK
523 557-BK
51.00
146.20
65.90
polyethylene
brass
2
yes
PTFE
915 719-BK
915 720-BK
709 648-BK
58.00
126.60
169.00
With detachable reducer spout.
6 Drum wrench
To open all conventional drum plugs (2, ).
Made of bronze no spark generation.
No. 709 649-BK
g 55.60
7 Fill level indicator

Made of chrome plated steel. For all drum taps.
Dispensing possible when mounted. Without tap.
No. 709 650-BK
g 96.30
8 Drum safety valves

2 connection. Pressure compensation during filling.
Valve opens automatically at 0.35 bar.
Material
For use with
No.
g
brass
oily media
stainless steel
corrosive media
709 651-BK
709 652-BK
60.90
179.30
9 Safety drum funnel
For the safe filling of flammable liquids such as solvents,

thinners and oils in drums
Closes automatically in the event of fire, with flame block.
Lockable lid with hinge.
Made of sheet steel, zinc plated and powder coated in red.
Height x 254 x 273 mm.
No. 983 625-BK
g 216.50
a d Polyethylene drum funnels
Profiled base ensures splash free filling

Safe filling of 200 litre drums
Can also be used as a storage space for filters and cans
a With sieve to protect against contamination
Optionally without or with lockable lid.
b For corrosive, non-flammable liquids

c Lid for b
Fittings for padlock.
d For flammable liquids, with flame trap

e Sheet steel drum funnel
Robust, large funnel to fill via the 2 bunghole.
Powder coated, blue RAL5010.
Capacity
Height x
122557
Description
No.
g
a
litres
mm
22
190 x 690
9
83 x 533
83 x 482
9
83 x 533
30
135 x 650
with sieve
with sieve
and lid
without
flame trap
lid
with
flame trap
without sieve
913 345-BK
913 346-BK
709 656-BK
709 653-BK
709 655-BK
913 347-BK
131.80
192.70
55.20
50.80
156.80
96.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122557
e
Model
KAISER + KRAFT
429
9
All containers on
thispage
14
Safety containers
For regulation compliant storageanddistribution of flammable and
corrosive liquids
Safety containers
With handle and self-closing lid

Stainless steel flame trap in the spout
For flammable liquids in
GHS categories 1 3
Label with space for individual inscription
Polyethylene funnel for 3 + 4

With hinge for easy attachment.
The container can be filled without
removing the funnel.
Height x 286 x 13mm.
1 4 Made of sheet steel

Zinc plated and painted red.
5 Made of polyethylene (PE), red
Order quantity
For corrosive solvents, acids and alkaline solutions.

Controls made of stainless steel.
Model
Capacity
No.
g
litres
mm
No.
g / each
1 2 items
3+ items
917 546-BK
917 556-BK
20.25
16.80
1
210 x 117
4
279 x 241
7.5
349 x 241
19
429 x 298
4
324 x 117 x 194
752 451-BK
752 454-BK
752 455-BK
754 768-BK
752 458-BK
78.90
87.90
90.10
95.70
128.50
Safety containers with flexible metal spout
Safe, easy pouring with no sudden spills

For flammable and corrosive liquids
Dosing lever to easily and precisely set the quantity of
liquid
Stainless steel flame trap, self-closing lid, automatic
ventilation
Model
Capacity
Container dims.
Spout dims.
7
6
litres
height x mm
x length mm
No.
g
Made of sheet steel, zinc plated and

painted red.
Lid opens wide for easier filling.
Comfortable, rounded handles.
Label with space for individual inscription.
4
267 x 241
16 x 229
7.5
337 x 241
16 x 229
19
445 x 298
25 x 229
917 547-BK
917 548-BK
917 549-BK
107.00
112.20
117.20
Stainless steel containers

3

Removable stainless steel flame trap protects against
spread of fire and ignition
Container, lid and tap made of 1.4571 stainless steel.

PTFE seals, pressure release valves in tap and lid prevent
explosion. Plastic protection ring, safety label.
Screw-on lid approved for company

internal and external transport (GGVSEB).
Secured to container to prevent loss.
Fine dosage tap with pressure release
valve, rotates 360.
Fine dosage tap for 1 6

In addition to, or in place of screw-onlid.
No. 984 735-BK
Dispensing and transport cans

Model
Capacity
With screw-on lid
height x approx.
6
With fine dosage tap
litres
mm
1
160 x 115
2.5
230 x 145
5
400 x 145
No.
g
984 718-BK
984 720-BK
984 722-BK
159.90
171.50
213.50
mm
210 x 115
280 x 145
445 x 145
No.
g
984 717-BK
984 719-BK
984 721-BK
197.70
229.00
243.50
Canisters
Model
Capacity
With screw-on lid
122734
With fine dosage tap
height x width x depth
litres
mm
5
125 x 240 x 405
10
195 x 240 x 405
20
475 x 175 x 355
No.
g
984 727-BK
984 730-BK
984 732-BK
296.50
342.00
439.00
mm
170 x 240 x 430
240 x 240 x 430
495 x 175 x 380
No.
g
984 726-BK
984 729-BK
984 731-BK
342.00
388.50
526.00
BLUE =
122734
height x approx.
g 109.90
Safety containers Small parts cleaners
All containers on this page
1+2
Safety dispensers
With self-closing brass tap

Easily and safely dispense liquids
intosmaller containers
Flame protection sieve, self-closing lid
1 + 2 Made of sheet steel,

zinc platedand painted red
3 Made of polyethylene, red

For aggressive, corrosive liquids.
Stainless steel flame trap.
Control elements made of stainless steel.
Model
Capacity
Height x
9.5
410 x 238
19
432 x 292
19
432 x 292
917 550-BK
917 551-BK
917 552-BK
154.10
157.50
219.00
litres
mm
No.
g
Plunger cans
With integrated flame trap
The brass and PPS pump transports the

liquid to the impregnation plate, 128 mm.
To safely and economically moisten cloths

and cleaning paper with solvents.
Capacity
litres
Made of sheet steel,

zinc platedandpainted red
height x
Made of polyethylene (PE),

red
height x
mm
143 x 185
187 x 185
267 x 185
No.
g
752 475-BK
752 476-BK
752 477-BK
81.10
83.40
93.10
mm
210 x 141
No.
g
752 478-BK
93.50
Impregnation cans
For dosed moistening of cloths and for
parts cleaning.
Flame trap reduces liquid evaporation.
Cloths are impregnated by pressing down
on the flame trap.
Parts basket with perforated base

available as an accessory.
Small parts can be immersed and cleaned
directly or in parts basket.
Model
sheet steel,
zinc plated and painted red
Capacity
Height x
litres
mm
No.
g
2
83 x 238
4
114 x 238
8
149 x 292
752 496-BK
752 497-BK
917 545-BK
77.20
82.20
119.60
715 031-BK
715 031-BK
715 031-BK
20.90
20.90
20.90
Accessories
Parts basket
No.
g
Cleaning and immersion tanks

For the safe cleaning of small parts with
solvents.
Integrated safety lead melts in the event of
fire and automatically closes the cover.
Model
Capacity
Height x
Parts basket with perforated base

Small work pieces can be immersed and
cleaned directly or in parts basket.
sheet steel,
zinc plated and painted red
litres
mm
No.
g
stainless steel
4
140 x 238
8
254 x 238
30
362 x 397
10
270 x 270
20
430 x 270
752 484-BK
752 485-BK
752 486-BK
752 491-BK
752 492-BK
112.60
122.90
177.80
334.50
384.50
752 489-BK
752 490-BK
752 493-BK
752 494-BK
70.30
87.50
132.40
138.90
Parts basket
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122732
122732
Accessories
KAISER + KRAFT
431
9
NEW
3
Safety transport and dispensing containers
Funnels
For the easy filling of all containers on
this catalogue page.
Filling opening 143 mm,
spout opening 23 mm.
Capacity 1.3 litres.
For safe filling, storage and transport
Safe storage, company internal

transport, dispensing and filling of
flammable and corrosive liquids
Flame trap to protect against spread of
fire and ignition
Container made of zinc plated sheet steel,

additionally powder coated in yellow or
made of 1.4404 / SUS 316 Lstainlesssteel.
Handle made of steel or stainless steel.
PTFE seal. Plastic protection ring, safety
label.
1 3 Storage / transport
containers
Leakproof screw cap, secured to
container to prevent loss.
Material
4 6 Dispensing containers
No.
g
With easy to operate fine dosage tap made

of 1.4301 stainless steel.
Model
storage/transport containers
with screw cap
dispensing containers
with fine dosage tap
stainless steel
715 015-BK
715 030-BK
31.90
64.90
litres
mm
1
165 x 132
2
210 x 158
5
320 x 178
1
215 x 132
2
260 x 158
5
370 x 178
Sheet steel
yellow
No.
g
714 347-BK
714 349-BK
714 386-BK
714 392-BK
714 398-BK
714 401-BK
53.90
64.90
82.50
93.50
101.20
108.90
Stainless steel
No.
g
714 537-BK
714 561-BK
714 563-BK
714 565-BK
714 580-BK
714 581-BK
141.90
159.50
185.90
173.80
181.50
203.50
Illustration
Capacity
Height x
sheet steel
Plunger cans
NEW
Safe and economic in consumption
For moistening rags and cleaning

cloths with flammable, corrosive
liquids
Unused liquid drains back into
container
With flame trap
Capacity
Pump with spring loaded impregnation

plate, 128 mm.
made of 1.4404 / SUS 316 Lstainless steel.
Plastic protection ring.
litres
Sheet steel
yellow
height x
Stainless steel
height x
mm
200 x 178
290 x 178
No.
g
714 584-BK
714 586-BK
64.90
75.90
mm
235 x 132
280 x 158
No.
g
714 602-BK
714 654-BK
181.50
203.50
Spray bottles
NEW
Controlled dispensing for economic consumption
2
1
Even, measured and economical

spraying of surfaces and parts with
cleaning agents
Spray pistol and integrated pump made of

plastic. Includes screw-on extension.
made of 1.4404 / SUS 316 Lstainless steel.
Plastic protection ring.
Capacity
litres
Height x
mm
300 x 132
345 x 158
Sheet steel
yellow
No.
g
714 952-BK
715 012-BK
53.90
64.90
Stainless steel
No.
g
715 013-BK
715 014-BK
130.90
152.90
BLUE =
126914
Safety containers Safety disposal cans
Safety disposal cans

Made of sheet steel
TV/GS tested (German technical

standards)
Self-closing lid
For cleaning materials soaked with
(solvents, thinners, oils, adhesives)
Ventilated base protects against
overheating and spontaneous combustion
Wide pedal to open lid
Large handle for easy transport of
thecontainer
Zinc plated sheet steel, additionally painted.

Round, sturdy and stable.
Standard with pedal opener
Standard
Two versions: Lid opened by hand or with
practical pedal. Painted red.
SoundGard
Lid closes slowly, softly and quietly.
Container and pedal painted silver.
3
from g
With pedal
Model
109.00
Capacity
Height x
Lid opens
litres
mm
20
403 x 302
with pedal
Standard
No.
g
761 236-BK
SoundGard
No.
g
109.90
128.60
34
464 x 354
with pedal
manually
52
514 x 408
with pedal
80
595 x 467
with pedal
761 237-BK
761 241-BK
761 238-BK
109.00
122.90
129.70
523 515-BK
523 516-BK
156.80
264.00
manually
761 239-BK
761 243-BK
153.30
258.00
247.00
523 517-BK
523 519-BK
SoundGard
Safety disposal cans

Made of zinc plated sheet steel or stainless steel
For waste soaked with flammable and water

hazardous liquids
Tested by TV in accordance with FM criteria
Self-closing lid
Ventilated base protects against overheating and
spontaneous combustion
Attractive design
Stable and robust
122735
Capacity
Large handle for easy emptying.

Wide pedal. Includes safety sticker.
Made of sheet steel

Zinc plated and additionally powder coatedred.
Made of stainless steel

Resistant to many types of corrosive and flammable media.
litres
20
35
50
65
mm
430 x 375 x 385
490 x 440 x 425
535 x 495 x 460
580 x 535 x 490
Sheet steel
No.
g
714 320-BK
941 141-BK
941 143-BK
941 145-BK
97.90
109.90
150.30
173.80
No.
g
714 322-BK
941 142-BK
941 144-BK
941 146-BK
130.90
162.70
197.70
218.00
Stainless steel
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122735
KAISER + KRAFT
433
9
Cleaning and
waste management
434 435
Vacuum cleaners
Pages
436 441
High pressure cleaners

Page
442
Page
443
Manual cleaning
444 447
448 451
Waste collectors
outdoor
Pages
452 456
Waste collectors
indoor
Pages
457 462
Recyclable waste
collectors
Pages
463 477
Waste sack stands

Pages
Sturdy sheet steel construction

High max. load and resistant to
mechanical stress
Maintenance free, self-priming
circulation pump
1 Mobile parts cleaner

Moves like a sack truck.
Ideal for changing work sites, space
saving and versatile.
Ready for immediate use.
Consisting of parts cleaner 1 and
50litres of special cleaning solution.
2 Professional parts
cleaner
Device at workbench height.

Extra large working surface also
suitable for large parts.
Ashtrays
Pages
Complete set
Sweeping machines
Pages
Small parts cleaners

For professional cleaning and grease removal
Parts cleaning
Pages
1035.00
from g
Complete set
478 485
Complete set
Consisting of parts cleaner 2,
steel sump tray, 200 litre capacity
(in accordance with 19 of the
German water management act)
and 200litres of special cleaning
solution.
Special cleaning solution
Shelf life of up to 2 years

Does not require heating
Removes oil and grease
Model
For drum size
Working height
Work surface
Max. load
Complete package
Pedestal, cleaning solution, 2 also with sump tray
50
900
800 x 540
60
200
900
1145 x 660
150
No.
special price g
505 467-BK
505 466-BK
1035.00
1700.00
No.
g
505 469-BK
505 468-BK
1010.00
923.00
No.
g
505 470-BK
litres
50
200
No.
g / drum
505 473-BK
505 472-BK
209.00
563.00
Parts cleaner
Cleaning pedestal only
Accessories
Sump tray
drum contents
Special cleaning solution
Provides temporary protection against

corrosion. Not classified under work
safety regulations, does not irritate skin
and has a mild odour.
1
litres
mm
width x depth mm
kg
463.00
Cleaning brushes
Model
fine bristles
coarse bristles
With hose connection.

Pack of 5.
No.
g / pack
505 490-BK
505 491-BK
61.90
61.90
Waste bins
Pages
486 489
Immersion tanks for cleaning

For professional, reliable parts cleaning
Waste sacks
Pages
490 491
Safe and easy cleaning, and complete

immersion of larger parts at a
comfortable working height
Slow, automatic lid closure
Lid, tank and base sump tray made of
stainless steel to ensure high durability
For placing smaller, open objects in the

tank.
Lid kept open by a pedal.
Brass drainage tap in tank

bottom simplifies emptying.
Liquid spilled during
emptying runs into the
base sump tray.
The perforated base allows
coarse dirt to settle.
Parts basket to immerse
smaller containers.
External dims.
850 x 700 x 600
Tank
Weight approx.

kg
220 x 610 x 330

26
Shown with parts basket
194 034-BK
No.
g
659.00
Accessories
Perforated base
No.
g
194 042-BK
Parts basket
No.
g
195 006-BK
79.20
122453
122453
Other models, various accessories and

other cleaners available on request.
99.90
BLUE =
Small parts cleaning

BIO cleaning
Economical and environmentally friendly
For removing grease and oil from metal

parts, etc.
Microorganisms in the cleaning
solution biodegrade oil and grease
Eliminates need for solvents VOC
free
Additives in cleaning solution ensure
optimum performance
Consistent cleaning power retained by
heating the cleaning solution to 41C
1645.00
Environmentally
friendly
g
No. 614 367-BK
Can be used up to four times longer

than conventional cold cleaners
Non-irritating cleaning solution protects employees and the environment
The cleaning solution is non-combustible and is not considered hazardous,
therefore not subject to special
requirements
BIO cleaning tables
Ergonomic, user friendly design

Double walled cleaning tank provides
optimum heat insulation
Made of non-corroding polyethylene.

Including drainage device and preinstalled filter kit.
Supplied complete with 20 litres of
cleaning concentrate for the initial filling.
1 KOMPAKT cleaning table

The space saving cleaning table.
To minimise the loss of cleaning solution
through evaporation, please include the
accessory lid with your order.
2 KOMFORT cleaning table

Same as 1, but with lid and Soft-Touch
control panel on the device.
3 DUO cleaning table
Lid
Minimises the evaporation of cleaning
solution (as accessory on 1)
1
Versatile swivelling hose
Makes it easy to rinse off work
pieces (accessory)
Model
Work surface
Working height
Perforated stainless steel insert

Protects the table from sharp
edged parts and provides a level
work surface (accessory)
width x depth mm
mm
760 x 560
950
930 x 545
950
1500 x 950
950
kg
litres
mm
kg
100
80
1155 x 890 x 750
45
250
100
1140 x 1010 x 780
55
250
100
1025 x 1600 x 1050
74
614 367-BK
614 368-BK
614 412-BK
1645.00
2490.00
2910.00
included
614 413-BK
Max. load
Optimum filling quantity
Empty weight
No.
g
Accessories
No.
g
614 375-BK
No.
g
614 369-BK
614 370-BK
142.30
158.60
325.50
Dolly
No.
g
614 371-BK
614 372-BK
614 372-BK
219.00
262.50
262.50
Swivelling hose
No.
g
614 373-BK
614 373-BK
28.00
28.00
Lid
Cleaning brushes
To aid in the cleaning
of workpieces
Filter kit
Keeps out larger
contaminants and
increases cleaning power
Perforated steel insert
Soft-Touch control panel

Easy regulation of the
energy saving mode and
timed operation reduces
energy consumption by as
much as 50 %
150.50
BIO cleaning concentrate
With corrosion protection
Mixed with water at a ratio of 1:4.

Supplied in 5 litre canisters.
Order quantity
109840
Dolly
With 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops
(accessory)
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g
1 3 canisters
4+ canisters
614 374-BK
614 376-BK
92.00
82.90
KAISER + KRAFT
109840
If you have any questions, please give

us a call. We would be happy to advise
you.
The extra large work surface and two

cleaning brushes enable two people to
work at one cleaning table.
435
Vacuum cleaners
2
14
High quality wet and dry

vacuum cleaners
High quality for professional use in
industry and trade
High quality plastic or stainless steel

container, impact resistant,
corrosion resistant andlimited
chemical resistance
Float-switch with effective antifoam device
High performance suction motors
withsound insulation
Euro size filter with coated surface
for greater filtering capacity and
longer operational life
For vacuums with multiple motors,
the turbines are individually
switchable
Wet and dry vacuum cleaners

Max. vacuum pressure 230mbar.
Connection voltage 230V. Cable length 8 m.
Standard equipment for 1 a 40 mm
3.5 m suction hose and crevice nozzle.
1 Universal vacuum cleaner

1200 W
Grey, durable plastic container. Chassis
with 4 swivel castors. Practical electric
plug socket on the vacuum cleaner.
124752
High performance industrial vacuum

cleaners suitable for continuous
operation available on request.
5 Workshop vacuum cleaner

3600 W
Robust stainless steel container. Chassis

with 4swivel castors. Electric plug socket
on the vacuum cleaner.
2400 W
Plastic container. Very easy to manoeuvre

due to dolly with 2 swivel castors and
2fixed castors. Drainage hose for quick
and convenient disposal of liquids.
6 Industrial vacuum cleaner

2400 W
As 3, but with 50 litre container.
As 5, but with 50 litre stainless steel

container.
As 1, but with 62 litre container.

Model
1
1200
2850
37
470 x 470 x 650
2
2400
5650
62
510 x 510 x 900
1
1400
3580
33
470 x 470 x 650
2
2400
5650
50
510 x 510 x 900
3
3600
8500
62
550 x 550 x 1060
2
2400
5650
50
550 x 550 x 1060
111 192-BK
111 193-BK
111 195-BK
111 196-BK
111 194-BK
111 197-BK
362.00
633.00
425.50
677.00
853.00
692.00
No.
g / pack
111 205-BK
294 411-BK
111 205-BK
111 205-BK
294 411-BK
294 411-BK
58.90
88.40
58.90
58.90
88.40
88.40
Micro-filter cartridge
for dust class M
No.
g
759 869-BK
759 869-BK
759 869-BK
759 869-BK
759 869-BK
759 869-BK
117.50
117.50
117.50
117.50
117.50
117.50
Floor nozzle
No.
g
759 867-BK
759 867-BK
759 867-BK
385.00
385.00
385.00
Waste sack filling
No.
g
111 204-BK
111 204-BK
Motors
Max. power
Air flow
Container capacity
W
l/min
litres
mm
No.
g
Suitable 120 l waste sacks can be

found onpage 490.
1400 W
2 Universal vacuum cleaner

2400 W
Accessories
Paper filter bags
Pack of 10
226.00
BLUE =
226.00
124752
NEW
Additional sokket
Shown with floor nozzle
Vacuum cleaners
NEW
Cuttings
Many accessories
included with 8
9
a
7
7 Industrial vacuum cleaner
9 Safety industrial dry vacuum

cleaner 1400 W
Ideal for heavy dirt, coarse dirt and

non-corrosive liquids. Tilting chassis with
twoswivel castors and two fixed castors.
The stainless steel waste container simply
tilts forward to empty (tilting height200
400 mm).
8 Vacuum for shavings 2400 W

Ideal for the metal working industry and
trades.
Easy to manoeuvre due to two swivel
castors and two fixed castors. Stainless
steel container.
Many accessories included
Separation plate for shavings for separate
disposal.
Drainage hose for disposal of liquids.
Chemical and oil resistant
PUR suction hose.
Safe vacuuming, including fine dusts up to

dust class M.
Dust retention capacity 99.99 %.
Large bag filter with coated surface, 1.2 m
filter surface. Effective and easy filter
cleaning enables longer work periods.
Lowering of the stainless steel dirt container ensures easy disposal ofcontents.
Robust dolly withtwo swivel castors and
two fixed castors.
Practical accessory holders at the front of
the vacuum cleaner.
Industrial cleaning set for 1 a
Machine cleaning set for 1 a
Accessories
Paper filter bags for convenient disposal
of dust and dirt. Pack of 10.
a Safety industrial dry vacuum

cleaner 2400 W
Micro-filter cartridge as an additional filtering stage to maintainclean exhaust air.
As 9, but with max. power of 2400 W.
Floor nozzle with brush roller for vacuuming large areas, working width 600mm.
Attaches to dolly.
Waste sack filling

Model
3
3600
8500
95
580 x 580 x 1100
2
2400
5650
95
580 x 580 x 1100
1
1400
3580
27
500 x 840 x 1000
2
2400
5650
27
500 x 840 x 1000
600 209-BK
111 199-BK
111 200-BK
111 202-BK
871.00
1700.00
2160.00
2310.00
No.
g / pack
294 411-BK
No. 600 198-BK
88.40
No.
g
759 869-BK
759 869-BK
117.50
117.50
Floor nozzle
Working width 600 mm
No.
g
759 867-BK
759 867-BK
385.00
385.00
Machine cleaning set

Consisting of large suction nozzle, PP
round brush, angled nozzle and tapered
nozzle.
Waste sack filling
No.
g
600 214-BK
111 204-BK
228.50
226.00
No. 111 203-BK
Motors
Max. power
Air flow
Container capacity
W
l/min
l
mm
No.
g
Accessories
Paper filter bags
Pack of 10
Micro-filter cartridge
124973
Waste sack filling with waste container

attachment enables vacuuming and
disposal directly into standard 120l waste
sacks.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Industrial cleaning set 40 mm

Consisting of multiple part extension tube,
wet suction nozzle, dry suction nozzle
and round PVC brush.
g / set 187.90
g / set 154.60
KAISER + KRAFT
124973
3600 W
437
Vacuum cleaners
3
6
4
1

3 Professional stainless steel
purpose vacuum cleaners
6 Professional vacuum cleaner
4 Multi-purpose vacuum
cleaner
Special concertina filter cartridge with

approx. 3600 cm2 filter surface, dust
retention capacity in compliance with
BIA category of use M.
20 litre special plastic container.

22 litre stainless steel container.

32 litre special plastic container.
A Standard equipment for 1 + 2
B Standard equipment for 3
5 Professional multi-purpose
System 35 mm
1 suction hose 1.75 m
1 hand tube with auxiliary air slide
2 x 480 mm plastic suction tubes
1 universal nozzle
1 crevice nozzle
1 upholstery nozzle and plug-in brush
1 nozzle with water spray nozzle
1 paper filter bag
from g
165.00
119023
vacuum cleaner
Optimum function, veryeconomical

Wet and dry vacuum cleaning
without reconfiguration
Containers made of impact resistant
plastic or stainless steel, corrosion
resistant, resistant to grease and
weak acids
High performance motor with
separate bypass cooling
1 7 with nano coated concertina
filter cartridges with dust retention
capacity of 99.8 %
1 8 utilise the tangential cyclone
principle
System 35 mm
1 stainless steel hand tube with auxiliary
air slide
2 x 500 mm stainless steel suction pipes
1 universal nozzle
1 nozzle with water spray nozzle
1 crevice nozzle
1 upholstery nozzle and plug-in brush
1 paper filter bag
vacuum cleaner
As 4, but with 30 litre steel container with
high gloss chrome finish.
C Standard equipment for 4 + 5
System 49 mm
2 x 480 mm plastic suction tubes
1 floor nozzle
1 coarse dirt nozzle
1 crevice nozzle
1 paper filter bag
Model
Max. power
Mains voltage
Max. vacuum pressure
Max. air flow
Container capacity
Weight
Motor with bypass cooling
W
V
mbar
l / sec.
l
mm
kg
No.
g

approx. 7200 cm2 filter surface.
Dust retention capacity in compliance
with BIA category of use M.
45 litre plastic container.
D Standard equipment for 6
System 35 mm
air slide
1 infinitely adjustable telescopic tube,
600 950 mm
1 crevice nozzle
1 professional floor nozzle
1 paper filter bag
1200
230
171
70
20
390 x 390 x 510
8.5
1-stage
1400
230
248
61
20
390 x 390 x 510
8.5
2-stage
1400
230
248
61
22
430 x 430 x 510
9.5
2-stage
1400
230
248
61
32
450 x 390 x 620
9.5
2-stage
1400
230
248
61
30
430 x 430 x 630
10
2-stage
1600
230
259
64
45
490 x 390 x 700
14
2-stage
982 424-BK
982 425-BK
982 426-BK
982 428-BK
982 430-BK
982 433-BK
165.00
199.10
397.00
252.50
291.50
397.00
730 686-BK
Accessories
Paper filter bags
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
730 685-BK
730 685-BK
730 685-BK
759 773-BK
759 773-BK
34.20
34.20
34.20
35.10
35.10
39.40
Concertina filter
No.
g
606 992-BK
606 992-BK
606 992-BK
606 992-BK
606 992-BK
606 993-BK
42.95
42.95
42.95
42.95
42.95
63.40
BLUE =
119023
1 2 Professional multi-
Vacuum cleaners
Low noise
8
Additional sok- Filter cartridge
ket
cleaning
7 Professional vacuum cleaner 8 Professional power vacuum
cleaner

approx. 3200cm filter surface. Polyester
filter sack with approx. 3100 cm filter
surface.
Chrome plated 78 litre steel container with
tilting chassis.
D Standard equipment for 7
System 35 mm
air slide
1 infinitely adjustable telescopic tube,
600 950 mm
1 crevice nozzle
1 professional floor nozzle
1 paper filter bag
Standard equipment for 8,

equipment 35 mm
air slide
2 x 500 mm stainless steel extension tubes
1 professional floor nozzle 45 (alum.) with
rubber strip andbrush strip
1 crevice nozzle
1 suction brush
9 Safety industrial vacuum
cleaner with 2 or 3 motors

approx. 3600 cm2 filter surface.
Dust retention capacity in compliance
with BIA category of use M.
Noise dampening insulation.
35 litre stainless steel container.
99.99 % dust retention capacity

With automatic, electromagnetic impulse
filter cleaning, which does not interfere
with suction and is only activated when
filter is dirty. Prolongs filter life and
prevents work from being unnecessarily
interrupted.
Double walled, sturdy plastic container.
Smooth inside walls enable quick and
easy cleaning. Stable due to low centre of
gravity.
Easily manoeuvrable due to large wheels
and reinforced swivel castors.
Power socket with automatic switch
located on vacuum cleaner enables direct
vacuuming of the power tool being used.
Standard equipment for 9,

equipment 35 mm
1 suction hose 5 m
1 connecting sleeve (stepped)
2 polyester filter cartridges
3 special PE emptying bags
a Safety industrial vacuum

cleaner
As 9, but with 99.995 % dust retention
capacity.
Standard equipment for a,

equipment 35 mm
1 suction hose 5 m
1 connecting sleeve (stepped)
2 HEPA filter cartridges
3 special PE emptying bags
Safety industrial vacuum

cleaners
Model
Max. power
Mains voltage
Max. vacuum pressure
Max. air flow
Container capacity
Weight
Motor with bypass cooling
W
V
mbar
l/sec.
l
mm
kg
No.
g
1600
230
259
64
35
430 x 430 x 680
10
2-stage
2400
230
205
2 x 54
78
610 x 600 x 940
24
2 motors
3600
230
205
3 x 54
78
610 x 600 x 940
26
3 motors
1400
230
220*
42*
35
550 x 400 x 550
15
2-stage
1400
230
220*
42*
35
550 x 400 x 550
15
2-stage
982 435-BK
730 929-BK
730 930-BK
727 503-BK
727 624-BK
425.50
627.00
814.00
857.00
1250.00
614 361-BK
124653
Accessories
Paper filter bags
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
759 773-BK
759 779-BK
759 779-BK
35.10
70.20
70.20
Concertina filter
No.
g
606 992-BK
730 931-BK
730 931-BK
42.95
30.35
30.35
Special PE emptying bag

Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
614 361-BK
239.50
239.50
Concertina filter cartridges for M and H dusts

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
614 362-BK
614 359-BK
120.10
273.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Use helps to maintain regulatory

exposure limits
Protect employees when working
with hazardous dusts
Safety vacuum cleaners certified
according to testing requirements
for classes M and H
For the collection of harmful,
non-explosive dust
Dust types
Dust classes
(EN 60335-2-69)
Dusts with max.

workplace exposure limit
(WEL) > 1 mg/m3
Dusts with max.

(WEL) 0.1 mg/m3 wood
dust
Dusts with max.

(WEL) < 0.1 mg/m3,
carcinogenic dusts,
pathogenic dusts
* Measurement at end of hose
KAISER + KRAFT
124653
439
Vacuum cleaners
NEW
Low noise
4
Additional Krcher products
Low noise
Dry vacuum cleaners
1 T 7/1 Professional
5 NT 27/1 Adv Professional
Very manoeuvrable due to two large double swivel

castors. Convenient on/off foot switch.
Carrying handle with cable holder.
Can be operated with or without filter.
Standard equipment
2 m suction hose with anti-static elbow and suction power
regulation, metal extension tubes 2 x 0.5 m, floor nozzle,
fibre filter bag. 7.5 m electric cable.
Ergonomic. Very quiet at only 61 dB(A). Verymanoeuvrabledue to two large double swivel castors. Convenient
on/off foot switch.
Carrying handle withcable holder.
Can be operated with or without filter.
Standard equipment
2.5 m suction hose with elbow and suction power regulation, telescopic suction pipe, combination floor nozzle,
fibre filter bag.
Compact and manoeuvrable. Extra large filter surface

area. Mechanical float switch-off when maximum fill level
is reached. Accessory holders and cable hooks on the
unit.Robust plastic container.
Standard equipment 35 mm
2.5 m suction hose with elbow, 2 x 0.5 m extension tubes,
wet and dry vacuum nozzle, universal brush, crevice
nozzle, paper filter bag, cartridge filter.
As 1, but with 10 litre container capacity and cable with
plug.
Standard equipment
2 m suction hose with elbow and suction power
regulation, metal extension tubes 2 x 0.5 m, combination
floor nozzle, fibre filter bag. 10 m electric cable.
Very powerful professional vacuum cleaner with telescopic suction pipe, minimalnoise level of only 59 dB(A),
impact protection, 2 wheels and 2 swivel castors.
Standard equipment
2.5 m suction hose with comfort elbow, telescopic suction
pipe, floor/upholstery/crevice and radiator nozzles, paper
filter bag, cable holder and Highflex mains cable.
Model
Max. power
Vacuum
Air flow
Container capacity
Weight
6 NT 27/1 Me Adv Professional
W
mbar
litres/s
l
mm
kg
No.
g
As 5, but with robust stainless steel container.

wet and dry vacuum nozzle, universal brush, crevice
nozzle, paper filter bag, cartridge filter.
1200
245
54
7
351 x 308 x 340
5.2
1250
244
61
10
355 x 310 x 385
6.0
1300
244
61
12
410 x 315 x 340
6.6
1300
244
61
15
406 x 320 x 434
8
1380
200
67
27
420 x 420 x 525
7.5
1380
208
67
27
420 x 420 x 540
8.2
111 184-BK
111 185-BK
111 186-BK
111 187-BK
111 188-BK
979 844-BK
163.90
230.00
296.00
456.50
284.00
279.00
982 413-BK
979 850-BK
979 850-BK
614 348-BK
979 846-BK
979 846-BK
25.80
42.20
42.20
37.50
58.30
58.30
Paper filter sacks

Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
124654
124654
Accessories
Vacuum cleaners
9
NEW
Cuttings
b
a
7, a, d, e
e
Filter cartridge
cleaning
Filter cartridge
cleaning
7
9
Additional Krcher products available on

request.
c NT 70/3 Me Tc
Powerful vacuum cleaners for industrial use
As b, but with stainless steel container.

With tilting chassis andswivel castor with stop.
7 NT 35/1 Tact
a NT 65/2 Ap
d NT 55/2 Tact Me shavings
Automatic filter cleaning for constant, high vacuuming

capacity. Flat concertina filter element can be switched
from wet to dry vacuuming without changing filters.
Accessory holders on the unit.
2.5 m suction hose with elbow, 2 x0.5m metal extension
tubes, wet and dry vacuum nozzle, crevice nozzle, paper
filter bag.
Semi-automatic filter cleaning for prolonged work periods

and longer service life. Electronic fill level indicator for
wet vacuuming. Oil-resistant drainage hose. Clip system
to hold accessories in place. Large surface for tools etc.
4.0 m suction hose with elbow and power filter cleaning,
2 x 0.5 m extension tubes, wet and dry vacuum nozzle,
crevice nozzle, flat concertina filter element, paper filter
bag.
Two motor vacuum cleaner with filter cleaning.

Automatic shut-down when container is full.
Electronic sensor shut-off. Waste container withcastors.
Convenient detachable dolly.
360mm floor nozzle.
b NT 70/3
Fully automatic, double filter cleaning, anti-static system

and bumper on the chassis. Storage compartments on
thetop of the unit provide for the storage of tools, small
parts, etc. Incl. drainage hose.
Accessories can be stored on the unit.
4.0 m suction hose with electrostatically earthed elbow,
2 x 0.5 m extension tubes, wet and dry vacuum nozzle, crevice nozzle, flat concertina filter element, paper filter bag.
8 NT 45/1 Tact
As 7, but with 45 litre container capacity.
9 NT 48/1 Professional
With drainage hose for draining liquids.
2.5 m suction hose with elbow, 2 x0.5m metal extension
tubes, wet and dry vacuum nozzle, cartridge filter.
Model
Max. power
Vacuum pressure
Air flow
Container capacity
Weight
W
mbar
l/s
l
mm
kg
No.
g
Motors can be switched-on separately. Float to interrupt

vacuuming when container is full. Drainage hose. Easy to
manoeuvre, with bumper on chassis. Accessory holders
and integrated cable hooks on the back of the vacuum
cleaner.
floor nozzle, cartridge filter.
e NT 75/2 Tact Me
1380
230
61
35
520 x 380 x 580
11.5
1380
230
61
45
520 x 380 x 695
12.5
1380
200
67
48
485 x 390 x 770
10.5
2760
254
2 x 74
65
600 x 480 x 920
20
3600
208
3 x 56
70
720 x 510 x 975
27.6
3600
208
3 x 56
70
720 x 510 x 975
27.6
2760
254
2 x 74
55
710 x 570 x 1070
42.3
2 x 1380
254
2 x 74
75
490 x 575 x 880
27.5
600 189-BK
600 190-BK
111 189-BK
727 625-BK
727 626-BK
727 627-BK
111 190-BK
727 629-BK
413.50
563.00
318.00
987.00
806.00
1055.00
1995.00
1335.00
760 744-BK
600 191-BK
906 323-BK
906 323-BK
906 323-BK
906 323-BK
63.40
101.90
101.90
101.90
101.90
906 323-BK
50.30
Paper filter sacks

Pack of
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

101.90
KAISER + KRAFT
124753
124753
Accessories
441
24
Easy-Press
Additional Krcher
products available
on request.
Effortless cleaning of machines, work areas etc.
For occasional use
1 K 5.700
4 HD 6/15 CX Plus
Accessories
Switches on/off from the high pressure pistol,

water cooled motor, practical accessory holder on the
device, high pressure hose with quick release connection.
Standard equipment
9 m HP hose, high pressure pistol, Vario Power spray
lance, dirt grinder, hose drum, hard case tostore
accessories, integrated fine mesh water filter,
garden hose connection A ".
As 3, but additionally with hose drum with mounts on

both sides.
Standard equipment
As 3, but with 15 m rotating (anti-twist) high pressure
hose.
Rotating cleaning brush for 1 5

Powered via water pressure.
For the non-damaging removal of dirt from all surfaces
(see table).
For professional use
2 HD 5/11 C
On/off switch directly on the spray lance,
pressure control, non-twisting hose system,
practical accessory holder on the device,
easy-press pistol for non-fatiguing operation.
Standard equipment
10 m HP hose, 450 mm ergonomic easy-press spray pistol,
400 mm stainless steel spray lance,
three-angle nozzle(0, 25, 40).
3 HD 6/15 C Plus
As 2, but additionally with infinitely adjustable pressure
and water flow rate and brass water intake.
Standard equipment
As 2, but additionally with dirt blaster and rotating
850mm stainless steel spray lance.
5 HDS 5/13 UX
Hot water high pressure cleaner. Ideal for frequently
changing work sites and operating times of up to 1
hour. Easily accessible fuel tank. Fine water filter and
exhaust temperature sensor. Max. temperature 80C
(water supply 30C). Heating oil consumption 3.1 kg/h.
Standard equipment
15 m high pressure hose, extended spray pistol, 550mm
stainless steel spray lance, three-angle nozzle
(0,25,40).
Model
Pressure
Max. flow rate
Supply voltage
Weight approx.
bar / MPa
l/h
V
kg
No.
g
T-Racer surface cleaner for 1

For easy and splash free cleaning of concrete, tiles, natural
stone or wood. Including aluminium extension and handle.
No. 918 944-BK
g 112.10
Cupped foam lance for 2 5

Short, compact foam lance with 1 litre container for easy
generation of foam.
No. 614 407-BK
g 153.10
20 140 / 2 14
460
230
14.5
115 / 11.5
500
230
19
30 150 / 3 15
230 560
230
28.3
30 150 / 3 15
230 560
230
30.3
125 / 12.5
500
230
72
614 442-BK
614 403-BK
521 266-BK
521 267-BK
111 191-BK
438.00
729.00
1150.00
1265.00
2010.00
918 943-BK
714 353-BK
714 353-BK
714 353-BK
714 353-BK
63.90
122.90
122.90
122.90
122.90
Accessories
Rotating cleaning brush
No.
g
Sweeping machines
Manual cleaning of indoor and outdoor areas
1 Sweeping machine KM 70/15 C

Manoeuvrable, space saving sweeping machine which requires
minimal effort to push. Ergonomic handling due to push handle with
3 adjustment settings. Very good sweeping capacity due to driven main
sweep rollers,3 adjustment settings for side brushes. Roll-in principle.
2 Sweeping machine 70/20 xB
124655
Model
Max. sweeping capacity

Collection container
Working width with side brushes
No.
g
m/h
l
mm
mm
2800
15
700
1300 x 765 x 1035
3680
20
960
1300 x 960 x 1050
614 405-BK
985 196-BK
505.00
686.00
BLUE =
124655
As 1, but additionally with 6 height adjustment settings for main sweep

rollersand 2folding side brushes.
Sweeping machines
NEW
Sweeping machines
The right machine for any
application
Innovative, versatile and ergonomic

Light, easy to turn and quiet
Ideal for sweeping up to edges. Particularly

suitable (with 2 roller brushes) for fine and
coarse, dry andwet dirt such as paper, leaves,
metal shavings, drink cans etc.
Height adjustable side brushes made of
hardwearing nylon.
1 Manual sweeping machine with

oneside brush
Small, handy, manual sweeping machine
with single roller system.
2 Battery powered vacuum

sweeping machine with
twoside brushes
Model
Powerful dust vacuuming

(3m filter surface), also for fine dust.
Tandem roller system and electric drive.
Running time approx. 2 hours.
Includes 12 V / 66 Ah battery and
6 A charger.
Vacuum sweeping machine with petrol
motor available on request.
3 Manual sweeping machine with
Sweeping width
Container capacity
Hourly sweeping capacity
Cleaning area approx.
Weight approx.
mm
l
m
m
kg
650
20
2275
500
9.5
900
60
3600
5000
105
800
40
2800
1000
13
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
450 x 600
200
1150 x 790
660
800 x 650
330
600 264-BK
600 263-BK
727 757-BK
122.30
2945.00
329.00
No.
g
two side brushes

With two side brushes and two counter-rotating roller brushes. Extremely easy to push
and manoeuvre. Stairs are no problem due
to large wheels. Supplied with second
round belt to exchange when necessary
due to stress and wear.
4 + 5 Sweeping machine with

single roller system and twoside
brushes
Single roller
system
Tandem roller
system
Very sturdy and manoeuvrable.

For various demanding applications.
Manual or electric drive.
6 + 7 Sweeping machine with

tandem roller system and
twoside brushes
Especially thorough sweeping of rubbish
from dust particles to drinks cans.
Two counter-rotating roller brushes sweep
the rubbish intothe large waste container in
one step.
Manual or electric drive.
5 + 7 are supplied with a 28 Ah battery and
4+5
6+7
Model
Technical description
Model
126265
battery,
dust vacuuming,
brush drive
completely manual
battery,
dust vacuuming,
brush drive
manual
900
3150
50
/
1091 x 760 x 416
motorised
electric
900
3150
50
mechanical / 1.1
12 / 28
1091 x 760 x 416
manual
900
3150
50
/
1091 x 760 x 416
motorised
electric
900
3150
50
mechanical / 1.1
12 / 28
1091 x 760 x 416
920 287-BK
920 291-BK
920 283-BK
920 286-BK
549.00
1395.00
637.00
1450.00
1234567
Application
Outdoor use
Indoor use
Carpet cleaning
Coarse dirt
Large quantities of sand
Fine dusts
Dust free
For narrow spaces
Very manoeuvrable
4
completely manual
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Brush roller drive

Dust vacuuming
Sweeping width
Calculated sweeping capacity
Container capacity
Filter cleaning / surface
Battery
No.
g
mm
m/h
l
m
V / Ah
mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Powered sit-on
models available
on request.
KAISER + KRAFT
126265
a 4 A charger (on board).
443
Manual cleaning
from g
145.00
Wet mop units
Suitable accessories and mops for cleaning without touching can be found
on page 447.
For professional floor cleaning
Extremely robust tubular steel frame,

multiple layer surface treatment and
chrome plated
Easy running solid rubber ball bearing
castors, corner protectors
Hook-in, durable, professional mop
wringer made of plastic
Plastic bucket with handle
Model
Buckets
1 Single mobile bucket, 1 x 25 litres,

mop wringer.
2 Single mobile bucket, 1 x 15 or 25 litres,

mop wringer.
4 Double mobile bucket with folding

push handle and 360 swiveling mop
wringer, 2 x 15 or 2 x 25 litres.
Floor mop set

Wet mop unit, chrome plated handle with
floor mop holder, 10 floor mops.
Wide mop set
Wet mop unit, chrome plated handle with
wide mop holder, 10wide wipe mops with
pockets.
Accessories
3 Double mobile bucket with folding
Utensil basket for 3 and 4.
push handle, 2 x 15 or 2 x 25 litres,

mop wringer.
All wet mop units available

individually or in a set
qty. x litres
mm
1 x 25
430 x 500 x 780
1 x 15
410 x 480 x 880
1 x 25
410 x 480 x 880
2 x 15
410 x 850 x 890
2 x 25
410 x 850 x 890
2 x 15
410 x 850 x 890
2 x 25
410 x 850 x 890
No.
g
761 175-BK
761 177-BK
761 178-BK
761 179-BK
761 180-BK
761 181-BK
761 182-BK
145.00
155.40
159.00
222.00
231.00
234.00
242.50
Floor mop set

Mop weight 400 g
No.
g / set
761 136-BK
761 115-BK
761 116-BK
761 118-BK
761 119-BK
761 120-BK
761 121-BK
219.00
226.00
230.00
286.50
294.50
299.50
306.50
Wide mop set

Mop width 500 mm
No.
g / set
761 137-BK
761 126-BK
761 127-BK
761 128-BK
761 129-BK
761 130-BK
761 131-BK
263.50
264.50
267.50
329.00
339.00
344.00
351.50
No.
g
761 154-BK
761 154-BK
761 155-BK
761 155-BK
29.20
29.20
29.15
29.15
Wet mop unit, single
Accessories
Utensil basket
Professional cleaning sets

A basic set for professional cleaning
Window washer with covering,

width 350 mm.
Window wiper made of stainless
steel, width 350 mm.
No. 600 169-BK
Accessories
Automatic microfibre mops
White, width x length 420 x 150 mm.
Pack of 5.
No. 600 170-BK
g / set 199.80
g / pack 47.65
BLUE =
122456
Consisting of
Plastic single mobile bucket, 18 litres,
with flat wringer.
Automatic clip holder, 420 x 150 mm.
The automatic microfibre mop stays
suspended from the automatic clip
holder while wringing.
Chrome plated handle, 2-part,
length 1400 mm.
Pack of 5 automatic microfibre mops
with 2 pockets and 1 tab,
width x length 420 x 150 mm.
Pack of 2 microfibre cloths, blue.
122456
Micro fibres
Manual cleaning
See page 447 for floor mops, wide mops and additional accessories.
Cleaning trolleys
For professional, systematic cleaning of various surfaces
1 Cleaning trolley with holding frame
Sturdy and durable frames made of

precision tubular steel
Ball bearing mounted swivel castors,
corner protectors
Hook-in professional mop wringer
made of plastic
for 120 litre waste sack, 2 large wire

mesh baskets and 2 x 9 litre buckets.
2 As 1, but with 3 large wire mesh

baskets.
Chrome plated or Rilsan coated.

Rilsan is more resistant than chrome,
shock resistant and highly resistant
against cleaning agents and disinfectants.
An environmentally friendly, cost effective
alternative to stainless steel.
Model
103868

Description
mm
chrome
Rilsan
g
3 Ergonomic, stair-climbing cleaning

trolley with holding frame for 120 litre
waste sack, 2 x 15 litre buckets, high
plastic mop wringer prevents back
ache, and 2 swivelling 6 litre buckets.

for 120 litre waste sack, wire basket
with 2 x 6 litre buckets and 2 x 15 litre
buckets with mop wringer.

for 120 litre waste sack, 2 large wire
baskets with 2 x 9 litre buckets and
2 x 15 litre buckets with mop wringer.

for 120 litre waste sack, 3 large plastic
trays, 2 x 15 litre buckets with mop
wringer and 2 x 9 litre buckets.
810 x 500 x 1120
670 x 600 x 1050
850 x 500 x 1050
810 x 600 x 1050
1200 x 600 x 1050
1200 x 600 x 1050
761 160-BK
761 161-BK
230.00
312.00
761 138-BK
761 143-BK
761 139-BK
761 144-BK
761 140-BK
761 145-BK
761 142-BK
761 146-BK
336.00
406.50
439.50
464.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Suitable cupboards for your cleaning

equipment can be found on page 653.
120 litre waste sacks

Polyethylene (PE), blue.
Pack of 250.
No. 760 932-BK
g / pack 60.90
KAISER + KRAFT
103868
445
Manual cleaning
Modular cleaning
trolleys
Modular system configure your
cleaning trolleys according to
individual requirements.
1 Standard module
Made of robust, easy to clean plastic,

including:
75 litre vinyl waste sack
Ample storage space for all cleaning
utensils
whichleavebehind virtually no marks
2 holders for mop/broom handles
Eyelets for hanging signage etc.
Standard module
Add-on modules
For fitting out the standard module to
Complete offer
2 Mobile double bucket unit
Modular cleaning trolley
2 x 18 litres, blue, red.

With mop wringer.
Consisting of standard module 1,

mobile double bucket unit 2 and bucket set 3.
Can be further supplemented with expansion modules.
No. 614 388-BK
3 Bucket set
4 x 5 litres, blue, red, yellow, green.
Forthe efficient separation of clean
and dirty water.
g 558.00
4 Sanitary bucket set

2 x 9 litres, yellow.
5 Double waste sack holder

For easy sorting of waste at the
cleaning trolley.
6 Lid for waste sack holder

With storage compartment, black.
7 Warning signs
Multilingual.
Pack of 2.
8 Waste container
Ideal for the collection and transport of
bulky or heavy rubbish.
Height
Length x width
mm
mm
No.
g
975
1168 x 552
830
700 x 400
216
190 x 235
203
191 x 356
420 x 310
60
448 x 318
600
280 x 40
690
560
614 382-BK
614 389-BK
614 385-BK
614 387-BK
614 383-BK
614 384-BK
944 691-BK
561 800-BK
299.50
180.20
76.80
41.55
14.75
33.65
32.90
76.70
Mobile double
bucket units
Push handle as
an accessory
Multi-purpose
mop holders
For professional floor cleaning

Micro fibres
Sturdy plastic dolly.

Two 18 litre buckets in blue and red.
Efficient cleaning due to separation of
clean and dirty water.
Hook-in mop wringer, fitted with reducer
insert.
No. 614 389-BK
With pockets and flaps.

Mop pad can be loosely attached to the
mop holder using the integrated flaps or
tensioned for use as a wide mop.
In blue, width x length 435 x 140 mm.
For easy manoeuvrability.
117989
g 47.95
Microfibre mop pads
g 180.20
g 47.95
Additional Rubbermaid products

With grey aluminium shaft, length 1390 mm.

Suitable for use with mop pads with
pockets and flaps.
Width x length 410 x 140 mm.
No. 614 397-BK
Push handle
No. 614 390-BK
Suitable waste sacks can be found

on page 490.
Additional accessories can be found
on page 447.
Anti-microbial microfibre cloth

good cleaning characteristics with
less cleaning agent.
Pack of 10.
No. 614 379-BK
g / pack 143.00
BLUE =
117989
Model
Manual cleaning
With remote
switch
1
3
With remote
switch
1
2
Premium cleaning
accessories
1 Floor mop holder
With 1520 mm long handle.
Floor mops
Anti-microbial fabric blend, 450g, white.
Pack of 12.
2 Multi-purpose holder for

wide wipe mops
Cleaning accessories
1 Floor mop holder
3 Holder for wide wipe mops
Ideal for cleaning large areas. 2-piece

chrome handle, 1400 mm long, incl. floor
mop holder with plastic bar.
Floor mops
100 % cotton, 400 g, white.
Pack of 10.
2 Holder for wide wipe mops

with pockets
with flaps
Mop is suspended by the flaps on the mop
holder. No contact with dirty water.
2-piece chrome handle, 1400 mm long,
incl.mop holder with flaps, with foot latch,
plastic.
Wide wipe mops with flaps
Cotton/polyester blend.
Pack of 10.
Quick attachment to mop holder. 2-piece

chrome handle, 1400mm long, incl.wide
wipe mop holder with foot latch, plastic.
Wide wipe mops with pockets
Cotton/polyester blend.
Pack of 10.
mm
500
500
Mop holder with handle
No.
g
761 147-BK
761 149-BK
761 152-BK
18.85
44.85
57.10
No.
g / pack
761 148-BK
761 151-BK
761 153-BK
69.60
80.20
109.30
g / pack 64.90
Mop width
mm
Mop holder with handle
No.
g
614 393-BK
2
410
614 397-BK
23.55
version
47.95
floor
pockets
flaps
614 392-BK
614 391-BK
614 377-BK
195.10
118.80
117.50
Warning signs
Window cleaning sets
Multi-lingual yellow warning sign.

Double sided, folding.
Height 600 mm.
For easy and efficient cleaning of all glass surfaces
No. 944 691-BK
g / pack 32.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
The set consists of window washer and window wiper, width 350mm,
rectangular 18 litre bucket withhooks, high quality window leather,
3-part telescopic rod, safety scraper and 1 litre of glass cleaner.
No. 754 670-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

120261
Pack of 2.
120261
Model
No.
g / pack
Width
Hygienic with consistently good cleaning

characteristics.
These cloths are both environmentally
friendly and cost effective as they are very
durable and require only a small amount of
cleaning agent. Blue,406x406mm.
Pack of 12.
No. 614 399-BK
Mop
Model
Mops
Pack of 10
3 Microfibre cloths
With 1390 mm long aluminium handle. For

use with mop pads with pockets and flaps.
Flat mop pads
Cotton blend fabric, blue, anti-microbial.
Optionally with pockets or flaps.
Pack of 10.
g / set 96.80
KAISER + KRAFT
447
Ashtrays
Floor mounting
Floor mounting
Designer pedestal ashtrays

Pedestal ashtrays and combination ashtrays for indoor and outdoor use
2
g
No. 521 198-BK
265.00
Durable, high quality sheet steel construction

Stainless steel plate to put out cigarettes
Access openings on multiple sides
Pedestal ashtray made of zinc plated, powder coated

sheet steel housing. Charcoal RAL 7016.
Model
Waste collector / ashtray capacity
litres
Ashtray column
Ashtray base
Selfextinguishing
With inner bin
Ideal for outdoor use. Zinc plated inner container for quick
and easy emptying. Can be anchored to the floor with
included accessory.
Lockable with triangular key (included with delivery).
For outdoor
Lockable
No.
g
/3
1005 x 100 x 100
60 x 300 x 300
8/2
1000 x 150 x 200
50 x 260 x 400
/ 12.5
1000 x 150 x 200
50 x 260 x 400
20 / 2.3
880 x 280 x 330
614 451-BK
521 198-BK
607 077-BK
521 201-BK
129.30
265.00
193.50
352.00
Wall ashtrays
Designer wall ashtrays for indoor and
outdoor use
Durable sheet steel housing

Stainless steel plate to put out cigarettes
Weather-proof
Body made of zinc plated, powder coated sheet steel.

Front of 1 + 2 and column shaped ashtrays in charcoal
RAL 7016, side parts of 1 + 2 in grey RAL 7040.
Easy wall mounting, supplied complete with mounting kit.
Opens with supplied triangular key.
1+2
1
Model
Capacity
Height
Width x depth
Wall mounting
No.
g
litres
1.5
mm
mm
255
155 x 65
355
195 x 65
500
105 x 110
521 202-BK
521 203-BK
727 501-BK
64.40
81.30
91.90
BLUE =
124656
Ashtrays
99.00
2
For additioanl information see
illustration and description
on page 457.
For outdoor
Selfextinguishing
With inner bin
Plastic safety pedestal ashtrays
Low maintenance / cleaning costs

Made of a very robust, special fire
retardant plastic
Reduced oxygen flow chokes flames
Rain protected opening on both sides,
38 mm
Stable, can be secured to the floor.

Large internal container made of zinc
plated sheet steel for longer cleaning
intervals. Easy to open via rotary closure.
Overall height
Base
Capacity approx.
Colour
Wall mounting
Floor mounting
Wall and pedestal

ashtrays
Aluminium pedestal
ashtrays
Safe, user friendly ashtrays in a

new pedestal design
The space saving ashtray in an

attractive design

High capacity collection container
lower maintenance costs
Easy to empty without having to
touch cigarette waste
Large stub-out surface made of rust
free steel and 360 opening
Large footprint, can be anchored to
floor, lockable
Model
Height x
119028
Capacity
approx.
No.
g
mm
litres
mm
litres
grey
black
green
g
420
15
927 188-BK
927 189-BK
927 190-BK
99.00
For outdoor
Made of black powder coated,

fire resistant, corrosion free aluminium.
3
Made of stainless steel and
powder coated sheet steel
Easy to empty without key or tool

With plate to stub out cigarettes
Heavy base ( 324 mm)
for optimum stability
980
Made of electrolytically zinc

plated and powder coated sheet
steel
460 x 300
1000 x 400
2.3
4.9
605 472-BK
605 467-BK
180.20
287.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Model
Height x
Capacity
approx.
No.
g
mm
litres
1000 x 330
1010 x 400
15.5
25.4
605 469-BK
605 470-BK
241.00
264.00
Height x
Capacity approx.
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
litres
1041 x 324
4.0
605 471-BK
119028
For outdoor
mm
143.80
KAISER + KRAFT
449
Ashtrays
A functional description and sketch
are provided on page 457.
Safety pedestal
ashtrays
For outdoor
Plastic ashtrays for outdoor use
Made of a very robust, special fire retardant

plastic
Reduced oxygen flow chokes flames
Stainless steel mesh grate to stub out
cigarettes
Selfextinguishing
The ashtray has a small, rain protected opening

which prevents rubbish from being deposited.
A lock or other theft protection mechanism can
be attached to the eyelets. Easy assembly.
To be weighted down
with filling material (sand,
stones etc.)
With inner bin
Accessories
Special aluminium coated waste sack
For convenient andsafe emptying of safety
pedestal ashtrays. Including pull-string to close.
FM certified when used with the plastic safety
pedestal ashtray on this page. Filling material
used to weight down the unit must be placed
underneath the sack.
Inner container
litres
15
Overall height
Base
Colour
mm
mm
grey
beige
black
g
965
305
With inner container
607 047-BK
607 048-BK
607 049-BK
125.00
g
No. 607 047-BK
Accessories
Special sack
Pack of 50
No.
g / pack
944 677-BK
125.00
Eyelets provide a means of

securing against theft
163.50
Stainless steel waste

collectors
122457
With rain protection roof

Double sided access
Made of zinc plated sheet steel, powder

coated. Ashtray with polished stainless
steel covers.
Easy to empty using tilting mechanism.
Lock incl. 1 key.
For free standing installation, can be
secured to the ground as well.
Ashtray capacity
Waste collector capacity
Colour
Smoking shelters can be

found on pages790 - 792.
litres
litres
mm
light ivory RAL 1015
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6005
charcoal RAL 7021
silver similar to RAL 9022
g
35
960 x 300 x 250
60
960 x 480 x 250
927 987-BK
502 354-BK
502 355-BK
927 989-BK
505 400-BK
505 401-BK
505 402-BK
505 403-BK
927 990-BK
505 405-BK
329.00
385.50
Reinforced protective cover

Durable
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use
Includes zinc plated inner bin and cigarette stub sieve
Made of stainless steel, DIN 1.4301, ground surface.

Removable protective hood and ashtray insert, with
square lock.
Key and fixings for permanent installation included.
Collector capacity approx.
litres
38
mm
910 x 395 x 395
505 515-BK
No.
g
481.50
BLUE =
122457
Waste collectors with ashtray
Ashtrays
Safety combination ashtrays
Ashtray/waste collectors with a stylish look
Special ashtray hides cigarette butts

Removable ashtray lid
Fire extinguishing safety waste
collector with extinguishing lid
Selfextinguishing
Housing and ashtray made of zinc plated

and additionally powder coated sheet
steel. Base with rubber ring.
Top section always in black similar to
RAL 9011.
If a fire starts, the rising combustion

gases are redirected by the
extinguishing lid and accumulate
under the opening.
The oxygen supply is cut off and
the fire is extinguished.

Height x
Body
Self-extinguishing waste paper bins

and waste collectors can be found
on page 457.
litres
20
mm
grey silver similar to RAL 9002
black similar to RAL 9011
g
700 x 255
740 x 330
920 x 330
502 506-BK
502 507-BK
502 509-BK
502 511-BK
502 512-BK
502 514-BK
502 515-BK
502 516-BK
502 518-BK
101.10
118.30
125.60
Combination ashtrays
from g
Self-extinguishing waste paper and rubbish

collectors with ashtray top
A special extinguisher lid cuts off

oxygen to fires on ignition
Container, extinguisher lid and ashtray top

made of robust, powder coated sheet
steel.
Height x
Body
Selfextinguishing
30
50
109.00
Sand filling
Ashtray top, black, to be filled with sand.

Removable ashtray sieve made of zinc
plated sheet steel, for easy removal of
cigarettes butts.
litres
25
40
75
mm
white similar to RAL 9003
silver grey similar to RAL 9006
g
800 x 260
800 x 330
960 x 390
761 681-BK
761 682-BK
761 683-BK
761 684-BK
761 685-BK
761 686-BK
761 687-BK
761 688-BK
761 689-BK
761 690-BK
761 691-BK
761 692-BK
109.00
134.00
206.50
761 643-BK
761 643-BK
761 643-BK
32.95
32.95
32.95
Accessories
Quartz sand
25 kg in cardboard box
No.
g / pack
Wall mounted safety

ashtrays
Quick and easy tilt emptying thanks to

optimised tilt mechanism
Funnel shaped lid prevents ignition of
fires
Selfextinguishing
Wall mounting
Height x
114350
Body
mm
110 x 170
160 x 170
white similar to RAL 9003

silver grey similar to RAL 9006
g
761 644-BK
761 645-BK
761 646-BK
761 647-BK
761 649-BK
761 650-BK
761 651-BK
761 652-BK
36.15
40.65
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

114350
Robust, attractive design, made of powder

coated sheet steel.
Top section always in black similar to
RAL 9011.
KAISER + KRAFT
451
Outdoor waste collectors

For outdoor
Lockable
Waste collectors
With ashtray insert and protective hood
With inner bin
Sand filling
Made of zinc plated, powder coated sheet

steel. Removable protective hood and
ashtray insert, with square key lock
(keyincluded).

Waste collector capacity approx.
Colour
Includes zinc plated inner bin and cigarette

stub sieve.
Fixing materials for permanent installation
included.
mm
910 x 395 x 395
litres
moss green RAL 6005
flame red RAL 3000
black grey RAL 7021
38
80
900 604-BK
900 606-BK
900 607-BK
900 608-BK
927 067-BK
927 068-BK
927 069-BK
927 070-BK
371.50
438.00
No.
g / pack
927 220-BK
927 220-BK
32.95
32.95
Floor mounting
955 x 500 x 500
Accessories
Quartz sand
25 kg in a cardboard box
For outdoor
Vandalproof
Lockable
Stainless steel waste collectors

Floor mounting
g
No. 518 793-BK
345.00
Base frame made of zinc plated steel,

powder coated black. Housing made of
stainless steel with brushed matt finish.
Inner container made of zinc plated sheet
steel with two handles for quick and clean
emptying.
Lockable with triangle lock (incl. key).

Capacity approx. 35 litres.
1005 x600 x260 mm.
Includes fastening material for anchoring
to floor.
With inner bin
No. 518 793-BK
g 345.00
Pedestal ashtrays
For outdoor
Sand filling
Made of powder coated sheet steel

orstainless steel. Two-part construction.
With removable zinc plated sieve and
insert to save sand.
Recommended amount of sand per filling
approx.8kg.
Overall height 965 mm, 440 mm.
Accessories for fitting at a later

stage
Hood
Made of powder coated sheet steel
(same for the stainless steel version).
Can be secured with padlock and chain
included).
Base disc
Made of hot dip galvanised sheet steel.
Includes mounting material to bolt in place.
Colour
red
RAL 3000
blue
RAL 5010
charcoal
RAL 7021
green
RAL 6001
1.4016 stainless steel
No.
g
755 084-BK
755 085-BK
755 086-BK
755 088-BK
607 545-BK
302.00
302.00
302.00
302.00
383.50
No.
g
755 078-BK
755 080-BK
755 081-BK
755 082-BK
126.30
126.30
126.30
126.30
No.
g
755 083-BK
755 083-BK
755 083-BK
755 083-BK
75.20
75.20
75.20
75.20
Floor mounting
Complete with hood
and base disc
Accessories
Base disc
RAL 3000
RAL 5010
RAL 7021
RAL 6001
Lid and base disc can be ordered separately for the pedestal ashtrays on page 1006.
BLUE =
122558
Hood
Waste collectors for outdoor use

1 Orange hood
37 and 50 litre capacity
Container can be removed for easy

emptying
Perforated base
For outdoor
Zinc plated and powder coated.
2 Hood with ashtray flap

Zinc plated container and hood.
Accessories
Made of hot dip galvanised sheet steel.

Universal wall or post mounting with
supplied clamp bands.
Simple lock, including keys.
Model
Capacity
Container height
Width x depth
Weight approx.
litres
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Wall and floor

mounting
Tubular steel post

Zinc plated, length 1200 mm, 60 mm.
37
580
300 x 300
16
50
710
300 x 300
18.5
37
580
300 x 300
16
50
710
300 x 300
18.5
670 120-BK
670 260-BK
752 779-BK
752 780-BK
221.50
238.50
268.00
273.50
670 430-BK
670 430-BK
670 430-BK
670 430-BK
53.60
53.60
53.60
53.60
Lockable
Accessories
Tubular steel post
No.
g
Waste paper bins, 50 litres

DIN 30713 compliant
Made of UV resistant, high density
polyethylene.
Bracket for fastening to walls, masts and
posts with clamp bands supplied by the
customer.
Supplied complete with triangular key.
Accessories
For outdoor
Tubular steel post for setting in concrete,

length 1500 mm, 49 mm, including clamp
bands.
Wall and floor

mounting
mm
Weight approx.
kg
Colour orange, similar to RAL 2011
g
Accessories
Tubular steel post
with clamps
No.
g
735 x 430 x 310

4.9
903 305-BK
903 306-BK
89.20
903 309-BK
61.40
Waste paper bin set

Consisting of one waste paper bin with
tubular steel post and clamps.
Waste bin colour
Orange
Green
No.
g / set
903 307-BK
903 308-BK
119.00
119.00
Lockable
g / set
119.00
No. 903 307-BK
For outdoor
Floor mounting
Waste collectors for outdoor use

Particularly large access openings
Can be emptied quickly and easily
Sturdy frame offers protection against
vandalism
Pre-drilled holes in the stand feet for
anchoring, approx. 7 mm
Model
119030
Capacity approx.
litres
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Lockable
Made of powder coated sheet steel,

umbra grey, similar to RAL 7022.
Lockable with a triangle lock. The waste
collector is emptied quickly, easily and
completely by rotating it to the side.
Supplied with triangular key.
Vandalproof
35
840 x 500 x 250
60
840 x 360
80
840 x 460
518 774-BK
518 775-BK
518 776-BK
290.00
313.00
384.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

119030
KAISER + KRAFT
453
For outdoor
With inner bin
Floor mounting
Lockable
Plastic waste collectors
Capacity approx.
Ideal for outdoor use as they are weather and

corrosion resistant
Large access openings on both sides
Zinc plated inner container with large capacity
Made of sturdy and durable polyethylene (PE). Lockable with

a triangular lock (incl. one triangular key). Removable inner
container made ofzinc plated sheet steel. Incl. fastening
material foranchoring to floor.
Height
Width x depth
Weight
Colour
litres
80
120
mm
mm
950
530 x 530
1050
580 x 580
kg
blue
green
yellow
grey
16
20
610 989-BK
610 990-BK
610 991-BK
610 993-BK
610 994-BK
610 995-BK
610 996-BK
610 997-BK
285.50
319.50
For outdoor
With inner bin
Lockable
Waste collectors
with ashtray
Sturdy and durable
Large zinc plated inner container made of sheet steel
Removable internal ashtray for clean emptying
119032
Made of zinc plated, powder coated sheet steel.

Door with dual bit security lock.
Removable ashtray, capacity approx. 4.5litres, made of
zinc plated sheet steel. Deposit opening and cigarette
stub plate made of stainless steel.
Inner container made of zinc plated sheet steel with
practical bar handles for easy removal and emptying.
Capacity approx.
Height x
Weight
Colour
litres
70
90
mm
kg
charcoal RAL 7021
moss green RAL 6005
silver similar to RAL 9022
1045 x 420
22
1245 x 420
26
610 978-BK
610 979-BK
610 980-BK
610 981-BK
610 982-BK
610 983-BK
610 985-BK
610 986-BK
417.50
450.00
119032
BLUE =
Waste collectors
For outdoor

Robust, zinc plated sheet steel design,
additionally powder coated
With clamping ring to hold 120 l plastic or paper
waste sacks
Base with holes for secure anchoring
Easy changing of waste sacks
Floor mounting
1 and 2 with silver coloured plastic lid. For green and

yellow housings, lid in same colour as housing. 3 with
metal lid in same colour as housing.
1 Open version
Sheet steel front panel, open at rear.
2 With single door

Ideal for heavy waste such as glass, etc.
The door protects the sacks from adverse weather and
damage.
3 With double doors and metal lid

Ideal for outdoor use. Fireproof.
The rear facing double doors protect the sacks from
adverse weather and damage.
Model
Height
Opening
Colour
mm
mm
green
charcoal
white
red
blue
yellow
g
900
350
900
350
980
395
754 806-BK
672 505-BK
713 393-BK
672 521-BK
672 645-BK
672 688-BK
672 718-BK
713 460-BK
672 734-BK
713 462-BK
713 466-BK
714 845-BK
610 038-BK
713 461-BK
713 463-BK
713 464-BK
713 467-BK
713 468-BK
137.90
207.50
246.50
Stainless steel and

aluminium waste collectors
For indoor, outdoor and humid areas

Sturdy stainless steel construction, front and doors
made of stainless steel or aluminium sheeting
Waste sack clamp ring for 120 litre sacks
Base with holes for bolting in place
Easy changing of waste sacks
For outdoor
Floor mounting
1 and 2 with zinc plated sheet steel lid, powder coated.

3 with stainless steel lid, powder coated.
1 Open version
Stainless steel front panel, open at rear.
2 With single door

Ideal for heavy waste such as glass, etc.
The stainless steel door protects the sacks from adverse
weather and damage.
3 With double doors and stainless steel lid

Ideal for outdoor and humid areas. Fireproof.
The aluminium double doors protect the sacks from
adverse weather and damage.
119033
Height
Opening
Lid colour
mm
mm
yellow
blue
grey
green
g
900
350
900
350
990
395
516 533-BK
516 534-BK
516 535-BK
516 536-BK
516 537-BK
516 539-BK
516 540-BK
516 541-BK
730 918-BK
730 919-BK
730 922-BK
730 921-BK
227.00
320.50
345.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Suitable 120 litre waste sacks

Material
polyethylene (LDPE)
paper
Colour
Pack of
blue
250
yellow
250
black
250
red
250
green
250
transparent
250
brown
100
No.
g / pack
558 966-BK
754 971-BK
509 078-BK
509 035-BK
509 043-BK
509 086-BK
408 930-BK
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
140.40
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119033
Model
455

3+4
2
1
3
1 Litter
Waste caddies
spikes
Anodised aluminium tube with screw-on steel spike.

For soft ground such as parks and beaches.
It doesn't get any easier than this
Litter grabbers
Lightweight aluminium
construction.
Easy to use holder for waste
sacks up to 120 litres.
Holding ring with three clamps
370 mm.
Weighs only 7 kg.
Overall height incl. handle
1500 mm.
Easy running, pneumatic tyres.
Supplied flat pack easy selfassembly.
Shaft made of anodised aluminium tube, plastic handle.

Non-wearing mechanical parts, as cables are inside.
Grabber with hardened steel claws, opens to approx.
10.5 cm.
2 Grabber with steel claws

For breaking free rubbish from the ground in
outdoor areas.
3 Short grabber, plastic coated

For emptying waste paper bins, wash basins etc.
4 Grabber, plastic coated
Same as 3, but with long shaft.

All versions supplied in packs of 2.
Model
litter spike
Overall length approx.

Illustration
No. 919 348-BK
g 128.50
No.
g / pack
mm
litter grabber
with steel claws
litter grabber
with plastic claws
980
900
1050
380
920
1070
919 361-BK
919 355-BK
919 356-BK
919 358-BK
919 359-BK
919 360-BK
30.90
66.20
68.50
66.40
64.50
65.70
Fire preventing
waste collectors
Made of extremely robust plastic (PE)

For indoor and outdoor use resistant
to heat and cold
Self-closing access flaps
Flames are suffocated when the
access flaps are closed
For outdoor
Selfextinguishing
2 with steel ashtray insert.

2 4 with access flaps on both sides.
4 can be anchored to floor.
Model
Capacity
Height
Width x depth
Colour
litres
57
80
57
80
133
170
mm
mm
930
390
1070
455
965
395
1075
460
1041
546 x 546
1054
632 x 632
beige
black
g
722 829-BK
909 641-BK
722 830-BK
909 643-BK
722 833-BK
722 834-BK
604 616-BK
604 617-BK
604 618-BK
604 619-BK
180.20
244.00
357.00
425.50
335.50
388.50
250
250
250
250
200
100
No.
g / pack
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
754 938-BK
511 919-BK
73.60
73.60
73.60
73.60
71.20
146.40
124657
Waste sacks
PE, grey
pack of
BLUE =
124657
Accessories
Indoor waste collectors

14
Self-extinguishing
waste paper bins and
waste collectors
If a fire starts, the rising

combustion gases are
redirected by the extinguishing lid and build up under
the opening. The oxygen
supply is cut off and the fire
is extinguished.
6
Selfextinguishing
Preventative fire protection at the

workplace, in factories, offices and all
areas frequented by the public
Self-extinguishing if a fire starts it is
immediately choked by the special
design lid
Models 1 4 TV/GS tested
Body and extinguishing lid made of

powder coated sheet steel or made
entirely of stainless steel.
The special extinguishing lid cuts off the
oxygen supply potential fires are choked
before they can start (see sketch).
Different body colours can be used for the
separation of recyclable waste.
5
3
4
2
Model
Capacity
Height x body
Opening
Powder coated
litres
mm
mm
body / extinguisher head
grey RAL 7035 / grey RAL 7035
red RAL 3000 / black RAL 9011
red RAL 3000 / red RAL 3000
white RAL 9002 / white RAL 9002
black RAL 9011 / black RAL 9011
blue RAL 5013 / black RAL 9011
white aluminium RAL 9006 / black RAL 9011
g
15
360 x 255
110
20
426 x 260
110
30
470 x 335
115
50
625 x 335
115
80
550 x 470
165
110
710 x 450
170
200
950 x 600
205
714 811-BK
714 815-BK
917 512-BK
917 513-BK
714 816-BK
917 514-BK
917 515-BK
927 857-BK
927 858-BK
927 859-BK
927 861-BK
927 860-BK
714 812-BK
714 818-BK
917 526-BK
714 819-BK
917 528-BK
917 529-BK
714 813-BK
714 821-BK
917 530-BK
917 531-BK
714 822-BK
917 533-BK
917 534-BK
917 517-BK
917 518-BK
917 519-BK
917 520-BK
917 521-BK
917 522-BK
917 523-BK
714 814-BK
714 824-BK
917 535-BK
917 536-BK
714 825-BK
917 537-BK
917 538-BK
917 525-BK
47.80
55.00
69.00
82.60
124.60
148.60
273.00
No.
g
915 757-BK
915 758-BK
915 759-BK
113.30
149.10
500
500
250
360
250
250
150
No.
g / pack
722 756-BK
722 756-BK
508 861-BK
985 144-BK
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
695 807-BK
43.00
43.00
55.10
52.80
73.60
73.60
129.30
Stainless steel
94.50
Accessories
PE waste sacks
pack of
PREMIUM
self-extinguishing
waste collectors
Selfextinguishing
For professional use
Single piece body manufactured using deep

drawing process
Seamless and absolutely leakproof
TV/GS tested (German technical
standards)
Modern, attractive design.

Very stable due to solid construction.
Certified as flame extinguishing with lid in place.
1 + 2 Made of powder coated

sheet steel
Black RAL 9004.
3 + 4 Made of brushed aluminium
Model
122458
Capacity
Height x body
Opening
No.
g
litres
mm
mm
13
302 x 260
120
20
342 x 300
120
13
341 x 240
120
20
381 x 280
120
944 694-BK
944 695-BK
944 692-BK
944 693-BK
62.60
72.30
79.60
112.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
4
3
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122458
Very robust and durable, also suitable

for use in damp environments.
457

Waste collectors
Designer stainless steel container with

innovative sensor or touch technology
Plastic inner bin
No-fingerprint finish prevents fingerprints on the

stainless steel
Anti-vacuum feature for easy removal of the waste
sack
With inner bin
Plastic inner bin with red handle, which splits into two
parts tosecure waste sack.
Very stable due to large footprint and three non-slip feet.
1 SENSOR waste collector

Convenient opening of the lid with innovative sensor
technology. Easy operation via integrated on/off switch.
For three AAA 1.5 V batteries (not included).
2 TOUCH waste collector

Simply tap on the lid to open.
Suitable waste sacks available as an accessory.
Model
Capacity
Height x
litres
mm
No.
g
No finger
print
20
595 x 263
20
595 x 263
521 245-BK
521 246-BK
119.90
81.00
983 736-BK
983 736-BK
118.00
118.00
Accessories
Waste sacks,
pack of 1500
No.
g / pack
Pedal bins
Lid closes quietly

Extra stable due to large footprint and
three non-slip feet
Stainless steel model with
anti-fingerprint finish
Anti-vacuum feature for easy removal
of the waste sack
Housing and lid made of powder coated

sheet steel or stainless steel.
Practical, plastic carrying handle
on the back.
Zinc plated inner container with handle.
Tested self-extinguishing design.
Suitable waste sacks available as an

accessory.
Selfextinguishing
Model
Capacity
litres
Height x
mm
Pack of
Powder coated
silver RAL 9022
white RAL 9003
g / pack
Stainless steel
4
280 x 180
2
13
375 x 263
2
20
595 x 263
1
521 225-BK
521 226-BK
521 229-BK
521 231-BK
521 234-BK
521 235-BK
59.60
92.40
69.70
No.
g / pack
521 224-BK
521 228-BK
521 233-BK
81.00
114.80
89.80
No.
g / pack
754 891-BK
983 736-BK
983 736-BK
37.35
118.00
118.00
Accessories
Waste sacks,
pack of 1500
No finger
print
Pedal bins for recycling
No finger
print
Ergonomic wide pedal

Body made of stainless steel with anti-fingerprint finish
Efficient waste separation
Suitable waste sacks available as an accessory.
Model
Capacity
120279
No. 521 247-BK
65.00
No.
g
1 x 12
425 x 220 x 410
2 x 12
425 x 400 x 410
3 x 12
425 x 590 x 410
521 247-BK
521 249-BK
521 250-BK
65.00
93.90
126.10
983 736-BK
983 736-BK
983 736-BK
118.00
118.00
118.00
Accessories
Waste sacks,
pack of 1500
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
120279
litres
mm

Stainless steel waste

collectors
99.00
No. 505 444-BK
High quality waste collectors made of stainless steel with

an extraordinary, functional design.
Extremely robust and durable. For daily, professional and
heavy duty indoor use.
1 BULLETPUSH
Waste collector with self-closing, stainless steel flap
Container and top made entirely of stainless steel
Includes zinc plated inner container
Floor protection ring
2 OPENTOP
Waste collector with large opening
Convenient disposal without flap, lid etc.
Container and top made entirely of stainless steel
Floor protection ring
Waste sacks are securely clamped with the top
(withoutinner container)
3 SWINGTOPoval
Oval shaped waste collector with

self-closingswing lid
Convenient disposal lid opens easily andcloses
automatically
Stainless steel container, swing lid made of
high quality, black plastic
Includes plastic inner container
3
With inner bin
4 SWINGTOPround
Round waste collector with self-closingswing lid
Convenient disposal lid opens easilyandcloses
automatically
Stainless steel container, swing lid made of high
quality, black plastic
Waste sacks are securely clamped with the top
5 6 TOUCHLID
Round waste collectors lid opens quietly and
easilywith a gentle push
Convenient disposal due to innovative
Touch Lid Technology
Stainless steel container, lid made of high quality,
black plastic
5 With plastic inner container

6 Waste sacks are securely clamped with the top
With inner bin
3
With inner bin
6
4
Model
Capacity
Height x
litres
mm
No.
g
40
740 x 340
60
760 x 400
40
680 x 400
75
710 x 400
30
720 x 290
50
700 x 400
505 444-BK
505 445-BK
505 446-BK
505 448-BK
505 449-BK
505 450-BK
99.00
174.60
123.00
132.10
112.80
155.10
pack of
No.
g / pack
119035
Waste sacks
YELLOW =
Ex stock
400
400
200
200
400
400
505 460-BK
505 458-BK
505 459-BK
505 459-BK
505 460-BK
505 460-BK
94.90
263.00
52.10
52.10
94.90
94.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119035
Accessories
459

PUSH waste collectors
With inner bin
Sheet steel container with robust plastic

hood
Container made of powder coated sheet steel or rust

free stainless steel
Impact resistant, black plastic cover with self-closing
stainless steel flap
Plastic floor protection ring
Optionally with or without zinc plated inner container
Without inner container

Capacity
litres
33
Height x
mm
Powder
grey RAL 7011
coated
black RAL 9017
blue RAL 5002
red RAL 3020
g
570 x 310
650 x 310
820 x 310
977 812-BK
977 813-BK
977 814-BK
977 815-BK
977 823-BK
977 824-BK
977 825-BK
977 826-BK
977 834-BK
977 835-BK
977 894-BK
977 895-BK
66.00
72.30
79.30
Stainless steel
977 816-BK
977 827-BK
977 897-BK
72.40
79.30
84.60
No.
g
40
55
Accessories
Waste sacks
pack of
No.
g / pack
2500
250
250
985 127-BK
508 861-BK
408 883-BK
71.90
55.10
71.90
With zinc plated inner container

Capacity
litres
Height x
mm
Powder
grey RAL 7011
coated
black RAL 9017
blue RAL 5002
red RAL 3020
g
Hood made of
robust plastic
Stainless steel
No.
g
33
40
55
570 x 310
650 x 310
820 x 310
977 817-BK
977 828-BK
977 830-BK
977 831-BK
977 832-BK
977 898-BK
977 899-BK
977 901-BK
977 902-BK
977 819-BK
977 820-BK
72.50
80.50
87.70
977 821-BK
977 833-BK
977 903-BK
79.20
86.20
96.40
Accessories
Waste sacks
pack of
No.
g / pack
With inner bin
2500
250
250
985 127-BK
508 861-BK
408 883-BK
71.90
55.10
71.90
BULLETPUSH waste
collectors
Container and top made entirely of painted
sheet steel or stainless steel
Robust, durable container made of painted sheet steel

or rust free stainless steel
Capacity 40 litres
Top made of painted sheet steel or stainless steel with
self-closing stainless steel flap
Plastic floor protection ring
Zinc plated inner container with handle
Clamping ring for easy fastening of waste sacks
Capacity
Height x
Painted
litres
40
mm
iron grey similar to RAL 7011
jet black similar to RAL 9005
ultramarine blue similar to RAL 5002
light ivory similar to RAL 1015
g
740 x 340
607 060-BK
607 057-BK
607 058-BK
607 059-BK
95.00
No.
g
505 444-BK
99.00
No.
g / pack
505 460-BK
122459
Stainless steel
Hood made of painted

sheet steel or stainless steel
from g
95.00
Accessories
Waste sacks
Pack of
400
BLUE =
94.90
122459
Designer pedal bins
Selfextinguishing
Smoothly closing lid with a large opening angle for

easy filling, closes quietly and keeps odours in
Practical carrying handle at the rear
Stable and non-tilting due to rubber base ring
Housing and lid made of powder coated sheet steel or

made of stainless steel. Internal opening mechanism with
attractive pedal bar.
With inner bin
Plastic inner container

With red elastic band to secure the waste sack.
Sheet steel inner container
Zinc plated with carrying handle. Tested self-extinguishing
design.
Accessories
Waste sacks made of transparent polyethylene.
Pack of 10 rolls, 50 sacks per roll.
Capacity
litres
14
16
26
Inner bin
Height x
mm
Powder coated
grey alum. RAL 9007
blue RAL 5002
red RAL 3004
white RAL 9003
silver RAL 9022
g
sheet steel
460 x 263
plastic
460 x 263
sheet steel
660 x 263
977 008-BK
977 009-BK
977 010-BK
977 011-BK
977 013-BK
977 001-BK
977 002-BK
977 003-BK
977 005-BK
977 006-BK
977 015-BK
977 016-BK
977 017-BK
977 018-BK
977 019-BK
Stainless steel
49.30
44.90
74.10
No.
g
977 014-BK
977 007-BK
977 021-BK
51.70
49.30
78.00
No.
g / pack
722 756-BK
722 756-BK
722 756-BK
43.00
43.00
43.00
Accessories
Waste sacks
With inner bin
Pedal bins for

recyclable waste
Robust metal body

Inner containers in various colours
Wide pedal to open lid
Body made of powder coated sheet steel

orrust-free stainless steel.
Lid made of impact resistant, black plastic.
Inner containers
Made of plastic, with folding handle.
Different colours for easy waste separation.
qty. x litres
1 x 19
2 x 11
1 x 11
1 x 19
3 x 11

mm
Powder coated
white, similar to RAL 9003
g
440 x 310 x 250
440 x 320 x 250
440 x 470 x 250
440 x 470 x 250
727 718-BK
915 731-BK
722 695-BK
722 696-BK
727 719-BK
915 730-BK
915 728-BK
915 729-BK
727 721-BK
915 732-BK
722 699-BK
722 700-BK
727 722-BK
915 733-BK
722 703-BK
722 704-BK
Stainless steel
No.
g
38.85
44.50
51.40
57.20
722 697-BK
915 737-BK
722 701-BK
722 705-BK
49.95
51.60
61.90
61.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Waste sacks
Made of grey polyethylene.
Pack of 30 rolls, 50 sacks per roll.
For container size
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

11 litres
19 litres
983 735-BK
983 736-BK
105.20
118.00
122460
122460
Inner containers
KAISER + KRAFT
461

Stainless steel pedal waste collectors
Highly functional design
Lid closes softly and quietly, keeps

odours in (Shox technology)
Lid can be locked in open position for
prolonged use
No-fingerprint finish prevents
fingerprints
Includes plastic inner container
Handle recesses make it easy to grab
the inner container and to change the
waste sack
With inner bin
No finger
print
1 WALL
Ideal for space saving placement
againstwalls, in high traffic areas.
2 SQUARE
Ideal for space saving, flush placement
againstwalls. Integrated wheelsfor easy
transport.
Specially designed for easy handling.

Extremely robust and durable for daily,
professional and heavy duty use.
2
Model
Inner container
litres
mm
No.
g
Waste sacks with loop ties
Pack of 400
No.
g / pack
1 x 40
720 x 410 x 470
1 x 50
655 x 503 x 326
607 055-BK
505 440-BK
197.60
248.00
614 354-BK
505 451-BK
271.50
279.00
METALLIC look recyclable

waste collectors
With the characteristics of a plastic
collector and the attractive appearance
of a metal container
Robust plastic container with metallic look

No-fingerprint finish
Can be cleaned quickly and easily
Integrated waste sack holder
1 SWING recyclable waste collector

Black, very robust and solid swing lid. Integrated handles.
Convenient disposal possible without touching with hands.
2 ROLL waste collector

Black lid which rolls upward allowsfor prolonged
disposal of rubbish. After use, the lid can be closedagain
in order to prevent odours from escaping.
Ideal for kitchens, foodstuffs processing etc.
1
2
No finger
print
Model
Capacity
Length x width
Height
No.
g
litres
mm
mm
60
390 x 390
820
50
390 x 390
860
727 723-BK
727 724-BK
97.80
93.50
No finger
print
3 Recyclable waste collection station

Three plastic containers, each with capacity of 50 litres.
Lids with deposit hole in black, yellow and green.
Ideal for high traffic areas where both appearance
and functionality are important.
No. 727 726-BK
g 236.50
Accessories
No. 521 222-BK
g / pack 78.80
BLUE =
124659
124659
PE waste sacks
Suitable for recyclable waste collectors 1 3.
Pack of 250.

NEW
2
g
No. 607 073-BK
75.00
Designer waste collectors

Made of high quality plastic (PP) with elegant designs
in stainless steel finish
1 RECYCLER
3 SLIM STEP
Lid with deposit hole folding for bulky

rubbish, completely removable.
Up to 3 collectors can be stacked on top of
each other to save space.
Integrated colour wheel to select 1 of 3
material fractions.
Robust, large pedal for easy operation. Lid

closes softly and quietly, keeps odours in
(Shox technology). Lid can be locked in
open position for prolonged use.
Space saving due to rectangular shape,
also fits in small niches.
Mobile on integrated wheels.
Model
litres
22.5
60
40
45
mm
mm
480
265 x 445
832
343 x 425
640
260 x 488
640
405 x 345
black, similar to RAL 7021

607 066-BK
607 067-BK
607 068-BK
607 069-BK
607 071-BK
607 072-BK
607 073-BK
607 074-BK
47.10
86.90
70.80
75.00
400
400
400
400
No.
g / pack
611 668-BK
505 451-BK
611 668-BK
611 668-BK
241.00
279.00
241.00
241.00
Capacity
2 SWING
Wide opening hinged flap opens easily,
self-closing can be easily removed for
cleaning.
Flanged lid conceals rubbish sack bulges,
removable.
4 SQUARE STEP
Height
Width x depth
Robust, large pedal for easy operation.

Lid closes softly and quietly, keeps odours
in (Shox technology).
Lid can be locked in open position for
prolonged use.
Colour
Accessories
pack of
Waste sacks
NEW
Stainless steel waste collectors

Durable, robust container with no-fingerprint finish.
For use in indoor areas where both
functionality and design are of high
importance.
Includes practical waste sack holder and
floor protection ring.
1 OPEN TOP oval

Large, elongated opening. Space saving
design, can thus also be placed between
other units.
No finger
print
2 OPEN TOP semi-circular

Large opening. Semi-circular shape
enables unit to be placed flush against
wall.
Model
Capacity
litres
mm
No.
g
50
695 x 272 x 463
60
760 x 470 x 333
727 772-BK
727 774-BK
174.90
192.50
250
250
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
73.60
73.60
pack of
No.
g / pack
122560
Waste sacks
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122560
Accessories
KAISER + KRAFT
463

Material collection boxes
Large capacity recyclable material
collectors with self-closing lid
Self-closing, attractive lid with opening

Lid latch to hold the swing lid in the full open position
Space saving rectangular shape
Housing made of powder coated sheet steel or corrosion

free stainless steel. Lid and base made of rigid,
impact resistant black plastic. Simple assembly.
Capacity
litres
40
60

Powder coated
mm
silver
white
black
500 x 340 x 260
720 x 340 x 260
915 761-BK
915 762-BK
915 763-BK
915 766-BK
915 767-BK
915 768-BK
50.90
64.00
No.
g
915 764-BK
915 770-BK
65.30
85.60
No.
g / pack
508 861-BK
508 942-BK
55.10
71.90
Stainless steel
Accessories
Waste sacks
Pack of 250
Recyclable material
collector sets
Recyclable waste sack holders
incl. 250 blue recycling sacks
Light, robust and durable aluminium/plastic

construction
Can be expanded and combined at will with
the clip system
Integrated frame with elastic strap to easily
secure the recycling sacks
Static or mobile
Tubular aluminium frame. Folding lid, lid frame

and base plate made of plastic. Easy plug-in
assembly. Incl. coloured, self-adhesive films for
separate recycled waste collection.
Model
Height
Width x depth
Static
Mobile
litres
1 x 120
2 x 120
3 x 120
mm
mm
1000
430 x 450
1000
880 x 450
1000
1330 x 450
No.
g / set
505 373-BK
505 376-BK
505 378-BK
108.90
138.60
209.00
No.
g / set
505 380-BK
505 377-BK
505 379-BK
108.60
150.40
192.90
Waste sacks
Made of polyethylene, in four colours.
Pack of 250.
Colour
No.
g / pack
blue
black
yellow
transparent
558 966-BK
509 078-BK
754 971-BK
509 086-BK
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
100 litre waste bins
Mobile on large wheels

Coloured lids for separating
recyclable waste
Optimum manual emptying
with removable lid
Made of polypropylene, container in beige,

lid in choice of four colours.
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
850
510 x 530
Order quantity
1 to4items
lid colour
beige
blue
yellow
green
944 686-BK
944 687-BK
944 689-BK
944 690-BK
Order quantity
5+items
126246
Accessories
Waste sacks
Made of grey polyethylene.
Pack of200.
Set of stickers, 12-piece
2of each symbol for glass, paper, plastic,
metal, other waste and batteries.
61.90
g
lid colour
beige
blue
yellow
green
944 701-BK
944 702-BK
944 703-BK
944 704-BK
56.30
No.
g / pack
754 938-BK
No.
g / set
614 447-BK
Accessories
Waste sacks
Stickers
BLUE =
71.20
19.20
126246
For outdoor

METALLIC recyclable waste
collectors
With the characteristics of a plastic
collector and the attractive appearance of a
metal container
Robust plastic container with metal look

Easy to clean
No finger print finish
COMPACT waste collectors
Space saving collector in two sizes complete with lid.

The collectors can be quickly and easily linked together
using the supplied plastic connectors to create a collection
station. Integrated handles on the underside for easy
transport and emptying.
Waste sack secured with bag holder.
Different lids for the separation of recyclables

Blue with slot for paper etc.
Green with deposit hole for cans etc.
Grey lid with handle, ideal for refuse
Model
No finger
print
litres
mm
mm
55
290 x 490
700
70
290 x 490
810
deposit slot / blue

deposit hole / green
lid with handle / grey
g
521 295-BK
521 296-BK
521 297-BK
521 298-BK
521 300-BK
521 301-BK
89.20
99.90
No.
g / pack
521 222-BK
928 015-BK
78.80
73.60
Capacity
Length x width
Height
Lid version / colour
Accessories
PE waste sacks
Pack of 250
CLASSIC waste collectors

Attractive plastic collectors in two sizes and shapes with
different types of lids.
Durable, hardwearing containers for high traffic areas.
With handles for easy transport and emptying.
Integrated waste sack holder.
Model
No finger
print
Capacity
Lid with hole
litres
mm
blue
black
g
blue
black
g
Swing lid
Model
60
390 x 390 x 730
521 305-BK
521 306-BK
93.50
521 307-BK
521 308-BK
101.20
Capacity
x height
Lid with hole
litres
mm
blue
black
g
50
390 x 730
521 303-BK
521 304-BK
85.30
Suitable waste sacks
No. 521 222-BK
122739
122739
Made of blue polyethylene.

Pack of 250.
g / pack 78.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
465

Recycling bins
Eyelets for optional use of lock

Handles at higher level for easy handling
Quiet closing lid
Recycling bin made of polypropylene for industrial use.

Different coloured lids for easy separation of recyclable
waste. Integrated waste sack holder.
Mobile on two wheels with rubber tyres.
For outdoor
Capacity
litres
100

Lid
mm
black
blue
green
beige
920 x 590 x 440
67.70
No.
g / pack
511 919-BK
521 309-BK
521 311-BK
521 312-BK
521 313-BK
Accessories
PE waste sacks
Pack of 100
146.40
Pedal waste collectors
Non-slip base
Lid catch
Waste collectors with robust, wide pedal.

Easy removal of waste sack due to lid
catch.
Overlapping, slowly closing lid prevents
odours from escaping. Easy to clean.
For outdoor
Model
Capacity
Colour
litres
mm
black
beige
white
35
440 x 390 x 390
60
690 x 390 x 390
85
790 x 490 x 390
944 640-BK
944 641-BK
944 642-BK
944 643-BK
944 644-BK
944 646-BK
944 647-BK
944 648-BK
944 649-BK
85.30
101.40
123.10
No.
g / pack
614 435-BK
521 222-BK
521 222-BK
78.20
78.80
78.80
Accessories
With non-slip base
PE waste sacks
Pack of 250
Includes matching lid
Rubberised handles for a secure hold
Easy to clean
Nestable without lid, stackable with lid
Accessories
Dolly
Adaptable size,
with 4swivel castors,
one with wheel stop.
Rubber bumper strips.
Max. load 100 kg.
Height x 220 x 470 mm.
Supplied flat pack
easy self-assembly.
Container made of extremely durable

polyethylene with lid in matching colour,
for use in industry andfoodstuffs
processing.
White and yellow containers with coating
for safe use with foodstuffs.
Model
Capacity
Height x
Colour
NEW
85
740 x 550
120
840 x 630
944 650-BK
944 651-BK
944 652-BK
944 654-BK
944 655-BK
944 656-BK
944 657-BK
944 658-BK
65.90
84.20
150
300
No.
g / pack
741 118-BK
754 934-BK
120.50
132.90
No.
g
111 206-BK
111 206-BK
72.40
72.40
litres
mm
black
white
yellow
green
Accessories
PE waste sacks
pack of
Dolly
BLUE =
124975
For outdoor

Industrial pedal bins
Robust and durable for
heavy duty use
Selfextinguishing
Easy to operate, wide pedal

Lid with gas spring closing mechanism
Odourless and fire retardant
Handle on collector for easy transport
Ideal for use in production, workshops,

kitchens etc.
Easy to clean with non-corrosive media.
Housing and lid made of white powder
coated sheet steel or stainless steel.
Capacity
litres
27
45
90
152
mm
380 x 365 x 440
380 x 365 x 595
445 x 435 x 770
540 x 540 x 770
Powder coated
white RAL 9016
No.
g
521 209-BK
521 211-BK
521 214-BK
521 216-BK
105.00
130.90
167.80
214.50
Stainless steel
No.
g
521 208-BK
521 210-BK
521 212-BK
521 215-BK
167.00
192.50
279.50
377.00
250
360
250
200
No.
g / pack
508 861-BK
985 144-BK
928 015-BK
754 938-BK
55.10
52.80
73.60
71.20
from g
105.00
Accessories
Waste sacks
pack of
For outdoor
Industrial pedal bins
Capacity
Extremely robust and durable for industrial use
Length x width
Height
120285
Tough, rust free, solid plastic (PE)

construction
Hands-free operation ideal for
industry, foodstuffs processing,
industrial kitchens etc.
Overlapping lid closes tightly
Sturdy, quiet pedal mechanism
Leakproof container no leakage of
liquids, even without inner bin
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Inner bin as accessory for easy

cleaning
Coloured containers can be used for
separating recyclable waste
Meet the directives of the European
hygienic standard HACCP
85 litre version with roller for easy

transport.
Plastic inner bin, waste sacks and
adhesive labels for container identification
available as accessories.
Colour
30
45
70
85
mm
mm
415 x 400
435
415 x 400
600
500 x 410
675
500 x 410
825
beige
red
white
yellow
blue
g
754 873-BK
754 874-BK
754 875-BK
754 876-BK
754 877-BK
754 878-BK
754 879-BK
754 880-BK
754 881-BK
754 882-BK
505 429-BK
754 883-BK
754 884-BK
754 885-BK
505 430-BK
116.10
138.10
168.00
232.00
No.
g
754 886-BK
754 887-BK
754 888-BK
754 890-BK
39.55
51.00
61.50
64.70
of
250
150
150
150
No.
g / pack
722 546-BK
741 118-BK
741 118-BK
695 807-BK
54.30
120.50
120.50
129.30
No.
g / set
614 447-BK
614 447-BK
614 447-BK
614 447-BK
19.20
19.20
19.20
19.20
Accessories
Inner container
Waste sacks
Pack
Set of stickers, 12-piece

2 each for glass, paper, plastic,
metal, other waste, batteries
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
120285
litres
467

Plastic waste collectors with pedal
4
Made of extremely durable polyethylene
4
For outdoor
Hands-free operation ideal for foodstuffs industry,

industrial kitchensetc.
Overlapping lid
Sturdy, wide foot pedal
Set includes pictograms for recyclables
4 additionally with metal bar on base for more stability and two plastic
castors for easy transport.

Model
Capacity
Body / lid
from g
89.00
litres
mm
white
grey
grey / yellow
grey / red
grey / blue
grey / green
g
30
410 x 400 x 435
45
410 x 400 x 600
70
505 x 415 x 675
90
505 x 410 x 790
614 414-BK
614 415-BK
614 417-BK
614 418-BK
614 419-BK
614 420-BK
614 421-BK
614 422-BK
614 423-BK
614 425-BK
614 426-BK
614 427-BK
614 428-BK
614 429-BK
614 430-BK
614 431-BK
614 433-BK
614 434-BK
521 251-BK
614 436-BK
614 437-BK
614 438-BK
614 439-BK
614 441-BK
89.00
105.40
124.60
187.10
Accessories
Waste sacks
pack of
No.
g / pack
250
250
250
200
614 435-BK
521 222-BK
703 929-BK
754 938-BK
78.20
78.80
72.80
71.20
4
5
For outdoor
Plastic recyclable
waste collectors
60 and 80 litre containers for
easy separation, collection and
disposal
Made of extremely durable,

robust polyethylene
Handles for easy handling
Removable lid assembly makes it easy
to empty thecontainers
Can be used individually or combined
1 Container without lid

Container with lid
2 Grey / black lid with deposit slot

3 Grey / black lid with self-closing
Easy to assemble dollies
access flap
4 Yellow lid with rounddeposit hole

5 Blue lid with deposit slot and
pictograms for recyclables
6 Green lid with round opening and

7 Yellow lid with square opening and
8 Grey lid, closed, with pictograms for
recyclables
1
8
Capacity 60 litres
124660
Capacity 80 litres
length x width
height
length x width
height
mm
mm
315 x 400
580
340 x 470
800
340 x 470
800
340 x 470
800
340 x 470
645
340 x 470
645
340 x 470
645
340 x 470
645
No.
g
606 864-BK
605 462-BK
605 463-BK
605 464-BK
727 678-BK
727 682-BK
727 714-BK
727 715-BK
41.35
58.00
58.00
58.00
56.70
56.70
56.70
56.70
mm
mm
315 x 400
765
340 x 470
985
340 x 470
985
340 x 470
985
340 x 470
830
340 x 470
830
340 x 470
830
340 x 470
830
No.
g
727 658-BK
727 669-BK
727 672-BK
727 675-BK
727 661-BK
727 663-BK
727 665-BK
727 667-BK
52.30
75.80
75.80
75.80
75.80
75.80
75.80
75.80
Dollies
Sturdy steel construction with 4 swivel
castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Dollies can be coupled together with the
supplied connecting bolts.
Mobile recycling stations can be
configured to individual requirements.
No. 727 716-BK
BLUE =
g 75.80
124660
Model

C
A
Recyclable waste
collectors
Can be used individually, or extended

to form a recyclable waste sorting
system
Made of extremely durable
polyethylene
Static or mobile with dolly
3 with new, inno-
vative air channels

for easier removal
of sacks and
ingenious waste
sack holding
mechanism.
1 and 3 with handles, 2 without handles.
3
1
Model
Capacity
Colour
60
87
litres
Height
mm
Width x depth mm
No.
g
3
87
grey
blue
grey
blue
grey
blue
632
279 x 587
632
279 x 587
762
279 x 508
762
279 x 508
762
279 x 558
762
279 x 558
714 802-BK
977 923-BK
917 505BK
521 262-BK
54.30
562 521BK
521 261-BK
54.30
81.30
81.30
Plastic lids for both collector sizes
Accessories
PE waste sacks
Suitable for all collectors.
Pack of 250.
No. 714 803-BK
No.
g
green
brown
714 807-BK
977 922-BK
35.40
35.40
With swinging lid

Opening approx. 420 x 200 mm.
Grey.
No. 516 990-BK
No. 928 015-BK
grey
yellow
714 808-BK
722 836-BK
35.60
35.60
E Cup lid
With holes
For cans, bottles, batteries etc.
Hole approx. 140 mm.
No.
g
E
Closed
With practical recessed handle.
Colour
g 35.35
Colour
With slot
For paper, cardboard, etc.
Slot length x width approx.
420 x 50 mm. Blue.
g 29.35
Suitable for 87 litre collectors.

Efficient disposal of used cups.
With funnel shaped liquid collection
container and 4 recesses for collecting
cups.
Easy disposal of liquids, as the cup
collector and the container for liquids
can be removed separately.
Black.
g / pack 73.60
Adhesive pictogram set

Symbols for glass, plastic, paper, metal, refuse and
batteries. Two stickers for each symbol.
No. 614 447-BK
g / set 19.20
Dolly
For transporting full collectors.
The plastic dollies can be used to link together as many
collectors as required.
Suitable for both collector sizes and models.
Model
No. 521 265-BK
g 92.80
No.
g
plastic
sheet steel
714 800-BK
521 263-BK
84.70
133.20

Capacity approx. 120 litres

Holder for 120 l waste sacks
Easy cleaning of the collector even
inside by opening the front door
Stability due to large footprint
Supplied with connection clips to form
banks
Includes label set for separating waste
colour coded (yellow, blue, grey,
green) with pictograms
Extra large
access flap
For outdoor
Container, flap and front door made of

impact resistant, durable plastic (ABS).
1120 x 500 x 450 mm.
119040
Wheel set
Two wheels and a handle. Easy to install
on the container.
No. 516 542-BK
g 165.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No. 516 543-BK
g / set 49.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g
No. 516 542-BK
165.00
KAISER + KRAFT
119040
Accessories
469

1
For outdoor
2
3
4
5
C
A
Round universal containers
Very sturdy due to reinforced

edges and double ribbed base.
Large handles make them easy to
pick up, even with gloves.
Problem free stacking, without
handles becoming blocked.
Containers in yellow, white and
grey are suitable for foodstuffs.
Model
Capacity approx.
approx.
Height approx.
Colour
Accessories
A Lid
Made of PE, with snap lock to
contain odours.
Can be safely stacked.
B
Dolly
Made of PE / metal. Bayonet
closure makes it easy to securely
and tightly bolt-down
containers 2 5.
5 swivel castors.
x height 464 x 168 mm.
Dolly
Made of PE / metal.
For easy positioning of containers
1 5.
5 swivel castors.
x height 619 x 181 mm.
Accessories
Lid
Tandem dolly
Made of PE / metal.
2 containers (2 5 of same or
different size) can be securely
bolted-down. Folds up to save
space. 4 swivel castors, 2 large
fixed castors.
L x W x H 1143 x 514 x 203 mm.
E
122561
Waste sacks
181 mm
Made of tough, shatterproof

plastic (PE), seamlessly
moulded
Impact and shock resistant
from 29 C to +60 C
Easily stackable
Large handles
litres
37
75
121
166
208
mm
mm
400
435
495
580
560
690
610
800
673
838
grey
white
yellow
red
blue
g
703 827-BK
703 828-BK
703 829-BK
703 830-BK
703 831-BK
703 836-BK
703 837-BK
703 838-BK
703 839-BK
703 840-BK
917 497-BK
561 800-BK
703 832-BK
703 833-BK
703 835-BK
754 931-BK
59.60
76.70
113.50
grey
white
yellow
red
black
g
703 841-BK
703 843-BK
703 844-BK
703 845-BK
703 846-BK
561 878-BK
703 847-BK
703 848-BK
703 849-BK
20.35
607 014-BK
29.60
39.95
No.
g
562 300-BK
562 300-BK
562 300-BK
562 300-BK
99.40
99.40
99.40
99.40
909 638-BK
909 638-BK
909 638-BK
909 638-BK
38.15
15.15
16.30
158.20
703 855-BK
Dolly
Dolly
No.
g
909 638-BK
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
Tandem dolly
No.
g
909 639-BK
909 639-BK
909 639-BK
909 639-BK
204.50
204.50
204.50
204.50
PE waste sacks
250
250
300
200
909 448-BK
521 222-BK
754 934-BK
754 938-BK
38.10
78.80
132.90
71.20
pack of
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
122561
168 mm
Extremely sturdy containers

as a waste collector, for storage and transport
86 mm
68 mm
9
1
Square universal containers
For outdoor
Made of seamless, impact resistant PE retains its shape

Large handles
Rounded edges
Double ribbed bases for high stability and tensile strength
Accessories
Tandem dolly
Made of PE / metal. 2 containers
(1 2 of same or different size) can be
securely bolted-down.
Folds up to save space.
4 swivel castors, 2 large fixed castors.
L x W x H 1143 x 514 x 203 mm.
Lid
Made of PE. With snap lock.
Dolly
Made of PE / metal, bayonet closure
makes it easy to securely and tightly
bolt-down containers 1 2.
4 swivel castors.
L x W x H 438 x 438 x 159 mm.
Accessories
Lid
litres
mm
grey
white
yellow
red
g
105
550 x 550 x 580
151
590 x 590 x 730
561 827-BK
703 856-BK
703 857-BK
917 498-BK
561 843-BK
917 499-BK
grey
white
yellow
red
g
561 894-BK
703 858-BK
703 891-BK
917 500-BK
22.70
30.60
562 386-BK
96.90
65.60
No.
g
562 386-BK
76.20
76.20
Tandem dolly
No.
g
909 639-BK
909 639-BK
204.50
204.50
Waste sacks
No.
g / pack
511 919-BK
511 919-BK
146.40
146.40
B
1
C
C
A
Recyclable waste containers

Made of very sturdy plastic
Highly versatile for indoor and
outdoor use
Easy to clean due to rounded corners
and smooth surfaces
Opening at an ergonomic height
561 916-BK
917 501-BK
Dolly
PE waste sacks, blue.

Pack of 100.
Model
Capacity approx.
Colour
Accessories
Swing lid, PE, quiet action. For 1 3.
Lid with slot opening, PE, for paper etc.

For 2 3.
Set of stickers, with 2 of each

symbol for glass, paper, plastic, metal
and other waste.
2
A
A
3
A
Capacity
Colour
litres
mm
grey
blue
g
87
785 x 394 x 420
87
762 x 508 x 279
132
702 x 495 x 495
516 989-BK
562 521-BK
917 505-BK
917 504-BK
917 506-BK
63.00
62.90
119.60
mm
101 x 406 x 406
127 x 521 x 289
159 x 511 x 511
No.
g
607 650-BK
516 990-BK
917 507-BK
29.80
29.35
68.00
mm
70 x 518 x 287
159 x 511 x 511
No.
g
714 803-BK
917 510-BK
35.35
70.20
No.
g
614 447-BK
614 447-BK
614 447-BK
19.20
19.20
19.20
250
250
200
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
754 938-BK
73.60
73.60
71.20
Accessories
119041
Swing lid
Lid with slot for

paper
Set of stickers
PE waste sacks
pack of
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
2
1
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119041
Model
471

Waste wool cases
Classic collection bins for cleaning wool With self-closing access flap
also ideal for other types of waste.
Swing lid and self-closing access flap both
Made of painted sheet steel, bevelled and
provide protection against explosions.
welded, two drop handles at the sides for
Painted in flame red RAL 3000.
easy transport.
2 Swing lid for access from both sides
1 With sloping lid
3 Self-closing access flap
Fitting for padlock.
Painted blue grey RAL 7031.
Model
Capacity
Width x depth
Height
Colour
1
3
2
litres
mm
front / rear mm
flame red
blue grey
170
625 x 375
750 / 980
1
230
750 x 425
750 / 980
310
1000 x 425
750 / 980
70
400 x 400
570 / 680
120
500 x 400
650 / 880
229 555-BK
229 571-BK
229 601-BK
258 873-BK
229 636-BK
180.80
211.00
238.50
169.40
211.00
No.
g
229 563-BK
229 563-BK
229 563-BK
41.15
41.15
41.15
Accessories
Partition
Waste collectors
Selfextinguishing
With inner bin
1 Removable top
Self-extinguishing in accordance with

M01/07 and M03/07 TV NORD
Made of sheet steel robust and
durable
Zinc plated inner bin
Both models with access flaps on
opposing sides
Ideal for workshops and warehouses
Zinc plated inner bin can be lifted out.
2 Inner bin can be removed

from the front
Very easy to empty.
Safety disposal cans for the disposal

of cleaning cloths soaked with flammable liquids can be found on page
Two folding handles on the sides.

High quality powder coating.
Model
Capacity
Colour
litres
mm
95
870 x 450 x 450
79
870 x 450 x 450
233 188-BK
714 854-BK
687 600-BK
714 855-BK
230.00
247.00
Self-closing access flap contains odours

Made of zinc plated, powder coated sheet steel
Practical handles for easy lifting of the top part
Removable inner container
Accessories
Set of labels, coloured. With symbols for glass,
paper,plastic, metal, biodegradable waste and other
waste.
70/120 litre waste sacks made of polyethylene (PE).
Pack of 250.
Container capacity
litres
45
76

mm
Colour
antique silver
green RAL 6001
blue RAL 5010
yellow RAL 1023
red RAL 3000
grey RAL 7032
790 x 320 x 320
890 x 380 x 380
111 222-BK
111 223-BK
111 224-BK
111 225-BK
111 226-BK
111 227-BK
111 229-BK
111 230-BK
111 231-BK
111 232-BK
111 233-BK
111 234-BK
230.00
269.50
No.
g / set
913 337-BK
913 337-BK
19.30
19.30
No.
g / pack
408 883-BK
558 966-BK
71.90
74.40
With inner bin

Set of labels, coloured
Waste sacks
Pack of 250
BLUE =
124755
NEW
Accessories

2
Recyclable waste collector

sorting systems
Ideal for heavy duty applications
Very compact and space saving

Wide opening hinged doors for easy emptying
Self-closing swing flaps
With inner bin
Container made of zinc plated, powder coated sheet steel.

Zinc plated 45 litre inner container. Non-flammable in
accordance with DIN 4102 and DIN EN 13501-1.
Plastic floor protection ring and high quality container
guides make the containers robust and durable.
Lockable with supplied square key. Supplied complete
with pictograms for recyclables.
1 Body light grey RAL 7035

Flaps made of sheet steel, powder coated in blue
RAL 5012, yellow RAL 1003, charcoalRAL 7016 and red
RAL 3000.
2 Body mocha colour, similar to RAL 8019

Stainless steel flaps with studded leather texture.
Accessories
PE waste sacks
Pack of 200.
No. 944 699-BK
Capacity
1
2
Body
light grey
Body
mocha
g
No. 944 678-BK
g / pack 69.90
litres
3 x 45
4 x 45
mm
975 x 860 x 320

blue, yellow, charcoal
975 x 1100 x 320

blue, yellow, charcoal, red
No.
g
944 678-BK
944 680-BK
565.00
704.00
No.
g
944 679-BK
944 681-BK
693.00
868.00
coloured flaps
stainless steel flaps
565.00
2 3 x 60 litres
Separate collection
containers for
recyclables
Container capacity of 40 or
60litres
Robust, impact resistant plastic

container
Coloured lid for the easy separation of
recyclables
Clamping rings make it easy to secure
waste sack (inner container as an
accessory)
With pictogram sticker set, two of
each sticker
Single containers or collection station
for easy, separate collection of waste
Body in light grey, similar to RAL 7035.

Delivered flat pack easy assembly.
Accessories
Inner container made of zinc plated sheet
steel.
Waste sacks made of polyethylene.
1 40 litres
Capacity
2 3-piece collection station, 40/60 litres
litres
40
60

mm
Lid colour
yellow, similar to RAL 1003
light grey, similar to RAL 7035
g
Accessories
570 x 250 x 405
570 x 360 x 405
PE waste sacks
Pack of 250
122462
3 4 x 40 litres
1 Single, 40/60 litre containers
Inner container, zinc plated
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1 60 litres
Capacity
Lid colours
607 031-BK
607 032-BK
607 033-BK
607 034-BK
607 035-BK
607 036-BK
607 038-BK
607 039-BK
66.30
74.80
No.
g
607 044-BK
607 046-BK
54.60
69.10
No.
g / pack
508 861-BK
722 546-BK
55.10
54.30
3 x 40
3 x 60
mm
570 x 760 x 405
570 x 1060 x 405
yellow, blue, grey

g
607 040-BK
607 041-BK
131.60
161.50
3 4-piece collection station, 40/60 litres

Capacity
Phone +49 711 3465 6999
litres
litres
4 x 40
4 x 60
mm
570 x 1010 x 405
570 x 1410 x 405
yellow, blue, grey, green

g
607 042-BK
607 043-BK
162.30
205.50

Lid colours
KAISER + KRAFT
122462
473

Recyclable waste containers
Selfextinguishing
High quality, robust, powder coated,

sheet steel housing
Self-closing, durable access flap
Fire and odour retardant
Removable top part
Can be used separately,
or combined to form a collection station
Mobile version with 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
45 litre containers
Model
mm
Colour
flame red RAL 3000
light grey RAL 7035
traffic green RAL 6024
light blue RAL 5012
g
Stainless steel
No.
g
static
mobile
650 x 320 x 310
710 x 320 x 310
754 910-BK
754 911-BK
754 912-BK
614 448-BK
754 914-BK
754 915-BK
754 916-BK
754 917-BK
614 449-BK
754 920-BK
145.00
157.20
521 259-BK
337.00
909 448-BK
909 448-BK
38.10
38.10
Accessories
PE waste sacks,
pack of 250
from g
145.00
grey
g / pack
Set of labels, coloured

With symbols for glass, biodegradable waste,
plastic, metal, paper and other waste.
No. 913 337-BK
g / set 19.30
65 litre containers
Including zinc plated inner container, watertight at base.
Selfextinguishing
Model
static

Colour
With inner bin
Stainless steel
mm
flame red RAL 3000
light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
g
No.
g
960 x 400 x 380
grey
g / pack
909 449-BK
754 921-BK
754 922-BK
754 923-BK
614 450-BK
754 925-BK
246.50
521 260-BK
570.00
Accessories
PE waste sacks,
pack of 250
68.80
Dolly for 65 litre containers
No. 754 926-BK
g 267.50
BLUE =
119044
119044
The practical dolly for 4 x 65 litre containers.

Solid steel frame, hot dip galvanised and
powder coated light grey.
2 swivel castors with wheel stops and 2 fixed
castors.
9
NEW

quality
colours on request
2
Selfextinguishing
Recyclable waste collector system

With hand or pedal operated access flap
High quality sheet steel housing

Optionally with pull-out waste sack
holder or inner container
Self-closing, sturdy access flap
All collectors with inner containers
have been tested as
flame extinguishing
Optionally with wide, ribbed pedal

Rounded hood prevents waste from
being deposited on top of the container
Lockable hinged door with comfortable
handle grip
Capacity approx.
litres

Access flap
YELLOW =
Ex stock
124976
1 Body in ultramarine blue RAL 5002,

flap in white aluminium RAL 9006.
2 Body in white aluminium RAL 9006,

flap in ultramarine blue RAL 5002.
3 Body in graphite black RAL 9011,

stainless steel access flap.
40
mm
70
770 x 400 x 400

hand operated
Model
Including set of labels

for separating waste
Consisting of 4coloured fields (yellow,
blue, green, grey) and 7pictograms (plastic, paper, metal, other waste, biodegradable waste, glass and recyclable waste).
Made of zinc plated, powder coated sheet

steel. Fitted with inner container or waste
sack holder.
Hinged door additionally with magnetic
latch, hinges can be switched to other
side.
All models (hand and pedal operated) can
be combined to form a collection station.
1020 x 400 x 400

pedal operated
hand operated
pedal operated
inner
container
waste sack
holder
inner
container
waste sack
holder
inner
container
waste sack
holder
inner
container
waste sack
holder
No.
g
111 264-BK
111 265-BK
111 266-BK
111 267-BK
111 268-BK
111 269-BK
111 270-BK
111 271-BK
259.00
241.00
299.00
280.00
295.00
279.50
318.00
311.00
111 276-BK
111 277-BK
111 278-BK
111 280-BK
Blue RAL 5002 / grey RAL 9006
Grey RAL 9006 / blue RAL 5002
No.
g
111 272-BK
111 273-BK
111 274-BK
111 275-BK
259.00
241.00
299.00
280.00
295.00
279.50
318.00
311.00
Black RAL 9011 / st. steel
No.
g
111 281-BK
111 282-BK
111 283-BK
111 284-BK
295.00
279.50
318.00
311.00
No.
g / pack
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
927 851-BK
509 078-BK
927 851-BK
509 078-BK
54.30
54.30
54.30
54.30
68.80
74.40
68.80
74.40
Accessories
PE waste sacks
Pack of 250
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124976
475

Selfextinguishing
Model
Static and mobile
Capacity
Swing lid
Static and mobile in one: just 2 castors

on the front, tilt slightly to move
Proven flame resistance with
certificate TV / GS tested
Can be used separately, or combined
to form a collection station
Housing and swing

lid made of sheet
steel, body powder
coated charcoal
RAL 7016.
Handle made of
brushed aluminium.
2 aluminium castors.
from g
189.00
litres
mm
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
light grey RAL 7035
45
685 x 380 x 320
60
830 x 380 x 320
75
975 x 380 x 320
984 870-BK
984 871-BK
521 204-BK
984 873-BK
984 874-BK
984 875-BK
984 877-BK
521 206-BK
984 879-BK
984 880-BK
984 881-BK
984 882-BK
521 207-BK
984 885-BK
984 886-BK
189.00
234.00
271.00
blue
g / pack
722 546-BK
558 966-BK
558 966-BK
54.30
74.40
74.40
Accessories
PE waste sacks
Pack of 250
NEW
Selfextinguishing
Recyclable waste collectors with swing lid

For efficient separation or recyclable waste
124756
Can be used individually or as a collection station

Self-closing swing lid
Robust container made of powder coated sheet steel
Non-flammable in accordance
with DIN 4102 / EN 13501-1
The collectors can be used individually or combined to form

collection stations. The all-round powder coating of the tops
makes it easy to recognise the respective type of recyclable
waste from any angle, even the square version.
Hinged doors for easy emptying.
Two adjustable feet for levelling.
Body always in grey RAL 9006.
Includes zinc plated inner container and square key.
2 3-piece recyclable waste collection

station
1 Single recyclable waste collectors

With 30 or 70 litre capacity.
Different hood colours.
Capacity
litres
3 x 30 or 3 x 70 litre containers,
forconnectioninarow.
30
70
Capacity
Hood colours

mm
Hood colour
yellow RAL 1002
red RAL 3000
blue RAL 5010
green RAL 6024
grey RAL 7016
600 x 300 x 300
850 x 400 x 380
111 248-BK
111 249-BK
111 250-BK
111 251-BK
111 253-BK
111 258-BK
111 259-BK
111 261-BK
111 262-BK
111 263-BK
247.50
289.50
No.
g / pack
909 448-BK
928 015-BK
38.10
73.60
Accessories
Waste sacks
Pack of 250
litres
30
70
yellow, green, blue

g
111 254-BK
111 256-BK
714.00
862.00
3 4-piece recycling station

4 x 30 or 4 x 70 litre containers, for
connectioninasquareconfiguration.
Capacity
litres
30
70
Hood colours yellow, green, blue, red

g
111 255-BK
111 257-BK
934.00
1100.00
BLUE =
124756
With inner bin

Recyclable waste collector
systems
Selfextinguishing
With inner bin
Lockable
With hand or foot operated access flap
Made of zinc plated sheet steel or stainless steel

Self-closing, maintenance free access flap
Supplied with colour coded adhesive film set which
also serves to protect the access flap
Colour coding of the recyclables can also be changed
at a later stage using coloured adhesive film
Proven flame resistance with certificate,
TV/GS tested
With waste sack holder or zinc plated inner container.
Tested, self-extinguishing inner container
Easy to empty lockable door
All models can be combined with one another
Collector hood is permanently connected to body.

The rounded shape prevents rubbish from being
placedon top of collector. Handle and pedal made of
stainless steel. Collector with inner container includes
removable plastic insert in the base.
Supplied complete with adhesive film set for colour
coding the access flaps. 1 sticker each in sand yellow
RAL1002, pigeon blue RAL 5014, pale green RAL 6021 and
charcoal RAL 7016.
Sheet steel model

Zinc plated and additionally powder coated.
Collector in solid grey RAL7035.
Stainless steel model

Body, hood and access flap made of high quality, brushed
stainless steel.
Ideal for outdoor, hygienic and wet areas.
With zinc plated

inner container
With pull-out holder

for waste sacks
Set of labels
With six coloured symbols for glass, biodegradable
waste, paper, refuse, plastic and metal.
No. 913 337-BK
g / set 19.30
Model
Capacity approx.
Sheet steel
Stainless steel
Floor level adjustment screw
Adhesive film set for colour coding the access flaps
Hand operated access flap
waste sack holder
inner container
litres
mm
45
800 x 400 x 380
60
900 x 400 x 380
75
1000 x 400 x 380
120
1100 x 450 x 450
45
800 x 400 x 380
60
900 x 400 x 380
75
1000 x 400 x 380
120
1100 x 450 x 450
No.
g
521 268-BK
521 269-BK
521 270-BK
521 271-BK
521 273-BK
521 274-BK
521 275-BK
521 276-BK
227.50
267.00
275.50
437.50
266.00
302.00
308.50
496.50
No.
g
516 544-BK
516 545-BK
516 547-BK
516 548-BK
516 549-BK
516 550-BK
516 551-BK
516 552-BK
493.50
557.00
617.00
1010.00
561.00
617.00
691.00
1115.00
No.
g / pack
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
928 015-BK
909 448-BK
909 448-BK
909 449-BK
928 015-BK
54.30
54.30
54.30
73.60
38.10
38.10
68.80
73.60
Accessories
PE waste sacks,
pack of 250
Pedal operated access flap

Model
Capacity approx.
Sheet steel
Stainless steel
waste sack holder
inner container
litres
mm
45
800 x 400 x 380
60
900 x 400 x 380
75
1000 x 400 x 380
120
1100 x 450 x 450
45
800 x 400 x 380
60
900 x 400 x 380
75
1000 x 400 x 380
120
1100 x 450 x 450
No.
g
521 277-BK
521 278-BK
521 279-BK
521 281-BK
521 282-BK
521 283-BK
521 284-BK
521 285-BK
269.50
302.00
284.00
542.00
299.50
272.50
363.00
596.00
No.
g
516 553-BK
516 555-BK
516 556-BK
516 557-BK
516 558-BK
516 559-BK
516 560-BK
516 561-BK
556.00
616.00
680.00
1100.00
616.00
680.00
760.00
1165.00
No.
g / pack
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
722 546-BK
928 015-BK
909 448-BK
909 448-BK
909 449-BK
928 015-BK
54.30
54.30
54.30
73.60
38.10
38.10
68.80
73.60
PE waste sacks,
pack of 250
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Pedal for easy opening
KAISER + KRAFT
120270
120270
Accessories
477
Waste sack stands

Waste sack holders and stands
For 120 litre sacks
Lids
Made of plastic or sheet steel, 360 mm.

Plastic lids always in black.
Steel lids
Green for powder coated frames,
zinc plated for zinc plated frames.
Robust, durable steel construction

Frame powder coated in green or zinc
plated
Clamping ring for holding sacks,
internal 340 mm, external 380 mm
1 Static frame
2 Static frame with pedal
The convenient waste sack holder.
3 Wall holder
4 Static frame with 3 legs
5 Mobile frame with 3 legs
With 4 swivel castors.
6 Mobile frame with 2 wheels

7 Mobile frame with 4 wheels
Waste sack stands for kitchens

and wet areas can be found on
page 481.
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
Description
122562
Plastic lid
Steel lid
Suitable 120 litre waste sacks
950
540 x 470
950
540 x 470
390 x 510
Material
green
zinc plated
green
zinc plated
green
zinc plated
No.
g
232 688-BK
562 378-BK
722 544-BK
754 946-BK
232 610-BK
562 351-BK
63.80
61.60
92.00
91.40
52.10
53.10
No.
g
713 493-BK
713 494-BK
754 945-BK
754 947-BK
713 491-BK
713 492-BK
72.50
74.00
103.70
103.70
57.80
57.90
PE
paper
Colour
Pack of
blue
250
black
250
brown
100
No.
g / pack
558 966-BK
509 078-BK
408 930-BK
74.40
74.40
140.40
BLUE =
122562
Model
Waste sack stands
7
4
g
No. 941 005-BK
99.00
5
Height
Width x depth
980
580
1010
580
zinc plated
zinc plated
green
zinc plated
green
zinc plated
No.
g
232 645-BK
611 891-BK
232 726-BK
562 394-BK
101.60
101.90
114.40
114.40
No.
g
941 005-BK
941 006-BK
713 495-BK
713 496-BK
714 338-BK
714 339-BK
99.00
120.50
109.90
109.50
121.80
121.00
mm
mm
Description
119048
Plastic lid
Steel lid
YELLOW =
Ex stock
950
540 x 470
950
540 x 470

in additional colours
Material
polyethylene (LDPE)
Colour
Pack of
yellow
250
transparent
250
No.
g / pack
754 971-BK
509 086-BK
74.40
74.40
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119048
Model
479
Waste sack stands

Recyclable material
collectors
For 70 and 120 litre sacks
Zinc plated tubular steel frame

Clamping ring to hold sack
Flanged plastic lids in different colours for separating
recyclable waste
1 Static frame
for 1 sack, black lid
2 Static frame
for 2 sacks, black and yellow lids
3 Static frame
for 3 sacks, blue, yellow and black lids
4 Frame with three legs

5 Frame with three legs

for 1 sack ideal for yellow recyclable waste sacks,
yellow lid
6 Mobile frame
7 Mobile frame
for 2 sacks, black and yellow lids
2
3
1
Model
For sack volume
litres
mm
No.
g
1 x 70
770 x 370 x 390
2 x 70 / 120
970 x 750 x 480
3 x 70 / 120
780 x 920 x 400
1 x 70 / 120
950 x 540 x 540
1 x 70 / 120
950 x 540 x 540
1 x 70 / 120
930 x 440 x 480
2 x 70 / 120
1020 x 750 x 510
205 796-BK
205 710-BK
205 737-BK
205 648-BK
543 349-BK
205 664-BK
205 702-BK
40.70
49.60
56.50
46.20
43.95
54.40
101.50
black
250
transparent
250
paper
brown
100
408 921-BK
Recycling sacks
Seven stickers to aid in the separation of recyclable waste.
Material
Colour
Pack of
122563
70 litre sacks
No. 696 013-BK
g / set 15.45
120 litre sacks
polyethylene
yellow
250
blue
250
No.
g / pack
408 883-BK
508 896-BK
508 934-BK
508 942-BK
71.90
71.90
71.90
71.90
117.60
No.
g / pack
558 966-BK
754 971-BK
509 078-BK
509 086-BK
408 930-BK
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
140.40
BLUE =
122563
Lid labels
Waste sack stands

7
Illustration shows some models with lid and pedal assembly (accessories)
High quality recyclable waste collectors
A particularly well designed,

well made, attractive and
durable waste collector. Meets
demanding requirements.
Model
For sack capacity
Extremely sturdy, welded, impact

resistant tubular steel frame
Self-tensioning spring bar with nonslip rubber to hold the waste sacks
securely, hygienic base construction
Dolly with four swivel castors
Powder coated, white aluminium
RAL 9006 or made of stainless steel
(NR 18/8)
For 70 litre sacks
Accessories
1 Static frame 1 x 70 litre

2 Mobile frame 1 x 70 litre
Lid
Made of white plastic similar to RAL 9003.
Pedal assembly
Pedal for opening lid, stainless steel, one
pedal assembly per lid. Can be retrofitted,
easy to assemble (for use with mobile
frames only).
For 120 litre sacks
Waste sacks
Made of blue polyethylene.
Pack of 250.
6 Static frame 1 x 120 litre

litres
1 x 70
1 x 70
2 x 70
3 x 70
4 x 70
1 x 120
1 x 120
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
764
360 x 360
834
360 x 360
834
740 x 360
834
1120 x 360
834
800 x 740
764
450 x 360
834
450 x 360
Powder coated
No.
g
714 357-BK
714 361-BK
714 366-BK
714 368-BK
714 370-BK
714 359-BK
714 363-BK
109.90
135.60
163.50
216.50
355.50
138.10
147.80
No.
g
714 358-BK
714 362-BK
714 367-BK
714 369-BK
714 371-BK
714 360-BK
714 365-BK
181.60
199.10
283.50
416.00
529.00
237.00
246.50
No.
g / each
232 491-BK
232 491-BK
232 491-BK
232 491-BK
232 491-BK
232 459-BK
232 459-BK
40.80
40.80
40.80
40.80
40.80
44.45
44.45
Pedal assembly
No.
g / each
913 336-BK
913 336-BK
913 336-BK
913 336-BK
913 336-BK
101.90
101.90
101.90
101.90
Waste sacks
No.
g / pack
232 270-BK
232 270-BK
232 270-BK
232 270-BK
232 270-BK
558 966-BK
558 966-BK
72.40
72.40
72.40
72.40
72.40
74.40
74.40
Stainless steel
Accessories
Lid,
grey
120201
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Set of stickers
Coloured, to label lids, with symbols for
glass, paper, plastic, metal, biodegradable
waste and refuse.
No. 913 337-BK
g / set 19.30
Additional waste sacks can be

found on pages 490 and 491.
101.90
120201
Can be used virtually anywhere:

in the office, canteen, kitchen,
clinic, surgery, production,
warehouse, or any other
publicly used area ...
KAISER + KRAFT
481
Waste sack stands
2
3
For 120 litre waste sacks

Chrome plated tubular frame, 22 mm
Four swivel castors with bumper discs
Folds together easily
No. 944 685-BK
For 120 litre sacks

Robust steel frame with base plate, zinc plated.
Sack secured via self-tensioning bar.
Without lid.
Height
Width x depth
2 With hooks to secure waste sacks
No.
g
Incl. blue PVC reusable sack for heavy rubbish,

laundry etc.
With rubber ring to secure waste sacks
Incl. chrome plated paper roll holder.
5 Mobile waste sack collectors
g / pack 64.90
As 4, but with 4 swivel castors, 2with wheel stops.
Model
1 With clips to secure waste sacks
4 Free standing waste sack collectors
Industrial cleaning paper

100 % recycled, perforated.
Pack of 4 rolls.
Hygienic waste collectors
1040
630 x 590
1040
630 x 590
1060
630 x 560
944 683-BK
944 684-BK
944 682-BK
143.30
161.20
187.80
mm
mm
Model
mm
1100 x 350 x 350
1150 x 350 x 350
505 520-BK
505 521-BK
82.70
86.10
509 078-BK
509 078-BK
74.40
74.40
No.
g
Accessories
Suitable 120 l waste sacks can be found

on page490.
Waste sacks, black

Pack of 250
No.
g / pack
Other cleaning paper can be found on page 537.
6 9 are ideal
formedical
facilities andthe
food processing
industry.
8 Mobile hygienic waste collectors with
pedal
6 Tubular steel frame, lid made of sheet steel,
70 or 90 litre capacity
powder coatedlight grey

Lid 410 mm. Clamping ring for securing sack.
Pedalfor opening lid. 2 large wheels.
7 Made entirely of stainless steel
Lid 410 mm. Stainless steel clamping ring for
securing sack. Pedal for opening lid.
Mobile and sturdy on 5castors.
Model
Capacity
litres
mm
No.
g
Model
120
990 x 550 x 630
120
860 x 410 x 410
505 522-BK
505 523-BK
158.60
265.00
Accessories
Waste sacks, grey
Pack of 250
Capacity 100 litres
Housing either powder coated or made of 18/10 stainless

steel.
Pedal for opening lid. Quick and easy changing of waste
sacks due to wide opening hinged door with handle.
Clamping bar to secure sack. 2 wheels.
Capacity
Powder coated
Stainless steel
928 015-BK
928 015-BK
73.60
73.60
Waste sacks
Pack of 250
For indoor and outdoor use. Made of robust polyethylene.

Body white, lid coloured.
Wide pedal to open lid. Manual emptying.
2 wheels, 150 mm.
Pack of 3 lids in same colour.
Model
8
litres
mm
yellow
white
g
70
710 x 470 x 430
90
910 x 470 x 430
505 524-BK
505 525-BK
505 526-BK
505 527-BK
227.50
262.00
No.
g
505 529-BK
505 530-BK
339.50
386.00
Accessories
No.
g / pack
9 Mobile plastic waste bins with pedal
Capacity
Lid
litres
mm
blue
yellow
green
red
g / pack
100
890 x 490 x 456
No.
g / pack
928 015-BK
607 721-BK
607 722-BK
607 723-BK
607 724-BK
359.50
Accessories
No.
g / pack
909 449-BK
909 449-BK
68.80
68.80
Waste sacks, grey

Pack of 250
BLUE =
73.60
122564
Mobile waste collectors with pedal
122564
Waste sack stands

Hygienic waste collectors
2
Meet the requirements of the medical and

food processing industries (kitchens,
canteens, food processing, hospitals,
surgery).
Also suitable for wet areas, etc.
Mobile plastic waste sack holders with pedal

Pedal for hygienic opening of lid without hands

Mobile with two or four castors
Sturdy, versatile collector with pedal, waste sack
holder, lid and push handle
Frame and lid made of robust plastic, lifting strut made

of aluminium. Waste sack holder frame and push handle
made of GRP. Easy plug-in assembly.
1 Two fixed castors, two support feet

2 Two fixed castors, two swivel castors
Model
mm
blue
white
g
940 x 510 x 560
940 x 510 x 560
941 007-BK
941 008-BK
941 009-BK
941 010-BK
128.30
128.30
blue
g / pack
703 929-BK
703 929-BK
72.80
72.80

Colour
Accessories
Waste sacks
Pack of 250
Stainless steel waste sack holders
Hand operated or with pedal for hygienic opening of

lid without hands
Robust scissor mechanism made of stainless steel tubes
Stainless steel frame with coloured plastic lid
With pedal
Frame and lid assembly made of stainless steel. Lid made

of plastic. Stainless steel clamping ring to hold sacks.
Easy self-assembly.
3 Lid opened manually

4 Lid opened with pedal
mm
Lid
silver grey, similar to RAL 9006
g
Accessories
Waste sacks
Pack of 250
blue
g / pack
900 x 400 x 450
900 x 400 x 450
941 011-BK
941 012-BK
941 013-BK
941 014-BK
941 015-BK
941 016-BK
127.40
165.00
760 932-BK
760 932-BK
60.90
60.90
5 Plastic waste collectors with pedal

119050
Two doors for easy, ergonomic waste sack changing

and cleaning
Large pedal for hygienic opening of lid without
hands
Mobile wide push handle and two rubber castors
on the back
Lid closes softly and quietly, waste sack holder
Frame and lid made of extremely robust plastic (PP).

YELLOW =
Ex stock
5
Model

mm
Colour
g
Accessories
Waste sacks
Pack of 200
grey
g / pack
940 x 540 x 410
941 017-BK
941 019-BK
275.50
754 938-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

119050
Model
71.20
KAISER + KRAFT
483
Waste sack stands

4
from g
Large capacity recyclable

waste collectors
155.00
Ideal for bulky, lightweight recyclable material

such as polystyrene, sheeting, foam etc.
Mobile and wall mounted collectors
Flexible and highly versatile
Mobile or for wall mounting
From 300 to 2500 litres
Stable tubular steel construction
Base made of zinc plated sheet steel
Opening and height both adjustable
Waste sacks are tensioned and held by the adjustable

depth holding frame.
Easy self-assembly.
1 Single collector 200 300 litres

Height up to 1.70 m.
For sack circumference 2.30 2.80 m.
2 Single collector up to 500 litres (not shown)

3 Single collector up to 1000 litres (not shown)

Mobile and wall mounted versions available.
4 Single collector up to 2500 litres

Mobile and wall mounted versions available.
Model
Capacity
Height x width x depth (max.)
Mobile
For wall mounting
litres
mm
1 x 300
1750 x 750 x 750
1 x 500
1750 x 850 x 770
1 x 1000
2350 x 850 x 770
1 x 2500
2350 x 1210 x 1020
No.
g
722 587-BK
722 590-BK
722 591-BK
722 592-BK
155.00
162.30
171.70
185.20
No.
g
722 602-BK
722 603-BK
75.10
81.00
100
100
80
40
No.
g / pack
722 604-BK
722 605-BK
722 606-BK
603 391-BK
155.70
199.90
206.00
156.50
Accessories
Suitable waste sacks,
transparent
pack of

Wall mounted
Static or mobile
Extremely robust, durable and stable
Welded, powder coated, rectangular tubular steel
construction
For sack circumferences of 2900 mm and up
Steel construction, powder coated light grey RAL 7035. Four
steel clamps secured with chains for fastening waste sacks.
Mobile frame with 4 solid rubber swivel castors,
wheel 75 mm, 2 castors with double stops.
Easy self-assembly.
Model
Capacity
Width x depth
Static
Mobile
height
height
litres
mm
front / rear mm
1000
730 x 700
1075 / 1260
2500
1200 x 770
1190 / 1390
No.
g
603 386-BK
603 388-BK
194.50
216.50
front / rear mm
1180 / 1364
1290 / 1490
No.
g
603 387-BK
603 389-BK
216.50
237.50
100
40
No.
g / pack
603 390-BK
603 391-BK
130.40
156.50
Waste sacks,
transparent
5
pack of
BLUE =
127188
Accessories
Waste sack stands

Large capacity recyclable waste collectors
Capacity 200 to 2500 litres
Ergonomically shaped opening for

easy access
Quick and easy changing of waste
sacks
Static or mobile
Four sizes, two versions
Efficient collection of bulky, light recyclable material, polystyrene, film, foam etc.
at the point of origin, directlyat the
workstation.
Light, robust and durable tubular steel
construction. Powder coated or hot dip
galvanised.
Easy plug-in assembly can be
dismantled to save space.
1 200 litre static collector

Powder coated tubular steel,
turquoise greenRAL6016.
2 400 litre static collector

3 400 litre mobile collector

turquoise green RAL 6016.
Twonylon wheels, 125 mm.


Hot dip galvanised tubular steel.
from g
Model
Capacity

standards.
litres
mm
85.00
200
960 x 515 x 525
400
1310 x 590 x 620
400
1310 x 700 x 690
1000
1610 x 915 x 890
2500
1700 x 1200 x 1095
611 630-BK
611 631-BK
611 632-BK
611 634-BK
611 635-BK
85.00
122.80
146.30
161.70
183.90
No.
g
Accessories
Waste sacks
transparent
pack of
No.
g / pack
200
100
100
80
40
985 152-BK
614 341-BK
614 341-BK
722 606-BK
603 391-BK
135.20
117.90
117.90
206.00
156.50
Protective fencing
Practical modular system can be reconfigured or

expanded at any time
Versatile fencing solution for many applications,
e.g.forwaste containers, bicycle parking areas etc.
With lockable door module
Sturdy steel construction. Hot dip galvanised and additionally

powder coated for long term corrosion protection.
Wall modules
Tubular frames with horizontal reinforcement. Walls with
woven wire mesh, mesh size 40 x 40 mm, wire 4 mm.
Door modules
Uprights
Made of tubular steel with end cap and screw-on tie bolts.
Eyelet screws for mounting wall and door modules.
Two models: corner connection (90) or straight connection
(180).
127189
Easy plug-in and bolt assembly. Supplied with detailed

assembly instructions and mounting material.
Other RAL colours
Other module heights and widths
Uprights for different corner angles
Additional locking mechanisms
Model with roof
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Please specify when

ordering
RAL colour
Doors to open
inwards or outwards
Doors hinged on
right orleft
Module
Module width
Overall width incl. uprights
Model
Module height
wall module
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
Uprights
RAL 1023
RAL 5013
RAL 5018
Straight connection (180)
RAL 6005
RAL 9010
Corner connection (90)
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

734
1000
straight
2000
1734
2000
straight
2000
734
1000
straight
2000
1734
2000
straight
2000
730 485-BK
730 486-BK
730 489-BK
730 490-BK
216.00
287.50
280.00
351.50
without
lock plate
RAL 3000
Height above ground
Pipe
Attachment
Base plate
length x width
Overall height
door module
mm
mm
with
lock plate
2200
48.3
bolt in place set in concrete
200 x 200
2650
2200
48.3
bolt in place set in concrete
200 x 200
2650
No.
g
730 494-BK
730 496-BK
730 500-BK
80.90
80.90
80.90
80.90
No.
g
730 495-BK
730 497-BK
730 501-BK
730 503-BK
80.90
80.90
80.90
80.90
mm
mm
730 502-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
127189
Same as wall modules, but also with welded lock housing,

prepared for the installation of a Euro lock cylinder
(not included).
Please note An upright with a lock plate is required for the
installation of door modules.
485
Bulk waste containers

5
4
Lid dampening mechanism
Reinforced
model
75.00
Wheels with rubber tyres
Large plastic waste bins
Model
EN 840 compliant
Capacity
Sturdy and durable, made of temperature and

chemical resistant high density polyethylene
Large capacity at a low weight
120 and 240 litre waste collectors 2 + 3 in a particularly sturdy, reinforced design for heavy duty
applications
Two wheels with rubber tyres 200 mm,
for 5 wheel 300 mm
With sound absorbing

damper for quiet
opening
For outdoor
Order quantity
1 to4items
Order
quantity5+items
Low noise large waste bins with lid dampening mechanism. This dampens noise made by the lid hitting the back
ofthe container when it is opened.
1 3 in EUROKRAFT quality.
litres
mm
blue
charcoal
yellow
green
red
brown
120
933 x 482 x 552
240
1067 x 580 x 730
360
1100 x 600 x 874
360
1100 x 600 x 874
695 912-BK
695 874-BK
695 939-BK
695 955-BK
695 890-BK
714 661-BK
288 551-BK
233 129-BK
288 586-BK
288 608-BK
233 099-BK
714 648-BK
288 578-BK
233 137-BK
288 594-BK
288 616-BK
233 102-BK
714 649-BK
761 348-BK
123 587-BK
761 352-BK
123 625-BK
761 357-BK
761 359-BK
761 361-BK
123 633-BK
761 366-BK
123 684-BK
761 371-BK
761 373-BK
g
blue
charcoal
yellow
green
red
brown
79.00
81.60
109.90
164.00
180.70
761 309-BK
761 312-BK
761 314-BK
761 316-BK
761 318-BK
761 321-BK
761 323-BK
761 325-BK
761 327-BK
761 329-BK
761 331-BK
761 333-BK
761 335-BK
761 337-BK
761 340-BK
761 342-BK
761 344-BK
761 347-BK
761 349-BK
761 351-BK
761 353-BK
761 356-BK
761 358-BK
761 360-BK
761 363-BK
761 365-BK
761 367-BK
761 369-BK
761 372-BK
761 374-BK
75.00
69.70
93.40
154.90
171.20
No.
g
754 901-BK
754 901-BK
754 902-BK
31.85
31.85
35.35
No.
g
944 697-BK
944 697-BK
944 698-BK
53.00
53.00
58.00
Waste sack holder
Waste sack holder

For easy, secure attachment of waste sacks.
Please include with your order for the respective large waste bin.
Easy assembly. Can also be fitted at a later stage.
Pedal lid opener
* 1 identical to 2, but with additional inner base.
Pedal lid opener
For hands free and hygienic opening. Zinc plated.

Suitable for all 80 to 240 litre models on these two pages.
Easy assembly on the right wheel. Can also be fitted at a later stage.
Waste sacks made of

LD-PE
Biowaste sacks
Biodegradable, compostable, water resistant.
Ideal for biodegradable waste.
Model
Capacity
litres
Colour
Pack of
80
120
blue
blue
yellow
green
transparent
blue
transparent yellow
transparent green
transparent
transparent
natural
natural
150
150
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
100
90
90
PE sacks
240
124977
80*
933 x 482 x 552
Accessories
Accessories for 1 3
biowaste sacks
360
120
240
No.
g / pack
741 118-BK
695 807-BK
985 151-BK
985 150-BK
985 152-BK
511 919-BK
985 156-BK
985 154-BK
722 604-BK
603 390-BK
985 160-BK
985 161-BK
120.50
129.30
135.20
135.20
135.20
146.40
155.70
155.70
155.70
130.40
188.20
241.00
BLUE =
124977
from g
STOP

Lockable large waste bins
Large plastic waste bins with gravity lock
No unauthorised dumping of rubbish

No unauthorised removal of recyclable
waste
Prevents unwanted emptying if
accidentally tipped over
The locked container automatically
opens when emptied by a garbage
truck
Lockable and unlockable by key
Capacity
Wheel
Container colour
For outdoor
Large plastic waste bins as described on

the opposite page, but with lock installed,
incl. 2 keys.
Cannot be used with waste sack holders.
Two wheels with rubber tyres for easy
handling.
Lockable
Lock opens when emptied by a

garbage truck (when tilted more
than 90), the lid locks
automatically when lowered
back onto the ground
litres
80
120
240
360
mm
mm
blue
charcoal
yellow
green
red
brown
933 x 482 x 552

200
933 x 482 x 552

200
1067 x 580 x 730

200
424 823-BK
424 824-BK
424 825-BK
424 826-BK
424 827-BK
424 828-BK
424 829-BK
424 830-BK
424 831-BK
424 832-BK
424 833-BK
424 834-BK
424 835-BK
502 274-BK
502 275-BK
502 276-BK
502 277-BK
502 279-BK
502 280-BK
502 281-BK
502 282-BK
502 283-BK
502 284-BK
502 285-BK
502 287-BK
502 288-BK
502 289-BK
502 290-BK
502 291-BK
502 292-BK
122.20
128.50
145.60
194.60
214.50
Set of labels
1100 x 600 x 874

200
300
With symbols for glass,

biodegradable waste, plastic,
metal, paper and other waste.
No. 913 337-BK
g / set 19.30
Large plastic waste bins

With coloured lid
Less noise when lid is closed due to

dampening mechanism
Two wheels with rubber tyres,
wheel 200 mm
2 + 3 particularly robust, reinforced
model
Model
Capacity
Lid colour
Waste bins to DIN EN 840 as on the

opposite page, but with container body in
squirrel grey RAL 7000 and lid in colour of
your choice.
Suitable waste sacks and pedal lid

openers can be found on the opposite
page.
litres
mm
blue
yellow
green
80
933 x 482 x 552
120
933 x 482 x 552
240
1067 x 580 x 730
502 293-BK
502 295-BK
502 296-BK
502 297-BK
502 298-BK
502 299-BK
502 300-BK
502 301-BK
502 302-BK
86.80
87.60
119.90
Accessories
Waste sack holder
No.
g
For outdoor
754 901-BK
754 901-BK
754 902-BK
31.85
31.85
35.35
3
1
NEW
Secure waste paper collectors

Secure collection and disposal of sensitive documents
Lockable
One-way deposit slot
Waste bin to DIN EN 840
For outdoor
1 Large waste bin
2 Large waste containers
Deposit slot 290 x 27 mm.

Reinforced, heavy duty lid.
Lockable with cylinder lock, including two
keys.
Two wheels with rubber tyres,
wheel 200mm.
Deposit slot 400 x 30 mm.

Two sturdy lock fittings for use with padlocks (locks not included).
Four solid rubber swivel castors, two
withsingle wheel stop, wheel 200mm.
Model
122740
Capacity
litres
mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
240
1100 x 580 x 740
500
1170 x 1370 x 680
727 787-BK
727 789-BK
174.90
538.00
Lockable
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

2
122740
KAISER + KRAFT
487

Waste bin enclosures can be found on
page 485.
Plastic bulk waste containers
Model
EN 840 compliant
Capacity
Order qty. 1 4
Made of robust, temperature and chemical resistant,

UV stabilised high density polyethylene.
Drain in base.
4 solid rubber swivel castors, wheel 200 mm,
individual wheel stops.
Pedal lid opener for 2 4 available at extra cost.
Cannot be fitted at a later stage.
Please include with your order.
For outdoor
Order qty. 5+
Please note
Options
Large waste bins with EN 840-5/-6 compliant

sliding lid with child protection.
Pedal lid opener
Pleaseenquire about the different types of

lid/locking mechanisms available.
litres
mm
green
charcoal
blue
yellow
red
g
green
charcoal
blue
yellow
red
g
500
1100 x 1350 x 650
660
1235 x 1360 x 765
770
1330 x 1360 x 770
1100
1470 x 1370 x 1115
1100
1465 x 1360 x 1070
695 998-BK
761 421-BK
761 423-BK
761 425-BK
761 428-BK
245 992-BK
761 432-BK
761 434-BK
761 437-BK
761 439-BK
761 441-BK
761 444-BK
761 446-BK
761 448-BK
761 450-BK
909 621-BK
909 623-BK
909 625-BK
909 627-BK
909 630-BK
754 671-BK
754 672-BK
754 673-BK
754 674-BK
754 675-BK
No.
extra cost g
469.00
458.00
580.00
595.00
595.00
761 420-BK
761 422-BK
761 424-BK
761 426-BK
761 429-BK
761 431-BK
761 433-BK
761 436-BK
761 438-BK
761 440-BK
761 442-BK
761 445-BK
761 447-BK
761 449-BK
761 452-BK
909 622-BK
909 624-BK
909 626-BK
909 628-BK
909 631-BK
754 677-BK
754 678-BK
754 679-BK
754 680-BK
754 681-BK
441.50
434.00
549.00
561.00
573.00
909 634-BK
909 635-BK
909 632-BK
108.90
108.90
108.90
Sheet steel bulk

waste containers
Shown with drawbar
For outdoor
EN 840 compliant
Made of hot dip galvanised sheet steel
extremely robust and durable with low
weight.
1 Large waste bins

For collecting waste in areas subject to
fire hazards. 2 wheels, 200 mm.
2 Special containers
for oily waste
Non-flammable container with tight
closing lid. Wheel 200 mm.
With GGVS (hazardous substances
ordinance for road transport) permit on
request.
3 Bulk waste containers
Model
litres
240
240
770
1100
1100
Height x width
Depth
mm
mm
1070 x 587
723
1195 x 587
723
1420 x 1360
820
1420 x 1360
1020
1420 x 1360
1020
Order qty.
14
No.
g
611 174-BK
761 466-BK
754 895-BK
754 682-BK
754 685-BK
399.50
412.50
824.00
833.00
890.00
Order qty.
5+
No.
g
761 465-BK
761 467-BK
754 896-BK
754 683-BK
754 686-BK
382.50
389.50
780.00
802.00
854.00
119055
Capacity
Water drain, rubber hand protection strip,

lid latches on both sides.
4 solid rubber swivel castors with central
locking.
4 Bulk waste containers

As 3, but with drawbar and towing
connection made of hot dip galvanised
steel. For transport on company premises.
Drawbar can be folded up and fixed in
place.
BLUE =
119055
3+4
Family of waste bins
Model
Large and small waste bins to

be emptied in compliance with
DIN 6628 / 6629
Material
Capacity
Height x
Weight
For outdoor
plastic
35
535 x 455
2.0
plastic
50
730 x 455
2.9
plastic
110
950 x 580
6.0
steel
35
450 x 330
8.5
steel
50
670 x 330
9.5
steel
110
930 x 435
14.0
No.
g / each
233 080-BK
233 072-BK
233 048-BK
232 912-BK
232 920-BK
232 955-BK
63.80
68.40
79.10
95.90
109.90
218.00
No.
g / each
761 474-BK
761 476-BK
761 479-BK
761 481-BK
761 483-BK
761 485-BK
59.10
62.80
73.50
89.20
107.10
205.00
250
250
150
250
250
250
No.
g / pack
722 546-BK
928 015-BK
695 807-BK
722 546-BK
408 883-BK
558 966-BK
54.30
73.60
129.30
54.30
71.90
74.40
litres
mm
kg
Order qty. 1 - 4
Robust, durable and highly resistant

containers made of charcoal coloured
high density polyethylene, or from hot dip
galvanised sheet steel with a reinforced
base.
Order qty. 5+
Accessories
Waste sacks
pack of
7
6
5
1
3
4
Plastic and sheet

steel bins
6 a Made of hot dip galvanised
1 5 Made of natural white
sheet steel
polyethylene
Stackable (with lid)

Anti-bacterial
Material
Capacity
Height x external at top
Weight
Bins
1 8 without lid
with reinforced base.

9 + a Rubbish bins, cylindrical,
reinforced base, with hinged lid.
PE
40
455 x 420
2.0
PE
50
555 x 420
2.4
PE
75
535 x 515
3.0
PE
110
730 x 515
6.0
PE
200
670 x 730
8.0
steel
60
630 x 380
8.5
steel
80
750 x 400
10.5
steel
100
840 x 420
12.0
steel
20
340 x 280
4.0
steel
40
420 x 360
5.5
No.
g / each
144 355-BK
233 056-BK
232 998-BK
232 963-BK
553 204-BK
761 531-BK
761 541-BK
761 549-BK
761 625-BK
761 634-BK
30.25
36.70
44.75
90.50
113.20
108.20
120.70
139.80
66.90
81.10
No.
g / each
761 488-BK
761 497-BK
761 505-BK
761 514-BK
761 523-BK
761 533-BK
761 542-BK
761 550-BK
761 626-BK
761 635-BK
26.80
32.00
39.50
80.60
107.60
99.90
109.90
128.50
61.40
71.60
No.
g / each
233 064-BK
233 064-BK
233 005-BK
233 005-BK
553 212-BK
761 536-BK
761 545-BK
761 553-BK
7.85
7.85
17.10
17.10
27.65
23.30
25.60
33.45
No.
g / each
505 423-BK
505 423-BK
505 424-BK
505 424-BK
505 425-BK
505 426-BK
505 427-BK
505 428-BK
7.50
7.50
15.45
15.45
26.25
21.00
24.30
31.10
litres
mm
kg
order qty. 1 - 4
order qty. 5+
For outdoor
6 8 Sheet steel bins, heavy duty model
1 4 With 2 practical handles.

Model
Heat resistant to +130 C
120202
Lid
order qty. 1 - 4
order quantity 5+
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
120202
Accessories
489
Waste sacks
Plastic sacks
Made of environmentally friendly polyethylene (PE), low density PE sacks

made of recycling PE
Suitable for incineration as polyethylene comprises carbon and

hydrogen
Polyethylene is non-hazardous to
groundwater on landfill sites and generates no hazardous gases or material
PREMIUM LDPE waste sacks

Environmentally friendly as they are made
of 100% recycled low density polyethylene.
Soft and elastic, minimal ripping when
punctured.
UNIVERSAL HDPE waste sacks

Made of high grade, high density
polyethylene. Particularly resistant to
punctures, very good technical
characteristics even when material is
very thin.
Slight variations in colour are possible.
1 Waste sacks
Capacity
litres
Dimensions
mm
Material
Colour
Pack of
16
24
30
30
60
60
450 x 540
500 x 600
540 x 580
500 x 600
620 x 750
600 x 700
PE-HD
PE-HD
PE-HD
PE-HD
PE-HD
PE-LD
transparent
transparent
transparent
grey
transparent
white
2000
2000
2000
2500
2000
250
No.
g / pack
508 829-BK
508 845-BK
508 853-BK
985 127-BK
985 128-BK
508 861-BK
56.50
62.20
67.80
71.90
214.00
55.10
No.
g / pack
985 129985 130985 131985 132985 133985 134408 883508 918508 926508 896508 934508 942-
59.40
59.40
59.40
59.40
59.40
59.40
71.90
71.90
71.90
71.90
71.90
71.90
No.
g / pack
760 932985 135985 136985 137985 138985 140985 141558 966509 035509 043754 971509 078509 086509 094509 116509 124509 108509 132509 140-
60.90
60.90
60.90
60.90
60.90
60.90
60.90
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
74.40
123.60
123.60
123.60
123.60
123.60
123.60
2 PE sacks, capacity 70 litres

Contents tolerance +/ 5 %
Capacity
litres
Dimensions
mm
Material
Material
thickness m
Colour
Pack of
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
575 x 1000
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
PE-LD
40
40
40
40
40
40
55
55
55
55
55
55
blue
red
green
yellow
black
transparent
blue
red
green
yellow
black
transparent
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
3 PE sacks, capacity 120 litres

Contents tolerance +/ 5 %
Capacity
litres
Dimensions
mm
Material
Material
thickness m
Colour
Pack
of
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
700 x 1100
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
LDPE
HDPE
HDPE
HDPE
HDPE
HDPE
HDPE
37
37
37
37
37
40
37
55
55
55
55
55
55
25
25
25
25
25
25
blue
red
green
yellow
black
white
transparent
blue
red
green
yellow
black
transparent
blue
red
green
yellow
black
transparent
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
500
500
500
500
500
500
Wire twister
Quick fastener
For plastic and paper sacks

Twist neck of sack. Put wire loop over,
attach twister, twist it, finished.
No. 408 999-BK
g 32.75
Reusable
Recyclable
Made of red polyethylene. Ideal for sealing bags and

sacks. For bundling cables, tubes, wires or as a
supporting fixing. 2 slots allow it to be hung up.
With plastic coating, 200mmlong.

Pack of5000.
Length
mm
Pack of
No. 409 006-BK
140
190
245
1000
1000
1000
g / pack 158.50
No.
g / pack
760 940-BK
760 941-BK
760 942-BK
40.90
70.60
86.70
BLUE =
119056
Wire loops
Waste sacks
1
1 Sanitary bags
2 Bags for wire mesh baskets
Leak-proof, thickness 12 m.
Pack of 25 boxes, eachwith30bags
(= 750 bags).
Capacity 65 litres.
Suitable for all wire mesh baskets with
approx. 1200 mm circumference and
height of 630 mm.
Accessories
Plastic dispenser for sanitary bag box
Suitable for wall mounting.
Pack of 25.
No. 985 143-BK
On request, we can also supply

bags with other dimensions and
with imprint.
g / pack 109.90
Model
Dimensions
mm
Material
Colour
Pack
of
1
2
80 x 70 x 250
365 x 245 x 850
385 x 245 x 850
HDPE
LDPE
HDPE
white
white
white
750
360
360
No.
g / pack
985 142-BK
985 144-BK
985 145-BK
33.75
52.80
39.15
3 Sacks with loop ties
4 Heavy duty sacks
100 % volume utilisation

Tie and loop handle in one
2
4
High strength plastic
Model
Capa.
litres
Dimensions
mm
Material
Thickness
m
Colour
Pack
of
3
4
120
700 x 1050 x 50
LDPE
120
700 x 1100
LDPE
40
80
150
200
blue
blue
blue
blue
250
200
125
100
No.
g / pack
760 939-BK
760 933-BK
985 146-BK
985 148-BK
69.70
95.30
120.50
125.50
5 The easy way to separate

waste
120 l and 240 l waste bins and other

waste containers can be found
Sacks for 120 and 240 litre waste bins

Capacity tolerance +/ 5 %.
Capac.
litres
Dimensions
mm
Material
Thickness
m
Colour
120
500 x 450 x 1250
LDPE
60
700 x 250 x 1200
LDPE
50
650 x 550 x 1350
LDPE
48
80
blue
green
yellow
transparent
transparent
blue
transparent green
transparent yellow
6 Paper sacks
Very robust particularly suitable for

heavy, bulky rubbish
Dimensions
mm
Weight
g/m
Colour
Pack
of
70
550 x 850
70
brown
120
700 x 950
70
brown
100
500
100
250
500
Particularly for the collection of

compostable waste.
119057
Paper sacks
Made of recycled paper, 80 g/m2.
695 807-BK
985 150-BK
985 151-BK
985 152-BK
722 604-BK
511 919-BK
985 154-BK
985 156-BK
129.30
135.20
135.20
135.20
155.70
146.40
155.70
155.70
No.
g / pack
408 921-BK
408 964-BK
408 930-BK
408 956-BK
408 972-BK
117.60
454.50
140.40
271.50
480.50
Biodegradable film sacks

Biodegradable
Made of corn starch and synthetic
polymers. Compostable in accordance
with DIN 54900.
Water resistant. Traps odours.
Also for large 120 or 240 litre waste bins.
Model
Capac.
litres
Dimensions
mm
Thickness m
Colour
Pack
of
A
B
12
10
120
240
215 x 150 x 360

430 x 500
480 x 470 x 1300
560 x 540 x 1400
20
25
25
brown
natural
natural
natural
100
500
90
90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g / pack
Made from 100 % recycled Kraft paper,

70g/m, brown, waterproof gluing.
Recyclable and completely bio-degradable.
Capacity
litres
7 Biodegradable waste sacks
150
200
200
200
100
100
100
100
No.
No.
g / pack
985 158-BK
985 159-BK
985 160-BK
985 161-BK
21.75
201.50
188.20
241.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

B
A
119057
240
Pack
of
KAISER + KRAFT
491
PRODUCT RANGE
WORKSHOP
CLOAKROOM LOCKERS
Doors in light blue, body in light grey.
Other models and colours can be found
g
No. 601 480-BK
175.00
WORKBENCHES
In sturdy industrial quality. Available in
variable modular system or as a practical
complete offer.
The entire range can be found
ANTI-FATIGUE MATTING
Made of PVC, anti-slip, flame resistant,
chemical resistant.
Different models and sizes can be found
on page 555.
g
No. 709 879-BK
55.00
CRASH PROTECTION BEAMS
Powder coated steel with base plate
for dowel connection.
Length 1200 mm.
All details can be found on page 764.
g
No. 927 009-BK
More than 50 % of our products will be

delivered to you within 5 working days.

122463
122463
+ FAST DELIVERY
109.00
COMPUTER CUPBOARDS
With melamine coated worktop
Top: lockable cupboard with vision panel for flat
screens. Bottom: lockable cupboard for computer,
etc.
Other models and a detailed description can be
found on page 662.
g
No. 523 116-BK
329.00
WORKSHOP
TOOL TROLLEYS
With six drawers
10 Changing room furnishings

Pages
100 % extension. Individual drawer stops.

Other models and a detailed description can be
found on page 616.
494 559
11 Workshop equipment
Pages
560 667
12 Dispatch
g
No. 705 682-BK
329.00
Pages
668 699
13 Access equipment
Pages
700 737
14 Site safety
Pages
738 779
Outdoor equipment
Pages
780 792
Pages
793 807
124875
124875
Prefab offices
10
Common room
furnishings
Cloakroom lockers
Smooth doors, double walled and reinforced to prevent theft. High quality stove
enamelling. Shoe compartment and shelf
at the bottom of the locker. Ventilated
through holes in the rear wall.
Cloakroom lockers and

lockers
Pages
494 529
Coat rails and changing

room benches
Pages
530 534
Washroom equipment
Pages
535 539
Wall clocks and attendance

recording
Pages
540 541
Two compartments with a width of 350 mm,

plinth height 100 mm, with cylinder lock
(individual key) as standard.
The doors are available in 6 colours.
The body is always light grey RAL7035.
Special fittings
Lock system for multiple lockers.
Master key for lock system.
Deposit and cashier locks on request.
First aid
Pages
542 544
Floor matting
Pages
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1800
700 x 500
Internal dims.
height mm
width x depth mm
1245 / 420
348 x 475
light grey RAL 7035

flame red RAL 3000
pigeon blue RAL 5014
light blue RAL 5012
opal green RAL 6026
jet black RAL 9005
898 120-BK
926 932-BK
898 147-BK
926 933-BK
969 372-BK
926 935-BK
375.50
Lock system
including cylinder lock
No.
g / lock
716 753-BK
Master key
for lock system
No.
g / each
222 585-BK
545 559
Doors
Special fittings available at extra cost

12.00
11.85
Laundry lockers
With central door
Light grey
Flame red
With 5 or 10 lockers
All compartment doors can be opened using the central

door (common key) to fill them with work clothing.
The individual compartments and the central door are
secured with cylinder locks (individual key).
Compartment width 350mm, plinth 100mm.
Ventilated through holes in the rear wall.
High quality stove enamelling.
The doors are available in 6 colours.
The body is always light grey RAL7035.
Pigeon blue
Compartments
Light blue
Opal green
10

mm
Compartment dims.
H x W x D mm
Doors
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
opal green RAL 6026
jet black RAL 9005
1800 x 350 x 500

330 x 348 x 475
1800 x 700 x 500

330 x 348 x 475
898 180-BK
926 938-BK
898 201-BK
926 939-BK
969 373-BK
926 941-BK
898 244-BK
926 942-BK
898 260-BK
926 943-BK
969 374-BK
926 945-BK
539.00
1050.00
Lock system
No.
g / lock
716 753-BK
716 753-BK
12.00
12.00
Master key
for lock system
No.
g / each
222 585-BK
222 585-BK
11.85
11.85
Jet black
BLUE =
124876
124876
10
Cloakroom lockers Laundry lockers Steel cupboards
Steel cupboards
Model
In four designs
Description
Fittings
1 and 2 solid blue grey, light grey or

light blue.
3 and 4 body light grey RAL 7035,

doorsaccording to table.
124661
Lock system
including cylinder locks
YELLOW =
Ex stock
4
wide storage cupboard
ventilation holes,
security cylinder
locks,
plinth
4 shelves,
permanently welded
4 shelves,
permanently welded
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
5 movable hooks
4 shelves,
permanently welded
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 movable hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 sliding hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
5 movable hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
5 movable hooks
mm
blue grey RAL 7031
light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
1850 x 600 x 500
1850 x 700 x 500
1800 x 1000 x 500
1800 x 1000 x 500
221 988-BK
979 037-BK
979 038-BK
221 953-BK
979 039-BK
979 041-BK
895 121-BK
895 148-BK
926 936-BK
895 164-BK
895 172-BK
926 937-BK
309.00
342.00
538.00
575.00
No.
g
908 945-BK
908 945-BK
incl.
incl.
11.85
11.85
No.
g / lock
908 946-BK
908 946-BK
716 753-BK
716 753-BK
23.80
23.80
12.00
12.00
No.
g
222 585-BK
222 585-BK
222 585-BK
222 585-BK
11.85
11.85
11.85
11.85
left

Cylinder lock
individual key
Zinc plated version for use in damp

environments available on request.
3
wide wardrobe
ventilation holes,
security cylinder
locks,
plinth
right

Colour
Colour combinations
2
equipment cupboard
ventilation slots,
rotary bolt for
padlock,
stud feet
Master key for lock system
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124661
Welded, stove enamelled sheet steel

housing. Ventilation through perforations
inthe rear wall.
With 150 mm high stud feet or 100mm
high plinth.
1 and 2 with rotary action bolt, suitable
for padlocks with 6mm bar thickness.
1
storage cupboard
ventilation slots,
rotary bolt for
padlock,
stud feet
495
10
Steel cupboards
For any purpose
High quality stove enamelling. Smooth interior
compartments for easy cleaning. Smooth, single walled
doors close flush with the housing. With integrated
reinforcements and internal hinges. Door closes silently
due to rubber buffer. Ventilation through perforations in
the rear wall.
Security cylinder lock with 2 keys (individual key).
245.00
No. 895 334-BK
Colours
Light grey RAL 7035
Pigeon blue RAL 5014
Light blue RAL 5012
Jet black RAL 9005
114352
114352
BLUE =
Steel cupboards
Model
Interior fittings
95618
Internal dims.
centre partition,
left: 4 fixed shelves;
left & right: one hat shelf, right: wardrobe compartment
clothes rail with
with hat shelf
3 sliding hooks
and clothes rail
left: 4 fixed shelves;

right: 5 tool holders
4 fixed shelves
height
mm
250 / 1470
left: 4 x 360 / 1 x 280

right:250 / 1470
left: 4 x 320
right: 1720
5 x 340
width x depth
mm
each comp. 298 x 475
each comp. 298 x 475
top: 298 x 475

bottom: 598 x 475
598 x 475

mm
Body / doors
light grey
light grey / pigeon blue
light grey / light blue
light grey / jet black
g
1800 x 600 x 500
1800 x 600 x 500
1800 x 600 x 500
1800 x 600 x 500
895 334-BK
895 342-BK
926 951-BK
926 952-BK
895 377-BK
895 385-BK
926 953-BK
926 954-BK
895 415-BK
895 423-BK
926 955-BK
926 956-BK
895 466-BK
895 474-BK
926 958-BK
926 959-BK
245.00
309.00
319.00
309.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Options for 1 4
Model
lock system
master key
No.
Extra cost g / each
716 753-BK
222 585-BK
12.00
11.85
On request, the cupboards are also

available with fittings for padlocks,
in additional colours and in an electrolytically zinc plated version for damp
environments.
95618
10
KAISER + KRAFT
497
10
Cloakroom lockers
Sturdy, welded sheet steel construction. Stove enamelled.
Smooth, single walled solid doors with integrated reinforcement and internal hinges, close silently and flush with the
housing. Ventilation through perforations in the rear wall.
Security cylinder lock with 2 keys (individual key).
External dims. height x width x depth 1800x600x500mm.
Interior fittings per compartment
1 1 clothes rail with 3sliding hooks.
2 + 3 without fittings.
Body always light grey RAL7035, see table for door colours.
Model
850
298 x 475
560
298 x 475
420
298 x 475
895 504-BK
978 782-BK
895 512-BK
926 971-BK
926 972-BK
895 547-BK
978 783-BK
895 555-BK
926 974-BK
926 975-BK
895 598-BK
978 784-BK
895 601-BK
926 976-BK
926 977-BK
378.00
477.50
612.00
Compartments
Compartment
height mm
width x depth mm
Doors
light grey RAL 7035

flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
jet black RAL 9005
g
2
1
Z-lockers
Flame red
RAL 3000
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Light blue
RAL 5012
Pigeon blue
RAL 5014
Opal green
RAL6026
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Jet black
RAL 9005
124877
If your favourite colour is not listed

here, please enquire.
Alternative paint finishes are
available at minimal extra cost.
Our specialists will be happy to help
if you have any other questions.
Call our advice hotline.
1 Single unit with 2 compartments

2 Double unit with 4 compartments
Model
Compartments
mm
Doors
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
opal green RAL 6026
blue grey RAL 7031
jet black RAL 9005
2
1800 x 400 x 500
4
1800 x 800 x 500
893 226-BK
926 978-BK
926 980-BK
926 983-BK
893 269-BK
969 375-BK
926 987-BK
926 989-BK
893 307-BK
926 979-BK
926 982-BK
926 984-BK
893 358-BK
969 376-BK
926 988-BK
926 991-BK
464.00
719.00

Lock system
Master key
for lock system
No.
g / lock
716 753-BK
No.
g
222 585-BK
BLUE =
12.00
11.85
124877
Light grey
RAL 7035

Each compartment with 1 clothes rail and 3 sliding hooks.
Compartment width 200/400 mm. Internal dimensions per
compartment:
Height 360/1265 mm, width 135/330 mm and depth 475 mm.
Ventilation through perforations in the rear wall.
Security cylinder lock (individual key).
Body always light grey RAL7035,
doorsoptionallyineightRAL colours.
Cloakroom cupboards Steel cupboards
Cloakroom lockers
Slopin
With 100 mm high sloping roof
10
g roof
10
The top of the locker stays clean due

to 10 angle of inclination
Sturdy, spot welded, sheet steel construction. Double edged to prevent injuries.
Easy to clean due to smooth compartment
floors.
Doors
With ventilation slots and label frame.
All doors hinged on the right, mounted on
pivot pins, with vertical box reinforcement.
Rotary bolt lock, can be locked with
padlock (suitable for 6 mm bar thickness).
Interior fittings
Clothes rail and three sliding hooks.
Full height compartments additionally with
hat shelf.
Dimensions
With 150 mm high feet, height at
front 1850, height at rear 1950 mm.
With 100 mm high plinth, height at
front 1800, height at rear 1900 mm.
Compartment width 300 mm.
Overall depth 500 mm.
Special equipment available at

extra cost
On request
Electrolytically zinc plated
model for damp environments.
Compartments divided horizontally

Perforated metal doors
Perforated metal strips, 2 x 35 mm wide.
Extra cost per door
g 14.50
2
4
6
8
10
300 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
738 871-BK
738 872-BK
741 491-BK
741 492-BK
741 494-BK
741 499-BK
741 500-BK
741 501-BK
741 502-BK
741 503-BK
926 966-BK
926 967-BK
926 968-BK
926 969-BK
926 970-BK
232.00
343.00
482.50
625.00
804.00
Square holes
Hole size 20 x 20 mm, 5 mm spacing.
Extra cost per door
Plinth, 100 mm high

Extra cost per cupboard
No. 738 838-BK
No. 223 050-BK
g 40.15
Combination lock
Metal housing with plastic front, 10000
combinations, master key and combination
retrieval function. Rotates 360 to protect
against lock breakage, swivels even when
locked.
No. 906 963-BK
g / piece 49.50
Master key
For combination lock.
122467
Width
No. 503 030-BK
g / piece 11.85
Lock system including cylinder lock

Extra cost per lock
No. 908 946-BK
Width
1
2
3
4
5
300 mm
600 mm
900 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
738 842-BK
738 843-BK
738 844-BK
738 845-BK
738 846-BK
738 851-BK
738 852-BK
738 853-BK
738 854-BK
738 855-BK
926 960-BK
926 961-BK
926 962-BK
926 963-BK
926 964-BK
195.40
274.50
392.00
490.00
671.00
g 21.25
Cylinder lock
(individual key)
With 2 keys.
No. 908 945-BK
Compartments
g 23.80
Cashier locks
Deposit locks
SAFE-O-MAT twin-coin, with 2 coin slots.

Multi-use: One coin is taken as a fee, an
additional coin allows the locker to be
opened as often as required in the
meantime.
Promax security cylinder lock with
emergency opening function, 1 user key
for each lock. Also available with large
money box at extra cost.
Please state required coin value when
ordering.
SAFE-O-MAT twin-coin, with 2 coin

slots.
The user can choose between two
different deposit coins.
Promax security cylinder lock with
emergency opening function, 1 user key
per lock.
Please state required coin value when
ordering.
No. 738 837-BK
No. 738 836-BK
Master key
For lock system.
g / piece 11.85
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No. 222 585-BK
g / piece 11.85
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 175.60
g 113.90
KAISER + KRAFT
122467
No. 738 841-BK
Compartments
Full height compartments
499
10
g
No. 893 595-BK
209.00
Steel clothes lockers

Sturdy body made of bevelled and welded
sheet steel, stove enamelled finish. Depth
500mm.
Doors
Hinged on right side, reinforced doors.
Optionally with solid panel doors with
ventilation slots or perforated sheet metal
doors.
Lock
As standard with rotary bolt for padlock
(suitable for 6mm bar thickness).
Security cylinder lock at extra cost.
With stud feet as standard, 150mm high.
Plinth, 100mm high, at extra cost.
Cupboard height with stud feet 1850mm,
with plinth 1800mm.
These 8 alternative colours are available on request at minimal extra cost
Special equipment
available at extra cost
Cylinder lock (individual key)
Extra cost per lock
No. 908 945-BK
Pearl white
RAL 1013
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Flame red
RAL 3000
Pigeon blue
RAL 5014
Charcoal
RAL 7016
Zinc yellow
RAL 1018
Jet black
RAL 9005
Rotary bolt lock
Cylinder lock
Plinth
g 11.85
Lock system (including cylinder lock)

Extra cost per lock
No. 908 946-BK
Opal green
RAL6026
g 23.80
Master key for the lock system

Price per key
No. 222 585-BK
g 11.85
Plinth
Extra cost per cupboard
g 21.25
BLUE =
124663
124663
No. 223 050-BK
10
Steel cupboards
Full height compartments
Shown with stud feet
Cupboard with stud feet

Compartment width
Interior fittings
mm
per compartment
Compartments
Solid doors
Perforated sheet
metal doors
300
400
600
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 movable hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 movable hooks
1 top shelf, 1 clothes rail,

6 movable hooks,
fixed centre partition
blue grey RAL 7031

light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
223 069-BK
893 579-BK
926 992-BK
223 077-BK
893 595-BK
926 993-BK
223 085-BK
893 617-BK
926 994-BK
223 093-BK
895 210-BK
926 995-BK
223 107-BK
895 237-BK
926 996-BK
223 166-BK
893 749-BK
979 437-BK
223 174-BK
893 765-BK
979 438-BK
223 182-BK
893 781-BK
979 439-BK
223 190-BK
895 253-BK
979 440-BK
256 994-BK
893 900-BK
979 380-BK
257 028-BK
893 927-BK
979 381-BK
g
blue grey RAL 7031
light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
187.20
209.00
339.50
436.50
571.00
211.50
334.00
469.00
575.00
243.50
428.00
222 887-BK
893 587-BK
926 997-BK
222 895-BK
893 609-BK
926 998-BK
222 909-BK
893 625-BK
926 999-BK
222 917-BK
895 229-BK
927 000-BK
222 925-BK
895 245-BK
927 001-BK
222 984-BK
893 757-BK
979 441-BK
222 992-BK
893 773-BK
979 442-BK
223 018-BK
893 803-BK
979 443-BK
223 026-BK
895 261-BK
979 444-BK
257 001-BK
893 919-BK
979 382-BK
257 036-BK
893 935-BK
979 383-BK
196.40
274.00
391.00
507.00
644.00
241.00
354.00
515.00
609.00
273.50
450.00
Compartments divided horizontally
Shown with base (at extra cost, see left hand page)
Compartment width
IInterior fittings
mm
per compartment
Compartments
Solid doors
87310
Perforated sheet
metal doors
300
400
1 clothes rail,
3 movable hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 movable hooks
10
blue grey RAL 7031

light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
223 662-BK
893 633-BK
979 360-BK
223 670-BK
893 668-BK
979 361-BK
223 689-BK
893 684-BK
979 362-BK
223 697-BK
893 706-BK
979 363-BK
223 700-BK
893 722-BK
979 364-BK
223 751-BK
893 811-BK
979 371-BK
223 778-BK
893 846-BK
979 372-BK
223 786-BK
893 862-BK
979 373-BK
223 794-BK
893 889-BK
979 374-BK
g
blue grey RAL 7031
light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
205.50
306.00
428.00
535.00
711.00
243.50
367.00
534.00
674.00
223 832-BK
893 641-BK
979 365-BK
223 840-BK
893 676-BK
979 366-BK
223 859-BK
893 692-BK
979 367-BK
223 867-BK
893 714-BK
979 369-BK
223 875-BK
893 730-BK
979 370-BK
223 921-BK
893 838-BK
979 375-BK
223 948-BK
893 854-BK
979 377-BK
223 956-BK
893 870-BK
979 378-BK
223 964-BK
893 897-BK
979 379-BK
224.50
329.00
464.00
590.00
747.00
257.00
399.00
567.00
711.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
87310
Cupboard with stud feet
501
10
Flat pack steel cupboards

Easy, boltless plug-in assembly. Stove enamelled sheet
steel. Ventilated through an easy to clean perforated grid
in the doors and rear panel.
Hinged on the inside. Lockable with rotary bolts for

padlocks (suitable for 6 mm bar thickness). Optionally
with security cylinder lock with 2 keys, also available
as a lock system. Integrated plinth approx. 60 mm high.
Centre partition for 2

Extra cost per compartment
No. 503 031-BK
g 18.70
Please note
Model
Compartments
quantity
height mm
fittings per compartment
124664
Charcoal RAL 7016

mm
Description
Body / doors
charcoal RAL 7016 / light grey RAL 7035
Light grey RAL 7035
1
1700
1
1700
2
840
2
840
1 hat shelf
1 clothes rail
1 hat shelf
1 clothes rail
1 clothes rail
1 clothes rail
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 400 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 400 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
502 752-BK
502 754-BK
969 377-BK
502 753-BK
502 755-BK
969 378-BK
502 759-BK
502 761-BK
969 379-BK
502 760-BK
502 762-BK
969 380-BK
502 765-BK
502 768-BK
969 381-BK
502 767-BK
502 769-BK
969 382-BK
502 772-BK
502 775-BK
969 383-BK
502 773-BK
502 776-BK
969 384-BK
147.30
129.30
161.80
146.00
202.50
190.50
250.50
239.50
BLUE =
124664
Standard units 1 7 can be combined with all

extension units. Standard units with max. overall
width up to 2000 mm can be supplemented with
extension units.
2 can also be supplied with a centre partition at extra
cost.
Steel lockers
Illustrated with central divider
Types of locks secure your steel cupboards as needed
10
8
Drop box
Cylinder lock (individual key)

With 2 keys
Extra cost per lock
No. 908 945-BK
Lock system (including cylinder lock)

Extra cost per lock
Padlock
Hardened steel bar and double lock for
increased stability.
Width 40 mm. Bar thickness 6 mm.
Includes 2 keys.
Pack of 12.
No. 503 125-BK
g 11.85
No. 908 946-BK
For depositing pay slips, keys, car papers,

confidential documents, etc.
g 23.80
Master key
for lock system
Price per key
g / pack 104.50
No. 222 585-BK
For compartment width
mm
Width x height
mm
No.
Extra cost g / compartment
g 11.85
300
400
185 x 15
225 x 15
906 046-BK
502 875-BK
11.90
12.10
Model
quantity
height mm
Compartments
fittings per compartment
125698

Description
Colour
mm
4
410
4
410
5
320
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 400 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
6
300 / 800 and 250 / 1450
left: 3 compartments;
right: 1 compartment, 2 hooks
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 700 x 500

standard unit

502 779-BK
502 781-BK
969 385-BK
502 780-BK
502 783-BK
969 386-BK
502 786-BK
502 788-BK
969 387-BK
502 787-BK
502 789-BK
969 388-BK
502 793-BK
502 795-BK
969 390-BK
502 794-BK
502 796-BK
969 391-BK
502 799-BK
502 800-BK
969 392-BK
243.00
229.00
246.00
240.50
243.00
226.00
287.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125698
503
10
Cloakroom lockers
Sturdy, spot welded sheet steel with

double edging to prevent injuries
Doors with internal reinforcement,
mounted using pivot pins or rod hinges
Security rotary bolt lock for padlock
(suitable for shackle dia. 6 mm) with
integrated plastic door protection
Inner compartments without raised
edges
Ventilation is through an easy-clean
perforated pattern in the doors
Safety testing by TV product service
Base closed on all sides is available as
an option
Supplied ready assembled.
High quality stove enamelling in

Body always in light grey RAL 7035.
Light grey RAL 7035
Zinc yellow RAL 1018
Flame red RAL 3000
Accessories
Cylinder lock (individual key),
including 2 keys
Extra cost per lock
No. 908 945-BK
g 11.85
Lock system
Extra cost per lock
Model
No. 908 946-BK
g 23.80

Extra cost per key
No. 222 585-BK
mm
Fittings per compartment
Height x depth
Compartment
width 300 mm
114355
Compartment
width 400 mm
Overall width
Body / doors
Overall width
Body / doors
mm
mm
light greyRAL 7035 / zinc yellow RAL 1018
1
1700
2
1700
3
1700
4
1700
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1850 x 500
300
1850 x 500
600
1850 x 500
900
1850 x 500
1200
985 549-BK
985 550-BK
985 551-BK
985 552-BK
985 558-BK
985 559-BK
985 560-BK
985 561-BK
985 567-BK
985 568-BK
985 569-BK
985 571-BK
985 576-BK
985 577-BK
985 578-BK
985 579-BK
g
mm
light greyRAL 7035 / zinc yellow RAL 1018
182.70
400
248.50
800
345.00
1200
449.50
1600
985 553-BK
985 555-BK
985 556-BK
985 557-BK
985 563-BK
985 564-BK
985 565-BK
985 566-BK
985 572-BK
985 573-BK
985 574-BK
985 575-BK
985 580-BK
985 581-BK
985 582-BK
985 583-BK
230.50
335.00
484.50
615.00
g 11.85
Plinth
Closed on all sides.
Overall locker height with plinth 1800 mm.
Extra cost per locker
No. 223 050-BK
BLUE =
g 21.25
114355
Compartments
Compartment height
Wardrobes Locker cabinets Z-cupboards
10
Model
Compartments
Compartment height
Height x depth
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035 / zinc yellow RAL 1018
Compartment
width 300 mm
Overall width
Colour
Compartment
width 400 mm
Overall width
Colour
2
820
4
820
6
820
4
410
8
410
5
325
10
325
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1850 x 500
300
1850 x 500
600
1850 x 500
900
1850 x 500
300
1850 x 500
600
1850 x 500
300
1850 x 500
600
985 584-BK
985 585-BK
985 586-BK
985 587-BK
985 593-BK
985 594-BK
985 595-BK
985 596-BK
985 603-BK
985 604-BK
985 605-BK
985 606-BK
985 611-BK
985 612-BK
985 613-BK
985 614-BK
985 620-BK
985 621-BK
985 622-BK
985 623-BK
502 593-BK
502 594-BK
502 595-BK
502 597-BK
502 603-BK
502 604-BK
502 605-BK
502 606-BK
g
mm
199.30
400
298.50
800
423.00
1200
272.50
400
408.50
800
335.00
400
536.00
800
985 588-BK
985 590-BK
985 591-BK
985 592-BK
985 598-BK
985 599-BK
985 601-BK
985 602-BK
985 607-BK
985 608-BK
985 609-BK
985 610-BK
985 615-BK
985 616-BK
985 617-BK
985 618-BK
985 624-BK
985 625-BK
985 626-BK
985 628-BK
502 598-BK
502 599-BK
502 601-BK
502 602-BK
502 607-BK
502 608-BK
502 609-BK
502 610-BK
246.50
372.50
536.00
309.00
523.00
408.50
659.00
Z-cloakroom cupboard
Stove enamelled sheet steel construction. Each compartment fitted with 2 hinged doors.
Rotary lock (suitable for padlock with shackle dia 6 mm), optional cylinder lock. Each
compartment with full width shelf (suitable for motorcycle helmet) and 1 coat rail with
2 hooks. Easy to clean door perforation. Raised feet 150 mm.
Supplied ready assembled.
mm
mm
mm
mm
2
820 / 390
1850 x 500
200 / 400
400
4
820 / 390
1850 x 500
200 / 400
800
6
820 / 390
1850 x 500
200 / 400
1200
502 611-BK
502 612-BK
502 613-BK
502 614-BK
502 615-BK
502 616-BK
502 617-BK
502 619-BK
502 620-BK
502 621-BK
502 622-BK
502 623-BK
408.50
622.00
869.00
87030
Compartments
Compartment height
Height x depth
Compartment width
Overall width
Colour
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

87030
Model
KAISER + KRAFT
505
10
Clothes lockers
Robust sheet steel with reinforcement,

welded
Optionally with solid panel doors with
ventilation slots or perforated sheet
metal doors
Rotary bolt for padlock (max. bar
thickness 6mm)

1hat shelf and 1clothes rail with 3hooks
for 300mm wide compartments or 4hooks
for 400mm, 6hooks for 600mm.
Compartment width 600mm with fixed
centre partition.
With bench mounted at front

and shortened doors
Three bench slats made of beech wood,
clearvarnished. Frame jet black RAL 9005.
Suitable shoe rack on request.
Delivery
Locker fully assembled. Bench is delivered
separately, easy self-assembly.
Overall height 1850mm. Bench height
415mm. Foot height 150mm.
Height adjustable up to10mm.
Overall depth 805mm, bench depth
300mm, locker depth500 mm.
Compartment width 300 mm

Model
2 compartments
3 compartments
4 compartments
5 compartments
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
257 435-BK
257 443-BK
257 524-BK
257 532-BK
257 605-BK
257 613-BK
257 583-BK
257 591-BK
895 903-BK
895 962-BK
896 012-BK
896 063-BK
896 128-BK
896 179-BK
896 225-BK
896 284-BK
979 385-BK
979 386-BK
979 387-BK
979 388-BK
979 389-BK
979 390-BK
979 391-BK
979 393-BK
391.00
414.00
520.00
532.00
680.00
688.00
782.00
845.00
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
257 486-BK
257 494-BK
257 567-BK
257 575-BK
257 656-BK
257 664-BK
896 330-BK
896 381-BK
896 454-BK
889 741-BK
889 806-BK
889 857-BK
979 394-BK
979 395-BK
979 396-BK
979 397-BK
979 398-BK
979 399-BK
465.00
469.00
572.00
590.00
782.00
798.00
Blue
grey RAL 7031
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
257 419-BK
257 427-BK
257 508-BK
257 516-BK
889 911-BK
890 138-BK
895 199-BK
895 202-BK
979 400-BK
979 401-BK
979 402-BK
979 403-BK
350.50
362.00
572.00
587.00
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors

Model
2 compartments
3 compartments
These eight alternative colours are available on request at minimal extra cost:
Blue grey
RAL 7031
4 compartments
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
Oyster white
RAL 1013
Gentian blue
RAL 5010
Flame red
RAL 3000
Model
124665
1 compartment
Pigeon blue
RAL 5014
Charcoal
RAL 7016
Zinc yellow
RAL 1018
Jet black
RAL 9005
2 compartments
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
BLUE =
124665

Opal green
RAL 6026
10
Clothes lockers
Compartment width
600mm with fixed
centre partition
With bench mounted below
Bench slats made of high quality hollow

WPC profiles with PVC coating and bolt-on,
black end caps.
Locker rests on base frame. Insides easy
to clean no raised edges.
Base frame in charcoal RAL 7016, with
height adjustable plastic feet.
Model
Delivery
Locker fully assembled. Bench with base
frame is delivered separately, easy
assembly.
5 compartments
Overall height 2135mm,

bench height 400mm.
Overall depth 800mm,
bench depth 300mm,
locker depth 500mm.
2 compartments
3 compartments
4 compartments
Model
2 compartments
3 compartments
Special fittings for both models
126304
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Light blue
RAL 5012
257 699-BK
257 702-BK
257 753-BK
257 761-BK
257 850-BK
257 869-BK
257 915-BK
257 923-BK
895 067-BK
895 075-BK
895 083-BK
895 091-BK
895 105-BK
895 113-BK
895 628-BK
895 571-BK
979 404-BK
979 405-BK
979 407-BK
979 408-BK
979 409-BK
979 410-BK
979 411-BK
979 412-BK
419.50
428.00
557.00
567.00
704.00
744.00
845.00
882.00
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
257 737-BK
257 745-BK
257 818-BK
257 826-BK
257 893-BK
257 907-BK
895 539-BK
895 490-BK
895 458-BK
895 407-BK
895 369-BK
895 644-BK
979 413-BK
979 415-BK
979 416-BK
979 301-BK
979 302-BK
979 303-BK
469.00
486.00
649.00
679.00
844.00
844.00
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Light grey
RAL 7035
Light blue
RAL 5012
257 672-BK
257 680-BK
257 834-BK
257 842-BK
895 695-BK
895 741-BK
895 806-BK
895 857-BK
979 304-BK
979 305-BK
979 306-BK
979 307-BK
390.50
403.50
625.00
630.00
Special fittings
Security cylinder lock
No.
extra cost g / lock
908 945-BK
Lock system
No.
extra cost g / lock
908 946-BK
No.
extra cost g / key
222 585-BK
Master key
Light grey
RAL 7035
4 compartments
Security cylinder lock

Instead of rotary bolt lock.
Incl. 2 keys.
Locking system for multiple lockers.
Master key for locking system.
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
Blue grey
RAL 7031
Model
11.85
1 compartment
23.80
2 compartments
11.85
solid doors
perforated doors
solid doors
perforated doors
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126304
For damp environments we recommend

the zinc plated version.
Available on request at extra cost.
507
10
Multi-purpose cupboards and cloakroom

cupboards
With security rotary bolt lock
When locked, the lock rotates through 360 breaking in

by means of twisting the lock is no longer possible
Easy to clean
Options for individual requirements
Model
Height adjustable
plinth
Closed on all sides.
Overall height with plinth
1800mm.
No extra cost.
Three-point lock for 2 6

Lock linkages, which provide additional
locking points at the top and bottom of the
cupboard.
Extra cost per compartment.
Centre partition for 4 + 5

For 400mm compartment width only.
Extra cost per compartment.
No. 519 637-BK
No. 519 636-BK
No. 519 639-BK
Lockers / compartments
Locker height
mm
Fittings per locker / compartment
Height x depth
Compartment
width 300 mm
overall width
body / doors
Compartment
width 400 mm
overall width
body / doors
Security rotary bolt lock
Sturdy, spot welded sheet steel, stove enamelled.

Double edged toprevent injuries.
Reinforced with a profile which is integrated in the door
and extends into the housing. Integrated door opening
stop, opening angle 100.
Security rotary bolt lock as standard
(suitable for padlocks with 68mm).
Ventilated through easy to clean perforated grid in the
doors and rear panel.
Non-marking, zinc plated cupboard feet as standard.
Also available with 100mm high plinth at no extra cost.
Cupboard feet and plinth height adjustable up to 10mm.
126267
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / charcoal RAL 7016
light grey RAL 7035 / opal green RAL 6026
g 25.20
g 33.40
4
4 x 420
6
4 x 420 / 1 x 290 / 1 x 1400
6
4 x 280 / 1 x 570 / 1 x 1676
2
1676
3
1676
4
1676
3 shelves
left: 3 shelves,
right: hat shelf,
clothes rail
left: 4 shelves,
right: 4 clamps
hat shelf,
clothes rail
with3hooks
hat shelf,
clothes rail
with3hooks
hat shelf,
clothes rail
with3hooks
1800 x 500
600
1800 x 500
600
1800 x 500
600
1800 x 500
600
1800 x 500
900
1800 x 500
1200
940 362-BK
940 363-BK
940 365-BK
940 366-BK
940 367-BK
940 368-BK
940 369-BK
940 370-BK
940 371-BK
940 373-BK
940 374-BK
940 375-BK
940 389-BK
940 390-BK
940 391-BK
940 392-BK
940 397-BK
940 398-BK
940 400-BK
940 401-BK
940 407-BK
940 408-BK
940 409-BK
940 411-BK
471.00
g
mm
light grey RAL 7035
344.50
800
321.00
800
344.50
800
264.00
800
366.50
1200
940 376-BK
940 377-BK
940 378-BK
940 379-BK
940 381-BK
940 382-BK
940 383-BK
940 384-BK
940 385-BK
940 386-BK
940 387-BK
940 388-BK
940 393-BK
940 394-BK
940 395-BK
940 396-BK
940 403-BK
940 404-BK
940 405-BK
940 406-BK
412.50
388.50
416.00
342.00
487.50
BLUE =
126267
10
Cloakroom cupboards Clothes lockers

Lock options
For individual requirements.
Model
mm
Fittings per locker / compartment
Compartment
width 300 mm
overall width
body / doors
Compartment
width 400 mm
overall width
body / doors
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035
Model
1 compartment
2 compartments
3 compartments
940 428-BK
940 430-BK
940 431-BK
79.40
97.90
114.00
Height x depth
Sloping roof attachments
No.
g
Locker height
Angle of inclination approx. 15. Height at front 25 mm, back 156 mm.
Suitable for 300 and 400 mm wide compartments.
Can also be fitted at a later stage.
Width
126266
Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys
No.
extra cost g / lock
519 948-BK
No.
extra cost g / lock
519 949-BK
No.
extra cost g / key
222 585-BK
Master key
11.85
23.80
11.85
4
850
6
850
3
558
6
558
4
418
8
418
clothes rail
with3hooks
clothes rail
with3hooks
1800 x 500
600
1800 x 500
900
1800 x 500
300
1800 x 500
600
1800 x 500
300
1800 x 500
600
940 412-BK
940 413-BK
940 414-BK
940 415-BK
940 420-BK
940 421-BK
940 422-BK
940 423-BK
940 433-BK
940 434-BK
940 435-BK
940 436-BK
940 442-BK
940 443-BK
940 444-BK
940 446-BK
519 595-BK
519 597-BK
519 598-BK
519 599-BK
519 605-BK
519 606-BK
519 607-BK
519 608-BK
g
mm
light grey RAL 7035
342.00
800
471.00
1200
282.00
400
446.00
800
308.00
400
448.50
800
940 416-BK
940 417-BK
940 418-BK
940 419-BK
940 424-BK
940 425-BK
940 426-BK
940 427-BK
940 438-BK
940 439-BK
940 440-BK
940 441-BK
940 447-BK
519 592-BK
519 593-BK
519 594-BK
519 601-BK
519 602-BK
519 603-BK
519 604-BK
519 609-BK
519 610-BK
519 611-BK
519 612-BK
399.50
564.00
321.00
518.00
375.50
549.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126266
509
10
2
3
With bench mounted below
With bench mounted at front
Cloakroom lockers with bench mounted below or in front

Compartments in two widths
Each with hat shelf, clothes rail with three
hooks.
Bench
As standard with three bench slats made
of clear varnished beech.
Seat height 415 mm, seat depth 300 mm.
Also available with light grey PVC slats at
no extra cost.
Frame height adjustable by up to 10 mm.
Painted jet black RAL 9005.
Locker colours
Body always light grey RAL 7035.
Doors optionally in four RAL colours.
1 3 With bench mounted below
Lockers
Locker height
Compartment
width 300 mm
126268
Compartment
width 400 mm
Angle of inclination approx. 15.

Height at front 25 mm, back 156 mm.
Suitable for 300 and 400 mm wide
compartments.
No extra cost.
No. 519 638-BK
Lock options
Sloping roof attachment
Cylinder lock
incl. 2 keys
No.
g / lock
519 948-BK
Lock system
incl. cylinder lock
No.
g / lock
519 949-BK
No.
g / key
222 585-BK
Master key
1 compartment
No.
g
940 428-BK
2 compartments
No.
g
940 430-BK
3 compartments
No.
g
940 431-BK
11.85
23.80
11.85
Model
2
1676
2140 x 600 x 805
3
1676
2140 x 900 x 805
4
1676
2140 x 1200 x 805
519 613-BK
519 614-BK
519 615-BK
519 616-BK
519 622-BK
519 623-BK
519 624-BK
519 625-BK
519 631-BK
519 632-BK
519 633-BK
519 635-BK
g
external dims.
H x W x D mm
doors
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
opal green RAL 6026
436.00
2140 x 800 x 805
559.00
2140 x 1200 x 805
690.00
519 617-BK
519 619-BK
519 620-BK
519 621-BK
519 627-BK
519 628-BK
519 629-BK
519 630-BK
490.50
663.00
Sloping roof attachment
79.40
97.90
114.00
4 6 With bench mounted in front

1
mm
external dims.
H x W x D mm
doors
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
opal green RAL 6026
Steel core reinforced PVC bench slats with

rounded edges.
Light grey, similar to RAL 7035.
In place of the beech slats.
Extra cost
The locker is delivered assembled, bench

is not attached easy self-assembly.
Model
Bench slats made of PVC
Lockers
Locker height
Compartment
width 300 mm
Compartment
width 400 mm
2
1676
1800 x 600 x 805
3
1676
1800 x 900 x 805
4
1676
1800 x 1200 x 805
906 965-BK
906 966-BK
906 967-BK
906 968-BK
906 974-BK
906 975-BK
906 976-BK
906 977-BK
906 983-BK
906 984-BK
906 985-BK
906 986-BK
g
external dims.
H x W x D mm
doors
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
opal green RAL 6026
439.00
1800 x 800 x 805
570.00
1800 x 1200 x 805
721.00
906 969-BK
906 970-BK
906 971-BK
906 973-BK
906 978-BK
906 979-BK
906 981-BK
906 982-BK
494.00
669.00
mm
external dims.
H x W x D mm
doors
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
opal green RAL 6026
BLUE =
126268
Stove enamelled, spot welded sheet steel

construction. Double-edged to prevent
injuries.
Reinforced with a profile which is integrated in the door and extends into the
housing.
Ventilated through easy to clean perforated
grid in the door and rear panel.
Integrated door opening stop, opening
angle 100.
Security rotary bolt lock as standard.
When locked, the lock rotates through
360 breaking in by means of twisting the
lock is no longer possible.
Suitable for padlocks with 6 8 mm.
Cloakroom cupboards Locker cupboards
10
Flat pack universal

cupboards
With ample storage space
Easy assembly
Lockable
The robust, double door steel cupboard is available in

2 colours. Powder coated in solid light grey RAL 7035,
or body in light grey with doors in gentian blue RAL 5010.
The 4 light grey shelves are height adjustable in 46 mm
increments. Max. load approx. 50 kg per shelf with evenly
distributed load.
Recessed doors with box section reinforcement.
Lockable with 2-bolt rotary cylinder lock (individual key),
including 2 keys.
Overall weight 56.5 kg.
External dimensions
Internal dimensions
Door colour
No.
g / piece
From 3 pieces
light grey
gentian blue
502 982-BK
502 983-BK
219.00
219.00
No.
g / piece
502 989-BK
502 990-BK
199.00
199.00
No.
g / pack
503 032-BK
503 032-BK
33.40
33.40
Accessories
Shelf, light grey
Pack of 2

Small locker cupboards

Spot welded sheet steel construction, double edged,
with high quality stove enamelling.
Compartments without interior fittings. Smooth doors,
hinged on the right, individual locking with cylinder locks,
each with 2 keys (individual locking). Ventilated through
holes in the rear wall.
Door opening clearance width x height 230 x 130 mm.
Supplied assembled.
Accessories
Extra cost per lock

Price per key
No. 716 753-BK
No. 222 585-BK
g 12.00
g 11.85
124668
Compartments
Doors
mm
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
blue grey RAL 7031
jet black RAL 9005
opal green RAL 6026
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
5
965 x 300 x 500
10
965 x 600 x 500
10
1800 x 300 x 500
20
1800 x 600 x 500
741 535-BK
978 959-BK
978 960-BK
741 538-BK
978 961-BK
978 963-BK
978 964-BK
969 393-BK
741 543-BK
978 966-BK
978 967-BK
741 641-BK
978 968-BK
978 970-BK
978 971-BK
969 394-BK
741 519-BK
979 061-BK
979 062-BK
741 522-BK
979 063-BK
979 065-BK
979 067-BK
969 395-BK
741 527-BK
979 068-BK
979 069-BK
741 530-BK
978 954-BK
978 956-BK
978 958-BK
969 396-BK
355.00
681.00
659.00
1055.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124668
Model
KAISER + KRAFT
511
10
2
1
Clothes lockers
Each with four individual lockers
Highly versatile
In two widths
Boltless assembly, practical plug-in system
Master key
No. 516 151-BK
124669
Powder coated sheet steel construction.

Body always in light grey RAL 7035. Doors optionally in
light grey RAL 7035, light blue RAL 5012 or basalt grey
RAL 7012. Lockable with cylinder lock (individual key),
incl. 2 keys.
Plinth height 50 mm.
g / piece 10.55
Model
Lockers
Description
Body / door colour
quantity
internal dims. height x width x depth mm
mm
light grey
light grey / basalt grey
g
4
405 x 237 x 458
4
405 x 387 x 458
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 450 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
601 459-BK
601 460-BK
601 461-BK
601 463-BK
601 464-BK
601 465-BK
601 466-BK
601 467-BK
601 468-BK
601 469-BK
601 471-BK
601 472-BK
230.00
220.00
245.50
236.00
BLUE =
124669
Please note
It is only possible to combine standard
and extension units of the same model.
Accessories
Lockers Cloakroom cupboards
10
Cloakroom cupboards
Ideal for any changing room
Security cylinder lock (individual key),
incl. 2 keys.
Master key (see left hand page).
Ventilation ring in the rear wall.

Practical plug-in system for boltless
assembly.
Body always in light grey RAL7035.
Doors optionally in light grey RAL7035,
light blue RAL5012 or basalt grey RAL7012.
2
Compartments
quantity
Internal dims. height x width x depth mm
124666
Interior fittings (each compartment)

Description
Body / door colour
mm
1
1433 / 260 x 237 x 458
1
1433 / 260 x 387 x 458
1
360 / 265 x 387 x 458
2
834 / 840 x 237 x 458
1 hat shelf, 1 clothes rail

1800 x 300 x 500
standard unit
extension unit
1 hat shelf, 1 clothes rail

1800 x 450 x 500
standard unit
extension unit
4 shelves
1800 x 450 x 500
standard unit
extension unit
1 clothes rail
1800 x 300 x 500
standard unit
extension unit
light grey
601 473-BK
601 474-BK
601 475-BK
601 476-BK
601 477-BK
601 478-BK
601 479-BK
601 480-BK
601 481-BK
601 482-BK
601 483-BK
601 484-BK
601 485-BK
601 486-BK
601 487-BK
601 488-BK
601 490-BK
601 491-BK
601 542-BK
601 544-BK
601 545-BK
601 546-BK
601 547-BK
601 548-BK
152.90
130.90
175.00
152.90
211.50
186.70
176.40
161.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124666
Model
513
10
Steel cupboards
For factory, workshop,
warehouse, office ...
You can never have enough storage
space.
Every need has been taken into account.
Sturdy sheet steel construction, powder
coated. Material thickness 0.70 mm.
Available in 2 cupboard widths and in
versions with different fittings.
increments. Max. load 30 kg.
Lockable with rotary bar lock, incl. 2 keys
(individual key). Plinth height 100 mm.
Colour combinations
Doors optionally in light grey RAL 7035,
light blue RAL 5012 or basalt grey RAL 7012.
6
5
Model
3 shelves
1 coat rail,
1 hat shelf,
3 shelves
1 coat rail,
1 hat shelf
6 shelves
1 coat rail,
3 shelves
1 coat rail,
1 hat shelf,
3 shelves

mm
Body / doors
light grey
1830 x 600 x 460
1830 x 600 x 460
1830 x 600 x 460
1830 x 915 x 460
1830 x 915 x 460
1830 x 915 x 460
601 549-BK
601 550-BK
601 552-BK
601 553-BK
601 554-BK
601 555-BK
601 556-BK
601 557-BK
601 558-BK
601 559-BK
601 561-BK
601 562-BK
601 563-BK
601 564-BK
601 565-BK
601 566-BK
601 567-BK
601 568-BK
446.00
469.50
406.00
552.00
529.00
516.00
124670
Interior fittings
124670
BLUE =
Steel lockers
Steel cupboards
Please note
It is only possible to combine standard and extension
units of the same model.
Can be expanded into an unit

A large selection of locker versions.
Powder coated sheet steel, 0.70 mm thick.
Boltless assembly,
practical plug-in system.
Doors optionally in light grey RAL 7035,
light blue RAL 5012 or basalt grey
RAL 7012.
10
Lockable with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys

(individual key). Plinth height 50 mm.
Ventilation through perforations in the rear
wall.
5 + 6 with door panels made of
polycarbonate.
Basalt grey RAL 7012
Accessory
Master key
No. 516 151-BK
g / piece 10.55
Light blue RAL 5012
Compartments
quantity
internal dims. H x W x D mm
Interior fittings
mm
Description
124667
Body / doors
light grey
g
2
1427 / 260 x 150 x 458
4
1253 / 200 x 150 / 387 x 458
1
1427 / 260 x 150 x 458
1
1427 / 260 x 150 x 458
2
834 x 237 x 458
4
410 x 387 x 458
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail
2 compartments,
2 lockers for valuables
1 hat shelf,
3 shelves
1 hat shelf, 1 centre partition,

1 clothes rail
1800 x 450 x 500
1800 x 450 x 500
1800 x 450 x 500
1800 x 450 x 500
1800 x 300 x 500
1800 x 450 x 500
standard
unit
extension
unit
standard
unit
extension
unit
standard
unit
extension
unit
standard
unit
extension
unit
standard
unit
extension
unit
standard
unit
extension
unit
601 569-BK
601 570-BK
601 571-BK
601 572-BK
601 573-BK
601 574-BK
601 575-BK
601 576-BK
601 577-BK
601 579-BK
601 580-BK
601 581-BK
516 047-BK
516 048-BK
516 049-BK
516 050-BK
516 051-BK
516 052-BK
516 053-BK
516 054-BK
516 055-BK
516 056-BK
516 057-BK
516 059-BK
516 067-BK
516 068-BK
516 069-BK
516 070-BK
516 071-BK
516 072-BK
516 073-BK
516 075-BK
516 076-BK
516 077-BK
516 078-BK
516 079-BK
246.00
234.50
257.50
243.50
233.00
217.50
233.00
210.50
304.50
291.00
421.50
411.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124667
Model
515
10
4
3
2
1
5
Steel lockers and compartment lockers

Lockable with padlock
Model
Compartments
quantity
Internal dims. height x width x depth mm
Fittings (each compartment)
124671

Description
Body / doors
mm
light grey
g
Door hinges on outside, rotary bolt with

fitting for padlock. Ventilation slots.
1 and 2 with label holders.
Colours
Please note

Doors optionally in light grey RAL7035,
light blue RAL5012 or basalt grey RAL7012.
It is onlypossible to combine standard

and extension units of the same model.
1
1427 / 260 x 237 x 458
1
1427 / 260 x 387 x 458
4
405 x 237 x 458
4
405 x 387 x 458
1
1427 / 260 x 150 x 458
1 hat shelf,
clothes rail with
3 plastic hooks
1 hat shelf,
clothes rail with
3 plastic hooks,
centre partition
1 hat shelf,
centre partition,
1 clothes rail on left,
3 shelves on right
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 400 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 300 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 450 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
1800 x 450 x 500

standard unit
extension unit
503 012-BK
503 013-BK
503 014-BK
503 015-BK
503 016-BK
503 017-BK
503 018-BK
503 019-BK
503 020-BK
503 021-BK
503 022-BK
503 023-BK
516 080-BK
516 081-BK
516 083-BK
516 084-BK
516 085-BK
516 086-BK
516 087-BK
516 088-BK
516 089-BK
516 091-BK
516 092-BK
516 093-BK
516 094-BK
516 095-BK
516 096-BK
516 097-BK
516 098-BK
516 099-BK
152.90
129.80
163.90
148.50
230.00
212.00
247.00
227.50
247.00
234.50
BLUE =
124671
Robust, solid sheet steel construction,

powder coated. Material thickness 0.7 mm.
Boltless assembly, practical plug-in
system.
10
Clothes lockers Cloakroom lockers
2
1
Floor matting for changing and shower rooms

Cloakroom lockers
With cylinder lock or padlock
Welded sheet steel construction.
Body 0.6 mm, doors0.7 mm thick.
Body in light grey RAL 7035, doors in
threecolours.
Ventilation through perforations in the
door.
Label holders.
Doors with internal hinges, opening angle

90.
Lockable with cylinder lock (individual key)
or alternatively withfitting for padlock
(bar thickness 6 mm).
1 hat shelf, clothes rail with 3 hooks.
The 398 mm wide compartments are fitted
with a centre partition.
Model
width mm
height x depth mm
600
1800 x 500
900
1800 x 500
800
1800 x 500
1200
1800 x 500
Compartments
quantity
2
1730 x 298 x 470
3
1730 x 298 x 470
2
1730 x 398 x 470
3
1730 x 398 x 470
light grey
519 640-BK
519 641-BK
519 643-BK
519 644-BK
519 645-BK
519 646-BK
519 647-BK
519 648-BK
519 649-BK
519 651-BK
519 652-BK
519 653-BK
196.90
269.50
227.50
318.50
126235
Body / doors
Delivered
fully assembled
Suitable padlocks can be found

on page 521.
Locks with padlock
External dims.
Fitting for padlock
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Model
width mm
height x depth mm
600
1800 x 500
900
1800 x 500
800
1800 x 500
1200
1800 x 500
Compartments
quantity
2
1730 x 298 x 470
3
1730 x 298 x 470
2
1730 x 398 x 470
3
1730 x 398 x 470
light grey
903 146-BK
903 147-BK
903 154-BK
903 164-BK
903 166-BK
903 192-BK
903 193-BK
903 194-BK
903 195-BK
903 196-BK
903 197-BK
903 198-BK
196.90
268.00
229.00
318.50
External dims.
Body / doors
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126235
Locks with cylinder lock
Cylinder lock
517
10
Clothes lockers
Powder coated, welded sheet steel construction.
Doors with internal hinges.
Opening angle 90. Lockable with cylinder lock (individual
key) incl. 2 keys or alternatively with padlock (lock not
included).
Ventilation through perforations in the door. Label holders.
One clothes rail with three plastic hooks.
Body in light grey RAL 7035, doors in four colours.
Locks with cylinder lock

Model

mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Body / doors
light grey
light grey / gentian blue
1000 x 300 x 500

998 x 298 x 470
1000 x 400 x 500

998 x 398 x 470
519 654-BK
519 655-BK
519 656-BK
519 686-BK
519 657-BK
519 658-BK
519 659-BK
519 687-BK
87.90
97.90
Locks with padlock

Model
The lockers can be bolted together at the top,

bottom and sides.
Mounting materialincluded.
Light grey RAL 7035
Basalt grey RAL 7012
Light blue RAL 5012
Master key
For cloakroom lockers and clothes lockers.
No. 516 151-BK
g / each 10.55

mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Body / doors
light grey
1000 x 300 x 500

998 x 298 x 470
1000 x 400 x 500

998 x 398 x 470
903 311-BK
903 312-BK
903 338-BK
903 415-BK
903 993-BK
904 093-BK
904 224-BK
904 225-BK
87.90
97.90
Delivered
fully assembled
Cube lockers with vision panel
With windows contents inside are visible
Internal dims.
Weight
Doors
125722
Powder coated sheet steel, 0.6 mm thick.

Lockable with cylinder lock, incl.2keys
(individual key).
Doors with acrylic glass window and frame in
six colours.
The cubes can be connected together at the

sides, or at the top and bottom.
We recommend wall mounting when stacking
4or more cube lockers.
mm
350 x 250 x 450
350 x 400 x 450
450 x 450 x 450
346 x 246 x 446

4.8
346 x 396 x 446

6.5
446 x 446 x 446

8
light grey RAL 7035

light blue RAL 5012
flame red RAL 3000
903 199-BK
903 200-BK
903 254-BK
903 255-BK
903 257-BK
903 258-BK
903 259-BK
903 260-BK
903 261-BK
903 262-BK
903 295-BK
903 296-BK
903 297-BK
903 298-BK
903 300-BK
903 301-BK
903 303-BK
903 304-BK
65.90
79.80
95.70
BLUE =
125722
The cube lockers on this pagecan

be combinedwith the cubes on the
opposite page.
Lockers Cube lockers
10
Security need not be ugly!

Our cube lockers offer the perfect
combination of security for personal
items and individual style.
The cubes can be connected together
at the sides, or at the top and bottom.
Try stacking them on top of each other.
The cube lockers on this page can be
combined with the cubes on the oppositepage.
Cube lockers
Six colour combinations in three sizes

Internal dims.
Weight
Doors
Made of powder coated sheet steel.

Body always light grey, doors according to the
table.
Lockable with cylinder lock, 2 keys.
mm
350 x 250 x 450
350 x 400 x 450
450 x 450 x 450

kg
light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
flame red RAL 3000
g / each
346 x 246 x 446

4.8
346 x 396 x 446

6.5
446 x 446 x 446

8
502 991-BK
502 992-BK
502 993-BK
502 994-BK
502 996-BK
503 024-BK
502 997-BK
502 998-BK
502 999-BK
503 000-BK
503 001-BK
503 025-BK
503 003-BK
503 004-BK
503 005-BK
503 006-BK
503 007-BK
503 026-BK
54.50
67.70
82.50
Accessories
width
125699
Base frame
For 3 cubes next to one another
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
750
1200
1350
No.
g
503 008-BK
503 009-BK
503 011-BK
39.25
43.55
48.20
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Accessories
Base frame for 3 cubes next to one another
Made of rectangular tubular steel, powder coated light grey.
Height 100 mm.
With floor level adjustment screws.
125699
KAISER + KRAFT
519
1950 mm
10
4
2
Extra tall cloakroom and clothes lockers

Organisation and comfort in XXL size
Ventilated through an easy to clean
perforated grid in the rear panel.
100 mm high plinth closed on all sides.
Accessories for all models

Lock system
Including cylinder locks.
Extra cost per lock
Master key
For the lock system.
Price per key
No. 716 753-BK

Model
Compartment
width 300 mm
122469
Compartment
width 400 mm
g 12.00
No. 222 585-BK
g 11.85
1 hat shelf,
1clothes rail with
3 sliding hooks
1 hat shelf,
1clothes rail with
3 sliding hooks
1 hat shelf,
1clothes rail
with 3 hooks
1 clothes rail
with 3 hooks
1 clothes rail
with 3 hooks
Compartments
quantity
1
1850 x 298 x 475
2
1850 x 298 x 475
3
1850 x 298 x 475
4
912 x 298 x 475
6
912 x 298 x 475
5
360 x 298 x 475
10
360 x 298 x 475

mm
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
1950 x 300 x 500
1950 x 600 x 500
1950 x 900 x 500
1950 x 600 x 500
1950 x 900 x 500
1950 x 300 x 500
1950 x 600 x 500
502 668-BK
502 670-BK
519 950-BK
502 672-BK
502 673-BK
519 951-BK
516 130-BK
516 131-BK
519 953-BK
516 133-BK
516 134-BK
519 954-BK
516 136-BK
516 137-BK
519 955-BK
502 675-BK
502 676-BK
519 956-BK
502 679-BK
502 680-BK
519 957-BK
229.00
385.50
574.00
483.00
678.00
422.00
690.00
Compartments
quantity
1
1825 x 398 x 475
2
1825 x 398 x 475
3
1825 x 398 x 475
4
912 x 398 x 475
6
912 x 398 x 475
5
360 x 398 x 475
10
360 x 398 x 475

mm
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
1950 x 400 x 500
1950 x 800 x 500
1950 x 1200 x 500
1950 x 800 x 500
1950 x 1200 x 500
1950 x 400 x 500
1950 x 800 x 500
907 208-BK
907 209-BK
907 210-BK
907 211-BK
907 212-BK
907 213-BK
907 214-BK
907 215-BK
907 216-BK
908 256-BK
908 268-BK
908 276-BK
908 297-BK
908 641-BK
908 643-BK
908 645-BK
908 778-BK
908 779-BK
908 780-BK
908 781-BK
908 782-BK
274.00
439.00
629.00
536.00
824.00
461.00
780.00
BLUE =
122469
Sturdy, spot welded sheet steel construction. Stove enamelled.

Double edged to prevent injuries.
Smooth doors close flush with the housing,
internal hinges. Door opening angle 110.
Lockable with cylinder lock, 2 keys
(individual key).
Steel cupboards Mesh cupboards
10
Increased visibility
for trade
for small companies
from
255.00
in changing rooms
Mesh cloakroom cupboards

Trust is good security is better
Prevents theft
Immediately reduces need for security
Suitable for use in damp environments,
as it is made of electrolytically zinc
plated steel wire
Ready for wall and floor mounting
Made of wire mesh, mesh size 25 x 25 mm.

Frame thickness 8 mm. 150 mm high
legs.
All doors have fittings for padlocks.
Lock not included.
Padlock
Hardened steel bar and double locking
mechanism to increase security.
Width 40 mm. Bar thickness 6 mm.
Including 2 keys (individual key).
Pack of 12.

No. 503 125-BK
Model
g / pack 104.50
height mm
width mm
1800
305
910
305
450
305
300
305
Overall height
mm
1980
1980
1980
1980
Compartment depth 305 mm
No.
g
909 069-BK
909 071-BK
909 073-BK
909 075-BK
255.00
259.00
302.50
362.00
No.
g
909 070-BK
909 072-BK
909 074-BK
909 077-BK
285.00
292.50
345.50
384.00
Compartments
Compartment dims.
89727
Compartment depth 457 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

4
Theft within the company can be a
problem.
Wire mesh wardrobes provide a simple
means for reducing such incidents and
improving security.
89727
KAISER + KRAFT
521
10
Clothes lockers
Special doors made of 1.5 mm steel. Due to the outward

curvature of the doors, they are extremely sturdy and
vandal-proof.
80 door opening stop, noise dampers.
Lockable with cylinder lock (individual key).
Other types of locks are available on request.
High quality and durable
Model
Ventilation openings in the rear wall. Prepared for wall

mounting, 20 mm wall spacer. Plinth in the same colour
as the body, 100 mm high with height adjustment range of
30 mm.
Lockers with 9 compartments, height 1255 mm,
supplied with cover panel in beech finish.
4
Compartments
Effective internal compartment dims.
mm
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
black grey RAL 7021 / white aluminium RAL 9006
g
4
420 x 320 x 460
1950 x 396 x 540
5
336 x 320 x 460
1950 x 396 x 540
8
420 x 320 x 460
1950 x 770 x 540
9
336 x 320 x 460
1255 x 1150 x 540
10
336 x 320 x 460
1950 x 770 x 540
12
420 x 320 x 460
1950 x 1150 x 540
15
336 x 320 x 460
1950 x 1150 x 540
906 047-BK
906 048-BK
906 049-BK
503 094-BK
503 095-BK
503 097-BK
906 051-BK
906 074-BK
906 075-BK
503 091-BK
503 092-BK
503 093-BK
503 098-BK
503 099-BK
503 101-BK
906 218-BK
906 219-BK
906 227-BK
503 102-BK
503 103-BK
503 104-BK
489.50
552.00
959.00
1045.00
889.00
1295.00
1310.00
Space saving lockers

Compartment width 200 mm. Height x depth 1800 x 500 mm.
Welded sheet steel housing, high quality stove enamelled
finish. Ventilation ring in the rear wall.
Optionally with two or four compartments.
Doors in eight colours, body always light grey RAL7035.
Security cylinder lock, individual key, incl. 2keys.
Hat shelf and clothes rail with two movable hooks.
Compartments
Cupboard width
Doors
2
mm
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
opal green RAL 6026
blue grey RAL 7031
jet black RAL 9005
g
400
800
893 390-BK
979 310-BK
979 311-BK
979 312-BK
893 439-BK
969 398-BK
979 314-BK
979 315-BK
893 471-BK
979 316-BK
979 318-BK
979 319-BK
893 536-BK
969 399-BK
979 321-BK
979 322-BK
344.00
585.00
No.
g / lock
716 753-BK
716 753-BK
12.00
12.00
No.
g
222 585-BK
222 585-BK
11.85
11.85
122470
Lock system
Master key
for lock systems
BLUE =
122470
10
Clothes lockers Individual lockers
Individual lockers
Made of stove enamelled sheet steel, three colours to
choose from. With stacking corners and a shelf in the
middle. Door with label frame and ventilation ring, pushes
in at top.
Optionally with cylinder lock or fittings for padlock,
bar thickness 6 8 mm.
External dims.
400 x 400 x 500
Internal dims.

opal green RAL 6026
light grey RAL 7035
320 x 360 x 475
For
padlock
With
security cylinder lock
individual key
969 401-BK
751 776-BK
979 347-BK
120.80
g
opal green RAL 6026
light grey RAL 7035
969 402-BK
751 777-BK
979 348-BK
137.40
No.
g / lock
716 753-BK
No.
g
222 585-BK

Master key
for lock system
12.00
11.85
Clothes lockers
With three doors arranged vertically
Smooth bases, thus easy to clean
Sturdy sheet steel construction, spot welded.

Double edged to prevent injuries.
Ventilated through holes in the rear wall. Compartments
without interior fittings.
Doors and lock
Smooth, solid doors with vertical box reinforcement,
hinged on the right, mounted on pivot pins.
Security cylinder lock (individual key), 2keys per lock.
Dimensions
Overall height 1850 mm with 150 mm high stud feet,
1800 mm with 100 mm high plinth.
Internal locker dims.: height x depth 530 x 475mm,
width298mm or398mm.

Lock system
No.
g / lock
716 753-BK
Master key
No.
g
222 585-BK
Plinth
100 mm high
No.
g
916 071-BK
12.00
11.85
20.75
Model
Standard colours
124760

Other colours on request.
Light grey RAL7035
Flame red RAL3000
Light blue RAL5012
Jet black RAL9005

YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
Compartment
width 300 mm
doors
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
jet black RAL 9005
1/3
1850 x 300 x 500
2/6
1850 x 600 x 500
3/9
1850 x 900 x 500
4 / 12
1850 x 1200 x 500
916 103-BK
979 334-BK
979 335-BK
979 336-BK
916 111-BK
979 337-BK
979 338-BK
979 339-BK
916 116-BK
979 340-BK
979 342-BK
979 343-BK
916 121-BK
979 344-BK
979 345-BK
979 346-BK
g
mm
doors
light grey RAL 7035
flame red RAL 3000
light blue RAL 5012
jet black RAL 9005
219.00
1850 x 400 x 500
360.50
1850 x 800 x 500
495.00
1850 x 1200 x 500
662.00
916 130-BK
979 323-BK
979 324-BK
979 326-BK
916 138-BK
979 327-BK
979 328-BK
979 329-BK
916 146-BK
979 330-BK
979 331-BK
979 332-BK
242.50
411.50
582.00
Compartment
width 400 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124760
Plinth (instead of stud feet)
523
10
g
No. 895 687-BK
Clothes lockers
355.00
Description
With 2 15 compartments for almost any

purpose
Add-on lockers for optimum use of space
A choice of practical fittings
Interior fittings
Made of welded sheet steel. Body always light grey

RAL 7035. See colour selection for doors on the opposite
page. Easy to clean. All doors with security cylinder lock.
Lockers with stud feet (locker height 1850 mm) or plinth
(locker height 1800 mm). You can further maximise your
storage space with the use of matching add-on lockers.
Standard door colours
Light grey RAL 7035
Flame red RAL 3000
Light blue RAL 5012
Jet black RAL 9005
Available in basalt grey RAL 7012 on request.
mm
2
1700 x 300
2
1700 x 400
3
1700 x 300
3
1700 x 400
4
830 x 300
6
830 x 300
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1850
600 x 500
1850
800 x 500
1850
900 x 500
1850
1200 x 500
1850
600 x 500
1850
900 x 500
With
stud feet
Accessories
112424
1 clothes rail with

3 sliding hooks
Compartments
Compartment height x width
With
plinth
Add-on lockers to match clothes lockers.

Bolted to the lower lockers.
Lock systems and electrolytic zinc plating available as
special fittings (see page on right).
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail with 3 sliding hooks
foot height
mm
colour
RAL 7035
RAL 3000
RAL 5012
RAL 9005
g
plinth height
mm
colour
RAL 7035
RAL 3000
RAL 5012
RAL 9005
g
150
150
150
150
150
150
895 636-BK
979 349-BK
979 351-BK
979 352-BK
895 687-BK
979 243-BK
979 245-BK
979 246-BK
895 733-BK
979 254-BK
979 255-BK
979 256-BK
895 792-BK
979 264-BK
979 265-BK
979 266-BK
895 849-BK
979 273-BK
979 274-BK
979 275-BK
895 890-BK
979 283-BK
979 284-BK
979 285-BK
280.50
100
355.00
100
392.00
100
490.00
100
344.00
100
464.00
100
895 954-BK
979 353-BK
979 354-BK
979 355-BK
896 004-BK
979 247-BK
979 248-BK
979 249-BK
896 055-BK
979 257-BK
979 258-BK
979 259-BK
896 101-BK
979 267-BK
979 268-BK
979 269-BK
896 160-BK
979 276-BK
979 277-BK
979 278-BK
896 217-BK
979 286-BK
979 288-BK
979 289-BK
290.50
355.00
427.50
535.00
368.00
491.00
Accessories
Add-on
cupboard
Height
445 mm
compartments
colour
RAL 7035
RAL 3000
RAL 5012
RAL 9005
g
896 276-BK
979 356-BK
979 357-BK
979 358-BK
896 322-BK
979 250-BK
979 251-BK
979 253-BK
896 373-BK
979 261-BK
979 262-BK
979 263-BK
896 446-BK
979 270-BK
979 271-BK
979 272-BK
896 276-BK
979 356-BK
979 357-BK
979 358-BK
896 373-BK
979 261-BK
979 262-BK
979 263-BK
209.00
220.00
269.00
282.50
209.00
269.00
BLUE =
112424
Clothes lockers
10
CAD
Service
Model
RAL 3000
Compartments without partition
Compartments
Compartment height x width
mm
8
410 x 300
8
410 x 400
12
410 x 300
12
410 x 400
10
320 x 300
15
320 x 300
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1850
600 x 500
1850
800 x 500
1850
900 x 500
1850
1200 x 500
1850
600 x 500
1850
900 x 500
With
stud feet
With
plinth
foot height
Colour
mm
RAL 7035
RAL 3000
RAL 5012
RAL 9005
g
plinth height
mm
Colour
RAL 7035
RAL 3000
RAL 5012
RAL 9005
g
150
150
150
150
150
150
889 849-BK
979 293-BK
979 294-BK
979 296-BK
705 979-BK
979 188-BK
979 189-BK
979 190-BK
889 903-BK
979 197-BK
979 199-BK
979 200-BK
705 996-BK
979 208-BK
979 209-BK
979 211-BK
889 962-BK
979 218-BK
979 219-BK
979 220-BK
890 057-BK
979 131-BK
979 226-BK
979 227-BK
395.00
100
457.50
100
612.00
100
690.00
100
522.00
100
751.00
100
890 111-BK
979 297-BK
979 298-BK
979 299-BK
705 984-BK
979 191-BK
979 192-BK
979 193-BK
890 170-BK
979 202-BK
979 203-BK
979 204-BK
706 002-BK
979 212-BK
979 213-BK
979 214-BK
890 227-BK
926 929-BK
979 221-BK
979 222-BK
890 286-BK
926 931-BK
979 229-BK
979 230-BK
417.00
471.00
630.00
710.00
535.00
772.00
896 276-BK
979 356-BK
979 357-BK
979 358-BK
896 322-BK
979 250-BK
979 251-BK
979 253-BK
896 373-BK
979 261-BK
979 262-BK
979 263-BK
896 446-BK
979 270-BK
979 271-BK
979 272-BK
896 276-BK
979 356-BK
979 357-BK
979 358-BK
896 373-BK
979 261-BK
979 262-BK
979 263-BK
209.00
220.00
269.00
282.50
209.00
269.00
RAL 5012
Special fittings available at

extra cost
Extra cost per lock
RAL 7035
Add-on cupboard
112423
Height 445 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 12.00

No. 222 585-BK
Accessories
compartments
Colour
RAL 7035
RAL 3000
RAL 5012
RAL 9005
g
No. 716 753-BK
RAL 9005
g 11.85
Zinc plating
Ideal for use in damp rooms.
Extra charge per compartment width
No. 222 593-BK
g 61.80
KAISER + KRAFT
112423
Interior fittings
525
10
Clothes lockers
Durable steel sheet construction with
safety edges. High quality stove enamelling in 7 different colour combinations.
Smooth door fronts with closed, bevelled
reinforcement profile. Door closes quietly
due to rubber buffer. Interior of compartments without edges for easy cleaning.
Ventilation openings in the rear wall.
Supplied with security cylinder lock

(individual key), 2keys and plastic door
protection as standard. Plinth height
100 mm.
Charcoal RAL 7016
Silver grey RAL 7001
Pigeon blue RAL 5014
Light grey RAL 7035
Flame red RAL 3000
Compartments
Locker height
1
1700
2
1700
3
1700
4
1700
2
820
4
820
6
820
8
820
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
1 clothes rail,
3 hooks
mm
mm
mm
1800 x 500
300
300
1800 x 500
300
600
1800 x 500
300
900
1800 x 500
300
1200
1800 x 500
300
300
1800 x 500
300
600
1800 x 500
300
900
1800 x 500
300
1200

silver grey RAL 7001 / light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / pigeon blue RAL 5014
985 720-BK
985 721-BK
985 722-BK
908 783-BK
969 403-BK
985 726-BK
985 727-BK
985 728-BK
985 729-BK
985 730-BK
908 784-BK
969 404-BK
985 734-BK
985 735-BK
985 736-BK
985 737-BK
985 738-BK
908 836-BK
969 405-BK
985 742-BK
985 743-BK
985 744-BK
985 745-BK
985 746-BK
908 852-BK
969 406-BK
985 749-BK
985 634-BK
985 636-BK
985 637-BK
985 638-BK
908 853-BK
969 407-BK
985 641-BK
985 642-BK
985 644-BK
985 645-BK
985 646-BK
908 854-BK
969 408-BK
985 649-BK
985 650-BK
985 652-BK
985 653-BK
985 654-BK
908 855-BK
969 409-BK
985 657-BK
985 658-BK
502 632-BK
502 633-BK
502 635-BK
908 867-BK
969 410-BK
502 638-BK
502 639-BK
207.00
292.00
414.00
520.00
242.50
363.00
491.50
630.00
mm
124981
Height x depth
Compartment width
Overall width
Body / doors
BLUE =
124981
Model
Clothes lockers
Sloping roof,
100 mm higher at rear
Labels
Self-adhesive film, numbered
consecutively from 1 48, for placement
in door protector labels.
Pack of 48.
Angle of inclination 10, no more rubbish

on top of the cupboards.
Price for each compartment,
300 mm wide.
No. 741 592-BK
10
No. 502 625-BK
g / pack 16.65
g 28.45
Shoe rack made of

impact resistant plastic
Pack of 10.
Safety testing by TV
product service
No. 502 624-BK
g / pack 87.50
Compartments
Locker height
3
540
6
540
9
540
4
410
8
410
12
410
6
275
12
275
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
without
interior fittings
mm
mm
mm
1800 x 500
300
300
1800 x 500
300
600
1800 x 500
300
900
1800 x 500
300
300
1800 x 500
300
600
1800 x 500
300
900
1800 x 500
300
300
1800 x 500
300
600

silver grey RAL 7001 / light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / pigeon blue RAL 5014
985 659-BK
985 661-BK
985 662-BK
908 870-BK
969 411-BK
985 665-BK
985 666-BK
985 667-BK
985 668-BK
985 669-BK
908 913-BK
969 412-BK
985 672-BK
985 673-BK
985 674-BK
985 675-BK
985 676-BK
908 914-BK
969 413-BK
985 680-BK
985 681-BK
985 691-BK
985 519-BK
985 521-BK
908 915-BK
969 414-BK
985 524-BK
985 525-BK
502 640-BK
502 641-BK
502 643-BK
908 938-BK
969 415-BK
502 646-BK
502 647-BK
985 526-BK
985 527-BK
985 528-BK
908 939-BK
969 416-BK
985 531-BK
985 532-BK
985 533-BK
985 534-BK
985 535-BK
908 941-BK
969 417-BK
985 539-BK
985 540-BK
985 541-BK
985 542-BK
985 543-BK
908 942-BK
969 418-BK
985 547-BK
985 548-BK
264.50
422.00
584.00
290.00
446.50
627.00
361.50
604.00
mm
124982
Height x depth
Compartment width
Overall width
Body / doors
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124982
Model
527
10
from g
309.00
A
B
Cloakroom lockers

1 hat shelf
1 clothes rail with 3 hooks
Not on lockers with 8 compartments.
A With plastic feet

Foot height 150 mm, locker height 1850 mm.
Versions with plinth available on request.
B With bench mounted below

3 bench seat slats made of beech, clear
varnished, seat height 420 mm, seat depth
315 mm.
Frame in black grey RAL 7021.
Height adjustable to compensate for uneven
flooring (10 mm).
For back to back positioning of lockers,
we recommend bolting them together.
Suitable mounting material for this purpose
is available on request.
Lockers delivered fully assembled.
The bench is delivered separately easy
self-assembly.
Model
Sloped roof
No. 906 740-BK
g 13.20
Steel centre partition

For 400 mm wide compartments.
No. 906 744-BK
g 32.80
Cylinder lock
No. 906 741-BK
Suitable padlocks can be found on

page 521.
g 10.90
A with plastic feet
Compartments
Overall height x depth
124761
Options
Compartment width
300mm
overall width
body / doors
Compartment width
400mm
overall width
body / doors
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035
g
mm
light grey RAL 7035
g
B with bench fitted below
2
1850 x 500
610
3
1850 x 500
900
4
1850 x 500
1190
8
1850 x 500
610
2
2090 x 815
610
3
2090 x 815
900
4
2090 x 815
1190
906 658-BK
906 669-BK
906 671-BK
906 675-BK
906 676-BK
906 677-BK
906 681-BK
906 682-BK
906 683-BK
906 733-BK
906 734-BK
906 736-BK
906 687-BK
906 688-BK
906 690-BK
906 694-BK
906 703-BK
906 704-BK
906 710-BK
906 712-BK
906 717-BK
309.00
810
425.50
1200
549.00
1590
483.00
810
431.00
810
579.00
1200
724.00
1590
906 672-BK
906 673-BK
906 674-BK
906 678-BK
906 679-BK
906 680-BK
906 684-BK
906 685-BK
906 686-BK
906 737-BK
906 738-BK
906 739-BK
906 691-BK
906 692-BK
906 693-BK
906 705-BK
906 706-BK
906 709-BK
906 718-BK
906 731-BK
906 732-BK
384.00
515.00
688.00
535.00
540.00
714.00
879.00
BLUE =
124761
Robust sheet steel construction, high

quality stove enamelled finish.
Doors hinged on the right, mounted on
pivot pins, extremely torsion resistant.
Dampened door stop.
Ventilated through perforations in the
door.
Lockable with an ergonomically shaped
rotary bolt lock with fitting for a padlock
(bar thickness 6 mm).
Optionally with cylinder lock.
10
Clothes lockers Stainless steel cupboards
Stainless steel
cupboards
Hygienic and corrosion free

Suitable for damp and wet rooms
Solid, welded cupboards made of brushed

stainless steel (1.4301).
Robust, reinforced solid panel doors, lockable
with cylinder lock, incl. 2keys.
1 and 3 with secure 2 point locking.
1, 3 and 4 have shelves which are
height adjustable in 13 mm increments.
Max. shelf load approx. 45kg.
All cupboards with 100 mm high plinth.
Model
wardrobe
Available in two depths
universal cupboard
laundry cupboard
cloakroom locker
valuables locker
1800 x 600 x 500
1800 x 600 x 500
1950 x 1000 x 400
1950 x 1000 x 500
1800 x 600 x 500
1800 x 600 x 500
1800 x 625 x 500
1800 x 625 x 500
Compartments
quantity
1
1615 x 520 x 455
2
210 / 1430 x 250 x 455
1
1770 x 915 x 355 / 455
1
1770 x 915 x 355 / 455
1
1615 x 250 x 455
1
1615 x 250 x 455
4
785 x 230 x 465
8
370 x 230 x 465
4 shelves
1 hat shelf,
1clothes rail with
3hooks
4 shelves
4 shelves
4 shelves,
1 hat shelf,
1 clothes rail with
3hooks
4 shelves,
2 tool hooks
1 clothes rail
743 422-BK
743 417-BK
909 032-BK
743 423-BK
743 424-BK
743 425-BK
906 958-BK
906 959-BK
769.00
831.00
976.00
1415.00
854.00
857.00
1030.00
1090.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
cleaning cupboard
mm
Illustration
122756
file / storage cupboard
769.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122756
from g
Models with sloping top, stud feet and

custom solutions are available on request.
529
10
Model
Compartments
Compartment width
mm
Coat hangers
mm
Standard
RAL 7035
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
RAL 9005
Open cloakroom system

Sturdy, welded sheet steel construction, stove enamelled,
with 150 mm high plinth, hat shelf with rear wall, black
powder coated clothes rail made of oval tubing below.
Black, beech wood clothes hangers with nickel plated
standard hooks. Optionally with five or ten compartments
per locker.
Smooth doors with label frame, hinged on right with
sturdy rod hinges and cylinder lock (individual key),
including 2 keys.
Ventilation holes in rear wall.
Supplied flat pack, easy self-assembly due to connection
holes on the sides of the cupboard.
Two compartment widths available

300 mm (standard)
400 mm (also suitable for helmets)
15
298
15
1850 x 2220 x 500
398
15
1850 x 2520 x 500
897 876-BK
978 927-BK
897 892-BK
978 839-BK
897 990-BK
978 928-BK
898 015-BK
978 840-BK
1160.00
1405.00

All lockers fitted with cylinder locks as standard.
Locking system with max. 2000 locks.
Extra cost per lock.
No. 716 753-BK
g 12.00
Cloakroom units without lockers
Master key for locking system

No. 222 585-BK
Model
g 11.85
Rear panel for open wardrobe section

Open wardrobe section
Zinc plated design for humid

conditions available on request.
Width x height
narrow
mm
No.
g
wide
Coat hangers
Height
Width x depth
450 x 1800
870 x 1800
978 857-BK
978 858-BK
85.80
125.50
mm
mm
No.
g
10
15
20
1850
870 x 500
1850
1320 x 500
1850
1740 x 500
890 189-BK
890 340-BK
890 391-BK
386.00
612.00
683.00
Model
109599
Compartments
Compartment width
Coat hangers
Total width
Standard
1850 mm
500 mm
380 mm
320 mm
475 mm
mm
RAL 7035
RAL 5012
RAL 5014
RAL 9005
1
298
300
298
300
398
400
298
5
750
398
5
850
298
10
1470
398
10
1670
298
10
1470
398
10
1670
298
15
2220
398
15
2520
896 497-BK
978 915-BK
896 519-BK
978 943-BK
896 632-BK
978 916-BK
896 659-BK
978 944-BK
896 780-BK
978 917-BK
896 802-BK
978 945-BK
896 918-BK
978 918-BK
896 934-BK
978 946-BK
897 035-BK
978 919-BK
897 051-BK
978 947-BK
897 159-BK
978 920-BK
897 175-BK
978 948-BK
897 272-BK
978 921-BK
897 299-BK
978 950-BK
897 396-BK
978 923-BK
897 418-BK
978 951-BK
897 515-BK
978 924-BK
897 531-BK
978 952-BK
897 639-BK
978 925-BK
897 655-BK
978 953-BK
897 752-BK
978 926-BK
897 779-BK
978 838-BK
92.50
315.50
379.50
477.00
532.00
717.00
866.00
715.00
906.00
1160.00
1405.00
mm
10
10
15
BLUE =
109599
Overall height
Overall depth
Compartment height cube
Compartment height column
Compartment depth
Coat racks Changing room benches
10
NEW
Shoe rack as an accessory
Oak silver length 2000 mm
Changing room benches

Attractive appearance robust construction
Practical shoe rack as an accessory.
Made of steel profiles, graphite grey,
textured powder coating.
Fully assembled when ordered together
with a changing room bench.
However, it can also be fitted later.
Closed bench seat made of high pressure

laminate (HPL), optionally in light grey, basalt
grey or in oak silver finish.
Very easy to clean.
Stable frame made of bolted square steel
profiles, graphite grey, textured powder
coating.
Height adjustable up to 10 mm to compensate
for uneven flooring.
Length
Height x depth
Seat
mm
1000
1500
2000
mm
light grey
basalt grey
oak silver
415 x 400
415 x 400
415 x 400
906 987-BK
906 997-BK
907 010-BK
907 131-BK
907 132-BK
907 133-BK
907 139-BK
907 140-BK
907 141-BK
423.50
515.00
593.00
graphite grey
g
907 011-BK
907 134-BK
907 142-BK
75.90
97.90
119.90
1500
2 x 1000
Light grey length 1500 mm
Accessories
Shoe rack
Matching coat rails

Finishes match bench seats.
Support rail made of rectangular tubular steel,
cover made of HPL.
Plastic double hooks with concealed mounting.
Hook spacing 250mm.
Max. load 25 kg per hook.
Length
126269
Double hooks
Cover
mm
1000
4
2x4
light grey
basalt grey
oak silver
907 012-BK
907 066-BK
907 130-BK
907 135-BK
907 136-BK
907 137-BK
907 143-BK
907 144-BK
907 145-BK
163.90
241.00
328.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Basalt grey length 1000 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
531
10
Coat rails and changing room
benches
Frame made of robust, rectangular tubular steel
50 x 30 x 2 mm and 30 x 30 x 1.5 mm.
Powder coated in jet black RAL 9005.
With height adjustable plastic feet to compensate for
uneven flooring. Seat, back rest andcoat rail optionally
made of planed and clearvarnished beech hardwood
slats or steel core reinforced PVC slats. Coat rails have
double hooks with concealed mounting.
Benches with PVC

and wooden slats
Height adjustable
plastic feet
Double hooks
PVC seat slats,

grey similar to RAL 7035
PVC seat slats,

brown similar to RAL 8016
Model

Seat height / seat depth
mm
mm
415 x 355
415 / 355
1660 x 405
415 / 355
4
1660 x 760
415 / 2 x 355
2x4
No.
g
747 118-BK
747 121-BK
747 125-BK
174.40
296.50
532.00
2x6
747 119-BK
747 123-BK
747 126-BK
205.50
362.00
612.00
2x8
747 120-BK
747 124-BK
747 127-BK
259.50
477.00
866.00
2x4
grey
brown
g
747 128-BK
747 132-BK
747 135-BK
747 138-BK
747 141-BK
747 144-BK
176.80
296.00
6
532.00
2x6
grey
brown
g
747 129-BK
747 133-BK
747 136-BK
747 139-BK
747 142-BK
747 145-BK
205.50
362.00
8
612.00
2x8
grey
brown
g
747 131-BK
747 134-BK
747 137-BK
747 140-BK
747 143-BK
747 146-BK
259.00
477.00
866.00
double hooks
length 1000 mm
With beech slats without
shoe rack
double hooks
length 1500 mm
No.
g
double hooks
length 2000 mm
No.
g
double hooks
length 1000 mm
With PVC slats
without shoe rack
double hooks
length 1500 mm
double hooks
length 2000 mm
Shoe racks
Made of bolted square tubing 15 x 15 x 1.5 mm.
Height 15 mm. Depth 230 mm.
120784
Model
Please note
For safety reasons, the single sided benches with
clothes rail should be fixed to the wall.
Length
No.
g
single sided
mm
double sided
1000
1500
2000
1000
1500
2000
747 147-BK
747 148-BK
747 150-BK
747 151-BK
747 152-BK
747 153-BK
36.40
42.50
49.15
71.40
78.20
94.30
BLUE =
120784
With PVC slats
10
Changing room benches Cloakroom units

Model
Changing room
benches
For recreation rooms,
sports halls and schools
With wooden slats
Frame: sturdy construction made of
powder coated rectangular tubular steel,
25 x 25 mm. Painted charcoal grey
RAL 7016. Floor level adjustment screws.
Seat and back slats and coat rails
Pine wood, planed, sanded and varnished
in natural colour. Coat rail with double
coat hooks with hidden mounting, hook
spacing approx. 320 mm.
Delivered flat pack. Easy to assemble

Hooks
Length
1015 mm
with
Length
1500 mm
Length
2000 mm
mm
mm
450 x 330
460 / 330
1600 x 335
450 / 330
3
1600 x 695
450 / 2 x 330
6
No.
g
723 740-BK
723 742-BK
723 744-BK
shoe shelf
164.90
271.50
491.00
without
shoe shelf
No.
g
723 739-BK
723 741-BK
723 743-BK
148.50
247.00
466.00
761 047-BK
761 049-BK
Hooks
with
shoe shelf
No.
g
761 045-BK
216.00
329.00
604.00
without
shoe shelf
No.
g
761 043-BK
761 046-BK
761 048-BK
184.70
292.50
549.00
12
905 348-BK
905 356-BK
Hooks
with
shoe shelf
No.
g
905 330-BK
235.00
364.50
670.00
without
shoe shelf
No.
g
905 305-BK
905 313-BK
905 321-BK
219.00
337.50
604.00
No.
g
164 291-BK
164 291-BK
164 291-BK
6.55
6.55
6.55
Accessory
2 brackets for
securing to the ground

For wet and humid rooms, and outdoor areas
With hollow aluminium slats,
100 x 25 mm, in light grey RAL 7035
Frame: stainless steel construction,
25 x 25 mm, particularly suitable for
wet rooms and outdoor areas
Frame: steel construction, 25 x 25 mm,
ideal for humid rooms
114361
Expandable, modular design. Grid

dimensions 1015 / 1500 / 2000 mm.
The stainless steel/aluminium model is
supplied in solid light grey RAL 7035.
The steel/aluminium model has a
charcoal grey RAL 7016 frame and light
grey RAL 7035 aluminium slats.
Arched legs with height adjustable glides
to compensate for uneven flooring and to
protect the floor. Hook rail and back rest
are both made of hollow aluminium slats,
100 x 25 mm, powder coated in light grey
RAL 7035. The slat ends are sealed with
caps.
Fully assembled benches can be bolted
together as needed (infinitely).
Special sizes on request.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
This model is resistant to fungi and

bacteria, and can be washed.
Delivered flat pack, easy to assemble.
Model
Model
Length 1015 mm
Length 1500 mm
Length 2000 mm
Stainless steel
1600 x 335
450 / 330
3
1600 x 695
450 / 2 x 330
6
450 x 330
450 / 330
Steel
1600 x 335
450 / 330
3
1600 x 695
450 / 2 x 330
6
985 785-BK
985 787-BK
985 789-BK
985 804-BK
985 807-BK
985 693-BK
285.00
450.00
840.00
185.90
314.50
598.00
985 786-BK
985 788-BK
985 790-BK
985 806-BK
985 692-BK
985 695-BK
251.00
408.00
747.00
173.60
303.00
563.00
12
12
985 794-BK
985 796-BK
985 696-BK
985 698-BK
985 700-BK
mm
mm
450 x 330
450 / 330
with
shoe shelf
No.
g
without
shoe shelf
No.
g
Hooks
Hooks
with
shoe shelf
No.
g
985 792-BK
405.00
614.00
1175.00
276.00
428.50
791.00
without
shoe shelf
No.
g
985 793-BK
985 795-BK
985 797-BK
985 697-BK
985 699-BK
985 701-BK
340.00
527.00
1025.00
246.00
392.50
741.00
12
12
985 800-BK
985 802-BK
985 702-BK
985 704-BK
985 706-BK
Hooks
with
shoe shelf
No.
g
985 798-BK
450.00
680.00
1310.00
293.00
460.00
879.00
without
shoe shelf
No.
g
985 799-BK
985 801-BK
985 803-BK
985 703-BK
985 705-BK
985 707-BK
361.00
602.00
1135.00
270.00
434.00
817.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
114361
533
10
Coat rails
from g
Max. hook load 90 kg
An enormous capacity results from the 100 mm hook

spacing. Profile made of silver coloured anodised
aluminium combined with recyclable black plastic hooks.
Wall bracket also made of black plastic.
Special lengths available on request.
55.00
Length
mm
300
500
1000
Hooks
Pack of
3
2
5
2
10
1
No.
g / pack
738 750-BK
738 752-BK
738 753-BK
55.00
90.20
68.20
1200
1500
2000
Hooks
Pack of
12
1
15
1
20
1
No.
g / pack
738 754-BK
738 755-BK
738 756-BK
90.20
112.20
136.40
Length
mm
Cloakroom benches
Stackable
Available in three lengths
Seat made of solid spruce wood slats with clear varnish.

Seat depth 200 mm.
Sturdy tubular steel frame, 25 mm, powder coated in
light grey or basalt grey. Hardwearing floor glides.
Length
Depth x height
Frame
mm
1200
1600
2000
mm
light grey
basalt grey
350 x 450
350 x 450
350 x 450
516 191-BK
516 194-BK
516 192-BK
516 195-BK
516 193-BK
516 196-BK
82.50
108.90
130.90
Cloakroom benches
2
Bench slats made of high quality hollow WPC profiles with

PVC coating and bolt-on black end caps. Slats optionally
in brown, grey or black. Frame made from rectangular
tubular steel, 40 x 20 x 2 mm, light grey RAL 7035.
1 Single sided seat

Seat consists of three slats
Length
mm
1000
1500
2000
Seat height
Depth / base width
mm
mm
400
370
400
370
400
370
kg
brown
light grey
black
g
13
19
26
223 581-BK
555 924-BK
720 997-BK
223 603-BK
555 932-BK
720 998-BK
223 646-BK
555 940-BK
720 999-BK
177.80
259.00
343.00
Weight approx.
Seat
2 Double sided seat

Length
mm
1000
1500
2000
Seat height
Depth / base width
mm
mm
400
630
400
630
400
630
kg
brown
light grey
black
g
20
30
40
223 638-BK
555 959-BK
721 001-BK
223 611-BK
555 967-BK
721 002-BK
223 654-BK
555 975-BK
721 003-BK
322.00
490.00
605.00
122571
Weight approx.
Seat
BLUE =
122571
Seat consists of five slats
Coat racks Washroom equipment
10
Toilet paper
Can be supplied in individual packs or

by the pallet
Perforated
2- and 3-ply
36 packs per pallet.
4-ply
Standard / household rolls

Order quantity
1 5 packs
6 20 packs
21+ packs
502 663-BK
Tissue, 2-ply, brilliant white

Pack of 48 rolls, 250 sheets per roll
No.
g / pack
900 926-BK
502 662-BK
30.45
27.50
25.00

No.
g / pack
985 685-BK
985 632-BK
502 587-BK
26.55
23.75
21.90
Tissue, 4-ply, ultra bright white

No.
g / pack
611 405-BK
611 406-BK
611 407-BK
57.60
49.40
44.35
1 5 packs
6 20 packs
21+ packs
502 665-BK
Industrial jumbo rolls
Approximately 15 times more than a

standard household roll
1-ply 36 packs per pallet.

2-ply 30 packs per pallet.
Order quantity
Tissue, 1-ply, white
No.
g / pack
696 145-BK
502 664-BK
47.85
42.85
39.60

No.
g / pack
985 689-BK
502 582-BK
502 591-BK
54.30
48.50
44.65
from g
21+ packs
25.00
Folded paper towels

Various grades and fold types
Hygienic and economic in consumption
Layer folded paper towels are separately

folded and stacked on top of each other.
Zigzag folded paper towels are interfolded
so that when one is removed, the next one
protrudes out of the dispenser for easy
access.
Interfolded paper towels have large leaves
and are thus also suitable for flat dispensers. Each towel is completely unfolded
when removed, and thus maintain lower
consumption.
Supplied on pallets
1, 2, 4

3, 5, 6, 7
8 21 packs per pallet.
2
3
4
5
Order quantity
1 3 packs
4+ packs
Towelling, brilliant white, L x W 305 x 240 mm,

layer folded, pack of 2880 towels
No.
g / pack
144 517-BK
502 682-BK
71.10
65.30
Tissue, lime green, L x W 330 x 250 mm,

interfolded, pack of 3120 towels
No.
g / pack
144 525-BK
502 683-BK
52.30
47.10
Tissue, natural white, L x W 250 x 230 mm,

zigzag folded, pack of 3750 towels
No.
g / pack
731 542-BK
502 684-BK
70.80
62.90
Recycled, natural, L x W 310 x 250 mm,

No.
g / pack
144 541-BK
502 686-BK
47.75
43.30
Tissue, brilliant white, L x W 310 x 250 mm,

No.
g / pack
985 682-BK
985 629-BK
79.60
75.00
Tissue, green, L x W 310 x 250 mm,

No.
g / pack
985 683-BK
985 630-BK
57.90
52.90
Crepe, natural white, L x W 310 x 250 mm,

No.
g / pack
611 408-BK
611 410-BK
74.90
69.40
Tissue, brilliant white, L x W 340 x 210 mm,

No.
g / pack
900 916-BK
611 494-BK
87.30
80.60
6
7
from g
Folding waste baskets
Zigzag folded
Layer folded
Interfolded
39.00
Corrosion resistant
Made of steel wire with high quality,

white plastic coating.
Rubber feet protect the base of basket
from water.
Accessories
Size
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
No.
g
Transparent plastic bags

Pack of 200.
Accessories
capac. approx. l
Bags
122572
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
360
300 x 180
625
410 x 250
144 606-BK
144 592-BK
39.00
41.60
30
65
916 039-BK
916 040-BK
40.70
58.30
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122572
535
10
1 Soap dispenser
2 Toilet paper dispenser for

industrial rolls
Suitable for all types of liquid soap

(without abrasive particles) capacity
approx. 1.2 litres. Fill level indicator,
non-dripping.
Housing made of satin finish stainless
steel or sheet steel painted in white.
Mounting material included.
Suitable for large rolls replaces up to

15 small rolls. Fill level indicator.
Rounded top prevents cigarettes from
being placed on top of unit. Lockable with
cylinder lock. Mounting material included.

Model
No.
g
painted
white
satin finish
st. steel
611 485-BK
611 486-BK
91.30
91.30
Model
No.
g
painted
white
satin finish
st. steel
611 477-BK
611 478-BK
46.20
62.20
3 Paper towel dispenser
4 Hand dryer
Easy to fill and convenient removal of

towels. Fill level indicator.
Can be filled with up to approx.400 folded
paper towels (all common types of folds).
Contactless switch via infrared sensor.

Hand drying time approx. 36 seconds.
Overall power 2050 W.
Heating element 1990 W, motor 60 W.
Air temperature 51 C.
Air speed 65 km/h.
Weight approx. 3 kg.
No.
g
painted
white
satin finish
st. steel
611 487-BK
611 488-BK
48.30
71.50
Model
No.
g
NEW
satin finish
st. steel
611 481-BK
611 482-BK
160.30
219.00
NEW
6
7
5 + 6 Paper towel and cleaning cloth dispensers

Impact resistant, antistatic plastic housing.
These dispensers open
towards the side, thus
enabling easy filling with
paper rolls.
Fill level indicator.
Lockable.
Paper is protected
against dirtand splash
water.
Paper is dispensed in
anydesired length.
painted
white
Model
mm
mm
333 x 193
172
356 x 248
232
turquoise / white
black / red
g / each
turquoise / white
black / red
g / each
969 432-BK
969 433-BK
969 434-BK
969 436-BK
rolls
m
Height x width
Depth
1 3 items
4+ items
Paper rolls
Pack of
White
tissue
Supplied with mounting

material.
roll length
58.10
11
120
6
300
696 080-BK
70.40
696 129-BK
120
275
No.
g / pack
829 765-BK
705 144-BK
111.30
101.60
75
160
No.
g / pack
829 773-BK
705 152-BK
122.40
107.00
1-ply nonperforated
roll length
49.40
66.00
roll length
2-ply
perforated
64.60
969 439-BK
969 440-BK
696 064-BK
No.
g / pack
2-ply
perforated
124762
Brilliant
white
tissue
C.T.T.
grade
1-ply nonperforated
54.90
969 437-BK
969 438-BK
No.
g / pack
roll length
160
72.30
7 Paper towel and cleaning towel dispenser

Single-towel dispenser.
Housing made of anti-static plastic.
Economical, sanitary dispensing of single
towels.
Semi-transparent housing for easy
monitoring of fill level. Lockable.
Suitable cleaning cloths in two grades.

Colour
mm
394 x 427 x 206
turquoise / white
black / red
g / each
969 420-BK
969 421-BK
43.90
Hybrid, 2-ply brilliant white
Fleece, 1-ply white
One layer of TAD paper (through drying

process) as well as a layer of tissue
(paper towel).
For cleaning of wet, soiled surfaces, tools
and machine parts as well as for cleaning
oil and grease off of hands and machines.
Can be reused.
Highly absorbent. Tear resistant.
Also suitable for wiping up metal shavings.
Pack of 5 bags, 100 towels / bag.
Pack of 5 bags, 200towels / bag.

No. 969 442-BK
g / pack 71.50
No. 969 441-BK

BLUE =
g / pack 90.20
124762
Model
Industrial cleaning paper dispensers Washroom equipment
10
Industrial cleaning
paper dispensers
Sturdy metal construction.
Mobile floor stand with ergonomically shaped
handle and rubber feet for stability. Floor stand
and wall holder with glass-fibre reinforced
tearing edge. Plastic cover.
For roll widths up to 430mm.
Suitable for all of the types of cleaning paper
listed below.
Model
wall holder
floor stand
mm
mm
463
646 x 274
1006
646 x 530
Colour turquoise/white
black/red
519 662-BK
519 663-BK
519 664-BK
519 665-BK
87.90
98.90
Height
Width x depth
Cleaning paper
Choose your cleaning paper according
to your individual requirements.
Tissue grade
Hybrid and TAD grade
For cleaning lightly soiled surfaces.
Removes small amounts of oil and water.
Suitable for cleaning hands and tools.
Paper grade
tissue
Colour
Description
Sheets per roll
Sheet size
Pack of
Reusable. Highly absorbent.

Extremely tear resistant and durable.
Also suitable for collecting metal
shavings.
hybrid
TAD
fleece
white
2-ply
3000
235 x 340
2
blue
2-ply
2000
235 x 340
2
blue
2-ply
1500
235 x 340
1
white
2-ply
3000
235 x 340
4
white
2-ply
1000
370 x 340
1
white
1-ply
280
320 x 380
1
696 161-BK
519 962-BK
516 323-BK
705 225-BK
611 396-BK
516 306-BK
52.30
39.50
42.90
64.90
60.50
47.20
mm
rolls
No.
g / pack
Fleece grade
For wet cleaning of soiled surfaces.

Suitable for cleaning tools and machine
parts as well as for cleaning oil and grease
off of hands and machines.
NEW
Industrial cleaning
paper dispensers
With holder for waste sacks
The mobile and practical 2-in-1 solution.
These industrial cleaning paper dispensers (floor stands) arefitted with a waste
sack holder made of black plastic.
They can also be ordered together as a set.
For 120 litre waste sacks.
Industrial cleaning paper

dispenser set
Complete with waste sack holder

Purchase as a set for an even better price
Colour
turquoise/white
black/red
No.
g / set
969 429-BK
969 430-BK
125.00
119.90
Paper towel
dispensers
Waste sack holder, separate

For fitting at a later stage.
No. 969 428-BK
g / piece 32.90
g / set
125.00
No. 969 429-BK

Made of environmentally friendly, recycled
low density PE, blue.
Material thickness 37 m.
Dimensions 700 x 1100 mm.
Suitable for paper towels with layered or

zig-zag fold.
Easy to fill, convenient dispensing. Fill level
indicator.
Housing made of anti-static plastic.
Height x width x depth 334 x 297 x 151mm.
Order qty.
items
13
4+
611 398-BK
611 402-BK
66.10
62.60
No. 969 444-BK
No.
g / each
g / pack 60.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126255
126255
Pack of 250.
537
10
1 Paper towel dispensers
2 + 3 Soap dispensers
Suitable for all types of paper folds and

sizes due to the adjustable dispenser
opening. Housing made of white, anti-static
plastic.
Lockable with click-in lock.
Housing made of white, anti-static plastic.

Sloping base in pump housing ensures
every drop of soap is utilised and prevents
residue from forming in the dispenser.
A non-dripping dosing pump rations the
contents.
2 650 ml dispenser
Order qty.
items
No.
g / each
13
4+
519 934-BK
519 939-BK
46.90
44.65
Order qty.
items
No.
g / each
4 Toilet paper dispenser
13
4+
519 935-BK
519 940-BK
52.60
50.10
Suitable for all types of liquid soap without

abrasive particles.
Capacity optionally 650 ml or 1150 ml.
For 2 standard toilet paper rolls. Housing

made of white, anti-static plastic.
The spare roll is easy to slide into position.
3 1150 ml dispenser
Order qty.
No.
g / each
items
13
4+
519 937-BK
519 941-BK
75.00
71.50
5 Soap dispenser
Order qty.
No.
g / each
items
13
4+
519 938-BK
519 942-BK
32.45
31.00
6 Soap dispenser for largescale

consumption
7 Soap dispenser with stainless steel

lever arm
Airtight enclosure, keeps soap from drying out and

prevents germs from growing.
Filling quantity 500 ml for approx. 1250 doses.
Made of anti-static white plastic.
Non-dripping, economical dispensing mechanism.

Extra large capacity of 2000 ml for approx.2000 hand
washings. Fill level indicator.
Bottles can be changed quickly. Removable housing
made of white, anti-static plastic with metal cover plate.
For liquid soap and liquid skin care lotions.

Adjustable dosage (max. med. min.) for standard Euro
bottles (500ml).
Housing made of matt silver anodised aluminium with a
stainless steel operating lever. Plastic wall holder.
Height x width x depth (including lever)

283 x82 x225 mm.
No. 144 428-BK
No. 900 939-BK
Order quantity
items
No.
g / each
13
4+
611 399-BK
611 403-BK
111.70
107.10
Soap concentrate for 5
122574
g 72.30
Hand cleaner for 6
g 103.20
Liquid soap for 7
For cosmetic skin care.
For very dirty hands.

With skin protection.
Pack of 12 x 500 ml bottles.
No. 925 932-BK
No. 144 436-BK
No. 900 942-BK
g / pack 72.50
In standard Euro bottles.
g / pack 144.40
g / pack 53.20
BLUE =
122574
Washroom equipment
Toilet paper dispensers
Paper towel dispensers
1 For standard rolls
2 For jumbo rolls
For folded paper towels
Made of impact resistant, white plastic.

Holds two rolls: one in use, the other
hygienically stored. Tear-off strip. Fill level
indicator. Lockable. Mounting material
included.
For busy washrooms. One large roll

replaces up to 15standard rolls.
Made of impact resistant, white plastic.
Reduced consumption due to paper stop.
Fill level indicator. Lockable.
User friendly paper towel dispenser made

of white plastic. Sheets dispensed individually for reduced consumption.
Fill level indicator, lockable.
Folded paper towels can be found

on page 535.
g / piece 49.30
No. 516 296-BK
For interfolded paper towels see

folded paper towels 8.
No. 516 301-BK
g 46.10
For zigzag folded and layer folded

paper towels, see folded paper towels
1, 3, 5 7.
No. 516 318-BK
Soap dispensers
Paper towel and cleaning cloth dispensers

Industrial soap
For paper rolls
Made of white plastic with vision panel.

Optionally with push button or lever arm.
Capacity 1 litre. Fill level indicator.
Lockable.
Gently removes oil, paint and coarse dirt.

Pack of 6 x 1000 ml.
Paper towels are dispensed in individual

lengths as needed. Ideal for high consumption areas. Can be used as cleaning
cloths or hand towels.
No. 705 098-BK
Housing made of impact resistant, white

plastic. Fill level indicator, lockable.
Available in two sizes.
g / pack 75.70
Model
mm
No.
g
4+
Universal liquid soap
Hand sanitising solution
Mild and gentle on the hands, for normal

dirt levels.
Cleans and disinfects, especially for the

food industry.
g / pack 78.00
Model
112427
Description
Order quantity
No.
g / each
mm
g 59.60
For liquid soap
No. 705 071-BK
g 54.80
4 H x W x D 439 x 333 x 136 mm
g 53.90
Order quantity 4+
No. 516 294-BK
3 H x W x D 444 x 302 x 102 mm
No. 696 234-BK
push button
291 x 112 x 114
13
lever arm
291 x 112 x 114
13
4+
Paper rolls
pack of
white tissue
brilliant white
tissue,
C.T.T. grade
4+
516 297-BK
516 298-BK
516 299-BK
516 300-BK
46.05
40.35
67.00
61.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
8
360 x 239 x 227
516 304-BK
516 302-BK
36.20
47.90
No.
g / each
516 305-BK
516 303-BK
32.05
45.00
rolls
m
11
120
6
300
No.
g / pack
696 064-BK
696 080-BK
66.00
70.40
160
No.
g / pack
696 129-BK
120
275
No.
g / pack
829 765-BK
705 144-BK
111.30
101.60
75
160
No.
g / pack
829 773-BK
705 152-BK
122.40
107.00
Consumables
g / pack 85.70
7
321 x 174 x 165
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1-ply
non-perforated
roll length
2-ply
perforated
roll length
1-ply
non-perforated
roll length
2-ply
perforated
roll length
72.30
KAISER + KRAFT
112427
No. 516 293-BK
10
539
10
NEW
Wall clocks
Radio synchronised clocks
1 EUROKRAFT wall clocks
Simply insert battery and your new radio synchronised

clock adjusts itself. Automatically adjusts itself for
summer and winter time changes.
High quality stainless steel housing.

Clock face optionally white or graphite
grey, with numbers.
Red hand for seconds. Glass front.
300 mm.
Quartz clocks
Ideal if you are located in an area with poor radio
reception, or in a building with steel beams.
Radio synchronised clocks may notfunction properly in
these cases.
1
Model
radio sync.
quartz
White clock face
No.
g
969 422-BK
969 423-BK
219.00
208.00
Graphite grey clock face
No.
g
969 424-BK
969 425-BK
219.00
208.00
All clocks are supplied with a battery.
2 Ideal for the shop floor or office

High quality, robust clock with powder coated aluminium
housing, grey white RAL9002.
Clock face made of plastic, white with black numbers.
Glass front.
500 mm.
A 230 V mains adapter and a signal booster for improved
reception in areas with poor reception are available as
accessories.
Model
2
Clock 2 is also available in a of 600 mm
or 800mm. Please enquire.
radio sync.
quartz
With numbers
No.
g
503 033-BK
503 035-BK
582.00
549.00
With bars
No.
g
503 034-BK
503 036-BK
582.00
549.00
Accessories for 2
Mains adapter
For 230 V, 50 Hz connection.
(Alternative to battery operation.)
No. 503 071-BK
g 180.70
Radio signal booster

Ideal for areas with poor reception.
With 5 m cable. Connection voltage 230 V, 50 Hz.
No. 503 038-BK
g 111.30
3 The universal clock
Aluminium housing powder coated in grey white

RAL9002. Clock face made of plastic, optionally with
numbers or bars. Hand for seconds. Glass front.
400 mm.
Model
radio sync.
quartz
With numbers
No.
g
503 039-BK
503 041-BK
318.00
274.00
With bars
No.
g
503 040-BK
503 042-BK
318.00
274.00
Mains adapter for 3
For 230 V, 50 Hz connection.

(Alternative to battery operation.)
No. 503 043-BK
4 The classic train station clock
5 Everything at a glance
6 The eye-catcher
Plastic housing painted in silver colour.

White clock face with bars. Hand for seconds. Glass front.
300 mm.
Time, temperature and humidity.

Housing made of brushed aluminium.
White clock face. Hand for seconds. Glass front.
250 mm.
Housing made of brushed stainless steel.

White clock face with numbers.
Red hand for seconds. Glass front.
400 mm.
Model
124763
g 87.90
radio sync.
quartz
1 2 items
No.
g / each
503 044-BK
503 046-BK
61.80
56.00
3+ items
No.
g / each
503 047-BK
503 048-BK
55.60
49.70
Model
No.
g
radio sync.
quartz
503 049-BK
503 050-BK
59.20
53.20
Model
No.
g
radio sync.
quartz
519 822-BK
519 823-BK
108.90
97.90
BLUE =
124763
10
Wall clocks Time and attendance devices
1 The highly visible clock

Housing made of ABS plastic, silver colour.
Clock faceoptionally white or black with numbers.
Hand for seconds. Glass front.
300 mm.
Model
1 2 items
3+ items
white
black
g / each
white
black
g / each
radio sync.
quartz
503 054-BK
503 056-BK
503 055-BK
503 057-BK
60.40
54.70
503 058-BK
503 060-BK
503 059-BK
503 062-BK
54.80
48.95
2 Classic modern
Housing made of aluminium.
White clock face with numbers, red hand
for seconds. Glass front.
300 mm.
Model
No.
g
radio sync.
quartz
503 063-BK
503 064-BK
90.10
84.50
3 Train station style clock with

hand for seconds with ring
Housing made of brushed aluminium.
White clock face with lines, red hand
with ring for seconds. Glass front.
300 mm.
Model
No.
g
g
No. 761 066-BK
radio sync.
quartz
906 955-BK
906 957-BK
65.90
53.90
465.00
Time and attendance recording devices
Model
Time and attendance recording device
Accessories
Punch cards
Ink cartridge, black
Emergency power supply
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Individual parameter programming.

Illuminated display.
5years data security.
Power consumption 13 W.
Impact resistant plastic housing, satin
grey.
Height x width x depth 205x160x128mm.
Weight 1.5 kg.
from g
45.00
4 Standard
No.
761 066-BK
pack of 500
727 008-BK
729 891-BK
761 067-BK
g
465.00
78.40
42.80
76.90
Housing made of ABS plastic, optionally in

black or silver colour.
Clock face white with black numbers for
both models.
Hand for seconds. Glass front.
300 mm.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Model
radio sync.
quartz
Black
No.
g
503 065-BK
503 068-BK
47.65
45.00
Matt silver
No.
g
503 066-BK
503 069-BK
47.65
45.00
KAISER + KRAFT
123905
123905
Records attendance for 50people.

Registers the time (4 columns for morning,
afternoon) on time cards, in hours and min.
or hours and 1/100 hours.
With weekday or day of the month in large
numbers. Automatic card intake
and ejection, side recognition, indication
for late arrival / leaving too early.
Automatic date change, summer / winter
time change.
Every printed column can also be selected
manually.
541
10
The German work place regulation
ASR A4.3 First aid rooms, equipment and
fittings for first aid provides uniform,
legally binding guidelines for all work
places in heavy industry, workshops, small
companies, public sector and education

facilities.
ASR A4.3 specifies the exact requirements
of equipment and fittings for first aid in first
aid rooms and the type and number of first
aid kits and their contents that have to be
available.
For administration and trading companies

1 to 50 employees
1 first aid kit DIN 13157
51 to 300 employees
For each additional 300 employees additionally 1 first aid kit DIN 13169
For manufacturing and processing companies

1 to 20 employees
21 to 100 employees
For each additional 100 employees additionally 1 first aid kit DIN 13169
For construction sites

1 to 10 employees
11 to 50 employees
For each additional 50 employees

additionally 1 first aid kit DIN 13169
For all other company activities including field work: 1 first aid kit DIN 13157.
A large DIN 13169 first aid kit can be substituted by two small DIN 13157 first-aid kits.
First aid kits and cabinets

DIN 13169 compliant
1 First aid kit for mobile use

Made of ABS plastic, tamper sealable. Rounded
corners and edges, all round rubber seal. Wall
mounting with 90 opening limit.
2 First aid cabinet with single door

Made of sheet steel, lockable. Door with three storage
trays, two shelves. Rear panel with drill holes for wall
mounting.
Folding tray to set down small parts on.

Made of sheet steel, door with rotary catch, two
compartments,two shelves.
4 Double door first aid cabinet

Made of sheet steel, lockable. Shelves, two drawers,
doors with storage trays.
5 Double door first aid cabinet

Made of sheet steel, lockable. Shelves, two drawers,
doors with storage trays.
Model
7 Large first aid station
Height x width
Depth
mm
mm
300 x 400
150
552 x 452
170
560 x 360
200
462 x 404
170
462 x 604
170
560 x 490
200
1680 x 490
200
Without contents
No.
g
245 836-BK
611 603-BK
978 910-BK
682 748-BK
978 905-BK
245 844-BK
81.40
109.90
98.90
124.70
148.90
166.90
No.
g
682 705-BK
589 942-BK
707 719-BK
682 764-BK
978 904-BK
682 713-BK
245 925-BK
159.50
186.50
151.10
199.30
256.00
252.50
1020.00
No.
g
168 890-BK
168 890-BK
168 890-BK
168 890-BK
168 890-BK
168 890-BK
76.70
76.70
76.70
76.70
76.70
76.70
No.
g / kit
168 904-BK
168 904-BK
168 904-BK
168 904-BK
168 904-BK
168 904-BK
34.75
34.75
34.75
34.75
34.75
34.75
With contents
Accessories
112255
Extra contents (DIN 13169)

Expansion kit (DIN 13169)
Consisting of first aid cabinet with contents meeting

DIN13169 and a second cupboard with a stretcher
(folds twice), rescue seat, rescue sheet, tworescue
blankets, pocket torch, first aid box with contents to
DIN 13157.
We further recommend the appropriate expansion set,

including non-adhesive wound bandages, compression
bandage, hyperventilation mask and splinter pincers.
112255
Made of quality ST 12.03 sheet steel. Rubber seal,

security cylinder lock, emergency key compartment
with glass cover.
BLUE =
10
First aid kits First aid cabinets
DIN 13157 compliant
1 + 2 First aid cabinets with single door

Made of sheet steel, lockable.
Doorwithseal.
Folding tray to rest small parts on.

Made of plastic, lockable.
Two storage trays in the door.

Door with rotary handle, strong lock.
5 + 6 Portable first aid cases
Expansion kit
Consisting of non-adhesive bandages,
compression bandage and splinter
tweezers, etc.
Made of ABS plastic for use at a fixed

location, or for mobile use, sealable.
With rubber seals and cover plates,
rotary locks. Wall bracket with 90 limit
on opening.

Made of quality steel. Rubber seal,
security cylinder lock, emergency key
compartment with glass cover.
8 Cabinet with stretcher

Quality steel, rubber seal, security lock,
emergency key behind glass cover.
Contents
Double folding stretcher, emergency
seat, rescue sheet, first aid case with
contents complying with DIN 13157,
two emergency blankets, torch.
9 Small emergency cabinet

Combination of first aid cabinet 7
(contents comply with DIN 13157) and
additional cupboard 8.
a Cabinet with stretcher

As 8, but with single folding stretcher.
9
a
Model
mm
362 x 302 x 140
462 x 402 x 112
429 x 315 x 150
420 x 360 x 200
170 x 260 x 110
210 x 310 x 130
420 x 490 x 200
1120 x 490 x 200
1540 x 490 x 200
2000 x 300 x 200
Without contents
No.
g
611 581-BK
682 810-BK
245 852-BK
982 586-BK
245 658-BK
245 666-BK
611 611-BK
611 549-BK
78.90
61.10
102.90
41.70
56.20
128.40
243.00
245 887-BK
66.40
No.
g
235 385-BK
682 829-BK
245 860-BK
707 718-BK
245 682-BK
682 780-BK
682 837-BK
235 369-BK
245 917-BK
245 895-BK
99.90
122.00
99.80
124.90
77.90
90.00
164.90
760.00
914.00
773.00
No.
g
168 912-BK
168 912-BK
168 912-BK
168 912-BK
168 912-BK
168 912-BK
168 912-BK
245 909-BK
43.10
43.10
43.10
43.10
43.10
43.10
484.00
611 565-BK
43.10
No.
g / kit
168 920-BK
168 920-BK
168 920-BK
168 920-BK
168 920-BK
168 920-BK
25.40
25.40
25.40
25.40
25.40
25.40
With contents
281.00
Accessories
Expansion kit
DIN 13157
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

496.00
KAISER + KRAFT
112256
112256
Refill of contents
DIN 13157
543
10
2
8
7
aid room couches
First aid cupboards
Couch with ventilated, very strong, formaldehyde free

40 mm foam cushion.
Black cover made of reinforced vinyl, durable and easy
care.
Adjustable head rest. Rectangular tubular steel frame,
integrated roll fixture for sanitary paper (see 3).
Surface area 2000 x 700 mm, couch height 500 mm.
No. 729 886-BK
2 Folding
g 307.00
Space saving solution for providing first aid room

couches, even in small rooms. Can be set up quickly in
just a few steps.
Same as first aid room couch, but with two hinged
brackets for wall mounting. The brackets can be installed
on either the left or right side (lengthwise), and should be
bolted onto the wall at the same height as the couch.
g 391.50
1 + 2 also available with cover

in three additional
colours. Please
Grey
ask for details.
Beige
Made of stove enamelled sheet steel
Sheet steel body in light grey RAL7035 or pure white RAL

9010. Front made of 4 mm thick single pane safety glass.
4 Sliding door cupboard

Shelves height adjustable in 17 mm increments, max. load
per shelf approx. 20 kg.
Cupboard prepared for wall mounting.
5 + 6 Double door cupboards
wall couches
No. 978 903-BK
Shelves height adjustable in 25 mm increments, max. load

per shelf approx. 40 kg. Lockable with rotary cylinder lock,
individual key. Floor level adjustment screws.
Description
H x W x D mm
No. light grey
pure white
2 sliding doors
520 x 800 x 280
1 hinged door
1956 x 600 x 432
2 hinged doors
1956 x 800 x 432
519 815-BK
519 816-BK
519 817-BK
519 818-BK
519 819-BK
519 821-BK
276.50
587.00
776.00
Blue
Stretchers
Seamless aluminium profile, very strong, lockable steel
joints, 4 floor glides. Synthetic fibre cover, actively
breathing, easy care. Pillow bag, 2 safety belts with snap
fastenings.
3 Sanitary paper
122475
White. 50m long roll, 550mm

wide.
With tear perforations.
Pack of 3rolls.
No. 906 861-BK
g / pack 40.15
9 SPECIAL
first aid cases
The right solution for every occupational

category
Model
It is advisable to provide a couch in a suitable room so

that pregnant or breast feeding women can rest during
breaks, and even during working hours if it is necessary
for health reasons.
Model
Description
Folded dims.
No.
g
L x W x H mm
1 x folding
1920 x 150 x 145
2 x folding
1040 x 130 x 180
729 887-BK
729 888-BK
173.30
189.40
The basis is always a portable first aid kit with contentsto

DIN13157.
Case made of first grade ABS plastic, striking orange
colour, non-warping, impact resistant, temperature
resistant, splashproof, dustproof and maintenance free.
All round rubber seal, rotary locks, carrying handle,
fittings for a tamper seal.
Adjustable compartment dividers.
Wall bracket with 90 stop included.
Model
Metal working
No.
g
722 134-BK
Machine workshop
No.
g
722 165-BK
Workshop
No.
g
722 135-BK
Administration
No.
g
722 143-BK
165.90
152.50
154.60
First aid cases for other occupational categories

on request.
BLUE =
150.60
122475
1 First
10
How to select the correct matting
Are you looking for a floor covering that is
designed to meet your requirements?
No problem!
We have developed a comprehensive
guide for you. You can find all the product
specific features and possible applications
at a glance.
If you are unable to find a mat that suits
your needs, please give us a call.
* Please state the chemicals to be used

to ensure they are compatible with the
matting you would like to order.
Colour
resistant
For outdoors
Washable
Washable
Fire
retardant
Slip
resistant
Anti-fatigue
Chemical
resistant
For wet
rooms
For wheeled
traffic
A detailed description of the characteristics can be found on the Internet at
Rubber ring mats Scriper

For outdoors
Can be extended at will using connecting clips

Non-slip and easy to clean
Made of rubber.
Ideal where heavy rain, snow and slush
are a problem, as dirt simply drops through
the 25mm rings.
Robust and durable.
Length x width
mm
Mat height approx. 22 mm.

Weight approx. 9 kg/m.
Custom sizes on request.
Slip
resistant
600 x 400
1200 x 800
1500 x 1000
Holes
Pack of
150
3
600
1
864
1
No.
g / pack
907 147-BK
907 148-BK
907 149-BK
45.00
62.90
96.00
907 157-BK
907 157-BK
907 157-BK
26.80
26.80
26.80
Accessories
Connecting clips
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
Coloured round brushes

Pack of 30.
Colour
Yellow
Black
Green
Grey
Red
Blue
No.
g / pack
27.15
27.15
27.15
27.15
27.15
27.15
907 150-BK
907 151-BK
907 152-BK
907 153-BK
907 155-BK
907 156-BK
No more than half of the mat should be

fitted with brushes
When fitting a mat with brushes, allow
spacing of two rings from the edge
Only fit every third ring with a brush
from g
45.00
Entrance matting
In individual lengths for indoor use
Colour
resistant
Extremely durable and easy to clean

Very good dirt catching properties especially when wet
High quality vinyl backing
Olefin pile.
Ideal for frequently used entrances.
Absorbs dirt very well, up to 7litres per m.
UV resistant and temperature resistant
from0 C to +60 C.

Weight approx. 3.4 kg/m.
Available by the metre or in four
pre-cut lengths.
Max. roll length 18.3 m.
Dimensions include edge protection.
Sold by the metre (in lengths of 1+ metres)

Width
Colour
mm
blue
brown
grey
red
g / metre
910
1220
1830
503 127-BK
503 128-BK
503 129-BK
503 130-BK
503 131-BK
503 132-BK
503 133-BK
503 135-BK
503 136-BK
503 137-BK
601 416-BK
601 417-BK
66.00
77.20
117.50
122576
Length x width
Colour
mm
blue
brown
grey
red
g / each
900 x 600
1500 x 910
1830 x 1220
2440 x 1220
601 428-BK
601 429-BK
601 430-BK
601 431-BK
601 432-BK
601 433-BK
601 434-BK
601 435-BK
601 436-BK
601 437-BK
601 439-BK
601 440-BK
601 441-BK
601 442-BK
601 443-BK
601 444-BK
39.15
83.80
144.30
186.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
122576
Pre-cut lengths
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
545
10
All weather entrance matting,
flame retardant (B1)
For outdoors
Colour
resistant
Flame retardant in accordance with DIN 4102-B1

Easy to clean with mild cleaning agents
UV resistant
Made of PVC.
Particularly suitable for frequently used
entrances and exits.
Easy to cut into desired shape.
from30 C to +60 C.

Weight approx. 4.5 kg/m2.
Max. roll length 9 m.
Fire
retardant
Sold by the metre

Width
Colour
mm
grey
blue
g / metre
Pre-cut matting
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
900
1200
940 337-BK
940 339-BK
940 338-BK
940 340-BK
117.20
141.90
mm
600 x 900
2
900 x 1200
1
900 x 3000
1
grey
blue
g / pack
908 948-BK
908 949-BK
908 950-BK
908 951-BK
908 952-BK
908 953-BK
120.70
126.50
281.00
Entrance matting
For indoor use
Colour
resistant
Slip
resistant
Polypropylene pile.
Ideal for entrances between indoor and
outdoor areas.
from0 C to +60 C.
Dirt resistant PVC backing

Weight approx. 2.6 kg/m.
Sold by the metre

Dimensions + 25 mm
Width
Colour
Pre-cut matting
Dimensions include edge protection
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
mm
metallic black
black / blue
black / brown
black / red
g / metre
900
1200
904 226-BK
904 227-BK
904 234-BK
904 237-BK
906 031-BK
906 032-BK
906 036-BK
906 038-BK
32.90
37.30
mm
600 x 900
2
900 x 1200
1
900 x 1500
1
1200 x 1800
1
metallic black
black / blue
black / brown
black / red
g / pack
502 876-BK
502 881-BK
502 885-BK
502 889-BK
502 877-BK
502 882-BK
502 886-BK
502 890-BK
502 878-BK
502 883-BK
502 887-BK
502 891-BK
502 879-BK
502 884-BK
502 888-BK
502 892-BK
39.50
39.50
43.80
65.90
Entrance matting
with integrated bristles
For indoor use
Absorbs dirt and moisture

Ideal for entrances between indoor and outdoor areas
PVC backing
Polypropylene pile.
The firm bristles have a brushing function,
the soft bristles absorb moisture and dirt.
120203
Length x width
Pack of
Colour

Dimensions include edge
protection.
mm
900 x 600
2
1500 x 900
1
charcoal striped
blue striped
brown striped
g / pack
755 336-BK
755 337-BK
755 339-BK
755 340-BK
755 341-BK
755 342-BK
35.10
45.65
BLUE =
120203
Colour
resistant
Entrance matting
10
Entrance matting
For indoor use
Colour
resistant
Washable up to 40 C
Non-slip
PVC backing
Mat height approx. 9 mm,
weight approx. 5.55 kg/m2.
protection.
100 % cotton pile.

This cost effective entrance matting
provides excellent absorption of dirt
and moisture.
UV and temperature resistant
from 0C to +60 C.
Washable
Slip
resistant
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
mm
900 x 600
1200 x 900
1500 x 900
1800 x 1200
black/silver
blue
brown
black/white
g / pack
502 893-BK
502 897-BK
502 903-BK
502 951-BK
502 894-BK
502 899-BK
502 904-BK
502 953-BK
502 895-BK
502 900-BK
502 905-BK
502 954-BK
502 896-BK
502 902-BK
502 906-BK
502 955-BK
68.80
69.30
84.60
130.90
Entrance matting
For indoor use
Colour
resistant
Washable up to 40 C
Non-slip
PVC backing
protection.
Polypropylene pile.
The mat has a fast drying and wear
resistant carpeted surface.
UV resistant and temperature
resistant from 0C to +60C.
Washable
Slip
resistant
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
mm
900 x 600
1500 x 900
1800 x 1200
brown
grey
blue
red
g / pack
502 927-BK
979 006-BK
979 008-BK
979 009-BK
502 932-BK
979 011-BK
978 897-BK
978 898-BK
502 937-BK
502 956-BK
502 957-BK
502 958-BK
50.40
59.30
93.20
Entrance matting
For indoor use
Colour
resistant
Washable up to 60 C
Extra thick pile
Robust nitrile rubber backing
protection.
Other sizes available on request.
Nylon pile.
This model's special feature is
its capacity to absorb moisture of
approx. 3.5 l/m2.
UV resistant and temperature
resistant from 0C to +60C.
Length x width
112429
Pack of
Colour
mm
850 x 600
2
charcoal
brown
blue
g / pack
756 697-BK
978 975-BK
502 948-BK
756 699-BK
978 977-BK
502 949-BK
502 945-BK
502 946-BK
502 947-BK
756 701-BK
978 979-BK
502 950-BK
75.00
87.90
138.70
167.40
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1500 x 850
1750 x 1150
Washable
2000 x 1300
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

112429
KAISER + KRAFT
547
10
Entrance matting
For high frequency areas
Fire
retardant
Colour
resistant
Flame retardant
PVC backing
protection.
Nylon pile.
These high quality mats are particularly
suitable for frequently used entrances.
They are wear resistant and easy to clean.
from 0 C to +60 C.
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
mm
900 x 600
1500 x 900
2000 x 1300
black / grey
black / brown
grey / blue
g / pack
502 907-BK
502 908-BK
502 909-BK
502 911-BK
502 912-BK
502 913-BK
502 914-BK
502 915-BK
502 916-BK
52.30
64.90
128.70
Entrance matting
For indoor use
Fire
retardant
Washable
B1 flame resistance in accordance with EN 13501-1 Bfl/S1

Anti-static
Washable at up to 60 C
High-twist nylon pile.

Entrance matting with practical characteristics: anti-static due to carbon fibres in the
pile material.
Oil resistant and non-slip nitrile rubber
backing. Moisture rolls off the pile fibres.
from 20 C to +80 C.
Mat height approx. 9.5 mm.

protection.
Special sizes available on
request.
Colour
resistant
Length x width
Slip
resistant
Colour
mm
850 x 600
1500 x 850
1800 x 1150
2400 x 1150
mottled grey
blue
brown
charcoal
g
611 500-BK
611 501-BK
611 502-BK
519 806-BK
611 503-BK
519 670-BK
519 671-BK
519 807-BK
519 672-BK
519 673-BK
519 674-BK
519 808-BK
519 675-BK
519 676-BK
519 678-BK
519 809-BK
45.70
111.80
179.90
239.50
Cleanroom matting
For laboratories, hospitals, food industry etc.
For wheeled
traffic
Adhesive surface on each sheet

Effective protection from dirt, dust and bacterial contamination
The individual sheets tear off up to 60 sheets
Mat height 6.5 mm.
One set consists of 60 film
sheets, 600 x 800 mm.
Made of white polyester film.

The rigid backing keeps the sheets flat and
protects them from damage.
Order quantity
12
3+
No.
g / each
926 901-BK
926 910-BK
105.30
101.50
No.
g / each
926 902-BK
926 911-BK
224.50
215.50
Additional film sheet sets
112430
Order quantity
No.
g / pack
2 sets are required for the 1300 mm long

mat.
1 2 packs
3+ packs
926 903-BK
926 904-BK
109.90
103.20
BLUE =
112430
Pack of 2 sets, each with 60 films sheets,

600 x 800 mm.
Entrance matting Stair mats Cable ducts Knee protection mats
10
Stair mats
For indoor and covered outdoor areas
Slip
resistant
Easy to secure with adhesive strips on the bottom

Suitable for indoor and covered outdoor areas
Prevent accidents caused by slipping
Made of rubber.
Climb stairs safely due to non-slip surface.
Mats are secured to stairs with three
adhesive strips on the underside.
Also suitable for natural stone stairs.
Black.
Depth x width 250 x 750 mm.

Bevelled edge 25 mm.
Mat height
(incl. profile) 7.5 mm.
Pack of 5.
No. 503 078-BK
g / pack 77.20
Self-adhesive non-slip tapes

For outdoors
For areas where there is a high risk of slipping, such as steps, ladders,
ramps etc.
Inexpensive, durable, easy to attach
Suitable for moist and oily environments
Can also be used as a safety
Made of aluminium oxide and silicium
marking on machines or
carbonate.
emergency exits.
Self-adhesive backing.
from 20C to +60C.
Slip
resistant
Roll width 50 mm, roll length 18.3 m

Order quantity
Colour
1 2 rolls
No.
yellow
transparent
black / yellow
red / white
fluorescent
925 927-BK
925 921-BK
925 922-BK
925 924-BK
906 796-BK
g / roll
56.10
56.80
60.60
60.60
76.60
3+ rolls
No.
g / roll
52.70
53.40
57.10
57.10
73.20
926 927-BK
926 924-BK
926 925-BK
926 926-BK
926 928-BK
Other widths
Pack of2rolls,each18.3mlong
Width
mm
25
50
102
152
Colour
black
g / pack
925 989-BK
925 990-BK
925 991-BK
925 992-BK
45.25
89.70
179.00
269.00
Knee protection mats
112431
For wheeled
traffic
Strain on knees and back is reduced

Practical handle
Resistant to oil and many chemicals
Manufactured from closed cell PVC nitrile

mixture.
Cable ducts

Mat height 25 mm.
Weight approx. 0.45 kg.
No more tripping over cables, hoses and pipes.
Pack of 2.
1 Cable ducts made of PVC
2 Aluminium cable ducts
Sturdy, hardwearing design.

Two extra large chambers, 25 mm.
Secured with double sided adhesive tape.
1500 x 200 x 35 mm.
Colour
black
black / yellow
light grey
No.
503 105-BK
503 106-BK
503 107-BK
g / each
106.60
122.30
108.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Can be driven over with wheeled

vehicles weighing up to 1.5 t reliable
cable protection
Powder coated. One chamber, 16 x 16 mm.
With longitudinal connectors and double
sided adhesive tape.
Pack of
Colour
black
black / yellow
light grey
g / pack
1 item
4 items
503 108-BK
503 109-BK
503 110-BK
503 111-BK
503 112-BK
503 113-BK
66.20
212.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No. 926 909-BK
g / pack 75.90
3 or more packs of 2
No. 985 811-BK
g / pack 67.70
KAISER + KRAFT
112431
Chemical
resistant
549
10
Anti-fatigue matting
For industrial use
Anti-fatigue
Chemical
resistant
Panels can be plugged together to create walkways

Resistant against most chemicals and acids
Suitable for oily work areas
Made of natural rubber with nitrile

component. The hardwearing and
cost effective matting has tapered
edges which provide protection
against tripping.
Panels can be plugged together to
create walkways. Please state the
chemicals to be used to determine
whether the matting is compatible.
from 20 C to +80 C.
Model
Length x width
Pack of
As a single mat, or mats can be

linked by dovetailing.
single mat
edge mat
centre piece
800 x 700
2
800 x 700
2
800 x 700
1
906 801-BK
906 802-BK
906 803-BK
89.50
93.00
46.40
mm
No.
g / pack

weight approx. 9 kg/m2.
Colour black.
Anti-fatigue matting, flame retardant

For industrial use
Anti-fatigue
Fire
retardant
Reduces symptoms of fatigue at standing workstations

Fire protection class B1 in accordance with DIN 4102
Studded surface
Black.
Special sizes available on
request.
Made of polyurethane foam.

Ergonomic mat with studded,
closed surface.
All-round tapered edges.
from 0 C to +60 C.
Length x width
mm
900 x 600
1200 x 900
Pack of
No.
g / pack
906 799-BK
906 800-BK
243.00
248.00
Comfortable floor mats

For single workstations
Insulates against cold concrete floors

Heat resistant against hot chippings
Ergonomically designed air pockets on bottom of mat
87140
Made of rubber.
The hardwearing, smooth surface
with 22 mm holes has a long service
life. Tapered edges on all sides.
Suitable for wet and dry areas.
Outstanding drainage characteristics ensure the work surface
stays dry.
from 20 C to +160 C.
No. 908 954-BK

Black.
g 141.00
BLUE =
87140
For wet
rooms
10
For industrial use
Slip
resistant

Good slip resistance
Resistant to water, acids and grease solvents
Black.
Made of natural rubber.

Especially suitable for areas that involve
prolonged periods of work. Reduces back
and leg problems. Please state the
from 20 C to +60 C.
Model
Length x width
Pack of
g / pack
89.00
No. 925 916-BK
Chemical
resistant
end section
centre section
900 x 600
2
900 x 600
1
900 x 600
2
1200 x 900
1
925 919-BK
925 920-BK
925 916-BK
925 917-BK
99.90
50.90
89.00
89.70
mm
No.
g / pack
Anti-fatigue
single mat
Anti-fatigue matting made of PVC

For dry workstations, e.g. assembly or order picking
Reduces the effects of standing for long periods on the back and legs
Insulates against cold floors
Sold by the metre
Made of PVC foam.

The matting has a closed surface with
studs.
Suitable for dry workstations.
from 0 C to +60 C.
Anti-fatigue

Width 900 or 1200 mm.
Width
mm
900
1200
Black
No.
g / metre
978 785-BK
503 089-BK
53.00
60.40
No.
g / metre
978 786-BK
503 090-BK
66.60
74.80
Black / yellow
Workstation matting
For universal applications
Fire
retardant
Fire protection class B1 (DIN 4102 flame resistant)

Conductive (DIN IEC 61340-4-1 ESD)
Chemical resistant
Made of polyurethane.
Non-fatiguing due to studded surface,
tapered edges to reduce the risk of tripping,
sound absorbing.
Due to its various properties the matting
can be used in virtually any work area.
Please state the chemicals to be used to
determine whether the matting is
compatible.
Supplied complete with earthing block.
from 40 C to +80 C.

Black.
Special sizes available
on request.
Slip
resistant
Anti-fatigue
124672
Length x width
mm
No.
g / each
YELLOW =
Ex stock
950 x 650
1250 x 950
611 504-BK
611 505-BK
155.50
245.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124672
Chemical
resistant
KAISER + KRAFT
551
10
Slip
resistant
Classic matting for work at conveyor belts,

production lines and order picking
Fire
retardant
Anti-fatigue
Non-slip protection in accordance with R10, DIN 51130

Fire protection class B2 according to DIN 54332/DIN 4102
Reduces symptoms of fatigue
Made of PVC with hammer tone effect.

These versatile floor mats offer excellent
comfort and increase productivity.
Insulating, absorbs shock and vibration.
Resistant to most chemicals.
Also available with yellow warning stripes
for safety marking.

Size
mm
600 x 900
900 x 1500
900 x 18300
900 x per metre
Grey
No.
g
716 803-BK
716 805-BK
716 806-BK
502 656-BK
51.90
118.00
916.00
61.20
Black
No.
g
716 807-BK
716 808-BK
716 809-BK
502 655-BK
51.90
118.00
916.00
61.20
Black with yellow edging
No.
g
716 810-BK
716 811-BK
716 813-BK
502 657-BK
60.90
129.80
1045.00
66.90
The all-rounder for all industrial areas
Chemical
resistant
Slip
resistant
Anti-fatigue
Robust PVC top surface, neoprene foam

on the underside. The studded top surface
ensures optimum protection against
slipping. The foam underside protects
against fatigue. All sides with tapered
edges. Please state the chemicals to be
used to determine whether the matting is
compatible.

Size
mm
600 x 900
900 x 1500
900 x 3000
900 x 6000
900 x per
metre
1200 x per
metre
Black
No.
g
723 696-BK
723 697-BK
723 698-BK
723 699-BK
502 658-BK
611 411-BK
140.50
279.00
560.00
1130.00
193.60
223.00
No.
g
716 817-BK
716 818-BK
716 819-BK
716 821-BK
502 659-BK
611 412-BK
151.10
294.50
592.00
1165.00
204.00
233.00
Black with
yellow stripes
Improves footing in general

Resistant to most chemicals
Reduces symptoms of fatigue
Workstation floor coverings

made of natural rubber
B
Slip
resistant
For industrial areas and heavy duty requirements
Chemical
resistant
Suitable for wet and oily work areas

Reduces risk of slipping

Surface area of each tile approx. 0.81 m2.
Surface
closed
Weight approx.
kg/m
No.
perforated
12,35
10
731 732-BK
925 955-BK
88.60
87.80
Border edges
Length 900 mm, 1 mitred corner.
Model
A With connectors
B With recesses
g / each
black
yellow
516 319-BK
516 320-BK
516 321-BK
516 322-BK
20.80
35.80
BLUE =
106376
106376
Standard tiles
Made of nitrile rubber/latex mixture. Heat resistant against hot chippings. Slip resistance
(R10) tested in accordance with EN 13552.
Easy to clean. Recyclable.
Each standard tile is fitted on two edges with
connecting elements, the other edges with
corresponding recesses. Please state the
chemicals to be used to determine whether
the matting is compatible.
to +160 C.
With closed surface ideal for assembly
stations, etc.
Perforated surface allows liquids to drain.
Anti-fatigue matting Industrial matting
10
Anti-fatigue matting two layer

For standing at workstations
Anti-fatigue

Reduces strain on leg and back muscles
Easy to clean
Made of PVC foam. Tapered edges on all

sides. The thick, extremely hardwearing
PVC surface ensures a long service life.
Please state the chemicals to be used
to determine whether the matting is
compatible.

Sold by the metre
in widths of 900 and 1200 mm.
Chemical
resistant
Width
mm
900
1200
Colour
black
blue
g / metre
909 000-BK
909 002-BK
909 001-BK
88.20
115.40
Anti-fatigue matting can be used

on both sides
Anti-fatigue
Two types available single and double weave
Non-slip protection to EN 13552 R10

Fire resistant according to DIN 54332 B2
Resistant to mild acids and alkalis
Made of vinyl.
Versatile, non-slip and flexible covering.
Protects back and leg muscles from
fatigue.
Can be driven across with transport
equipment. Easy to cut into desired shape.
from 20 C to +60 C.
Slip
resistant

Sold by the metre,
width 900 mm,
max. roll length 10 m.
Fire
retardant
3 In three fixed sizes

Single weave, 25 x 25 mm,
max. load 2000 kg/m2.
With yellow tapered edges to protect
against tripping.
Ausfhrung
Farbe
blue
green
black
g / metre
908 994-BK
908 996-BK
908 998-BK
908 995-BK
908 997-BK
908 999-BK
97.50
122.10
Length x width
1200 x 600 mm
1500 x 1000 mm
1800 x 1200 mm
No.
722 212-BK
722 217-BK
722 223-BK
g
109.20
202.00
276.00
1 Single weave
2 Double weave
3 With yellow edges
25 x 25 mm
Max. load 2000 kg/m2.
12 x 25 mm
Max. load 5000 kg/m2.
Single weave, same as 1.

In three fixed sizes.
Industrial matting
For workplaces subject to high mechanical loads
High degree of slip protection R11/V10 according to DIN E 51130
Suitable for areas where large quantities of dirt and chippings occur
Resistant to commonly used chemicals
Made of recycled PVC.

Robust matting with profiled and routed
surface. Resistant to oils, grease and most
commonly used chemicals. Please state
the chemicals to be used to determine
Width
Slip
resistant
Chemical
resistant
mm
600
800
1000
1200
Cut to size
No.
g / metre
503 114-BK
503 115-BK
503 116-BK
503 117-BK
59.70
79.40
99.40
119.10
10 m rolls
No.
g / roll
503 119-BK
503 120-BK
503 121-BK
503 122-BK
537.00
716.00
894.00
1075.00
Accessories
110217
Mat height 15 mm.

Sold by the metre,
in four widths.
Colour black.
Anti-fatigue
Model
Tapered edge profiles for short and long

sides of the mat.
Provide protection against tripping and
make it easier to drive over the mats.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
long side
short side
No.
g / metre
193 844-BK
731 673-BK
13.90
12.20
Black / yellow No.

g / metre
731 674-BK
731 675-BK
15.35
12.40
Black
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

110217
KAISER + KRAFT
553
10
Floor and workbench matting
For aisles, work tables and workshop trolleys
Slip
resistant
Easy to cut and lay

Sold by the metre
Protects sensitive materials
Mat height approx.
3 mm and 6 mm.
Weight approx. 5.4 and 10.8 kg/m2.
Black.

Industrial covering with closed,
structured surface.
Good insulating characteristics
when used as floor matting.
20 C to +160 C.
Overall height 3 and 6 mm

Width
mm
Mat height
mm
900
No.
g / metre
1200
909 004-BK
909 005-BK
909 006-BK
909 007-BK
25.50
63.10
30.40
82.60
Floor and workbench matting

For industrial use
Chemical
resistant
Slip
resistant
Resistant to oil, grease and chemicals

Sold by the metre
Easy to lay, cut and clean
Made of PVC. These fine ribbed mats

are suitable for use as liners for workstations and workbenches to protect
tools and sensitive equipment. Please
state the chemicals to be used to determine whether the matting is compatible.
20 C to +60 C.
Length
Width
Weight
Colour
mm
kg
red
black
light grey
g

Available in lengths of
2+ metres. Max. length 25 m.
Overall height 2 mm
per metre
25 m
1000
2.2
1000
55
743 447-BK
743 448-BK
743 449-BK
743 450-BK
743 451-BK
743 452-BK
45.70
915.00
Workstation floor coverings
Perforated
surface
Slip
resistant
Two models perforated and closed
Made of nitrile rubber.

Black. Two edges of each standard tile are fitted with connecting elements,
the other two edges with corresponding recesses. Please state the
chemicals to be used to determine whether the matting is compatible.
A Perforated surface
Particularly slip resistant surface with granular carbide coating.
This provides very good traction even in wet and oily work areas.
Liquids can drain out through the perforations in the mat.
B
Closed
surface
B Closed surface
Textured surface. B1 tested.
Model
Chemical
resistant
Surface
Mat height approx.
Weight approx.
Standard tile
perforated
18
15
closed
16
14
516 311-BK
516 312-BK
172.20
149.10
mm
kg/m2
No.
g
Accessories
Ramp edges made of nitrile rubber, length 900 mm.

Model
No.
g
connecting elements
recess elements
516 313-BK
516 314-BK
32.35
32.35
BLUE =
106424
106424
Fire
retardant
Floor coverings
10
For standing at workstations
Slip
resistant
Non-slip protection in accordance with R10, DIN 51130

Fire protection class B2, DIN 54332 / DIN 4102
Made of PVC. Cushioned floor matting with

closed surface reduces strain, insulates,
improves footing in general.
Easy to cut. Please state the chemicals to be
used to determine whether the matting is
compatible.
Length x width
mm

900 x 600
1500 x 910
No.
g / pack
723 695-BK
716 798-BK
90.20
97.80
No.
g / pack
908 990-BK
716 801-BK
104.10
107.10
mm
910
1220
No.
g / metre
709 879-BK
709 880-BK
55.00
64.20
No.
g / metre
908 992-BK
908 993-BK
63.90
77.10
Pack of
Grey
Grey with warning stripes
Width
Grey
Grey with warning stripes
Anti-fatigue
Fire
retardant
Chemical
resistant
Natural rubber floor matting

For industrial, office and leisure applications
Non-slip
Resistant to most oils and chemicals
Good insulating properties
Made of natural rubber with nitrile
component. Ideal floor protection with very
good insulating characteristics. Please state
the chemicals to be used to determine
Width
mm
Height
Colour
mm
black
grey
g / metre
Slip
resistant
Mat height approx. 3 / 4.5 mm.

Sold by the metre,
max. roll length 10 m.
Chemical
resistant
1200
3
4.5
978 788-BK
978 789-BK
978 790-BK
978 791-BK
72.40
99.90
PVC floor tiles
Robust and durable

Very easy to lay
Suitable for forklifts when used in conjunction with ramp edges (accessory)
Made of PVC. Easy to lay and expand due to

dovetail joints. Ideal for industry and trade.
Please state the chemicals to be used to determine whether the matting is compatible.
Available with studded or textured surface.
Surface
Length x width
Colour
Tile height approx. 7 mm.

Weight approx. 10 kg/m2.
Pack of 8 tiles (2 m2).
B
Chemical
resistant
studded
mm
black
grey
blue
g / pack
Slip
resistant
Ramp edges as an
accessory
textured
500 x 500
500 x 500
601 445-BK
601 447-BK
601 448-BK
601 449-BK
601 450-BK
601 451-BK
172.00
172.00
For wheeled
traffic
Ramp edges
112435
Model
Corner element
Length x width
Colour
mm
black
grey
blue
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
without
515 x 80
with
590 x 80
601 452-BK
601 453-BK
601 455-BK
601 456-BK
601 457-BK
601 458-BK
34.55
27.60
112435
Pack of 4.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
555
10
Industrial grid matting
For high mechanical loads
For outdoors
Slip
resistant
Non-slip protection R11/V10 in accordance with DIN 51130/GUV 26.18

Resistant to oils, greases, and commonly used chemicals
Resistant to hot chippings
Made of 85 % recycled polyethylene.

Environmentally friendly.
Please state the chemicals to be
used to determine whether the
matting is compatible. Grey.
from 35 C to +60 C.
Width
Chemical
resistant

Weightapprox.6kg/m.
Sold by the metre, in four widths.
See table below for suitable edge
profiles.
mm
600
800
1000
1200
Cuts lengths
per metre
No.
g / metre
688 576-BK
688 584-BK
688 592-BK
516 183-BK
56.80
75.80
94.70
113.60
10 metre roll
No.
g / roll
502 651-BK
502 649-BK
502 648-BK
516 184-BK
512.00
682.00
870.00
1025.00
Industrial grid matting

extremely slip resistant
Chemical
resistant
Slip
resistant
Special industrial grid matting with coarse structured, extremely slip

resistant surface (R12/V10 according to DIN 51130/GUV 26.18).
Sold by the metre, in four widths.
Suitable for work areas where oil,

dirt and grease cause hazards.
Extremely durable. Please state the
Grey.
from 35 C to +60 C.
Width
For outdoors
Cuts lengths
per metre
10 m roll
mm
600
800
1000
1200
No.
g / metre
916 126-BK
916 127-BK
916 128-BK
516 185-BK
60.30
73.30
98.70
118.30
No.
g / roll
502 654-BK
502 653-BK
502 652-BK
516 186-BK
533.00
711.00
889.00
1065.00
Edge profiles (also for use with the industrial grid matting above)
Ramp edge
Black
Black / yellow
long side
short side
No.
g / metre
688 665-BK
731 677-BK
15.55
12.25
No.
g / metre
731 679-BK
731 678-BK
16.45
15.55
Wooden safety grids

For machine workstations, standing workstations
Anti-fatigue
Secure footing, prevents fatigue

Can be rolled up
Ideal for areas where shavings are produced
Optionally with or without tapered slats
Made of chamber dried, ribbed

beechwood slats. Does not warp or
stretch. For heavy duty use at the
workstation. Rubber feet resistant
to oil. Connection wires made of
stainless steel. R11 anti-slip,
displacement V10.
Individual wooden safety grids can
be linked together without a problem.
Connecting claws available on
request.
106541
Shown with tapered edge
Simply roll up for

cleaning
No.
503 079-BK
503 080-BK
503 081-BK
503 082-BK
On request, also available in

heights of 45, 55, 70 or 100 mm.
With tapered edges

on 3 sides
Without tapered edge

Width
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
Slat width 80 mm.

Safety grid height 35 mm.
Weight 13 kg/m2.
g / metre
150.50
173.00
208.50
260.00
Width
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
1500 mm
No.
503 083-BK
503 084-BK
503 085-BK
503 086-BK
BLUE =
g / metre
211.50
264.50
318.00
397.00
106541
Slip
resistant
Industrial grid matting Floor matting
10
Plastic floor tiles

For industrial use
For wheeled
traffic
Max. load 40000 kg/m2

Helps prevent fatigue
Tile height approx. 25 mm.
These tiles are easy to lay
and easy to clean.
from 10 C to +80 C.
Slip
resistant
Accessories
Border edges and corner elements
enable easy access for transport
equipment.
Anti-fatigue
Model
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
floor tile
border edge
corner element
mm
1200 x 600
5
600 x 125
10
112 x 112
4
red
green
blue
g / pack
601 418-BK
601 419-BK
601 421-BK
601 422-BK
601 423-BK
601 424-BK
601 425-BK
601 426-BK
601 427-BK
198.90
86.90
19.75
Plastic floor tiles

For showers, changing rooms, laboratories
For wheeled
traffic
Max. load 30000 kg/m2 (with evenly distributed loads)

Highly durable, resistant to most acids
Non-slip
Made of low density polyethylene.

The hygienic floor tiles are easy to lay
and clean.
Can be easily cut with a sharp knife to
adapt to any room size. Please state the
chemicals to be used to determine whether
the matting is compatible.
2
Pack of 20 pieces in one colour (= 5 m ).

Model
Description
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
mm
red
blue
reseda green
light grey
basalt grey
brown
g / pack

Weight
Standard version approx. 3.3 kg/m2.
Heavy duty version approx. 4.7 kg/m2.
Slip
resistant
Accessories
Border edges and corner elements
make it easier to move transport
machines over the tiles.
For outdoors
Accessories
standard
500 x 500
20
heavy duty
500 x 500
20
border edge
500 x 120
4
corner element
120 x 120
4
257 982-BK
258 008-BK
982 492-BK
731 572-BK
982 496-BK
602 736-BK
731 574-BK
731 575-BK
982 493-BK
731 577-BK
982 497-BK
731 580-BK
731 581-BK
731 582-BK
982 494-BK
731 584-BK
982 498-BK
731 586-BK
731 588-BK
731 589-BK
982 495-BK
731 591-BK
982 499-BK
731 593-BK
240.00
268.00
32.55
11.20
2
Chemical
resistant
Rectangular hollow profiles

For warehouses, order picking, changing rooms and
common rooms
For wet
rooms
Non-slip R10/V10 to DIN 51130, barefoot area category C,

tested in accordance with DIN 51097 / GUV 26.17
Helps prevent fatigue
Insulates against moisture and cold
Anti-fatigue
122581
Made of soft PVC.

Hygienic and easy to clean.
Structured walking surface for increased
non-slip effect.
Width
mm
600
800
1000
Colour
grey
blue
black
red
black-yellow
908 981-BK
908 984-BK
611 490-BK
908 988-BK
906 960-BK
926 917-BK
926 918-BK
611 491-BK
926 920-BK
906 961-BK
908 982-BK
908 985-BK
611 493-BK
908 989-BK
906 962-BK
g / metre
40.25
47.60
55.70
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Slip
resistant
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122581
KAISER + KRAFT
557
10
Insulated matting
Protects users from electric shocks
Slip
resistant
Suitable for working with live electrical parts

Safe for high voltage applications

Light insulated matting for working with live
electrical parts, provides protection against
electric shocks. For use in front of electrical
cabinets, etc. or in areas around high
voltage equipment.
Tested to 50000 V in accordance with
DIN EN 60243-1 (VDE 0303, section 21)
IEC 60243-1:1998. The ribbed surface offers
protection against slipping. The matting is
suitable for dry indoor areas.
Mat height approx. 4.5 mm.

Width 1000 mm.
Grey.
Cut to size
No. 516 121-BK
g / metre 50.40
Rolls 10 m long
No. 516 119-BK
g / roll 504.00
Anti-static matting
For workbenches and work surfaces
Slip
resistant
Elastic and non-wearing

Protects against static electricity
Made of hardwearing PVC moulded around

a conductive layer.
The matting protects users and
components from static electricity.
Earthing cable and plug and wristband
included with delivery.
Matting is specifically for dry indoor areas,
not suitable for high voltage areas.
from 10 C to +60 C.
Width x length
Colour
Mat height approx. 2.4 mm,

Available in two colours.
mm
600 x per m.
600 x 1200
1200 x 3000
1200 x 15000
blue
grey
g / each
611 413-BK
611 414-BK
516 107-BK
516 110-BK
516 108-BK
516 111-BK
516 109-BK
516 113-BK
149.10
172.20
495.50
2065.00
Conductive anti-fatigue matting

Protects components from static discharge
Slip
resistant
Anti-fatigue
Non-slip
Made of PVC.
Anti-fatigue matting allows users to stand in
comfort. The earthing cable attaches to the
mat with a snap fastener.
(Supplied complete with earthing cable,
connector and shoe earthing straps.)
The matting is specifically for dry indoor
areas, not suitable for high voltage areas.

Grey.
Cut to size Width 900 mm

No. 516 117-BK
g / metre 164.80
112436
Width x length
No.
g / each
mm
600 x 900
900 x 1500
900 x 18300
516 114-BK
516 115-BK
516 116-BK
96.50
217.00
1610.00
BLUE =
112436
Fixed size
Anti-static matting Floor matting
10
PVC profile matting

For industry, hospitals, sports facilities, large kitchens
Non-slip conforms to wet floor area

class C, according DIN 51097/GUV 26.17
Drains on all sides
Compatible with all standard cleaning
agents
Made of hard PVC.
The non-slip walking surface consists of
durable, shatterproof, hard PVC profiles.
The non-porous surface is easy to clean.
Can be rolled up.

from 5 C to +60 C.
Colour combinations
Slip
resistant
For wet
rooms
Width
mm
600
800
1000
Colour
beige
blue
yellow
grey
red
white
g / metre
982 591-BK
982 594-BK
982 597-BK
982 602-BK
982 605-BK
982 608-BK
982 592-BK
982 595-BK
982 599-BK
982 603-BK
982 606-BK
982 609-BK
982 593-BK
982 596-BK
982 600-BK
982 604-BK
982 607-BK
982 611-BK
36.25
49.90
61.30
Wet room matting anti-bacterial,

mould resistant
For changing rooms, shower stalls and swimming pools
Resistant to most commonly used

acids and alkalis
UV resistant, non-slip
Drains on all sides
Made of soft PVC.

Anti-bacterial, mould resistant matting.
A special coating on the underside
prevents the mats from slipping.
Width
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
Safety tested.
Coforms to wet floor area
class C, according
DIN 51097/GUV 26.17.
from 5 C to +60 C.
blue
red
green
grey
g / metre
925 901-BK
925 902-BK
925 903-BK
519 862-BK
925 904-BK
925 905-BK
925 906-BK
519 864-BK
925 907-BK
925 908-BK
925 909-BK
519 865-BK
925 910-BK
925 911-BK
925 912-BK
519 866-BK
73.30
99.20
116.30
144.80
blue
red
green
grey
g / roll
925 913-BK
925 914-BK
925 915-BK
519 867-BK
925 889-BK
925 890-BK
925 891-BK
519 868-BK
925 892-BK
925 893-BK
925 894-BK
519 869-BK
925 897-BK
925 898-BK
925 899-BK
519 870-BK
582.00
784.00
974.00
1215.00
Colour
resistant
Slip
resistant
For wet
rooms
Rolls 10 m long
Width
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
Floor matting
For changing rooms, shower stalls, swimming pools
from 5 C to +60 C.
Category C non-slip
surface according to
DIN 51097/GUV 26.17.
Non-slip surface, UV resistant

Easy to clean
Made of soft PVC.

Floor matting with finely ribbed,
non-porous surface.
Width
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
blue
red
green
grey
g / metre
606 154-BK
731 637-BK
606 448-BK
519 872-BK
606 200-BK
731 638-BK
606 545-BK
519 873-BK
731 635-BK
731 639-BK
731 642-BK
519 874-BK
731 636-BK
731 640-BK
731 643-BK
519 875-BK
68.80
93.50
112.10
133.50
blue
red
green
grey
g / roll
731 644-BK
731 648-BK
731 653-BK
519 876-BK
731 645-BK
731 649-BK
731 654-BK
519 877-BK
731 646-BK
731 651-BK
731 655-BK
519 878-BK
731 647-BK
731 652-BK
731 656-BK
519 879-BK
527.00
707.00
846.00
1050.00
Slip
resistant
Chemical
resistant
For wet
rooms
112437
Width
600 mm
800 mm
1000 mm
1200 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
112437
Rolls 10 m long
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
559
11
For medium duty requirements
in the workshop, laboratory, office or
service department
With gas lift height adjustment
from 610 to 860 mm
Forward looking design
helps to create a polished image in highly
visible areas
Workshop
equipment
Anti-fatigue stools and
industrial stools
Pages
560 566
Industrial chairs
Pages
567 581
Workplace lighting
Pages
Anti-fatigue stools
582 583
Workbenches
Pages
Comfortable anti-fatigue stool
586 614
A real eye-catcher for the workshop,

laboratory, warehouse, trade fairs and
many other areas.
Tool trolleys
Pages
615 618
Perforated and louvred panel

systems
Pages
Extra wide comfort seat (width 50 cm)

made of soft touch PU foam resistant,
easy care and durable.
Seat can be rotated 20 to the left or right.
Handles for holding, pulling and carrying.
Stable base and profiled support column
made of blasted aluminium.
620 621
Hose and cable reels

Pages
622 623
Drawer cupboards
Pages
627 637
Pedestal desks
Pages
642 645
Storage cupboards
Pages
646 660
Computer cupboards
Pages
661 667

Seat

in workshops and offices
Infinite height adjustment via hand wheel
Folds together to save space
Optionally with practical foot rest
With or without folding foot rest
With rotating seat
Seat and back rest covered with durable fabric or vinyl.

Frame made of robust, black powder coated
rectangular steel tubing.
Simple and cost effective

solution. Folds together
quickly to save space.
mm
610 860
black
basalt grey
702 626-BK
702 627-BK
219.00
For light duty requirements

in the office, at sales counters etc.
One-hand, incremental height
adjustment
Rotating seat for more freedom of
movement
Comfortable seat made of black PU foam with air flow channels.

Seat swivels 17 and can be tilted from 2 8.
Robust powder coated tubular steel frame with plastic feet.
mm
Model
119074
Fabric cover
Vinyl cover
550 900
without foot rest
with foot rest
charcoal
g
724 575-BK
982 406-BK
161.80
191.20
black
g
724 579-BK
982 409-BK
161.80
191.20

Frame
mm
610 860
black
light grey
g
982 403-BK
982 404-BK
BLUE =
96.10
119074
Anti-fatigue stools
11

inworkshops and offices
from 600 850 mm
Top quality at an astounding price!
Anti-fatigue stools
Seat made of robust, hardwearing black
PU foam, can be swivelled by 16 sideways, with automatic reset. Seat can be
tilted by 15.
Tubular steel frame with non-slip floor
glides, powder coated in light grey or
black, or made of stainless steel.
The stainless steel version is ideal for
damp environments or work areas with
stringent hygienic requirements.
3
1
Model
Frame
light grey
black
stainless steel
583 685-BK
583 677-BK
760 262-BK
165.00
165.00
395.00
No.
g
165.00
No. 583 677-BK

inworkshops and offices
Gas lift height adjustment
from 680 920 mm
Four seat versions available
for different requirements
Anti-fatigue stools
Seat made of easy care

PU foam
2
3
Sturdy, black powder coated tubular steel

construction.
Cover for gas lift cylinder to protect
against dust and dirt.
1 Round seat with handle
550
mm
4 Flat seat with pendular mounted back
2 Flat seat with handle
rest
Adjustable seat inclination of 13.

Seat width 360 mm. Seat depth 320 mm.

Seat width360 mm. Seat depth 220 mm.
921 498-BK
982 420-BK
982 421-BK
982 422-BK
195.00
231.50
242.00
287.00
119075
g
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

195.00
No. 921 498-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
119075
Model

Seat width360 mm. Seat depth260 mm.
420 m
m
3 Flat seat with back support
Using the correct posture, 2/3 of your weight is

supported by the seat. Fitted with gas spring.
Seat width 320 mm.
561
11
in production, warehouses and
offices
Our classic decades of proven
use in industry and trade
Anti-fatigue stools
Seat made of PU foam particularly
robust and resistant to mechanical
stress
Easy to clean and durable
Stable, powder coated steel five-star
base with floor glides
1
2
1 With back support
2 With integrated handle
Gas lift height adjustment from

620 890 mm
Five-star base and cover for gas lift
cylinder, black.

610 880 mm
Five-star base and cover for gas lift
cylinder in light grey or black.
Model
Frame
black
light grey
black
724 558-BK
566 306-BK
701 312-BK
169.30
175.30
171.90
No.
g
Industrial
anti-fatigue stools
Seat made of robust, easy care

self-skinning foam
Resistant to mechanical stress
Integrated handle
All metal parts are powder coated in
charcoal or black
With folding base frame

640 840 mm
Seat rotates through 360 and can be tilted
forward up to 13.
The base frame also functions as a foot
rest. Folds-up quickly for space saving
storage.
Incremental height adjustment from

650 850 mm
No. 982 418-BK
No. 566 349-BK
g 268.00
Seat can be tilted forward up to 10.

Quickly collapsible to save space.
g 259.50
With round base
With low profile five-star base

650 850 mm
Seat rotates through 360 and can be tilted
forward up to 10.
Stable, extremely flat round base,
470 mm.
Incremental height adjustment from

650 850 mm
The pendular support column ensures
optimum freedom of movement on all
sides. Support column swivels 5 to the
front.
Seat can be rotated 22 to the left or right.
Stable low profile five-star base made of
cast aluminium with hardwearing plastic
glides.
g 263.00
ESD model
Seat surface made of conductive self-skinning foam.
Otherwise as model
described above.
119076
For heavy duty requirements

in production and warehouses
Practical carrying handle for
changing locations quickly
ESD model for workstations in
electronics areas, etc.
With folding base frame
No. 724 566-BK
No. 982 375-BK
g 304.00
No. 566 365-BK

BLUE =
g 344.00
119076
Industrial stools Anti-fatigue stools
11
Industrial stools
Gas lift height adjustment with
release ring under the seat
from g
Cost-effective quality stools for heavy duty

industrial use
115.00
Seat optionally in beech plywood or PU foam.

Sturdy, non-tilting steel frame with five-star base.
Optionally with floor glides, load dependent braked
castors for hard floors or as a high model with floor glides
and foot ring.
1
3
Model
Description
Wood
PU foam
height adjustment range
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

and foot ring
mm
360 490
400 530
525 775
No.
g
230 944-BK
230 979-BK
911 701-BK
115.00
134.80
199.80
mm
360 490
400 530
540 800
No.
g
230 960-BK
230 995-BK
911 702-BK
145.30
161.70
235.50
Stainless steel
anti-fatigue stools
Industrial stools
Gas lift height adjustment from 570 800 mm
Seat made of beech plywood or PU foam.
Seat made of hardwearing PU foam in black.

Easy care and resistant to weak acids and alkalis.
Swivelling seat, inclination adjustable from +4 to 8.
Stable, non-tilting stainless steel frame with non-slip
floor glides.
1 With plastic five-star base
No. 517 277-BK
2 With tubular steel five-star base

Height adjustment range with glides 380 515 mm,
with castors 410 535 mm.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Seat
With glides
With castors
g 472.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Model
PU foam
beech
plywood
PU foam
No.
g
737 080-BK
737 081-BK
737 083-BK
123.20
124.30
140.50
No.
g
737 082-BK
737 084-BK
130.90
143.70
KAISER + KRAFT
122476
122476
Stainless steel furniture can

be found on pages 610 and 611.
563
11
Workshop stools
1 Three-legged stools
Sturdy steel frame, 32 mm, jet black RAL 9005.
Seat made of beech plywood, 350 mm.
Available in four heights.
Order qty.
Seat height
450 mm
500 mm
550 mm
600 mm
1 4 items
No.
5+ items
g / each
69.00
66.30
68.00
68.30
941 701-BK
941 702-BK
941 703-BK
941 704-BK
No.
941 705-BK
941 706-BK
941 707-BK
941 708-BK
g / each
65.00
62.80
64.60
64.60
2 Four-legged stools
Otherwise as 1.
Order qty.
Seat height
450 mm
500 mm
600 mm
650 mm
1 4 items
No.
5+ items
g / each
75.00
75.00
78.80
83.60
941 709-BK
941 710-BK
941 712-BK
941 713-BK
No.
941 714-BK
941 715-BK
941 717-BK
941 718-BK
g / each
71.30
71.30
74.60
78.40
2
g / piece
65.00
No. 941 705-BK
5+ items
Workbenches can be
found beginning on
page 588.
3 Swivel stools, three-legged

With spindle height adjustment
from 400 to 600 mm.
Otherwise as 1.
No. 941 720-BK
g 104.90
Universal industrial stools

The cost-effective series for a multitude of uses.
3
2
4
1
3 Roll-along stool
1 Industrial stool
Upholstered seat with black fabric cover.

Plastic five-star base with castors.
Cost-effective stool. Seat made of beech plywood,

350 mm.
Five-star plastic base with floor glides.
4 Industrial stool with tool tray
2 Industrial stool
112271
g
No. 742 179-BK
85.00
Model
No.
g
mm
390 520
420 550
470 600
420 545
742 179-BK
742 181-BK
731 515-BK
760 267-BK
85.00
91.90
115.40
155.90
BLUE =
112271
Comfortable polyurethane foam seat.

Gas lift height adjustment with release ring.
Two-part storage trays, can be removed separately.
With castors, otherwise as 1.
11
Industrial stools
1
3
2
Industrial stools
4 6 With gas lift height adjustment from 500 to 890 mm
1 3 With gas lift height adjustment from 470 to 850 mm
Universal stool range for seated working

places in industry and offices.
Durable, robust and easy to clean.
Comfortable PU foam seat with carrier
handle, with extended back rest for the
high model.
Stable, plastic five-star base.

Optionally with floor glides, load
dependent braked castors for hard floors
or as a high model with floor glides and
chrome plated foot ring.
For particularly ergonomic sitting

Extra large seat (width 370 mm)
Seat inclination can be adjusted by 15
Carrying handle makes it easy to move
Model
Model
Description
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides and

foot ring
mm
490 630
510 650
620 870
911 706-BK
911 707-BK
911 709-BK
162.50
175.30
243.50
beech plywood
PU foam
stainless steel
No.
g
Description
Seat optionally in hard black plastic or

blue PU foam.
Robust, plastic five-star base, either with
floor glides and load dependent castors,
or as high model with floor glides and
chrome plated foot rest.
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

and foot rest
mm
500 700
520 720
630 890
Hard plastic
No.
g
982 341-BK
982 343-BK
982 344-BK
155.10
159.90
183.70
PU foam
No.
g
982 338-BK
982 339-BK
982 340-BK
190.90
197.30
221.50
Stacking stools
Easy care, sturdy and durable

Standard or stainless steel version
Seat optionally available in beech plywood

or PU foam.
Sturdy tubular steel frame, in light grey
with wooden seat, black with PU seat.
Seat height 500 mm.
Stainless steel model for wet and cold
storage rooms or areas subject to
stringent hygiene requirements, etc.
Seat made of blue PU foam.
Single or in packs of 2, 4 or 6 stools.
1 stool
No.
g / each
705 394-BK
2 stools
No.
g / pack
909 250-BK
909 251-BK
944 117-BK
113.20
132.30
327.50
4 stools
No.
g / pack
909 252-BK
909 253-BK
944 118-BK
208.50
251.00
628.00
6 stools
No.
g / pack
909 255-BK
909 256-BK
944 119-BK
293.50
363.50
905.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
164.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122477
122477
Model
KAISER + KRAFT
565
11
Industrial stools
Extra large seat,

400 mm

from460to850mm
A functional stool with many applications.
Frame construction with glides, castors or glides and
Adjustable height with release ring,

especially large adjustment range
Seat options:
Made of beech plywood, with clear varnish
With vinyl cover, black or blue, anti-bacterial and antimicrobial, conforms to laboratory guidelines, washable
and flame resistant
With charcoal coloured fabric covering and all round
edge protection
With self-skinning foam upholstery resistant to
mechanical stress and weak acids and alkalis
Centre column cover acts as dust

protection for the gas pressure spring
Load-dependent braked double castors
from g
129.00
3
1
4
Model
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

and foot rest
mm
460 630
460 630
570 850
Wood
No.
g
748 847-BK
748 848-BK
748 849-BK
129.00
143.30
192.70
Fabric cover
No.
g
748 850-BK
748 851-BK
748 852-BK
151.80
173.70
224.50
Vinyl
blue
black
g
748 853-BK
748 855-BK
748 856-BK
748 857-BK
748 858-BK
748 859-BK
151.80
173.70
224.50
PU foam
No.
g
748 860-BK
748 861-BK
748 863-BK
160.20
183.20
224.50
Industrial stools
With gas lift height adjustment from 520 to 720 mm
The universal series for offices, laboratories, hospitals, doctor's practices etc.
Comfortable sitting due to 90 mm thick

composite foam upholstery
High quality skai vinyl covering,
anti-bacterial and anti-microbial
Narrow, polished aluminium five-star
base for optimum leg room
122758
Two different hard composite foam layers

ensure optimum sitting comfort.
The shape of the upholstery remains
virtually unchanged even after years of
use.
Ring activated gas spring for quick and
convenient adjustment of seat height.
Load dependent braked castors.
Seat
Cover
mm
360
mm
black
atoll blue
flame red
g
944 120-BK
944 121-BK
944 123-BK
BLUE =
520 720
144.80
122758
Industrial stools Industrial swivel chairs
11
Frame construction: tubular steel

Height adjustment: manual
Adjustment range: 450 930 mm
Material: wood, fabric upholstery, vinyl
Ergonomics: pendular mounted back
rest with infinitely adjustable height and
depth. Seat and back rest with
adjustable inclination.
The advantage
Robust and durable chairs at attractive
prices.
Industrial swivel
chairs
With manual height adjustment
Choice of materials for seat and back rest
Beech plywood inexpensive and
resistant to mechanical stress
Fabric upholstery, charcoal
comfortable, actively breathing material
Vinyl, black comfortable and
particularly easy care
Robust, non-tilting five-star base made of
powder coated rectangular steel tubing,
optionally with floor glides, castors which
brake on load or as a high version with
floor glides and foot rest or foot ring.
Accessories
Arm rests
Suitable for all industrial swivel chairs on
this page. Pack of 1 pair.
No. 752 002-BK
Model
with floor glides
Beech
plywood
with castors
with floor glides

and foot rest
height adjustment range mm
450 630
490 610
640 880
No.
g
951 005-BK
952 575-BK
911 762-BK
145.00
158.20
249.50
Fabric
upholstery
500 690
540 650
690 930
No.
g
952 591-BK
952 605-BK
911 765-BK
171.40
181.10
258.00
Vinyl
500 690
540 650
690 930
No.
g
952 621-BK
952 648-BK
911 767-BK
166.80
181.10
258.00
g / pair 61.10
from g
145.00

Height adjustment: manual
Material: PU foam
rest with infinitely adjustable height
and depth. Seat and back rest with
The advantage
Robust, hardwearing material with
good sitting characteristics.
Resistant to mild acids and alkalis.
Industrial swivel chairs

Model
106301
Height adjustment
range
mm
No.
g
with floor
glides
with castors with floor glides

and foot rest
460 640
510 630
660 900
752 088-BK
752 096-BK
911 769-BK
205.00
219.50
290.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
from g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

205.00
KAISER + KRAFT
106301
Robust, non-tilting five-star base made of powder coated

rectangular tubular steel frame. Optionally with floor
glides, load dependent braking castors or as high model
with floor glides and foot rest.
567
11
1 Beech plywood
2 Vinyl covering,
optionally in black or blue
Economical
Washable
Robust and durable
g / piece
3+
Frame: Plastic
Height adjustment: Gas-lift
Height range: 430 850 mm
Material: Wood, vinyl, fabric or foam
Ergonomics: Pendular mounted back
rest, infinitely adjustable height and
depth. Back rest with adjustable inclination. Anatomically contoured seat
and back rest.
Your advantage
114364
With permanent contact back rest for

ergonomic seating. A range offering
an extraordinary price/performance
ration!
Comfortable and soft

Washable
Non-slip and tear resistant
Large seat and back rest
115.00
No. 611 717-BK
Industrial swivel
chair
A range for many applications:
Manufacturing, storage,
despatch and office
Four seat versions

Three frame versions
Cover for gas-lift to protect against dust

and dirt.
Sturdy plastic five-star base, optionally
with floor glides, load dependent braked
castors for hard floors or as high model
with floor glides and chrome plated,
height adjustable foot rest, 455 mm.
Model
Beech
plywood
Accessories
Arm rests
For more comfort at the workstation.
Not compatible with 1.
Supplied in packs of 1 pair.
with floor glides
Vinyl covering
with castors
with floor glides

and foot ring
mm
440 620
440 620
570 850
12
No.
g / each
600 147-BK
600 149-BK
600 150-BK
122.80
139.60
245.00
3+
No.
g / each
611 717-BK
611 718-BK
611 720-BK
115.00
134.30
235.50
black
blue
g
600 151-BK
517 247-BK
600 152-BK
517 248-BK
600 153-BK
517 249-BK
133.10
157.20
247.50
No.
g / pair
600 226-BK
600 226-BK
600 226-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Accessories
Arm rests
Not compatible with 1
BLUE =
114364
3 Fabric covering,
4 Self-skinning foam, black
optionally in black or blue
11

Breathes actively
Durable
Large seat and back rest

Washable
Robust and durable
Extremely hardwearing
ESD industrial swivel chairs
Model
3
4
Self-skinning foam
mm
black
blue
with castors
with floor glides

and foot rest
440 620
440 620
570 850
517 250-BK
600 154-BK
517 251-BK
600 155-BK
517 252-BK
600 157-BK
135.60
153.20
247.50
No.
g
600 158-BK
600 159-BK
600 160-BK
135.90
153.20
247.50
114365

Fabric covering
with castors
with floor glides

and foot rest
mm
440 590
580 850
black
g
517 253-BK
517 254-BK
257.50
355.50
No.
g / pair
600 226-BK
600 226-BK
78.40
78.40
Accessories
Accessories
Arm rests
Model
No.
g / pair
YELLOW =
Ex stock
600 226-BK
600 226-BK
600 226-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Arm rests
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
114365

Fabric covering
with floor glides
ESD model in accordance

with DIN EN 61340-5-1
Electrically conductive seat and back
rest (fabric covering, black)
Tubular steel five-star base optionally
with electrically conductive castors or
with electrically conductive floor glides
and foot rest
569
11
Height adjustment: gas lift
Material: wood, fabric upholstery, vinyl,
self-skinning foam
depth.
Seat and back rest with adjustable
inclination.
Your advantage
Wide gas lift height adjustment range
offers flexibility for working at different
sitting heights or if the chair will be
used by different people.
Industrial swivel
chairs
Ergonomically shaped seat and back rest
optionally available in
Beech plywood resistant to
mechanical stress
Fabric cover, charcoal comfortable,
actively breathing material with all
round edge protection
Vinyl cover, charcoal comfortable
and easy care (can be wiped off),
hardwearing
Self-skinning foam, black sturdy,
resistant and easy care
from g
165.00
Cover for gas lift cylinder to protect

against dust and dirt.
Chrome plated back rest support.
All metal parts powder coated,
charcoal colour.
Sturdy, non-tilting tubular steel five-star
base, optionally with floor glides,
load dependent braked castors or with
floor glides and foot ring for working at
higher positions.
Accessories
Arm rests
Foot rest
Inclination adjustable from 8 to 25.
Non-slip rubber coating. Sturdy tubular
steel frame. Plastic floor glides.
Model
with floor glides
with castors

foot ring
mm
430 600
430 600
590 910
Beech plywood
No.
g
736 980-BK
736 979-BK
737 004-BK
165.00
192.90
254.00
Fabric cover
No.
g
736 998-BK
737 001-BK
737 005-BK
191.70
218.50
290.50
Vinyl cover
No.
g
736 999-BK
737 002-BK
737 006-BK
191.70
218.50
290.50
Self-skinning foam
No.
g
751 450-BK
751 451-BK
751 452-BK
237.00
263.50
328.50
No.
g / pair
217 786-BK
217 786-BK
217 786-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
No.
g
751 453-BK
159.10
Accessories
Foot rest
4
114366
114366
Arm rests
BLUE =
11
from g
219.00
Fabric cover
charcoal coloured
Vinyl cover, blue
Frame: Tubular steel

Height adjustment: Gas lift
Material: Fabric or vinyl covering
Ergonomics: Permanent contact back
rest or synchronous mechanism with
with weight adjustment.
Your advantage
The anti-bacterial, anti-mycotic and
antimicrobial vinyl covering enables
applications in laboratory like conditions.
Permanent contact
The back rest constantly adapts to the
sitting position of the user. Muscle and
spine strain are reduced. The back rest
inclination can be fixed in any position.
Low back rest.
Accessory
Seat and back rest optionally with

Fabric cover, charcoal soft breathable
and tough covering material.
Vinyl cover, blue anti-bacterial and
anti-microbial ideal for laboratories
and clinics too.
Synchronous mechanism
Model
With integrated weight adjustment.

Seat and back rest adapt automatically to
the user's posture. The movement pattern
relaxes the muscles, reduces strain on the
spine and aids circulation.
High back rest.

With synchronous mechanism
Arm rests
With floor
glides
With castors
With floor glides

and foot rest
mm
Vinyl cover
Fabric cover
470 610
470 610
620 870
746 589-BK
746 590-BK
746 591-BK
746 593-BK
746 594-BK
746 595-BK
g
Vinyl cover
Fabric cover
219.00
237.00
302.50
746 596-BK
746 597-BK
746 598-BK
746 599-BK
746 600-BK
746 601-BK
362.00
385.00
403.50
No.
g / pair
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
114367
Arm rests
Supplied in packs of 1 pair
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
114367
Accessory
571
11
Frame: Tubular steel
Height adjustment: Gas lift
Material: Polypropylene; optional:
fabric or polyurethane cushion
Ergonomics: Permanent contact or
synchronous mechanism with weight
adjustment. Seat and back rest with
inclination adjustment and ergonomic
features.
g
No. 724 538-BK
239.00
Back rest narrow at the top

for optimum freedom of
movement
Your advantages
Posture supporting ergonomics and
maximum flexibility: exchangeable
cushion pads for different applications.
Awarded innovation price!
Wide, optimally shaped

lumbar support
ESD version with fabric upholstery (accessory)

Recess for lower pelvis
Anti-slip ridge
Rounded-off front seat edge
Centre column cover protects

the gas lift cylinder from dust
Robust surface, also resistant to acids and
alkalis easy to clean
Sintec
Low profile steel base
Exceptional ergonomics for healthy

sitting
Anatomically contoured seat encourages the user to adopt the correct
sitting posture automatically
Pelvis and spinal column remain in
the natural S shape
Easily exchangeable seat and back
rest covers as an accessory
Seat and back rest made of sturdy,

resistant polypropylene in basalt grey
RAL 7012.
Powder coated steel five-star base.
ESD version electrically conductive

All models are also available in an
electrically conductive ESD version.
All accessories can also be used with this
version. (Resistance 104 106 .)
Accessories
Upholstery
Optionally with dark blue self-skinning
foam upholstery or durable, actively
breathing fabric upholstery with black,
blue or red fabric covering.
Supplied with 1 covering for both seat and
back rest.
Arm rests
Model
114362
with castors
with floor glides

and step
mm
430 580
430 580
580 850
With permanent contact mech.
No.
g
724 538-BK
724 539-BK
724 540-BK
239.00
248.00
326.00
ESD version
No.
g
748 864-BK
748 865-BK
748 866-BK
335.50
356.00
435.00
blue
g
724 547-BK
724 547-BK
724 547-BK
96.10
96.10
96.10
Self-skinning foam upholstery

in ESD version
black
g
760 092-BK
760 092-BK
760 092-BK
117.80
117.80
117.80
Fabric upholstery
blue
black
red
g
black
g
760 093-BK
724 549-BK
760 094-BK
760 093-BK
724 549-BK
760 094-BK
760 093-BK
724 549-BK
760 094-BK
117.80
117.80
117.80
No.
g / pair
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Accessories
Fabric upholstery
in ESD version
with floor glides
Arm rests
96.10
96.10
96.10
760 095-BK
760 095-BK
760 095-BK
BLUE =
114362
11
Sintec
With fabric upholstery

(accessory)
With self-skinning
foam upholstery
(accessory)
With vinyl
upholstery
(accessory)
With floor
glides and step
With floor glides
With castors

With additional ergonomic features
Accessories
Cushioned upholstery
Optionally with dark blue self-skinning
foam upholstery or durable, actively
breathing fabric upholstery with black,
blue or red fabric covering.
Supplied with 1 covering for both seat and
back rest.
Arm rests
The permanent contact back rest

adapts itself constantly to the sitting position of the user. This enables a natural and
balanced strain or reduction of strain on
various muscles and the spinal column.
The back rest inclination can be fixed in
any position. The option of adjusting the
seat incline means that the optimum sitting
angle of the body of 90 can be retained in
any working position.
Pressure on the thighs is reduced.
The synchronous mechanism with

integrated weight regulation provides for
synchronous movement between the seat
and the back rest and thus constantly
adjusts itself to the movements of each
individual user.
The frequent change relaxes the muscles
and spine, thus improving circulation.
Model
with castors
with floor glides

and step
mm
430 580
430 580
580 850
Permanent contact mechanism

and adjustable seat inclination
No.
g
724 541-BK
724 542-BK
724 543-BK
276.00
295.00
373.50
With synchronous mechanism
No.
g
724 544-BK
724 545-BK
724 546-BK
314.00
335.50
408.50
Sintec 160 heavy duty chair
No.
g
941 754-BK
941 754-BK
351.50
351.50
blue
g
724 547-BK
724 547-BK
724 547-BK
96.10
96.10
96.10
blue
black
g
black
g
760 093-BK
724 549-BK
760 093-BK
724 549-BK
760 093-BK
724 549-BK
99.60
99.60
99.60
No.
g / pair
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Accessories
Fabric upholstery
Arm rests
114363
with floor glides
Vinyl upholstery
YELLOW =
Ex stock
For persons up to 160 kg.

With heavy aluminium base and reinforced
mechanical components.
Includes 1 set of glides and castors.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

96.10
96.10
96.10
941 755-BK
941 755-BK
941 755-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
114363
Permanent contact back rest and

adjustable seat inclination
Sintec 160
573
11
Frame construction: plastic
Material: soft PU foam
Ergonomics: permanent contact
mechanism, pendular mounted back
Isitec
from g
219.00
Industrial
swivel chairs
Sturdy plastic five-star
base, optionally with floor
glides, load dependent
braked castors for hard
floors or as high model
Accessories
Arm rests
The advantage
The soft PU foam ensures comfortable
sitting and is resistant to dust, oil and
mild acids and alkalis.
1
Model
Description
with
floor glides
with
castors
with floor glides

and foot ring
mm
430 600
430 600
580 850
Self-skinning foam
No.
g
982 410-BK
982 411-BK
982 412-BK
219.00
247.00
305.50
No.
g / pair
909 267-BK
909 267-BK
909 267-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Accessories
Arm rests

Material: PU foam
Robust five-star base

made of tubular steel,
optionally available with
floor glides, load dependent braked castors or as
a high version with floor
glides and foot rest or foot
ring.
Accessories
Arm rests
The advantage
Robust and durable PU foam.
Resistant to mechanical stress, dust,
oil and weak acids and alkalis.
Model
Description
PU foam
with floor glides

440 580
with castors
500 640
No.
g
952 508-BK
551 252-BK
243.50
280.00
No.
g / pair
752 002-BK
752 002-BK
61.10
61.10
mm
Accessories
Arm rests
Model
Description
Foot ring
with floor glides

and foot rest
with floor glides

and foot ring
mm
580 820
580 820
PU foam
No.
g
911 796-BK
911 797-BK
378.50
389.50
No.
g / pair
752 002-BK
752 002-BK
61.10
61.10
Arm rests
BLUE =
114368
114368
Accessories
11
Frame version:
black aluminium
Material: PU foam, vinyl, fabric
covering or Superfabric
Ergonomics: ergonomically shaped
seat, adjustable height and inclination.
Height and inclination adjustable back
rest with permanent contact
mechanism.
Your advantage
Attractive appearance, exceptional
comfort, innovative materials such as
Superfabric upgrade your
workplace.
With floor glides

Industrial swivel
chairs
The EUROKRAFT chair series for
tough industrial requirements
Healthy sitting due to modern

ergonomic features
In 12 versions the optimum chair for
every application
High quality, robust components for a
long service life
DIN 68877 compliant
With castors
Stable five-star base made of powder

coated aluminium.
Infinite gas lift height adjustment.
Arm rests
3-position adjustment for height, depth and
width. Enables optimum adaptation to the
user.
from g
219.00
With floor glides and foot ring
Model
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

andfoot ring
mm
450 630
450 630
590 860
Vinyl
black
g
112 226-BK
112 227-BK
112 228-BK
219.00
239.50
318.50
Fabric cover
black
g
112 229-BK
112 230-BK
112 231-BK
219.00
239.50
318.50
PU foam
black
g
112 233-BK
112 234-BK
112 235-BK
246.50
260.00
340.00
No.
g
112 236-BK
112 237-BK
112 238-BK
295.00
307.00
387.00
No.
g / pair
941 768-BK
941 768-BK
941 768-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Superfabric
Fabric upholstery
Actively breathing,
softand comfortable.
Ideal for applications
where no mechanical
stress is expected.
Vinyl
Washable, soft and
easy care.
Resistant to oil and
disinfectants.
Ideal for factories,
offices and laboratories.
PU foam
Washable, extremely
robust and durable,
easy to clean.
Resistant to flying
sparks.
Resistant to weak
acids and alkalis.
Superfabric
Cover with studded
texture. Extremely
hardwearing, durable
and cut resistant.
Easy to clean.
Excellent sitting comfort
and maximum durability.
Ideal for production
areas.
Arm rests
YELLOW =
Ex stock
124765
124765
Accessories
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
575
11
Frame construction: chrome plated
tubular steel
Material: PU foam
Ergonomics: pendular mounted
back rest with infinitely adjustable
height and depth
Industrial swivel
chairs
Seat and back rest made of black PU foam.
Easy care, robust, durable and resistant to
mechanical stress.
Resistant to weak acids and alkalis.
Five-star base made of chrome plated
tubular steel, scratch resistant, attractive
and easy to clean.
1 Standard height
Your advantage
Chrome plated five-star bases give
these chairs an attractive appearance.
Ideal for publicly used areas, etc.
With floor glides, load-dependent

braked castors.
2 High model
With floor glides and chrome plated
foot ring, 500 mm.
Model
With floor glides
With castors
2
Material: PU foam
depth.
inclination.
Your advantage
Very large seat for particularly
comfortable sitting.
Model
Description
mm
No.
g
mm
450 600
560 820
No.
g
100 182-BK
100 184-BK
211.00
263.00
mm
480 620
No.
g
100 183-BK
221.50
Industrial swivel
chairs
High quality, large seat and back rest
made of black PU foam for optimum
comfort.
Easy care, sturdy, and resistant to
mechanical stress.
Attractive, robust, tubular steel five-star
base. Optionally with floor glides, load
dependent braked castors or as a high
version with floor glides and foot rest or
foot ring.
with
floor glides
with
castors
with
floor glides
and foot rest
with
floor glides
and foot ring
480 630
470 600
590 850
590 850
606 962-BK
606 964-BK
606 965-BK
606 966-BK
265.00
279.00
337.00
389.50
982 354-BK
982 354-BK
982 354-BK
982 354-BK
79.60
79.60
79.60
79.60
Accessories
Arm rests
No.
g / pair
Foot rests
Shown with arm rests
4
from g
265.00
No. 517 271-BK

BLUE =
g 194.80
127238
Sturdy frame construction made of steel

with non-slip floor glides. Non-slip,
ribbed foot plate made of black plastic.
Gas lift height adjustment, 100 300 mm.
Foot plate inclination adjustable, 0 120.

Material: PU foam, vinyl or fabric
covering
Ergonomics: Synchronous
mechanism with weight adjustment,
inclination / height / depth of seat
are adjustable
Height and inclination of back rest
are adjustable.
from g
11
249.00
Your advantage
Comfort and health for little money.
For use in the workshop and office in
virtually any sector.
Extra high back rest (600 mm)
Industrial swivel
chairs
The all-inclusive seating
solution
Synchronous mechanics with weight adjustment

Height, inclination and depth of seat are
adjustable
One for all

Three frame and three cover versions,
as well as standard ergonomic features,
make this chair the cost effective solution
for industry, workshop, health care as well
as research and development.
Comfort and health
Optimum adaptation due to high back rest,
adjustable seat depth, comfortable
upholstery and ergonomic features such
as synchronous mechanics, adjustable
angle of inclination, weight adjustment etc.
Seat and back rest optionally with
PU foam
Extremely resistant to mechanical
stress, easy to clean.
Fabric cover
Very comfortable: actively breathing
and comfortable.
Vinyl cover
Comfortable and easy to clean.
The synchronous mechanism with
integrated weight regulation provides for
synchronous movement between the seat
and the back rest and thus constantly
adjusts itself to the movements of each
individual user.
The frequent change relaxes the muscles
and spine, thus improving circulation.
Three frame versions to choose from
Accessories
Model
Arm rests (1 pair)

width. Enables optimum adaptation to the
user.
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

and foot ring
mm
450 620
450 620
570 850
PU foam
black
g
941 758-BK
941 762-BK
941 765-BK
263.50
286.00
372.50
Vinyl cover
black
g
941 759-BK
941 763-BK
941 766-BK
249.00
262.50
354.00
Fabric cover
blue
g
941 761-BK
941 764-BK
941 767-BK
247.50
262.50
354.00
No.
g / pair
941 768-BK
941 768-BK
941 768-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
119080
Arm rests
(3-position adjustment)
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119080
Accessories
577
11
Material: wood, fabric upholstery, vinyl,
self-skinning foam
Ergonomics: pendular mounted permanent
contact back rest, infinitely adjustable
height and depth.
inclination.
Anatomically shaped seat and back rest.
Comfortable
upholstery with
integrated lumbar
support
Your advantage
Ergonomically
shaped seat
and back rest
Particularly robust construction for daily

use in rough industrial environments
combined with outstanding ergonomic
features our series for those who
demand more.
Upholstery with
all-round edge
protection
5 different position
settings
from g
239.00
Robust, durable chairs for use in

rough industrial environments
Beech plywood
Clear varnished. The cost effective choice.
Resistant to mechanical stress.
Fabric upholstery
Comfortable sitting actively breathing for a
pleasant sitting climate.
Vinyl upholstery
Comfortable sitting, easy to clean.
Structured surface improves sitting feel.
Robust, durable and easy to clean.
Resistant to mild acids and alkaline solutions.
Structured surface.
Sturdy, low profile

tubular steel frame
Model
Solitec
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

and step
mm
440 590
440 590
600 875
Beech plywood
No.
g
909 115-BK
909 116-BK
909 117-BK
239.00
252.50
313.50
Fabric upholstery
No.
g
909 118-BK
909 119-BK
909 120-BK
285.50
303.00
370.00
black
g
909 121-BK
909 124-BK
909 126-BK
303.00
320.50
380.00
No.
g
909 128-BK
909 129-BK
909 131-BK
341.00
360.50
422.00
No.
g / pair
909 267-BK
909 267-BK
909 267-BK
78.40
78.40
78.40
Vinyl upholstery
Accessories
Arm rests
Mobile high chairs

Sturdy, high quality aluminium five-star base
with sit and stop castors (chair rolls without
load chair stops when under load).
Height adjustable, chrome plated foot rest.
Permanent contact back rest (adapts to the
position of the user), lockable at all angles,
height and incline of seat can also be adjusted.
Your advantage
Accessories
Work dynamically at high workstations,

e.g. in front of machines, at sales counters etc.
Arm rests
Model
vinyl, black

mm
No.
g
Frame construction: tubular steel,

chrome plated
Material: vinyl or fabric upholstery
Ergonomics: permanent contact back rest,
infinitely adjustable height and seat
incline.
foam upholstery,
charcoal
660 920
660 920
616 037-BK
616 038-BK
351.50
351.50
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
78.40
78.40
Arm rests
No.
g / pair
109845
109845
Accessories
BLUE =
11
Frame construction: aluminium

Material: Superfabric, PU foam, vinyl
or fabric covering
Ergonomics: height adjustable
permanent contact back rest, weight
regulation, adjustable inclination and
seat depth.
Optimum freedom of movement due to

ergonomically shaped back rest
Bumper in orange or grey to protect the

chair and other office furniture
Your advantage
This chair range is distinguished
by its modern design, ergonomic
features and versatility.
Industrial swivel
chairs
Generous padding for the utmost

in comfort
Sit in style the new generation

of swivel chairs
All inclusive ergonomic package
Full range of ergonomic features for

healthy sitting
Modern design and innovative
materials
Arm rests
width.
NEW
Stable aluminium five-star base

inthree versions
No. 946 154-BK
g / pair 93.00
Unique
exchangeable
upholstery
system
Model
Black fabric
with floor glides
with castors
with floor glides

andstep
mm
Bumper orange
grey
450 620
450 620
590 870
946 127-BK
946 128-BK
946 129-BK
946 130-BK
946 131-BK
946 132-BK
g
Bumper orange
grey
439.50
450.00
549.00
Black vinyl
946 134-BK
946 135-BK
946 136-BK
946 137-BK
946 138-BK
946 139-BK
g
Bumper orange
grey
445.50
450.00
549.00
Black PU foam
946 140-BK
946 142-BK
946 143-BK
946 144-BK
946 145-BK
946 146-BK
g
Bumper orange
grey
445.50
450.00
549.00
Black Superfabric
946 147-BK
946 148-BK
946 149-BK
946 151-BK
946 152-BK
946 153-BK
483.00
494.00
593.00
PU foam
Washable, extremely hardwearing
in tough environments, easy to
clean.
Superfabric
Cover with studded
texture. Extremely
hard wearing, durable
and cut resistant.
Easy to clean.
122759
Vinyl
Washable, soft and
easy care.
122759
Fabric upholstery
Actively breathing,
soft and durable.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
579
11
Frame construction: plastic
Material: vinyl, PU foam
height and depth. Auto-Motion
technology to support the typical,
forward leaning laboratory
sitting position (seat and back rest
dynamically follow body movements).
LABSTER
The first specifically designed
laboratory chair
in the world!
Laboratory swivel chairs
Very good ergonomics due to seat
and back rest which are specially
designed for the body and occupation.
Optionally in skai vinyl or PU foam.
LABSTER chairs do not have a single
crevice or edge. All mechanisms are
encapsulated and all gaps are covered
with a sealing lip.
The compact plastic five-star base is
optionally available with load dependent braked castors for hard floors or
hardwearing floor glides with height
adjustable foot ring.
Your advantage
Unlike conventional laboratory
adaptations of office and workshop
chairs, Labster was specifically
designed for use in the laboratory.
The seamless design concept even
conceals mechanical parts under
a soft cover.
All steel parts are completely chrome

plated.
Model
with castors

Vinyl cover
PU foam
mm
blue
white
g
black
g
with floor glides

and foot ring
460 650
550 800
600 265-BK
600 266-BK
600 268-BK
600 269-BK
394.00
514.00
600 267-BK
600 271-BK
430.00
549.00
Heavy duty industrial

swivel chairs

Comfortable soft-release back rest
inclination adjustment
High quality, extra large seat

(450 x 450 mm) made of black PU foam
for optimum comfort.
Easy care, robust and tough.
160 kg
Material: PU foam
height and depth. Weight dependent adjustable seat inclination.
Adjustable back rest inclination.
112274
with floor glides

mm
No.
g
with castors
with floor glides

and foot rest
with floor glides

and foot ring
480 620
480 610
590 840
590 840
941 580-BK
941 582-BK
941 584-BK
941 585-BK
390.50
405.50
472.50
521.00
Your advantage
The solution for heavier loads
(body weight up to 160 kg).
112274
Model
BLUE =
11

Frame design: Tubular steel
Material: Fabric or vinyl covering
Ergonomics: Pendular mounted
permanent contact back rest, infinitely
height and depth adjustment.
Permanent contact or synchronous
mechanism with weight adjustment.
ESD industrial
swivel chairs
Your advantage
Seat and back rest, castors/glides and all

steel parts completely conductive. Sturdy,
low profile five-star tubular steel base.
Optionally with load dependent braked
castors for hard floors or with floor glides
and step.
Economical range of chairs for

protection against electro-statical
discharge.
Prevent damage from electrostatic

discharge in production, storage,
dispatch, etc.
Reliable ESD protection with leakage
resistance in accordance with
EN 61340-5-1
Optimum ergonomics
Excellent value for money
Model
With castors

With permanent contact
mechanism
Fabric covering
Vinyl covering
With synchronous
mechanism and weight
adjustment
Fabric covering
Vinyl covering
All components must

have continuity with
the castors or floor
glides.
mm
black
blue
black
g
black
blue
black
g
With floor glides

and step
480 620
640 890
982 357-BK
982 358-BK
982 361-BK
982 359-BK
982 360-BK
982 363-BK
361.50
408.50
982 365-BK
982 366-BK
982 370-BK
982 367-BK
982 368-BK
982 372-BK
428.50
472.50
736 989-BK
736 989-BK
78.40
78.40
Accessory
Arm rests
No.
g / pair
Frame construction:
polished aluminium
Material: vinyl cover
rest with permanent contact mechanism, optionally with adjustable seat
inclination.
The advantage
This series helps to minimise particle
concentrations in your cleanroom.
Cleanroom swivel
chairs
Indispensable in any place where the
requirements for sterile and clean
conditions are high.
Ergonomically shaped seat and back rest.
Back rest height 430 mm.
Sealed seat and back rest upholstery with
electrically conductive black vinyl cover.
Smooth surfaces prevent particles from
accumulating and make cleaning easy.
Sturdy, low profile five-star tubular
aluminium base (polished) with load
dependent braked castors for hard floors
or floor glides with step.
Plastic parts in light grey.
Recommended use
Level of purity 3 (ISO 14644-1) or
1 (US-Fed Standard 209 E).
Cleanroom
industrial stools
Conductive vinyl covering in black.
Large seat 400 mm.
Cover on gas lift cylinder for protection
against dust. Gas lift height adjustment
with ring release under the seat.
Load dependent braked castors for
hard flooring.
mm
460 630
Model
with castors
with floor glides

and step
mm
470 610
640 890
With permanent
contact mechanism
vinyl covering
black
g
748 827-BK
748 828-BK
401.50
484.50

and adjustable seat inclination
vinyl covering
black
g
982 396-BK
982 397-BK
439.00
586.00
No.
g / pair
982 388-BK
982 388-BK
78.40
78.40
109846
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
982 346-BK
259.00
Arm rests
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
109846
Accessories
581
11
Charging stations for

multiple torches
LED pivot-head hand torches
Working / emergency lighting to IP 54
Professional long range halogen torch
Switchable emergency power function in accordance

with VDE 0108. LED operating life 50000 hours.
Two switchable power LEDs. Illuminates up to approx.
200 m. Constant light and flashing function.
Exchangeable lithium-ion rechargeable batteries,
protected against over-discharge and can be
continuously charged. Practical holding clip.
Weight approx. 430 g.
Standard
Dust and splash water protection to IP 65.
Including charging station for 1 torch.
Explosion protected DIN V 14649
Protection type IP 67 for dust and explosion protected
areas in zones 1, 2, 21 and 22.
Housing made of non-combustible plastic.
Charging voltage
Model
Safety hand-held spotlight and charging station as a

set
Illuminates up to approx. 150 m
Can be used as emergency light in accordance with
VDE 0108
Impact resistant plastic housing. Swivelling light head.
Maintenance free lead gel rechargeable battery
(no memory effect) can be continuously charged and is
protected against over-discharge. LED charge status
indicator.
Height x width x depth 245 x 120 x 104 mm. Weight 1100 g.
Halogen version
Integrated recognition of main lamp failure.
LED version
3 W power LED. Operating life approx. 50000hours.
100-230 V / 50-60 Hz
Charging voltage
standard
ex-protected
Model
No.
g
701 372-BK
701 321-BK
346.00
483.00
No.
g
100 230 V charging station No.

for 1 torch
g
included
Pivot-head torch
Powerful NiMH rechargeable battery can be

recharged up to 1000 times (no memory effect)
Adjustable beam width illuminates up to 1000 m
Rated for at least 2 hours of illumination
Impact resistant plastic housing.

Length x 290 x 110 mm. Weight 550 g.
Including 230 V charging station for wall mounting.
No. 501 263-BK
g 65.90
230 V / 50-60 Hz + 12-24 V DC

halogen
LED
615 509-BK
701 320-BK
170.40
208.00
Accessories
12 / 24 V charging station
for 1 torch
No.
g
701 322-BK
137.10
701 323-BK
124.60
Explosion protected
+60%
Universal articulated lights
For workstations with very high lighting requirements

for intensive visual tasks
Robust, easy turning ball joint on the light head
infinitely and precisely adjustable
Spotlights to IP 20
Optionally as standard or explosion protected

(ATEX certified) model
Super bright, white light
Illuminates up to approx. 50 m
LEDs can be used for over 50000 hours
Can be recharged up to 1000 times in plug socket
Robust housing made of impact resistant plastic.

Powerful NiMH rechargeable battery (no memory effect).
Length 140 mm. Weight 150 g.
Charging voltage
124881
Model
No.
g
230 V 50-60 Hz
Connection voltage
Model
Connection voltage
halogen
LED
Screw-on version
No.
g
760 112-BK
701 313-BK
99.10
138.30
With magnetic base
No.
g
760 114-BK
701 314-BK
119.10
157.10
standard
ex-protected
Accessories
911 698-BK
944 116-BK
65.50
83.20
Table clamp
for screw-on version
220-240 V / 50-60 Hz
220 240 V / 50 60 Hz
Model
Light head width
18 W
mm
No.
g
24 W
26 W
DULUX
255
355
577
701 315-BK
701 316-BK
701 317-BK
274.50
285.50
315.00
760 120-BK
760 120-BK
760 120-BK
15.50
15.50
15.50
Accessories
No.
g
760 113-BK
760 113-BK
14.15
14.15
Table clamp
No.
g
BLUE =
124881
LED hand torches
Ideal for applications where the light head needs to be

placed close to an object, flicker free lighting due to
electronic ballast.
High gloss anodised reflector made of pure aluminium.
Matt finish glare protection fitting, detachable.
Long life, energy saving compact fluorescent tube
18W/24W or DULUX L HE 26W (highly efficient,
next generation lamp with up to 100 lm/W).
1.5 m power cable.
Bright, concentrated light directly at the workstation.

Flexible, 520 mm long metal arm.
Light head and transformer housing made of impact
resistant plastic. Integrated 20 VA safety transformer.
1.8 m power cable.
Halogen version
OSRAM 20 W Titan halogen cold light mirrored lamp.
Lasts twice as long and 60% more light.
LED version
3 x 1 W high power LEDs.
Hand-held spotlights Workstation lighting
Directional lamp E27

Sturdy metal model. Can be adjusted on all sides with the
friction swivel arm. 5 swivel axes. 1.5 m connection cable.
Protection type IP20 or IP54.
Supplied with bolt-on flange and
14 W energy saving bulb.
Supply voltage
Halogen / LED directional lamps
Cold light machine lamps TC-D 18 W
Integrated transformer for 230 V connection. 1.5 m power

cable. Incl. low voltage halogen bulb (12 V / 50 W) or
6 x 1 W high performance LEDs, cool white.
230 240 V
50 60 Hz
Standard model, IP 20 for

100 W bulb or 14 W energy saving bulb
No.
g
760 118-BK
Dust and splash protected, IP 54 for

60 W bulb or 14 W energy saving bulb
No.
g
760 119-BK
Wall bracket
No.
g
760 120-BK
No.
g
760 121-BK
Aluminium bulb holder (221 x 175 x 65 mm).

Heavy duty swivel arm. 2 m power cable
with rubber safety plug.
Includes bolt-on flange and
18 W neutral white fluorescent lamp.
230 V
50 60 Hz
Version
188.30
Directional lamp
Table clamp, 85 mm
High light output

Light head remains cool when used continuously
Dust and splash water protected (IP 54)
Connection voltage
Connection voltage
129.10
Accessories
15.50
230 V / 50 Hz
No.
g
760 131-BK
Table clamp, 85 mm
No.
g
760 120-BK
Wall bracket
No.
g
760 121-BK
Machine lamp
halogen
LED
No.
g
760 123-BK
611 704-BK
213.50
342.00
Table clamp, 40 mm
No.
g
760 113-BK
615 932BK
14.15
Cold light lamp
Magnifying lamps 22 W
Large field magnifying lamp
More than 2000 Lux, glare and flicker free

Mirrored parabolic grid
Connection voltage
230 240 V
50 60 Hz
Neutral white light

with 36 W fluorescent bulb
No.
g
916 378-BK
Daylight white light

with 36 W fluorescent bulb
No.
g
916 379-BK
Symmetrical light distribution

3 dioptres glass lens
Long reach
Lens 120 or 150 mm, magnification 175 %
Sprung swivel arm (overall length approx. 900 mm) made

of metal with 6 swivel axes. Integrated lighting ballast.
Rotating, swivelling and tilting light head made of metal
( 230 mm). Plastic lamp cover.
1.5 m power cable with safety plug.
Includes 60 mm table clamp and 22 W fluorescent ring lamp.
337.00
344.50
Accessories
Connection voltage
Table clamp, 85 mm
Wall bracket
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g
760 120-BK
No.
g
760 121-BK
15.50
10.65
Lens
mm
120
150
Magnifying lamp
No.
g
760 141-BK
611 705-BK
169.80
249.00
15.50
10.65
Bright, 3 dioptres, enlargement 175%

Excellent colour reproduction
Sturdy swivel arm made of cast metal with 6 axes of

rotation. Light head with 3D joint. Ground magnifying
lens 171 x 108 mm.
Delivery includes long-life fluorescent lamp.
Supply voltage
230 V
50 Hz
Large field magnifying lamp neutral white

with 18 W fluorescent light
No.
g
916 380-BK
Large field magnifying lamp daylight white

with 18 W fluorescent light
No.
g
916 381-BK
Table clamp, 75 mm
No.
g
760 144-BK
Bolt-on holder
No.
g
760 146-BK
458.00
474.00
Accessory
230 V
50 Hz
Phone +49 711 3465 6999
245.50
Accessories
Accessories24.00
10.65
Swivelling and tilting light head made of aluminium profile.

Smooth moving swivel arm made of aluminium. 1.5 m connection cable with angled safety plug. Electronic, high frequency
lighting ballast. Light head W x D x H 463 x 175 x 65 mm.
Includes screw-on flange and light bulb.
122481
Robust version with integrated screw-on flange

Concentrated light
Handle on light head
Protection type IP 20 (halogen) or IP 65 (LED)
19.40
KAISER + KRAFT
21.45
122481
Workstation lamps
11
583
11
Floor fans
With powerful air flow for commercial use
or use in large rooms
Comfortable carrying handle can also be used for

wall mounting
Safety cage tilts to change direction of air flow
Chrome plated, all metal design with stable base.

Three speed settings. Sturdy mesh cage to protect against
injuries. Practical cable rewind.
Not suitable for use in rooms where dust or splash water
are generated.
Connection voltage 220 240 V / ~50 Hz.
1.8 m power cable.
g
No. 506 200-BK
Cage
Air flow (approx.)
Max. speed
Power consumption
Weight
99.00
No.
g
mm
450
550
m3/h
RPM
W
kg
5080
1380
110
7
7680
1300
145
7.3
506 200-BK
615 357-BK
99.00
109.90
Industrial fans
High output drum fans
Particularly powerful, for use in the

warehouse, production areas etc.
Mobile floor fans for industrial use
High output
Large safety cage 700 mm
Wall mounted and free standing versions
Sturdy, black steel housing.

Two castors for easy transport.
Two speed settings.
Operating noise level 66 dB.
Connection voltage 220 V / ~50 Hz.
2 m power cable.
Chrome plated safety cage. High output motor with

thermal overload protection for a long, problem free
service life.
Three speed settings.
Switchable 90 oscillation.
Connection voltage 220 240 V / ~50 Hz.
1 Wall fans
Practical wall mounted version for production areas,
warehouse and factory.
2 Pedestal fans
112278
2
Model
With heavy cast iron base, painted in hammer tone

grey. Height adjustable from 1.5 m to 1.7 m.
3.6 m power cable.
Particularly high air flow rate

Ideal for ventilating factories and for cooling machines
Swivelling metal cage
Cage
Air flow (approx.)
Max. speed
Power consumption
Weight
No.
g
mm
m3/h
RPM
W
kg
700
10000
1190
200
18
700
10000
1190
200
27
605 836-BK
506 201-BK
237.00
334.50
Cage
Air flow (approx.)
Max. speed
Power consumption
Weight
mm
750
m3/h
RPM
W
kg
16800
1200
430
27
605 835-BK
No.
g
326.00
BLUE =
112278
Fans Foreman's desks
11
Foremans desks
Cost effective workstations for
the office, workshop, warehouse,
dispatch and many other areas.
Plastic coated worktop, light grey,
25mm thick.
Stable frame made of rectangular tubing,
powder coated light greyRAL7035.
Working height 755 mm.
Smooth running drawer guides. Drawer
width x depth 460 x 570 mm. Overall depth
of body 780 mm.
All drawer units can be mounted

on the right or left.
Model
Drawers
3 x 140
1 x 140 / 1 x 280
3 x 140
3 x 140
1 x 140 / 1 x 280
1 x 140 / 1 x 280
3 x 140
1 x 140 / 1 x 280
No.
g
516 613-BK
516 615-BK
516 617-BK
120.70
316.50
294.50
No.
g
516 614-BK
516 616-BK
516 618-BK
516 620-BK
516 621-BK
516 622-BK
134.40
329.00
306.50
523.00
483.50
478.50
Tabletop 1400 x 800 mm

Tabletop 1600 x 800 mm
NEW
Foreman's desks and

suspended drawer
units
Particularly robust and
functional desk and workstation
for industrial environments.
Foreman's desks
High quality, robust HPL worktop, 25mm
thick. Scratch resistant and hardwearing,
easy care and heat resistant up to 180 C.
Exceptionally stable frame made of
rectangular tubing, 50 x 50 mm,
powder coated light greyRAL 7035.
Suspended drawer units

Robust, powder coated sheet steel
construction. Optionally with 3 or 4drawers,
80% extension, max. load 35kg each.
Aluminium handles with labelling strip.
All drawer units can be mounted

on the right or left.
124622
Desk width
No.
g
Model
mm
1400
1600
1800
1800
111 991-BK
111 992-BK
111 993-BK
111 994-BK
190.20
215.00
237.00
261.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Drawers
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1 x 70 / 1 x 128 / 1 x 258*
1 x 70 / 3 x 128
111 995-BK
111 997-BK
239.50
263.50
KAISER + KRAFT
124622
Model

570x460x790mm.
*Including suspension file insert
585
11

5
6
3
7
4
2
8
b
from g
Standard table
219.00
The anti-fatigue stool shown in the

illustration can be found on page 560.
Workstation systems
Writing, technical tasks, jobs requiring use of a PC thissystem provides
adequate space for any task in your technical department.
Ideal for use in the foreman's office, for work preparation,

warehouse administration, goods-in/out
For use in industrial environments
Practical accessories for creating functional, organised
workstations
4 Sheet steel cover
8 Single drawer
To protect the worktop from mechanical wear.

Made of zinc plated sheet steel or additionally with
rubber covering (permanently glued).
Mounts easily under 1 and 2.

Internal dims. height x width x depth 70 x 380 x 557 mm.
Front
Robust sheet steel construction. Powder coated in light grey

RAL 7035, fronts also in slate grey RAL 7015.
Base frame made of stable rectangular tubing, 50 x 50 mm.

High quality, robust HPL worktop (25 mm thick), scratch
resistant and hardwearing, easy care and heat resistant up
to 180 C.
Depth 690 mm. Working height 725 mm.
2 can only be used in conjunction with a + b.
Model
No.
g
1 + 2 Standard and extension tables
Model
No.
g
zinc plated
zinc plated with rubber

covering
701 337-BK
702 654-BK
32.25
46.55
5 + 6 Sheet steel perforated panels
light grey
slate grey
701 338-BK
701 339-BK
122.90
122.90
9 Mobile pedestal
1 drawer (height 80 mm) incl. 2 dividers,
1drawer(height 305 mm) incl. suspension file insert.
Central locking.
a Fixed pedestal
Height 500 mm.

Model
1 drawer (height 140 mm) incl. 2 dividers,

1hinged door(height420 mm). Central locking.
b Fixed pedestal
4 drawers (height 140 mm), each incl. 2dividers.
Central locking.
a + b can only be mounted on extension table 2.

Width
Colour
No.
g
mm
2-legged table
1600
2000
2000
701 324-BK
701 325-BK
701 326-BK
701 328-BK
219.00
252.50
203.50
236.50
3 Linking corner top
124623
HPL worktop, same as tables 1 + 2.

Incl. support leg.
No. 701 329-BK
g 160.70
360
620
701 330-BK
701 331-BK
701 332-BK
701 333-BK
125.50
148.10
Model
mm
mm
645
460 x 585
660
600 x 675
660
600 x 675
7 Storage tray
To mount on 6.
Front
No.
g
Height
Width x depth
light grey
slate grey
701 334-BK
701 336-BK
light grey
slate grey
701 340-BK
701 341-BK
701 342-BK
701 344-BK
701 345-BK
701 369-BK
58.50
58.50
232.50
307.50
394.50
Front
BLUE =
124623
Width
4-legged table
1600
mm
light grey
slate grey
11
Workstation systems Height adjustable workbenches
Height adjustable workbenches

A single work table for sitting and standing work, employees of
different sizes, alternating multiple shift operations, workstations
for disabled staff members etc.
Better ergonomics to aid in reducing
injuries related to poor posture, and
thus injury related absence as well
C-profile frame for optimum freedom of
movement
Working height can be adjusted from
740 to 1040 mm
Delivered fully assembled
Stop bolts
For manual height
adjustment.
For one time and/or
only occasional
adjustment of the
working height.
Width x depth
Tubular steel bases on frame with large

adjustable plates to compensate for
uneven flooring.
Static, distributed max. load 300 kg.
Hand crank
Quick, infinite adjustment of
height with pull-out, hydraulic
hand crank.
Ideal for frequent adjustment of
the working height.
Adjustment travel 4mm per
revolution.
mm
740 1040 mm
Electric motor
With control panel.
Infinitely adjustable
electric hydraulics for
frequent quick and
convenient adjustment of
the working height.
Adjustment travel 38 mm/s.
Melamine coated worktop, 22 mm thick

Glare free and largely resistant to
scratching and wear.
1250 x 800
Height adjustment
Solid beech worktop, 25 mm thick

Robust, durable and hardwearing.
Oiled finish.
1500 x 800
2000 x 800
stop bolts
hand crank
electric motor
stop bolts
hand crank
electric motor
stop bolts
hand crank
electric motor
603 754-BK
With melamine
coated worktop
No.
g
603 737-BK
603 739-BK
603 742-BK
603 744-BK
603 746-BK
603 748-BK
603 750-BK
603 752-BK
769.00
1225.00
2030.00
791.00
1270.00
2065.00
853.00
1305.00
2110.00
With solid beech worktop
No.
g
603 738-BK
603 741-BK
603 743-BK
603 745-BK
603 747-BK
603 749-BK
603 751-BK
603 753-BK
603 755-BK
826.00
1280.00
2085.00
868.00
1330.00
2130.00
956.00
1395.00
2195.00
NEW

Infinite, hydraulic hand crank height
adjustment for working ergonomically
Quick and easy height adjustment with
minimal effort
Ideal for alternating working heights,
e.g. employees of different sizes
Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel

construction, light blue RAL 5012.
Robust beech worktop, 40 mm thick.
Worktop width x depth 1500 x 700 mm.
The working height can be infinitely
adjusted from 845 to 1045 mm with the
supplied hand crank.
Smooth running drawers with central
locking, max. load 20 kg.
Lockable double door cupboards,
450 or 330 mm high.
450 mm version incl. 1shelf.
845 1045 mm
124624
Model
Drawers
Doors
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
1 x 124
2 x 124
1 x 450
1 x 450 / 1 x 330
2 x 330
111 998-BK
111 999-BK
112 000-BK
1065.00
1075.00
1205.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
587
11
Height adjustable
work tables
Shown with MDF worktop 1500 x 800 mm
Versatile and adjustable

Expand your table to suit your
requirements with the accessories
on the right hand page
800 850 mm
Stable, functional base frame made of

tubular steel profile with feet, cross
struts and reinforcement beams.
Environmentally friendly powder coating.
Frame and body light grey RAL 7035 or
metallic charcoal.
Front in light blue RAL 7035 or
gentian blue RAL 5010.
1 With base frame 30 x 30 mm

Height adjustable from 800 to 850 mm.
760 1080 mm
2 With base frame 60 x 30 mm
Height adjustable from 760 to 1080 mm.

Melamine coated chipboard

worktop the classic worktop
for assembly, dispatch and for
writing.
22 mm thick.
Worktop version
Base frame
MDF
mm
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
melamine coated
solid beech
steel covered
30 x 30
60 x 30
30 x 30
60 x 30
30 x 30
60 x 30
30 x 30
60 x 30
30 x 30
60 x 30
944 052-BK
944 053-BK
944 034-BK
944 035-BK
944 056-BK
944 057-BK
944 038-BK
944 039-BK
944 060-BK
944 061-BK
944 043-BK
944 044-BK
944 064-BK
944 065-BK
944 047-BK
944 048-BK
944 069-BK
944 070-BK
220.00
302.00
222.00
302.00
259.50
334.00
286.00
384.00
308.00
384.00
944 030-BK
944 031-BK
944 054-BK
944 055-BK
944 036-BK
944 037-BK
944 058-BK
944 059-BK
944 040-BK
944 042-BK
944 062-BK
944 063-BK
944 045-BK
944 046-BK
944 066-BK
944 067-BK
944 049-BK
944 051-BK
944 071-BK
944 072-BK
243.00
321.00
243.00
321.00
290.00
368.50
337.00
424.00
356.50
433.00
760 428-BK
501 376-BK
760 479-BK
501 429-BK
760 445-BK
501 403-BK
760 488-BK
501 447-BK
760 436-BK
501 390-BK
760 484-BK
501 438-BK
760 454-BK
501 416-BK
760 492-BK
501 456-BK
944 073-BK
944 074-BK
944 083-BK
944 085-BK
263.50
336.00
267.00
339.00
351.00
397.50
368.00
439.50
405.50
477.50
760 430-BK
501 377-BK
760 496-BK
501 430-BK
760 448-BK
501 404-BK
900 960-BK
501 448-BK
760 438-BK
501 391-BK
760 502-BK
501 439-BK
760 457-BK
501 418-BK
900 964-BK
501 457-BK
944 075-BK
944 077-BK
921 352-BK
944 086-BK
278.00
351.00
290.00
360.50
351.50
429.50
422.50
510.00
450.00
559.00
760 432-BK
501 378-BK
900 969-BK
501 431-BK
760 450-BK
501 405-BK
900 978-BK
501 449-BK
760 441-BK
501 392-BK
900 973-BK
501 440-BK
760 459-BK
501 419-BK
900 983-BK
501 458-BK
944 078-BK
944 079-BK
921 353-BK
944 087-BK
322.50
396.50
334.50
417.00
457.50
491.50
494.00
569.00
549.00
653.00
760 434-BK
501 380-BK
900 987-BK
501 432-BK
760 452-BK
501 406-BK
900 996-BK
501 451-BK
760 443-BK
501 393-BK
900 992-BK
501 442-BK
760 461-BK
501 420-BK
901 000-BK
501 459-BK
944 080-BK
944 081-BK
944 088-BK
944 089-BK
375.00
450.00
383.00
456.50
496.00
583.00
606.00
672.00
659.00
738.00
For table width
109787
Rear edging strip

Medium density fibreboard
Wheel set
shelf width
mm
mm
750
640
1000
890
1250
1140
1500
1390
2000
1890
table depth 800 mm

shelf depth 595 mm
No.
g
944 104-BK
944 105-BK
901 004-BK
901 006-BK
901 009-BK
57.40
74.60
86.60
104.70
141.80
table depth 1000 mm

shelf depth 796 mm
No.
g
901 015-BK
height 100 mm
16 mm thick
No.
g
944 102-BK
944 103-BK
901 018-BK
901 020-BK
901 022-BK
20.85
27.35
34.50
40.55
54.20
linoleum
944 028-BK
944 029-BK
Accessories (can also be fitted at a later stage)

Lower storage shelf
Medium density fibreboard
Linoleum worktop with 2 mm

thick linoleum covering,
marbled light grey. Permanently
anti-static, flame retardant (B1)
in accordance with DIN 4102.
Thickness 25 mm.
Worktop with chipboard core

and 1.5 mm thick sheet steel
cover.
Ideal for heavy mechanical
stress.
Overall thickness 25 mm.
Solid beech worktop.

Resistant and robust.
For industrial use.
Thickness 25 mm.
188.10
4 swivel castors with wheel stops.

For base frame
Overall height
Castor
No.
g / set
30 x 30 mm
60 x 30 mm
100
80
150
125
944 107-BK
944 108-BK
114.60
152.70
mm
mm
BLUE =
109787
Medium density fibre board

(MDF). Cost effective multipurpose worktop, e.g. for
assembly and dispatch.
22 mm thick.
11
Workbenches
Drawer dividers can be

found on page 632.
Every 60 x 30 mm base frame can

be expanded with the accessory
modules shown on page 591.
Number of drawer/cupboard units which can be mounted

Suspended drawer and cupboard units
1 5 Drawers
6 Hinged door cupboards
90 % extension, max. load 75 kg.

Internal dims. width x depth 490 x 560 mm.
Central locking.
With one height adjustable shelf.

Lockable, self-closing door.
Opening angle 180.
Model

Drawers
Doors
Colour
Table width 750 mm

No drawer/cupboard units can be
mounted
Table width 1000 and 1250 mm
1 drawer/cupboard unit
Table width 1500 and 2000 mm
2 drawer/cupboard units
Work tables with the accessory storage

shelf below cannot be fitted with 620 mm
high drawer/cupboard units.
4 6 can only be mounted on work
tables with 60 x 30 mm base frame.
mm
150 x 580 x 650
440 x 580 x 650
440 x 580 x 650
620 x 580 x 650
620 x 580 x 650
620 x 580 x 650
620 x 580 x 650
1 x 150
2 x 180
1 x 60
1 x 120
1 x 180
1 x 120
1 x 150
1 x 270
3 x 120
1 x 180
light grey
metallic charcoal / gentian blue
g
1 x 540
1 x 540
760 464-BK
501 464-BK
921 374-BK
760 466-BK
501 465-BK
921 375-BK
760 468-BK
501 466-BK
944 090-BK
760 475-BK
501 470-BK
921 377-BK
760 477-BK
501 471-BK
944 094-BK
760 473-BK
501 469-BK
944 091-BK
510 341-BK
510 342-BK
944 093-BK
168.60
404.50
485.00
520.00
602.00
346.00
346.00
Mobile pedestals
PC holders
PC roller shutter cupboards
Can be mounted underneath the tabletop

as required. Width adjustable from 150 to
230 mm.
Ventilation with fan, incl. filter. Can be

mounted on right or left side of table
frame. Lockable.
Drawers
Height x depth
mm
500 x 500
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
944 099-BK
944 100-BK
mm
615 x 360 x 620
light grey
metallic charcoal
g
921 370-BK
944 101-BK
Colour
109788
Colour
99.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Colour
342.50
1 x 120 / 1 x 150 / 1 x 270
3 x 120 / 1 x 180

metallic charcoal / gentian blue
light grey
g
944 095-BK
944 096-BK
944 109-BK
944 097-BK
944 098-BK
944 110-BK
782.00
882.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
109788
Top with raised edge and

rubber mat.
4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel
stops, wheel 100 mm.
765 x 580 x 650 mm.
589
11
PC and assembly workstation system
The universal workstation with a modular design
Height can be adjusted for standing

and sitting work
Different worktops for various
requirements:
as a work table, assembly table,
dispatch table or desk
Can be converted for use for other
purposes at any time
Wide range of accessories, such as
PC periphery devices, drawer cupboards, shelves, perforated panels
(see right hand side)
760 1080 mm
Powder coating
The body and frame of the base elements
are in light grey RAL 7035.
Fronts of the base elements are all in
1 Complete offer
(Shown at top left)
Consisting of
Work table (W x D 1500 x 800mm) with
melamine coated worktop
Roller shutter cupboard with lockable
roller shutter, ventilated with axial fan
Monitor swivel arm for flat panel
screens, incl. keyboard and mouse shelf
Mounting frame for securing individual
elements
Perforated panel (W x H 750 x 450mm)
2 infinitely adjustable shelves
(W x D 750 x 250mm)
Suspension rails for bins (W 750mm)
Overall height 2010 2330 mm.
No. 921 342-BK
The perfect workstation

in 4 steps.
g 1295.00
A few example configurations are

depicted below. Assemble your own
individual workstation in 4 easy steps.
Select a work table based on the size and

type of worktop required.
800 mm deep.
Sturdy tubular steel frame, 60x 30mm.
Infinitely height adjustable from 760 to
1080mm. Three types of worktops to
choose from.
Static, distributed load approx. 500 kg/m.

These work tables can be expanded with
accessories on the opposite page.
Melamine coated worktop

22 mm thick. Melamine direct coating in
accordance with DIN 68765. Glare free
and largely resistant to scratching and
wear. Ideal for dispatch, assembly or as
foreman's desk.
Linoleum covered worktop

22 mm thick. With antistatic, non-wearing
linoleum covering (2 mm). ABS edge strip.
Resistant against oils grease and tar.
Also briefly resistant to acids and solvents.
Flame resistant (B1) according to DIN 4102.
Temperature resistant and non-wearing.
122482
Solid beech worktop

22 mm thick, oiled. Ideal for workplaces
subject to mechanical wear. Impact
resistant and durable.
Worktop width
mm
1500
2000
Melamine
coated worktop
No.
g
900 960-BK
900 978-BK
360.50
417.00
Solid beech worktop No.

g
760 502-BK
900 973-BK
429.50
491.50
Linoleum worktop
921 352-BK
921 353-BK
559.00
653.00
No.
g
BLUE =
122482
Height adjustable work tables

Step 1: work table
PC-Workstation system
11
Mounting frame
Step 2: mounting frame
For table width
Select the appropriate mounting

frame for your work table.
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
Mounting frame consists of 2 horizontal

supports and either 2 or 3 vertical
supports. Accessory components are
mounted at individual heights between the
vertical supports.
Table widths 750 / 1000 / 1250 mm
1component bay
Table width 1500 mm
2x 750 mm component bays
Table width 2000 mm 2x1000 mm or
750 / 1250mm component bays
2component bays, 750 mm each
2component bays, 1000 mm each
No.
705 395-BK
705 396-BK
705 397-BK
921 354-BK
921 355-BK
182.20
184.40
187.80
226.50
231.00
2component bays, 750 / 1250 mm
Step 3: accessory components

Select the accessory components you need based on your
component bay configuration (750, 1000 or 1250 mm).
Monitor swivel arm

Includes shelf for mouse and keyboard.
Perforated panel
For orderly storage of tools. Made of
powder coated sheet steel.
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
No.
g
60.10
68.90
79.20
921 361-BK
506 064-BK
921 362-BK
Model
For flat screens
For CRT monitors
No.
921 364-BK
921 365-BK
g
188.90
210.00
Suspended cupboard
Sturdy, sheet steel construction with
lockable double doors. 1 shelf.
Only suitable for 750 mm wide component
bay.
No. 921 369-BK
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
No.
g
57.40
60.60
65.70
921 356-BK
501 571-BK
921 357-BK
Storage shelf
Adjustable inclination.
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
No.
921 358-BK
501 572-BK
921 359-BK
Power socket strip

4 sockets, connection
cable and on/off switch.
Includes mounting
material.
Workstation lamps
2 x 54 W fluorescent tubes, laminate grid
with reflector. Length 1200 mm.
Electronic ballast, protection typeIP 20.
3 m power cable.
Incl. extension arm and mounting rail.
g
68.40
75.60
85.60
Width
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
No.
706 030-BK
701 310-BK
701 311-BK
g
473.00
475.00
481.50
Drawer cupboards
Select the base elements needed for
mounting under the tabletop or on the
table legs.
g 47.45
Single drawer, height 150 mm

Housing made of powder

coated sheet steel.
Drawers on roller guides,
90%extension.
Max. load 70kg.
Central locking with
cylinder lock.
Step 4: base elements
No. 921 368-BK
mm
168.60
Drawer unit with 2 drawers, each 180 mm

mm
Roller shutter cupboard

Lockable, for secure storage of the CPU.
Housing made of powder coated sheet
steel.
With axial fan for ventilation.
124883

Internal height
No. 921 363-BK
g 97.10
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g
mm
mm
615 x 360 x 620

520
921 370-BK
342.50
440 x 580 x 650
921 375-BK
No.
g
PC holder
Can be
mounted on
the table
frame.
150 x 565 x 620
921 374-BK
No.
g
404.50
Drawer unit with 3 drawers,

120/150/270 mm
mm
620 x 580 x 650
921 377-BK
No.
g
520.00
Drawer divider set

For drawer height
120 / 150 mm
180 mm
No.
979 624-BK
979 715-BK
41.30
57.30
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Susp. file drawer unit

For 270 mm high drawers.
No. 921 384-BK
g 51.10
KAISER + KRAFT
124883
Suspension rail for bins

For suspending open fronted storage bins.
Adjustable inclination. 250 mm deep.
g 350.00
591
11
e
All work tables can also

be supplied as electrically
conductive models on
request.
a
d
7
4
f
g
2
1
5
Workstation system
How to create workstations
quickly, easily and economically
Expandable modular system allowing
it to be quickly adapted to your
manufacturing processes
from 650 to 1000 mm as standard,
incl. adjustment screws for levelling
Tubular steel frame, 45 x 45 mm, powder

coated in telegrey 1 RAL 7045, with
aluminium height adjustment profiles,
40 x 40 mm.
22 mm thick worktop, melamine coated
on both sides in non-glare off white
(DIN 68765).
Max. load for work tables 400 kg,
table trolleys 150 kg.
Work tables optionally as ...
1 Standard tables
2 Standard tables with shelf
3
90941
Required for the installation of accessory elements. Shelf depth 300 mm.
Extension tables
Can be used to create straight or
angled extensions (without corner top)
in conjunction with 1 and 2.
Corner tabletops
Create more space by combining standard table/corner tabletop/standard
table at a 90 degree angle.
Incl. support leg.
Table trolleys
wheel 100 mm.
3
3
5
Width x depth
mm
500 x 500
700 x 500
1000 x 500
1500 x 500
700 x 700
1000 x 700
1200 x 700
1500 x 700
1800 x 700
900 x 900
1500 x 900
1800 x 900
No.
g
603 788-BK
603 789-BK
603 790-BK
603 793-BK
603 794-BK
603 795-BK
603 797-BK
392.00
380.50
395.50
410.00
439.50
603 796-BK
342.00
603 792-BK
317.00
450.00
480.00
603 799-BK
603 800-BK
603 801-BK
603 802-BK
739.00
756.00
603 808-BK
603 809-BK
378.50
410.00
Standard table
Standard table
with shelf
No.
g
603 798-BK
640.00
667.00
714.00
Extension table
(straight/angled)
No.
g
603 803-BK
603 804-BK
603 806-BK
603 807-BK
302.00
320.00
323.50
356.50
Corner tabletop
No.
g
603 810-BK
603 811-BK
603 812-BK
274.50
Table trolley
No.
g
603 814-BK
603 815-BK
218.00
428.00
241.50
490.50
BLUE =
90941
Workstation systems
6 e can only be fitted to standard tables with shelf 2.
11
Drawer units
For mounting underneath standard and extension tables
b
6
6 Shelf
Additional, melamine coated shelf,
300 mm deep.
Adjustable installation height.
No.
b Power strip
With 2 double sockets.
On/off switch and connection cable.
g
148.60
162.60
176.60
603 816-BK
603 817-BK
603 818-BK
For table width

1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
No.
g
208.00
213.50
219.00
603 826-BK
603 827-BK
603 828-BK
7 Bin suspension rail

For open fronted storage bins.
No.
g
65.00
74.00
83.30
603 819-BK
603 820-BK
603 822-BK
8 Universal swivel arm

For laptops, CRT monitors, etc.
With support shelf 450 x 250 mm.
Max. load 10 kg.
4 joints which can be locked in position.
Arm section lengths 65, 255, 185 mm.
g 279.00
9 Swivel arm for flat panel displays

As 8, but without support shelf. Incl.
mounting adapter for flat panel displays.
g 233.00
For table width

1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
No.
603 823-BK
603 824-BK
603 825-BK
g
152.60
183.00
213.50
Suitable tool holders can be found

on page 621.
Drawer heights 1 x 150 mm, 1 x 180 mm.

g 183.70
No. 941 756-BK
g 310.00
g Suspended drawer unit
j Suspended drawer unit
Drawer heights 1 x 90, 2 x 120 mm.

Drawer heights 1 x 90, 2 x 120, 1 x 150 mm.

No. 603 846-BK
No. 603 847-BK
g 404.50
2 x 54 W fluorescent tubes, grid diffusor

with reflector. Electronic lighting ballast,
protection type IP 20. 3 m connection
cable. Length 1200 mm.
Can only be fitted to overhead extension a.
For table width
1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
No.
603 836-BK
603 837-BK
603 838-BK
g
455.50
464.00
476.50
h Mobile drawer unit
k Mobile drawer unit
Drawer heights 2 x 150, 1 x 180 mm.

Top with raised edge and rubber mat.
Drawer heights 1 x 90, 2 x 120, 1 x 150 mm.

Top with raised edge and rubber mat.
No. 941 757-BK
No. 603 849-BK
g 575.00
e Guide rail with carriage
For mounting workplace lighting and guide

rail with carriage.
Height 300 mm. Reach 550 mm.
Mounts to extension arms.

Adjustable installation depth.
Can only be used in conjunction with a.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
For table width

1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
No.
Drawer divider sets

1 longitudinal divider,
4 cross dividers.
603 833-BK
603 834-BK
603 835-BK
For height
g
82.30
86.10
93.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 686.00
a Overhead extension arms
g 107.80
g 519.00
d Workstation lamp
109606
i Suspended drawer unit
Drawer height 150 mm.

No. 603 832-BK
f Single drawer
Powder coated sheet steel with square

perforations. Light grey RAL 7035.
Height 650 mm.
No. 603 831-BK
c Perforated panel
Open fronted storage bins can be

found on page 619.
No. 603 829-BK
No. 603 839-BK
For table width

1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
Precision slide rails, 90 % extension.

mm
No.
g / set
120 / 150
603 843-BK
27.35
35.80
2 longitudinal dividers,
9 cross dividers.
For height
60 / 90
603 842-BK
No.
g / set
mm
60 / 90
120 / 150
603 844-BK
603 845-BK
42.75
51.70
KAISER + KRAFT
109606
For table width

1200 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm

Housing in telegrey RAL 7045, front in light
grey RAL 7035.
Central locking.
Practical grip rails which can be written
on.
593
11
Compact workbenches
Type of worktop: beech wood core
with veneer on both sides
Worktop thickness: 30 mm
Working height: 830 mm
Max. static load (distributed): 300 kg/m2
Supplied: flat pack
Uses: caretaker's workshop, maintenance areas, etc.
Your advantage
Powder coated sheet steel construction

with adjustable feet for levelling.
Housing metallic charcoal, fronts in
Worktop depth 600 mm.
Max. shelf load 40 kg.
Drawers
Smooth running roller guides.
Max. load approx. 35 kg.
Front height 150 mm (cover height 120 mm).
Hinged doors
300 or 450 mm high, lockable. 1 shelf is
included with 450 mm high version.
Economical range with compact

dimensions ideal when space is at a
premium.
g
Complete Offer
A
B
C
659.00
No. 921 338-BK
Complete package: workbench,

extension frame, perforated panel and
wall mounted cupboard
C Tool hook sets

A Wall mounted cupboards
For mounting on a wall or extension
frameD.
1200 x 200 x 600 mm.
With shelf. Perforated rear panel. Metallic
charcoal body, doors in or gentian blue,
lockable.
No. 921 333-BK
g 230.00
44 plastic hooks for practical tool storage.

For perforated panel and wall mounted
cupboard.
No. 921 337-BK
g / set 35.75
D Extension frames
Required for mounting the perforated
panel and wall mounted cupboard to the
workbench. Effective height 1200 mm.
For 1200 mm wide workbenches only.
No. 979 690-BK
g 65.30
B Perforated panels
101073
No. 921 332-BK
g 62.70
Drawer divider set

3 cross and 2 longitudinal dividers made
of plastic.
Width x depth x height 600 x 600 x 830 mm

1 compartment, 450 mm

1 drawer
No. 614 724-BK
No. 748 910-BK
No. 921 318-BK
g / set 27.45
g 175.30
g 217.00

2 compartments, 450 mm each

1 shelf, 1 drawer, 1 x 300 mm door

2 drawers, 2 x 300 mm doors

3 drawers, 1 shelf
No. 748 913-BK
No. 921 321-BK
No. 921 323-BK
No. 921 324-BK
g 273.50
g 358.50
g 413.00
g 426.50

3 compartments, 450 mm each
Width x depth x height 1800 x 600 x 830 mm Width x depth x height 1800 x 600 x 830 mm
2 drawers, 2 x 300 mm doors, 1 shelf
3 drawers, 1 x 450 mm door, 2 shelves

3 drawers, 3 x 300 mm doors
No. 614 723-BK
No. 921 325-BK
No. 921 330-BK
g 414.50
g 569.00
No. 921 328-BK
g 613.00
BLUE =
g 639.00
101073

For mounting on a wall or extension frame.
Workbenches
11
Type of worktop: MDF

(medium density fibreboard)
Form of delivery: fully assembled
Applications: assembly, workshop,
goods-in, dispatch etc.
Your advantage
Professional workbenches with a
particularly good price/performance
ratio.
Workbenches
Rectangular tubular steel frame, 45 x 45 mm,
with support rails at front and rear as well
as a cross brace below in the centre.
Frame depth 600 mm.
Powder coated in metallic charcoal.
Drawers
On precision guide rails, 90 % extension,
central locking.
Max. load per drawer approx. 50 kg.
Grip rails can be labelled.
Powder coated, housing in metallic
charcoal, drawers in light grey RAL 7035.
Internal dims.:
from
289.00
With 2 drawers, 1 x 150, 1 x 180 mm

Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
615 365-BK
615 367-BK
568.00
630.00
By mail order
only available from us!
Wheel set
2 swivel castors with
wheel stop and 2 fixed
castors.
Wheel 125 mm.
Workbench max. load
is reduced to 400 kg.
No. 979 630-BK
g / set 119.90
Height adjustment kit

Enables height of workbenches to be adjusted from
840 to 1040 mm in increments of 25 mm.
Includes floor level
adjustment screws for
4 table legs.
Width
No.
g
1500
2000
615 359-BK
615 360-BK
289.00
361.00
Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
615 361-BK
615 362-BK
515.00
463.00
Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
615 363-BK
615 364-BK
635.00
688.00
g / set 69.00
Drawer divider set
101395
mm
With 2 drawers, 150 mm
Plug-in inserts, 2 longitudinal and

4 cross dividers.
Width
No. 615 375-BK
No.
g
g / set 33.70
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
1500
2000
615 368-BK
615 369-BK
816.00
886.00
Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
615 370-BK
615 371-BK
630.00
707.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


Width
No.
g
mm
1500
2000
615 372-BK
615 373-BK
969.00
1055.00
KAISER + KRAFT
101395
No. 422 275-BK
With 1 drawer, 150 mm
Without substructures
595
11
Central locking
With security cylinder lock
Tool cupboard
620 mm high with 1 shelf
Rectangular tubing
45 x 45 mm
Drawers with bevelled edges and raised

drawer bodies
Precision ball bearing mounted drawer
guides, 90 % extension. Max. load 100 kg
High quality, environmentally friendly

powder coating
Two colour combinations to choose from.
With 8 drawers and double door tool cupboard
Workbenches
Type of worktop: beech Multiplex
Supplied: fully assembled
Uses: industry, workshop, production,
assembly, dispatch
Frame and housing

Drawers and doors
Sky blue RAL 5015 or
reseda green RAL 6011.
6 drawers 120 mm high,

2 drawers 180 mm high.
Lockable tool cupboard,
height x width x depth 620 x 780 x 620 mm.
See illustration above.
Base cupboards
Made of sheet steel, with security cylinder
lock.
The advantage
Colour
983 564-BK
983 565-BK
2040.00
g / set 119.90
Accessories
Model
3
1
Description
112438
blue
green
4
2
1 partition,
4 plug-in dividers
2 partitions,
9 plug-in dividers
16 small parts
bins
1 non-slip mat
For drawer height

120 + 150 mm
No.
g
979 624-BK
979 625-BK
983 570-BK
100 043-BK
41.30
55.10
66.70
17.15
For drawer height

180 mm
No.
g
979 715-BK
979 717-BK
100 043-BK
57.30
73.50
17.15
Model
Description
Height x depth
For workbench width 1500 mm
For workbench width 2000 mm
hardwood backboard
100 x 5
metal shelf
375 x 300
No.
g
983 571-BK
983 573-BK
36.40
212.50
No.
g
983 572-BK
983 574-BK
48.50
273.00
mm
BLUE =
112438
2000 x 700
2 fixed castors and 2 swivel castors with

wheel stops, 125 mm.
Results in a workbench height of 990 mm.
Reduces the max. workbench load to 400 kg.
No. 979 630-BK
Drawer fittings
mm
Wheel set
Shelves
Made of sheet steel, half (350 mm) or
full depth (650 mm).
High load capacity due to support

beams. Straight worktop edges make
it possible to set up in rows.
Width x depth
11
Workbenches
Worktop
Half shelf
length x depth mm
No.
g
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 514-BK
983 516-BK
405.00
472.00
1 drawer 150 mm high.

Complete shelf.
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
blue
green
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 528-BK
983 529-BK
983 530-BK
983 531-BK
613.00
704.00
112439
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 518-BK
983 521-BK
439.50
509.00
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
blue
green
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 541-BK
983 542-BK
983 544-BK
983 545-BK
975.00
1035.00
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
blue
green
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 532-BK
983 533-BK
983 534-BK
983 536-BK
747.00
792.00
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 555-BK
983 556-BK
983 557-BK
983 558-BK
1140.00
1225.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
No.
g
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 523-BK
983 525-BK
439.00
506.00
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
blue
green
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 537-BK
983 538-BK
983 539-BK
983 540-BK
760.00
818.00

1Drawer 180 mm high. Half shelf.
length x depth mm
blue
green
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 546-BK
983 547-BK
983 548-BK
983 549-BK
1015.00
1065.00
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
blue
green
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 550-BK
983 552-BK
983 553-BK
983 554-BK
1155.00
1205.00

Tool cabinet H x W x D 620 x 845 x 620 mm.

2 shelves 180 mm high.
Half shelf.
length x depth mm
blue
green
Worktop

Complete shelf.

Complete shelf.

Complete shelf.
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
No.
g

Half shelf.

Half shelf.
Worktop
Front
Worktop
Full shelf
length x depth mm
blue
green
g
1500 x 700
2000 x 700
983 559-BK
983 561-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1920.00
Worktop
Front
length x depth mm
blue
green
983 562-BK
983 563-BK
1500 x 700
1275.00
2000 x 700
KAISER + KRAFT
112439
Without base structure
597
11
Aluminium grip rail
With coloured strips, can be labelled
Type of worktop: solid beech,

optionally with universal or
sheet steel cover
Working height: 840 1040 mm
Applications: industry, workshop,
production, assembly, etc.
Solid, nonwarping beech

worktop,
40 mm thick.
Additional
worktops at
extra cost
see table.
Your advantage
Pull-out shelf
On roller guides,
90 % extension.
Max. load 100 kg.
Extremely durable series with many

functional expansion options.
The adjustable working height ensures
ergonomic working at all times.
Height adjustable
workbenches
Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction.
Rectangular tubular steel frame 45 x 45 mm.
Solid beech worktop, 40 mm thick. Worktop depth 700 mm.
Drawers
On ball bearing mounted telescopic rails with SoftClosing,
100 % extension. Max. load 100 kg.
Internal dims. width x depth 490 x 560 mm.
Does not apply to suspended drawers.
Compartments with hinged doors
Height 540 mm (incl. 1 pull-out shelf) or 360 mm. Door
opening angle 180. Internal dims. W x D 560 x 650 mm.
Two colour combinations
Workbenches can also be

supplied with a universal or sheet
steel covered worktop instead of
the solid beech worktop.
Both 40 mm thick.
Price = extra cost can only be
ordered in conjunction with a
workbench.
With 1 drawer, 180 mm, 1 hinged door 360 mm,

and 1 pull-out shelf
Width
1500 mm
126270
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 398-BK
615 406-BK
769.00
Suitable drawer dividers can be

found on page 632.
Additional accessories, e.g. wheel set,
Steel covered worktop

With 2 mm thick, hot dip galvanised sheet steel cover.
Curved up at front (U-shaped) and rear (L-shaped). ABS
edging on the sides.
mm
750
1000
1250
1500
2000
2500
3000
No.
extra cost g
615 407-BK
615 408-BK
615 409-BK
615 410-BK
615 411-BK
615 413-BK
615 414-BK
27.00
36.05
45.10
54.10
72.10
90.10
108.20
No.
extra cost g
615 415-BK
615 416-BK
615 417-BK
615 418-BK
615 419-BK
615 421-BK
615 422-BK
99.90
133.90
167.30
205.00
268.00
335.00
402.00
Charcoal
Light grey
615 423-BK
615 425-BK
615 427-BK
615 429-BK
615 431-BK
615 424-BK
615 426-BK
615 428-BK
615 430-BK
615 432-BK
279.00
310.00
340.50
370.00
432.50
Practical tip for more space and

improved organisation
Every workbench can be expanded with the
accessory modules shown on page 590 and 591.
With solid beech shelf,

depth 560 mm
Width
279.00
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
With 1 drawer,
150 mm
Charcoal
Light grey
615 433-BK
615 435-BK
615 437-BK
615 440-BK
615 442-BK
615 434-BK
615 436-BK
615 438-BK
615 441-BK
615 443-BK
303.00
355.00
406.00
439.00
546.00
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 399-BK
705 400-BK
705 401-BK
705 402-BK
705 404-BK
615 445-BK
615 448-BK
615 450-BK
615 452-BK
615 454-BK
406.50
435.50
463.00
494.00
554.00
BLUE =
126270
Worktop with steel cover
from g
Worktop with universal cover

With anti-static, resistant and hardwearing linoleum
cover. Flame retardant (B1) in accordance with DIN 4102.
Resistant to oil and grease. All round ABS edging.
Optional worktops
Worktop with universal cover
Height adjustable
from 840
1040 mm
All legs with levelling screws
Drawers on ball bearing mounted telescopic rails

(100 % extension) with SoftClosing impact of drawers
is dampened, drawers close automatically and quietly.
Optimum access comfortable handling.
Frame and body

Metallic charcoal or light grey RAL 7035.
Drawers
Light blue RAL 5012 or reseda green RAL6011.
For workbench width
Central locking
Workbenches
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
With 1 drawer, 180 mm, and 1 hinged door, 360 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 408-BK
705 409-BK
705 410-BK
705 412-BK
705 413-BK
615 457-BK
615 459-BK
615 461-BK
615 464-BK
615 466-BK
435.50
476.00
521.00
549.00
656.00
With 3 drawers, 1 x 120, 1 x 180, 1 x 240 mm

Width
1500 mm
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 425-BK
615 490-BK
835.00
126271
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 428-BK
615 496-BK
1160.00
705 414-BK
705 415-BK
705 416-BK
705 417-BK
705 418-BK
615 468-BK
615 470-BK
615 473-BK
615 475-BK
615 477-BK
542.00
569.00
596.00
623.00
675.00
Width
1500 mm
Width
2000 mm
Light grey / green
705 431-BK
615 504-BK
1200.00
Width
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 426-BK
615 492-BK
854.00
Light grey / green
705 429-BK
615 499-BK
1110.00
Light grey / green
705 419-BK
705 421-BK
705 422-BK
705 423-BK
705 424-BK
615 479-BK
615 482-BK
615 484-BK
615 486-BK
615 488-BK
671.00
658.00
686.00
715.00
789.00
Width
1500 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 427-BK
615 494-BK
967.00
Width
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 430-BK
615 502-BK
1285.00
With 6 drawers, 2 x 120, 2 x 180, 2 x 240 mm,

1 hinged door, 540 mm, and 1 pull-out shelf inside
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 432-BK
615 506-BK
1315.00
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
With 3 drawers, 180 mm, 2 hinged doors, 540 mm,

and 1 pull-out shelf inside
Charcoal / blue
Phone +49 711 3465 6999
Width
With 3 drawers, 180 mm, 1 hinged door, 540 mm,

and 1 pull-out shelf inside
With 5 drawers, 180 mm, and 2 hinged doors, 360 mm
Charcoal / blue
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Light grey / green
With 2 drawers, 180 mm, 2 hinged doors, 360 mm,

and 1 pull-out shelf
With 3 drawers, 2 x 90, 1 x 180 mm,

2 hinged doors, 360 mm, and 1 pull-out shelf
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
With 2 drawers, 180 mm, and 2 hinged doors, 360 mm
With 3 drawers, 1 x 120, 1 x 180, 1 x 240 mm,

1 hinged door, 540 mm, and 1 pull-out shelf inside
Width
Width
With 3 drawers, 1 x 120, 1 x 180, 1 x 240 mm
Width
2000 mm
Charcoal / blue
Light grey / green
705 433-BK
615 508-BK
1465.00
KAISER + KRAFT
126271
With 1 drawer, 150 mm, and solid beech shelf,

depth 560 mm
11
599
11
Drawers on roller guides

Max. load 100kg, suspended drawers
50 kg.
Optionally partially extendable (approx.
86 %) or fully extendable (100 %) for easy
access, even to parts stored in the back.
Aluminium handles with labelling strips.
Base frame madeof rectangular

tubing, 45x45mm
Optionally available with:
central locking via electronic
combination lock
(battery operated).
Workbenches
Frame and body light grey RAL 7035,
fronts gentian blue RAL5010.
Your advantage
Decades of proven use in workshops
and industry. Optionally with fully
extendable drawers for more efficient
utilisation of the entire storage space.
Accessories
Height adjustable shelves, zinc plated
For 540 mm high hinged double door
cupboards. Optionally as a fixed shelf
or as a pull-out shelf.
Perforated panel document

pouch
W x H x D 415x220x22mm.
Can be suspended on
inside of door.
Light greyRAL 7035.
Only for workbenches with
fully extendable drawers.
No. 944 884-BK
Model
Shelf
Pull-out shelf
g 21.45
Divider inserts
made of plastic
1 complete set
for1drawer.
5 plastic trays
and10 plug-in
dividers
1 complete set
for1drawer.
No. 746 339-BK
g / set 53.90
No.
g / set
mm
180
90 + 120
422 299-BK
724 421-BK
72.10
53.00
A Solid beech worktop
B Universal worktop
C Sheet steel covered worktop
40 mm thick
Particularly robust and non-warping due to lengthwise
glued wood construction.
40 mm thick
Worktop with an abrasion resistant, antistatic coating.
Resistant to brief exposure to weak acids and alkalis and
temperatures up to approx. 250C.
Resistant to prolonged exposure to grease and oil.
ABS edging.
40 mm thick
Worktop with 1.5mm thick, zinc plated sheet steel
cladding. Thecladding is chamfered on all sides
andfixedunderneath. Welded corners.
Suspended drawer, 170 mm high, shelf
2 suspended drawers, 170 mm high, shelf
WxD
124884
g / set 29.05
g
50.50
83.30
2 longitudinal and
9 cross dividers
Drawer height
No. 746 347-BK
No.
944 885-BK
944 886-BK
A
B
C
mm
1500 x 700
No.
717 337-BK
717 338-BK
724 425-BK
g
371.50
450.00
480.00
2000 x 700
No.
717 341-BK
717 342-BK
724 426-BK
Width x depth
g
428.00
490.00
561.00
A
B
C
mm
1500 x 700
No.
944 968-BK
944 969-BK
944 970-BK
Width x depth
g
574.00
666.00
694.00
A
B
C
mm
1500 x 700
No.
944 972-BK
944 973-BK
944 974-BK
BLUE =
g
711.00
777.00
810.00
124884
Type of worktop:
solid beech, universal cover or clad
with sheet steel
Max. static load (distributed): 1000 kg/m
assembly, dispatch etc.
Cupboards with hinged door / drawer

360mmor540mmhigh
Workbenches with fully extendable drawers have a
360 mm high drawer instead of hinged door as
standard.
11
Heavy duty workbenches
Drawers
A
B
C
partial extension 86 %
112 001-BK
112 002-BK
112 004-BK

4 drawers 2 x 90, 2 x 180 mm, door
540 mm
690.00
791.00
816.00
full extension 100 %
112 005-BK
112 006-BK
112 007-BK
898.00
989.00
1025.00
Drawers
112 008-BK
112 009-BK
112 010-BK
A
B
C

3 drawers 180 mm,
door 540 mm
Drawers
A
B
C
862.00
965.00
989.00
112 025-BK
112 026-BK
112 027-BK
1070.00
1170.00
1200.00
A
B
C
112 041-BK
112 042-BK
112 043-BK
Drawers
933.00
1010.00
1070.00
112 044-BK
112 045-BK
112 047-BK
1100.00
1170.00
1245.00
124630
112 028-BK
112 029-BK
112 030-BK
A
B
C
112 061-BK
112 063-BK
112 064-BK
1300.00
1365.00
1425.00
899.00
999.00
1025.00
112 031-BK
112 032-BK
112 033-BK
1100.00
1205.00
1240.00
112 065-BK
112 066-BK
112 067-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1615.00
1685.00
1755.00
112 015-BK
112 016-BK
112 017-BK
Drawers
Drawers
A
B
C
112 034-BK
112 035-BK
112 036-BK
A
B
C
1100.00
1165.00
1240.00
827.00
930.00
955.00
112 037-BK
112 039-BK
112 040-BK
1120.00
1220.00
1250.00
112 051-BK
112 052-BK
112 053-BK
1315.00
1395.00
1470.00
Drawers
A
B
C
112 055-BK
112 056-BK
112 057-BK
1100.00
1165.00
1240.00
112 058-BK
112 059-BK
112 060-BK
1370.00
1425.00
1505.00

2 drawers 180 mm, 2 doors (for partial extension)
or 2drawers (for full extension) 360 mm, shelf
112 068-BK
112 069-BK
112 071-BK
989.00
1100.00
1130.00
Drawers
112 018-BK
112 019-BK
112 021-BK
2 doors 540 mm,

3drawers 90,180,270mm
112 048-BK
112 049-BK
112 050-BK
A
B
C
802.00
904.00
930.00
6 drawers 180 mm, shelf

A
B
C
2 drawers 180 mm, 2 doors (for partial extension)

or 2 drawers (for full extension) 360 mm
A
B
C
1155.00
1255.00
1280.00
Door 540 mm,

3drawers 90,180,270mm
Door 540 mm,

6drawers 2x 90,2x 180,2x 270mm
Drawers
112 012-BK
112 013-BK
112 014-BK
Drawers

Drawer 180 mm, door (for partial extension)
or drawer (for full extension) 360 mm
Drawer
4 drawers: 2 x 90, 2 x 180 mm
112 022-BK
112 023-BK
112 024-BK
922.00
1025.00
1050.00

3 drawers 180 mm, shelf
1245.00
1310.00
1380.00
112 072-BK
112 073-BK
112 074-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1560.00
1630.00
1700.00
Drawers
A
B
C
112 075-BK
112 076-BK
112 077-BK
1035.00
1100.00
1170.00
112 078-BK
112 079-BK
112 080-BK
1260.00
1315.00
1395.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124630

Drawer 180 mm,
door 360mm,shelf
601
11
Type of worktop: solid beech,
universal orclad with sheet steel
Tabletop thickness: 40 mm
Max. static load (distributed): 800 kg/m
assembly, dispatch etc.
Your advantage
Double workstations for optimum
use of space.
Workbenches
The extra wide workbench
worktop width 2800 mm
Can be used as a double workstation
to save space
Proven, professional quality with solid
worktop and heavy duty roller guides
Drawers optionally partially extendible
(approx. 86 %) or fully extendible (100 %)
2800 mm
Optionally with fully extendible
drawers for optimum access
even to parts in the back.
Extremely quiet precision lateral
guides.
Sheet steel construction. Body light grey

RAL 7035, fronts in gentian blue RAL 5010.
Base frame made of rectangular tubing,
45 x 45 mm.
Drawers on roller guides. Max. load.
approx. 100 kg. Cupboards in two heights,
door opening 180. Central locking.
With fully extendible drawers, 360 mm high
drawers are supplied instead of doors.
The classic worktop. Glued wood
construction, thus particularly robust and
non-warping.
Can be re-sanded as needed.
Shelves for 540 mm high cupboards

and drawer dividers can be found
on page 600.
Universal worktop, 40 mm thick

Abrasion resistant, antistatic coating.
Resistant to brief exposure to weak acids
and alkalis and temperatures up to approx.
250 C. ABS edging.
Sheet steel covered worktop, 40 mm thick

1.5 mm thick, zinc plated sheet steel
cladding, chamfered edges on all sides,
weldedcorners.
Model
Drawer extension
partial 86%
full 100%
partial 86%
full 100%
partial 86%
full 100%
partial 86%
full 100%
partial 86%
full 100%
4 x 360
4 x 180
4 x 180 / 4 x 360
2 x 540
6 x 180
2 x 540
6 x 180
2 x 540
4 x 90 / 4 x 180
2 x 540
4 x 90 / 4 x 180
12 x 180
12 x 180
4 x 360
8 x 90
8 x 90 / 4 x 360
No.
g
112 118-BK
112 122-BK
112 125-BK
112 129-BK
112 132-BK
112 136-BK
112 139-BK
112 142-BK
112 146-BK
112 149-BK
1500.00
2110.00
1535.00
2015.00
1645.00
2175.00
1885.00
2490.00
1745.00
2415.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
112 120-BK
112 123-BK
112 126-BK
112 130-BK
112 133-BK
112 137-BK
112 140-BK
112 144-BK
112 147-BK
112 150-BK
1615.00
2230.00
1665.00
2135.00
1770.00
2290.00
2010.00
2605.00
1860.00
2525.00
Sheet steel covered worktop
No.
g
112 121-BK
112 124-BK
112 128-BK
112 131-BK
112 134-BK
112 138-BK
112 141-BK
112 145-BK
112 148-BK
112 152-BK
1755.00
2375.00
1815.00
2275.00
1920.00
2435.00
2150.00
2745.00
2010.00
2685.00
Doors
Drawers
Solid beech worktop
Vices
Accessories
Sturdy quality vice, die cast clamp.

Machined tensioning jaws, inductively
hardened.
Adjustable guide for precise grip.
GS safety tested.
Jaw width
Turntable
360 rotatable. Can be locked at any point.
Height adjustment device
For working ergonomically. Progressive,
automatic adjustment using gas pressure
spring. Adjustment range 240mm.
Can be rotated 360.
mm
100
120
140
160
731 489-BK
746 547-BK
916 376-BK
916 492-BK
126.30
167.50
231.50
316.50
No.
g
904 079-BK
904 080-BK
916 493-BK
916 494-BK
46.10
58.90
78.70
97.70
No.
g
904 081-BK
904 083-BK
916 377-BK
916 496-BK
245.00
245.00
259.00
259.00
No.
g
125075
Turntable
Height adjustment device
125075
Accessories
BLUE =
Workbenches
Type of worktop: solid beech
Static, distributed load: 1000 kg/m2
assembly etc.
The advantage
11
Two worktops available: solid, interlocking bonded beech or

abrasion resistant universal coating. Depth 700 mm.
Heavy duty drawers

on roller guides,
86% extension.
Max. load
approx. 100kg.
Practical
labelling strip and
pull-out stop.
Our own brand with TV tested

industrial quality and 5 year guarantee.
Welded rectangular steel tubing,

45 x 45 mm
Workbenches
Sturdy sheet steel construction.

Body light grey RAL 7035,
front light blue RAL 5012.
Depth 700 mm.
Central locking with cylinder lock.
Mortised and bonded construction.

Surface treated for protection against
moisture.
Particularly robust and non-warping.
Particularly durable and resistant to
mechanical stress.
Worktop with an abrasion resistant,

antistatic coating. Resistant to brief
exposure to weak acids and alkalis and
temperatures up to approx. 250 C.
Resistant to prolonged exposure to grease
and oil. ABS edging.
Width 1500 mm
2 x 90 mm drawers
2x 180mm drawers
1x 540mm hinged door,
1shelf inside
Width 1500 mm
2 x 180 mm drawers
2 x 360 mm hinged doors
Width 1500 mm
3 x 180 mm drawers
1 x 540 mm hinged door
Width 2000 mm
2 x 180 mm drawers
Width 2000 mm
3 x 90 mm drawers
3 x 120 mm drawers
1 x 210 mm drawer
1 x 240 mm drawer
Width 2000 mm
3 x 180 mm drawers
Model
Solid beech worktop
No.
g
603 779-BK
422 230-BK
422 232-BK
422 233-BK
422 234-BK
603 780-BK
904.00
810.00
857.00
996.00
1335.00
1120.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
944 900-BK
944 891-BK
944 892-BK
944 893-BK
944 894-BK
944 895-BK
985.00
905.00
959.00
1055.00
1395.00
1170.00
Width 2000 mm
6 x 180 mm drawers
shelf
Width 2000 mm
2 x 90 mm drawers
2 x 120 mm drawers
2 x 270 mm drawers
1 x 540 mm hinged door
Model
127250
Doors with opening angle of 180,

selfclosing sprung hinges
Assembly workbench
Solid beech worktop
No.
g
944 896-BK
944 898-BK
1220.00
1265.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
944 897-BK
944 899-BK
1285.00
1325.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Width 1140 mm
Withretractable chassis
(4 swivel castors, wheel 100 mm) and
folding vice (jaw width 100 mm).
50mm thick solid beech worktop.
1 x 180 mm drawer, 1 x 360 mm hinged door,
1x 540 mm hinged door.
No. 422 235-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 1705.00
Drawer dividers for

workbenches
Plastic insert tray
With 5 trays, for drawer heights 90 mm
and 120 mm.
No. 422 238-BK
g / set 53.90
KAISER + KRAFT
127250
No compromises EUROKRAFT stands for

exceptional durability in tough industrial
environments.
All models can be fitted with common
locking systems on request.
603
11
Working height: 790 840 / 1140 mm
Static, distributed load: 750 kg/m2
Uses: assembly, production,
maintenance areas etc.

The advantage
This model range stands for durable
industrial quality and a particularly
attractive price/performance ratio.
from g
319.00
Height adjustable
from 790 to 1140 mm
as standard
Workbenches
Practical tip for more space

and improved organisation
Drawers
On smooth running roller guides,
90% extension. Max. load approx. 100 kg.
Internal W x D 490 x 560 mm. Aluminium
grip rails with coloured coded labelling
strips. Central locking.
Compartment with lockable door
With height adjustable shelf.
Height 540 mm.
Internal dims. W x D 560 x 520 mm.
Aluminium grip rails which can be labelled.
Sturdy sheet steel construction, body

powder coated in light grey RAL7035,
front in light blue RAL5012.
Sturdy, height adjustable legs
(120x650mm).
Every workbench can be expanded

with the accessory modules shown
on page591.
Drawer dividers can be found
on page 632.
Other worktops can be found
on page 598.
1 drawer 150 mm
1 shelf, depth 545 mm
Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
705 447-BK
705 669-BK
524.00
636.00
1500
2000
705 437-BK
705 439-BK
625.00
679.00
Shelf
With raised edges on 3 sides.
Height 375 mm. Depth 300 mm.
No.
941 521-BK
941 523-BK
941 524-BK
983 573-BK
983 574-BK
g
129.80
150.70
185.90
212.50
273.00
126272
Perforated panel
Sheet steel, powder coated in light grey
RAL 7035. Height 450 mm.
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
No.
941 518-BK
941 519-BK
941 520-BK
605 685-BK
605 686-BK
g
87.90
98.90
115.50
128.70
156.60
Width
mm
No.
g
1 shelf, 545 mm deep
1500
2000
605 669-BK
605 671-BK
319.00
373.00
No.
g
mm
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
605 673-BK
605 674-BK
401.50
477.50
4 drawers:
3 x 150, 1 x 270 mm
2 x 90 mm drawers,
1 hinged doors 540 mm,
1 rear shelf
Width
Width
2 drawers:
1 x 150, 1 x 210 mm
1500
2000
705 440-BK
705 441-BK
714.00
769.00
Width
No.
g
mm
Width
mm
No.
g
5 drawers:
1 x 60, 1 x 90, 2 x 150, 1 x 270 mm
1500
2000
705 442-BK
705 443-BK
840.00
898.00
Width
No.
g
mm
1500
2000
705 444-BK
705 445-BK
912.00
970.00
BLUE =
126272
Width
750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
Workbenches
Max. static load (distributed): 1.2 t
Uses: production, industry,
workshop etc.
Aluminium grip rail

With coloured labelling strips
11
Worktop
Solid beech,
50 mm thick,
depth 700 mm
Central locking
Your advantage
850 1050 mm
Extremely durable workbench with

practical features such as pull-out
shelf and fully extendable drawers.
Width up to 3 m.
Height adjustable
workbenches
Pull-out shelf
90 % extension
Max. load 75 kg
For heavier loads and tougher

requirements
Frame and body light greyRAL7035.
Front optionally in light grey or light blue
RAL5012.
Base height adjustable from 850to

1050 mm
Rectangular steel tubing, 45 x 45 x 2 mm,
incl. height adjustment screws.
Drawers on telescopic guides,

100 %extension
Max. load100 kg. Soft retraction.
Width 580 or 770 mm.
Hinged door
Opening angle 180
Self-closing hinges
Cupboards with hinged doors

Height 360 mm and 540 mm.
540 mm high cupboard fitted with a pull-out
shelf.
Model
Worktop width
Narrow drawers (W x D 490 x 560 mm)
Wide drawers (W x D 680 x 560 mm)
Hinged doors
Colour
mm
light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / light blue RAL 5012
1500
2 x 150
1
2000
2 x 150
3000
4 x 150
1500
2 x 150 / 1 x 240
1 x 540
1500
3 x 180
1 x 540
1500
2 x 90
2 x 90 / 2 x 180
1 x 360
700 668-BK
705 671-BK
700 670-BK
705 672-BK
700 672-BK
705 673-BK
700 675-BK
705 674-BK
700 677-BK
705 676-BK
700 680-BK
705 677-BK
756.00
948.00
1740.00
1115.00
1365.00
1635.00
Model
Worktop width
Narrow drawers (W x D 490 x 560 mm)
Wide drawers (W x D 680 x 560 mm)
Hinged doors
Colour
mm
light grey RAL 7035
2000
2 x 150 / 1 x 240
2 x 540
2000
2 x 120 / 2 x 150
2 x 540
3000
2 x 90 / 2 x 180 / 2 x 270
3000
4 x 150 / 2 x 240
2 x 540
700 683-BK
705 678-BK
700 685-BK
705 679-BK
700 687-BK
705 680-BK
700 689-BK
705 681-BK
1480.00
1850.00
2125.00
2180.00
Suitable drawer dividers can be found

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Other worktops for these workbenches on page 598.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Add-ons for more order and clarity at the workstation

KAISER + KRAFT
126273
126273
Accessories and expansion options
605
11
Modular workbench
system
Sturdy sheet steel construction,

long service life for industrial
applications
Impact resistant powder coating. Body in
light grey RAL 7035, front in four colours.
Type of worktop: optionally in

four different versions
Worktop thickness: 40 / 50 mm
Static, distributed load:
max. 1500 kg/m2 *
Supplied: flat pack
assembly etc.
4
5
1
8
Your advantage
Create combinations based on
individual requirements with this
flexible modular system.
* Depending on type of workbench add-ons and type
of worktop
3
1 Tressle legs
2 Cross strut set
3 Multiplex shelf
Height adjustable from 700 1050 mm

in increments of 25 mm.
With holes for attachment of worktops and
shelves. Welded base plate prepared for
floor anchoring.
Increases stability due to centre strut.

Fastens between two tressle legs.
Cannot be used in conjunction with
pedestal drawer units.
Pre-drilled multiplex panel, 20 mm thick,

mounts between two tressle legs 1.
Includes fastening material.
Cannot be used in conjunction with
pedestal drawer units.
1
For width
No. 523 152-BK
mm
No.
g / set
g 90.10
1500
2000
523 153-BK
523 154-BK
45.75
65.60
For width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
523 155-BK
523 156-BK
104.20
137.90
Worktops
High quality, durable worktops for various
applications.
Can be combined with tressle legs 1 and
base cupboards (left hand page).
worktop
Made of compressed beech
veneer. Sanded, oiled and
waxed finish.
Splash-water proof and dirt
resistant.
For many uses in the workshop
and factory.
109789
Quick and uncomplicated assembly of

tressle legs or base cupboards.
All worktops are pre-drilled and fitted with
couplings.
Suitable screws are also included with
delivery.
B Solid beech worktop C Urphen worktop

Made of compressed beech
blocks. Sanded, oiled and
waxed finish.
Splash-water proof and dirt
resistant.
Particularly durable and not
sensitive to mechanical stress.
Model
D Steel covered
UV coated Urphen covering on

non-warping chipboard core.
Very impact and scratch
resistant, waterproof, chemical
resistant (e.g. acetone,
vinegar, cleaning agents), also
resistant to oil and grease.
Flame retardant.
worktop
Multiplex core with 1.5 mm
thick, zinc plated sheet steel
covering. Curved up at front
and rear. Wooden edge on
left and right. Ideal for locksmith's shops, garages, metal
working etc.
Width x depth x thickness 1500 x 750 x 40 mm
No.
g
523 157-BK
523 162-BK
524 206-BK
524 210-BK
230.00
285.50
322.50
374.50
No.
g
523 158-BK
523 163-BK
524 207-BK
524 211-BK
278.00
332.00
322.50
419.50
No.
g
523 159-BK
523 164-BK
524 208-BK
524 213-BK
297.50
374.50
410.50
482.50
No.
g
523 161-BK
524 205-BK
524 209-BK
524 214-BK
355.00
429.00
410.50
590.00
BLUE =
109789
A Beech Multiplex
11
Workbenches
4 a Base drawer units

Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction in choice
of four colours. Central locking with cylinder lock.
Drawer extension
100 %,
max. load 75 kg.
Exceptionally quiet
operation due to
differential guide
rails without cross
beams.
Drawer dividers for drawer unit

W x D 564 x 725 mm can be found on page 634.
Model
2 x 150
1 x 50
1 x 100
1 x 150
2 x 100
1 x 200
1 x 300
1 x 50 / 2 x 100
1 x 150 / 1 x 300
1 x 100 / 4 x 150
1 x 200
1 x 50 / 2 x 75
2 x 100 / 2 x 150
1 x 200
mm
mm
204
578 x 725
383
564 x 725
383
564 x 725
800
564 x 725
800
564 x 725
1000
564 x 725
1000
564 x 725
light grey RAL 7035

metallic grey NCS S6502-B
g
524 215-BK
524 216-BK
524 217-BK
524 218-BK
524 219-BK
524 221-BK
524 222-BK
524 223-BK
524 224-BK
524 225-BK
524 226-BK
524 227-BK
524 228-BK
524 229-BK
524 230-BK
524 231-BK
524 232-BK
524 233-BK
524 234-BK
524 235-BK
524 236-BK
524 237-BK
524 238-BK
524 240-BK
524 241-BK
524 242-BK
524 243-BK
524 244-BK
290.00
478.00
565.00
815.00
902.00
1050.00
1245.00
Height
Width x depth
Front
1 x 150
Drawers
As standard with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys.

Also available with electronic, battery powered
combination lock on request.
Complete offers
With beech multiplex worktop A.
Worktop thickness 40 mm.
With suspended drawer unit 5

Height 740 1090 mm, depth 750 mm
With beech multiplex shelf 3
Width
Front
Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
524 245-BK
524 246-BK
357.50
423.50
With suspended drawer unit 6

Width
109790
Front
Width
mm
No.
g
1500
2000
524 248-BK
524 249-BK
457.50
545.00
With pedestal drawer unit 7

mm
1500
2000
light grey RAL 7035

g
524 259-BK
524 260-BK
524 261-BK
524 262-BK
944 005-BK
944 006-BK
944 007-BK
944 008-BK
839.00
905.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Width
Front
mm
1500
2000
light grey RAL 7035

g
524 250-BK
524 251-BK
524 252-BK
524 253-BK
524 254-BK
524 256-BK
524 257-BK
524 258-BK
755.00
821.00
mm
1500
2000
light grey RAL 7035

g
944 019-BK
944 020-BK
944 021-BK
944 022-BK
944 023-BK
944 024-BK
944 026-BK
944 027-BK
1330.00
1395.00
With pedestal drawer unit 9

mm
1500
2000
light grey RAL 7035

g
944 010-BK
944 011-BK
944 012-BK
944 013-BK
944 014-BK
944 015-BK
944 016-BK
944 018-BK
1100.00
1155.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Width
Front
KAISER + KRAFT
109790
607
11
Type of worktop: solid beech, or clad
with universalor sheet steel cover
Max. static load (distributed):
1500 kg/m
Uses: industry, production,
workshopetc.
As standard with fully

extendable (100%)
drawers (max. drawer
load 100 kg) for
optimum access to the
entire storage area.
Individual pull-out
stops.
800
600
mm
mm
Your advantage
More storage, more work surface,
more comfort the XXL workbench.
Workbenches with
XL/XXL drawers
1200
mm
2 in 1: workbench and drawer

cupboard
Particularly large drawers intwo

versions
Effective drawer space of up to 0.72 m
per drawer
Worktop depth 800 mm for more
work space
Powder coated steel construction.
Body light grey RAL 7035, front gentian
blue RAL 5010 or light grey.
Additional RAL colours on request.
Base frame made of 45 x 45 mm
rectangular tube.
Working height 840 mm. Also available
with height of 900 mm on request.
Central locking (cylinder lock).
Optionally available
with: central locking
via electronic
combination lock
(battery operated).
Solid beech worktop, 40mm thick

Particularly robust and non-warping due to glued
wood construction. Can be re-sanded as needed.
Accessories
Drawer dividers
For drawer width
mm
1200
750
5 partitions /
15plug-in
dividers
4 partitions /
15plug-in
dividers
No.
g
944 954-BK
944 960-BK
61.80
86.70
90 / 120 mm
No.
g
944 956-BK
944 961-BK
66.40
88.80
150 mm
No.
g
944 957-BK
944 962-BK
88.80
108.40
180 360 mm No.

g
944 958-BK
944 964-BK
102.70
121.80
No.
g
944 959-BK
944 965-BK
66.00
41.20
Description
Universal worktop, 40mmthick

With an abrasion resistant, antistatic coating.
Resistant to brief exposure to weak acids and
alkalis and temperatures up to approx. 250C.
Resistant to prolonged exposure to grease and oil.
High quality ABS edging.
For drawer
height
60 mm
Sheet steel covered worktop,

40 mm thick
With 1.5 mm thick, zinc plated sheet steel cladding.
The cladding is chamfered on all sides and fixed
underneath. Welded corners.
Non-slip mat
Width 1500 mm
Drawer
widthxdepth 1200x600mm
Drawers
Colour
1 x 180 / 1 x 360
2 x 90 / 1 x 360
2 x 90 / 2 x 180
2 x 60 / 2 x 120 / 1 x 180
body
front
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
No.
g
944 901-BK
944 902-BK
944 908-BK
944 909-BK
944 915-BK
944 916-BK
944 922-BK
944 923-BK
914.00
914.00
1060.00
1060.00
1245.00
1245.00
1370.00
1370.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
944 903-BK
944 905-BK
944 910-BK
944 911-BK
944 917-BK
944 918-BK
944 924-BK
944 925-BK
1070.00
1070.00
1205.00
1205.00
1370.00
1370.00
1505.00
1505.00
No.
g
944 906-BK
944 907-BK
944 913-BK
944 914-BK
944 919-BK
944 921-BK
944 926-BK
944 927-BK
1030.00
1030.00
1170.00
1170.00
1335.00
1335.00
1470.00
1470.00
Solid beech worktop
Width 2000 mm
Drawer
widthxdepth 750x600mm
Colour
6 x 180
1 x 90 / 1 x 120 / 1 x 150 / 1 x 360 / 2 x 180
2 x 60 / 1 x 90 / 1 x 120 /
1 x 150 / 1 x 180 / 2 x 210
body
front
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
light grey
gentian blue
light grey
light grey
No.
g
944 928-BK
1220.00
944 929-BK
944 948-BK
944 951-BK
944 934-BK
944 935-BK
944 941-BK
944 942-BK
1220.00
1440.00
1440.00
1420.00
1420.00
1610.00
1610.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
944 930-BK
944 931-BK
944 949-BK
944 952-BK
944 936-BK
944 937-BK
944 943-BK
944 944-BK
1315.00
1315.00
1535.00
1535.00
1515.00
1515.00
1705.00
1705.00
No.
g
944 932-BK
944 933-BK
944 950-BK
944 953-BK
944 938-BK
944 940-BK
944 945-BK
944 946-BK
1315.00
1315.00
1535.00
1535.00
1505.00
1505.00
1705.00
1705.00
Solid beech worktop
122585
2 x 180 / 2 x 360
BLUE =
122585
Drawers
11
Workbenches
Worktop: mortised and bonded solid
beech wood
Worktop thickness: 50 / 100 mm
Working height: 850 / 900 mm
Static, distributed load: 1.5 2 t/m2
assembly, etc.
The advantage
Very high max. load and stability due to
optimum dimensioning of materials.
Heavy duty
workbenches
Worktop depth 700 mm
Sturdy sheet steel construction. Body light grey
RAL 7035, fronts in gentian blue RAL5010.
Frame made of rectangular steel tubing,
80x80x3mm.
Drawers mounted on ball bearings,
86 % extension.
Max. load 100 kg or 50 kg for 2.
Hinged doors, opening angle 180.
Lockable with central lock.
Customised special models available

on request.
Worktop width 1500 mm
Model
Drawers
2 x 170
3 x 180
1 x 180
1 x 180
2 x 180
Doors
1 x 540
1 x 360
1 x 360
1 x 540
2 x 360
Worktop thickness
mm
No.
g
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
983 422-BK
983 423-BK
983 424-BK
983 425-BK
983 426-BK
983 427-BK
983 428-BK
983 429-BK
983 430-BK
983 431-BK
983 432-BK
983 433-BK
517.00
864.00
876.00
1240.00
1110.00
1445.00
912.00
1255.00
1010.00
1355.00
1050.00
1385.00
Worktop width 2000 mm
124631
Drawers
Doors
Worktop thickness
No.
g
mm
2 x 180
2 x 360
50
4 x 180
1 x 360
50
2 x 180
2 x 360
50
3 x 180
3 x 360
50
50
100
983 434-BK
983 435-BK
983 436-BK
983 437-BK
983 439-BK
983 440-BK
983 441-BK
983 442-BK
983 443-BK
983 444-BK
633.00
1030.00
1310.00
1715.00
1415.00
1815.00
1335.00
1745.00
1435.00
1850.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
100
100
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

100
100
KAISER + KRAFT
124631
7
Model
609
11
Type of tabletop:
stainless steel
Tabletop thickness: 1.5 mm
Static, distributed max. load:
200 kg/m
Uses: foodstuffs and
pharmaceutical industries,
cold storage rooms etc.
Stainless steel folding

tables
Hygienic worktop and table legs made of

nickel chrome steel 1.4509.
With support beam.
Table depth 700 mm.
Your advantage
Setup and breakdown in
seconds perfect for
temporary workstations
or for portable use.
Width
Space saving storage, table legs fold in

Setup or breakdown in only 12 seconds
Also ideal for portable use: at festivals,
trade fairs etc.
mm
No.
g
1200
1400
1600
1800
704 086-BK
704 137-BK
704 138-BK
704 139-BK
454.50
480.00
507.00
532.00
Type of tabletop:
stainless steel
Tabletop thickness: 1.5 mm
200 kg/m
Form of delivery: flat pack
Stainless steel work

tables
Robust model
Optionally with or without shelf
Hygienic worktop and table legs made of

nickel chrome steel 1.4509.
With support beam.
Table depth 700 mm.
Your advantage
Setup and breakdown in

seconds perfect for
temporary workstations
or for portable use.
Shown with shelf
Width
mm
Shelf
No.
g
1400
1600
1800
without
with
without
with
without
with
704 140-BK
704 144-BK
704 141-BK
704 145-BK
704 142-BK
704 146-BK
449.00
560.00
468.50
581.00
487.00
598.00
Type of tabletop:
stainless steel
Tabletop thickness: 30 mm
250 kg/m
Stainless steel cupboards can be found

onpage 639.
Stainless steel
workbenches
Made entirely of nickel chrome steel

1.4301
Hygienic tabletop clad with stainless
steel lining and stainless sheet steel
Workbench depth 750 mm.

Your advantage
B
Can also be supplied as a custom version according to your
specifications. Please enquire.
124988
Width
With centre strut
With full length shelf
mm
800
1200
1500
1800
2400
No.
g
701 373-BK
702 508-BK
702 509-BK
702 614-BK
702 616-BK
592.00
780.00
897.00
1015.00
1280.00
No.
g
702 618-BK
702 619-BK
702 620-BK
702 621-BK
702 622-BK
659.00
923.00
1060.00
1225.00
1535.00
Accessories
Drawer
mounted on right side
No.
g
702 623-BK
Base cupboard
No.
g
702 624-BK
BLUE =
282.50
489.50
124988
High quality and particularly

hygienic completely stainless
steel model.
11
Workbenches
Stainless steel
workbenches
Worktop with non-rotting chipboard substructure

(waterproof bonding).
Additionally painted underneath.
Made of nickel chrome steel 1.4301
On request it can also be panelled with stainless sheet

steel underneath, or the worktop can be completely made
of stainless steel.
Please contact us for prices.
Model
The advantage
77583
Resistant to moisture, heat, cold and

many chemicals. Easy to clean.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Fittings
1 centre brace
1 full shelf
1 drawer
1 full shelf
1 cupboard
1 drawer
1 full shelf
Height
mm
840
840
840
840

Max. load 500 kg
No.
g
748 874-BK
748 879-BK
748 884-BK
748 890-BK
477.00
552.00
787.00
1255.00

Max. load 350 kg
No.
g
748 875-BK
748 880-BK
748 885-BK
748 891-BK
538.00
620.00
858.00
1315.00

Max. load 280 kg
No.
g
748 876-BK
748 881-BK
748 886-BK
748 892-BK
599.00
674.00
904.00
1355.00

Max. load 220 kg
No.
g
748 877-BK
748 882-BK
748 887-BK
748 893-BK
650.00
721.00
958.00
1435.00

Max. load 150 kg
No.
g
748 878-BK
748 883-BK
748 888-BK
748 894-BK
848.00
905.00
1150.00
1600.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
77583
Type of worktop: stainless steel with

wooden substructure
Static, distributed load: 180 500 kg/m2
Applications: laboratories, cold storage,
foodstuffs industry, medical facilities,
etc.
611
11

Assembly trolleys
Max. load 500 kg
Sturdy steel construction, powder coated in light blue
RAL 5012.
Flush fitting shelves made of plastic.
1 With two shelves

2 With lockable double door cupboard
Two zinc plated, height adjustable shelves.
Only 10 % extra.
Mobile workbenches
Max. load 500 kg
Sturdy steel construction, powder coated in light blue
RAL 5012.
30 mm thick MDF worktop, dcor finish. All round ABS
edging.
3 With lockable double door cupboard

Two zinc plated, height adjustable shelves.
4 With four drawers

Four ball bearing mounted drawers, central locking.
Max. load 20 kg/drawer.
Individual drawer stops to protect against
unintentional opening.
5 With four drawers and lockable double
door cupboard
Same description as 3 and 4.
Model
Worktop
Working height
Drawers
width x depth mm
mm
1050 x 700
900
1250 x 800
900
1150 x 700
900
1150 x 700
900
1150 x 700
900
qty. x height mm
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
1 x 60 / 1 x 90
1 x 120 / 1 x 180
944 160-BK
944 161-BK
281 670-BK
281 697-BK
281 719-BK
286.00
553.00
560.00
760.00
988.00
517 895-BK
517 895-BK
70.50
70.50
No.
g
127255
Accessories
Drawer divider set
No.
g / set
Drawer divider set for 4 + 5

Consisting of 1 longitudinal partition and 4 cross dividers.
BLUE =
127255
11
Assembly trolleys Mobile workbenches
Assembly trolleys
The economical, entry level model
foryourmobile workstation
Body in gentian blue RAL 5010 or light grey RAL 7035,
drawers in charcoal.
Solid beech worktop, 25 mm thick.
Practical push handle on the right side of the housing.
2 storage trays on the left, right side panel with holes for tool
hooks.
6 drawers (2 x 65, 3 x 130, 1 x 180 mm), pull-out on both sides,
80 % extendable, with individual pull-out stops.
Internal width x depth 500 x 400 mm. Max. load 30 kg each.
2 swivel castors, 1 with wheel stop, 2 fixed castors.
Body colour
mm
1000 x 450 x 950

light grey RAL 7035
422 298-BK
944 162-BK
479.00
Drawer dividers
479.00
No. 422 298-BK
2
Work surface
With 2 x 720 mm high doors,

each incl. 1 shelf
With 4 drawers (2 x 150, 2 x 210 mm),

1 x 720 mm high door, incl. 1 shelf
With 5 drawers (3 x 120, 2 x 180 mm),

1 x 720 mm high door, incl. 1 shelf
122760
Choice of work surface

Metal tray incl. raised edge and rubber mat
Wood and metal worktop (half and half)
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
No.
g
65
130
510 451-BK
510 452-BK
26.80
31.55
Mobile workbenches
Stable, powder coated sheet steel construction.
Document pouch on the side.
In two colour combinations, additional colours available on
request.
Drawers on ball bearing guides, 90 % extendable. Max. load.
approx. 75 kg.
2 swivel castors with wheel stops and 2 fixed castors.
For drawer height
colour light grey / gentian blue

charcoal / light grey
g
g
g
Accessories
For drawer height
Drawer dividers
2 partitions and 9 plug-in dividers.
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

wood
wood / metal
metal
944 163-BK
944 164-BK
944 168-BK
944 169-BK
944 166-BK
944 167-BK
799.00
799.00
799.00
944 170-BK
944 171-BK
944 175-BK
944 176-BK
944 172-BK
944 174-BK
972.00
989.00
972.00
944 756-BK
944 757-BK
944 760-BK
944 761-BK
944 758-BK
944 759-BK
1050.00
1120.00
1050.00
mm
120 + 150
180 + 210
979 625-BK
979 717-BK
55.10
73.50
KAISER + KRAFT
122760
2 longitudinal and 3 cross dividers. Dividers plug-in to 20 mm

grid.
613
11
Type of worktop: solid beech or
plastic coated
Distributed load:
800 kg/m2 (static)
500 kg/m2 (mobile)
Uses: industry, workshop,
production, dispatch, laboratory
The advantage
Easily manoeuvrable and compact
which also means they are ideal where
space is at a premium.
Model

Body and frame light grey RAL 7035, fronts
Roller bearing mounted drawers,
Aluminium handles with labelling strips.
Cupboards360 or 540 mm high. Opening
angle 180. 1 shelf is included with 540 mm
high cupboard.
mm
840 x 605 x 650
840 x 605 x 650
840 x 605 x 650
1 x 170 mm drawer
1 x 180 mm drawer,
1x360mm cupboard
Fittings
Description
static
mobile
static
mobile
static
mobile
Solid beech worktop
No.
g
506 065-BK
506 067-BK
112 292-BK
112 293-BK
112 296-BK
112 297-BK
237.50
333.50
378.50
477.50
481.50
580.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
705 684-BK
705 685-BK
112 294-BK
112 295-BK
112 298-BK
112 299-BK
318.50
414.50
455.50
549.00
559.00
658.00
5
Model
mm
6
4
840 x 1140 x 650
840 x 1140 x 650
840 x 1140 x 650
1 x 170 mm drawer
1 x 540 mm cupboard,
3 drawers (90 / 180 / 270 mm)
Fittings
Description
A Solid beech worktop, 40 mm thick

Particularly robust and non-warping due to
glued wood construction.
Surface treated to protect against
moisture.
124989
B Universal worktop, 40 mm thick

Worktop with an abrasion resistant, antistatic coating. Resistant to brief exposure
to weak acids and alkalis and temperatures up to approx. 250 C. Resistant to
prolonged exposure to grease and oil.
ABS edging.
static
mobile
static
mobile
static
mobile
Solid beech worktop
No.
g
506 077-BK
506 080-BK
112 300-BK
112 302-BK
112 306-BK
112 307-BK
318.00
412.50
463.50
564.00
814.00
899.00
Universal worktop
No.
g
705 690-BK
705 692-BK
112 303-BK
112 304-BK
112 309-BK
443.50
537.00
578.00
675.00
112 308-BK
926.00
1025.00
Drawer dividers (only for the workbenches on this page)
Divider inserts made of plastic

1 complete set for 1 drawer.
Plastic tray set

No. 506 110-BK
No. 506 111-BK
g 29.20
1 longitudinal and 6 cross dividers

For 180 and 270 mm high drawers.
g / set 53.20
No. 506 112-BK

BLUE =
g / set 46.95
124989
Workbenches
Mobile workbenches Table trolleys Tool trolleys
11
Table trolleys
Sturdy frame construction made of sheet
steel, powder coated in gentian
blueRAL5010.
Permanently welded shelves.
1 3 BASIC
4 6 PREMIUM
For the workshop, warehouse and

production
Melamine coated shelves inangular steel
frames.
4 industrial castors, 2withwheel stops.
Overall max. load approx. 200 kg.
For offices, foreman's offices, laboratories, IT, public facilities etc.

Ergonomic push handles on both sides.
Shelves with non-slip surface. Lockable
drawer, 160 mm high, on easy glide guide
rails.
4ball bearing mounted swivel castors with

thread guard, 2 with wheel stops.
Non-marking rubber wheels.
Overall max. load approx. 270 kg.
Model
Model
Fittings
2 shelves
3 shelves
2 shelves,
1 drawer
Fittings
2 shelves
3 shelves
2 shelves,
1 drawer
983 498-BK
983 501-BK
983 503-BK
749 142-BK
749 144-BK
749 146-BK
352.00
413.00
437.50
444.50
507.00
534.00
No.
g
No.
g
NEW
Assembly trolleys
NEW
Ideal for order picking and

supplying small parts, tools
etc.
124768
Two in one: workbench and tool trolley

Tool trolley
Body light blue RAL 5012, fronts white
aluminium RAL 9006.
Open top shelf with rubber mat.
4 drawers (3 x 85 mm, 1 x 165 mm high),
max. drawer load 25 kg.
Central locking, common key with double
door cupboard.
2swivel castors and 2 fixed castors,
wheel 100 mm. Swivel castors with
wheel stops.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Multi-purpose workbench
30 mm thick MDF worktop, dcor finish.
All-round steel frame.
Lockable double door cupboard with one
zinc plated shelf.
Complete price
No. 112 242-BK
g 974.00

construction, light blue RAL 5012.
Overall max. load 400 kg.
2 height adjustable shelves and 1drawer
(height 75 mm, extension).
Trapezoidal add-on for open fronted
storage bins.
1570 x 820 x 510 mm.
wheel 160 mm. Swivel castors with
wheel stops.
No. 112 241-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Shown with open fronted storage

bins (not included)
Suitable open fronted storage bins

can be found on page 281:
Bins 2 for the trapezoidal add-on
and 3 for the shelves.
124768
Multi-purpose workstations
g 747.00
KAISER + KRAFT
615
11
4
4 Six drawers which can be pulled-out on
2
1
g
No. 616 039-BK
both sides, individual pull-out stops
329.00
Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction. Body in

gentian blue RAL 5010, drawers in metallic charcoal.
Right side panel with holes for tool hooks. Solid beech
worktop, 25mmthick.
Drawer extension 80 %.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, 1 swivel castor with
wheel stop.
Tool trolleys
High quality, professional tool trolleys withan outstanding price/performance ratio.
1 Six drawers with

individualpull-out stops
Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction in gentian
blue RAL 5010 or melon yellow RAL 1028.
Worktop made of impact resistant plastic with small parts
trays.
Ball bearing mounted drawers, 100 % extension, individual
drawer stops protect against unintentional opening.
Max. load approx. 25kg per drawer. Central locking with
cylinder lock.
Including 3drawer dividers, height 75 mm.
2 fixed wheels, wheel 140 mm, and
2swivel castorswithwheel stops,wheel 100 mm.
2 Seven drawers
withindividual pull-out stops
Including 5 drawer dividers, height 75 mm.

Otherwise as1.
3 Six drawers with

individual pull-out stops
5 Stainless steel trolley with seven

drawers with individual pull-out stops
Good protection
against tipping
When one drawer is
pulled out, all other
drawers are locked.
Trolley body and drawer fronts made of 1.4016 stainless

steel.Drawer bodies made of steel.
Sturdy aluminium push handle.
Drawers on ball bearing guides, 100 % extension,
max. load. approx. 20 kg. Individual pull-out stops to
protect against unintentional opening. Central locking.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, swivel castors with
wheel stops, polyurethane tyres.
Model
mm
930 x 630 x 410
930 x 630 x 410
930 x 700 x 470
950 x 675 x 450
935 x 680 x 470
3 x 75 / 3 x 150
5 x 75 / 2 x 150
4 x 75 / 2 x 150
2 x 65 / 3 x 130
1 x 180
6 x 83 / 1 x 170
Powder coated
blue
melon yellow
616 039-BK
705 682-BK
616 041-BK
705 698-BK
616 043-BK
705 699-BK
603 773-BK
329.00
436.00
478.00
450.00
Stainless steel
No.
g
941 774-BK
1+2
125169
with individual stops

Each drawer can be
separately locked with
practical one-hand
system.

Drawers
BLUE =
705.00
125169
Body optionally in gentian blue RAL 5010 or melon yellow

RAL 1028. Drawers in charcoal RAL7016.
Back panel with inset hole matrix and bumpers at sides.
Worktop made of impact resistant plastic with small parts
trays.
Drawers on telescopic guides, 100 % extension.
Max. drawer load approx. 25 kg.
Individual pull-out stops to protect against tipping.
Including 4 drawer dividers, height 75 mm.
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, swivel castors with
wheel stops.
Tool trolleys
2
1
g
11
469.00
1 No. 614 725-BK
Tool trolleys
Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction,
red, similar to RAL3002.
Top shelf with ribbed rubber cover.
Fully extendable, ball bearing mounted drawers with
grip rails which can be labelled. Max. load 20 kg per
drawer. Central locking with cylinder lock.
2 fixed castors, 2swivel castors with wheel stops.
1 with large tool compartment and lockable slide-in

door.
Drawer divider set for 1 3
Removable drawer mats included with delivery.
4 and 5 with lockable hinged door.
3 longitudinal and 5 cross dividers for 75 mm high

drawers.
Model
External dims.
Drawers
99373
Doors
width 570 mm
width 313 mm
width 937 mm

quantity x height
quantity x height
quantity x height
quantity x height
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
g / set 19.00
995 x 680 x 458

2 x 75 / 1 x 153
1 x 395
995 x 680 x 458

5 x 75 / 2 x 153
995 x 680 x 458

7 x 75 / 1 x 153
923 x 1060 x 480

4 x 52 / 2 x 109 / 1 x 165
1 x 327
1007 x 1067 x 458

5 x 75 / 1 x 153
1 x 122
1 x 552
1007 x 1067 x 458

3 x 75 / 2 x 153
3 x 75 / 2 x 153
1 x 122
614 725-BK
614 727-BK
614 728-BK
614 729-BK
614 730-BK
614 731-BK
469.00
605.00
639.00
745.00
934.00
1050.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
99373
No. 614 732-BK
617
11
Mobile drawer cupboards
Tools, small parts etc. always close at hand at the

workstation
Stable, very sturdy sheet steel construction for
heavy duty industrial use
High quality powder coating, body light grey

RAL 7035, front light blue RAL 5012.
Drawers
Ball bearing mounted, max. load 40 kg, 80% extension.
Individual pull-out stops to protect against unintentional opening.
Aluminium handle with labelling strips and
transparent cover.
Central locking (cylinder lock).
2 fixed castors and 2 swivel castors, 1 with stop.
5
2
Eurokraft drawer cupboards can be found

on page631.
Accessories
Cupboard width x depth

6 compartments
9 compartments
Model
124632
Drawers
mm
600 x 450
700 x 450
No.
g / set
523 059-BK
523 065-BK
14.05
16.85
height 125 mm
No.
g / set
523 060-BK
523 066-BK
19.65
23.80
height 75 mm
No.
g / set
523 061-BK
523 067-BK
16.85
19.65
height 125 mm
No.
g / set
523 064-BK
523 068-BK
22.40
26.70
height 75 mm
mm
850 x 600 x 450
850 x 600 x 450
850 x 600 x 450
850 x 600 x 450
850 x 600 x 450
850 x 600 x 450
930 x 700 x 450
930 x 700 x 450
qty. x height mm
2 x 75 / 1 x 100
1 x 125
2 x 75 / 1 x 125
2 x 125 / 1 x 150
1 x 200
1 x 75 / 2 x 100
1 x 125 / 1 x 200
2 x 75 / 2 x 125
1 x 200
4 x 75 / 1 x 100
1 x 200
3 x 75 / 3 x 100
1 x 125
2 x 75 / 2 x 100
2 x 150
523 050-BK
523 051-BK
523 052-BK
523 053-BK
523 055-BK
523 056-BK
523 057-BK
523 058-BK
359.50
372.50
391.00
415.50
415.50
445.00
468.50
489.00
No.
g
BLUE =
124632
Drawer divider sets

Zinc plated dividers to divide into six or nine
compartments. In two heights.
One set required for each drawer.
Drawer cupboards Perfo-system
11
Tool trolleys
Mobile storage for tools and
small parts
Two tray shelves as standard
Powder coated steel construction,double

sided perforated panel can be fitted out on
both sides.
Body, trays and shelves in light
greyRAL7035.
Perforated panels in gentian blue
RAL5010.
wheel 125 mm.
Additional hook-in trays

Slanted trays
To hold open fronted storage bins etc.
Width760 mm, in three depths.
Tool trolley No.

with 2 tray shelves
1300 x 800 x 700
944 153-BK
No.
g
944 154-BK
depth 160 mm No.

g
944 155-BK
depth 250 mm No.

g
944 156-BK
depth 350 mm No.

g
944 158-BK
Hook-in tray
additional
Tools are always close at hand at the

workstation
Ideal for alternating workstations
626.00
Accessories
Slanted
tray
Width
760 mm
Tool holders for perforated panels

can be found beginning on page 620.
mm
65.50
54.60
59.40
Powder coated sheet steel frame, white

aluminium RAL 9006.
Ideal for storing tools or as a room divider.
126274
No.
g
615 955-BK
333.50
Accessories
615 956-BK
Perforated and louvred panels

Each side holds up to 3 panels.
Louvred panel
No.
g
615 957-BK
53.90
69.60
65.20
Free standing perforated panels

Description
Standard or extension modules, each with
3perforated panels for single sided use.
Overall dimensions
Heightxwidthxdepth
1845x1000x300mm.
standard module
extension module
slate grey RAL 7015

light grey RAL 7035
purple red RAL 3004
944 151-BK
615 976-BK
506 212-BK
615 977-BK
944 152-BK
615 980-BK
506 213-BK
615 981-BK
353.00
296.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Tool trolley
No.
g

mm
Panel colour
1010 x 650 x 1564
Perforated panel
For hanging in louvred panels, and in

perforated panels when used withholding
rails (accessory).
Made of polyethylene (HDPE). Stackable,
suspension edge at the back.
Resistant to many acids, alkalis, oilsand
lubricants. Temperature resistant
from35C to +80C.
Model
mm
Accessories
Can be set up straight or at a 90 angle.

Frame light grey RAL7035.
Capacity
litres
55 x 103 x 90
0.4
62 x 103 x 120
0.75
83 x 103 x 165
1
125 x 145 x 240
3.5
165 x 207 x 345
10
190 x 303 x 485
30
Accessories
Holding rail for perforated panels, width 450mm
Prepared for double sided use
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Pack of
24
24
24
24
12
6
th
Dep
Width
Yellow
No.
Blue
No.
g / pack
615 982-BK
615 983-BK
615 985-BK
615 987-BK
746 329-BK
746 330-BK
615 988-BK
615 989-BK
615 990-BK
615 991-BK
749 024-BK
749 025-BK
23.05
42.50
38.90
77.80
99.90
102.10
944 141-BK
944 141-BK
13.50
Tool cupboards with perforated

and slotted grids can be found on
page 660.
KAISER + KRAFT
126274
Accessories
Tool trolleys
Height
619
11
Perforated panels
For more space, order and overview in the workshop and factory
connecting panels, or withslots for
suspending open fronted storage bins
andtool holders (accessory louvred panel
adapter required).
Stable, powder coated sheet steel panels

with 9.2x9.2mm square holes in
continuous 38.1mm matrix for free
positioning of tools hooks and for
Perforated panels
Colour
length x width mm
495 x 457
991 x 457
1486 x 457
1981 x 457

light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
purple red RAL 3004
615 959-BK
506 208-BK
615 961-BK
615 962-BK
615 964-BK
506 209-BK
615 965-BK
615 966-BK
615 968-BK
506 210-BK
615 969-BK
615 970-BK
615 972-BK
506 211-BK
615 973-BK
615 974-BK
37.25
57.40
78.10
101.60
No.
g / each
566 071-BK
566 071-BK
566 071-BK
566 071-BK
12.05
12.05
12.05
12.05
Accessories
Table mounting kit
required
Table mounting kit

For horizontal mounting of perforated and
louvred panels to a worktop.
See table for prices.
Toolholder assortment and accessories

36-piece set
3 hooks in each depth (25/50/75 mm),
3 double hooks in each depth (25/50/75 mm),
5 double tool clamps
(2 each in of 13/16 mm), 5tool clamps
19 mm,2clamps (150/300 mm long),
1round holder 60mm.
11-piece set
5 hooks, 5 double hooks and 1spanner
holder.
No. 724 625-BK
g / set 42.45
122762
25-piece set
5 tool holders in each of the following
depths 25, 50 and 75mm, 5 double holders,
depth 50 mm, 5tool clamps 19 mm.
No. 944 144-BK
g / set 93.20
g / set 194.40
22-piece set
2 double hooks in each depth (25/50/75 mm),
1 tool clamp in each (10, 13, 16, 19, 25, 28,
32 mm).
No. 706 308-BK
g / set 84.60
20-piece set
5 each of the following: 25 mm deep holder,
75 mm deep double hooks and tool clamps
with 13 mm; 1spanner holder,
1 saw holder, 1 screwdriver holder,
1 Allen key holder, 1 drill bit holder.
No. 944 145-BK
g / set 99.90
Holding rail
For open fronted storage bins, height 75 mm.
Width
100 mm
450 mm
900 mm
80-piece set
5 double hooks in each depth
(25/50/75/100/150 mm), 5 U-holders in each
size (60 x 20/40 x 75 mm), 5 tool clamps in
each (6/10/13/19/25 mm), 1 spanner
holder, 1 saw holder, 1 screwdriver holder,
1 Allen key holder, 1drill bit holder.
g / set 325.00
g
5.60
13.50
24.00
Hose and cable holders

Made of cast aluminium.
For wall mounting or attaching to perforated panels. Includes mounting materials.
Width x height
No. 706 311-BK
No.
944 140-BK
944 141-BK
944 142-BK
No.
g
mm
250 x 100
350 x 140
724 587-BK
911 850-BK
37.30
51.00
BLUE =
122762
No. 706 309-BK
Perforated panel systems

Double hooks
With wide base plate,
vertical hook ends.
Pack of 5.
D mm
25
50
75
100
150
No.
731 319-BK
731 320-BK
731 321-BK
731 322-BK
731 324-BK
U holders
Pack of 5.
W x D mm
40 x 20
60 x 20
80 x 20
40 x 50
40 x 75
40 x 100
g / pack
18.25
19.30
21.30
21.55
25.70
Zinc plated steel hooks, 6 mm.

D mm
100
150
Holding pins
Angled pin.
Protective cap.
Pack of 5.
Depth mm
25
50
75
100
No.
604 772-BK
604 773-BK
604 774-BK
604 775-BK
No.
731 305-BK
731 306-BK
731 308-BK
731 309-BK
731 310-BK
mm
6
10
16
25
32
51
g / pack
7.10
7.80
8.35
8.35
mm
6
W mm
20
20
20
20
20
60
mm
6
10
13
16
19
g / pack
9.30
8.90
10.20
10.85
12.00
W mm
60
60
60
60
60
No.
731 329-BK
731 330-BK
731 332-BK
731 333-BK
731 334-BK
731 335-BK
g / pack
12.75
13.20
13.70
15.00
15.90
29.25
Depth mm
150
604 776-BK
604 777-BK
604 778-BK
604 779-BK
26.40
43.35
35.65
56.90
mm
5
13
Width mm
150
300
No.
731 349-BK
19.35
No.
748 907-BK
7.55
Spanner holder
8 positions.
No.
731 336-BK
731 337-BK
731 338-BK
731 339-BK
731 341-BK
g / pack
20.80
21.25
22.30
22.90
23.50
Width x depth x height mm

75 145 x 40 x 180
Tool holding
clamps
With plastic
clamps.
Pack of 3.
No.
g / pack
19.55
21.65
24.60
25.80
26.90
28.15
Pliers holders
Double tool clamps

Rotating clamps.
Pack of 5.
Shelf
Sheet steel,
powder coated
in light grey
RAL 7035.

450 x 170 x 105
900 x 170 x 105
450 x 250 x 105
900 x 250 x 105
g / pack
37.90
40.80
Single tool clamps

Rotating clamp.
Pack of 5.
Tool holders
Vertical hook end. Protective cap.
Pack of 5.
Depth mm
25
50
75
100
150
No.
731 326-BK
731 327-BK
No.
748 901-BK
748 902-BK
748 903-BK
748 904-BK
748 905-BK
748 906-BK
6-way holders
6 holders 80 mm,
spacing 44 mm.
Protective cap.
Storage hooks
With wide base plate, vertical,
closed, high hook end (50 mm).
Pack of 5.
Tool storage made easy
11
No.
944 138-BK
944 139-BK
No.
731 357-BK
12.95
Screwdriver
holder
Width 225 mm.
g / pack
70.80
107.10
Capacity
7 (4 x 7, 3 x 13)
No.
731 359-BK
11.35
Allen key holder

10 positions,
115 mm wide.
Wire basket
Also ideal for
large, bulky parts.
Storage tray
Sheet steel,
powder coated in
light grey
RAL 7035.
No.
748 895-BK
748 896-BK
19.65
28.80

470 x 300 x 220
470 x 400 x 220
112277
Capacity
3
No.
944 137-BK
21.40
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g
75.00
84.20
Capacity
10 ( 2 12)
mm
40
60
80
No.
706 312-BK
706 313-BK
706 314-BK
g / pack
32.90
34.10
35.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
731 361-BK
12.00
Drill bit holder

Width 225 mm.
Round holders
With wide base
plate.
Pack of 5.
Can holder
For round cans
withmax. of
68 mm.
Width mm
225
No.
604 781-BK
604 782-BK
Capacity
13 (1 x 2 15)
No.
731 362-BK
16.00
KAISER + KRAFT
112277

225 x 175 x 65
440 x 175 x 65
621
11
Cable reels
Complete with cable and safety plug
Dust and splash water protection to IP42
Automatic, maintenance free cable reel, completely

insulated. High quality, oil resistant rubber sheathed cable
for heavy duty requirements. Impact resistant plastic
housing.
Cable type H07RN-F3G 1,5 (for 15 and 25 m cables) or
H07RN-F3G 2,5 (for 10 and 20 m cables). Max. 230 V ~.
Cable length
10
15
20
25
mm
338 x 146 x 290
338 x 146 x 290
445 x 208 x 406
450 x 208 x 406
510 389-BK
510 390-BK
510 391-BK
611 715-BK
146.00
191.70
295.00
312.50
No.
g
Hose reels
Complete with hose for various types of media
For use wherever the full length of hose is not required
and where tripping hazards must be avoided.
All reels are fitted with recoil springs and recoil locks for
tension free operation. Can be mounted on the wall,
ceiling, floor or on machines and vehicles.
Hose
g
No. 941 527-BK
155.00
For air and water up to max. 20 bar

Automatic hose reel with impact resistant plastic housing
and swing-mounting bracket for wall and ceiling
mounting. With high quality PU hose and manual
arresting mechanism to prevent unintentional release of
the recoil lock (except for 12 bar model). Encapsulated,
permanently lubricated recoil spring. Suitable for indoor
and outdoor use.
nom. diameter
connection, external
DN 6
G "
DN 6
G "
DN 9
G 3/8"
DN 12
G "
bar
m
mm
without
12
10
346 x 157 x 328
with
20
15
460 x 215 x 443
with
20
15
460 x 215 x 443
with
12
15
460 x 220 x 443
941 527-BK
941 528-BK
941 529-BK
941 531-BK
155.00
219.00
325.50
335.50
Manual arresting mechanism

Max. pressure
Hose length
No.
g
For air max. 15 bar
Accessories
Drum and base made of cast aluminium, swivelling hose

guide, zinc plated. With PVC hose and buffer.
Quick coupling and swivelling bracket for mounting.
Hose
nom. diameter
Hose length
DN 8
G "
DN 10
G 3/8"
12
20
12
20
539 465-BK
233 838-BK
506 191-BK
539 473-BK
233 889-BK
506 193-BK
251.50
336.00
394.00
252.00
339.50
391.50
No.
g
233 803-BK
233 803-BK
233 803-BK
233 811-BK
233 811-BK
233 811-BK
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
No.
g
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
No.
g
Accessories
Quick release coupling
Swivelling bracket
For air, water, or oil max. 60 bar

Painted and partially zinc plated, optionally with sheet
steel housing. With rubber hose as standard. Hose reel
without sheet steel housing, with variable outlet window.
Accessories
Swivelling bracket for mounting.
Hose length
Sheet steel housing
Nom. diameter
Connection,
outside
No.
g
DN 12
G 1/2
15
20
without
with
without
with
without
265 098-BK
506 188-BK
265 128-BK
506 189-BK
265 144-BK
525.00
631.00
659.00
788.00
751.00
265 233-BK
607 726-BK
265 233-BK
607 726-BK
265 233-BK
113.70
92.40
113.70
92.40
113.70
Accessories
Swivelling bracket
No.
g
BLUE =
112279
112279
Hose
10
Cable reels Hose reels
11
Hose reels
For water up to max. 10 bar
Ideal for supplying water in indoor and outdoor areas.
Includes multi-functional nozzle.
Connections compatible with other water operated tools
from all leading manufacturers.
Robust, closed plastic housing.
Sturdy metal swivel bracket.
30 m model with spool winder for even reeling of the hose

(shown at right).
20 m model not shown.
Nominal hose diameter
DN 12
External connection
Hose length
m
mm
20
445 x 220 x 400
30
495 x 290 x 495
501 510-BK
510 387-BK
148.70
229.00
No.
g
Stainless steel hose reels

For water up to max. 60 bar
Automatic hose reel made of V2A stainless steel with
multiple latches for optimum use.
Ideal for the food processing or chemical industries,
large kitchens, cold storage, cleaning plants, etc.
Accessories
Swivel bracket for mounting on the wall, ceiling,
floor or to machines and vehicles.
Nominal hose diameter
DN 12
External connection
Hose length
G
10
460 x 200 x 460
m
mm
No.
g
15
490 x 200 x 490
979 510-BK
979 513-BK
659.00
875.00
979 515-BK
979 515-BK
155.90
155.90
Accessories
Swivel bracket made of stainless steel
No.
g
Hose reels with controlled

retraction
1 For air up to max. 15 bar
With integrated duplex brake only functional in

direction of retraction
Hose pulls out easily controlled, braked retraction
Improved safety at the workplace for employees and
equipment
Accessories
Drum and base made of cast aluminium, swivelling hose

guide, zinc plated. With PVC hose and buffer.
Hose
Hose length
nom. diameter
Quick release coupling and swivelling bracket for

mounting.
DN 8
G
DN 10
G 3/8
12
20
12
20
944 124-BK
944 125-BK
944 126-BK
944 127-BK
944 128-BK
944 129-BK
388.00
445.00
526.00
389.50
447.50
502.00
No.
g
233 803-BK
233 803-BK
233 803-BK
233 811-BK
233 811-BK
233 811-BK
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
8.70
No.
g
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
233 773-BK
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
46.90
No.
g
Accessories
Quick release coupling
Swivelling bracket
2 For air, water, or oil max. 60 bar

Painted and partially zinc plated. With rubber hose and
stopper as standard. Variable outlet window.
Hose length
No.
g
Nominal hose diameter DN 12. External connection G .
10
15
20
944 131-BK
944 133-BK
944 135-BK
659.00
829.00
856.00
265 233-BK
265 233-BK
265 233-BK
113.70
113.70
113.70
Swivelling bracket
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122588
122588
Accessories
KAISER + KRAFT
623
11
NEW
Modular furnishings
for the workshop and
factory
The modular solution for your
ambitious initial setup or
expansion.
Wide range of products: workbenches,

double door cupboards, sliding door
cupboards, roller shutter cupboards,
drawer cupboards and moreon five
catalogue pages
Uniform system dimensions for form
fitting combinations of individual
products and accessory parts
Uniform design and colour scheme for
a homogeneous appearance
throughout the workshop
Guaranteed availability: we guarantee
long-term adaptation and expansion of
your furnishings
All products in this series are particularly

robust and fulfil the highest technical
requirements.
Body always light grey RAL 7035. Fronts /
doors and tops in choice of three colours
(other RAL colours on request).
CAD
The industrial swivel chairs shown

Modular cupboards with hinged

doors
Service
High max. load: up to 1.5 tonnes due to

reinforced support and cap profiles
Optionally with solid panel or vision
panel doors
Locking system with 5-pin replaceable

core and concealed lock linkage.
Optional configuration of locking systems
available for all Cubio products.
Zinc plated shelves, height adjustable in
increments of25 mm.
Max. shelf load 100 kg, 160 kg for widths of
1300 / 1600 mm.
Pull-out shelves with raised edges on
three sides, light grey RAL 7035. Max. shelf
load 75 kg. 100% extension.
Drawers, light grey RAL 7035, max.
drawerload 75 kg. 100% extension.
Solid panel doors with perforated box
section reinforcement to hold tool hooks.
Vision panel doors with impact resistant
polycarbonate insert.
Door opening angle 180 on both models.
Complete offer
Modular cupboard
2000x1050x650mm
Body light grey RAL7035.
With 1 shelf, 1 worktop and
4drawers.
Complete offer
Doors
Type of doors
Height
Shelves
Width
Depth
Doors
light grey RAL 7035

charcoal RAL 7016
112 814-BK
112 815-BK
112 816-BK
1580.00
solid panel doors

mm
vision panel doors
1000
2
1050
525
2000
4
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
112 153-BK
112 154-BK
112 155-BK
112 156-BK
112 157-BK
112 158-BK
112 159-BK
112 161-BK
112 162-BK
112 163-BK
112 164-BK
112 165-BK
112 166-BK
112 167-BK
112 168-BK
112 169-BK
112 170-BK
112 171-BK
112 172-BK
112 173-BK
112 174-BK
112 175-BK
112 176-BK
112 177-BK
112 179-BK
112 180-BK
112 181-BK
112 182-BK
112 183-BK
112 184-BK
112 185-BK
112 187-BK
112 188-BK
112 189-BK
112 190-BK
112 191-BK
769.00
815.00
879.00
925.00
1140.00
1205.00
1285.00
1360.00
1315.00
1390.00
1470.00
1535.00
No.
g
112 192-BK
112 193-BK
112 195-BK
112 196-BK
112 192-BK
112 193-BK
112 195-BK
112 196-BK
112 192-BK
112 193-BK
112 195-BK
112 196-BK
51.70
57.20
75.90
81.00
51.70
57.20
75.90
81.00
51.70
57.20
75.90
81.00
Pull-out shelf
No.
g
112 198-BK
112 200-BK
112 198-BK
112 200-BK
112 198-BK
112 200-BK
Drawer, height 125 mm
No.
g
112 202-BK
112 204-BK
112 202-BK
112 204-BK
112 202-BK
112 204-BK
650
1300
525
650
1050
525
2000
4
650
1300
525
650
1050
525
1300
525
650
650
Accessories
157.70
128.60
178.60
140.80
157.70
128.60
178.60
140.80
157.70
128.60
BLUE =
178.60
140.80
124769
124769
Additional shelf
Cubio modular furnishings
11
Plan with confidence

usingour planning service
If necessary we can analyse the size and
layout of your rooms as well as material
and storage logistics.
You will receive a detailed layout,
including recommendations to meet all
your requirements even partitions and
locking systems.
You will find workbenches and
drawer cupboards from this series
on the followingpages.
Modular cupboards with roller

shuttersor sliding doors
Height 2000 mm.
No awkward hinged doors ideal
where space is at a premium
Locks with exchangeable cylinder
which can be replaced without tools
Roller shutter cupboards
Interior fittings
Increase the functionality of your

cupboards based on individual
requirements.
Counterbalanced roller shutter stays

open inany position
Shutter glides smoothly and easily due
to aluminium guide rails
Shelves
With two support brackets for mounting /
height adjustment (25 mm increments).
Max. load 100 kg, 160 kg for widths
of 1300 mm and wider. Zinc plated.
Pull-out shelves
With raised edges on three sides.
Max. load 75 kg (200 kg on request).
Drawers
Height 125 mm.
Max. load 75 kg (200 kg on request).
Sliding door cupboards
Other technical specifications same as left

hand page.
Close quietly due to sliding doors with

soft impact dampers
Both doors can be moved
simultaneously
Type of doors
roller shutter
Shelves
Drawers
Width
Depth
Doors
sliding doors
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
1050
650
1300
650
1300
650
1600
650
6
4 x 125
1600
650
112 205-BK
112 206-BK
112 207-BK
112 209-BK
112 210-BK
112 211-BK
112 212-BK
112 213-BK
112 214-BK
112 215-BK
112 217-BK
112 218-BK
112 219-BK
112 220-BK
112 221-BK
1605.00
1755.00
1500.00
1865.00
2455.00
No.
g
112 193-BK
112 196-BK
112 196-BK
112 222-BK
112 222-BK
57.20
81.00
81.00
51.70
51.70
Pull-out shelf
No.
g
112 198-BK
112 200-BK
112 223-BK
112 223-BK
157.70
178.60
114.40
114.40
Drawer, height 125 mm
No.
g
112 202-BK
112 204-BK
112 225-BK
112 225-BK
128.60
140.80
109.90
109.90
Accessories
Additional shelf
124770
For cupboard width

For cupboard depth
Drawer width
Zinc plated partitions
Small parts trays
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1050
650
1050
1300
650
1300
1600
650
800
706 820-BK
112 245-BK
112 817-BK
90.30
108.90
76.80
706 824-BK
112 248-BK
603 873-BK
96.00
108.70
84.60
Example layout with additional items please ask for details.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124770
Drawer dividers for 125 mm drawer height
625
11
Modular workbenches
Matched for the modular cupboards on

the previous pages.
Ideal for combining with Cubio modular cupboards

anddrawer cupboards
Drawer extension 100 %
Static, distributed max. load up to 1.2 tonnes
Sturdy, powder coated steel construction.

Fronts in choice of three colours other colours on
request.
Solid beech worktop, 40 mm thick.
Worktop depth 750mm.
Max. drawer load 75 kg. Ergonomic bar handles which
can be labelled. Central locking with replaceable core
which can be replaced without tools.
Optional configuration of locking systems available for all
Cubio products.
Model
Width
mm
1500
1500
1500
2000
2000
2000
2 drawers 150 mm,

2 doors 350 mm
3 drawers
(2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm),
1 door 500 mm
3 drawers
(2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm)
6 drawers
(4 x 150, 2 x 200 mm)
3 drawers
(2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm),
1 recessed shelf,
1 door 500 mm
3 drawers
(2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm),
2 doors 500 mm
light grey RAL 7035

charcoal RAL 7016
112 249-BK
112 250-BK
112 251-BK
112 252-BK
112 253-BK
112 254-BK
112 255-BK
112 256-BK
112 257-BK
112 258-BK
112 260-BK
112 261-BK
112 262-BK
112 263-BK
112 264-BK
112 265-BK
112 266-BK
112 268-BK
1140.00
1205.00
1205.00
1585.00
1395.00
1555.00
Fittings
Fronts
Modular workbenches
Modular system for arranging workbenchesindividually, as well as in rows and group workstations
Ideal for combining with Cubio modular cupboards
and drawer cupboards
Trestle legs height adjustable from 700 1100 mm
Static, distributed max. load up to 1.5 tonnes

Fronts in choice of three colours other colours on
request.
Solid beech worktop, 40 mm thick. Depth 750 mm.
Drawers with 100 % extension, max. load 75 kg.
Ergonomic bar handles which can be labelled.
Central locking with exchangeable cylinder which can be
replaced without tools.
Optional configuration of locking systems available forall
Cubio products.
Width
mm
1500
1500
1500
1500
2000
2000
3 drawers
(2 x 75, 1 x 150 mm)
4 drawers
(2 x 75, 1 x 150, 1 x 200 mm)
5 drawers
(2 x 100, 2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm)
left: 6 drawers
(3 x 100, 2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm)
right: 7 drawers
(5 x 100, 2 x 150 mm)
left: 5 drawers
(2 x 100, 2 x 150, 1 x 200 mm)
right: 2 drawers
(1 x 100, 1 x 175 mm)
1 door 400 mm
light grey RAL 7035

charcoal RAL 7016
112 269-BK
112 272-BK
112 273-BK
112 274-BK
112 276-BK
112 277-BK
112 278-BK
112 279-BK
112 280-BK
112 281-BK
112 282-BK
112 284-BK
112 285-BK
112 286-BK
112 287-BK
112 288-BK
462.50
1190.00
1370.00
1265.00
2340.00
1865.00
Fittings
124771
Fronts
BLUE =
124771
Model
Drawer cupboards
11
Drawers: fitted with roller bearings

and synchronised central guide
Max. drawer load: 75 kg / 200 kg
Drawer extension: 100 %
Individual pull-out stops: yes
Suitable for labelling: yes
Your advantage
Heavy machine cupboards for heavy
duty requirements in manufacturing,
warehouse and production.
Drawer cupboards
Extremely robust body max. load up to

1.5 tonnes
Heavy duty drawer bodies
Drawer extension 100 % optimum
access and maximum usable area
High quality central locking system with
exchangeable cylinder which can be
replaced without tools
Smooth sliding, self-retracting drawers
with precision lateral guides

Drawers with ergonomic bar handles.
Accessible from above or below.
Includes labelling strips and transparent
cover.
Width x depth
mm
Height
525 x 525
800 x 650
800 x 750
1050 x 650
mm
900
Drawers
2 x 75 / 3 x 150
1 x 200
900
1000
1000
1200
800
1200
2 x 75 / 3 x 150 / 1 x 200
4 x 75 / 1 x 100
2 x 150 / 1 x 200
2 x 75 / 4 x 100
1 x 150 / 1 x 200
2 x 75 / 1 x 100
3 x 150 / 2 x 200
2 x 100 / 2 x 150 / 1 x 200
4 x 100 / 2 x 200 / 1 x 300
Max. drawer load

kg
Front and top
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
75
75
200
75
200
75
200
75
200
75
200
75
200
941 721-BK
941 722-BK
706 827-BK
941 744-BK
941 745-BK
706 828-BK
941 691-BK
941 692-BK
946 110-BK
941 748-BK
941 749-BK
946 111-BK
941 695-BK
941 696-BK
946 112-BK
605 614-BK
605 615-BK
946 113-BK
605 618-BK
605 619-BK
946 114-BK
605 623-BK
605 624-BK
946 115-BK
605 627-BK
605 628-BK
946 116-BK
706 428-BK
706 429-BK
706 430-BK
706 594-BK
706 595-BK
706 596-BK
706 630-BK
706 631-BK
706 632-BK
706 687-BK
706 748-BK
706 818-BK
802.00
1085.00
1325.00
1295.00
1660.00
1325.00
1740.00
1505.00
1955.00
1110.00
1260.00
1440.00
1660.00
525 x 525
800 x 650
800 x 750
1050 x 650
1300 x 750
1
4
3
7
3
7
5
7
6
7
No.
g
603 851-BK
706 427-BK
603 887-BK
706 819-BK
605 633-BK
61.40
63.00
117.60
78.10
162.70
100 mm
No.
g
603 852-BK
603 861-BK
603 888-BK
706 820-BK
605 634-BK
62.80
90.40
129.70
90.30
188.40
150 mm
No.
g
603 853-BK
603 862-BK
603 889-BK
706 821-BK
605 635-BK
69.30
103.10
138.50
104.30
203.00
mm
525 x 525
800 x 650
800 x 750
1050 x 650
1300 x 750
24
27
41
43
71
75 mm
No.
g
603 865-BK
603 870-BK
603 897-BK
706 823-BK
605 636-BK
53.10
69.20
98.10
80.60
162.80
100 mm
No.
g
603 866-BK
603 873-BK
603 898-BK
706 824-BK
605 637-BK
62.80
84.60
117.60
96.00
198.00
mm
525 x 525
800 x 650
800 x 750
1050 x 650
1300 x 750
5
10
12
36
12
48
18
54
21
84
603 874-BK
603 876-BK
603 903-BK
706 826-BK
605 639-BK
46.65
75.80
91.70
95.30
156.30
Drawer dividers
For cupboard size
Longitudinal and cross

dividers
Longitudinal partitions
Cross dividers
Made of zinc plated sheet steel.
Small parts trays

Made of impact resistant polystyrene,
iron grey RAL7011.
For drawer height
Compact trays with plug-in

dividers
122764
Made of impact resistant ABS plastic,

iron grey RAL 7011. Height 28 mm.
Individual depth division in
15 mm increments with plug-in dividers.
75 mm
For cupboard size

Trays
For drawer height
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
For cupboard size

Tray rows
Plug-in dividers
No.
g / set
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122764
Orderly storage with variable divider sets. Please include dividers for the respective cupboard size with your order.
627
11
JUMBO drawer cupboards

Extremely sturdy housing, heavy duty drawer

bodies
Drawer extension 100 % optimum access
and maximum usable area
High quality locking system with exchangeable
cylinder which can be replaced without tools
Smooth sliding, self-retracting drawers with
precision lateral guides
Your advantage
Largest possible storage space for
tools and supplies.
Model
Height
Drawers
122765
On request, we can alsosupply cupboards with custom drawer heights.

mm

Max. housing load up to 1.5 t.
Drawers with ergonomic bar handles accessible
from above or below.
Practical drawer
dividers, such as zinc
plated dividers, plastic
containers and plastic
trays can be found on
page 627.
Three colour combinations

Body in light grey RAL 7035.
Fronts optionally in light grey RAL 7035,
gentian blue RAL 5010 or charcoal RAL 7016.
Other colour combinations available on request.
1000
1000
1200
1200
2 x 75 / 2 x 100
1 x 150 / 2 x 200
2 x 75 / 3 x 100
3 x 150
2 x 75 / 1 x 100
3 x 150 / 2 x 200
8 x 100 / 2 x 150
Max. drawer load

kg
Front
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
75
200
75
200
75
200
75
200
605 585-BK
605 586-BK
946 118-BK
605 589-BK
605 591-BK
946 119-BK
605 558-BK
605 559-BK
946 120-BK
605 562-BK
605 563-BK
946 121-BK
605 567-BK
605 568-BK
946 122-BK
605 571-BK
605 572-BK
946 123-BK
605 576-BK
605 577-BK
946 124-BK
605 580-BK
605 582-BK
946 126-BK
1770.00
2155.00
1955.00
2375.00
1995.00
2405.00
2320.00
2825.00
Cupboard cover
with raised edge
No.
g
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
605 594-BK
145.90
145.90
145.90
145.90
145.90
145.90
145.90
145.90
Forklift plinth
No.
g
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
605 595-BK
195.30
195.30
195.30
195.30
195.30
195.30
195.30
195.30
Accessories
BLUE =
122765
Drawer guides: roller bearing

mounted with synchronised centre
rail
Max. drawer load: 75 kg / 200 kg
Drawer cupboards Counter cupboards
11
b
9
c
5
3
1
1
4
a
2
8
Material and tool distribution counters

Whether it be a single cupboard with
Step 1: select the model and number of cupboards
worktop, or a complete counter system you Cupboards made of robust sheet steel, fully assembled.
Drawers (W x D 900 x 600 mm) on roller guides,
100% extension, max. load 100 kg per drawer. Individual
can create combinations based on individual Adjustable feet for levelling on uneven surfaces.
pull-out stops prevent more than one drawer from being
requirements.
Fronts optionally in light grey or gentian blue RAL 5010.
opened at the same time. Central locking.
Ideal for the distribution of tools and materials
Variable, modular system for custom solutions, e.g.
single units, combination of multiple cupboards to
form a workbench etc.
Aluminium grip rails with labelling strips.

Hinged doors with 180 opening angle (no protruding
doors in passageways, etc.).
Width x depth x height 1060 x 675 x 980 mm,

corner cupboard 950 x 675 x 980 mm.
Worktop not included with delivery.
Please order separately according to step 2.
Model
Fittings
2 shelves
2 doors 1000 mm,

2 shelves
1 drawer 180 mm,

2 doors 715 mm,
1 shelf
5 x 180 mm drawers
6 x 150 mm drawers
3 drawers 90 mm,
2 drawers 180 mm,
1 drawer 270 mm
2 drawers 90 mm,
3 drawers 120 mm,
2 drawers 180 mm
2 doors 1000 mm,

2 shelves
112 782-BK
112 783-BK
112 784-BK
112 785-BK
112 786-BK
112 787-BK
112 788-BK
112 789-BK
112 790-BK
112 791-BK
112 792-BK
112 793-BK
112 794-BK
112 795-BK
112 796-BK
765.00
837.00
1100.00
1205.00
1205.00
1310.00
730.00
Colour
grey
grey / blue
g
549.00
Step 2: select the width and number of

worktops
Fit out one or more cupboards with a full length worktop
(self-assembly).
Max. width 4260 mm (or four cupboards).
Solid beech worktop, mortised and bonded, 40 mm thick

For cupboards
Width
quantity
mm
No.
g
1
1065
2
2130
3
3195
4
4260
corner tabletop
950
112 797-BK
112 799-BK
112 800-BK
112 804-BK
112 805-BK
140.80
282.00
423.00
564.00
109.90
Step 3: select accessories
9 Folding counter top

Drawer dividers
b Ribbed rubber mat
For drawer width x depth 900 x 600 mm.
To protect the worktop from oil, grease etc.

Width 700 mm. Please specify desired length.
3 longitudinal and 8 cross dividers, zinc plated

Drawer height
124772
No. 112 806-BK
g 216.50
No. 112 807-BK
g / metre 52.40
No.
g
mm
90-150
180 300
112 809-BK
112 813-BK
70.70
96.30
a Swing door
c Sheet steel cover
Made of 1 mm thick, zinc plated sheet steel.

Bevelled edges. Width x depth 1080 x 700 mm.
Set of plastic small parts bins

For one drawer, 90 or 120 mm high.
24 bins 150 x 150 x 60 mm.
No. 112 808-BK
No. 112 818-BK
No. 510 433-BK
g 269.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g 89.80
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g / set 173.30
KAISER + KRAFT
124772
629
11
Drawer version: roller guides
Max. drawer load: 70 kg
Individual pull-out stops: no
Suitable for labelling: no
Tool cupboards
Your advantage

3 + 5 with a height adjustable shelf.
For light to medium duty applications

in workshop and industry
Cupboards with drawers and hinged

doors can be supplemented with a
worktop and tressle legs to create a
cost effective workstation.
Quality products at an astounding price

Can be expanded to form a workbench
Available in two heights
Colours
Light grey RAL 7035, light blue RAL 5012.
Drawer divider sets

Zinc plated dividers in three heights.
1 longitudinal and 1 cross divider

3 compartments, for 200 mm drawer height.
No. 523 072-BK
g / set 40.65

24 compartments, for 100 mm drawer
height.
No. 523 069-BK
g / set 32.25

6 compartments, for 150 mm drawer height.
No. 523 071-BK
from g
g / set 35.10
345.00
3
5
mm
mm
800
600 x 600
800
600 x 600
800
600 x 600
1000
600 x 600
1000
600 x 600
2 x 150
2 x 200
2 x 100
2 x 150
1 x 200
2 x 100
4 x 100
2 x 150
1 x 200
1 x 100
2 x 150
Height
Width x depth
124633
Door height
Colour
mm
light grey
500
500
523 033-BK
523 034-BK
523 035-BK
523 036-BK
523 037-BK
523 039-BK
523 040-BK
523 041-BK
523 042-BK
523 043-BK
417.00
468.00
345.00
597.00
444.00
6 Worktop
7 Trestle legs
Multiplex, 30 mm thick.
Tubular steel C profile, powder coated

light grey RAL7035.
Can be adjusted to heights of
800 / 1000 mm.
Width x depth
No.
g
mm
1250 x 650
1500 x 650
523 044-BK
523 045-BK
113.30
136.70
No. 523 047-BK

BLUE =
g 56.10
124633
Model
Drawers
Drawer cupboards
Drawer version:
roller guided telescopic rails
11

Your advantage
Heavy machine cupboards for heavy
duty requirements in manufacturing,
warehouse and production.
Drawer cupboards
construction.
drawers light blue RAL 5012.
Individual pull-out stops for increased
protection against tipping: when one
drawer is opened the other drawers are
locked.
Standard features: 100 % extension drawers

with max. load of 100 kg and individual pull-out stops
549.00
1
Model
Drawers
mm
850 x 564 x 572

1 x 100 / 3 x 150 / 1 x 200
850 x 564 x 572

1 x 50 / 2 x 100 / 2 x 150 / 1 x 200
850 x 564 x 725

2 x 100 / 1 x 150 / 2 x 200
850 x 564 x 725

1 x 50 / 2 x 100 / 2 x 150 / 1 x 200
100 047-BK
100 049-BK
100 050-BK
100 051-BK
549.00
625.00
674.00
724.00
No.
g
Model
Drawers
mm
124886
1000 x 717 x 725

1 x 100 / 4 x 150 / 1 x 200
1000 x 717 x 725

1 x 50 / 2 x 75 / 2 x 100 / 1 x 200 / 1 x 300
1000 x 1023 x 725

1 x 50 / 3 x 150 / 2 x 200
1000 x 1023 x 725

2 x 75 / 3 x 100 / 3 x 150
100 052-BK
100 053-BK
100 054-BK
100 055-BK
845.00
903.00
1050.00
1200.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Drawer dividers
For cupboard dims.
Plastic trays or zinc plated longitudinal

and cross dividers for drawer heights of
50, 100 and 150 mm.
width x depth mm
564 x 572
564 x 725
717 x 725
1023 x 725
Plastic trays
for drawer height of 50 mm
No.
g / set
100 057-BK
100 058-BK
100 059-BK
100 060-BK
31.65
34.50
38.05
49.90
3 longitudinal- and 20 cross dividers

No.
g / set
100 061-BK
100 062-BK
100 063-BK
100 065-BK
32.25
35.60
39.90
49.25
2 longitudinal- and 4 cross dividers

No.
g / set
100 066-BK
100 067-BK
100 068-BK
100 069-BK
34.20
37.50
42.00
52.60
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124886
from g
631
11
Drawer extension
100%.
Max. drawer load
100kg.
Soft closing drawers
retract automatically
and gently into
housing.
For optimum access
and comfortable
handling.
Your advantage
Can be used individually or set up in
rows. Can be expanded to create
a workbench.
Width 580 mm
Height
Drawers
Colour
Height
Model
Drawer dividers
124773
For cupboard dimensions

width x depth 580x 650mm.
width x depth 490x 560mm.
460
640
Model
Tool cupboards
The all-round workshop series for
industry and trade
With fully extendable drawers and
pull-out stops as standard
Available in four heights
Can be expanded to form workbench
see right hand page for legs and
worktops
Sturdy, torsion free sheet steel
construction.
High quality powder coating in two colour
combinations. Body in light grey RAL 7035,
front in gentian blue RAL 5010 or metallic
charcoal.
Additional RAL colours on request.
Attractive cupboard top with 20 mm thick,
melamine coated wooden panel (omitted if
ordered as a workbench with worktop and
legs).
Depth 650 mm.
mm
Drawers
Colour
2 x 180
3 x 120
1 x 60
1 x 120
1 x 180
2 x 60
2 x 120
3 x 180
2 x 120
2 x 150
2 x 90
2 x 180
2 x 60
2 x 120
1 x 180

light grey / metallic charcoal
944 975-BK
944 979-BK
944 976-BK
944 981-BK
944 977-BK
944 982-BK
944 978-BK
944 983-BK
944 984-BK
944 988-BK
944 985-BK
944 989-BK
944 986-BK
944 990-BK
944 987-BK
944 991-BK
415.50
518.00
518.00
619.00
537.00
634.00
634.00
732.00
mm
820
1030
2 x 120
2 x 150
1 x 180
6 x 120
2 x 90
3 x 120
1 x 180
4 x 60
4 x 120
4 x 120
3 x 150
3 x 90
3 x 120
2 x 150
1 x 60
2 x 90
3 x 120
1 x 150
1 x 180
1 x 90
7 x 120

light grey / metallic charcoal
g
944 992-BK
944 996-BK
944 993-BK
944 997-BK
944 994-BK
944 999-BK
944 995-BK
945 000-BK
945 001-BK
945 006-BK
945 002-BK
945 007-BK
945 003-BK
945 008-BK
945 004-BK
945 009-BK
817.00
915.00
915.00
1100.00
972.00
1170.00
1170.00
1170.00
Model
1 partition,
4 plug-in dividers
2 partitions,
9 plug-in dividers
16 small parts bins,

height 45 / 90 mm
non-slip mat
No.
g
100 042-BK
422 277-BK
422 278-BK
100 043-BK
25.40
47.35
53.00
17.15
For drawer height 120 + 150 mm
No.
g
979 624-BK
979 625-BK
983 570-BK
100 043-BK
41.30
55.10
66.70
17.15
For drawer height 180 270 mm
No.
g
979 715-BK
979 717-BK
100 043-BK
57.30
73.50
Description
For drawer height 60 + 90 mm
BLUE =
17.15
124773
Drawer guides:
ball bearing mounted telescopic
guides
Suitable for labelling: no
Tool cupboards
11
Shown with tressle legs and solid beech worktop (see accessories on left).
Delivered assembled as illustrated.
Height adjustable tressle legs

Width x depth 70 / 120 x 650 mm.
Can also be used to link together multiple
workbenches. Light grey RAL 7035.
No. 946 318-BK
Width 770 mm
Height
460
mm
640
Model
g 90.20
Drawers
Colour
2 x 180
3 x 120
1 x 60
1 x 120
1 x 180
2 x 60
2 x 120
3 x 180
2 x 120
2 x 150
2 x 90
2 x 180
2 x 60
2 x 120
1 x 180

g
945 010-BK
945 015-BK
945 011-BK
945 016-BK
945 012-BK
945 017-BK
945 014-BK
945 018-BK
945 019-BK
945 024-BK
945 020-BK
945 025-BK
945 022-BK
945 026-BK
945 023-BK
945 027-BK
490.50
602.00
602.00
714.00
620.00
724.00
724.00
828.00

Resistant and robust.
Forindustrial use.
Height
mm
820
1030
Model
Drawers
2 x 120
2 x 150
1 x 180
6 x 120
2 x 90 3 x 120
1 x 180
4 x 60
4 x 120
4 x 120
3 x 150
3 x 90
3 x 120
2 x 150
1 x 60
2 x 90
3 x 120
1 x 150
1 x 180
1 x 90
7 x 120

g
945 028-BK
945 033-BK
945 029-BK
945 034-BK
945 031-BK
945 035-BK
945 032-BK
945 036-BK
945 037-BK
945 041-BK
945 038-BK
945 042-BK
945 039-BK
945 043-BK
945 040-BK
946 317-BK
906.00
997.00
997.00
1200.00
1190.00
1285.00
1285.00
1285.00
With 2 mm thick linoleum covering,

marbled light grey.
Permanently anti-static, flame retardant
(B1) in accordance with DIN 4102.
Colour
Drawer dividers
40 mm thick
With chipboard core and 1.5mm thick sheet
steel cladding. Ideal for heavy mechanical
stress.
124774
Width x depth
For cupboard dimensions

widthxdepth770x650mm.
widthxdepth680x560mm.
Solid beech worktop
Universal worktop
Sheet steel covered

worktop
946 325-BK
946 329-BK
1500 x 700 mm
No.
g
946 321-BK
231.00
289.00
439.00
2000 x 700 mm
No.
g
946 322-BK
946 326-BK
946 330-BK
308.00
384.50
594.00
2500 x 700 mm
No.
g
946 323-BK
946 327-BK
946 331-BK
384.50
481.50
741.00
3000 x 700 mm
No.
g
946 324-BK
946 328-BK
946 332-BK
462.00
578.00
879.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Model
Description
2 partitions,
9 plug-in dividers
3 partitions,
12 plug-in dividers
24 small parts bins
non-slip mat
946 342-BK
Drawer height
60 + 90 mm
No.
g
946 333-BK
946 336-BK
946 340-BK
43.75
59.40
71.80
24.95
Drawer height
120 + 150 mm
No.
g
946 334-BK
946 337-BK
946 341-BK
946 342-BK
71.80
92.10
85.30
24.95
Drawer height
180 270 mm
No.
g
946 335-BK
946 339-BK
946 342-BK
99.90
124.60
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
24.95
124774
Sheet steel covered worktop,
633
11
Drawer version: differential guide
rails without cross beams
Max. drawer load: 75 or 200kg
Your advantage
Top quality brand with 10 year
guarantee.
Al
ld
ra
we
rs
ar
ef
ull
ye
xte
nd
ab
le
Drawer cupboards
W x D 564 x 725 mm (72 x 36 E)

W x D 717 x 725 mm (36 x 36 E)
construction in choice of three colours.
Smooth running drawers with differential
guide rails without cross beams
(100%extension).
Central locking with cylinder lock. Also
available on request with battery powered
combination lock.
4 Mobile cupboard
With plastic profile worktop with raised
edges.
2swivel castors with wheel stops and
2fixed castors. Zinc plated castor
housings.
Individual pull-out stops to protect against

tipping
When one drawer is pulled out, all other
drawers are locked.
mm
Height
mm
Model
564 x 725
717 x 725
800
990
1000
Drawers
2 x 100 / 1 x 200
1 x 300
1 x 50 / 2 x 100
1 x 150 / 1 x 300
2 x 75 / 4 x 100
1 x 150
2 x 75 / 4 x 100
1 x 150
1 x 50 / 2 x 75 / 2 x 100
1 x 200 / 1 x 300
1 x 100 / 4 x 150
1 x 200
1 x 50 / 2 x 75 / 2 x 100
2 x 150 / 1 x 200
1 x 50 / 2 x 75
7 x 100
Max. drawer load

kg
Colour
light blue RAL 5012
light grey RAL 7035
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
112 310-BK
112 311-BK
112 312-BK
615 532-BK
112 314-BK
615 533-BK
615 534-BK
112 315-BK
615 535-BK
615 543-BK
112 316-BK
615 545-BK
615 555-BK
112 317-BK
615 556-BK
615 553-BK
112 318-BK
615 554-BK
615 557-BK
112 319-BK
615 558-BK
615 559-BK
112 320-BK
615 561-BK
707.00
724.00
879.00
1070.00
999.00
928.00
1050.00
1205.00
Partitions for dividing drawers

For cupboard size
mm
Description
124775
For drawer height
Plastic insert trays for dividing

drawers
564 x 725
717 x 725
2 slotted partitions,
3 cross dividers
15 cross dividers
615 573-BK
75 mm
No.
g
615 549-BK
13.55
32.45
100 mm
No.
g
615 550-BK
615 574-BK
17.65
41.85
150 mm
No.
g
615 551-BK
615 575-BK
21.45
48.40
200 mm
No.
g
112 365-BK
615 576-BK
27.70
58.30
For cupboard size
mm
564 x 725
717 x 725
12 trays 150 x 75 mm
No.
g
112 358-BK
615 571-BK
36.05
49.35
75 mm
No.
g
112 359-BK
615 572-BK
46.00
63.10
100 mm
No.
g
112 360-BK
615 610-BK
71.90
97.70
Description
For drawer height
50 mm
BLUE =
124775
Width x depth
Grip rails with plastic label covers

Can be easily labelled using Lista Script
software. We can supply on request at no
additional cost.
11
Drawer cupboards
Drawer cupboards
W x D 1023 x 725 mm (54 x 36 E)
W x D 1431 x 725 mm (78 x 36 E)
Maximum storage space for tools and

small parts 100 % utilisation of space:
fully extendable drawers with high casing
Individual key, common key or can be
integrated in main locking system
See the opposite page for a technical

description.
Cylinder lock as standard
6
Width x depth
mm
Height
mm
Electronic combination lock on request
1023 x 725
1431 x 725
1000
Model
1450
1000
1450
1 x 100 / 4 x 150 / 1 x 200
1 x 50 / 2 x 75 / 2 x 100
1 x 200 / 1 x 300
2 x 75 / 2 x 100 / 2 x 150
2 x 200 / 1 x 300
2 x 75 / 2 x 100 / 1 x 150
2 x 200
2 x 75 / 4 x 100 / 1 x 150
1 x 200
Drawers
2 x 150 / 1 x 125 / 1 x 75
3 x 100 / 1 x 150 / 2 x 200
Max. drawer load

Colour
kg
light blue RAL 5012
light grey RAL 7035
75
200
75
200
75
200
75
200
75
200
200
112 322-BK
112 323-BK
112 324-BK
112 325-BK
112 326-BK
112 327-BK
112 328-BK
112 329-BK
112 331-BK
112 332-BK
112 333-BK
112 334-BK
112 335-BK
112 336-BK
112 337-BK
112 338-BK
112 339-BK
112 340-BK
112 341-BK
112 342-BK
112 343-BK
112 344-BK
112 345-BK
112 346-BK
112 347-BK
112 349-BK
112 350-BK
112 351-BK
112 352-BK
112 353-BK
112 354-BK
112 355-BK
112 357-BK
1295.00
1460.00
1445.00
1590.00
1850.00
2075.00
2320.00
2450.00
2505.00
2690.00
3385.00
Partitions for dividing drawers

mm
1023 x 725
1431 x 725
12 cross dividers
7 cross dividers
No.
g
112 378-BK
112 382-BK
42.55
42.45
100 mm
No.
g
112 379-BK
112 777-BK
56.40
56.10
150 mm
No.
g
112 381-BK
112 778-BK
65.90
69.30
200 mm
No.
g
112 369-BK
112 371-BK
78.90
79.50
No.
g
112 370-BK
112 375-BK
109.90
120.00
Description
For drawer
height
75 mm
124776
300 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Plastic insert trays

for dividing drawers
For cupboard size
For drawer
height
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
1023 x 725
1431 x 725
18 trays 150 x 150 mm
32 trays 150 x 150 mm

1 slotted partition
No.
g
112 367-BK
112 373-BK
85.00
114.10
No.
g
112 368-BK
112 374-BK
123.10
150.70
Description
75 mm
100 mm
KAISER + KRAFT
124776
For cupboard size
635
11
Drawer version: sliding guide rails
Drawer extension: 75%
Individual pull-out stops: no
Your advantage
Available in XXL size cupboards up to 1.50 m wide
and 1.80 m high.
Drawer cupboards
With sliding guide rails
Inexpensive yet functional model

All cupboards with central locking

Drawers optionally in light grey or gentian blue RAL 5010.
Model
mm
1800 x 1000 x 500
Drawers
34 x 100
2 x 100
16 x 200
22 x 100
6 x 200
light grey
715 800-BK
705 707-BK
715 804-BK
705 708-BK
715 809-BK
705 709-BK
1845.00
1370.00
1660.00
Colour
Drawer divider sets

1 longitudinal partition and
4cross dividers.
mm
No.
g / set
100
200
715 812-BK
715 813-BK
18.75
33.15
Model
122591

Drawers
Body / drawers
2
mm
light grey
g
8 x 100
900 x 515 x 500

4 x 100 / 2 x 200
4 x 200
715 761-BK
705 710-BK
715 765-BK
705 711-BK
715 769-BK
705 712-BK
635.00
571.00
512.00
16 x 100
900 x 1000 x 500

12 x 100 / 2 x 200
8 x 200
24 x 100
900 x 1490 x 500

12 x 100 / 6 x 200
12 x 200
715 773-BK
705 714-BK
715 777-BK
705 715-BK
715 782-BK
705 716-BK
715 787-BK
705 717-BK
715 791-BK
705 718-BK
715 796-BK
705 719-BK
1085.00
1020.00
842.00
1515.00
1325.00
1145.00
BLUE =
122591
For drawer height
Drawer cupboards
11
Drawer version: roller guides

Drawer cupboards
With roller bearing mounted guides
Smooth running, convenient drawers with high

max. load
Versatile combination options
Your advantage
TV/GS certified quality with roller guides
and individual pull-out stops.
Available colour combinations
Sturdy, durable construction made of quality sheet steel.

Body
Light grey RAL7035
Light grey RAL7035
Drawers
Light grey RAL7035
Model

Drawers
Body / fronts
mm
900 x 500 x 500
900 x 1000 x 500
900 x 1500 x 500
8 x 100
6 x 100
1 x 200
4 x 100
2 x 200
16 x 100
12 x 100
2 x 200
8 x 100
4 x 200
24 x 100
18 x 100
3 x 200
12 x 100
6 x 200
light grey
715 846-BK
705 720-BK
604 808-BK
705 722-BK
715 849-BK
705 723-BK
715 855-BK
705 724-BK
715 858-BK
705 725-BK
604 813-BK
705 929-BK
715 865-BK
705 933-BK
604 817-BK
705 945-BK
715 869-BK
705 949-BK
944.00
914.00
855.00
1605.00
1525.00
1520.00
2345.00
2385.00
2080.00
Model
Drawers
122590
Body / fronts
mm
1800 x 500 x 500
Drawer divider sets
1800 x 1000 x 500
17 x 100
13 x 100
2 x 200
9 x 100
4 x 200
34 x 100
26 x 100
4 x 200
18 x 100
8 x 200
light grey
910 100-BK
706 023-BK
604 821-BK
706 024-BK
604 825-BK
706 025-BK
604 830-BK
706 026-BK
604 834-BK
706 028-BK
605 173-BK
706 029-BK
1640.00
1725.00
1605.00
3450.00
3210.00
2975.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Height
Description
No.
g / set
mm
100
14-piece
200
3-piece
605 177-BK
605 178-BK
46.00
42.55
KAISER + KRAFT
122590
637
11
Wall mounted
cupboards
Sheet steel construction with hinged
doors, lockable with cylinder lock.
One shelf, height adjustable in 50 mm
increments. Drill holes in the rear panel
for wall mounting.
High quality stove enamelling, three
colours to choose from.
Model

Shelves
Drawers
Colour
mm
600 x 350 x 320

1
600 x 350 x 320

2
1
600 x 650 x 320

1
600 x 650 x 320

2
2

light grey RAL 7035
510 356-BK
510 357-BK
510 358-BK
510 359-BK
510 361-BK
510 362-BK
510 363-BK
510 364-BK
510 365-BK
510 366-BK
510 367-BK
510 368-BK
148.50
219.00
231.50
386.00
No.
g
510 369-BK
510 369-BK
510 370-BK
510 370-BK
15.05
15.05
21.40
21.40
Accessories
Shelf, zinc plated
Wall mounted tool cupboards with window

1 With perforated rear wall
Rear wall with square perforations.
2 With two height adjustable,

3 With perforated rear wall
124777
and one height adjustable,

zinc plated shelf
Suitable tool holders for
perforated panels can be found
zinc plated shelves
Square perforations on half of the

rear wall.
Model

mm
Colour
light grey RAL 7035
750 x 500 x 200
750 x 500 x 200
1100 x 500 x 200
523 022-BK
523 023-BK
523 025-BK
523 026-BK
523 028-BK
523 029-BK
275.50
275.50
337.50
BLUE =
124777

single or two-colour powder coating.
Doors with acrylic glass panes and
cylinder lock.
Wall mounted cabinets Stainless steel cupboards
11
Stainless steel cupboards

Ideal for damp environments,
cold rooms, laboratories,
large kitchens or wherever
good hygienic standards are
required.
Resistant to cold, heat, moisture

and many chemicals
Wear and corrosion resistant
Easy to clean and disinfect, e.g.
with steam jet cleaners
Durable, retains its value and is
resistant to mechanical impacts
All stainless steel cupboards

1.4301 (V2A). Lockable with cylinder
lock. Shelves are height adjustable
in 20 mm increments.
Max. load approx. 45 kg/shelf.
With 100 mm high plinth as standard.
Available with 4 feet on request.
Accessories
Add-on desk
For 500 mm wide cupboards.
Lockable desk lid.
Wheel set
4 swivel castors,
2 with wheel stops.
4 With add-on desk and wheel set
6
Model
Wall mounted cupboards
Shelves
Illustration
Drawers
Height
Width x depth
Tool cupboards
qty. x height mm
1 x 70
2 x 70
mm
mm
600
350 x 320
600
650 x 320
600
900 x 320
1000
500 x 500
1000
500 x 500
1000
1000 x 500
1950
1000 x 500
510 284-BK
510 285-BK
510 286-BK
510 287-BK
510 288-BK
510 291-BK
510 290-BK
470.50
611.00
702.00
645.00
718.00
1045.00
1415.00
No.
g
510 292-BK
510 292-BK
316.50
316.50
No.
g
510 293-BK
510 293-BK
163.80
163.80
No.
g
Add-on desk
77600
Wheel set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

77600
Accessories
KAISER + KRAFT
639
11
Tool cupboards
Highly versatile use in the workshop,
warehouse and factory
Powder coated sheet steel construction in 4 colours.
Drawers painted in cupboard colour, 2/3 extendable.
Zinc plated shelves, max. load approx. 35 kg per shelf.
1 + 2 With 1 drawer and 2 shelves,

3 With 2 drawers and 2 full length shelves,

4 With 1 drawer and 2 shelves, 2/3 extendable,

5 With centre partition, 2 drawers and 4 shelves,

2
/3 extendable, height adjustable in increments
of 30 mm.
215.00
Accessories
Additional shelves.
Ribbed rubber cover to protect the cupboard and tools.
Wheeled base
Made of sheet steel, charcoal RAL 7016.
Desktop to place on 500 mm cupboards.
Folding top, lockable, with raised edge.
Height x width x depth 95 / 275 x 495 x 495 mm.
Model
Drawers
Shelves
Colour
mm
quantity
blue grey RAL 7031
light grey RAL 7035
750 x 350 x 350

1 x 70
2
1000 x 500 x 500

1 x 70
2
1000 x 1000 x 500

2 x 70
2
1000 x 500 x 500

1 x 70
2
1000 x 1000 x 500

2 x 70
4
510 456-BK
706 270-BK
510 458-BK
510 461-BK
706 271-BK
510 463-BK
510 465-BK
706 273-BK
510 468-BK
510 470-BK
706 274-BK
510 472-BK
510 474-BK
706 275-BK
603 661-BK
158.80
215.00
363.00
218.50
379.50
zinc plated
g
603 668-BK
603 670-BK
603 670-BK
35.20
33.75
33.75
No.
g
603 662-BK
603 669-BK
603 662-BK
603 669-BK
20.70
31.70
20.70
31.70
603 665-BK
706 276-BK
603 667-BK
603 665-BK
706 276-BK
603 667-BK
Desktop
Additional shelf
Ribbed rubber cover
Desktop
blue grey RAL 7031

light grey RAL 7035
g
Wheeled base
Wheeled base
No.
g
102.00
603 663-BK
99.90
102.00
603 663-BK
99.90
BLUE =
126275
Accessories
Tool cupboards Roller shutter cupboards
Tool cupboards
Model
Height x width x depth (incl. feet)
Easy to clean feet make it possible to clean under

the cupboard as well
Sturdy sheet steel construction with high quality stove

enamelling in three colours. With raised edge on three
sides of the top. Security cylinder lock.
Charcoal coloured drawers on sliding rails 2/3 extension.
Accessories
Accessories
Add-on desktop
Add-on desktop
With folding top and pen tray.
Height x width x depth 95 / 275 x 495 x 495 mm.
(Shown on page 643.)
Ribbed rubber cover.
4
1
1000 x 500 x 500
1000 x 500 x 500
1000 x 500 x 500
1000 x 1000 x 500
1 drawer,
2 shelves
2 separately lockable
compartments,
1 shelf each
3 separately lockable
compartments
partition, 1 drawer and

2 shelves per side
charcoal RAL 7016

light grey RAL 7035
g
615 577-BK
910 165-BK
910 166-BK
615 581-BK
910 167-BK
910 168-BK
615 584-BK
910 169-BK
910 170-BK
615 589-BK
910 172-BK
910 173-BK
236.50
264.00
292.00
397.50
charcoal RAL 7016

light grey RAL 7035
g
615 593-BK
714 523-BK
731 290-BK
615 593-BK
714 523-BK
731 290-BK
615 593-BK
714 523-BK
731 290-BK
615 593-BK
714 523-BK
731 290-BK
109.90
109.90
109.90
109.90
No.
g
714 519-BK
714 519-BK
714 519-BK
714 520-BK
20.10
20.10
20.10
28.75
mm
Fittings
Colour
Ribbed rubber cover
11
Easy opening, space saving design ideal when

space is at a premium
Attractive cupboard for use in the office,
warehouse and many other areas
Body
Robust sheet steel construction, optionally in light
grey RAL 7035 or gentian blue RAL 5010.
Floor level adjustment screws.
Roller shutters
Made of plastic, light grey RAL 7035.
Shelves
Painted, charcoal RAL 7016. Height adjustable in
increments of 25 mm. Max. load 50 kg per shelf.
Height
mm
1040
Width x depth
Shelves
Body
mm
1000 x 440
2
1400 x 440
2
light grey
gentian blue
g
615 611-BK
615 613-BK
615 612-BK
615 614-BK
410.00
658.00
No.
g / pack
941 532-BK
941 533-BK
63.50
81.20
Accessories
Shelves, additional
Pack of 2
Height
mm
1990
Width x depth
Shelves
Body
mm
1000 x 440
4
1400 x 440
4
light grey
gentian blue
g
615 615-BK
615 618-BK
615 616-BK
615 841-BK
554.00
879.00
No.
g / pack
941 532-BK
941 533-BK
63.50
81.20
Shelves, additional
Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
104062
104062
Accessories
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
641
11
Tool and
side cupboards
For the workshop, warehouse and
production
Drawers pull-out easily on smooth

running roller guides
All kinds of supplies in the smallest possible space

Can be expanded at any time with additional drawers
and shelves
Lockable with a security cylinder lock
With high quality, scratch resistant stove enamelling
Four colours to choose from
Storage shelf with raised edge.

Height adjustable drawers, height 83/80 mm, pull-out
easily on smooth running roller guides (extension
approx. 75 %), charcoal RAL 7016. Max. load 30 kg.
Height adjustable shelves with raised edge on all sides,
extendable to approx. 75 %, height 25 mm, max. load 30 kg.
1 Mobile combination unit

Comprises cupboard 2, sloping top unit and
mobile chassis as per descriptions under 9 and a.
Two fixed shelves.
Height x Width x Depth 1355 x 500 x 500 mm.
Colour
Blue
Green
Light grey
Red
g
395.00
Green
RAL 6011
Light grey
RAL 7035
Red
RAL 3000
90487
2
Fitted with
1 drawer,
2 shelves.
Height x Width x Depth
1000 x 500 x 500 mm.
Colour
Blue
Green
Light grey
Red
g
395.00
1 No. 730 565-BK
3
730 550-BK
730 551-BK
730 552-BK
730 553-BK
223.50
Fitted with
2 drawers,
1 shelf.
1000 x 500 x 500 mm.
Colour
Blue
Green
Light grey
Red
g
4
730 554-BK
730 555-BK
730 557-BK
730 558-BK
Fitted with
6 drawers.
1000 x 500 x 500 mm.
265.50
Colour
Blue
Green
Light grey
Red
g
BLUE =
730 559-BK
730 560-BK
730 561-BK
730 562-BK
365.00
90487
Bright blue
RAL 5007
730 565-BK
730 566-BK
730 567-BK
730 568-BK
Tool cupboards
Colour
Brilliant blue
Reseda green
Light grey
Flame red
g
730 569-BK
730 570-BK
730 571-BK
730 573-BK
Fitted with
4 drawers, 1 shelf,
with central dividing panel.
1000 x 1000 x 500 mm.
Colour
Brilliant blue
Reseda green
Light grey
Flame red
g
419.50
730 574-BK
730 575-BK
730 576-BK
730 577-BK
508.00
112451
Fitted with
9 drawers, 2 shelves,
central dividing panel.
1000 x 1000 x 500 mm.
Colour
Brilliant blue
Reseda green
Light grey
Flame red
g
731 279-BK
731 280-BK
731 281-BK
731 282-BK
Fitted with
2 drawers,
2 full-width retractable shelves.
1000 x 1000 x 500 mm.
699.00
9 Sloping top units
a Mobile chassis
can be placed on all cupboards 1 8.

Wooden writing surface, top and bottom
with rolled edge, pencil holder. Hinged lid,
spacious storage, lockable by security
cylinder lock.
95 / 275 x 495 x 495 mm.
For all cupboards 500 x 500 mm.

Painted charcoal RAL 7016.
Fitted to cupboard by central bolt.
With 4 swivel castors, 2 wheel stops;
solid rubber tyres, 75 mm.
130 x 500 x 500 mm.
No. 731 451-BK
No. 714 525-BK
Accessory
Colour
Brilliant blue
Reseda green
Light grey
Flame red
g
b Drawer divider set
g 101.50
109.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Please note!
For reasons of safety,
cupboards with roller bases
have fitted shelves.
Dimensions
g / set 40.50
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

439.00
With suspension rails.

Height 75/62 mm.
Can not be used with 8.
No. 731 298-BK
shelves with suspension rails

mm
731 283-BK
731 284-BK
731 286-BK
731 287-BK
Single drawers
Comprises 3 variable inserts with

1, 2 and 8 compartments. 3 mm thick,
impact-resistant plastic, 100 %
recyclable.
Model
731 288-BK
731 289-BK
731 290-BK
731 291-BK
Colour
Brilliant blue
Reseda green
Light grey
Flame red
g
g 55.40
ribbed rubber covers
420 x 460
880 x 460
for cupboard
500 x 500
for cupboard
1000 x 500
731 297-BK
731 299-BK
731 294-BK
731 295-BK
34.75
46.75
20.10
28.75
KAISER + KRAFT
112451
Fitted with
2 drawers, 4 shelves,
central dividing panel.
1000 x 1000 x 500 mm.
11
643
11
3+
g/each
259.00
No. 611 714-BK
Document control stations
Can be expanded with practical add-ons for improved

organisation
Solid sheet steel construction, powder coated in different

colour combinations.
Fronts optionally light grey RAL 7035 or gentian blue 5010.
Lockable double door cupboard including two height adjustable shelves, one drawer and one open compartment.
Accessories
Wheel set
Consisting of four swivel castors, two with wheel stops.
Order quantity
Colour
12
from 3
light grey
510 282-BK
112 289-BK
611 714-BK
112 290-BK
274.00
259.00
No.
g / set
510 283-BK
510 283-BK
26.40
26.40
Accessories
Wheel set
Shown with wheel set (accessory)
Practical add-ons for improved organisation

Practical expansion of your document control station.
Whiteboard add-on
Perforated panel add-on
File storage add-on
Magnetic board, can be written on with dry

wipe markers.
For storing tools with suitable holders.
Can only be mounted in conjunction with perforated

panel add-on.
No. 516 772-BK
g 153.90

No. 516 771-BK
g 157.90
No. 516 773-BK
g 141.50
BLUE =
87143
87143
Pedestal desks
11
Industrial pedestal
desks
Inside of door with perforated panel for

tool hooks
Robust design for a long service life in
industrial applications
Welded sheet steel construction.

Powder coated, body in light grey
RAL7035. Doors and drawers in light grey
RAL7035 or gentian blue RAL5010.
Desktop with folding lid and utensil tray.
Open compartment or lockable drawer
below.
Lockable hinged door cupboard,
height850mm,with one height adjustable
shelf.
Height 1060 or 1200 mm, depth 520 mm.
Choice of three depths.
Accessories
Model
Wheel set
Consisting of 4 swivel castors,
2 with wheel stops.
Width
Front
No. 700 842-BK
open compartment
above the cupboard
120 mm high drawer

above the cupboard
mm
light grey
gentian blue
450
650
1100
450
650
1100
706 279-BK
706 281-BK
523 013-BK
523 014-BK
523 017-BK
523 018-BK
706 282-BK
706 283-BK
523 015-BK
523 016-BK
523 019-BK
523 021-BK
481.50
490.00
717.00
529.00
559.00
798.00
g / set 105.60
Suitable tool
holders can
be found
on page 621.
Pedestal desks
With sorting compartments
Ideal for receiving, dispatch,

production, foreman's offices etc.
Large multi-purpose desktop
Practical sorting compartments for
pens, paper and tools
1 With half length shelf

No. 100 189-BK
Powder coated sheet steel in light grey

RAL 7035.
Lockable drawer,
widthxheight640x50mm.
Height at front 1120 mm, rear 1350 mm.
g 229.50
2 With lockable double door

cupboard
One height adjustable shelf.
No. 100 191-BK
g 367.50
Workshop desks
In three practical versions

Static or mobile
Desk compartment and writing surface made of sheet

steel, lockable. Each with 2 plastic storage trays.
Tubular steel frame, powder coated in charcoal RAL7016.
Desk compartment and cupboard light grey RAL7035.
Castor set as an accessory

Wheel 75mm.
Model
Description
No.
g
2 shelves
cupboard
cupboard and
3 drawers
727 346-BK
727 348-BK
506 116-BK
329.00
549.00
780.00
904 170-BK
904 170-BK
904 170-BK
27.70
27.70
27.70
124778
Accessories
Castor set
No.
g / set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Shown with castor set

(accessory)
KAISER + KRAFT
645
11
Max. cupboard load: 250 kg
Max. shelf load: 50 kg
Shelves: painted
Door opening angle: 180
Lock bolts: 2
Housing construction: flat pack
Uses: warehouse, dispatch and
foreman's office
The advantage
g / piece
3+ items
199.00
Multi-purpose cupboards for workshop and office with outstanding

price/performance ratio.
No. 510 372-BK
Universal cupboards
Powder coated sheet steel construction, optionally in solid
light grey RAL7035 or body in light grey RAL7035 with doors
in gentian blue RAL5010. Rotary cylinder lock.
With 4 painted shelves as standard, light grey RAL7035,
height adjustable in46 mm increments.
3+
Single colour, light grey RAL 7035
No.
510 371-BK
510 372-BK
219.00

doors gentian blue RAL 5010
199.00
No.
g
510 373-BK
510 374-BK
219.00
199.00
No.
g / pack
510 375-BK
510 375-BK
33.40
33.40
124779
Accessories
Additional shelves,
pack of 2

By mail order
only available from us!
124779
Order quantity
BLUE =
KK_BK_0647.log
%%[ Error: limitcheck; OffendingCommand: showpage ]%%
%%[ Flushing: rest of job (to end-of-file) will be ignored ]%%
%%[ Warning: PostScript error. No PDF file produced. ] %%
Page 1
KK_BK_0648.log
%%[ Error: limitcheck; OffendingCommand: showpage ]%%
Page 1
KK_BK_0649.log
%%[ Error: limitcheck; OffendingCommand: fill ]%%
Stack:
-mark-save4
Page 1
11
Storage cupboards
Pull-out shelves and drawers

Modular system interior can be fitted out to
individual requirements
Welded, powder coated steel construction.

Doors optionally in three colours.
Cylinder lock incl. 2 keys.
Sturdy, welded steel

construction
Drawers on roller guides,

in 2heights and 2 widths
Shelves and drawers

For individual requirements.
Pull-out shelves with all

round edge in 2widths
With 2 drawers and

3pull-out shelves
mm
Door colour
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
Width x depth
mm
500 x 500
1000 x 500
Pull-out shelves
with suspension rails
No.
g
731 454-BK
731 456-BK
29.75
42.75
height 100 mm No.

g
731 460-BK
615 403-BK
49.70
95.80
height 200 mm No.

g
615 401-BK
No.
g / set
737 153-BK
Drawers
1800 x 500 x 500
717 434-BK
946 353-BK
946 355-BK
79.80
Accessories
Drawer divider set
37.25
373.00

Shelves: zinc plated
Lock bolts: 2
Housing construction: welded
Applications: workshop, warehouse,
foreman's office, production etc.
Your advantage
Combine as required: quickly and
easily configure cupboards to your
Drawer divider set

mm
Door colour
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
Empty cupboard
withcentre partition
1800 x 500 x 500
946 343-BK
946 344-BK
946 345-BK
287.50

mm
Door colour
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
Empty cupboard
withoutcentre partition
1800 x 1000 x 500
946 347-BK
946 348-BK
946 349-BK
487.00

mm
Door colour
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
BLUE =
1800 x 1000 x 500
946 350-BK
946 351-BK
946 352-BK
374.50
112560
112560
Empty cupboard
Storage cupboards
With 4 pull-out shelves

Door colour
With 2 pull-out shelves and

7drawers(height 100mm)
mm
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
1800 x 500 x 500
717 433-BK
946 356-BK
946 357-BK

Door colour
With 6 pull-out shelves and

6drawers(height 100mm)
mm
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
352.50
11
1800 x 500 x 500
717 435-BK
946 358-BK
946 359-BK

Door colour
564.00
mm
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
1800 x 1000 x 500
mm
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
1800 x 1000 x 500
717 439-BK
946 360-BK
946 361-BK
843.00
Complete offers

Door colour
112561
With 4 full length pull-out

shelves
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
light grey
gentian blue
slate grey
g
1800 x 1000 x 500
717 432-BK
946 363-BK
946 364-BK
With 3 full length pull-out

shelves and
3drawers(height100mm)
475.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


Door colour
615 388-BK
946 365-BK
946 366-BK
777.00
KAISER + KRAFT
112561
Configured for immediate

use, can be expanded as
required with the accessories on the left-hand page.
651
11
Storage cupboards

Lock bolts: 3
Uses: workshop, warehouse,
production etc.
Extremely sturdy sheet steel construction.

Cylinder lock. Zinc plated shelves, height
Drawers on gliding guides, 80 % extension

and secured against falling out.
Max. drawer load 30 kg.
4 + 6 with 350 mm high lockable

compartment.
The advantage
Versatile interior fittings provide
ample storage space for supplies
and small parts and improve
organisation.
Model
Height x width
Depth
mm
mm
1950 x 930
500
1950 x 1200
500
1950 x 930
500
1950 x 1200
500
1950 x 930
500
1950 x 1200
500
1950 x 930
500
1950 x 930
500
1950 x 1200
500
1950 x 930
500
quantity x front height mm
4 x 170
4 x 170
4 x 82
4 x 170
4 x 82
4 x 170
16 x 82
16 x 82
8 x 170
16 x 82
8 x 170
16 x 82
8 x 170
4
1
2
2
light grey / light grey

light grey / reseda green
reseda green / reseda green
925 373-BK
760 318-BK
760 319-BK
925 365-BK
760 320-BK
760 321-BK
760 322-BK
760 324-BK
925 438-BK
760 325-BK
760 326-BK
925 411-BK
760 327-BK
760 328-BK
760 329-BK
760 330-BK
925 470-BK
760 332-BK
760 333-BK
925 462-BK
760 334-BK
760 335-BK
760 336-BK
760 337-BK
932 590-BK
760 338-BK
760 339-BK
925 500-BK
932 639-BK
760 341-BK
760 342-BK
932 620-BK
760 343-BK
760 344-BK
760 345-BK
760 346-BK
932 671-BK
760 347-BK
760 348-BK
932 663-BK
524.00
629.00
708.00
799.00
888.00
999.00
1100.00
1460.00
1630.00
1585.00
Drawers
Shelves
Lockable compartments
Colour
106557
BLUE =
106557
11
Double door cupboards

Shelves: painted
Lock bolts: 3
Applications: workshop, warehouse, office,
common rooms, maintenance etc.
Your advantage
The concealed lock linkage and a lock
lever with hook tongue provide increased
security against theft.
All models in sturdy, stove enamelled sheet steel

construction with cylinder lock
1 Wardrobes
2 Broom cupboards
With hat shelf and full length clothes rail.
Left: 5 fixed shelves over 2/3 width.

Right: 1 fixed shelf over 1/3 width.
1 rail with 3 hooks.
NEW
1000 mm
1000 mm
3 Filing/wardrobe cupboards
4 + 5 Large cupboards
Fixed hat shelf.

Left: 3 painted, height adjustable shelves.
Right: 1 clothes rail.
Extra wide and extra high.

With 4 painted shelves, height adjustable in 25 mm increments.
Model
Body / doors
1200 mm
mm
light grey
g
1950 x 950 x 500
1950 x 950 x 400
1950 x 950 x 500
2000 x 1000 x 500
2000 x 1000 x 500
2000 x 1200 x 500
615 843-BK
615 844-BK
615 847-BK
615 848-BK
615 850-BK
615 851-BK
615 860-BK
615 861-BK
615 864-BK
615 865-BK
702 628-BK
702 629-BK
356.50
404.50
487.00
531.00
472.50
486.00
No.
g / pack
702 630-BK
615 608-BK
702 631-BK
43.55
47.05
Additional shelves
Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
32.40
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119092
119092
Accessories
653
11
Lock bolts: 3
Applications: workshop, warehouse,
office, emergency services, etc.
Your advantage
Cupboards with windows: contents
always visible, fast access to the
necessary parts at all times.
Vision panel
cupboards
Impact resistant, acrylic glass panes.
Cupboard body and double doors made of
torsion resistant, sturdy sheet steel.
High quality stove enamelling in three colour
combinations. Body always in light grey
RAL 7035. Doors optionally in light grey,
gentian blue, or reseda green.
Rotary cylinder lock incl. 2 keys.
increments.
2
Model
Accessories

Shelves
Doors
Additional shelf, zinc plated, completewith

suspension rails.
mm
1016 x 500 x 500

2
1016 x 950 x 500

2
1950 x 950 x 420

4
1950 x 950 x 500

4
3
1950 x 950 x 600
4
light grey RAL 7035

522 986-BK
522 987-BK
522 989-BK
522 990-BK
522 991-BK
522 992-BK
522 993-BK
522 994-BK
522 995-BK
522 997-BK
523 006-BK
522 999-BK
523 002-BK
523 004-BK
523 005-BK
309.50
413.50
493.50
518.00
612.00
No.
g
523 007-BK
523 008-BK
523 009-BK
523 008-BK
523 012-BK
22.95
30.90
26.40
30.90
30.90
Accessories
Shelf
Mobile cupboards

Lock bolts: 2
Uses: workshop, production, foreman's
office etc.
For the flexible provision of materials

and tools
Ideal for changing work sites
Robust, welded steel construction.

Powder coated completely in light grey
RAL 7035 or body in light grey with
doors in gentian blue RAL 5010.
Handleson the side.
2 swivel castors with wheel stop,

2 fixed castors.
Your advantage
Tools and materials always close at
hand.
Model
Height
mm
Shelves
Doors
light grey RAL 7035
920
1
1220
2
1680
3
614 743-BK
706 284-BK
614 745-BK
706 285-BK
614 747-BK
706 286-BK
346.50
425.00
545.00
No.
g
614 749-BK
614 749-BK
614 749-BK
38.00
38.00
38.00
122769
Accessories
Additional
shelf
545.00
BLUE =
No. 614 747-BK
122769
Tool cupboards Vertical drawer cupboards

Lock bolts: 3
production etc.
11
110kg
The advantage
High max. shelf/cupboard load capacity
the economical solution if you also have to
store heavier parts.
Heavy duty storage

cupboards
Height 1950 mm
Sturdy, stove enamelled sheet steel
construction.
Rotary cylinder lock incl. 2 keys.
Zinc plated shelves, height adjustable in
35 mm increments.
Width
mm
600
950
1200
Depth
Colour
mm
light grey RAL 7035
420
500
600
420
500
600
420
500
600
523 079-BK
523 080-BK
523 081-BK
523 082-BK
523 083-BK
523 084-BK
523 076-BK
523 077-BK
523 078-BK
523 085-BK
523 086-BK
523 087-BK
523 088-BK
523 090-BK
523 091-BK
523 092-BK
523 093-BK
523 094-BK
523 095-BK
523 096-BK
523 098-BK
523 099-BK
523 101-BK
523 102-BK
523 103-BK
523 104-BK
523 105-BK
387.00
419.50
477.50
408.50
455.50
533.00
540.00
599.00
635.00
No.
g
523 108-BK
523 109-BK
523 107-BK
523 110-BK
523 111-BK
523 112-BK
523 113-BK
523 114-BK
523 115-BK
26.60
31.10
35.55
43.30
45.55
46.60
46.60
48.85
51.00
Accessories
Additional shelf, zinc plated
NEW

Max. vertical drawer load: 200 kg
Lock bolts: 3
Uses: workshop, warehouse, production etc.
Your advantage
More than 7 m of storage with a minimal
space requirement of only 0.6 m.
Vertical drawer
cupboards
Powder coated sheet steel construction. Perforated panels which can be used on both sides,
on telescopic slides with ball bearing guides.
Increased protection against tipping with
optional individual pull-out stops.
Perforated panel dimensions
Height x depth 1700 x 560 mm.
Effective clearance width between two perforated panels (with 4vertical drawers) 153mm.
Optionally with centre partition and shelves/
drawers on right side of cupboard.
Also available without hinged doors.
Please enquire.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Centre partition
Vertical drawers
Shelves
Drawers
Colour
without
with
quantity
quantity
light grey RAL 7035
2
3
2
3
1 x 100 / 1 x 200
706 295-BK
706 296-BK
706 297-BK
706 298-BK
706 300-BK
706 301-BK
706 303-BK
706 304-BK
1825.00
2195.00
1515.00
1645.00
No.
extra cost per cupboard g
706 305-BK
706 306-BK
706 307-BK
706 307-BK
108.90
128.30
71.50
71.50
Optional
Individual pull-out stops
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122770
122770

1950 x1000 x600 mm
655
11
Max. load for: shelves 160 kg,
pull-out shelvesanddrawers100 kg
Lock bolts: 3
production etc.
Drawer divider sets

Each for one drawer.
Detailed descriptions and illustrations
can be found in our online shop by
entering the order number.
Your advantage
Secure, convenient and orderly storage
of heavy parts.
Non-slip matting
Heavy duty
cupboards
For models
No.
g

1950x1085x630 mm
705 359-BK
705 360-BK
26.60
58.50
630 mm deep plenty of storage

space
Can be expanded at any time with
individual drawers and shelves
Welded steel construction.

Strong holding profiles.
Hinged doors with recessed rotary
handle and integrated cylinder
security lock, incl. 2keys.
Drawers
100%extension.
Internal dims. W x D
1 3 450 x 540mm,
4 9 980 x 540 mm.
Height adjustable in 30 mm
increments.
Compact trays
Made of impact resistant ABS plastic.
Subdivide depth with plug-in dividers.
Height 29 mm.
For models
Accessories
Expand cupboards as required or fit out empty cupboard 4 to individual requirements.
Shelf
13
49
Shelf
zinc plated
No.
g
705 331-BK
705 332-BK
50.60
68.20
Pull-out shelf
light grey RAL 7035
No.
g
705 333-BK
705 334-BK
109.90
129.60
Drawers
No.
g
704 178-BK
704 183-BK
108.80
130.80
No.
g
704 179-BK
704 184-BK
117.40
142.70
height 120 mm No.

g
704 181-BK
704 185-BK
118.40
144.70
height 180 mm No.

g
704 182-BK
704 186-BK
125.80
174.40
height 60 mm
height 90 mm
2
1
Model
Shelves
No.
g
13
49
705 345-BK
705 346-BK
108.90
181.50
Pull-out shelf
For models
Small parts bins

For models
Drawers
13
49
For drawer height

60 mm
No.
g
705 347-BK
705 350-BK
94.90
139.90
For drawer height

90 / 120 mm
No.
g
705 348-BK
705 351-BK
109.70
185.90
4 x 180
6 x 120
2 x 180
1 x 60 / 1 x 120
1 x 180
3 x 180
3 x 120 / 1 x 180
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
704 147-BK
704 149-BK
704 150-BK
704 151-BK
704 152-BK
704 153-BK
704 154-BK
704 155-BK
704 157-BK
704 175-BK
704 176-BK
704 177-BK
704 158-BK
704 159-BK
704 160-BK
704 161-BK
704 162-BK
704 163-BK
704 165-BK
704 166-BK
704 167-BK
704 168-BK
704 169-BK
704 170-BK
704 171-BK
704 173-BK
704 174-BK
1085.00
1460.00
1645.00
743.00
967.00
1270.00
1315.00
1365.00
1470.00
Drawers
125170
49
BLUE =
125170
13
Heavy duty cupboards
11

Max. load: shelves 160 kg,
pull-out shelvesanddrawers100 kg
Lock bolts: 3
Your advantage
Huge storage space for particularly heavy
items.
JUMBO heavy duty cupboards

construction. Body always in light grey
RAL 7035.
Strong holding profiles. Lockablewith
security cylinder lock.
Shelves, pull-out shelves and drawers
Drawers
100%extension.
Internal dims. W x D 1 + 2 1380 x 540 mm,
3 8 650 x 540 mm.
1485 mm
Accessories
Shelves, pull-out shelves and drawers
Add to cupboards as required or fit out empty
cupboards 1 +3 to individual requirements.
12
38
705 344-BK
Shelf
zinc plated
No.
g
705 343-BK
73.30
52.40
Pull-out shelf
light grey RAL 7035
No.
g
705 335-BK
705 342-BK
224.00
122.90
Drawers
height 60 mm
No.
g
705 320-BK
705 326-BK
208.50
109.90
height 90 mm
No.
g
705 321-BK
705 327-BK
219.50
115.80
height 120 mm No.

g
705 323-BK
705 328-BK
229.00
117.40
height 180 mm No.

g
705 325-BK
705 329-BK
242.50
125.10
Compact trays
Made of impact resistant ABS plastic.
Subdivide depth with plug-in dividers.
Height 29 mm.
Non-slip matting
For models
1 2
No.
g
Model
Shelves
Drawers
125171
Body / doors
3 8
705 361-BK
705 362-BK
82.50
41.15
For models
1 2
3 8
Small parts bins

For models
12
38
For drawer height

60 mm
No.
g
705 354-BK
705 356-BK
250.50
112.90
For drawer height

90 / 120 mm
No.
g
705 355-BK
705 358-BK
277.00
134.60
No.
g
705 352-BK
705 353-BK
263.00
123.10
4 x 180
6 x 120
2 x 60 / 2 x 120
2 x 180
6 x 90 / 2 x 120
light grey RAL 7035

705 336-BK
705 337-BK
705 338-BK
704 187-BK
704 188-BK
704 189-BK
705 339-BK
705 340-BK
705 341-BK
704 190-BK
704 227-BK
704 322-BK
704 323-BK
704 459-BK
704 460-BK
704 461-BK
704 878-BK
704 879-BK
704 948-BK
705 315-BK
705 316-BK
705 317-BK
705 318-BK
705 319-BK
1035.00
1265.00
1100.00
1365.00
1740.00
1915.00
1915.00
2120.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125171
For models
Drawer divider sets

Each for one drawer. A detailed description and illustrations can be found inour
online shop by entering the order number.
657
11
Sliding door
cupboards
For storage space in the office
or workshop
No awkward double doors ideal

where space is tight
Large storage surface area with
minimal space requirements
Solid sheet steel construction. Easy running sliding doors with attractive handles
and rotary cylinder lock with replaceable
core. Closes quietly due to rubber buffers.
High quality stove enamelled finish.
Effective cupboard depth = depth stated in
table minus 56 mm.
Shelves
Max. load 75 kg.
Colour combinations
Sliding doors optionally in light grey, light
blue RAL 5012 or reseda green RAL 6011.
1
from g
439.00
Height 1000 mm
Model
Description
Cupboard width
Shelf width
Depth
Doors
2 shelves
1000
996
centre partition and 2 x 2 shelves

1500
737
420
500

2000
987
420
500
mm
mm
mm
reseda green
light blue
light grey
420
500
600
941 775-BK
941 776-BK
941 777-BK
941 779-BK
941 780-BK
941 781-BK
941 782-BK
522 875-BK
522 876-BK
522 881-BK
522 882-BK
522 883-BK
522 884-BK
522 885-BK
522 886-BK
522 887-BK
522 888-BK
522 889-BK
522 893-BK
522 894-BK
522 895-BK
522 896-BK
522 897-BK
522 898-BK
522 900-BK
522 901-BK
522 903-BK
439.00
465.00
493.50
582.00
598.00
611.00
670.00
686.00
727.00
No.
g
522 877-BK
522 878-BK
522 879-BK
522 890-BK
522 891-BK
522 892-BK
522 904-BK
522 905-BK
522 906-BK
29.20
33.00
37.05
27.10
29.20
30.95
29.20
33.00
37.05
600
600
Additional shelf with brackets
BLUE =
125172
125172
Accessories
11
Height 1200 mm
Model
Description
Cupboard width
Shelf width
Depth
Doors
2 shelves
1000
996

1500
737
420
500

2000
987
420
500
mm
mm
mm
reseda green
light blue
light grey
420
500
600
522 907-BK
522 908-BK
522 909-BK
522 911-BK
522 912-BK
522 913-BK
522 914-BK
522 915-BK
522 916-BK
522 920-BK
522 921-BK
522 922-BK
522 923-BK
522 924-BK
522 925-BK
522 926-BK
522 927-BK
522 928-BK
522 933-BK
522 934-BK
522 935-BK
522 936-BK
522 938-BK
522 939-BK
522 940-BK
522 941-BK
522 942-BK
482.00
493.50
512.00
611.00
639.00
657.00
699.00
727.00
787.00
No.
g
522 877-BK
522 878-BK
522 879-BK
522 890-BK
522 891-BK
522 892-BK
522 904-BK
522 905-BK
522 906-BK
29.20
33.00
37.05
27.10
29.20
30.95
29.20
33.00
37.05
600
600
Accessories
7
Height 1950 mm
Model
Description
Cupboard width
Shelf width
Depth
Doors
4 shelves
1000
996

1500
737
420
500

2000
987
420
500
mm
mm
mm
reseda green
light blue
light grey
420
500
600
522 947-BK
522 948-BK
522 949-BK
522 950-BK
522 951-BK
522 952-BK
522 954-BK
522 955-BK
522 956-BK
522 960-BK
522 962-BK
522 963-BK
522 964-BK
522 965-BK
522 966-BK
522 967-BK
522 968-BK
522 969-BK
522 974-BK
522 975-BK
522 976-BK
522 977-BK
522 978-BK
522 979-BK
522 980-BK
522 981-BK
522 982-BK
639.00
657.00
686.00
804.00
833.00
845.00
1010.00
1020.00
1050.00
No.
g
522 877-BK
522 878-BK
522 879-BK
522 890-BK
522 891-BK
522 892-BK
522 904-BK
522 905-BK
522 906-BK
29.20
33.00
37.05
27.10
29.20
30.95
29.20
33.00
37.05
600
600
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125173
125173
Accessories
659
11
Wall mounted tool cupboards
Model
With perforations for tool holders and bins
Orderly storage of tools and small parts

Prepared for wall mounting
Robust sheet steel construction.

Body light grey RAL 7035. Hinged doors
optionally in light grey or gentian blue.
Rear wall
perforated panel
perforated panel
Inside of door
perforated panel
perf. panel + 2additional panels

mm
Doors
light grey RAL 7035
700 x 925 x 300
700 x 925 x 300
523 128-BK
523 129-BK
523 130-BK
523 131-BK
269.00
328.00
Empty
cupboard
Tool hooks can

be found on pages
620 and 621.

Lock bolts: 3
Applications: factory, workshop,
warehouse
+
Shelf
+
Drawer
Your advantage
The value added cupboard: tools etc.

can be stored in an orderly, space
saving manner due to perforations in
the interior.
Worktop
Tool cupboards
Empty cupboard housings for fitting out to individual requirements with
shelves, drawers and worktop.
With perforations for tool holders and bins
Extremely robust and stable, powder coated sheet steel

construction. Body in light grey RAL7035.
Doors optionally in light grey or gentian blue.
Worktop, shelves and drawers height adjustable in 25 mm
increments.
Accessories
124781
Shelves light grey RAL 7035. Max. load 100 kg.

Drawers on ball bearing guides, approx.90%extension.
Max. load 75 kg.
Worktop made of beech plywood, 25mm thick.
Shown with accessories:

2drawers,1shelf,1worktop
1 Inside of doors with perforations, solid

rear wall
2 Inside of doors and rear wall with

perforations
Model
Rear wall
Inside of doors
Doors
light grey RAL 7035
solid panel
perforated
perforated
perforated
112 779-BK
112 781-BK
523 132-BK
523 133-BK
603.00
668.00
No.
g
523 148-BK
523 148-BK
21.00
21.00
Drawer
No.
g
523 149-BK
523 149-BK
70.80
70.80
Worktop
No.
g
523 150-BK
523 150-BK
112.10
112.10
Accessories
Shelf
BLUE =
124781
11
NEW

+ Industry standard
1 PC
desks
With fold-out storage compartments
Practical storage space for files, tools etc.

Storage compartments can be locked when folded
shut
Optionally static or withwheel set (accessory)
Sheet steel construction, powder coated in light grey

RAL7035 or light blue RAL5012.
Surface for flat panel displays
(H xW approx.500 x 500 mm), keyboard and mouse.
Double door cupboard with storage space for PC,
printer and accessories.
Three cable outlets: for monitor, for printer and one in the
back of cupboard.
Natural ventilation through slots in cupboard housing.
Accessories
Wheel set
Consisting of 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Colour
light grey RAL 7035
light blue RAL 5012
706 277-BK
706 278-BK
639.00
639.00
No.
g / set
510 283-BK
510 283-BK
26.40
26.40
2 Mobile
PC desks
No.
g
Shown with wheel

set (accessory)
Accessories
Wheel set
Ideal in the warehouse and workshop as an

information terminal etc.
Storage space for keyboard, printer and PC
One fixed shelf at top, clearance height300 mm,

andapull-out keyboard shelf.
Lockable double door cupboard with centre partition.
Right side: PC compartment, clearance height 560 mm.
Left: shelf, clearance height (above/below) 270 mm.
4 swivel castors, 2withwheel stops.
Colour
light blue RAL 5012
100 193-BK
944 115-BK
280.50
280.50
124992
No.
g
light grey RAL 7035
3 PC
terminals
Modern design also suitable for public areas

Storage space for computer and LCD monitors
Sheet steel construction, powder coated in slate

grey RAL 7015 / melon yellow RAL1028.
Lockable monitor housing with acrylic glass pane.
Lockable keyboard drawer with mouse tray.
Lockable computer compartment
(WxD580x270mm) with door on the side.
No. 946 266-BK

YELLOW =
Ex stock
g 659.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

NEW
KAISER + KRAFT
661
11
Max. monitor size (LCD): 20"
Ventilation: passive (slots in housing)
Cable management:
Dust / splash water protection: IP20
Your advantage
Unbeatable price/performance ratio.
Computer cupboards
Sturdy, powder coated sheet steel construction,
blue greyRAL7031.
Housing for flat panel display, lockable.
PC cupboard with door on side, lockable.
Overall dimensions
Height x width x depth 1625x600x350 mm.
Supplied in two parts easy self-assembly.
1 Standard model
No. 614 733-BK
g 309.00
2 With melamine coated worktop
1
g
No. 614 733-BK
Worktop W x D 900 x 600 mm, 25 mm thick.

Otherwise as 1.
No. 523 116-BK
309.00
g 329.00
Wheel set
Shown with wheel
set (accessory)
No. 510 283-BK
g / set 26.40
Upwards opening
frontdoor
Computer roller
shutter cupboards
Lockable computer
compartment
Computer pedestal
housings
Sturdy sheet steel construction, in blue

greyRAL 7031. Easy rolling, light grey
roller shutter with cylinder lock.
Lockable monitor housing with safety
glass hinged door.
Internal dims.
H x W x D 548 x 598 x 330 mm.
Window H x W 420 x 450 mm.
Pull-out keyboard shelf with lockable
front cover plate.
Roller shutter cupboard with storage
space for computer, printer and accessories, HxWxD920x600x560mm.
Overall external dimensions
1630 x 600 x 560 mm.
Including 4 swivel castors,
2with wheel stops.
The compact workstation

forPC and monitor
Lockable monitor housing, upwards
opening safety glass front door withgas
springs.
Internal dims. H x W 470 x 563 mm.
Depth 225 / 280 mm.
Window H x W 366 x 460 mm.
Lockable compartment for computer.
Housing dimensions
No. 523 118-BK
Supplied in two parts easy

self-assembly.
g 549.00
Wheel set
Shown with wheel
set (accessory)
With 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.

No. 510 283-BK
BLUE =
g / set 26.40
124993
No. 523 117-BK
g 505.00
Computer workstations Monitor cupboards
11

Ventilation: passive (slots in housing)
Cable management:
Dust / splash water protection: IP 20
productionetc.
Your advantage
The cupboard system with
variable fitting options.
Create your own individual
PC workstation.
Computer
workstations
Multi-functional cupboards for
theworkshop and factory
Position monitor as required, on

perforated panel or in monitor housing
Two system widths with variable
interior fittings
Can be expanded with pull-out shelves
anddrawers
1 pull-out shelf.
1 perforated panel with holder for flat

panel display (VESA-type), 1desktop with
folding lid, 1pull-out shelf, 1drawer.

construction. Cable outlets for easy cable
management.
Cupboard housing
Pull-out keyboard shelf with lockable front
flap, height 120mm.
Double door cupboard underneath with
space for pull-out shelves anddrawers.
Clearance height 850mm.
80 mm mounting / adjustment grid.
External height 1060 mm. Depth 520 mm.
Monitor housing
for flat panel displays
1 monitor housing, 1 pull-out shelf,

2drawers.
650 mm wide model without partition.
1 monitor housing, 1 pull-out shelf.
1 monitor housing, 1 perforated panel,

1desktop with folding lid,
2pull-out shelves.
650 mm wide model without partition,
perforated panel and desktop.
Accessories
Pull-out shelves
Precision guide rails,
drawer extension 80 %.
Max. load 20 kg.
Depth 450 mm.
Internal width
370 mm
570 mm
1020 mm
Drawers
Precision guide rails, drawer extension
100 %. Max. load 35 kg.
No.
700 786-BK
700 839-BK
700 840-BK
g
57.00
60.00
71.90
Model
122774
Overall height
Width
mm
mm
Internal width
370 mm
570 mm
1020 mm
No.
g
87.00
88.00
102.00
700 841-BK
700 844-BK
700 845-BK
Wheel set
Wheel 100 mm. Overall height 125 mm.
No. 700 842-BK
PC workstations also available

on request with larger monitor
housings forCRT monitors.
g / set 105.60
1060
650
1770
650
1770
650
1770
650
1770
1100
1 x 570
1 x 1020
1 x 570
1100
650
1100
2 x 570
1 x 570 / 1 x 370
Drawers
Colour
quantity x internal width mm

charcoal / gentian blue
g
1 x 570
1 x 1020
2 x 570
2 x 370
700 692-BK
700 693-BK
700 694-BK
700 695-BK
700 696-BK
700 697-BK
700 698-BK
700 699-BK
700 700-BK
700 701-BK
700 702-BK
700 704-BK
700 705-BK
700 706-BK
700 707-BK
700 708-BK
700 709-BK
700 710-BK
700 740-BK
700 741-BK
553.00
695.00
772.00
988.00
714.00
879.00
873.00
1100.00
659.00
892.00
1 x 570
1100
1 x 570
Phone +49 711 3465 6999
1 x 1020
1 x 570
quantity x internal width mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1 x 1020
1100
Pull-out shelves
KAISER + KRAFT
122774
External dimensions
Height x width x depth 710 x 650x250mm.
Internal dimensions
Height x width x depth 530 x 635x230mm.
Vision panel: height x width 480 x 430 mm.
Open compartment under the monitor,
height140 mm.
663
11
Dust protection in accordance with

IP50
Lockable monitor
housing
Internal H x W x D
530x740x650mm
Lockable monitor door

With Plexiglas safety window
(535x375mm)

Ventilation: axial fan with filter
Cable management:
Your advantage
Heavy duty shelves.
Also suitable for heavy printers etc.
Lockable double door cupboard

With large storage space for
computer, printer and accessories.
Axial fan to protect against
overheating.
100 mm high
keyboard drawer
With special
folding insert for
keyboard and
mouse
Computer cupboards
construction. Body light grey RAL 7035,
fronts gentian blue RAL 5010.
Cable entry with stress relief.
1600 x 800 x 695 mm.
Accessories
Wheel set
Consists of 2fixed castors,
2swivel castors with wheel stops and
1push handle.
Shelf for
paper etc.
Model
No.
g
Sturdy pull-out shelf

Max. loadapprox.
50 kg
With narrow pull-out shelf and

compartment for tower PC
706 287-BK
706 288-BK
948.00
1010.00
706 289-BK
706 289-BK
129.00
129.00
Accessories
Wheel set
With wide pull-out shelf
No.
g / set
PC and peripherals
stations
Highly versatile, for use in
goods-in, dispatch, sales areas,
offices etc.
Monitor housings
To supplement existing workstations,

e.g. on workbenches, work tables etc.
Integrated active ventilation (axial fan)
with filter
Suitable for LCD monitors up to 26"

Lockable door with polycarbonate window
W x H 540 x 450 mm.
Cable outlet in base.
Open compartment, height 140 mm,
for keyboard, mouse and writing utensils.
Model
external mm
internal mm
710 x 550 x 710

705 x 530 x 530
710 x 300 x 710

705 x 280 x 530
light grey RAL7035 / gentian blue RAL5010

metallic charcoal / gentian blue RAL5010
light grey RAL7035
516 623-BK
516 624-BK
516 625-BK
516 626-BK
516 628-BK
516 629-BK
388.00
348.00
126276
Body / door
Supplied flat pack

easy self-assembly.
Fold-out cable
duct with power
supply
Model
No.
g
static
mobile
941 535-BK
941 536-BK
405.00
505.00
BLUE =
126276
Two height adjustable shelves

(WxD650x470 mm, max. load 15 kg
each).
One bracket for LCD monitor.
Practical, fold-out cable duct with
integrated four socket power strip and
cable outlets on both sides.
Sturdy steel construction, powder coated
in light grey RAL7035 and gentian blue
RAL5010.
Overall dimensions
1750 x 650 x 650 mm.
11
Computer cupboards
1
Without monitor housing
and wheel set
Computer workstations
construction. Beech finish worktop,
25 mm thick, with cable outlet.
Space saving roller shutter.
Pull-out keyboard shelf with mouse tray
which can be pulled out to left or right.
Separate roller shutter.
Drawers and shelves on slide rails,
Cable outlets for safe cable routing.
Body in metallic charcoal or light grey
RAL 7035, drawers/shelves in gentian blue
RAL 5010.
Stationary version with floor levelling
screws and removable plinth for access
with pallet truck.
Mobile version with 4 swivel castors,
2 with wheel stops, wheel 100 mm.

Ventilation: active ventilation
(axial fan) with filter (monitor
housing only)
Cable management: four socket
power strip
Uses: sales and information counters, workshops, warehouses etc.
Your advantage
All drawers and pull-out shelves
are height adjustable and can thus
be positioned as needed.
1
2
With monitor housing and

wheel set
With monitor housing and

wheel set
Model
Fittings
1 pull-out keyboard shelf with

mouse tray,
1 drawer (height 40 mm),
1 pull-out shelf
1 pull-out keyboard shelf with

mouse tray,
1 drawer (height 65 mm),
1 pull-out shelf,
1 narrow drawer (height 40 mm),
1 narrow drawer (height 130 mm)
Monitor housing
mm
Without wheels charcoal / blue
light grey / blue
g
With wheels
charcoal / blue
light grey / blue
g
without
1110 x 720 x 660
with
1820 x 720 x 660
without
1110 x 1030 x 660
with
1820 x 1030 x 660
100 136-BK
100 138-BK
100 141-BK
100 142-BK
100 146-BK
100 147-BK
100 150-BK
100 151-BK
822.00
1100.00
981.00
1250.00
100 139-BK
100 140-BK
100 143-BK
100 144-BK
100 148-BK
100 149-BK
100 152-BK
100 154-BK
877.00
1155.00
1040.00
1315.00
PC tables
Sheet steel construction, side panels with
hole matrix for tool hooks.
Beech finish worktop (25 mm thick) with
cable outlet.
Powder coated, housing in metallic charcoal
or light grey RAL 7035, doors in gentian blue
RAL 5010.
Top compartment clearance height 400 mm.
Lower compartment with lockable double
doors in two versions:
1 With centre partition
Max. monitor size (LCD):

any size
Ventilation: passive (slots in
housing)
Cable management: three socket
power strip
Uses: sales and information
counters, workshops,
warehouses etc.
Your advantage
Extra storage space and a
large work surface.
Compartment height on left 500 mm,

right 170 / 330 mm.
Compartment heights 170 / 330 mm.
Model
Body / doors
Body / doors
106549
1
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


g
g
Mobile version with 4 swivel castors,

2 with wheel stops, wheel 100 mm.
static
mobile
100 155-BK
100 156-BK
100 157-BK
100 158-BK
695.00
750.00
100 159-BK
100 160-BK
100 162-BK
100 163-BK
695.00
726.00
KAISER + KRAFT
106549
2 Without centre partition
665
11
g
No. 501 551-BK
739.00
1
2
1 Robust industrial PC cupboard
Accessories
Wheel set
2 swivel castors and 2 fixed castors, push handle.
Model
1
706 291-BK
No.
g
937.00
Accessories
Wheel set
No.
g / set
706 292-BK
118.30
3
4
PC cupboards
2 Standard model
Hinged door with monitor window, W x H 390 x 400 mm,
made of single pane safety glass. Keyboard drawer with
detachable mouse pad.
Door and drawer are locked separately.
Two height adjustable shelves, max. load approx. 70 kg.
Cable outlets and ventilation screen on rear side.
Powder coated sheet steel, body light grey RAL7035,
door gentian blue RAL5010. Shelves zinc plated.
Effective internal dimensions
External dimensions
3 Dust and splash water protection IP54

Otherwise as 2.

Ventilation: 2 4 passive (slots in housing); see
accessories for ventilation fan, 1 active (axial fan)
with filter
Cable management: 2, 3 seeaccessories for 9-socket power strip, 4 5-socket power strip with surge
protection, 1 without cable management
Dust/splash water protection: 1, 2, 4 IP20, 3 IP54
Uses: 1, 2, 3 factory, workshop, warehouse etc.
4 IT/server rooms, factory, office etc.
Accessories
Ventilation fan
To protect your hardware from overheating.
Base with adjustable feet
To compensate for uneven floors.
Mobile base
Consisting of 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Model
No.
g
Your advantage
1 Heavy duty shelf and drawer, max. load 50 kg.
2 Tall, narrow design for ample storage space with
asmall footprint.
3 Also suitable for use in dusty and damp
125174
environments.
4 19" brackets can be installed if required.
501 551-BK
501 552-BK
739.00
910.00
Accessories
19" 9-socket power strip
with 2 m power cable
No.
g
603 787-BK
603 787-BK
85.10
85.10
Ventilation fan
with cable
No.
g
501 556-BK
501 556-BK
41.20
41.20
Base with adjustable feet
No.
g
501 553-BK
501 553-BK
68.20
68.20
Mobile base
No.
g
501 554-BK
501 554-BK
121.60
121.60
Additional shelf
No.
g
501 555-BK
501 555-BK
51.80
51.80
4 Multi-purpose workstation
Perforated shelves and 482.6 mm (19") brackets
Two doors with safety interlock.

Monitor door with safety glass window, W x H 400 x 716 mm.
One shelf for the monitor, max. load approx. 70 kg, and
onepull-out shelf for the PC, max. load approx. 50 kg,
both height adjustable.
Separately accessible keyboard drawer with lockable
front flap.
Powder coated in light silver with designer screen in
black.
Mobile on 4 double castors, 2 with stops.
Effective internal dimensions
External dimensions
Model
4
501 563-BK
No.
g
994.00
Accessories
No.
g
501 558-BK
Standard ventilation kit (2 fans)
No.
g / kit
501 559-BK
Ventilation kit (2 fans) with thermostat

and sound insulation
No.
g / kit
501 562-BK
No.
g
501 561-BK
5-socket power strip

with surge protection
Additional pull-out shelf
BLUE =
112.90
72.10
148.80
84.40
125174
Powder coated steel construction.

Body light grey RAL 7035, front gentian blue RAL 5010.
Monitor compartment with shatterproof Plexiglas pane.
Cupboard with lockable hinged door.
Interior fittings
Height adjustable, heavy duty pull-out shelf, max. load
approx. 50 kg. Height adjustable shelf.
Keyboard drawer with pull-out mouse tray.
Monitor housing, internal
External dimensions
Computer cupboards Network cupboards
11
Visit our IT shop on the Internet.

You will find many offers for the storage of your servers and network components in
our webshop. Furthermore, we can prepare a custom solution for any requirement.
www.export.kaiserkraft.com/network-cupboards
NT wall boxes
Optimum for smaller networks,

sub-distribution, floor splitters
and telephone systems
Completely assembled, with
482.6mm (19") brackets at the
front
Removable and lockable angled
door

Detailed technical specifications in our
webshop.
Height units (HU)
Depth
4
mm
No.
g
245
350
941 586-BK
941 587-BK
199.90
211.50
IT protective
cupboards
Height units (HU)
For the installation of all

IT components, such as servers,
hubs, routers, switches and
associated cables
No.
g
Pull-out shelf
24
37
1360
2/2
1960
2/2
941 539-BK
941 540-BK
1100.00
1205.00
No.
g
941 545-BK
941 545-BK
36.85
36.85
No.
g
941 546-BK
941 546-BK
63.60
63.60
No.
g / kit
941 547-BK
941 547-BK
22.30
22.30
9-socket power strip

With interference filter and surge protection
No.
g
941 541-BK
941 541-BK
111.50
111.50
Active ventilation
With two fans
No.
g
941 542-BK
941 542-BK
66.80
66.80
Height
19" brackets
With 19" brackets

Two ventilation fans in the top
Noise insulation and dust protection
enables use in the office and workshop
mm
front / rear
Accessories
Shelf
Mounting kit for 19" components
Detailed technical specifications in our

webshop.
g
No. 941 556-BK
659.00
Network and server cupboards
Knock-down frame profile max. load up to 700 kg

Variable depth interior fittings with 482.6mm (19") brackets
Front door with safety glass window.

Rear panel made of sheet steel with2keys.
43 height units:
Cupboard height x width x depth 2100x800x800mm.
124782
124782
Detailed technical specifications in our webshop.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
667
12
Optimum packaging
Clever packaging ideas practical and secure

Special adhesive
tape dispensers
Stretch wrap
Pages
Mountable and rotating
669 671
Secure and protect

Pages
672 674
Film shrinking
andsealing
Page
Complete with screw clamp for edge

mounting and suction cup for smooth
surfaces.
Rotates into the desired position by gently
lifting the dispenser.
Suitable for all common adhesive tapes
with core of 25 mm or 75 mm.
For two narrow or one wide adhesive tape
roll, roll width up to 50 mm.
675
Packaging and
dispatch
Pages
676 678, 680 681
Sealing
Page
679
Supplied in sets of 2 dispensers.
Adhesive tapes and adhesive tape

dispensers can be found beginning
on page 682.
No. 522 099-BK
Packaging tapes
Pages
Rotates through 360 in eight steps

For a particularly efficient workflow
For mounting directly at the point of
use, e.g. on packing tables,
workbenches, ladders
g / set 90.40
Filling material
682 686
In practical dispenser box
Strapping
Pages
687 697
Weighing
Pages
698 699
Box W x D x H 600 x 400 x 600 mm.

Capacity app. 130 litres. Box weight 2.1 kg.
Packs of 2 or 4 boxes.
2
Various types of
cardboard boxes can
be found beginning
on page 676.
Artikel
VE 2 Kartons
Good padding and insulating characteristics

Packaged goods are secured outstanding transport protection
Easy to open, convenient removal, reclosable folding flaps
VE 4 Kartons
No.
g / VE
522 088-BK
522 091-BK
55.30
60.90
No.
g / VE
522 089-BK
522 092-BK
99.90
109.90
Packing chips
1 STANDARD, extremely light, made of

recyclable polystyrene foam.
2 ECO, 100 % biodegradable.
Transport protection
pyramids
Seitenlnge
mm
180
300
450
mm
Stck
120
50
210
25
315
25
1 2 Verpackungseinheiten
No.
g / Verpackungseinheit
522 093-BK
522 094-BK
522 095-BK
109.90
71.10
84.60
Ab 3 Verpackungseinheiten
No.
g / Verpackungseinheit
522 096-BK
522 097-BK
522 098-BK
106.00
65.50
77.80
112306
Hhe aufgebaut
Verpackungseinheit
Flat, space saving delivery quick and

easy assembly.
The pyramids plug-together in a few easy
steps and are attached to packaged goods
with adhesive tape or strapping.
Pack of 25 or 50.
112306
You can find strapping and strapping devices beginning on page 687.
Optical and mechanical stacking

protection to prevent damage during
transport
Ideal for the dispatch of high quality
furniture etc.
Prevents items from being stacking on
top of the protected goods during the
loading of HGVs
Can be attached with strapping or
adhesive tape
BLUE =
12
Stretch wrap
Stretch film sets
g
1 steel dispenser with 4 stretch film rolls
No. 760 843-BK
Transparent film, length 300 m, thickness 16 m.

2 film widths available.
Film width
mm
No.
g / set
KAISER+KRAFT
450
500
760 843-BK
760 844-BK
75.00
88.40
450
500
916 682-BK
916 683-BK
96.40
104.20
75.00
SPECIAL OFFER
Stretch film
Length 300 m, thickness 16 m.
Pack of 6 rolls.
Film width
mm
No.
g / pack
Film cutters
Make it easier to open film welded pallets

Optimum film cutting
Film cutters made of impact resistant polystyrene.

Blade lies safely in knife handle.
No.
g / pack
759 647-BK
759 715-BK
57.00
16.50
Pack of
Film cutters
5
Replacement blades 10
g / set
55.00
Pallet cover sheets
No. 985 261-BK
Made of LDPE film
Mini stretch film
Mini stretch film sets
9 mini rolls of stretch film with handle
Consisting of 1 plastic dispenser, 12 mini rolls of

polyethylene stretch film.
Film thickness 23 m.
Width 100 mm, length 150 m. Core 38 mm.
Size: 1200 x 1600 mm. Film thickness: 35 m.

Delivered in rolls, perforated.
Transparent film, length 130 m, width 125 mm,

thickness 23 m. Core 35 mm.
Handle with integrated film brake.
106430
Description
No. 985 261-BK
g / set 55.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g / set
Pack (1 roll) of 250 sheets.
1 dispenser,
12 rolls of film
12 rolls of film
660 485-BK
710 076-BK
91.00
68.20
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Reliable protection from exposure to the elements,

dirt and unauthorised access
Colour
No.
g / pack
white
black
759 648-BK
985 256-BK
101.20
101.20
KAISER + KRAFT
106430
Model
669
Stretch wrap
g
No. 660 647-BK
75.00
Black film
Steel dispensers
Stretch films
Made of transparent or black polyethylene
Film thickness
Width
mm
Ergonomic design
Made of tubular steel, chrome plated
High quality model
For rolls with a core of 50 mm.
No. 660 647-BK
g / set
g 75.00
Elastic and adhesive on one side

Ideal for securing palletised loads for storage and
transportation
Reduced palletising costs
17
23
500
500
730 664-BK
730 665-BK
119.70
136.30
mm
450
500
No.
g / pack
660 221-BK
660 248-BK
88.90
101.40
Film thickness 20 m
No.
g / pack
660 361-BK
660 396-BK
112.60
131.00
Film thickness 25 m
No.
g / pack
660 426-BK
No.
g / pack
Transparent film
Core 50 mm.
Film width
Pack of 6 rolls, 300 m each.
Film thickness 17 m
158.30
89.00
No. 660 442-BK
Stretch film sets
Ergo stretch sets
Machine-wrap stretch films
1 metal dispenser and 4 rolls of

polyethylene stretch film
1 high quality, chrome plated steel

dispenser and 4 stretch film rolls
Roll 240 mm. Core 76 mm.
Film thickness 17 m. Film length 300 m. Core 50 mm.
Transparent film.
Length 300 m, width 500 mm, thickness 17 m.
118019
Film width
No.
g / set
mm
transparent
black
450
500
660 442-BK
730 663-BK
89.00
112.50
Description
1 dispenser,
4 rolls of film
2 dispensers,
8 rolls of film
No.
g / set
979 745-BK
979 746-BK
119.60
225.00
Film thickness
17
20
23
Width
Length / roll
mm
m
500
2100
500
1700
500
1500
985 258-BK
985 257-BK
722 631-BK
2085.00
2085.00
2085.00
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
118019
Film colour
Pack of 30 rolls.
12
Stretch wrap
Stretch film sets
Stretch film special offer
... great savings

Set consisting of 6, 12 or 18 rolls of
transparent PE stretch film and
1 practical plastic dispenser.
Length 300 m. Width 450 mm.
Ideal protection against theft and dirt

Can be used for any shape
Colour
black
Film width / length

Film thickness
Description
1 dispenser,
6 rolls of film
2 dispensers,
12 rolls of film
3 dispensers,
18 rolls of film
No.
g / set
979 735-BK
979 743-BK
979 744-BK
83.90
158.00
227.50
Winwrap
stretch films
mm / m
m
450 / 300
17
6 rolls
No.
g / pack
979 736-BK
96.90
136.50
165.20
12 rolls
No.
g / pack
979 737-BK
979 739-BK
979 742-BK
180.00
254.00
301.50
1 Without cardboard core
You save
50 % stretch film
Due to pre-stretching the film does not
narrow you can use the whole film width.
20 % work time
By more quickly stretching. Lessforce
required the film does not need
stretching. The roll is significantly lighter
than conventional film.
500 / 300
23
979 738-BK
30
979 741-BK
With dispensing aid for ergonomic,

hand-friendly, fast stretching.
Reinforced foil edge for highest tear
resistance.
Per pack, 1 dispensing aid.
The pre-stretched film.
transparent
2 Standard with
cardboard core
For manual stretch film dispensers.
Reinforced film edge
3 Mini rolls for retrofitting

For mini roll set No. 741 179-BK.
4 Without core
80 % packing volume
By pre-stretching, less foil = less volume,
waste, disposal.
With dispensing aid

Model
Film width
Film length
Pre-stretched to
Pack of
mm
m
m
rolls
No.
g / pack
430
600
9
3
393
300
9
6
90
300
12
12
430
300
8
8
741 176-BK
741 177-BK
759 650-BK
730 917-BK
74.40
72.30
83.90
112.60
Winwrap
mini roll kits
g / set
Set
89.00
No. 741 179-BK
120785
1 dispenser and 12 rolls of film

No. 741 179-BK
g / set 89.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Winwrap stretch films have the following

advantages:
Work faster
Less force required
Less material costs
KAISER + KRAFT
120785
Handy and compact. For sealing small

boxes, securing product on pallets for
dispatch, attaching accessories, bundling
pipes, boards, cables, hoses, etc.
Film thickness 12 m, film width 90 mm,
roll length 300 m.
671
Securing and protecting

PE bubble wrap film
Anti-static
Insulating and impermeable

Extremely tough, provides excellent protection
Protection for fragile goods.

Bubble 10 mm.
Supplied on rolls, core 76 mm.
2-ply
Self-adhesive
2- and 3-ply,
various strengths
3-ply
3-ply
2-ply
Anti-static, 2-ply
Particularly tear resistant and punctureproof.

Thickness
m
Width
mm
Length
m
Rolls
per pack
60
600
1200
1500
500
1000
1200
1500
300
600
100
100
100
100
100
50
100
100
50
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2
80
100
No.
g / pack
985 178-BK
985 179-BK
985 181-BK
661 716-BK
661 724-BK
722 912-BK
661 732-BK
722 911-BK
730 842-BK
64.00
54.00
65.70
54.90
96.10
87.30
77.00
62.60
56.50
Thickness
m
Width
mm
Length
m
Rolls
per pack
80
600
1000
1200
1500
100
100
100
100
2
1
1
1
For safe shipping of electronic components, etc.
No.
g / pack
985 215-BK
985 216-BK
985 217-BK
985 218-BK
79.10
56.50
68.40
80.50
Suitable cutting stands for rolls can be found

on page 680.
Thickness
m
Width
mm
Length
m
Rolls
per pack
100
1200
100
No.
g / pack
985 255-BK
99.90
Self-adhesive, 3-ply
With extremely thin adhesive layer, can be removed
without a trace.
Thickness
m
Width
mm
Length
m
Rolls
per pack
100
1200
100
No.
g / pack
985 254-BK
169.20
PE bubble wrap film, large bubbles
PE bubble wrap film, perforated
Extra large bubbles

Particularly suitable for filling large, hollow spaces
Optimum padding and insulation to protect against
breakage, heat and moisture
Protective packaging
Crosswise perforations every 40 cm

Practical and time saving use due to tear-off sheets
Very easy to tear off sheets, no scissors required
Bubble 10 mm.
Core 76 mm.
To protect large and heavy objects, such as stereo

equipment, furniture, etc.
Core 76 mm.
In dispenser box
On a roll, perforated every 300 mm.
Roll width 285 mm.
Pack of 2 dispenser boxes.
Width
mm
600
1000
1200
Length
50
50
50
Thickness
Bubble
m
mm
150
30
100
28
1 4 rolls
No.
g
609 091-BK
No.
g
5+ rolls
Thickness 80 m.
Roll length 50 m.
Width
mm
500
1000
100
28
Length
Thickness
m
m
100
75
100
75
609 092-BK
609 093-BK
1 4 rolls
609 097-BK
609 098-BK
54.70
56.90
67.00
No.
g
45.50
77.40
609 094-BK
609 095-BK
609 096-BK
609 101-BK
51.80
61.40
No.
g
609 100-BK
50.00
42.00
70.50
5+ rolls
No. 722 558-BK
g / pack 60.70
2 PE foam film
Thickness 2 mm.
Roll length 80 m.
No. 722 559-BK
g / pack 72.90
BLUE =
106317
106317
1 2-ply PE bubble wrap film
Secure and protect
PE foam film
PE foam film sheets
Soft, lightweight padding for technical devices, ceramics,

accessories, replacement parts and much more.
Roll width 1250 mm.
Transparent
Folded together and wound onto a roll
For covering and protecting your products from dust,

dirt and moisture.
Thickness
m
Width
mm
Length
m
Pack of
rolls
50
2000
4000
1000
1500
2000
3000
2000
2000
4000
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
2
1
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
100
150
200
No.
g / pack
722 489-BK
722 495-BK
722 487-BK
722 488-BK
722 490-BK
722 494-BK
722 491-BK
722 493-BK
722 496-BK
101.90
94.90
56.20
70.00
82.10
49.65
106.70
72.10
140.90
PE sheets
Optimum protection against impact and scratches

Simply cut to the required size
For padding, protecting and separating heavy and bulky

goods.
Pack of 10.
Thickness
mm
Length
mm
Width
mm
Pack
of
20
300
500
10
400
500
106319
50
500
600
10
10
250
500
175
350
125
250
175
125
100
1.5
2
3
4
5
Thickness
mm
Length
mm
Width
mm
Pack
of
30
400
300
26
609 104-BK
609 111-BK
55.70
50.60
609 105-BK
609 112-BK
68.20
61.50
609 113-BK
73.90
67.20
609 114-BK
97.90
88.90
609 108-BK
609 115-BK
141.20
127.60
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Length
mm
Pack
of
No.
g / pack
985 175-BK
722 501-BK
985 176-BK
722 503-BK
985 177-BK
722 504-BK
722 505-BK
722 506-BK
722 507-BK
80.30
148.30
82.60
157.00
80.30
150.70
157.00
148.90
156.40
100
150
200
280
150
200
300
380
580
780
8500
5000
2500
1400
700
350
985 247-BK
985 248-BK
985 249-BK
985 250-BK
985 251-BK
985 253-BK
116.80
99.60
87.70
76.60
60.10
67.00
380
2000
40
500
400
400
1000
300
26
26
2
26
1 2 packs
g / pack
3 + packs
g / pack
611 173-BK
611 185-BK
47.85
43.35
611 176-BK
611 187-BK
61.40
55.80
611 177-BK
611 188-BK
75.90
68.20
611 178-BK
611 189-BK
78.10
70.50
611 180-BK
611 192-BK
62.70
56.40
611 193-BK
500
400
26
611 181-BK
75.20
68.20
600
400
26
611 183-BK
611 194-BK
86.20
78.70
611 184-BK
611 195-BK
99.90
91.00
2000
1000
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Very easy to use due to insertion principle

Product is secured in the box by the studded foam
and protected on all sides
For electronic components, replacement parts,

sample orders and much more.
Particularly suitable for valuable and fragile items,

such as electronic equipment, glass, ceramics.
Charcoal colour, non-yellowing.
Volume weight 20 kg/m.
600
609 107-BK
Width
mm
45.45
10
g / roll
Particularly flexible adapts to any shape

Protects against impacts, prevents goods from sliding
Reusable and recyclable
609 109-BK
500
No.
50.10
400
Elastic, soft protection for fragile goods such as technical

devices, ceramics, replacement parts, etc.
Sheets 1 mm thick, volume weight 20 kg/m.
Padded slide boxes
609 103-BK
609 106-BK
Protects each layer
Egg crate foam sheets
500
10
10
Length
m
3 + packs
g / pack
500
600
Thickness
mm
1 2 packs
g / pack
300
500
Recyclable
LxWxH
mm
Foam thickness Pack

mm
of
150 x 100 x 50
30
210 x 140 x 65
30
250 x 140 x 80
30
300 x 200 x 100
40
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
No.
g / pack
611 196-BK
611 201-BK
611 198-BK
611 203-BK
611 199-BK
611 205-BK
611 200-BK
611 206-BK
101.40
192.50
145.60
270.00
169.70
318.00
268.50
496.50
Also available in special sizes and larger quantities.

106319
PE flat film
12
KAISER + KRAFT
673
Securing and protecting
PE plastic bags
Smooth version
Smooth version with pressure seal
Ideal for packing small articles and replacement parts.

Plastic thickness 50 m.
Pack of 500 or 1000.
The bags can be reused as often as necessary.

Smooth version with pressure seal and

labelling field
No additional sealing necessary
The bags can be reused as often as necessary.

Pack of 1000.
Pack of 1000.
Dimensions
mm
Pack
of
No.
g / pack
40 x 240
50 x 80
50 x 270
60 x 120
80 x 120
90 x 150
120 x 200
155 x 240
175 x 300
200 x 320
210 x 300
220 x 360
250 x 400
300 x 500
400 x 600
500 x 600
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
524 023-BK
524 008-BK
524 009-BK
524 010-BK
524 011-BK
524 012-BK
724 052-BK
724 053-BK
524 013-BK
724 055-BK
524 014-BK
724 057-BK
724 058-BK
724 059-BK
724 060-BK
524 015-BK
27.45
22.75
32.10
23.55
24.65
26.55
28.00
31.55
40.75
42.35
46.00
46.20
57.90
75.80
106.40
89.40
Dimensions
mm
40 x 60
60 x 80
60 x 130
70 x 100
80 x 120
100 x 150
120 x 170
150 x 220
160 x 220
180 x 250
200 x 300
220 x 310
250 x 350
280 x 400
300 x 400
350 x 450
122597
524 016-BK
524 017-BK
524 019-BK
724 073-BK
724 077-BK
724 080-BK
724 083-BK
724 087-BK
724 090-BK
724 094-BK
724 097-BK
724 100-BK
724 103-BK
524 020-BK
524 021-BK
724 113-BK
14.15
14.80
16.55
18.25
21.65
25.95
29.70
36.25
37.80
43.80
51.70
57.80
71.70
91.00
102.60
126.40
Dimensions
mm
40 x 60
70 x 100
100 x 150
120 x 170
160 x 220
200 x 300
No.
g / pack
524 022-BK
724 120-BK
724 124-BK
724 127-BK
724 131-BK
724 134-BK
16.55
20.65
28.75
33.00
40.35
55.40
Film sealing devices can be

foundonpage675.
Bubble wrap plastic bags
For quick sealing of plastic bags.

No. 730 668-BK
g / pack
g 54.80
Accessories
PVC adhesive tape
Transparent, roll width 12 mm, length
66 m.
Pack of 48 rolls.
No. 730 669-BK
g / pack 87.60
Special protection for sensitive products.

Bubbles on outside, 10 mm.
With or without self-adhesive seal.

Pack of 250.
Seal
Dimensions
mm
Without
150 x 200
200 x 300
250 x 350
200 x 300
Self-adhesive
No.
g / pack
724 062-BK
724 063-BK
724 064-BK
724 065-BK
72.90
85.10
106.40
112.60
BLUE =
122597
Bag sealers
No.
12
Shrinking and sealing films

g
369.00
No. 523 980-BK
2
2
Systematic shrink film wrapping
Film sealing devices
1 PE shrink wrap covers
1 FUTURAPORTABLE hand
2 SEALKID tabletop device
sealing tongs
Transparent.
For Euro pallets 800 x 1200 mm
Pack of 50.
No.
For load height

750 mm
1000 mm
1250 mm
1500 mm
Easy to use and cost effective.

Simple sealing and cutting of film pouches
and sleeves.
With time limit switch and cutter.
Mains connection 230 V / 50 Hz.
For quick sealing of films.
g / pack
144.80
182.40
217.50
242.50
730 647-BK
730 650-BK
730 654-BK
730 657-BK
Accessories
Storage table and dispenser.

Spare parts set: 2welding bands,
2non-stick strips, 2blades, 1silicon seal.
For industrial pallets 1300 x 1100 mm

Pack of 50.
For load height
500 mm
1000 mm
1500 mm
2000 mm
No.
g / pack
181.30
219.00
324.50
353.00
985 170-BK
985 172-BK
985 173-BK
985 174-BK
2 PE shrink wrap sleeve rolls
Roll length 100 m.
Film thickness
No.
g / roll
mm
m
1250 x 850
3 Heat gun
Model
Quick shrinking (70seconds)

Automatic ignition
For propane gas, operating pressure

3.5bar. Includes safety valve.
Hose length 8m.
Burner output 68000kcal/h.
Weight 1.2kg.
Transparent. Side fold to adapt to

individual height requirements.
Width x depth
1300 x 1100
125
150
730 660-BK
730 662-BK
238.00
297.50
Supplied with case and assembly spanner.
No. 502 353-BK
g 1130.00
Max. seal
Max. film thickness
Power
L x H mm
mm
W
mm
150 x 2
0.15
35
170 x 180 x 95
236 x 3
0.2
300
450 x 90 x 186
321 x 3
0.2
700
535 x 100 x 202
421 x 3
0.2
550
635 x 100 x 202
979 904-BK
523 980-BK
523 981-BK
523 982-BK
242.00
369.00
421.50
465.50
No.
g
979 897-BK
517 786-BK
979 901-BK
68.20
81.40
102.40
No.
g
979 898-BK
517 787-BK
979 903-BK
85.50
105.60
129.50
No.
g / set
523 983-BK
523 985-BK
523 986-BK
42.25
50.00
57.80
No.
g
Accessories
Storage table
Dispenser
Spare parts set
PE sleeve film
For sealing individual parts with different lengths.
Width
mm
50
80
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
80
100
200
300
400
500
600
200
300
100
200
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Length
m
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
200
200
Pack of
rolls
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
No.
g / pack
730 887-BK
730 888-BK
730 889-BK
730 891-BK
730 892-BK
730 893-BK
730 894-BK
985 167-BK
985 168-BK
730 897-BK
722 520-BK
722 521-BK
722 522-BK
722 523-BK
730 898-BK
730 899-BK
730 900-BK
730 901-BK
70.30
88.70
105.60
125.30
154.40
170.70
191.00
199.40
215.50
72.90
97.10
119.50
167.60
208.50
162.90
192.30
112.60
155.90
3
3 MAGNETA tabletop device
High-performance industrial device,
adjustable sealing and cooling times.
Ideal for batch production very easy
to use. With particularly easy to operate
and ergonomically shaped cutting unit,
incl.magnetic latch.
Max. film thickness 2 x 150 m.
Support plate anddispenser available
as accessories.
Max. seal length
Support plate
(bracket)
Pedal operated model on request.
Dispenser
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Power
Length x width
Height
mm
420
620
450
575
mm
mm
560 x 190
250
760 x 190
250
615 688-BK
615 689-BK
877.00
1360.00
No.
g
759 712-BK
759 713-BK
165.60
198.90
No.
g
759 706-BK
759 707-BK
122.70
132.20
No.
g
Accessories
KAISER + KRAFT
123877
Thickness
m
675
Packaging and dispatch

Folding corrugated
cardboard boxes
Save with attractive quantity discounts
Non-tearing and moisture resistant

Not sensitive to temperature fluctuations
Easy assembly
Single fluted
Sturdy and cost effective transport protection.
A6
A4
LxWxH
(internal) mm
Grade
Max. load
approx. kg
Pack
of
160 x 110 x 130
1.1
10
180 x 130 x 120
1.01 C
175 x 160 x 145
1.2
20
200 x 160 x 90
1.01 C
200 x 140 x 120
1.2
20
200 x 200 x 200
1.01 C
260 x 180 x 140
1.3
30
270 x 190 x 120
1.01 C
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
300 x 200 x 170
1.01 C
50
100
300 x 250 x 200
1.01 C
300 x 300 x 300
1.01 C
305 x 215 x 140
1.2
20
305 x 215 x 290
1.3
30
320 x 250 x 200
1.3
30
340 x 200 x 150
1.4
40
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
No.
g / pack
605 339-BK
605 340-BK
605 341-BK
605 342-BK
605 343-BK
605 345-BK
605 346-BK
605 347-BK
605 348-BK
605 349-BK
605 350-BK
605 351-BK
605 353-BK
605 354-BK
605 355-BK
605 356-BK
605 357-BK
605 358-BK
605 359-BK
605 361-BK
605 362-BK
605 363-BK
605 364-BK
605 365-BK
605 366-BK
605 367-BK
605 368-BK
605 369-BK
521 119-BK
521 120-BK
33.05
59.50
35.30
65.20
36.70
67.00
37.90
70.70
38.60
69.40
42.45
76.70
40.10
71.90
42.00
76.30
46.70
87.50
50.80
90.50
76.70
140.10
47.25
84.70
64.60
115.80
59.00
106.40
63.80
112.60
A3
LxWxH
(internal) mm
Grade
Max. load
approx. kg
Pack
of
350 x 230 x 240
1.01 C
350 x 250 x 120
1.3
30
360 x 270 x 160
1.01 C
360 x 360 x 250
1.01 C
400 x 300 x 160
1.01 C
400 x 300 x 250
1.3
30
400 x 400 x 300
1.3
30
400 x 400 x 400
1.2 C
10
430 x 305 x 180
1.3
30
430 x 305 x 315
1.3
30
550 x 330 x 350
1.01 C
600 x 400 x 360
1.3
30
600 x 400 x 400
1.2 C
10
780 x 580 x 600
1.3
30
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
No.
g / pack
605 370-BK
605 371-BK
521 121-BK
521 122-BK
605 372-BK
605 373-BK
605 374-BK
605 375-BK
605 376-BK
605 377-BK
605 378-BK
605 380-BK
605 381-BK
605 382-BK
605 383-BK
605 384-BK
605 385-BK
605 386-BK
605 388-BK
605 389-BK
605 390-BK
605 391-BK
605 392-BK
605 393-BK
605 394-BK
605 396-BK
605 397-BK
605 398-BK
60.90
109.90
62.80
112.60
63.40
112.60
89.40
165.60
70.60
134.10
80.50
148.50
118.30
213.00
129.00
235.50
82.00
147.60
106.40
192.70
117.80
212.50
123.10
222.00
164.50
306.50
259.50
461.00
2
2
Edge protection brackets Edge protectors
Edge protection profiles
Made of elastic, stable PE
3 mm solid cardboard
Made of PE foam
Prevents boxes from crimping due to tension from

strapping. Width 25 mm.
Pack of 1500.
Fixing pin
112574
No.
g / pack
with
without
760 947-BK
112 383-BK
60.80
60.20
Strapping equipment and strapping can be

found on pages 687.
Recyclable
Increases the stability of packages and pallets.
Dims.
mm
Length
mm
Pack
of
No.
g / pack
60 x 60
50 x 50
50 x 50
50 x 50
50 x 50
50 x 50
80
350
500
780
950
1180
1000
500
500
100
100
100
760 948-BK
112 384-BK
760 950-BK
760 952-BK
760 953-BK
112 385-BK
85.00
164.90
184.90
72.50
82.60
91.90
Optimum protection against transport damage, easily adapted to

any size
Simply cut to the desired length with a knife, individual profile
length 2000 mm
CFC free 100 % recyclable
Model
Description
Leg length
Clamping edge
Pack of
1
mm
mm
m
No.
g / pack
L-profile
50
480
U-profile
35
15 25
320
75
210
94
0 30
100
985 445-BK
985 446-BK
985 448-BK
985 447-BK
271.50
234.50
199.40
170.70
BLUE =
112574
With or without fixing pin
12

Folding corrugated
cardboard boxes
Double fluted
Better protection for heavy and fragile goods.
Very durable.
A4
A3
LxWxH
(internal) mm
Grade
Max. load
approx. kg
Pack
of
220 x 220 x 180
2.5
50
234 x 184 x 168
2.3
30
250 x 250 x 250
2.3 BC
20
300 x 200 x 170
2.3 BC
20
300 x 300 x 300
2.3 BC
20
315 x 220 x 90
2.3
30
315 x 220 x 140
2.3
30
325 x 220 x 160
2.5
50
390 x 290 x 200
2.3
30
400 x 250 x 150
2.3
30
400 x 300 x 200
2.7
70
400 x 325 x 273
2.3
30
410 x 320 x 240
2.3
30
430 x 350 x 315
2.3
30
450 x 450 x 450
2.3
30
455 x 305 x 180
2.5
50
484 x 384 x 368
2.7
50
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
No.
g / pack
LxWxH
(internal) mm
Grade
Max. load
approx. kg
Pack
of
524 024-BK
524 036-BK
605 399-BK
605 400-BK
605 401-BK
605 402-BK
605 403-BK
605 404-BK
605 405-BK
605 406-BK
605 410-BK
605 411-BK
605 412-BK
605 413-BK
524 025-BK
524 037-BK
605 414-BK
605 415-BK
524 027-BK
524 038-BK
605 419-BK
605 420-BK
605 421-BK
605 422-BK
524 028-BK
524 039-BK
605 423-BK
605 424-BK
521 130-BK
521 131-BK
524 029-BK
524 040-BK
605 426-BK
605 427-BK
82.10
150.00
54.60
99.10
75.70
138.40
66.30
118.30
104.00
188.20
59.00
106.30
60.70
109.30
88.80
161.20
91.90
164.50
96.30
172.30
118.30
224.00
128.80
231.50
114.30
205.50
140.80
259.50
141.60
254.50
137.60
250.50
188.20
348.50
460 x 325 x 100
2.5
50
460 x 325 x 160
2.5
50
480 x 330 x 300
2.3 BC
20
500 x 300 x 300
2.3 BC
20
500 x 400 x 400
2.3 BC
20
600 x 400 x 300
2.3 BC
20
600 x 400 x 400
2.3 BC
20
605 x 455 x 180
2.5
50
605 x 580 x 450
2.7
70
610 x 320 x 335
2.7
70
650 x 500 x 450
2.4 BC
30
700 x 500 x 300
2.3 BC
20
700 x 400 x 400
2.7
50
780 x 580 x 750

fold-out flap
2.4
40
800 x 600 x 500
2.7
70
800 x 600 x 580
2.7
50
1180 x 780 x 800
2.4 BC
30
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
50
100
25
50
No.
g / pack
524 030-BK
524 041-BK
524 031-BK
524 043-BK
605 428-BK
605 429-BK
605 430-BK
605 431-BK
605 432-BK
605 434-BK
605 437-BK
605 438-BK
605 439-BK
605 440-BK
524 032-BK
524 044-BK
605 442-BK
605 443-BK
605 444-BK
605 445-BK
605 446-BK
605 447-BK
605 448-BK
605 449-BK
524 033-BK
524 045-BK
605 453-BK
605 454-BK
605 455-BK
605 456-BK
524 035-BK
524 046-BK
605 457-BK
605 458-BK
129.90
232.00
172.80
333.00
140.80
259.50
138.10
247.00
176.10
317.50
170.30
305.50
188.00
337.00
193.30
350.00
353.00
634.00
205.00
370.50
241.50
438.00
227.00
396.50
342.50
659.00
437.50
803.00
447.50
795.00
498.50
943.00
412.50
739.00
Cardboard boxes with push-on lid

Practical two-part box, consisting of open box
and lid
Ideal for heavy products and long transport routes

Double reinforced, as the box and lid are the same height
maximum stability
Easy for the recipient to open due to handle cut outs in the lid
LxWxH
(internal) mm
Grade
Max. load
approx. kg
155 x 110 x 68
200 x 145 x 85
245 x 180 x 105
300 x 230 x 125
340 x 255 x 140
371 x 274 x 168
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.4
30
30
30
30
30
40
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g / pack
521 139-BK
521 141-BK
521 142-BK
521 143-BK
521 144-BK
521 145-BK
77.80
90.10
109.50
112.60
180.30
197.30
122598
122598
Pack of 50.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
677
Packaging and despatch

Cardboard tab labels
Ideal labelling for your products

Made of tear resistant,
beige cardboard
With robust metal eyelet
Blank, in a variety of sizes.

Pack of 1000.
Length x width
mm
Cardboard removal boxes
Very robust, made of double fluted

cardboard
Easy to fold
Pre-printed label for listing contents
Pack of 25.
L x W x H (internal)
mm
435 x 340 x 475
680 x 360 x 380
No.
g / pack
722 535-BK
722 539-BK
90.20
107.40
Postal tubes
Complete with plastic lid andbase

Secure protection for drawings,
photos, posters, placards etc.
L x (internal) Thickness
mm
mm
350 x 50
530 x 65
650 x 80
800 x 100
1000 x 120
2
2
2
3
3
No.
760 855-BK
760 856-BK
760 857-BK
760 858-BK
760 859-BK
g / pack
24.90
34.05
48.45
68.20
90.90
Simple and very easy to use
Most used packaging for transport
The classic way to wrap
Pack of 1 roll.
Width
mm
Length
m
Weight
kg
1000
1250
1500
70
70
70
13.5
16.7
20.5
No.
g / roll
985 189-BK
985 190-BK
985 191-BK
31.90
37.05
42.95
122599
No.
g / pack
71.30
Accessories
No.
g / pack
759 668-BK
13.75
Tear resistant kraft paper, brown

Smooth on one side, fine corrugations
High quality paper, 80 g/m
Width
mm
Length
m
Core
mm
Weight approx.
kg
Pack of
rolls
Small roll
500
750
1000
750
1000
1250
300
300
300
918
750
720
50
50
50
70
70
70
12
18
24
55
75
90
2
2
2
1
1
1
0.3
759 667-BK
Paper quality
Large roll for vertical

stands
Cutting stands for rolls can be found on page 680.
mm
Replacement blades
Pack of 10
Packing paper
52.90
52.90
59.00
59.00
59.50
67.00
64.50
67.00
Blade thickness
The spring automatically pulls the blade

back into the handle.
Pack of 5.
Corrugated cardboard
Flexible and environmentally
friendly
C-flute, weight 80 g/m
985 262-BK
985 263-BK
985 266-BK
985 267-BK
985 268-BK
985 264-BK
985 269-BK
985 265-BK
Safety knife
Pack of 25.
g / pack
No.
g / pack
722 508-BK
722 509-BK
722 511-BK
722 512-BK
722 513-BK
722 514-BK
76.90
108.90
141.90
143.10
190.70
227.00
BLUE =
122599
60 x 30
60 x 35
80 x 40
90 x 45
100 x 50
120 x 35
120 x 60
140 x 35
No.
12
Staplers
1 With flat tongue
Manual tong staplers
Staples material up to 10 mm thick.
Closed stapling
No. 722 868-BK
Nickel plated packing stapler with simple

loading system. Suitable for cardboard,
paper, fabric, rubber and plastic.
6.5 cm insertion depth.
Magazine for 84staples.
For 8, 10 or 12 mm leg length.
g 71.80
2 With U-shaped tongue
Staples bulky edges and lid closures on

plastic buckets, cardboard tubes, etc.
No. 722 869-BK
g 86.80
for 1 + 2
Staples
Leg length
Pack of
mm
No.
g / pack
8
20000
10
20000
12
20000
722 870-BK
722 872-BK
722 873-BK
76.20
84.70
87.20
Manual staple guns and stapling hammers

Open stapling
Staples cardboard, film and carpets onto wood, plastic etc.
3 Staple gun made of steel
4 Light stapling hammer
High impact, no recoil.

Magazine for 84 staples.
With ergonomic plastic handle.

Magazine for 168 staples.
4
No. 722 879-BK
g 71.30
Staples
Leg length
Pack of
No. 714 718-BK

for 3
10
20000
mm
No.
g / pack
14
20000
g 74.80
for 4
6
20000
10
20000
722 881-BK
722 882-BK
714 727-BK
714 728-BK
70.30
84.70
98.20
117.70
Electric desk staplers

Staples on contact limit. Front loading
system with magazine for 210 staples.
Operating voltage 230 V.
6
6 For constant operation
Insertion depth adjustable up to max. 60 mm.

Staples up to 30 sheets of 80 g paper.
Particularly quiet operation.

Infinitely adjustable stapling force.
Insertion depth adjustable to max. 100 mm.
Staples up to 50 sheets of 80 g paper.
No. 722 876-BK
No. 714 717-BK
5 For light office work
Staples
Leg length
Pack of
g 271.50
for 5
6
20000
mm
No.
g / pack
7
20000
g 829.00
for 6
6
30000
8
30000
722 875-BK
759 855-BK
714 725-BK
714 726-BK
38.40
44.35
73.50
86.00
Cardboard tong staplers

For the industrial stapling of cardboard
files, telescopic folding boxes etc., made of
solid cardboard, single and double fluted
cardboard.
Insertion depth 19cm.
Staples material up to 13mm thick.
Rigid fastening due to parallel running
stapling legs. Holds 90staples.
7 Manual
No. 920 144-BK
g 481.50
8 Pneumatic
Air pressure 4 6 bar
7
No. 920 145-BK
g 893.00
TOP carton sealing staplers
124789
Staples
Leg length
For box type
Pack of
No.
g / pack
mm
9 Manual
No. 599 743-BK
g 383.00
a Pneumatic
Air pressure 4 6 bar
No. 599 778-BK
for 7 + 8
12
16
single fluted
double fluted
20000
20000
for 9 + a
11
18
single fluted
double fluted
20000
20000
714 721-BK
714 722-BK
599 786-BK
599 794-BK
112.10
141.20
220.00
226.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g 671.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124789
One-handed appliance for closing filled

folding boxes and for stapling the bases of
empty folding boxes.
Blind stapling prevents damage to packed
goods, as staples fold around the lower
layer of cardboard.
Housing made of cast aluminium, painted.
Holds 120staples.
KAISER + KRAFT
679

NEW
BASIC packing tables
Optimum price/performance ratio

High quality manufacturing
Easy assembly due to delivery in pre-assembled
component groups
Tubular steel frame, 40 x 40 mm, powder coated in

charcoal. Polyurethane coated worktop.
Table height 880 mm.
1 BASIC packing table

2 BASIC packing station with shelf
With packaging storage shelf (W x D 1550 x 400 mm),
shelf with rear panel (W x D 1550 x 320 mm)
and 5 wire shelf dividers.
3 BASIC packing station with shelf

and cutter
Same design as 2. Additionally with dispenser for
films and packing paper as well as cutter for cutting
widths up to 1000 mm.
2
Adjustable height
Adjustment range 0 to 300 mm.
No. 112 465-BK
g 98.90
g
No. 112 511-BK
909.00
Model
No.
g
112 509-BK
112 510-BK
112 511-BK
384.00
578.00
909.00
Cutting stands
1 Basic cutting stand
5 Under-table dispenser
Max. roll weight 100 kg.

Max. roll 750 mm.
Mobile. Max. roll weight 150 kg.

Max. roll 750 mm.
2 Cutting stand
6 Under-table cutter
Adjustable outlet height for cut material.

Max. roll 750 mm.
Mobile. Outlet height for cut material

650 mm. Max. roll weight 150 kg.
Max. roll 750 mm.
3 Add-on cutter
7 Vertical cutting stand
For mounting on packing table tops.

Angled bracket for fixing to tabletops up to
70mm thick.
Mobile, simply tilt to move. Easy to change

rolls. Max. roll weight 150 kg.
Max. roll 700 mm.
4 Double cutting stand
124790
Model
Cutting width
mm

mm
basic cutting stand
cutting stand
add-on cutter forpacking tables
double cutting stand
under-table dispenser
under-table cutter
vertical cutting stand
800
1050
1250
1600
800
1050
1250
1600
800
1050
1250
1600
800
1050
1250
1600
800
1250
800
1250
250 1250
500 1600
1050 x 1050 x 800

1050 x 1300 x 800
1050 x 1500 x 800
1050 x 1850 x 800
1250 x 1050 x 800
1250 x 1300 x 800
1250 x 1500 x 800
1250 x 1850 x 800
220 x 1050 x 150
220 x 1300 x 150
220 x 1500 x 150
220 x 1850 x 150
1550 x 1050 x 800
1050 x 1300 x 800
1050 x 1500 x 800
1050 x 1850 x 800
800 x 1050 x 800
800 x 1500 x 800
800 x 1050 x 800
800 x 1500 x 800
1700 x 950 x 800
2050 x 950 x 800
Cutters with cutting width up to

2050 mm on request.
No.
112 484-BK
112 485-BK
112 486-BK
112 487-BK
112 489-BK
112 490-BK
112 491-BK
112 492-BK
112 493-BK
112 494-BK
112 495-BK
112 497-BK
112 498-BK
112 499-BK
112 501-BK
112 502-BK
112 503-BK
112 504-BK
112 505-BK
112 506-BK
112 507-BK
112 508-BK
384.00
406.00
438.00
472.00
549.00
593.00
637.00
703.00
342.50
362.00
395.00
422.50
1020.00
1075.00
1130.00
1205.00
296.00
346.50
688.00
802.00
626.00
692.00
BLUE =
124790
Adjustable outlet height for cut material.

Max. roll 750 mm.
12

NEW
PROFI LINE packing tables

Available as a complete kit or
for configuration to individual
requirements
Modular packing table system

Components can be adapted to table
Extremely stable tubular steel
construction, 40 x 40 mm
All steel parts with high quality powder
coating
Polyurethane coated worktop,
25mm thick, light grey
Accessory components in red legs,
perforated panel and add-on rails in
black
8
A
1
Complete packing stations
A
Standard packing table
No. 112 464-BK
No. 112 483-BK
g 527.00
Consisting of standard packing table,

add-on rails, shelf with rear panel,
packaging storage shelf with 9 wire
dividers.
No. 112 463-BK

HxWxD
mm
No.
Height adjustable legs (adjustment range 0 300 mm),

4-part, slide-in
400 x 35 x 35
112 465-BK
98.90
Add-on rails, pack of 2, adapts to 3 heights:

650, 800 or 1050 mm, slots for adjustment
1400 x 40 x 40
112 466-BK
142.90
Metal rear panel (55 mm above worktop),

fall protection for small parts
50 x 1920 x 30
112 467-BK
93.40
Packaging storage shelf, 9 wire shelf dividers,

heights 5 x 250 mm and 4 x 400 mm
50 x 2000 x 400
112 468-BK
307.00
Packing table lamp, 230 V / 54 W,

with mounting bars
100 x 1920 x 200
112 469-BK
307.00
Power strip, 6-socket with on / off switch,

incl. adapter for fastening to rails
65 x 400 x 45
112 471-BK
104.40
Shelf with rear panel,

150 x 2000 x 400

100 x 100 x 350
112 473-BK
112 474-BK
208.00
Shelf divider / book rests for shelf

Suspended steel drawer,
lockable, fully extendable (100 %)
150 x 600 x 650
208.00
9
a
b
Pedestal, mobile / under table

Drawer unit, lockable, 2 x 150 mm, 1 x 300 mm
600 x 600 x 650

630 x 600 x 650
112 475-BK
112 476-BK
112 477-BK
Universal storage platform, short / under table, for approx.

100 packages, 6 packaging dividers
120 x 1000 x 600
112 478-BK
329.00
Universal storage platform, long for approx. 160 packages,

9 packaging dividers
120 x 1600 x 600
Perforated panel with 12-piece hook assortment

Storage tray, adapts to d
Keyboard shelf for perforated panel
PC holder as a substructure
360 x 1920 x 35
50 x 250 x 250
250 x 400 x 180
550 x 225 x 500
112 479-BK
112 480-BK
112 481-BK
112 512-BK
112 513-BK
416.00
d
e
f
g
h
Swivel arm for LCD, 3-axis,

150 x 150 x 600
Can and bottle holder

Swivel bracket for label printer
Pull-out shelf for label printers
Pull-out shelf for laser printers
Grid lamp, plugs-in at the side
Table element for keyboard and mouse, height adjustable
Tape dispenser, 20 mm, for mounting on perforated panel
Tape dispenser, 50 mm, for mounting on perforated panel
Bracket for 50 mm adhesive tape dispenser
120 x 300 x 130

150 x 320 x 550
650 x 500 x 600
450 x 320 x 600
250 x 250 x 850
250 x 600 x 250
150 x 30 x 190
150 x 60 x 190
140 x 70 x 150
112 472-BK
112 482-BK
112 514-BK
112 515-BK
112 516-BK
112 517-BK
112 519-BK
112 521-BK
112 520-BK
112 523-BK
263.00
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
Storage tray for DIN delivery note pockets (landscape),

for mounting on perforated panel
120 x 250 x 140
112 522-BK
43.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
6
d
g 1090.00
125078
g 1090.00
a
B
Optional fittings
NEW
h
p o
23.65
406.00
714.00
241.00
46.75
54.90
98.90
46.75
263.00
329.00
362.00
379.50
230.00
58.20
60.40
43.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125078
Sturdy, high quality steel construction.

With stabilising cross beams.
Polyurethane coated worktop,
25 mm thick.
H x W x D 880 x 2000 x 900 mm.
Consisting of standard packing table,

add-on rails, short metal rear panel,
shelf with rear panel and steel drawer.
681
Packaging tapes
Adhesive tape set DELUXE
Various types of packaging tape
PP
Environmentally friendly,
temperature resistant.
Low noise PP
Dispenses quietly and easily.
PVC
Outstanding adhesion,
extremely tear resistant.
Masking tape
Multi-purpose tape for covering,
bundling, packaging.
PP filament tape
Extremely tear resistant due to
glass fibre reinforcement.
Dispenses tape quietly

Extremely tear resistant
Easy to use, requires little effort
1 hand dispenser, PP silent tape,

brown, width 50 mm, length 66 m.
Pack of 36 rolls.
g / set
65.00
No. 760 965-BK
Model
PP
Tape width
Tape length
Tape thickness
mm
m
m
Adhesive type
Pack of
Colour
rolls
brown
transparent
g / pack
Model
low noise PP
75
66
45
25
66
47
50
66
47
50
66
52
50
66
55
50
66
52
75
66
52
acrylic
acrylic
acrylic
acrylic
acrylic
rubber
rubber
rubber
72
36
24
808 237-BK
808 245-BK
916 715-BK
916 716-BK
47.15
55.20
mm
m
m
Adhesive type
Pack of
Colour
rolls
brown
transparent
g / pack
PVC
50
66
45
36
36
36
36
24
714 702-BK
808 253-BK
808 261-BK
985 242-BK
985 243-BK
985 245-BK
985 246-BK
808 024-BK
808 032-BK
615 619-BK
615 620-BK
63.40
60.90
60.80
73.70
87.60
95.60
PVC high strength
Tape width
Tape length
Tape thickness
low noise PP high strength
masking tape
filament tape
50
66
67
75
66
67
19
50
105
30
50
105
50
50
105
19
50
120
25
50
120
50
50
120
75
50
120
rubber
rubber
hot melt
hot melt
hot melt
hot melt
hot melt
hot melt
hot melt
48
36
18
12
714 694-BK
714 695-BK
714 696-BK
722 609-BK
111.50
109.90
109.90
111.50
36
24
48
32
24
615 621-BK
615 622-BK
615 623-BK
615 624-BK
714 691-BK
714 692-BK
714 693-BK
143.80
144.30
59.80
63.40
72.40
Trilingual text imprint:

German, English, French.
PP tapes printed with company name
Warning tapes
PVC tapes printed with company name
Increased security for your packages during transport,

i.e. no broken goods, no damaged packages.
Width 50 mm, length 66 m. Rubber adhesive.
Width 50 mm, length 66 m. Acrylic adhesive.

Overall thickness 50 m, net film thickness 28 m.
Delivery time 4 weeks after print approval.
Additional charge for artwork with the first order.
1-colour print
PP, white
g / pack
Other warning tapes with imprint available on request.

Save with bulk discounts!
pack of
252 rolls
pack of
504 rolls
pack of
1008 rolls
615 652-BK
615 629-BK
615 630-BK
914.00
1145.00
1705.00
615 653-BK
615 631-BK
615 632-BK
994.00
1145.00
1710.00
2-colour print
PP, white
g / pack
Simply send us your company logo,

also on data media.
112309
Artwork costs
No.
g
1-colour
2-colour
615 634-BK
615 635-BK
77.00
121.80
Self-adhesive, high quality PVC tape

Seals and warns
Highly effective warning effect
Print
Black / yellow
"Glass! Handle with care!"
"Fragile! Handle with care!"
"Quarantine"
g / pack
pack of
6 rolls
pack of
36 rolls
pack of
108 rolls
760 982-BK
760 985-BK
760 989-BK
615 626-BK
760 983-BK
760 987-BK
760 990-BK
615 627-BK
760 984-BK
760 988-BK
760 991-BK
615 628-BK
36.30
170.20
480.50
Extremely tear resistant very strong hold

Advertising and sealing material in one
Highest print quality
Width 50 mm, length 66 m. Rubber adhesive.

Overall thickness 60 m, net film thickness 35 m.
Delivery time 4 weeks after print approval.
Additional charge for artwork with the first order.
1-colour print
pack of
72 rolls
pack of
144 rolls
pack of
252 rolls
PVC, brown
PVC, white
g / pack
2-colour print
PVC, brown
PVC, white
g / pack
760 992-BK
760 996-BK
760 993-BK
760 997-BK
760 995-BK
760 998-BK
378.50
608.00
942.00
760 999-BK
761 003-BK
761 000-BK
761 004-BK
761 002-BK
751 671-BK
491.00
785.00
1115.00
Simply send us your company logo,

also on data media.
Artwork costs
Suitable dispensers can be found on page 684.
No.
g
1-colour
2-colour
759 731-BK
759 733-BK
77.90
126.30
BLUE =
112309
Save with attractive quantity discounts

Use your company's good name to advertise on
every box
Environmentally friendly, temperature resistant
and particularly tear resistant
12
Packaging tapes
Coloured PP packaging tapes
Width 50 mm, length 66 m. Acrylic adhesive.

Save with bulk discounts!
Yellow
Green
Red
Blue
White
Black
g / pack
Sets with 150 m adhesive tape
Special dispenser with 30 rolls
Ideal for sealing and marking

Strong adhesive particularly tear resistant
Waterproof, solvent free and dispenses quietly
Thickness approx. 165 m. Tape length 50 m.

Three different tape widths 38 mm, 50 mm or 75 mm.
Tape dispenses quietly

High adhesion
Packages and pallets are instantly recognisable
Colour
Coloured fabric tapes
Colour
pack of
36 rolls
pack of
108 rolls
pack of
216 rolls
760 966-BK
760 969-BK
760 972-BK
760 975-BK
760 979-BK
517 814-BK
760 967-BK
760 970-BK
760 973-BK
760 976-BK
760 980-BK
517 815-BK
760 968-BK
760 971-BK
760 974-BK
760 977-BK
760 981-BK
517 816-BK
106.90
283.50
505.00
tape width
38 mm
Pack of
Silver
Black
White
g / pack
Red
Yellow
Blue
Green
g / pack
rolls
tape width
50 mm
Acrylic tape dispenses quietly

Fewer roll changes saves time
PP tape, 150 m long, 50 mm wide.
This 150 m roll offers

2x the quantity compared to a standard
tape roll.
tape width
75 mm
24
18
12
615 636-BK
615 637-BK
615 638-BK
985 300-BK
985 301-BK
985 302-BK
615 644-BK
615 645-BK
615 646-BK
150 m roll
118.60
105.30
118.90
Tape colour
615 639-BK
615 640-BK
615 642-BK
615 643-BK
985 303-BK
985 304-BK
985 305-BK
985 306-BK
615 647-BK
615 648-BK
615 649-BK
615 651-BK
Dispenser
with 30 rolls
118.30
113.70
118.30
Standard tape
brown
transparent
No.
g / set
523 990-BK
523 991-BK
127.80
127.80
No.
g
523 997-BK
523 998-BK
132.20
132.20
Accessories
36 rolls
150 m each
Hand dispensers
For self-adhesive tape
Robust model with ergonomic handle.
Core 76 mm.
1 With safety blade

The blade remains retracted to prevent injury when
dispensing and is only engaged when tape is being
cut.
2 With magnet
Magnetic
Attaches to any metallic object (e.g. on perforated

panels) for storage when not in use.
3 For filament tape
Model
Max. tape
width
No.
g / pack
Highly effective warning effect
Self-adhesive, made of white paper.

Pack of 1000.
With special blade for filament tape.

Pack of 3.
Warning labels
50 mm
50 mm
50 mm
3
75 mm
985 307BK
985 308BK
985 187BK
985 188BK
Imprint
Umbrella
Arrows
Glass
Sun
No.
985 312-BK
985 314-BK
985 313-BK
985 315-BK
g / pack
48.55
48.55
48.55
48.55
Self-adhesive pockets
Simply insert the dispatch papers at the back, remove the

recycling paper from the rear and stick the pocket onto
the package.
Length x width
mm
DIN format
Imprint
180 x 135
180 x 135
180 x 135
240 x 135
240 x 135
240 x 135
240 x 180
C6
C6
C6
long
long
long
C5
Lieferschein
Lieferschein / Rechnung
Lieferschein
Lieferschein / Rechnung
1 pack of 250
No.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
722 463-BK
722 462-BK
760 869-BK
722 466-BK
722 465-BK
760 871-BK
760 872-BK
1 In a practical dispenser box
2 pack of 1000
g / pack
18.25
18.25
19.35
22.45
22.45
23.55
28.75
No.
760 873-BK
760 874-BK
760 875-BK
722 477-BK
760 876-BK
760 877-BK
722 484-BK
g / pack
56.20
58.40
58.40
67.00
70.00
70.00
99.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Pack of 250.
2 Bulk quantity, loose

Pack of 1000.
120786
120786
Made of environmentally friendly polyethylene

Adheres well to cardboard, metal and plastic
Secure protection for your accompanying documents
KAISER + KRAFT
683
Packaging tapes
Tabletop dispensers
For self-adhesive tape
3 Designer dispenser
1 Plastic version
2
Model
NEW
With clamp fastening.

For one or tworolls.
mm
12 25
50
75 (3 x 25)
12 25
2 x 25 / 50
1 item
No.
g
759 623-BK
714 697-BK
906 325-BK
523 973-BK
808 210-BK
20.65
27.80
42.10
22.45
27.35
No.
g / 3 items
759 625-BK
741 166-BK
906 326-BK
523 974-BK
741 168-BK
51.70
71.50
111.50
56.30
69.90
4 Made of painted sheet steel
For tape width
3 items
Extremely robust and stable.
Sturdy and stable.

Stable metal version
Screw-on, permanent mounting.
Suitable for filament tape.
Hand dispensers
1 Very practical dispenser with sturdy
2
3 Extremely light dispenser, no heavy
metal housing.
As 1, but for wider rolls.
Model
roller core, for quiet tape roll-off.

For everyday use, with tape roll-off
brake and double sided blade.
Adhesive tape
dispensers
5 For constant use, sturdy, ergonomic

6
and reliable.
With tape roll-off brake.
As 5, but for wider rolls.
Mechanical semi-automatic
1 Variable length setting for packing
tape up to 25 mm wide.
Easy to use due to lever mechanism.
No. 759 632-BK
g 91.90
For max. tape width
mm
25
50
50
50
50
75
1 item
No.
g
714 698-BK
714 699-BK
759 628-BK
544 930-BK
659 975-BK
714 711-BK
18.30
20.70
20.35
18.05
24.50
34.50
No.
g / 3 each
759 629-BK
759 630-BK
759 631-BK
659 959-BK
808 229-BK
714 713-BK
45.45
54.10
52.40
42.95
57.20
87.00
3 items
2 Variable length setting for adhesive

tape / film width 19 75 mm.
Feed can be easily adjusted up to
20 cm. Extremely stable.
No. 759 633-BK
g 182.90
1
2
Protects and secures address

labels etc.
For table and wall mounting.
Plastic dispenser
No. 703 824-BK
g 40.85
Protective film, self-adhesive
119098
Width 150 mm, length 66 m,

thickness 30 m.
Pack of 12 rolls.
No. 703 825-BK
g / pack 62.40
Electronic PVC
adhesive tape
dispensers
Price labellers
1 For single line imprint
2 For date imprint
For high quality PVC-, filament- and

masking tapes.
Millimetre accurate dispensing and
automatic cutting.
Photoelectric actuation.
Infinitely programmable strip lengths from
20 999 mm.
For tape width 8 50 mm.
Core 76 mm. Roll max. 190 mm.
Mains connection 230 V.
No. 985 185-BK
g 789.00
Up to 6 digits.
Consistent print quality, robust housing

Long life colour rolls for
approx. 50000 prints
Clean, simple exchange of colour rolls
Ergonomic soft-touch handle
Model
No.
g
Accessories
Labels,
WxH
white
pack
mm
No.
g / pack
Replacement colour No.
rolls, pack of 5
g / pack
Single line, 6 digits.
3 For two-line imprints

Max. 10 characters on top and 6 digits
below, e.g. item no. with price.
522 176-BK
522 177-BK
615 659-BK
188.90
192.30
307.00
26 x 12
18 rolls of 1500
26 x 12
18 rolls of 1500
29 x 28
24 rolls of 700
985 075-BK
985 075-BK
615 661-BK
73.50
73.50
76.10
522 178-BK
522 178-BK
615 660-BK
45.70
45.70
80.50
BLUE =
119098
Protective film
dispensers
12
Packaging tapes
B
1
3
A
2
g / set
75.00
No. 920 246-BK

Adhesive tapes for packaging
A tesa 6400 hand dispenser
1 tesa 64014 PP
3 tesa 4120 PVC
For all standard packaging applications

High UV resistance, low aging
Overall thickness 45m. Acrylic based adhesive.
2 tesa 4024 HiTack PP

Low noise adhesive packing tape
Seals securely excellent adhesive properties
High UV resistance, low aging
Overall thickness 52 m. Acrylic based adhesive.
Model
Length x width
Pack of
Colour
rolls
brown
transparent
g / pack
Professional, industrial hand dispenser

Soft rubberised handle for comfortable and secure
operation
Manually adjustable roller brake. Covered blade provides protection from injury. Max. tape width 50 mm.
To seal medium weight packages

Good adhesion to both corrugated and smooth
cardboard
Highly tear resistant
Overall thickness 52 m. Natural rubber.
No. 920 247-BK
4 tesa 4124 PVC
B tesa professional adhesive tape set
Premium quality guarantee for secure packaging

Particularly low noise
Easy to dispense, does not tear easily
To seal medium weight packages.
Overall thickness 65 m. Natural rubber.
1 PP
2 PP
3 PVC
4 PVC
66 m x 50 mm
36
66 m x 50 mm
36
66 m x 50 mm
36
66 m x 50 mm
36
72
72
72
g 31.30
One tesa 6400 hand dispenser and 36 rolls of tesa

64014 PP tape, brown, length 66m, width 50mm.
No. 920 246-BK
g / set 75.00
72
920 253-BK
920 262-BK
920 254-BK
920 263-BK
985 105-BK
985 106-BK
985 107-BK
985 108-BK
920 257-BK
920 267-BK
920 259-BK
920 268-BK
920 260-BK
920 269-BK
920 261-BK
920 270-BK
60.10
108.70
85.10
160.40
98.70
186.10
160.40
307.50
C
C tesa 57422 tabletop dispenser
Attractive professional dispenser
Robust and non-slip
Replaceable cutting head.
Suitable for 66 m, 25 mm rolls.
No. 920 248-BK
5 All purpose masking tape NOPI 4349
6 Double sided sticky tape tesa 4934
For packaging, bundling, marking and light fixing

For low requirements with no extremes of temperature.
Overall thickness 120 m.
Universal use. For particularly rough and fibrous surfaces.

Good adhesion, good initial adhesion.
Easy to tear manually. Overall thickness 280 m.
Model
Colour
Tape length x width
Pack of
5
rolls
No.
g / pack
50 m x 19 mm
96
50 m x 50 mm
36
920 277-BK
920 271-BK
920 272-BK
920 273-BK
920 275-BK
920 276-BK
122.90
121.20
122.70
122.20
276.50
281.50
Ideal for rough surfaces

Good adhesion
Easy to tear
Waterproof PE coated fabric. Thickness 180 m.
Highly tear resistant

Ideal for working with plaster and masonry
As 7, but more durable. Thickness 230m.
7
silver
50 m x 48 mm
24
rolls
48
g / pack 70.60
8 tesa 4662 fabric tape
No.
g / pack
No. 920 280-BK
white
25 m x 50 mm
25 m x 25 mm
24
48
7 tesa 4613 fabric tape
Colour
Length x width
Pack of
For all internal packaging applications.

Thickness 45 m. Length 66 m, width 25 mm.
Pack of 72 rolls.
yellow
50 m x 25 mm
50 m x 38 mm
72
48
Model
122780
D tesa 4205 PP transparent tape
black
50 m x 48 mm
24
48
white
50 m x 48 mm
24
silver
50 m x 48 mm
24
48
48
black
50 m x 48 mm
24
48
white
50 m x 48 mm
24
48
920 249-BK
920 250-BK
523 999-BK
524 002-BK
524 004-BK
524 005-BK
920 251-BK
920 252-BK
524 001-BK
524 003-BK
524 006-BK
524 007-BK
176.10
331.50
176.10
331.50
176.10
331.50
209.50
398.00
209.50
398.00
209.50
398.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122780
g 38.50
685
Taping
Adhesive label dispensers
Ideal for barcode and advertising labels
Tabletop devices
5 Handheld devices
Practical, smooth running handheld unit made of plastic.

Automatic label length setting.
Inside or outside roll winding.
Roll inside min. 20 mm.
Roll outside max. 100 mm.
5
1
Model
Robust metal housing. Dividers and clamping ring to insert

multiple rolls of labels.
1 For inside and outside roll winding
2 For inside roll winding
3 For inside and outside roll winding
Extremely stable. Roll outside max. 240 mm for
inside winding.
4 Wall mounted label dispensers
Wall or tabletop mounting directly at the point of use
savesspace on your work table.
Convenient handling at eye height. Roll 170 mm.
For roll width

Dividing plates
mm
75
1
65
1
90
1
120
2
80
1
120
2
180
2
250
3
100
2
150
3
200
4
25 60
55 100
Length x width
Height
mm
mm
160 x 95
90
260 x 70
130
260 x 95
130
260 x 130
130
260 x 107
180
290 x 150
180
290 x 210
180
290 x 283
180
200 x 105
110
200 x 165
110
200 x 215
110
985 184-BK
714 655-BK
678 953-BK
679 062-BK
678 457-BK
678 198-BK
678 201-BK
679 089-BK
523 975-BK
517 818-BK
523 977-BK
741 173-BK
741 174-BK
54.00
78.20
81.70
95.50
118.90
143.10
157.50
178.80
105.80
115.60
140.60
164.50
176.70
No.
g
Gummed tape sealing

3
Extremely strong, secure seal

Environmentally friendly, heat, cold, light and moisture resistant
Theft-proof sealing technology with gummed tapes up to 200 m in length
3 Gummed tape dispenser, electronic
Gummed tape dispensers

In four practical versions, manual or
electronic.
1 Adhesive tape roll moistener

2
With pressure cutting blade and brush

moistening. Tape width 40 80 mm.
One length, semi-automatic
Dispenses, moistens and cuts gummed
tapes. Strip length per operation can
be set up to 75cm.
Optimum moistening with double
brushes.
Model
For tape width
Weight approx.
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
NEW
40 80
35 x 13 x 12
1.8
40 80
500 x 260 x 350
10
40 80
510 x 320 x 300
15
40 100
540 x 260 x 230
19
112 428-BK
231 525-BK
759 637-BK
714 659-BK
186.90
586.00
1465.00
1690.00
2 2-fold fibre reinforced adhesive tape

3 3-fold fibre reinforced adhesive tape
4 Security tape with tightly woven mesh
Gummed tapes
Gummed tapes made of gummed

Kraft paper, brown or white.
Material weight 75 g/m.
thread in diamond pattern

Extremely robust and tear resistant for
heavy packages.
1 Gummed adhesive rolls

Model
3
1
Tape width
Roll length
Pack of
125079
Brown
White
28 standard lengths from 15 290 cm

are instantly selectable.
Continuous operation button,
water tank with overflow valve,
finely adjustable upper heating.
Gummed tape dispenser, electronic
Two lengths can be set progressively
from 10250cm.
Tape dispensing started by button or
automatic photocell.
Onedispensing rate can be set.
Continuous operation button,
finely adjustable upper heating.
mm
m
rolls
60
200
12
70
200
12
60
200
12
70
200
12
70
152.5
6
No.
g / pack
660 191-BK
660 205-BK
741 170-BK
741 171-BK
517 773-BK
55.10
63.40
82.60
99.90
68.90
No.
g / pack
112 424-BK
112 425-BK
112 426-BK
112 427-BK
60.40
71.40
92.40
109.90
BLUE =
125079
12
Strapping
25 % elongation. Elastic contraction 6 %.
Reels with cardboard core.
1 + 2 for automatic strapping
3 + 4 for manual strapping
Strapping
Model
Length
Width x thickness
Internal core
Tensile strength
Pack of
PP strapping (polypropylene)
Medium tensile strength
Medium resistance to stretching
Sealing: with or without seals
Classic, cost effective strapping
No.
g / pack
4 For particularly
2
2500
12 x 0.55
280
150
2
3000
13 x 0.63
406
190
2
2000
16 x 0.68
406
285
2
808 504-BK
808 512-BK
659 010-BK
659 037-BK
158.70
131.30
179.40
177.20
mm
13 x 0.8
16 x 0.8
m
mm
kg/cm2
rolls
1500
406
300
1
1300
406
330
1
916 712-BK
916 713-BK
89.00
96.00
Width x thickness
high requirements
Length
Internal core
Tensile strength
Pack of
Length 1500 m.
1
3000
12 x 0.55
200
150
2
m
mm
mm
kg/cm2
rolls
No.
g / pack
Application
For light, flexible and unstable
products, e.g. for sealing cardboard
boxes.
from
89.00
Mobile dispensers
For polypropylene strapping
Quiet due to wheels with rubber tyres

Made of robust sheet steel zinc
plated or with scratch resistant
paintwork
With effective strap brake
(strong spring and rubber pad)
With storage compartments for
sleeves and tools
Suitable for core of 406 mm and a

roll width of 150 mm
2 includes threading rod with holder.

The threading rod makes it easier to slide
the strap underneath packages.
Model
Description
Length x depth x height
Weight
mm
kg
No.
g
Other strapping devices can be

found on pages 688 - 697.
painted
650 x 400 x 920
13
zinc plated
700 x 500 x 1000
24
626 333-BK
985 437-BK
282.50
476.00
2
1
Semi-automatic strapping machines

Mobile packing table without strap guiding frame
for various packaging items and sizes, round or square
Simple, straight forward operation

Very sturdy, minimal maintenance
required
Electronic strap tension and seal can
be progressively regulated on the front
of the machine
Reset button to quickly fix strap faults
Additional strap transport switch
Solid, robust design with 4 swivel
castors and a brake
The strap is just wrapped around the

packaging item and fed into the sealing
mechanism. This triggers the strapping
procedure. The strap is tensioned, closed
and cut.
The strap is weld-sealed without a sleeve.
No. 759 858-BK
g 2320.00
Connection voltage 230 V, 1 phase, 50 Hz.

Progressively adjustable strap tension
from 30 650 N.
Net weight without band 90 kg.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Recommended strapping
PP band, 12 x 0.55 mm, core dia. 200 mm,
roll length 3000 m (see 1 above).
99382
99382
Technical details
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
687
Strapping
Application
For light, flexible and unstable products,
e.g. for sealing cardboard boxes.
Plastic strapping
The right equipment for every requirement
g / set
249.00
No. 760 801-BK
Starter set for occasional strapping jobs
Economical
The set consists of

Universal tensioning device 13 16 mm
Sealing tongs 13 or 16 mm
Strapping in dispenser box, 12.7 or 16 mm,
length 1000 m, tensile strength 135 kg or 170 kg
2000 metal seals, 13 or 16 mm
All components can be re-ordered separately.
Basic set for occasional strapping jobs
Easy to use
The set consists of:

Single part tensioning and sealing device, 13 or
16 mm, very sturdy aluminium alloy. Weight 2.8 kg
Strap dispenser carton 12.7 or 16 mm,
length 1000 m, tensile strength 135 kg or 170 kg
Strap width
mm
13
16
Set
No.
g
760 801-BK
760 802-BK
249.00
273.50
Universal tensioning device
No.
g
759 670-BK
759 670-BK
113.00
113.00
Sealing tongs
No.
g
759 671-BK
759 672-BK
77.90
77.90
Strapping in dispenser box
No.
g
722 562-BK
751 485-BK
34.25
42.30
2000 seals
No.
g
659 193-BK
659 207-BK
74.80
84.50
Strap width
mm
13
16
Set
No.
g
722 560-BK
760 804-BK
285.50
316.50
Tensioning and
sealing device
No.
g
650 323-BK
502 523-BK
226.00
226.00
Strapping in dispenser box
No.
g
722 562-BK
751 485-BK
34.25
42.30
2000 seals
No.
g
659 134-BK
659 185-BK
54.30
55.80
Edge protectors can be found on page 676.
Basic set for frequent strapping jobs
Stable
The set consists of

Two-part sealing device, consisting of tensioner and
sealing tongs
1 portable strap dispenser for 160 mm roll width and
55 mm core
2000 m spool of plastic strapping, width 12 mm,
tensile strength 135 kg
2000 seals, 13 mm
Strap width
mm
12
Set
No.
g
726 826-BK
Strap dispenser
No.
g
772 313-BK
Polypropylene strapping
No.
g
726 796-BK
2000 seals
No.
g
659 193-BK
Tensioner and sealing tongs
No.
g
772 305-BK
353.50
97.90
72.70
74.80
192.00
Basic set for regular strapping jobs
Very robust
Easy to use
Rubber feet on the underside for increased stability
g / set
369.00
119100
Strap width
mm
13
16
Set
No.
g
760 805-BK
760 806-BK
369.00
408.50
Tensioning and
sealing device
No.
g
650 323-BK
502 523-BK
226.00
226.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
759 673-BK
759 673-BK
106.70
106.70
4 rolls of 500 m
No.
g
759 681-BK
759 675-BK
101.60
161.50
2000 seals
No.
g
659 134-BK
659 185-BK
54.30
55.80
BLUE =
119100
No. 760 805-BK

Single part tensioning and sealing device, 13 or 16 mm,
very sturdy aluminium alloy. Weight 2.8 kg
1 portable strap dispenser for short rolls with
a core of 62 mm, incl. recoil spring which makes it
easier to dispense strapping.
Short roll plastic strapping, 13 or 16 mm,
62 mm core , roll length 500 m
Strapping
Sealing: with or without sleeves
Application
For light, flexible and unstable products,
e.g. for sealing cardboard boxes.
g / set
439.00
12
No. 760 807-BK
Basic set for frequent strapping jobs
Lightweight
Easy to use

Single part tensioning and sealing device,
13 or 16 mm, very sturdy aluminium alloy.
Weight 2.8 kg
Mobile strap dispenser with storage tray for short rolls
with a 62 mm core
Short roll plastic strapping, 13 or 16 mm,
A basic set for frequent

industrial use
The set consists of
A mobile dispenser with a roll stop,
suitable for a core 406 mm
A tensioning and sealing tool for strap width
of 13 mm. The strap is cut off automatically
3000 m spool of 13 mm nylon strap
2000 off 13 mm seals
Threading bar to assist when strapping large
packages i.e. palettes
All components can be re-ordered individually.
High quality set for professional,

intensive strapping jobs
mm
13
16
Set
No.
g
760 807-BK
760 808-BK
439.00
464.00
Tensioning and
sealing device
No.
g
650 323-BK
502 523-BK
226.00
226.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
759 674-BK
759 674-BK
164.20
164.20
4 rolls of 500 m
No.
g
759 681-BK
759 675-BK
101.60
161.50
2000 seals
No.
g
659 134-BK
659 185-BK
54.30
55.80
Strap width
mm
13
Set
No.
g
760 809-BK
Strap dispenser
No.
g
759 676-BK
Tensioning and
sealing device
No.
650 323-BK
226.00
No.
g
650 307-BK
2000 seals
No.
g
659 134-BK
Threading rod
No.
g
759 677-BK
Strap width
mm
16
Set
No.
g
760 810-BK
Tensioning and
sealing device
No.
759 680-BK
299.50
Strap dispenser
No.
g
759 679-BK
No.
g
759 683-BK
2000 seals
No.
g
659 185-BK
The strap does not fray when cut

Single part tensioning and sealing device, 16 mm.
Cuts without tension on the strap
Mobile strap dispenser, 406 mm core
Nylon strapping, width 16 mm,
2000 metal seals, 16 mm
Professional strapping set for demanding

requirements
Strap width
For various core diameters

For sleeveless strapping
265.00
93.60
54.30
30.95
587.00
248.00
91.20
55.80
Strap width
mm
13
16
Set
No.
g
502 351-BK
502 352-BK
1830.00
1830.00
Tensioning and
sealing device
No.
g
918 956-BK
918 956-BK
1555.00
1555.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
215.00
215.00
No.
g
650 307-BK
759 683-BK
93.60
91.20
Strapping with
custom imprint
109686

Semi-automatic tensioning and sealing device for
13 16 mm strap width (manual tensioning and
automatic sealing of straps), tensioning up to 2000 N
Mobile strap dispenser for roll widths up to 150 mm
and core of 200, 280 or 406 mm, red
3000 m spool of 13 mm wide nylon strapping, or 2000 m
spool of 16 mm wide nylon strapping
493.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
689
Strapping
Manual tensioning and sealing
devices
Tensioning and sealing with a
single device
Different models, from starter
to professional
Application
For plastic strapping,
see respective illustrations.
from g
519.00
Tensioning and sealing devices

For plastic strapping
1 Tensioning and sealing device
2 Combination tool: two lever tensioning
For 13 or 16 mm strap width.

Practical, inexpensive one-part strapping device.
Combined tensioning and sealing function.
Suitable for angular packaging. Strap tensioned by force
applied directly by the user. The strap is cut automatically.
Sealing sleeves
Made of metal, length 28 mm, width 13 or 16 mm.
Pack of 2000.
mm
No.
g
13
16
650 323-BK
502 523-BK
226.00
226.00
Strap width
mm
No.
g
13
16
659 053-BK
659 061-BK
519.00
532.00
Accessories
Accessories
Seals
Professional device for 13 or 16 mm strap width.

One lever performs all of the functions. Strap is not cut
when tensioned, therefore the plastic strap does not fray.
Suitable for strapping angular packages.
Seals
Made of metal, 13 or 16 mm wide.
Pack of 2000.
No.
g / pack
659 134-BK
659 185-BK
54.30
55.80
Seals
Professional tool for strap widths of 13 or 16 mm.

For all types of industry. Single lever mechanism is
excellent for complicated strapping jobs. For sideways
and horizontal strapping and working above your head.
Roughened seals ensure reliable sealing. Suitable for
strapping angular packages.
With cutting device for plastic strapping.
Seals
Made of metal, textured. Length 30 mm, width 13 or 16 mm.
Pack of 2000.
Strap width
mm
No.
g
13
16
808 628-BK
659 088-BK
752.00
1095.00
808 687-BK
659 215-BK
113.00
161.30
Accessories
No.
g / pack
659 193-BK
659 207-BK
74.80
84.50
Seals
No.
g / pack
Rechargeable tensioning and sealing devices
Rechargeable tensioning and

sealing devices
Semi-automatic and fully
automatic versions
Simple, convenient and
extremely efficient operation,
without sleeves
Application
For PP and PET strapping.
Without seals with reliable friction welding seal

For 12 to 16 mm wide polyester and polypropylene
strapping.
Easy to handle
Lightweight, yet sturdy construction for professional
use
Precise strap cutting without burdening the
rechargeable battery
Suitable for strapping packages and pallets
Supplied complete with battery and charger (230 V).
Newest generation
Li-Ion rechargeable
battery
Non-slip, ergonomic
handle
Universal button
for all 3 functions
1 Semi-automatic
Manual tensioning with a lever, followed by automatic
sealing of the strap.
Tensioning up to 2000 N.
2 Fully automatic
Particularly simple and straightforward strapping:
tension, seal and cut with only one button.
Electronic setting of strap width and tensioning force
via the keypad. Safe and easy insertion of strap.
200 400 strapping cycles per charge, depending on
strapping and tensioning force. 14.4 V Li-Ion battery,
charging time 20 45 min.
Includes keypad lock to prevent unintentional changes to
individual settings. Automatic stand-by mode after 5 min.
to conserve battery power.
Tensioning up to 2500 N.
Model
Height
Length x width
Weight
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
109687
160
400 x 130
3.9
150
335 x 140
3.8
918 956-BK
615 690-BK
1555.00
2945.00
730 730-BK
615 691-BK
179.20
226.00
Accessories
Additional battery
Easy electronic
pre-selection via
control panel
No.
g
Edge protection elements can be

found on page 676.
BLUE =
109687
Strap width
3 Single lever tensioning and sealing device
and sealing device
12
Stapling
1
Holder
forthreading
rod
Ergonomic,
round tubular
handle
Sheet steelstorage
compartment,
removable
Plasticstorage
compartment,
removable
Extra robust
axle
Large wheels
Strapping sets
EUROKRAFT strapping dispensers meet the
highest requirements for quality and comfort.
1 Reinforced polyester strapping set

Set consists of
Portable EUROKRAFT dispenser, blue
Reinforced strapping device
1 roll of reinforced polyester strapping, woven,
extremely tear resistant, core 76 mm
Metal seals, pack of 1000
2 Polypropylene strapping (PP) set
3 Steel strapping set
Set consists of
Mobile EUROKRAFT dispenser, blue / black
Tensioning and sealing device with quick tensioning
mechanism and braking system
1 roll of polypropylene strapping, core 406 mm
Metal seals, pack of 2000
1 threading rod
Set consists of
Mobile EUROKRAFT dispenser, blue / black
Steel strapping device, sleeveless
1 roll of steel strapping, painted black, core 400 mm
Threading rods for 2

Pack of 2.
No. 759 682-BK
Model
NEW
g / pack 61.40
Strapping material
Strap width
Strap length
Tear resistance
reinforced polyester strapping

13
16
850
600
475
600
mm
m/roll
kg/cm
19
500
725
polypropylene strapping
13
1500
300
steel strapping
13
1000
550
16
800
700
19
650
830
524 056-BK
No.
g / set
524 049-BK
524 051-BK
524 052-BK
524 053-BK
524 054-BK
524 055-BK
450.00
450.00
475.00
774.00
1575.00
1575.00
1575.00
Strapping device
No.
g
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
524 072-BK
759 699-BK
759 699-BK
759 699-BK
199.90
199.90
199.90
276.00
939.00
939.00
939.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
524 057-BK
524 057-BK
524 057-BK
524 060-BK
524 061-BK
524 061-BK
524 061-BK
94.20
94.20
94.20
442.00
525.00
525.00
525.00
rolls
No.
g / pack
918 961-BK
918 963-BK
918 968-BK
916 712-BK
524 064-BK
524 065-BK
524 066-BK
247.00
272.50
267.00
89.00
231.50
231.50
231.50
1000
1000
1000
2000
524 067-BK
517 795-BK
517 796-BK
659 134-BK
72.10
73.30
96.70
54.30
Set
Strapping
Metal seals
pack of
pack of
No.
g / pack
NEW
Electric strapping devices

Compact, versatile and easy to use
Strapping with polyester and

polypropylene strap
For 10 16 mm strap width and
0.5 1.3 mm strap thickness
Ideal for smooth and round package
surfaces
Sealing time and strap tension are
adjusted using a touch sensitive
keypad with digital display
126277
Max. strapping speed approx. 9 m/s,

tensioning force up to 2000 N.
NI-CD rechargeable battery 12 V / 2.0 Ah.
Charging time 80 min, rapid charge 30min.
350 x 130 x 165 mm.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1 For mains connection

Supplied complete with: strapping device,
7m cable and transformer.
Weight 2.4 kg.
No. 524 068-BK
g 2490.00
2 With rechargeable battery
For mains connection
Supplied complete with: strapping device,

rechargeable battery and charger.
Weight 3.0 kg.
No. 524 070-BK
g 2575.00
Accessories
Rechargeable battery
No.
g
524 071-BK
Battery charger
No.
g
524 058-BK
176.20
219.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Battery powered
KAISER + KRAFT
126277
691
Strapping
Reinforced polyester strapping
Very high tensile strength
Minimal stretching
Sealing: metal fasteners or sleeves
Soft, elastic and weather resistant
Application
For securing all types of shipments:
pallets, heavy and bulky goods, etc.
Bonded reinforced strapping

Strapping made of polyester reinforced textile fibres.
Resistance comparable to that of steel strapping.
The strapping is flexible and elastic, holds the load
without cutting in to it.
Resistant to water and many chemical substances.
The strap is tensioned and cut with the tensioning device.
The metal sealing clamps are self-locking.
Threading rod
To help push the strap underneath the item
to be strapped.
Pack of 2.
No. 759 682-BK
g / pack 61.40
Holder for
threading rod
Woven reinforced strapping

Similar characteristics to bonded reinforced strapping,
but does not fray and has greater tensile strength.
Ideal for very heavy loads.
Holder for spare

spool
from
239.00
Reinforced polyester
strapping
Mobile strapping set for occasional use
The set consists of
Reinforced polyester strapping, bonded,
width 13 or 16 mm
Tensioning device for 13 19 mm wide,
reinforced strapping
Metal sealing clamps, 100 x 13 mm or 80 x 16 mm
1 packing knife
1 Universal strapping set for all

requirements
mm
13
16
m
kg
250
375
200
450
No.
g
918 969-BK
918 971-BK
239.00
243.50
Tensioning device
No.
g
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
199.90
199.90
Strapping, knife,
metal sealing clamps
No.
g
760 746-BK
918 972-BK
58.00
62.50
Strap length
Tensile strength
Set
The set consists of

Tensioning device for 13 19 mm or 25 mm wide,
reinforced strapping
Portable strap dispenser with storage compartment,
for 155 mm roll width with core 76 mm
1 spool of reinforced strapping, bonded or woven
Metal sealing clamps, pack of 1000 for 13 and 16 mm,
or pack of 500 for 25 mm
Other strapping widths available on request.
Model
Description
Strap width
Strap length
Tensile strength
The set consists of

Tensioning tool for reinforced strap width 13 19 mm,
or 25 mm
Mobile strap dispenser with storage compartment and
holder for the threading rod
1 spool of reinforced strapping, bonded or woven
Metal seals, pack of 1000 for 16and 19 mm, or pack of
500for 25 mm
1
mm
m
kg
bonded
13
1100
375
2
woven
16
850
450
13
850
475
16
600
600
25
300
1400
bonded
16
850
450
woven
19
500
725
19
600
550
25
300
1400
No.
g
808 849-BK
760 812-BK
918 957-BK
918 958-BK
918 959-BK
760 813-BK
760 814-BK
918 966-BK
410.00
446.50
457.50
495.50
833.00
634.00
634.00
662.00
981.00
Tensioning device
No.
g
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
918 960-BK
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
918 960-BK
199.90
199.90
199.90
199.90
536.00
199.90
199.90
199.90
536.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
759 695-BK
759 695-BK
759 695-BK
759 695-BK
85.00
85.00
85.00
85.00
85.00
230.50
230.50
230.50
230.50
Reinforced strapping
Pack of 2 spools
No.
g / pack
808 709-BK
759 684-BK
918 961-BK
918 963-BK
918 964-BK
759 684-BK
759 687-BK
918 968-BK
918 964-BK
221.50
247.00
247.00
272.50
285.50
247.00
227.00
267.00
285.50
Metal sealing clamps
No.
g / pack
808 741-BK
759 685-BK
808 741-BK
759 685-BK
918 965-BK
759 685-BK
759 688-BK
759 688-BK
918 965-BK
71.20
82.80
71.20
82.80
127.40
82.80
97.10
97.10
127.40
99383
Set
BLUE =
918 967-BK
99383
Strap width
2 Strapping set for regular, industrial use
12
Strapping
Reinforced polyester
strapping
With extra flat seals
Practical combination tensioner for convenient use

and good tensioning
Flat sealing sleeves (see illustration below) prevent
damage caused by sleeve pressing into packages
Reinforced polyester strapping

Minimal stretching
Sealing: metal fasteners or sleeves
Soft, elastic and weather resistant
Application
For securing all types of shipments:
pallets, heavy and bulky goods, etc.
Model
The set consists of

Combination tensioning device for 13 or 16 mm strap
width
Portable strap dispenser with storage compartment
for 155 mm roll width and core 76 mm
1 roll of reinforced polyester strapping, bonded or
woven
Flat seals, pack of 2000
bonded
woven
Strap width
Strap length
Tensile strength
mm
m
kg
13
1100
375
16
850
450
13
850
475
16
600
600
Set
No.
g
611 256-BK
611 257-BK
611 258-BK
611 259-BK
925.00
948.00
939.00
966.00
Combination tensioning
and sealing tool
No.
g
611 260-BK
611 261-BK
611 260-BK
611 261-BK
647.00
650.00
647.00
650.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
808 725-BK
85.00
85.00
85.00
85.00
Reinforced strapping,
No.
pack of 2 rolls
g / pack
808 709-BK
759 684-BK
918 961-BK
918 963-BK
221.50
247.00
247.00
272.50
Seals
611 262-BK
611 264-BK
611 262-BK
611 264-BK
77.20
102.20
77.20
102.20
No.
g / pack
Composite strapping
Reinforced polyester strapping for demanding requirements
Optimum protection and ease of handling

Particularly sturdy, flexible and reliable sealing
The additional plastic coating makes the composite

strapping weather resistant and protects against
sharp edges. The phosphate coated metal seals ensure
extremely reliable sealing and offer a particularly secure
hold.
The set consists of
Tensioning device for reinforced strapping
width 16 19 mm, or 25 mm
and core of 200, 280 or 406 mm
1 roll composite polyester strapping, core 200 mm
Phosphate coated metal seals,
pack of 1000 for 16 and 19 mm or 500 for 25 mm
Metal seals
Composite strapping
Strap width
mm
16
19
25
m
kg
850
425
600
455
500
900
No.
g
517 789-BK
517 790-BK
517 791-BK
540.00
567.00
906.00
Tensioning device
No.
g
808 733-BK
808 733-BK
918 960-BK
199.90
199.90
536.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
215.00
215.00
215.00
Composite strapping
Pack of 2 rolls
No.
g / pack
517 792-BK
517 793-BK
517 794-BK
226.00
221.50
305.50
Metal seals
No.
g / pack
517 795-BK
517 796-BK
517 797-BK
73.30
96.70
225.00
Strap length
Tensile strength
Set
Composite strapping
With extra flat seals
Practical combination tensioning device for

convenient use and particularly high tensile force
Optimum protection against damage to packages due
to extra flat sealing sleeves
Composite strapping is ideal for the most demanding
requirements, is very flexible, robust and resistant
109688
The set consists of

Combination tensioning device for 13 or 16 mm strap
width
and core of 200, 280 or 406 mm
1 roll of composite strapping, 13 or 16 mm
Flat seals, pack of 2000 for 13 mm,
1000 for 16 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Flat sealing sleeves
Strap width
mm
13
16
m
kg
1100
300
850
425
No.
g
611 265-BK
611 266-BK
1140.00
1135.00
Combination tensioning and sealing device
No.
g
611 267-BK
611 268-BK
748.00
780.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
215.00
215.00
Composite strapping,
pack of 2 rolls
No.
g / pack
611 269-BK
517 792-BK
226.00
226.00
Seals
No.
g / pack
611 270-BK
611 272-BK
159.00
90.80
Strap length
Tensile strength
Set
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

109688
KAISER + KRAFT
693
Shrinking and sealing films

2
PET strapping (polyester)

Minimal stretching
Sealing: with or without seals
Weather resistant, no sharp
edges
Application
For pallets, heavy boxes, etc. Ideal for high
volume strapping, quick and easy use.
For heavy loads or pallets for long

term storage
Polyester strapping
The modern alternative to steel strapping
Extremely tear resistant ideal for

heavy goods and high volume
strapping
5 times lighter than steel
No rust marks, no sharp edges
Strapping
1 In dispenser box
2 Suitable for strap dispensers
Model
Strap width
Strap length
Strap thickness
Internal core
Tensile strength
No.
g / roll
1
mm
m
mm
mm
kg/cm2
12
750
0.5
285
12.7
2500
0.6
406
321
16
2000
0.6
406
401
16
1750
0.73
406
450
979 817-BK
979 822-BK
979 819-BK
979 820-BK
75.70
137.60
140.30
142.30
Entry level PET set

The set consists of
High quality single lever tensioning and
sealing tool, 13 mm
12 mm polyester strapping in
dispenser box, length 750 m,
tensile strength approx. 285 kg
2000 metal seals, 13 mm
All components can be re-ordered
separately.
Strap width
mm
12
Strap length
Strap thickness
Tensile strength
m
mm
kg/cm2
750
0.5
285
Set
No.
g / set
979 816-BK
No.
g
808 628-BK
No.
g / roll
979 817-BK
No.
g
808 687-BK
mm
16
Strap length
Strap thickness
Tensile strength
m
mm
kg/cm2
2000
0.6
401
Set
No.
g / set
615 693-BK
No.
g
615 690-BK
No.
g / roll
979 819-BK
No.
g
985 437-BK
Tensioning and sealing device

PET strapping
2000 seals
861.00
752.00
75.70
113.00
Professional PET strapping set

With semi-automatic tensioning
and sealing device
With practical threading rod
The set consists of

Mobile strap dispenser, painted,
core 200, 280 or 406 mm
Rechargeable cordless strapping
device, fully automatic, sealing
without seals
Polyester strapping,
choice of three widths
separately.
Industrial PET set

With fully automatic tensioning and sealing device
mm
12.7
16
19
Strap length
Strap thickness
Tensile strength
m
mm
kg/cm2
2500
0.6
321
2000
0.6
401
1200
0.75
425
Set
No.
g / set
611 273-BK
611 274-BK
611 275-BK
1815.00
1820.00
1860.00
No.
g
918 956-BK
918 956-BK
918 956-BK
1555.00
1555.00
1555.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
215.00
215.00
215.00
No.
g / roll
979 822-BK
979 819-BK
611 276-BK
137.60
140.30
158.70
PET strapping
The set consists of

Mobile strap dispenser, zinc plated,
core 406 mm
Threading rod which makes it easier to
slide the strap underneath packages
Rechargeable cordless strapping
device, fully automatic, sealing
without seals
Polyester strapping, width 16 mm,
core 406 mm, length 2000 m
separately.
Strap width

PET strapping
Strap dispenser
BLUE =
3395.00
2945.00
140.30
476.00
109848
109848
Strap width
12
Strapping
Heavy duty strapping
Highest tensile strength for
heavy cargo
Extra wide strapping
Application
Heavy loads, e.g. in machine
workshops, in metal,
wood and building material
industry
1
2
3
4 Heavy duty
composite strapping set
1 Heavy duty PET set
2 Heavy duty reinforced
With fully automatic, rechargeable

tensioning and sealing device
Tensioning up to 4000 N
Newest generation Li-Ion rechargeable battery, 18.0 V, charging time
20 45 min.
Universal button for all 3 functions:
tensioning, sealing and cutting
For working with PP and PET strapping
with width of 16 19 mm and thickness
of 0.8 1.3 mm
Includes second replacement battery
(150 350 strapping cycles per charge)
The set consists of
Mobile strap dispenser, zinc plated,
core 406 mm, incl. threading rod
Professional rechargeable tensioning
and sealing device, fully automatic,
sealing without seals
1 roll PET strapping, width 19 mm,
length 1200 m
separately.
Set version
With manual tensioning device

The set consists of
Manual tensioning device for strapping
widths up to 40 mm
Mobile strap dispenser for roll widths
up to 150 mm and core of 200, 280 or
406 mm
1 roll of composite strapping, core
200 mm, strap width 25 or 31 mm
Metal seals, pack of 500 in 25 mm
width, pack of 250 in 31 mm width
The set consists of

Pneumatic tensioning device
(up to 32 mm)
Mobile strap dispenser for roll
widths up to 150 mm and
core of 200, 280 or 406 mm
1 roll of composite strapping, core
200 mm, strap width 25 or 31 mm
Strap width
Strap length
Tensile strength
mm
m / roll
kg/cm2
19
1200
425
25
500
950
30
150
1170
25
500
900
31
300
1460
25
500
900
31
300
1460
Set
No.
g / set
522 131-BK
522 133-BK
522 134-BK
522 140-BK
522 141-BK
522 143-BK
522 144-BK
3680.00
986.00
1010.00
1055.00
1035.00
2615.00
2725.00
Tensioning device
No.
g
522 132-BK
522 135-BK
522 135-BK
522 135-BK
522 135-BK
522 145-BK
522 145-BK
3290.00
565.00
565.00
565.00
565.00
2265.00
2265.00
Strap dispenser
No.
g
985 437-BK
759 695-BK
759 695-BK
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
502 349-BK
476.00
230.50
230.50
215.00
215.00
215.00
215.00
No.
g / pack
611 276-BK
522 136-BK
522 137-BK
517 794-BK
522 142-BK
517 794-BK
522 142-BK
158.70
248.50
396.00
305.50
226.00
305.50
226.00
No.
g / pack
918 965-BK
522 138-BK
517 797-BK
522 138-BK
517 797-BK
522 138-BK
127.40
142.10
225.00
142.10
225.00
142.10
Metal seals
119101
composite strapping set
With manual tensioning device

The set consists of
Manual tensioning device for strapping
widths up to 40 mm
Mobile strap dispenser with spare roll
holder for roll width up to 155 mm and
core of 76 mm
1 roll of reinforced polyester strapping,
bonded, strap width 25 or 30 mm
Strapping
YELLOW =
Ex stock
3 Heavy duty
polyester strapping set
With pneumatic tensioning device

Tensioning up to 7500 N
Adjustable constant tension
Ideal for professional, continuous use
For polyester composite strapping and
composite strapping width 13 32 mm
pack of rolls
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119101
Extra wide strapping with highest tensile strength for heavy cargo
695
Strapping
Steel strapping
Highest tensile strength
Most resistant to stretching
Also suitable for sharp edged
goods
Steel strapping
Steel strapping
1 Ribbon coil plain waxed

Pack of 2 rolls.
Width x thickness
mm
13 x 0.5
16 x 0.5
19 x 0.5
Inner
mm
Strap length approx.
m
Weight approx.
kg
300
2 x 400
40
300
2 x 400
50
300
2 x 400
58
659 606-BK
659 614-BK
659 622-BK
151.90
181.60
199.90
No.
g / pack
Application
For securing bulky and sharp edged
goods for shipment via heavy transport and sea freight.
2 Oscillated coil waxed and blue-annealed

Width x thickness
1
2
mm
13 x 0.5
16 x 0.5
19 x 0.5
Inner
mm
Strap length approx.
m
Weight approx.
kg
400
1040
52
400
832
52
400
676
52
808 768-BK
808 776-BK
659 657-BK
198.90
195.60
193.10
No.
g
Steel strapping cutters

For safely cutting steel strapping
1 Special steel strapping cutters

2 Reinforced special steel strapping cutters
3 Safety steel strapping cutters
4
Special safety feature: securely holds one side of the steel strap
when cutting.
Heavy duty safety steel strapping cutters
Optimum protection: securely holds both sides of the steel strap
when cutting.
Model
For max. strap width
For max. strap thickness
Weight
No.
g
mm
mm
kg
19
0.6
0.4
32
1.0
0.6
32
1.0
0.6
32
1.0
2.0
759 691-BK
759 717-BK
615 721-BK
615 723-BK
34.80
69.60
113.00
193.10
For steel strapping with oscillated coil

For spools with a roll width of 70 mm and
core of 400 mm.
Storage tray for seals and devices.
415 x 710 x 1010 mm.
No. 808 784-BK
g 527.00
Tensioning and sealing devices
Sleeveless steel strapping devices
Sleeveless steel strapping devices
Single part combination tool

Suitable for angular packages.
Weight 3 kg.
Combination tool
Manual tensioning, sealing and cutting ofsteel strapping.
Forwidth 13 19mm.
For thickness 0.38 0.63mm.
For vertical and horizontal use.
Also suitable for heavy duty strapping.
Weight 4kg.
Exceptional precision and durability

Tensioning, punching and cutting of steel strapping.
Horizontal or vertical strapping without seals.
For width 13 19mm.
The punched edge is automatically folded inwards so that
there are no sharp edges. Sealing lever can produce up to
5000N (500kg) of force.
Retensioning without new strap possible.
Very robust.
Weight 4.5 kg.
No. 759 699-BK
No. 919 023-BK
For width
mm
No.
g
13
16
523 978-BK
523 979-BK
418.50
418.50
Matching metal seals

Pack of 1000.
Width x length
125080
Mobile dispensers
No.
g / pack
mm
13 x 27
16 x 27
759 714-BK
759 690-BK
34.30
37.55
g 939.00
g 1165.00
BLUE =
125080
12
Strapping
Steel strapping
Highest tensile strength
Most resistant to stretching
Also suitable for sharp edged
goods
Steel strapping
Basic set for occasional strapping jobs
Tensioning device for 16 mm strap
width
Sealing tongs, 16 mm
Strap dispenser made of painted sheet
for special steel strapping spool, with
storage compartment, can be carried
or rolled on practical castors
Steel strapping, bright, 16 mm wide,
0.5 mm thick, 240 m on special spool
1000 sealing sleeves 16 x 27 mm
separately.
Strapping width
mm
16
Set
No.
g
985 347-BK
Strapping device
No.
g
714 604-BK
Sealing tongs
No.
g
714 605-BK
Strap dispenser
No.
g
985 348-BK
Steel strapping, special spool
No.
g
759 693-BK
1000 seals
No.
g
759 690-BK
Strapping width
mm
16
Set
No.
g
985 349-BK
No.
g
523 979-BK
Strap dispenser
No.
g
985 348-BK
Steel strapping, special spool
No.
g
759 693-BK
Steel strapping cutter
No.
g
759 691-BK
1000 seals
No.
g
759 690-BK
Strapping width
mm
16
Set
No.
g
985 351-BK
No.
g
523 979-BK
Strap dispenser
No.
g
985 352-BK
Steel strapping 2 x 400 m
No.
g
759 698-BK
No.
g
759 691-BK
1000 seals
No.
g
759 690-BK
Application
For securing heavy, bulky and sharp
edged goods for shipment via heavy
transport and sea freight.
547.00
187.40
116.40
230.50
74.50
37.55
Sturdy set for daily strapping jobs

The set consists of
Single part tensioning and sealing
device for 16 mm strap width
Strap dispenser made of painted sheet
steel for special steel strapping spool,
with storage compartment, can be
carried or rolled on practical castors
Steel strapping, bright, 16 mm wide,
0.5 mm thick, 240 m on special spool
Special steel strapping cutter,
10 19 mm
1000 seals, 16mm
separately.
717.00
418.50
230.50
74.50
34.80
37.55
Sturdy, high performance set for daily strapping jobs

The set consists of
Single part tensioning and sealing
device for 16 mm strap width
Mobile strap dispenser made of
painted sheet steel with extra large
wheels for added stability
2 rolls of steel strapping, waxed and
blue annealed, 16 mm wide, 0.5 mm
thick, each roll 400 m long, ribbon coil
Special steel strapping cutter,
10 19 mm
1000 seals, 16mm
separately.
You can find other steel strapping and
sealing devices on page 696.
875.00
418.50
282.50
232.50
34.80
37.55
Edge protection can be found

on page 676.
The sleeveless professional set for daily strapping jobs
125081

separately.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Strap width
mm
16
Set
No.
g
760 818-BK
Combination tool 13 19 mm
No.
g
759 699-BK
Strap dispenser
No.
g
759 697-BK
Steel strapping, 2 x 400 m
No.
g
759 698-BK
No.
g
759 691-BK
1355.00
939.00
350.00
232.50
125081

Sleeveless combination tool for
tensioning, sealing and cutting,
adjustable from 13 19 mm
Mobile, sideways strap dispenser
made of painted steel
2 rolls of steel strapping, waxed and
blue annealed, 16 mm wide, 0.5 mm
thick, each roll 400 m long, ribbon coil
34.80
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
697
Weighing
Compact scales
NEW
With fine scale division

For weighing not subject to calibration
regulations
With many functions: weighing, taring,
net total weighing (withoutweight of tare
container), plus/minus weighing fortarget
weight, item counting. Backlit LCD display.
from g
259.00
Model
Weighing range
kg
Scale division
g
06
0.1
1 Plastic weighing platform
2 + 3 Stainless steel weighing platform
Large, impact resistant weighing platform. Low profile

design. Ergonomically optimised control panel with large
buttons. Supplied without mains adapter,
battery operation possible.
Easy 4 button operation. RS-232 interface.

3 with second display on the back side of scale. Supplied
with 230 V mains adapter. Battery operation possible.
Mains adapter for 1

No. 112 459-BK
g 25.20
63 x 200 x 280
0 12
0.1
79 x 163 x 245
02
0.1
06
1
0 12
1
0 0.2
0.01
01
0.1
3
04
0.1
06
1
03
0.1
0 24
2
Lowest item weight for item

counting
g
0.2
0.2
0.02
0.2
0.2
0.2
Weighing platform W x D mm
160 x 160
160 x 160
160 x 160
160 x 160
105
130 x 130
130 x 130
170 x 150
170 x 150
252 x 228
252 x 228
252 x 228
252 x 228
112 404-BK
112 405-BK
112 406-BK
112 407-BK
985 388-BK
985 390-BK
985 391-BK
985 393-BK
985 395-BK
918 927-BK
985 397-BK
985 398-BK
985 399-BK
259.00
296.00
107.80
159.50
361.50
325.50
367.50
418.50
255.00
267.50
267.50
282.00
282.00
No.
g
NEW
Universal platform scales

The display can be switched from items to
weight in order to count items.
Suitable for tough, everyday use.
Large, backlit blue LCD display.
RS-232 interface. Supplied with stainless
steel plate and 230 V mains adapter.
Connection cable length (between display
and platform) is approx. 1.5 m.
2
Please include initial calibration
service 2 in your order.
Initial calibration cannot be done at a
later stage.
Weighing range
measuring range
scale division
measuring range
scale division
Lowest item weight for item counting
Weighing platform
Dual range display
0 24
0 60
0 60
0 150
0 300
kg
g
kg
g
g
width x depth mm
03
1
36
2
4
315 x 305
06
2
6 15
5
10
315 x 305
0 15
5
15 35
10
10
315 x 305
0 30
10
30 60
20
20
315 x 305
0 12
1
2
315 x 305
0 24
2
4
315 x 305
0 60
5
10
315 x 305
0 30
10
30 60
20
20
522 x 403
0 60
20
60 150
50
40
522 x 403
0 150
50
150 300
100
100
522 x 403
No.
g
522 116-BK
522 117-BK
522 118-BK
522 119-BK
522 121-BK
522 122-BK
522 123-BK
522 124-BK
522 129-BK
522 130-BK
241.50
241.50
241.50
241.50
276.00
276.00
276.00
379.00
379.00
379.00
0 60
0 150
0 150
0 300
measuring range
kg
scale division
g
measuring range
kg
scale division
g
Lowest item weight for item counting
g
Calibration value
Weighing platform
width x depth mm
03
1
36
2
20
1|2
300 x 240
06
2
6 15
5
40
2|5
300 x 240
0 15
5
15 30
10
100
5 | 10
400 x 300
0 30
10
30 60
20
200
10 | 20
500 x 400
0 30
10
30 60
20
200
10 | 20
400 x 300
0 60
20
60 150
50
400
20 | 50
650 x 500
0 60
20
60 150
50
400
20 | 50
500 x 400
0 150
50
150 300
100
1000
50 | 100
650 x 500
No.
g
112 408-BK
112 409-BK
112 411-BK
112 412-BK
112 413-BK
112 414-BK
112 415-BK
112 416-BK
450.00
450.00
538.00
538.00
637.00
637.00
769.00
769.00
No.
g
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
112 417-BK
63.80
63.80
63.80
63.80
63.80
63.80
63.80
63.80
No.
g
112 418-BK
112 418-BK
112 418BK
112 418-BK
Accessories
height 600 mm
g 76.10
0 12
0 60
height 330 mm
No. 523 988-BK
0 60
0 30
Stand
Rechargeable battery for 1

Up to 15 hours of operation.
Includes 230 V mains charger.
0 35
0 15
Calibratable model
g 109.80
0 15
06
Stand for 1
Stand height approx. 450 mm.
06
kg
Dual range
display
checking scale in one

IP65 display unit, pre-tare function. Digit
height 25 mm, battery operation possible.
kg
Non-calibratable model
Weighing range
1 Counting, parcel and
No. 523 987-BK
124798
106 x 270 x 345

06
0 12
0.5
1
75.90
75.90
75.90
2 Professional industrial scale

Can be calibrated. Digit height 52 mm.
Battery operation possible. With tolerance
weighing function. Wall bracket.
Rechargeable battery for 2
Up to 8 hours of operation.
No. 112 419-BK
g 54.90
Initial calibration
For weighing range
kg
0 6 / 0 15 / 0 30
0 60 / 0 150 / 0 300
No.
112 460-BK
112 462-BK
97.90
141.90
BLUE =
124798
12
Weighing
NEW
Compact counting scales
Stainless steel scales
Counting, weighing and adding made easy
IP65 splash water protection
Three large backlit LCD displays,

digit height 18 mm.
Stainless steel weighing platform
Overall dimensions
Particularly accurate counting due to

automatic reference optimisation.
Display can be switched from weight to
item for counting.
Robust, industrial quality, dust and splash
water protection, special dirt resistant
design.
User programmable target quantity and
item weight audible signal when target
weight is reached.
Weighing range
Scale division
Lowest item weight
Integrated battery for up to 200 hours.

Charge status indicator in display.
Incl. 230 V mains power supply.
kg
03
06
0 15
0 30
g
g
0.2
0.1
0.5
0.2
1
0.5
2
1
611 283-BK
985 466-BK
611 284-BK
985 467-BK
287.50
287.50
287.50
287.50
No.
g
from g

regulations.
Suitable for use in rough industrial
environments and the foodstuffs industry.
Stainless steel protected housing in
accordance with IP65, protected against
dust and splash water.
Handle recesses on the underside for
convenient transport or the scale.
Weighing range
Scale division
Weighing platform
Large LCD display, digit height 25 mm.

Overall dimensions
Integrated battery for approx. 50 hours.
Includes mains power supply.
Calibrated version available on

request.
kg
03
06
0 15
0 25
g
width x depth mm
0.5
230 x 190
1
230 x 190
2
230 x 190
5
230 x 190
112 420-BK
112 421-BK
112 422-BK
112 423-BK
384.00
384.00
384.00
384.00
No.
g
199.00
Tabletop scales
Weighing range
Scale division
Weighing platform
124799
Scale division
Weighing platform
No.
g
Rechargeable battery set for approx. 200

operating hours with mains charging unit.
No. 918 930-BK
g / set 99.30
kg
0 15
0 30
0 60
0 30
g
W x D x H mm
5
310 x 275 x 35
10
310 x 275 x 35
20
310 x 275 x 35
10
520 x 400 x 70
252 018-BK
252 026-BK
615 724-BK
615 725-BK
199.00
205.00
205.00
527.00
kg
0 60
0 150
0 150
0 200
g
W x D x H mm
20
520 x 400 x 70
50
520 x 400 x 70
50
660 x 550 x 85
100
660 x 550 x 85
630 225-BK
630 233-BK
931 101-BK
931 128-BK
527.00
527.00
755.00
757.00
No.
g
Weighing range
Display unit
20 mm LCD display, wall bracket and mains
power supply for 230 V. 2 m measuring
cable. Battery operation possible.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Professional counting scales

Weigh, count, add and save
quickly and conveniently
regulations.
Exceptionally high resolution for a large
weighing range. Accurate counting due to
automatic reference optimisation.
High capacity memory for 1000 reference
weights and 12 dual-function quick keys.
Manually adjustable target weight.
Numeric keypad for entering number of
items, weights or taring values.
Weighing range
Scale division
Min. item weight for counting
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Backlit LCD display with 14.5 mm high

digits for item counting, single and total
weight.
Bi-directional RS-232 interface for
printer/PC connection.
Large stainless steel platform,
widthxdepth350 x 240 mm.
Integrated battery for approx. 100 hours.
Includes mains power supply.
kg
06
0 15
0 50
g
g
0.2
0.2
0.5
0.5
1
1
615 726-BK
615 727-BK
615 728-BK
367.50
367.50
367.50
KAISER + KRAFT
124799
With separate display

regulations
Simple operation with just one button for
ON, OFF, TARE, weighing, additional weighing, order picking and checking. A second
button for switching between kg/lb.
Particularly simple adjustment via keypad.
Subtractive taring up to 100 % of the
weighing range. Ultra low profile stainless
steel weighing platform.
699
13
Steps, ladders,
scaffolding
Roll-along stools
Max. load 150 kg
Steps and folding steps

Pages
700 703
Platforms and machine steps

Pages
704 709
Step ladders
Pages
710 718
Telescopic ladders, lean-to

ladders and multi-purpose
ladders
Pages
719 723
Mobile safety steps

Pages
Made of shatterproof plastic
Height under load 410 mm, without load 418 mm.

Diameter at top 280 mm, bottom 410 mm.
724 725
Order quantity
Steps and bridge steps

Pages
Comfortable and secure to stand on

Non-slip tread surface
Will not rust, scratch or warp
Moves easily in any direction with a light kick
even on carpets
Under load, the roll-along stool is held firmly to the
floor and will not move
726 727
Colour
red
grey
black
blue
g / each
Mobile safety steps

made of steel
Pages
728 734
12
3+
10+
517 297-BK
517 298-BK
517 300-BK
517 301-BK
517 302-BK
517 303-BK
517 306-BK
517 307-BK
615 729-BK
521 082-BK
521 083-BK
521 084-BK
45.05
42.85
34.05
Scaffolding
Pages
735 737
Made of sturdy sheet steel
Please see our comprehensive

range of access equipment on
the following pages.
All products meet strict quality
and safety guidelines and fulfil
applicable standards and
safety regulations.
Please also see our additional
information on the Internet.
Very stable
Non-slip, comfortable tread surface
Three spring loaded swivel castors
Moves easily in any direction without load. Safe to stand

on when under load due to wide rubber traction ring.
Order quantity
Painted
red
grey
light grey
black
blue
g / each
12
3+
10+
517 799-BK
517 800-BK
517 802-BK
517 803-BK
517 804-BK
517 805-BK
517 806-BK
517 807-BK
517 808-BK
517 809-BK
521 085-BK
521 087-BK
521 088-BK
521 089-BK
521 090-BK
46.15
43.95
39.00
Colouredful Plastic steps
Particularly sturdy and shatterproof

For daily use in the warehouse, dispatch, production,
laboratory and foodstuffs industry
Practical carrying handle for easy transport
Non-slip steps for secure footing
Steps
112575
Platform height
Width x depth
Weight
Colour
mm
mm
kg
red
blue
yellow
g
300
485 x 310
5
420
475 x 540
10
620
440 x 795
15
522 100-BK
522 105-BK
522 109-BK
522 101-BK
522 106-BK
522 110-BK
522 102-BK
522 107-BK
522 111-BK
70.20
117.80
152.40
BLUE =
112575
Washable and resistant to many chemicals. Optionally in

red RAL 3000, blue RAL 5002 or yellow RAL 1003. Tested in
accordance with EN 14183:2003E.
Roll-along stools Plastic steps Folding steps
13
225 kg
Aluminium folding steps
Model
Aluminium heavy duty folding steps
Made entirely of aluminium light, handy

and extremely versatile. Easy to store and
transport.
For occasional use in the office.
Non-slip steps with special ribbing

Weighs only 1.8 kg
Very stable due to locking mechanism
aluminium
Steps incl. platform

Step height
mm
Unfolded dims. width x depth mm
Weight
kg
No.
g
from g
blue
yellow
red
2x2
460
400 x 510
1.8
2x3
690
420 x 650
2.7
2x2
460
400 x 510
1.8
2x2
460
400 x 510
1.8
2x2
460
400 x 510
1.8
517 774-BK
517 775-BK
517 776-BK
517 778-BK
517 777-BK
58.00
85.50
60.50
60.50
60.50
Ideal for working with heavy tools.
Heavy duty for up to 225 kg

Steps 130 mm deep, for comfortable
and safe climbing
Corner reinforcements for extra
stability and safety
Non-slip ladder feet
Steps
Black anodised, rounded aluminium steps

with non-slip ribbing.
Easy to store and transport.
mm
440
660
Unfolded dims.
width x depth
mm
400 x 510
430 x 660
kg
2.1
3.2
522 174-BK
522 175-BK
85.90
109.90
Weight
No.
g
79.00

Double sided access
Lightweight aluminium construction
with steel hinges
Ribbed aluminium steps, non-slip,
80 mm deep, with plastic end caps
120250
Vertical ladder height

mm
Unfolded dims. width x depth mm
Weight
kg
No.
g
2x3
Step height
2x2
Designer folding steps

Top step 325 x 160 mm
Spread secured by nylon belt
Non-slip plastic feet
For light duty applications.
2x3
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x7
710
400 x 700
2.6
940
420 x 880
3.5
1180
450 x 1100
4.4
1410
480 x 1260
5.5
1640
520 x 1420
6.4
945 333-BK
945 334-BK
945 335-BK
945 336-BK
945 337-BK
79.00
109.30
122.70
155.10
177.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Stable, tubular aluminium frame

720 mm high safety rail
Ergonomically shaped steel steps
Step width x depth 380 x 260 mm
Large PVC feet for secure footing
Model
Platform height
Unfolded dims.
1 Without non-slip covering

2 With non-slip covering
1
mm
width x depth mm
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

The high safety rail offers excellent

support from every step.
2
510
540 x 530
3
750
560 x 690
2
510
540 x 530
3
750
560 x 690
985 334-BK
985 336-BK
985 335-BK
985 337-BK
66.40
82.80
73.40
88.90
KAISER + KRAFT
120250
701
13
5 cm
Tubular steel steps
Tubular steel folding steps
Budget model
Large steps made of non-slip,
ribbed rubber profile
Sturdy tubular steel frame, powder coated

in beige. Step size 400x 200 mm.
2-step model optionally with or without
safety grip (overall step height 1330 mm).
Steps
Large steps with non-slip ribbed rubber

coating
Extremely flat when collapsed
Self-closing step locking mechanism
Ideal for occasional use in the office. Easy

to carry and store, only 5 cm wide when
collapsed.
Sturdy tubular steel frame, powder coated
in white. Step size 300 x 200 mm.
2
Steps
Step height
Unfolded dims.
Safety grip
mm
width x depth mm
266
457 x 370
without
No.
g
432
515 x 638
without
Platform height
Unfolded dims.
with
707 172-BK
707 173-BK
707 174-BK
90.30
123.50
155.00
mm
width x depth mm
No.
g
460
470 x 540
690
470 x 750
920 325-BK
920 326-BK
42.75
54.70
from g
125.00
Multi-purpose
folding steps
Folding steps and sack
truck in one
COMFORT tubular steel folding steps
122783
Safety rail with foam rubber

coating
Large non-slip steps

Sturdy tubular steel construction, powder coated white.
Step W x D 380 x 260 mm.
Steps
Platform height
mm
480
725
980
Unfolded dims.
width x depth mm
450 x 520
460 x 670
500 x 850
4.0
6.0
8.0
916 796-BK
916 797-BK
916 798-BK
78.50
105.20
161.90
Weight
No.
g
kg
Ideal for use in the office,

warehouse and workshop
Converts from folding steps
into a sack truck in a few
easy steps
Sturdy tubular steel construction with non-slip steps
Safety handle with foam
rubber coating for an
optimum grip
Max. load 150 kg as steps,
90 kg as sack truck
Steps
As
steps
As
sack truck
length x width
height
mm
mm
No.
g
530 x 470
920
735 x 470
1190
platform height mm
490
750
mm
mm
490 x 480
990
450 x 490
1265
390 x 280
6.5
390 x 280
609 089-BK
609 090-BK
125.00
145.90
length x width
height
footplate dims.
width x depth mm
Weight
kg
BLUE =
8.3
122783
Tubular steel steps Aluminium folding steps
13

Comfortable standing climb down safely
Sturdy aluminium twin struts

Torsion resistant cross stays
Extra wide, rounded steps with good footing,
360x230mm
Large, ribbed ladder feet
Only 120 mm wide when folded
Optionally available with a 68 cm high folding safety rail

and storage tray.
From 4 steps, only available with safety rail.
1 Steps made of sheet aluminium with

non-slip, attractive PVC coating
2 Steps made of non-slip,
ribbedsheet aluminium
With wheel set (accessory)
Wheel set
4 castors which brake under load, wheel 50 mm,
ball bearing mounted, with rubber tyres.
Without load = easy tomove
Under load = safe to stand
For models with 3+ steps.
No. 523 970-BK
g / set 178.90
1
1
from g
2
2
1+2
Model
Steps
Step height approx.
mm
Without
safety rail
With
safety rail
165.40
2
460
3
690
4
920
5
1150
2
460
3
690
4
920
5
1150
No.
g
131 008-BK
131 016-BK
751 901-BK
224.00
751 898-BK
169.00
165.40
231.00
No.
g
523 971BK
131 059-BK
131 067-BK
131 075-BK
772 232-BK
772 240-BK
344.00
435.50
523 972-BK
219.00
772 224-BK
285.50
290.50
350.50
438.00

Folds together quickly for space saving storage
Only 85 mm deep when collapsed,

125mmwithsafety rail
Stable aluminium twin struts
Very secure footing due to ribbed aluminium steps,
205x360mm
Steps
Working height approx.
Height of top step
Unfolded dims.
Without safety rail
112291
With safety rail
m
mm
width x depth mm
weight
kg
2.4
420
550 x 540
5.7
2.7
640
570 x 820
6.6
2.9
860
570 x 1100
3.1
1060
590 x 1390
No.
g
985 377-BK
920 292-BK
144.90
195.70
kg
8.4
10.6
15.8
No.
g
985 378-BK
985 379-BK
985 380-BK
215.00
266.00
324.00
weight
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

112291
3-step model also available with folding safety rail with storage tray.
Models with 4+ steps only available with safety rail.
KAISER + KRAFT
703
13
A
Accessories
Machine steps
With ribbed aluminium steps
Particularly sturdy and stable

Welded, aluminium tubular struts
Steps made of non-slip ribbed sheet metal,
depth 225 mm
Mobile machine steps
Wheel set
4 castors which brake under load, wheel 50 mm.
No. 945 278-BK

mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Extremely safe due to 900 mm high

hand rail on one side
Mobile on two fixed castors, wheel 125 mm
g / set 164.00
Otherwise, same as machine steps.
Adjustable feet
4 rubber coated feet.
Flexible mounts, height adjustable up to 70 mm.
Extra large support surface: 80 mm.
No. 945 279-BK
Platform height
Width x depth
Weight
g / set 75.90
200
590 x 350
2.5
400
710 x 610
5.5
600
750 x 870
8.5
800
800 x 1130
11.5
1000
840 x 1390
14.5
294 640-BK
128 872-BK
128 880-BK
128 899-BK
128 902-BK
113.70
210.00
318.00
406.00
520.00

Platform height
Width x depth
Weight
No.
g
600
760 x 870
10.2
800
800 x 1130
13.2
1000
840 x 1390
16.2
760 795-BK
760 796-BK
760 797-BK
431.00
532.00
692.00
mm
mm
kg
Machine steps
With steel grate steps
Particularly sturdy and stable
Welded, aluminium tubular struts
Steps made of non-slip steel grating
Mobile on two fixed castors, wheel 125 mm
Platform height
Width x depth
Weight
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
400
710 x 610
8
600
750 x 870
12
985 203-BK
985 204-BK
312.50
435.00
800
800 x 1130
16
1000
840 x 1390
18
985 205-BK
985 206-BK
554.00
702.00

Platform height
Width x depth
Weight
No.
g
mm
mm
kg
BLUE =
125176
Machine steps Platform steps
13
Heavy duty machine steps

Max. load 300 kg
Rails and steps made of aluminium

Non-slip, extruded, profiled steps
Step depth 200 mm
Low weight
Replaceable plastic feet
1 STANDARD machine steps

2 MOBILE machine steps
With one hand rail and two fixed

castors, wheel 125 mm.
Platform height
Unfolded dims.
1
2
Without castors
and hand rail
With castors
and hand rail
mm
width x depth mm
weight
kg
400
565 x 545
8.0
600
600 x 775
10.0
800
635 x 1000
12.5
1000
670 x 1225
15.0
No.
g
731 522-BK
737 154-BK
737 155-BK
737 156-BK
225.00
350.00
445.00
535.00
kg
11.0
13.0
15.5
18.0
No.
g
920 138-BK
920 139-BK
920 140-BK
920 141-BK
337.00
447.50
563.00
635.00
weight
Platform steps
Ideal for mobile use

Particularly stable model,
heavy duty rectangular rails
Ribbed aluminium steps
Non-slip plastic inserts on the lower
ends of the rails
Robust extruded aluminium profiles
with screw channel for alternative
models
Two fixed castors, wheel 125 mm, and

twopush handles for ergonomic rolling.
Top ends of rails closed and bolted to the
sides of the platform.
Steps rigidly connected to the screw
channel profiles.
Platform depth 400 mm.
Step depth 240 mm.
Three widths to choose from.
Shown with hand rail

and platform railing
Accessories
Hand rail on one side with knee rail.
Can be mounted on left or right.
Railing for platform area, mounts to the
front with knee and foot rail.
100
0
800 mm
600 mm
mm
Vertical height
Reach
mm
mm
390
885
590
1125
790
1315
990
1515
Step width 600 mm

Outside width 730 mm
No.
g
944 275-BK
944 276-BK
944 277-BK
944 278-BK
875.00
999.00
1145.00
1310.00
Step width 800 mm

No.
g
944 279-BK
944 280-BK
944 281-BK
944 282-BK
925.00
1080.00
1275.00
1445.00
Step width 1000 mm

No.
g
944 283-BK
944 284-BK
944 285-BK
944 286-BK
976.00
1115.00
1310.00
1500.00
No.
g
944 287-BK
944 288-BK
944 290-BK
944 291-BK
109.30
111.40
118.30
125.00
Accessories
Railing for platform area

Height 1100 mm.
For width
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
600
800
1000
944 292-BK
945 275-BK
945 276-BK
89.10
99.90
107.00
Additional platform depths, sizes and

types of steps on request.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

125175
125175
Single sided hand rail
KAISER + KRAFT
705
13
Work platforms
Tubular steel steps
Sturdy tubular steel rails,

powder coated grey
Steps made of ribbed
aluminium profiles, 200 mm deep
Accessories
Wheel set
4 sprung castors with wheel stops.
Not under load = easy to move
Under load
= safe to stand
Double sided access

With or without castors
Non-slip beech wood steps,
depth 150mm
Top step 320 x 250 mm withhand slot
Tubular steel uprights with rounded edges,

powder coated in cement grey RAL 7033.
Model with 4 braked wheels
Not under load = easy to move
Under load
= safe to stand

Platform height
Width x depth
weight
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
480
540 x 530
7.0
720
570 x 800
10.0
960
620 x 1000
16.0
945 280-BK
945 281-BK
945 282-BK
212.00
288.00
320.00

Platform height
Width x depth
Accessories
Wheel set
weight
Without castors
weight
With castors
No.
g / set
945 283-BK
945 283-BK
945 283-BK
135.00
135.00
135.00
Castors as an
accessory
mm
mm
kg
490
460 x 620
7.0
730
500 x 820
10.5
970
540 x 1000
13.6
No.
g
155 900-BK
156 060-BK
156 230-BK
109.90
154.00
208.50
kg
10.2
13.7
16.8
No.
g
236 292-BK
236 306-BK
236 314-BK
217.00
278.00
321.00
Safety machine steps
Handrail as
an accessory
Made of tubular steel in three highly visible colours
Sturdy industrial model

Comfortable 45 angle of inclination
Yellow/black warning sticker to
prevent accidents
Models with 3+ steps with practical
transport castors
1 Steel mesh steps
Platform depth 250 mm.
Accessories
Single sided hand rail
Can be mounted on right and left.
Height above platform approx. 540 mm.
Custom models as well as galvanized

version for outdoor use can be supplied
on request.
1
Model
Steps
Platform height
Width x depth
weight
Colour
1 steel mesh steps

mm
mm
kg
traffic grey RAL 7042
capri blue RAL 5019
carmine red RAL 3002
g
2 Steps with non-slip rubber profile
3 Ribbed aluminium steps
2 rubber profile steps
3 aluminium steps
2
400
760 x 600
10
3
600
900 x 800
18
4
800
900 x 1000
24
5
1000
900 x 1200
30
2
400
760 x 600
10
3
600
900 x 800
18
4
800
900 x 1000
24
5
1000
900 x 1200
30
2
400
760 x 600
10
3
600
900 x 800
18
4
800
900 x 1000
24
5
1000
900 x 1200
30
521 177-BK
522 070-BK
521 190-BK
521 178-BK
522 071-BK
521 192-BK
521 179-BK
522 072-BK
521 193-BK
521 180-BK
522 073-BK
521 194-BK
521 181-BK
522 075-BK
521 195-BK
521 182-BK
522 076-BK
521 196-BK
521 184-BK
522 077-BK
521 197-BK
521 185-BK
522 078-BK
522 064-BK
521 186-BK
522 079-BK
522 065-BK
521 187-BK
522 080-BK
522 067-BK
521 188-BK
522 081-BK
522 068-BK
521 189-BK
522 083-BK
522 069-BK
178.80
320.50
367.50
438.00
180.00
333.00
385.50
458.00
187.30
336.00
397.50
465.50
522 084-BK
522 085-BK
522 086-BK
522 087-BK
522 084-BK
522 085-BK
522 086-BK
522 087-BK
522 084-BK
522 085-BK
522 086-BK
522 087-BK
53.20
54.30
59.30
65.20
53.20
54.30
59.30
65.20
53.20
54.30
59.30
65.20
Hand rail
No.
g / each
BLUE =
112294
112294
Accessories
Tubular steel steps Platforms
13
Aluminium work platforms

Attractive design the utmost in stability and safety
1 Ribbed aluminium steps

2 Steel mesh grid steps
Very stable due to welded,

tubular aluminium twin rail construction
Top step 410 x 300 mm for comfortable
and secure footing
Rail ends with non-slip plastic feet
Single or double sided access
2
Accessories
Wheel set
4 castors which brake under load,
wheel 50 mm.
No. 985 375-BK

Model
g / set 225.00
Steps
Platform height
mm
Single sided
access
Double sided
access
2
490
3
725
4
970
2
490
3
725
4
970
No.
g
985 356-BK
985 357-BK
985 358-BK
985 362-BK
985 363-BK
985 364-BK
222.00
291.00
337.00
307.50
416.50
525.00
No.
g
985 365-BK
985 366-BK
985 367-BK
985 372-BK
985 373-BK
985 374-BK
285.00
371.50
480.00
415.50
596.00
785.00
Folding steps
Folds up easily for compact storage

Heavy duty, rectangular aluminium tubular rails
Non-slip ribbed steps, 80 mm deep
Exceptional adhesion and adaptation to floor due to
nivello safety feet
Top step, 650 x 300 mm, made of ribbed aluminium profile.

Single sided access.

Platform height
Unfolded dims.
Weight
mm
width x depth mm
kg
No.
g
720
760 x 800
7.5
960
920 x 830
8.9
945 284-BK
945 286-BK
322.50
385.00
Folding steps
Exceptionally robust and stable

construction for a long service life
Low weight for easy transport
Comfortable, ribbed, 80 mm deep steps
Safe climbing feeling
Non-slip, rubber feet
Double sided access. Spread secured

with folding, rigid connection.
Top step 520 x 330 mm.

Vertical height
Unfolded dims.
Weight
mm
width x depth mm
kg
No.
g
2x2
2x3
2x4
455
560 x 625
4.7
680
590 x 845
6.1
924
620 x 1065
7.7
945 287-BK
945 288-BK
945 289-BK
132.80
167.20
211.00
Aluminium platforms
Folding only 220 mm wide when collapsed
Non-slip working platform
With safety lock
122785
Height
Platform
Weight
mm
length x width mm
kg
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
460
870 x 300
6
660
1080 x 300
8
985 213-BK
985 214-BK
140.50
156.20
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122785
KAISER + KRAFT
707
13
Standard module + 3 x module 2
Standard module
Modular work platforms
Particularly robust aluminium design made of welded

rectangular rails
Comfortable, non-slip ribbed sheet metal steps,
widthx depth 555 x 250 mm
Secure footing due to non-slip plastic feet
The standard module can be extended with up to three

additional modules to createindividual steps or platforms.
Extension modules can only be used in combination with
the standard module.
Easy self-assembly.
Standard module + module 2 + module 3
Model
Description
Platform height
Weight
stand. module
module 1
module 2
module 3
module 4
2 steps
400
4.8
2nd step
400
3.9
3rd step
600
4.4
4th step
800
4.8
5th step
990
5.5
945 290-BK
945 291-BK
945 292-BK
945 294-BK
945 295-BK
199.70
85.90
99.90
105.90
111.40
mm
kg
No.
g
Crossover modules
Module length
Design your own crossover.

You can connect two work platforms with the crossover
module, thus creating a walkway with access from both
ends.
1000
mm
945 296-BK
No.
g
149.90
Accessories
Castor set
2 floor anchoring brackets
Crossover module
No.
g / set
945 297-BK
No.
g
945 298-BK
26.00
23.45
Working platforms
The platform height can be slightly adjusted by turning

the threaded feet.
Placing several platforms next to each other creates a
large, safe working area.
Platform dims.
Zinc plated steel mesh
140 210
230 300
width x depth mm
weight
kg
610 x 610
13
910 x 610
16
1210 x 610
19
1510 x 610
22
610 x 610
14
910 x 610
17
1210 x 610
20
1510 x 610
23
No.
g
920 237-BK
920 238-BK
920 239-BK
920 241-BK
920 242-BK
920 243-BK
920 244-BK
920 245-BK
322.00
414.00
539.00
630.00
328.00
427.50
540.00
637.00
kg
16
25
34
43
17
26
35
44
No.
g
916 806-BK
916 807-BK
920 233-BK
920 234-BK
916 808-BK
916 809-BK
920 235-BK
920 236-BK
383.50
477.00
670.00
799.00
388.00
490.00
675.00
784.00
weight
122494
Non-slip rubber covering
mm
BLUE =
122494
Platform height

Non-slip platform with ribbed rubber covering on
18 mm thick wooden panel or made of electrolytically
zinc plated steel mesh
Sturdy angled steel frame, powder coated in grey
13
Landings Platforms
Universal platforms
Ideal for assembly and repair work

Platform and steps made of non-slip,
ribbed sheet aluminium
Mobile on two castors
Low overall weight
Sturdy, welded tubular steel construction,

painted grey.
Accessories
Side hand rail
Can be mounted on left, right or on both
sides.
End hand rail
Platforms 1 m high and over must be fitted

with a hand rail.
Custom models as well as galvanized
version for outdoor use can be supplied
on request.
Platform height
Steps
Platform dims.
External dims.
Weight
mm
500
750
2
length x width mm
length x width mm
kg
No.
g
1000
900 x 600
1300 x 670
36
1050 x 600
1450 x 670
37
900 x 600
1475 x 670
40
1050 x 600
1625 x 670
41
900 x 600
1650 x 670
44
1050 x 600
1800 x 670
45
759 832-BK
759 833-BK
759 834-BK
759 835-BK
759 836-BK
759 837-BK
785.00
851.00
873.00
936.00
986.00
1010.00
985 434-BK
759 839-BK
985 435-BK
759 840-BK
985 436-BK
Universal modular
platform system
For individual requirements
Accessories
Side hand rail
No.
g
759 838-BK
159.80
159.80
164.50
159.80
165.90
161.00
End hand rail
No.
g
517 299-BK
517 299-BK
517 299-BK
517 299-BK
517 299-BK
517 299-BK
143.40
143.40
143.40
143.40
143.40
143.40
Ideal for maintenance and operation

of machines
Three platform heights can be
combined
Steps and platform made of non-slip,
ribbed aluminium
Sturdy, welded tubular steel construction.

Painted, grey RAL 7042.
Single modules
1 Stairway with 2, 3 or 4 steps

2 Long platform extension
3 Short platform extension
4 Corner module
Accessories
Side hand rails
End hand rails
4
Custom alternative models as well as
galvanized version for outdoor use can
be supplied on request.
Module
Platform height
External dims.
Weight
1
mm
length x width mm
kg
480
730 x 690
24
720
900 x 690
28
960
1070 x 690
32
480
1160 x 690
34
720
1160 x 690
38
960
1160 x 690
42
480
700 x 690
18
720
700 x 690
20
960
700 x 690
22
480
730 x 690
18
720
730 x 690
20
960
730 x 690
22
615 695-BK
615 696-BK
615 697-BK
615 698-BK
615 699-BK
615 700-BK
615 701-BK
615 702-BK
615 703-BK
615 704-BK
615 705-BK
615 707-BK
490.00
581.00
683.00
737.00
754.00
774.00
423.00
439.00
459.50
487.00
502.00
517.00
No.
g
615 708-BK
615 709-BK
615 710-BK
615 711-BK
615 711-BK
615 711-BK
615 712-BK
615 712-BK
615 712-BK
615 713-BK
615 713-BK
615 713-BK
108.90
128.20
143.70
165.80
165.80
165.80
99.60
99.60
99.60
109.20
109.20
109.20
No.
g
615 715-BK
615 715-BK
615 715-BK
615 715-BK
615 715-BK
615 715-BK
615 716-BK
615 716-BK
615 716-BK
107.50
107.50
107.50
107.50
107.50
107.50
113.60
113.60
113.60
No.
g
109850
Side hand rail

End hand rail
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
109850
Accessories
709
13
Aluminium step
ladders
Safety rail with

bucket holder
Single sided access

For occasional, light use in the office
and home
from g
55.00
1 Plastic safety handle with

bucket holder
2 With practical tool tray and
Aluminium
platform with
non-slip ribbing
bucket holder
82 mm deep steps with

non-slip ribbing
Rounded front and

support struts
Practical tool tray on 2
Platform height
Weight
mm
kg
620
3.3
840
3.9
1060
4.6
1280
5.5
1500
6.3
1720
7.3
With bucket holder
No.
g
920 365-BK
920 366-BK
920 367-BK
920 368-BK
979 726-BK
979 727-BK
55.00
59.00
68.10
81.40
104.60
119.00
With storage tray
No.
g
979 728-BK
979 729-BK
979 730-BK
979 731-BK
979 733-BK
979 734-BK
58.90
65.60
80.00
93.00
112.10
129.90
Aluminium safety
step ladders
Heavy duty safety

step ladders
Platform with non-slip ribbing, 250 x 268 mm

130 mm deep, non-slip steps
Multi-purpose tray for small parts, tools, etc.
Heavy duty, for up to 225 kg

Particularly sturdy model, ideal for
industrial use, e.g. in the warehouse
Zinc plated, high strength steel
platform 268 x 250 mm
130 mm deep XXL steps for
comfortable and safe climbing
130 mm
XXL steps for comfortable

standing at any height
Extremely stable aluminium

struts with extra thick walls
Multi-purpose tray
Multi-purpose tray with

safety grip handle
112452

Platform height
Weight approx.
No.
g
2500
840
4.6
2800
1060
5.3
3000
1280
6.2
3400
1720
8
985 338-BK
985 339-BK
985 340-BK
985 342-BK
86.00
98.80
115.20
148.80
mm
mm
kg

Platform height
Weight approx.
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
2370
620
5.0
2590
840
5.8
2810
1060
6.8
3030
1280
7.6
615 654-BK
615 655-BK
615 656-BK
615 657-BK
104.60
116.20
130.40
141.90
BLUE =
112452
225 kg
Step ladders Heavy duty ladders
from g
13
225 kg
329.00
225 kg
225 kg
1B
1A
2
1 Step ladders with platform

Large, ribbed aluminium platform, platform size 300 x 300 mm.
Practical storage tray made of aluminium, for small partsand tools.
From 8 steps with transport castors on the uprights optionally with safety hand rails.
Heavy duty for up to 225 kg

Particularly stable and robust model
Ideal for industrial use, e.g. in the
warehouse or production areas
Rails made of sturdy aluminium C profile.

Non-slip, profiled steps with sturdy hollow
profile, 90 mm deep.
Corner reinforcements for extra stability and
safety.
10
2600
850
7.6
2810
1060
8.5
3010
1260
9.5
3440
1690
2
12.8
3860
2110
2
15.0
521 107-BK
Without hand rails
No.
g
521 103-BK
521 104-BK
521 105-BK
521 106-BK
329.00
369.50
411.00
460.00
534.00
With hand rails
No.
g
521 109-BK
521 110-BK
557.00
623.00
kg
1 From 8 steps with transport castors
2 Step ladders, double sided

Greater versatility as they can be accessed from both sides.
Safety hinges bolted at multiple points for the utmost in stability.
Spread secured by very strong nylon belt.
mm
mm
kg
2 Heavy duty hinges
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x7
2170
840
5.7
2390
1060
7.0
2600
1270
8.4
2810
1480
9.8
521 111-BK
521 112-BK
521 113-BK
521 114-BK
231.50
278.00
320.00
347.50
2 Non-slip, profiled steps
3 Lean-to ladders
Excellent stability due to non-slip ladder feet made of hardwearing plastic.
Particularly light and easy to carry. External width 450 mm.
Steps
Ladder length
Weight approx.
No.
g
124635
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
mm

Vertical height
Weight approx.
Max. load 225 kg.

That is 50 % more than prescribed by
European standardEN 131.
EUROKRAFT highest level of safety,
stability and traction.

Platform height
Transport castors
Weight approx.
Steps
Applicable for all ladders on

this page
mm
mm
kg
10
12
2830
1730
5.6
3250
2150
7.0
3670
2570
8.2
521 115-BK
521 117-BK
521 118-BK
192.00
230.50
265.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

3 Stabilising corner reinforcements
KAISER + KRAFT
124635
Professional heavy
duty safety ladders
711
13
Folding step ladders
Single sided access
Safety and optimum freedom of

movement
Sturdy aluminium construction
1 Step ladder
For occasional, light use. Non-slip steps
and platform. Practical storage tray.
2 Professional step ladder

anodisedversion
For workshop and industrial use.
Industrial ladder with non-slip treads,
80mm deep. Platform 250x250mm.
With storage tray.
Non-slip ladder feet.
Model
Rail length
Platform height
Weight approx.
No.
g
Storage tray on 2
4
1570
835
5.8
5
1810
1050
6.9
6
2050
1260
8.0
8
2490
1700
10.2
4
1640
880
4.4
5
1880
1100
5.1
6
2120
1320
5.9
7
2360
1550
7.0
8
2590
1760
8.3
10
3070
2200
10.1
980 958-BK
920 327-BK
920 328-BK
980 959-BK
235 687-BK
235 717-BK
235 695-BK
235 733-BK
235 709-BK
235 725-BK
114.50
127.20
156.30
229.50
162.00
199.90
236.50
284.00
321.00
373.50
mm
mm
kg
Step ladders
With large platform and tray

Rail length
Vertical height up to platform
Weight
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
125002
Rail length
Vertical height up to platform
Weight
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
1930
1060
9.5
2210
1320
11.0
2490
1580
12.5
707 194-BK
707 195-BK
589 012-BK
357.50
387.00
412.50
10
3050
2070
15.5
3610
2590
19.5
589 020-BK
589 039-BK
450.00
527.00
BLUE =
125002
Single sided access, 80 mm deep steps, with plastic inserts,

completely ribbed.
Large working platform, 400 x 400 mm.
Practical aluminium storage tray for small parts and tools.
Hand rail on both sides, to be mounted by the customer.
13
Single sided step ladders
Safety step ladders

Safe and comfortable
in an attractive design
Powder coated black will not fade, no cold hands,

dirt resistant
Solid spread securing mechanism for the utmost in
stability and safety
Red step indicates the maximum standing height for
safe use
Fold together to save space
Large, non-slip ladder feet for excellent stability
Rails made of reinforced aluminium C profile. Rounded,

ribbed steps with double rectangular profile for extra
stability and comfortable, secure footing. Step height
80 mm. Sturdy, permanently bolted hinges for daily use
in rough industrial environments.
1 Single sided access

With double platform for extra safe working and comfortable footing. Practical storage tray on the safety bar for
small parts and tools.
2 Double sided access

With folding safety bar from 2 x 4 steps. Folds together
and opens up quickly and easily. The ladder can be safely
used up to the top step due to the safety bar.
from g
219.00
1 Step ladders, single sided access

Platform height
Unfolded dims.
Weight approx.
mm
mm
width x depth mm
kg
No.
g
10
12
2700
700
500 x 740
7.4
2950
950
530 x 885
8.5
3200
1200
560 x 1030
9.6
3400
1400
590 x 1180
13.0
3650
1650
620 x 1330
14.2
3900
1900
650 x 1480
14.6
4350
2350
710 x 1775
17.9
4800
2800
770 x 2070
20.3
522 146-BK
522 148-BK
522 149-BK
522 150-BK
522 151-BK
522 152-BK
522 153-BK
522 154-BK
219.00
263.00
282.50
356.50
374.50
383.50
437.50
495.00
2 Step ladders, double sided access

Steps
Platform height
Unfolded dims.
Weight approx.
2x2
2x3
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x7
2x8
2 x 10
2 x 12
2450
450
440 x 530
3.5
2700
700
470 x 700
7.9
2950
950
500 x 870
9.4
3200
1200
530 x 1040
11.0
3400
1400
560 x 1215
12.6
3650
1650
590 x 1385
14.7
3900
1900
620 x 1560
16.4
4350
2350
680 x 1900
20.2
4800
2800
740 x 2240
24.3
522 156-BK
522 157-BK
522 158-BK
522 159-BK
522 160-BK
522 161-BK
522 162-BK
522 164-BK
522 165-BK
178.90
241.50
287.00
309.00
360.50
399.50
444.50
507.00
575.00
mm
mm
width x depth mm
kg
No.
g
Mobile warehouse steps

Highest level of safety convenient handling
Ergonomically shaped safety hand rails
Large safety platform with extra high
support rail (850 mm) including
practical storage tray
Practical castors for mobile use
Fold together to save space
Large, non-slip ladder feet
119104

Platform height
Unfolded dims.
Weight approx.
mm
mm
width x depth mm
kg
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
The long, ergonomically shaped hand rails

offer excellent safety when climbing up
and down, and enable easy positioning
and manoeuvring of the ladder in a
comfortable posture for the user.
The extremely stable spread securing
mechanism prevents the ladder from
folding together unintentionally.
11
3400
1400
620 x 1180
16.0
3650
1650
650 x 1330
18.0
4100
2100
710 x 1630
23.6
4600
2600
770 x 1920
27.1
522 166-BK
522 167-BK
522 168-BK
522 169-BK
507.00
549.00
631.00
714.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

119104
KAISER + KRAFT
713
13
Step ladders, single
sided
1 4 with practical storage

tray for small parts and tools
Rails and steps made of extruded aluminium profiles. Permanent multiple bell end
type fitting of rungs.
High torsion resistance.
Step spacing 235 mm.
From 8 steps with high strength straps.
With spacious storage tray.
1 4 with non-slip ribbed

steps, 80 mm deep
1 Standard model
With 80 mm deep, ribbed steps and

non-slip ladder feet.
from g

Platform height
Overall height
1
2
Without cushioned steps
With cushioned steps
Professional quality ideal for daily

use
Robust aluminium construction
Very safe conical construction
High strength safety hinges
Reinforced rails exceeds EN 131
requirements
Solid safety platform, 250x300mm
weight
weight
135.00
2 Cushioned model
2 steps with cushioned front
edges
10
12
mm
mm
kg
665
1345
5.5
905
1575
6.6
1145
1805
7.7
1375
2045
8.7
1845
2515
10.5
2315
2985
13.5
2785
3455
15.2
No.
g
945 299-BK
945 300-BK
945 301-BK
945 302-BK
945 303-BK
945 304-BK
945 305-BK
135.00
155.10
171.80
194.00
269.50
321.00
367.00
kg
5.9
7.2
8.1
9.5
12.5
14.8
16.9
No.
g
945 306-BK
945 308-BK
945 309-BK
945 310-BK
160.60
188.50
222.00
270.00
945 311-BK
332.00
945 312-BK
389.50
945 313-BK
445.00
Steps with cushioned front edges.

The padded front edges provide comfort
for shins and knees when leaning and
ensures particularly secure and
comfortable footing.
3 Comfort model
With ergo pad for optimum carrying
comfort as well as easy and safe handling.
Non-slip nivello safety feet.
4 Mobile model
With four self-locking braked castors
80 mm, and non-slip nivello safety feet.
The load dependent braked castors enable
smooth movement when there is no load
on the ladder and secure standing when
the ladder is under load.
3 with ergo pad
4
3 with ergo pad

Platform height
Overall height
With castors
weight
weight
125177
With ergo pad
10
12
mm
mm
kg
690
1370
5.5
930
1600
6.6
1160
1830
7.7
1400
2070
8.7
1860
2540
10.5
2340
3010
13.5
2800
3480
15.2
No.
g
945 314-BK
671 576-BK
671 592-BK
671 606-BK
737 087-BK
737 088-BK
153.90
180.50
671 584-BK
199.70
234.00
304.50
384.00
448.50
kg
7.8
8.1
9.2
10.1
13.5
14.9
16.3
No.
g
609 054-BK
609 055-BK
609 057-BK
609 058-BK
609 060-BK
609 062-BK
609 063-BK
316.50
346.50
374.00
391.50
462.00
527.00
585.00
3 + 4 with nivello feet

4x larger contact surface
Flexible adaptation to floor
Best adhesion to floor
125177
4 with four self-braking castors
Non-slip, ergonomically shaped handle

grip made of soft plastic for carrying
comfort and safe handling
Attached at optimum carrying point,
safe carrying at load centre
Clamping mechanism secures ladder
struts when folded
BLUE =
Step ladders
13
NEW
Step ladders
With non-slip tread cover ergonomic and safe
clip-step tread cover increases traction on steps by

as much as 60%
clip-step is made of non-slip, ribbed plastic
Step ladders with clip-step meet the increased
requirements for traction and safety
clip-step is attached to the standard steps.

Dueto the improved, slip resistant properties of the steps,
the ladders can also be used in areas where ladders are
occasionally climbed with wet footwear.
The ladders are fitted with nivello ladder feet and
ergo-pad as standard. Secure footing and ergonomic
transport are thus absolutely ensured.
The ladders are extremely stable due to their conical
construction. Robust, permanent rung/rail connection.
1 Single sided access

Theclip-step covering is attached to the 80
mm deep, ribbed steps. Ladder incline 20. 7 or
more steps with high strength tension straps.
Overall height
Platform height
Lower external width
Weight approx.
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
nivello
ladder feet
10
12
1370
700
470
5.5
1600
930
500
6.6
1830
1170
530
7.7
2070
1400
550
8.7
2540
1870
620
10.5
3010
2340
680
13.5
3480
2810
740
15.2
111 207-BK
111 208-BK
111 209-BK
111 211-BK
111 212-BK
111 213-BK
111 214-BK
163.90
196.90
236.50
274.00
368.50
461.00
549.00
2 Double sided access
125003
Steps
YELLOW =
Ex stock
clip-step
tread covering
As 1, but accessible on both sides. Spread secured

from 2 x 3 steps for additional stability.
The EUROKRAFT step ladders without padded steps

onpages 714 and 717 can be fitted with clip-step at a
later stage.
ergo-pad
ladder grips
Working height
Vertical height
Lower external width
Weight approx.
No.
g
mm
mm
mm
kg
clip-step tread covering is attached up to the highest step

rated for climbing according to EN131.
2x3
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x8
2 x 10
2 x 12
2250
690
440
3.9
2500
930
460
5.8
2750
1160
490
6.9
3000
1400
520
8.4
3500
1870
580
11.5
4000
2340
640
14.6
4500
2790
700
18.7
111 215-BK
111 216-BK
111 217-BK
111 218-BK
111 219-BK
111 220-BK
111 221-BK
170.50
230.00
280.50
318.00
434.50
582.00
692.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125003
715
13
Folding step ladders
Double sided access
Sturdy aluminium construction,

robuststeel hinges
Ribbed steps for optimum footing
1 Step ladder
For occasional, light duty applications.
Durable rung-rail connection. Spread
secured by very strong nylon belt.
2 Professional step ladder,

anodisedversion
Industrial ladder for daily use.
Step-rail connection with multiple
rivets. Treads sealed with plastic caps.
Step depth 80 mm.
Model
Steps
Weight
2x4
900
8.1
2x5
1100
10.2
2x3
660
3.2
2x4
880
4.1
2x5
1100
5.1
2x6
1320
6.1
2x7
1540
7.2
2x8
1760
9.0
2 x 10
2200
12.4
920 329-BK
920 330-BK
920 331-BK
235 768-BK
235 776-BK
259 217-BK
235 601-BK
259 225-BK
235 628-BK
235 636-BK
104.10
133.10
155.10
136.60
173.60
206.00
241.50
284.00
353.00
439.00
mm
kg
No.
g
2x3
650
5.8
Plastic step ladders

Robust industrial design fordaily use
For working on electrical installations and in many
chemical/pharmaceutical areas.
1 With ribbed
2 Solid plastic ladder
aluminium steps
withrungs
Non-slip aluminium steps, 80 mm deep

Permanently beaded step/rail
connection
Insulated rails made of GRP
Sturdy steel hinges
Non-slip nivello ladder feet
With comfortable ergo-pad grip
Tested in accordance with EN 131.

In compliance with EN 61478:2002 +
A1:2004 (cat. 1:1.000 V).
Model
124888
Rungs / steps
Vertical height
Weight
No.
g
Rails and rungs made of GRP,

withoutfilling materials
Ribbed rungs, 28 x 29 mm
Very strong rung/rail connection
Sturdy steel hinges
Tested in accordance with EN 131.

In compliance with EN 61478:2002
(cat. 1:28.000 V).
1
mm
mm
kg
2x6
1600
3000
11.0
2x8
2100
3500
14.8
2 x 10
2600
4000
18.5
2 x 12
3100
4500
22.0
2x6
1600
3000
12.8
2x8
2100
3500
17.0
2 x 10
2600
4000
20.8
523 919-BK
523 920-BK
523 921-BK
523 922-BK
523 923-BK
523 924-BK
523 926-BK
378.50
473.00
546.00
612.00
557.00
711.00
857.00
BLUE =
124888
1 with ergo-pad grip
Plastic ladders Step ladders, double sided access
13
Step ladders,
double sided
Professional quality ideal for daily

use
Robust aluminium construction
Stable, secure stand due to conical
construction
High strength safety hinges bolted at
four points
Reinforced rails exceeds EN 131
requirements
Rails and steps made of extruded

aluminium profiles. Permanent multiple
bordering. Hightorsion resistance.
High strength tension straps.
1 4 with solid hinges,

each bolted at four points
1 4 with non-slip ribbed

steps, 80 mm deep
1 Standard model
With 80 mm deep, ribbed steps and nonslip ladder feet.
2 Cushioned model
Steps with cushioned front edges.
The padded front edges provide comfort
for shins and knees when leaning and ensures particularly secure and comfortable
footing.
2 steps with cushioned front

edges

1
Step ladders with non-slip tread
inserts can be found on page 715.
Without cushioned steps
With cushioned steps
weight
weight
2x3
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x8
2 x 10
2 x 12
mm
mm
kg
665
2225
3.9
905
2475
5.8
1135
2725
6.9
1375
2975
8.4
1845
3475
11.5
2315
3975
14.6
2765
4475
18.7
No.
g
945 316-BK
945 317-BK
945 318-BK
945 319-BK
945 320-BK
945 321-BK
945 322-BK
108.20
139.40
172.90
212.00
289.00
310.00
348.00
kg
5.0
7.2
8.9
10.6
12.8
14.5
21.1
No.
g
945 324-BK
945 325-BK
945 326-BK
945 327-BK
945 328-BK
945 329-BK
945 330-BK
143.90
182.90
219.00
282.00
351.50
444.00
534.00
3 Comfort model
With ergo pad for optimum carrying
comfort as well as easy and safe handling.
Non-slip nivello safety feet.
4 Mobile model
3 with ergo pad
3 with ergo pad

Non-slip, ergonomically shaped handle
grip made of soft plastic for carrying
comfort and safe handling
Attached at optimum carrying point, safe
carrying at load centre
Clamping mechanism secures ladder
struts when folded
125004
3 + 4 with nivello feet


3
4
YELLOW =
Ex stock
4 with four self-braking

castors
With ergo pad
With castors
weight
weight
2x3
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x8
2 x 10
2 x 12
mm
mm
kg
690
2250
3.9
930
2500
5.8
1160
2750
6.9
1400
3000
8.4
1870
3500
11.5
2340
4000
14.6
2790
4500
18.7
No.
g
612 006-BK
612 014-BK
612 022-BK
612 030-BK
612 049-BK
737 090-BK
945 332-BK
137.10
168.40
206.50
241.50
321.00
406.50
467.50
kg
6.2
8.1
9.2
10.7
13.8
16.9
21.0
No.
g
759 800-BK
759 801-BK
759 802-BK
759 803-BK
759 806-BK
759 808-BK
759 809-BK
318.00
341.00
372.50
413.50
507.00
563.00
640.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125004
With four self-locking braked castors

80 mm, and non-slip nivello safety feet.
The load dependent braked castors enable
smooth movement when there is no load
on the ladder and secure standing when
the ladder is under load.
717
13
Double sided rung ladders
Double sided access
1 Rung ladder
For light duty applications. Conical shape with wide
base for optimum stability.
Non-slip ribbed rungs. Spread secured by nylon belt.
2 Professional rung ladder

With additionally reinforced steel hinges. Rungs and
rails made of very rigid aluminium extruded profiles.
Ribbed rectangular rungs, 30x30mm very sturdy
triple beaded rail/rung connection.
Reinforcements on thelowest rung for additional
stability. Non-slip ladder feet.
1
from g
175.00
2
Model
Rungs
Vertical height
Weight approx.
No.
g
2x6
1750
6.3
2x8
2290
8.4
2x6
1750
6.3
2x8
2290
8.4
2 x 10
2830
11.0
2 x 12
3370
13.9
2 x 14
3910
15.6
2 x 16
4450
18.1
759 788-BK
759 789-BK
235 539-BK
235 547-BK
235 555-BK
235 563-BK
235 571-BK
235 598-BK
175.00
223.50
224.50
280.00
347.00
419.50
476.50
587.00
mm
kg
Double sided rung ladders

Professional quality ideal for daily use
Heavy duty safety hinges made of zinc plated steel

Reinforced rails exceed EN 131 requirements
Rails and rungs made of extruded aluminium profiles.

Heavy duty rectangular rails, permanent multiple
beading of the rungs.
Conical rail design for extra stability, high torsion
resistance.
Non-slip rungs, 30 x 30 mm.
Spread secured by high strength tension straps with
tabs to secure straps during transport.
nivello offers you
124889
Rungs
Solid, zinc plated

steel hinges
Vertical height
Weight approx.
No.
g
mm
kg
2x6
2x7
2x8
2x9
2 x 10
2 x 12
1830
8.0
2010
8.7
2400
11.1
2700
11.6
2950
13.3
3510
15.7
952 699-BK
517 275-BK
952 702-BK
737 091-BK
517 283-BK
737 092-BK
234.00
271.00
290.50
329.00
361.50
442.00
BLUE =
124889

Rung ladders Telescopic ladders
13
NEW
Storage tray
Telescopic
combination ladders
Double- and lean-to ladder in
one
Sturdy construction made of anodised

aluminium
Stable and comfortable to stand on
due to 90mm deep steps and pull-out
extension
Accessories
Plug-in storage tray for small parts and
tools.
No. 522 173-BK
g 44.15
Steps
Working height
Safety lock
4+2
6+2
8+2
mm
3000
3600
4200
Length
extended mm
retracted mm
1700
680
2300
730
3000
790
Weight
kg
No.
g
10.7
15.3
20.3
985 461-BK
985 462-BK
985 463-BK
337.50
451.00
519.00
Telescopic lean-to ladders

Made of anodised aluminium
Very robust rails due to triangular shape

Easy and safe handling
Non-slip, tapered ladder feet
Very compact transport dimensions
Extendable from rung to rung, with guide and glide

sockets. Tapered feet ensure correct positioning of ladder
against wall. Safety lock for controlled retraction.
Rubberised end supports for a firm hold on walls.
Non-slip, ribbed special rungs, step depth 50 mm.
Accessories
Adjustable safety feet to compensate for uneven flooring.
Incline and height adjustable.
Secure footing due to non-slip design. Easy assembly.
Carrying bag for convenient transport.
Made of black nylon. Adjustable shoulder strap.
Working height
10
12
mm
4400
5000
Length
extended mm
retracted mm
3200
790
3800
870
Weight
kg
10.3
13
727 748-BK
727 749-BK
362.00
406.00
No.
g / pair
727 751-BK
727 751-BK
97.90
97.90
No.
g
727 753-BK
727 753-BK
42.90
42.90
No.
g
Telescopic working platforms
Accessories
122787
Adjustable safety feet

Carrying bag
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Locks into position at three heights

Ribbed platform for exceptional safety
and stability
Compact dimensions make it easy to
transport
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Platform heights 500, 680 and 880mm.

Platform size 1365 x 410 mm,
folded 730 x 830 x 280 mm.
Step depth 90 mm. Weight 17.1 kg.
No. 985 464-BK
g 373.00
KAISER + KRAFT
122787
Steps
719
13
from g
115.00
Lean-to ladders
with steps
Very sturdy aluminium construction

High quality beading for permanent
step/rail connection
Secure footing due to ribbed,
80mm deep steps
1 Lean-to ladders with steps

Non-slip plastic feet.
Ladder width 350 mm.
2 Professional lean-to ladders with steps

Extra wide for even more safety and comfort
With nivello feet for best adhesion to floor, flexibility and
safety. ergo-pad for optimum carrying comfort as well as
easy and safe handling.
2
1
2
Model
with ergo pad
Steps
Ladder length
Weight approx.
mm
kg
No.
g
6
1655
4.0
8
2155
5.2
10
2655
6.7
12
3155
8.0
6
1680
4.1
8
2180
5.6
10
2680
6.8
12
3180
8.0
14
3680
9.0
16
4180
12.6
523 927-BK
523 928-BK
523 929-BK
523 930-BK
523 931-BK
523 932-BK
523 934-BK
523 935-BK
523 936-BK
523 937-BK
115.00
142.80
164.00
188.50
132.80
158.40
187.40
211.00
242.00
274.50
Lean-to ladders
with rungs
Robust rectangular tube rails

Beaded, permanent rung/rail connection
Rectangular rungs ribbed on both sides,
30 x 30 mm
1 Lean-to rung ladders

Secure footing due to non-slip plastic feet.
2 Professional lean-to rung ladders

Extra wide for even more safety and comfort
With non-slip nivello feet for optimum adhesion to floor,
flexibility and safety.
122604
Rungs
Ladder length
Weight approx.
1
mm
kg
No.
g
7
2175
3.7
9
2775
4.5
11
3275
6.0
13
3875
7.2
8
2490
4.4
10
3050
5.4
12
3600
6.5
14
4170
7.8
16
4740
9.1
18
5300
10.3
20
5860
14.5
523 938-BK
523 939-BK
523 940-BK
523 942-BK
523 943-BK
523 944-BK
523 945-BK
523 946-BK
523 947-BK
523 948-BK
523 949-BK
75.90
89.10
102.60
128.30
102.60
131.70
150.60
176.20
206.50
244.00
275.50
BLUE =
122604
Model
13
Lean-to ladders Plastic ladders
Extension ladders
and rope operated
extension ladders
Made of aluminium
Very sturdy, rectangular tubular rails

High quality beading for permanent
rung/railconnection
Rectangular rungs ribbed on both sides for secure
footing, 30x30mm
Non-slip nivello feet for optimumadhesion to floor,
flexibility and safety
1 Extension ladders, 2-part

Robust, corrosion resistant guide fixtures, automatically
latching hoist lock, top ladder section adjustable from
rung to rung.
Ladder sections can also be used separately.
From 2 x 14 rungs with wall guide rollers.
2 Extension ladders, 3-part

Minimal transport length with maximum working height.
Otherwise identical to 1.
3 Rope operated extension ladders, 2-part

Plastic cable for height adjustment from rung to rung,
fittings with guide rails. Automatically latching gravity
hooks. Top ladder section with wall guide rollers.
Additional sizes as well as model with wheeled base
forconvenient transport on request.
Model
Rungs
Length
max. mm
min. mm
Weight approx.
kg
No.
g
2x6
2x8
2 x 10
2 x 12
2 x 14
2 x 16
3x8
3 x 10
3 x 12
2 x 14
2 x 16
2 x 18
2 x 20
2960
1940
4080
2500
4920
3060
6040
3620
7220
4140
8340
4740
5860
2500
6980
3060
8660
3620
7220
4180
8340
4740
9180
5300
10300
5860
9.0
12.2
15.2
17.2
22.0
23.6
18.0
25.1
31.4
22.4
23.6
29.1
31.5
523 951-BK
523 952-BK
523 953-BK
523 954-BK
523 955-BK
523 956-BK
523 957-BK
523 958-BK
523 959-BK
523 960-BK
523 961-BK
523 962-BK
523 963-BK
198.60
249.50
299.50
355.00
416.00
512.00
355.00
439.00
521.00
605.00
702.00
820.00
989.00
Multi-purpose
ladders
Two-part
Step ladder, lean-to ladder and

extension ladder in one
Robust, corrosion resistant guide
fixtures
Hooks with hoist lock
2 Wheeled base simply

fold over the castors
2 With wheeled base
castors
With extra wide safety base and non-slip
nivello ladder feet for stability and the
utmost in working safety.
Base for easy self-assembly.
125006
Rungs
As 1, but with practical wheeled base for

comfortable and ergonomic transport of the
ladder simple, quick and safe.
Castors simply fold over after transport.
2x8
2 x 10
2 x 12
2 x 14
Max. working height

Max. length as lean-to ladder
Vertical height as step ladder
Cross brace width
mm
mm
mm
mm
5300
4180
2350
850
6100
5020
2880
850
7200
6140
3400
1100
8000
6980
3980
1100
Without castors
No.
g
945 338-BK
945 339-BK
945 341-BK
945 342-BK
278.00
317.00
398.00
463.00
With castors
No.
g
945 343-BK
945 344-BK
945 345-BK
945 346-BK
322.50
364.50
444.00
512.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1
1
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

125006
1 With wide base without
KAISER + KRAFT
721
13
g
No. 944 207-BK
199.00
1-part lean-to ladder
Double ladder
Double ladder
with extension
All ladders on this page
Stair ladder
Multi-purpose ladders
Three parts six options
1 Basic model at an amazing price
Spread secured by very strong nylon belt and a rigid

connecting brace
Ribbed rectangular rungs, 30 x 30 mm, for comfortable
and secure footing
Stands very stably due to wide foot
Rails made of aluminium bar profiles for highest
degree of stability
Can be used on stairs
119107
Model
Rungs
Max. working height
Max. length as a 3 part
lean-to ladder
2 Trade model
3 Industrial model
The ladder for craftsmen.

Solid steel hinges
Non-slip, profiled rungs
Sturdy cross beam for excellent stability
Very stable rails made of extruded aluminium profiles
Rigid connecting brace with transport safety catch
Spread secured by high strength nylon belts
Highly arched cross struts for particularly good

stability, even on uneven ground
Extra thick rail construction for durability in
professional applications
Sturdy steel hinges and fittings
Rails and rungs made of extruded aluminium profiles
Non-slip, profiled rungs
Spread secured by very strong nylon belt and 2rigid
connecting braces
Model with 3 x 8 rungs supplied with additional fitting
for use on stairs
4 Industrial model for the toughest

requirements
Fitting for use on stairs

No. 944 223-BK
With wheels on top.

Same as model 3, but top ladder section has wheels on
top for convenient rolling up walls.
g 28.45
3x7
5.15
3x8
5.60
3 x 10
7.00
3x7
5.75
3x9
7.37
3 x 12
9.27
3x8
6.35
3 x 10
7.70
3 x 12
9.06
3x8
6.35
3 x 10
7.70
3 x 12
9.06
3 x 14
10.41
4.24
5.10
6.50
4.87
6.55
8.51
5.59
6.98
8.38
5.59
6.98
8.38
9.78
Max. length as double ladder

withextension
m
3.06
3.50
4.45
3.28
4.33
5.64
3.85
4.73
5.78
4.15
5.00
6.10
6.95
Length per ladder section m

Weight approx.
kg
2.00
11.8
2.29
13.6
2.85
16.8
2.07
13.8
2.63
17.4
3.47
26.0
2.43
17.1
3.06
22.4
3.62
29.1
2.50
17.0
3.06
22.4
3.62
29.1
4.18
34.6
944 207-BK
944 208-BK
944 209-BK
944 212-BK
944 213-BK
944 214-BK
944 215-BK
944 216-BK
944 217-BK
944 218-BK
944 219-BK
944 221-BK
944 222-BK
199.00
221.50
294.50
260.00
334.00
482.00
437.50
545.00
624.00
449.00
549.00
636.00
767.00
No.
g
BLUE =
119107
The basic ladder consists of a two-part multi-purpose

ladder. The third part, the extension ladder, fits in slide
guides and is fixed with a pair of hooks, one of which is
fitted with a catch to prevent unintended removal during
transport.
Due to its design, this ladder combines the functionality of
a double ladder with that of an extension ladder and is
thus suitable for a wide range of applications.
Multi-purpose ladders Universal ladders
13
Professional multi-purpose ladders
6 hinges for a wide range of

professional uses
3-Pin Autolocking for secure fixing in
place even when folded
Anodised aluminium structure
protects against hands becoming dirty
4 x 3 rungs, chamfered. As lean-to ladder,

double sided ladder, lean-to ladder with
spacer and optional platform for use as
working platform.
High stability and non-slip ladder feet.
With red rung to indicate the maximum
standing height when in use as a lean-to
ladder.
Rungs
12
Approx. max. length as lean-to ladder

Approx. max. length as lean-to ladder with spacer
Approx. height as working platform
Vertical height as double sided ladder approx.
Weight approx.
m
m
m
m
kg
3.55
2.55
0.95
1.75
12
727 755-BK
No.
g
406.00
Accessories
length x width approx.
Aluminium platform, two-part

Weight 2.5 kg
1.5 x 0.3
No.
g
727 756-BK
76.90
NEW
Aluminium multi-purpose ladders
Can be used as a step ladder, lean-to

ladder or, a practical working platform
when combined with the scaffold
board
Particularly easy reconfiguration in just
a few simple steps
Sturdy four-part aluminium construction with strong box section struts
850 mm wide nivello supports at base
for particularly slip resistant footing
and the highest level of working safety
Rungs made of ribbed rectangular struts.

Sixautomatically locking steel hinges with
four bolts offer the utmost in safety.
Rungs
Approx. length as lean-to ladder
Approx. length as double sided ladder
Approx. height as working platform
Approx. length as working platform
Weight approx.
10
12
14
2.85
1.50
0.64
1.40
12.8
3.65
1.75
0.99
1.40
13.3
4.20
2.05
0.99
1.95
14.5
746 542-BK
746 543-BK
746 544-BK
291.00
328.00
369.50
m
m
m
m
kg
No.
g
Accessories
Scaffold board
L x W approx.
1.40 x 0.29
1.40 x 0.29
1.95 x 0.29
No.
g
746 545-BK
746 545-BK
746 546-BK
46.80
46.80
53.30
Telescopic folding ladders

Professional quality, versatile aid
Step ladder, lean-to ladder, extension
ladder and stair ladder in one
Particularly easy and safe handling
Extendable from rung to rung, folding
due to two hinges
Removable telescopic inner ladder
Compact size for transport, extends to
almost four times its original length
122606
Rungs
High quality, robust aluminium construction for the utmost in stability and safety.
Heavy duty stainless steel locking pins,
special eight-rivet attachment completely
through the strut. Solid, ergonomically
shaped height adjustment mechanism.
4x3
4x4
4x5
4x6
As lean-to ladder
max. length m
rungs
3.10
6 10
4.20
8 14
5.30
10 18
6.40
12 22
As step ladder
max. height m
rungs
1.35
35
1.85
47
2.40
59
2.90
6 11
Transport dimensions W x H x D mm
Weight approx.
kg
490 x 1000 x 210

10
560 x 1300 x 210

13
630 x 1580 x 210

16
700 x 1860 x 210

20
731 469-BK
131 296-BK
131 318-BK
131 326-BK
370.00
381.00
449.00
526.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122606
KAISER + KRAFT
723
13
Aluminium mobile
safety steps
Non-slip treads
The right size for any application
1 Lightweight mobile safety steps
Collapsible due to removable diagonal braces for space saving storage

Non-slip treads, 80 mm deep
Non-slip aluminium working platform
510 x 600 mm
Cross braces for extra stability

Platform height
Width at base
Length at base
Weight approx.
2 practical castors with brakes,

dia. 125 mm
Hand rail on both sides and platform
rail for more safety
Supplied ready to use
11
1851
1200
1490
45.5
2086
1455
1580
49.5
2556
1455
1780
54
944 224-BK
944 225-BK
944 226-BK
1115.00
1190.00
1310.00
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
2 Mobile platform steps, single sided
Large platform 600 x 800 mm

3-sided platform rail, 1.10 m high,
with knee and foot rail
Non-slip steps, 80 mm deep
2 fixed castors, dia. 125 mm
2 cross braces for stability
(4 step model with 1 cross brace)
Hand rail as accessory

Left, right and double sided mounting.
For platform height more than 1 m
required by law.
2 hand rails recommended,
see illustration.
Supplied flat pack. Easy assembly.
Double sided access.

Hand rails as accessory

Platform height
Width at base
Weight approx.
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
950
1250
32
1185
1250
34
1420
1500
36
1655
1500
40
1890
1600
42
944 227-BK
944 228-BK
944 229-BK
944 230-BK
944 231-BK
635.00
673.00
699.00
743.00
777.00
944 232-BK
944 232-BK
944 233-BK
944 233-BK
944 233-BK
56.20
56.20
57.30
57.30
57.30
Accessories
Platform
600 x 800 mm
Hand rail
No.
g / each
3 Mobile safety steps, double sided access

Double sided access, with platform
railing on 2 sides, otherwise as 2.
Inclination 68 degree
High quality edging

Platform height
Width at base
Weight approx.
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Handrail as an accessory
Can be mounted on left,
right or on both sides.
In accordance with BGI 637, platforms
from 1 m must be fitted with a hand rail.
We recommend 4handrails,
see illustration.
2x4
2x5
2x6
2x7
2x8
950
1250
36
1185
1250
38
1420
1500
40
1655
1500
44
1890
1600
46
944 234-BK
944 235-BK
944 236-BK
944 237-BK
944 239-BK
663.00
723.00
794.00
856.00
923.00
944 232-BK
944 232-BK
944 233-BK
944 233-BK
944 233-BK
56.20
56.20
57.30
57.30
57.30
Single sided access.

Hand rails as accessory
Hand rail
No.
g / each
BLUE =
125007
Accessories
Platform ladders
Aluminium step ladders with platform
Robust industrial quality

Optimum floor contact due to
nivello feet
Collapsible
Non-slip platform, 400 x 400 mm
Ribbed steps, 80 mm deep
Hand rail on both sides of upper
section, 750 mm long, from 8 steps
1300 mm long
With ergo pad for easy and safe
handling
13
MORE INFORMATION AT
www.KAISERKRAFT.co.uk
Accessories
Roller kit
Consists of 2 lift rollers, 2 pushing handles
and connecting braces.
Please indicate ladder type and item
number when ordering.
No. 707 193-BK
g / set 97.40
Large folding aluminium storage tray

(350 x 240 mm) for tools and parts.
Non-slip replaceable ladder feet.
Platform
400 x 400 mm
With roller kit

Platform height
Width at base
Length at base
Weight approx.
930
600
1025
9.1
1165
630
1170
10.2
1400
660
1315
11.3
1635
690
1460
12.5
707 185-BK
707 186-BK
707 187-BK
707 188-BK
381.50
403.00
449.50
451.00
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Platform height
Width at base
Length at base
Weight approx.
10
1870
720
1600
13.4
2100
750
1750
14.5
2340
775
1895
15.4
707 189-BK
707 190-BK
707 191-BK
518.00
549.00
596.00
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Aluminium folding steps, mobile

Professional quality for safe working
Collapsible for space saving storage
Large ribbed platform 600 x 650 mm
Hand rail on both sides
3-sided platform rail., height 1000 mm.
Additional knee rail
Safety rope on the access side
Large storage tray
80 mm deep ribbed steps
Optimum floor contact due to
nivello feet

Max. working height
Platform height
Width at base
Length at base
Weight approx.
No.
g
3150
1150
1000
1400
37.0
3400
1380
1000
1500
39.0
3600
1610
1350
1600
43.0
3850
1840
1350
1700
45.0
944 241-BK
944 242-BK
944 243-BK
944 244-BK
1225.00
1320.00
1340.00
1420.00
109693
Max. working height

Platform height
Width at base
Length at base
Weight approx.
A smaller cross brace is available on

request, eg. for narrow warehouse aisles.
Additional ballast weights ensure
stability required.
5
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Large platform
600 x 650 mm
Safety cross beam with 2 braked wheels.

Steps are securely fixed to strong uprights.
10
12
14
4300
2300
1950
1950
49.0
4800
2770
1900
2200
55.0
5250
3230
1950
2400
76.0
944 245-BK
944 247-BK
944 263-BK
1500.00
1605.00
1790.00
Very rigid, high

quality beading
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Sturdy cross beam
109693
KAISER + KRAFT
725
13
from g
647.00
3 With steps on both sides.
1 With steps on both sides.
Handrails as accessories.
Handrails as accessories.
Accessories
Platform steps
Platform size 660 x 800 mm

Platform height from 0.72 to 1.68 m
Single or double sided
1 Platform and steps

2 With steps on one side,
handrails available as accessory.
Rails made of extruded aluminium profiles.

4 swivel castors, 2 with locks. Platform rail
1000 mm high with knee and foot rail.
Unloaded easy to move
Loaded
location cannot be changed
Hand rail
The reference numbers for handrails steps
single sided include one handrail which
can be installed right or left.
For double sided steps, the reference
number for the handrail include two
handrails. These must be fitted to the left
or right of the steps.
3 Grating platform and steps
made from wood
made of aluminium
Colourless varnish.
Aluminium shafts.
Step depth 200 mm
Aluminium rails.
Step depth 200 mm.
Model
Hot dip galvanised.

Aluminium shafts.
Step depth 200 mm.
Single sided
3 sided platform railing
Steps, incl. platform

Platform height max.
Width x depth, overall
mm
mm
Double sided
2 sided platform railing
3
720
770 x 1240
4
960
820 x 1410
5
1200
880 x 1580
6
1440
940 x 1750
7
1680
1000 x 1920
3
720
770 x 1510
4
960
820 x 1790
5
1200
880 x 2070
6
1440
940 x 2350
7
1680
1000 x 2620
236 268-BK
Platform and steps

made of wood
No.
g
541 990-BK
542 008-BK
542 016-BK
542 024-BK
542 032-BK
236 217-BK
236 225-BK
236 233-BK
236 241-BK
668.00
708.00
749.00
879.00
905.00
663.00
711.00
774.00
860.00
938.00
Platform and steps

made of aluminium
No.
g
705 373-BK
705 381-BK
705 454-BK
705 462-BK
705 519-BK
705 527-BK
705 586-BK
705 594-BK
705 608-BK
705 624-BK
647.00
663.00
724.00
751.00
796.00
659.00
708.00
777.00
843.00
917.00
Platform and steps

made of mesh grid
No.
g
705 640-BK
705 659-BK
705 667-BK
705 683-BK
705 705-BK
705 713-BK
705 721-BK
705 756-BK
705 772-BK
705 780-BK
777.00
835.00
879.00
938.00
1050.00
828.00
946.00
1035.00
1160.00
1255.00
No.
g
681 326-BK
681 326-BK
681 326-BK
906 317-BK
681 334-BK
681 334-BK
906 318-BK
46.60
46.60
49.25
681 334-BK
46.60
89.20
89.20
89.20
94.60
Handrail for 1 3
BLUE =
122789
122789
Accessories
Dock steps Bridge steps
13
Industrial steps
To suit your individual requirements
225 mm
Angle of inclination 45
Steps made of steel or aluminium,

rigidly attached to right-angle rails.
Uprights made of extruded aluminium
profiles.
Two support brackets on the upper end,
non-slip plastic feet at the bottom.
Supplied complete with one railing,

attaches to left or right side.
Second railing as an accessory.
240 mm
Intermediate sizes and special designs
Not for domestic use according to DIN 1055.
Steps
Sheet steel steps,

perforated
Aluminium, geriffelt
10
12
14
16
mm
mm
830
980
1250
1390
1670
1810
2080
2230
2500
2640
2910
3060
3330
3500
No.
g
985 278-BK
985 280-BK
985 281-BK
985 282-BK
985 283-BK
985 284-BK
985 285-BK
604.00
795.00
964.00
1130.00
1375.00
1605.00
1880.00
width 800 mm
No.
g
985 286-BK
985 288-BK
985 289-BK
985 290-BK
985 291-BK
985 292-BK
985 293-BK
652.00
859.00
1085.00
1305.00
1535.00
1810.00
2090.00
width 600 mm
No.
g
746 155-BK
746 156-BK
746 157-BK
746 158-BK
746 159-BK
746 160-BK
746 161-BK
640.00
844.00
1015.00
1205.00
1465.00
1685.00
1995.00
width 800 mm
No.
g
746 162-BK
746 163-BK
746 164-BK
746 165-BK
746 166-BK
746 167-BK
746 168-BK
699.00
905.00
1150.00
1370.00
1615.00
1910.00
2220.00
No.
g
746 186-BK
746 187-BK
746 188-BK
746 189-BK
746 190-BK
746 191-BK
746 192-BK
146.40
163.20
170.80
176.00
204.00
211.00
219.00
Vertical height
Reach
Aluminium steps,
ribbed
Perforated sheet steel
width 600 mm
45 incline
Accessory
Additional railing
Mobile safety steps
60 incline
Practical for mobile use

Slope of 60
Uprights made of strong aluminium
profies
Non-slip steps made of ribbed
aluminium
Upright top closed and bolted to platform

sises. Steps with distorsion resistant fixing
to uprights.
Steps
Vertical height approx.
Base protrusion approx.
Cross brace width
Reach
11
13
15
1210
1280
1000
1690
1560
1000
2180
1850
1400
2660
2110
1400
3150
2390
1400
3640
2660
1800
944 248-BK
944 249-BK
944 250-BK
944 251-BK
944 252-BK
944 269-BK
2330.00
2670.00
2970.00
3445.00
3805.00
4135.00
mm
mm
mm
No.
g
Step width x depth 800 x 200 mm.

Platform length 600 mm.
Handrail on both sides and 3-sided
platform rail. 1100 mm high, with knee and
foot rail.
2 swivel castors near access, wheel dia.
125mm, 2 fixed castors fitted to back
traverse, wheel dia. 160 mm, all fitted with
brakes.
Supplied pre-assembled.
Easy final assembly.
Vertical height
Bridge platforms
200 mm
For bridging machines, conveyor belts or pits
Total max. load 300 kg

For safe working ideal for frequent
use
Choice of 2 platform sizes
Base of steps with fixing brackets to floor.

Otherwise constructed as industrial steps
and mobile safety steps.
Please state the exact vertical clearance

height when ordering.
1 handrail included, can be mounted
right or left.
Addictional handrail as accessory.
Delivered pre-assembled.
Easy final assembly.
Steps
Platform
length x width mm
Vertical height approx.
mm
Base protrusion approx.
mm
No.
g
Aluminium, ribbed
Additional platform
sizes, mobile versions,
45 slope and custom
made designs are
800 x 600
1174
2160
1200 x 600
1174
2560
800 x 600
1658
2720
1200 x 600
1658
3120
800 x 600
2142
3280
1200 x 600
2142
3680
944 253-BK
944 255-BK
944 256-BK
944 257-BK
944 271-BK
944 272-BK
1590.00
1820.00
1990.00
2220.00
2365.00
2625.00
944 258-BK
944 259-BK
944 260-BK
944 261-BK
944 273-BK
944 274-BK
315.00
322.50
315.00
322.50
333.00
333.00
Second railing
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

111601
111601
Accessories
KAISER + KRAFT
727
13
Tilt and push steps
Stable, powder coated tubular steel construction

Support part with two grey rubber wheels, wheel 75 mm,
and two fixed rubber feet
Steps made of non-slip, ribbed rubber profile, 400 x 200 mm
Particularly suitable for use in stores, warehouses, etc.
Steps
from g

Platform height
Weight
Colour
346.00
mm
mm
kg
blue
red
yellow
g
580 x 490 x 1070

470
10
745 x 520 x 1410

705
12
910 x 540 x 1650

940
16
751 471-BK
751 473-BK
751 475-BK
751 476-BK
751 477-BK
751 479-BK
751 481-BK
751 482-BK
751 484-BK
346.00
472.00
646.00
Mobile step ladders with platform
Ideal for removing goods from shelves, repair work on

machines etc.
Steps made of non-slip, ribbed rubber profile, 150mm deep
Wide, safe platform
Sturdy steel construction, powder coated beige.

Mobile on 4 load dependent braking castors.
Steps
Platform height
Step width
mm
mm
470
380
690
380
920
380
1150
530
1380
530
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1080
510 x 620
1780
560 x 680
2015
560 x 820
2240
760 x 970
2480
760 x 1120
731 493-BK
731 494-BK
731 495-BK
731 496-BK
731 497-BK
646.00
919.00
1020.00
1185.00
1295.00
No.
g
Mobile step ladders

Folding
With railing on both sides

Stable, powder coated tubular steel construction
Can be moved easily with two castors and lifting handles
Simply fold together without tools

Platform height
122790
mm
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
Dimensions, unfolded
H x W mm
depth mm
1700 x 650
1310
1950 x 690
1520
2200 x 720
1730
2450 x 770
1940
2700 x 790
2150
Dimensions, folded
H x W mm
length mm
930 x 650
1830
930 x 690
2120
930 x 720
2410
930 x 770
2700
930 x 790
2990
Weight
No.
g
kg
40
45
50
55
60
920 332-BK
920 333-BK
920 334-BK
920 335-BK
920 336-BK
1080.00
1225.00
1350.00
1480.00
1615.00
BLUE =
122790
Steel mesh steps 450 x 145 mm.

Platform 450 x 300 mm.
Comfortable inclination angle of 48.
Mobile step ladders with platform
13
Mobile step ladders

with platform
Ideal for use with shelf units, machines,
or in the office
Under load: secure standing position

Without load: mobile due to load dependent swivel
castors
Welded sheet steel construction. Powder coated in blue,

similar to capri blue RAL 5019, or in light grey RAL 7035.
Platform and steps made of non-slip,
ribbed rubber profile.
Platform width x depth 300 x 400 mm.

Platform
height mm
width x depth mm
500
400 x 300
750
400 x 300
1000
400 x 300
1250
450 x 300
mm
blue
light grey
g
640 x 560 x 1185
855 x 560 x 1435
1065 x 570 x 1685
1275 x 610 x 1935
501 474-BK
501 478-BK
501 481-BK
501 485-BK
501 488-BK
501 491-BK
501 495-BK
501 498-BK
590.00
659.00
762.00
867.00
height mm
width x depth mm
470
400 x 200
735
400 x 400
980
400 x 400
1225
400 x 400
mm
red
blue
beige
g
620 x 510 x 1330
870 x 620 x 1445
1040 x 650 x 1690
1440 x 670 x 1940
916 786-BK
916 789-BK
611 214-BK
916 787-BK
916 791-BK
611 215-BK
916 788-BK
916 792-BK
611 216-BK
611 211-BK
611 217-BK
611 219-BK
719.00
884.00
1120.00
1280.00

Colour
Mobile step ladders

withplatform
For occasional use
Non-slip, ribbed rubber profile steps
Sturdy, powder coated tubular steel construction.

Mobile on 4 load dependent swivel castors, wheel
80mm.

Platform
108788

Colour
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

108788

Supplied fully assembled and ready for immediate use.
KAISER + KRAFT
729
13
Mobile step ladders
Two long handrails forsafe climbing up and down

Easy to move by simply tilting the unit forward
Stable tubular steel construction in two versions.

Steps: width x depth 500 x 150 mm.
Platform: width x depth 500 x 300 mm.
Two fixed wheels, 150 mm.
Powder coated
Steps and platform with non-slip rubber covering.
For light use in warehouses, retail shops oroffices.
Stainless steel
Made of V2A stainless steel, corrosion free and weatherproof.
Ribbed steps and platform forsecure footing.
Particularly suitable for cleanrooms and food processing areas.
Platform height
mm
750
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1450
640 x 1110
1700
670 x 1220
1950
700 x 1535
2200
730 x 1745
2450
760 x 1955
2700
790 x 2165
Powder coated
red
blue
grey
611 222-BK
611 228-BK
611 234-BK
611 223-BK
611 229-BK
611 235-BK
611 224-BK
611 230-BK
611 236-BK
611 225-BK
611 231-BK
611 237-BK
611 226-BK
611 232-BK
611 238-BK
611 227-BK
611 233-BK
611 240-BK
516.00
562.00
640.00
707.00
791.00
838.00
Stainless steel
No.
g
611 241-BK
611 242-BK
611 243-BK
611 244-BK
611 245-BK
611 246-BK
1625.00
1990.00
2285.00
2575.00
3265.00
3495.00
NEW
Order picking trolleys with steps

Ladder and platform trolley in one
For use in warehouses, production

areas, workshops etc.
Robust construction
Ergonomically shaped hand rails on
both sides for safety and comfort

bluesimilar toRAL5019.
Rubberised steps, W x D 350 x 130 mm,
top step 210 mm deep.
Two or three shelves, 780 x 470 mm,
optionally made of sheet steel powder
coated blue or with wooden panels.
Two load dependent braked swivel castors
with wheel stops and two fixed castors.
Wheel 125 mm.
Available with three- or four-step ladder
attachment.
mm
2
200 / 1000
3
200 / 600 / 1000
2
200 / 1240
3
200 / 720 / 1240
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
1320
520 x 1320
1320
520 x 1320
1560
520 x 1520
1560
520 x 1520
122791
Shelves with
wooden panels
Shelves
Shelf heights
Sheet steelshelves
Shelves with wooden panels
weight
weight
kg
31
42
41
46
No.
g
727 758-BK
727 759-BK
727 761-BK
727 762-BK
714.00
778.00
799.00
862.00
kg
30
41
38
43
No.
g
727 763-BK
727 764-BK
727 765-BK
727 767-BK
732.00
803.00
817.00
889.00
BLUE =
122791
Steps
Step ladders
13
Mobile step ladders with

platform
For easy access to high shelf units,
machines, etc.
Easy to move and steer

Safety bar prevents access while in mobile position

Powder coated in blue, similar to RAL 5019.
When the ladder is raised into the mobile position,
a safety bar prevents access to the steps.
Platform: width x depth 540 x 300 mm.
2 fixed wheels, 200 mm, and 1 swivel castor, 100 mm.

Platform height
External dims.
mm
1150
1380
1610
1840
2070
height mm
width x depth mm
1850
730 x 1210
2080
750 x 1415
2310
780 x 1600
2540
810 x 1790
2770
830 x 1985
501 501-BK
501 504-BK
501 505-BK
501 507-BK
501 508-BK
1100.00
1225.00
1350.00
1575.00
1720.00
No.
g
Practical access doors on

all 3 sides
XXL mobile safety steps

Tubular steel stairway with extra large
platform, 800 x 1200 mm
Two people can work on the platform at the same time

48 angle of inclination for comfortable climbing up
and down
Wide steel mesh steps
Easy to move due to lifting mechanism
108790
Robust tubular steel construction,

powder coated in grey RAL 7042.
Platform: overall max. load 500 kg, point load 150 kg.
2 load dependent swivel castors, 125 mm,
and 2 fixed wheels, 200 mm.
From 7 steps, supplied only partially assembled.
Easy self-assembly.
YELLOW =
Ex stock

Platform height
Standing dims.
No.
g
mm
width x depth mm
460
960 x 1479
690
960 x 1686
920
960 x 1893
1150
960 x 2100
1380
980 x 2307
1610
1030 x 2514
1840
1080 x 2721
611 248-BK
611 249-BK
611 250-BK
611 251-BK
611 252-BK
611 253-BK
611 254-BK
1020.00
1250.00
1505.00
2230.00
2490.00
2835.00
3140.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
108790
731
13
NEW
Mobile safety steps

1 Highly visible model
Chain on the access side for additional

safety
Ribbed, 140 mm deep aluminium steps
Aluminium platform 450 x 550 mm
Held securely in place when under load
Made of tubular steel, painted in yellow

RAL 1003.
Three-sided railing, height 1000 mm,
with knee and foot rail forsafe working.
Two swivel castors with rubber tyres,
125mm, with wheel stops. Two load
dependent braked castors, 75mm.
Max. platform height

External dims.
mm
480
720
960
height mm
width x depth mm
1480
720 x 895
1720
880 x 1095
1960
1040 x 1295
729 983-BK
730 056-BK
730 071-BK
711.00
803.00
892.00
No.
g
NEW
Hand rails on both sides
and three-sided railing for
additional safety
Safe use due to

cable lifting mechanism
2 With comfortable access
Safe use due to cable lifting mechanism

Steps and platform optionally with
rubber profile or made of steel mesh
Comfortable, 54 degree angle of incline
Made of tubular steel, painted blue similar

to RAL5019.
Steps can only be moved by pulling on the
lifting mechanism steps cannot be
climbed when not locked in position.
Steps optionally with

rubber profile or
made of steel mesh
Platform and steps made ofsteel mesh
Platform height
Platform and steps with rubber profile
10
11
12
690
920
1150
1380
1610
1840
2070
2300
2530
2760
height mm
width x depth mm
1790
960 x 1165
2020
960 x 1330
2250
960 x 1500
2460
980 x 1665
2710
1030 x 1835
2940
1080 x 2000
3170
1130 x 2165
3400
1180 x 2335
3630
1230 x 2500
3860
1280 x 2670
40
48
65
78
91
103
117
129
146
164
Steel mesh steps
No.
g
730 583-BK
730 584-BK
730 585-BK
730 586-BK
730 587-BK
730 588-BK
730 589-BK
730 590-BK
730 591-BK
730 592-BK
912.00
1100.00
1300.00
1585.00
1870.00
2150.00
2435.00
2725.00
2995.00
3290.00
Rubber profile steps
No.
g
730 074-BK
730 077-BK
730 078-BK
730 272-BK
730 291-BK
730 563-BK
730 578-BK
730 579-BK
730 581-BK
730 582-BK
926.00
1120.00
1320.00
1605.00
1900.00
2185.00
2470.00
2755.00
3040.00
3330.00
External dims.
Weight
122793
Models with 6+ steps supplied flat pack

easyself-assembly.
BLUE =
122793
Hand rail on both sides and three-sided

railing on the platform with knee and foot
rail for safety.
Largeplatform
Steps
Two swivel castors, 125 mm, and
twofixed wheels, 200mm.
Mobile safety steps
13

with rubber profile,
step depth 130 mm.
2 Steel mesh platform

and steps,
step depth 130 mm.
3 Ribbed aluminium
platform and steps,
step depth 130 mm.
Mobile safety steps

Mobile
Particularly convenient lifting
mechanism
Platform size 540 x 590 mm
Platform heights from 0.69 m to 3.45 m
Platform with 3 sided railing and hand rail

on both sides.
2 swivel castors with wheel stops, 2 fixed
castors. Lifting step feature deters access
until steps are safely grounded. Single
action lever raises castors and lowers
bottom step when unit is positioned for use.
Made of tubular steel, painted blue

RAL5019.
From 6 steps, supplied flat pack

easyself-assembly.

External dims.
3

125008
External dims.
mm
690
920
1150
1380
height mm
width x depth mm
1790
680 x 972
2020
680 x 1104
2250
910 x 1237
2480
960 x 1370
No.
580 023-BK
570 028-BK
579 998-BK
580 015-BK
985.00
1155.00
1340.00
1570.00
Steel mesh
No.
580 600-BK
580 619-BK
580 627-BK
580 635-BK
989.00
1155.00
1340.00
1570.00
Aluminium, ribbed
No.
582 050-BK
582 077-BK
582 336-BK
582 395-BK
1130.00
1310.00
1535.00
1745.00
Rubber profile
10
11
12
13
14
15
mm
1610
1840
2070
2300
2530
2760
2990
3220
3450
height mm
width x depth mm
2710
1010 x 1503
2940
1060 x 1635
3170
1110 x 1768
3400
1160 x 1901
3630
1210 x 2034
3860
1260 x 2167
4090
1370 x 2299
4320
1420 x 2432
4550
1425 x 2565
No.
580 597-BK
580 503-BK
580 511-BK
580 538-BK
580 546-BK
580 554-BK
580 562-BK
580 570-BK
580 589-BK
1755.00
1910.00
2130.00
2305.00
2540.00
2700.00
2895.00
3100.00
3310.00
Steel mesh
No.
580 643-BK
580 651-BK
580 678-BK
580 686-BK
581 216-BK
581 372-BK
581 844-BK
581 860-BK
581 933-BK
1755.00
1910.00
2130.00
2305.00
2540.00
2700.00
2895.00
3100.00
3310.00
Aluminium, ribbed
No.
582 646-BK
582 794-BK
582 948-BK
583 014-BK
583 146-BK
583 200-BK
583 235-BK
583 642-BK
583 650-BK
1970.00
2195.00
2395.00
2590.00
2845.00
3020.00
3275.00
3460.00
3705.00
Rubber profile
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125008
733
13
Mobile safety steps
Made of hot dip galvanised steel
Model
External dims.
Platform height
Weight approx.
Suitable for use outdoors, in cold

storage rooms, etc.
Optionally with 3 sided railing or with
2 sided railing and an access door
Secure stand on the large platform
with 3 sided railing
H x W x D mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Platform dims. 490 x 600 mm.

Platform heights from 0.75 m to 1.50 m.
Hand rail on both sides of ladder.
Easy to move with 2 lifting handles and
2 castors.
with railing on 2 sides and access door
3
1750 x 820 x 1235
750
43
4
2000 x 820 x 1420
1000
48
5
2250 x 1020 x 1605
1250
54
6
2500 x 1120 x 1790
1500
60
3
1750 x 820 x 1235
750
43
4
2000 x 820 x 1420
1000
48
5
2250 x 1020 x 1605
1250
54
6
2500 x 1120 x 1790
1500
60
751 459-BK
751 460-BK
751 461-BK
751 462-BK
751 488-BK
751 489-BK
751 490-BK
751 491-BK
1335.00
1635.00
1935.00
2245.00
1630.00
1925.00
2235.00
2535.00
Mobile safety steps
Extra wide steel mesh steps

750 x 180 mm
Optionally with 3 sided railing or with
2 sided railing and an access door
Angle of inclination 48
The lifting step feature enables the ladder

to be easily moved, whilst simultaneously
blocking access to the steps for safety.
The ladder can thus only be climbed when
the ladder is stopped and in a secure
position.
Supplied collapsed from 6 step models
easy self-assembly.
Made of tubular steel, powder coated in

grey. Hand rail on both sides.
Large platform, W x D 800 x 500 mm.
2 swivel castors with stops,
2 fixed castors.
Option
With access door at extra cost.
Cannot be fitted at a later stage.

External dims.
With 3 sided railing
With access door
mm
690
920
1150
1380
1610
height mm
width x depth mm
1690
1000 x 1125
1920
960 x 1310
2150
960 x 1515
2380
980 x 1725
2610
1030 x 1930
No.
g
760 827-BK
760 828-BK
760 829-BK
760 830-BK
760 831-BK
1240.00
1595.00
1845.00
2300.00
2795.00
No.
extra cost g
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
194.00
194.00
194.00
194.00
194.00
10
11
12
Options

External dims.
mm
1840
2070
2300
2530
2760
height mm
width x depth mm
2840
1080 x 2140
3070
1130 x 2345
3300
1180 x 2555
3530
1230 x 2760
3760
1280 x 2965
No.
g
760 832-BK
760 833-BK
760 834-BK
760 835-BK
760 836-BK
3190.00
3665.00
4055.00
4615.00
4960.00
No.
extra cost g
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
609 053-BK
194.00
194.00
194.00
194.00
194.00
104079
Option
With 2 sided railing and
access door
104079
With 2 sided railing and

access door
BLUE =
Mobile safety steps Mobile access towers
13
NEW
Safety mobile access towers

Platforms can be secured before being
accessed with railings from below
Closes the gap between ladder and scaffolding

Can be very safely erected in only 12 minutes
Transport made easy due to compact size of parts
Compliant with DIN EN 1004 class 3 scaffolding
200 kg/m
4 min
NEW
6 min
8 min
2
1
from g
619.00
1 For indoor use
2 For indoor and outdoor use
Flanged frame components

Short, lightweight frame
components
Platform dimensions 0.72 x 1.5 m.
Fixed swivel castors, 125 mm.
Working heights from 5.14 m with4 stabilising arms.

Working heights from 7.14 m additionally with 4 telescopic
stabilising arm extensions with bayonet lock.
Easy assembly from the ground.
10 min
Excellent rigidity due to solid, welded frame components

Castors with spindle height adjustment
12
Platform dimensions 0.72 x 2.0 m.

The scaffolding is also suitable for use on uneven flooring
due to the height adjustment spindle on the swivel castors,
150 mm.
Working heights from 5.25 m with 4 stabilising arms.
Working heights from 9.25 m additionally with 4 telescopic
stabilising arm extensions with bayonet lock. Easy assembly
from the ground.
122607
Max. working height

Standing height
Scaffolding height
Weight
No.
g
1
m
m
m
kg
3.14
1.14
2.32
31.8
5.14
3.14
4.32
82.2
7.14
5.14
6.32
110.2
3.25
1.25
2.47
55.2
5.25
3.25
4.34
119.2
7.25
5.25
6.34
154.0
9.25
7.25
8.34
196.0
11.25
9.25
10.34
230.8
727 775-BK
727 777-BK
727 778-BK
727 779-BK
727 781-BK
727 782-BK
727 783-BK
727 785-BK
619.00
1515.00
2250.00
956.00
2020.00
2620.00
3570.00
4165.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Please observe the applicable ballast weight

guidelines and information in the assembly
instructions.
Ballast weights are not required for indoor
use.
We would be happy to advise you
accordingly.
KAISER + KRAFT
122607
12 min
Model
735
13
Aluminium folding scaffolding
In modular construction
Module 1
Inexpensive, robust basic scaffolding

Quick and simple assembly due to the
practical claw mechanism on the
struts
Compact size when folded up thus
easy to transport and store
Non-slip rungs for secure footing when
climbing
Modules
1+2
Modules
1+2+3
Module 1
Standard scaffolding, platform height 0.95 m
Module 2
Extension unit for platform height 1.80 m
Module 3
Extension unit includes extension arms for
platform height 3.80 m
Platform dims. L x W 1.55 x 0.60 m.

Scaffolding dims. L x W 1.65 x 0.70 m.
Permissible max. load 150 kg/m.
The special hinge design enables
uncomplicated folding out/together of the
standard scaffolding unit.
Including 4swivel castors with wheel
stops, wheel 100mm.
Compliant with EN 1004 (class2).
Module
from g
Working height
Platform height
Scaffolding height
Weight
455.00
m
m
m
kg
No.
g
1+2
1+2+3
3.00
0.95
1.75
27.5
3.80
1.80
2.80
46.0
5.80
3.80
4.80
84.4
727 739-BK
727 742-BK
727 743-BK
455.00
779.00
1500.00
Professional folding scaffolding
119109
Suitable for indoor and outdoor use,

e.g. for assembly work in cramped
spaces
Platform can be placed at every rung
height as required for flexibility
Innovative hinge system for quick and
easy unfolding and folding together
Moves easily on 4 practical swivel
castors with wheel stops,
wheel 125mm
Space saving transport dimensions
Wooden platform with non-slip profile and

wind protection system, platform
dimensions LxW 1.80 x 0.60 m, scaffolding
dimensions LxW 2.00 x 0.75 m. The
standard model fits through all standard
door openings without having to be
collapsed. Comfortable, safe footing due to
non-slip rungs, rung spacing 28 cm.
Permissible max. load 200 kg/m, 750 kg for
the scaffolding overall. Compliant with
EN1004, class 3 scaffolding.
Other expansion options and platforms
3.00
3.80
4.70
5.50
7.80
Platform height
Scaffolding height
Weight approx.
m
m
kg
0.95
1.75
30.0
1.80
2.80
57.1
2.70
3.70
82.2
3.80
4.80
89.9
5.80
6.80
145.2
944 182-BK
944 183-BK
944 184-BK
944 185-BK
727 746-BK
640.00
1150.00
1900.00
2495.00
3070.00
No.
g
BLUE =
119109
Made of aluminium
Folding scaffolding Mobile access towers
13
Mobile access towers

Robust professional model
Work safely at great heights

Extremely stable welded rung-rail
connection
Easy assembly without tools
Non-slip platform and wooden edging
boards
Ribbed rungs for comfortable and safe
climbing
Platform heights from 3.20 m include

4stabilising arms for maximum stability.
Platform heights from 5.20 m supplied
complete with 2platforms as standard.
Stable rung/cross strut connection due to
innovative claw mechanism and robust
clamps.
4 swivel castors, wheel 200mm,
with wheel stops.
Height adjustable up to 135 mm.
Permissible max. load per platform 250kg,
750 kg for the scaffolding overall.
Compliant with EN 1004,
class 3 scaffolding 200 kg/m.
1 With standard platform

Platform dimensions L x W 2.40 x 0.60 m.
Working height up to 8.20 m.
Standard scaffolding for universal use.
2 With wide platform

Platform dimensions L x W 2.40 x 1.20 m.
Working height up to 12.20 m.
Ideal for prolonged working periods which
require more space. Effective dimensions
with stabilisers 3.5 x 4.1 m.
Accessories
A Additional horizontal strut

Length2.45m,weight2.2kg.
No. 944 204-BK
g 56.50
B Additional toe boards

Complete set for an intermediate platform.
Length x width
2.45 x 0.75 m
2.45 x 1.35 m
No.
g / set
944 205-BK
944 206-BK
160.40
195.00
C Additional platform with hatch

For mobile access tower 1 (narrow) with
working heights 5.20 and 6.20 m.
L x W 2.40 x 0.60 m, weight 18 kg.
No. 727 744-BK
g 219.50
B
from g
1755.00
C
2
The maximum platform height is limited to

8 m for outdoor use and 12 m for indoor
use.
Other platform heights as well as
suitable anchoring accessories on
request.
112456

Platform height
Scaffolding height
Weight approx.
No.
g
1 standard platform L x W 2.45 x 0.75 m

m
m
m
kg
2 wide platform L x W 2.45 x 1.35 m
4.20
2.20
3.20
81.3
5.20
3.20
4.20
109.7
6.20
4.20
5.20
114.9
7.20
5.20
6.20
163.2
8.20
6.20
7.20
172.8
4.20
2.20
3.20
112.0
5.20
3.20
4.20
138.8
6.20
4.20
5.20
155.8
7.20
5.20
6.20
224.7
8.20
6.20
7.20
241.7
9.20
7.20
8.20
252.5
10.20
8.20
9.20
269.5
12.20
10.20
11.20
342.2
944 186-BK
944 187-BK
944 188-BK
944 189-BK
944 191-BK
944 192-BK
944 193-BK
944 194-BK
944 195-BK
944 196-BK
944 197-BK
944 198-BK
944 200-BK
1755.00
2345.00
2575.00
3400.00
3650.00
2185.00
2670.00
3130.00
3860.00
4485.00
4640.00
4880.00
6035.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112456
Model
Please observe the applicable ballast

weight guidelines for scaffolding.
Additional information about ballast
weight guidelines can be found on our
website.
737
14
Site safety
Barrier fencing
Pages
740 743
Barrier posts
Pages
744 752
Parking barriers and boom

gates
Pages
753 755
Winter equipment
Pages
756 758
Crash protection and safety

railing
Pages
759 769
Warning and safety strips

Pages
770 771
Floor marking systems

Pages
772 773
Speed ramps and cable ducts

Pages
With stainless steel mounting rail
774 775
Mirrors
Pages
776 779
Outdoor equipment
Can be used indoors or outdoors

Made of completely CFC free,
recyclable polyurethane foam
Durable, non-wearing warning marking
Fire tested
from 40 C to +100 C
Folding frames and display

cases
Pages
Knuffi warning and safety

strips absorb hard impacts,
help lessen impacts and
collisions.
The black / yellow colour
scheme warns of dangerous
areas and potential hazards.
The high quality stainless
steel mounting rail also
enables mounting on uneven
surfaces.
Supplied with mounting
material.
780 782
Letter boxes
Page
783
Benches and pedestal tables

Pages
784 785
Bicycle racks
Pages
786 787
Shelters
Pages
788 792
Additional warning and safety strips can

Model
surface strips
corner strips
Cross section
mm
Length
mm
1000
1000
Yellow / black
No.
g
707 498-BK
707 499-BK
98.30
98.90
Fluorescent /
black
No.
g
707 500-BK
707 501-BK
102.70
104.40
Floor marking
devices
Comfortable handle with special foam

Easy to use simple operation
Robust, powder coated steel model
Maintenance free design
Prefab offices
1 Manual marking device with
Mezzanine floors
793
Handle length 440 mm.
Containers
Pages
794 795
Protective fencing and

partitions
Pages
No. 707 416-BK
g 80.20
2 Manual marking device with

796 801
Prefab offices
Pages
short handle
802 807
For comfortable marking, easy on the

back.
No. 707 417-BK
g 87.90
3 Marking device with castors
124857
Two hard rubber wheels for precise,

straight lines.
long handle
No. 707 418-BK
Marking paints
With high pigment content

Weather resistant and extremely hard
wearing
Also adheres to uneven surfaces
Dries quickly in approx. 30 minutes
600 ml spray can for approx. 20 100 m,

depending on the nature of the floor, the
width of the line and marking speed.
g 156.20
Pack of
Colour
white
yellow
g / pack
6 cans
12 cans
600 280-BK
600 281-BK
600 287-BK
600 289-BK
91.20
156.20
Other floor marking devices and

suitable marking paints can be found
on page 773.
BLUE =
124857
Page
14
NEW
Crash protection for

pallet racking
Made of highly impact resistant
and particularly rigid polyethylene (HDPE)
Protects shelving units against

collision damage
Very high impact absorption up to
2.4tonnes
Good warning effect due to yellow
signal colour
Simple and quick snap-on
assembly/disassembly
to+60C
Height 600 mm.

The crash protection guard returns to its
original shape after a crash.
Ideal for indoor and outdoor use, as it is
completely corrosion resistant.
Reduction of high repair costs due to
crash damage to shelving units.
No expensive and time consuming
assembly work required.
For uprights
mm
No.
g
70 87
87 100
100 120
709 415-BK
709 416-BK
709 418-BK
75.90
86.90
97.90
Additional crash protection products

can be found onpage 759, 762 - 771.
NEW
Snow ploughs for forklifts
Universal / grit containers
Blade width 1500 mm.

For fork cross section 150 x 50 mm.
Painted orange RAL2000.
No. 978 212-BK
g 1645.00
Made of impact resistant and weather resistant polyethylene (PE)

Absolutely corrosion free, as there
are no metal parts
Stackable for space saving transport and storage
Lid can be easily removed without
tools
126278
Other winter service equipment can

be found on pages 756 - 758.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Capacity 200 litres.

Blue lid, dispenser opening (width x height
400x235mm) with grit flow regulation.
Can be locked with a padlock
(not included).
No. 709 428-BK
g 324.50
KAISER + KRAFT
126278
Two adjustment settings to the left and

right
Quick attachment to fork tips
The bolt-on scraping edge can be
changed quickly
739
14
Tape barriers for cones can be found on page 747.

Model
Height 500 mm
Cones
For quick and highly visible marking of

obstacles and danger areas
Stackable to save space
Made of plastic.
A Fluorescent
1 pack
No.
g / pack
927 951-BK
927 955-BK
48.85
91.00
5+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 952-BK
927 956-BK
43.80
81.80
10+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 954-BK
927 957-BK
39.45
73.40
1 pack
No.
g / pack
927 958-BK
927 962-BK
111.90
157.30
5+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 959-BK
927 963-BK
99.90
141.10
10+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 960-BK
927 964-BK
91.70
127.20
For company internal use.

Height 750 mm
B Retroreflective
For use in public areas.
Durable design, very stable.
Both versions supplied in packs of 2.
Mobile barriers
Can be set up at any angle

Infinite number of sections can be
placed together
Made of plastic with reflective red and

white warning stripes. Each section has
sturdy connecting pieces.
Pack of 4 sections.
Accessories
Base plate required for outdoor use.
Overall height
mm
Section length
mm
1000
1000
874 337-BK
No.
g / pack
275.00
Accessories
Base plate made of recycled plastic.
Base plate
No.
g
874 345-BK
27.45
Mobile barrier fencing

Made of high quality polyethylene
16 mobile sections
106337
The mobile sections make it easy to adapt

to the specific area to be blocked off.
Two non-marking plastic castors for quick
and easy transport of the collapsed
barrier fence.
Yellow.
No. 505 535-BK
Unfolded dimensions
(max.) 4000 x 600 x 1016 mm.
Folded dimensions
330 x 600 x 1016 mm.
106337
g 525.00
BLUE =
Barriers
14
Barrier fencing
With or without directional
arrows
Rotating feet are permanently attached

to barrier fence
UV resistant plastic (HDPE)
Does not conduct electricity
Individual sections connect together

quickly using hook/eyelet connections,
which also allow for easy compensation of
slight differences in height.
Feet can be rotated to save space when
transporting.
In white or yellow polyethylene (HDPE),
fitted with reflective film.
1 Without direction
2 With direction
Set-up pointing to the left or right for
effective traffic control.
Warning lights for additional safety on

request.
Model
Colour
Overall length
Overall height
Weight approx.
1 4 items
5+ items
white
2000
1050
17.5
yellow
2000
1050
17.5
white
2000
1000
18.0
yellow
2000
1000
18.0
No.
g / each
985 029-BK
985 032-BK
707 494-BK
707 496-BK
202.00
202.00
303.50
303.50
No.
g / each
985 030-BK
985 033-BK
707 495-BK
707 497-BK
189.50
189.50
281.00
281.00
mm
mm
kg
Barrier fencing
For various applications
UV resistant, impact resistant plastic

High quality, reflective adhesive film
The surface area exposed towind is

reduced due to the special design, thus
providing a high degree of stability.
Space saving, secure storage (lying or
standing) simplifies transport.
The high quality reflective film is protected
against possible damage by a sturdy film
border around the edges.
Signal lights in red and yellow for

single and double sided barriers on
request.
2000
Base plates
Storage and transport racks
mm
kg
1000
12.0
1 4 items
No.
g / each
517 393-BK
Made of recycled plastic.

Weight 30 kg.
5 9 items
No.
g / each
517 394-BK
Secure and stable for 20barrier sections.

Therack is suitable for handling with a
forklift or crane.
Zinc plated, and thus weather resistant.
Weight 80 kg.
10+ items
No.
g / each
517 395-BK
No. 517 404-BK
No. 517 405-BK
Overall length
124640
Overall height
Weight approx.
mm
157.00
149.60
145.10
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g / piece 34.25
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g / piece 391.50
KAISER + KRAFT
741
14
1 Expanding barriers
For fencing off all types of dangerous areas
quickly and effectively
Steel construction painted on both sides.

Optionally red/white (reflective) or yellow/black
(non-reflective).
Fencing made of flat steel, 25 x 4 mm, or in a particularly
robust, 40 x 5 mm version.
The 500 mm wide support feet (with or without swivel
castors) ensure a high degree of stability.
1 With support feet

2 With 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops
3 With wall bracket and 2 swivel castors,
1 with stop
2
Model
Description
Fencing
Max. length
Overall height
Weight
Red / white
Yellow / black
Robust and stable steel construction

Expands to max. of 4 metres
Folds-up quickly to save space
with support feet
with castors
with wall bracket and castors
cross section mm
mm
mm
kg
25 x 4
3600
1000
12.0
40 x 5
4000
1000
19.0
25 x 4
3600
1000
12.0
40 x 5
4000
1000
19.0
25 x 4
3600
1000
12.0
40 x 5
4000
1000
19.0
No.
g
517 243-BK
517 244-BK
707 485-BK
707 487-BK
707 489-BK
707 492-BK
212.00
313.00
236.00
313.50
236.00
313.50
No.
g
517 245-BK
517 246-BK
707 486-BK
707 488-BK
707 491-BK
707 493-BK
212.00
313.00
236.00
313.50
236.00
313.50
Barrier fencing
Robust construction for a wide range of
applications
Quick set-up and breakdown

Easy connection of individual sections
Very stable
Overall length
mm
2500
Overall height
Floor clearance
Weight
mm
mm
kg
1130
300
19
1 4 items
No.
g / each
709 398-BK
5+ items
No.
g / each
709 399-BK
BLUE =
163.90
148.50
122496
122496
Hot dip galvanised tubular steel construction 38 mm,

and 19 solid bars, 16mm.
Barriers Mobile fencing
14
Mobile fencing
Completely hot dip galvanised tubular steel frame

Can be set up and taken down in minutes
Robust tubular steel frame with welded mesh
The fencing panels can be freely moved in the holders for
positioningatanyangle

Post 41.5 mm, top and bottom cross member 26.9 mm.
Mesh made of solid steel rod, approx. 4mm.
Mesh size for1200mm height 105 x 480mm,
for 2000 mm height 105 x 290 mm.
Complete mobile fencing package

Consisting of
3 wall units, height x width 2000 x 3500mm
1 wall unit, height x width 2000 x 2200mm
1 door unit including connection piece
5 plastic feet
No. 927 905-BK
g / set 479.00
Height
mm
Description
Width
mm
No.
g
1200
wall unit
2200
2000
3500
door unit
1200
927 895-BK
927 894-BK
927 896-BK
80.20
96.80
70.80
wall unit
2200
3500
door unit
1200
927 892-BK
927 891-BK
927 893-BK
101.90
114.60
88.90
Accessories
For all mobile fencing on this page.
Plastic support foot
With 6 holes, 42mm.
Length x width x height 690 x 250 x 140mm.
No. 927 898-BK
g 19.75
Concrete support foot

With 6 holes, 42mm.
Length x width x height 625 x 220 x 110mm.
No. 927 897-BK
Storage and transport rack

For 25 wall units. With forklift pockets and welded
eyelets for crane transport.
Length x width x height 3550x1000x250mm.
Opaque white sheet

No. 977 844-BK
No. 927 904-BK
g 432.00
g 26.05
NEW
g 17.80
Steel footplate, zinc plated

No danger of tripping when space is tight.
Length x width 700 x 500mm.
No. 927 900-BK
g 68.00
Steel anchoring plate, zinc plated

To bolt to a suitable surface.
Length x width 150 x 150mm.
No. 927 901-BK
g 14.25
Door connection piece

1 required for each door.
Door lock not included.
g 24.25
Castor
For door units.
No. 927 906-BK
g 56.70
Connector
To connect the units to one another.
Robust, hot dip galvanised tubular steel frame

Quick set-up and breakdown
Exceptional stability
Low weight
Can be connected with unit connection pieces

(accessory) to form a rigid barrier.
g 4.55
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Support feet/bases are required for

installation see accessories.
All-round tubular steel frame, 42 mm.
No protruding mesh rods.
Mesh made of steel rods, 3.3 mm.
Weight approx. 10.5kg.
No. 709 400-BK
126279
No. 927 907-BK
Mobile fencing
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g / piece 69.20
KAISER + KRAFT
126279
No. 927 903-BK
743
14
Barrier chains
Three models in two colour combinations
Accessories
Colour fast and weather resistant nylon.

For particularly tough conditions: hot dip
galvanised steel, with high quality plastic
coating.
Particularly suitable for ramp barriers etc.
End and connection links made of plastic

coated steel for rigid connections and
continuous suspension.
S-shaped suspension hooks for easy
attachment and removal.
Tensile strength measured during

production.
Strength always measured longitudinally.
Model
Link x width
Link thickness
Weight
Tensile strength
Breaking load
Min. order quantity
Pack of
Colour
Accessories
End links
Suspension hooks
coloured nylon
chain
nylon barrier
chain
steel barrier chain
mm
mm
kg/m
daN
daN
53 x 13
6
0.09
250
50 m
42 x 12
6
0.14
200
340
25 m
41 x 12
6
0.65
250
1250
15 m
red / white
black / yellow
g/m
g / pack
240 796-BK
601 217-BK
240 818-BK
601 225-BK
729 884-BK
732 028-BK
4.30
6.95
128.80
red
black
g / 10 items
red
black
g / 10 items
729 892-BK
732 036-BK
729 892-BK
732 036-BK
729 892-BK
732 036-BK
12.15
12.15
12.15
730 564-BK
732 044-BK
730 564-BK
732 044-BK
730 564-BK
732 044-BK
17.00
17.00
17.00
Chain stands
With tubular steel posts for indoor and outdoor use
Lightweight and stable model

Easy to disassemble for space saving
transport and storage
Tubular steel posts with 2 chain hooks.

Cast aluminium base, powder coated in
white.
Posts are bolted to the base.
Post height
mm
600
870
Post
Base
Weight approx.
mm
mm
kg
28
270
3
28
370
6.3
132 004-BK
132 012-BK
102.90
177.30
No.
g
Chain stands
With plastic posts for indoor and outdoor use
Base without
concrete filling can
be filled with sand
or stones.
Octagonal base design for excellent

stability
Especially prominent due to red/white
or yellow/black stripes on the chain
post
Post
Post height
Post
Base length x width
Base without concrete filling
weight approx.
109614
Base with concrete filling
weight approx.
red / white
yellow / black
mm
mm
mm
kg
900
50
390 x 390
1
900
50
390 x 390
1
No.
g
610 975-BK
518 833-BK
60.80
60.80
kg
No.
g
610 977-BK
518 834-BK
63.10
63.10
BLUE =
109614
Plastic posts with 2 chain hooks.

Base made of black plastic, optionally with
or without concrete filling.
Barrier chains Chain stands Parking domes
14
Parking barriers
A portable barrier for parking spaces,
passages, entrances, etc
Made of weatherproof polyethylene,
with three reflective cats' eyes.
2 Pre-filled base (sand) ready
1 Parking barrier bases to be
3 Matching plastic barrier
for immediate use
filled with sand
posts
With two reflective strips.
Including chain head.
Model
Height
Weight approx.
215
200
1.5
215
200
9.0
60
900
0,6
751 011-BK
751 012-BK
751 013-BK
56.80
64.40
30.15
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
2
1
Chain stands
Patented ball head made of UV

stabilised ABS plastic chains can
only be inserted and removed after
the ball head has been rotated
Fillable plastic base for optimum
stability
Quick setup, versatile
Patented ball head
Painted aluminium posts, 60 mm.

Ball head with 4 chain attachment points.
Fillable plastic base, 330 mm,
with 2 cats' eyes, permanent attachment
to the floor possible using 4 integrated
plug bores.
Posts
Base
No.
Red
Yellow
Red / white
Yellow / black
984 753-BK
984 754-BK
128.30
128.30
Chain stand set

Simple and quick portable barriers for both indoor
and specific outdoor applications
Scope of delivery
6 chain stands, 10 m chain, 10 connection
links and 10 hooks.
Type of base
71990
Colour
black / yellow
red / white
g / set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
A Stands with square,

hard rubber base
B Stands with cement filled,

triangular base made of
plastic
C Stands with round plastic

base, for filling with sand
or water
919 388-BK
919 385-BK
919 389-BK
919 386-BK
919 391-BK
919 387-BK
141.60
123.10
128.70
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

A
71990
Plastic posts available in red/white or

black/yellow. Post height above ground
870 mm. Post 40 mm. With four
integrated chain holders in each post.
Maximum chain spacing approx. 2.0 m.
KAISER + KRAFT
745
14
Wall clip
2-way system
Belt posts
Post colour
With pull-out tape belt
Belt colour
Belt width
Belt extends to max.
Recommended belt extension
Robust stand system for

indoor and outdoor use
Light and versatile barriers
Plastic posts and bases. Base can be filled

with water, sand or concrete.
Post 64 mm. Base 380 mm.
mm
mm
mm
No.
g / pack
red
white
yellow
red / white
50
3700
3400
red / white
50
3700
3400
yellow / black
50
3700
3400
903 409-BK
903 410-BK
903 411-BK
306.50
306.50
306.50
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
11.20
11.20
11.20
Accessories
Pack of 2 posts.
Wall clip
No.
g
Wall clip
4-way system
Belt posts
With pull-out tape belt
For outdoor use

With hard rubber base stackable for
convenient storage
Bayonet closure for easy setup and
breakdown
Post colour
Plastic posts with two rubber rings,

prevents damage during storage.
Hard rubber base with three hand holes
for easy transport.
Post 64 mm. Base 483 mm.
Pack of 2 posts.
Belt colour
Belt width
mm
mm
Recommended belt extension mm
No.
g / pack
red
yellow
red
yellow
red / white
50
3700
3400
yellow / black
50
3700
3400
red / white
150
2000
1800
yellow / black
150
2000
1800
984 615-BK
984 614-BK
517 256-BK
517 257-BK
358.50
358.50
605.00
605.00
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
Accessories
Wall clip
No.
g
Sign holders
Other tape colours and tapes with custom imprint available on request.
No. 517 258-BK

BLUE =
g 78.90
112314
112314
Made of Plexiglas in A4 size.

Suitable for all belt posts on this page.
Belt posts Tape barriers
14
Bolt-on installation
2
Wall clip
Magnet mounted
Tape barriers
Housing colour
red
yellow
red
yellow
red
yellow
red / white
50
3500
3200
yellow / black
50
3500
3200
red / white
50
7700
7400
yellow / black
50
7700
7400
red / white
50
9000
8700
yellow / black
50
9000
8700
No.
g
738 929-BK
738 931-BK
517 260-BK
517 261-BK
517 262-BK
517 263-BK
132.30
132.30
284.00
284.00
305.50
305.50
No.
g
517 264-BK
517 265-BK
517 266-BK
517 268-BK
517 269-BK
517 270-BK
166.30
166.30
318.00
318.00
340.50
340.50
No.
g
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
738 932-BK
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
11.20
In a plastic housing
Tape colour
Tape width
Recommended belt extension
1 For bolt-on installation

Housing to bolt onto walls,
shelf units, furniture, etc.
Includes one wall clip.
2 Magnet mounted
Housing and tape belt ends with
magnets for adjustable barrier widths
in storage areas, for forklift operation,
etc.
bolt-on installation
magnet mounted
mm
mm
mm
Accessories
Wall clip for 1
Tape barriers
Cones
For cones
For quick and highly visible marking of

obstacles and danger areas
Stackable to save space
Made of plastic.
Model
A Fluorescent
For company internal use.
Height 500 mm
B Retroreflective
Height
mm
984 616-BK
No.
g / each
106335
231
For use in public areas.

Durable design, very stable.
All versions supplied in packs of 2.
Height 750 mm
No.
g / pack
927 951-BK
927 955-BK
48.85
91.00
5+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 952-BK
927 956-BK
43.80
81.80
10+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 954-BK
927 957-BK
39.45
73.40
1 pack
No.
g / pack
927 958-BK
927 962-BK
111.90
157.30
5+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 959-BK
927 963-BK
99.90
141.10
10+ packs
No.
g / pack
927 960-BK
927 964-BK
91.70
127.20
1 pack
72.40
Pack of 5
No.
g / pack
984 617-BK
Pack of 10
No.
g / pack
517 255-BK
335.00
625.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
106335
Tape belt in red/white. Housing made of

impact resistant plastic, orange.
To plug into most standard cones. Suitable
for indoor and outdoor use.
Belt extends to max. 3700 mm,
recommended extension length 3400 mm.
747
14
Belt stands
Accessories
Fillable plastic base for

increased stability
Quick setup, versatile with
highly effective warning effect
Post made of painted aluminium.

Fillable plastic base with
2reflectors.
Permanent attachment to the floor
possible using 4 integrated
mounting holes.
The integrated centrifugal brake
enables the self-winding belt to be
retracted in a controlled manner.
Belt extends to max. of 3000 mm.
Recommended extension length
2700 mm.
Post 60 mm, base 330 mm.
Pack of 2.
Belt colour
Wall clip
Can be easily mounted on walls.
No. 984 757-BK
red / white
Post colour
No.
g / pack
yellow / black
red
yellow
984 755-BK
984 756-BK
318.00
318.00
g 12.95
Belt connector
A barrier width of 6 m can be created
using the belt connector in conjunction
with only 2 posts.
(Only possible when using filled bases.)
No. 984 758-BK
g 11.75
NEW
Belt posts
Mobile tape barriers
Made of plastic
Made of aluminium and stainless steel
Weather resistant and corrosion free

construction
Variably fillable plastic base for
maximum stability
Post colour
Red / white belt
Yellow / black belt
Made entirely of PVC.

Black belt post with a bracket to hold the
belt. Belt width 50 mm, belt extends to
max. 3700mm.
Post 90 mm, base 380 mm.
black
red
yellow
No.
g
518 897-BK
112 386-BK
112.10
109.90
No.
g
518 898-BK
112 387-BK
112.10
No.
g
518 899-BK
518 899-BK
518 899-BK
11.15
11.15
11.15
109.90
124803
Accessories
Wall clip
Block off areas quickly and effectively

Easy to move on two integrated wheels
Can be used indoors or outdoors
2 x 22 metre tape belts including
connecting clips
The two rotating tape belt cartridges

automatically align themselves with the
desired direction of the belt.
The integrated centrifugal brake enables
the belt to be retracted in a controlled
manner.
Mobile base
Width x depth 562x 484mm.
Overall height 1006mm, post 149mm.
Weight approx.55kg.
Belt colour
Belt width
No.
g
mm
mm
red / white
yellow / black
50
2 x 22
50
2 x 22
518 904-BK
518 906-BK
1645.00
1645.00
BLUE =
124803
Belt posts Tape barriers Partition systems
14
NEW
NEW
Tape belt cartridges
DOUBLE tape belt cartridges
Made of aluminium
Made of aluminium
Extra long belt 22 metres

Rotating belt cartridge incl. centrifugal
brake
Screw-on version incl. one wall clip.

Additional wall clips as accessories.
Magnetic version incl. one magnetic belt
end piece.
Tape belt cartridge in silver.
Belt width 50mm.
The rotating tape belt cartridge aligns
itself with the direction of the belt.
The integrated centrifugal brake enables

the belt to be retracted in acontrolled
manner.
Belt colour
red / white
black /
yellow
Screw-on
cartridge
No.
g
518 902-BK
518 903-BK
379.50
379.50
Wall clip
additional
No.
g
518 899-BK
518 899-BK
11.15
11.15
Magnetic
cartridge
No.
g
112 388-BK
112 389-BK
423.50
423.50
Double safeguarding of
restricted areas
Twobelts for increased visibility
Includes two wall clips
The double tape belt more effectively

prevents the barrier from being
bypassed from above / below.
Tape belt cartridge made of aluminium, painted black. Belt width
50 mm.
The belt is retracted in a controlledmanner due

to an integrated centrifugal brake.
Belt colour
red / white
black /
yellow
112 391-BK
Belt extends to
max. 2300 mm
No.
g
112 390-BK
117.70
117.70
Belt extends to
max. 3700 mm
No.
g
112 392-BK
112 393-BK
159.50
159.50
No.
g
112 394-BK
112 394-BK
9.35
9.35
Accessories
Wall clip
Partition system
Model
standard system
add-on
side part
add-on
rear panel
2 x 1400 mm doors,
2 x 1400 mm side parts
2 cross struts,
1 post,
1 acrylic glass panel
4 cross struts,
1 post,
2 acrylic glass panels
Made of aluminium with acrylic glass in satin finish

Description
124903
For temporary use (mobile bases) or

permanent installation (secured with
bolts)
Including 2.8 m wide double doors
Cross struts can be rotated horizontally
at an angle of 45 in any direction
Easy assembly
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Robust cross struts and posts made of

aluminium, yellow.
High quality, satin finish acrylic glass
panels.
Ideal for partitioning of quarantined goods,
creating storage space or office space in
the workshop and many other areas.
Width
Depth
mm
mm
2800
1400
1400
2800
Small, mobile
Height 1060 mm
No.
g
112 403-BK
112 398-BK
112 430-BK
2085.00
456.50
818.00
Small, bolts down

Height 1060 mm
No.
g
112 396-BK
112 400-BK
112 431-BK
2085.00
456.50
818.00
Large, bolts down

Height 1950 mm
No.
g
112 397-BK
112 401-BK
112 432-BK
3180.00
703.00
1225.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124903
NEW
749
14
Barrier posts
Made of round or square tubular steel
Powder coated or hot dip galvanised and painted.
A
B
Accessories
For setting in concrete

Height above ground 1000 mm,
depth below ground 330 mm.
For bolting in place with base plate
Height above ground 1000 mm.
Base plate 160 x 140 mm.
Base sleeve for A

Hot dip galvanised. Not lockable.
Chain eyelet
Please be sure to specify the quantity of chain eyelets as
well as their position on the barrier post when ordering.
Model
mm
60
76
70 x 70
red / white
g
730 599-BK
418 986-BK
731 048-BK
36.05
61.10
63.30
red / white
g
731 099-BK
418 978-BK
731 137-BK
53.00
79.40
79.00
red / white
black / yellow
730 572-BK
730 580-BK
419 010-BK
903 313-BK
731 013-BK
731 021-BK
g
red / white
black / yellow
55.00
85.40
83.90
731 072-BK
731 080-BK
419 001-BK
903 314-BK
731 110-BK
731 129-BK
66.60
107.70
99.90
No.
g
280 771-BK
903 315-BK
240 788-BK
25.10
41.30
40.20
No.
extra cost g / each
731 064-BK
731 064-BK
731 064-BK
3.15
3.15
3.15
Post cross section

Powder coated
Hot dip galvanised and painted
3
Accessories
Base sleeve for A
Not lockable.
Other colours and models are availableonrequest.
Chain eyelet
2
1
Barrier posts
Barrier posts
Barrier posts
Made of round tubular steel
Made of square steel profile
Made of round or square tubular steel
All individual parts hot dip galvanised.

Posts additionally painted red/white.
With triangle lock or cylinder lock (individual key).
Depth below ground 330mm.
Tilting
For setting in concrete or bolting in place
All individual parts hot dip galvanised.

Posts additionally painted red/white.
With triangle lock or cylinder lock (individual key).
Height above ground 1000mm.
Low clearance height 78mm.
Post cross section 70x70mm.
Mounting
Diameter
mm
60
76
With triangle lock

without key
No.
g
240 885-BK
240 893-BK
150.30
168.90
With cylinder lock

incl. 3 keys
No.
g
984 764-BK
984 765-BK
178.10
199.90
119114
Accessories
Triangular key
1 Removable with base sleeve

With triangle lock incl. triangle key.
Height above ground 900 mm, overall length 1160 mm.
2 Tilting with base plate
bolt in place
set in concrete
length x width mm
length mm
160 x 140
330
With triangle lock

without key
No.
g
731 838-BK
132 047-BK
204.00
260.50
With cylinder lock

incl. 2 keys
No.
g
731 811-BK
569 429-BK
207.00
265.50
Base plate
Base sleeve
Accessories
No.
g
240 907-BK
240 907-BK
13.15
13.15
Triangular key
Weather resistant hot dip galvanised

Highly effective warning effect due reflective
red stripes
With cylinder lock (individual key) incl. 3keys.

Base plate 100x200mm.
Post cross section
mm
60
76
70 x 70
Base sleeve
No.
g
424 619-BK
424 626-BK
424 635-BK
169.70
176.40
188.70
Base plate
No.
g
424 628-BK
424 637-BK
188.70
189.90
No.
g
730 726-BK
730 726-BK
730 726-BK
13.15
13.15
13.15
Accessories
No.
g
240 907-BK
240 907-BK
13.15
13.15
Triangular key
BLUE =
119114
Can be easily removed from the base sleeve

Complete with base sleeve for setting in concrete
Barrier posts
14
Chain head
Barrier posts
Special high strength plastic
Made of rectangular aluminium profile
Made of round aluminium tubing
Resistant to virtually all environmental influences

Chain or pointed head depending on application
Made of white plastic with red warning markings.

Height above ground 900 mm. Post 60 mm.
Overall height 1160 mm. Base plate 200 x 200 mm.
Model
pointed head
chain head
913 119-BK
No.
g
730 777-BK
36.40
40.15
With base sleeve, removable

Not lockable
No.
g
730 785-BK
913 121-BK
41.85
44.30
To bolt in place
with base plate
No.
g
730 793-BK
913 122-BK
50.40
52.30
Very low clearance height

Convenient operation due to gas spring mechanism
Two models with or without pedal

Weather resistant aluminium construction
The internal gas spring enables the post to be raised and

locked in place by simply pressing the pedal.
Anodised rectangular aluminium profile with red reflective
stripes. Base plate to bolt in place.
Cylinder lock with 2 keys (individual key).
Tubular round aluminium with 3 reflecting red fluorescent

stripes. Base plate to bolt in place. With cylinder lock incl.
3keys (individual key) or with a triangular lock incl. one
triangular key.
The internal spring mechanism enables the post to be
raised and locked in place by simply pressing the pedal.
Height above ground 950 mm, clearance height 65 mm.

Post cross section 70 x 50 mm.
Height above ground 900 mm. Clearance height 90 mm.

Post 75 mm. Base plate 100 x 210 mm.
Model
No. 723 327-BK
g 148.40
without pedal
with pedal
730 823-BK
Cylinder lock
incl. 3 keys
No.
g
730 831-BK
151.30
176.30
Triangular lock
incl. 1 key
No.
g
709 062-BK
709 061-BK
165.20
199.90
No.
g
730 726-BK
730 726-BK
13.15
13.15
Accessories
Triangular key
Additional stainless steel barrier posts available

on request.
Stainless steel barrier posts
High quality, elegant design

Weather resistant and completely
corrosion proof
Maintenance free, reliable technology
2
1
Head version
Height above ground
A sound investment forthe future.

Stainless steel=value retention.
Finely ground surface as standard.
Stainless steel to DIN 1.4301.
For bolting in place with base plate
900
900
61 mm
No.
g
751 038-BK
913 085-BK
81.30
94.10
76 mm
No.
g
751 042-BK
913 093-BK
105.30
109.90
102 mm
No.
g
913 101-BK
913 102-BK
137.40
143.30
61 mm
No.
g
751 034-BK
139.60
913 087-BK
76 mm
No.
g
751 040-BK
913 096-BK
156.50
165.70
102 mm
No.
g
913 105-BK
913 106-BK
188.50
208.00
61 mm
No.
g
751 036-BK
913 089-BK
126.40
144.40
76 mm
No.
g
751 041-BK
913 099-BK
153.60
164.60
102 mm
No.
g
913 108-BK
913 109-BK
191.40
203.00

Stainless steel chain eyelet
Factory fitted only
Triangular key
119115
Stainless steel chain

Wire 5 mm, internal link 36 mm
Stainless steel connecting link, screws shut
Material 5 mm, internal link 39 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
extra cost g / each
751 047-BK
No.
g
730 726-BK
No.
g / per metre
751 046-BK
No.
g
505 256-BK
21.75
13.15
16.60
With base sleeve for setting in concrete

Removable
With triangular lock,
incl. triangular key
11.85
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
148.80
KAISER + KRAFT
119115
751
14
Flexible barrier posts
Barrier posts
Made of plastic
For ceiling and floor mounting at eye-level
Ideal for securing recesses in

buildings, pipelines and low height
ceilings
Good warning effect due to mounting
at eye-level
High quality reflective adhesive film
Barrier posts made of resistant and robust

polyethylene.
Length x 1000 x 100 mm.
The flexible barrier posts can be driven

over without a problem and right
themselves automatically.
Potential damage to vehicles, etc. is thus
minimised.
For securing outdoor equipment,

traffic routes and car parks
Luminous orange for high visibility
Reflective adhesive film
Tilts through 360 self-righting
Pack of 2.
The barrier posts, 80 mm, are made of

stable and resistant polyurethane.
No. 518 835-BK
Height
mm
No.
g / pack
g 111.80
450
760
519 027-BK
519 028-BK
121.90
133.10

Made of plastic
Ideal for blocking off areas and

warning ofhazards
High quality reflective adhesive film
Tilts through 360 self-righting
Height
mm
No.
g
The barrier posts, 100 mm, are made of

robust and resistant polyethylene.
Optionally available in heights (above
ground) of 460mm, 760 mm and 1000 mm.
The flexible barrier posts are fitted with a
joint which prevents them from being
damaged if driven over. Serious damage to
vehicles is thus also minimised.
460
760
1000
517 292-BK
517 293-BK
517 294-BK
87.30
98.60
109.80

Made of tubular steel
Ideal for confined spaces and tight

manoeuvring situations
Minimal risk of damage to vehicles
Flexible up to 30 self-righting
Made of hot dip galvanised steel tubing,

76 mm.
Integrated spring made ofsteel.
Painted in either red / white or
black / yellow.
Other colours available on request.
124858
1 For setting in concrete

With base sleeve.
Height above ground 1000 mm,
depthunderground330mm.
2 To bolt in place
With base plate, 200 x 200 mm.
Model
Colour
red / white
black / yellow
517 287-BK
517 288-BK
517 289-BK
517 290-BK
196.00
184.80
BLUE =
124858
Barrier posts Parking barriers
14
Parking barriers
Standard parking barriers
Stable and sturdy tubular steel

construction
Latches in place automatically
when upright
Full length mounting plate for
easy installation
Hot dip galvanised both inside and out.

Tube 40 mm. Centre post 60 mm.
Plastic joints offer protection against being
driven over for increased stability.
Easy assembly bolts onto concrete,
asphalt etc.
Cylinder lock with 3 keys.
A
B
Individual key
Common key
Model
Clearance height
Overall height
Width
Weight
No.
g
3+ items
65
520
760
8
65
520
760
8
730 750-BK
885 517-BK
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g / each
157.40
157.40
730 769-BK
885 525-BK
129.00
129.00
70
600
1000
10
70
600
1000
10
729 398-BK
729 399-BK
g / piece
3+ items
129.00
No. 730 769-BK
Flexible parking barriers
Crashproof the centre post

and barrier can be tilted up to
45 without damage
Self-righting, centre post and barrier
are spring loaded
Hot dip galvanised steel construction with

reflective warning stripes.
A
B
Individual key
Common key
Model
Clearance height
Overall height
Width
Weight
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
207.50
211.00
730 468-BK
730 469-BK
196.50
198.80
Model
Clearance height
mm
Height above ground mm
Width
mm
Weight
kg
90
500
770
7
90
500
770
7
No.
g
978 208-BK
978 210-BK
140.70
140.70

No. with floor anchor g
978 209-BK
978 211-BK
153.00
153.00
70
455
850
950
9
70
455
850
950
9
910 548-BK
910 549-BK
183.70
183.70
3+ items
No.
g / each
Folding parking barriers
Extremely strong, stable, and robust

steel construction
Buffers prevent the post from resting
directly on the pavement when folded
down
Rectangular steel posts, 70 x 70 mm,

hot dip galvanised, with reflective red film.
Welded side rails, 25 mm.
Solid floor hinge, barrier post locks
automatically when righted.
Easy installation, can be bolted onto the
pavement or set in concrete with a floor
anchor.
A
B
Individual key
Common key
To bolt in place
Folding parking barriers
Easy to mount on concrete,

asphalt, tiles, brickwork etc.
Maintenance free
(when properly installed)
Tubular profile bars made of zinc plated

steel, 48 mm. Telescopic centre post,
54 mm. Rounded mounting socket.
Easy to operate by unlocking the centre
post with a key and folding down the bar.
When the bar is raised again it locks into
place automatically.
Supplied with mounting material,
6 U-bolts and 3 tear-off head nuts.
Cylinder lock incl. 3 keys.
A
B
Model
Clearance height
Overall height
Bar width
Overall width
Weight
124859
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Individual key
Common key
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124859
KAISER + KRAFT
753
14
Electric car park barriers
With integrated solar cell
Optimum for securing car park spaces

Generously proportioned solar system
Completely independent of mains
power grid
Convenient remote operation
No connection to mains power grid

required. The rechargeable battery (6 V) is
charged via the integrated solar system.
Up to 3000 cycles (open/close) with a fully
charged battery.
Maintenance free operation.
The integrated safety system has a reliable

stop function to minimise potential damage
to vehicles.
Emergency opening without tools.
Can be operated via remote control
(included with delivery), which has a range
of approx. 12 m.
Quick and easy assembly parking
barrier bolts in place.
Technical details
Length x width 750 x 230 mm,
bar height 730 mm.
Clearance height when tilted 95 mm.
No. 707 502-BK
g 1050.00
Electric boom gates

With integrated solar cell
Optimum blocking of vehicle access

points
High quality solar system incl.
rechargeable battery
No electrical installation necessary
Convenient operation using the remote
control
Housing and barrier beam made of powder

coated aluminium. The barrier beam is
additionally fitted with red reflective
stripes for better visibility.
No electrical installation necessary, as no
connection to mains power grid required.
The rechargeable battery (6 V) is charged
via the integrated solar system.
Barrier beam length
mm
No.
g
Up to 3000 cycles (open/close) with a fully

charged battery. Maintenance free and
reliable technology.
Manual operation as well as emergency
opening without tools possible.
Can be operated via remote control
(included with delivery), which has a range
of approx. 12 m.
Simply bolt the pre-assembled boom gate
in place finished!
Technical details
Pedestal stand L x W x H
150 x 150 x 1000 mm,
barrier beam 60 mm,
weight approx. 18 kg.
Base plate 200 x 200 x 5 mm.
1200
1500
2000
2500
707 504-BK
707 505-BK
707 506-BK
707 507-BK
1340.00
1375.00
1405.00
1430.00
Height limit barriers
Sturdy, weather resistant construction

Individual adjustment of access height
Barrier beam swivels through 90
Lockable with various locking systems
The access height can be individually

adjusted up to a height of 2.8 m above the
ground. Overall height 3 m.
If necessary, the barrier beam can be
swivelled by 90 to allow vehicles with an
overall height of more than 2.8 m to pass
through.
Height limit barrier shown with

hanging barrier (accessory)
Barrier beam length approx.
No.
g
3.0
Single part barrier beam (86 x 46 mm) reinforced with cable for additional stability.
Rotary post made of tubular steel
( 121 x 4 mm) can be easily installed
by bolting to the supplied base plate
(250 x 250 mm).
All steel parts hot dip galvanised or made
of stainless steel. Powder coated in pure
white RAL 9010.
Barrier beam additionally with red
reflective stripes on both sides.
Lockable with a padlock (provided by
customer).
This prevents the height limit barrier from
being moved without permission.
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
3.13
3.63
4.13
4.63
5.13
707 508-BK
707 509-BK
707 510-BK
707 512-BK
707 513-BK
1160.00
1195.00
1225.00
1275.00
1320.00
Lock holder
With profile cylinder lock.
No. 707 568-BK
No. 707 566-BK
g 122.30
Lock holder
With profile cylinder and triangle lock.
g 234.50
No. 707 567-BK
Height limit barrier for setting in

concrete available on request.
124860
124860
Accessories
Hanging barrier
To further reduce the height limit.
g 324.50
BLUE =
Parking barriers Boom gates
14
1 Barrier beam with fixed support arm
Barriers / access barriers
With counterbalance weight for easy

manual operation
Locks into stop position automatically
when opened or closed
Height adjustable for optimum
adaptation to premises
Barriers for setting in concrete,

inalternative lengths and colours
are available on request.
Accessories
Barrier beam
Oval aluminium tubing, one-piece,
102 x 82 mm.
Non-seizing.
Powder coated in pure white RAL 9010.
Reflective film on both sides.
Barrier lengths from 5.5 m are fitted with a
hoist reinforcement.
Aluminium pendulum support

Spring loaded, silver anodised.
Main post and support arm bolt in place

All steel parts hot dip galvanised or made
of stainless steel. Powder coated in traffic
red RAL 3020.
Foundation work to be performed by

customer.
Lock restraint
Key can only be removed with barrier in
horizontal position, with lock engaged and
with profile cylinder closed.
Lock
Barrier with profile cylinder lock
(incl.3keys).
Nesting post with fittings for padlock
(notsupplied).
No. 706 888-BK
g / set 99.90
Triangle lock
Universal triangle lock in accordance with
DIN3223, in addition to profile cylinder
lock. Incl. 1 key.
No. 706 889-BK
g / set 133.50
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.5
8.0

Barrier clearance length approx.
m
m
4.2
3.16
4.7
3.66
5.2
4.16
5.7
4.66
6.2
5.16
6.7
5.66
7.2
6.16
7.7
6.66
8.2
7.16
8.7
7.66
9.2
8.16
No.
g
706 840-BK
706 842-BK
706 843-BK
706 844-BK
706 845-BK
706 857-BK
706 870-BK
706 871-BK
706 872-BK
706 873-BK
706 874-BK
1190.00
1225.00
1275.00
1315.00
1370.00
1485.00
1530.00
1585.00
1645.00
1720.00
1830.00
No.
g
706 875-BK
706 877-BK
706 878-BK
706 879-BK
706 880-BK
706 881-BK
706 882-BK
706 883-BK
706 885-BK
706 886-BK
706 887-BK
1225.00
1270.00
1315.00
1355.00
1410.00
1530.00
1580.00
1630.00
1695.00
1770.00
1885.00
With fixed support arm
With spring loaded pendulum support
Barriers for setting in concrete,

inalternative lengths and colours
2 Barrier with pendulum support
Barriers / access barriers
Compact design no protruding

counterbalance weight
Comfortable opening and closing due
to double cylinder gas pressure spring
Locks in open andclosed position for
safety
Barrier beam
Rectangular aluminium tubing,
one-piece, 90 x 60 mm. Non-seizing.
Powder coated in pure white RAL 9010.
Reflective film on both sides.
Aluminium pendulum support

Spring loaded, silver anodised.
Accessories
Lock
Barrier with round cylinder lock
(incl.2keys).
Foundation work to be performed
by customer.
Main post and support arm bolt in place

Powder coated in fire red RAL 3000.
122501
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Lock restraint
Key can only be removed with barrier in
horizontal position, with lock engaged and
with round cylinder closed.
With fixed support arm
With spring loaded

pendulum support
clearance length approx.
clearance length approx.
Triangle lock
Universal triangle lock in accordance with
DIN3223, as alternative to round cylinder
lock. Incl. 1 key.
No. 706 960-BK
g / set 33.50
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
m
m
3.35
2.88
3.85
3.38
4.35
3.88
4.85
4.38
5.35
4.88
5.85
5.38
6.35
5.88
No.
g
706 890-BK
706 898-BK
706 899-BK
706 907-BK
706 908-BK
706 916-BK
706 917-BK
1065.00
1115.00
1190.00
1200.00
1210.00
1220.00
1230.00
2.96
3.46
3.96
4.46
4.96
5.46
5.96
No.
g
706 925-BK
706 926-BK
706 934-BK
706 935-BK
706 942-BK
706 943-BK
706 951-BK
946.00
999.00
1070.00
1080.00
1090.00
1100.00
1115.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122501
755
14
NEW
Base frame with 4 swivel castors

for100 550 litre containers
from g
Base frame with 4 support feet

for100 550 litre containers
189.00

Capacity 60 to 1000 litres
Made of impact resistant and weather

resistant polyethylene (PE)
Absolutely corrosion free, as there are
no metal parts
Stackable for space saving storage
and transport (100 1000 litres)
Lid can be easily removed without
tools
Capacity
The containers are optionally available

with or without dispenser opening with
grit flow regulation.
(not included).
If base frames with swivel castors or
support feet are used (accessories), the
containers can still be easily lifted and
transported with a forklift even when full.
litres
60
100
200
400
550
700
1000
975 x 705 x 460
975 x 705 x 665
1210 x 785 x 780
1400 x 1070 x 750
1400 x 1070 x 930
1800 x 1350 x 960
Without dispenser opening
lid colour
mm
blue
orange
625 x 500 x 450
709 419-BK
709 420-BK
709 421-BK
709 422-BK
709 426-BK
709 427-BK
709 430-BK
709 431-BK
709 435-BK
709 436-BK
709 439-BK
709 440-BK
709 444-BK
709 445-BK
With dispenser opening and grit

flow regulation
opening
lid colour
g
width x height mm
blue
orange
189.00
230.00
400 x 235
280.50
400 x 235
373.00
470 x 280
483.00
470 x 280
556.00
470 x 280
644.00
700 x 300
709 423-BK
709 424-BK
709 428-BK
709 429-BK
709 432-BK
709 434-BK
709 437-BK
709 438-BK
709 442-BK
709 443-BK
709 446-BK
709 447-BK
274.00
324.50
423.50
527.00
599.00
692.00
No.
g
709 448-BK
709 448-BK
709 449-BK
709 451-BK
64.90
64.90
141.90
148.50
No.
g
709 452-BK
709 452-BK
709 453-BK
709 454-BK
53.90
53.90
130.90
137.50
Accessories
Base frame with 4 swivel castors
Base frame with 4 support feet
Snow ploughs for forklifts
Two adjustment settings to the left and

right
Quick attachment to fork tips

The bolt-on scraping edge can be
changed quickly
Blade width
mm
1500
1800
2100
2400

Weight approx.
mm
kg
150 x 50
172
150 x 50
184
210 x 70
236
210 x 70
252
978 212-BK
978 214-BK
978 215-BK
978 216-BK
1645.00
1760.00
1990.00
2220.00
No.
g
BLUE =
126280
126280
Painted orange RAL2000.
Snow ploughs Universal containers and grit containers
14

Made of robust and durable polyethylene (PE)
Hardwearing and corrosion resistant

Low weight
Stackable space saving transport
and storage
Long lasting colour-fastness due
to UV stabilised polyethylene
Capacity approx.
Weight approx.
Colour
No metal parts, thus easy to handle and

corrosion resistant.
With practical, profiled and tight fitting lid
to ensure that water drains off quickly and
to prevent water from seepinginside
thecontainer.
Can be transported with forklift.
Whenempty, the containers can be
stacked for space saving transport and
storage.
litres
60
100
150
290
mm
kg
yellow
green
red
590 x 540 x 500

6
720 x 660 x 590

10
860 x 740 x 810

14
1090 x 970 x 1030

27
504 516-BK
504 520-BK
504 522-BK
504 517-BK
504 524-BK
504 525-BK
504 518-BK
504 527-BK
504 528-BK
504 519-BK
504 531-BK
504 532-BK
111.40
157.40
269.00
366.00

Made of robust and durable polyethylene (PE)
Ideal for road shoulders, car parks,

company premises
Lockable
Excellent colour-fastness even after
prolonged exposure to the elements
Capacity
Weight approx.
Colour
Sturdy, double walled hinged lid

withzinc plated hinges. Lockable with
padlock (not supplied).
400 litre containers with recess for fork
lift access.
litres
200
400
mm
kg
720 x 750 x 710

14
1260 x 750 x 710

22
yellow
red
green
984 804-BK
984 805-BK
984 806-BK
984 807-BK
984 808-BK
984 810-BK
235.50
309.50

Made of weatherproof glass fibre reinforced plastic (GRP)
Retains shape extremely well

High pigment content, therefore colour
will not flake or fade
Also with dispenser opening and grit
flow regulation
Stackable for space saving transport
and storage
Self-closing spring lock made of stainless

steel. Easy to open from outside or inside
(child lock).
(not included).
Capacity
External dims.
Without dispenser opening
400 700 litre containers
with anti-vandalism lid
Particularly impact resistant, rigid
material and additionally with
increased wall thickness.
litres
200
400
550
700
1100
1500
2200

weight approx.
kg
890 x 590 x 670

12
1200 x 800 x 720

22
1340 x 990 x 780

26
1340 x 990 x 960

30
1630 x 1210 x 1010

50
1840 x 1430 x 1040

70
2130 x 1520 x 1240

92
No.
g
903 081-BK
903 083-BK
903 085-BK
903 088-BK
903 090-BK
903 092-BK
903 095-BK
318.00
434.50
493.00
563.00
829.00
1170.00
1590.00
width x height mm
kg
595 x 298
14
595 x 298
24
595 x 298
28
595 x 298
32
595 x 298
52
595 x 298
72
595 x 298
94
No.
g
903 082-BK
903 084-BK
903 087-BK
903 089-BK
903 091-BK
903 093-BK
903 096-BK
384.00
489.50
554.00
631.00
878.00
1230.00
1650.00
opening
weight approx.
122804
With dispenser opening andgrit

flow regulation

Removable lid, with support straps.
With standard stainless concertina lid
supports.
Lid cannot be removed.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122804
757
14
5
3
2
1
Scatter trucks
For all scatter trucks
The optimum scatter truck for every application
1 3 For small to medium

areas
Height adjustable push handle

Scatter material is spread evenly
Can be used to spread fertiliser or sow
lawns
Extra wide scatter guard
Scatter mechanism can be switched off

with a slide. Manual operation.
Container made of yellow polyethylene.
All metal parts made of stainless steel.
Folding support foot. Pneumatic tyres with
winter tread.
4 + 5 For large areas
4 With filling sieve and sturdy lid. Can be

used for manual operation or as a
trailer.
Supplied complete with handle and
trailer coupling forcommercial
vehicles.
Ten scatter settings

Scatter material is spread evenly
Container with cover as standard
Scatter mechanism can be switched off

with a slide.
Container made of yellow polyethylene,
incl. lid.
Tubular steel frame painted red.
Robust aluminium drive and lubrication
nipple for axle bearings.
Pneumatic tyres with winter tread.
Max. grain size 5 mm.

Scatter width from 1 to 4 m depending on speed (max. 6 km/h).
Accessories for 1 3
5 Container with sturdy hinged lid.

Model for use as trailer.
Supplied complete with trailer
coupling for commercial vehicles.
Model
Container capacity
3 additionally with a robust aluminium
Accessories
drive and lubrication nipple for axle

bearings.
Cover for filling hopper
20
35
50
50
130
984 605-BK
984 606-BK
709 080-BK
984 607-BK
502 356-BK
290.50
357.50
795.00
999.00
1280.00
709 081-BK
709 082-BK
709 083-BK
33.55
39.50
54.90
litres
No.
g
No.
g

Keeps your scattering material protected
against snow and rain at all times.
260 litre scatter truck
Large filling hopper for efficient

spreading of scattering material,
granules and fertiliser
Scatter quantity can be adjusted for
optimum efficiency
Pneumatic tyres with winter tread
122803
Filling hopper and chassis made of steel.

Epoxy resin coated.
Drawbar with ball coupling.
Signal lights for safety and identification.
Scatter width from 1 to 12 metres, depending on speed (max. 6 km/h with scatter
mechanism engaged).
Max. grain size 5 mm.
Scatter zone control left, right or
across the entire scatter width. Scatter
mechanism can be manually disengaged.
Overall weight (empty) approx. 84 kg.
No. 709 078-BK
g 2095.00
Accessories
The cover enables you to keep your
scattering material protected and dry at
all times.
No. 709 079-BK
g 156.00
Scatter trucks with MOT approval

available onrequest.
BLUE =
122803
14
Scatter trucks Crash guards Impact protection
Crash protection bollards

Made of polyurethane
Ideal for indoor and outdoor use

Also suitable for the foodstuffs industry
Hardwearing, corrosion resistant and
durable
To protect machines, buildings, loading
ramps etc.
Solid polyurethane with additional steel

reinforcement at heavily stressed points.
Yellow with adhesive black and red

Base plate to bolt in place.
Accessories
Mounting kit for bolting in place
4 bolts incl. matching special floor plugs.
Also available in stainless steel.
Model
zinc plated
stainless steel
No.
g / kit
519 023-BK
519 025-BK
17.10
36.30
Model
Diameter
Base plate
mm
No.
g
90
200 x 200 x 25
159
250 x 250 x 25
273
320 x 320 x 25
519 004-BK
519 005-BK
519 007-BK
212.00
336.00
674.00
Crash protection bars

Ideal for indoor and outdoor use

Optimum protection and safety for
people, machines, buildings and
inventory
Also suitable for the foodstuffs industry
Hardwearing, corrosion resistant and
durable construction
Solid polyurethane, 80 mm,

with additional steel reinforcement at
heavily stressed points.
Two base plates, 140 x 140 x 20 mm,
tobolt in place.
Accessories
Model
zinc plated
stainless steel
No.
g / kit
519 024-BK
519 026-BK
33.70
72.40
Height x width
mm
No.
g
350 x 375
350 x 750
350 x 1000
600 x 750
600 x 1000
1200 x 750
1200 x 1000
519 008-BK
519 009-BK
519 010-BK
519 011-BK
519 012-BK
519 013-BK
519 015-BK
189.50
209.00
223.50
242.50
257.50
310.00
333.00
Crash protection beams

119118
Optimum protection against collision

damage
Safety stop for cars and lifting devices
etc.
Sturdy, durable construction
Low overall height
Solid polyurethane, 80 mm, 45 tapered

ends.
Additional steel reinforcement at heavily
stressed points.
Two base plates, 150 x 80 x 20 mm,
to bolt in place.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Accessories
Model
zinc plated
stainless steel
No.
g / kit
519 023-BK
519 025-BK
17.10
36.30
Length
No.
g
mm
400
800
1200
519 016-BK
519 017-BK
519 018-BK
101.40
123.00
156.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

119118
KAISER + KRAFT
759
14
All items on this page are made of a
special, polymer based plastic.
The material is deformed in a collision and then

returns to its original shape
No repair work is required after collisions
NEW
Good warning effect due to the striking,

luminouscolour scheme
Easy assembly, supplied complete with mounting
material
Safety railing
Flexible demarcation of walkways and
improved guidance
Infinite design custom rail lengths can be supplied

on short notice
Reduces risk of injury to personnel and vehicles
Post: height x width x depth 1171 x 110 x 110 mm.

Base plate 180 x 180 mm. Rail cross section 75 x 50 mm.
Post
Weight
end post
kg
No.
g
centre post
corner post
9.5
9.5
9.5
112 433-BK
112 434-BK
112 435-BK
203.50
208.00
208.00
1500
2250
500 1400
112 436-BK
112 438-BK
112 439-BK
138.10
263.00
172.70
Rail: width x height 50 x 75 mm.

Pack of 3.
Rail length
mm
No.
g / pack
Traffic barriers
NEW
Optimum protection for equipment,

machinesand buildings
Separates traffic routes secures company operations

Reduces risk of injury to personnel and vehicles
Infinite design custom lengths can be supplied on
short notice
Post: height 400 mm.

Post
No.
g
end post
centre post
112 440-BK
112 441-BK
219.00
219.00
Round rail: 200 mm.

Rail length
mm
No.
g
NEW
1350
2000
1400 1900
112 442-BK
112 443-BK
112 444-BK
225.50
357.50
214.50
Machine protective fencing

To secure entrances and areas around
machines
Standard modules in three different widths

Special end caps minimise risk of injury
124906
Length
No.
g
mm
1000
1500
2000
112 446-BK
112 447-BK
112 448-BK
593.00
637.00
670.00
BLUE =
124906
Post: height x width x depth 1171 x 110 x 110 mm.

Rail cross section 75 x 50 mm.
Crash protection Impact protection
All items on this page are made of a

special, polymer based plastic.
The material is deformed in a collision and then

returns to its original shape
No repair work is required after collisions
14
Good warning effect due to the striking,

luminouscolour scheme
Easy assembly, supplied complete with mounting
material
NEW
Shelf unit protection

Optimum crash protection due to round end
posts
Protects shelving units against collision damage

Unique: assembled without tools
Easy removal for regulatory shelving inspections
Does not pull out when removing pallets
TV certified in accordance with EN 11512 and
FEM 10.2.02
Recyclable
No damage to the floor if impacted, asfloor anchoring
is not required
Height
mm
For shelf unit width

Weight
mm
kg
No.
g
600
75 100
1.1
100 125
1.2
112 449-BK
112 450-BK
54.90
71.40
NEW
Shelf unit end protection

Protects shelving units against collision
damage
Special rotating sleeve on the posts deflects force of

impacts
No damage to vehicles as floor anchors are
concealed
Height
1-rail
mm
375
515
No.
g
112 452-BK
No.
g
112 451-BK
length 1100 mm
No.
g
112 455-BK
length 2500 mm
No.
g
112 454-BK
length 1100 mm
length 2500 mm
2-rail
633.00
688.00
769.00
879.00
NEW
Bollards
Highly versatile
Protects inventory, vehicles and people in work areas

Easy assembly
Specially designed sleeve deflects force of impacts
Height
mm
750
Sleeve
Post
Weight
mm
kg
fixed
200
18
fixed
200
22.5
rotating
225
31
112 457-BK
112 456-BK
112 458-BK
406.00
516.00
626.00
No.
g
1200
YELLOW =
Ex stock
124907
124907
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
761
14
Crash protection bollards
Crash protection
bollards
Made of zinc plated steel

Ideal for protection against hard
impacts
To protect machines, shelving,
buildings, loading ramps etc.
For securing traffic routes, working
areas etc.
Made of steel, hot dip galvanised and

additionally powder coated in yellow/black.
For setting in concrete, overall height
1600 mm, or for bolting in place with base
plate.
Accessories
1 90 mm
3 273 mm
Made of plastic
Wall thickness 3.6 mm.
2 159 mm
Wall thickness 5 mm.
Wall thickness 4.5 mm.
Model
No.
g
927 020-BK
910 357-BK
505 313-BK
199.90
310.00
575.00
W x D x H mm
200 x 200 x 10
250 x 250 x 15
350 x 350 x 15
No.
g
927 019-BK
910 358-BK
505 314-BK
217.50
335.00
575.00
No.
g / set
910 359-BK
910 359-BK
505 325-BK
18.15
18.15
23.70
To set in concrete
To bolt in place
Can also be filled with concrete for

added stability, removable post cap
base plate
Accessories

4 bolts incl. special plugs.
Mounting kit
Highly versatile
do not have to be anchored to floor
Ideal for protection against hard
impacts
Highly effective visual warning and robust

protection against damage.
Due to the stable, heavy design, floor
anchoring is not necessary.
Material
Recycled HDPE plastic, yellow similar to
RAL 1023. Base made of black recycled
material. Wall thickness approx. 8 mm.
Overall height approx. 1300 mm,
approx. 500 mm. Weight approx. 30 kg.
No. 505 334-BK
g 329.00
Flexible crash
protection bollards
Flexible due to a solid steel spring
To protect buildings, machines, work
areas etc.
Thanks to a solid steel spring inside, the

crash protection bollards can absorb
impact in a collision and minimise the
damage to vehicles etc.
The level of protection offered by the
crash protection bollard remains uncompromised, as the spring only flexes a few
centimetres (approx. 230 mm).
Steel construction, 159 mm,
wall thickness 4.5 mm.
Height above floor 665 mm.
Base plate for bolting in place,
200 x 200 x 10 mm.
Hot dip galvanised and additionally

powder coated in yellow with black
warning stripes.
For indoor use
119116
Plastic bollards
For outdoor use
Primed and powder coated in yellow with

black warning stripes.
No. 519 019-BK
No. 518 996-BK
Accessories
g 284.50
Flexible crash protection bollards

for setting in concrete available on
request.
g 341.50
For mobile use

4 bolts incl. special plugs.
No. 505 325-BK

Effective visual warning and good
stability
Stackable for minimal space requirements during transport and storage
Polyethylene with black / yellow warning

markings. Practical carrying handle.
g / set 23.70

Base plate made of recycled plastic.
No. 518 995-BK
g 89.70
Available in red / white and

red/yellow onrequest.
BLUE =
119116
Crash protection
guards
14
Crash protection in accordance

with safety regulations
The use of this type of crash protection
guard is compulsory for permanently
located shelving which is used in
conjunction with transport vehicles.
Made of steel with black/yellow warning
stripes.
3 Internal width 124 mm.
3 + 4 are supplied with floor anchor.
1
3
Model
Description
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
No.
g
L-shaped
800
160 x 160
L-shaped
1200
160 x 160
U-shaped
400
245 x 200
L-shaped
400
180 x 180
505 316-BK
505 317-BK
610 932-BK
610 934-BK
150.00
223.00
71.00
65.50
Crash protection
guards with guide
rollers
Optimum protection against damage

to logistics equipment, goods and
materials
The guide rollers deflect the majority of
the impact force resulting from a crash
Crash guard made of 6 mm steel with

black/yellow warning stripes.
Guide rollers made of nylon, height 110 mm,
60mm. Assembly height of guide rollers
is 75 mm above floor.
1 Internal width 148 mm.
Model
Description
Height
mm
Width x depth mm
No.
g
U-shaped
400
160 x 160
L-shaped
400
160 x 160
518 795-BK
518 796-BK
111.90
78.30
Crash protection guards
Protect against damage to warehouse

doors, fire doors and safety doors
Yellow/black warning stripes for
effective visual warning
Angle steel construction, material thickness 6 mm, rounded edges, powder coated
yellow.
Hatched black bars for increased warning
effect.
The 45 mitred cut on the inside enables
90 assembly.
Model
Length
Height x depth
No.
g
mm
mm
800
150 x 100
1200
150 x 100
518 997-BK
518 998-BK
87.90
121.60
Plastic bollards
For mobile use
Extra high version for a particularly

effective visual warning
Large adhesive film on both sides
Excellent stability due to a large
footprint
Stackable
Minimal storage and transport volume
Made of polyethylene, optionally yellow or

red.
Overall width 730 mm.
Base plate made of recycled plastic,
Colour
119117
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
yellow
red
519 000-BK
519 002-BK
322.00
322.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

119117
KAISER + KRAFT
763
14
Crash protection barriers with forklift guard
For indoor use
Sturdy and extremely durable

Optimum protection for inventory,
machines and people
Forklift guard prevents forks from entry
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolt 12/100 mm.
Pack of 8.
High quality steel, primed and powder

coated in yellow with black warning
stripes.
Protection bar 76 mm. Steel plate 4 mm.
With base plate to bolt in place.
Crash protection bars for setting in

concrete and other special designs
Model
Forklift guard
Height x width
1
mm
mm
No.
g
2
1
150
400
350 x 750
350 x 1000
600 x 750
600 x 1000
600 230-BK
600 231-BK
600 232-BK
600 233-BK
212.50
229.50
301.50
323.50
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolt 12/100 mm
Pack of 8
No.
g / pack
Crash protection
corners
Available in three different heights

Evenly bent no welded joints
High quality steel. Tubing 76 mm, 3mm

thick. With base plates to bolt in place.
For indoor use, primed and powder coated
with yellow and black warning stripes.
For outdoor use, hot dip galvanised,
additionally powder coated with yellow
and black warning stripes.
Height
mm
350
600
1200
Length of sides
mm
600
600
600
Powder coated
No.
g
927 011-BK
927 012-BK
927 013-BK
281.00
296.50
370.00
Zinc plated and powder coated
No.
g
927 014-BK
927 016-BK
927 017-BK
314.00
348.50
435.50
No.
g / pack
927 018-BK
927 018-BK
927 018-BK
35.20
35.20
35.20
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolt 12/100 mm
Pack of 12
Crash protection beams

For indoor use
Various lengths and a corner version

Low overall height
High quality steel, 76 mm, wall thickness

3 mm. Ends are slanted at 45.
Powder coated in yellow with black
warning stripes.
With base plates, 130 x 70 x 10 mm, to bolt
in place.
Example applications
Spacers to protect against collision
damage, to separate traffic routes, to limit
the range of forklifts, pallet trucks etc.
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolt 12/100 mm.
Packs of 4 or 6.
Length
Width x height
mm
mm
400
76 x 86
800
76 x 86
1200
76 x 86
638
638 x 86
Powder coated
No.
g
927 006-BK
927 008-BK
927 009-BK
709 396-BK
76.90
98.90
109.00
163.90
No.
g / pack
927 010-BK
927 010-BK
927 010-BK
709 397-BK
12.00
12.00
12.00
21.95
Special floor plugs with bolts

Pack of 4 or 6
BLUE =
122609
122609
Accessories
14
NEW

For pipes, electrical lines and cables
Optimum protection against collision damage

Sturdy and stable sheet steel construction
Simple and quick assembly/disassembly
Made of 4 mm sheet steel, optionally hot dip galvanised

for outdoor use or powder coated yellow with black
stripes for indoor use.
Guards are secured/removed via 4 pre-punched keyholes.
mm
300 x 292 x 230
500 x 292 x 230
Internal width
mm
200
200
Zinc plated
No.
g
709 402-BK
709 404-BK
75.90
115.50
Powder coated
No.
g
709 403-BK
709 405-BK
86.90
126.50
NEW
NEW
Crash protection
For utility supply pipes / lines in indoor and
outdoor areas
Ideal protection against damage topipes and

electrical lines
Made of robust and durable tubular steel pipe
Good warning effect due to black/ yellow colour
scheme
Crash protection
For columns and posts
Made of steel pipe, 48 mm, wall thickness 2 mm.

Hot-dip galvanised andadditionally powder coated in
yellow with black stripes.
Each with two base plates and two wall plates,
150x50x 5 mm, tobolt in place.
122610
mm
1000 x 350 x 330
1500 x 350 x 330
Internal width
mm
250
250
Zinc plated and

powder coated
No.
g
709 406-BK
709 407-BK
251.00
339.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Sturdy steel pipe construction

For both indoor and outdoor areas
All round protection
Plug-in system
Both tubular steel frames are asymmetrically attached to the
cross struts to form a rigid unit.
Four base plates, 160x70x10mm, to bolt in place.
Made of steel pipe.

Two bars, 60 mm, as well as two
lateral cross struts, 48 mm.
Wall thickness 2mm.
Hot dip galvanised or hot dip galvanised
and additionally powder coated in yellow
with black stripes.
mm
Internal dims.
mm
400 x 400
500 x 500
600 x 600
Zinc plated
No.
g
709 408-BK
709 411-BK
709 413-BK
318.00
340.00
362.00
Zinc plated and

powder coated
No.
g
709 410-BK
709 412-BK
709 414-BK
384.00
406.00
428.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

600 x 520 x 520
600 x 620 x 620
600 x 720 x 720
KAISER + KRAFT
122610
765
14
Quality steel. Bar 76 mm, material

thickness 3 mm.
Smoothly shaped, no welded joints.
With base plate to bolt in place.
Heavy duty and robust

To protect people and inventory
To separate different areas
For indoor use
Accessories

Special floor plugs with 12/100 bolt.

Pack of 8.
For outdoor use

Hot dip galvanised and additionally primed
warning stripes.
Crash protection bars for setting in

concrete and other special designs
Height x width
mm
350 x 375
350 x 750
350 x 1000
350 x 2000
600 x 750
600 x 1000
600 x 2000
1200 x 750
1200 x 1000
1200 x 2000
For indoor use,

primed & painted
No.
g
910 340-BK
910 342-BK
910 343-BK
518 890-BK
910 344-BK
910 345-BK
518 893-BK
910 346-BK
910 347-BK
518 895-BK
141.70
156.60
166.90
282.00
180.20
194.30
316.50
220.00
232.50
380.50
For outdoor use,

zinc plated
No.
g
910 348-BK
910 349-BK
910 351-BK
518 892-BK
910 352-BK
910 353-BK
518 894-BK
910 354-BK
910 355-BK
518 896-BK
169.60
179.10
198.80
342.50
215.50
230.50
384.00
263.50
283.50
466.00
No.
g / pack
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolt
Removable crash protection bars

For indoor use
Can be quickly and easily removed

thanks to special steel base plates
To protect a wide range of areas
High quality steel. Bar 76 mm, wall thickness 3 mm. Evenly bent, no welded joins.
Supplied with special floor plates to bolt
in place.
Areas suitable for use

Wherever crash protection bars are
required, including areas where cleaning
equipment is driven through from time to
time and where access is needed to
conduct maintenance work. Also suitable
for areas where bars are often damaged,
as they can be easily replaced.
Accessory
Special floor plugs with 12/100 bolt.
Pack of 8.
122503
Height x width
Easy installation
The solid base plates are bolted in place.
The separate crash protection bars are inserted,
pushed back and locked in place.
Additional, fitted hole covers are available to prevent
dirt from entering the holes in the floor plates.
mm
No.
g
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolt
No.
g / pack
350 x 750
350 x 1000
600 x 750
600 x 1000
505 327-BK
505 328-BK
505 329-BK
505 330-BK
223.50
232.50
246.50
264.50
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
910 356-BK
23.80
23.80
23.80
23.80
BLUE =
122503
Other sizes available

on request.
14
XXL crash protection bars

108 mm

Protects important and sensitive equipment
To separate different areas
Made of high quality steel. Bar 108 mm, wall thickness

3.6mm. Evenly bent, no welded joints.
With 200 x 140 mm base plate to bolt in place.
For indoor use

Powder coated in yellow with black warning stripes.
For outdoor use

Hot dip galvanised and additionally powder coated in
yellow with black warning stripes.
108 mm
Accessories
Crash guards with

of 76 mm can be found
on page 766.
Special 16 x 140 mm floor plugs with bolts.

Pack of 8.

for setting in concrete
and alternative designs
76 mm
Height x width
mm
600 x 650
600 x 1000
600 x 1500
600 x 2000
1200 x 650
1200 x 1000
1200 x 1500
1200 x 2000
For indoor use,

painted
No.
g
523 383-BK
523 385-BK
523 387-BK
523 389-BK
523 391-BK
523 393-BK
945 044-BK
945 046-BK
323.50
346.00
391.00
434.50
424.50
445.50
491.50
536.00
For outdoor use,

zinc plated and painted
No.
g
523 384-BK
523 386-BK
523 388-BK
523 390-BK
523 392-BK
523 394-BK
945 045-BK
945 047-BK
423.50
458.00
525.00
581.00
554.00
599.00
659.00
699.00
No.
g / pack
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
945 049-BK
44.70
44.70
44.70
44.70
44.70
44.70
44.70
44.70
Accessories
Special floor plugs with bolts
Flexible crash protection bars

For reliable protection against collision damage
Flexible due to spring components

Ideal protection against damage
tobuildings and machinery
To separate different work areas
Minimises collision damage, reduces
repair costs
Spring components made of UV resistant

polyurethane enable the crash protection
bar to tilt by as much as 10.
Made of high quality steel. Bar 76 mm,
steel wall thickness 3.0mm. Evenly bent,
no welded joints.
For bolting in place,
base plate 160 x 140 mm.
For indoor use
Accessories
Powder coated in yellow with black

warning stripes.
Securing anchor set for 8 dowel holes.

Pack of 8.
For outdoor use

Hot dip galvanised and additionally
warning stripes.
Flexible crash protection bollards

can be foundon page 762.
Height x width
mm
390 x 750
390 x 1000
390 x 2000
640 x 750
640 x 1000
640 x 2000
1240 x 750
1240 x 1000
1240 x 2000
For indoor use

painted
No.
g
707 569-BK
707 573-BK
707 631-BK
707 644-BK
707 700-BK
707 727-BK
707 728-BK
707 729-BK
707 730-BK
211.50
223.00
335.00
241.00
256.50
368.50
285.50
301.50
424.50
For outdoor use

zinc plated and coated
No.
g
707 731-BK
707 733-BK
707 734-BK
707 735-BK
709 024-BK
709 025-BK
709 027-BK
709 028-BK
709 029-BK
244.00
262.00
405.00
278.00
296.00
434.50
340.50
363.00
520.00
No.
g / pack
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
709 030-BK
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
84.00
Securing anchor set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124863
124863
Accessories
767
14
Safety railing
End post
Centre post
Corner post
Optimum protection for inventory,

machines, transport routes, etc.
Simple bolt-together assembly
For indoor use

Powder coated, traffic yellow RAL 1023.
For outdoor use
Hot dip galvanised and powder coated,
traffic yellow RAL 1023.
Posts
Sturdy, closed steel construction,
100 x 100 x 3 mm.
Solid base plate, 200 x 200 x 3 mm,
to bolt in place.
Model
Height 500 mm
To connect one rail.
Height 1000 mm
For two rails.
Height
mm
500
1000
500
1000
500
1000
Indoor use
No.
g
600 299-BK
600 301-BK
600 304-BK
517 213-BK
517 217-BK
517 218-BK
88.30
138.80
95.60
143.30
96.90
143.80
Outdoor use
No.
g
600 302-BK
600 303-BK
517 214-BK
517 215-BK
517 219-BK
517 220-BK
112.80
178.50
122.90
188.50
122.90
188.50
Rails
For easy installation between the various posts.
In four lengths, incl. mounting materials.
Cross section 140 x 80 x 3 mm.
Length
mm
1000
1200
1350
1500
Indoor use
No.
g
517 221-BK
517 223-BK
517 226-BK
517 228-BK
82.00
98.10
106.50
111.50
Outdoor use
No.
g
517 222-BK
517 225-BK
517 227-BK
517 229-BK
109.20
129.80
143.30
151.10
Crash protection walls

Use with
plug-in bracket
Very robust model

To subdivide areas or to provide crash protection
Uncomplicated, quickly ready for use
Can be easily expanded at any time
Made of sheet steel, painted in yellow warning colour.

The wall sections can be connected directly to the posts
or connected using the supplied plug-in brackets.
If the plug-in brackets are used, the wall sections can be
quickly dismantled.
Post dims. 100 x 100 x 6mm, base plate 254 x 254 x 16 mm
for bolt-on fixing.
Available in 2 heights and 3 widths.
Description
Height 480 mm
Standard section consists of 2 x 480 mm high posts
and 1 wall section.
Extension section consists of 1 x 480 mm high post
and 1 wall section.
standard section
extension section
No.
603 206-BK
603 207-BK
216.50
143.90
Wall section width 762 mm
No.
603 208-BK
603 209-BK
236.00
156.50
No.
603 211-BK
603 212-BK
240.50
176.00
Height 480 mm
98725
Height 1090 mm
standard section
extension section
No.
603 213-BK
603 214-BK
342.50
234.00
No.
603 215-BK
603 216-BK
398.00
284.50
No.
603 217-BK
603 218-BK
425.50
315.00
BLUE =
98725
Height
480 mm
Height 1090 mm
Height 1090 mm
Standard section consists of 2 x 1090 mm high posts
and 2 wall sections.
Extension section consists of 1 x 1090 mm high post
and 2 wall sections.
Crash protection Safety rails
Safety barriers
RAL 1023
For danger zones in production

areas
RAL 3000
Can also be used outdoors

With knee rail
RAL 5013
Made of tubular steel, 42.4 mm, hot dip

galvanised or additionally powder coated.
See table or colour scale for available
colours.
For bolting in place, base plate 150 x 150 mm,
or for setting in concrete, depth below floor
200mm.
Height above floor 1000 mm.
Width
Zinc plated
One colour
Please specify RAL colour.
Red / white
Yellow / black
14
RAL 6005
RAL 9010
mm
1000
1500
2000
for bolting in place

g
g
g
g
738 933-BK
738 936-BK
738 934-BK
738 937-BK
738 935-BK
738 938-BK
59.10
66.20
73.30
738 939-BK
738 942-BK
738 940-BK
738 943-BK
738 941-BK
738 944-BK
71.60
80.00
87.70
738 945-BK
738 949-BK
738 946-BK
738 950-BK
738 947-BK
738 951-BK
82.80
89.90
97.60
738 952-BK
738 955-BK
738 953-BK
738 957-BK
738 954-BK
738 958-BK
83.50
90.90
98.80
Column and post guards

Robust protection for columns and posts

As temporary or permanent protection
Uncomplicated, quickly ready for use
Can be installed by one person
Hardwearing polyethylene, yellow warning colour.

Additional reflective warning markings.
Guards are attached to posts/columns using Velcro
straps(suppliedcomplete).
External
mm
620
820
For 160 x 160 mm posts
No.
g
603 193-BK
603 196-BK
557.00
597.00
No.
g
603 194-BK
603 197-BK
557.00
597.00
No.
g
603 195-BK
603 199-BK
557.00
597.00
Post guards
Optimum protection for posts and shelving
Simple and quick assembly

Additional post guards can be added (vertically) as
needed
Impact energy is absorbed by air chambers
119119
For post width

No.
g
mm
80
90
100
610 883-BK
610 884-BK
610 885-BK
79.30
79.30
79.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
119119
Hardwearing and robust polyethylene. Yellow warning

colour. Additional reflective warning markings.
Guards are attached to posts using Velcro straps
(suppliedcomplete).
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
769
14
Various lengths and versions
Made of completely CFC free,

recyclable polyurethane foam
Very durable due to non-wearing warning
marking
Can be cut individually to the required length
Flexible and resistant to ageing
Fire tested in accordance with DIN 4102 B2
Very strong acrylic adhesive,
resistant to light and ageing
Knuffi warning and safety strips absorb hard

impacts and mark dangerous areas.
The yellow/black or red/white warning markings on
the strips warn of hazards at edges, gaps, obstacles
and help lessen impacts and collisions.
The strips can be used virtually anywhere, e.g. on
company internal transport routes, machines and
vehicles or on walls, corridors and doors in indoor
and outdoor areas.
Due to a special manufacturing process,
these strips are very flexible and the warning
markings are protected against being rubbed off.
Supplied in lengths of 1 m, on 5 m rolls in a practical
carrying bag or cut to individual lengths to within
10 cm (min. order length 1 m).
Warning and safety strips are also available on

request in solid black and solid white.
Black/yellow version
Model
mm
Mounting
1 m length
5 m roll
Cut to order
Min. order quantity 1 m
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
No.
g / each
505 335-BK
518 787-BK
505 337-BK
505 353-BK
505 360-BK
610 896-BK
505 363-BK
505 367-BK
29.15
66.30
26.75
29.20
35.70
58.70
53.50
57.90
No.
g / roll
927 884-BK
505 338-BK
927 888-BK
505 361-BK
124.50
143.80
163.40
505 364-BK
144.10
No.
g/m
505 336-BK
518 788-BK
505 339-BK
505 354-BK
505 362-BK
85.60
28.65
31.50
38.10
505 365-BK
31.40
Model
Cross section
surface strips
120287
5 m roll
Cut to order
248.50
57.20
edge strips
mm
Mounting
1 m length
pipe strips
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
push-on
push-on
self-adhesive
No.
g / each
505 355-BK
505 351-BK
505 346-BK
505 348-BK
505 341-BK
505 343-BK
505 357-BK
31.70
34.25
31.75
25.40
26.00
24.85
28.75
No.
g / roll
927 889-BK
927 887-BK
927 886-BK
505 349-BK
927 885-BK
505 344-BK
927 890-BK
155.90
168.70
156.40
117.40
128.90
116.60
141.60
No.
g/m
505 356-BK
505 352-BK
505 347-BK
505 350-BK
505 342-BK
505 345-BK
505 359-BK
33.95
36.75
33.90
27.15
27.90
26.50
30.95
BLUE =
120287
Cross section
corner strips
14
Red/white version
Model
Cross section
corner strips
mm
Mounting
1 m length
5 m roll
Cut to order
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
No.
g / each
518 836-BK
518 839-BK
518 842-BK
518 845-BK
518 848-BK
518 851-BK
518 852-BK
518 855-BK
31.65
72.50
30.05
31.65
56.70
66.80
55.40
64.50
No.
g / roll
518 837-BK
518 843-BK
518 846-BK
518 849-BK
203.00
156.40
172.70
518 853-BK
155.10
No.
g/m
518 838-BK
518 841-BK
518 844-BK
518 847-BK
518 850-BK
99.90
45.25
37.30
64.60
518 854-BK
37.30
surface strips
Model
Cross section
5 m roll
Cut to order
274.50
72.60
edge strips
mm
Mounting
1 m length
pipe strips
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
self-adhesive
push-on
push-on
self-adhesive
No.
g / each
518 856-BK
518 860-BK
518 863-BK
518 866-BK
518 870-BK
518 873-BK
518 877-BK
33.90
38.50
33.95
31.65
33.00
28.20
33.90
No.
g / roll
518 857-BK
518 861-BK
518 864-BK
518 868-BK
518 871-BK
518 874-BK
518 878-BK
150.80
190.40
163.20
157.40
160.90
140.60
163.20
No.
g/m
518 858-BK
518 862-BK
518 865-BK
518 869-BK
518 872-BK
518 876-BK
518 879-BK
39.55
55.60
39.60
43.00
38.65
42.95
39.55
Daylight fluorescent/black
version or long-lasting fluorescent/black version
Extremely effective warning effect in

daylight and darkness
Warn and protect from hazardous
areas even if the lights suddenly go out
1 Daylight fluorescent/black
An intense and noticeable colour,
which is also highly visible in daylight.
1
Model
Cross section
corner strips
surface strips
edge strips
mm
2 Long-lasting fluorescent/black
Paint finish
daylight
fluorescent / black
Mounting
1 m length
5 m roll
Cut to order
self-adhesive
Model
Description
White
Black
119120
daylight
fluorescent / black
self-adhesive
long-lasting
fluorescent / black
push-on
610 897-BK
518 880-BK
610 900-BK
518 881-BK
610 903-BK
518 882-BK
39.10
64.00
43.20
69.60
41.90
64.00
No.
g / roll
610 898-BK
610 901-BK
610 904-BK
No.
g /m
610 899-BK
610 902-BK
610 905-BK
194.80
43.20
215.00
46.55
208.00
45.25
3
2
2D protective corner
No.
g / pack
518 884-BK
518 885-BK
518 886-BK
518 887-BK
518 888-BK
518 889-BK
85.50
89.40
85.50
89.40
117.90
121.20
No.
g / pack
610 906-BK
610 907-BK
610 908-BK
610 910-BK
610 911-BK
610 912-BK
70.80
76.60
70.80
76.60
99.90
106.00
For warning and safety strip

with cross section of (in mm)
Pack of 4.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
long-lasting
fluorescent / black
Protective corners
daylight
fluorescent / black
No.
g / each
To protect against injuries

on corners and edges
Good dampening effect due to rounded
corners
Easy assembly self-adhesive
long-lasting
fluorescent / black
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119120
Bright illumination in the darkness,

e.g. when the lights go out or during
the night.
771
14
Floor marking system
For marking designated paths within the factory
(in accordance with safety regulations)
Ideal for temporary markings canbe removed without
trace.
Vinyl floor marking tapes
Temperature resistant to +80 C

Natural rubber adhesive
Two-colour marking tapes are additionally laminated
Barrier tapes
For quick and cost effective blocking off of areas within
the company, hazardous areas, car parks, etc.
Effortless marking of traffic routes and obstacles.
Extremely tear resistant polyethylene. Can be used
several times. Printed with red/white or yellow/black
hatches on both sides, largely non-fading.
Roll length 500 m, roll width 80 mm.
Optimum laying temperature +10 C.

Not suitable for frequent forklift traffic.
Roll length 33 m.
Single colour marking tapes, 190 m

Width
Pack of 8 rolls
mm
white
yellow
red
orange
blue
green
g / pack
white
yellow
red
orange
blue
green
g / pack
Pack of 16 rolls
Tape dispensers
Stable, free standing device, incl. cutter.
Suitable for 50 75 mm roll width.
No. 752 816-BK
g 199.30
Tape dispenser sets

Consisting of tape dispenser, snap line, chalk andtwo
rolls of floor marking tape (yellow, width 50 mm).
No. 752 817-BK
50
75
517 367-BK
517 368-BK
517 369-BK
517 370-BK
517 371-BK
517 373-BK
517 381-BK
517 382-BK
517 383-BK
517 384-BK
517 385-BK
517 386-BK
139.90
244.00
517 374-BK
517 375-BK
517 376-BK
517 377-BK
517 378-BK
517 379-BK
517 387-BK
517 388-BK
517 389-BK
517 390-BK
517 391-BK
517 392-BK
257.50
450.00
Colour
2 rolls
3 rolls
yellow / black
No.
g / pack
752 918-BK
913 151-BK
51.00
54.30
No.
g / pack
752 919-BK
913 152-BK
70.40
73.40
Two-colour marking tapes, 200 m

Width
Pack of 8 rolls
g / set 226.00
mm
50
75
yellow / black
red / white
green / white
g / pack
706 978-BK
707 016-BK
707 116-BK
706 989-BK
707 109-BK
707 308-BK
167.90
290.00
yellow / black
red / white
green / white
g / pack
706 979-BK
707 080-BK
707 310-BK
707 010-BK
707 089-BK
707 311-BK
290.00
503.00
Marking tapes, self-adhesive
Pack of 16 rolls
Please note
red / white
Only use on dry, clean, grease and dust free surfaces.

We recommend testing before you start.
DIN 4844 compliant
For permanent marking of hazards on machines,

walls and vehicles.
Made of tear resistant PVC with relatively non-fading
colour printing. Non-reflecting.
Yellow/black for stationary hazards and red/white for
moving hazards.
Roll length 66 m, roll width 60 mm.
Colour
2 rolls
3 rolls
red / white
yellow / black
No.
g / pack
752 915-BK
752 913-BK
49.45
49.45
No.
g / pack
752 917-BK
752 914-BK
66.10
66.10
Marking paint for 1 3
1 Line width 50 75 mm
For one spray can.
2 Line width 100 130 mm
Hardwearing, resistant to many chemicals

High yield, lead and CFC free
As 1, but for two spray cans.

For small areas, to cover or clean up old markings.
Colour line marking set
112578
Consisting of one marking device 1, two spray cans

(yellow or white), snap line and chalk.
Spray can marking system
Model
Line width
Paint can be changed without cleaning

Various line widths infinitely variable
mm
No.
g
Our marking system helps you make better use of car

parks and working areas. In accordance with work safety
regulation 17.
Yellow set
White set
50 75
100 130
707 409-BK
707 410-BK
707 411-BK
109.90
185.90
38.40
No.
g / set
707 413-BK
No.
g / set
707 412-BK
169.40
169.40
Pack of
Colour
cans
black, similar to RAL 9017
g / pack
12
707 312-BK
707 320-BK
707 349-BK
707 351-BK
707 352-BK
707 353-BK
707 354-BK
707 355-BK
707 375-BK
707 403-BK
707 404-BK
707 405-BK
707 407-BK
707 408-BK
184.80
340.00
BLUE =
112578
Drying time is approx. 20minutes, depending on the

climate and the nature of the surface.
One can (750ml) is sufficient for a line width of50 mm for
approx. 75 100 m.
Grey and black are used tocover over old markings.
3 Manual marking device
14
Floor marking devices Floor marking tapes Barrier tapes
Floor marking devices
Easy to use
Robust, powder coated steel model
Maintenance free design
Practical floor marking trolley, extremely quiet operation

for precision line marking.
Large rubber tyres on two independent axles.
Pointer to aid in making straight lines.
Light, functional design, spray cans are easily inserted
and there is a separate compartment for extra cans.
Integrated wind guard.
For easy and cost effective marking of escape routes,
danger zones, driving and transport paths, storage
locations, entries and exits.
1 BASIC floor marking trolley

Infinite line width adjustment from 50 120 mm.
2 PREMIUM floor marking trolley

Comfortable handle with special foam.
Infinite line width adjustment from 40 120 mm.
Handle can be mounted on either side for right or left
handed operators. Collapsible for space saving storage.
Simultaneous use of two spray cans: one behind the other
for excellent coverage and density, or next to each other
for mounting the spray mechanism on the side.
Floor marking trolley sets

Consisting of
one can of paint, white or yellow
30 m snap line
250 g of chalk
parking space templates
and one BASIC or PREMIUM floor marking trolley.
Floor marking trolley set
BASIC marking trolley
PREMIUM marking trolley
Complete offer
yellow
No.
g / set
600 278-BK
600 279-BK
130.90
130.90
No.
g / set
707 415-BK
707 419-BK
240.00
240.00
g
Complete offer
Paint colour
235.00
517 230-BK
517 231-BK
517 233-BK
517 234-BK
517 235-BK
517 236-BK
517 237-BK
white RAL 9016

yellow RAL 1003
red RAL 3020
blue RAL 5017
green RAL 6024
grey RAL 7042
black RAL 9017
g / set
235.00
The marking paints offered here are also suitable

for the marking devices on pages 738 and 772.
Stencil sets
Marking paints
Floor marking set incl. 12 cans of paint
Consisting of BASIC floor marking trolley 1 with

onecan of marking paint in yellow and 12cans in one
of the sevencolours listed in the table.
white
With high pigment content

Weather resistant and extremely hard
wearing
Also adheres to uneven surfaces
Dries quickly approx. 30 minutes
Optimised spray nozzle for better line quality.

Greyand black are used to cover markings which are
nolonger required.
600 ml spray can for approx. 20 100 m, depending on the
nature of the floor, the width of the line and marking
speed.
125163
Paint colour
white RAL 9016

yellow RAL 1003
red RAL 3020
blue RAL 5017
green RAL 6024
grey RAL 7042
black RAL 9017
g / pack
6 cans
12 cans
600 280-BK
600 281-BK
600 282-BK
600 283-BK
600 284-BK
600 285-BK
600 286-BK
600 287-BK
600 289-BK
600 290-BK
600 291-BK
600 292-BK
600 293-BK
600 294-BK
91.20
156.20
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Made of special oiled cardboard.

Please state whether you require German, English, Italian,
French, Dutch or Spanish.
Dimensions refer to the height of the letters and symbols
in mm.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

3
Set
No.
g / set
600 295-BK
600 297-BK
600 298-BK
83.10
78.70
78.70
KAISER + KRAFT
125163
Pack of
773
14
Speed ramps
For improved safety on the company premises
Two speed limits:

10 km/h for dangerous locations,
20 km/h for general traffic control
Excellent psychological effect both
day and night due to yellow and black
warning colours and inset reflectors
Effectively reduce speeds without
damaging tyres or chassis
Resistant, HGV proof rubber mixture
with profile to make it safe,
even when wet
Side end pieces protect cyclists and
pedestrians
Integrated cable duct, approx. 25 mm
Easy assembly
1. Determine the number of sections
required on the basis of the road width.
Possibly plan gap at side for pedestrians
and forklifts.
2. Cut and position alignment bar.
3. Place alternate yellow and black
sections on the alignment bar.
4. Fasten each section to the floor with
2 bolts.
Road signs approved for the company
premises are available on request.
Please note
If end pieces are used, there will be
no opening for cables.
Speed limit
Standard section
yellow or black
Mounting material for concrete floors and asphalt

Pack of 2 bolts
405 x 250 x 70
6.0
340 x 250 x 50
3.2
473 472-BK
473 464-BK
785 253-BK
785 261-BK
92.80
405 x 210 x 70
4.9
81.40
340 x 175 x 50
2.5
No.
g / section
473 499-BK
785 288-BK
85.00
66.60
mm
48 / 2.0
27 / 2.7
No.
g/m
473 502-BK
785 296-BK
17.95
12.65
No.
g / pack
473 529-BK
473 529-BK
13.05
13.05
250
210
mm
/ wall
mm
kg
yellow
black
g / section
mm
kg
5m
Alignment rod

weight approx.
20 km/h
40
End cap
only available in yellow

weight approx.
colour
10 km/h
mm
Speed ramps
Made of recycled rubber
Highly effective warning due reflective

warning stripes and reflectors
from 40 C to +80 C
Oil and acid resistant
Non-slip, textured surface
Two integrated cable ducts, 30mm
For temporary or permanent traffic speed

control.
Mounting
Any width can be achieved by installing
multiple speed ramps next to each other in
a row.
Incl. mounting material for concrete floors
and asphalt. Special bolts and plugs.
Accessories
End cap, semi-circular, black.
Please note
If end pieces are used, there will be
no opening for cables.
Height 55 mm
Speed limit
Speed ramp
yellow / black

weight approx.
Height 75 mm
km/h
30
15
mm
kg
1830 x 300 x 55
28
1830 x 300 x 75
45
No.
g / each
523 169-BK
523 170-BK
323.50
413.00
mm
kg
250 x 300 x 55
3
250 x 300 x 75
5
No.
g / each
523 171-BK
523 172-BK
61.50
99.90

weight approx.
112459
End cap
black
BLUE =
112459
Accessories
14
Speed ramps Cable ducts
Speed ramps
Made of rubber
Resistant to UV light, water, oiland

extreme temperature fluctuations
Non-slip, textured surface
Softer than conventional speed ramps

due to 600 mm or 900 mm drive over height.
Slows traffic without bringing it to a
complete stop.
Recommended use
20 mm high for forklifts and transport
vehicles (indoor areas).
50 and 70 mm high for passenger cars and
HGVs.
Accessories
End caps
Semi-circular, black.
Pack of 2.
km/h
10
30
15
mm
t
500 x 600 x 20
20
500 x 900 x 50
40
500 x 900 x 70
40
No.
g
523 176-BK
523 177-BK
523 179-BK
133.20
189.20
245.50
mm
450 x 900
450 x 900
No.
g / pack
523 180-BK
523 181-BK
189.20
245.50
Speed limit
Speed ramp
yellow / black
Mounting
Achieve any width by installing multiple
speed ramps next to each other.
andasphalt. Special bolts and plugs.

max. load
Accessories
End caps
black Pack of2
width x depth
Height 20 mm
Height 50 mm
Height 70 mm
Impact protection
Made of recycled rubber
Highly effective warning effect due

reflective stripes
Ideal for protecting buildings and
inventory, or as a boundary for traffic
routes and parking spaces
Yellow/black.
Pack of 2.
andasphalt. Special bolts and plugs.
Resistant to UV light, water, oil and acids

as well as extreme temperature
fluctuations from 40C to +80C.
mm
915 x 150 x 100
1830 x 150 x 100
523 174-BK
523 175-BK
144.40
245.50
No.
g / pack
Hose and cable ducts
Hose and cable ducts
For hoses and cables with

up to 45 mm
For hoses and cables with

up to 75 mm
Also suitable for HGV traffic

Ideal for temporary use
No floor anchoring required
Can be quickly and easily laid or
removed by a single person
Made of yellow PVC.

Very stable, yet flexible.
Adapts to small bumps/impressions in the
floor.
Can be placed next to each other to span
larger areas. This hose and cable bridge
can also be shortened to the required
length on site.
Made of sturdy, weather resistant

black PVC.
Can be fitted with high quality reflective
yellow film for better marking and safety.
Also suitable for slightly uneven floors.
With a gradual slope for optimum safety.

Weight approx.
112460
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Also suitable for HGV traffic

No floor anchoring required
Both sides may be used
Single sections can be extended at
will thanks to simple plug connections
Uncomplicated, lays out quickly
mm
kg
1500 x 210 x 65
15
502 441-BK
215.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


Weight approx.
No.
g
mm
300 x 835 x 90
kg
12.5
502 442-BK
167.80
KAISER + KRAFT
112460
775
14
The right mirror for every application
Usage
Material
Acrylic glass mirrors are 70 % more

impact resistant than glass (according to
EN-ISO 179-1). Very good optical quality.
Extremely durable, even when subjected
to fluctuations in temperature and
exposure to the elements.
Sekurit safety glass mirrors are
distinguished by their good optical quality.
Resistant to scratches and contamination.
Glass crumbles if broken.
For use on public roads / company

premises
For monitoring entrances, production
lines and theft prone indoor and
outdoor areas
In storage aisle crossings and
storage areas
Refer to our pictograms to help you find
the appropriate mirror.
Extremely durable, even when subjected

to fluctuations in temperature, exposure to
the elements and chemicals.
Mirrors made of nickel chrome steel offer
the highest level of resistance to fire and
extreme temperatures.
With a 5 year warranty and the GS testing
approval, we guarantee you the very best
in quality.
Outdoor
mirror
Indoor mirror
Safety mirror
Safety glass
Field of vision
Ice and
condensation
free
Traffic mirrors
Made of impact resistant acrylic glass
for indoor and outdoor use
Safety mirror
Wind load tested to wind strength 12 (hurricane >117 km/h)

Excellent, virtually distortion free view
Frameless model with red reflectors

made of type 1 reflective film.
Mirror
Observation distance *
Weight
mm
m
kg
No.
g
600 x 400
9 12
4.0
800 x 600
9 15
6.0
1000 x 800
12 18
9.0
604 636-BK
604 637-BK
604 638-BK
205.50
273.50
363.50
Polystyrene frame with red reflectors

made of type 2 reflective film.
Optimum adjustment with four point

bracket with ball joint for tubular post
60 85 mm.
mm
600 x 400
800 x 600
1000 x 800
1200 x 1000
600
800
Observation
distance *
9 12
12 22
22 27
27 35
9 12
12 22
Weight
kg
5.4
9.0
15.7
19
6.3
9.0
903 346-BK
903 347-BK
903 348-BK
607 542-BK
903 349-BK
903 350-BK
281.00
414.00
532.00
953.00
333.00
427.50
Mirror
Universal bracket for wall and post

mounting ( 50 85 mm)
No.
g
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket, 60 mm.
Tubular post with black cover cap,

hot dip galvanised, 76 mm.
Balljoint holder
Model
Heated mirrors
Length
No.
g
tubular post
mm
wall mounting
bracket
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
500
284 467-BK
284 483-BK
284 521-BK
284 556-BK
284 572-BK
903 351-BK
69.60
77.30
84.30
97.70
104.80
70.20
Made of Sekurit safety glass for

indoor and outdoor use
Meets especially high requirements for
optical quality and clarity
Impact and shock resistant
Glass crumbles when broken to
protect against injuries
Evenly rounded mirror surface
Frameless construction, with reflective
film border
Three sizes available to suit any
application
Mirror may be mounted to wall mounting
bracket or tubular post in all positions with
supplied bracket (ring approx. 76 mm).
Wall mounting
bracket
Safety mirror
Safety glass
Mirror
Weight approx.
mm
m
kg
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket, hot dip galvanised,
76 mm.
Tubular post, hot dip galvanised, 76 mm.
* Specifications on the observation
distance are approximate values.
400 x 600
5
9
600 x 800
10 12
14
800 x 1000
15 18
18
724 025-BK
724 033-BK
724 041-BK
275.00
364.50
485.50
No.
g
241 016-BK
241 016-BK
241 016-BK
83.30
83.30
83.30
mm
3000
3500
4000
No.
g
284 521-BK
284 556-BK
284 572-BK
84.30
97.70
104.80
No.
g
112461
from g
275.00
Wall mounting bracket

Tubular post
length
BLUE =
112461
Accessories
Security mirrors Traffic mirrors
14
Traffic mirrors
Largely condensation free and shatterproof,

withstand large temperature fluctuations
Safety mirror
1 Made of Sekurit safety glass
2 Made of nickel chrome steel,
Frame made of UV stabilised plastic,

reflective red. Highly elastic and impact
resistant.
Heated model available on request.
Steel frame, reflective red/white.

Temperature resistant up to +300 C.
rust free
2
Safety glass
Model
Size
mm
m
No.
g
400 x 600
5
600 x 800
10 12
800 x 1000
15 18
400 x 600
5
600 x 800
10 12
800 x 1000
15 18
240 915-BK
240 923-BK
240 931-BK
563 463-BK
240 982-BK
240 990-BK
353.00
458.00
607.00
439.00
581.00
891.00
241 016-BK
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket,
hot dip galvanised
No.
g
241 016-BK
241 016-BK
241 016-BK
241 016-BK
241 016-BK
83.30
83.30
83.30
83.30
83.30
83.30
Tubular post, hot dip galvanised

Length 3.5 m, 76 mm
No.
g
284 556-BK
284 556-BK
284 556-BK
284 556-BK
284 556-BK
284 556-BK
97.70
97.70
97.70
97.70
97.70
97.70
Traffic mirrors
Non-icing and condensation free
Made of impact resistant and shatterproof

acrylic glass. Polystyrene frame with red
reflectors made of type 2 reflective film.
Can be adjusted to the optimum angle
thanks to the supplied universal bearing
mounting bracket. Mounts to wall or
tubular post with 60 85 mm.
Special coating prevents excessive

condensation
Wind load tested to wind strength 12
(hurricane>117km/h)
Virtually distortion free reflection
Size
mm
600 x 400
No.
g
800 x 600
600
1000 x 800
Safety mirror
Ice and
condensation
free
800
9 12
12 22
22 27
9 12
12 22
523 242-BK
523 243-BK
523 244-BK
523 239-BK
523 241-BK
878.00
1100.00
1350.00
1015.00
1130.00
Observation and safety mirrors

With magnification effect for production lines
Ideal for quality control and monitoring
production processes
Magnification effect increases
accuracy of monitoring
Made of impact resistant and
shatterproof acrylic glass
Size
500 x 300
mm
The mirror utilises a special concave

surface to enlarge the corresponding
mirror image.
Supplied with telescopic wall mounting
bracket.
No.
g
600 x 400
900 x 600
523 236-BK
523 237-BK
523 238-BK
258.50
303.50
495.50
Universal mirrors
Ideal for monitoring production lines,

sales and storage areas
Slightly convex shape makes it
possible to monitor large areas
Made of robust, impact resistant and

shatterproof acrylic glass.
1 Round model
Incl. telescopic wall mounting bracket.
Outdoor
mirror
2 Rectangular model
Incl. bracket for mounting on walls and
posts with 50 85 mm.
Model
Size
Indoor mirror
1
mm
m
No.
g
300
2
400
3
500
5
600
7
700
9
800
11
400 x 600
5
600 x 800
8
800 x 1000
15
737 528-BK
737 529-BK
737 530-BK
737 531-BK
737 532-BK
737 533-BK
737 535-BK
739 008-BK
739 009-BK
71.10
86.90
123.00
151.10
190.60
213.50
198.60
303.50
418.50
505 506-BK
505 506-BK
32.40
32.40
125178
Accessories
Post adapter
For 50 80 mm
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

* The specified observation distances

are approximate values.
KAISER + KRAFT
125178
777
14
Observation mirrors
For use at production facilities, industrial
plants and warehouses
Impact resistant acrylic glass

With anti-static treatment
Includes wall bracket
Accessories
Post mounting adapter
With clamp for posts with a of 50
85 mm. Horizontally and vertically
adjustable.
The slightly convex shape of the mirror

surface allows you to see as much as
possible with minimal distortion.
Polystyrene frame with yellow/black
warning stripes.
Indoor mirror
Width x height
Observation distance*
Weight
mm
500 x 300
600 x 400
900 x 600
m
kg
57
3.5
7 12
4.0
12 25
8.0
903 339-BK
903 340-BK
903 341-BK
211.00
253.00
373.50
903 342-BK
903 342-BK
61.80
61.80
No.
g
Includes wall bracket
Accessories
Post mounting adapter
For 50 85 mm
Indoor mirror
Indoor mirror
Field of vision
Field of vision
No.
g
Panoramic mirrors
For areas with poor visibility

Also suitable for extremely tight spaces
Made of durable plastic. For wall mounting,

easy installation with fixing holes in the rim.
1 Eighth spherical
2 Quarter spherical
3 Hemispherical
Includes installation kit for ceiling mounting.
Observation distance from 3 m to 8 m
(recommended distance).
Model
Viewing angle
90
180
360
No.
g
707 041-BK
707 037-BK
718 871-BK
69.00
115.10
185.60
800 mm
No.
g
707 042-BK
707 038-BK
718 872-BK
91.40
142.10
207.00
900 mm
No.
g
903 201-BK
1000 mm
No.
g
707 043-BK
707 039-BK
718 873-BK
134.90
219.00
324.00
1250 mm
No.
g
903 202-BK
600 mm
Field of vision
from g
3
69.00
BLUE =
305.00
541.00
122802
Indoor mirror
Observation mirrors Industrial mirrors
14
Round mirrors
Made of impact resistant and shatterproof acrylic glass for indoor use
Indoor mirror
Ideal for monitoring production lines,

sales and storage areas
Protective coating on rear side
of miror
Lightweight design
Virtually distortion free reflected image
The slightly convex shape makes it possible to monitor large areas and provides a
view of blind spots.
1 Round mirror with

telescopic wall mounting
bracket
The individually adjustable telescopic wall
mounting bracket, length 300 500 mm,
enables optimum adjustment of the field of
view.
Extra long wall mounting bracket for 1
Length 300 800 mm.
No. 505 308-BK
g 19.60
2 Round mirror with

magnetic mounting bracket
Ideal for mounting on iron and steel
substrates. For temporary use
can be removed without a trace.
Individually adjustable wall mounting
bracket, length 200 mm,
with powerful magnets.
* The specified observation distances

are approximate values.
Mirror
mm
400
500
600
700
800
11
Without magnetic
mounting bracket
No.
g
785 385-BK
785 393-BK
132 128-BK
746 687-BK
746 688-BK
111.70
142.10
161.40
182.80
211.00
With magnetic
mounting bracket
No.
g
505 304-BK
505 305-BK
505 306-BK
126.40
148.90
164.80
Magnetic mounting bracket for model 2
Telescopic wall mounting

bracket for model 1
Wide angle mirrors

Made of robust, impact resistant acrylic glass
for indoor and outdoor use
Excellent optical quality, distortion free

Extremely effective wide angle view
Wall mounting bracket as accessory

The mirror can also be mounted on vertical
surfaces with a wall mounting bracket.
The plastic housing is corrosion free,

UV and weather resistant.
Width x height x depth
Outdoor
mirror
Includes universal bracket for wall and

post mounting, 50 80 mm.
mm
No.
g
620 x 320 x 300
820 x 420 x 330
919 418-BK
919 419-BK
396.00
507.00
927 170-BK
927 170-BK
77.00
77.00
Field of vision
Accessories
Wall mounting bracket
No.
g
Observation mirrors
Safety mirrors
Made of impact resistant

acrylic glass
For monitoring and controlling

smaller areas, conveyor belts,
machines and checkout queues
Ideal as a rear view mirror for forklifts

and other construction vehicles or for
narrow traffic routes
Highly effective wide angle effect
ensures a good view
Convex, triangular acrylic glass mirror.

Vice mounting bracket with flexible neck.
Effortless attachment without tools or
drilling.
Suitable for temporary use, as it can be
removed without leaving marks behind.
For short observation distances.
Rubber edged frame, closed rear side.

Flexible bracket for individual adjustment
of angle of inclination.
125179
No. 859 079-BK
g 123.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Indoor mirror
Field of vision
No. 700 593-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

g 80.10
Indoor mirror
KAISER + KRAFT
779
14
Patented, partially
concealed hinge
system
Hinges do not seize
when locking
Integrated ventilation and water
drainage system
Display cases
Depth 80 mm
Weather resistant aluminium
construction
drainage system
Optionally with door which folds
downwards or to the side 180,
or upwards 90 with gas spring
Wide range of accessories available
Rubber seals bonded

to the corners
For optimum weather
resistance
Other models and accessories available on request.

Alternative sizes, RAL colours, rear panel pure white RAL 9010 or
Horizontal format
Maintenance free aluminium construction,

brushedand silver anodised, with integrated ventilation and water drainage system.
Glass pane made of 4 mm single pane
safety glass. Patented, concealed hinge
system.
Common key cylinder locks, 2keys per
lock.
Rubber seals are bonded to the corners to
ensure a tight seal and to prevent them
from slipping out of the corners.
Rear panel made of zinc plated sheet steel,
inside in charcoal RAL7016, outside painted in protective grey white RAL9002.
Standard display cases are always supplied without a text bar. Text bar available
as an accessory.
Includes 10 grey magnets and
1magnetic document pouch(A4).
Vertical format
Format
Viewable area without text bar
External dimensions
Max. number of sheets
A2
A1
A0
670 x 410
800 x 540
4 x A4
895 x 670
1025 x 800
8 x A4
1250 x 895
1380 x 1025
18 x A4
1470 x 895
1600 x 1025
21 x A4
1870 x 895
2000 x 1025
24 x A4
No.
g
518 943-BK
518 945-BK
518 947-BK
518 950-BK
340.00
441.50
593.00
699.00
No.
g
518 944-BK
518 946-BK
518 949-BK
518 951-BK
518 952-BK
426.50
521.00
670.00
792.00
899.00
width x height mm
width x height mm
Door opens downwards 180

Door opens upwards 90
large format
Format
width x height mm
A1
A0
670 x 895
895 x 1250
800 x 1025
1025 x 1380
External dimensions
width x height mm
Max. number of sheets
Door opens 180 to the right
No.
g
9 x A4
16 x A4
518 953-BK
518 954-BK
438.50
586.00
Accessories for all display case models on these two pages

Stand for
setting in concrete
Aluminium, oval profile 100 x 50 mm, overall
No. 518 941-BK
g 182.10
Lighting
With a fluorescent tube sized to fit the width of the display
case. We recommend ordering a text bar to cover the
fluorescent tube.
Display case with text bar (accessory)
Text bar
White acrylic, height 100 mm. With or without text

according to your specification, max. 15 letters.
Please specify the text in your order.
Optionally in A4 or A3 format.
Silver border.
No. 518 942-BK
g 96.50
Magnets
No.
g
blank
customer
specified text
603 507-BK
603 327-BK
27.65
51.60
A4
A3
Pack of
10
No.
g / pack
517 295-BK
517 296-BK
76.60
76.60
Round, 25 mm, grey.

Pack of 20.
No. 518 940-BK
g / pack 16.40
BLUE =
109698
109698
Model
Format
14
Display cases
Rubber seals bonded
to the corners
For optimum weather
resistance
Door folds
out 180
Display cases
Patented, partially concealed

hinge system
Hinges do not seize when locking
Depth 43 mm
construction
drainage system
Two different rear panel colours
Available with a wide range of
accessories
Maintenance free aluminium

construction, brushed and silver
anodised, with integrated ventilation
and water drainage system.
Glass pane made of 4 mm acrylic glass.
Patented, concealed hinge system.
The door folds down 180 for the easy
insertion of documents.
Common key cylinder locks, 2 keys

per lock.
Rear panel made of zinc plated sheet
steel, inside in charcoal RAL 7016 or
Format
Other models and accessories

Alternative sizes, vertical format,
RAL colours, rear panel in gentian
blue RAL 5010.

External dimensions
Capacity
Rear panel
width x height mm
width x height mm
A4 sheets
charcoal RAL 7016
pure white RAL 9010
g
pure white RAL 9010, outside painted in

protective grey white RAL 9002.
Standard display cases are always
supplied without a text bar. Text bar
Includes 10 grey magnets and 1 magnetic
document pouch (A4).
A3
A2
A1
A0
large format
439 x 319
540 x 420
2 x A4
699 x 439
800 x 540
3 x A4
924 x 699
1025 x 800
8 x A4
1279 x 924
1380 x 1025
18 x A4
1499 x 924
1600 x 1025
21 x A4
1899 x 924
2000 x 1025
24 x A4
518 955-BK
603 466-BK
518 957-BK
603 467-BK
518 958-BK
603 468-BK
518 959-BK
603 469-BK
518 960-BK
603 470-BK
518 961-BK
603 471-BK
240.00
294.50
388.00
510.00
543.00
664.00
Display cases
For indoor use
Depth 27 mm
Rubber seal for protection against dust
Door opens 90 to the right
Wide range of accessories available
Maintenance free aluminium construction.

Glass pane made of 4 mm single pane safety
glass. Cylinder locks incl. 2 keys.
All-round rubber seal for protection against
dust.

insidein charcoal RAL7016 or pure
whiteRAL 9010, outside painted in protective
grey white RAL9002.
Standard display cases are always supplied
without a text bar. Text bar available as an
accessory.
Includes 10 grey magnets and
1magneticdocumentpouch(A4).
Format
122052

External dimensions
Capacity
Rear panel
width x height mm
width x height mm
A4 sheets
charcoal RAL 7016
pure white RAL 9010
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
A3
A2
A1
439 x 319
500 x 380
2 x A4
699 x 439
760 x 500
3 x A4
924 x 699
985 x 760
8 x A4
518 962-BK
518 966-BK
518 963-BK
518 967-BK
518 965-BK
518 968-BK
154.30
187.60
238.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122052
KAISER + KRAFT
781
14
Folding display frames
Frame width 25 mm
High quality, silver anodised aluminium
profiles
UV stabilised, anti-reflective film
protects posters
Splash water protected, for outdoor
use under normal weather conditions
Exchange posters in seconds. Simply

fold frame outwards, exchange poster,
fold frame back together finished.
Two versions
A
B
With decorative Rondo corners

Square, 90 mitre cut corners
Pack of 2.
Viewable area
W x H mm
Format
210 x 297
297 x 420
420 x 594
594 x 841
841 x 1189
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
A Rounded
External dims.
W x H mm
No.
603 229-BK
603 230-BK
603 231-BK
603 232-BK
603 233-BK
240 x 329
327 x 450
450 x 625
626 x 870
871 x 1219
B 90 corners
g / pack
36.30
51.70
63.80
92.40
141.90
No.
603 234-BK
603 235-BK
603 237-BK
603 238-BK
603 239-BK
g / pack
36.30
51.70
63.80
92.40
141.90
Rubber seals bonded to the corners

For optimum weather resistance
Text bar as an accessory

(Stand as an accessory)
Display cases
Depth 75 mm
construction
4 mm single pane safety glass
Zinc plated, magnetic rear panel
Maintenance free aluminium construction,

silver anodised, with integrated ventilation
and water drainage system.
4 mm single pane safety glass. Patented,
concealed hinge system.
Patented, partially concealed

hinge system
Hinges do not seize when locking
Format
122616
Viewable area
External dimensions
Capacity
Other display cases and suitable

accessories can be found on page 780.
Alternative sizes, vertical format,

RAL colours and additional accessories
A2
A1
A0
large format
670 x 410
800 x 540
3 x A4
895 x 670
1025 x 800
8 x A4
1250 x 895
1380 x 1025
18 x A4
1470 x 895
1600 x 1025
21 x A4
No.
g
523 245-BK
523 246-BK
523 247-BK
523 248-BK
340.00
427.00
538.00
592.00
No.
g
523 249-BK
523 250-BK
523 251-BK
523 252-BK
427.00
527.00
625.00
692.00
width x height mm
width x height mm
A4 sheets
Door opens upwards 90
Optionally with door which folds downwards 180 or upwards 90 with gas
spring.
Common key cylinder locks, 2keys per
lock.
inside in charcoal RAL 7016, outside
painted in protective grey white RAL 9002.
Includes 10 grey magnets and one
magnetic document pouch(A4).
BLUE =
122616
14
Folding display frames Display cases Letter boxes
Letter boxes many practical models

Standard letter boxes
Large letter boxes
With hinged, sloping lid, top access slot

(width x height 248 x 40 mm).
Made of powder coated sheet steel or
stainless steel.
With cylinder lock and 2 keys.
With ample space for your mail.

Mail is deposited through the top slot
(width x height 303 x 40 mm), sloping lid is
hinged.
Version with nameplate holder.
With cylinder lock and 2 keys.
mm
400 x 280 x 115
kg
2.1
white RAL 9010

blue RAL 5005
charcoal RAL 7016
moss green RAL 6005
g
Stainless steel
No.
g
750 836-BK
750 833-BK
750 831-BK
750 834-BK
Weight
Powder coated
mm
445 x 325 x 160
kg
2.9
blue RAL 5005

charcoal RAL 7016
moss green RAL 6005
g
751 062-BK
978 090-BK
751 063-BK
Weight
Powder coated
62.60
978 089-BK
68.10
84.60
Letter boxes
Please observe postal regulations that apply in your country.
In some cases only approved for company internal usage.
Made of powder coated sheet steel or

stainless steel. All models with cylinder
lock and 2 keys.
Other colours and letter box systems on request.
1 With folding sloped roof
Model
mm
mm
360
360 x 100
320
360 x 100
Weight
kg
Powder coated
white RAL 9010
blue RAL 5005
charcoal RAL 7016
moss green RAL 6005
g
2.6
2.2
978 098-BK
978 099-BK
978 100-BK
978 101-BK
978 092-BK
978 093-BK
978 095-BK
978 096-BK
Height
Width x depth
Stainless steel
No.
g
50.80
64.50
750 848-BK
750 847-BK
145.80
130.90
Powder coated sheet steel
Stainless steel
XXL letter boxes
Letter boxes to PTT standard
Ideal for depositing large packages

Made entirely of stainless steel
Protected against unauthorised access
112581
Powder coated stainless steel. Deposit flap

with twist lock and tandem catches.
Capacity approx. 30 litres (approx. 3 x A4
folders). Door with cylinder lock incl.
2keys. Name plate holder.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
650 x 390 x 315
Max. package dims.

mm
Powder coated
pure white RAL 9010
signal blue RAL 5005
moss green RAL 6005
charcoal RAL 7016
g
325 x 250 x 80
Stainless steel
523 379-BK
No.
g
523 374-BK
523 375-BK
523 376-BK
523 377-BK
523 378-BK
Made entirely of stainless steel and

additionally powder coated.
Lockable letter box on top, compartment
below for bulky packages.
Nameplate holder. Letter deposit slot
width x height 350 x 30 mm.
Supplied with cylinder lock and 2 keys.
mm
315 x 390 x 310
Weight
kg
Powder coated
pure white RAL 9010
signal blue RAL 5005
moss green RAL 6005
charcoal RAL 7016
567.00
659.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Stainless steel
610 889-BK
610 890-BK
610 891-BK
610 892-BK
610 893-BK
295.00
No.
g
610 894-BK
351.00
KAISER + KRAFT
112581
Deposit opening on top

(Width x height 358 x 40 mm)
With flat roof
Deposit opening on front
(Width x height 320 x 40 mm)
783
14
Park benches
Made of plastic
UV and weather resistant
Seat and back rest slats, 50 x 30 mm, made of PVC.

Feet made of polypropylene. Prepared for floor anchoring.
1 With 9 slats
Bench length
Feet
Overall height / seat height
Seat depth
Colour
mm
mm
mm
white
blue
green
g
1500
2000
2
740 / 410
380
3
740 / 410
380
518 780-BK
518 781-BK
518 782-BK
767 328-BK
730 549-BK
730 615-BK
109.00
120.90
1500
2000
2
800 / 420
420
3
800 / 420
420
681 610-BK
730 616-BK
730 617-BK
681 890-BK
730 618-BK
730 619-BK
153.90
197.90
2 With 12 slats
Bench length
Legs
Overall height / seat height
Seat depth
Colour
mm
mm
mm
white
blue
green
g
2
from g
109.00
With solid wood slats
Weatherproof design
Robust cast iron frame, powder coated in

green. Feet with drill holes for securing to
the ground.
Seat and back rest slats made of
weatherproof solid pine, treated top
surface.
Seat height 400 mm, seat depth 580 mm.
Model
Backrest
mm
No.
g
4
3
Straight
1800 x 580 x 700
Curved
1800 x 580 x 700
927 003-BK
927 004-BK
324.50
328.00
19
10 +
927 064-BK
424 647-BK
424 648-BK
424 649-BK
130.90
119.90
Folding pedestal table
Weather resistant, UV protection

Sturdy and scratch resistant
Heat resistant
Resistant to cigarette ash
Order quantity
106575
Colour
white
charcoal
g / each
106575
Base frame made of steel, powder coated.

Sevelit tabletop with polypropylene edging,
850 mm.
BLUE =
Park benches Picnic benches
14
Metal benches
With back rest and arm rests

Modern design
Attractive, straight design. Rectangular tubular steel

frame, primed and additionally powder coated with grey
cast iron finish. Seat, back rest and arm rests made of
round, steel wire mesh 8 mm.
mm
1500 x 555 x 780
755 046-BK
No.
g
395.00
Solid wooden benches

With cast iron end supports
Sturdy model
Very comfortable
Meranti wood
Frame with cast iron end supports, powder coated.

Feet with holes for securing to the ground
(bolts provided by customer).
Rectangular, glazed wooden slats.
Two types of wood available.
Type of wood
Length
Depth x height
Seat depth
Seat height
Weight
spruce
meranti
2000
600 x 690
395
405
58
2000
600 x 690
395
405
58
502 339-BK
502 341-BK
538.00
683.00
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
Picnic benches
Table and benches as a single unit

For free placement in outdoor areas
Weatherproof design
Robust, electrolytically zinc plated tubular steel frame.

Seat and back rest slats made of treated pine wood.
Overall space requirements
mm
1850 x 1500
Table length x width

Table height
Bench length
Seat height
Seat depth
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
1500 x 700
780
1500
460
300
706 961-BK
432.00
Ashtrays and waste collectors for outdoor and

indoor use can be found starting on page 448.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
112464
112464
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
785
14

quality
colours on request
from g
75.00
Bicycle racks
Hot dip galvanised or stainless steel
Single or double sided parking
Space saving high/low bicycle positioning
Universal wheel holders wide at the front for easy

entry, narrower towards the back to ensure a firm
hold.
Wheel holders made of steel tubing, 18 mm.
Prepared for anchoring to floor and connecting in
rows.
127344
Supplied flat pack. Easy mounting of the wheel

holders onto the angled steel base frame using the
supplied instructions.
Bicycle racks with advertising panels and

colour models available on request.
Bicycle parking
Parking spaces
High/low positioning
Wheel spacing
Parking space depth
single sided
double sided
mm
mm
2
1/1
350
1850
3
2/1
350
1850
4
2/2
350
1850
5
3/2
350
1850
6
3/3
350
1850
10
5/5
350
3250
12
6/6
350
3250
Length
Width x height
mm
mm
700
550 x 415
1050
550 x 415
1400
550 x 415
1750
550 x 415
2100
550 x 415
1750
710 x 415
2100
710 x 415
Zinc plated
No.
g
928 009-BK
706 806-BK
928 010-BK
706 648-BK
706 649-BK
706 650-BK
706 651-BK
75.00
82.50
93.50
126.80
163.80
245.00
281.50
No.
g
928 012-BK
903 414-BK
928 013-BK
903 416-BK
903 417-BK
903 419-BK
903 420-BK
219.00
241.00
297.00
351.00
423.50
688.00
798.00
Stainless steel
BLUE =
127344
Bicycle parking rails Bicycle racks Bicycle hangers
14
Bicycle parking rails

Made of robust and corrosion resistant tubular steel, 48 mm
Optimum protection against theft
Installation
to set in concrete
Overall height
mm
powder
coated
hot dip
galvanised
powder
coated
No.
g
603 300-BK
603 304-BK
603 289-BK
603 293-BK
58.20
77.20
69.50
88.70
length 1000 mm
No.
g
603 301-BK
603 305-BK
603 290-BK
603 294-BK
62.20
81.60
74.30
93.00
length 1250 mm
No.
g
603 302-BK
603 306-BK
603 291-BK
603 296-BK
66.20
85.50
77.90
97.20
length 1500 mm
No.
g
603 303-BK
603 307-BK
603 292-BK
603 297-BK
70.20
89.50
82.30
99.90
length 1250 mm
No.
g
603 282-BK
603 284-BK
603 277-BK
603 280-BK
70.10
86.20
82.50
94.20
No.
g
603 283-BK
603 285-BK
603 278-BK
603 281-BK
78.50
98.60
89.70
105.80
U-shaped
850
hot dip
galvanised
length 750 mm
to bolt in place
1150
Model
1 U-shaped model
2 T-shaped model
Hot dip galvanised or hot dip galvanised

and additionally powder coated. Welded
security rings on both sides for attaching
bicycle locks, made of 12 mm round steel.
Versions for bolting in place or for setting
in concrete.
T-shaped
length 1500 mm
When ordering coloured bicycle parking rails, please state the desired RAL colour in
your order.
RAL 1023
RAL 6005
RAL 5013
RAL 3000
Bicycle racks with support rails
Protects bicycles from being pushed over, and thus prevents damage to rims
Also suitable for mountain bikes
Tubular steel rails, 33 mm, for supporting and locking down bicycles.
Round steel bars, 12 mm, to hold the
front wheel.
Space saving high/low bicycle parking,
350 mm wheel spacing.
Base tube made of rectangular tubular

steel, 30 mm, with holes for bolting in
place.
Hot dip galvanised or additionally powder
coated in one of the available colours.
Please specify the RAL colour in your
order.
Parking spaces
Length x height
mm
1400 x 850
2100 x 850
Hot dip galvanised
No.
g
603 298-BK
603 308-BK
262.00
383.50
Hot dip galvanised and

additionally powder coated
No.
g
603 299-BK
603 310-BK
320.50
450.00
Bicycle hangers
For extremely tight spaces
Simple, space saving wall mounting

Offset hook lengths
Steel rings for theft protection
Mounting rails and wall brackets made of

profiled steel. Round steel hooks with
plastic coating to protect wheel rims.
Hot dip galvanised.
Recommended hook height approx.

1900 mm.
Storage depth for hanging bicycle only
approx. 1100 mm.
Length
mm
1400
2100
2800
Hooks
Hook spacing
Hook length
mm
mm
4
350
250 / 420
6
350
250 / 420
8
350
250 / 420
240 443-BK
517 358-BK
240 451-BK
113.90
174.10
225.50
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Steel rings for theft protection
104012
104012
Longer and shorter models, coloured

versions and ceiling mounted version
KAISER + KRAFT
787
14
Shelters
Zinc plated steel construction

Single and double sided models
Standard and extension units, can be expanded as needed
Snow load 75 kg/m2
Construction
4-piece tubular steel frame as supporting element at the sides,
with bolt-on foot plates.
Sloped roof consisting of two purlins with trapezoidal covering.
Clearance between supports 4300 mm.
Standard unit
Two tubular supports and roof.
Extension unit
One tubular support and roof.
The roof protrudes 250 mm on each side.
Paint finish
Roof and rear panel powder coated on both sides in grey white
RAL 9002.
Supplied flat pack
Detailed assembly instructions, foundation plans and drawings
are supplied at no extra charge.
2500
5080
Model
Single sided
Double
sided
profiled sheet
metal
corrugated PVC
No.
g
746 737-BK
746 739-BK
1100.00
1255.00
extension unit
No.
g
746 740-BK
746 741-BK
793.00
989.00
standard unit
No.
g
746 742-BK
746 743-BK
2305.00
3035.00
extension unit
No.
g
746 744-BK
746 745-BK
1830.00
2285.00
standard unit
Rear walls for single sided model

Made of galvanised sheet steel or transparent corrugated PVC.
For use with single sided model only.
Model
For standard unit
For extension unit
profiled sheet steel
corrugated PVC
No.
g
746 747-BK
746 751-BK
539.00
590.00
No.
g
746 748-BK
746 752-BK
539.00
590.00
Gutters for single sided model

Made of PVC, complete with drain pipe.
Supplied as standard on double sided model.
No. 746 758-BK
g 272.50
Side walls
Made of smooth, transparent polyester panels.
Fitted on either side.
For shelter
single sided
double sided
No.
g
746 753-BK
746 756-BK
535.00
1070.00
Bicycle racks
For shelter
Bicycle parking spaces
single sided
12
double sided
2 x 12
No.
g / 2 items
746 760-BK
746 761-BK
329.00
507.00
BLUE =
124641
124641
Single or double sided, with alternating high and low positions,

zinc plated. Length 4200 mm.
Pack of 2, for either 12 or 24 bicycles.
Shelters
Shelters
Shelters with a max. snow load

of 125 kg/m2
Zinc plated steel parts protect against

corrosion
Single or double sided model
Max. snow load 125 kg/m2
Frame construction
Rectangular tubing, 60 x 60 mm, with base
plates, 200 x 100 mm, to bolt in place.
Distance from centre to centre of uprights
4200 mm.
Roof construction
Edge profile, 150 mm high (three sided)
with covering without beams which is
made of trapezoidal, zinc plated sheet
metal, roof slopes down to the rear.
Powder coated in grey white RAL 9002.
Double sided model with PVC gutter and
drainpipe as standard.
Model
Standard unit
Extension unit
14
single sided
double sided
No.
g
610 812-BK
610 814-BK
1755.00
3725.00
No.
g
610 813-BK
610 815-BK
1365.00
2945.00
Accessories
Rear and side wall made of trapezoidal
sheet metal, powder coated grey white
RAL 9002, alternatively with single pane
safety glass, transparent.
Rear walls
Model
trap.
sheeting
safety glass
604 644-BK
604 645-BK
397.00
1100.00
trap.
sheeting
safety glass
Single sided
No.
extra cost g
604 646-BK
604 648-BK
216.00
291.50
Double sided
No.
extra cost g
604 647-BK
604 649-BK
431.00
583.00
Single sided
No.
extra cost g
Side walls
Model
Gutter
Incl. PVC drainpipe.
No. 604 650-BK
g 291.00
RAL 3000
RAL 5010
RAL 5013
Please state the desired RAL colour

when ordering powder coated models.
RAL 6005
RAL 9002
Other RAL colours available on request.
Bicycle hangers with shelter
Shelter incl. eight bicycle hangers

Can be expanded as needed with
extension units
Max. snow load 75 kg/m2
Frame construction
Rectangular tubing, 80 x 40 mm,
with 100 x 100 mm base plates to bolt in
place. Distance from centre to centre of
uprights 3000 mm.
Roof construction
Edge profile, 150 mm high (three sided)
with covering without beams which is
made of trapezoidal, zinc plated sheet
metal, roof slopes down to the rear.
Powder coated in grey white RAL 9002.
Double sided model with PVC gutter and
drainpipe as standard.
Powder coated model
Zinc plated and additionally powder
coated in one of the five RAL colours.
(Roof and side walls always grey white.)
Model
Clearance height mm
painted
2200
2200
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
2350
3030 x 1600
2350
3030 x 1600
Standard unit
No.
g
723 246-BK
723 247-BK
999.00
1140.00
No.
g
723 248-BK
723 249-BK
855.00
978.00
Extension unit
109618
zinc plated
Supplied flat pack. Assembly instructions

and plans for foundation are included.
Foundation to be installed by customer.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Accessories
Rear and side walls
Trapezoidal sheet steel, zinc plated
and additionally powder coated,
grey white RAL 9002.
Cross beam with loops
To secure the bicycles to the frame.
Model
zinc plated
painted
723 250-BK
1 side wall
(left or right)
No.
g
723 250-BK
127.30
127.30
Rear wall
(3-part)
No.
g
723 252-BK
723 252-BK
267.00
267.00
Cross beam
No.
g
723 253-BK
723 254-BK
99.00
120.80
RAL 3000
Bicycle racks can be found on
catalogue pages 786 and 787.
RAL 5010
RAL 5013
Please state the desired RAL colour

when ordering powder coated models.
RAL 6005
RAL 9002
Other RAL colours available on request.

109618
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
789
14
Hexagonal shelters
Ideal for public or industrial facilities

Easy assembly
Very sturdy and durable
Hexagonal frame and uprights made of bevelled sheet

steel. Roof sections made of sheet steel with an inclination
of 6. Max. snow load 75 kg/m.
Without side sections or door
All steel parts are zinc plated and additionally powder
coated. See selection of RAL colours.
Options
At extra cost
Side section made of trapezoidal sheet metal
Zinc plated and additionally powder coated, grey white
RAL 9002. Includes brackets.
Side section made of single pane safety glass
Complete with brackets. Height x width 1900 x 935 mm.
Sheet steel door
Zinc plated and additionally powder coated in same colour
as shelter. Hinged on the right. Includes lock housing and
door handle. Prepared for the installation of a cylinder lock
to be provided by the customer.
Model
Width x depth
Height
mm
mm
2400 x 2100
2360
3635 x 2100
2360
Clearance height
For no. of people (without furniture)
mm
2200
3-5
2200
10 - 12
505 461-BK
604 679-BK
1070.00
2345.00
Side section made of trap. sheeting No.

extra cost g
505 462-BK
505 462-BK
109.60
109.60
Side section made of safety glass

No.
extra cost g
505 464-BK
505 464-BK
235.50
235.50
Sheet steel door
505 465-BK
505 465-BK
306.00
306.00
No.
g
Options
No.
extra cost g
The shelter must be anchored to a level and solid

foundation provided by the customer.
Waste collectors with ashtray

Made of sheet steel, zinc plated and powder coated.
Waste collector loading trap with self-closing flap.
With 2 separate, individually removable inserts and lock.
Base plate to bolt in place.
Ashtray capacity approx.
Collector capacity approx.
Colour
litres
litres
flame red RAL 3000
moss green RAL 6005
505 513-BK
505 509-BK
505 511-BK
324.50
Folding bistro tables

Base frame made of steel, powder coated in charcoal.
Sevelit tabletop with polypropylene edging, 850 mm.
No. 424 647-BK
g 130.90
RAL 3000
RAL 5010
RAL 5013
RAL 6005
RAL 9002
A detailed description of the pedestal table

BLUE =
95663
95663

Shelters
14
Shelters
With single pane safety glass
Shelter in a classic design
Made of rectangular tubing very stable

Zinc plated optimum corrosion protection
Load bearing frame made of rectangular tubing with base

plates to bolt in place. The entire steel structure, including
the 150 mm high, 3-sided roof trim, is zinc plated and
additionally powder coated.
See selection of RAL colours.
Additional mid support at front from 4000 mm width
Roof covering is zinc plated and powder coated in grey
white RAL 9002.
Rear and side walls are made of 8 mm thick single pane
safety glass, fastened with glass mountings.
Foundation plans and assembly instructions are included.
Foundation to be prepared by customer.
Model
No smoking in the workplace

Our room and shelter systems can be
used to quickly create smoking shelters,
waiting rooms and weather shelters for
every season.
A half enclosed sides
Model A
enclosed rear side,
half enclosed narrow sides
Width x depth
mm
2100 x 2050
3100 x 2050
4100 x 2050
5100 x 2050
6100 x 2050
For no. of people

(without furniture)

Clearance height / overall height
mm
No.
g
79
9 13
14 19
19 - 24
25 30
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
505 494-BK
505 495-BK
505 496-BK
505 497-BK
505 499-BK
2095.00
2425.00
3280.00
3580.00
3880.00
4100 x 2100
5100 x 2100
6100 x 2100
Accessories
Benches with wooden slats
Height adjustable frame construction made of rectangular
tubing 30 x 30 mm, powder coated in same colour as
shelter, incl. back rest to prevent people from leaning on
the glass panes. Seat and back rest slats made of pine.
We recommend bolting the bench to the shelter.
Bench length 900 mm (seating for 2).
No. 604 686-BK
g 221.50
Model
The shelter must be anchored to a level and solid

foundation provided by the customer.
RAL
3000
RAL
5010
RAL
5013
RAL
6005
RAL
9010
B enclosed narrow sides
Model B
enclosed rear side,
enclosed narrow sides
Width x depth
mm
2100 x 2100
3100 x 2100
112584
(without furniture)
Other RAL colours and side panels, as well as

benches and lighting available on request.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Clearance height / overall height

No.
g
mm
79
9 13
14 19
19 - 24
25 30
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
2200 / 2350
604 680-BK
604 681-BK
604 683-BK
604 684-BK
604 685-BK
3095.00
3530.00
4545.00
4850.00
5190.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112584
For no. of people
791
14
Shelters
Highly versatile can be used as a

waiting room or a shelter for smokers
Different models for individual
requirements
Modern design, glass with two stylish
screen printed stripes
Weather resistant zinc plated and

additionally powder coated in one of
the five RAL colours of your choice
Max. snow load 110 kg/m
Please specify the desired RAL colour in

your order.
The shelters must be anchored to a level,
firm foundation provided by the customer.
Paintwork in additional RAL colours
Custom screen printing on glass
Custom designs
Higher max. snow loads
NEW
1
RAL 3000
RAL 5010
RAL 6005
RAL 7016
RAL 9002
1 With steel roof

Robust, load bearing steel construction made of tubular
profiles with base plates to bolt in place.
Back, side and front glazing (L x H 1000 x 2000 mm) made
of 8 mm single pane safety glass. Panels are fastened via
glass holders directly on the steel frame.
Powder coated in one of the five RAL colours, underside
of roof always in grey white RAL 9002.
Model
Width x depth
mm
For no. of people
(without furniture)
Clearance height / overall height mm
No.
g
2165 x 1800
7
2360 / 2510
2165 x 2165
9
2360 / 2510
2165 x 2165
9
2360 / 2510
3180 x 2165
13
2360 / 2510
3180 x 2165
13
2360 / 2510
4195 x 2165
19
2360 / 2510
4195 x 2165
19
2360 / 2510
709 481-BK
709 482-BK
709 483-BK
709 485-BK
709 486-BK
709 488-BK
709 489-BK
2580.00
3260.00
3675.00
3870.00
4285.00
4495.00
5330.00
NEW
2
RAL 3000
RAL 5010
RAL 6005
RAL 7016
RAL 9002
Frame constructed of tubular profiles with base plates

to bolt in place. Powder coated in a choice of five RAL
colours.
Back and side glazing (L x H 1360 x 2000 mm) made
of 8 mm single pane safety glass. Panels are fastened via
glass holders directly on the steel frame.
Roof frame made of steel T beams. Gutter for optimum
drainage of water included.
Roof glazing made of 8 mm thick single pane safety glass.
Model
Width x depth
mm
For no. of people (without furniture)
Clearance height / overall height mm
No.
g
1760 x 2080
7
2200 / 2440
3320 x 2080
9
2200 / 2440
4800 x 2080
13
2200 / 2440
3320 x 4060
18
2200 / 2440
4800 x 4060
26
2200 / 2440
709 490-BK
709 491-BK
709 493-BK
709 494-BK
709 495-BK
3825.00
5675.00
7535.00
10990.00
13190.00
BLUE =
122617
122617
2 With glass roof
Shelters Mezzanine flooring
14
Storage platform
Create new storage, working and office space
The platform can be configured to suit the local conditions, taking accident
prevention guidelines into account
Bolted construction makes moving easy
Expandable
Material and construction

Uprights and beams made of hot rolled
steel. Purlins made of cold rolled profiles.
The purlins are hooked-in to the beams so
that no height is lost.
Floor covering
Made of standard chipboard panels V 20
E1, 38 mm thick. Untreated on both sides.
With tongue and groove connection.
Model
Finish
The following standard colours are
available: reseda green RAL 6011, gentian
blue RAL 5010, flame red RAL 3000 and
Please specify the desired colour when
ordering.
Standard unit
Platform railing
Recessed, 1500 x 1200 mm.

Secured with a red/white chain.
Railing height 1000 mm from top edge of

platform. Hand rail made of round tubing.
Railing supports and knee rails made of
rectangular tubing. Base rails made of
folded sheet steel.
No. 746 931-BK
No. 746 929-BK
kg/m2
350
500
350
500
No.
g
746 852-BK
746 853-BK
746 858-BK
746 859-BK
3885.00
4250.00
3705.00
3990.00
Platform
5000 x 4000 mm
No.
g
746 854-BK
746 855-BK
746 861-BK
746 862-BK
3095.00
3405.00
2970.00
3190.00
Platform
5000 x 3000 mm
No.
g
746 856-BK
746 857-BK
746 863-BK
746 864-BK
2490.00
2690.00
2315.00
2450.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
90506
g / metre 109.10
Step clearance width 1000 mm, inclination angle approx. 35.

Number of steps depends on the height of the platform. Mesh grid stairs.
Landing to match the stairs. Incl. railing on both sides with hand and knee rail.
Platform height
mm
2500
13
15
17
No.
g
746 847-BK
746 848-BK
746 849-BK
2180.00
2485.00
2835.00
No.
g
746 850-BK
746 850-BK
746 850-BK
743.00
743.00
743.00
Steps
Staircase
Other colours, storage platforms with load test certificate and professional on
site installation available on request.
g 219.50
Staircase
Extension unit
Platform
5000 x 5000 mm
Max. load
Transfer station
3000
3420
Accessories
Landing
1000 x 1200 mm
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
90506
793
14
Floor ventilation
Assemble /
disassemble in 5 minutes
Quick build containers can be supplied

painted in RAL colours on request
Quick build containers incl. accessories

(see right hand page)
Patented quick
build system
Quick build containers

The universal solution can be used anywhere at any time
Can be lifted by crane with 3 tonnes

Can be assembled in minutes without tools
Walls and roof made of zinc plated
trapezoidal sheet metal
Components are joined using unique
pressure point connections in order
to prevent theprotective zinc
coating from being damaged
Load capacity
Single exterior door, hinged on right, height

x width 1890 x 1150 mm.
Door handle with profile cylinder (incl.
3keys).
Profiled steel runners, 60 mm ground
clearance, for secure forklift transport and
for floor ventilation.
With 4 crane eyelets as standard.
Optionally with strong wooden floor
madeof torsion resistant OSB panels,
18mm thick.
Delivery
Delivered flat pack or assembled.
Assembly instructions with pictures guide
you through the quick assembly process,
e.g. 3100 x 2100 mm container in only
5 minutes with
2 people.
Foundation work is not necessary.
Only a level, firm surface is required.
Foundation plans for all models can be
provided on request.
Roof
Max. snow load 210 kg/m with structural
analysis.
Floor
500 kg/m for evenly distributed loads.
Wind and suction loads according to
DIN1055-4 and DIN 2005-3.
Offloading service can be

provided
If a crane or forklift is not available at the
unloading point.
External dimensions
Without wooden floor
With wooden floor
width x depth mm
height mm
supplied flat pack
supplied flat pack
supplied fully assembled
2100 x 1100
2100
2100 x 2100
2100
3100 x 2100
2100
4100 x 2100
2100
5100 x 2100
2100
6100 x 2100
2100
No.
g
913 071-BK
913 128-BK
913 074-BK
913 075-BK
913 131-BK
913 076-BK
1070.00
1285.00
1575.00
1805.00
2215.00
2505.00
No.
g
165 638-BK
123 404-BK
123 412-BK
123 420-BK
123 439-BK
165 662-BK
1115.00
1375.00
1705.00
2010.00
2565.00
2875.00
No.
g
165 646-BK
123 366-BK
123 374-BK
123 382-BK
123 390-BK
165 670-BK
1245.00
1505.00
1835.00
2155.00
2785.00
3145.00
No. 605 268-BK
g 140.90
Please note
Door always positioned on the 2100 mm
long side of the container.
1. Install the side walls.
2. ... and the end walls.
3. Hang the door.
4. Put on the roof finished!

BLUE =
122618
122618
Simple and rational assembly
Material containers
14
The modular material container system

can be expanded to form combinations
of 2 and 3 units.
External dims.
Container
combinations
width x depth mm
height mm
3100 x 4200
2100
3100 x 6300
2100
4100 x 4200
2100
4100 x 6300
2100
5100 x 4200
2100
5100 x 6300
2100
Internal height at point where containers are connected

Modules
mm
1775
2
1775
3
1775
2
1775
3
1875
2
1875
3
Without wooden floor
No.
g
927 053-BK
927 054-BK
927 055-BK
927 056-BK
927 057-BK
927 059-BK
3595.00
4990.00
4635.00
5895.00
5230.00
7410.00
No.
g
700 564-BK
700 567-BK
700 565-BK
700 569-BK
700 566-BK
700 570-BK
3810.00
5490.00
5050.00
6705.00
5925.00
8485.00
With wooden floor
The spacious compact solution

forall storage problems
Max. snow load 150 kg/m

Small warehouses (up to 30 m) can be
created by joining containers at the
long sides
Walls and roof made of zinc plated

trapezoidal sheet metal.
Fitted with single door as standard,
heightxwidth1890x1150mm.
Please note
Door always mounted on the long side,
hinged on the right as standard.
Hose and cable holder

Removable, zinc plated steel holder in half
shell shape for hoses, electric cables etc.
Electrical package
Removable electrical package, consisting
of 60 W lamp, on/off switch, plug socket
and fuse box. Electrical connection to be
made by thecustomer.
Ramp
Made of non-slip aluminium sheeting.
The ramp is suitable for all types of
containers.
Tool strip
Removable, zinc plated tool strip for
shovels, spades, brooms etc.
Storage shelf unit

Shelf system in two lengths, made of zinc
plated sheet steel. Free standing
construction for complete utilisation of the
entire floor space.
Accessories
Model
No.
Double doors (instead of standard door)

with drive bolt and cylinder lock
H x W 1890 x 1950 mm
123 528-BK
185.40
Ramp
L x W 1465 x 870 mm
L x W 1000 x 420 mm
L x W 2000 x 420 mm
605 227-BK
913 191-BK
913 192-BK
123 552-BK
700 571-BK
424 651-BK
741 975-BK
478.00
230.50
277.00
169.10
40.10
416.50
107.30
122619
Shelf unit system

with 3 steel shelves
Tool strip for equipment with handles, 5 hooks
Hose and cable holder, zinc plated
Electrical package
Door hinged on left
YELLOW =
Ex stock
extra cost
Skylight, anti-condensation coating, additional doors, windows and

many other options available on request.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122619
For all models on these two pages
795
14
Custom models tailored to your requirements


In accordance with safety regulation
BGR 234
With black/yellow warning stripes.
Supplied with floor anchor.
E-GUARD the protective fencing system for machines, systems and

logistics 200 mm safety clearance from source of danger
Fulfils machine directive 2006/42/EC

Regulation compliant mesh size of 30 x 50 mm which
cannot be reached through
Versatile, can be expanded at any time
Wall sections
Powder coated in graphite black RAL 9011.
Wire mesh welded to a solid, rectangular tubular frame.
Vertical tubing 19 x 19 mm, horizontal tubing 15 x 15 mm,
mesh size 30 x 50 mm, wire thickness 3.0/2.5 mm.
Wall section height 1900 mm + floor clearance 100 mm =
overall height 2000 mm.
1 U-shaped
Height 400 mm, W x D 245 x 200 mm.
No. 610 932-BK
g 71.00
2 L-shaped
Height 400 mm, leg length 180 mm.
Wall sections
No. 610 934-BK
g 65.50
Section width
mm
250
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
Height 1900 mm
No.
g
518 916-BK
518 917-BK
518 918-BK
518 919-BK
518 920-BK
518 922-BK
518 923-BK
518 924-BK
518 925-BK
518 926-BK
518 927-BK
518 928-BK
518 929-BK
75.90
77.90
78.80
80.10
81.50
83.70
84.00
87.00
89.50
91.50
93.60
95.60
97.60
Uprights
Add-on door kits
Powder coated in zinc

yellow RAL 1018.
Rectangular tubing 40 x 40 mm
with welded base plate.
Height 2000 mm.
Floor clearance 100 mm.
Hinged doors are available in single and double door

versions. Designed to enable versatile mounting options.
Door type
Door height
Max. door width
No.
g
left side
right side
518 931-BK
518 932-BK
67.20
67.20
Centre upright
No. 518 933-BK
g 71.60
119125
No. 518 934-BK
2000
3000
518 936-BK
518 937-BK
276.00
525.00
Important ordering information

When ordering one of the two add-on door kits, the
required door panels and the corresponding locking
mechanism must be ordered at the same time.
Door panels
Panel width
mm
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
Height 1900 mm
No.
g
611 004-BK
611 005-BK
611 006-BK
611 007-BK
611 008-BK
611 009-BK
611 010-BK
611 011-BK
115.20
116.10
117.60
120.10
121.30
124.30
128.00
130.60
g 64.90
Corner upright
2000
1500
Handle and snap lock
Prepared for Euro lock system
A lock system cannot be fitted at a later stage.
Lock housing and handle for the installation of a Euro lock

cylinder (provided by the customer).
No. 518 935-BK
No. 611 032-BK
g 85.60
g 224.50
BLUE =
119125
Model
double door
mm
mm
No.
g
End upright
single door
The add-on door kits offered below are supplied with

the two required uprights.
14

X-GUARD the protective fencing system for machines, systems
and robots 200 mm safety clearance from source of danger
Fulfils machine directive 2006/42/EG

Regulation compliant mesh size of
30 x 50 mm cannot be reached
through
Easy to assemble add-on door kit
converts wall sections into single/double hinged doors or sliding doors
Quick assembly versatile expansion
options
Wall sections
Conversion kits
Powder coated in graphite black RAL 9011

Wire mesh welded to a solid,
rectangular tubular frame.
Vertical tubing 20 x 30 mm, horizontal
tubing 25 x 15 mm, mesh size 30 x 50 mm,
wire thickness 3.0 / 2.5 mm.
Easy fastening of the wall sections to the
uprights due to click-fit feature.
Wall sections can be supplied in custom
dimensions on request.
Vertical and horizontal conversion kits make it possible to adapt theheight and width
of the wall sections to exact dimensions.
Vertical conversion kits
Uprights
Powder coated in zinc yellow RAL1018.
50 x 50 mm rectangular tubing with a base
cover plate. Floor clearance 100 mm.
Height
mm
No.
g
2000
2300
611 027-BK
611 028-BK
71.80
84.20
For height
mm
No.
g / kit
1900
2200
611 038-BK
611 030-BK
131.80
131.80
Horizontal conversion kit

No. 611 039-BK
g / set 82.90
Section width
mm
250
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
Height 1900 mm
No.
g
610 998-BK
610 999-BK
611 001-BK
611 002-BK
611 003-BK
611 004-BK
611 005-BK
611 006-BK
611 007-BK
611 008-BK
611 009-BK
611 010-BK
611 011-BK
106.70
107.90
109.20
111.50
112.80
115.20
116.10
117.60
120.10
121.30
124.30
128.00
130.60
No.
g
611 012-BK
611 013-BK
611 014-BK
611 015-BK
611 016-BK
611 017-BK
611 019-BK
611 020-BK
611 021-BK
611 022-BK
611 023-BK
611 024-BK
611 025-BK
107.90
109.20
112.80
113.70
117.60
121.30
125.70
124.30
128.00
130.60
133.00
136.60
139.00
Height 2200 mm
X-locks
Add-on door kits
For hinged and sliding doors.

With mechanical splint which holds the
doors open. The mechanism requires
intentional activation from outside to open
and close doors. From inside, X-lock can
always be opened, but never closed.
In accordance with EN ISO 12100 section
5.5.3.
The X-lock system incl. suitable safety
switch is available on request.
Hinged doors and sliding doors are available in single and double door versions.
They are designed to enable versatile
mounting options. At least one wall section
and two uprights are required for the

add-on door kits offered.
Please order together with the necessary
wall sections and uprights.
Model
Lock housing and handle (for the installation of a Euro lock cylinder provided by the
customer) can be included with your order
as an accessory.
hinged door
Door type
Door height
Max. door width
mm
mm
No.
g
single door
2000 / 2300
1500
sliding door
double doors
2000
3000
2300
3000
single door
2000 / 2300
2000 / 2300
1000
2200
double doors
2000 / 2300
2000 / 2300
2900
5900
611 029-BK
709 401-BK
611 031-BK
611 033-BK
611 035-BK
611 036-BK
611 037-BK
91.40
241.50
241.50
375.50
506.00
1195.00
1570.00
611 032-BK
611 032-BK
611 032-BK
611 032-BK
611 032-BK
611 032-BK
611 032-BK
224.50
224.50
224.50
224.50
224.50
224.50
224.50
122807
Prepared for Euro lock system
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122807
Accessories
797
14
Dividing wall system

FLEXISTORE
Six section widths

Free-standing independent of room height
Can be rearranged and expanded at any time
Easy plug-in and bolt assembly (detailed assembly
instructions and all fastenings are supplied)
Wall sections
Powder coated in papyrus white RAL 9018
1 Height 2200 mm (standard sections)

2 Height 1100 mm
As extension sections for plugging onto the
2200 mm sections (plug connections included)
or as wall sections for low barriers.
Surface phosphate coated / powder coated

Frame, wire mesh and U-rails coated in papyrus white
RAL 9018. Base supports in white aluminium RAL 9006.
Floor connection and section connection
With base supports 5 in 3 heights.
Mesh sections have 50 mm floor clearance.
Wall connection
Made by directly screwing the wall units in place 1 + 2.
Corner connections
See description below.
90 Corner brackets
For connecting wall units
at right angles.
3 brackets required for wall
element height 2200 mm,
1 bracket required per
1100 mm extension element.
Possible dividing wall heights

with 50 mm floor clearance
Height 1150 mm =
Height 2250 mm =
Height 3350 mm =
Construction
Rectangular tubular frame, 20 x 30 mm, with horizontal
reinforcements, 25 x 15 mm.
Welded wire mesh, mesh size 50 x 60 mm. Wire thickness:
vertical 3 mm, horizontal 2.5 mm.
Height 4450 mm =
1 wall unit 1100 mm

1 wall unit 2200 mm
1 wall unit 2200 mm
+ 1 extension unit 1100 mm
2 wall units 2200 mm
Unit width
mm
250
400
700
1000
1200
1500
Height 2200 mm
No.
g
755 289-BK
755 291-BK
755 292-BK
755 293-BK
755 294-BK
755 295-BK
78.20
84.50
90.20
99.90
116.10
121.30
Height 1100 mm
No.
g
755 296-BK
755 297-BK
755 298-BK
755 299-BK
755 300-BK
755 301-BK
66.90
70.20
77.80
82.00
86.20
90.20
Variable corner
bracket
Units can be connected
together at any angle
between 60 180.
Pieces required = same as
corner brackets.
Pack of 3.
U-rail
To stabilize two
interconnected panels, the
top edge is strengthened
by this rail with bolt-on
connection. Grey RAL 9018.
Length 2200 mm.
Crop at wall.
Incl. bolts and connectors.
No. 755 309-BK

g / pack 12.60
No. 755 310-BK

g / pack 23.80
No. 755 312-BK

g 22.60
BLUE =
72010
72010
Pack of 2.
Partition wall system
Hasp and staple

For locking with padlock
(not supplied).
14
Cylinder lock
Prepared for installation of
a Euro lock cylinder (not
supplied). Including lock
housing and steel door
handle.
Door installation sets for double door and sliding doors

The 2200 mm wall elements can be used together with
the door add-on sets described below to form double
doors and sliding doors in any width.
3 Door installation sets for double doors

Door clearance 2250 mm. Can be mounted as required.
Opening inwards or outwards. Hinge on right or left.
Model
2 door supports required.

Please observe the ordering instructions below.
For single doors
Door width max.

Lock type
Overall width = unit width
mm
For double doors
1500
+ 20
+ 90
+ 30
+ 100
755 313-BK
755 314-BK
755 315-BK
755 316-BK
125.60
356.50
270.00
511.00
mm
No.
g
3000
4 Door installation sets for sliding doors

Door clearance height 2250 mm. Complete with all fittings,
bearing rails, ball bearing runners and floor guide.
Locking device can be fitted on left or right. 3 door
supports are required for sliding door widths of
1500 2400 mm, 4 door supports for widths of 3000 mm.
Door width max.
mm
1500
2400
3000
755 317-BK
755 318-BK
755 319-BK
755 321-BK
755 322-BK
755 323-BK
377.50
738.00
507.00
867.00
999.00
1375.00
Lock type
No.
g
Wall and doors made of coated sheet metal

or transparent, impact resistant plastic.
Other door versions and locking devices
Wall units with a height of 750 mm
Door support extensions
Ordering instructions for door installation sets:

Simply order the desired width of the wall elements
1 and the corresponding door supports and door
installation sets. Comprehensive instructions
are supplied.
Partition walls for storage containers and garage

divisions as well as protective fencing for machines
can be found on the previous pages.
5 Uprights
For the 2200 mm wall units, 1150 mm and 2250 mm
supports can be used alternately. Use 2250 mm door
supports in the door area. Additional support
extensions/door support extensions are required
for heights above 2200 mm.
Model

mm
For unit heights

mm
Upright for wall unit

Upright for wall unit
Upright extension for wall unit
Door support
Door support extension
1150 x 25 x 75
2250 x 25 x 75
1100 x 25 x 75
2250 x 50 x 50
2200 x 50 x 50
1100 / 2200
2200
3300 / 4400
2200
4400
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
913 084-BK
900 496-BK
900 497-BK
900 498-BK
900 500-BK
49.15
58.10
32.95
80.40
63.70
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

72023
72023
Powder coated in white aluminium RAL 9006

Box profile. With welded fastening tabs for bolting to wall
elements 1 + 2 on the front side of the support.
Base fastening plate with 2 drill holes. Complete with
fastening material for wall units and dowel connection
to the floor. Floor clearance 50 mm.
KAISER + KRAFT
799
14
Wall construction
Electric wall convection heater
Flexible partition wall system
Wall thickness 82 mm
Sound insulation up to 43 dB
Can be assembled and disassembled
as often as needed
Can be set up as an office,
noise protection cabin or partition
Solid wall sections
Glass wall sections
Door sections
Consists of zinc plated frame, 50 mm thick.

Wood material panels V 20/E1, melamine
coated on both sides, 16 mm thick.
Acoustic filling made of 40 mm thick
mineral fibre insulation panels.
Cover profiles made of aluminium and PVC
track profiles, floor connection through
base rail.
Aluminium frame, 82 mm thick, powder

coated, with PVC holding profiles.
Double glazing made of 2 x 5 mm float
glass.
or 1085 x 600 mm.
Double shell steel frame, primed and

painted with RAL colour. Chipboard door
with tubular core, 40 mm thick, with
laminated covering.
Mortice lock prepared for cylinder profile
provided by the customer, door handles
with round keyhole cover.
Optional window made of 5 mm thick
single pane safety glass.
Window dims.: single door 870 x 605 mm,
double door 870 x 605 or 870 x 480 mm.
Frame clearance dimensions
Height x width
Single door 2093 x 936 mm
Double door 2093 x 1789 mm
Colour selection
For walls, window frames, door frames
and cover profiles there are two standard
colours to choose from:
Light grey RAL 7035
Pure white RAL 9010
Please specify the desired colour when
ordering.
Technical details
Dimensions
Grid size 1200 mm
Wall thickness 82 mm
Railing height 1050 mm
Max. wall height 10000 mm
Light grey RAL 7035
Additional RAL colours available on

request.
Sound insulation values

Solid wall with mineral wool approx.
43 dB, glass wall approx. 36 dB
Sound insulation values are laboratory
values the more glass walls used,
the lower the sound insulation value.
Pure white RAL 9010
Extension sections
With mineral wool.

See technical details for height x width.
Model
119126
Description
Height x width
No. 919 323-BK
g / m2 93.00
No.
g / each
glass wall section
mm
door section, single
door section, double
narrow
1085 x 600
wide
1085 x 1200
without window
2093 x 936
with window
2093 x 936
without window
2093 x 1789
with window
2093 x 1789
919 324-BK
919 325-BK
919 326-BK
919 327-BK
919 328-BK
919 329-BK
281.50
313.50
1050.00
1245.00
1975.00
2295.00
BLUE =
119126
Solid wall section
Partition systems
14
BAP fitted grid light
Compact air conditioner
Options
Standard floor
V 100 wooden panel with tongue and
groove, 2 x 19 mm thick, PE film as moisture
block and 2 mm thick PVC floor covering.
No. 919 331-BK
g / m 92.80
Ceiling section
Suspended acoustic ceiling with inlaid
white mineral fibre panels, 15 mm thick.
Support construction with wide span
supports.
Panel size 625 x 625 mm.
No. 919 332-BK
g / m2 104.60
Sliding vent
No. 919 333-BK
g 80.20
Sliding window
Electrical equipment
Air conditioning
Electrical fittings
Consisting of distribution panel, automatic
circuit breakers and fault protection switch.
Connection voltage 220 / 380 V.
Electric wall convection heater

Power 2500 W.
With thermostat.
Width x height x depth 700 x 450 x 100 mm.
No. 919 336-BK
g 406.50
Switch / socket combination

No. 919 334-BK
g 549.00
No. 919 337-BK
Hinged / tilting window

With insulated glass.
Lighting
No. 919 335-BK
No. 919 338-BK
g 121.00
No. 919 340-BK
g 323.00
Compact air conditioner

Air circulation approx. 300 m3/h.
Power 2400 W.
Width x height x depth 560 x 385 x 692 mm.
No. 502 576-BK
g 3115.00
Fitted grid light

Power 4 x 18 W.
g 891.00
Ceiling section with mineral wool insulation, 40 mm thick. On request, can be

supplied with 19 mm thick wooden panels so that ceiling construction can be
walked on.
g 230.00
BAP fitted grid light

Ideal for areas with PC monitors.
Power 4 x 18 W.
87354
g 270.00
87354
No. 919 339-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
801
14
Prefab offices
Wall elements
Flexible cabin system made of aluminium

profiles and coated wooden material
panels
Monoblock elements, overall 53 mm thick, with all

round, powder coated aluminium frames. 16 mm thick
melamine coated wooden material sheets on both sides.
20 mm thick mineral wool insulation insert.
The joints between elements covered with PVC finishing
strips.
Monoblock units ensure quick and easy assembly

Scratch resistant, impact resistant, and hard-wearing
extremely low maintenance
Can be transported with transport base
For room heights up to 3000 mm
Glazing
Made of 5 mm float glass. Standard version with single
pane, ISO version double-glazed. Both with PVC holding
profile.
Prefab cabin with glazed wall elements

External length
External width 2100 mm
4-sided
free standing
up to 28 dB
up to 34 dB
3-sided,
for installation against an existing wall
2100
3100
4100
5100
6100
3100
4100
5100
6100
No.
g
913 365-BK
913 366-BK
913 368-BK
913 369-BK
913 370-BK
913 371-BK
913 372-BK
913 373-BK
913 374-BK
3515.00
4325.00
5130.00
5940.00
6765.00
3315.00
3805.00
4255.00
4730.00
Standard floor
No.
Extra cost g
913 376-BK
913 377-BK
913 378-BK
913 379-BK
913 380-BK
913 381-BK
913 382-BK
913 384-BK
913 385-BK
367.00
567.00
718.00
895.00
1120.00
541.00
706.00
891.00
1040.00
Transport base
No.
Extra cost g
913 386-BK
913 387-BK
913 388-BK
913 389-BK
1500.00
1830.00
1135.00
791.00
No.
Extra cost g
913 396-BK
913 397-BK
913 398-BK
913 399-BK
913 400-BK
913 401-BK
913 402-BK
913 403-BK
913 404-BK
667.00
864.00
1090.00
1270.00
1490.00
640.00
772.00
904.00
1035.00
No.
g
913 406-BK
913 407-BK
913 408-BK
913 409-BK
913 410-BK
913 411-BK
913 412-BK
913 414-BK
913 415-BK
4325.00
5200.00
6080.00
6950.00
7825.00
4190.00
4730.00
5275.00
5820.00
Standard floor
No.
Extra cost g
913 416-BK
913 417-BK
913 418-BK
913 419-BK
913 420-BK
913 422-BK
913 423-BK
913 424-BK
913 425-BK
562.00
803.00
1055.00
1300.00
1575.00
790.00
1050.00
1285.00
1545.00
Transport base
No.
Extra cost g
913 426-BK
913 427-BK
913 428-BK
913 429-BK
1135.00
1680.00
2195.00
2745.00
No.
Extra cost g
913 436-BK
913 437-BK
913 438-BK
913 439-BK
913 440-BK
913 441-BK
913 442-BK
913 443-BK
913 444-BK
864.00
1090.00
1310.00
1575.00
1810.00
878.00
1035.00
1185.00
1355.00
No.
g
913 445-BK
913 446-BK
913 447-BK
913 449-BK
913 450-BK
913 451-BK
913 452-BK
913 453-BK
913 454-BK
5130.00
6080.00
7025.00
7980.00
8915.00
5070.00
5675.00
6285.00
6895.00
Standard floor
No.
Extra cost g
913 455-BK
913 457-BK
913 458-BK
913 459-BK
913 460-BK
913 461-BK
913 462-BK
913 463-BK
913 465-BK
733.00
1055.00
1405.00
1725.00
2075.00
1040.00
1380.00
1710.00
2050.00
Transport base
No.
Extra cost g
913 466-BK
913 467-BK
1480.00
2210.00
No.
Extra cost g
913 476-BK
913 477-BK
913 478-BK
913 479-BK
913 481-BK
913 482-BK
913 483-BK
913 484-BK
913 485-BK
1065.00
1335.00
1600.00
1845.00
2105.00
1100.00
1285.00
1485.00
1685.00
Standard model
without floor
ISO model
Calculated sound insulation to DIN

Standard design
ISO design
mm
Standard model
without floor
ISO model
2500 mm
1000 mm
1050 mm
53 mm
Standard model
without floor
72039
ISO model
BLUE =
72039
Technical details
Clear headroom
Element width
Railing height
Wall thickness
14
Prefab offices
Door modules
Frames made of powder coated aluminium
profiles with rubber sealing, clearance
width 885 mm.
Chipboard tube core door, 40 mm thick,
withwindow made of 5 mm safety glass.
Mortice lock, prepared for cylinder profile
provided by the customer, door handles
with rounded keyhole.
Nickel plated screw-in strips.
Ceiling sections
Suspended acoustic ceiling with inlaid
white mineral fibre panels, 15 mm thick.
Size 625 x 625 mm, including white support
construction and wide span supports.
ISO model with 40 mm mineral wool and
covered with 19 mm thick wooden panels.
Ceiling sections can not be walked on.
Standard floor
Effective overall height 60 mm, PE film as
moisture block, integrated steel tubes to
adjust the height, V 100 wooden panel with
tongue and groove, 2 x 19 mm thick, and
PVC floor covering.
Transport base
Effective overall height 100 mm.
Continuous tubular frame (height 100 mm)
with welded cross and longitudinal bars.
V 100 wooden panel, 2 x 19 mm thick, and
PVC floor covering.
Colours
Walls and cover profiles in light grey
RAL 7035.
Aluminium profiles in light grey RAL 7035,
gentian blue RAL5010 or anodisedaluminium.
Two storey system available on request
Light grey RAL 7035
Additional fittings at extra cost
Anodised aluminium
No.
Sliding vent
Hight x width 95 x 455 mm
913 488-BK
73.90
Sliding window
913 489-BK
512.00
Hinged / tilting window

913 490-BK
827.00
913 491-BK
913 492-BK
913 493-BK
913 494-BK
913 495-BK
512.00
Ventilation fan 260 m3 / h

Wall convector 2500 W
Subsidiary power distribution box
Double power socket
Fitted grid light 4 x 18 W
913 496-BK
227.00
BAP fitted grid light 4 x 18 W

913 497-BK
256.50
Counter / sliding window

417.00
315.50
383.00
76.60
119129
We will also undertake final assembly at extra cost.

Please enquire.
2750 and 3000 mm high sections available on request.
Transport bases, can be transported with forklift
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119129
Item
803
14
Prefab offices
Sheet steel wall sections with high quality powder

coating
Multipurpose rooms and industrial partition systems are

versatile and can be expanded.
Self-assembly possible with detailed assembly
instructions. We can undertake assembly for a flat fee on
request.
Scope of delivery
Wall sections with windows
Zinc plated sheet metal shell, filled with mineral wool.
From 1090 mm height with 5 mm thick float glass in plastic
clamping profiles.
1 door section with window
Metal door, powder coated in the same colour as the wall.
Size 813 x 1984 mm.
Glazed from 1090 mm height.
1 electric unit
1 socket, 1 switch beside the door with built-in cable duct.
Cabling to be installed by customer.
Ceiling
Mineral fibre acoustic panels inserted in sheet steel
T-profiles.
Ceiling lamps
Double strip lights for two 58 W lamps with plastic tray,
see table for quantity.
Steel platforms can be found on page 793.
Technical data
Please note
Overall height
When making an enquiry or placing an order,

please enclose a sketch with the following details
1. Position and opening direction of the door
DIN left or right
hinged, opening
DIN left
DIN right
to the inside or
outside.
Room clearance height

Standard section width
Type of glazing
Glass thickness
Height of lower section
Wall thickness
2630 mm
+ 60 mm for floor
2510 mm
1000 mm
normal glazing
with float glass
5 mm
1090 mm
45 mm
2. Colour combination
3. Position of the ventilation fan if ordered
Available in 3 colour
combinations
Wall sections
Frames
and skirting
RAL 9002
RAL 7016
RAL 9002
RAL 5010
RAL 7032
RAL 7016
72042
Sliding clamp profile in charcoal grey RAL 7016.
BLUE =
Prefab offices
14
Available on request:
Other colour combinations, special sizes,
BAP lighting, additional accessories, two-storey
systems, security systems, reinforced base frame for
forklift transport etc.
Prefab office, 4 sides

Length
Width
2045 mm
dual strip lights
Width
3045 mm
dual strip lights
Width
4045 mm
dual strip lights
Width
5045 mm
mm
3045
1
No.
g
925 896-BK
925 918-BK
925 926-BK
925 934-BK
4340.00
5040.00
5770.00
6465.00
926 027-BK
926 035-BK
926 043-BK
926 051-BK
5115.00
5865.00
6555.00
7160.00
926 159-BK
926 167-BK
926 175-BK
926 183-BK
5865.00
6780.00
7435.00
8395.00
926 280-BK
926 299-BK
926 302-BK
926 310-BK
6555.00
7435.00
8150.00
9110.00
No.
g
No.
g
dual strip lights
No.
g
4045
5045
6045

Approx. 15 % cheaper than offices with
4 sides, depending on the size, fittings
and local conditions.

Approx. 30 % cheaper than offices with
4 sides, depending on the size, fittings
and local conditions.
Accessories
Accessories
Complete wall section
Standard floor
PE film as moisture block, overall height 60 mm, V100 wooden panel
with tongue and groove 2 x 19 mm strong and PVC floor covering, 2 mm
Hinged/tilting window
955 x 965 mm, single pane, hinged DIN right or left
No.
extra cost g / section
660 230-BK
No.
extra cost g / m2
913 486-BK
No.
g
660 540-BK
70.20
80.70
927.00
No.
extra cost g / section
505 278-BK
Wall mounted ventilation fan

260 m3/h
No.
913 492-BK
417.00
Ventilation grid
in the door
No.
g
913 488-BK
Sliding window
Aluminium frame, width 955 mm, opening clearance 400 mm
No.
g
127 582-BK
Insulated windows made of float glass

28 mm (4/20/4)
113.10
73.90
792.00
Partitions in grid system
72044
72044
The partitions can be changed and extended at any time.

Section widths 1000, 750, 500 and 250 mm.
Wall connecting sections 45 300 mm wide.
Section heights from 2100 to 7000 mm possible.
Measured sound-proofing of the wall system
(in accordance with DIN 20140) up to 39 dB, depending on the version.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
805
14
Multi-purpose buildings
For indoor and outdoor installation
Seven different standard sizes

Projects with 1 to 3 storeys, with steel support frames
and stairs, wall fastening materials etc.
Versatile configuration options for wall sections
Ideal for a wide range of uses due to the modular

construction:
In indoor areas as prefab offices, test and measurement
rooms, control rooms, break or social rooms, bathrooms.
In outdoor areas as service rooms, smoking rooms,
porter's lodges and cashier's offices.
Standard model
4-sided free standing unit, with roof, without floor,
assembly frame.
1 Panelling with rounded square pattern

2 Panelling with square pattern
Wall sections
1 Rounded square pattern
Height 2500 mm, grid 1060 mm.
Railing height1030mm.
2 Square pattern
Height 2500 mm, grid 1000 mm.
Railing height1000mm.
Lower part made of sheet steel, painted on both sides
inRAL colour specified by customer.
Upper part with single pane 5 mm float glass.
Wall sections without glazing available on request.
Type of doors
Double walled sheet metal door with window.
Complete with door handle, lock and profile cylinder.
Solid panel and custom doors available on request.
Roof for outdoor installations

Steel frame with rain gutter, covered with trapezoidal
sheet metal (can be walked on), without ceiling panels
and insulation.
Roof for indoor installations

Steel frame with decorative chipboard ceiling panels,
without insulation and exterior panelling
(cannot be walked on).
Alternative models
Sound and heat insulation, different types of glazing,
electrical equipment, heating and air conditioning,
ventilation systems, bathroom facilities, cable channels
etc. are available on request.
Please enquire, we would be happy to advise you.
1
1 Multi-purpose buildings panelling with rounded square pattern
length x width mm
Internal dims.
1160 x 1160
2220 x 1160
2220 x 2220
3280 x 2220
4340 x 2220
3280 x 3000
4340 x 3000
length x width mm
1050 x 1050
2110 x 1050
2110 x 2110
3170 x 2110
4230 x 2110
3170 x 2890
4230 x 2890
For indoor use

flat pack version
No.
g
709 097-BK
709 098-BK
709 199-BK
709 208-BK
709 242-BK
709 243-BK
709 244-BK
1945.00
2625.00
3285.00
3960.00
4885.00
4885.00
5485.00
For outdoor use

zinc plated, flat pack version
No.
g
709 089-BK
709 090-BK
709 091-BK
709 092-BK
709 094-BK
709 095-BK
709 096-BK
2685.00
3500.00
4255.00
5475.00
6530.00
6530.00
7490.00
Interior panelling
for indoor areas
No.
extra cost g
709 297-BK
709 299-BK
709 300-BK
709 302-BK
709 303-BK
709 304-BK
709 305-BK
219.50
333.00
487.50
655.00
758.00
750.00
864.00
Interior panelling
for outdoor areas
No.
extra cost g
709 245-BK
709 246-BK
709 248-BK
709 249-BK
709 250-BK
709 251-BK
709 252-BK
241.00
378.00
497.00
690.00
831.00
850.00
1050.00
Floor with PVC covering

for indoor areas
No.
extra cost g
709 338-BK
709 339-BK
709 340-BK
709 341-BK
709 342-BK
709 343-BK
709 345-BK
335.00
460.50
642.00
906.00
1010.00
1010.00
1265.00
Floor with screen printed panels

No.
for outdoor areas
extra cost g
709 306-BK
709 307-BK
709 308-BK
709 333-BK
709 334-BK
709 335-BK
709 337-BK
366.50
582.00
814.00
1030.00
1350.00
1320.00
1645.00
Assembly cost
133 876-BK
133 884-BK
133 892-BK
133 906-BK
133 914-BK
133 922-BK
133 930-BK
211.00
259.50
313.50
417.50
462.00
372.50
424.00
119130
Options and assembly
No.
extra cost g
Interior panelling for indoor installations

Wall and ceiling cladding with decorative white chipboard
panels and insulation. Roof covering with hardboard
panels (cannot be walked on).
Interior panelling for outdoor installations
Wall and ceiling cladding with decorative chipboard
panels and insulation.
Floor, uninsulated for indoor installations
Steel frame, walking surface made of bonded wooden
panels and heterogeneous grey PVC covering.
Floor, uninsulated for outdoor installations
Steel frame, walking surface made of screen printed
panels.
Assembly cost
Multi-purpose buildings are delivered fully assembled
from the manufacturer.
119130
External dims.
BLUE =
Multipurpose buildings
14
2 Multi-purpose buildings panelling with square pattern
Additional options for these two pages

Model
Sliding window, lateral,
width x height 1000 x 1400 mm
No.
g
134 171-BK
Wind-up sliding window, upwards,

No.
g
134 244-BK
235.50
356.00
External dims.
length x width mm
1050 x 1050
2050 x 1050
2050 x 2050
3050 x 2050
4050 x 2050
3050 x 3000
4050 x 3000
Counter window with communication flap and

access, width x height 1000 x 1400 mm
No.
g
134 260-BK
Internal dims.
length x width mm
940 x 940
1940 x 940
1940 x 1940
2940 x 1940
3940 x 1940
2940 x 2890
3940 x 2890
No.
g
709 354-BK
709 355-BK
709 356-BK
709 357-BK
709 358-BK
709 359-BK
709 361-BK
No.
g
134 287-BK
For indoor use

flat pack version
Sliding vent in the door

1885.00
2510.00
3075.00
3730.00
4695.00
4750.00
5385.00
For outdoor use

zinc plated, flat pack version
No.
g
709 346-BK
709 347-BK
709 348-BK
709 349-BK
709 350-BK
709 351-BK
709 353-BK
3410.00
4085.00
5230.00
6285.00
6285.00
7140.00
No.
g
134 317-BK
2625.00
Electrical package
220 / 380 V, distribution with
circuit breakers and FI switch
Earthed sockets, double
No.
g
134 376-BK
Double strip light 2 x 58 W

with tubes and switch, length 1600 mm
No.
g
134 341-BK
Mirror grid light 2 x 58 W

with tubes and switch, length 1600 mm
No.
g
913 175-BK
Rapid electric heater

with thermostat control, white, 2 kW
width x height x depth 300 x 400 x 100 mm
No.
g
134 295-BK
Window fan
150 m/h air flow rate, 195 mm
No.
g
724 653-BK
119131
Interior panelling
for indoor areas
No.
extra cost g
709 369-BK
709 370-BK
709 371-BK
709 372-BK
709 373-BK
709 374-BK
709 375-BK
237.00
376.00
562.00
718.00
754.00
781.00
975.00
Interior panelling
for outdoor areas
No.
extra cost g
709 362-BK
709 363-BK
709 364-BK
709 365-BK
709 366-BK
709 367-BK
709 368-BK
251.00
433.00
542.00
683.00
868.00
879.00
1110.00
Floor with PVC covering

for indoor areas
No.
extra cost g
709 384-BK
709 385-BK
709 386-BK
709 388-BK
709 389-BK
709 390-BK
709 391-BK
319.00
450.50
575.00
811.00
992.00
1090.00
1280.00
Floor with screen printed panels

No.
for outdoor areas
extra cost g
709 376-BK
709 377-BK
709 378-BK
709 380-BK
709 381-BK
709 382-BK
709 383-BK
339.00
489.50
744.00
938.00
1170.00
1270.00
1535.00
Assembly cost
133 876-BK
133 884-BK
133 892-BK
133 906-BK
133 914-BK
133 922-BK
133 930-BK
211.00
259.50
313.50
417.50
462.00
372.50
424.00
No.
extra cost g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

342.50
77.10
268.50
43.90
182.90
302.50
129.00
277.00
KAISER + KRAFT
119131
Delivered by a freight company.

A forklift or crane with a load capacity of at least 2.5 t is
All multi-purpose buildings are fitted with crane eyelets.
On request, crane unloading service available at extra
cost.
Supplied flat pack for self-assembly according to

On request, optionally delivered fully assembled
directly from themanufacturer or can be assembled
on-site by planttechnicians.
Must be assembled on a firm and flat surface.
807
PRODUCT RANGE
OFFICE
DESKS
For team workstations
Tabletop 25 mm thick with 2 mm ABS edges.
Solid steel frames in aluminium silver with round tubular
legs, 60mm. Height adjustable from 680 760 mm.
SUSPENSION FILE CABINETS

With 5 drawers for A4 landscape
Central locking, incl. 2 keys.
A detailed description and other models can be
found on page 852.
485.00
125013
+ ON STOP SHOPPING
365.00

125013
g
No. 519 684-BK
g
No. 424 414-BK
OPERATOR SWIVEL CHAIRS

With mesh back rest and aluminium
five-star base
All round comfort due to contoured seat and point
synchronous mechanism.
g
No. 977 116-BK
MOBILE PEDESTALS
With central locking
325.00
High quality, metal roller drawer guides.

Complete range on page 834.
g
No. 759 891-BK
245.00
OFFICE
15 Office furnishings
Pages
810 846
Steel furniture and safes

Pages
847 877
16 Office swivel chairs

Pages
878 903
Seating and tables

Pages
17 Office equipment
Pages
922 1009
122706
122706
904 921
15
Office furniture
Office furniture
Pages
810 846
Steel cupboards and suspension

file cabinets
Pages
847 862
Drawing cupboards
Page
863
Fire resistant steel cupboards

Pages
864, 875
Key cabinets andkey safes

865 869
655 1300 mm
Pages
Safes and security cupboards

870 877
725 1185 mm
Pages
3
2
Height adjustable desks

+ Top quality raw materials and certified
production technology
+ Custom made products available
on request
+ 5 year re-ordering guarantee
+ 5-star equipment for your office
UPLINER comfortable
seating, healthy standing.
All three versions guarantee
you comfort and better
ergonomics at the workplace.
Desktop made of 25 mm thick melamine
coated chipboard with ABS edges.
Optionally in light grey or beech finish.
Elegant C-foot frame made of steel with
telescopic legs.
Powder coated in silver colour.
Desks are delivered flat pack.
1 Manual height adjustment

Height 725 1185 mm.
6 mm lift per crank revolution.
Max. load (dynamic) approx. 60 kg.
2 Electric height adjustment

Accessories
Height 725 1185 mm. Lift 29 mm/s.

Max. load (static) approx. 140 kg.
Cable guide
For routing cables vertically.
Height 720 1160 mm, silver.
3 Electric height adjustment
No. 610 365-BK
Height 655 1300 mm. Lift 40 mm/s.

Max. load (static) approx. 140 kg.
g 72.60
PC holder
Silver coloured.
No. 610 363-BK
Model
Height adjustment
g 109.90
manual 725 1185 mm
electric 725 1185 mm
electric 655 1300 mm
Description
Width x depth
Colour
mm
light grey
beech finish
g
1200 x 800
1600 x 800
1200 x 800
1600 x 800
1800 x 800
2000 x 1000
1200 x 800
1600 x 800
1800 x 800
2000 x 1000
610 401-BK
610 403-BK
610 404-BK
610 405-BK
610 384-BK
610 385-BK
610 386-BK
610 387-BK
610 388-BK
610 389-BK
610 390-BK
610 391-BK
610 392-BK
610 393-BK
610 394-BK
610 395-BK
610 396-BK
610 397-BK
610 398-BK
610 400-BK
433.00
433.00
549.00
582.00
586.00
631.00
702.00
725.00
747.00
796.00
610 406-BK
610 407-BK
610 406-BK
610 407-BK
610 408-BK
610 408-BK
610 406-BK
610 407-BK
610 408-BK
610 408-BK
84.30
87.90
84.30
87.90
87.90
87.90
84.30
87.90
87.90
87.90
Accessories
Horizontal cable tray
silver
g
CAD
Free CAD Planning
Service
Please contact us with your

requirements.
Our qoutation will include a plan
true to scale, as well as virtual
drawings in 3D quality.
125085
We guarantee that you will still be able

to buy all items that you find in our
catalogue today years from now.
You have many ideas to arrange

your new office furniture and are
looking for advice?
125085
Follow-up Purchase guarantee
BLUE =
UPLINER 15
NEW
CAD
Service
UPLINER versatile furniture fordynamic

office environments.
Desks
Desks with electric height adjustment, adjustment
range6501300 mm.
Stable steel frame in T-shape, no cross beams,
thus infinite freedom of movement.
With one motor on each side, lift speed36mm/second.
Max. static load 90 kg, dynamic load 70 kg.
Three tabletop sizes in four finishes, each 25 mm thick and
with 2 mm ABS edging, rounded.
Frame optionally in silver, similar to RAL 9006 or in white,
similar to RAL 9016.
Mobile pedestals
With a depth of 800 mm, they are ideal for expanding the
workstation they even fit underneath the table when it is
at its lowest possible height.
High quality drawers with plastic edge inserts onmetal
roller guides, self-retracting.
Central locking and with pull-out stop.
The suspension file cabinet is fully extendable.
Can also be fitted with slanted trays and dividers.
Delivered assembled. Handles and castors enclosed for
self-assembly.
Partition sets for mobile pedestals

Drawer divider sets
4 A4 dividers, 2 A5 dividers,
4 A6 dividers,
all fully adjustable
Model
Description
Height
Width x depth
124804
Colour
No.
g / set
900 904-BK
No.
g / set
900 905-BK
53.50

We guarantee that you will still be able to buy all items
that you find in our catalogue today years from now.
41.25
desks
desks
mobile pedestals
frame silver, similar to RAL 9006
frame white, similar to RAL 9016
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer,
1 suspension file drawer
mm
mm
650 1300
1600 x 800
650 1300
1800 x 800
650 1300
2000 x 1000
650 1300
1600 x 800
650 1300
1800 x 800
650 1300
2000 x 1000
512
428 x 800
512
428 x 800
light grey
maple finish
beech finish
walnut finish
970 571-BK
970 578-BK
970 585-BK
970 592-BK
970 572-BK
970 579-BK
970 586-BK
970 593-BK
970 574-BK
970 580-BK
970 587-BK
970 594-BK
970 575-BK
970 582-BK
970 588-BK
970 595-BK
970 576-BK
970 583-BK
970 589-BK
970 596-BK
970 577-BK
970 584-BK
970 591-BK
970 597-BK
944 322-BK
970 600-BK
944 323-BK
970 601-BK
944 320-BK
970 598-BK
944 321-BK
970 599-BK
736.00
754.00
798.00
736.00
754.00
798.00
384.50
395.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124804
5 slanted A4 trays, light grey
811
15 DYNAMIX
A
CAD
Service
Desks
Material
Melamine coated chipboard with ABS edges
In two modern, ergonomic versions.

The elegant runners were specially designed
by the English designer Paul Brooks.
The attractive C-foot frame, made of steel in
Accessories for all desks
white aluminium, is suitable for any room.
A Fixed height of 720 mm

Every desk is supplied with a pair of side screens in
graphite grey and silver.
These removable screens are the ideal solution for
discrete vertical cable management.
Material thickness
Tabletops: 25 mm
Fronts and body: 19 mm
Shelves: 19 mm
B Height 700 to 1160 mm, infinitely

electrically adjustable
Lift 29 mm/s. Max. load 60 kg.

Say good-bye to storage problems and back pain.
Both versions can be linked together easily.

Cable sleeve, in silver

For vertical cable management.
Height 720 1160 mm.
No. 610 365-BK
g 72.60
Cable tray, in silver

For 1600 mm table width. H x W x D 90 x 1460 x 90 mm.
No. 610 383-BK
g 87.90
PC holder, in silver
To mount underneath the desktop.
No. 610 363-BK
Model
A desks
Description
Height
Width x depth
124805
Colour
B desks
linking tops for A
C-foot frame with fixed height
g 109.90
90
90 incl.
support leg
linking tops for B
C-foot frame, electric height adjustment
90
90 incl.
support leg
mm
mm
720
800 x 800
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
720
2000 x 1200
800 x 800
720
1200 x 1200
700 1160
1200 x 800
700 1160
1600 x 800
700 1160
2000 x 1000
800 x 800
720
1200 x 1200
light grey
beech finish
g
610 350-BK
610 351-BK
610 352-BK
610 353-BK
610 354-BK
610 355-BK
610 357-BK
610 358-BK
610 359-BK
610 360-BK
610 361-BK
610 362-BK
610 339-BK
610 340-BK
610 341-BK
610 342-BK
610 343-BK
610 344-BK
610 345-BK
610 346-BK
610 347-BK
610 349-BK
263.00
285.00
307.00
472.00
109.90
220.00
613.00
636.00
680.00
164.90
245.00
BLUE =
124805
Cable management
Tables with fixed height: vertically via removable side
cover screens, horizontally via optional cable tray
Tables with electric height adjustment:
vertically and horizontally via optional cable sleeve
and cable tray (for 1600 mm table width)
DYNAMIX 15
Lock integrated in handle
Cupboards
Mobile pedestals
The slimline metal handle with integrated cylinder lock is

particularly eye-catching. The lockable cupboards are
fitted with an all metal lock (common key) with three point
locking.
Shelves height adjustable in increments of 32 mm.
On suspension file drawers, each drawer can be
separately locked. High quality all metal fittings.
Height adjustment screws in the base can be accessed
from inside.
Choice of 2 models with common locking central lock and

safety stop.
High quality metal drawer rails. Accessories available.
Partition sets for mobile pedestals

Model
Height
Width x depth
124806
Colour
5 slanted A4 trays,
light grey
No.
g / set
900 904-BK
4 A6 dividers, all fully adjustable
No.
g / set
900 905-BK
double door cupboards
53.50
41.25
combination cupboards
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer,
1 susp. file
drawer
2 shelves,
lockable
4 shelves,
lockable
glass doors,
4 shelves
1 hat shelf, mirror,

clothes rail,
lockable
4 shelves,
3 open
compartments,
2 hinged doors
2 shelves,
2 susp.
file drawers,
lockable
3 open
compartments,
4 drawers
mm
mm
590
428 x 553
590
428 x 553
1270
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
400 x 420
light grey
beech finish
g
907 094-BK
907 095-BK
907 097-BK
907 098-BK
907 031-BK
907 032-BK
907 020-BK
907 021-BK
610 366-BK
610 367-BK
907 024-BK
907 025-BK
610 368-BK
610 369-BK
610 373-BK
610 374-BK
610 375-BK
610 376-BK
267.00
267.00
289.50
389.50
456.50
363.00
334.00
557.00
345.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124806
mobile pedestals
Description
Service
Supplied assembled. Handles and castors enclosed for

self-assembly.

Model
CAD
813
15 THEA
CAD
Service
Material
Cable management
Concealed, horizontal and vertical cable guides
Drawers
Metal drawers, central locking, pull-out stop
Interior cupboard fittings
Material thickness
Tabletops 25 mm
Side panels and fronts 19 mm
Top, base, shelves 25 mm
The THEA office furniture series offers all of

the products required to completely furnish
your office: from the desk to linking tops,
pedestals, shelving units and cupboards
all matching with one another.
Low emission manufacturing THEA proudly
bears The Blue Angel seal.
Desks
Bolted cross-beam system in two frame versions:
4-legged tubular steel or C-foot with flat runners, both
powder coated in white aluminium and height adjustable.
Horizontal cable management via a largely proportioned,
folding cable duct. The cable duct can be accessed from
the inside of the table as well as from the outside.
An optionally available cable sleeve can be used for
vertical cable routing.
Linking tops can be used to connect the tables and thus
create even more working space.
Ideal for small meetings: the round extension table.

desks with 4-legged frame
Description
Height
Width x depth
125019
Colour
desks with C-foot frame
linking tops
90
90 with support leg
with round base
mm
mm
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
835 x 835
680 820
1200 x 1200
720
1100 x 800
antique white
light grey
maple finish
g
746 888-BK
746 926-BK
748 398-BK
746 889-BK
746 935-BK
748 399-BK
746 890-BK
746 936-BK
748 400-BK
746 893-BK
748 393-BK
748 494-BK
746 895-BK
748 394-BK
748 495-BK
746 896-BK
748 395-BK
748 496-BK
748 500-BK
748 504-BK
748 507-BK
748 502-BK
748 505-BK
748 508-BK
748 503-BK
748 506-BK
748 509-BK
329.00
362.00
384.00
373.00
395.00
423.50
230.00
357.50
593.00
extension table
BLUE =
125019
Model
THEA 15
Suspended
doors without
guide groove in
the base
Pedestals
Shelving units and cupboards
All models equipped with central locking and pull-out stop

as standard.
Storage trays and steel drawers fitted with ball bearing
mounted guides, 75% extension.
Suspension file drawer with fully extendable telescopic
guide, 105%.
All units have a bonded and bolted body, a full length rear
panel with tongue and groove connection, and rest on a
45 mm high steel plinth, powder coated in white aluminium.
The hinged doors have an opening angle of 110 and are
lockable. Sliding door cupboards with suspended doors
without guide groove in the base, also lockable.
Both with holes spaced at 32 mm for individual height
adjustment of the shelves.
Accessories
Cable sleeve for desks
for vertical cable management
No.
g
748 547-BK
PC holder for desks

with height adjustable tray
No.
g
748 548-BK
Grid partition for pedestals

for lateral division into A4
No.
g
748 549-BK
Slanted tray for pedestals

with 11 compartments for A4
No.
g
748 550-BK
125016
5.40
31.90
fixed pedestals
shelving units
hinged door cupboards
sliding door cupboards
suspension file
cabinet
1 utensil
drawer,
3drawers
1 utensil
drawer,
1 drawer,
1 suspension
file drawer
1 utensil
drawer,
4 drawers
1 utensil
drawer,
2 drawers,
1 suspension
file drawer
2 shelves,
3 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
1 shelf,
2 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
2 suspension
file drawers,
2-track
mm
mm
520
440 x 800
520
440 x 800
720
440 x 800
720
440 x 800
1133
800 x 442
1869
800 x 442
1133
800 x 442
1869
800 x 442
781
1200 x 442
1133
1200 x 442
781
800 x 442
antique white
light grey
maple finish
748 511-BK
748 515-BK
748 519-BK
748 512-BK
748 516-BK
748 520-BK
748 513-BK
748 517-BK
748 521-BK
748 514-BK
748 518-BK
748 522-BK
748 523-BK
748 531-BK
748 539-BK
748 524-BK
748 532-BK
748 540-BK
748 525-BK
748 533-BK
748 541-BK
748 526-BK
748 534-BK
748 542-BK
748 527-BK
748 535-BK
748 543-BK
748 529-BK
748 537-BK
748 545-BK
748 530-BK
748 538-BK
748 546-BK
406.00
439.00
512.00
604.00
241.00
329.00
357.50
494.00
329.00
401.50
688.00
Height
Width x depth
Colour
108.90
mobile pedestals
Description
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125016
Model
53.90
815
15 CHRISTINE
Material
Cable management
Horizontally via cable clasp
Drawers
Extension 80 %, suspension file drawersfully
extendable
Material thickness
Tabletops, body and shelves 19 mm
Fronts 16mm
Shelf unit/cupboard rear panels 3 mm
CHRISTINE a new office furniture series

Desks
for individually configured arrangements in
In two widths and frame versions. Each with practical
extension table to extend the workstation or for use as a
your office.
small conference area.
Variation is achieved through the use of the
With horizontal cable duct and frame made of stainless
two desk models, both of which are available steel. C-foot is fixed height runner frame is height
adjustable.
in two sizes, as well as the respective
extension tables.
This series is supplemented with shelving
Mobile pedestals
units, cupboards and combination cupboards Two practical storage units, completely light grey or white.
in different versions.
Central locking, individual key.
Drawers made of steel with pull-out stops and automatic
Visible metal parts made of stainless steel.
retraction, 800 mm deep on roller guides.
Assembly Service
Delivered assembled, castors enclosed for self-assembly.
DeliveryAssemblyPackaging removal
Available at cost on request.
CAD
Service
desks
Description
Height
Width x depth
122622
Colour
extension table
desks
extension table
mobile pedestals
C-foot frame
C-foot frame
C-foot frame
runner frame
runner frame
runner frame
3 drawers,
lockable
1 drawer,
1 susp. file drawer,
lockable
mm
mm
750
1600 x 800
750
1800 x 900
750
1000 x 600
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
1800 x 900
680 820
1000 x 600
540
420 x 800
540
420 x 800
light grey
white
g
746 237-BK
746 424-BK
746 238-BK
746 582-BK
746 239-BK
746 602-BK
746 241-BK
746 605-BK
746 331-BK
746 610-BK
746 332-BK
746 618-BK
746 333-BK
746 619-BK
746 334-BK
746 620-BK
332.00
388.00
197.90
399.00
443.50
232.00
366.00
366.00
BLUE =
122622
Model
CHRISTINE 15
Colours
Suitable for any requirements: shelving

units, cupboards and combination
cupboards.
Practicaland effective: the corner shelf
unit.
All shelves permanently mounted and in
same colour as body. Stainless steel
handles and skirting boards.
The doors in light grey, walnut finish and
charcoal are lockable.
Tables, pedestals and shelving units

Completely light grey or white
Cupboards and combination cupboards
Completely light grey
Body white/front walnut finish
Body light grey/front charcoal
CAD
Service
shelving units
Description
112596
cupboards
combination cupboards
1 shelf,
2 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
1 shelf,
2 file heights
1 shelf,
2 file heights,
glass doors
4 shelves,
5 file heights
1 shelf,
1 file height,
1 susp. file
drawer
4 shelves,
5 file heights,
4 doors
4 shelves,
5 file heights,
4 doors,
glass doors
on top
mm
mm
760
800 x 380
1830
400 x 380
1830
800 x 380
1830
600 x 600
760
800 x 380
760
800 x 380
1830
800 x 380
760
800 x 380
1830
800 x 380
1830
800 x 380

white / walnut finish
light grey / charcoal
746 414-BK
746 624-BK
746 415-BK
746 628-BK
746 416-BK
746 633-BK
746 417-BK
746 637-BK
746 683-BK
746 640-BK
746 418-BK
746 419-BK
746 641-BK
746 684-BK
746 642-BK
746 420-BK
746 685-BK
746 645-BK
746 421-BK
746 686-BK
746 680-BK
746 422-BK
746 759-BK
746 682-BK
746 423-BK
164.90
266.00
277.00
477.00
243.00
277.00
432.50
288.00
443.50
477.00
Height
Width x depth
Colour
corner shelf unit
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
112596
Model
817
15 TINO
Material
Cable management
Horizontal cable duct
Mobile pedestal drawers
Roller guides, 80 % extension
Steel shelves, 30 mm thick
Material thickness
Tabletop 25 mm, body 19 mm,
fronts 16 mm
Assembly Service
Workstation design is an
important factor in your success
at work.
When designing your office,
it should be not only functional,
but attractive as well.
You can have it both ways with
TINO: Adaptable storage with a
stylish look.
Functional and beneficial to your
sense of well being.
Desks
Mobile pedestals
Available in four sizes, all models height

adjustable from 680 to 820mm.
Practical: You can easily expand your
workstation with linking tops to create
additional working space.
Sturdy steel C-foot frame in aluminium
silver, with horizontal cable duct.
Optionally with three drawers or with one

drawer and a suspension file drawer.
Both versions with utensil drawer, pull-out
stop and central locking (individual key).
Drawers on roller guides, 80 % extension.
Suspension file drawer on telescopic rails,
100 % extension.
Mobile pedestal accessories

Model
Supplied flat pack.

We also offer an assembly service.
No.
g
Stamp holder
for 8 rubber stamps
907 060-BK
Inclined form tray set

for 5 forms
907 061-BK
243.50
38.40
Grid partition for lateral division

Height x width 65 x 325 mm, black
Model
119137
Colour
11.00
Euro PC desks
Description
Height
Width x depth
907 069-BK
desks
extra depth on left side
extra depth on right side
mm
mm
680 820
1950 x 1000 / 800
680 820
1950 x 800 / 1000
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
light grey
beech finish
g
907 122-BK
907 046-BK
907 052-BK
907 053-BK
917 666-BK
917 667-BK
458.00
469.00
243.50
linking tops
rectangular
mobile pedestals
incl. support leg
3 drawers
1 drawer,
susp. file drawer
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
850 x 850
580
420 x 600
580
420 x 600
917 668-BK
917 669-BK
917 670-BK
907 105-BK
907 108-BK
907 109-BK
907 113-BK
907 114-BK
907 110-BK
907 112-BK
267.50
302.00
216.50
286.00
286.00
BLUE =
119137
Euro PC desk
This 1950 mm wide desk was specially
developed for computer workstations.
The tabletop offers ample space for
monitor, keyboard etc. as it is 200 mm
deeper on one side.
Extra depth optionally on right or left side.
TINO 15
Cupboards
Utilise every inch of your office for valuable storage
space, e.g. for files, forms, wardrobes, etc.
Stacking is just the way to do it.
When used in combination with add-on cupboards,
heights of up to 2300mm can be achieved with TINO.
All cupboards are fitted with a rear panel and can
thus be used as room dividers or mounted on walls.
Sturdy steel shelves: max. load 60kg each.
Doors and drawers lockable with cylinder lock
(individual key).
For models with a beech finish, the body and shelves
are always in aluminium silver, otherwise completely
light grey.
Supplied flat pack.
Please enquire about our assembly service.
CAD
Service
suspension
file cabinet
Description
Height
Width x depth
124807
Colour
add-on cupboards
2 drawers
1 shelf,
2 file heights
3 shelves,
4 file heights
3 shelves on left,
4 file heights,
wardrobe on right
1 shelf,
2 file heights
3 shelves,
4 file heights
1 shelf,
2 file heights,
without door
1 shelf,
2 file heights,
sliding door
1 shelf,
2 file heights,
hinged doors
mm
mm
820
1000 x 420
820
1000 x 420
1560
1000 x 420
1560
1000 x 420
820
1000 x 420
1560
1000 x 420
740
1000 x 420
740
1000 x 420
740
1000 x 420
light grey
907 062-BK
907 119-BK
907 115-BK
907 117-BK
746 778-BK
746 782-BK
907 047-BK
907 048-BK
746 784-BK
beech finish
907 063-BK
907 121-BK
907 116-BK
907 118-BK
746 779-BK
746 783-BK
907 068-BK
907 050-BK
746 785-BK
671.00
368.50
543.00
519.00
368.50
543.00
185.90
323.00
323.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124807
Model
819
15 STATUS
CAD

Service
Model
125180
Colour
Mobile pedestals
Available as a standard or EURO PC desk.

Both versions are equipped with a sturdy
four legged frame in aluminium silver.
All tables are height adjustable from 680 to
820 mm. The extra large cable tray for
routing cables and sockets eliminates the
usual tangled mess of cables. The EURO
PC desk was specially developed for
working at the monitor. All tables can be
combined with one another. Tables with
recessed legs are available on request.
Please enquire.
Supplied flat pack.
Easy self-assembly.
Every pedestal has a depth of 800 mm for

more storage space.
Two models available, each with a utensil
drawer. The steel drawers are equipped
with high quality roller guides and pull-out
stops. Central locking with cylinder lock
(individual key). Supplied with 2 keys.
Castors enclosed for self-assembly.
desks
Description
Height
Width x depth
Desks
rectangular tubular frame
Mobile pedestal accessories
EURO PC desk
linking top
extension table
can be mounted on
left or right
incl. support leg
incl. support leg
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
Drawer dividers
Stamp holder
For 8 rubber stamps
No.
g
907 060-BK
Inclined form tray set

For 5 forms
No.
g
506 341-BK
Grid partition
For horizontal division, black
No.
g
907 069-BK
mobile pedestals
11.00
43.90
11.00
suspension
file cabinet
sideboard
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer, 1 suspension file drawer
2 drawers
(2-track)
2 hinged doors,
4 drawers
mm
mm
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
1950 x 800 / 1000
680 820
850 x 850
680 820
1100
580
420 x 800
580
420 x 800
820
1000 x 420
860
1500 x 400
light grey
beech finish
516 324-BK
516 326-BK
516 327-BK
516 328-BK
516 329-BK
516 330-BK
516 331-BK
516 332-BK
516 334-BK
516 335-BK
516 336-BK
516 337-BK
516 338-BK
516 339-BK
516 360-BK
516 361-BK
516 362-BK
516 363-BK
296.50
323.50
499.00
220.00
384.00
466.00
466.00
711.00
579.00
BLUE =
125180
Material
Cable management
Extra large horizontal cable tray
Steel drawers
800 mm deep on roller guides
Steel shelves, 30 mm thick
Material thickness
Tabletop 25 mm, body 19 mm,
fronts 16 mm
STATUS 15

Cupboard versions
Cupboard accessories
Hinged and sliding door cupboards in

various sizes and models.
Two colour combinations:
Body and fronts in light grey.
Body in silver colour / fronts in beech
finish.
All versions are compatible with one
another and can be stacked up to a height
of 2300 mm (6 file heights). A standard
width of 1000 mm provides ample storage
space.
All cupboards are lockable with a cylinder
lock. Supplied with 2 keys.
Form tray set

For A4 forms, light grey RAL 7035.
Service
cupboards
add-on cupboards
3 shelves,
4 file heights
sliding doors,
1 shelf
sliding doors,
3 shelves
wardrobe on right,
3 shelves on left
hinged doors,
1 shelf
hinged doors,
3 shelves
open cupboard,
1 shelf
sliding doors,
1 shelf
hinged doors,
1 shelf
mm
mm
1560
1000 x 420
820
1000 x 420
1560
1000 x 420
1560
1000 x 420
820
1000 x 420
1560
1000 x 420
740
1000 x 420
740
1000 x 420
740
1000 x 420
light grey
silver colour / beech finish
516 340-BK
516 342-BK
516 347-BK
516 348-BK
516 343-BK
516 344-BK
516 345-BK
516 346-BK
516 356-BK
516 357-BK
516 354-BK
516 355-BK
516 349-BK
516 351-BK
516 352-BK
516 353-BK
516 358-BK
516 359-BK
358.00
384.00
583.00
583.00
384.00
583.00
197.90
349.50
349.50
Height
Width x depth
125181
CAD
shelf unit
Description
Colour
g / set 109.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125181
Model
No. 516 364-BK
821
15 NICOLA
Material
Cable management
Horizontally via cable tray and vertically in
the table leg (removable screen)
Drawers
80 % extension, concealed guides, steel edge
inserts, pull-out stop, central locking
Material thickness
Tabletops 25 mm
Shelves 19 mm
Body and fronts 16 mm
NICOLA enables you to furnish your office

individually, with high quality furniture.
The high quality desks, pedestals, shelving
units and filing cupboards can be combined
as needed and are distinguished by their
quality and durability.
Classic light grey or elegant beech finish.
Desks
25 mm thick worktop made of melamine coated chipboard
with 2 mm plastic edge strip, bevelled.
Large cable duct under the tabletop and removable
vertical screens for cable management.
C-foot frame made of steel, stove enamelled in white
aluminium similar to RAL 9006.
Optionally with fixed height of 720 mm or height adjustable
from 650 850 mm, both with height adjustment screws.
Model
Description
Height
Width x depth
124808
Colour
CAD
Service
desks
height adjustable desks
fixed height
C-foot frame
height adjustable
C-foot frame
linking tops
90
quarter circle
extension tables
90 angular
round
with support leg,

height adjustable
with support leg,

height adjustable
mm
mm
720
800 x 800
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
650 850
800 x 800
650 850
1200 x 800
650 850
1600 x 800
800 x 800
650 850
1200 x 1200
650 850
800 x 1000
light grey
beech finish
944 301-BK
944 302-BK
222.00
944 303-BK
944 304-BK
233.00
944 305-BK
944 306-BK
255.00
944 307-BK
944 308-BK
255.00
944 309-BK
944 310-BK
259.50
944 311-BK
944 312-BK
283.50
944 313-BK
944 314-BK
102.30
944 315-BK
944 316-BK
214.50
944 317-BK
944 318-BK
164.90
BLUE =
124808

NICOLA 15
CAD
Service
Pedestals
Mobile pedestal for under the desk or fixed pedestal to

expand the workstation, both 800 mm deep.
High quality drawers with plastic edge inserts on metal
roller guides. Can also be fitted with slanted trays and
dividers.
In two versions, both central locking and with pull-out
stop. The suspension file cabinet is fully extendable.
Available with three or five file heights.

Shelves are height adjustable.
Pedestal feet with floor level adjustment screws which
are accessed from the inside.
Units with three file heights are stackable due to
removable plastic glides.
Cupboards with high quality all metal hinges,
door opening angle 110.
Delivered assembled. Handles and castors enclosed for

self-assembly.

on request
Pedestal accessories
Drawer divider sets
4 A6 dividers,
Model
No.
g / set
900 905-BK
53.50
41.25
fixed pedestals
shelving units
cupboards
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer,
1 suspension file
drawer
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
2 drawers,
1 suspension file
drawer
1 utensil drawer,
4 drawers
2 shelves,
3 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights,
2 open
compartments
4 shelves,
5 file heights,
lockable
mm
mm
512
428 x 800
512
428 x 800
720 - 740
428 x 800
720 - 740
428 x 800
1144
800 x 330
1880
800 x 330
1144
800 x 346
1880
800 x 346
1880
800 x 346
light grey
beech finish
944 320-BK
944 321-BK
944 322-BK
944 323-BK
944 324-BK
944 325-BK
944 326-BK
944 328-BK
944 329-BK
944 330-BK
944 331-BK
944 332-BK
944 333-BK
944 334-BK
944 336-BK
944 337-BK
944 338-BK
944 339-BK
395.50
384.50
417.00
428.00
120.90
164.90
203.50
249.50
284.00
Height
Width x depth
124809
900 904-BK
mobile pedestals
Description
Colour
No.
g / set
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124809
5 slanted A4 trays, light grey
823
15 ANNY
ANNY by office akktiv

A wide range of desk models
allows for the creation of
individual workstations.
The kidney shaped desk is an
elegant addition to any office.
Straight and angled desks can
be linked together easily and
provide spacious work surfaces.
Material
Cable management
Horizontally via cable tray.
Vertically via removable side screens
Drawers
Drawers on metal roller guides,
4
5 extendable.
Suspension file drawer in fixed pedestal
6
5 extendable, fully extendable in
suspension file cabinet
Melamine coated chipboard shelves
Material thickness
Tabletops 25 mm
Cupboard rear panels 8 mm
Shelves 22 mm
Desks
Model
Desks with C-foot frame
Description
Height
Width x depth
124810
No.
The modern, steel C-foot frame in white

aluminium (similar to RAL 9006) offers
vertical electricity supply through the
removable side screens.
Zinc plated frame available on request.
Supplied flat pack.

We guarantee that you will still be able
to buy all items that you find in our
catalogue today years from now.
Linking tops and add-on tables
Conferenc table
Kidney shaped
Angled 135
90
Trapezoidal
incl. support leg
Add-on table
incl. support leg
Height adjustable
mm
mm
680 760
800 x 800
680 760
1200 x 800
680 760
1600 x 800
680 760
2000 x 1000
680 760
2100 x 1130
800 x 800
680 760
1200 x 1200
680 760
800 x 1000
720 1140
800
light grey
maple finish
walnut finish
506 223-BK
506 226-BK
506 229-BK
506 224-BK
506 227-BK
506 231-BK
506 225-BK
506 228-BK
506 232-BK
506 242-BK
506 243-BK
506 244-BK
506 528-BK
506 529-BK
506 530-BK
506 248-BK
506 250-BK
506 251-BK
506 252-BK
506 253-BK
506 254-BK
506 255-BK
506 256-BK
506 258-BK
506 245-BK
506 246-BK
506 247-BK
266.00
281.00
311.00
373.00
492.50
109.90
219.00
167.40
379.50
BLUE =
124810
Sturdy melamine coated tabletops,

25 mm thick, available in 3 attractive
colour combinations:
light grey, maple and walnut finishes.
All desks are height adjustable from 680 to
760 mm and are fitted with a large
horizontal cable tray.
ANNY 15
CAD
Service
Shelving units
Filing cupboards
Combination cupboards
Generous storage space for your office!

Shelving units and cupboards made of bonded housing
panels. 8 mm thick rear panels enable the cupboards
and shelving units to be freely positioned in the room.
As standard, units are fitted with 4 plastic pedestal feet
with height adjustment screws which can be accessed
from inside the units.
Colour combinations:
Completely light grey
Housing in maple / front aluminium silver
Housing in walnut finish / front aluminium silver
Description
No.
Pedestals
Drawers on metal roller drawer guides.
Each drawer can be individually fitted (see accessories).
All pedestals are fitted with pull-out stop and central
locking via cylinder lock (incl. 2 keys).
Colour combinations
Light grey, maple or walnut finish.
Delivered assembled.
Handles and castors enclosed for self-assembly.
hinged
doors,
2 shelves
hinged
doors,
5 shelves
5 shelves,
2 hinged
doors
2 shelves,
3 suspension
file drawers
5 shelves
3 drawers
(2-track),
fully
extendable
mm
mm
1100
800 x 400
2156
800 x 400
1100
800 x 422
2156
800 x 422
2156
800 x 422
2156
800 x 422
2156
800 x 422
1100
800 x 422

maple finish / alum. silver
walnut finish / alum. silver
506 259-BK
506 260-BK
506 261-BK
506 262-BK
506 263-BK
506 264-BK
506 266-BK
506 267-BK
506 268-BK
506 269-BK
506 270-BK
506 271-BK
506 272-BK
506 274-BK
506 275-BK
506 276-BK
506 277-BK
506 278-BK
506 279-BK
506 280-BK
506 282-BK
506 283-BK
506 284-BK
506 285-BK
197.90
294.50
350.50
482.50
416.50
702.00
644.00
609.00
Model
Fixed pedestals
Height
Width x depth
Model
124811
5 shelves
Description
Partition sets for pedestals
1 utensil drawer,
2 drawers,
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer,
mm
mm
720 760
428 x 800
720 760
428 x 800
590
428 x 553
590
428 x 553
602 029-BK
602 026-BK
602 028-BK
602 032-BK
602 030-BK
602 031-BK
506 286-BK
506 287-BK
506 288-BK
506 289-BK
506 291-BK
506 292-BK
430.00
416.50
281.00
281.00
No.
g / set
900 904-BK
Dividers: 4 x A4, 2 x A5,

4 x A6, can be installed as required
No.
g / set
900 905-BK
light grey
maple finish
walnut finish
41.25
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No.
Mobile pedestals
1 utensil drawer,
4 drawers
Slanted trays: 5 x A4,

light grey
53.50
Suspension
file cabinet
2 shelves
Height
Width x depth
Supplied assembled.
Roller shutter cupboard
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124811
Model
Cupboards and shelving units
825
15 CARINA
A
Delivered
fully assembled
Material
Melamine coated fine chipboard panels Tabletops
with ABS edging
Cabling
Horizontal and vertical cable ducts supplied in all
models shown
Drawers
made of steel on roller guides, 4 5 extendable
with file suspension drawer fittings 6 5 extendable
Interior fittings
Shelves made of wood
Material thickness
Tabletops 25 mm, Body/Front 18 mm,
Cupboard rear panels (visible) 10 mm,
Shelves 25 mm
The CARINA workstation system offers a table

frame in 2 comfortable versions:
A Modern, with a C-foot frame or
B Classic, with tubular legs
Desks
Both models are infinitely height adjustable from 680 820 mm.
For version A the C-foot frame is connected to the tabletop
with steel crossbeams. For version B with tubular legs
( 60 mm), the tabletop is connected with a rectangular steel
frame. Expansions such as interlocking desks or extension
tables can be made quickly and easily.

Model
Desks with C-foot frame
Description
125182
Height
Width x depth
Colour
Hidden electricity supply horizontal and vertical.
CAD
Service
For suitable visitors' chairs see page 896.
Interlocking panel
Add-on tables
/8 add-on table
90
with support foot
45
for left side extension
45
for right side extension
left or right side extension

with 2 supports.
mm
mm
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1000 x 800
680 820
1000 x 800
680 820
800 x 1365
986 578-BK
986 588-BK
502 692-BK
986 579-BK
986 589-BK
502 694-BK
986 580-BK
986 590-BK
502 695-BK
986 591-BK
986 595-BK
502 696-BK
986 596-BK
986 599-BK
502 697-BK
986 600-BK
986 603-BK
502 698-BK
986 604-BK
986 608-BK
502 699-BK
359.00
375.00
388.50
117.40
228.50
228.50
149.20
BLUE =
125182
Colour combinations
Tabletop in light grey with light grey C-foot frame or light grey
tubular legs.
Tabletop in beech finish with charcoal coloured C-foot stand
or black tubular legs.
Folding cable duct is mounted horizontally under the tabletop,
and vertically on a table leg.
Shortened C-foot for interlocking desks available on request.
CARINA 15
B
Pedestals
Model
Mobile pedestals
Fixed pedestal
Mobile pedestals provide additional, practical storage

space below tables. With fixed pedestals at desk height,
work surfaces can be extended to desired size.
Individual key central locking.
All pedestals are delivered assembled.
Cupboards
Description
PC holder for desks
Colour
Height x width
mm
No.
g
Version
Charcoal
290 x 230
Black
550 x 240
986 609-BK
986 624-BK
70.50
134.20
Description
125183
1 utensil drawer
2 material drawers
1 file suspension
drawer
central locking
mm
mm
532
428 x 800
532
428 x 800
720
428 x 800
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
723 425-BK
723 424-BK
502 713-BK
723 427-BK
723 426-BK
502 714-BK
723 430-BK
723 429-BK
502 716-BK
411.00
341.50
453.00
4 grid partitions for lateral division
1 stamp holder
1 insert for A4 forms
Desks with tubular legs
Height
Width x depth
Colour
1 utensil drawer
3 material drawers
central locking
Height
Width x depth
Colour
For version
1 utensil drawer
1 material drawer
1 file suspension
drawer
central locking
No.
736 397-BK
736 398-BK
736 399-BK
20.15
16.15
25.45
Interlocking panel
Folding cable tray easily reveals cable duct
CAD
Service
Matching shelves and cupboards can

be found on the following pages.
3
Extension tables
/8 extension table
90
with support foot
45 for left side

extension
45 for right side

extension
left & right side ext.

plus 2 supports
mm
mm
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
1800 x 800
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1000 x 800
680 820
1000 x 800
680 820
800 x 1365
723 413-BK
723 412-BK
502 700-BK
906 696-BK
906 695-BK
502 701-BK
723 415-BK
723 414-BK
502 702-BK
723 417-BK
723 416-BK
502 708-BK
986 614-BK
986 616-BK
502 709-BK
986 617-BK
986 618-BK
502 710-BK
986 619-BK
986 620-BK
502 711-BK
986 621-BK
986 622-BK
502 712-BK
298.50
321.00
345.50
381.50
195.60
231.50
231.50
150.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125183
Optionally available in light grey RAL 7035 or in beech

finish. Back wall panel and shelves matching colour of
body. Steel cupboard base, 50 mm high, with integrated
height adjusters. Opening angle of hinged doors 180.
The doors can be opened independently of one another in
roller front cupboards and sliding door cupboards.
All cupboards are delivered assembled.
827
15 CARINA

on request
CAD
Service
The CARINA series cupboards

Matching cupboard and shelf unit range for the desks on the previous
page. Melamine coated chipboard with 50 mm high steel base.
Optionally in light grey RAL 7035, beech or maple finish.
Presentable rear panel in body colour allow for the free positioning of
furniture in the room.
The shelves of the roller shutter cupboards are made of steel,
finished black for cupboards housing in beech and maple,
light grey gor housing in light grey.
Vertical roller shutter
127367
Material thickness
Top panel, bottom panel and shelves 25 mm. Side panels
18 mm. Roller shutter made of 8 mm thick laminate.
All cupboards and roller shutter cupboards are delivered
assembled.
Horizontal roller shutter cupboards
4 shelves,
5 file heights
5 shelves,
5.5 file heights
1 shelf,
2 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
Top: 1 shelf,
2 file heights
Bottom: 2 shelves,
3 file heights
Each with 2 shelves

and 3 file heights
mm
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
2070 x 995 x 440
2230 x 995 x 440
820 x 1200 x 440
1150 x 1200 x 440
1950 x 1200 x 440
2280 x 1200 x 440
900 144-BK
900 145-BK
502 717-BK
900 146-BK
900 147-BK
502 718-BK
731 138-BK
731 132-BK
502 719-BK
731 139-BK
731 133-BK
502 720-BK
731 141-BK
731 135-BK
502 721-BK
731 142-BK
731 136-BK
502 722-BK
789.00
868.00
468.50
525.00
933.00
996.00
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
900 148-BK
900 149-BK
502 194-BK
900 148-BK
900 149-BK
502 194-BK
900 148-BK
900 149-BK
502 194-BK
900 148-BK
900 149-BK
502 194-BK
900 148-BK
900 149-BK
502 194-BK
900 148-BK
900 149-BK
502 194-BK
35.20
35.20
35.20
35.20
35.20
35.20
Description
Accessory
Extra shelf
All other cupboards and shelving units feature shelves

manufactured from melamine coated chipboard in
housing colour.
All cupboards have individual security cylinder locks.
Beech finish
Model

Colour
BLUE =
127367
Maple finish
Assembly Service
CARINA 15
The contemporary design of the products

makes office akktiv the premier brand
for office equipment!
Our brand offers you proven functionality,
delivered on time.
Shelving units
Description
4 shelves
5 shelves
4 shelves
5 shelves
2 doors,
3 shelves
2 doors,
4 shelves
2 shelves,
suspension
file drawer
3 shelves,
suspension
file drawer

Colour
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
2070 x 600 x 415
2230 x 600 x 415
2070 x 795 x 415
2230 x 795 x 415
2070 x 795 x 435
2230 x 795 x 435
2070 x 795 x 435
2230 x 795 x 435
723 455-BK
723 454-BK
502 724-BK
723 474-BK
723 473-BK
502 725-BK
723 448-BK
723 447-BK
502 726-BK
723 468-BK
723 467-BK
502 727-BK
723 453-BK
723 451-BK
502 728-BK
723 472-BK
723 471-BK
502 729-BK
723 466-BK
723 465-BK
502 730-BK
723 481-BK
723 480-BK
502 732-BK
296.50
313.00
313.00
345.50
416.00
450.00
806.00
860.00
Model
Cupboards
Description
127368
Cupboards
Wardrobes
2 doors,
suspension
file drawer,
2 shelves
2 doors,
suspension
file drawer,
3 shelves
4 shelves
5 shelves
1 shelf,
extendable
clothes rail,
1 mirror
1 shelf,
extendable
clothes rail,
removable shelf,
1 mirror
4 shelves,
central partition,
3 file heights
Each with 4 shelves,

central partition,
6 file heights

Colour
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
2070 x 795 x 435
2230 x 795 x 435
2070 x 795 x 435
2230 x 795 x 435
2070 x 600 x 435
2230 x 600 x 435
1150 x 1600 x 440
2280 x 1600 x 440
723 464-BK
723 463-BK
502 733-BK
723 478-BK
723 477-BK
502 734-BK
723 450-BK
723 449-BK
502 735-BK
723 470-BK
723 469-BK
502 736-BK
723 457-BK
723 456-BK
502 737-BK
723 476-BK
723 475-BK
502 738-BK
723 462-BK
723 461-BK
502 739-BK
723 459-BK
723 458-BK
502 741-BK
890.00
949.00
450.00
509.00
344.50
389.50
478.00
983.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
127368
Model
829
15 FINO
Material
Cable management
Horizontally via cable tray under the tabletop,
vertically via an integrated cable duct in the desk leg
Drawers
On roller guides, drawer extension 80 %,
pull-out stops
Chipboard shelves,
opening angle 270
Material thickness
Tabletops 25 mm
Shelves 19 mm
CAD
Service
Desks
Fixed pedestals

Melamine coated chipboard panels, 25 mm thick in light
grey or beech finish.
C-foot frame with perforated side panel in white
aluminium RAL 9006. With height adjustment screws.
Electricity supply via removable vertical panels and
continuous horizontal cable duct.
Available in two versions.

A fixed pedestal extends your desk by 428 mm and offers
ample storage space for important documents.
Drawers on roller guides. Common key central locking
and pull-out stops.
These pedestals can be combined with all FINO furniture.
Delivered assembled, handles and castors enclosed for
self-assembly.
Side panels made of perforated sheet metal

No.
width 800 mm
width 1200 mm
width 1600 mm
for 90 corner
Model
desks
Description
Height
Width x depth
126853
Colour
g
78.80
97.90
109.90
87.90
986 610-BK
986 611-BK
986 612-BK
986 613-BK
Matching accessories, including mobile pedestals

and sideboards can be found on pages 832 and 833.
linking tops
with C-foot frame,

extension table
fixed pedestals
90
with support leg
with support leg
1 utensil drawer,
4 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
2 drawers,
1 suspension file
drawer
mm
mm
680 760
800 x 800
680 760
1200 x 800
680 760
1600 x 800
680 760
2000 x 1200
800 x 800
1200 x 1200
800 x 1000
720 760
428 x 800
720 760
428 x 800
light grey
beech finish
984 417-BK
984 421-BK
984 419-BK
984 422-BK
984 420-BK
984 423-BK
509 036-BK
509 037-BK
757 479-BK
757 480-BK
757 481-BK
757 482-BK
757 483-BK
757 484-BK
509 038-BK
509 039-BK
509 040-BK
509 041-BK
234.00
245.50
257.50
458.00
109.90
220.00
178.20
410.00
403.00
BLUE =
126853
Model
for desks
Assembly Service
FINO 15
Wall cupboard system
Assembly Service
Three shelf unit variations

Three filing cupboard sizes
800 mm wide wardrobes
500 and 900 mm wide roller shutter cupboards
All 800 mm wide cupboards and roller shutter
cupboards are lockable by cylinder lock.
Glass door cupboard not lockable
Melamine coated chipboard panels. Front and body

19 mm thick. Height adjustable shelves.
Adjustable pedestal feet. High quality metal fittings.
Accessories
Additional shelves for filing cupboards and shelf units
Shelf width
Colour
Model
shelving units
Description
Height
Width x depth
126854
Colour
filing cupboards
combination
shelf unit
mm
light grey
beech finish
406
800
723 095-BK
757 503-BK
723 093-BK
757 504-BK
24.95
31.80
roller shutter cupboards
glass door
cupboard
cloakroom
cupboard
2 shelves
2 shelves
4 shelves
2 shelves
4 shelves
4 shelves
2 shelves,
2 susp. file
drawers
4 shelves
4 shelves
2 hinged glass
doors,
4 shelves
1 shelf,
1 clothes rail
mm
mm
1270
406 x 400
1270
800 x 400
2004
800 x 400
1270
800 x 420
2004
406 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
500 x 400
2004
900 x 400
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
light grey
beech finish
509 042-BK
509 044-BK
166 731-BK
757 490-BK
166 650-BK
757 491-BK
984 427-BK
984 428-BK
882 690-BK
757 493-BK
166 677-BK
757 494-BK
166 715-BK
757 492-BK
502 196-BK
502 198-BK
502 199-BK
502 201-BK
509 049-BK
509 050-BK
166 693-BK
757 495-BK
158.40
192.50
277.00
363.00
328.50
445.50
627.00
429.00
528.00
470.50
423.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126854
831
15 FINO
Desks
Mobile pedestals
Interior divider sets

Melamine coated chipboard panels in light grey or beech
finish.
Worktops 25 mm thick. Sturdy C-foot frame made of
steel in contemporary design, white aluminium RAL 9006.
With height adjustment screws.
Electricity supply via vertical cable duct with 4 chambers.
Continuous, horizontal cable tray.
Drawers on roller guides, common key central locking

with pull-out stops, drawer extension 80 %.
Can be combined with both desk systems.
Delivered assembled, handles and castors enclosed for
self-assembly.
For fixed and mobile pedestals

Model
Slanted trays, 5 x A4,
light grey
No.
g / set
900 904-BK
Dividers: 4 x A4, 2 x A5,

4 x A6, can be installed as required
No.
g / set
900 905-BK
CAD
124812
Description
linking tops
with C-foot frame, white aluminium
90
extension table
with support leg
mobile pedestals
with support leg
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer, 1 file suspension drawer

mm
Colour
light grey
beech finish
720 x 800 x 800
720 x 1200 x 800
720 x 1600 x 800
720 x 2000 x 1200
800 x 800
1200 x 1200
800 x 1000
590 x 428 x 553
590 x 428 x 553
757 473-BK
757 474-BK
757 475-BK
757 476-BK
757 477-BK
757 478-BK
509 033-BK
509 034-BK
757 479-BK
757 480-BK
757 481-BK
757 482-BK
757 483-BK
757 484-BK
757 485-BK
757 486-BK
757 487-BK
757 488-BK
257.50
269.50
281.00
490.00
109.90
220.00
178.20
249.50
249.50
BLUE =
124812
desks
41.25
Matching fixed pedestals can be found

on page 830.
Service
Model
53.50
FINO 15
Height adjustment
screws in the base
Sideboards
Roller shutter cupboard with PVC-free, single piece

horizontal roller shutter. 1 shelf for 2 file heights.
Closes to the right. Lockable with cylinder lock,
incl. 2 keys.
Body made of melamine coated chipboard.

Top and bottom panels 25 mm thick. Body and shelves
19 mm thick. 2 hinged doors with metal handles. 3 height
adjustable shelves. With presentable rear panel.
Melamine coated chipboard.

Top and bottom panels 22 mm thick.
Body, shelves and doors 16 mm thick.
Height of the cupboard can be adjusted through the base
by means of an Allen key (included) and height adjustment
screws.
Cupboards fitted with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys.
CAD
Service
Model
Description
Height
Width x depth
124813

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Colour
roller shutter cupboard
sideboard
1 shelf,
1 centre partition
2 shelves,
1 centre partition
1 shelf,
1 centre partition
hinged doors,
pres. rear panel
mm
mm
748
1200 x 400
1100
1200 x 400
825
1290 x 400
840
1661 x 448
light grey
beech finish
light grey / aluminium silver
beech finish / aluminium silver
509 045-BK
509 046-BK
509 053-BK
509 054-BK
509 047-BK
509 048-BK
509 055-BK
509 056-BK
882 291-BK
757 499-BK
984 424-BK
984 425-BK
287.00
344.00
422.00
372.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124813
Two sizes to choose from

With floor glides as standard
Can be stacked as needed
In four attractive colour combinations
833
15 VIOLA
Material
melamine coated chipboard roller fronts made
of PVC-free plastic
Cable management
Optional horizontal with cable trough
Roll container drawers
Plastic case with metal roller drawer guide,
partitions possible. 80% extension
Wooden cupboard drawers,
internal fittings for cupboards: wooden shelves
19 mm, 22 mm for folding door cupboard
Material thicknesses
Tabletops 25 mm, table rear panels 19 mm,
fronts and body parts 19 mm

Durability and high quality combined with

contemporary design to provide a modern
ambience in aluminium silver and blue.
Desks
Rounded table edges. Solid steel frames with round
tubular legs in aluminium silver. Height adjustable from
680 760 mm (up to 880 mm on request).
For interlocking tops, the tubular legs can be moved to
the rear.
Desk back panels and counters

A decorative counter is easily achieved by mounting the
desk back panel between the table legs and bolting on the
counter extensions. Elegant design in aluminium silver.
Pedestals
Cupboard units
The exceptionally high quality, self-retracting metal

guides guarantee the best rolling characteristics.
The drawers can be organised with dividers or slanted
trays (see accessories).
All models with central locking and pull-out stops.
Revolving and folding doors each with two attractive

handles. Folding-door cupboards with a 170 opening
angle, particularly space saving due to the folding design.
Lockable roller shutter cupboards with high quality,
PVC-free plastic roller shutters in light grey / light grey or
beech / silver.
The roller shutter door remains open at any height due to
sprung roller.
Model
desks
Description
Colour
extension table
90 angle
with support leg
with support leg
680 760
800 x 800
680 760
1200 x 800
680 760
1600 x 800
680 760
1800 x 800
680 760
2000 x 1200
800 x 800
680 760
1200 x 1200
680 760
800 x 1000
light grey
beech finish
g
759 992-BK
759 995-BK
759 991-BK
759 994-BK
759 990-BK
759 993-BK
748 610-BK
748 611-BK
748 612-BK
748 613-BK
759 897-BK
900 903-BK
759 898-BK
759 900-BK
759 901-BK
759 903-BK
175.90
185.90
212.00
267.00
412.00
109.90
222.00
175.90
mobile pedestals
Description
125020
linking tops
can be mounted on left / right
Accessories
fixed pedestals
Model
Colour
Service
mm
mm
Model
Height
Width x depth
CAD
free-form table
4 tubular legs,
aluminium silver
Height
Width x depth
Pedestals are delivered assembled.

All other items are delivered flat pack.
1 utensil drawer,
3drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1drawer,
1susp. file drawer
1 utensil drawer,
2drawers,1susp. file
drawer
1 utensil drawer,
4drawers
mm
mm
590
428 x 553
590
428 x 553
720-760
428 x 800
720 760
428 x 800
light grey
beech finish
g
759 891-BK
759 892-BK
759 904-BK
759 905-BK
509 040-BK
509 041-BK
509 038-BK
509 039-BK
245.00
244.00
403.00
410.00
Description
No.
g / set
drawer dividers for pedestals
cable tray fordesks
5 slanted A4trays,
light grey
4 x A4 dividers,
2 x A5 dividers,
4 x A6 dividers,
easy to mount underneath, folds offfor access,

light grey,
70x220x900 mm
900 904-BK
53.50
900 905-BK
41.25
759 890-BK
BLUE =
62.40
VIOLA 15
desk back panels
Description
Height
Width x depth
Colour
matches desk,
800 mm wide, also for
side connection
matches desk,
1200 mm wide
matches desk,
1600 mm wide
matches 90 interlocking corner
matches desk,
800 mm wide
matches desk,
1200 mm wide
matches desk,
1600 mm wide
matches 90 interlocking corner
mm
mm
400
800 x 19
400
1200 x 19
400
1600 x 19
400
1200 x 19
350
800 x 320
350
1200 x 320
350
1600 x 320
350
1131 x 226
light grey
beech finish
white aluminium
759 999-BK
759 998-BK
759 997-BK
760 000-BK
759 895-BK
900 912-BK
759 894-BK
900 911-BK
759 893-BK
900 909-BK
759 896-BK
900 913-BK
61.10
65.90
76.90
63.30
98.90
109.90
124.90
98.90
2 shelves,
3 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
open at top,
2 shelves,
3 file heights;
below
1 shelf,
2 file heights
open at top,
2 shelves,
3 file heights;
below 4 drawers
on telescopic
guides
4 shelves,
5 file heights,
2 folding doors,
opening angle 170
1 fixed shelf,
3 shelves,
5 file heights,
lockable roller
shutter
1 fixed shelf,
3 shelves,
5 file heights,
lockable roller
shutter
mm
mm
1270
800 x 400
2004
800 x 400
1270
800 x 400
2004
800 x 420
2004
800 x 420
2004
406 x 420
2004
1000 x 420
2004
500 x 400
2004
900 x 400
light grey
beech finish
759 915-BK
759 916-BK
900 906-BK
900 908-BK
759 917-BK
759 918-BK
759 911-BK
759 912-BK
759 913-BK
759 914-BK
759 919-BK
759 920-BK
900 901-BK
900 902-BK
759 908-BK
759 909-BK
759 906-BK
759 907-BK
171.50
245.50
281.00
418.50
328.00
311.00
480.00
433.50
546.00
light grey
beech finish
759 923-BK
759 924-BK
759 923-BK
759 924-BK
759 923-BK
759 924-BK
759 923-BK
759 924-BK
759 923-BK
759 924-BK
759 921-BK
759 922-BK
759 921-BK
759 922-BK
759 923-BK
759 924-BK
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
29.55
21.90
21.90
29.55
Description
Colour
125021
Accessories
Extra shelf
cupboard units
shelving units
Model
Height
Width x depth
counter extensions
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125021
Model
835
15 SEQUENZ
This sturdy furniture range is available in

light grey or beech finish.
Desks
Tubular steel frame, powder coated in black or light grey.
With height adjustment screws with an adjustment range
of 20 mm. Desk combinations can be quickly assembled
with linking tops.
Can be attached on left or right sides underneath tables.

Can be exchanged later.
With central locking. Available in two models and colours.
Pedestal at table height with four storage drawers and a

utensil drawer. Central locking (common key).
With presentable rear panels, they can also be used as

room dividers. All models feature a base made of multiple
edged sheet metal with height adjustment screws.
The cupboards are also available with lockable doors.
Please order one cyclinder lock for each cupboard
(see accessories).
The lock can be factory fitted only.
The furniture is delivered assembled.
Base cupboards
Desk end pedestals

Assembly Service
Cupboards and shelving units
Accessories
4 grid partitions for lateral division
1 stamp holder
1 insert for forms (A4)
Cupboard accessories
Wardrobe extension for shelf
No.
3-bolt security cylinder lock,

incl. 2 keys
Model
desks
Description
72414
Height
Width x depth
No.
mm
mm
light grey
beech finish
g
base cupboards
736 397-BK
736 398-BK
736 399-BK
g
20.15
16.15
25.45
736 400-BK
13.90
509 079-BK
27.90
linking tops
desk end pedestals
1 base cupboard
can be used
2 base cupboards
can be used
1 utensil drawer,
3 storage drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 storage drawer,
1 susp. file drawer
with support leg
1 utensil drawer,
4 storage drawers
720
800 x 800
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
521
428 x 789
521
428 x 789
720
800 x 800
720
428 x 800
731 084-BK
731 085-BK
731 082-BK
731 083-BK
731 079-BK
731 081-BK
736 377-BK
736 378-BK
736 379-BK
736 380-BK
736 381-BK
736 382-BK
736 383-BK
736 385-BK
155.50
191.30
209.00
281.00
315.50
136.00
390.50
BLUE =
72414
Material
Not fitted with cable guides
Drawers made of plastic with sliding guides, 4/5 extension
Suspension file drawer, on roller guides, 5/6 extension
Material thickness
Tabletop and shelves 25 mm
Presentable rear panels 10 mm
SEQUENZ 15
CAD
Assembly Service
Service
87361
sideboards
shelf units
cupboards
wardrobes
corner shelf units
1 shelf,
extendable
clothes rail
4 shelves,
quarter circle
2070
1 shelf,
1.5 file heights,
at table height
1 shelf,
1.5 file heights,
2 sliding doors with lock
(2 keys)
1 shelf,
2 file heights,
2 sliding doors with lock
(2 keys)
4 shelves,
5 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
4 shelves,
5 file heights
720
800 x 440
720
800 x 440
820
1200 x 440
2070
600 x 415
2070
795 x 415
2070
600 x 435
2070
795 x 435
600 x 435
2070
415 x 415
736 386-BK
736 387-BK
736 388-BK
736 389-BK
736 390-BK
736 391-BK
736 401-BK
736 402-BK
736 393-BK
736 394-BK
736 403-BK
736 404-BK
736 395-BK
736 396-BK
906 592-BK
906 593-BK
736 405-BK
736 407-BK
191.30
255.00
328.00
311.50
329.50
361.50
446.50
329.00
315.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
87361
TESTED
ENVIRONMENTAL
COMPATIBILITY
837
15 CORINNA
CAD
Service
NEW
Assembly Service
Model
122626
Colour
Mobile pedestals and PC pedestals
In two versions and three widths.

Desks with side panels, completely light grey or in cherry
or beech finish.
Desks with C-foot in cherry finish with black frame, in
beech finish with aluminium coloured frame, or light grey
with charcoal coloured frame.
A simple desk can be converted into a large work area
with the 90 degree corner panel.
Practical expansion of storage space: mobile pedestal

with utensil drawer and three drawers, middle drawer is
lockable.
For your computer: the PC pedestal.
Open compartment (clearance dims.: H x W x D
645 x 240 x 800 mm) and space for files on the side.
Both available in either finish.
Mobile pedestals are delivered assembled.
PC pedestals are delivered flat pack.
Easy self-assembly.

Easy self-assembly.
desks with side panels
Description
Height
Width x depth
Desks
desks with C-foot frame
linking tabletop
mobile pedestals
PC pedestals
90
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers,
one lockable
can be used on
left or right
mm
mm
720
800 x 800
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
720
800 x 800
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
800 x 800
553
428 x 499
720
550 x 800
cherry finish
beech finish
light grey
521 834-BK
521 837-BK
748 551-BK
521 835-BK
521 838-BK
748 553-BK
521 836-BK
521 839-BK
748 554-BK
521 840-BK
521 844-BK
748 555-BK
521 842-BK
521 845-BK
748 556-BK
521 843-BK
521 846-BK
748 557-BK
521 847-BK
521 848-BK
748 558-BK
521 849-BK
521 851-BK
748 559-BK
521 852-BK
521 853-BK
748 561-BK
147.60
159.10
170.50
216.50
227.50
238.50
79.80
227.50
193.40
BLUE =
122626
Material
Melamine coated chipboard panels
Cable management
Side panel desks: horizontal and vertical with
self-adhesive cable ducts
C-foot frame: vertical behind side screens
Drawers
With ball bearing guides drawer extension
approx. 80 %
Material thickness
Tabletops and side panels 28 mm
Shelves and outer panels 19 mm
Fronts 16 mm
CORINNA 15

These functional extension units make it
possible to create individual combinations.
In three and six file heights and in widths
of 400 mm and 800 mm.
Attractive combination cupboards round
off this series.
The open compartments in the 800mm
wide shelving units and combination cupboards can be further customised with the
separately available drawer.
The doors on the 400 mm wide cupboards
can be hinged on the left or right.
All cupboards and shelving units are
delivered flat pack. Easy self-assembly.
Shelving units
Description
Height
Width x depth
122627
Colour
Drawers
For installation (also at a later stage) in
the open compartments of the 800mm
shelving units and combination cupboards.
Max. load 12.5 kg.
Finish
Cherry
Beech
Light grey
Cupboards
No.
g
107.30
107.30
107.30
521 875-BK
521 877-BK
748 572-BK
Combination cupboards
2 shelves,
3 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
5 shelves,
6 file heights
5 shelves,
6 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
2 shelves,
3 file heights
5 shelves,
6 file heights
5 shelves,
6 file heights,
lockable
2 shelves,
1 open compart.,
2 doors
5 shelves,
2 open compart.,
4 doors
mm
mm
1115
400 x 362
1115
800 x 362
2167
400 x 362
2167
800 x 362
1115
400 x 362
1115
800 x 362
2167
400 x 362
2167
800 x 362
1115
800 x 362
2167
800 x 362
cherry finish
beech finish
light grey
521 854-BK
521 855-BK
748 562-BK
521 856-BK
521 857-BK
748 563-BK
521 858-BK
521 859-BK
748 564-BK
521 860-BK
521 861-BK
748 565-BK
521 862-BK
521 863-BK
748 566-BK
521 864-BK
521 865-BK
748 567-BK
521 866-BK
521 867-BK
748 568-BK
521 869-BK
521 870-BK
748 569-BK
521 871-BK
521 872-BK
748 570-BK
521 873-BK
521 874-BK
748 571-BK
109.90
136.20
170.50
193.40
170.50
227.50
251.00
329.00
216.50
342.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122627
Model
Accessories
839
15 BASIC II
Material
Drawers or mobile pedestals
Concealed guides, steel edge inserts,
pull-out stops, central locking
Cupboard internal fittings
Table with 4-foot frame
Material thickness
Tabletops 28 mm,
Shelves 19 mm,
Body & fronts 16 mm
Sturdy steel frame and four aluminium

coloured round tubular feet, 42 mm.
Assembly Service
Model
desks
Height
Width x depth
CAD
Colour
Service
90 interlocking top
mm
mm
680 760
800 x 800
680 760
1200 x 800
680 760
1600 x 800
800 x 800
office grey
beech finish
maple finish
977 453-BK
977 425-BK
977 426-BK
977 455-BK
977 427-BK
977 428-BK
977 456-BK
977 429-BK
977 430-BK
977 457-BK
977 431-BK
977 432-BK
245.50
271.50
288.00
227.50
Style your office to your tastes

with BASIC II.
Desks, pedestals, shelving units
and filing cupboards can be used
anywhere and offer many
options for furnishing your office.
In the most modern of colours:
office grey, beech and maple
finish.
Tables with C-foot stand
Two sturdy aluminium coloured feet with

decorative lamella panels on the outside.
The version with a shortened feet ensures
ideal freedom of movement for the legs.
Desks
Available in two frames and three colour
variations for plenty of possible
combinations.
Create functional workstations with
interlocking tops.
Model
desks
Height
Width x depth
The tables are delivered flat pack;

easy self-assembly.
Colour
desks, one foot shortened
90 interlocking
top
mm
mm
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
680 820
800 x 800
680 820
1200 x 800
680 820
1600 x 800
800 x 800
office grey
beech finish
maple finish
977 459-BK
977 435-BK
977 436-BK
977 460-BK
977 437-BK
977 439-BK
977 461-BK
977 440-BK
977 441-BK
977 463-BK
977 442-BK
977 443-BK
977 464-BK
977 444-BK
977 445-BK
977 465-BK
977 447-BK
977 448-BK
977 466-BK
977 449-BK
977 450-BK
271.50
287.00
288.00
276.00
288.00
288.00
111.50
Office set
Complete with swivel chair
122628
Model
No.
g
with light grey chair
with blue chair
980 809-BK
980 810-BK
709.00
709.00
See page 879

for more information on
swivel chairs.
BLUE =
122628
Desk with C-foot frame, width 1600 mm.

Mobile pedestal with tool tray and 3 drawers, depth 600 mm.
Shelf unit with 2 shelves, width 800 mm.
Desk, container and shelf unit in office grey,
swivel chair in light grey or blue cover.
BASIC II 15
Filing cupboards
and shelving
Model
Filing cupboards and shelving units

3 and 5 files high
Shelving units
Description
The cupboards with 4 shelves can be locked.

Cupboards and shelving units are delivered flat packed.
Height
Width x depth
Colour
Assembly Service
Filing cupboards
2 shelves
4 shelves
2 shelves
4 shelves
mm
mm
1090
800 x 400
1810
800 x 400
1090
800 x 400
1810
800 x 400
office grey
beech finish
maple finish
977 493-BK
977 473-BK
977 474-BK
977 491-BK
977 468-BK
977 469-BK
977 494-BK
977 475-BK
977 476-BK
977 492-BK
977 471-BK
977 472-BK
136.20
199.90
231.00
309.00
Pedestals
Mobile pedestal in 2 depths:
600 mm and 800 mm
Common key central locking and pull-out stop.
Options: 1 utensil drawer and
3 drawers, or 1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer and 1 suspension file drawer.
Fixed pedestal 800 mm deep

Height adjustable from 680 740 mm. Common key
central locking with spare cylinder and pull-out stop.
Optionally 1 utensil tray and
4 drawers or 1 utensil tray,
2 drawers and 1 suspension filing drawer.
See accessories for options on dividing up
the drawer interiors.
Model
Mobile pedestals
Description
Fixed pedestals
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer,
1 suspended file
drawer
1 utensil drawer,
3 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
1 drawer,
1 suspension file
drawer
1 utensil drawer,
4 drawers
1 utensil drawer,
2 drawers,
1 suspension file
drawer
Sloping insert for forms

4 items for A4, sideways
No.
g
710 398-BK
Side to side dividers

2 pieces
No.
g
710 399-BK
mm
mm
office grey
beech finish
maple finish
22.50
72068
Interior drawer fittings
YELLOW =
Ex stock
34.40
Height
Width x depth
Colour
560
435 x 600
560
435 x 600
560
435 x 800
560
435 x 800
680 740
435 x 800
680 740
435 x 800
977 496-BK
977 480-BK
977 481-BK
977 495-BK
977 478-BK
977 479-BK
977 498-BK
977 482-BK
977 483-BK
977 499-BK
977 484-BK
977 485-BK
977 501-BK
977 486-BK
977 487-BK
977 502-BK
977 488-BK
977 490-BK
315.00
327.50
434.00
434.00
528.00
528.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
72068
Accessory
841
15 VALERIE
CAD
Service
Material
Cable management
Horizontal and vertical cable guides
Drawers
With ball bearing guides, drawer extension 80%
Shelves made of chipboard
Material thickness
Tabletops: 22 mm with side panels,
28mmwith4-legged and C-foot frames
Shelves 19 mm
Body and fronts 16mm
Comfort means higher performance.

VALERIE offers the means to create efficient
workplaces.
All VALERIE furniture is available in three
standard colours: light grey, beech and
maple finish.
Available in two practical widths.
Side panels in same colour as tabletop. 4-legged and
C-foot models with silver coloured metal frame.
The linking top enables all tables to be expanded into
complete workstation combinations.
desks with
side panels
Description
Height
Width x depth
124126
Colour
Practical add-on furniture for desks or use the

Orga tower as a free standing room divider.
There is a space in the PC pedestal for a tower PC,
and a shelf which creates two file heights of storage.
The Orga tower has a lockable, fully extendable drawer
and two open shelves on the side, top shelf in file height.
linking top for

side panels
two widths to choose from

90
desks with
4-legged frame
desks with
C-foot frame
linking top for

4-legged
andC-foot
mobile pedestals
PC pedestal
Orga tower
90
1 utensil
drawer,
3drawers
1 utensil
drawer,
1drawer,
1 susp. file
drawer
can be used
on left or right
can be used
on left or right,
lockable susp.
drawer
mm
mm
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
800 x 800
735
1200 x 800
735
1600 x 800
720
1200 x 800
720
1600 x 800
800 x 800
553
428 x 620
553
428 x 620
720 / 735
550 x 800
1230
350 x 800
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
736 270-BK
736 269-BK
506 440-BK
736 272-BK
736 271-BK
506 441-BK
736 285-BK
736 284-BK
506 446-BK
941 800-BK
941 801-BK
941 802-BK
941 803-BK
941 804-BK
941 805-BK
512 312-BK
512 313-BK
506 444-BK
512 314-BK
512 315-BK
506 445-BK
512 316-BK
512 317-BK
512 308-BK
736 274-BK
736 273-BK
506 447-BK
736 283-BK
736 282-BK
506 448-BK
610 563-BK
610 564-BK
610 565-BK
610 566-BK
610 567-BK
610 568-BK
139.90
149.20
103.00
265.00
276.00
219.00
245.50
99.90
193.10
193.10
227.50
414.50
BLUE =
124126
Model
In three colours and practical designs. One lockable

drawer (common key). For the model with suspended file
drawer, only this drawer is lockable.
PC pedestal and Orga tower
Desks
Assembly Service
Mobile pedestals
VALERIE 15
Available in different versions for optimal usage of space.

The versions with three file heights can even be stacked.
Shelf units and cupboards are also available in an
additional colour combination: body and shelves in basalt
grey with doors in light grey.
In two heights, both with lockable roller shutters in

aluminium silver. Shutter on right or left.
Both versions are stackable and rest on five removable
glides.
The roller shutters are aluminium coloured for all colour
combinations.
CAD
Service
shelving units
Description
2 shelves,
3file heights
5 shelves,
6file heights
5 shelves,
6file heights
mm
mm
1090
800 x 400
2150
400 x 400
2150
800 x 400
1090
800 x 420
1090
800 x 420
2150
400 x 420
2150
800 x 420
Colour
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
736 294-BK
941 807-BK
736 293-BK
506 450-BK
736 288-BK
941 809-BK
736 286-BK
506 452-BK
736 290-BK
941 810-BK
736 289-BK
506 453-BK
736 303-BK
941 813-BK
736 302-BK
506 456-BK
736 307-BK
941 814-BK
736 306-BK
506 457-BK
736 297-BK
941 815-BK
736 296-BK
506 458-BK
139.90
160.70
197.70
217.50
323.00
227.50
Height
Width x depth
124127
hinged door cupboards
YELLOW =
Ex stock
2 shelves, 2 suspension file

3file heights
drawers,
1 file height
5 shelves,
6file heights
5 shelves,
4 file heights,
6file heights 2 suspension file
drawers
10 shelves,
6file heights,
sliding doors
stackable,
shutter on right
or left, lockable
stackable,
shutter on right
or left, lockable
2150
800 x 420
2160
1700 x420
735
800 x 400
1090
800 x 400
736 299-BK
941 817-BK
736 298-BK
506 459-BK
736 310-BK
941 818-BK
736 308-BK
506 461-BK
941 783-BK
941 784-BK
941 785-BK
941 787-BK
941 788-BK
941 789-BK
941 790-BK
941 791-BK
941 792-BK
941 793-BK
941 795-BK
941 796-BK
336.50
483.00
647.00
414.50
438.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

roller shutter cupboards
KAISER + KRAFT
124127
Model
843
15 PETRA
NEW
4
1045.00
g
Complete office
124816
The mobile pedestals are delivered

pre-assembled.
All other furniture is supplied flat pack
easy assembly.
Complete office
2 Mobile pedestal
4 Filing cupboard
Of 1 5
Mobile pedestal with plastic storage tray

and metal drawers on roller guides,
top drawer can be locked.
Completely glued and ready for use.
The handles and four swivel castors are
enclosed for easy self-assembly.
Construction same as shelf unit, but

additionally with two doors made of
melamine coated chipboard, 19 mm thick.
High quality door hinges, can be
assembled without tools.
A complete office at a sensational

price.
This is how you save money at
KAISER+KRAFT.
H x W x D 1851 x 800 x 362 mm.

Colour
Colour
light grey
maple finish
970 569-BK
970 570-BK
1045.00
1045.00
Colour
No.
g
No.
g
light grey
maple finish
970 566-BK
970 561-BK
258.50
258.50
1 Desk
3 Shelf unit
Tabletop and rear panel made of melamine

coated chipboard, both 25mm thick.
C-foot frame made of steel, powder coated
in silver grey RAL 7001.
Sturdy body made of 19 mm chipboard

panels, melamine coated.
Top and base as well as both shelves
25mm, rear panel 10mm thick with tongue
and groove connection.
Easy assembly only 4screws.

720 x 1600 x 800 mm.
H x W x D 1115 x 800 x 362 mm.

Colour
No.
g
light grey
maple finish
Colour
970 564-BK
970 560-BK
247.50
247.50
No.
g
light grey
maple finish
970 567-BK
970 562-BK
163.90
163.90
No.
g
light grey
maple finish
970 568-BK
970 563-BK
340.00
340.00
5 Office swivel chair

Modern swivel chair with actively
breathing mesh back rest and ergonomic
seat.
Seat height adjustable from 430 to 510 mm,
permanent contact mechanism.
Seat width 480 mm, seat depth 480 mm.
Mesh back rest, 550 mm high.
Easy care black cover made of
100%polypropylene.
Frame in graphite black, with castors for
hard floors.
See page 880 for additional colours.
No. 970 551-BK
BLUE =
g 135.00
124816
PETRA the topclassoffice

solution
Unmatched, high quality
manufacture, and is thus also
ideal for many types of
workstations.
The furniture offers extremely
robust construction and has
been designed to be
disassembled and reassembled
as often needed.
All edges with 2 mm thick,
rounded edge strip.
Optionally in light grey or maple
finish single components or as
a complete office.
MULTI 15
4
2
5
725.00
MULTI simply reliable.

High quality manufacturing and
attractive details, such as the
matching multiplex finish of the
edge strip.
Moreover, practical benefits
such as wide opening doors
and floor level adjustment
screws, which can be accessed
from inside, on the shelf unit and
cupboard.
Optionally in light grey or beech
finish order individually or as
an office package.
The mobile pedestals are delivered
pre-assembled.
All other furniture supplied flat pack
easy self-assembly.
MULTI package
2 Mobile pedestal
4 Filing cupboard
Consisting of 1 5
Bonded, melamine coated chipboard body.

Top and base with 2 mm ABS edge. A high
quality utensil drawer at the top, three
drawers with wooden frames on metal
telescopic guides below. Centre drawer
can be locked. Four double swivel castors.
Same design as shelf unit, but with doors

made of melamine coated chipboard,
16 mm thick and 0.5 ABS edge.
Each door with three high quality all metal
hinges, opening angle 110 degrees.
Two plastic handles.

590 x 428 x 560 mm.

1880 x 800 x 330 mm.
A complete office table, chair,

shelf unit, cupboard at a sensational
price.
This is how you save money at
KAISER+KRAFT.
Colour
941 888-BK
941 889-BK
725.00
725.00
No.
g
light grey
beech finish
Colour
941 882-BK
941 892-BK
170.50
170.50
No.
g
light grey
beech finish
941 885-BK
941 894-BK
203.50
203.50
1 Desk
3 Shelf unit
Tabletop and rear panel made of 25 mm

thick melamine coated chipboard,
with 2 mm ABS edge in Multiplex finish.
Stove enamelled steel frame, similar to
RAL 9006. Four height adjustment screws.
Vertical internal screens on the feet, can
be removed to route cables.
Top, base and side parts made of melamine

coated chipboard, 16 mm thick, shelves
19 mm. 2 mm ABS edge. MDF rear panel,
grooved and fastened with screws.
Metal shelf supports height adjustable in
increments of 32 mm.
Four adjustable plinth glides.

720 x 1600 x 800 mm.

1144 x 800 x 330 mm.
Classic design with ergonomically shaped

upholstery on the seat and back rest.
Seat height adjustable from 420 550 mm,
permanent contact mechanism.
Cubic back rest, 400 mm high.
Easy care black cover made of 100 %
polyester.
Frame in graphite black, with castors for
hard floors.
No.
g
125086
beech finish
Colour
No.
g
Colour
YELLOW =
Ex stock
light grey
light grey
beech finish
Colour
941 881-BK
941 890-BK
214.50
214.50
No.
g
light grey
beech finish
941 884-BK
941 893-BK
97.90
97.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

See page 880 for additional colours.

No. 510 964-BK
g 114.30
KAISER + KRAFT
125086
g
Complete Offer
845
15 SABINE
SABINE office package
1 5 at an amazing price
With charcoal coloured chair No. 755 379-BK
With blue chair No. 755 380-BK
15
g
complete offer
739.00
KAISER+KRAFT
SPECIAL OFFER
SABINE offers solid craftsmanship, compact dimensions and comfort.

All items are also available individually at extremely low prices.
1 Desk
High quality chipboard panels, finished office grey.

Desk frame made of black metal.
With space saving C-foot frame

No. 755 375-BK
1, 3 and 4 are delivered flat pack easy self-assembly.
g 209.00
2 Mobile pedestal
1 utensil drawer, 3 drawers, 1 of which can be locked
(common key).
Delivered assembled. Handles and castors enclosed
for self-assembly.
No. 755 376-BK

Seat with infinite height adjustment,
approx. 420 550 mm.
Easy care, 100 % polyacrylic cover, charcoal or blue.
Frame in graphite black.
As standard with castors for soft floors.
g 174.50
3 Filing cupboard
4 shelves, 5 file heights.
g 186.10
No.
g
4 Shelf unit
72057
2 shelves, 3 file heights.

No. 755 378-BK
Fabric cover
g 88.90
charcoal
blue
743 641-BK
743 645-BK
138.60
138.60
Suitable arm rests as well as other colours and

models can be found on pages 879.
72057
No. 755 377-BK
BLUE =
Office accessories
g / piece
3 + items
15
215.00
No. 748 407-BK
Universal cupboards
With hinged doors and 4 shelves
Delivered
fully assembled
The practical space saving miracle

foranyoffice
Robust, 0.77 mm thick, stove enamelled sheet steel
construction.
The 4 shelves each have a load capacity of 50kg.
Height adjustable in increments of 35 mm. Door opening
angle 135. Rotary cylinder security lock with three bolt
mechanism, individual key. Supplied with 2 keys.
Optionally either completely light grey RAL7035, or body
light grey RAL7035 and doors gentian blue RAL5010.
Order quantity
No.
g / each
748 406-BK
748 407-BK
230.00
215.00
No.
g / each
977 552-BK
977 553-BK
230.00
215.00
Sheet steel shelf, graphite black RAL 9011

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
916 299-BK
916 299-BK
45.80
45.80
Push-on file supports, height 140 mm

Pack of 5
No.
g / pack
977 529-BK
977 529-BK
79.50
79.50
Push-on file supports, height 250 mm

Pack of 5
No.
g / pack
977 530-BK
977 530-BK
87.00
87.00

doors gentian blue RAL 5010
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
126236
Accessories
Push-on file support
126236
3+ items
Completely light grey RAL 7035
External dimensions H x W x D 1950 x 950 x 420 mm.

Internal dimensions H x W x D 1800 x 945 x 380 mm.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
847
15
g
No. 506 304-BK
189.00
Mobile and fixed pedestals made of steel

With protruding grip rails
All pedestals are equipped with central
locking. Cylinder lock (individual key).
Supplied with 2 keys.
A runner is fitted on the front of 1, 3 and
6 to ensure stability for units with
suspension file drawers.
Drawer extension 80%.
Suspension file drawer extension 100%.
Internal dimensions
Standard drawer: H x W x D 80 x 332 x 485 mm.
Suspension file drawer: H x W x D 244 x 330 x 485mm.
The pedestals are available in light grey similar

to RAL 7035, jet black similar toRAL9005 and
cobalt blue similar to RAL5013.
Model
mobile pedestals
fixed pedestals
1 drawer,
1 susp. file drawer
3 drawers
2 drawers,
1 susp. file drawer
2 suspension file
drawers
2 suspension file
drawers
2 drawers,
1 susp. file drawer

mm
Colour
light grey
jet black
cobalt blue
495 x 420 x 565
495 x 420 x 565
645 x 420 x 565
645 x 420 x 565
695 x 420 x 565
695 x 420 x 565
506 304-BK
506 305-BK
506 306-BK
506 307-BK
506 308-BK
506 309-BK
506 310-BK
506 312-BK
506 313-BK
506 314-BK
506 315-BK
506 316-BK
506 317-BK
506 318-BK
506 319-BK
506 321-BK
506 322-BK
506 323-BK
189.00
199.70
253.00
241.00
273.50
286.50
NEW
Steel mobile pedestals
Illustration
Fittings
With smooth fronts,

in two depths and heights
Smooth fronts, central lock (individual key), pull-out stops.
The versions withsuspension file drawer are fitted with an
additional castor mounted in the centre.
Drawer extension 80%.
Suspension file drawer extension 100%.
Internal dimensions
Standard drawer: H x W x D 147 x 380 x 571 / 751 mm.
Suspension file drawer: H x W x D 296 x 380 x 571 / 751 mm.
3
1 and 2 with pull-out pen tray
Fittings
1 pen tray,
3 drawers
1 pen tray,
1 drawer,
1 susp. file drawer
2 suspension file drawers
Height x width
Depth
Colour
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035
550 x 390
590
969 782-BK
969 783-BK
969 789-BK
969 790-BK
969 784-BK
969 785-BK
969 791-BK
969 792-BK
969 786-BK
969 787-BK
969 793-BK
969 794-BK
159.50
192.50
152.90
174.90
208.00
230.00
790
550 x 390
590
790
700 x 390
590
BLUE =
790
124818
Delivered
fully assembled
Model
Mobile pedestals Drawer cupboards
15
Drawer cupboards
With chrome plated bar handles
Optional inserts for individual drawer
configuration.
For A4 and A3 formats.

Three cupboard heights, two cupboard
depths and choice of three colours.
Chrome plated label holders.
Other colours available on request.
1
Format
A4
5
51 x 232 x 367
15
51 x 232 x 367
9
87 x 300 x 417
6
87 x 300 x 417
kg
mm
light grey
jet black
cobalt blue
2.2
325 x 279 x 380
2.2
940 x 279 x 380
7.6
940 x 349 x 432
7.6
670 x 349 x 432
727 510-BK
727 511-BK
727 514-BK
917 825-BK
917 827-BK
917 829-BK
727 532-BK
727 533-BK
727 535-BK
727 528-BK
727 529-BK
727 531-BK
108.90
241.00
255.00
177.30
Illustration
Drawers
quantity
Max. drawer load

Colour
A3
3
4
Drawer inserts
Suitable for cupboards
1+2
Format
Compartments
Height
Width x depth
No.
g
3+4
A4
mm
mm
A3
Inserts for A3
16
12
50
365 x 231
50
365 x 231
47
365 x 230
79
417 x 301
50
417 x 301
727 536-BK
727 537-BK
727 538-BK
727 540-BK
727 541-BK
14.50
14.50
14.50
18.25
18.25
Inserts for A4
NEW
Mail distribution
cupboards
Sturdy, spot welded sheet steel construction with
bevelled safety edge to prevent injuries.
Doors optionally in light grey RAL7035, gentian
blue RAL5010 orcharcoal RAL7016.
Lockable with security cylinder lock,
2keys per lock.
Letter deposit slot, height x width 23 x 240 mm,
suitable forA4 envelopes.
Plastic label frames for individual labelling.
Cupboard height1950mm, incl. 100mm high
plinth.
Cupboard depth 500mm.
Delivered
fully assembled
3
2
Compartments
Cupboard width
Weight
Door colour
mm
kg
light grey RAL 7035
charcoal RAL 7016
10
350
42.5
20
700
69
30
1050
95.5
969 765-BK
969 766-BK
969 767-BK
969 768-BK
969 769-BK
969 771-BK
969 772-BK
969 773-BK
969 774-BK
912.00
1630.00
2190.00
Sloping roof attachment, can be fitted later
124819
Price per key
YELLOW =
Ex stock
No. 969 779-BK
g 11.75
Central locking system

Cost per lock
No. 969 778-BK
g 11.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Height 156 / 25 mm, angle of inclination approx. 15.

Width
10 compartments
20 compartments
30 compartments
No.
g
969 775-BK
969 776-BK
969 777-BK
79.20
97.90
130.90
KAISER + KRAFT
124819
Model
Master key
849
15
3
399.00
6
2
4
1
For suitable folders, see page 945.
-Suspension filing cabinets

For A4 suspension files
Meticulously manufactured, stove enamelled sheet steel
housing, material thickness 0.80 mm, in 5 colour
combinations:
light grey, similar to RAL 7035
jet black, similar to RAL 9005
cobalt blue, similar to RAL 5013
white aluminium, similar to RAL 9006
light ivory, similar to RAL 1015
Drawers with double panelled front, closed base and fully

extendable telescopic guides on smooth running ball
bearings.
Central locking with individual cylinder lock. Supplied with
2 keys. A pull-out stop prevents multiple drawers from
being opened at once.
Model
single track cabinets
double track cabinets

Not shown
1
Max. load per drawer approx.
Drawers
Colour
kg
40
40
40
60
60
60
quantity
internal H x W x D mm
2
255 x 330 x 555
3
255 x 330 x 555
4
255 x 330 x 555
2
275 x 720 x 563
3
275 x 720 x 563
4
275 x 720 x 563
mm
light grey
jet black
white aluminium
cobalt blue
light ivory
711 x 413 x 622
1016 x 413 x 622
1321 x 413 x 622
711 x 800 x 622
1016 x 800 x 622
1321 x 800 x 622
700 966-BK
700 969-BK
912 781-BK
705 901-BK
424 441-BK
700 970-BK
700 972-BK
912 782-BK
705 905-BK
424 442-BK
700 973-BK
700 976-BK
912 783-BK
705 908-BK
424 443-BK
506 293-BK
506 294-BK
506 295-BK
506 296-BK
506 297-BK
506 298-BK
506 299-BK
424 444-BK
424 445-BK
424 446-BK
322.00
341.00
399.00
525.00
702.00
725.00
black
g / pack
502 167-BK
502 167-BK
502 167-BK
35.55
35.55
35.55
Partitions
Pack of 5
BLUE =
72422
72422
Accessories
Suspension filing cabinets
2+
g/each
15
439.00
No. 502 193-BK
Suspension file cabinets

Welded. 0.70 mm thick steel body. Fully extendable,
closed drawers with pull-out stops. Central lock
(individual key) with 2 keys. Structured powder coating,
light grey similar to RAL 7035.
2+
g/each
219.00
No. 756 684-BK
Double track for two A4 landscape files

External dimensions
External drawer height 300 mm
Unit price
No. 502 192-BK
g 461.00
From 2 items
No. 502 193-BK
g / piece 439.00
Single track for A4 landscape

External dimensions
External drawer height 290 mm
Unit price
No. 755 366-BK
g 241.00
No. 756 684-BK
g / piece 219.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Suitable suspension files can be found on page 945.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

72421
72421
From 2 items
KAISER + KRAFT
851
15
3

2
1
219.00
Description
Internal drawer dims.
124675

mm
Max. load
kg
Order quantity
Body / front
light grey
g / each
1
1-track,
3 drawers
Suspension file
cabinets
Roll-along stools can be found on page 943.
No. 969 829-BK
Model
You can find suitable suspension files on page 945.
2
1-track, 4 drawers
275 x 387 x 570
275 x 387 x 570
997 x 467 x 618

40
1
1296 x 467 x 618

40
1
3+ items
1-track,
5 drawers
2-track,
3 drawers
2-track,
4 drawers
2-track,
5 drawers
275 x 387 x 570
275 x 758 x 570
275 x 758 x 570
275 x 758 x 570
1596 x 467 x 618

40
1
997 x 842 x 620

80
1
1296 x 842 x 620

80
1
1596 x 842 x 620

80
1
940 355-BK
519 679-BK
940 357-BK
519 680-BK
969 829-BK
969 830-BK
940 358-BK
519 681-BK
940 359-BK
519 682-BK
940 360-BK
519 683-BK
940 361-BK
519 684-BK
174.90
241.00
219.00
307.00
373.00
439.00
485.00
For A4 landscape suspension

files
Body made of 0.7 mm thick sheet steel,
powder coated. Drawers with closed
bottom, fully extendable.
Telescopic rails. Pull-out stop.
Central locking via cylinder lock with
2keys (individual key). Plinth height 60 mm.
Body always in light grey RAL 7035, front
optionally in light grey RAL 7035 or light
blue RAL 5012.
BLUE =
124675
g / piece
3 + items
Universal cupboards
2200 mm
15
g / piece
3+ items
179.00
No. 519 825-BK
Universal cupboards
with hinged doors
Extra high universal

cupboards
Made of 0.77 mm thick sheet steel, stove

enamelled in light grey RAL 7035.
Four shelves, height adjustable in 35 mm
increments, max. load approx. 50 kg per
shelf. Painted in graphite black.
Doors reinforced in the middle, opening
angle 135. Rotary cylinder security lock
with three bolt mechanism, individual key.
External dimensions
1850 x 800 x 420 mm.
Internal dimensions
1728 x 795 x 380 mm.
No need to purchase a separate

add-on cupboard.
Order quantity
3+ items
519 824-BK
519 825-BK
196.90
179.00
Additional shelves
124820
Order quantity
No.
g / each
3+ items
519 711-BK
969 445-BK
439.00
419.00
Graphite black RAL 9011.
Pack of 2.
No. 519 858-BK
No. 969 445-BK
Additional shelves
Graphite black RAL 9011.
419.00
Pack of 2.
g / pack 32.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Delivered
fully assembled
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No. 916 299-BK
g / pack 45.80
KAISER + KRAFT
124820
No.
g / each
Welded, stove enamelled body made of

0.88 mm thick sheet steel.
Five graphite black shelves, height
Max. load per shelf approx. 65 kg.
Torsion resistant doors with box section
reinforcement. Opening angle 135.
Rotary cylinder security lock with three
bolt mechanism, individual key.
Height adjustable feet for levelling on
uneven surfaces.
External dimensions
H x w x d 2200 x 950 x 420 mm.
Internal dimensions
H x w x d 2050 x 945 x 380 mm.
g / piece
3+ items
853
15
2
4
3
1
Model
5
4
3
2
With horizontal roller shutters

Body made of high quality steel, optionally
in white aluminium similar to RAL 9006,
cobalt blue similar to RAL 5013 or jet black
similar to RAL 9005.
The lockable plastic shutters are always in
light grey.
The cupboards can be fitted out according
to individual requirements as they are
delivered without interior fittings.
Interior fittings can be installed at intervals
of 23 mm. Material thickness of body
0.7 mm. Plinth height 86 mm.
Two independently opening roller shutters,
individual key.
Cylinder lock, supplied with 2 keys.
All cupboards are delivered fully
assembled.

File heights
Body / roller shutters
external mm
internal mm
711 x 1000 x 470

584 x 845 x 394
1016 x 1000 x 470

889 x 845 x 394
1651 x 1000 x 470

1524 x 845 x 394
1968 x 1000 x 470

1841 x 845 x 394
white alum. / light grey

cobalt blue / light grey
jet black / light grey
g
723 372-BK
723 373-BK
723 375-BK
723 376-BK
723 378-BK
723 379-BK
723 393-BK
723 394-BK
723 395-BK
723 396-BK
723 397-BK
723 399-BK
443.50
492.50
617.00
685.00
826.00
Interior fittings for individual requirements

Steel shelf
Pack of 2.
No. 723 400-BK
Telescopic filing frame

Extendable suspension file drawer for
2x A4.
Max. load 33 kg per frame.
g / pack 60.20
No. 723 382-BK
Pull-out steel shelf

On telescopic rails.
No. 509 080-BK
g 92.60
112600
Filing shelf
Consists of 4 rear panels,
8 intermediate shelves, 5 dividers.
Slotted shelf A must be ordered
separately.
No. 611 497-BK
g 134.60
Telescopic drawer
100 % drawer extension.
No. 723 405-BK
Suitable files and suspended files can

2229 x 1000 x 470

2102 x 845 x 394
g 120.90
g 159.40
Slotted shelf
H x W x D 23 x 909 x 391 mm.
No. 611 495-BK
g 49.25
Shelf dividers
H x W x D 152 x 3 x 390 mm.
Pack of 5.
No. 611 496-BK
BLUE =
g / pack 55.60
112600
Roller shutter
cupboards
15
Complete with steel shelves
Body made of 0.8 mm thick sheet steel,

with four height adjustable feet.
Lockable horizontal roller shutters made of
plastic. The 800 mm wide cupboards are
only fitted with one roller shutter, closes to
the left.
Cylinder lock with 2keys (individual key).
Steel shelves, height adjustable in

increments of 19 mm.
Additional fittings on request.
Structured powder coating. Body inlight
grey similar to RAL7035, shelves jet black
similar to RAL9005.
Roller shutters made of light grey plastic.
Height x depth
mm
695 x 430
1
Width 800 mm
No.
g
519 943-BK
611 498-BK
611 499-BK
252.00
324.50
493.00
Width 1000 mm
No.
g
519 945-BK
986 540-BK
986 543-BK
274.00
394.00
527.00
Width 1200 mm
No.
g
519 946-BK
986 541-BK
986 544-BK
323.50
424.50
602.00
Shelves
1030 x 430
1980 x 430
Flat pack roller

shutter cupboards
For optimum utilisation of space
High quality, sturdy sheet steel construction, powder coated in light grey RAL 7035.
Horizontal roller shutters made of plastic.
Lockable with cylinder lock, supplied with
2 keys.
Includes 2 or 4 light grey shelves, height
Height adjustable feet for levelling on
uneven surfaces.
mm
1050
1950
Width x depth
Shelves
mm
1200 x 450
2
1200 x 450
4
No.
g / each
512 345-BK
512 347-BK
329.00
458.50
No.
g / each
512 349-BK
512 350-BK
309.00
429.00
No.
g
512 351-BK
512 351-BK
24.70
24.70
1 2 items
3+ items
112601
Accessories
from g
Steel shelf
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

309.00
112601
Height
KAISER + KRAFT
855
15

The many sizes available make these cupboards extremely versatile
Durable, 0.88 mm thick sheet steel construction.
Powder coated. Plastic roller shutters with ergonomic
handle recesses can be retracted completely into the
body. Smooth, quiet operation. Interior fittings height
Lockable with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys (individual key).
Plinth height approx. 100 mm.
Height adjustable plastic glides.
Colour combinations
Sideboards
Body and roller shutter light grey RAL 7035

Body and roller shutter black grey RAL 7021
Body black grey RAL 7021, roller shutter in beech
finish
Body white aluminium RAL 9006, roller shutter in
maple finish
The 720 mm high cupboards have a melamine coated

cover panel.
Light grey for a light grey body
Beech finish for a black grey body
Maple finish for a white aluminium body
Height
mm
WxD
mm
Shelves
File heights
Illustration
720
800 x 420
1000 x 420
1200 x 420
1200 x 420
1200 x 420
1200 x 420
800 x 420
1000 x 420
1200 x 420
1
2
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
1.5
2.5
2.5
3
3.5
4
5
5
5
1
2
1000 x 420
1200 x 420
1
1
1030
1230
1345
1660
1980
3
4
5
Light grey
RAL 7035
Black grey
RAL 7021
Black grey RAL 7021 /

beech finish
White alum. RAL 9006 /

maple finish
906 232-BK
927 780-BK
906 231-BK
927 778-BK
906 230-BK
906 229-BK
906 226-BK
927 769-BK
906 225-BK
906 241-BK
927 781-BK
906 240-BK
927 779-BK
906 238-BK
906 237-BK
906 234-BK
927 770-BK
906 235-BK
488.50
568.00
597.00
606.00
605.00
639.00
554.00
623.00
658.00
502 114-BK
502 105-BK
502 109-BK
519 721-BK
519 724-BK
519 726-BK
519 728-BK
502 087-BK
502 083-BK
502 115-BK
502 106-BK
502 110-BK
519 722-BK
519 725-BK
519 727-BK
519 729-BK
502 088-BK
502 084-BK
548.00
477.50
485.00
633.00
631.00
670.00
579.00
604.00
617.00
502 122-BK
906 233-BK
502 123-BK
906 242-BK
437.50
475.00
519 730-BK
519 733-BK
519 732-BK
519 734-BK
454.50
499.00
Light grey
RAL 7035
Black grey
RAL 7021
Black grey RAL 7021 /

beech finish
White alum. RAL 9006 /

maple finish
519 735-BK
519 736-BK
481.50
980 938-BK
980 939-BK
505.00
add-on cupboard
450
Wardrobes
Height
mm
WxD
mm
Interior fittings
Illustration
1980
600 x 420
1 shelf, 1 clothes rail
106588
For width
mm
800
1000
1200
Telescopic extension frame

100 % extension
black grey RAL 7021

g
980 941-BK
980 942-BK
980 944-BK
162.00
166.50
169.40
Shelf
black grey RAL 7021

g
986 636-BK
986 637-BK
986 638-BK
26.90
28.55
32.55
File supports
Pack of 5
black grey RAL 7021

g / pack
986 646-BK
986 646-BK
986 646-BK
84.80
84.80
84.80
Telescopic extension frame

extension 100%
File supports, push-on

BLUE =
106588
Accessories for all roller shutter cupboards on these two pages
15
Double door cupboards Roller shutter cupboards

Colour combinations
Body and roller shutters light grey
RAL7035
Body and roller shutters light ivory
RAL1015
Body made of 0.88 mm thick, sturdy

sheet steel, powder coated.
Lockable horizontal plastic roller
shutters. Aluminium end rails in the
colour of the roller shutters, cylinder
lock with 2 keys.
Shelves made of sheet steel,
Plinth height approx. 100mm.
Height
mm
Width x depth
mm
Shelves
File
heights
Illustration
720
800 x 420
1000 x 420
1200 x 420
1000 x 420
1200 x 420
1
2
2
4
4
1.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
1030
Sideboards 1
The 720 mm high cupboards have a
melamine coated cover panel.
Light grey for a light grey body
Maple finish for a light ivory body
1980
2
3
4
Light grey
Light ivory
502 187-BK
502 185-BK
502 183-BK
502 179-BK
502 177-BK
502 188-BK
502 186-BK
502 184-BK
502 180-BK
502 178-BK
499.50
369.00
375.00
488.00
510.00
Light grey
Light ivory
502 190-BK
502 191-BK
403.50
Wardrobes
Height
mm
WxD
mm
Interior fittings
Illustration
1980
600 x 420
1 shelf, clothes rail

Universal use width 1000 mm
Robust steel double door cupboard, material thickness
0.88 mm. High quality stove enamelled finish in light grey,
black grey or light ivory.
Cupboard doors reinforced with central box section.
Cylinder lock with ergonomic recessed handle, individual
lock with2 keys. Prepared for replaceable cylinder.
Shelves height adjustable in 30 mm increments.
Plinth height approx. 100 mm.
g
No. 927 766-BK
289.00
Height
mm
1000
1980
Width x depth
Shelves
Colour
mm
1000 x 420
1
1000 x 420
4
light grey RAL 7035

black grey RAL 7021
light ivory RAL 1015
g
927 766-BK
927 768-BK
984 448-BK
927 764-BK
927 765-BK
984 449-BK
289.00
384.50
black grey
g / pack
927 726-BK
927 726-BK
58.90
58.90
Shelf
Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
106589
106589
Accessories
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
857
15
3
2
2
CAD
Service
Office cupboards
Steel is a synonym for durability, value retention and environmental
friendliness as steel can be completely recycled.
High quality steel body, stove enamelled

Cupboard doors reinforced in the
middle, opening angle 110
Ergonomic handle with 3 bolt lock
(individual key), incl. 2 keys
Shelves adjustable in increments of
15 mm, max. load approx. 70 kg per
shelf
Plastic floor glides (to protect floor)
Three attractive colour combinations

Completely light grey RAL7035
Body and shelves in light greyRAL7035,
doors in light blue RAL5012
Body and shelves in black greyRAL7021,
doors white aluminium RAL9006
Additional colours as well as cupboards
in widths of 500 and 700 mm available on
request.
Add-on cupboards
Suitable for all universal cupboards on
this page.
Delivery includes connector set.
Push-on file supports

In light grey RAL 7035, suitable for all
shelves.
Pack of 5.

No. 916 298-BK
Model
1
Description
Height x width
Depth
Order quantity
Body/doors
g / pack 88.80
add-on cupboards
400
1
500
1
light grey
black grey / white aluminium
g
927 689-BK
611 415-BK
611 416-BK
980 933-BK
611 418-BK
611 419-BK
927 692-BK
611 420-BK
611 421-BK
927 696-BK
611 422-BK
611 423-BK
927 699-BK
611 424-BK
611 426-BK
506 364-BK
611 427-BK
611 428-BK
506 367-BK
611 429-BK
611 430-BK
506 371-BK
611 431-BK
611 432-BK
506 374-BK
611 434-BK
611 435-BK
310.00
297.50
377.00
421.50
480.00
264.50
276.50
286.50
294.50
No.
g
927 719-BK
927 719-BK
927 720-BK
927 721-BK
927 722-BK
187.40
187.40
189.60
191.50
191.80
Shelf, light grey

Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
927 727-BK
927 727-BK
927 728-BK
927 729-BK
927 730-BK
42.85
42.85
52.40
55.10
63.40
Shelf, charcoal
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
927 733-BK
927 733-BK
927 734-BK
927 735-BK
927 736-BK
42.85
42.85
52.40
55.10
63.40
mm
mm
4 shelves
1950 x 1200
400
1
4 shelves
1950 x 930
400
2+
500 x 930
400
1
500
1
500 x 1200
400
1
500
1
500
1
101308
Susp. file drawer, max. load approx. 30 kg

(suitable for Elba- or Leitz systems)
BLUE =
101308
Accessories
Steel cupboards
15
Flat pack
universal cupboards
With detachable hinged doors
and4shelves
High quality 0.70 mm thick sheet steel construction,
powder coated. Cupboard doors reinforced in the middle,
bevelled on all sides, hinged on the inside. Door opening
angle 110. Recessed two-bolt rotary cylinder lock
(individual key) supplied with 2 keys.
Fitted with 4 light grey shelves as standard.
Overall weight approx. 56.5 kg.
External dimensions
Internal dimensions
Colour combinations
Completely light grey RAL7035
Body light grey RAL7035, doors gentian blue RAL5010
Effortless assembly thanks to simple plug-in system.
Order qty.
Light grey
Light grey / gentian blue
3+
No.
g / each
512 300-BK
512 306-BK
219.00
199.00
No.
g / each
512 301-BK
512 307-BK
219.00
199.00
No.
g / pack
512 318-BK
512 318-BK
33.40
33.40
g / piece
3+ items
199.00
No. 512 306-BK
124677
Accessories
Steel shelves
Pack of 2
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
859
15
420 mm
500 mm
600 mm
Three cupboard depths to choose from
Universal cupboards
1 8 With hinged doors
Sturdy, welded body made of 0.88mm
thick sheet steel. Plinth height 100 mm.
Torsion resistant doors with box section
reinforcement. Opening angle 135.
Painted shelves, height adjustable
in35 mm increments.
Rotary cylinder security lock with three
bolt mechanism, individual key. Supplied
with 2keys.
g / piece
2+ items
259.00
No. 704 118-BK
5
Delivered
fully assembled
126300
Illustration
External dims.
Internal dims.
Order quantity
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
light grey RAL 7035 / ultramarine blue RAL 5002
white aluminium RAL 9006 / charcoal RAL 7016
g
Accessories
Shelves
Pack of 2
graphite black RAL 9011

g / pack
1
1016 x 950 x 420
866 x 945 x 380
1
2
1950 x 950 x 420
1800 x 945 x 380
1
1950 x 950 x 600

1800 x 945 x 560
1
1950 x 1200 x 420

1800 x 1195 x 380
1
1950 x 1200 x 500

1800 x 1195 x 460
1
1950 x 1200 x 600

1800 x 1195 x 560
1
2+
1950 x 950 x 500

1800 x 945 x 460
1
911 286-BK
911 290-BK
519 720-BK
519 745-BK
704 087-BK
905 994-BK
519 688-BK
519 737-BK
704 118-BK
905 995-BK
519 689-BK
519 738-BK
704 112-BK
906 007-BK
519 690-BK
519 739-BK
519 691-BK
519 692-BK
519 694-BK
519 741-BK
905 980-BK
905 978-BK
519 695-BK
519 742-BK
905 982-BK
905 979-BK
519 696-BK
519 743-BK
519 697-BK
519 698-BK
519 710-BK
519 744-BK
295.00
274.00
259.00
439.50
468.50
496.00
508.00
525.00
916 299-BK
916 299-BK
916 299-BK
916 302-BK
519 810-BK
916 300-BK
916 301-BK
519 811-BK
45.80
45.80
45.80
50.50
55.80
52.90
58.60
61.50
BLUE =
126300
Universal cupboards with hinged doors
15
Steel cupboards
9 a With retracting doors

The space saver ideal for small offices.
Welded, stove enamelled body. Doors with
silent retraction locking. Rotary cylinder
security lock with three bolt locking,
supplied with 2 keys.
Shelves graphite black RAL 9011.
1
Model
retracting doors
hinged doors
wardrobe,
3 short
shelves
4 shelves
wardrobe,
3 short
shelves
External dims.
Internal dims.
Body / doors
light grey RAL 7035
1950 x 950 x 420

1800 x 945 x 380
1950 x 950 x 420

1800 x 800 x 380
1950 x 950 x 420

1800 x 800 x 380
704 101-BK
512 288-BK
519 714-BK
519 746-BK
707 579-BK
905 996-BK
519 716-BK
519 747-BK
519 717-BK
519 718-BK
519 719-BK
519 748-BK
446.00
637.00
804.00
graphite black
g / pack
916 303-BK
Illustration
Fittings
9
Open retracting doors disappear
inside the body of the cupboard
Accessories
Shelves
Pack of 2
38.65
3
1
5
3
Model
suspension filing cabinets

for A4 landscape
Illustration
124821
For A4 suspension files and A5 index cards

(both in landscape format)
Body made of robust, 1 mm thick sheet steel, stove
enamelled. Height adjustment screws.
Drawers with closed bottom, fully extendable, ball bearing
guides. Central locking via rotary cylinder lock with
replaceable core. Double pull-out stops.
Drawers with grip rails.
Self-adhesive labelling strips.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
card file cabinets

for A5 landscape
1
Drawers
4 drawers
(1-track)
Max. load per drawer
4 drawers
(2-track)
6 drawers
(2-track)
4 drawers
(3-track)
6 drawers
(3-track)
kg
50
75
75
75
75
mm
mm
1350
434 x 600
1350
800 x 600
1350
552 x 600
1050
800 x 600
1350
800 x 600
light grey RAL 7035

pure white RAL 9010
519 761-BK
906 490-BK
519 763-BK
519 764-BK
519 770-BK
906 491-BK
519 772-BK
519 773-BK
519 779-BK
906 584-BK
519 781-BK
519 783-BK
519 788-BK
906 585-BK
519 791-BK
519 792-BK
519 797-BK
906 605-BK
519 799-BK
519 800-BK
428.00
587.00
732.00
730.00
932.00
Height
Width x depth
Body / front
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124821
Suspension file cabinets and

card file cabinets
861
15
5
3
9
g
No. 519 834-BK
475.00
Sliding door cupboards with bar handle
High quality, stove enamelled, 0.70 mm

thick sheet steel construction.
Welded body.
Shelves in graphite black RAL 9011,
height adjustable in increments of 25 mm,
max. shelf load approx. 50 kg.
Smooth running sliding doors with ball
bearing rollers in special aluminium rail
guides. Door tracks are located below the
bottom shelf panel.
Lockable with exchangeable core rotary

cylinder lock, including 2 keys, individual
key.
Plinth height 100 mm, floor level
adjustment screws.
1025 mm and 1225 mm high cupboards are
supplied with a 25 mm high cover panel in
Add-on cupboards supplied with mounting
material.
These sliding door cupboards can

be combined with the cupboards
on page 860.

Model
sideboard, 2 shelves
File heights
mm
Colour
light grey RAL 7035
g
Accessories
Shelves
Pack of 2

g / pack
cupboard, 4 shelves
add-on cupboard
2,5
1025 x 1200 x 420
3
1225 x 1200 x 420
5
1950 x 1200 x 420
5
1950 x 1200 x 500
1
500 x 1200 x 420
1
500 x 1200 x 500
519 826-BK
519 827-BK
519 828-BK
519 829-BK
519 834-BK
519 835-BK
519 836-BK
519 837-BK
519 843-BK
519 844-BK
519 845-BK
519 846-BK
428.00
428.00
475.00
515.00
276.50
286.50
519 852-BK
519 852-BK
519 852-BK
519 853-BK
50.80
50.80
50.80
52.70

sideboard, 4 shelves, centre partition
119148
File heights
mm
Colour
light grey RAL 7035
g
Accessories
Shelves
Pack of 2

g / pack
cupboard, 8 shelves, centre partition
2,5
1025 x 1600 x 420
3
1225 x 1600 x 420
5
1950 x 1600 x 420
519 830-BK
519 831-BK
519 832-BK
519 833-BK
545.00
add-on cupboard
5
1950 x 1600 x 500
1
500 x 1600 x 420
1
500 x 1600 x 500
519 838-BK
519 840-BK
519 841-BK
519 842-BK
519 848-BK
519 849-BK
519 850-BK
519 851-BK
549.00
664.00
685.00
331.50
343.00
519 854-BK
519 854-BK
519 854-BK
519 856-BK
38.50
38.50
38.50
45.50
BLUE =
119148
Model
Steel cupboards
15
Drawer cupboards
For horizontal storage

welded model with high quality stove
enamelling in light grey RAL 7035
High quality ball bearing telescopic
rails for quiet running, drawers close
automatically when fully extended
Drawers extend 100 % for A1,
4
/5 extension for A0; with end stops,
max. load up to 40 kg
Drawer bases are perforated so that

drawers can be partitioned for various DIN
formats using drawer dividers, see
accessories. Drawers have retaining bar
at the front and cover rail at the back to
prevent drawings from rolling up. Push
cylinder lock with central locking and
pull-out lock, 2 keys.
One plastic label holder included for each
drawer. Optional: base and melamine
coated top panel in light grey or beech
finish.
Accessories for A1
Drawer dividers made of sturdy plastic,
grey, with 20 mm grid.
Depth dividers for plugging into the cross
dividers H x W x D 40 x 5 x 702 mm.
Pack of 4.
No. 906 019-BK
g / pack 48.20
Application examples
Cross dividers for plugging into the depth

dividers H x W x D 40 x 1003 x 5 mm.
Pack of 4.
No. 906 020-BK
g / pack 58.10
Accessory for A1 / A0
Compartment dividers for drawer division
in standard formats for plugging into the
drawer bases.
Pack of 42.
No. 927 647-BK
Storage for watches and jewellery
Storage for medicines
Storage for coins
Storage for samples

(with cross/depth dividers)
g / pack 63.70
Additional accessories for A0 format on

request.
Model
Format A1
Fully extendable
drawers
Format A0
4
Overall external size

Drawers, interior
Weight approx.
Colour
91149
/5 extendable
drawers
Overall external size

Drawers, interior
Weight approx.
Colour
H x W x D mm
H x W x D mm
kg
light grey RAL 7035
beech finish
g
H x W x D mm
H x W x D mm
kg
light grey RAL 7035
beech finish
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
With 5 drawers
With 10 drawers
Top panel
Base
set back 15 mm at front
420 x 1100 x 765

45/55 x 1005 x 710
96
760 x 1100 x 765

45/55 x 1005 x 710
173
25 x 1100 x 765
15
100 x 1100 x 750
8.5
906 008-BK
906 009-BK
1580.00
760 x 1350 x 960
45/55 x 1255 x 905
222
906 010-BK
906 012-BK
906 011-BK
898.00
420 x 1350 x 960
45/55 x 1255 x 905
124
906 013-BK
906 014-BK
1055.00
1770.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

80.00
25 x 1350 x 960
23.5
906 015-BK
906 017-BK
83.60
100 x 1350 x 945
10
906 016-BK
122.50
104.40
KAISER + KRAFT
91149
Label holder
863
15
NEW

The alternative to our double door cupboards
1 2 adjustable shelves
Double skin model. Special 25 mm thick

insulation panels between the walls,
classA1 in accordance with DIN4102.
Protects against minor fires and
burglary.
Each door has 3security bolts which
engage in the side panels. Bolt locking
system locking once to the top and
bottom, locking three times at the side.
Dual bit security lock with 2keys.
increments.
Available in 2 colour options:
Body / doors light grey RAL 7035
Body / interior black grey RAL 7021 with
light grey RAL 7035 doors
3
4
5
6
Single door cupboard, cover panel 25 mm

thick, beech finish for black grey
cupboards or grey finish for light grey
cupboards (not shown).
2 adjustable shelves
Cover panel 25 mm thick, beech finish for
black grey cupboards or grey finish for
light grey cupboards.
Provides particularly ample storage
space at a width of 1200 mm.
3 adjustable shelves and
1lockable compartment, two doors
Lockable compartment
H x W x D 335 x 758 x 400 mm.
Provides particularly ample storage
space at a width of 1200 mm.
3 adjustable shelves and
1lockable compartment, two doors
Lockable compartment H x W x D
335 x 1028 x 400mm. Provides particularly
ample storage space at a width of
1200mm.
Please consider our wide range of fire
resistant and burglary proof safes
on pages 873 - 877.
3
Model
External dims.
Internal dims.
Weight approx.
Body / doors
4
3

kg
light grey RAL 7035
black grey RAL 7021 / light grey RAL 7035
1226 x 650 x 500

1060 x 595 x 425
67
1226 x 1200 x 500

1060 x 1148 x 429
102
1950 x 930 x 500

1810 x 878 x 429
122
1950 x 930 x 500

1810 x 878 x 429
125
1950 x 1200 x 500

1810 x 1148 x 429
136
1950 x 1200 x 500

1810 x 1148 x 429
148
882 097-BK
970 133-BK
907 158-BK
970 134-BK
882 089-BK
970 135-BK
882 100-BK
970 136-BK
611 584-BK
970 137-BK
907 160-BK
970 138-BK
1095.00
1230.00
1475.00
1605.00
1585.00
1640.00
light grey RAL 7035

g
723 136-BK
611 586-BK
723 135-BK
723 135-BK
611 586-BK
611 586-BK
19.95
28.40
27.30
27.30
28.40
28.40
black grey RAL 7021

g
907 164-BK
907 163-BK
907 163-BK
907 164-BK
907 164-BK
167.20
149.60
149.60
167.20
167.20
122713
Additional shelf
Suspension frame
BLUE =
122713
Accessories
Key cabinets Cash boxes
15
Supplied complete with key tabs
Designer key cabinets

Housing made of silver coloured
aluminium and shatterproof nylon.
Numbered index panel and numbers on
adjustable key rails.
Security lock
Optionally with combination lock or
security cylinder lock with 2 keys.
Hooks
max.
18
36
54
72
External dims.
H x W x D mm
280 x 300 x 118
280 x 300 x 118
280 x 300 x 118
400 x 300 x 118
Weight
kg
2.1
2.4
2.5
3.5
Key cabinets
Housing and door made of sheet steel.
Zinc plated hook strips in various colours,
sequentially numbered, adjustable.
In charcoal or light grey RAL 7035.
Prepared for wall mounting.
Includes 6 key tabs (2 x blue and black,

1 x red and yellow) with permanently
visible label field.
Cylinder lock
No.
917 660-BK
917 652-BK
917 653-BK
917 654-BK
Additional key tabs
Combination lock
No.
g
59.30
72.60
93.70
111.80
Pack of
Colour
Simple, professional labelling

You can download labelling software on
the internet at: www.durable.de
black
blue
red
yellow
g / pack
969 780-BK
602 067-BK
969 781-BK
602 069-BK
g
86.90
104.80
124.30
139.20
6 items
36 items
917 655-BK
917 657-BK
917 658-BK
917 659-BK
917 661-BK
917 662-BK
917 663-BK
917 665-BK
5.30
26.50
Hooks
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
10
15
20
25
30
49
63
84
250 x 170 x 75
250 x 170 x 75
250 x 170 x 75
320 x 230 x 75
320 x 230 x 75
320 x 230 x 75
320 x 230 x 95
320 x 230 x 95
1.7
1.8
1.8
2.4
2.6
3.2
4.0
5.0
Additional key tabs

In five different colours to extend your set.
Pack of 10.
Complete with key tabs.
Charcoal
No.
Light grey
No.
748 273-BK
748 274-BK
748 275-BK
748 276-BK
748 278-BK
748 279-BK
748 280-BK
748 281-BK
922 641-BK
922 668-BK
922 676-BK
922 684-BK
922 692-BK
922 706-BK
748 282-BK
748 283-BK
26.35
28.10
30.40
35.15
37.20
48.70
60.40
79.10
Order quantity
Colour
blue
red
black
yellow
green
g / pack
1 9 packs
10+ packs
748 296-BK
748 297-BK
748 298-BK
748 299-BK
748 300-BK
748 301-BK
748 302-BK
748 303-BK
748 304-BK
748 305-BK
1.80
1.55
Cash boxes
1 Standard version
Made of high quality sheet steel, powder

coated. With practical plastic insert.
Handle recessed into lid.
Three sizes, in blue or black.
2 Portable version
Handy cash box with suitcase carrying
handle. The coin insert lifts automatically
when the lid is opened, revealing the
compartment for the banknotes.
A foam insert prevents the coins from
dislodging in transport.
In light grey or charcoal.
3 XL transport version
All cash boxes with security cylinder lock and 2 keys
Model
106590
HxWxD
Colour
1
mm
blue
black
light grey
charcoal
g
90 x 200 x 160
90 x 250 x 180
95 x 315 x 225
95 x 320 x 230
100 x 350 x 275
506 381-BK
506 382-BK
506 383-BK
506 384-BK
506 385-BK
506 386-BK
506 377-BK
506 378-BK
506 379-BK
506 380-BK
13.75
16.45
20.85
43.95
60.40
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Robust sheet steel cash box with two suitcase carrying handles. Coin insert reveals
banknote compartment when opened.
Banknote compartment divided into four
subcompartments.
A foam insert prevents the coins from
dislodging in transport.
In light grey or charcoal.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Emergency key
boxes with glass
window
With hammer for smashing the glass.
Metal housing, powder coated in red.
Door with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys.
Pack of 3.
HxWxD
No.
g / pack
mm
150 x 120 x 32
200 x 200 x 50
616 116-BK
616 118-BK
52.90
64.80
KAISER + KRAFT
106590
865
15
Protection against theft and fire

Protect valuable items, such as important documents, data carriers,
cash, cheques, keys etc. from break-ins and fire, as well as from
unexpected access by unauthorised individuals.
Which valuable items do you want to protect?

How large does your safe need to be?
Where would you like to locate your safe?
Door hinges on right or left at no extra cost.
EN
1143-1
VDMA
VDMA
VdS
N|O
EN
1143-1
VdS
EN
1143-1
IMP
EN
1143-1
VdS
II
VDMA security levels A and B
Burglary protection to European standard EN 1143-1
Safes are manufactured in accordance with specific design criteria as defined under
VDMA 24992 (May 1995 edition).
(The corresponding design sheet was retracted by the VDMA on 31.12.2003 and never
replaced.)
In order to meet European safety requirements, these cupboards have been replaced by
security cupboards with tested and certified burglary protection in accordance with
Euro standard EN 14450 S1 and S2.
These safes have been tested and certified against burglary.

They are subjected to constant inspection.
Safes in classes N/0, I, II are generally multiple walled, defined burglary protection
is determined using resistance units (RU).
Safes from classes II are available on request.
EN
14450
EN
14450
S1
S2
All safes which are lighter than 1000 kg must be anchored.

On request, the safe can also be anchored on-site at extra cost.
EN15659
EN1047-1
EN1047-1
EN1047-1
LFS 30 P
S 60 P
S 120 P
S 60 DIS
Burglary protection to European standard EN 14450
Additional fire protection to EN 15659 and EN 1047-1
The safes have been tested and certified to burglary levels S1 (200 SU) and S2 (400 SU).
(SU = security units)
The previous requirements for A and B cupboards are effectively fulfilled and far
exceeded due to significant technical improvements:
Lock bolts on 3 sides via door handle
Hook-in profile / protected hinges
VdS class I dual bit security lock
Lock with anti-penetration plate
Bolts with manganese armour plating
Anchoring points in the base and rear panel
EN 15659 LFS 30 P
These safes have been subjected to a 30 minute fire resistance test at 840 C.
EN 1047-1 S 60 P, S 120 P, S 60 DIS
The respective safes have been subjected to a one hour or two hour fire resistance test
at 1090 C, as well as a slump test from a height of 9.15 m.
All safes are fitted with the corresponding test plates.
Ask your insurance company for the exact insurance sums.
Fire protection to EN 15659 LFS 30 P

Fire protection to EN 1047-1 S 60 P
Fire protection to EN 1047-1 S 120 P
Fire protection to EN 1047-1 S 60 P DIS
Tested fire resistance

30 minutes for documents
1 hour for documents
2 hours for documents
1 hour for data carriers
Please note: to be able to obtain complete insurance coverage, the safes must be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
Our service for heavy jobs

As you know we deliver all items free.
You receive the goods at the agreed address at ground level with no steps.
You deal with the rest yourself very simple.
What about large, bulky and above all heavy safes?
For these cases our new safe transport service can be of assistance.
We deal with transporting your new safe to the point of use. Exactly where you need it!
This is provided that the local conditions make this possible.
Stairs and floors are adequate to take the load, the steps are wide enough and no additional
work is required, such as stair supports or the use of a crane.
Please call us for a quotation.
Our transport questionnaire provides you with a complete checklist. Please contact us.
122504
122504
On request, the safe can be anchored on-site at extra cost.
BLUE =
15
Key cabinets
Key cabinets
All models with swivelling key index.
As standard with cylinder lock and 2 keys.
Four holes for wall anchoring, 6 mm.
Zinc plated, adjustable hook strips
Colour coded and sequentially numbered.
1 With deposit slot
Practical deposit
slot
Keys can be deposited at any time

Deposit slot on side, 20 x 60 mm,
with deflector to protect against
unauthorised access.
Single panel body with smooth front due

to inset door.
Painted light grey RAL 7035.
Hooks
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
No.
42
64
100
350 x 270 x 80
450 x 300 x 80
550 x 380 x 80
4.0
5.4
8.5
748 402-BK
748 403-BK
748 405-BK
75.50
96.70
116.60
White aluminium
No.
Light grey
No.
748 284-BK
748 286-BK
748 287-BK
748 288-BK
748 289-BK
748 290-BK
748 291-BK
748 292-BK
748 294-BK
748 295-BK
922 560-BK
922 579-BK
221 783-BK
922 587-BK
221 805-BK
221 767-BK
221 910-BK
221 686-BK
922 595-BK
221 708-BK
65.50
85.50
68.80
95.50
88.80
109.90
187.90
205.50
261.50
298.50
1
2 With 21 to 300 hooks

Housing and door made of high quality
sheet metal.
Painted in white aluminium RAL 9006 or
Hooks
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
21
32
42
50
64
100
150
200
250
300
350 x 270 x 80
450 x 300 x 80
350 x 270 x 80
550 x 380 x 80
450 x 300 x 80
550 x 380 x 80
550 x 380 x 140
550 x 380 x 140
550 x 380 x 205
550 x 380 x 205
2.6
3.5
3.0
5.0
3.7
5.5
9.0
9.5
12.0
12.5
2
3 With 100 to 600 key hooks

Two door, solid design. 3-point
Espagnolette locking.
Hooks
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Intermediate
panels
Weight
kg
100
200
300
400
500
600
550 x 730 x 80
550 x 730 x 80
550 x 730 x 140
550 x 730 x 140
550 x 730 x 205
550 x 730 x 205
2
2
4
4
14.5
15.0
19.0
19.5
25.5
26.0
Additional key tabs
Order quantity
Colour
blue
red
black
yellow
green
g / pack
In five different colours.

Pack of 10.
No.
748 387-BK
748 388-BK
748 389-BK
221 724-BK
221 937-BK
221 740-BK
261.50
296.50
348.50
417.00
536.00
598.00
1 9 packs
10+ packs
748 296-BK
748 297-BK
748 298-BK
748 299-BK
748 300-BK
748 301-BK
748 302-BK
748 303-BK
748 304-BK
748 305-BK
1.80
1.55
3
124679
Model
No.
A Fittings for half cylinder profile lock

B Cylinder combination lock
C Electronic lock without emergency opening
1 master code and up to 9 user codes
YELLOW =
Ex stock
506 545-BK
615 834-BK
g
36.65
39.90
506 544-BK
131.10
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124679
Options available at extra cost for 1 3
867
15
Key cabinets
All models with four holes in the back panel, 6 mm,
for mounting on walls or in cupboards.
Painted light grey RAL7035.
As standard with cylinder lock incl. 2 keys.
1 With 780 to 1170 hooks
Hooks
Two swivelling intermediate panels,

swivelling key index.
Two door, solid design.
3-point Espagnolette locking.
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
780
1300 x 730 x 250
860
1300 x 730 x 250
940
1300 x 730 x 250
1020
1300 x 730 x 250
1170
1300 x 730 x 250
Accessories
Base frame, height 300 mm
59.0
59.5
60.0
60.5
61.5
Hooks
(max.)
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
40
60
90
180
190
350
350 x 270 x 130

450 x 300 x 130
550 x 380 x 130
550 x 380 x 205
550 x 730 x 130
550 x 730 x 250
4.0
6.0
8.0
13.0
16.0
27.5
No.
922 196-BK
574 198-BK
574 201-BK
574 228-BK
574 236-BK
943.00
955.00
1030.00
1070.00
1110.00
616 119-BK
84.40
No.
977 236-BK
977 238-BK
977 240-BK
977 243-BK
977 245-BK
977 246-BK
62.20
77.70
99.90
188.80
296.50
410.00
No.
506 545-BK
615 834-BK
36.65
39.90
506 544-BK
131.10
2 For adjustable hooks
Base frame as
an accessory
Key hooks can be arranged as needed
Single panel body with smooth front due

to inset door. All-roundedge.
Key tabs and hooks have to be ordered
separately (seebelow).
Options available at extra cost for 1 and 2

Model

C Electronic lock without emergency access
Adjustable key hooks
Key tabs
Stainless steel, can be arranged as

needed. Three different lengths.
Pack of 10.
Five different colours.

Pack of 10.
Order quantity
Order quantity
Length
20 mm
30 mm
40 mm
g / pack
1 9 packs
10+ packs
977 247-BK
977 248-BK
977 249-BK
977 382-BK
977 383-BK
977 384-BK
2.85
2.15
Colour
blue
red
black
yellow
green
g / pack
1 9 packs
10+ packs
748 296-BK
748 297-BK
748 298-BK
748 299-BK
748 300-BK
748 301-BK
748 302-BK
748 303-BK
748 304-BK
748 305-BK
1.80
1.55
Key safes
For adjustable hooks
VDMA
Security level A according to

VDMA24992 (issued May 1995)
and Euro standard S1 according to
EN 14450 : 2006
Single panel body, 3mm thick. Double panel
door, 57 mm thick overall, with 6 mm door
panel.
Locks with dual bit security lock A with
2keys. Fittings protrude 20mm.
Two holes in both the back panel and base
for mounting on walls or cupboards.
Key tabs and hooks have to be ordered
separately (see above).
Hooks
(max.)
EN
14450
B+C
S1
Standard
Options
External dims.
H x W x D mm
50
350 x 350 x 200
150
550 x 500 x 200
200
800 x 500 x 200
300
1000 x 600 x 200
350
1200 x 600 x 200
450
1500 x 600 x 200
550
1000 x 1000 x 200
800
1500 x 1000 x 200
1000
1800 x 1000 x 200
Weight
kg
20
37
50
70
85
100
102
159
175
No.
977 252-BK
977 253-BK
977 254-BK
977 255-BK
977 256-BK
977 257-BK
977 258-BK
615 760-BK
615 761-BK
246.50
339.00
417.00
516.00
594.00
744.00
888.00
999.00
1305.00
615 762-BK
133.20
977 277-BK
394.50
B Electronic lock without emergency access

access
BLUE =
124680
124680
C Electronic lock with electronic emergency
Key safes
Key safes
EN
14450
1 Security level A according to VDMA24992 (issued May 1995)
VDMA
and Euro standard S1 according to EN 14450 : 2006
External dims.
H x W x D mm
70
436 x 460 x 120
100
636 x 460 x 120
150
636 x 460 x 200
200
636 x 460 x 200
300
636 x 460 x 300
400
636 x 812 x 200
600
636 x 812 x 300
300
1000 x 600 x 200
390
1300 x 600 x 200
480
1600 x 600 x 200
540
1850 x 600 x 200
780
1300 x 1200 x 200
960
1600 x 1200 x 200
1080
1850 x 1200 x 200
Option at extra cost
S1
Dual bit security lock (VdS class I) A with

2 keys.
Lock bolts on 3 sides.
Four holes in the rear panel, 11 mm.
Hooks
per row
Intermediate
panels
Doors
Weight
kg
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
1
1
2
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
22
34
47
47.5
53
75
86
73
91
111
124
165
199
228
B Electronic lock without emergency access, 1 master code and up to 9 user codes
No.
922 226-BK
611 123-BK
611 131-BK
611 158-BK
147 788-BK
147 796-BK
922 242-BK
615 764-BK
615 766-BK
615 767-BK
615 768-BK
615 769-BK
615 770-BK
615 771-BK
321.00
381.00
432.50
465.50
572.00
861.00
1010.00
853.00
916.00
1045.00
1170.00
1495.00
1590.00
1705.00
615 772-BK
133.20
Standard
Optional
2 Security level B according to VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995)
EN
14450
and as well as Euro standard S2 according to PN-EN 14450 : 2006

Body double walled on all sides, 60 mm
thick. Door also double walled.
Fire resistant due to all-round fireproof
seal and fire insulation, external hinges.
6 mm door panel.
Dual bit security lock (VdS class I) C with
2 keys.
Two holes in the rear panel and in the base

for anchoring.
Coloured hook strips, height adjustable in
increments of 14 mm. Supplied with key tabs.
Hooks
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Hooks
per row
Weight
kg
70
100
150
300
420
510
Accessories
450 x 520 x 250

606 x 520 x 250
806 x 520 x 250
1200 x 670 x 300
1500 x 670 x 300
1800 x 670 x 300
10
10
10
15
15
15
36
54
72
105
130
152
D Electronic lock without emergency access, 1 master code and up to 9 user codes
No.
850 101-BK
850 160-BK
850 330-BK
850 470-BK
850 810-BK
850 950-BK
450.50
596.00
737.00
1230.00
1575.00
1975.00
615 778-BK
135.40
3 Security level B according toVDMA24992

(issued May 1995) and Euro standard S2
according to PN-EN 14450 : 2006 or
VdS class I according to EN 1143-1
External hinges enable the door to be opened up to180.
Multiple panel construction. Overall door thickness 104 mm.
Fully extendable intermediate panels on precision telescopic
rails. Hook strips, blank, height adjustable in 14 mm increments.
Dual bit security lock (VdS class I) E with 2keys.
Also as a combination safe with shelves.
Model
Hooks
1680
2310
2730
3360
1200
Combination
safe
1650
with shelves
1950
2400
Option at extra cost
124678
Key safe
without
shelves
VDMA
S2
Standard
Optional
EN
1143-1
VDMA
VdS
EN
14450
EN15659
S2
Standard
LFS 30 P
F
Optional
VDMA B + S2
No.
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Panels /
shelves
Weight
kg
1006 x 836 x 700

1256 x 836 x 700
1506 x 836 x 700
1806 x 836 x 700
1006 x 836 x 700
1256 x 836 x 700
1506 x 836 x 700
1806 x 836 x 700
7/
7/
7/
7/
5/3
5/3
5/4
5/4
300
340
395
495
300
320
360
450
616 065-BK
616 067-BK
616 069-BK
616 071-BK
616 066-BK
616 068-BK
616 070-BK
616 072-BK
g
2435.00
2550.00
2985.00
3285.00
2240.00
2350.00
2820.00
3040.00
977 277-BK
394.50
355
425
493
572
343
406
473
551
VdS class I + LFS 30 P

No.
g
2880.00
616 073-BK
2990.00
616 075-BK
3525.00
616 077-BK
3845.00
616 080-BK
2680.00
616 074-BK
2770.00
616 076-BK
3295.00
616 078-BK
3550.00
616 081-BK
977 277-BK
Weight
kg
F Electronic lock with electronic emergency access

1master code and up to 99 user codes
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

394.50
KAISER + KRAFT
124678
Single panel, 3 mm thick body and double

panel door with 6 mm door panel. Hook-in
profile on the hinge side.
Adjustable hook strips, sequentially
numbered.
Hooks
15
869
15
NEW
EN
14450
VDMA
Car key safes
level B according to VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995) as

S2 Security
well as Euro standard S2 according to PN-EN 14450 : 2006
A
Standard
Secure storage of keys

Extra large hooks for car keys
Body double walled on all sides, 60 mm

thick. Double walled door, 6mm thick.
Fire resistant due to all-round fireproof
seal and fire insulation, external hinges.
Dual bit security lock (VdS class I) A with

2 keys.
Two holes in the rear panel and in the
base for anchoring.
Coloured hook strips, height adjustable in
increments of 14 mm. Supplied with key
tabs.
Option
Hooks
External dims.
H x W x D mm
10
450 x 440 x 200
28
450 x 520 x 250
42
606 x 520 x 250
56
806 x 520 x 250
Option available at extra cost
Hooks
per row
Weight
kg
5
7
7
7
33
36
54
72
No.
969 795-BK
969 797-BK
969 798-BK
969 799-BK
362.00
417.00
538.00
648.00
969 801-BK
134.10
Valuables safes
A
Ideal for installation in desks and cupboards

Single panel body, 1.5 mm thick.
Door panel 3 mm thick.
As standard with cylinder lock, incl. 2keys.
Two holes ( 6 mm) in the rear wall and

two holes in each of the side walls.
C
g / piece
3+ items
89.00
No. 977 558-BK
D+E
External dims.
Shelves
H x W x D mm
100 x 250 x 230
190 x 250 x 235

1
190 x 370 x 325
1
370 x 370 x 325
1
Weight
kg
3
5
8.5
13

1 2 items
No.
g / each
62.20
977 261-BK
77.70
977 262-BK
95.50
977 263-BK
116.60
977 264-BK
3+ items
No.
g / each
56.50
977 555-BK
71.00
977 557-BK
89.00
977 558-BK
102.10
977 559-BK
506 545-BK
615 834-BK
36.65
39.90
506 545-BK
615 834-BK
36.65
39.90
614 233-BK
99.90
614 233-BK
99.90
Personal locker systems

The system can be tailored to individual requirements
F
Examples
1 x 3 identical
lockers HxWxD
350x450x500 mm
at the side
1 x 7 identical
lockers HxWxD
150x300x500 mm
Example combination
Single panel body and doors.

Body 1.5 mm, doors 3 mm thick.
As standard with cylinder locks, individual
key.
Opens and locks via main locking system
E, incl. 2 master keys.
Can be fitted with coin operated locks F,
for 1-Euro coins. Also available for other
currencies on request.
Locker dims.
height x width mm
150 x 300
200 x 400
350 x 450
Depth 300 mm
No.
616 101-BK
616 102-BK
616 103-BK
g
69.90
82.10
95.50

2 x 2 identical
lockers H x W x D
350 x 450 x 300 mm
on top
3 x 2 identical
lockers H x W x D
150 x 300 x 300 mm
Please observe the following when

putting together alockersystem
Only use lockers of the same depth
Uniform overall height and width
Please use the examples at the left as a
guide.
Depth 400 mm
No.
616 104-BK
616 105-BK
616 106-BK
g
82.10
95.50
106.60
Depth 500 mm
No.
616 107-BK
616 108-BK
616 110-BK
No.
g
106.60
118.80
133.20
616 111-BK
g
42.10
Electronic lock without emergency access

616 112-BK
116.70
Dual bit security lock

individual key
616 113-BK
22.15

locks via main locking system (individual key)
Coin operated lock for 1-Euro coins
616 114-BK
969 808-BK
44.40
BLUE =
86.90
Safes
15
NEW
Built-in furniture safes
Cable outlet in
therightside wall
External hinge (protrudes 12 mm) enables door to open through 180.

One hole in therear wall and twoholes in the base ( 11 mm) for anchoring.
Painted in light grey RAL 7035.
1 Security level A in accordance with VDMA

24992 (issuedMay 1995)
Ideal for the secure storage of laptops and mobile phones.
Single panel body, 3 mm thick.
Cable outlet (10 x 11 mm) in the right side wall.
Overall door thickness 57 mm.
Locks with dual bit security lock A, incl. 2 keys.
VDMA
2 Security level A in accordance with VDMA

24992 (issued May 1995) and LFS 30Pfire
protectiontoEN15659
VDMA
Multiple panel door and body.

Chamfered door, overall thickness 67 mm.
Dual bit security lock A, incl. 2keys.
EN15659
LFS 30 P
LFS 30 P
3 Security level A according to VDMA 24992

(issued May 1995) and additionally tested and
certified toEuro standardS1 according
to PN-EN14450:2006and EN15659 LFS30P
VDMA
S1
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Weight
kg
200 x 450 x 400

200 x 530 x 400
350 x 450 x 400
350 x 530 x 400
180 x 300 x 283
VDMA A
+LFS30P
250 x 300 x 383
200 x 470 x 383
VDMA A + S1
+LFS30P
470 x 200 x 383
194 x 444 x 300

194 x 524 x 300
344 x 444 x 300
344 x 524 x 400
147 x 264 x 224
217 x 264 x 324
167 x 434 x 291
437 x 164 x 291
27
32
47
56
9
18
21
21
VDMA A
2
3
Electronic lock without emergency access

A Standard
EN15659
EN
14450

Chamfered door, overall thickness 74 mm, with lock bolts.
Dual bit security lock A, incl. 2 keys.
Model
No.
21
27
24
31
15.0
22.2
29.3
29.3
969 802-BK
969 803-BK
969 804-BK
969 805-BK
615 821-BK
615 822-BK
615 823-BK
615 824-BK
219.00
252.00
263.00
296.00
205.50
219.00
250.50
250.50
B for 1 and 2
C for 3
969 806-BK
615 774-BK
134.10
135.40
C Option
B Option
EN
14450
VDMA
Security level A according to VDMA 24992

(issuedMay1995)and additionally tested and
certified to Euro standard S1 according to
PN-EN14450 : 2006 andEN 15659 LFS 30 P
Double walled body and door. Chamfered door with an overall
thickness of 78 mm. Door opening angle 180.
Locks with dual bit security lock A, incl. 2keys. Handle protrudes
by 60 mm.
Two holes in the base ( 16 mm) for anchoring.
125024
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
370 x 490 x 455

229 x 355 x 293
470 x 490 x 455
329 x 355 x 293
670 x 490 x 455
529 x 355 x 293
820 x 490 x 455
679 x 355 x 293
1170 x 700 x 510
1029 x 565 x 348
1870 x 700 x 510
1729 x 565 x 348
1870 x 950 x 510
1729 x 815 x 348
1870 x 1300 x 510
1729 x 1165 x 348
Doors
Shelves
Files
Weight
kg
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
4
2 across
4
4
8
21
35
50
70
40
46
61
69
125
185
234
302
YELLOW =
Ex stock
EN15659
S1
LFS 30 P
A
Standard
B
Option
No.
520 980-BK
520 981-BK
520 982-BK
520 983-BK
520 984-BK
520 986-BK
520 987-BK
520 988-BK
377.00
421.50
488.00
554.00
810.00
1215.00
1550.00
1705.00
615 772-BK
133.20
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

125024
Steel document safes
KAISER + KRAFT
871
15
VDMA
1 Security level A according to VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995)
EN
14450
and additionally tested and certified to Euro standard S1

according to PN-EN 14450 : 2006
S1
VdS class I dual bit security lock A with

2 keys.
Two holes in the rear panel,
one in the base for anchoring.

Double panel door, 60 mm thick overall,
with 3 mm door panel.
Hook-in profile on the hinge side.
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Shelves
Files
max.
Weight
kg
380 x 380 x 375

480 x 380 x 375
730 x 380 x 375
374 x 362 x 311

474 x 362 x 311
724 x 362 x 311
44
56
80
1
1
2
4
4
8
27
32
42
No.
611 588-BK
611 589-BK
611 591-BK
214.50
258.00
332.00
2 Security level B according to VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995)

VDMA
and additionally tested and certified to Euro standard S2

EN
14450
S2
Standard
Option
VdS class I dual bit security lock A with

2 keys.
Locks always protrude by 12 mm.
Two holes in both the rear panel and base
for anchoring.
Double panel body on all sides with all

round fireproof seal.
Double panel door, 55 mm thick overall,
with 3 mm door panel.
Hook-in profile on the hinge side.
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Shelves
300 x 420 x 380

226 x 348 x 291
23
1
420 x 300 x 380
346 x 228 x 291
23
1
605 x 425 x 380
531 x 353 x 291
53
1
705 x 425 x 380
631 x 353 x 291
63
2
805 x 425 x 380
731 x 353 x 291
73
2
Interior safe, with cylinder lock, for 425 mm external width
Files
max.
Weight
kg
2
2
4
4
8
32
32
52
60
66
No.
977 294-BK
977 295-BK
977 296-BK
977 297-BK
977 298-BK
164.50
170.00
276.50
298.50
321.00
977 414-BK
75.40
No.
g
153.30
135.40

Model
2
Option
C
A
Standard
B
Option
B Mechanical combination lock

C Electronic lock without emergency access, 1 master code and up to 9 user codes
611 592-BK
615 778-BK
Steel office cupboards
EN
14450
Security level S1 according to PN-EN 14450:2006 or

level B according to VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995)
and Euro standard S2 according to PN-EN 14450 : 2006
S1
All-round double panel body.

Double panel door, 80 mm thick.
Door panel made of 3 mm thick steel.
High quality fire insulation,
all-round fireproof seal.
Lock bolts on 4 sides. Multiple nickel
plating on the locking bolts, 25 mm.

A with 2 keys.
VDMA
EN
14450
Two holes in both rear panel

and base for anchoring.
S2
Security level
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Doors
Shelves
1250 x 700 x 500

1190 x 628 x 385
1
3
1500 x 700 x 500
1440 x 628 x 385
1
4
1950 x 700 x 500
1890 x 628 x 385
1
4
1950 x 950 x 550
1890 x 878 x 435
1
4
1950 x 950 x 550
1890 x 878 x 435
2
4
1950 x 1260 x 550
1890 x 1188 x 435
2
4
1250 x 700 x 500
1126 x 567 x 343
1
3
VDMA B + S2
1500 x 700 x 500
1376 x 567 x 343
1
4
1950 x 700 x 500
1826 x 567 x 343
1
4
1950 x 950 x 550
1826 x 817 x 393
1
4
1950 x 950 x 550
1826 x 817 x 393
2
4
1950 x 1260 x 550
1826 x 1127 x 393
2
4
Interior safe, height 200 mm, with cylinder lock, for 700 mm external width
Interior safe, height 420 mm, with cylinder lock, for external width of 950 or 1260 mm
Suspension file drawer on telescopic rails
124681
S1

Files
Weight
kg
18
24
30
50
50
65
18
18
30
50
50
65
125
145
180
230
250
390
210
220
345
410
415
460
No.
900 101-BK
900 102-BK
900 103-BK
900 104-BK
900 105-BK
900 106-BK
616 082-BK
616 083-BK
616 084-BK
616 085-BK
616 086-BK
616 088-BK
827.00
938.00
1140.00
1265.00
1405.00
1720.00
1100.00
1305.00
1545.00
1740.00
1795.00
1905.00
900 107-BK
900 108-BK
969 807-BK
900 098-BK
615 774-BK
97.60
147.60
163.90
202.00
135.40
BLUE =
124681
Option
Built-in furniture safes Steel office cupboards Document safes
NEW
Drawer safes
Security level A in accordance with VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995)
VDMA
Locked via dual bit security lock as

standard.
Two holes in both the top and bottom
panels, both side panels and in the rear
panel for mounting.
Drawer with removable partitions and

dividers on telescopic rails.
For sales areas as a till safe, use in the
office or installation in passenger cars.
Single panel body, 3 mm thick, double
panel door, 40 mm thick, with 3 mm door
panel.
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
1 160 x 350 x 350

2 160 x 400 x 500
3 160 x 1200 x 350
115 x 325 x 295.5

115 x 375 x 445.5
115 x 1175 x 295.5
Number of dividers
Weight
kg
4
4
8
10
11
40
No.
907 190-BK
907 191-BK
907 192-BK
254.50
298.50
354.00
907 193-BK
154.40
Option
NEW

Security level B according to VDMA 24992 (issued May 1995)
andadditionallytestedandcertified to Euro standard S2 according to PN-EN 14450
High quality fire insulation due to all-round
fireproof seal.
Lockable compartment, H x W x D
75 x 335 x 290 mm, with cylinder lock,
incl. 2 keys.
Multi-purpose insert can be used for files,
valuables or small weapons and ammunition. Safes with can be fitted with integrated weapon holder C with 55 mm spacing
for 5 small weapons.
Model
External dims.
H x W x D mm
15
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
VDMA
Double walled body and door. Door53mm

thick with lock bolts on three sides.
Fittings and hinges protrude 13 mm.
Locked viadual bit security lock
(VdS class 1) A as standard, incl. 2 keys.
Door opens180.
Two holes in both the rear panel and base
for anchoring.
Capacity
litres
Shelves
Files
max.
1
2C
3
4C
255 x 395 x 380

119 x 335 x 290
19
2
255 x 395 x 380
119 x 335 x 290
19
455 x 395 x 380

324 x 335 x 290
38
1
4
455 x 395 x 380
324 x 335 x 290
38
1
2
Weight
kg
30.5
30.5
45.0
45.0
EN
14450
S2
No.
907 184-BK
907 185-BK
907 186-BK
907 187-BK
198.90
210.00
276.50
287.50
907 188-BK
154.40
A Standard
Document safes
30 minute fire protection for documents according to EN 15659 LFS 30 P
Defined level of protection against burglary attempts with mechanical tools.
High quality document safes offer a combination of a

very high level of burglary protection and fire protection.
All round multiple panel body. Multiple panel door,
105 mm thick. Fittings and hinges protrude 60 mm.
Locked with multiple heavy bolts. VdS lock class I dual
bit high security lock A, with2keys.
EN
1143-1
VdS
1 Tested and certified burglary protection VdS class N/O accordingto EU standard EN 1143-1
2 Tested and certified burglary protection VdS class I accordingto EU standard EN 1143-1
B Option
N|O
EN15659
LFS 30 P
Holes in the base for anchoring to the

floor.
Full insurance coverage ensured by
anchoring in accordance with assembly
instructions.
Delivery includes fastening material.
EN
1143-1
VdS
EN15659
External dims.
HxWxDmm
Internal dims.
HxWxDmm
Shelves
514 x 604 x 400

606 x 636 x 510
806 x 636 x 510
800 x 700 x 550
1006 x 636 x 510
1206 x 636 x 510
1256 x 836 x 600
1506 x 806 x 550
1806 x 806 x 550
375 x 468 x 230

467 x 500 x 340
667 x 500 x 340
661 x 564 x 380
867 x 500 x 340
1067 x 500 x 340
1117 x 700 x 430
1367 x 670 x 380
1667 x 670 x 380
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
Weight
kg
No.
90
134
170
178
191
231
298
310
356
977 320-BK
977 321-BK
977 323-BK
977 324-BK
977 325-BK
977 326-BK
977 327-BK
977 328-BK
977 329-BK
Weight
kg
No.
783.00
827.00
921.00
955.00
1100.00
1195.00
1270.00
1525.00
1690.00
111
148
180
202
216
269
337
422
977 333-BK
977 334-BK
977 335-BK
977 336-BK
977 337-BK
977 338-BK
977 339-BK
977 341-BK
844.00
894.00
1010.00
1060.00
1200.00
1310.00
1410.00
No.
g
99.90
122.10
163.20
163.20
202.00
135.40

Interior safe, height 200 mm, with cylinder lock
Shelf, extendable on telescopic rails
Suspension file drawer, extendable on telescopic rails
B Mechanical combination lock, fittings protrude 60 mm
C Electronic lock without emergency access, fittings protrude 60 mm, 1 master code and 9 user codes
YELLOW =
Ex stock
977 344-BK
977 345-BK
977 346-BK
977 347-BK
900 098-BK
615 778-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

1860.00
VdS class II and III document safes can also be

supplied on request.
A Standard
B Option
C Option
KAISER + KRAFT
125025
125025
LFS 30 P
873
15
S1
Deposit safes
Tested and certified according to Euro standard S1 PN-EN 14450 : 2006
Theft prevention: After valuables have been

deposited, the inside flap closes automatically
A pronged security plate prevents the retrieval

of deposited items.
Access flap 3 mm thick, with dual bit security
lock on the front side.
A Standard
B Option
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Weight
kg
600 x 250 x 250

800 x 250 x 250
1000 x 250 x 250
600 x 460 x 460
800 x 460 x 460
1000 x 460 x 460
367 x 232 x 183

567 x 232 x 183
767 x 232 x 183
249 x 442 x 393
449 x 442 x 393
649 x 442 x 393
27
34
42
55
68
81

EN
14450
S2
1 Security level B according to

VDMA24992(issuedMay1995)
and additionally tested and
certified to Euro standard S2
and EN1047-1 S 60 P
Fire resistance 60 minutes for documents.

Proven in fire test for one hour at up to
1090C as well as in drop test from height of
9.15 m
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Option
Option
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
380 x 463 x 427

279 x 351 x 295
440 x 463 x 427
339 x 351 x 295
615 x 463 x 427
514 x 351 x 295
775 x 463 x 427
674 x 351 x 295
1137 x 704 x 471
1036 x 592 x 339
1322 x 704 x 471
1221 x 592 x 339
1507 x 704 x 471
1406 x 592 x 339
Capacity
litres
Shelves
Files
max.
Weight
kg
31
38
57
74
215
253
291
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
2 landscape
4
4
8
21
21
28
90
99
118
160
270
305
340
protrudes 60 mm, 1 master code and up to 9 user codes
2 Security level B according to
EN
14450
S2
EN1047-1
S 120 P
VDMA24992(issuedMay1995)
and additionally tested and
certified to Euro standard S2
and EN1047-1 S 120 P
Fire resistance 120 minutes for documents.
Proven in fire test for two hours at up to
1090 C as well as in drop test from height of
9.15 m
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
489 x 605 x 560

273 x 448 x 386
590 x 605 x 560
374 x 448 x 386
1050 x 605 x 560
769 x 448 x 367
1400 x 794 x 560
1109 x 637 x 358
1600 x 794 x 560
1309 x 637 x 358
1800 x 794 x 560
1509 x 637 x 358
1800 x 1350 x 560
1505 x 1193 x 358
361.50
372.50
450.50
417.00
465.50
539.00
731 003-BK
205.50
977 277-BK
394.50
Shelves
Files
max.
Weight
kg
41
56
116
238
280
323
599
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
2 landscape
5
10
21
21
28
56
168
187
323
483
577
708
995
B Mechanical combination lock, protrudes 60 mm

protrudes 60 mm, 1 master code and up to 9 user codes
No.
611 609-BK
611 610-BK
611 612-BK
611 613-BK
611 614-BK
611 615-BK
611 616-BK
633.00
666.00
738.00
850.00
1110.00
1280.00
1500.00
900 098-BK
202.00
615 778-BK
135.40

Door 134 mm thick. Locking bolts on all
sides with manganese armour plating.
Anti-penetration lock plate.
VdS class I dual bit security
lock A with 2 keys.
Fittings andhinges protrude 60 mm.
Prepared for floor anchoring.
Capacity
litres
Interior safe, height 240 mm, single door, for No. 977312 977316
Interior safe, height 415 mm, double doors, for No. 977317
977 269-BK
977 270-BK
977 271-BK
977 272-BK
977 273-BK
977 274-BK
Multiple panel door and body. Door 95 mm

thick. Locking bolts on all sides with
manganese armour plating.
Anti-penetration lock plate.
VdS class I dual bit security
lock A with 2 keys.
Prepared for floor anchoring.

VDMA
Two versions available
S 60 P
Standard
No.
Document safes
EN1047-1
External dims.
H x W x D mm

C Electronic lock with electronic emergency access
C Option
VDMA

Double panel door, 52 mm thick, lock bolts
on 3 sides, with hook-in profile.
With VdS lock class I dual bit security lock
A as standard, incl. 2keys.
2 holes in both the rear panel and base.
No.
977 310-BK
977 311-BK
977 312-BK
977 313-BK
977 315-BK
977 316-BK
977 317-BK
727.00
827.00
1200.00
1600.00
1765.00
1970.00
2975.00
977 318-BK
977 319-BK
900 098-BK
144.30
164.30
202.00
615 778-BK
135.40
BLUE =
124824
EN
14450
Security cupboards Steel cupboards
15

In a particularly solid design
Doors with lock bolts on three sides.
There are also rigid bolts at the back to secure the hinge side.
Dual bit security lock A with 2 keys. Handles protrude 60 mm.
1 Security level S1 according to Euro standard
EN
14450
PN-EN 14450 : 2006
S1
Compact steel cupboards, double walled on all sides.

High quality fire protection insulation between wall panels.
Two holes in both the rear panel and base, 11 mm.
2 Security level B according to VDMA 24992

(issued May 1995) and additionally tested
and certified to Euro standard S2 according
to PN-EN 14450 : 2006 and EN 15659 LFS 30 P
VDMA
S2
3 Class I in accordance with EN 1143-1
EN
1143-1
and additionally tested and certified to

EN 15659 LFS 30 P
IMP
Fire resistance 30 minutes for documents at up to 840 C.

All round multiple panel body and doors.
External hinges enable the doors to be opened up to 180.
Two holes in the base for anchoring, 16 mm.
Optional
Optional
1226 x 650 x 500
1950 x 950 x 500
1950 x 950 x 500
1950 x 950 x 500
1950 x 1200 x 500
1950 x 1200 x 500
1950 x 1500 x 550
1950 x 1830 x 550
Internal dims. (without interior safe)

H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Doors / centre partition
Interior safe
quantity / internal H x W x D mm
Shelves / files
Weight approx.
kg
1088 x 583 x 405

256
1/
3 / 18
110
1812 x 883 x 405

647
2/
4 / 50
205
1405 x 895 x 425

647
2/
1 / 355 x 895 x 380
3 / 50
225
1405 x 895 x 425

647
2/
2 / 355 x 445 x 380
3 / 48
225
1812 x 1133 x 405

831
2/
4 / 70
240
1405 x 1145 x 425

831
2/
2 / 320 x 550 x 380
3 / 68
265
1812 x 1433 x 455

1180
2/1
2 x 4 / 80
390
1812 x 1763 x 455

1450
2/1
2 x 4 / 100
505
977 415-BK
900 059-BK
900 062-BK
900 063-BK
900 061-BK
902 467-BK
509 030-BK
509 031-BK
872.00
1215.00
1365.00
1440.00
1440.00
1660.00
1740.00
1915.00
S1
No.
g
Drawers
Individually configurable with
dividers.
Front height 100 mm, height of
the side and rear walls 80 mm.
Lockable version can be
Accessories and options for 1

Shelf * , extendable on telescopic rails
Suspension file drawer * , extendable on telescopic rails
Drawer * , on telescopic rails
* For cupboards with centre partition, please specify the desired position left or right.
No.
615 775-BK
614 230-BK
615 776-BK
900 098-BK
615 774-BK
extra cost g
180.00
166.50
245.50
202.00
135.40
External dims.
375 x 495 x 472
475 x 385 x 472
675 x 495 x 472
825 x 495 x 472
1175 x 705 x 527
1875 x 705 x 527
1175 x 955 x 527
1875 x 955 x 527
1875 x 1305 x 527
Internal dims.
Capacity
Doors
Shelves / files
H x W x D mm
litres
229 x 355 x 293

24
1
1 / 2 landscape
69
329 x 245 x 293

25
1
1/3
68
529 x 355 x 293

55
1
1/4
100
679 x 355 x 293

71
1
1/8
115
1029 x 565 x 348

202
1
2 / 21
202
1729 x 565 x 348

340
1
4 / 35
298
1029 x 815 x 348

292
2
2 / 30
285
1729 x 815 x 348

490
2
4 / 50
372
1729 x 1165 x 348

701
2
4 / 72
462
No.
g
615 795-BK
615 796-BK
615 797-BK
615 798-BK
615 799-BK
615 800-BK
615 801-BK
615 802-BK
615 804-BK
421.50
432.50
543.00
622.00
954.00
1315.00
1425.00
1645.00
1845.00
weight approx. kg
74
73
106
123
216
319
303
398
494
No.
g
615 805-BK
615 806-BK
615 807-BK
615 808-BK
615 809-BK
615 810-BK
615 812-BK
615 813-BK
615 814-BK
443.50
450.50
587.00
666.00
1040.00
1420.00
1485.00
1760.00
1980.00
No.
extra cost g
161.20
91.00
150.00
2
3
108795
EN15659
LFS 30 P
VDMA B + S2 +
LFS 30 P
Class I +
LFS 30 P
weight approx. kg
To ensure full insurance coverage, these safes must

be anchored.
Appropriate drill holes are provided for this.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Accessories and options for 2 + 3

Suspension file drawer on telescopic rails for steel cupboards with external height of 1175+ mm
Interior safe for two-door cupboards, double doors, with partition and cylinder locks (1 per door)
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

615 816-BK
615 817-BK
615 815-BK
KAISER + KRAFT
108795
External dims.
Standard
EN15659
LFS 30 P
EN
14450
Fire resistance 30 minutes for documents at up to 840 C.

Double walled body and door. External hinges enable the
doors to be opened up to 180.
Two holes in the base for anchoring, 16 mm.
875
15
Document safes
With tested and certified burglary
protection according to Euro standard
EN 1143-1 and fire protection for
documents according to EN 1047-1 S 60 P
or S 120 P
Model
Multiple panel body and door. Special filling material
and seals ensure optimum protection of documents
from fire and water.
Security lock
VdS class I dual bit security lock A with 8 automatically effective tumblers. 2 keys. Drill proof manganese
armour plating on door and in area of lock.
Locked with bolts acting on multiple sides.
Fire protection
The safes have been tested for fire protection for
paper: depending on model, either one or two hours at
up to 1090 C.
The fire resistance test also involves a flame burst and
slump test from a height of 9.15 m.
Burglary protection
Defined level of burglary protection for mechanical and
thermal break-in tools.
All safes are labelled with a VdS (German Federation of
Property Insurers) certification plate indicating the
respective level of resistance.
One drill hole in the base as standard 16 mm.
Fixing material included.
Delivery Service
1 VdS class N/0 + S 60 P 1 hour fire protection

Internal
Capacity
Shelves
Files
Weight
H x W x D mm
litres
kg
No.
g
379
589 x 471
482
589 x 471
615
589 x 471
801
589 x 471
1137
704 x 471
1322
704 x 471
1507
704 x 471
278 x 477 x 339

48
1
3 landscape
125
381 x 477 x 339

65
1
5
140
514 x 477 x 339

87
2
5
160
700 x 477 x 339

118
2
10
210
1036 x 592 x 339

215
3
21
315
1221 x 592 x 339

253
3
28
340
1406 x 592 x 339

291
3
28
375
911 339-BK
911 340-BK
911 341-BK
911 342-BK
911 343-BK
977 367-BK
977 368-BK
727.00
766.00
861.00
972.00
1265.00
1470.00
1705.00
Please call for more details.
2 VdS class I + S 60 P 1 hour fire protection

External dims. height mm
width x depth mm
379
589 x 471
482
589 x 471
615
589 x 471
801
589 x 471
1137
704 x 471
1322
704 x 471
1507
704 x 471
Internal
H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Intermediate shelves
Files
Weight
kg
278 x 477 x 329

48
1
3 landscape
128
381 x 477 x 329

65
1
5
144
514 x 477 x 329

87
2
5
170
700 x 477 x 329

118
2
10
215
1036 x 592 x 329

215
3
21
330
1221 x 592 x 329

253
3
28
365
1406 x 592 x 329

291
3
28
395
911 319-BK
911 320-BK
911 322-BK
911 323-BK
911 324-BK
911 325-BK
911 326-BK
839.00
855.00
977.00
1190.00
1490.00
1705.00
1935.00
No.
g
Your new safe can be delivered to

the point of use at extra cost.
EN
1143-1
VdS
N|O
489
605 x 560
590
605 x 560
1050
605 x 560
1400
794 x 560
1600
794 x 560
1800
794 x 560
1800
1350 x 560
Internal
H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Intermediate shelves
Files
Weight
kg
273 x 448 x 386

41
1
3 landscape
178
374 x 448 x 386

56
1
5
198
769 x 448 x 367

116
2
10
335
1109 x 637 x 358

238
2
21
497
1309 x 637 x 358

280
3
21
593
1509 x 637 x 358

323
3
28
728
1504 x 1193 x 358

599
3
56
1025
906 810-BK
906 811-BK
906 812-BK
906 813-BK
906 814-BK
906 815-BK
906 817-BK
910.00
1045.00
1460.00
1850.00
2065.00
2275.00
3465.00
No.
g
Options available at extra cost for 1 3

Model
VdS
101319

C Electronic lock without emergency access, protrudes 60 mm, 1 master code and up to 9 user codes
D Suspension file drawer on telescopic rails, for safes with external height over 600 mm
Interior safe, 240 mm high, with cylinder lock for safes with external height over 600 mm
Interior safe, 415 mm high, with cylinder lock for safes with external height over 1500 mm
911 346-BK
615 778-BK
615 779-BK
615 780-BK
615 782-BK
g
262.50
135.40
168.70
133.20
155.40
EN1047-1
S 60 P
EN
1143-1
VdS
EN1047-1
S 120 P
A
Standard
No.
S 60 P
EN
1143-1
3 VdS class I + S 120 P 2 hour fire protection

width x depth mm
EN1047-1
B
Option
C
Option
101319

width x depth mm
BLUE =
Security cupboards
15
Document safes in XXL size

With 60 minute fire protection for documents according to Euro
standard EN 1047-1 S 60 P
VDMA
One hour fire test at up to 1090 C as well as drop test from height of 9.15 m
(to simulate collapse of ceiling)
Multiple panel body and door.

Special fillings and seals for protection
against fire and extinguisher water.
Door 95 mm thick, with locking bolts on all
sides. Dual bit security lock A with 2 keys.
886 mm wide safes with single door,
hinged on right (can be hinged on left at
extra cost).
One drill hole in the floor as standard.
Fixing material included.
EN
14450
S2
1 Steel document safes

Security level B according to
and S2according to European
standard PN-EN14450 : 2006
EN
1143-1
VdS
2 Document safes
N|O
EN
1143-1
VdS classN/0 according to

European standard EN1143-1
VdS
3 Document safes
VdS class I according to

European standard EN1143-1
EN1047-1
S 60 P
Options available at extra cost for all models
No.
g
227.50

C Electronic lock without emergency access,
510 666-BK

Shelf on telescopic rails
615 778-BK
510 668-BK
510 669-BK
135.40
1-door internal safe, 420 mm high, with cylinder lock,

for safes with external width under 900 mm
510 674-BK
222.00
2-door internal safe, 420 mm high, with partition and cylinder lock,
for safes with external width over 900 mm
510 675-BK
254.50
42 litre additional safe for data carriers, 1 hour fire protection S 60 DIS,
for safes with external depth of 545 mm
510 671-BK
777.00
510 672-BK
888.00
External dims.
H x W x D mm
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
Capacity
litres
Shelves
1550 x 886 x 545

1700 x 886 x 545
1884 x 886 x 545
1884 x 975 x 559
1884 x 975 x 696
1884 x 1128 x 559
1884 x 1128 x 696
1884 x 1282 x 559
1884 x 1282 x 696
1449 x 774 x 413

1599 x 774 x 413
1783 x 774 x 413
1783 x 863 x 403
1783 x 863 x 540
1783 x 1016 x 403
1783 x 1016 x 540
1783 x 1170 x 403
1783 x 1170 x 540
437
482
538
600
811
706
955
813
1099
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
510 673-BK
File
heights
Files
(max.)
4
4.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
36
36
45
50
50
65
60
70
70
151.00
196.60
1065.00
1 VDMA B + S2 + S 60 P
weight
452 kg
488 kg
527 kg
634 kg
683 kg
717 kg
768 kg
805 kg
860 kg
Standard
No.
weight
501 kg
539 kg
586 kg
696 kg
753 kg
785 kg
846 kg
880 kg
945 kg
No.
510 646-BK
510 647-BK
510 648-BK
510 649-BK
510 650-BK
510 651-BK
510 652-BK
510 654-BK
510 655-BK
C
Option
2 VdS class N/O + S 60 P

g
1745.00
1880.00
1995.00
2490.00
2490.00
2680.00
2790.00
2880.00
3015.00
602 186-BK
602 187-BK
602 188-BK
602 189-BK
602 190-BK
602 192-BK
602 193-BK
510 643-BK
510 644-BK
Option
3 VdS class I + S 60 P
g
1905.00
2025.00
2150.00
2570.00
2685.00
2855.00
2965.00
3125.00
3275.00
weight
509 kg
547 kg
586 kg
701 kg
759 kg
790 kg
851 kg
886 kg
951 kg
No.
510 656-BK
510 657-BK
510 658-BK
510 659-BK
510 660-BK
510 662-BK
510 663-BK
510 664-BK
510 665-BK
g
1985.00
2135.00
2245.00
2695.00
2825.00
3025.00
3185.00
3295.00
3460.00
Fireproof data safes

Fire protection S 60 DIS according to Euro standard EN 1047-1
A special insulation provides
outstanding protection for your data
against fires and extinguisher water
Multiple panel body and door.

Door 151 mm thick, with locking bolts on all
sides. Dual bit security lock A with 2 keys.
Fittings protrude 60mm. As standard with
two holes in the base for anchoring to the
floor.
One height adjustable shelf.
Door hinged on right as standard.
Door can be hinged on left at no extra cost.
123187
External dims.
Internal dims.
H x W x D mm
H x W x D mm
635 x 563 x 630
400 x 368 x 397
635 x 563 x 755
400 x 368 x 522
Drawer on telescopic rails (max. 3 per safe)
Weight
kg
197
222
VDMA
1 VDMA A / S1
Security level A according to
and S1 according to
European standard PN-EN 14450
EN
14450
S1
A
Standard
EN
1143-1
2 VdS class I
According to European standard
EN 1143-1
VdS
EN1047-1
S 60 DIS
Option
1 VDMA A + S1 + S 60 DIS
No.
2 VdS I + S 60 DIS
No.
510 741-BK
510 743-BK
g
1325.00
1380.00
510 744-BK
510 745-BK
g
1465.00
1640.00
510 747-BK
510 748-BK
510 749-BK
141.00
126.50
122.10
510 747-BK
510 748-BK
510 749-BK
141.00
126.50
122.10
510 746-BK
388.00
510 746-BK
388.00
B Electronic lock with electronic emergency access,

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

58 litre standard model with

one shelf
Special model with

three drawers
KAISER + KRAFT
123187
877
16
All office swivel chairs on this double page conform to DIN EN 1335 Part 1 3, DIN EN 12527 + DIN EN 12529
Office chairs
The office swivel chair for healthy sitting

. . . what to look for in an office swivel chair.
Office swivel chairs

Pages
879 898
Leather armchairs
Pages
900 901
Floor protection matting

Pages
902 903
Multi-purpose chairs
Pages
904 911
Multi-purpose tables
Pages
911 915
Seating units and conference

furniture
Pages
911, 916 919
Canteen furniture
Pages
To prevent back problems, choosing the right chair is essential.

Over an extended period of time, the consequence of sitting on the wrong type
of chair is enormous.
Let our many years of experience aid you in making the right choice.
Protect your back by choosing one of our high quality office chairs.
Safety lift
All swivel chairs are equipped with a
safety gas pressure spring for adjusting
the height, and with a stable 5-star base.
Safety
All swivel chairs are manufactured
according to DIN EN 1335, parts 1 3.
This standard specifies sizes, usage
characteristics and testing procedures for
office swivel chairs.
All swivel chairs are designed for a
constant max. load of 120 kg.
920 921
Standard seat
Ergonomically shaped seat
made of foam in a plastic
shell.
Standard seat
Contoured seat
Lumbar
support
Castors
All swivel chairs are equipped with
castors for carpeting as standard.
The castors brake under load.
DIN EN 12527 and DIN EN 12529.
Arm rests
Arm rests further reduce strain on the
shoulders when sitting for longer periods
of time.
Height adjustable arm rests
Allow for optimum positioning that suits
your individual body size.
Lumbar support
The front part slopes gently
down, the rear part of the
seat slopes steeply upwards
and supports the pelvis,
plastic outer shell.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Sliding seat
Foam seat within a plastic
sub-shell.
Infinitely adjustable seat.
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape,
in foam, within a plastic
sub-shell with additional
pelvic support.
Sliding seat
Synchronous
mechanism
Permanent contact
mechanism
The back rest constantly
follows the movement of the
upper body, the seat does
not move. The counter
pressure is fixed.
The back rest and seat move
synchronously to one another. The counter pressure
can be individually set.
Incorrect sitting causes

illness.
Incorrect sitting posture and the
resulting absence from work due to
illness result in the loss billions of
pounds every year.
Choosing the correct chair increases
the sense of well-being and therefore
substantially improves the performance
of staff.
As you can see an investment in
quality office chairs soon pays for itself.
A quality office chair is always worth
the price, as sick days usually cost
companies even more money.
32 %
Sick days
Source: Committee for industrial medicine and

system ergonomics
32% of all sick days are directly

related to improper sitting.
At 32%, back pain is the leading cause
of absence due to illness.
Ergonomic seat
Orthositz orthopaedic seat

The saddle shaped form automatically holds the user in
an upright and proper sitting
posture, which prevents fatigue and promotes healthy
sitting.
Adjustment
of back rest
angle
Adjustment of back rest

angle
The angle of the back rest
can be individually set using
a hand wheel.
Rocker
mechanism
Rocker mechanism
The rigidly joined seat and
back rest unit tilts backwards from the centre of the
chair. The counter pressure
can be individually set.
You can find suitable foot rests

on page 899.
Ergonomic swivel
chairs
Operator swivel chairs Leather armchairs

For prolonged sitting
For prestigious sitting
For occasional sitting
For healthy sitting
Ideal for alternating or occasionally used

workstations.
Low price solutions are the emphasis
here. Standard equipment, seat height
adjustment and back rest tilt are usually
sufficient in this case.
For people who want to actively prevent

health issues or those who require a
special chair for existing health
conditions. It is important to start using
these types of chairs early on.
In these swivel chairs the hips are
supported by the inclined seat, thus
limiting hip rotation.
For occupations requiring prolonged sitting,

such as at clerical or PC workstations.
You can effectively prevent health issues
with these high quality swivel chairs.
The synchronised mechanism allows you to
sit dynamically. The back rest constantly
follows the upper body and reduces strain
on the spinal column. The higher the back
rest, the more the strain is reduced.
The arm rests have an additional supportive
function.
The armchair for the executive office.

The soft upholstery makes sitting a
pleasant experience, even when
working late into the night. The high
back rest and arm rests support the
entire upper body. The centre of gravity
is displaced by the rocker mechanism.
The appropriate visitor's chair can also
be found in this section.
Adjustable back rest height

Adjustment of back rest angle
Lumbar support

Synchronous/permanent contact
mechanism
Armrests, height adjustable if possible
Lumbar support
Adjustable counter pressure
High back rest

Soft upholstery
Rocker mechanism
Arm rests
120274

Ergonomic moulded seat
Synchronous/permanent contact
mechanism
Lumbar support
120274
Standard swivel
chairs
BLUE =
16
Adjustable back rest angle
The angle of the back rest can be individually set
using a hand wheel.
Adjustment
of back rest
angle
Standard seat
Ergonomically shaped seat made of foamina
plastic shell.
Your advantage
Save money by purchasing 2 chairs.
Standard seat
Seat width
Seat depth
Height adjustable from
Lumbar support
Cover material
Castors for soft floors as standard.
460 mm
450 mm
420 550 mm
100 % polyacrylic

Easy care fabric cover in charcoal, grey, blue,
brownandred.
Frame in graphite black RAL9011.
g / piece
2+ items
99.00
No. 731 551-BK
1 Back rest height 450 mm

Swivel chair
Order quantity
Cover
items
grey
charcoal
brown
blue
red
g / each
2+
731 548-BK
743 638-BK
731 550-BK
731 549-BK
918 470-BK
731 551-BK
743 639-BK
731 554-BK
731 553-BK
918 472-BK
104.50
99.00
2 Back rest height 550 mm

With standard
arm rests

arm rests
Swivel chair
Order quantity
Cover
items
grey
charcoal
brown
blue
red
g / each
2+
743 643-BK
743 641-BK
743 647-BK
743 645-BK
918 471-BK
743 644-BK
743 642-BK
743 648-BK
743 646-BK
918 473-BK
138.60
127.60
Accessories
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
757 333-BK
No.
g / pair
731 556-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
71.50
15.00
127391
See page 878 for more information.

You can find matching visitors' chairs on page 905.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
127391
Castors for hard floors
51.20
879
16

The back rest constantly follows the movement of
the upper body, the seat does not move.
The counterpressure is fixed.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape, in foam, within a plastic
sub-shell with additional pelvic support.
The advantage
Contoured seat
Comfortable contoured seat and cubic

back rest with shaped upholstery.

Seat width
Seat depth
Back rest
Fabric cover
approx. 420 550mm

460 mm
450mm
400mm high
100 % polyester
Available colour
combinations
Easy care fabric cover, in
red, black, blue or orange.
Frame in graphite black
RAL 9011.
Swivel chair
Fabric cover
Accessories
Standard arm rests
black
red
orange
blue
510 964-BK
510 965-BK
510 966-BK
510 967-BK
114.30
No.
(pair)
(set)
g
36.20
15.00
510 968-BK
731 557-BK
Standard arm rests
NEW

the upper body, the seat does not move. The counter
pressure isfixed.
Ergonomic seat
The front part slopes gently down.
The rear part of the seat slopes steeply upwardsand
supports the pelvis. With plastic outer shell.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Your advantage
Designer back rest with actively breathing mesh
cover, height adjustment via hand wheel.
Comfortable ergonomic seat to provide support in
the pelvic area.

Seat width
Seat depth
Back rest
Cover material
Seat
Mesh back rest
Lumbar
support
approx. 430 510 mm

480 mm
480 mm
550 mm high
100 % polypropylene
100 % polyester
Available colour
combinations
Easy care fabric covering,
black, dark blue, purple and
dark brown.
Black mesh back rest.
Frame in graphite black
RAL9011.
With
standard arm rests
124682
Fabric cover
Accessories
Standard arm rests
black
royal blue
purple
dark brown
970 551-BK
970 552-BK
970 553-BK
970 554-BK
135.00
No.
(pair)
(pair)
(set)
980 020-BK
980 022-BK
731 557-BK
g
39.00
49.50
15.00
g
No. 970 551-BK
135.00
With height
adjustable arm rests
BLUE =
124682
Swivel chair
16
Standard swivel chairs

The back rest constantly follows
the movement of the upper body,
the seat does not move.
The counter pressure is fixed.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Contoured seat
in foam, within a plastic sub-shell
with additional pelvic support.
Contoured seat
Your advantage
The extra wide seat with hip
support and the wide, trapezoid
shaped back rest with integrated
lumbar support make this an
exceptional office swivel chair.
All these features at an
unbeatable price.
3+
g/each
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
440 mm
Height adjustment from
approx. 420 550 mm
Lumbar support
Back rest
600 mm high
100% polyacrylic fabric covering
Castors for soft floors as standard
149.00
without armrests

Easy care fabric cover in charcoal, royal blue,
apple green, bordeaux or two-colour combinations
in black / blue or blue / black.
Frame in graphite black RAL 9011.
Black / blue
Blue / black
Back rest height 600 mm

Order quantity
With standard
arm rests

arm rests
1 2 items
3+ items
980 017-BK
980 018-BK
980 019-BK
600 027-BK
600 028-BK
600 029-BK
510 927-BK
510 928-BK
510 929-BK
510 957-BK
510 958-BK
510 959-BK
159.50
149.00
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
980 020-BK
No.
g / pair
980 022-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
Cover
charcoal
royal blue
apple green
bordeaux
black / blue
blue / black
g / each
Accessories
49.50
15.00
104114
You can find matching visitiors`chairs on pages 878.

See pages 905 for more information.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
104114
39.00
881
16
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Ergonomic seat
The front part slopes gently down,
the rear part of the seat slopes
steeply upwards and supports the
pelvis, plastic outer shell.
Lumbar
support
The advantage
Comfortable sitting at a great price.
To help you comfortably master the
tasks of the new millennium.
Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
450 mm
Lumbar support
100 % polyacrylic cover

Easy care fabric cover in charcoal,
dark blue, bordeaux and grey.
g
without armrests
185.00
No. 741 644-BK

arm rests
Swivel chair
Cover
charcoal
dark blue
bordeaux
grey
741 644-BK
741 645-BK
751 832-BK
751 831-BK
185.00
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
757 333-BK
No.
g / pair
731 556-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
With standard
arm rests
Accessories
51.20
71.50
15.00
You can find matching visitors chairs

on pages 905.
113639
113639
See page 878 for more information.
BLUE =
Ergonomic swivel chairs
16
Point synchronous mechanism

The synchronous adjustment of
the seat and back rest angles can
be individually set for your body
weight.
Back rest with height adjustable
lumbar support.
Synchronous
mechanism
Ergonomic seat
steeply up and supports the hips.
Sturdy plastic outer shell.
Lumbar
support
Your advantage
Ergonomic back rest with
integrated lumbar support,
incremental height adjustment.
Point synchronous mechanism for
ideal setting of the seat and back
rest inclination.

Hardwearing fabric cover in charcoal,
blue, bordeaux or black.
With standard arm rests
751 848-BK
751 846-BK
907 220-BK
907 221-BK
743 649-BK
743 651-BK
219.00
252.00
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
751 849-BK
51.20
No.
g / pair
743 676-BK
71.50
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
15.00
Cover
charcoal
blue
bordeaux
black
g
Accessories
Synchronous
mechanism
Lumbar
support

Easy care fabric covering made of 60 %
viscose and 40 % wool in black or blue,
or 100 % polyacrylic with black & white or
black & blue chequer pattern.
Height of back rest

Cover
mm
560
black
blue
black & blue chequer
black & white chequer
g
757 341-BK
757 342-BK
757 343-BK
757 344-BK
113640
Accessories

arm rests
No.
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
757 345-BK
No.
g / pair
743 676-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
359.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

52.70
71.50
15.00
Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
450 mm
Height adjustment range 420 550 mm
Back rest
height 550 mm
with lumbar support
Choice of fabric cover
100 % polyacrylic
33 % wool, 67 % polyester
A
B
synchronously to one another.
The counterpressure can be
individually set.
Ergonomic seat
The rear part of the seat slopes
pelvis. With plastic outer shell.
The advantage
Seats in XXL size
This sturdy chair has a trapezoid
shaped back rest and offers the
highest level of comfort, even for
heavy weights.
Ergonomic seat and point synchronous mechanism ensure that
the back and pelvis are kept at the
same angle. The synchronous seat
and back rest inclination is individually adjustable.
Seat width
490 mm
Seat depth
460 mm
420 550 mm
Special gas lift spring with 450 N
gas pressure.
Lumbar support.
Five-star base made of die cast
aluminium.
KAISER + KRAFT
113640
Model
883
16
the seat andback rest angles can be
individually set for your body weight.
The back rest has a height adjustable
lumbar support.
Synchronous
mechanism
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape, in foam,
within a plastic sub-shell with additional
pelvic support.
Contoured seat
Your advantage
Well equipped chair with comfortable
seat and shaped upholstery in the back
rest.
Seat width
455 mm
Seat depth
405 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polyester

Easy care fabric cover in red, black, blue
and orange.
Height of back rest
mm
540
660
red
black
blue
orange
510 931-BK
510 932-BK
510 933-BK
510 934-BK
510 935-BK
510 936-BK
510 937-BK
510 938-BK
178.80
239.50
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
510 923-BK
No.
g / pair
510 924-BK
No.
g / set
510 925-BK
Fabric cover
Accessories
The synchronous adjustment of the
seat and back rest angles can be
individually set foryour body weight.
The back rest is fitted with lumbar
support.
38.50
60.50
27.50

arm rests
Synchronous
mechanism
Flat seat
Deep and wide shape, in foam, within
a plastic sub-shell with additional knee
roll.
Sliding seat
To adjust seat depth as well as seat
inclination.
Flat seat
with curved
front edge
Your advantage
Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
435 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polyester
100,000 fabric rubs
As standard with universal castors for
soft and hard floors.
Sliding seat

Swivel chair
122630
Fabric cover

Easy care fabric cover in black, light blue,
grey, bordeaux or red.
Five-star base made of polished aluminium.
black
light blue
grey
bordeaux
red
746 202-BK
746 204-BK
746 206-BK
746 209-BK
746 211-BK
390.50
With height adjustable arm rests

as standard
122630
Wide range of features: ergonomically

shaped back rest andseat, contoured
foam upholstery, hardwearing fabric
cover.
Height adjustable arm rests as standard.
All adjustment mechanisms can be
operated insitting position.
BLUE =
Ergonomic swivel chairs Office swivel chairs
Synchronous
mechanism
16
individually set foryour body
weight. The back rest includes
lumbar support.
Flat seat
Deep and wide shape, in foam,
within a plastic sub-shell with
additional knee roll.

arm rests
Flat seat
with curved
front edge
Your advantage
This chair is suitable for everyone.
The synchronisation technology
ensures you will always have the
correct posture.
The angle of inclination can be
locked into the desired position
inincrements and the seat height
can be individually adjusted with
the patented default seat height
setting.

arm rests

Swivel chair
Fabric cover
black
grey
light blue
red
g
610 558-BK
610 559-BK
610 560-BK
610 561-BK
No.
g / pair
510 924-BK
No.
g / set
610 562-BK
313.50
Accessories
Seat width
510 mm
Seat depth
440 mm
Fabric cover
100% polyester
60.50

Easy care fabric cover in black, grey, light
blue or red.
25.25
Synchronous
mechanism
individually set for your body
weight. The back rest is height
adjustable and is fitted with lumbar
support.
Contoured seat
infoam, with additional pelvic
support.
Contoured seat
Your advantage
Ideal for all applications due to
two back rest heights. Chair in
four colours with comfortable seat
and shaped upholstery in the back
rest. The integrated, adjustable
seat depth and inclination also
help to support dynamic sitting.
Cover
mm
540
660
black
royal blue
grey
red
g
746 213-BK
746 221-BK
746 222-BK
746 224-BK
746 225-BK
746 226-BK
746 227-BK
746 235-BK
241.00
252.00
Accessories
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
510 923-BK
No.
g / pair
510 924-BK
No.
g / set
746 236-BK
122631
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
435 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polyester
38.50
60.50
27.50

Easy care fabric cover, black, royal blue,
grey and red.
Aluminium five-star base in brilliant silver.
KAISER + KRAFT
122631
Height of back rest

arm rests
885
16
The back rest and seat move synchronously to one
another. The counterpressure can be adjusted to
individual body weight.
Synchronous
mechanism
Standard seat
Ergonomically shaped seat made of actively breathing
shaped foam.
Your advantage
A series for every need: upholstered seat andback rest
with pressure regulating fabric mesh or upholstered
seat and back restwithleather cover.
Each with height and width adjustable arm rests as
standard. Arm rests on A made of soft polyurethane,
on B made of leather.
Fourposition synchronous mechanism.
Standard seat
Model A
Seat width
Seat depth
Fabric cover
500 mm
430 mm
380 480 mm
100 % polyester
80000fabric rubs
Back rest
fabric mesh
Universal castors for soft and hard floors.
Model B
Seat width
510 mm
Seat depth
400 mm
400 500 mm
Cover material
leather
Outside of back rest
vinyl
Universal castors for soft and hard floors.
A and visitors' chairs with hardwearing, easy care black

fabric covering.
B with black leather cover and polished aluminium frame.
Model
Cover
fabric
leather
945 533-BK
945 534-BK
259.00
450.00
No.
g
A
Cover and frame in black
from g
259.00
B
Black leather cover,
polished aluminium frame
Black
Platinum grey
Royal blue
With ruby red slip cover
Matching visitors' chairs
Accessories for A
Black four-legged frame, with or without arm rests.

Back rest with fabric mesh, 420 mm high.
Upholstered seat, 100 % polyester (same as A).
Seat dimensions
Accessories
Slip covers for back rest
Pack of 4.
122632
Model
No.
g / pack
945 532-BK
black
platinum grey
royal blue
ruby red
945 535-BK
945 537-BK
945 538-BK
945 539-BK
483.00
43.90
without arm rests
with arm rests
945 531-BK
417.00
BLUE =
122632
Slip covers for back rest

Four colours, 100 % polyester. Is simply pulled over back
rest provides colourful accents for the office.
Operator swivel chairs
Synchronous
mechanism
16
synchronously toone another.
The counterpressure can be adjusted to individualbody weight.
Standard seat
Ergonomically shaped seat made
of actively breathing shaped foam.
Your advantage
Standard seat
Withheight and width adjustable

arm rests
285.00
g
without arm rests
Height of back rest

Cover
mm
500
black
grey
blue
red
g
945 540-BK
945 541-BK
945 542-BK
945 543-BK
No.
g / pair
945 549-BK
Infinite adjustment of back rest

counterpressure for bodyweight
of50to 125 kg.
Synchronous mechanism locks in
five positions.
Seat width
490 mm
Seat depth
390 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polyester
100,000fabric rubs
Universal castors for soft and hard
floors.

Hardwearing, easy care fabric cover in
black, grey, blue and red.
285.00
Accessories
Arm rests, height and
width adjustable
Frame made of black plastic
53.90
Synchronous
mechanism
adjusted to individual body
weight.
Sliding seat
Ergonomically shaped seat made
of actively breathing shaped
foam. Sliding seat with adjustable
seat inclination.
Sliding seat
Your advantage
Same as model above, but also
with sliding seat and adjustable
seat inclination as well as
polished aluminium frame.
Withheight and width adjustable

arm rests
Seat width
490 mm
Seat depth
390 440 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polyester
100,000fabric rubs
Universal castors for soft and hard
floors.
Height of back rest
Cover
mm
500
black
grey
blue
red
g
945 545-BK
945 546-BK
945 547-BK
945 548-BK
No.
g / pair
945 549-BK

Hardwearing, easy care fabric cover in
black, grey, blue and red.
Frame made of polished aluminium.
324.50
122633
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Arm rests, height and

width adjustable
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

122633
Accessories
Frame made of polished aluminium
53.90
KAISER + KRAFT
887
16
adjusted to individual body
weight.
Ergonomic seat
pelvis. With plastic outer shell.
Synchronous
mechanism
Lumbar
support
The advantage
With synchronous mechanism and
ergonomic seat for comfort when
sitting for long periods.
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
450 mm
420 530 mm
Fabric cover
100% Perfentex Plus

Swivel chair
Cover
black
dark blue
red
grey
g
977 121-BK
977 122-BK
977 123-BK
977 124-BK
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
977 118-BK
No.
g / pair
977 119-BK
No.
g / set
236 691-BK

arm rests
265.00
Accessories

Easy care fabric cover in black, dark blue,
red and grey.
individually set.
Ergonomic seat
The rear part of the seat slopes steeply
upwards and supports the pelvis.
With plastic outer shell.
53.90
93.50
15.95
g
No. 977 121-BK
265.00
Synchronous
mechanism
Lumbar
support
The advantage
The individually adjustable
counterpressure for the back rest
(50 125 kg) leaves nothing to be
desired.
113646

Easy care fabric cover made of 40% wool,
60% viscose, blue green, black, blue, grey.

Height of back rest
mm
400
580
713 572-BK
977 126-BK
977 125-BK
713 573-BK
713 320-BK
977 133-BK
977 132-BK
729 899-BK
307.00
318.00
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
707 871-BK
No.
g / pair
702 539-BK
No.
g / set
236 691-BK
Cover
blue green
black
blue
grey
g
Accessories
No.
53.90
82.50
15.95

arm rests
BLUE =
113646
Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
430 mm
420 530 mm
Lumbar support
Ergonomic swivel chairs Operator swivel chairs
NEW
Synchronous
mechanism
16
Auto synchronous mechanism

seat and back rest automatically
adjusts to individual body weight,
locks in forwardmost position.
The height adjustable back rest
also offerslumbar support.
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape, in foam,
additional pelvic support.
Contoured seat

Easy care fabric covering in blue, black or red.
Frame in graphite black RAL9011 or in white
with polished aluminium five-star base.

Back rest
Black
frame
cover
royal blue
black
red
mesh
upholstery
970 605-BK
970 606-BK
970 607-BK
970 612-BK
970 613-BK
970 614-BK
g
cover
royal blue
black
red
236.50
274.00
970 608-BK
970 609-BK
970 610-BK
970 615-BK
970 616-BK
970 617-BK
313.50
346.50
Height adjustable arm

rests
black
white
g / pair
970 602-BK
970 604-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
White
frame
Accessories
49.50
Modern family of swivel chairs

with new auto synchronous
mechanism, optionally with mesh
or upholstered back rest.
Two body/frame combinations:
completely black or in elegant
white with chrome plated five-star
base.
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
460 mm
420 550 mm
Lumbar support
Choice of seat cover based on version of
back rest:
Mesh
100 % Trevira CS
Upholstery 100 % polyester
15.00
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Light grey
Your advantage
Bordeaux

Ergonomic seat
The rear part of the seat slopes
steeply upwardsand supports the
pelvis.
With plastic outer shell.
Lumbar
support
Your advantage
Blue
With ergonomic seat manufactured

to the latest standards.
Aesthetically styled with a trapezoid shaped back rest.
Charcoal
Swivel chair
Cover
light grey
bordeaux
blue
charcoal
757 350-BK
757 348-BK
757 347-BK
757 346-BK
174.90
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
757 333-BK
No.
g / pair
757 334-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
Seat width
450 mm
Seat depth
440 mm
420 550 mm
Cover material
100 % polyacrylic

arm rests
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

51.20
75.80

Easy care fabric cover in light grey,
bordeaux, blue, or charcoal.
124893
124893
Accessories
15.00
KAISER + KRAFT
889
16
The back rest constantly follows the
movement of the upper body, the seat
does not move.
Flat seat
Deep and wide shape, in foam, within a
plastic sub-shell with additional knee
roll.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Your advantage
Flat seat
with curved
front edge
Modern swivel chair with actively

breathing mesh back rest, incremental
height adjustment.
With comfortable contoured flat seat with
knee roll for optimum sitting comfort.
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
480 mm
430 510 mm
Back rest height
580 mm
Cover material
Seat
100 % polypropylene
Mesh back rest
100 % polyester
Swivel chair
Colour
black
royal blue
light brown
orange
g
941 863-BK
941 864-BK
941 865-BK
941 866-BK
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
941 868-BK
Height adjustable
arm rests
No.
g / pair
941 869-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
152.90
Accessories

light brown and orange.
Mesh back rest in black.
38.50
49.50
15.00

The synchronous adjustment of the seat
and back rest angles can be individually
set for your body weight.
Height adjustable back rest with lumbar
support.
Synchronous
mechanism
Ergonomic seat
The front part slopes gently down, the
rear part of the seat slopes steeply up
and supports the hips.
Lumbar
support
Your advantage
Not only trendy in appearance, but also
comfortable and healthy due to ergonomic
seat for optimum support of the pelvic
area.
Swivel chair
Colour
black
royal blue
light brown
orange
g
941 858-BK
941 860-BK
941 861-BK
941 862-BK
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
941 849-BK
Height adjustable
arm rests
No.
g / pair
980 022-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
113647

light brown and orange.
Mesh back rest in black.
174.90
Accessories
42.90
49.50
113647
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
480 mm
430 510 mm
Back rest height
580 mm
Cover material
Seat
100 % polypropylene
Mesh back rest
100 % polyester
15.00
BLUE =
16

individually set for your body weight.
Height adjustable back rest with
lumbar support.
Synchronous
mechanism
Ergonomic seat
steeply up and supports the hips.
arm rests
Lumbar
support
Your advantage
One chair two versions: back rest
with actively breathing mesh
covering in black, or upholstered in
same colour as seat. Both with
incremental height adjustment.
Comfortable ergonomic seat with
knee roll, seat mechanism is
adjustable to individual body weight.
g
without armrests
259.00
No. 941 851-BK
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
480 mm
430 510 mm
Back rest height
680 mm
Cover material
Seat and back rest upholstery Trevira CS
flame retardant,
meets fire safety standard EN 1021,
parts 1 + 2
Mesh back rest
100 % polyester

Easy care fabric covering, black, royal blue,
light red and dark brown.
Back rest optionally with black mesh
covering or upholstered in seat colour.
Back rest
Seat cover
black
royal blue
light red
dark brown
g
mesh
upholstery
941 850-BK
941 851-BK
941 852-BK
941 853-BK
941 854-BK
941 855-BK
941 856-BK
941 857-BK
259.00
285.00
No.
g / pair
941 848-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
Accessories

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

75.90
KAISER + KRAFT
21.90
113648
113648
891
16

themovement of the upper body,
theseat does not move. Thecounter
pressure is fixed.
Ergonomic seat
The saddle shaped form automatically
holds the user in an upright and proper
sitting posture, which prevents fatigue
and promotes healthy sitting.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Ergonomic seat
Your advantage
The Body Balance Tec pivoting seat
joint promotes dynamic sitting and
strengthens back muscles. Thighs are
not cramped by movements towards
theside.
With fixed, ring style arm rests as
standard.
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
440 mm
Lumbar support
Fabric cover
100 % polyolefin
Body Balance Tec

The patented seat joint for freedom
of movement in every direction.

Swivel chair with arm rests
Cover

Easy care fabric cover in royal blue,
bordeaux and black.

The height adjustable back rest
constantly follows themovement of
theupper body, theseat does not move.
Ergonomic seat
The saddle shaped form automatically
holds the user in an upright and proper
sitting posture, which prevents fatigue
and promotes healthy sitting.
black
royal blue
bordeaux
g
505 616-BK
505 618-BK
505 619-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
214.50
Accessories
15.00
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Ergonomic seat
Your advantage
With ergonomic seat and integrated
Body Balance Tec pivoting seat joint
for three dimensional dynamic sitting
and a contoured back rest withmesh
covering.
With height adjustable arm rests as
standard.

122635
Fabric cover

Easy care fabric covering in black, redand
purple. Mesh covering in same colour.
Steel five-star base, chrome plated, with
chrome plated gas spring.
black
red
purple
g
945 516-BK
945 517-BK
945 518-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
252.00
Accessories
122635
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
440 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polypropylene
Mesh back rest
100 % polyester
Body Balance Tec

The patented seat joint for freedom
of movement in every direction.
15.00
BLUE =
Synchronous
mechanism
16

theseat and back rest angles can
beindividuallysetforyour body
weight.
Back rest with height adjustable
lumbar support.
Flat seat
Flat seat
with curved
front edge
Your advantage
Body Balance Tec

The patented seat joint for freedom of
movement in every direction.

Cover
black
blue
brown
945 519-BK
945 520-BK
945 521-BK
362.00
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
Accessories
Comfortable flat seat with knee roll

and Body Balance Tec pivoting
seat joint for three dimensional
dynamic sitting.
Back rest fastened with aluminium
braces, integrated height
adjustable lumbar support. Clothes
hook.
As standard with height and width
adjustable arm rests.
Seat width
470 mm
Seat depth
480 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polypropylene

Easy care fabric covering in black, blue
and brown.
Aluminium five-star base, polished.
15.00

Permanent
contact
mechanism
Contoured seat
in foam, within a plastic sub-shell
Your advantage
Contoured seat
Swivel chair
Cover
blue
black
bordeaux
grey
516 736-BK
516 735-BK
516 738-BK
516 737-BK
149.00
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
600 065-BK
No.
g / pair
600 066-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
Cost effective office swivel chair

with all the essential features.
Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
450 mm
Cover
Trevica CS,
flame retardant, meets fire
safety standard EN 1021, parts 1 + 2
149.00
g
without arm rests

arm rests
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

48.30
72.50

Easy care fabric covering, blue, black,
bordeaux and grey.
Aluminium frame, power coated black.
21.90
KAISER + KRAFT
125184
125184
Accessories
893
16

weight.
The back rest has a height
adjustable lumbar support.
Ergonomic seat
Synchronous
mechanism
Your advantage
The entry level model from office
akktiv. Economical swivel chair
with great features.
Seat width
460 mm
Seat depth
460 mm
Flame retardant, Trevira CS fabric
covering. Meets fire safety standard
EN1021, parts 1 + 2.
Lumbar
support

Swivel chair
Fabric covering
blue
black
bordeaux
grey
600 051-BK
600 052-BK
600 053-BK
600 054-BK
183.70
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
600 065-BK
No.
g / pair
600 066-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
With
standard arm rests
Accessories

bordeaux and grey.

weight.
Ergonomic seat
Sliding seat
Foam seat within a plastic subshell. Infinitely adjustable seat.
The advantage
office akktiv premium quality model
The special ergonomically shaped back
rest with integrated lumbar support
makes sitting a pleasure.
Ergonomic seat with seat depth adjustment and synchronous mechanism,
adjusts to your individual body weight.
48.30
72.50
21.90

arm rests
Synchronous
mechanism
Lumbar
support
Sliding seat

With
standard arm rests
Swivel chair

bordeaux and grey.
Aluminium frame, polished.
Fabric covering
blue
black
bordeaux
grey
600 071-BK
600 072-BK
600 073-BK
600 074-BK
282.50
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
600 076-BK
No.
g / pair
600 077-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
Accessories
48.30
72.50
21.90

arm rests
125185
125185
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
460 mm
EN 1021, parts 1 + 2.
BLUE =
16

weight.
Synchronous
mechanism
Contoured seat
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape, in
foam, within a plastic sub-shell
Your advantage
office akktiv a lot of chair for
the money.
With an extra high and wide back
rest, infinitely adjustable height
and inclination. Integrated lumbar
support.
Height of back rest 600 mm
Swivel chair
Covering
blue
black
bordeaux
grey
600 061-BK
600 062-BK
600 063-BK
600 064-BK
219.00
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
600 065-BK
No.
g / pair
600 066-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
Accessories
With standard
arm rests
arm rests
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
440 mm
EN 1021, parts 1 + 2.
48.30
72.50
21.90

bordeaux and grey.

weight.
Back rest with integrated lumbar
support.
Synchronous
mechanism

arm rests
Flat seat
Your advantage
Flat seat
with curved
front edge

arm rests
Swivel chair
Seat cover / mesh back rest
black / black
red / black
blue / black
black / white
605 151-BK
605 152-BK
605 153-BK
605 154-BK
291.50
No.
g / pair
605 155-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
office akktiv the lifestyle chair.

With mesh back rest and ergonomic
flat seat with knee roll.
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
480 mm
440 560 mm
Flame retardant Trevira CS fabric
EN 1021, parts 1 + 2.
Mesh back rest made of 100 % polyester.
125186

arm rests
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

72.50
21.90

Easy care fabric covering in blue, black or
red. Mesh back rest in black and white.
Polished aluminium frame.
KAISER + KRAFT
125186
Accessories
895
16
The synchronous adjustment of the seat and back
rest angles can be individually set for your body
weight.
The back rest has a height adjustable lumbar
support.
Synchronous
mechanism
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape, in foam, within a
plastic sub-shell with additional pelvic support.
Swivel chair
black
orange
royal blue
apple green
g
977 115-BK
977 116-BK
977 117-BK
980 024-BK
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
918 457-BK
Height adjustable
arm rests
No.
g / pair
918 459-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
Colour
Contoured seat
325.00
The advantage
Accessories
All round comfort: Ergonomic seat with easy care

Softex cover and a breathable mesh back rest.
Relax point synchronous mechanism for adjusting
the incline of the seat and back rest.
Infinitely height adjustable with Toplift.
Safety double castors with load dependent brakes
for a firm stand.
Seat width
Seat depth
Height of back rest
Softex cover
(80 % cotton, 20 % polyurethane)
60.40
72.50
21.90
480 mm
500 mm
420 550 mm
550 mm

Easy to clean seat covering and mesh back rest:
black, orange, royal blue and apple green.
Die cast aluminium five-star base, painted white
aluminium RAL 9006.

The synchronous adjustment of the seat and
back rest angles can be individually set for your
body weight.
The back rest has a height adjustable lumbar
support.
Swivel chair with head rest
Contoured seat
Deep and wide shell shape, in foam, within a
plastic sub-shell with additional pelvic support.
918 454-BK
918 456-BK
918 455-BK
980 023-BK
Standard arm rests
No.
g / pair
918 457-BK
Height adjustable
arm rests
No.
g / pair
918 459-BK
No.
g / set
926 885-BK
Head rest for even greater comfort.

The pinnacle of dynamic sitting.
The head rest reduces strain on the neck and
thoracic area of the spine.
Otherwise, same features as swivel chair above.
72.50
21.90
As a cantilever chair or with four legged

frame.
Ergonomic mesh back rest and contoured
seat. With arm rests.
Chrome plated frame, tube 25 mm.
Pack of 2.
Model
cantilever
4-legged
Colour
980 014-BK
980 016-BK
980 015-BK
980 025-BK
980 010-BK
980 012-BK
980 011-BK
980 026-BK
346.50
324.50
black
orange
royal blue
apple green
g / pack
113653
113653
60.40
Matching visitors' chairs
480 mm
500 mm
420 550 mm
550 mm
incl. head rest 830 mm
Softex cover
(80 % cotton, 20 % polyurethane)
351.00
Accessories
The advantage
Seat width
Seat depth
Height of back rest
black
orange
royal blue
apple green
g
Colour
BLUE =
16

For occupations which require prolonged and
continuous monitoring of screens, control panels
etc.
These chairs reduce fatigue and provide
optimum comfort and ergonomics.
Innovative multiblock mechanism for optimum damping and

locking of the seat inclination in five positions
Individual weight adjustment, control centre chairA tested
for people who weigh up to approx. 150 kg
Ergonomically shaped back rest
Upholstered head rest fixed or height adjustable
Fixed ring arm rests
Five-star base made of polished aluminium with large
castors for carpeted floors
150 kg
A Control centre chair

With fabric covering made of 50 % nylon, 33 % wool,
10 % Visil, 7%viscose. Flame retardant in accordance with
BS EN 1021, abrasion resistance 500 000 fabric rubs
(Martindale test method).
B Office swivel armchair

With soft leather covering.
Seat width
Seat depth
Back rest height
Frame
540 mm
510 mm
approx. 460 555 mm
735 mm
polished aluminium
Head rest
Fabric cover
Soft leather
fixed
height adjustable
black
blue
dark grey
521 943-BK
521 944-BK
521 945-BK
970 618-BK
970 619-BK
970 621-BK
g
black
609.00
615.00
970 622-BK
970 625-BK
615.00
626.00
No.
g / set
521 947-BK
521 947-BK
21.90
21.90
g
No. 521 945-BK
609.00
Accessories
124683
124683
NEW
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
897
16

the upper body, the seat does not move.
Permanent
contact
mechanism
Your advantage
Actively breathing seat with seven different zones
and degrees of hardness. Pocket spring core for
optimum pressure release and seat temperature
regulation. Body-Balance-Tec with 3D pivoting seat
joint for active sitting similar to an exercise ball.
Height adjustable arm rests as standard.
Seat width
Seat depth
Lumbar support
Fabric cover 100% polyester
285.00
No. 516 733-BK
460 mm
450 mm
390 490 mm

Swivel chair
Cover

Easy care fabric cover in black, blue and blue pattern.
516 730-BK
516 731-BK
516 733-BK
285.00
No.
g / set
516 734-BK
16.70
Accessories

The synchronous adjustment of the seat and
back rest angles can be individually set for your
body weight. Back rest with integrated lumbar support.
Sliding seat
Foam seat within a plastic sub-shell.
Infinitely adjustable seat.
Flat seat
within a plastic sub-shell with additional knee roll.
blue
black
blue pattern
g
Synchronous
mechanism
Sliding seat
150 kg
Your advantage
Solid and durable, yet with an attractive design.
High ergonomic back rest with integrated height and
depth adjustable lumbar support system (Schukra).
Slip-on, height adjustable head rest.
Thickly upholstered seat with knee roll for comfortable
padding at the back of the knees.
Seat width
540 mm
Seat depth
460 mm
Flat seat
with curved
front edge

Back rest height
Meets LGA directive for heavy duty swivel chairs as

based on DIN EN 1335 part 1 3, castors compliant
with DINEN 12527 + DIN EN 12529.
Back rest height 720 mm,

incl. head rest 800 860 mm
Swivel chair
Cover
113655

Easy care fabric cover in black, beige, blue and red.
Five-star base made of polished aluminium.
Height and width adjustable arm rests with soft padding
as an accessory.
With height and width

adjustable arm rests
black
beige
blue
red
g
610 611-BK
610 612-BK
610 613-BK
610 614-BK
No.
g / pair
610 616-BK
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
659.00
659.00
g
without arm rests
Accessories
Arm rests with
soft padding
76.90
113655
approx. 420 550 mm

720 mm
incl. head rest 800 860 mm
Fabric cover
100 % polyester
Frame
polished aluminium
with chrome plated, heavy duty gas spring
With height and

width adjustable
arm rests
15.00
BLUE =
Operator swivel chairs Foot rests
16
Foot rests
4
Prevention is better than a cure.

Proper sitting posture and
relaxed leg muscles also have
a positive effect on job
performance.
Pack of 5.
1 The economical option

The nickel plated steel bar allows for
infinite adjustment of the stepping area by
applying soft pressure with your feet.
The textured surface of the black foot
plate prevents shoes from sliding. 4fixed
rubber feet hold the footrest in place on
the floor.
Height front / back 50 100 / 50 100 mm.
Widthxdepth 480 x300 mm.
No.
g / each
3+
600 080-BK
600 081-BK
34.10
29.00
2 With movable foot plate
g / piece
3+ items
Colour
g / each
black
plate
The grooved foot plate is made from heavy

duty plastic and is infinitely adjustable.
Height front / back 30 / 130 mm.
3+
751 696-BK
510 956-BK
32.90
30.25
Colour
mm
540 x 350
black
grey
blue
720 962-BK
720 963-BK
720 965-BK
65.90
g / each
Simple, yet practical foot rest. Foot plate

made of reinforced plastic, four height
adjustment settings (60/ 90 / 120 / 150 mm).
Chrome plated steel frame with 4non-slip
feet.
Pack of 5.
No. 510 940-BK
g / pack 114.30
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
58.90
No. 941 830-BK
g 109.90
Height
mm
420 550
blue
charcoal
g
912 877-BK
912 878-BK
g 159.50
97.90
Accessories
918 453-BK
58.90
No. 751 793-BK
The strain on your spinal column is

relieved, your back muscles are
strengthened and blood circulation helped.
Ergonomically shaped seat, 420 mm.
The stable base is mounted on a patented
rubber ring. Lateral movement range can
be set with compressed air mechanism.
Frame made of cast aluminium, polished
metal base plate.
505 610-BK
505 611-BK
505 612-BK
918 452-BK
Made of flexible plastic, with protective

insulation, dust andwatertight. Can be
used under polycarbonate matting, as it is
only 2.5 mm thick. Output 70W, 1.8 m
connection cable. Mains connection
220 / 230 V. TV certified.
Seats with swing
black
royal blue
bordeaux
g
black
Heated mats
Keep in motion, even when sitting still.

Seat with Body-Balance-Tec pivoting
joint.
Seat 360 mm.
Gas spring with release ring for infinite
height adjustment. Five castors for soft
floors.
Fabric cover
No.
g
grey
Made of durable, grey piled material with

protective insulating plastic covering the
heating elements. Can be driven over with
office swivel chairs. Output 50 W,
2 m connection cable.
Mains connection220 / 230 V.
Back training included!
420 550
Two sides for your comfort: one with

infinitely adjustable angle enables you to
sit whilst exercising your calves and one
with a fixed inclination (approx. 30 70 mm).
Made of hardwearing plastic.
Heated carpet mats
SITNESS stools
mm
5 Reversible
Colour
BALANCE10 stools
Height
119152
4 With height adjustable foot
heights
Width x depth
No. 600 081-BK
3 Ideal for changing heel
Foot rest made from heavy duty plastic.

3 height adjustment settings.
The moveable foot plate adapts to the
position of the foot. Thenon-slip rubber
feet offer a secure hold.
Height front / back 70 110 / 180 mm.
Widthxdepth390 x340 mm.
Order quantity
29.00
Fabric cover
15.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

119152
Order quantity
163.90
KAISER + KRAFT
899
16
Rocker mechanism
The rigidly joined seat and back
rest unit tilts backwards from the
centre of the chair. The counter
pressure can be individually set.
Rocker
mechanism
The advantage
Genuine leather at a bargain price.

440 520 mm
Cover material
leather
Back rest, seat and arm rests with genuine leather
covers. Back and sides made of identically coloured vinyl.
Robust aluminium base, polished.
Cantilever visitors' chair with a rectangular back rest and
contoured seat with genuine leather cover. Plastic arm
rests. Chrome plated tubular steel frame. Stackable.
Model
Height of back rest
mm
Seat
width x depth mm
Pack of
Leather
black
beige
g / pack
Accessories
No.
g / set
swivel armchair
visitors' armchair
740
530 x 520
1
460
460 x 480
2
980 027-BK
980 028-BK
980 031-BK
980 032-BK
295.00
401.50
731 557-BK
15.00
Rocker mechanism
The rigidly joined seat and back
rest unit tilts backwards from the
centre of the chair. The counterpressure can be individually set.
Rocker
mechanism
The advantage
High quality, modern, economical.
Seat width
520 mm
Seat depth
470 mm
440 530 mm
Cover material
leather

Front with genuine leather cover in two colours.
Rear side made of vinyl in matching colour.
Swivel chair with polished aluminium five-star base.
Visitors' chair with chrome plated steel frame.
Model
Height of back rest
Leather
swivel armchair
mm
black
beige
g
visitors' armchair
770
590
510 522-BK
510 524-BK
510 525-BK
510 527-BK
436.50
295.00
510 969-BK
No.
g / set
15.30
122828
122828
Accessories
BLUE =
16
Leather chairs
NEW
Rocker mechanism
The rigidly joined seat and back rest unit is
angled backwards from the centre of the chair.
The counter pressure can be individually set.
Rocker
mechanism
Your advantage
Comfortable armchair in a sporty design,
intricately stitched with moulded sides and
wing style arm rests as standard.
Upholstery borders and back of back rest
made of black faux leather.
Inner area of seat and back rest made
of microfibre infour colours.
Seat width
480 mm
Seat depth
460 mm
440 520 mm
Cover material
faux leather / microfibre

Sides and back in faux leather, inner area in microfibre
in grey, brown, blue and red.
Model
swivel armchair
Height of back rest

Inner area colour
g
No. 970 556-BK
219.00
720
mm
grey
brown
blue
red
970 555-BK
970 556-BK
970 558-BK
970 559-BK
219.00
No.
g / set
731 557-BK
Accessories
15.00
Rocker mechanism
The rigidly joined seat and back rest unit is
angled backwards from the centre of the chair.
The counter pressure can be individually set.
Rocker
mechanism
Your advantage
A highlight seat and back rest intricately
stitched in genuine leather. Chrome plated
steel arm rests with leather cover.
Seat width
Seat depth
Cover material
480 mm
460 mm
440 520 mm
leather

Seat and back rest with genuine leather cover in black.
Side parts in identically coloured vinyl.
Steel frame, chrome plated.
Model
swivel armchair
Height of back rest
mm
No.
g
visitors' armchair
680
540
918 514-BK
918 515-BK
362.00
307.00
731 557-BK
124684
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g / set
15.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124684
Accessories
901
16
Floor protection mats
Made of pure polycarbonate
Eight year guarantee

Transparent, colourless plastic matting
Odourless and emission free
100% recyclable
Chair castors conform to DIN 68131
Flame retardant in accordance with
DIN 4102/B1
Highly scratch resistant
1 With adhesive
High quality mat made of pure polycarbonate, recyclable and thus environmentally
friendly. Crystal clear and available in
numerous standard shapes.
As no PVC vinyl is used, it is completely
odourless and emission free.
Optionally with adhesive layer for hard
and smooth floor coverings or with anchor
studs for rugs and carpets.
2 With anchor
3 With anchor
layer for hard and

smooth floors
studs for short

pile
Mat thickness 2.0 mm.
Mat thickness 2.8 mm,

stud length 3.0 mm.
Shape
Width x depth
mm
1200 x 900
1300 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1800 x 1200
2400 x 1200
3000 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1300 x 1200
1500 x 1200
900
B
C
D
No.
501 249-BK
501 250-BK
501 252-BK
501 253-BK
501 254-BK
501 256-BK
501 257-BK
501 258-BK
501 259-BK
751 702-BK
g
116.60
140.00
151.10
177.80
244.00
285.50
151.60
141.20
153.00
115.50
studs for high pile
No.
501 229-BK
501 230-BK
501 231-BK
501 232-BK
501 233-BK
501 234-BK
501 235-BK
501 236-BK
501 237-BK
751 699-BK

stud length 2.8 mm.
No.
122.40
148.00
171.40
194.80
275.00
285.50
170.30
147.50
171.40
122.40
501 238-BK
501 240-BK
501 241-BK
501 242-BK
501 243-BK
501 244-BK
501 245-BK
501 246-BK
501 248-BK
751 700-BK
g
135.00
171.40
194.00
241.00
320.00
407.00
194.90
171.40
192.40
169.10

Made of elastic polycarbonate
These robust mats prevent long-term wear
and tear of carpets and floorboards, even
in the case of very heavy loads this
saves on high renovation costs.
As no PVC vinyl is used, the mats are

completely odourless and emission free.
1 With adhesive layer for
2 With anchor studs for
hard and smooth floors
rugs and carpets

stud length 4.2 mm.
Shape
Width x depth
mm
1200 x 900
1300 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1300 x 1200
B
C
No.
501 260-BK
501 261-BK
501 262-BK
501 264-BK
501 265-BK
No.
72.90
99.20
109.10
109.10
96.80
501 266-BK
501 267-BK
501 268-BK
501 269-BK
501 270-BK
g
81.50
103.70
116.70
116.70
104.40
These floor protection mats are extremely

durable and are also suitable for floors
with floor heating.
They do not contain hazardous substances
and are emission free, thus making them
ideal for people with allergies.
Manufactured from recycled PET bottles

and similar items. This helps to conserve
natural resources.
As no virgin material is used, recycling
also reduces CO2 emissions.
1 With adhesion layer for
2 With anchor studs for rugs

and carpets

stud length 3.0 mm.
Shape
Width x depth
mm
1200 x 900
1500 x 1200
2000 x 1200
1200 x 900
1500 x 1200
NEW
hard and smooth floors
No.
748 614-BK
748 615-BK
748 616-BK
748 618-BK
748 619-BK
No.
53.90
87.90
109.90
53.90
87.90
748 620-BK
748 621-BK
748 622-BK
748 623-BK
748 624-BK
BLUE =
g
60.50
98.90
120.90
60.50
98.90
122637
122637
Made of 100 % recycled polyethylene terephthalate (PET)
Floor matting
16
Standard shapes for floor protection matting and anti-static matting
from g
45.00
MORE INFORMATION AT
www.KAISERKRAFT.co.uk
Floor protection matting

Made of recycled polycarbonate
Durable and slip resistant, for hard floors and carpets.
The transparency gives an unclouded view
of the pattern of the floor.
1 For hard floors
2 For carpeted floors
For all smooth, hard floors including

parquet, linoleum, tiles and concrete.
Special anchor studs hold the mat

firmly in place.
stud length 4.5 mm.

Shape
Width x depth
mm
750 x 1200
1100 x 1200
1300 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1800 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1300 x 1200
900
1200
900 x 1200
1500 x 1200
B
C
D
E
No.
510 477-BK
510 478-BK
510 479-BK
510 480-BK
510 481-BK
510 486-BK
510 485-BK
510 487-BK
510 488-BK
510 482-BK
510 484-BK
No.
45.00
73.50
85.00
92.10
119.60
91.00
84.60
61.80
85.70
61.40
91.60
510 489-BK
510 490-BK
510 492-BK
510 493-BK
510 494-BK
510 498-BK
510 497-BK
510 499-BK
510 500-BK
510 495-BK
510 496-BK
g
53.60
75.90
88.70
93.20
126.90
93.20
88.70
64.10
87.60
64.10
93.20

Made of easy care polypropylene
Suitable for people with allergies. Scratch resistant, odourless
and emission free. Bottom side with non-slip coating, also
suitable for floor heating. Lightly textured surface for safety.
1 For hard floors
2 For carpeted floors

Special anchor studs hold the mat
firmly in place.
stud length 2.7 mm.
For all smooth, hard floors including

parquet, linoleum, tiles and concrete.
Shape
Width x depth
mm
1200 x 900
1300 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1200 x 1300
B
C
Other sizes
also for car boot
No.
980 050-BK
980 051-BK
980 052-BK
980 053-BK
980 054-BK
No.
50.70
64.80
76.80
76.80
76.80
510 950-BK
510 951-BK
510 952-BK
510 953-BK
510 954-BK
g
53.60
68.20
81.50
81.50
68.60
Anti-static matting
Made of high quality, natural rubber
For smooth, hard floors and low pile
carpets
Guaranteed to reduce static charge
for five years
Shape
Width x depth
mm
1200 x 900
1300 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1500 x 1200
1200 x 1300
1200 x 1500
113659
B
C
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Anti-static mats protect the floor,

improve the environment and eliminate
static electricity quickly and reliably.
The100 % recyclable mats are free of
poisonous materials which can release
gases and are therefore completely odour
free. Silver grey with black dotted pattern.
No.
609 268-BK
609 270-BK
609 271-BK
609 272-BK
609 273-BK
609 274-BK
164.60
259.00
279.00
279.00
256.00
279.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

113659
KAISER + KRAFT
903
16
Padded stacking chairs
With mesh back rest
Up to 10 chairs can be stacked
Visitors' chairs with 4-legged frame made of oval tubing,

chrome plated.
Comfortable contoured seat in a black plastic sub-shell,
100 % polypropylene cover in four colours.
Ergonomic back rest with actively breathing mesh cover,
black.
Seat dimensions
Pack of 4.
Frame
g
4 items
329.00
Cover
chrome plated
945 522-BK
945 523-BK
945 524-BK
945 525-BK
black
royal blue
red
brown
g / pack
329.00
Conference and banquet

chairs
Blue
Anatomically shaped seat with knee roll

Tubular steel frame, 22 mm, wall thickness 2.0 mm.
Chrome plated or powder coated black.
Easy care, 100% polyacrylic cover.
Dark red
Seat dimensions
Frame
Green
Cover
black
chrome plated
blue
dark red
green
charcoal
g
731 695-BK
731 696-BK
731 697-BK
731 698-BK
731 699-BK
731 700-BK
731 701-BK
731 702-BK
104.50
109.90
No.
g / pair
731 703-BK
731 704-BK
47.25
47.25
Accessories
Arm rests
Charcoal
Padded visitors' chairs
Up to four can be stacked
Sturdy tubular steel frame, chrome plated or in aluminium

colour. Integrated arm rests with black wooden accents.
Non-marking plastic floor glides.
Cover made of 100 % synthetic fibre in four colours.
Frame
Cover
black
blue
grey
red
g
aluminium colour
chrome plated
941 870-BK
941 871-BK
941 872-BK
941 873-BK
941 874-BK
941 876-BK
941 877-BK
941 878-BK
137.50
148.50
BLUE =
122638
Seat dimensions
16
Visitors chairs
Stackable visitors chairs

Up to twelve chairs can be stacked
Ergonomically shaped seat and back rest
with soft padding.
Stable 4-legged frame made of oval tubing,
powder coated black or chrome plated.
Seat dimensions
Pack of 2 or 4 chairs.
g
Frame
black
Pack of
Upholstery
746 814-BK
746 815-BK
746 816-BK
746 817-BK
746 818-BK
746 820-BK
746 821-BK
746 822-BK
746 823-BK
746 824-BK
746 825-BK
746 826-BK
746 828-BK
746 829-BK
746 830-BK
746 831-BK
89.00
159.50
97.90
174.90
blue
charcoal
grey
bordeaux
g / pack
chrome plated
2 items
Blue
89.00
No. 746 814-BK
Charcoal
Bordeaux
Grey
Stackable cantilever chairs

Up to four chairs can be stacked
Frame
124825
Pack of
Upholstery
Royal blue
Mottled black
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Mottled grey
Bordeaux
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Seat dimensions
Pack of 2 or 4 chairs.
aluminium colour
royal blue
mottled black
mottled grey
bordeaux
g / pack
chrome plated
521 880-BK
521 881-BK
521 882-BK
521 883-BK
521 889-BK
521 890-BK
521 891-BK
521 893-BK
521 885-BK
521 886-BK
521 887-BK
521 888-BK
521 894-BK
521 895-BK
521 896-BK
521 897-BK
122.10
225.50
134.20
244.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124825
Can be used virtually anywhere,

cantilever chair without arm rests.
Stable tubular frame, chrome plated or in
aluminium colour.
905
16
Chair dollies
Simply ingenious. Stack chairs on the sheet steel
platform and effortlessly roll them to their destination.
Powder coated, charcoal RAL7016.
Four smooth rolling swivel castors with ball bearings,
two with double stops. Non-marking solid rubber tyres.
Max. load 125 kg.
Order quantity
No.
g / each
12
516 729-BK
609 338-BK
71.50
65.90
Stacking chairs
Cost effective stacking chairs for indoor use,
e.g. in canteens, meeting rooms, waiting
rooms, assembly halls and conference rooms.
Robust seat made of polypropylene. Optionally in four
colours, with or without grey upholstery.
Seat dims.: width x depth x height 435 x 450 x 420 mm.
Chrome plated tubular steel frame, 20 x 1.5 mm,
with floor glides.
75.00
g
2 pieces without upholstery
Model
Pack of
Seat
without upholstery

charcoal, similar to RAL 7016
g / pack
with upholstery
756 795-BK
756 796-BK
756 797-BK
908 291-BK
756 798-BK
756 799-BK
756 800-BK
908 285-BK
516 741-BK
516 742-BK
516 743-BK
516 744-BK
516 745-BK
516 746-BK
516 747-BK
516 748-BK
75.00
129.30
109.90
208.00
Plastic stacking chairs

Highly versatile and stackable to save space.
Seat made of easy care polypropylene in three attractive
colours. Round tubular frame, chrome plated, 16 mm.
Seat dimensions
Overall dimensions
Pack of
113662
Seat
light grey
blue
pistachio
g / pack
979 948-BK
979 950-BK
979 949-BK
979 951-BK
979 954-BK
979 952-BK
130.90
225.50
BLUE =
113662
Two packaging units: 2 or 4 chairs.
16
Stacking chairs
g
2 items
95.00
Stacking chairs
Ideal for canteens,
halls and tea rooms
Moulded seat
Very strong and easy care
2 models available in a range of
colours
Seat made of impact resistant and scratch

resistant polypropylene. Tubular steel
frame, 20 x 1.5 mm, bright chrome
plated, with floor glides.
Overall H x W x D 810 x 520 x 540 mm,
seat H x W x D 465 x 455 x 400 mm.
Also available with row connectors
Coloured seat without upholstery

Pack of
luminous yellow
luminous orange
luminous red
luminous blue
luminous green
brown
charcoal
orange
slate blue
light grey
beige
g / pack
4 items
761 597-BK
761 598-BK
761 599-BK
761 600-BK
761 601-BK
761 602-BK
761 603-BK
761 604-BK
761 606-BK
761 607-BK
761 608-BK
747 048-BK
747 049-BK
747 051-BK
747 052-BK
747 053-BK
747 054-BK
747 055-BK
747 056-BK
747 057-BK
747 058-BK
747 059-BK
95.00
156.80
109625
Option
Row connectors
Grey seats with seat and back rest upholstery

Cover made of robust and easy care polyacrylic.
Pack of
Upholstery colour
1 item
red
charcoal
grey
grey blue
turquoise
566 411-BK
566 462-BK
566 489-BK
566 500-BK
566 527-BK
87.90
No.
Extra cost g / chair
952 958-BK
Option
No.
Extra cost g / chair
YELLOW =
Ex stock
952 958-BK
952 958-BK
5.05
5.05
Row connectors
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

5.05
KAISER + KRAFT
109625
Seat
2 items
907
16
Wooden stacking chairs
Seat and back made of anatomically shaped beech
plywood, in 4 colours. Tubular steel frame powder coated
black grey RAL 7021 or bright chrome plated. With plastic
floor glides.
With tubular frame, 20 mm

The cost effective classic for tea rooms. Stackable.
Separate seat and back.
Pack of 4.
Seat
Powder coated frame
Chrome plated frame
from
g / pack
252.00
mm
795 x 420 x 515

natural beech
gentian blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
natural beech
gentian blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
445 x 375 x 395
No.
extra cost g / chair
282 090-BK
747 093-BK
743 789-BK
743 790-BK
743 791-BK
252.00
747 091-BK
743 786-BK
743 787-BK
743 788-BK
263.00
Accessories
Row connectors
5.25
With tubular frame, 20 mm

Stackable chairs. Seat and back in one piece.
Pack of 4.
Seat
Powder coated frame
Chrome plated frame
mm
795 x 560 x 515

natural beech
gentian blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
natural beech
gentian blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
450 x 430 x 395
No.
951 730-BK
747 095-BK
743 796-BK
743 797-BK
747 101-BK
263.00
747 094-BK
743 793-BK
743 794-BK
743 792-BK
274.00
Accessories
Row connectors
5.05
Frame made of rectangular tubing,

20 x 20 mm
Stackable meeting room chairs with particularly wide
back rests.
Pack of 4.
Seat
Powder coated frame
Chrome plated frame
mm
815 x 465 x 505

natural beech
gentian blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
natural beech
gentian blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
455 x 410 x 445
No.
282 120-BK
747 097-BK
743 803-BK
743 804-BK
743 802-BK
307.00
747 096-BK
743 800-BK
747 107-BK
743 799-BK
335.50
98693
Row connectors
BLUE =
5.05
98693
Accessories
Stacking chairs
16

Modern wooden stacking chairs, suitable for
any application and stackable to save space.
Atan incredibly low price
The version with integrated grip holes is particularly
practical. Seat and back rest made of anatomically
shaped beech plywood, clear varnished or black.
Tubular steel frame, 18/2 mm, powder coated in grey
brown RAL8019 or bright chrome plated.
With plastic floor glides.
Frame
mm
Seat dimensions
H x W x D mm
Without grip holes natural beech
black
g
With grip holes
natural beech
black
g
powder coated
chrome plated
840 x 520 x 600

460 x 435 x 390
840 x 520 x 600

460 x 435 x 390
729 974-BK
729 975-BK
729 976-BK
729 977-BK
93.50
97.90
729 978-BK
729 979-BK
729 980-BK
729 982-BK
101.80
107.30
Even more comfortable with upholstery

Continuous shell made of anatomically shaped beech
plywood with upholstered seat and back rest.
Upholstery in four colours, 100% polyester, fire resistant
in accordance with BS 5852:1990 (BS 7176:1991).
Tubular steel frame, 20 mm, powder coated in black
grey RAL 7021 or bright chrome plated.
Withplastic floor glides.
Pack of 4.
Seat
Powder coated frame
Chrome plated frame
mm
795 x 485 x 530

upholstery
red
royal blue
grey
black
g / pack
upholstery
red
royal blue
grey
black
g / pack
470 x 430 x 400
No.
951 730-BK
945 507-BK
945 508-BK
945 509-BK
945 511-BK
423.50
945 512-BK
945 513-BK
945 514-BK
945 515-BK
428.00
Accessories
Row connectors
5.05
With upholstered seat / seat and backrest
122639
Upholstery
Powder
coated frame
upholstery
Chrome
plated frame
upholstery
blueberry
raspberry
charcoal
g
blueberry
raspberry
charcoal
g
seat
seat and back
743 783-BK
743 784-BK
743 785-BK
743 776-BK
743 777-BK
743 778-BK
104.50
112.80
743 779-BK
743 781-BK
743 782-BK
743 773-BK
743 774-BK
743 775-BK
104.50
112.80
YELLOW =
Ex stock
122639
Wooden seat , made of beech plywood, optionally with

upholstered seat or upholstered seat and back rest.
100 % polyacrylic cover in three colours, flame retardant
in accordance with DIN EN 1021-1:1994.
Tubular steel frame, 20 mm, powder coated in black
grey RAL7021 or chrome plated.
With plastic floor glides.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
909
16
NEW
from g
2 items
165.00

Particularly stable, contoured chairs in several versions
Two seat colours
Four seat shapes
With or without upholstery
Frame chrome plated or black
Suitable for general seating
applications, row connectors as
an accessory
Parabolic tubular steel frame, 22 / 1.5 mm,

withstacking bar.
Chrome plated or powder coated black.
Non-marking floor glides, natural white.
Seat dimensions
Seat made of high density beech plywood.

Very flexible, yet rigid, bonded 8 times,
approx. 10 mm thick.
Classic without upholstery or with padded
seat, approx.20 mm thick. 100 % polyacrylic
cover in three attractive colours.
Pack of 2.
Model
122640
Black frame
In two versions, matched to the frames.

Supplied in sets for 2 chairs.
Model
chrome plated
black
No.
g / set
748 697-BK
748 698-BK
8.25
8.25
natural beech
natural beech
natural beech
withgrip hole
natural beech
withgrip hole
andholes
black beech
black beech
black beech
withgrip hole
black beech
withgrip hole
andholes
No.
g / pack
748 626-BK
748 630-BK
748 635-BK
748 639-BK
748 644-BK
748 648-BK
748 653-BK
748 657-BK
165.00
163.90
174.90
185.90
170.50
170.50
181.50
192.50
with padded seat
blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
748 627-BK
748 628-BK
748 629-BK
748 631-BK
748 632-BK
748 634-BK
748 636-BK
748 637-BK
748 638-BK
748 640-BK
748 642-BK
748 643-BK
748 645-BK
748 646-BK
748 647-BK
748 649-BK
748 651-BK
748 652-BK
748 654-BK
748 655-BK
748 656-BK
748 658-BK
748 659-BK
748 660-BK
196.90
196.90
203.50
219.00
203.50
203.50
214.50
225.50
without upholstery
No.
g / pack
748 661-BK
748 665-BK
748 670-BK
748 674-BK
748 679-BK
748 683-BK
748 688-BK
748 693-BK
163.90
163.90
174.90
185.90
170.50
170.50
181.50
192.50
with padded seat
blue
bordeaux
charcoal
g / pack
748 662-BK
748 663-BK
748 664-BK
748 666-BK
748 667-BK
748 669-BK
748 671-BK
748 672-BK
748 673-BK
748 675-BK
748 677-BK
748 678-BK
748 680-BK
748 681-BK
748 682-BK
748 685-BK
748 686-BK
748 687-BK
748 689-BK
748 690-BK
748 691-BK
748 694-BK
748 695-BK
748 696-BK
196.90
196.90
203.50
219.00
203.50
203.50
214.50
225.50
Seat
Chrome plated
frame
Row connectors
available as accessory
without upholstery
BLUE =
122640
Seating units
16
Multi-purpose seating units

One table with four chairs for an infinite
number of occasions.
Colour combinations
Tabletops in beech finish or light grey, similar
toRAL7035.
Seat and back rest made of beech, clearvarnished.
Powder coated frame, optionally in
grey brown, similar to RAL8019
basalt grey, similar to RAL7012
gentian blue, similar to RAL5010
Complete offer at a bargain price

Seating units, consisting of one 1200 mm wide table and
four chairs.
See table below for dimensions and details.
Tabletop
Frame
grey brown
basalt grey
gentian blue
g / seating unit
beech finish
light grey
609 290-BK
609 291-BK
609 292-BK
609 294-BK
609 295-BK
609 296-BK
219.00
219.00
219.00
g
Seating units complete
Stacking chairs
Seat and back rest made of approx. 8 mm thick beech
plywood, clear varnished.
Sturdy frame made of powder coated tubular steel,
20 mm. Non-marking floor glides.
Seat dims.: height x width x depth 490 x 380 x 380 mm.
Pack of 4.
Frame
mm
830 x 450 x 500
grey brown
basalt grey
gentian blue
g / pack
609 287-BK
609 288-BK
609 289-BK
141.90
Available in three widths
Melamine coated tabletop in beech finish or light grey,

18 mm thick.
Legs and frame made of powder coated rectangular
tubing, 30 x 30 mm. With height adjustment screws.
Tabletop in beech finish

Width
Frame
mm
grey brown
basalt grey
gentian blue
800
1200
1600
610 570-BK
610 571-BK
610 572-BK
609 280-BK
609 281-BK
609 282-BK
610 573-BK
610 574-BK
610 575-BK
101.80
130.90
148.50
mm
grey brown
basalt grey
gentian blue
800
1200
1600
610 576-BK
610 578-BK
610 579-BK
609 283-BK
609 284-BK
609 286-BK
610 580-BK
610 581-BK
610 582-BK
101.80
130.90
148.50
122641
Width
Frame
YELLOW =
Ex stock
122641
Light grey tabletop
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
911
16
Folding tables
Standard tables
19 mm thick, melamine coated chipboard top in beech
finish, maple finish and light grey, with 3 mm PVC edge
strip in matching colour.
Stable, rectangular frame, powder coated in aluminium
colour or black, with height adjustment screws.
Special stacking protector (spacer) for safe and optimum
stacking. Safety catch engages in unfolded and folded
position.
Height 740 mm.
Delivered assembled, but folded.
Width x depth
Top / frame
Spacers make stacking

easy
Hand wheel
mm
1200 x 600
1200 x 700
1200 x 800
1400 x 700
1400 x 800
1600 x 800
maple finish / alum. colour

light grey / alum. colour
beech finish / alum. colour
beech finish / black
g
521 904-BK
521 911-BK
521 898-BK
521 918-BK
521 905-BK
521 912-BK
521 899-BK
521 919-BK
521 907-BK
521 913-BK
521 900-BK
521 920-BK
521 908-BK
521 915-BK
521 901-BK
521 921-BK
521 909-BK
521 916-BK
521 902-BK
521 923-BK
521 910-BK
521 917-BK
521 903-BK
521 924-BK
174.90
185.90
192.50
196.90
203.50
214.50
With rounded edges

19 mm thick, melamine coated chipboard top in beech
finish, maple finish or light grey.
Special edge protection due to hard/soft plastic and
rounded edges. With hand wheel for rigid table
connections when linking elements.
Powder coated, round tubular frame, 30 mm, in black or
aluminium colour. Safe stacking due to spacer and safety
catch on the lock which engages in folded and unfolded
position.
Height 740 mm, height when table is folded 10 cm.
from g
179.00
Shape
Width x depth
Top / frame
Safety catch engages

in unfolded and folded
position
rectangular
mm
maple finish / black
beech finish / alum. colour
light grey / alum. colour
g
quarter circle
semicircle
1200 x 700
1400 x 700
1600 x 700
1600 x 800
700 x 700
1400 x 700
521 962-BK
521 955-BK
521 948-BK
521 969-BK
521 963-BK
521 956-BK
521 950-BK
521 970-BK
521 964-BK
521 958-BK
521 951-BK
521 971-BK
521 968-BK
521 961-BK
521 954-BK
521 975-BK
521 966-BK
521 959-BK
521 952-BK
521 972-BK
521 967-BK
521 960-BK
521 953-BK
521 974-BK
179.00
208.00
230.00
236.50
109.90
170.50
With extra strong top

24 mm thick, melamine coated top in maple finish, beech
finish or light grey. Matching edge strip, 2 mm thick.
Full-length rails on underside and four-legged frame
powder coated in black or light grey.
Height 720 mm.
Width x depth
mm
1200 x 800
1400 x 800
1600 x 700
1600 x 800
1800 x 800

maple finish / black
g
522 043-BK
522 048-BK
522 053-BK
522 044-BK
522 049-BK
522 054-BK
522 045-BK
522 050-BK
522 055-BK
522 046-BK
522 051-BK
522 056-BK
522 047-BK
522 052-BK
522 057-BK
139.00
152.90
170.50
181.50
203.50
BLUE =
113664
113664
Top / frame
Folding tables
16
Folding tables
Plastic spacers on the bottom for space saving,

stackable storage
Tabletop made of 25 mm thick, melamine coated chipboard.

ABS edging in tabletop colour.
Sturdy double T frame made of chrome plated tubular
steel ( 32 mm) with special folding mechanism.
A Frame with straight runners

Length
Tabletop
mm
1200
1400
1600
light grey
maple finish
g
918 429-BK
918 430-BK
918 432-BK
918 433-BK
918 434-BK
918 435-BK
222.00
236.50
252.00
B Frame with arched runners

Length
Tabletop
mm
1200
1400
1600
light grey
maple finish
g
918 438-BK
918 439-BK
918 441-BK
918 442-BK
918 443-BK
918 444-BK
233.00
252.00
263.00
Mobile folding tables

Collapsible for space saving storage when not in use
Tabletop made of 25 mm thick, E1 chipboard to DIN 68765
and DIN 438, melamine coated.
Two handed locking lever pulls out easily and
automatically locks into place.
Sturdy Y-foot, powder coated in silver colour.
Column made of round tubing ( 50 / 2 mm),
feet made of oval tubing (50 / 25 / 2 mm).
Four double swivel castors with wheel stops.
Width
Tabletop
mm
1200
1400
1600
light grey
beech finish
maple finish
g
505 623-BK
505 624-BK
505 626-BK
505 627-BK
505 628-BK
505 629-BK
505 630-BK
505 631-BK
505 632-BK
406.00
428.00
454.00
Folding tables
Can be folded up and stacked in a few simple steps
Polyurethane coated top, light grey or

beech finish.
Double edge (65 mm) made of solid beech,
zinc plated corners.
Frame made of tubular steel ( 30 mm),

powder coated in black grey RAL 7021 or
chrome plated.
A Double T frame
Length x width
Black grey frame
Chrome plated frame
mm
1200 x 800
1500 x 800
1700 x 700
tabletop light grey

beech finish
g
tabletop light grey
beech finish
g
747 071-BK
510 535-BK
747 072-BK
510 536-BK
747 073-BK
510 537-BK
340.00
362.00
379.50
747 064-BK
510 538-BK
747 065-BK
510 539-BK
747 066-BK
510 540-BK
340.00
362.00
379.50
mm
1200 x 800
1500 x 800
1700 x 700
tabletop light grey

beech finish
g
tabletop light grey
beech finish
g
747 067-BK
510 541-BK
747 069-BK
510 542-BK
747 070-BK
510 543-BK
B Frame with 4 legs

Black grey frame
106310
Chrome plated frame
YELLOW =
Ex stock
340.00
362.00
379.50
747 074-BK
510 544-BK
747 075-BK
510 545-BK
747 077-BK
510 546-BK
340.00
362.00
373.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

106310
Length x width
KAISER + KRAFT
913
16
Rectangular or trapezoidal
shape
In 5 colour combinations
from
Tabletop beige,
frame brown RAL 8017
Tabletop light grey,
frame basalt grey RAL 7012
Tabletop in beech finish,
frame black RAL 9005
Tabletop in maple finish,
frame white aluminium RAL 9006
Tabletop ash effect, black,
frame aluminium RAL 9006
Melamine coated tabletop, 19 mm thick,

with 3 mm thick ABS edging.
Frame made of rectangular steel tubing
with height adjustment screws.
Table legs 30 x 30 mm,
frame border 50 x 20 mm.
Height 740 mm.
Beige
Light grey
Beech finish
95.00
Ash finish
Black
Maple finish
Arrange as desired
Other colour combinations and sizes available on request.
The visitors' chairs shown can be found on pages 905.
rectangular
mm
beige / brown
maple finish / aluminium silver
ash finish, black / aluminium silver
700 x 600
1200 x 600
1200 x 800
1400 x 700
1400 x 800
1600 x 800
1800 x 800
1200 x 600
1400 x 700
732 000-BK
732 002-BK
732 003-BK
510 508-BK
510 518-BK
731 997-BK
731 998-BK
731 999-BK
510 507-BK
510 517-BK
731 993-BK
731 995-BK
731 996-BK
510 506-BK
510 516-BK
731 990-BK
731 991-BK
731 992-BK
510 504-BK
510 515-BK
731 987-BK
731 988-BK
731 989-BK
510 503-BK
510 514-BK
731 983-BK
731 984-BK
731 985-BK
510 502-BK
510 512-BK
731 980-BK
731 981-BK
731 982-BK
510 501-BK
510 511-BK
732 007-BK
732 008-BK
732 009-BK
510 510-BK
510 520-BK
732 004-BK
732 005-BK
732 006-BK
510 509-BK
510 519-BK
95.00
103.00
117.20
132.30
143.80
155.10
166.40
117.70
132.40
90526
Length x width / leg length

Tabletop / frame
trapezoidal
BLUE =
90526
Shape
16
For canteens, event rooms,
training rooms etc.
Suits every type of seating
Frame optionally made of rectangular tubular steel

30 x 30 mm, outer edges rounded or made from round
tubular steel, 38 mm. Plastic coated in light grey
RAL 7035, black grey RAL 7021, grey brown RAL 8019
or chrome plated.
Edge for rectangular tubing frame 30 x 30 mm, for round
tubular frame 40 x 20 mm. In frame colour or black for
chrome plated model.
Table top with plastic coating in 5 finishes, 25 mm thick,
ABS edge strip, resistant to acids and cigarette ash.
With height adjustable floor glides.
Height 720 mm.
2
Sample combinations
1 Square and rectangular tables

2 Trapezoidal tables
Table top dimensions

Rectangular tubing
frame,
plastic coated
Rectangular tubing
frame,
chrome plated
Round tubular
frame,
plastic coated
800 x 800
1200 x 600
1200 x 800
1400 x 700
1500 x 800
1600 x 800
1200/600 x 600
1400/700 x 700
1600/800 x 800
928 100-BK
928 178-BK
281 751-BK
928 240-BK
952 001-BK
952 028-BK
510 547-BK
928 119-BK
928 186-BK
692 883-BK
928 259-BK
692 840-BK
692 867-BK
510 549-BK
928 127-BK
928 194-BK
281 808-BK
928 267-BK
952 036-BK
952 044-BK
510 550-BK
928 135-BK
928 208-BK
693 111-BK
928 275-BK
692 921-BK
693 081-BK
510 551-BK
928 143-BK
928 216-BK
281 840-BK
928 283-BK
952 052-BK
952 060-BK
510 552-BK
928 151-BK
928 224-BK
928 232-BK
928 291-BK
928 305-BK
928 313-BK
510 553-BK
929 662-BK
929 670-BK
929 689-BK
929 697-BK
929 700-BK
929 719-BK
510 554-BK
929 735-BK
929 743-BK
929 751-BK
929 778-BK
929 786-BK
929 794-BK
510 555-BK
929 816-BK
929 824-BK
929 832-BK
929 840-BK
929 859-BK
929 867-BK
510 557-BK
g
white / chrome
grey / chrome
sand / chrome
walnut / chrome
beech natural / chrome
138.10
157.50
167.10
187.10
198.20
207.00
239.50
253.50
260.00
928 402-BK
928 488-BK
928 569-BK
928 631-BK
510 568-BK
928 410-BK
928 496-BK
928 577-BK
928 658-BK
510 569-BK
928 429-BK
928 518-BK
928 585-BK
928 666-BK
510 570-BK
928 437-BK
928 526-BK
928 593-BK
928 674-BK
510 571-BK
928 445-BK
928 534-BK
928 607-BK
928 682-BK
510 573-BK
928 453-BK
928 542-BK
928 615-BK
928 690-BK
510 574-BK
929 883-BK
929 891-BK
929 905-BK
929 913-BK
510 575-BK
929 948-BK
929 956-BK
929 964-BK
929 972-BK
510 576-BK
929 999-BK
930 008-BK
930 016-BK
930 024-BK
510 577-BK
g
Top / frame
white / grey
white / charcoal
grey / grey
grey / charcoal
sand / brown
walnut / brown
beech natural / brown
202.50
213.50
230.00
242.50
254.00
262.50
247.50
262.50
268.50
928 798-BK
928 879-BK
928 941-BK
929 034-BK
929 107-BK
929 182-BK
510 558-BK
928 801-BK
928 887-BK
928 968-BK
929 042-BK
929 115-BK
929 190-BK
510 559-BK
928 828-BK
928 895-BK
928 976-BK
929 050-BK
929 123-BK
929 204-BK
510 560-BK
928 836-BK
928 909-BK
928 984-BK
929 069-BK
929 131-BK
929 212-BK
510 561-BK
928 844-BK
928 917-BK
928 992-BK
929 077-BK
929 158-BK
929 220-BK
510 562-BK
928 852-BK
928 925-BK
929 018-BK
929 085-BK
929 166-BK
929 239-BK
510 563-BK
930 040-BK
930 059-BK
930 067-BK
930 075-BK
930 083-BK
930 091-BK
510 565-BK
930 113-BK
930 121-BK
930 148-BK
930 156-BK
930 164-BK
930 172-BK
510 566-BK
930 199-BK
930 202-BK
930 210-BK
930 229-BK
930 237-BK
930 245-BK
510 567-BK
g
white / chrome
grey / chrome
sand / chrome
walnut / chrome
beech natural / chrome
166.20
203.00
219.00
233.00
242.00
245.50
245.50
259.50
265.50
929 344-BK
929 417-BK
952 079-BK
929 514-BK
510 578-BK
929 352-BK
929 425-BK
693 170-BK
929 522-BK
510 579-BK
929 360-BK
929 433-BK
952 087-BK
929 530-BK
510 581-BK
929 379-BK
929 441-BK
693 197-BK
929 549-BK
510 582-BK
929 387-BK
929 468-BK
929 492-BK
929 557-BK
510 583-BK
929 395-BK
929 476-BK
952 095-BK
929 565-BK
510 584-BK
930 261-BK
930 288-BK
693 219-BK
930 296-BK
510 585-BK
930 326-BK
930 334-BK
693 235-BK
930 342-BK
510 586-BK
930 369-BK
930 377-BK
952 109-BK
930 385-BK
510 587-BK
206.00
213.00
232.00
248.50
260.00
268.50
249.50
266.00
273.00
72220
Round tubular
frame,
chrome plated
1
length x width mm
Top / frame
white / grey
white / charcoal
grey / grey
grey / charcoal
sand / brown
walnut / brown
beech natural / brown
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
72220
Model
915
16
Tables
Stacking chairs
Pedestal tables
Back rest and seat comfortably upholstered. Cover made of 100% polyolefin.
Frame in aluminium silver colour.
Seat dimensions
Easy care tabletop in two versions.

Stable four-legged base, aluminium colour.
Tabletop 800 mm, height 700 mm.
Ergonomically shaped chair. Seat and

back rest made of beech plywood. Steel
frame powder coated in aluminium colour.
Seat dimensions
Melamine coated tabletop, 25 mm thick.

Beech finish version with edge strip in
same colour, light grey version with aluminium coloured edge strip in plywood finish.
Metal pedestal base, powder coated in
aluminium colour.
Tabletop 1000 mm, height 720 mm.
Pack of
Cover
2
black
blue
red
g / pack
979 982-BK
979 983-BK
979 984-BK
168.30
Tabletop
Model
No.
g
beech finish
black
melamine
coated
Werzalit
979 980-BK
979 981-BK
109.20
130.70
Pack of 4.
No. 600 050-BK
g / pack 241.00
Stacking armchairs
Tables
Up to four can be stacked. Eye-catching,

unique frame design. Seat and back rest
comfortably upholstered, vinyl cover.
Arm rests are made of wood, stained in
black or beige.
Seat dimensions
Square or round. Attractive, sturdy tables

with polyurethane coated, scratch resistant surface in grey or black. With 22 mm
soft edge.
Frame with round tubular legs, 50 mm,
chrome plated.
Optionally as a stylish cantilever chair or

classical with 4-legged frame.
Ergonomically shaped back rest and seat
pad. Withor without arm rests.
Tabletop
beech finish
light grey
No.
g
600 030-BK
605 150-BK
279.50
279.50
Frame chrome plated or powder coated in

black.
Seat dimensions
Pack of 2.
Model
4-legged frame
cantilever
Frame
Overall dims.
height mm
width x depth mm
870
615 x 540
black / black
blue / beige
beige / beige
g / pack
979 997-BK
979 998-BK
979 999-BK
122642
Cover / arm rests
With
arm rests
Tabletop size
175.90
Tabletop
mm
1000
900 x 900
grey
black
856 363-BK
439 932-BK
733 245-BK
931 810-BK
164.90
164.90
Without
arm rests
upholstery blue
charcoal
bordeaux
g / pack
upholstery blue
charcoal
bordeaux
g / pack
black
chrome plated
black
chrome plated
918 478-BK
918 479-BK
918 480-BK
918 485-BK
918 486-BK
918 487-BK
918 503-BK
918 505-BK
918 506-BK
918 510-BK
918 511-BK
918 513-BK
219.00
230.00
260.50
271.50
918 475-BK
918 476-BK
918 477-BK
918 481-BK
918 483-BK
918 484-BK
918 500-BK
918 501-BK
918 502-BK
918 507-BK
918 508-BK
918 509-BK
203.50
216.50
247.50
263.00
BLUE =
122642
Pack of 2.
16
Cantilever chairs Armchairs
g
Pack of 2
219.00
Cantilever chairs
Cantilever chairs
High quality cantilever chair with genuine

leather covering, upholstered arm rests
andchrome plated frame.
Elegant upholstery with decorative
stitching.
Seat dimensions
Elegant visitors' chair with cantilever frame

made of tubular steel, chrome plated.
Black
Comfortably upholstered flat seat with
knee roll.
Flame retardant Trevira CS fabric covering.
Meets fire safety standard EN 1021,
parts1 + 2.
Bordeaux
Back rest with actively breathing mesh
cover made of 100 % polyester, black.
Pack of 2.
Blue
Charcoal

Leather
mm
870 x 555 x 530
black
blue
light grey
g / pack
980 001-BK
980 002-BK
980 003-BK
Seat dimensions
Seat cover
mm
800 x 480 x 480
black
blue
bordeaux
charcoal
945 526-BK
945 527-BK
945 529-BK
945 530-BK
130.90
mm
850 x 575 x 530
black
dark blue
beige
980 855-BK
980 856-BK
516 717-BK
201.50
219.00
Black
Cognac
Beige
Angular club armchairs
Robust wooden frame. Cover in black

leather or washable Softex (67 % polyester, 33 % polyurethane) in three colours.
Plastic glides to protect delicate floors.
Seat dimensions
Sturdy wooden frame inside, with easy

care, washable and actively breathing
Softex upholstery made of
67 % polyester and 33 % polyurethane.
Plastic floor glides protect delicate
parquet and laminate flooring.
Seat dimensions
125187
Club armchairs
YELLOW =
Ex stock

Leather
Softex
mm
770 x 590 x 505
black
g
980 839-BK
cognac
dark blue
beige
980 841-BK
980 842-BK
980 049-BK
185.90
214.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999


Colour
KAISER + KRAFT
125187
Dark blue
917
16
NEW
Cantilever chairs
Elegant cantilever chair with arm rests.
Arm rests with vinyl covering.
Heavy chrome frame with special floor
glides which protect against tipping.
Easy care, robust cover made of
100%Lucia, flame retardant in
accordance withEN1021, parts 1 and 2.
Seat dimensions
No. 941 828-BK
g 225.50
Conference tables
Modern, sturdy, square
Melamine coated chipboard, 25mm thick,
in walnut, maple or beech finish.
Frame with chrome plated rails and four
square tubular legs.
Maple finish
Tabletop
Beech finish
mm
720 x 1400 x 1400
beech finish
maple finish
walnut finish
941 825-BK
941 826-BK
941 827-BK
307.00
Table leg
Supplied without table legs please

make sure to include the required
quantity with your order.
Tubular steel, 60 mm.

Height adjustable
from 700 740 mm.
Aluminium colour, similar to
RAL7040.
The conference chairs shown can be

found on page 916.
No. 610 606-BK
g 54.90
Conference tables
Five different types of tabletop sections for a wide range
of combinations
Many shapes and colours allow creation
of countless combinations: the classic
rectangle, large circle or an U shape.
Create your individual conference room in
light grey, maple or plum finish.
Melamine coated chipboard, 25mm thick.

The quick and easy assembly of the
separately ordered table legs allow for the
possibility of subsequent reconfiguration
of the tables and to achieve individual
room design.
Example combinations
Width x depth
Tabletop
rectangle
quarter
circle
semicircle
mm
light grey
maple finish
plum finish
800 x 800
1200 x 800
1600 x 800
800 x 800
800
610 601-BK
610 590-BK
610 596-BK
610 602-BK
610 591-BK
610 597-BK
610 603-BK
610 592-BK
610 598-BK
610 604-BK
610 594-BK
610 599-BK
610 605-BK
610 595-BK
610 600-BK
65.90
76.90
87.90
84.70
84.70
BLUE =
125188
Shape
Conference tables
16
NEW
439.00
Conference tables
In three finishes and two frame versions.
The large tabletop offers ample space for ten people and is
ideal for meetings.
Tabletop 25 mm thick, melamine coated in
light grey, beech finish or plum finish.
Edge strip in matching colour, plum finish
version has double edge in plum / silver.
There is a cable duct in the centre of the
tabletop for routing cables.
The placement of the table legs and

wooden panels ensures sufficient leg
room.
Frame made of two silver coloured,
25 mm thick panels or six chrome plated
round tubular legs, 60 mm.
Shelving units and

cupboards
Cantilever chairs
Melamine coated chipboard panels,

19 mm thick. Height adjustable shelves,
adjustable pedestal feet.
In light grey, beech finish or with white
body and doors in plum finish.
Cupboards with rotary knob, lockable.
With a rectangular back rest and

contoured seat.
Plastic arm rests. Chrome plated round
tubular frame, 25 mm.
Upholstered seat and back rest, with
genuine leather cover or upholstered
Softex seat and mesh back rest.
Seat dimensions
Stackable
Pack of 2.
Material
Frame version
panels
round tubular legs
mm
mm
720
2800 x 1300
720
2800 x 1300
light grey
beech finish
plum finish
g
522 001-BK
522 002-BK
522 003-BK
522 004-BK
522 005-BK
522 006-BK
439.00
439.00
Model
shelf unit
cupboard
mm
mm
1270
800 x 400
1270
800 x 420
light grey
beech finish
plum / white
g
166 731-BK
757 490-BK
522 011-BK
984 427-BK
984 428-BK
522 012-BK
192.50
363.00
Back rest
Height
Length x width
109857
Tabletop
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Height
Width x depth
Colour
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

No.
g / pack
Softex
leather
mesh
upholstery
980 014-BK
980 031-BK
346.50
401.50
Additional colours and versions can

KAISER + KRAFT
109857
g
No. 522 003-BK
919
16
g
No. 522 060-BK
Bar stools
Canteen tables
Tabletop made of easy care Werzalit.

Chrome plated legs and steel base for high
stability.
Available in two heights.
Curved back rest and contoured seat

made of beech wood.
Seats optionally made of beech orwith
microfibre upholstery.
Melamine coated tabletops, 19mm thick,

in beech finish or light grey. 3 mm thick
PVC edge strip to protect edges.
Sturdy table column with heavy cast iron
base, blackor aluminium colour.
Height
mm
Tabletop
mm
750
No.
g
800
800
979 975-BK
979 978-BK
227.50
254.00
Model
Seat height
beech
mm
No.
g
upholstery
Model
1 top
2 tops
760
780
979 976-BK
979 977-BK
beech finish / alum.

light grey / black
522 059-BK
522 060-BK
522 061-BK
522 062-BK
178.20
205.50
179.00
196.90
Tabletops / column
Bar stools
High canteen tables
Bar stools
High canteen tables
Classical Z design. Chrome plated tubular

steel frame. Comfortable upholstered vinyl
seat, 100 mm thick.
Seat 340 mm, seat height 850 mm.
Pack of 2.
Tabletop made of 25 mm thick melamine

coated chipboard in black, plastic bumper
edge.
With a heavy cast base in black.
Tabletop 700 mm.
Centre column 76 mm, base 440 mm.
Sturdy, chrome plated tubular steel frame

withvarnished beech plywood seat.
Seat 350 mm. Seat height 770 mm.
Tabletop made of 25 mm thick chipboard in

beech finish. Chrome plated tubular steel
frame.
Tabletop 700 mm.
Centre column 76 mm.
No. 761 615-BK
No. 501 289-BK
No. 751 866-BK
Colour
124826
1100
With one or two tabletops

Tabletop top 600 mm, bottom 500 mm.
Clearance between tops 300 mm.
No.
g / pack
black
blue
980 006-BK
980 007-BK
98.90
98.90
g 199.90
g 109.90
BLUE =
g 186.90
124826
Canteen tables
179.00
Canteen furniture Stools
16
Pedestal tables
Multi-purpose high table
Multi-function roomdivider, reception counter,
coffeebreak table.
Made of 38 mm thick, melamine coated balance-board
chipboard in white, orange and plum finish with 2mm
thick ABS edging in matching colour.
Four coat hooks under the tabletop.

Colour
mm
1078 x 1040 x 500
white
orange
plum finish
746 775-BK
746 776-BK
746 777-BK
209.00
Bar stools
Elegant bar stools with thickly upholstered seat,
470 mm. Vinyl cover in black, blue and red.
Chrome plated tubular steel frame with foot rest.
Upholstery
mm
780
black
blue
red
746 879-BK
746 880-BK
746 881-BK
97.90
g
High tables
209.00
NEW
Canteen tables
Functional furniture for the officeand

workshop: work dynamically whether
sitting or standing.
Height adjustable and mobile
Two 25 mm thick, melamine coated worktops. Height can

be adjusted separately due to coil spring design.
Length x width top panel 800 x 600 mm,
bottompanel300x600mm.
Sturdy tubular steel frame, powder coated in aluminium
colour, withstable five-star base and five double swivel
castors.
With a diameter of 800 mm, they are large enough for

small meetings, and are mobile on five castors
(two with wheel stops).
Melamine coated tabletop, 25 mm thick.
Stable column pedestal, optionally painted black or
chrome plated.
The table is infinitely height adjustable from 720 to
1140 mm via high quality gas spring.

Frame
Overall height
mm
720 1120
beech finish
light grey
610 609-BK
610 610-BK
208.00
Tabletop
Tabletops
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

black
chrome plated
light grey
maple finish
walnut finish
748 574-BK
748 573-BK
748 576-BK
506 245-BK
506 246-BK
506 247-BK
357.50
379.50
KAISER + KRAFT
124827
Height
921
17
Office equipment
PC furniture
Pages
922 923
Office furnishings
Pages
924 931
Office organisation
Pages
932 949
Moderating
Pages
950 968
Guidance systems
Page
969
Presentation
Pages
970 985
Partition systems
Pages
986 993
Telephone booths
Page
992
2 Width 900 mm
Coat racks
Pages
994 1000
Ashtrays and waste collectors

Pages
1001 1007
Fans
Pages
1008 1009
2 Width 600 mm
PC tables
2 PC workstations
Frame made of sturdy steel profiles.

Tabletops made of non-reflecting
melamine coated chipboard.
Max. load:
50 kg per tabletop, 75 kg overall.
Four double swivel castors, two with
wheel stops.
1 Pedestal tables
Computer tables
112322
Compact and mobile, can be used anywhere.

Powder coated tubular steel construction.
Coated furniture panels in light grey.
Monitor shelf: W x D 800 x 450 mm
Pull-out keyboard shelf:
W x D 705 x 400 mm
Printer shelf: W x D 680 x 320 mm
Effective height: 495 mm
4 double swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.

Ideal for printer, modem, PC, fax machine etc. as well as for storing paper
With two shelves, which can be slid back,

and are height adjustable in increments of
60 mm.
Width
mm
600
512 555-BK
No.
g
246.50
Accessories
No. 917 586-BK
g 147.40
Shelf
(additional)
You can easily set the workstation to the

desired height with the unique lift height
adjustment.
Just lift up the tabletop and stop it in one
of the 20positions (13 mm grid).
No cranking or screwing. In most cases,
devices do not even need to be removed
beforehand.
Pull-out keyboard shelf, mouse panel
pulls-out to left or right.
With one shelf, which can be slid back,
and is height adjustable in increments of
60 mm.
Width
mm
No.
g
600
900
512 554-BK
424 500-BK
246.50
257.50
751 625-BK
Accessories
No.
g
751 625-BK
65.90
Shelf
(additional)
No.
g
BLUE =
65.90
112322
Work at standing or sitting height

Width 600 mm or 900 mm
Computer tables Computer cupboards PC storage units
17

PC holders
Space saving, under table mounting on
tabletops with a min. thickness of 20 mm.
Sheet steel, light grey RAL 7035.
Simple mounting with 6 screws.
Max. load 40 kg.
Width adjustable from 70 230 mm,
height from 310 555 mm.
Delivery includes screws and assembly
instructions.
Pack of 2 with price advantage.
Pack of
Colour
light grey
silver
black
g / pack
982 817-BK
982 821-BK
520 750-BK
982 818-BK
982 823-BK
520 751-BK
52.70
92.40
Computer cupboards
Your equipment and documents
are securely stored and
protected against unauthorised
access in these attractive
cupboards.
More space less noise.

No base no dust is sucked into the PC.
Width variable from 100 260 mm, and is
thus suitable for all tower PC housings.
4 double swivel castors,
2 with wheel stops.
Min. floor clearance 65 mm.
Two different configuration options
Without tilt position or with tilt position
for convenient access and good air
circulation.
125189
Order quantity
No.
g
2+
512 570-BK
512 571-BK
76.90
70.40
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Delivered fully assembled,

ready for immediate use.
1 2 Premium computer
cupboards
Cupboard doors for device compartment
swivel out 270 to save space and are
separately lockable, incl. 2 keys.
2 with adjustable shelf.
3
Model
3 Basic computer cupboard

Monitor compartment and device compartment each with one adjustable shelf.
Mouse tray, W x D 380 x 220 mm, can be
pulled out to the left or right.
Working position
Keyboard height
Monitor shelf
WxD
Pull-out keyboard shelf
WxD
Device compartment dims. (lower) H x W x D
Overall dims.
HxWxD
Weight
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
kg
sitting
700
686 x 379
660 x 450
560 x 686 x 600
1320 x 725 x 642
62.0
standing
1040
686 x 379
660 x 450
900 x 686 x 600
1660 x 725 x 642
79.0
sitting
740
560 x 460
535 x 380
600 x 560 x 460
1785 x 600 x 630
57.8
522 285-BK
522 286-BK
978 781-BK
417.00
438.00
527.00
KAISER + KRAFT
125189
PC stands
Body made of 19 mm thick melamine

coated furniture panels, light grey
RAL7035
Plastic roller shutters, lockable,
incl.2keys
Rear panel with cable outlet
Mobile on 4 castors,
2 with wheel stops
923
17
5
4
1
1
2
3
Grid insert ensures
non-glaring light
7
7
6
1 Energy saving lamp
4 Desk lamp
6 Ceiling and suspended lamp
11 W energy saving bulb, light output corresponds to that

of a 75 W standard bulb. Very good illumination of the work
area. Sprung mechanism for infinite height adjustment.
With heavy base, H x W x D 40 x 130 x 190 mm,
and table clamp.
20 W compact fluorescent bulb, light output corresponds

to that of a 100 W standard bulb.
The black, rotating and swivelling lamp head also has an
adjustable glare protection fitting.
Infinitely adjustable lamp arm. Silver colour.
Supplied with table clamp, jaw width 55 mm,
andbase, 190 mm.
W
mm
silver
black
g
11
630
605 099-BK
522 288-BK
43.95
2 Computer lamp
2 x 9 W energy saving lamps, light output corresponds to
that of 2 standard 60 W bulbs. The perfect solution for the
computer workstation. Grid insert ensures non-glaring
light. 2 arms with 3 joints.
With base and table clamp, jaw width 60 mm.
Power
Length of jointed arms
Reflector length
Colour
W
mm
mm
2x9
2 x 400
260
charcoal / black
g
982 507-BK
112.20
Power
Length of jointed arm
Reflector length
W
mm
mm
20
1 x 520
210
508 841-BK
No.
g
47.20
122393
No.
g
W
mm
2 x 36
1250 x 135 x 46
2 x 58
1550 x 135 x 46
520 771-BK
520 773-BK
90.20
101.20
7 Cost effective 2-pack set
20 W compact fluorescent bulb, light output

corresponds to that of a 100 W standard bulb.
This lamp is distinguished by its attractive double jointed
arm and appealing colour scheme in silver and charcoal.
With heavy base, 190 mm.
Classic energy saving lamp with 11 W energy saving bulb,

just as bright as a normal 75 W bulb. Provides exceptional
daylight illumination with minimal power consumption.
Light head, W x D 340 x 65 mm, horizontally and vertically
adjustable, lamp rotates through 360.
Supplied with table clamp, jaw width 60 mm, and stable
base, W x D x H 140 x 200 x 50 mm.
Pack of 2.
Energy saving fluorescent bulbs, natural daylight,

6400Kelvin, light head, W x D 600 x 105 mm, mirrored
parabolic grid for non-glaring light.
Robust metal arm, rotates through 360.
Height in normal working position approx. 400 mm.
With table clamp, jaw width 65 mm.
Colour
Power
5 Designer lamp
3 Workstation lamp
Power
Flat, white housing with chrome coloured grid insert for

even, non-glaring light distribution.
Supplied with 2 xT8 fluorescent lamps, G13socket.
For mounting directly on the ceiling or as a suspended
lamp with cables.
W
mm
3 x 14
2 x 400
white
g
522 291-BK
Power
Reflector length
No.
g
W
mm
mm
20
2 x 450
210
511 034-BK
79.20
All lamps on this page are supplied with bulbs and

are designed for 230 V connection voltage.
Power
Total reach
Colour
115.50
W
mm
silver
black
g / pack
BLUE =
11
820
522 197-BK
522 199-BK
87.90
122393
Power
Total reach
Colour
Suitable for monitor workstations in accordance with

DIN 5035
17
Desk lamps Ceiling lamps Guillotines
Paper and material guillotines

High quality made in Germany
Precise, safe and fast and not only for paper.

Precisely adjustable stops guarantee exact dimensions.
Quality blades, solid blade hinge and safety guards.
Entry level model
Compact model
Convenient model
Precision lever guillotine
Functional design. Laser cut universal

blade made of special steel with non-stick
coating. Transparent clamping rail with
finger protection and clear view of the
cutting edge as a visual aid.
Optionally for A4 or A3.
High performance model for A4 format.

Manual clamping rail with fixed, transparent blade guard and integrated cut
indicator (clearly indicates the cut line).
Precision side stop made of metal with
infinitely adjustable back stop.
Large cutting table, sturdy all metal
construction.
Measuring scale in mm/inches.
Manual clamping.
Automatic clamping for precise, convenient cutting. EASY-LIFT release lever to

raise the clamp for easy removal of cut
items. Sturdy, all metal cutting table.
Transparent blade guard with integrated
cut indicator.
Optionally for A4 or A3.
High cutting capacity for up to 50 sheets.

Manual paper press with hand lever for
cutting lengths up to 710 mm.
Narrow cutting function. Paper supports.
Front and back stop with measurements
in mm/inches.
Automatic blade guard (for 710 mm cuts:
fixed blade guard).
For oversize formats
Manual stack cutter
Roll cutters
The blunt angled, ground blade for paper and materials

also cuts cardboard, corrugated cardboard, plastic and
metal films, thin sheeting, rubber matting etc. with ease.
Can be resharpened.
Max. cutting depth 4mm. Sturdy base frame.
Pedal operated paper clamp.
Folding side table supports materials when cutting and is
particularly advantageous for large formats. Side stop
with measurement scale in mm/inches. Front and back
stops with narrow cutting function for cutting range
between 1 and 10 mm. Rotary scale knob to adjust range
of the front stop. Scale in DIN sizes. Fixed blade guard
made of transparent, shatterproof plastic.
Model
Cutting length
122392
Cutting length: up to 435 mm or stacks of paper up to

40 mm high minimum cut: 34 mm
Sturdy all metal construction. Particularly safe due to

Safety Cutting System: swivelling, transparent safety
guard on the front table (automatically locked during the
cutting process) and transparent safety guard at the rear.
Patented quick clamping lever.
Precision rear and side stops for laying down cutting
material at exact angles. Scale ring on the hand crank of
the rear stop for exact measurements.
With base frame.
Tabletop version, without base frame, available on
request.
Cutting length 1350 mm or 1550 mm
Equipped for industrial use, suitable for cutting blueprints,

paper and film, plans, photos, posters or other large
format digital prints. Side parts open on both sides for
sliding through and cutting large format items.
Smooth running safety cutting head with self-sharpening
round blade made of hardened steel.
Cutting rail made of rust-free cutlery steel.
Automatic clamping of cutting material with transparent
clamping rail. Practical collection tray for cutting waste.
Complete with stable base frame.
mm
340
430
350
350
460
385
580
710
800
1100
430
1350
1550
Cutting capacity sheets

(DIN A4, 70 g/m2)
15
15
25
25
30
50
40
40
20
20
cutting depth
max. 40 mm
cutting depth
max. 0.8 mm
cutting depth
max. 0.8 mm
Table
W x D mm
Working height
mm
250 x 340
250 x 430
304 x 385
304 x 385
356 x 510
356 x 403
356 x 604
506 x 765
605 x 800
730
760 x 1100
730
880 x 880
770
1350 x 295
865
1550 x 295
865
424 481-BK
424 482-BK
520 752-BK
520 753-BK
520 754-BK
424 486-BK
424 487-BK
424 488-BK
424 489-BK
424 490-BK
522 196-BK
520 755-BK
520 757-BK
82.50
115.50
126.50
192.50
269.50
285.00
406.00
560.00
1095.00
1535.00
1095.00
725.00
765.00
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122392
Cutter lever in pearl grey.

Plastic parts in ruby red RAL 3003.
925
17
1
g
No. 512 589-BK
49.00
2
NEW
NEW
Labelling devices
1 LabelManager 210 D
2 LabelManager 280
3 LabelManager 500 TS
4 LabelManager 420 P
For 9 mm and 12 mm wide label rolls

3 fonts, 6 letter sizes,
6text styles
220 symbols and clip art
Last label memory and stores up to
9 labels
Large display
Individual labels with all fonts and
graphics on your computer
Stand alone or PC/Mac supported
operation via USB2.0 interface
Automatic shut-off

No. 512 589-BK
g 49.00
For 9 mm, 12 mm, 19 mm and 24 mm

wide label rolls
Large, full colour touch screen for
easier operation, with print preview for
quick editing and formatting of labels
10 fonts, 12 letter sizes, 13styles,
15 borders, 1 underline
Memory for the last 15 printed labels,
the 10 most used labels and for 10 label
templates
Up to 5 lines of text (19 mm and 24 mm)
Premium, 300 dpi print quality for
photos, logos, icons and bar codes
Bar codes: UPC-E, code39, code128,
EAN-13, EAN-8 and UPC-AE20
Stand alone operation or via USB2.0
interface on PC/Mac for editing and
previewing with a monitor
Mains adapter for 1

Connection voltage 240 V.
No. 752 522-BK
For 9 mm, 12 mm and 19 mm wide label

rolls
Large, backlit 4-line display on which
thetext effect is shown before the
label is printed
7 letter sizes, 8 fonts, 10styles,
8 borders, 1underline
Bar codes: UPC-E, code39, code128,
EAN-13, EAN-8, UPC-A
USB2.0 connection for PC or Mac
ABC keypad for easy navigation
Quick access keys for the entryof
diacritical symbols, currency symbols
and other symbols
15 label memory and text memory
functions

g 38.45
Power supply
1 optionally with batteries or via 240 V

mains adapter (not included).
No. 970 265-BK
g 76.90
2 4 with environmentally friendly

power supply: rechargeable lithium-ion
battery set and mains adapter for
charging as standard.
No. 970 266-BK
g 252.00
No. 522 200-BK
D1 label rolls
Quick and user friendly, simply insert the
cassette and start printing.
Width
mm
125029
Pack of
Colours
Labels are easily separated from the

backing paper due to the slits on the back.
Assortment of label rolls

one of each roll above
g 137.50
In 4 different widths.
All 7 mlong.
Please note our special discounts for
packs.
12
19
24
black on white
black on transparent
black on yellow
black on red
red on white
g / pack
716 335-BK
716 336-BK
716 337-BK
716 339-BK
716 341-BK
977 724-BK
977 725-BK
977 726-BK
977 727-BK
977 728-BK
931 659-BK
931 667-BK
931 675-BK
931 683-BK
931 691-BK
977 729-BK
977 731-BK
977 732-BK
977 733-BK
977 734-BK
716 343-BK
716 344-BK
716 345-BK
716 346-BK
716 347-BK
977 735-BK
977 736-BK
977 737-BK
977 738-BK
977 739-BK
752 515-BK
752 516-BK
752 518-BK
752 519-BK
752 520-BK
977 740-BK
977 741-BK
977 742-BK
977 743-BK
977 744-BK
20.80
83.60
21.90
90.20
27.40
116.60
32.90
136.40
No.
g
716 342-BK
702 503-BK
716 348-BK
752 521-BK
83.60
90.20
116.60
BLUE =
136.40
125029
For 9 mm and 12 mm wide label rolls

1 or 2 printed lines (9 mm and 12 mm)
Horizontal and vertical printing
6 letter sizes, 7 fonts,
8border styles
Semi-graphic display with print
preview
Integrated RACE function (symbol input
similar to writing a text message)
Country specific language setting
5
+
6
Labelling devices Laminating devices Laminating pouches
17
Laminating devices
Laminating systems protect and preserve
your important documents, photos and
colour copies and enhance them with a
glossy look.
Both sides are coated at the same time
with a durable, transparent film. This
simple process makes your documents
waterproof, increases durability, protects
against forgery and enhances appearance.
Simply place the item to be laminated in
the appropriate film pouch and insert in
the machine. The devices can be operated
without carrier (film transport pouch)
without problems.
3 HIGHSPEED system
Laminates up to 160 A4 sheets per hour,
photo quality. Easy to operate digital,
variable temperature control. Countdown/
remaining time indicator, otherwise as 2.
4 QUICKSTART system
Ultra fast warm-up time of less than
1minute. Sure-Flow anti-jamming technology, lamination temperature adjustable
via push button, QuickRelease technology
for easy, quick removal of improperly
inserted documents. Energy saving, automatic shut-down after 30 minutes.
5 i-LAMEASY system
1 BASIC system
Quick laminating speed, perfect for maximum productivity. SureFlow anti-jamming
technology, release feature for easy,quick
removal of improperly inserted documents.
Lamination temperature can be easily
adjusted at the touch of a button. Automatic shut-down after 30 minutes, energy
saving and environmentally responsible.
2 OFFICE system
Photo quality lamination results.
Adjustable temperature for optimum
adaptation to film and document thickness.
Coloured setting marks for user-friendly
operation. The catch tray supports laminated documents while still hot to prevent
bending/waving. Reverse button for use in
case of film jam.
Model
No need to make any adjustments for

perfect laminating results. Photo button for
optimised lamination of photos and thick
paper. Manual reverse function to clear
jams. Insulated to keep housing temperature cool.
6 i-LAMTOUCH system
No adjustments necessary, automatic
recognition of document thickness and
corresponding automatic speed regulation. (Intelligent sensor technology.)
Patented, fold-out feed and ejection trays
for smooth lamination of documents.
Perfect, hassle free feeding of film.
Jam detection with automatic reverse.
Insulated exterior housing.
Automatic shut-down after idle for
30 minutes.
Heating system
Temperature adjustment
Max. size
Working width
Warm-up time
Max. speed
Film thickness
Weight
mm
min
mm/min
m
mm
kg
2 rollers
variable
A4
A3
241
303
4
4
500
500
75 125
75 125
120 x 385 x 175
120 x 475 x 175
2.0
2.3
No.
g
4 rollers
variable
A3
324
5
400
75 250
185 x 615 x 240
5.5
4 rollers
variable
A3
324
5
800
75 180
185 x 615 x 240
6.3
2 rollers
variable
A3
301
<1
500
75 125
117 x 400 x 175
3.5
2 rollers
variable
A4
A3
230
320
6
6
414
414
80 125
80 125
99 x 397 x 146
99 x 487 x 146
2.1
2.6
4 rollers
set max. 135 C
A4
A3
230
320
5
5
700
700
80 250
80 250
143 x 414 x 217
143 x 525 x 217
3.9
5.1
6 rollers
set max. 142 C
A3
320
5
1900
80 250
143 x 525 x 217
6.3
522 283-BK
522 284-BK
604 874-BK
604 875-BK
520 777-BK
754 973-BK
754 975-BK
754 980-BK
754 981-BK
754 982-BK
119.90
141.90
196.90
252.00
153.90
108.90
152.90
196.90
263.00
373.00
Premium laminating pouches for special applications
124895
Format
credit card
business card
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A4 high speed
A4 matt
A3 matt
A4 for filing
A5 self-adhesive
A4 self-adhesive
Size
mm
Pack
of
54 x 86
60 x 90
80 x 110
111 x 154
154 x 216
216 x 303
303 x 426
216 x 303
216 x 303
303 x 426
216 x 303
154 x 216
216 x 303
300
300
300
300
200
200
100
200
200
100
100
200
100
YELLOW =
Ex stock
A High speed laminating

pouches
30% faster, ideal for high volume lamination jobs.
Melted horizontally, which allows them to
be inserted and fed through faster. For all
A3 laminating devices.
80 m
No.
g / pack
508 847-BK
508 848-BK
508 865-BK
54.90
54.90
64.80
Film thickness
125 m
No.
g / pack
15.30
508 849-BK
21.90
508 850-BK
29.60
508 851-BK
63.70
508 852-BK
54.90
508 854-BK
76.90
508 855-BK
71.40
508 856-BK
87.90
510 589-BK
127.50
510 590-BK
127.50
510 591-BK
76.90
510 588-BK
93.40
510 592-BK
82.40
510 593-BK
B Matt laminating pouches

Resulting lamination has an elegant,
high quality appearance. The matt finish is
non-reflecting and can be written on.
C Laminating pouches for filing
D Self-adhesive laminating
pouches
Film pouches with self-adhesive backing
for attaching to surfaces.
Ideal for warning signs, information signs,
navigation etc.
High gloss film pouches with universal

hole pattern, suitable for almost all
standard folders and ring binders.
175 m
No.
g / pack
508 863-BK
508 864-BK
108.90
98.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
124895
The high polyester content and the very

low glue content prevent the rollers and
heating plates from gluing up. Ideal for
problem free operation of your devices.
Premium quality, high gloss for
particularly high quality lamination.
Also for lamination devices with carrier
operation. Excellent results even with
temperature sensitive documents.
927
17
Document shredders entry level models
Paperclip-proof, quality cutting mechanisms

Strip or particle type cut to DIN 32757
Energy saving, particularly quiet running drive
Motor with double fuse protection against overheating
Automatic start/stop via light barrier (except for 1)
Multifunction switch for forwards (stand-by), stop/reverse
Mechanical safety guard in the feed opening
1 Inexpensive basic model
3 Compact, professional model
High performance and new design.

Integrated handles ensure easy lifting of
the top part of the unit. Sleek collection
container (20 litre capacity).
for the desk

Professional, easy operation. Available
with strip or particle type cut. High quality
wooden base cupboard. Removable shredded paper collector with vision panel as a
fill level indicator. Automatic shutdown via
magnetic switch when collection container
is removed (particle cut shredders).
2 Automatic is better
1+2
Max. 13 sheets
Practical recess handles
in housing for easy lifting
when the waste container
is full
Compact device with infrared barrier control. Available with strip or particle type
cut. Automatic shutdown via magnetic
switch when top is lifted (particle cut
shredders). Integrated handles make
emptying the collection container easy
(20 litre capacity).
mechanism for CDs/DVDs. Separate

collection container (capacity approx.
3 litres) foreasy separation of waste.
Multifunction switch
with indicator light
Document shredders with SPS safety package
Max.
13 sheets
4 Same as 3, but with separate cutting
Shuts off automatically

when collection
container is removed
EASY_SWITCH multifunction switch uses colour signals and illuminated symbols

to guide the user
Patented, electronically controlled safety guard in the feed opening
Automatic reverse (prevents paper jams) with automatic shutdown
Automatic shutdown when collection container is full
Electric door locking via magnetic switch
Motor with double fuse protection against overheating
Environmentally responsible energy saving mode
Max. 13 sheets,
with separate CD cutting mechanism
5 More comfort for the office

professional
Automatic start/stop via infrared barrier.
High quality wooden base cupboard.
Environmentally friendly 35 litre collection
container made of impact resistant plastic.
Quiet running 390 W motor. Mobile wooden
base cupboard.
5
Max. 17 sheets
56
Particularly safe due to the
electronically controlled,
transparent safety guard.
User friendly operation
with EASY_SWITCH: A
large, backlit multifunction
switch that uses colour
signals and illuminated
symbols to guide the user.
6 High power
Extra powerful with quiet running 580 W
motor. Automatic start/stop via light barrier. High quality wooden base cupboard.
Environmentally friendly 35 litre collection
container made of impact resistant plastic.
Mobile on swivel castors. Strip cut device
is suitable for destroying CDs.
IDEAL document shredders are quality

products Made in Germany.
The all steel blade shafts are made of a
special hardened steel to ensure a
particularly long service life and a full
10 year guarantee on the cutting rollers.
6
Max. 24 sheets
Type of cut
Cutting width
Cutting capacity (A4 70 g/m)
DIN 66399 security level
Suitable for the destruction of CDs
Motor power at full cutting capacity
Working width
Collection capacity
Height
Width x depth
119156
Weight
Noise level approx.
W
mm
litres
strips
4
11 13
P-2
150
220
20
strips
4
11 13
P-2
150
220
20
particles
3 x 25
67
P-4
150
220
20
strips
4
11 13
P-2
150
220
20
particles
3 x 25
67
P-4
150
220
20
strips
4
11 13
P-2
yes
150
220
20 + 3
particles
3 x 25
67
P-4
yes
150
220
20 + 3
strips
4
15 17
P-2
390
240
35
particles
2 x 15
10 12
P-5
390
240
35
strips
4
22 24
P-2
yes
580
240
35
particles
2 x 15
11 13
P-5
580
240
35
mm
mm
452
345 x 215
452
345 x 215
452
345 x 215
537
345 x 220
537
345 x 220
537
345 x 220
537
345 x 220
700
395 x 295
700
395 x 295
700
395 x 295
700
395 x 295
kg
dB(A)
6.0
50
6.0
50
7.0
50
10.5
50
11.5
55
12.5
50
13.0
55
22.0
54
22.0
54
23.0
54
23.0
54
984 497-BK
984 498-BK
984 499-BK
984 501-BK
984 502-BK
522 259-BK
522 261-BK
507 502-BK
507 503-BK
507 505-BK
507 506-BK
130.90
185.90
241.00
269.50
324.50
346.50
401.50
450.00
523.00
505.00
578.00
mm
sheets
No.
g
BLUE =
119156
Model
Document shredders
17
Advantages of all models

on this page
Paperclip-proof, quality cutting rollers

All steel blade shafts for a long service life
Strip or particle type cut toDIN66399
Energy saving drive mechanism
Automatic start/stop via infrared barrier
EASY_SWITCH multifunction switch uses
colour signals and illuminated symbols to
guide the user
Base cupboard with swivel castors
SPS safety package

(SafetyProtectionSystem)
Patented, electronically controlled safety
guard
Automatic reverse with automatic
shutdown (prevents paper jams)
Automatic shutdown when collection
container is full
Electric door locking via magnetic switch
Motor with double fuse protection
Environmentally responsible energy saving
mode
8 b Patented ECC
(ElectronicCapacityControl)
Displays available capacity whilst
shredding
Office document shredders
Max. 23 sheets
Max. 32 sheets
9
Max. 32 sheets
Heavy duty
office document shredders
a For large offices and large formats
b Shredding power for large offices
Particularly powerful 1300 W motor for

continuous operation.
Robust, dustproof motor with twin drive
system.
400 mm working width for large formats
and continuous computer paper.
Collection capacity 165 litres.
Quiet running, very powerful 1600 W AC

motor for continuous operation. Robust,
dustproof motor with chain drive.
Automatic, continuous oil injection onto
the cutting rollers during shredding
guarantees reliably consistent high cutting
capacity.
405 mm working width for computer lists
and larger formats.
Collection capacity 165 litres.
7 Attractive and powerful for small

offices
Document shredders with SPS offer the
maximum level of safety available.
User friendly operation thanks to the
EASY_SWITCH.
260 mm working width.
Environmentally friendly collection container
made of impact resistant plastic.
75 litre collection capacity.
on the cutting rollers

(provided use is as intended)
7b
Accessories
Electric safety guard for

safe shredding even CDs
(depending on type of cut).
8 Main office shredder, e.g. next to the

copier
Same features as 7, but with more powerful
640 W motor for continuous operation.
100 litre collection capacity.
PE collection bags for 7, 8 and 9

Pack of 50.
No. 751 283-BK
7b
EASY_SWITCH with colour
codes and LED indicators
for operating status.
9 Main office shredder

Powerful 640 W motor for continuous operation. Robust, dustproof motor with twin-drive
system. Practical 310 mm working width
forA4 (vertically or horizontally) or A3, fed
horizontally. Collection capacity120litres.
7b
Shredded material is
collected in a practical,
light weight collection
container made of impact
resistant plastic.
g / pack 65.90
PE collection bags for a and b

Pack of 50.
No. 751 284-BK
g / pack 71.50
Oil for cutting rollers

For particle cut shredders.
2 litre pack.
No. 751 288-BK
g / pack 58.20
Oil for cutting rollers for b

5 litre pack.
No. 614 318-BK
109859
a
Max. 41 sheets
g / pack 87.90
strips
4
21 23
P-2
yes
580
260
75
particles
2 x 15
10 12
P-5
580
260
75
strips
4
30 32
P-2
yes
640
260
100
particles
4 x 40
25 27
P-4
yes
640
260
100
strips
4
30 32
P-2
yes
640
310
120
particles
4 x 40
25 27
P-4
yes
640
310
120
strips
6
39 41
P-2
yes
1300
400
165
particles
4 x 40
28 30
P-4
yes
1300
400
165
strips
6
50 55
P-2
yes
1600
405
165
particles
4 x 40
40 45
P-4
yes
1600
405
165
870
500 x 377
870
500 x 377
926
495 x 470
926
495 x 470
930
538 x 470
930
538 x 470
970
640 x 590
970
640 x 590
1010
640 x 590
1010
640 x 590
30.0
54
30.5
54
48.0
52
48.0
52
52.0
52
52.0
52
82.0
55
87.0
55
115.0
55
115.0
54
984 503-BK
984 504-BK
614 314-BK
614 315-BK
522 262-BK
522 263-BK
522 264-BK
522 265-BK
614 316-BK
614 317-BK
677.00
765.00
905.00
999.00
1010.00
1115.00
1590.00
1810.00
2890.00
3110.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

b
Max. 55 sheets
More powerful equipment and higher

security levels available on request.
Description of security levels

KAISER + KRAFT
109859
929
17
Document shredders
For all CLASSIC and
SECURIO document shredders

High cutting capacity
Cutters made of specially hardened
steel, resistant to staples and paper
clips
Low power consumption
Connection voltage 230 V / 50 Hz
HSM CLASSIC in light grey RAL7035,

HSM SECURIOintraffic whiteRAL9016.
17 litres,
max.8sheets
DIN66399security levels
Level P-1
For general material.
Strips 12mm and narrower.
Level P-2
For internal material.
Strips6mmand narrower.
Level P-3
For sensitive material.
Strips2mmand narrower.
Level P-4
For confidential material.
Particles4x40 mm and smaller.
Level P-5
For sensitive confidential material.
Particles2 x 15mm and smaller.
Level P-6
For confidential material where
exceptionally high security requirements must be met.
Particles0.8 x 12mm and smaller.
Level P-7
For extremely confidential material
where the highest security requirements must be met.
Particles0.8 x 5mmandsmaller.
HSM CLASSIC
1 3 Compact devices for
shredding directly at
your desk
Automatic start/stop and integrated
reverse function
Zero power use in stand-by mode
3 with removable collection container

withvision panel to check fill level.
4 5 Central devices for

offices with more than
one person
Powerful drive for longer periods of use

Easy to move on castors
Automatic start/stop control via
photocell
Automatic stop when container is full
or if door is opened
Depending on security level, with feed
slot for the destruction of CDs
25 litres,
max.12sheets
4
76 litres,
max.24sheets
... on all cutting rollers,

provided use is as intended.
Strips
Oil for cutting rollers

For all particle cut shredders.
Oiling after every emptying increases the
service life of the cutting rollers.
3
33 litres,
max.18sheets
No. 729 453-BK
Model
Type of cut
Cutting width
Cutting capacity (70 g A4 paper)
Working width
Collection capacity
Height
Width x depth
Weight
Noise level approx.
Also suitable for the destruction of
Particles
(cross cut)
More powerful equipment and

higher security levels available on
request.
g / litre 43.95
5
120 litres,
max.42sheets
W
mm
litres
strips
3.9
78
P-2
120
225
17
strips
3.9
12
P-2
150
225
25
particles
4 x 25
6
P-4
150
225
25
strips
3.9
16 18
P-2
440
240
33
particles
3.9 x 30
12 14
P-4
440
240
33
strips
3.9
22 24
P-2
670
255
76
particles
3.9 x 30
15 18
P-4
670
255
76
strips
5.8
40 42
P-2
1400
300
120
particles
3.9 x 40
25 27
P-4
1400
300
120
strips
3.9
13 15
P-2
300
225
25
particles
4 x 25
67
P-4
300
225
25
mm
mm
410
305 x 200
423
326 x 240
423
326 x 240
583
375 x 281
583
375 x 281
828
448 x 347
828
448 x 347
895
500 x 470
895
500 x 470
455
366 x 258
455
366 x 258
kg
dB(A)
3.8
61
4.0
60
credit cards
4.5
60
12.5
58
26.0
60
CDs
30.0
62
credit cards
980 615-BK
980 616-BK
980 618-BK
424 493-BK
424 494-BK
729 438-BK
729 439-BK
729 440-BK
980 620-BK
522 202-BK
522 203-BK
97.90
130.90
174.90
340.00
428.00
604.00
692.00
1020.00
1185.00
174.90
230.00
729 447-BK
729 447-BK
729 448-BK
729 448-BK
729 449-BK
729 449-BK
27.40
27.40
54.90
54.90
65.90
65.90
mm
sheets
No.
g
11.5
58
credit cards
42.0
50.0
56
56
credit cards + CDs
4.0
55
credit cards
4.5
55
PE collection bags
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
BLUE =
127421
127421
Accessories
Document shredders
17
HSM SECURIO
The new product line from HSM
6
25 litres,
max.15sheets
Modern and elegant design

Tolerable operating noise
Very user friendly operation
6 7 Directly at your desk

Automatic start/stop function
Multi-function operating button
Automatic reverse in case of paper jam
Removable collection container with
vision panel 7 to check fill level
6 with ZES (Zero Energy Stand-by), zero

power use in stand-by mode
8 9 For offices with more
than one person
25 litres,
max.15sheets
Multi-function button for start, stop,

temporary and mode
Removable collection container with
vision panel to check fill level
a
145 litres,
max.39sheets
a c For large offices or entire

floors
Multi-function button, reverse button and
integrated button lock
Vision panel to check fill level
Automatic oiler for the cutting rollers on
particle cut shredders
8
34 litres,
max.24sheets
b
145 litres,
max.47sheets
6 7 + a c with folding safety

element with noise guard and integrated
service flap.
7 c with EMCS
(EnergyManagementControlSystem)
Up to 90 % energy savings compared to
conventional stand-by mode.
Two-step auto switch-off function:
2 minutes after use, thedevice
automatically switches to the energy
saving mode
1 hour after use, the device
automatically switches off completely
This ensures that no power is used during
the night and on weekends.
8 b mobile on castors.
c with PAPERcontrol to monitor the
amount of paper inserted to prevent paper

jams.
82 litres,
max. 24 sheets
Model
Type of cut
Cutting width
mm
Cutting capacity (70 g A4 paper)
sheets
W
Working width
mm
Collection capacity
litres
Height
Width x depth
Weight
Noise level approx.
Also suitable for the destruction of
a c with separate CD
cutting mechanism and
collection container on
request.
More powerful equipment
and higher security levels
mm
mm
205 litres,
max.63sheets
strips
3.9
14 15
P-2
400
230
25
particles
3.9 x 30
10 11
P-4
400
230
25
strips
3.9
22 24
P-2
500
240
34
particles
4.5 x 30
17 19
P-4
500
240
34
strips
3.9
22 24
P-2
500
310
82
particles
4.5 x 30
17 19
P-4
500
310
82
strips
3.9
37 39
P-2
1800
330
145
particles
4.5 x 30
29 31
P-4
1800
330
145
strips
3.9
45 47
P-2
2100
330
145
particles
4.5 x 30
35 37
P-4
2100
330
145
strips
3.9
61 63
P-2
2600
400
205
particles
3.9 x 40
43 46
P-4
2600
400
205
542
365 x 280
542
365 x 280
605
395 x 317
605
395 x 317
793
497 x 398
793
497 x 398
936
580 x 550
936
580 x 550
936
580 x 550
936
580 x 550
1025
700 x 592
1025
700 x 592
kg
dB(A)
No.
g
4.6
55
credit cards
5.2
55
18.0
20.5
56
56
credit cards + CDs
25.5
27.0
56
56
credit cards + CDs
64.0
68.0
60
60
credit cards + CDs
67.0
72.0
59
59
credit cards + CDs
105.0
105.0
67
67
CDs + USB sticks
522 204-BK
522 205-BK
610 297-BK
610 298-BK
610 299-BK
610 300-BK
522 206-BK
522 207-BK
522 209-BK
522 211-BK
522 213-BK
522 214-BK
285.00
340.00
450.00
538.00
648.00
725.00
1645.00
1865.00
1975.00
2195.00
2745.00
3075.00
729 447-BK
729 447-BK
729 448-BK
729 448-BK
729 451-BK
729 451-BK
729 451-BK
729 451-BK
729 452-BK
729 452-BK
27.40
27.40
54.90
54.90
87.90
87.90
87.90
87.90
119.90
119.90
PE collection bags
Pack of 100
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125034
125034
Accessories
931
17
Clear view panel systems
Several practical versions available
1 Complete wall holder sets

Sheet steel, powder coated in light grey RAL 7035.
Supplied with 10 A4 clear view panels, with profile frame.
Assorted colours: 2 pieces each in red, blue, yellow,
green and black. 10 clip-on tabs, 58 mm long.
Can be expanded by simply placing other units next to
each other. With fastening material.
Saving when compared to buying individual units.
Pack of
sets
No.
g / pack
916 225-BK
982 289-BK
51.60
92.30
2 Metal wall holder, empty
Holds 10 A4 clear view panels.

For mounting on walls or on sales displays.
Sheet steel, light grey RAL 7035.
Can be placed next to each other in rows as needed.
No. 734 894-BK
g 26.30
3 Complete table stand sets

Sturdy and easy to use table stand, L-shaped. Made of
solid sheet steel with scratch resistant powder coating,
Clear view panels incl. clip-on tabs, 58 mm long,
with blank labels.
Assortments
Set of 10: 2 panels each in red, yellow, green, blue and
black. Set of 20: 5 panels each in red, yellow, green, and
blue. Set of 30: 5 panels each in red, yellow, green, blue,
black and grey.
Note the price advantage compared to buying individual
items.
Panels
incl. clip-on tabs
No.
g / set
10
20
30
507 516-BK
734 881-BK
507 517-BK
63.70
90.10
129.70
4 Metal table stands, empty

Suitable for A4 clear view panels.
L-shaped sheet steel, scratch resistant powder coating
in grey.
Model
3
6
No.
g
For 10 panels
For 20 panels
507 513-BK
734 882-BK
62.60
79.20
5 Complete wall holder sets, magnetic

Holder made of sheet steel, powder coated light grey
RAL 7035. Magnetic back for easy attachment to metallic
objects such as shelving units, machines etc. Supplied
complete with 5 A4 clear view panels, profile frame in
black.
Pack of 2
Order quantity
No.
g
1 2 packs
3+ packs
522 245-BK
522 246-BK
71.40
65.90
6 Table and wall holders
No. 506 602-BK
g 76.90
BLUE =
119157
119157
Can be used horizontally and vertically.

Price lists, telephone numbers etc. are always close at
hand and protected against dirt.
Made of sheet steel, powder coated in light grey
RAL 7035.
Including 10 A4 clear view panels (2 each in red, blue,
yellow, green and black) and 10 clip-on tabs, 58 mm long.
With fastening material for wall mounting.
Clear view panel systems Clear view panels
17
7 Clear view panels with profiled frame

For A4. Robust, all round, coloured polypropylene frames.
Matt, low reflection polypropylene film, non-distorting and
scanner compatible.
For price lists, catalogue pages, photos etc.
Pack of 10.
Frame
Black
Red
Blue
Green
Yellow
Grey
Orange
Colour assortment
g / pack
1 2 packs
3+ packs
734 868-BK
734 869-BK
734 871-BK
734 872-BK
734 873-BK
734 874-BK
522 241-BK
507 515-BK
508 827-BK
508 828-BK
508 830-BK
508 831-BK
508 832-BK
508 833-BK
522 242-BK
508 834-BK
41.75
37.35
Clear view panel

systems
The best search engines are always
the ones which return the sought after
information the fastest.
Clear view panel systems offer a highly
efficient means of locating information.
8 Complete wall holder sets

Holder made of sheet steel, powder coated in light grey
RAL 7035.
Supplied with 5 A4 clear view panels with profile frame.
Ideal for operational instructions in the workshop and
warehouse:
Red for fire safety regulation
Blue for machine operating instructions
Orange for hazardous goods instructions
Pack of 2.
Order quantity
Frame
red
blue
orange
g / pack
1 2 packs
3+ packs
522 248-BK
522 251-BK
522 255-BK
522 249-BK
522 253-BK
522 256-BK
59.30
52.80
9 Complete SHERPA wall holder set

Made of extremely sturdy, glass fibre reinforced
polyamide. Easy to mount on walls. An infinite number of
wall holders can be placed in rows as needed.
Includes: wall holder with 10 A4 clear view panels, 5 each
in grey and black, 10 clip-on tabs, 58 mm with blank labels.
Note the price advantage compared to buying individual
items.
No. 734 876-BK
g / set 59.30
SHERPA wall holder, empty

No. 734 877-BK
g 25.20
a SHERPA modular table stand,

complete sets
Table stand made of glass fibre reinforced polyamide,
with 2 rubber ends for added stability and to prevent it
from slipping.
Incl. A4 clear view panels in grey and black,
clip-on tab for each panel, 58 mm, with blank labels.
Panels incl. clip-on tabs
No.
g / set
10
20
30
507 509-BK
507 510-BK
507 511-BK
96.80
145.20
185.90
SHERPA modular table stand, empty

No. 734 879-BK
g 65.90
b Complete table stand set
No. 916 224-BK
g / set 114.40
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
119158
119158
Core component of the stand is a zinc plated base, around

which 10 A4 clear view panels and a carrier in the middle,
can be turned through 360.
The reading angle can also be varied from 25 to 70
without the stable base toppling over. Graphite colour.
933
17
Sort your information, protect it, update it
and keep it constantly available.
Durable construction.
1 Clear view panels for A4

Made of durable, non-reflecting foil, framed with
plastic-coated steel wire.
Easy to insert material, has sturdy metal rotary pins.
Pack of 10.
All panels in one colour or colour assortment
(2 x red, 2 x blue, 2 x yellow, 2 x green, 2 x black).
5 clip on tabs (height 50 mm).
Quantity
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Schwarz
Assorted colours
g / pack
1 2 packs
3+ packs
721 867-BK
721 875-BK
721 883-BK
721 891-BK
847 771-BK
721 913-BK
508 717-BK
508 718-BK
508 719-BK
508 720-BK
508 722-BK
508 723-BK
48.30
43.90
Clip-on tabs
With blank insert. Height 50 mm.
Pack of 30.
A5 and A3 formats available on request.
No. 140 767-BK
g / pack 16.45
2 Wall display system, complete set A4 size

10 clear view panels A4 1 with wall mounting 3.
Clear view panels, colour assortment, 2 each in red, blue,
yellow, green and black. 5 clip-on tabs (50 mm high).
With fixings.
Pack of
No.
g / Set
1 Set
2 Sets
736 959-BK
977 182-BK
50.50
89.00
3 Wall mounting DIN A4, empty

To hold 10 A4 clear view panels 1.
Made of sheet steel, painted light grey RAL 7035.
Can be endlessly expanded by simply placing other units
next to each other. With fixing materials.
Quantity
No.
g
12
3+
721 921-BK
508 724-BK
25.20
23.00
4 Desk unit, complete set DIN A4
2
3
Slanted construction for easy, one-handed use.

Made from sheet metal, painted light grey RAL 7035.
Delivered with A4 clear view panels, colour assortment,
in red, blue, yellow, green and black.
5 clip-on tabs (50 mm high) for every 10 panels.
Quantity
Desk unit
1 Set
from 2 Sets
10 panels
No.
g / Set
736 960-BK
508 725-BK
98.90
89.00
20 panels
No.
g / Set
736 962-BK
508 726-BK
148.50
126.40
30 panels
No.
g / Set
736 963-BK
508 727-BK
196.90
173.80
5 Desk unit DIN A4, empty

Quantity
5
91007
Desk unit
Desk unit, empty

To take 30 clear view
panels
2+
10 panels
No.
g
736 964-BK
508 728-BK
65.90
54.90
20 panels
No.
g
721 948-BK
508 729-BK
87.90
76.90
30 panels
No.
g
721 956-BK
508 731-BK
98.90
87.90
BLUE =
91007
To take A4 clear view panels 1.
Info stands Clear view panels
17
NEW
Clear view panel systems forA4

VEO the new generation
Displays, protects and organises
your important documents.
For more time, less stress and
improved efficiency every day.
High quality aluminium frame, internal
frame made of ABS plastic.
Pivot spindle panels for A4 made of
polypropylene (PP) with black frame.
Incredibly easy to insert:
one click no tools required.
1 Wall display system

Holder and 10clear view panels
Can be infinitely expanded by simply
placing units next to each other.
No. 756 553-BK
g 76.90
2 Table display system

Stand and 10clear view panels
The table display system can be expanded
from 10 to 20panels by adding a wall
display system.
No. 756 554-BK
g 87.90
Suspended clear view pockets

ForA5,A4 andA3 formats
Format
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
Black
Colour assortment
g / pack
Pack of 10 pockets.
Assorted colour pack contains 2 panels
each in red, blue, yellow, green and black.
A5
A4
A3
139 947-BK
139 963-BK
139 971-BK
139 998-BK
847 801-BK
140 015-BK
140 023-BK
140 074-BK
140 082-BK
140 090-BK
847 828-BK
140 112-BK
140 120-BK
140 139-BK
140 147-BK
140 341-BK
847 836-BK
140 740-BK
42.35
47.85
67.00
Suspended filing
pockets
ForA4 ideal for brochures,
forms, information sheets etc.
For approx. 150 single sheets, A4, 80 g/m.
Durable, non-reflective film. Blue frame
made of plastic coated steel wire. Extra
pocket on back for holding original forms,
etc.
Sturdy metal suspension loops.
122402
Pack of 5 pockets.
No. 736 967-BK
YELLOW =
Ex stock
g / pack 42.35
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Suspended filing
pockets in horizontal
format
Closed at both ends, with
folding crease
Tough, non-reflective film framed with
plastic coated steel wire.
Two metal suspension loops.
Pack of 5 pockets.
Colour assortment: 1 each in red, blue,
yellow, green and black.
No. 831 441-BK
g / pack 52.30
KAISER + KRAFT
122402
Easy to remove and portable. Can be easily

changed.
Made of hardwearing, non-reflecting film.
Framed with plastic coated steel wire.
Metal suspension loops.
935
17
Guidance and orientation systems
Door signs and notice boards quickly lead visitors and
employees in the right direction.
Glass and stainless steel
Timeless, elegant range of signs consisting of two panes of 4 mm thick safety
glass and fasteners made of stainless
steel. Inscriptions are made with a laser
printer using the accessory polyester film
sheets. The printed film is simply placed
between the glass panes. 15 mm wall
clearance.
Supplied with wall mounting materials.
Model
WxHxD
mm
door sign
100 x 100 x 24
100 x 160 x 24
125 x 125 x 24
150 x 150 x 24
150 x 150 x 24
2 door sign with indicator
130 x 200 x 24
3 door sign
210 x 297 x 24
4 A4 info sign
A3 info sign
297 x 420 x 24
polyester film
A4 sheets 210 x 297
A3 sheets 297 x 420
1 with two fasteners, 2 4 with four.
Weight
g/each
Pack
of
220
390
385
540
560
620
850
1630
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
10
5
No.
g / pack
751 627-BK
751 628-BK
751 691-BK
751 692-BK
751 694-BK
751 695-BK
751 751-BK
751 771-BK
751 772-BK
751 789-BK
47.30
48.40
49.50
50.60
43.90
65.90
87.90
65.90
16.45
16.45
Acrylic glass and aluminium
The signs consist of two 3 mm thick panes

of unbreakable, diamond polished acrylic
glass. Virtually undistinguishable fromreal
glass.
The panes are held together with a secure,
lockable clamping bracket system made of
aluminium. Inscriptions made on paper
inserts with your laser printer.
These inserts can be easily changed at any
time: open lock, lift-up spring mechanism,
insert new inscription, lock finished.
15 mm wall clearance.
Insert key to open the frame behind the

glass bracket
Supplied with wall mounting material
andkey.
Economical packaging units.
Model
WxHxD
mm
Weight
g/each
Pack
of
door sign
door sign
A4 info sign
160 x 120 x 25
160 x 120 x 25
160 x 120 x 25
145 x 215 x 25
145 x 215 x 25
145 x 215 x 25
210 x 297 x 25
210 x 297 x 25
297 x 420 x 25
297 x 420 x 25
190
190
190
290
290
290
670
670
990
990
2
5
10
2
5
10
2
5
2
5
A3 info sign
No.
g / pack
751 814-BK
751 850-BK
752 318-BK
752 322-BK
752 323-BK
752 467-BK
752 468-BK
752 488-BK
752 502-BK
752 503-BK
43.90
97.90
185.90
86.90
196.90
357.50
86.90
208.00
107.80
263.00
Cost effective and elegant
124685
Model
door sign
2
3
door sign
A4 notice board
A3 notice board
WxHxD
mm
100 x 100 x 8
100 x 160 x 8
155 x 155 x 8
200 x 100 x 8
210 x 297 x 8
297 x 420 x 8
Exchanging the inserts

Fold out the 15 mm wide aluminium
profiles fold in profiles finished.
Weight
g/each
83
130
157
163
355
670
Pack
of
10
10
10
10
5
3
No.
g / pack
611 566-BK
611 567-BK
611 568-BK
611 569-BK
611 570-BK
611 571-BK
70.40
80.30
92.40
92.40
80.30
69.30
BLUE =
124685
Large buildings can also be fitted with

these door signs at minimal cost.
The signs have a sturdy, 3 mm thick plastic
backing plate.
Paper inserts used for inscriptions.
A UV stabilised, non-reflecting cover film
protects the inserts.
Simple mounting.
17
Signs Guidance systems

High quality aluminium
profile
2
Portrait and landscape
format in one
Information signs and floor stands

1 + 2 Door and information
Can be mounted with screws or adhesive.

Includes mounting kit and detailed
instructions.
Overall depth 9 mm.
Cost effective packaging units make it
affordable to create a guidance system
throughout the entire building.
signs
Classic signs in a new ribbed design are
also ideal for providing your visitors with
information. Made of high quality aluminium
with cardboard inserts which are protected
by a non-reflecting acrylic glass pane.
Model
Description
For sheet insert

W x H mm
Pack
of
A4 info sign
A3 info sign
door sign
door sign
door sign
A4 floor stand
A3 floor stand
210 x 297
297 x 420
149 x 106
149 x 149
210 x 149
210 x 297
297 x 420
2
1
5
5
3
1
1
2
3
Aluminium
door signs
No.
g / pack
925 339-BK
510 992-BK
925 336-BK
925 337-BK
925 338-BK
510 994-BK
510 993-BK
64.90
63.80
62.70
75.90
75.90
157.30
179.30
3 Floor stands
Attractive floor stands made of
aluminium with information sign.
The info sign has a locking mechanism
which allows it to rotate from portrait to
landscape format.
High degree of stability due to heavy
cast iron base in black, with rubberised
pads.
Height with A4 information sign
for portrait format 1180 and landscape
format 1110 mm.
Height with A3 information sign
for portrait format 1250 and landscape
format 1180 mm.
NEW
Attractive slightly convex

sign system, made of silver
anodised aluminium,
for flexible printed matter.
Anti-reflective cover film.
Black, plastic end caps.
Can be mounted
horizontally or vertically.
Screws and wall plugs
supplied for wall mounting.
Economical packaging
units.
NEW
Plastic door signs

Stylish and economical
122403
Model
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
door sign
A6 door sign
door sign
door sign
A5 door sign
notice board
A4 notice board
YELLOW =
Ex stock
WxHxD
mm
Weight
g/each
Pack
of
120 x 105 x 15
148 x 105 x 15
210 x 105 x 15
150 x 148 x 17
210 x 148 x 17
297 x 148 x 17
297 x 210 x 20
102
120
171
197
274
378
567
10
10
10
10
10
5
5
No.
g / pack
756 560-BK
756 561-BK
756 562-BK
756 564-BK
756 565-BK
756 566-BK
756 567-BK
104.50
108.90
119.90
119.90
130.90
75.90
97.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Simply place notices you have printed out between the

acrylic glass panes and fix in place with the plastic
locking mechanism.
Depending on its orientation (turned through 90 degrees)
you can obtain different optical effects.
Screws and wall plugs supplied for wall mounting.
Model
WxHxD
mm
Pack
of
1
2
3
148 x 105 x 15 A6
148 x 157 x 15
148 x 210 x 15 A5
10
10
10
No.
g / pack
756 557-BK
756 558-BK
756 559-BK
75.90
86.90
97.90
KAISER + KRAFT
122403
937
17
Extension kit
For enlarging the
support base
to347x260mm.
g / piece
2+
65.00
No. 713 285-BK
Telephone swivel arms

2
Mobile base cupboards

Ideal for copiers, printers, fax machines,
scanners and much more.
Stackable
Sorting stations
High quality, scratch and shatterproof polystyrene,
light grey RAL7035.
Fixed compartments for A4 (H x W x D 58 x220 x 297 mm)
with wave shaped handle recesses. Every compartment
has a label holder and a blank insertion label. Shelves are
ribbed.
Delivered fully assembled ready for immediate use.
Body made of melamine coated furniture panels in

Space for paper and accessories behind the hinged
doors.
Max. overall load for all three models is 100 kg.
Mobile on 4 swivel castors with wheel stops.
Compartments
1
mm
No.
g
Plate dims.
695
500 x 500
595
700 x 570
425
700 x 570
752 961-BK
752 963-BK
752 962-BK
163.90
208.00
174.90
24
548 x 674 x 308
36
791 x 674 x 308
925 354-BK
925 355-BK
159.50
203.50
Height
WxD
No.
g
mm
mm
mm
Overall height
Height above table surface
Max. load approx.
Order quantity
Colour
Model
Model
For more space on your desk. Rotates 360. Grid mechanism to prevent from swivelling away. Support base can
be mounted horizontally as well as vertically. Four height
adjustable velcro fasteners to easily and securely mount
the telephone. Projection min. 425 mm, max. 657 mm.
Attaches to the tabletop with universal clamp, jaw width
20 to 72 mm.
173 x 260
mm
mm
kg
items
light grey
black
g / each
490
0 250
3
1
2+
713 284-BK
704 974-BK
713 285-BK
704 975-BK
68.00
65.00
Extension kit
Colour
No.
g
light grey
black
716 647-BK
716 648-BK
14.25
14.25
Sorting
stations
Free standing or
wall mounted
These light grey, sturdy
sheet steel stations give
you a clear overview.
Several stations can be
positioned next to, or above
each other on the wall.
Stackable
Compartments
124896
mm
300 x 370 x 240
470 x 370 x 240
Pack of 1
No.
g / pack
977 188-BK
977 185-BK
41.80
60.40
Pack of 2
No.
g / pack
977 189-BK
977 186-BK
74.80
108.90
Universal usage: for placement on

desks, usein cupboards, etc.
Stackable with practical locking
mechanism
Made of high quality, scratch and shatterproof polystyrene, light grey RAL7035.
15 compartments for A4 size. Practical

handle recesses for quick access and
label holder with blank insertion label.
Compartment height 56 mm, capacity
500 sheets (per compartment).
Delivered fully assembled ready for
immediate use.
No. 604 892-BK
BLUE =
g 93.50
124896
Sorting modules
Sorting stations Storage systems
17
Three rows with 21 baskets

Table models
Mail distribution
trolleys
For offices and administrative
departments
Single row of 5 or 8 baskets
The baskets can be easily inserted and

removed.
Each basket with blank, replaceable
labelling plate.
Wall models with mounting material.
Basket dimensions of single row wall

and table models
H x W x D 60 x 270 x 340 mm.
Model
Height
Width x depth
wall mounted
mm
mm
520
270 x 360
Baskets
No.
g
table top
865
270 x 360
865
790 x 360
255
290 x 340
21
739 639-BK
739 640-BK
739 644-BK
739 645-BK
109.90
163.90
329.00
65.90
93.50
Drawer units
To store forms, note paper, etc.
125190
YELLOW =
Ex stock
10
Housing / drawers
grey / dark grey
grey / blue
grey / black
982 807-BK
982 808-BK
982 809-BK
982 813-BK
982 815-BK
982 816-BK
65.90
76.90
kg
200
Shelf
W x D mm
Shelf heights
mm
mm
750 x 350
165 / 535
1010 x 890 x 380
616 158-BK
No.
g
234.50
Economical packaging units

Five drawers for A4 / C4, with pull-out stop.
Stackable.
External dimensions
H x W x D 285 x 290 x 355 mm.
Drawers
330
290 x 340
739 638-BK
Mail and form sets

Made of polystyrene.
Drawers for A4 / C4 format. Replaceable
labels and handle recess for drawers for
easy removal of documents.
Drawers close and always stay flush.
The pull-out stop prevents drawers being
accidentally pulled out.
Max. load
Pack of 2.
Order quantity
Housing / drawers
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

grey / grey
grey / blue
g / pack
External dimensions
H x W x D 255 x 270 x 340 mm.
H x W x D 38 x 234 x 323 mm.
1 pack
2 packs
608 903-BK
608 906-BK
608 905-BK
608 907-BK
49.45
81.40
KAISER + KRAFT
125190
Sturdy steel wire construction
Frame made of robust tubular steel. Shelves

and shelf walls made of steel mesh, mesh
size 100 x 45 mm. Powder coated in white
aluminium RAL 9006. 4 swivel castors,
2 with double stops, wheel 100 mm,
with roller bearings and thread guard.
Basket dimensions of the three-row

wall models
16 baskets, H x W x D 60 x 270 x 340 mm.
Basket sorting stations
939
17
Delivered
fully assembled
on request
Modular furniture combinations

1 + 2 Double door cupboards
Body made of sturdy, 19 mm thick, melamine coated

furniture panels. The rear panels are also melamine
coated, therefore these cupboards are also practical
for use as room dividers.
Sturdy steel plinth, 46 mm high, with height adjustable
glides.
Hinged doors with high quality 180 hinges.
All shelves are height adjustable in 32 mm increments.
Sorting compartments for A4, width x depth 279 x 380 mm,
inside 350 mm deep sorting cupboard with roller shutter.
Standard compartment height of 115 mm, which can be
reduced as needed by using additional shelves.
Sorting shelves are height adjustable and can also be
removed, with aluminium label holders for individual
labelling. Label height 12 mm, with label guides for
DYMO labelling strips.
Sturdy, pull-out sorting shelves on telescopic rails with
a max. load of 40 kg, lock in closed position.
With three height adjustable shelves and one fixed shelf

for five file heights.
Narrow model with one hinged door,
wide model with double hinged doors.
Doors lockable with cylinder lock (2 keys).
3 Sorting cupboards with hinged doors

39 sorting compartments, 33 of which can be pulled-out
and are height adjustable.
With sorting table, extended width x depth 870 x 355 mm.
Double doors with cylinder lock (2 keys).
Model
Colour
125191
18 sorting compartments, 15 of which can be pulled-out

and are height adjustable.
The roller shutter is locked with a cylinder lock (2 keys)
to protect against unauthorised access.
Sorting table, extended width x depth 870 x 355 mm.
Lockable double doors, cylinder lock (2keys). Height
adjustable intermediate shelf, space for two file heights.
mm
light grey RAL 7035
beech finish
1864 x 615 x 440
1864 x 913 x 440
1864 x 913 x 440
1864 x 913 x 440
608 953-BK
608 954-BK
608 951-BK
608 952-BK
608 960-BK
608 961-BK
608 967-BK
608 968-BK
438.00
658.00
747.00
1140.00
light grey RAL 7035

beech finish
608 974-BK
608 975-BK
60.40
608 976-BK
608 977-BK
Accessories
Additional sorting shelves,
pack of 5
g / pack
4 Sorting cupboards with roller shutter
Brochure cupboards suitable for this modular furniture can be found on page 942.
BLUE =
57.10
125191
Sorting made even easier.

All cupboards and shelving units can be
combined as required, they always fit
together nicely.
Modular furniture
17
Delivered
fully assembled
5
9
7
7 Sorting cupboards, wide
9 Sorting stations, wide
Extendable sorting table,

Lockable double doors, cylinder lock
(incl. 2 keys).
Height adjustable intermediate shelf,
space for two file heights.
The professional sorting solution.

42 sorting compartments, 39 of which can
be pulled-out and are height adjustable.
With additional compartment for optimum

mail sorting.
Sorting table, extended width x depth
870 x 355 mm.
Lockable lower cupboard with double
doors, cylinder lock (2 keys).
Height adjustable intermediate shelf,
space for two file heights.
8 Sorting stations, narrow
6 Sorting cupboards, narrow

Fits anywhere.
Sorting table, extended width x depth

570 x 355 mm.
Compartment door with cylinder lock
(2 keys). Height adjustable intermediate
shelf, space for two file heights.
Model
Colour
mm
light grey RAL 7035
beech finish
942 x 913 x 440
1864 x 615 x 420
1864 x 913 x 420
1864 x 615 x 440
1864 x 913 x 440
608 969-BK
608 970-BK
608 958-BK
608 959-BK
608 956-BK
608 957-BK
608 965-BK
608 966-BK
608 962-BK
608 964-BK
340.00
450.00
626.00
523.00
681.00
light grey RAL 7035

beech finish
g / pack
608 974-BK
608 975-BK
608 974-BK
608 975-BK
608 974-BK
608 975-BK
608 974-BK
608 975-BK
60.40
26
60.40
39
60.40
14
60.40
21
No.
g / pack
608 979-BK
608 978-BK
608 982-BK
608 981-BK
604.00
905.00
324.50
489.50
Accessories
Additional sorting shelves
Pack of 5
pack of
125192
Compartment doors
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Compartment doors
Convenient opening, secure storage.
Deposit slot 25 mm high.
Compartment doors (W x H 270 x 95 mm)
made of transparent acrylic glass, each
with separate lock (incl. 2 keys).
One master key for all compartment doors.
Easy assembly, even at a later stage.
Suitable for narrow and wide sorting
units/cupboards.
125192
5 Equipment cupboards
KAISER + KRAFT
941
17
3 With 16 flaps and
2 With 20 flaps
1 With 15 flaps
5 Base cupboard with
4 With 12 flaps and
sliding doors
sliding door cupboard
sliding door cupboard

Matches the cupboards and shelving
units onpages 940 and 941.
All items can be combined with one
another.

Presentation
Access
Sorting and brochure cupboards

Clearly organised presentation and storage of printed
materials and brochures up to size A4.
Brochure cupboards
Effective compartment height 280mm.
Each compartment has a flap which tilts up and
pushes inside a 27 mm deep brochure holder.
Sorting cupboards
With 21 sorting compartments, WxD
279 x 380 mm, removable and height adjustable.
Aluminium label holders for individual labelling.
Label height 12 mm.
Guides for DYMO labelling strips.
Base cupboard with sliding doors.
Sorting unit and base cupboard are available
individually for separate use.
Delivered
fully assembled
Model
124686
Flaps
Sorting compartments
Capacity per sliding door cupboard
mm
No.
g
7 Sorting cupboard with 21compart-
6 Sorting unit with
ments consisting of sorting unit

andbase cupboard
21compartments
15
1864 x 755 x 420
20
1864 x 1000 x 420
16
1864 x 1000 x 420

1 file height
12
1864 x 1000 x 420

2 file heights
942 x 913 x 420

2 file heights
21
922 x 913 x 420
21
1864 x 913 x 420
2 file heights
752 964-BK
752 965-BK
752 966-BK
752 968-BK
752 969-BK
608 937-BK
752 970-BK
658.00
714.00
768.00
747.00
263.00
384.00
505.00
BLUE =
124686
Body made of sturdy, 19 mm thick melamine

coated furniture panels in light grey
RAL 7035. Beech finish on request.
The rear panels are melamine coated as
well, so these cupboards can alsobe used
as room dividers.
Space saving sliding doors, lockable with
cylinder lock, 2 keys.
Sturdy steel plinth, 46 mm high, with height
adjustable glides.
Brochure cupboards Roll-along stools
17
Roll-along stools
You know that it is dangerous to climb on
chairs, particularly swivel chairs, to reach to
a high shelf.
With a roll-along stool it is safe and
comfortable guaranteed!
Comfortable
Just kick the roll-along stool into the position you
require. It glides on spring mounted castors,
even on carpets.
Safe
The black plastic friction ring keeps the roll-along stool
immobile on the floor. You stand securely on the non-slip
tread surface, even with high heels.
Made of shatterproof plastic
Max. load 150 kg

Will not rust
Cannot be scratched
Will not dent

Order quantity
Colour
g
10+ items
red
grey
black
blue
g / each
12
39
10+
605 032-BK
605 033-BK
605 035-BK
605 036-BK
605 038-BK
605 039-BK
605 040-BK
605 041-BK
605 044-BK
605 045-BK
605 046-BK
605 047-BK
45.05
42.85
34.05
12
39
10+
605 005-BK
605 006-BK
605 007-BK
605 008-BK
605 009-BK
605 010-BK
605 011-BK
605 012-BK
605 013-BK
605 014-BK
605 015-BK
605 016-BK
605 017-BK
605 019-BK
605 020-BK
46.15
43.95
39.00
39.00
Max. load 150 kg

Sheet steel, powder coated
Steps with non-slip rubber covering
122398

YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Order quantity
Colour
red
grey
light grey
black
blue
g / each
KAISER + KRAFT
122398
Made of sturdy sheet steel
943
17
from
249.00
Rotary filing system

Save space, time and money.
These rotary filing systems take approx.
80 % more files than conventional shelving
Easy, quiet motion

Ball races to ensure effortless swivelling
Max. load per tier 85 kg
1 Rotates as a single unit, 810 mm
Accessory
Classic rotary filing system. Especially easy and quick

to assemble. The vertical orientation aid stays in place.
2 Each tier swivels independently,

810 mm
Rotary filing systems are particularly convenient for

saving space in corners, but can also be used in open
spaces or between workstations.
Strong, steel construction, light grey finish. Shelves made
from melamine-faced chipboard and fitted with a safety
edge to prevent files from slipping out. Dust cover keeps
files clean.
This model is ideal for use when several people need

access to the same column at once, as each person
can work independently at their shelf.
3 Swivels as a single unit, 1000 mm
For especially efficient use of space. Otherwise as 1.
Supplied knock-down easy assembly.
Model
For safety reasons, systems mounted on castors may

only be built up to a maximum of 4 tiers. The maximum
loads quoted apply to uniformly displaced loads.
The load capacity can fall with very full files.
Only suitable for A4 lever arch files.
Tiers
Load capacity
Extra tier
For additional storage. Can also be fitted afterwards.
Each static column can be built up to a maximum of
6 tiers.
Castors
For greater mobility. Max. load 300 kg.
Overall height increases by 80 mm with castors.
Pack of 4.
max. A4 R80 files
72
96
120
144
72
96
120
144
mm
1230
1580
1930
2280
1230
1580
1930
2280
kg
38
45
52
59
37
46
55
64
light grey
beech effect
951 587-BK
977 022-BK
951 633-BK
977 023-BK
951 641-BK
977 024-BK
951 668-BK
977 025-BK
729 409-BK
977 027-BK
729 410-BK
977 028-BK
729 411-BK
977 029-BK
729 412-BK
977 030-BK
249.00
307.00
340.00
395.00
329.00
428.00
505.00
571.00
Height
Weight approx.
Tier colour
Accessories
72245
One extra tier
No.
951 676-BK
951 676-BK
951 676-BK
951 676-BK
g / pack
49.50
49.50
49.50
49.50
light grey
868 434-BK
977 026-BK
868 434-BK
977 026-BK
743 759-BK
977 031-BK
743 759-BK
977 031-BK
743 759-BK
977 031-BK
beech effect
868 434-BK
977 026-BK
61.60
61.60
61.60
87.90
87.90
87.90
BLUE =
72245
Castors
Rotary filing systems Files File suspension systems
17
A4 files
With plastic surface
Back and cover laminated with easy care
plastic film. Finger hole and space-saving
slots.
Exchangeable rear label.
Back width 52 mm or 80 mm.
Spine width
Pack of
Order quantity
No.
52
mm
80
25
black
blue
red
grey
green
yellow
g / pack
20
up to 4
5+
up to 4
5+
727 196-BK
727 197-BK
727 198-BK
727 200-BK
727 201-BK
727 203-BK
727 204-BK
727 205-BK
727 206-BK
727 207-BK
727 208-BK
727 209-BK
727 211-BK
727 212-BK
727 213-BK
727 214-BK
727 215-BK
727 216-BK
727 217-BK
727 218-BK
727 219-BK
727 220-BK
727 221-BK
727 222-BK
82.40
76.90
70.40
62.50
Suspension filing
1
Alpha A4
3
1000 mm
Model
Levels
File capacity
Height
Weight approx.
Shelf colour
Ideal as suspended storage space for your

desk pedestal. Made from durable, natural
brown Kraft card 230 g/m2. All suspension
files are assembled and ready for use.
With movable full-view tabs and
replaceable blank labels. Plastic laminated
suspension rails, track width 330 mm.
Pack of 50.
3
max. A4 R80
mm
kg
light grey
g
3
108
1230
52
4
144
1580
62
5
180
1930
72
6
216
2280
82
977 032-BK
977 033-BK
977 034-BK
977 035-BK
329.00
406.00
439.00
534.00
Order quantity
Accessories
Swivel castors
No.
g / pack
951 676-BK
49.50
Additional level
light grey
g
977 036-BK
76.90
1 - 3 packs
4+ packs
729 403-BK
Hanging files, thumb holes,

quick filing
No.
g / pack
729 402-BK
42.70
37.40
729 405-BK
Suspension files, open at side,

punched slot at the front and rear cover
No.
g / pack
729 404-BK
49.50
50.40
46.00
977 036-BK
977 036-BK
No.
g / pack
729 407-BK
76.90
Suspension pockets, for storing loose paper

with punched slots and concertina sides
729 406-BK
76.90
65.80
60.30
951 676-BK
Table-top rotary filing system

Practical, space saving circular design is ideal for desks.
Files are always close at hand and can be accessed
without having to stand up.
For up to 24 (A4 R80) files. Quiet, smooth running and easy
to rotate due to ball bearings. Max. load 85 kg. Sturdy
steel construction, painted light grey. Top and base made
of coated chipboard, edge strip prevents files slipping out.
The top plate protects the files from dust. Non-slip design
with 4 height adjustable rubber feet to compensate for
uneven surfaces. Top and base plates optionally in light
grey or beech finish.
Height 440 mm, 810 mm.
No.
g
light grey
Beech effect
424 477-BK
424 478-BK
164.90
164.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
72246
72246
Colour
Beech finish
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
945
17
Self-adhering magnetic
frames
A flexible means of communicating business
hours, special offers, advertising messages,
technical instructions, escape routes, safety
instructions etc.
Info frame with folding, magnetic, transparent and
glare-free front side for quick and convenient changing
of documents.
Informative signs can be quickly and easily created with
your own inkjet or laser printer.
The self-adhesive frames can be adhered to any smooth,
supportive surface, easily removed without a trace and
then repositioned as needed. Can be read from both sides
if two documents are used on a glass surface.
Example applications
Ideal for production and warehouses, for operational
instructions or safety sheets.
For example:
Red for fire safety regulation
Blue for machine operating instructions
Orange for hazardous goods instructions
Green for emergency exit routes
Format
A5
Pack of
Frame
A4
A3
10
20
10
20
12
silver
black
green
orange
blue
red
520 758-BK
520 759-BK
520 790-BK
520 791-BK
520 760-BK
520 761-BK
970 267-BK
520 762-BK
520 763-BK
520 765-BK
520 792-BK
520 793-BK
970 268-BK
520 794-BK
520 795-BK
520 796-BK
520 766-BK
520 767-BK
970 282-BK
520 797-BK
520 798-BK
970 283-BK
g / pack
60.40
114.40
79.20
148.40
71.50
136.40
Sorting boards
A4 sorting compartments
Made of high quality, scratch and shatterproof
polystyrene.
Vertically aligned sorting compartments.
Index compartments on the side.
Optionally available in three sizes and colours.
Model
quantity
height x width mm
depth mm
2 x 10
245 x 234
10
1 x 25
265 x 234
6
2 x 25
265 x 234
6
Index compartments
quantity
height x width mm
depth mm
2 x 10
245 x 30
10
1 x 25
265 x 30
6
2 x 25
265 x 30
6
mm
mm
865 x 544
106
1120 x 273
129
1120 x 544
129
light grey
black
white aluminium
522 187-BK
522 188-BK
522 189-BK
522 181-BK
522 182-BK
522 183-BK
522 184-BK
522 185-BK
522 186-BK
274.00
219.00
328.00
Height x width
Depth
Colour
1
3
2
If your cards are larger or smaller than

A4 portrait format, please see page 948.
BLUE =
124898
Compartments
17
Magnetic frames Sorting boards Document pouches
NEW
Magnetic display pockets

Display information in a visible and organised manner.
Display pockets for headings

Non-reflecting film on front
Very good adhesion
Closed on all sides
UV resistant, easy to clean
These pockets make it easy to quickly, easily and neatly

change titles and headings on any magnetic board.
3 mm filling depth, practical storage for ever changing
headings.
Simply print out text in the desired format, cut document to a height of 46 mm and insert the strip in the
document pouch.
The pockets adhere to all surfaces containing iron and

quickly convert any whiteboard into an well structured
information board.
Permanently flexible film with scratch resistant border.
3 mm filling depth. Closes on all sides with magnets.
Your documents are thus always protected from
contamination.
Functional within temperature range of 25 C to +60 C.
Photo pockets
The ideal display format for your team or department.
Photos (60 x 80 mm), as well as the labelling strip
(60 x 17 mm), can be quickly and easily exchanged.
Keeps documents clean

The display pockets are closed on all sides with extra
strong magnets. Filling depth 3 mm.
Additional sizes A6, A5, A2, A1 and colours white, black, silver, yellow.
ESD compatible version. Pockets with cut-outs so that you can write directly on the document.
Model
display pockets
display pockets
Format
A4
A3
122404
External dimensions
Pack of
Frame
mm
red
blue
grey
orange
green
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Fast document exchange

Lift one corner exchange document release corner
finished.
This allows the display pocket to remain in the same
position. No backing is necessary to centre documents.
225 x 312
5
25
display pockets for headings
312 x 435
5
photo pockets
A4 portrait,
A5 landscape
A4 landscape,
A3 portrait
A3 landscape,
A2 portrait
60 x 80
25
225 x 60
5
312 x 60
5
435 x 60
5
70 x 113
25
605 081-BK
605 082-BK
605 083-BK
756 585-BK
756 589-BK
605 084-BK
605 086-BK
605 087-BK
756 586-BK
756 590-BK
605 088-BK
605 089-BK
605 090-BK
756 587-BK
756 591-BK
605 091-BK
605 092-BK
605 094-BK
756 588-BK
756 592-BK
756 568-BK
756 569-BK
756 570-BK
756 572-BK
756 573-BK
756 574-BK
756 575-BK
756 576-BK
756 577-BK
756 578-BK
756 579-BK
756 581-BK
756 582-BK
756 583-BK
756 584-BK
520 800-BK
34.00
145.20
46.10
190.30
25.20
27.40
30.70
74.80
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122404
947
17
Index board 1 with replaceable labels,

transparent and self-adhesive
Column headings can be easily

exchanged
40 mm
4
1
1350 mm model shown
Extra wide pockets for thick cards or

stacks up to 7 mm sturdy sheet steel
brackets prevent cards from slipping out
Card sorting boards

For A4, vertical orientation
Keep your work documents organised andvisible and work more
efficiently.
Find every card immediately

Large, visible form section, protrudes 40mm from the board
Can be expanded at any time
Easy to mount on a wall or board stand
Ideal for invoices, delivery notes, work progress forms, production orders, quotations
and much more
Body made of 12mm thick MDF panel, melamine coated on both sides.
Pockets made of 1.5 mm thick plastic. Frame made of sheet steel, powder coated in
white aluminium RAL9006. All components are connected with screws.
Concealed mounting kit on the back made of aluminium profiles.
Convenient mounting rails

Veryeasy to mount on walls, shelf units or
board stands.
The extra long aluminium profiles
enablesecure attachment and allow for
lateral adjustment of the board by afew
centimetres at any time.
Concealed spacers limit the insertion

width of the pockets and prevent
documents from sliding backand forth
Available in two heights.
index board
Illustration
Columns
Width x depth
Height 750 mm
Height 1350 mm
90 x 90
1
240 x 90
10
2
470 x 90
20
3
700 x 90
30
605 078-BK
605 071-BK
605 072-BK
605 073-BK
61.60
259.50
384.00
576.00
25
50
75
605 079-BK
605 074-BK
605 075-BK
605 076-BK
85.80
391.50
582.00
868.00
mm
pockets
No.
g
pockets
No.
g
Board stands
card board
Overall height
1610 mm with 750 mm high boards,
1910mmwith1350mmhigh boards.
Max. width 1500 mm.
Depth 670 mm.
We can manufacture sorting board

systems for any card size on request.
122405
If your cards are larger or smaller than A4

portrait format, pleaseenquire.
To hold card sorting boards with an overall

width of up to 1500 mm (=index boardand
6 columns).
Solidly constructed metal frame, painted
white.
4 swivel castors with wheel stops.
No. 605 080-BK
BLUE =
g 549.00
122405
Model
Sorting boards
17
Document sorting boards

Keep your paperwork organised and visible
and work more efficiently.
Find every document immediately

For A4 and A5 formats
For vertical or horizontal storage
Ideal for invoices, delivery notes, work progress
forms, production orders, quotations and much more
122400
Model
For documents
DIN size
document orientation
A4
vertikal
A4
vertical
A4
vertical
A4
vertical
A5
vertical
A4
horizontal
A4
horizontal
A5
horizontal
A5
horizontal
Compartments
quantity
H x W x D mm
1 x 10
240 x 232 x 12
1 x 25
254 x 232 x 6
2 x 25
254 x 232 x 6
2 x 10
240 x 232 x 12
2 x 16
172 x 156 x 6
1 x 12
150 x 340 x 12
1 x 25
172 x 340 x 6
1 x 18
108 x 232 x 6
2 x 18
108 x 232 x 6
mm
830 x 300 x 92
1145 x 305 x 90
1145 x 559 x 90
830 x 550 x 92
830 x 400 x 63
830 x 400 x 63
1045 x 400 x 75
830 x 300 x 48
830 x 550 x 48
Black
No.
g
719 493-BK
719 494-BK
719 495-BK
719 496-BK
719 497-BK
719 499-BK
719 500-BK
761 845-BK
761 846-BK
249.50
356.50
532.00
345.50
296.00
263.00
384.00
285.00
368.50
No.
g
608 894-BK
608 895-BK
608 896-BK
608 897-BK
608 898-BK
608 899-BK
608 900-BK
608 901-BK
608 902-BK
263.00
367.50
560.00
356.50
317.00
274.00
412.50
304.50
399.50
Aluminium silver
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
122400
Store your documents in practical, robust insert bins

sorted into categories and keywords.
Bins in matt black or aluminium silver. Top and bottom
trim made of aluminium, silver anodised.
Supplied complete with wall mounting set and labels for
the sides.
949
17

Premium pin boards

For your messages, placards,
displays of all kinds.
The striking, bright chrome plated corners
and decorative surfaces give these pin
boards a decorative appearance.
Aluminium frame, 30 mm thick, silver
anodised.
Quick and easy to install using the
supplied wall mounting kit.
Can be mounted horizontally and vertically.
External dims.
width x height mm
Fabric covering
weight approx.
Natural cork
weight approx.
Cork linoleum
weight approx.
600 x 450
900 x 600
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
1800 x 1200
2400 x 1200
kg
grey
blue
1.5
611 519-BK
611 527-BK
3.0
611 520-BK
611 528-BK
4.0
611 521-BK
611 529-BK
5.0
611 523-BK
611 531-BK
7.0
611 524-BK
611 532-BK
7.0
611 525-BK
611 533-BK
10.0
611 526-BK
611 534-BK
g
kg
65.90
1.5
138.60
3.0
185.90
4.0
345.50
5.0
399.00
7.0
422.50
7.0
499.50
10.0
No.
g
611 535-BK
611 536-BK
611 537-BK
611 538-BK
611 539-BK
611 540-BK
611 541-BK
43.90
87.90
129.80
232.00
266.00
288.00
334.50
kg
1.5
611 542-BK
3.0
611 543-BK
4.0
611 544-BK
5.0
611 545-BK
7.0
611 546-BK
7.0
611 547-BK
10.0
611 548-BK
82.50
161.70
233.00
421.50
450.00
494.00
549.00
No.
g
1 Fabric pin boards

For displays in exposed areas. Hardwearing, flame retardant fabric surfaces
made of 100 % worsted yarn.
Mobile board frames

For boards up to 1000 mm high
2 Cork pin boards
Height adjustable in three positions.

Floor to lower edge of board: 700 mm,
800 mm and 900 mm.
Solid metal construction, painted white.
4swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Robust and durable.
Min. board width
mm
900
1500
Max. board width
mm
1500
1800
height mm
width x depth mm
1500
840 x 670
1500
1360 x 670
522 191-BK
522 296-BK
174.90
185.90
Frame
No.
g
3 Cork linoleum pin boards

Advantage: the pin holes close up again,
thus showing only minor signs of wear.
900 mm
Push pins
Ergonomic shape, assorted colours.
Suitable for all pin boards.
Pack of 200.
No. 846 732-BK
BLUE =
g / pack 10.95
125193
125193
800 mm
700 mm
Pin boards . Notice boards
17

Premium whiteboards
Three uses in one: can be written on,
magnetic and serves as a projection
surface
The striking, bright chrome plated corners and the high
quality aluminium frame give these boards a stylish and
distinguished look.
The 30 mm thick frame, which is silver anodised or
powder coated in light blue RAL 5012.
Completely smooth board surface made of sheet steel,
enamelled in white. Can be written on with board
markers, dry wipe felt pens. Documents and notes are
easily suspended with magnets. The boards also make
for a good projection surface.
Practical, integrated pen tray.
Quick and easy to install, in portrait or landscape
format, using the supplied wall mounting kit.
Extremely durable board surface due to the stoving

of the enamel layer at approx. 800 C.
Custom models additional sizes available on
request.
Suitable accessories
Round magnets, felt pens, dry wipers, magnetic
rectangles and magnetic strips on page 953.
External dims.
width x height mm
600 x 450
900 x 600
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
1800 x 1200
2400 x 1200
Weight approx.
Aluminium frame
kg
silver anodised
light blue RAL 5012
3.0
6.0
11.0
15.0
26.0
28.0
37.0
506 578-BK
506 586-BK
506 579-BK
506 587-BK
506 580-BK
506 588-BK
506 581-BK
506 589-BK
506 582-BK
506 590-BK
506 584-BK
506 592-BK
506 585-BK
506 593-BK
60.40
129.80
167.20
313.50
346.50
380.50
447.50
Glass whiteboards
Magnetic and floating type mounting
system the unique board
Exclusive whiteboard made of 3 mm thick, pre-stressed
safety glass with rounded corners. Completely smooth
surface with white coating on the back. Magnetic due
to zinc plated metal sheet which is adhered to the
back.
Can be written on with board markers and dry wipe felt
pens.
Supplied with mounting materials, five white special
magnets and a magnetic dry wiper.
Can be mounted horizontally or vertically.
Glass tray, also with white coating on

the back.
With two separately mounted holders.
With strong adhesive force, specifically for glass

whiteboards. White plastic cap, 20 mm.
External dims.
Pack of 30.
Weight approx.
No. 520 783-BK
No.
g
g / pack 27.45
YELLOW =
Ex stock
width x height mm
600 x 450
kg
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
3.5
6.2
11.5
16.5
520 778-BK
520 779-BK
520 781-BK
520 782-BK
76.90
115.50
236.50
329.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

900 x 600
KAISER + KRAFT
125194
Special magnets
125194
Mounted with four decorative aluminium

holders, 20 mm.
A gap of 15 mm behind the board gives
the impression of a floating type mount.
951
17
from g
55.00
Extremely hard wearing stove enamelled finish

at approx. 800 C.
These attractive notice boards with sturdy

aluminium frames are useful to present
information and as tools for planning and
training.
Frames with rounded, plastic corners.
Easy to install using the supplied wall
mounting kit.
Whiteboards
Aluminium frame silver matt anodised or powder coated
in light blue RAL 5012 and flame red RAL 3000.
Absolutely smooth, white surface made of enamelled
steel, can also be used as a projection screen.
Suitable for dry-wipe felt pens. Documents can be simply
fixed with magnets.
Removable aluminium tray along entire width. If mounted
in portrait format, the tray has to be shortened.
Tripod
Folding frame made from square tubular steel,
25 x 25 mm, with 600 mm long pen ledge manufactured
from aluminium and pull-out fixing hook at the top.
Pen ledge at 850 mm height. Finished in light grey RAL 7035.
Suitable for all boards up to size 1500 x 1000 mm.
External dims.
width x height mm
600 x 450
900 x 600
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
1800 x 1200
2400 x 1200
Weight approx.
kg
4.0
6.0
12.0
16.0
22.0
24.0
31.0
Anodised frame
matt silver
g
276 847-BK
276 863-BK
276 898-BK
276 928-BK
276 944-BK
740 824-BK
740 825-BK
55.00
112.20
145.20
277.00
310.00
332.00
399.50
light blue
flame red
611 550-BK
611 558-BK
611 551-BK
611 559-BK
611 552-BK
611 560-BK
611 553-BK
611 561-BK
611 554-BK
611 562-BK
611 555-BK
611 563-BK
611 556-BK
611 564-BK
60.40
123.20
156.20
299.00
332.00
367.50
432.50
No. 930 490-BK
124687
Powder coated frame
g 222.00
Mobile frame
For Tripod with 3 swivel castors
No. 716 658-BK
g 90.20
BLUE =
124687
Suitable accessories, such as round magnets, felt

pens, dry wipers, magnetic rectangles and magnetic
strips can be found on page 953, 954, 964.
Drywipe boards Grid boards Chalk boards
17
Accessories
Suitable for all boards
Round magnets, blue, yellow, red assorted.
mm
Pack of
No.
g / per pack
10
20
30
60
72
36
846 740-BK
846 759-BK
846 767-BK
27.45
38.45
27.45
Grid boards
Accessories
Round magnets, felt pens, dry wipers, magnetic panels
and magnetic tapes.
White, enamelled, magnetic surface.

The surface can be written on with special felt pens.
Two grid sizes are available:
10 x 10 / 50 x 50 mm. 20 x 20 / 100 x 100 mm.
Detachable aluminium utensil tray.
Grid size
Ext.
Weight approx.
mm
No.
g
No. 813 222-BK

10 x 10 / 50 x 50
Width x Height mm
kg
Felt pens, suitable for dry wiping, for white boards.

Blue, red, black and green assorted.
Pack of 20.
g / pack 36.20
20 x 20 / 100 x 100
900 x 600
6.0
1200 x 900
12.0
1500 x 1000
16.0
2000 x 1000
22.0
740 833-BK
740 834-BK
740 835-BK
740 836-BK
138.60
238.50
329.00
499.50
Dry wipers, magnetic, for felt pens.

Pack of 3 wipers and 30 replacement felts.
No. 739 709-BK
g / pack 31.90
Magnetic tapes, 500 x 20 mm, in 6 colours.

Each 3 tapes in white, yellow, green, blue, red and black.
Can be written on and cut to size with scissors.
Pack of 18.
No. 846 775-BK
g / pack 47.20
Chalk boards
Ext.
119165
Weight approx.
W x H mm
kg
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Accessories
Round magnets, magnetic panels and magnetic tapes.
900 x 600
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
6.0
12.0
16.0
22.0
277 282-BK
279 188-BK
279 587-BK
279 609-BK
98.90
163.90
208.00
274.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Magnetic panels, 210 x 297 mm, in 6 colours.

Each 1 panel in white, yellow, green, blue, red and black.
Can be written on and cut to size with scissors.
Pack of 6.
No. 740 851-BK
g / pack 47.20
KAISER + KRAFT
119165
Green, smooth surface providing a clear writing face.

Can be written using chalk and dry wiped.
Magnetic surface. Detachable aluminium utensil tray.
953
17
High power magnets with practical hook
from
For anything that can be suspended.

Painted white. Particularly strong adhesive force.
Pack of 10.
35.00
Holds
mm
kg
No.
g / pack
36
8
47
15
608 911-BK
608 913-BK
40.65
52.80
Economy whiteboards
The cost effective alternative for less intensive use.
Painted white sheet steel. The white board surface is
magnetic, can be written on and dry wiped. Aluminium
frame, anodised in matt silver with grey plastic corners.
Pen tray.
Supplied with mirror-style wall fixings.
Can be mounted horizontally or vertically.
Width x height
mm
No.
g
Width x height
600 x 450
900 x 600
1200 x 900
918 560-BK
918 561-BK
918 562-BK
35.00
49.50
91.30
mm
No.
g
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
918 564-BK
918 565-BK
135.30
179.30
High power magnets

Holds 2 kg. Plastic cap with bevelled edge. Matt finish.
Bottom of magnets are painted to protect the magnetic
surface they are used on.
34 mm.
Pack of 60.
Colour assortment: 15 x white, 15 x red, 15 x blue, 15 x black.
No. 608 914-BK
g / pack 61.60
Super high power magnets

Magnetic clips
For your drawings, plans, sketches and posters.
Documents are simply pushed in and snapped shut in the
holders. Self-adhering, can be removed without a trace
and reused. Self-locking. Grey / black.
Pack of 20.
g / pack 47.30
103771
No. 608 916-BK
Holds
mm
kg
No.
g / pack
Holds
No.
g / pack
16
5
22
8
608 997-BK
608 999-BK
32.90
38.40
25
13
30
21
609 000-BK
609 001-BK
49.40
65.90
mm
kg
Ferrous tape
Rectangular magnets
Self-adhesive, magnetic roll tape with a

special white paint coating. Can be cut
with scissors to individual lengths.
Flexible, can also be adhered around
corners.
Width 35 mm, roll length 25 m.
Holds 1 kg. Plastic cap with bevelled edge. Matt finish.

Bottom of magnets are painted to protect the magnetic
surface they are used on.
Pack of 60.
Colour assortment: 15 x white, 15 x red, 15 x blue, 15 x black.
No. 608 910-BK
No. 608 915-BK
g / roll 54.90
g / pack 48.40
BLUE =
103771
With particularly strong adhesive force.

Chrome plated with brushed finish and polished edge.
Pack of 10.
Notice boards
17
Standard modul
900 mm
Extension modul
900 mm
Standard modul
900 mm
1200 mm
Eccentric bracket,
screws can be tightened
after attachment
Extension modules are

simply inserted into the
aluminium U-profiles
Vertical format
Infinitely extendable
Extendable boards
1200 mm
3
A combination of the 3 different work surfaces may
be used.
The combined use of vertical and horizontal modules
is not possible.
Model
Description
101092
Vertical format
Suitable board accessories can be found on page 953.

Push pins can be found on page 956.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
1200 mm
900 mm
This infinitely extendable board system provides an

endless amount of space. The standard module set
(consisting of one start module and one end module)
can be extended as required by simply adding extension
modules.
For the vertical format, the standard module set has
external dims. of 1800 x 1200 mm (width x height).
The width of the set can be infinitely extended by adding
900 mm wide extensions.
For the horizontal format, the standard module set has
external dims. of 2400 x 900 mm (width x height).
The width of the set can be infinitely extended by adding
1200 mm wide extensions.
The individual modules have an attractive, silver anodised
aluminium frame with decorative, platinum grey plastic
corners.
The whiteboards have a sheet steel work surface, which
is optionally available with a powder coated or enamel
finish. The enamel finish is extremely durable due to the
stoving of the enamel layer. The work surfaces are
magnetic, can be written on with board markers and dry
wiped.
The pin boards have a practical, pinnable cork surface.
The standard module set is supplied with two sliding pen
trays.
The eccentric brackets are a convenient, time saving aid
for mounting, and can even be adjusted after attachment
to ensure precise horizontal alignment.
1200 mm
Horizontal
format
Horizontal format
1
1
sheet steel,
powder coated
sheet steel,
enamel
cork surface
510 988-BK
standard module set

external dims. W x H 1800 x 1200 mm
No.
g / set
510 979-BK
510 984-BK
241.00
329.00
196.90
extension module
No.
g
510 981-BK
510 985-BK
510 989-BK
119.90
174.90
97.90
standard module set

No.
g / set
510 977-BK
510 982-BK
510 986-BK
241.00
324.50
196.90
extension module
No.
g
510 978-BK
510 983-BK
510 987-BK
119.90
174.90
97.90
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
101092
Concealed joints
955
17
Pin boards
Vertical or landscape, pin boards
are the ideal solution for all types
of communication.
The pin boards are made with a decorative,
matt silver anodised aluminium frame.
The rounded corners are made from high
quality plastic.
Can be mounted in portrait or landscape
format.
Delivery includes mounting material and
30 felt pins.
Cork pin boards

Robust board with durable cork surface.
from
45.00
Cork linoleum pin boards
Felt pin boards
Surface made from high quality cork linoleum.

Advantage: the pin holes close up again,
thus showing only minor signs of wear.
Covered with a decorative felt.

Ideal for presentations and notices in prominent locations.
mm
600 x 450
900 x 600
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
Weight approx.
kg
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.5
5.5
No.
g
740 838-BK
276 960-BK
276 987-BK
277 029-BK
740 839-BK
45.00
76.90
120.90
170.50
219.00
No.
g
740 840-BK
740 841-BK
740 842-BK
740 843-BK
740 844-BK
98.90
161.70
284.00
365.00
488.50
blue
grey
740 846-BK
740 852-BK
740 847-BK
740 854-BK
740 848-BK
740 855-BK
740 849-BK
740 856-BK
740 850-BK
740 857-BK
54.90
87.90
138.60
183.70
240.00
Cork
Cork linoleum
90548
Felt
Felt pins
Ergonomic shape, assorted colours.
Suitable for all pin boards.
Pack of 200.
No. 846 732-BK
g / pack 10.95
BLUE =
90548
Width x height
Notice boards . Stainless steel magnetic boards
17
Stainless steel
magnetic boards
The good old fashioned pin board with a
new modern look. Flawlessly crafted,
quality stainless steel: brushed matt finish
and octagonal bevelled edges.
A timeless information platform for the
office and workshop.
format.
Available in five sizes.
External dims.
width x height
No.
600 x 965 mm
965 x 965 mm
1200 x 900 mm
1465 x 965 mm
1965 x 965 mm
909 019-BK
422 712-BK
909 018-BK
422 714-BK
422 713-BK
87.90
119.90
130.90
196.90
307.00
Stainless steel magnets

24 mm.
Pack of 36.
g / pack 32.95
Stainless steel display boards
Notice boards
124688
Sheet steel board surface, powder coated

in silver colour. Magnetic, can be written
on with dry-wipe markers.
Aluminium frame, anodised in matt silver.
Plastic corner connectors.
format. Sliding pen tray.
The magnetic document pouches

shown above are offered on page 947.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Horizontal alignment can be precisely

adjusted using the eccentric brackets
which are integrated in the corner
connectors even after board has been
mounted.
External dims.
width x height
No.
600 x 450 mm
900 x 600 mm
1200 x 900 mm
1800 x 900 mm
615 784-BK
615 785-BK
615 786-BK
615 787-BK
51.70
84.70
118.80
179.30
Brushed stainless steel, 1 mm thick

Magnetic
Protects your documents from

unauthorised access and vandalism.
With interlocked, removable safety
glass pane, 4 mm thick, 40 mm stainless
steel rails at top and bottom.
Supplied with wall fastening materials.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Width x height
mm
965 x 600
Depth, overall
Internal depth, effective
mm
mm
35
20
No.
g
422 715-BK
163.90
KAISER + KRAFT
124688
No. 422 709-BK
957
17
Yearly planners in six month format
Silverline
Whiteboards and planning boards
Cost effective whiteboard and planning
board series made of sheet steel with
specially painted surface. Elegant
silver/grey frame with decorative plastic
corners. Planning boards with two tone
division.
Can be written on with board markers and
dry wiped, magnetic.
The use of a foam covered bearing plate

ensures that these boards have a very low
weight of only 6 kg/m2, thus easy
self-assembly. Supplied with pen tray and
fixing materials for wall mounting.
With six month and 365 day overview

For max. 20 people / objects in the whole
year overview, or for 40 people / objects in
the six month overview. Can be started at
any time, as you write in the names of the
months yourself.
Consumables included
1 x black, red, blue and green board
marker. Magnetic symbols.
No. 510 618-BK
g 93.50
Accessory set
4 board markers (black, red, blue, green),
magnetic mini dry wiper, whiteboard
cleaner (250 ml bottle), 10 magnets
( 20 mm) in white, red, blue, green and
yellow.
External dims.
width x height mm
No.
g
400 x 300
600 x 400
900 x 600
1200 x 900
510 614-BK
510 615-BK
510 616-BK
510 617-BK
27.40
38.50
49.50
75.90
No. 510 621-BK
Weekly planners
With vertical monthly divisions

Can be started at any time, as you write in
the names of the months yourself.
With 7 day overview

Can be divided as you want, as you enter
weekdays and time periods yourself.
92516
Yearly planners in whole year format
No. 510 619-BK
g 93.50
g / set 32.90
No. 510 620-BK

BLUE =
g 93.50
92516
Whiteboards
Whiteboards Planning boards
17
Planning boards
The visual representation of a sequence of
operations on planning boards is the
simplest and most effective way to keep
an eye on everything. Steel boards
covered in UV resistant special paint,
magnetic, can be written on with board
markers and dry wiped. Frame made from
aluminium profiles.
Supplied with a 300 mm long pen tray,
fastening material and various
accessories.
Consumables set
Planning markers, 1 each in black, red,
blue and green. 1 mini board washer,
light grey.
12 magnetic strips, L x W 1000 x 10 mm, in
6 colours: red, blue, green, yellow, black
and orange.
Magnetic symbols: red triangles, green
arrows, blue circles and black rectangles.
20 magnetic label holders, 50 x 10 mm.
g / set 58.20
Round magnets, felt pens, dry wipers,

magnetic rectangles and magnetic
strips can be found on page 953.
Yearly planners
months yourself.
Yearly planners
Board markers (1 each in black, green,
red and blue). 72 magnetic label holders,
50 x 10 mm, with white paper strips. 1 set
of assorted magnetic symbols (10 mm).
No. 510 622-BK
g 181.50
Yearly planners

months yourself.
red and blue). 40 magnetic label holders,
50 x 10 mm, with white paper strips.
92517
No. 510 623-BK

YELLOW =
Ex stock
With vertical monthly divisions

g 104.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

red and blue). 1 set of assorted magnetic
symbols (10 mm).
No. 510 624-BK
g 104.50
KAISER + KRAFT
92517
No. 510 625-BK
959
17
Flipcharts
The ideal aids for efficient presentations,
meetings and moderating.
1 Basic flipchart
Magnetic rear panel, W x H 700 x 1000 mm.
Height adjustable with telescopic legs up
to 1900 mm. Storage tray. Screw-on pad
holder.
Order qty.
items
No.
g / each
12
3+
926 273-BK
926 274-BK
82.50
71.50
2 Flipchart with side arms

Magnetic rear panel, can be written on
with dry wipe board markers,
W x H 700 x 1050 mm, integrated pen tray.
Height adjustable with telescopic legs up
to 1800 mm. Quick clamp with adjustable
paper suspension points. 2 magnetic,
folding side arms.
No. 926 275-BK
g 126.50
3 Mobile flipchart
Mobile version with five-star base and
5 swivel castors with wheel stops. Rear
panel W x H 700 x 1000 mm, magnetic,
with full length pen tray and ideal angle of
inclination, can be written on with dry
wipe board markers. Quick clamp with
flexible paper suspension pins. 2 magnetic
side arms. Height adjustable from 1750 to
2000 mm.
No. 926 276-BK
Mobile display panel
Vario flipchart
Steel construction, powder coated light

grey. Top made of melamine coated, light
grey furniture panel.
W x D 500 x 400 mm.
Mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with wheel
stops. Foot W x D 490 x 500 mm.
This royal blue display panel enables you

to divide rooms in the sizes you require
quickly and efficiently. Pinnable textile
covering, ideal for notices, pictures, work
documents, etc.
Frame and base made of grey powder
coated steel profiles.
Panel width x height 1200 x 1500 mm.
Depth incl. foot 670 mm.
With 4 double swivel castors with wheel
stops, can be quickly rearranged.
Top of the range model. Height adjustable

with steel spring from 1750 to 2000 mm.
Quick clamp with adjustable paper
suspension points, full length pen tray.
Rear panel W x H 740 x 1060 mm,
magnetic, can be written on with dry wipe
board markers. 2 magnetic, plug-in side
arms.
The round, designer base ( 640 mm) is
open at the front for more practical usage.
No. 912 104-BK
No. 757 208-BK
No. 909 030-BK
g 164.90
Flipchart paper
2
109627
Wood free, white, 80 g/m , bleached

without chlorine. Format 650 x 1000 mm.
g 214.50
25 mm grid on front side, blank on back.

Universal hole pattern.
Pack of 5 blocks,
approx. 20 sheets per block.
Order qty.
No.
g / pack
packs
g 230.00
12
3+
508 859-BK
508 860-BK
29.70
27.50
Pedestal desk
A workstation that is easy on your back.
Ideal for conferences, offices and
presentations.
Side with pinnable textile covering.
Top is inclined.
W x D top 590 x 430 mm, lower shelf
550 x 260 mm.
Overall H x W x D 1180 x 590 x 430 mm.
Frame light grey RAL 7035.
Front available in two colours.
Front
No.
g
grey
blue
757 395-BK
757 396-BK
214.50
214.50
BLUE =
109627
Pedestal desk
g 181.50
17
1250 mm
1950 mm
Flip-charts Pedestal desks Projection screens
3
2
NEW
Flip-charts
1 Flip-chart, height adjustable
2 Flip-chart with four-legged frame
3 Flip-chart with side arms
Sheet steel board, 680 x 1000 mm, painted white, magnetic

and can be written on with dry wipe board markers.
Robust aluminium frame, silver anodised.
Infinitely adjustable from 1120 mm (lowest position) to
1850 mm (highest position). In lowest position, can also be
used as a table flip-chart.
With 2 side arms, quick clamp and pen tray.
Sheet steel board, magnetic, 700 x 1000 mm, powder

coated white. Cover plate also serves as tear edge for the
paper. Horizontal, individually sliding pad holders for all
types of standard flip-chart paper.
Very stable due to sturdy four-legged frame made of aluminium, prevents tipping caused by unbalanced weight.
Infinite height adjustment from 1250 to 1950 mm.
Can also be used whilst sitting.
As 2, but with two plug-in side arms (each withtwo

paper clamps) to hold flip chart sheets on either side.
The arms can be hung on the back when not in use.
No. 970 281-BK
No. 522 292-BK
No. 522 293-BK
g 174.90
g 130.90
NEW
g 141.90
NEW
Convenient transport, space saving storage
Mobile projection screens
Ideal for portable use or for presentations for smaller

groups of people
Matt white projection surface in 4:3 video format.

Scissor mechanism on back for infinite, vertical roll-out
and retraction. Black aluminium housing with 4fold-out
feet.
Easy transport due to carrying handles.
V-shaped designer housing with aluminium finish.

Quick and easy setup, the screen is tensioned from the
back with a telescopic rod.
Film based, wide angle projection surface in accordance
with DIN19045 type D, ensures uniform contrast from
every viewing angle.
Good viewing characteristics due to the high black border
at the bottom.
Width x height
Width x height
mm
930 x 720
1130 x 870
width x height mm
820 x 610
40"
1010 x 760
50"
970 278-BK
970 279-BK
174.90
218.00
Screen
124899
Screen
Diagonal
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
mm
1600 x 1800
1800 x 2000
2000 x 2000
width mm
height mm
1560
1170
1760
1350
1960
1470
Projection screen format

No.
g
4:3
4:3
4:3
970 269-BK
970 270-BK
970 272-BK
252.00
285.00
318.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

124899
Tabletop projection screens
Large format projection in a compact size
KAISER + KRAFT
961
17
Versatile
presentation boards
Felt covering on both sides to use

alternately. Elastic, light backing material
for easy pinning.
Frame made of aluminium profiles.
Sturdy frame, powder coated in white
aluminium. Sloped feet, ideal for
semicircular positioning.
Four double castors with wheel stops to
ensure that both sides can be quickly and
easily rearranged.
The boards slide inside one another for
Presentation area
width x height 1200 x 1500mm.
Depth 670 mm (incl. feet).
Felt covering
No.
g
grey
royal blue
522 223-BK
522 224-BK
252.00
252.00
Accessories
Push pins, assorted colours.
Pack of 200 items.
No. 846 732-BK
g / pack 10.95
Holders
2 Wall holder
3 Table holder
The space saving model with two

aluminium swivel arms A0 (1320 mm).
1000 mm long, silver anodised aluminium
tube for mounting on wall.
Can be expanded with up to 8 swivel arms.
Can be easily mounted on walls.
Silver anodised tubular aluminium stand,

extends up to1200mm above the table.
Folding swivel arm for formats up toA1
(1000 mm).
Can be expanded with up to4 swivel arms.
Clamp base for tabletops,
jaw width60mm.
No. 984 479-BK
No. 522 294-BK
g 83.60
Magnetic clips
For hanging additional sheets on the
holder swivel arms.
Pack of 10.
Robust, lockable aluminium case.

Generously supplied with
Coloured presentation cards: pack of 500,
200 x 100mm, pack of200, 100mm,
pack of150, 140mm, pack of
200ovals190x 110mm. Flip chart marker
pens: 6 x black, 4x red. Jumbo marker
pens: 1x red, green, blue, black.
1 telescopic ball-point pen, 2glue sticks,
1pair of paper scissors, 1 cutter,
1adhesive tape dispenser, 1 roll of
masking tape (50m x 30 mm), 1200 marker
dots (300 each inyellow, blue, green, red),
400push pins, 1pin cushion.
No. 522 195-BK
No. 984 474-BK
g 112.20
1 Mobile holder
122646
With three aluminium swivel arms A0

(1320mm). Tubular aluminium stand with
telescopic extension, height infinitely
adjustable from 1400to 2000mm.
Elegant base with 5 integrated special
castors, stable and very flat.
Can be expanded with up to 6 swivel arms.
No. 984 478-BK
g 252.00
Accessories
Additional swivel arm
Made of aluminium.
With three sliding magnetic clips.
Format
Length
No.
g
mm
A1
1000
A0
1320
510 991-BK
510 990-BK
38.40
39.60
Presentation cases
g / pack 28.50
BLUE =
g 208.00
122646
For your drawings, plans, sketches,

posters, etc. up to A0 format.
Folding, aluminium support arms, 1320 mm
long, each with 3 sliding magnetic clips.
Documents are simply pushed in and
snapped shut in the holders.
This means that even large documents
can be displayed by one person alone.
Presentation boards Flip-charts
g
No. 751 322-BK
169.00
Flip-chart paper
Flip-chart/Pin-up
centre
Presentation board, flip-chart
and whiteboard in one.
The front is a magnetic whiteboard
(W x H 675 x 1170 mm) which can be
written on with dry wipe board markers.
The flip-chart holder has a roll clamp
mechanism for all standard flip-chart
blocks. Integrated pen tray.
The back is a presentation board
(W x H 675 x 1200 mm) with a steel blue
textile cover on permanently elastic,
easy-pin, bearer material.
Stand and frame made of grey coated
steel profiles. Four double swivel castors
with wheel stops.
1805 x 675 x 510 mm.
No. 751 322-BK
17
g 169.00
Wood free, white, 80 g/m2,

bleached without chlorine.
Format 650 x 1000 mm. 25 mm grid
on front side, blank on back.
Universal hole pattern.
Packaging unit
5 blocks, approx. 20 sheets each.
Order quantity
No.
g / pack
1 2 packs
3+ packs
508 859-BK
508 860-BK
29.70
27.50
Other accessories for presentations such as round magnets,

push pins, board markers, dry
wipers, magnetic strips and
magnetic sheets can be found
on pages 953, 954, 956.
Mobile presentation boards

Steel blue textile cover on both sides to
use alternately. Permanently elastic, light
backing material for easy pinning.
Presentation board W x H 1200 x 1500 mm.
Stand and frame made of grey coated
steel profiles. Four double swivel castors
with wheel stops for easy repositioning.
Tapered feet allow boards to be placed at

an angle to one another.
The boards slide inside one another for
No. 751 296-BK
g 208.00
Mobile whiteboards
The ideal solution if a wall is not
available for mounting a board or
anywhere a board is required on
short notice.
Can be used as a clipboard, info
board, QC board, for production
planning, training etc.
Both sides of board made of painted white
sheet steel, magnetic, can be written on
with dry wipe markers.
Frame and dolly made of steel, painted
white. Four swivel castors with wheel
stops.
124900
Board
No.
g
W x H mm
1500 x 1000
2000 x 1000
520 785-BK
520 786-BK
219.00
279.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
124900

Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
963
17
NEW
Sheet steel surface
Natural cork surface

+ Industry standard
Presentation boards
One-part
Three-part
Frame and mobile base made of sturdy

steel profiles, powder coatedwhite.
Permanently elastic, light backing material
for problem free pinning.
Optionally with fabric covering in two
colours or durable cork surface on both
sides.
Sheet steel painted white on both sides.
Magnetic, can be written on and dry
wiped.
For extensive presentations, for exhibitions

or can be used as a room divider.
Six surfaces providea total area, pinnable
or magnetic, of up to 6.7 m.
Mobile base
stops.
Each side section fitted with one swivel
castor, whichenables the unit to be
arranged in virtually any position.
Mobile base
stops.
Model
Boards
one-part
three-part
quantity x width x height mm
1 x 1000 x 1200
1 x 1000 x 1200
2 x 900 x 1200
mm
blue
grey
g
1960 x 1000 x 670
1960 x 2800 x 670
757 419-BK
757 425-BK
757 601-BK
757 602-BK
218.00
438.00
No.
g
757 599-BK
757 603-BK
218.00
438.00
white
g
757 600-BK
757 604-BK
274.00
548.00

Fabric covering
Natural cork
Sheet steel
High quality, sturdy castors
Revolving boards with stand
Starter sets
White frame with full length pen tray.

4swivel castors, 2 with wheel stops.
Board width x height mm
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
1800 x 1000
2000 x 1000
1840 x 1300 x 670
1940 x 1600 x 670
1940 x 1900 x 670
1940 x 2100 x 670
605 027-BK
910 905-BK
605 025-BK
910 904-BK
461.00
494.00
527.00
582.00
No.
g
Suitable for all enamelled boards

which can be written on
4 board markers, black, blue, green and
red
1 magnetic marker holder
1 dry wiper with 10 replacement felts
5 blue and 5 white round magnets,
30mm
1 bottle of board cleaning spray, 125 ml
No. 910 906-BK
BLUE =
g 47.20
126281
126281
Double sided, white enamelled, magnetic

sheet steel board with aluminium frame.
The board can be rotated through 360 on
its horizontal axis and locked at any angle.
Moderation Presentation T-card systems
17
Presentation cabinets
All-in-one flip chart, magnetic board and projection screen
High quality cabinet fitted with two magnetic, dry-wipe
enamelled whiteboards on the outside and three on the inside.
When open, there is a projection surface in the centre
with matt finish for good image quality without reflections.
Flip chart clamp for all types of standard flip chart paper on
the left.
Lockable with cylinder lock, incl. 2 keys.
Supplied with magnetic pen holder, 4 board markers and
wall mounting material.
Accessories
For projection screen format
Mobile frame
Ideal for use in various rooms or for keeping walls clear.
Painted white. 4 sturdy swivel castors, 2 with wheel
stops.
Open
Closed
No.
g
Accessories
Mobile frame
Flip chart paper on page 960.
H x W x D mm
H x W x D mm
HxD
4:3
16 : 10
1200 x 3300 x 80
1200 x 1650 x 110
1200 x 3800 x 80
1200 x 1900 x 110
754 801-BK
754 805-BK
1050.00
1100.00
mm
1950 x 680
1950 x 680
No.
g
910 901-BK
910 901-BK
329.00
329.00
T-card system
T shaped insert cards for more competence
in the office and production areas
See important information at firstglance

Can also be used as file cards
T cards offer ample space for important information.

The top edge contains the most pertinent information,
which can still be read after insertion into individual slots.
Planning and index modules made of robust sheet steel,
painted light grey. Aluminium title bars at the top and bottom
can be written on and used to subdivide the planner
according to your individual needs.
Supplied complete with wall mounting materials.
Weekly planner
Clearly organised and highly versatile, for personnel
and shift schedules, project management, allocation of
machines and space.
The index module serves as an hourly planning column
for 24hours, but may also be used for other purposes.
Description
7 planning modules and 1 index module,
each with 24 slots
800 T cards in assorted colours
Top and bottom title bars
8 inscribable title strips in assorted colours
Compact dimensions 480 x 480 mm.
No. 985 812-BK
g 75.90
Made of cardboard, 170 g/m. Assorted colours.

Height 85 mm. Width at top 60 mm, bottom 48.5 mm.
Pack of 500.
Elegant and highly versatile.

All needs will be taken into consideration: notices
and reservations, deliveries, personnel and project
management, vehicle and machine allocation.
Description
12 planning modules, each with 54 slots
1000 T cards in assorted colours
12 magnetic label holders with cardboard labels
Top and bottom title bars
No. 985 815-BK
No. 985 814-BK
124689
T cards
g / pack 16.30
YELLOW =
Ex stock
124689
Yearly planner
g 203.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
965
17
Projection screens
1 Projection screen with stand
3 Mobile projection screen
Standard format 1 : 1 for overhead projectors,

video format 4 : 3 for beamers
Overhead bar for optimum inclination of the projection

screen. Tensioning mechanism for a perfectly flat screen.
With carrying handle.
Fabric based projection screen. Material thickness

approx. 0.35 mm. Matt white surface, diffuse reflection
characteristics. Light density factor approx. 1.1.
Scissor mechanism for quick and easy set up, ready for
immediate use.
Robust, black aluminium transport case. Convenient
transport with 4 fixed castors. One carrying handle on
each of the narrow sides and one carrying handle on the
wide side. Lockable, 2 keys.
Tear resistant, polyester fabric based projection screen

for 1 and 2. Material thickness approx. 0.35 mm.
Matt white surface, diffuse reflection characteristics.
Light density factor approx. 1.1.
Black border, 30 mm wide, on the sides for 1 : 1 projection
format and all round for 4 : 3 format.
Model
Width x height
mm
Screen width x height mm
Format
No.
122649
For wall or
ceiling mounting
2 Stationary projection screen

Recoil spring makes it easy to pull-out and retract the
screen and ensures optimum tension.
White aluminium housing.
1530 x 1530
1470 x 1530
1:1
1800 x 1800
1740 x 1800
1:1
2030 x 2030
1970 x 2030
1:1
2030 x 1530
1970 x 1470
4:3
2440 x 1830
2380 x 1770
4:3
1530 x 1530
1470 x 1530
1:1
1800 x 1800
1740 x 1800
1:1
2030 x 2030
1970 x 2030
1:1
1800 x 1350
1740 x 1310
4:3
2030 x 1530
1970 x 1470
4:3
2440 x 1830
2380 x 1770
4:3
1950 x 1940
1750 x 1250
4:3
2150 x 2240
1960 x 1470
4:3
511 035-BK
511 036-BK
511 037-BK
511 038-BK
511 039-BK
510 635-BK
510 636-BK
510 638-BK
510 639-BK
510 640-BK
510 641-BK
511 041-BK
511 042-BK
137.50
163.90
192.50
192.50
296.00
119.90
148.50
185.90
148.50
185.90
291.50
637.00
747.00
Universal trolleys
Projector trolleys
Projector trolleys
Trolley with a total of three shelf levels.

Tubular steel frame, 20 x 20 mm, powder
coated in white aluminium RAL9006.
Shelf panels melamine coated in light
beech, 19 mm thick.
Two perforated side panels which can be
positioned as required.
4 sturdy swivel castors with wheel stop.
Compact dimensions
Two separate rotating (through 360) shelves, height adjustable from 810 1200 mm,
430 x 380 mm. Particularly suitable for
presentations with a beamer and a laptop.
Beamer shelf with adjustable inclination.
Sturdy steel construction, silver grey.
Overall width x depth 860 x 560 mm.
Stable, mobile, tubular steel construction,

powder coated dark grey. Inclining
projector shelf (0 15), 400 x 500 mm,
with safety lever.
800 1250 mm.
No. 522 190-BK
No. 512 546-BK
No. 512 545-BK
g 196.90
g 251.00
g 163.90
Trolleys for overhead

projectors
Tubular steel construction, powder coated
light grey. Shelf 380 x 380 mm, with raised
edge for safety. Height adjustable from
700 1040 mm.
No. 512 544-BK

BLUE =
g 71.50
122649
Projection screens Projection boards Multimedia trolleys
17
Projection boards
The space saving option for all
projection solutions, simply
mounts to a wall.
Sturdy aluminium frame, silver anodised,
with grey plastic corners. High quality surface made of enamelled steel, extremely
durable due to the stoving of the enamel
layer at approx. 800C. The matt white
projection surface, with minimal hot-spot
generation, is ideal for good picture and
contrast quality without annoying reflections. Also suitable for interactive presentations with short throw and ultra-short
throw projectors.
The work surface is magnetic, and with
non-intensive use, can also be written on
with dry wipe board markers.
Supplied with pen tray and mirror-style
wall fixings.
Projection surface
width x height mm
1570 x 1180
1890 x 1180
2100 x 1180
1500 x 1500
2000 x 1500
External dims.
Format
width x height mm
1600 x 1210
4:3
1920 x 1210
16:10
2130 x 1210
16:9
1530 x 1530
1:1
2030 x 1530
4:3
754 758-BK
754 759-BK
754 760-BK
754 761-BK
754 762-BK
218.00
230.00
274.00
516.00
658.00
No.
g
Projection screen with stand and round,

tubular steel base, 630 mm, with 5swivel
castors, 3 with wheel stops. Thusvery easy
to change rooms, idealfortraining classes
and seminars.
Film based projection screen, material
thickness approx. 0.27 mm, rotates through
360, infinite height adjustment, light
density factor approx. 1.1.
Screen
124690
Projection screen size
width x height mm
format
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Multimedia trolleys
Overhead bar in stand head for inclining

the projection screen by approx. 10 towards the front, for correcting keystone
effect.
Tensioning head mechanism for optimum
stretching of the projection screen.
Metal tube, scratch and impact resistant
paint finish. Transport safety catch.
1500 x 1500
1800 x 1800
2000 x 2000
1:1
1:1
1:1
754 763-BK
754 766-BK
754 767-BK
328.00
384.00
438.00
Body made of 19 mm thick, melamine

coated furniture panels in light grey
RAL 7035.
Hinged doors swivel outwards 270 to
save space. Lockable with cylinder
lock, 2 keys, for maximum security.
Roller bearing mounted, pull out shelf
on top for projector or laptop.
Two pull-out shelves on special design
shelf supports for devices of different
sizes. Height adjustable in increments
of 32 mm, 30 mm clearance behind shelf
for cables.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

There are cable outlets at the top and

bottom for individual cable routing, and
two ventilation grids in the back for air
circulation.
The trolley is mobile on 4 smooth running
castors.
Delivered fully assembled, ready for
immediate use.
No. 754 893-BK
g 328.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124690
967
17
1
3
Dual rail system

Whether you want to fit out one wall or an
entire room, this system makes it possible.
Individual components are easily exchanged.
The dual rail system enables the boards to be easily slid
over each other.
Special spacers keep them upright at all times and
prevent vibrations.
Rails and board frames made of aluminium,
coated in white.
1 Whiteboards
3 Projection screens
Board surface made of enamelled sheet steel, magnetic.

Can be written on with board markers and dry wiped.
For PC, slide, film and overhead projectors. Matt white

projection panel. Infinitely adjustable and lockable in
order to prevent distortion.
Special wide picture format.
Width x hight
No.
g
mm
600 x 900
1200 x 900
1800 x 900
Width x hight
907 641-BK
907 643-BK
907 644-BK
Image format
119.90
192.50
258.50
Space above
rail required
Dual rail sets
2 Flip charts
Consists of 2 dual rails each 1200 mm with integrated

paper clamping rollers. Supplied complete with end caps,
connector elements and decorative strips to cover the
mounting materials. With wall mounting kit.
Height adjustable sheet steel work surface 700 x 1000 mm,

magnetic, dry wipe.
Adjustable height flip chart clamp suitable for all
standard flip chart pads.
No. 907 639-BK
No. 907 653-BK
g / set 82.50
mm
1500 x 1500
1450 x 1110
1800 x 1130
1:1
4:3
16:10
350
level
level
907 651-BK
907 652-BK
754 779-BK
439.00
472.00
658.00
mm
No.
g
Corner connectors, pinboards, notice boards with

grid and rail shelving with 2 shelves on request.
g 214.50
NEW
Rotating boards
Double sided magnetic surface, painted white. Can be wet
or dry wiped.
All round aluminium frame, silver anodised.
The board rotates 360 and can be locked in any position
with the screw knob. Easy to write on intilted position.
The board rotates to provide two writing surfaces.
Sturdy mobile frame, 580 mm deep, made of steel, powder
coated light grey RAL7035.
width x height mm
125036
Width x height (overall)
No.
g
mm
1200 x 900
1500 x 1000
1800 x 1200
2000 x 1000
2200 x 1200
1320 x 1860
1620 x 2000
1920 x 2000
2120 x 2000
2320 x 2000
970 273-BK
970 274-BK
970 275-BK
970 276-BK
970 277-BK
263.00
351.00
438.00
417.00
516.00
BLUE =
125036
Board
Dual rail system Rotating boards Guidance systems

2-way system
17
1 Plastic posts
4-way system
With heavy cast iron base, decorative black

plastic cover, post height 950 mm.
2-way system. Belt in black.
Extends to (max.) 2000 mm, recommended
length 1700 mm.
Pack of
Colour
black
yellow
red
blue
g / pack
611 594-BK
611 596-BK
611 598-BK
611 600-BK
611 595-BK
611 597-BK
611 599-BK
611 601-BK
131.90
241.00
2 Metal posts
Post and metal cover powder coated or
chrome plated.
Heavy cast iron base, post height 968 mm.
4-way system, belt in black.
Extends to (max.) 2300 mm,
recommended length 2000 mm.
Pack of
Chrome plated
512 547-BK
512 548-BK
Powder coated
black
red
g / pack
611 602-BK
611 604-BK
241.00
450.00
Chrome plated
No.
g / pack
611 605-BK
611 606-BK
307.00
549.00
Stainless
steel
3 Stainless steel posts

Post and cover made of stainless steel in
matt finish.
Heavy cast iron base, post height 968 mm.
4-way system, belt in black.
Extends to (max.) 2300 mm,
recommended length 2000 mm.
Guidance systems
Pack of
Guide visitors, limit areas,

block off rooms
Stainless steel
No.
g / pack
Accessories
The products depicted on this page are top

quality and very functional guidance
systems.
All systems have a patented belt braking
system: the belts are retracted gently, this
reduces wear on the belts and increases
the service life of the product.
A lock prevents the belt being inadvertently released. Base 345 mm.
The post belts can be combined with each
other and with the wall mounted unit.
611 607-BK
512 550-BK
318.00
582.00
Sign holder
Made of Plexiglas
for A4 format, with
holder.
Suitable for all belt
posts offered.
No. 611 608-BK
g 78.90
B Wall clip
To attach the belt.
Suitable for 1, 2, 3 and 4.
No. 424 479-BK
g 11.20
Other models with different belt and post

colours available on request.
4 Wall mounted unit
With pull-out belt

Housing made of black plastic.
Supplied with wall clip and mounting
material.
Belt in black.
Belt length
106614
No.
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
3500
4600
757 205-BK
757 206-BK
126.50
137.50
KAISER + KRAFT
106614
969
17
1 Information
stands
The innovative stand is made of aluminium,

silver anodised, in a unique design.
Folding aluminium frame for posters in
A1format, profile width 25 mm, mitre cut
corners.
Brochure shelf for 3 x A4,
width x height 640 x 300 mm.
No. 511 028-BK
2 Poster
g 230.00
stands
Portable
Very stable, sturdy steel construction,

in white aluminium, for 2 x A1. Convex
backing surface for enhanced viewing.
With 2 UV resistant, non-reflecting
protective films with magnetic strips for
adhesion to the back panel. Splash water
protected for use in indoor and outdoor
areas.
Weight 12.5 kg, mobile with 2 castors.
1150 x 720 x 700 mm, unfolded.
No. 522 192-BK
g 142.90
Folding advertising
stands
3
Exchange A1 posters in seconds

UV stabilised, non-reflecting cover film
Advertising stands
Frame made of smooth aluminium profiles,
25 x 25 mm, with sturdy hinges.
Two folding aluminium frames for A1,
32 mm profile, silver anodised.
Rust free, zinc plated steel rear panel.
3 Splash water protected

For outdoor use under normal weather
conditions.
Order quantity
items
No.
g / each
12
3+
511 023-BK
511 024-BK
127.60
116.60
4 Weatherproof water resistant model

With oversized protective film and special
water drainage holes in the bottom profile.
Order quantity
items
No.
g / each
12
3+
522 257-BK
522 258-BK
142.90
131.90
5 Designer folding advertising stand for A1 on both sides
No sharp edges
The new generation of advertising stands.

Very high quality, durable aluminium
construction, silver anodised for optimum
stability. Smooth, 25 x 25 mm aluminium
stand profiles.
125195
Posters can be exchanged in seconds

by simply folding the aluminium frames
open towards the front
Posters are protected from the weather by

a UV stabilised, non-reflecting film pouch
with integrated drainage holes.
Stable, rust free metal rear panel.
No. 511 027-BK
BLUE =
g 230.00
125195
Advertising stands Display frames
17
Alu display frames

1 Folding display frames
Aluminium profiles, silver anodised. Profile
width25 mm with decorative Rondo
corners. A UV stabilised, non-reflecting
film cover protects posters from being
bleached out by the sun.
Exchange posters in seconds,

simply fold-out frame sections
Format
Poster size
External dims.
Pack of
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
210 x 297
241 x 328
2
297 x 420
328 x 451
2
420 x 594
451 x 625
2
594 x 841
625 x 872
2
841 x 1189
872 x 1220
2
511 011-BK
511 012-BK
511 014-BK
511 015-BK
511 016-BK
36.30
51.70
63.80
92.40
141.90
width x height mm
width x height mm
No.
g / pack
Decorative Rondo corners
2 Designer folding frames

Aluminium profiles, silver anodised.
Profile width25 mm, with mitre cut
corners.
A UV stabilised, non-reflecting film cover
protects posters from being bleached out
by the sun.

Format
Poster size
External dims.
Pack of
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
210 x 297
241 x 328
2
297 x 420
328 x 451
2
420 x 594
451 x 625
2
594 x 841
625 x 872
2
841 x 1189
872 x 1220
2
511 017-BK
511 018-BK
511 019-BK
511 020-BK
511 022-BK
36.30
51.70
63.80
92.40
141.90
width x height mm
width x height mm
No.
g / pack
Mitre cut corners
3 Premium folding frames

Flawlessly crafted, silver anodised aluminium profiles, visible frame width 37mm.
Frame with double mitre cut corners.
Format
Poster size
External dims.
Pack of
No.
g / pack
width x height mm
width x height mm
A4
A3
A2
A1
A0
210 x 297
264 x 351
2
297 x 420
351 x 474
2
420 x 594
474 x 648
2
594 x 841
648 x 895
2
841 x 1189
895 x 1243
2
614 253-BK
614 255-BK
614 256-BK
614 257-BK
614 258-BK
42.90
64.90
75.90
108.90
163.90
Double mitre cut corners
Poster holders
Consisting of two metal U profiles,
powder coated inwhite aluminium and a
poster pocket made of Plexiglas.
With wall mounting material.
Easy exchange of posters:
pull out poster through the top and
slide in a new poster
125196
Poster size
External dims.
Pack of
width x height mm
width x height mm
No.
g / pack
YELLOW =
Ex stock
A4
A3
A2
A1
210 x 297
266 x 354
3
297 x 420
377 x 500
2
420 x 594
532 x 700
2
594 x 841
754 x 1000
2
522 216-BK
522 217-BK
522 218-BK
522 219-BK
54.90
87.90
119.90
141.90
Top mounted display

frame
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

125196
Format
KAISER + KRAFT
971
17
1 A4 portrait
Wall mounted brochure racks
2 x 1/3 A4 portrait
Display the maximum number of brochures

that you require.
2 A5 landscape
Each pack contains eight individual holders which can be

pushed inside each other and then attached above or next
to each other, offering endless possibilities for expansion.
Robust polypropylene, aluminium coloured.
Transparent plastic vision panel for complete view.
Optionally with compartments for A4 portrait format or
A5 landscape format and 2 x 1/3 A4 portrait.
Filling depth approx. 23 mm.
Pack of 8 compartments.
Model
Format
mm
No.
g / pack
A4
730 x 464 x 90
A5 / 2 x 1/3 A4
690 x 464 x 80
926 294-BK
926 296-BK
63.80
57.10
Wall mounted brochure racks

Body made of impact resistant polystyrene
in three colours.
Prepared for wall mounting.
Clear view windows allow for a full view of the brochures.
Filling depth 18 mm.
Each pack contains 2 items.
Format
A4
Compartments
Light grey
Black
Aluminium silver
/3 A4
mm
mm
655
285 x 95
655
227 x 95
655
180 x 95
aluminium silver
light grey
black
g / pack
984 463-BK
977 045-BK
977 044-BK
984 465-BK
977 048-BK
977 046-BK
984 467-BK
977 050-BK
977 049-BK
76.90
65.90
58.30
Height
Width x depth
Colour
A5
NEW

Brochure racks
High capacity
Frame made of elegant aluminium profiles, silver anodised.
Brochure display panels made of solid sheet steel, powder
coated in white aluminium RAL9006. Locks in position at 45
and 60 angles.
40 mm high stop edge to hold more documents.
8 x A4
Shelves
Height
WxD
mm
mm
No.
g
16 x A4
20 x A4
25 x A4
1650
555 x 490
1650
1005 x 490
1750
1005 x 490
1750
1230 x 490
757 402-BK
757 404-BK
757 409-BK
757 410-BK
185.90
263.00
307.00
328.00
BLUE =
126282
Capacity
Wall mounted brochure racks Brochure display shelving Information systems
17
Information systems
Versatile: as signposts, poster or brochure
holders, for welcoming guests etc.
Small, almost invisible holes are punched in the metal
surface so that the brochure holders can be simply
plugged-in.
Made of sturdy sheet steel, powder coated in white
aluminium RAL 9006.
1 Information stands
For presenting information and brochures.
Information stand
mm
narrow
wide
1650 x 260 x 420
1650 x 520 x 460
977 168-BK
977 169-BK
159.50
230.00
No.
g
2 Information columns
With attachment points on the front and back.
Stable base plate.
Information column
Body
Base plate
H x W x D mm
W x D mm
No.
g
narrow
wide
1650 x 300 x 110

400 x 250
1850 x 630 x 180

770 x 330
604 870-BK
977 170-BK
227.50
340.00
Poster pockets for 1 + 2
Brochure holders for 1 + 2
Made of plastic with crystallised glass effect.

Secured with magnetic strips on the back.
Made of chrome plated steel wire, for

simple plug-in assembly.
Filling height 33 mm.
Pack of 4.
Poster pockets
Width x height
Pack of
The information systems are supplied without

accessories. Please order the desired poster
pockets and brochure holders separately.
No.
g / pack
mm
A4
210 x 297
3
A3
297 x 420
1
A2
420 x 594
1
A1
594 x 840
1
977 174-BK
977 173-BK
977 172-BK
977 171-BK
49.50
38.50
43.90
54.90
Format
Pack of
A4
4
/3 A4
4
No.
g / pack
977 175-BK
977 176-BK
38.50
38.50
Designer brochure display

stands
Three sizes, two colour combinations,
ideal for any purpose.
Sturdy sheet steel construction, powder coated aluminium silver. Decorative aluminium profiles, silver anodised.
Metal shelves with a filling height of up to 42 mm.
Mobile on 4 smooth running castors with wheel stops.
Model
10 x A4
15 x A4
20 x A4
mm
mm
1718
487 x 252
1718
711 x 252
1718
935 x 252
silver / silver
silver / black
g
522 273-BK
522 274-BK
522 275-BK
522 276-BK
522 277-BK
522 278-BK
307.00
329.00
351.00
Capacity
Height
Width x depth
No.
2
3
119169
119169
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
973
17
1
2
3
Wall displays
Model
Holohedral, completely transparent

compartments, each with a filling depth of
45 mm. Holes for quick and easy mounting.
Including wall mounting material.
6 x A4
12 x 1/3 A4
12 x 1/3 A4
6 x A4
9 x A4
1143 x 762
51
518 x 762
51
626 x 762
51
937 x 762
51
604 876-BK
604 877-BK
604 878-BK
604 880-BK
219.00
115.50
170.50
214.50
Compartments
Height x width
Depth
mm
mm
No.
g
3
1
Brochure holders
Brochure display stands

Sturdy metal construction, powder coated
in white aluminium.
Detachable brochure holders made of
plastic, for A4, model 1 is 1-sided,
model 2 is 2-sided. Filling height 45 mm.
Base plate 350 x 350 mm, height 1750 mm.
Model
122652
No.
g
3 Rotating brochure display

stand
As 1 and 2, but with brochure holders on
3 sides.
Base plate 400 mm, height 1780 mm.
12
21
511 031-BK
511 032-BK
511 033-BK
274.00
307.00
571.00
3 compartments, transparent base.
2 Wall mounted brochure rack

5 compartments, transparent wall rack.
3 Table rack, rotating, 2 x 3 compart-
Brochure compartments
1 Tabletop brochure holder
Brochure holders made of high quality,

transparent polystyrene.
Suitable for A4.
Filling depth30mm.
ments.
4 Floor stand, rotating

30 compartments, stable, non-tilting
base with 6castors.
Model
Compartments
Pack of
No.
g / pack
mm
3 x A4
330 x 240 x 300
4
5 x A4
578 x 240 x 150
2
6 x A4
465 x 240 x 255
2
30 x A4
1773 x 440 x 440
1
616 143-BK
604 882-BK
522 194-BK
604 883-BK
54.90
49.50
87.90
219.00
BLUE =
122652
Made of transparent, high quality plastic

(PETG). The displays are laboriously
manufactured in one piece, they are
impact resistant, sturdy and extremely
durable.
Wall mounted displays Brochure racks Brochure holders
17
Brochure display
stands
Wall mounted or free standing
Wall mounted brochure holders

Made of steel wire, powder
coated in silver colour.
Pack of 3.
Model
Capacity
Filling height
Height
Width x depth
No.
g / pack
mm
6 x A4
20
8 x A5
20
10 x 1/3 A4
25
mm
mm
1150
220 x 70
1150
160 x 63
1150
270 x 48
751 919-BK
751 920-BK
751 921-BK
68.20
79.20
73.70
With 10 chrome plated, wire brochure

compartments for A4.
Filling height approx. 15mm.
High quality aluminium model.
Floor stand can be removed for wall
mounting.
H x W x D mm
1370 x 230 x 300
Colour
No.
g
black
white alu
508 744-BK
508 743-BK
93.50
93.50
450mm high when

collapsed
Folding
brochure
display stand
Brochure
racks
With acrylic shelves
Capacity
124692
Filling height
Unfolded
4 x A4
mm
45
1550 x 260 x 300
977 054-BK
No.
g
230.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Ideal for displaying

brochures and information
Stable aluminium frame,
silver anodised. The acrylic
shelves can be positioned
and locked, either level or
inclined, in three different
positions. 35 mm stop edge
to hold more documents.
Mobile on 4 castors.
self-assembly.
Model
Capacity
Shelves
No.
g
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

mm
4 x A4
4
1760 x 370 x 425
12 x A4
4
1760 x 940 x 425
754 751-BK
754 756-BK
274.00
328.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124692
Sturdy metal construction,

powder coated in white
aluminiumRAL9006. Security bolts on all pivots and
on the stable metal base
ensure maximum stability.
With 4 transparent
brochure compartments
forA4, made of robust,
clear acrylic glass.
Weight only 7.7 kg.
975
17
Model
Space saving and versatile for effective presentation. Side

profiles made of high quality, impact and scratch resistant
polystyrene, reinforced with internal metal frame.
Polystyrene shelves with 40mm high stop edge to hold
more documents. Shelves are height (20 mm increments)
and incline (0 75) adjustable. Optionally with advertising
space for individual messages or with poster frame for A1.
Mobile on 4 smooth running ball castors.
Supplied flat pack easy self-assembly without tools and
small parts.
Capacity
Shelves
Shelf
width x depth mm
5 x A4
5
275 x 327
4 x A4
4
275 x 327
9 x A4
3
780 x 327
15 x A4
5
780 x 327
12 x A4
4
780 x 327
6 x A4
2
780 x 327
height mm
width x depth mm
1675
350 x 385
1675
350 x 385
1265
855 x 385
1675
855 x 385
1675
855 x 385
1675
855 x 385
yes
yes
yes
black / black
black / light grey
g
752 942-BK
752 943-BK
752 945-BK
752 946-BK
752 957-BK
752 958-BK
752 948-BK
752 949-BK
752 951-BK
752 952-BK
752 954-BK
752 955-BK
185.90
196.90
152.90
219.00
230.00
263.00
white alum. / white alum.

g
752 944-BK
752 947-BK
752 960-BK
752 950-BK
752 953-BK
752 956-BK
208.00
219.00
174.90
241.00
252.00
296.00
Overall
Advertising space
Poster frame for A1
Frame / shelves
Frame / shelves
Can be mounted in portrait or landscape format
Brochure display columns and wall

mounted brochure racks are supplied
without brochure compartments.
Info stands
Create brochure displays according to

your specific needs. Sheet steel construction, powder coated aluminium silver
with silver anodised aluminium profiles on
the sides.
Stand profile made of aluminium, silver

anodised.
Stable MDF base plate, 18mm thick, silver
coloured melamine coating.
1 Brochure display columns

For fitting with a max. of 4brochure
compartments on the front and back.
Metal base plate 370 x 370 mm.
2 Wall mounted brochure racks
124693
For max. of 4brochure compartments.

Depth including brochure compartments
219mm.
Brochure compartments for A4

Simply hook onto brochure display
columns or wall mounted brochure racks.
Sheet steel, powder coated aluminium
silver.
Pack of 2.
Model
Height x width
mm
No.
silver / silver
silver / black
g
Accessories
Brochure
No.
compartments g /
1655 x 370
1654 x 328
522 266-BK
522 268-BK
522 269-BK
522 270-BK
131.90
98.90
522 271-BK
522 271-BK
38.40
38.40
1 With brochure compartment

Made of sheet steel for A4.
Model
Format
Height in landscape / portrait format
mm
Base plate
width x depth mm
No.
g
2 + 3 With folding frames

Made of 25 mm wide aluminium profile.
Cover made of UV stabilised non-reflecting
film.
Exchange advertising media in seconds
Fold out top frame section
Insert document
Fold top frame section back together
A4
1100
330 x 330
A4
1060 / 1080
450 x 300
A3
1080 / 1110
450 x 300
522 272-BK
610 289-BK
610 290-BK
98.90
87.90
109.90
BLUE =
124693
Modular brochure holders
17
Display frames Display cases
Display frames
For information which has to be updated
quickly.
Frame made of impact resistant, aluminium coloured
polystyrene. Transparent cover plate made of crystal
polystyrene.
Large handle recesses make it easy to exchange
documents very quickly.
Can be mounted in portrait or landscape formats.
Clamps ensure rows are created perfectly, either side by
side or vertically.
Easy to mount with screws (not included) or with the
supplied adhesive tabs.
Format
Pack of
mm
No.
g / pack
A4
A3
322 x 237 x 23
4
448 x 322 x 23
2
611 516-BK
611 517-BK
71.50
82.50
Can be mounted in portrait or landscape format
Handle recesses for quick exchange of documents

Optionally with cork rear panel
Display cases for indoor use
2 With sliding doors
Elegant and timeless design.

Frame and hinged door made of aluminium,
silver anodised.
3 mm acrylic glass.
Security cylinder lock (2 keys).
Capacity
External dims.
Viewable area
Metal rear panel
124901
Cork rear panel
Optionally with metal rear panel, painted

white, or cork rear panel, pinnable.
External depth: 33 mm
Effective internal depth: 22 mm
A4 sheets
4 (2 x 2)
6 (2 x3)
9 (3 x 3)
12 (3 x 4)
width x height mm
width x height mm
weight approx. kg
522 x 697
440 x 615
4.8
742 x 697
660 x 615
6.9
742 x 1005
660 x 923
9.4
960 x 1005
880 x 923
10.2
No.
g
752 971-BK
752 972-BK
752 973-BK
752 974-BK
87.90
120.90
153.90
185.90
weight approx. kg
5.5
7.0
10.0
12.0
No.
g
752 976-BK
752 977-BK
752 978-BK
752 979-BK
98.90
131.90
164.90
208.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Ideal for confined spaces.

Frame made of aluminium, silver anodised.
4 mm single pane safety glass.
Material class B1 (flame retardant)
DIN 4102.
Ideal for the furnishing of schools, public
buildings and authorities.
Capacity
External dims.
Viewable area
Metal rear panel
Cork rear panel
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Optionally with metal rear panel, painted

white, or cork rear panel, pinnable.
External depth: 50 mm
Effective internal depth: 24 mm
A4 sheets
8 (2 x 4)
12 (3 x 4)
21 (3 x 7)
27 (3 x 9)
width x height mm
width x height mm
weight approx. kg
906 x 640
866 x 600
9.9
906 x 947
866 x 907
14.1
1566 x 947
1526 x 907
22.9
2006 x 947
1966 x 907
28.5
No.
g
752 980-BK
752 981-BK
754 698-BK
754 708-BK
219.00
285.00
417.00
549.00
weight approx. kg
11.5
16.5
27.0
35.5
No.
g
754 741-BK
754 747-BK
754 748-BK
754 750-BK
241.00
313.50
461.00
604.00
KAISER + KRAFT
124901
1 With hinged door
977
17

On request, all display cases and glass cases on

this double page can be supplied in alternative
sizes, powder coated in many RAL colours, with
floor stand systems for free standing placement,
with information rails and with lighting.
Sliding door display cases
Presentations protected against access and dirt in

especially narrow spaces, as no doors need to be
swung open.
Robust, torsion resistant special aluminium frame, silver
anodised. Sliding doors with guides on all sides, protected
against removal to prevent theft. Side handle profiles.
All glass sliding doors made of 4 mm thick single pane
safety glass. Edges ground and polished. Extremely
scratch resistant and compatible with cleaning agents.
Security cylinder lock (incl. 2 keys).
Frame corners with exclusive designer edge
Frame rounded for secure

use in public buildings
Especially for narrow spaces

External depth 50 mm, effective internal depth 24 mm
Zinc plated, magnetic, metal rear panel powder
coated in pure white RAL 9010
Accessories
Capacity A4 sheets
Round magnets suitable for all display

cases with magnetic metal rear walls.
Plastic cap, white, 30 mm.
Pack of 30.
External. dims
Viewable area
Weight approx.
No. 705 001-BK
g / pack 16.45
8 (2 x 4)
12 (3 x 4)
18 (3 x 6)
21 (3 x 7)
27 (3 x 9)
910 x 670
850 x 600
16
910 x 970
840 x 900
22
1330 x 970
1260 x 900
25
1540 x 970
1470 x 900
27
1970 x 970
1890 x 900
34
No.
g
608 851-BK
608 852-BK
608 853-BK
608 854-BK
608 855-BK
307.00
389.50
412.50
434.50
527.00
No.
g
608 856-BK
608 857-BK
608 859-BK
608 860-BK
608 861-BK
340.00
423.50
450.00
472.00
567.00
W x H mm
W x H mm
kg
Frame corners, square

Frame corners, round
Sliding door glass cabinets
Presentation with theft protection

External depth 140 mm, effective internal depth
114 mm
Zinc plated, magnetic, metal rear panel powder
coated in pure white RAL 9010
Visually attractive presentation of information and

products behind glass. High quality, torsion resistant
special aluminium frame, silver anodised. Sliding doors
with guides on all sides, protected against removal to
prevent theft.
All glass sliding doors made of 4 mm thick single pane
safety glass. Edges ground and polished. Robust, scratch
resistant and compatible with cleaning agents. Supplied
with 2 infinitely adjustable glass shelves. Additional glass
shelves available on request.
Security cylinder lock (incl. 2 keys).
W x H mm
Weight approx.
800 x 600
800 x 800
1000 x 1000
1500 x 1000
kg
21
28
43
58
No.
g
608 871-BK
608 872-BK
608 873-BK
608 875-BK
417.00
472.00
589.00
831.00
BLUE =
125197
External dims.
17
Display cases Wall mounted glass cabinets
Display cases
For 18 x A4 up to 27 x A4 models,
the doors are held up with strong gas
springs.
One person can safely and comfortably
insert documents.
Optionally for indoor or outdoor

use
External depth 50 mm, effective
internal depth 20 mm
Zinc plated, magnetic, metal rear
panel powder coated in pure
white RAL 9010
Sturdy, torsion resistant special aluminium frame, silver anodised.

Inset aluminium hinged door with
concealed die cast hinges and
robust 4 mm thick single pane safety
glass. Extremely scratch resistant
and sturdy glass surface, compatible
with all cleaning agents.
Frontal security cylinder lock
(2 keys).
Frame corners with exclusive designer edge

Capacity A4 sheets
Weatherproof rubber seal. Effective

ventilation system, which is concealed
in the outer frame, prevents the glass
from fogging up.
Hinged at
External dims.
Viewable area
Weight approx.
2 (1 x 2)
4 (2 x 2)
8 (2 x 4)
18 (3 x 6)
21 (3 x 7)
27 (3 x 9)
left
530 x 410
420 x 300
11
left
530 x 710
420 x 600
15
top
960 x 710
850 x 600
21
top
1370 x 1010
1260 x 900
31
top
1580 x 1010
1470 x 900
38
top
2000 x 1010
1890 x 900
44
No.
g
608 838-BK
608 839-BK
608 841-BK
608 842-BK
608 843-BK
608 844-BK
219.00
285.00
390.50
593.00
655.00
831.00
No.
g
608 845-BK
608 846-BK
608 847-BK
608 848-BK
608 849-BK
608 850-BK
247.50
307.00
423.50
633.00
692.00
857.00
width x height mm
width x height mm
kg
Swing door display

cases
Maximum viewable area due to all

glass hinged doors
External depth 50 mm, effective
internal depth 24 mm
Zinc plated, magnetic, metal rear panel
powder coated in pure white RAL 9010
Opening angle 180. Access to the entire

display area possible when both doors are
open. Especially practical for displaying
large formats.
Robust, torsion resistant special aluminium
frame, silver anodised.
All glass swing doors made of 5 mm thick
single pane safety glass. Edges bevelled
and polished.
Compatible with all cleaning agents.
Security lock (2 keys).
All display cases on this page optionally
with
Frame corners with
exclusive designer
edge
Rounded model for
secure use in public
buildings
External dimensions
Viewable area
Weight approx.
125198
YELLOW =
Ex stock
8 (2 x 4)
12 (3 x 4)
18 (3 x 6)
21 (3 x 7)
width x height mm
width x height mm
kg
910 x 670
840 x 600
16
910 x 970
840 x 900
22
1330 x 970
1260 x 900
25
1540 x 970
1470 x 900
27
No.
g
608 862-BK
608 863-BK
608 864-BK
608 865-BK
307.00
384.00
428.00
461.00
No.
g
608 867-BK
608 868-BK
608 869-BK
608 870-BK
340.00
428.00
461.00
505.00
Capacity A4 sheets
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125198
979
17
NEW
With natural cork rear panel
1 With hinged door

A4 sheets
4 (2 x 2)
6 (2 x 3)
9 (3 x 3)
12 (3 x 4)
15 (3 x 5)

kg
weight approx.
545 x 704 x 52
420 x 594 x 32
5.2
758 x 704 x 52
630 x 594 x 32
6.1
758 x 983 x 52
630 x 891 x 32
13.1
970 x 983 x 52
840 x 891 x 32
14.5
1180 x 983 x 52
1050 x 891 x 32
15.0
No.
g
757 606-BK
757 607-BK
757 609-BK
757 610-BK
757 611-BK
152.90
174.90
218.00
241.00
318.00
kg
5.8
6.9
13.9
15.5
16.2
No.
g
757 612-BK
757 613-BK
757 614-BK
757 615-BK
757 617-BK
152.90
174.90
218.00
241.00
318.00
Capacity

External dims.
Internal dims.
Metal rear panel
Natural cork rear panel
Display cases
weight approx.
NEW
High quality aluminium frame,

natural anodised finish
Single pane safety glass, 4 mm thick
Decorative plastic corners
With magnetic metal rear panel,

painted white, or pinnable cork rear panel.
Lockable (2 keys).
1 With hinged door

For indoor and outdoor areas.
A foam seal ensures that they are
watertight.
Natural ventilation via labyrinth seal
prevents misting of the glass.
Door can be hinged on the left or right.

For indoor use.
For optimum accessibility, ideal for
cramped spaces.
Doors open easily on slide rails.
Capacity
External dims.
Internal dims.
Metal rear panel
126283
Round magnets on pages 953, 954, 978.

Felt pins on page 956.
Natural cork rear panel
A4 sheets
8 (2 x 4)
12 (3 x 4)
15 (3 x 5)
18 (3 x 6)
21 (3 x 7)
27 (3 x 9)

weight approx.
kg
965 x 687 x 55
840 x 594 x 28
12.2
965 x 987 x 55
840 x 891 x 28
16.5
1175 x 987 x 55
1050 x 891 x 28
17.8
1385 x 987 x 55
1260 x 891 x 28
19.5
1596 x 987 x 55
1470 x 891 x 28
26.2
2017 x 987 x 55
1890 x 891 x 28
39.4
No.
g
757 618-BK
757 619-BK
757 620-BK
757 621-BK
757 622-BK
759 110-BK
218.00
263.00
296.00
340.00
384.00
438.00
kg
11.6
16.1
17.4
19.8
26.4
39.4
No.
g
759 150-BK
759 192-BK
759 193-BK
759 300-BK
759 459-BK
759 460-BK
218.00
263.00
296.00
340.00
384.00
438.00
weight approx.
BLUE =
126283
Display cases
17

Display cases
With horizontally hinged door
High quality aluminium frame, natural anodised finish. Extremely scratch resistant,
4mm thick single pane safety glass,
100 % compatible with cleaning agents.
Efficient ventilation system prevents the
glass from misting up.
Sheet metal rear wall, painted white, can
be written on with board markers and dry
wiped. Notices easily attached with
magnets.
Material class B1 (flame retardant)
DIN 4102.
Ideal for the furnishing of schools, public
buildings and authorities.
External depth 47 mm.

Effective internaldepth26 mm.
Hinged door swivels upwards and is held by two strong
gas spring struts. One person can safely and comfortably
insert documents.
Capacity
Stand systems for indoor and outdoor use, custom sizes and powder
coating in many RAL colours can be
External dims.
Viewable area
Weight approx.
(A4 sheets)
12 (3 x 4)
15 (3 x 5)
18 (3 x 6)
21 (3 x 7)
24 (3 x 8)
27 (3 x 9)
width x height mm
width x height mm
kg
1025 x 1067
898 x 940
23.3
1245 x 1067
1118 x 940
28.6
1465 x 1067
1338 x 940
33.6
1685 x 1067
1558 x 940
36.8
1905 x 1067
1778 x 940
44.1
2125 x 1067
1998 x 940
51.1
520 801-BK
520 803-BK
520 804-BK
520 805-BK
520 806-BK
520 807-BK
494.00
548.00
615.00
658.00
725.00
835.00
No.
g
Information display
cases
For indoor use
Ideal place for notices which
must be permanently displayed
(e.g. legal working and safety
regulations, company notices
and rules etc.).
Low profile model with silver anodised
aluminium frame. Rounded plastic corners
for safe use in public buildings.
Sturdy hinged door made of Plexiglas,
3 mm thick, security cylinder lock (2 keys).
External depth 26 mm.
Effective internal depth 12.5 mm.
A With metal rear panel

Painted white, magnetic.
B With cork rear panel

For use with push pins.
Capacity
External dims.
1 - 4 items
125199
5+ items
A4 sheets
1 (1 x 1)
2 (2 x 1)
3 (3 x 1)
4 (2 x 2)
6 (2 x 3)
8 (2 x 4)
9 (3 x 3)
12 (3 x 4)

A metal rear panel
B cork rear panel
271 x 350 x 26
491 x 350 x 26
711 x 350 x 26
491 x 655 x 26
711 x 655 x 26
931 x 655 x 26
711 x 963 x 26
931 x 963 x 26
614 259-BK
614 277-BK
614 260-BK
614 278-BK
614 261-BK
614 279-BK
614 263-BK
614 280-BK
614 264-BK
614 281-BK
614 265-BK
614 282-BK
614 266-BK
614 283-BK
614 267-BK
614 284-BK
g / each
A metal rear panel
B cork rear panel
47.20
58.20
70.30
81.30
93.50
104.50
115.50
137.50
614 268-BK
614 285-BK
614 269-BK
614 286-BK
614 271-BK
614 287-BK
614 272-BK
614 288-BK
614 273-BK
614 290-BK
614 274-BK
614 291-BK
614 275-BK
614 292-BK
614 276-BK
614 293-BK
g / each
43.90
53.80
64.90
75.90
86.90
97.90
105.60
126.50
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125199
981
17
4 Glass cabinet
with base
cupboard
2 Rectangular
Column glass cabinet
glass cabinet

on request
3 Half height glass cabinet,

can also be used as a
room divider
Glass cabinets
Designer glass cabinets are delivered flat pack.

The aluminium profiles are permanently attached to
the safety glass panels at the factory. Units can be
assembled/disassembled very quickly due to a new
and simple plug & fixing concept. They are easily
disassembled for storage and transport when not in
use, which also means they are ideal for trade fairs
and exhibitions. The packaging is reusable and can be
kept for future transport or storage.
High quality aluminium profile, silver anodised.

Side panels and doors made of 4 mm thick safety glass.
Infinitely adjustable safety glass shelves, 5 mm thick.
Collector's cabinet with 6 mm shelves.
The doors are mounted on a full length, vertical aluminium
axle which allows them to open without the use of hinges.
Security cylinder lock, 2 keys. Decorative MDF panels at
top and bottom in white aluminium RAL 9006.
Model
column cabinet
rectangular cabinet
1800 x 520
520
1800 x 820
420
1280 x 520
520
1280 x 820
420
1800 x 520
520
1800 x 820
420
5
4
5
5
4
5
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
No.
g
506 556-BK
506 557-BK
506 560-BK
506 561-BK
506 562-BK
506 563-BK
461.00
593.00
390.50
489.50
670.00
831.00
No.
g
506 565-BK
506 566-BK
506 596-BK
506 599-BK
506 600-BK
506 601-BK
615.00
747.00
534.00
633.00
813.00
974.00
Description
Height x width
Depth
mm
mm
Levels
Shelves
Qty. of swivelling spotlights
Without illumination
With low voltage lighting
The bottom panel has been hollowed out to house

concealed castors for mobile applications, or to house a
transformer for the optional low voltage lighting system.
Rail system with 20 W spotlights, infinitely height
adjustable.
The base cupboards have a sturdy aluminium frame,
anodised in silver colour. Body and shelves made of melamine coated MDF panels in white aluminium RAL 9006.
half height cabinet
glass cabinet with base cupboard
BLUE =
125200
125200
New glass cabinet system, wide range of

models to meet every requirement.
The stylish, chamfered corners give these
cabinets a distinct look which sets them
apart from the rest.
Designer glass cabinets Display panels and screening systems
17
MDF in
aluminium
silver
Single pane
safety glass,
white matt
Wall mounted glass

cabinet
Single pane
safety glass,
transparent
Display panel and screening systems
Model
124694
Description
wall mounted
collector's
cabinet
800 x 820 x 250

3
2
3
1800 x 820 x 250

7
6
6

Levels
Shelves
Swivelling spotlights
mm
Without lighting
No.
g
506 564-BK
506 558-BK
302.50
644.00
No.
g
506 606-BK
506 568-BK
423.50
809.00
With low voltage lighting
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Accessories
Round metal base
For linear and single panel configurations.
In white aluminium RAL 9006.
Metal base 350 mm, height 5 mm.
Please note, round metal bases must be used for linear and single
panel configurations.
Model
MDF
Colour
single pane safety glass
white alum.
clear
white matt

1800 x 600 x 18 mm
No.
g
506 570-BK
506 569-BK
506 571-BK
174.90
141.90
230.00

1800 x 1000 x 18 mm
No.
g
506 573-BK
506 572-BK
506 574-BK
230.00
181.50
291.50
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Pack of
No.
g / pack
506 576-BK
506 577-BK
60.40
98.90
KAISER + KRAFT
124694
6
Collectors glass cabinet
This lightweight and flexible system is built around an ornamental

yet functional vertical profile frame made of aluminium, anodised
in silver colour.
Thanks to ingenious plug & fix connections, the free standing
panels can be connected together at any angle up to 360.
All connection parts are made of high quality steel in order to
guarantee excellent durability.
3 different types of panelling to choose from, all 4 mm thick:
decorative panel in white aluminium RAL 9006, transparent safety
glass and safety glass in white matt finish.
983
17
Wall mounted glass cabinets
All round aluminium frame, 25 mm thick, silver anodised with
matt chrome corner connectors.
4 mm thick single pane safety glass on four sides.
Rear panel and base made of MDF furniture panels,
painted in white RAL 9010.
Prepared for concealed wall mounting.
2 infinitely adjustable 6 mm glass shelves.
2 sliding glass doors with guides on all sides and side handle
profiles. Security cylinder lock with 2 keys.
Delivered fully assembled ready for immediate use.
Low voltage illumination

Rail system set with 3 x 20 W spotlights, infinitely height
adjustable, incl. 230 V transformer, ready for immediate use.
Please include with your order, cannot be assembled at a
later stage.
For optimum illumination, we recommend two sets for the
1520 and 2020 mm wide cabinets.
No. 906 942-BK
mm
No.
g
g / set 152.90
820 x 1020 x 300
1020 x 1020 x 300
1220 x 1020 x 300
1520 x 1020 x 300
2020 x 1020 x 300
616 159-BK
616 160-BK
616 161-BK
616 162-BK
616 163-BK
478.50
637.00
835.00
890.00
1040.00
Glass display cabinets
1 and 2 supplied flat pack, easy self-assembly.

3 delivered fully assembled, ready for immediate use.
Model
Doors
1 revolving door
2 revolving doors
1 round revolving door
mm
mm
1760
430 x 430
1760
830 x 430
1760
550
No.
g
906 937-BK
925 343-BK
925 341-BK
379.50
611.00
831.00
with low voltage lighting
No.
g
424 448-BK
424 450-BK
424 452-BK
534.00
765.00
985.00
without lighting
No.
g
925 342-BK
925 344-BK
925 340-BK
401.50
633.00
853.00
with low voltage lighting
No.
g
424 449-BK
424 451-BK
424 453-BK
556.00
787.00
999.00
Height
Width x depth
With 4 decorative feet
With 4 designer castors
without lighting
BLUE =
109877
109877
Your special exhibition items or products can be ideally

presented and seen from all sides. Attractive, silver anodised
aluminium support profiles, glazed on all sides with 5 mm
thick, single pane safety glass. The top and bottom covers
are made of silver coloured MDF panels.
Revolving doors with security cylinder lock (each with
2 keys) protect against unauthorised access. 4 infinitely
adjustable single pane safety glass shelves, 5 mm thick.
Each cabinet is optionally available with 4 silver coloured
decorative feet or 4 smooth running designer castors,
50 mm, 2 with wheel stops. Ideal for changing locations
quickly at trade fairs and exhibitions.
Optionally with low voltage lighting. Rail system with
5 x 20 W spotlights, infinitely height adjustable.
Incl. 230 V transformer and connection cable.
Wall mounted glass cabinets Free standing glass cabinets
17
NEW
4
2
3
Delivered
fully assembled
Bright chrome plated aluminium
Glass cabinets
Illumination
Slim aluminium frame, 25 x 25 mm thick,

optionally silver anodised or bright chrome
plated.
Good stability due to 4 height adjustable
feet. Lockable, security cylinder locks
each with 2keys.
Model
Single pane safety glass to DIN1249.

5-sided external glasing and sliding doors
4mm thick, hinged doors 5mm thick.
3 infinitely adjustable single pane safety
glass shelves, 6mm thick, 8 mm thick for
widths of 1500+.
2 single pane safety glass shelves for

cabinets with storage compartment.
Max. load per glass shelf 15 kg with evenly
distributed load.
Base cabinets
Cabinets with storage compartment
with 1shelf for 2file heights, separately
lockable.
column cabinet
1 hinged door
1 hinged door
2000 x 400 x 400
2000 x 500 x 500
Description
Doors
mm
Silver anodised
aluminium
No.
g
756 593-BK
756 594-BK
756 595-BK
756 596-BK
756 597-BK
756 599-BK
756 600-BK
714.00
835.00
890.00
1010.00
1340.00
846.00
1020.00
Bright chrome plated

aluminium
No.
g
756 609-BK
756 611-BK
756 612-BK
756 613-BK
756 614-BK
756 615-BK
756 617-BK
912.00
912.00
1100.00
1245.00
1605.00
988.00
free standing glass cabinet

2 hinged doors
2 hinged doors
2 sliding doors
2000 x 800 x 400 2000 x 1000 x 400 2000 x 1500 x 400
half height cabinet

2 sliding doors
2 sliding doors
910 x 1000 x 400
910 x 1500 x 400
1205.00
Low voltage illumination,

3 20 W spotlights
No.
g
760 317-BK
760 317-BK
141.90
141.90

4 20 W spotlights
No.
g
760 314-BK
760 314-BK
760 314-BK
760 314-BK
760 314-BK
152.90
152.90
152.90
152.90
152.90
Accessories
Model
Description
Doors
mm
Compartment, int. H x W x D mm
2 hinged doors
2000 x 400 x 400
670 x 350 x 350
Rail system with20W low voltage

spotlights, height is infinitely adjustable,
incl.transformer, ready for immediate use.
Please include with your order, as they
cannot be fitted at a later stage.
Availableon request
Custom made models and powder
coated models in many RAL colours, as
well as energy saving LED illumination
and additional shelves.
At extra cost, the cabinets can also be
fitted with swivel castors formobile
use.
cabinets with storage compartment

2 hinged doors
2 hinged doors
2 hinged doors
2000 x 500 x 400
2000 x 800 x 400 2000 x 1000 x 400
670 x 450 x 350
670 x 750 x 350
670 x 950 x 350
2 sliding doors
2000 x 1500 x 400
670 x 1450 x 350
wall mounted cabinets

2 sliding doors
2 sliding doors
1000 x 1000 x 300 1000 x 1500 x 300
Silver anodised
aluminium
No.
g
756 602-BK
756 603-BK
756 604-BK
756 605-BK
756 606-BK
756 607-BK
878.00
988.00
1055.00
1185.00
1560.00
692.00
978.00
Bright chrome plated

aluminium
No.
g
756 621-BK
756 625-BK
756 630-BK
756 634-BK
756 639-BK
756 641-BK
756 642-BK
1065.00
1200.00
1275.00
1420.00
1815.00
846.00
1165.00
No.
g
760 316-BK
760 316-BK
760 316-BK
760 316-BK
760 316-BK
760 317-BK
760 317-BK
141.90
141.90
141.90
141.90
141.90
141.90
141.90
756 608-BK

3 20 W spotlights
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Please enquire about glass display

cabinets.
KAISER + KRAFT
126941
126941
Accessories
985
17
Illustr. with stands (see accessories below)
Display panels
Can be fitted horizontally and vertically
Use these practical display panels to divide rooms quickly

and easily into the sizes you require. The panels are
covered with an attractive fabric in royal blue which is
suitable for pinning documents, or with natural cork. Ideal
for information, pictures, plans, working documents etc.
The transparent wall sections made of high-strength
polycarbonate panels ensure that light can also pass into
the partitioned areas.
Two different panel sizes with sturdy aluminium frames.
The panels can be fitted both horizontally and vertically.
Easy to join several panels together using separate height
adjustable sliding metal hooks.
Stands can be supplied with your choice of feet: height
adjustment screw, flat T-foot or decorative round base.
Please include stands in your order.
Pack of
Version
Spacer
Height x width
124695
Pack of
Version
mm
1500 x 1200
1
royal blue fabric

light grey fabric
natural cork
g / pack
757 210-BK
849 871-BK
980 627-BK
980 623-BK
849 898-BK
980 628-BK
153.90
285.00
No.
g / pack
502 035-BK
502 036-BK
263.00
450.00
mm
royal blue fabric

light grey fabric
natural cork
g / pack
1800 x 1200
1
849 855-BK
849 901-BK
849 936-BK
849 863-BK
849 928-BK
849 944-BK
174.90
329.00
980 631-BK
Stands
Pack of
For the easy assembly

of display panels, in
three different versions.
With flat T-foot

No.
g / pack
757 211-BK
71.50
126.50
With round base

Height 1830 mm, 280 mm
No.
g / pack
757 212-BK
980 632-BK
82.50
148.50
With adjustment screw on the bottom

Height 1830 mm
No.
g / pack
980 634-BK
980 635-BK
49.50
86.90
BLUE =
124695
Height x width
Display panels Partition systems
17
SOFTLINE sound absorption partition system

For decorative, sound absorbing partitions
Each module is quick and easy to assemble and disassemble without tools
Can be linked together at any angle from 0 to 360 degrees
Air circulates well due to the 100 mm high legs
Construction
Each panel consists of a thick solid
wooden frame, filled with fire resistant
mineral wool for noise insulation.
Frame and mineral wool each 50 mm thick.
Hardwearing fabric covering made of
100 % polyester in two decorative colours.
Dimensions
Choose between three practical heights
and widths.
Please note
Mounting set
A mounting kit with the corresponding

connecting clamps and legs are required
for each panel.
Please order for each panel.

Consists of two chrome plated legs, one of
which is offset for added stability.
Two chrome plated clips to connect the
panels.
No. 740 997-BK

1460
1460 / 1600
Arched
Overall height incl. legs
mm
Panel height
Panel width
Weight
Colour
mm
mm
kg
blue
grey
800
11.1
1000
12.9
1200
14.8
1360 / 1500
800
12.5
800
12.7
1000
14.5
1200
15.9
1500 / 1700
800
14.0
800
14.4
1000
15.5
1200
18.2
740 975-BK
740 987-BK
740 976-BK
740 988-BK
740 978-BK
740 989-BK
916 203-BK
916 204-BK
740 979-BK
740 990-BK
740 980-BK
740 991-BK
740 981-BK
740 992-BK
916 205-BK
916 206-BK
740 982-BK
740 994-BK
740 984-BK
740 995-BK
740 986-BK
740 996-BK
334.50
392.50
428.00
380.50
417.00
428.00
465.50
428.00
432.50
464.00
494.00
1360
1600
1600 / 1800
Arched
g / set 62.70
1500
1800
1700
Circulation of air with 100 mm

clearance from floor
Arched panels for a harmonious

transition between the 3 available panel
heights
Absorption factor
High level of soundproofing
Join as many as you like, rotates

from 0 360
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Panel thickness 50 mm
For noise intensive work areas with frequencies of 500 to 4000 Hz,
these noise insulation walls offer a high degree of sound absorption.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
72321
72321
Frequency Hz
987
17
65
0m
Partitions
The partitions on these two pages can be set Accessories
up at any time and in any place.
Metal foot for additional stability. Extends 225 mm on each
side. Slate grey, similar to RAL 7015.
All have ingenious, quick clip connections.
No. 704 973-BK
The frames of the panels on these pages are in slate grey,

which is similar to RAL 7015. Frame thickness 20 mm.
3 models available in 3 heights and 2 widths that can be
combined with one other as needed.
For each panel, delivery includes
2 height adjustable feet, connection clips, cover caps,
assembly tool, assembly instructions.
Plastic,
silver grey
g 75.90
Plastic,
pearl white
Felt,
silver grey
Felt,
blue
Acrylic
glass,
smoked
1 Easy care and robust

Polyurethane coated chipboard panels that are both
durable and sturdy. Silver grey, similar to RAL 7001 or
pearl white, similar to RAL 1013.
Metal foot as an accessory
2 Noise reducing and attractive
Connecting clip
Chipboard panels with felt cover, optionally in silver grey,

similar to RAL 7001 or in blue, similar to RAL 5010.
3 Translucent
Smoke coloured acrylic glass, 3 mm thick, further
stabilised by additional metal frame.
122654
Panel surface
Length x width
Colour
1
mm
silver grey
pearl white
blue
smoke coloured
g
1300 x 650
plastic
1300 x 1300
felt
650 x 650
acrylic glass
1300 x 650
1950 x 650
704 969-BK
704 971-BK
704 972-BK
241.00
318.00
384.00
1950 x 650
1950 x 1300
1300 x 650
1300 x 1300
1950 x 650
1950 x 1300
103 365-BK
103 373-BK
103 349-BK
103 357-BK
103 322-BK
103 330-BK
103 306-BK
103 314-BK
103 497-BK
103 470-BK
103 438-BK
103 381-BK
219.00
318.00
291.50
351.00
512 564-BK
512 565-BK
512 566-BK
512 568-BK
230.00
312.50
285.00
395.00
BLUE =
122654
Model
The rectangular panels can be set up either

horizontally or vertically, however, at least one vertical
panel is required next to horizontal panels.
Partitions
17
For individual workstations, common rooms,

trade fair stands, waiting rooms etc.
1 Plastic,
2 Felt,
light grey
The frames and panels on this page are light grey, similar
to RAL 7035. 3 models available, in 3 heights and 2 widths.
For each panel, delivery includes
2 height adjustable feet, connection clips, cover caps,
assembly tool, assembly instructions.
3 Acrylic glass,
light grey
clear
1 Plastic panel
Hardwearing and easy to maintain.
Polyurethane coated chipboard panels in light grey.
2 Felt panel
Noise reducing and attractive, with felt cover.
3 Acrylic glass panel

Clear acrylic glass, 3 mm thick, further stabilised by
additional metal frame.
Any angle possible
Accessories
Metal foot for additional stability.
Extends 225 mm on each side.
Slate grey, similar to RAL 7015.
Model
Panel surface
Width (height)
Length (height)
122655
Colour
No. 704 973-BK
g 75.90
plastic
felt
acrylic glass
mm
mm
650
1300
1300
1300
650
1950
1300
1950
650
1300
1300
1300
650
1950
1300
1950
light grey
acrylic glass, clear
746 947-BK
746 948-BK
746 949-BK
746 950-BK
746 951-BK
746 952-BK
746 953-BK
746 954-BK
219.00
318.00
291.50
351.00
230.00
312.50
285.00
395.00
746 955-BK
746 956-BK
746 957-BK
241.00
318.00
384.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

650
650
650
1300
650
1950
KAISER + KRAFT
122655
Shown with metal feet
989
17
Velcro strips
Flexible acoustic partition system

With attractive aluminium frame
Tabletop partitions
With innovative Velcro system for quick,

uncomplicated assembly and modification
Panel with fabric covering
106627
Panel with acrylic glass,

clear
Width x height
Fabric cover
Flat feet
Overall length
Colour
mm
1620
mm
mm
fabric cover light grey
grey blue
g
frame charcoal
light grey
g
1600
850
Grey blue
743 695-BK
743 701-BK
1550 x 500
614 302-BK
614 304-BK
309.00
336.50
450
743 722-BK
743 723-BK
47.20
1820
743 696-BK
743 702-BK
1150 x 500
614 301-BK
614 303-BK
The partition systems on these 2 pages can be covered

with other fabric colours and supplied according to
your size specifications.
mm
charcoal
light grey
g / pack
1250
mm
light grey
grey blue
1800
850
743 698-BK
743 705-BK
1250
743 699-BK
743 706-BK
369.50
442.00
414.50
513.00
743 708-BK
743 711-BK
743 709-BK
743 713-BK
743 715-BK
743 718-BK
743 716-BK
743 719-BK
413.50
442.00
442.00
502.00
High degree of sound absorption
Frequency f / Hz
BLUE =
106627
With fabric covering

100 % polyacrylic covering in two colours.
Light grey fabric with frame in charcoal RAL 7016 or
grey blue fabric with frame in light grey RAL 7035.
With acrylic glass
Clear acrylic glass, 5 mm thick.
Frame in charcoal RAL 7016 or light grey RAL 7035.
Panel height
Panel width
Light grey
Increased stability for

linear configurations.
Generally recommended
for use with panels with
a height of 1800 mm.
Pack of 2.
Select the panel that suits your

requirements
Overall height
Very easy assembly. Tabletop partitions are also

connected to one another with Velcro strips.
Available in two widths.
Supplied with table clamps.
Sound absorption coefficient s
Joining each smooth Velcro strip to a rough strip creates

a stable yet freely rotating, continuous connection for
every angle configuration.
The 50 mm thick frame with internal mineral wool and
perforated fibre boards on both sides provide a high
degree of sound absorption (see sound test certificate).
Sturdy aluminium uprights with floor level adjustment
screws.
Same design as panels with fabric covering

Suitable for 21 42 mm thick tabletops
17
Acoustic dividers
Can be manufactured to individual requirements.
Can be adjusted up or down
Grey blue
Light grey
Upright with floor level

adjustment screw
Pleated
Upright with base plate
Acoustic dividers
Select the panel that suits your requirements Uprights must be included with your order
Transform open spaces into customised
work and conference areas. Also suitable for With fabric covering
Made of tubular steel, 40 mm, powder coated.
100 % polyacrylic, light grey or blue grey.
Optionally with height adjustment screws or with round
creating rest areas in the office or at trade
base, 300 mm.
With fabric covering and acrylic glass
fair stands.
Lower section with fabric covering, height 570 mm. Upper If only one panel is to be used, two round bases are
Practical plug-in system makes it easy to assemble
and disassemble
Up to four panels per upright at a 90 angle or up to

three panels when using custom angles.
The panels, with anodised aluminium end strips, have a
50 mm thick, all-round solid wood frame with a grooved
fibre board and mineral wool lining on both sides for
excellent sound insulation.
106628
Overall height
Panel height
1680 mm
1500 mm
1800 mm
1620 mm
Panel width
800 mm
1200 mm
1600 mm
800 mm
1200 mm
1600 mm
YELLOW =
Ex stock
section with clear acrylic glass, 5 mm thick. Aluminium

frame in light grey RAL 7035 or charcoal RAL 7016.
Additionally with pleats
Pleats made of 100 % polyester, silver, dirt resistant due to
rigid design. Framed in 2 aluminium rails. Ideal for privacy
and as glare protection.
With transparent acrylic glass
5 mm thick. Aluminium frames in light grey RAL 7035 or
charcoal RAL 7016.

light grey
grey blue
741 008-BK
741 009-BK
741 010-BK
741 028-BK
741 029-BK
741 030-BK
741 014-BK
741 015-BK
741 016-BK
741 034-BK
741 036-BK
741 037-BK
g
238.50
296.00
380.50
296.00
357.50
450.00
With fabric / acrylic glass

light grey
grey blue
741 011-BK
741 012-BK
741 031-BK
741 032-BK
741 017-BK
741 018-BK
741 038-BK
741 039-BK
g
263.00
323.50
348.50
402.50
Model
Height 1680 mm
Height 1800 mm
light grey
charcoal
g
light grey
charcoal
g
With fabric / acrylic glass / pleats

light grey
grey blue
g
381.50
611 507-BK 611 511-BK
447.50
611 508-BK 611 512-BK
611 509-BK
611 510-BK
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

required.
611 513-BK
611 515-BK
469.50
530.00
floor level
adjustment screw
round base
741 046-BK
743 667-BK
743 668-BK
743 669-BK
51.70
60.50
743 670-BK
743 671-BK
743 672-BK
743 673-BK
62.70
71.50
With acrylic glass

light grey
charcoal
741 021-BK
741 022-BK
741 041-BK
741 042-BK
741 023-BK
741 024-BK
741 044-BK
741 045-BK
g
307.00
359.50
370.50
439.00
KAISER + KRAFT
106628
991
17
Fabric cover in red

Acrylic glass with satin finish
Both shown with 4 screen sections
Decorative panel in aluminium silver Decorative panel in beech finish
Decorative panel in light grey
Single pane safety glass
Fabric cover in blue
Screening system
Versatile solution for quickly dividing rooms according to
individual requirements
For mobile and stationary use
Individual panels are pre-assembled.

Panels are connected quickly and easily,
and without tools.
Robust, skillfully crafted screen sections

with 30 mm thick, anodised aluminium
frames.
The all round, attractive profiles enable
the screens to be set up at any angle and
folded together to save space when not in
use.
Extremely flexible due to two specially
designed hinges which are used to
connect individual screen sections at the
top and bottom.
Each panel is fitted with two easy rolling
castors, one with wheel stop.
Height x width, overall

Decorative panel
material thickness 8 mm
106629
Fabric cover, velour finish

material thickness 12 mm
Acrylic glass, material thickness 5 mm
Safety glass, material thickness 5 mm
Please note, support braces must be used

for linear and single panel configurations.
The panels are available with

four different types of glazing
mm
white aluminium
beech finish
light grey
red
blue
satin finish
clear
Folds together to save space
Telephone booths
Decorative melamine panels

in three colours
Fabric cover, 100 % polyester,
velour finish, in two colours
Coated acrylic glass with satin finish
Transparent safety glass
1800 x 600
No.
g
g
351.00 502 026-BK
373.00
424 884-BK
351.00 502 027-BK
373.00
424 885-BK
351.00 502 028-BK
373.00
424 886-BK
417.00 614 305-BK
439.00
614 320-BK
417.00 614 306-BK
439.00
614 321-BK
516.00 502 032-BK
541.00
424 890-BK
373.00 502 033-BK
395.00
424 891-BK
Please note: All prices are for one element.
Good noise protection,

noise insulation 16 dB
Outer shell made of extremely sturdy
plastic. Perforated interior cladding
with a 25 mm thick sound insulation
foam filling in between.
Traffic grey, similar to RAL7042.
Easy self-assembly.
1600 x 600
No.
Required for linear and single panel

configurations.

605 x605 x515 mm.
No. 502 025-BK
No. 716 425-BK
Support brace
g 54.90
BLUE =
g 549.00
106629
17
Partitions
NEW
Overall
height
1200 mm
Premium sound absorption

partition system
Tabletop panels
Construction identical to wall panels.
Including 2 table clamps for 21 42 mm thick tabletops.
Easy assembly, the panels plug into the table clamps
without tools.
Grey
Wall panels
Width x height
The 50 mm thick wall units consist of two all-round,

double wooden frames with a40 mm thick, non-flammable
mineral wool filling.
Steel parts with an environmentally friendly lead and
cadmium free powder coating.
Flawlessly upholstered by hand with 2 mm thick, foam
laminated, 100 % polyester fabric.
80 mm floor clearance for optimum air circulation.
Optionally with fabric covering or additionally with
5mmthicktransparent acrylic glass window.
Fabric
mm
800 x 450
1200 x 450
1600 x 450
grey
blue
beige
red
970 254-BK
970 258-BK
970 251-BK
970 261-BK
970 256-BK
970 259-BK
970 252-BK
970 262-BK
970 257-BK
970 260-BK
970 253-BK
970 264-BK
296.00
328.00
362.00
50 mm thick wall construction
Blue
The fabric panels offer the highest level ofsound

absorption
Infinitely adjustable panel angles
from0360are possible
Each panel is supplied with an assembly kit

1 height adjustable foot to compensate for uneven
flooring
1 x 480 mm long foot for stability
2 connectors for positioning panels at any angle
Beige
Overall height
mm
Panel height
Panel width
mm
mm
grey
blue
beige
red
125037
With acrylic glass window and

fabric covering
window
g
height x width mm
grey
blue
beige
red
g
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Fabric covered frames,

optionallywithacrylic glass window
w in accordance withENISO11654 : 1997 = 0.75 MH.
1200
1600
1120
Red
1800
1520
1720
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
970 203-BK
970 214-BK
970 194-BK
970 224-BK
970 205-BK
970 215-BK
970 195-BK
970 225-BK
970 206-BK
970 216-BK
970 196-BK
970 226-BK
970 207-BK
970 217-BK
970 197-BK
970 227-BK
970 208-BK
970 218-BK
970 198-BK
970 228-BK
970 209-BK
970 219-BK
970 199-BK
970 229-BK
970 210-BK
970 221-BK
970 200-BK
970 230-BK
970 211-BK
970 222-BK
970 201-BK
970 231-BK
970 213-BK
970 223-BK
970 202-BK
970 232-BK
296.00
328.00
362.00
406.00
770 x 640
428.00
770 x 840
461.00
438.00
970 x 640
461.00
970 x 840
494.00
970 237-BK
970 242-BK
970 233-BK
970 246-BK
970 238-BK
970 243-BK
970 234-BK
970 248-BK
970 240-BK
970 244-BK
970 235-BK
970 249-BK
970 241-BK
970 245-BK
970 236-BK
970 250-BK
438.00
461.00
527.00
548.00
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
125037
Custom sizes and additional fabric colours on request.
993
17
NEW
1
With coat hangers
3
With coat hangers and
swivel castors
3
With umbrella stand
The special fit of the hooks and coat hangers provides a

certainamountofprotection against theft.
Coat racks
In office akktiv quality
Uprights and frames made of powder coated steel,
optionally in silver or black.
Aluminium profiles, silver anodised. Coat hooks and coat
hangers made of high quality plastic, charcoal.
Supplied flat pack easyself-assembly.

The reception area is the business

card of every company.
Your company can also make a
positive first impression.
As a modern business, you should
ensure that this area is attractive
and functional as well.
Model
Description
Umbrella holder
Coat hooks
Colour
mm
1 Wall mounted coat racks

With hat shelf and 19 coat hooks.
Recommended mounting height 1700 mm from floor to
top edge of hat shelf.
Wall mounting material included.
Coat hangers
Made of high quality plastic, charcoal.
Trouser bar made of silver anodised aluminium.
2 Row design umbrella stands

With 7 openings.
3 Single sided coat rails
Pack of 10.

Swivel castors with wheel stops as an accessory.
No. 756 836-BK
g / pack 86.90
wall mounted coat racks

without
19
160 x 1000 x 330
silver
row design umbrella stands

with 7 openings
540 x 1000 x 220

silver
single sided coat rails
Without coat hangers
No.
g
756 719-BK
With 10 coat hangers
No.
g
262.00
No.
g / pack
black
black
without
19
1700 x 1000 x 400
silver
756 710-BK
black
756 711-BK
with
19
1700 x 1000 x 400
silver
756 712-BK
black
756 720-BK
756 721-BK
756 722-BK
756 713-BK
174.90
174.90
163.90
163.90
318.00
318.00
449.00
449.00
757 218-BK
757 219-BK
756 837-BK
757 198-BK
757 199-BK
757 200-BK
262.00
405.00
405.00
536.00
536.00
704 967-BK
704 967-BK
704 967-BK
704 967-BK
38.40
38.40
38.40
38.40
Swivel castors
Pack of 4
BLUE =
126284
126284
Accessories
17
Coat racks
NEW
8
5 8 Wall mounted coat rails
Including wall mounting material.
Seetable for packaging quantities.
Aluminium profiles, silver anodised.

Coat hooks made of high quality black
plastic.
Optionally with 3, 5, 10 or 15 hooks.
Model
10
15
300
80 x 80
500
80 x 80
1000
80 x 80
1500
80 x 80
Coat hooks
With coat hangers and

swivel castors
Width
Height x depth
mm
mm
Pack of
No.
g / pack
757 220-BK
757 221-BK
756 724-BK
756 781-BK
49.50
65.90
65.90
87.90
a
4
With umbrella holder
4 Double sided coat rails

Swivel castors with wheel stops
(accessory) make the coat rails mobile
for greater versatility.
Model
Umbrella holder
Coat hooks
Colour
Without coat hangers
With 20 coat hangers
9 a Small wall mounted coat racks
4
without
38
1700 x 1000 x 600
silver
mm
black
with
38
1700 x 1000 x 600
silver
black
No.
g
756 714-BK
756 715-BK
756 716-BK
756 718-BK
395.00
395.00
526.00
526.00
No.
g
757 201-BK
757 202-BK
757 203-BK
757 216-BK
569.00
569.00
699.00
699.00
No.
g / pack
704 967-BK
704 967-BK
704 967-BK
704 967-BK
38.40
38.40
38.40
38.40
The practical coat rack for small spaces.

Metal fittings made of black powder
coated steel. Coat hooks made of high
quality black plastic.
Optionally with 2or 4 hooks, both complete
with coat hangers.
126285
Accessories
Swivel castors
Pack of 4
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Packof2.
Model
Coat hooks
Coat hangers
Height
Width x depth
No.
g / pack
mm
mm
2
2
4
4
160
450 x 300
280
450 x 300
757 222-BK
757 223-BK
82.50
119.90
KAISER + KRAFT
126285

Optionally with or without umbrella holder
and coat hangers.
995
17
2
1
Powder coated in white aluminium RAL 9006
Sturdy steel construction, with 16 hat hooks
and 16 coat hooks made of black plastic.
Four swivel castors with wheel stops.
Made of silver anodised aluminium

Due to the placement of the umbrella
holders at the ends, the clothes rail is also
well suited for long items of clothing.
Available in three widths, with or without

umbrella holders.

Width
mm
1000
1170
1400
1740
1700
2140
Height x depth mm
1700 x 400
1700 x 400
1700 x 400
1700 x 400
1700 x 400
1700 x 400
10
36
10
36
14
52
14
52
18
68
18
68
743 730-BK
743 731-BK
743 732-BK
743 733-BK
743 734-BK
743 735-BK
379.50
417.00
494.00
567.00
637.00
710.00
Hooks
hat
coat
Umbrella holder
106633
No.
g
Model
7 openings
and drip tray
912 116-BK
912 117-BK
236.50
362.00
Umbrella holder
No.
g
Suitable coat hangers

Made of black plastic.
Pack of 10.
No. 743 683-BK
Made of chrome plated steel tubing
Powder coated black, chrome plated tubular bar
With sturdy tubular bar and large shelf

(width x depth 1380 x 310 mm) for
briefcases, bags etc.
Four swivel castors.
Extra wide model with plenty of storage

space.
Sturdy frame made of rectangular tubing,
powder coated black.
Chrome plate tubular bar, 30 mm.

No. 912 787-BK
g 152.90
g / pack 36.20

No. 743 684-BK
BLUE =
g 185.90
106633
Coat rails
17
Coat racks
4
3
2
office akktiv coat

racks
Decorative and practical for the
office or reception area.
Columns made of steel, painted silver grey.
Hook ring, umbrella holder and base made
of aluminium, anodised in silver grey.
1 Coat racks
2 4 Multiple column coat racks
With five clothes hooks made of sturdy

plastic. Three hook colours to choose
from.
Stable base made of cast aluminium.
Weight 8.0 kg.
Round or square design.
Height x
Hooks
mm
1680 x 350
silver
black
blue
610 312-BK
610 314-BK
610 315-BK
170.50
Particularly heavy and

stable model due to higher
weight. Integrated umbrella
holder. Hooks in black.
Plastic feet.
Swivel castor set
For the square versions.
Consisting of 4 double
swivel castors with wheel
stop.
Model
Description
Hooks
Height
Width x depth
mm
mm
Weight
square
16
square
32
round
12
1700
463 x 463
1700
463 x 463
1700
463
kg
No.
g
27
30
21
616 170-BK
616 171-BK
616 172-BK
340.00
395.00
329.00
615 818-BK
615 818-BK
38.40
38.40
Accessories
Swivel castors
No.
g / set
3 clothes hooks,
pack of 2
1 clothes hook,
pack of 2
5 clothes hooks,
pack of 2
99.00
Coat rails
Modern coat racks
Aluminium profile, silver grey anodised.

Clothes hooks made of sturdy plastic,
available in three colours.
These coat racks add colour to your office or

reception area.
127452
Model
Made of steel, powder coated aluminium

silver. Integrated umbrella holder.
Drip tray and base cover plate made of
silver coloured plastic.
Eight coloured hooks made of plastic.
Very stable due to heavy, reinforced base.
Weight approx. 7.6 kg.
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Height x
Hooks
mm
1750 x 360
black
orange
yellow
blue
615 830-BK
615 831-BK
615 832-BK
615 833-BK
99.00

Pack of
Hooks
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Please observe the different pack

quantities.
1 hook
3 hooks
5 hooks
9 hooks
mm
120 x 130 x 60
2
360 x 130 x 60
2
600 x 130 x 60
2
1080 x 130 x 60
1
silver
black
blue
g / pack
610 326-BK
610 327-BK
610 328-BK
610 323-BK
610 324-BK
610 325-BK
610 319-BK
610 320-BK
610 322-BK
610 316-BK
610 317-BK
610 318-BK
43.90
60.40
85.80
68.20
KAISER + KRAFT
127452
9 clothes hooks,
pack of 1
997
17
4
1
Coat stands
1 With black hook knobs
Tubular steel stand, approx. 50 mm.
Umbrella holder and drip tray made of plastic.
Genuine marble base.
2 4 Powder coated in
On 4, the hooks are made of steel.

Incl. umbrella stand.
Heavy concrete filled base.
5 With chrome coloured

hook balls
white aluminium
Tubular steel stand, approx. 50 mm.

Umbrella holder and drip tray made of plastic.
Genuine marble base.
Made of steel, powder coated.

Coat hooks are made of high quality,
semi-elastic, coloured plastic.
Model
Hooks
Height x
mm
Weight
kg
Colour
1700 x 300
9.8
2
3
4
5
8
18
8
8
1800 x 380
1800 x 440
1800 x 450
1680 x 300
7.6
10.5
12.0
10.2
red
chrome
black
white aluminium
white aluminium
white aluminium
black
chrome
No.
520 991-BK
520 992-BK
520 990-BK
615 840-BK
982 335-BK
982 491-BK
520 994-BK
520 995-BK
98.90
109.90
98.90
126.50
185.90
127.60
109.90
120.90
Stainless steel coat hangers

Timeless, practical design.
Tubular bar: length 440 mm, 13 mm.
Pack of 3.
No. 604 866-BK
g / pack 54.90
Made of aluminium
Coat rails
Max. load 90 kg. An enormous capacity results from
the 100 mm hook spacing.
Powder coated black.

Coat hooks are made of high quality plastic.
Spacing from wall 60 mm. Fixing materials included.
Profile made of aluminium, anodised in silver colour.

Hooks and wall bracket made of black plastic.
Special lengths available on request.
Pack of 2.
3
10
12
15
20
300 x 95
2
500 x 95
2
1000 x 95
1
1200 x 95
1
1500 x 95
1
2000 x 95
1
912 109-BK
912 110-BK
912 111-BK
912 112-BK
912 113-BK
912 114-BK
55.00
90.20
68.20
90.20
112.20
136.40
Hooks
122748
Length x height
Pack of
No.
g / pack
mm
Length x height
No.
g / pack
3
mm
10
300 x 100
500 x 100
1000 x 100
716 762-BK
716 451-BK
716 453-BK
62.70
73.70
135.30
BLUE =
122748
Hooks
17
Coat racks
Coat racks
Classic design
Rotating, black, metal hook cap. With extremely sturdy, unbreakable
hat and coat hooks made of coloured, semi-elastic plastic in silver.
Heavy base filled with concrete for excellent stability. Drip tray.
Stand made of steel, powder coated white aluminium RAL9006.
Umbrella holder and base in black.
Model
Height
Max.
Hat / coat hooks
Weight
1800
400
4/8
10
1800
440
6 / 12
10.5
1800
475
8 / 16
11
1800
550
12 / 24
11.5
743 746-BK
912 129-BK
912 130-BK
912 132-BK
163.90
185.90
220.00
318.00
mm
mm
kg
No.
g
2
A
4
3
Suitable coat hangers
A + B Made of solid steel rod, C Made of steel, approx. 13mm,

7mm, chrome plated.
powder coated in white aluminium.
Model
without
10
with
10
without
5
912 097-BK
912 096-BK
604 867-BK
58.20
58.20
37.40
Trouser rail
Pack of
No.
g / pack
Attractive and functional
5 Stable and robust coat racks

Stand and hooks made of steel, powder coated. With umbrella holder.
Stable due to heavy base filled with stones.
6 Solid design for commercial and office use
Rotating hook cap. Steel stand, powder coated in silver colour.
With umbrella holder. Heavy base filled with concrete.
Model
Height
Max.
Hooks
Weight
Colour
kg
white aluminium
black
red
1700
450
8
11.0
1700
450
10
12.0
520 966-BK
520 967-BK
520 968-BK
743 681-BK
109.90
141.90
mm
mm
Great design and quality
7 Coat stands
Made of steel, powder coated in black, withrotating hook cap.
Stable due to heavy base. Withumbrella holder.
Stainless steel coat stand
Made of high quality, brushed stainless steel.
Durable and nearly indestructible.
8 With square hook cap, high capacity.
9 Four sliding hooks, heavy base.
122749
Height
Max. width x depth
Hat / coat hooks
Umbrella holder
Weight
No.
g
mm
mm
kg
1900
550
8/8
with
12.5
1760
410 x 410
16
with
12.8
888 338-BK
605 096-BK
508 811-BK
508 812-BK
207.00
328.00
343.00
398.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
9
1850
410
8
without
19.5
9
with
20.2
8
122749
Model
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

KAISER + KRAFT
999
17
2
Coat racks
Sturdy steel construction, permanently
powder coated in white aluminium RAL 9006.
1 Coat rack
With 10 coat hooks.
Umbrella holder can be mounted on the right or left.
2 Coat rack
With 10 coat hangers.
Umbrella holder can be mounted on the right or left.
3 Designer wall mounted coat rack

Hat shelf, 300 mm deep, made of hardened
transparent safety glass. Incl. 5 coat hangers and
6 sliding hooks.
4 Coat rack
Rotating hook cap with 2 x 5 hat / coat hooks.
Stable, heavy base.
Umbrella holder with integrated drip tray.
5 Coat rack
With 6 coat hangers which are guided along grooves.
Additional hook ring with 4 hooks on the column.
Stable, heavy base.
Umbrella holder with integrated drip tray.
6 Coat rail
Extra wide clothes rail. Tubular rail 30 mm.
Mobile on 4 double swivel castors, with wheel stops.
Steel coat hangers
Made of solid steel rod, 7 mm,

bright chrome plated.
Pack of 10.
No. 912 096-BK
Model
Height
Umbrella holder
Width x depth
mm
No.
g
g / pack 58.20
1850
without
1040 x 430
1850
without
1040 x 430
with
1190 x 430
1700
without
600 x 500
1750
with
500
1700
with
550
1710
without
1780 x 530
with
1190 x 430
508 737-BK
508 738-BK
508 735-BK
508 736-BK
984 438-BK
986 567-BK
508 732-BK
508 739-BK
406.00
450.00
489.50
545.00
318.00
170.50
170.50
285.00
Safety wall mounted coat racks
B+C
Single coat rail
As a single coat rack A, or combine as neededwith

elements B and an end element C.
Each element has 6 double hooks made of plastic.
Tubular steel profile, powder coated aluminium silver.
Each element weighs approx. 3 kg.

Element
122750
Width x height
as starting element
as centre element
as centre element
End element
No.
g
mm
950 x 190
950 x 190
950 x 190
615 825-BK
615 826-BK
615 827-BK
76.90
74.70
76.90
BLUE =
122750
Safety double
hooks
These coat racks fulfil statutory accident insurance

requirements and are thusalso suitable for use in
publicbuildings.
Coat racks Umbrella stands Waste collectors
Umbrella stands
Model
Optionally made of zinc plated,

powder coated sheet steel or
brushed stainless steel.
Made of solid or perforated
sheet steel.
Edge protection to prevent
damage to the floor.
Weight 3.5 kg.
Height x
Powder coated
mm
pure white
silver
gentian blue
flame red
charcoal
light grey
g
Stainless steel
No.
g
solid
perforated
610 x 280
610 x 280
507 518-BK
507 519-BK
507 521-BK
507 522-BK
507 523-BK
507 524-BK
507 526-BK
507 527-BK
507 528-BK
507 529-BK
507 530-BK
507 531-BK
51.60
60.40
507 525-BK
507 532-BK
62.60
65.90
Designer duos in stainless steel

Umbrella stand with removable plastic drip
tray.
Individually or as a 2-piece set at a
bargain price.
A Polished high gloss finish
B Brushed matt finish
2-piece set
2-piece set
No. 982 287-BK
Height x mm
Waste inserts available

as an accessory
Umbrella stand and matching waste paper

bin made of stainless steel with decorative
perforations or stamped pattern.
Model
17
No.
g
g / set 98.90
umbrella stand
No. 616 149-BK
waste paper bin
500 x 240
390 x 240
707 827-BK
724 176-BK
76.90
54.90
Model
g / set 130.90
umbrella stand
Height x mm
No.
g
waste paper bin
490 x 230
380 x 230
616 147-BK
616 148-BK
76.90
65.90
Please observe
the different pack
quantities.
Made of recyclable plastic, all round grip edge.

1 polyproylene (PP), 2 + 3 polyethylene (PE).
Available in three sizes and three colours.
Model
Capacity
Height x
Pack of
Colour
In packs of 2.
litres
mm
18
320 x 310
6
30
405 x 350
5
45
480 x 390
2
black
light grey
blue
red
green
g / pack
608 924-BK
608 925-BK
608 926-BK
608 927-BK
608 928-BK
608 932-BK
608 933-BK
608 934-BK
608 935-BK
608 936-BK
576 190-BK
576 182-BK
610 294-BK
576 158-BK
26.30
70.40
54.90
Accessories for 1
113699
For environmentally friendly disposal of waste directly at the workstation.

Waste paper bins made of polyethylene (PE), lid made of polystyrene (PS).
Supplied in packs of 2.
1 DUO
2 TRIO
Consisting of one large container (20 litres)

for collecting paper and one small container (9 litres) with lid for wet waste.
Consisting of one large container (20 litres)

for collecting paper and two small containers (9 litres each) with lid for wet
waste and other types of waste.
Model
In packs of 6.

Overall capacity
litres
Model
waste inserts,
2 litres
Colour
black
black
silver
608 929-BK
608 930-BK
608 931-BK
32.90
29.70
52.80
No.
g / pack
DUO and TRIO waste bin systems
insert rings
Colour
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Clamp ring in silver finish
lid
body
No.
g / pack
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

350 x 280 x 445

29
350 x 280 x 555

38
red
black
blue
black
black
silver
blue / red
black
green / red
black
615 789-BK
615 791-BK
615 792-BK
615 793-BK
615 794-BK
60.40
60.40
60.40
76.90
76.90
KAISER + KRAFT
113699
Plastic waste paper bins
1001
17
Safety waste paper
bins
6
5
The self-extinguishing waste

paper bins prevent fires from
starting.
Body made of powder coated sheet steel
or stainless steel.
The concave base prevents the transfer of
heat.
The extinguishing lid is made of sheet steel
and is powder coated in either black or
light grey depending on the colour of the
body.
On the stainless steel model, the extinguishing lid is also made of stainless steel.
Selfextinguishing
3
2
Model
Capacity
Height x
Opening
Body / extinguishing lid
15
360 x 255
110
20
426 x 260
110
30
470 x 335
115
50
625 x 335
115
80
550 x 470
165
110
710 x 450
170
739 655-BK
739 656-BK
739 657-BK
739 658-BK
739 659-BK
739 661-BK
739 662-BK
739 663-BK
739 664-BK
739 665-BK
739 666-BK
739 667-BK
739 668-BK
739 670-BK
739 671-BK
739 672-BK
739 673-BK
739 674-BK
739 675-BK
739 676-BK
739 679-BK
739 680-BK
739 681-BK
739 682-BK
739 683-BK
739 684-BK
739 686-BK
739 687-BK
739 688-BK
739 689-BK
47.80
55.00
69.00
82.60
124.60
148.60
No.
g
739 660-BK
917 597-BK
739 678-BK
113.30
149.10
litres
mm
mm
light grey RAL 7035 / light grey
flame red RAL 3000 / black
graphite black RAL 9011 / black
white aluminium RAL 9006 / black
cobalt blue RAL 5013 / black
Stainless steel
Safety waste paper bins
94.50
If a fire starts, the rising combustion

gases are redirected by the
extinguishing lid and accumulate
under the opening.
The oxygen supply is cut off and the fire
is extinguished.
2
Wall mounting
2
No finger
print
Waste collector
Push waste collectors
The benefits of a plastic waste collector combined with

the attractive appearance of a metal container.
1 Waste collector with

swing lid
Integrated handles for easy
transport and emptying.
Bag holder to secure waste sacks.
Self-closing swing lid.
2 Wall mounted waste

Large opening for easy deposit of
rubbish.
Bag holder to secure waste sacks.
3 Waste paper bin

Round deposit opening.
Removable top part, waste sacks can thus be
fastened in a concealed manner.
Model
collector
124696
Capacity litres
Height
WxD
No.
g
mm
mm
Model
60
55
17
820
390 x 390
670
490 x 290
380
320
860 514-BK
860 492-BK
860 506-BK
97.80
82.50
43.90
Made of durable, impact resistant

polypropylene
Self-closing access flap
Capacity
Height x
Opening
Pack of
Colour
Removable lid makes it easy to empty

the containers
Economical packaging units
litres
mm
mm
6
375 x 216
120
6
13
490 x 252
145
6
25
615 x 315
180
3
45
700 x 400
235
2
black
light grey
red
blue
yellow
green
g / pack
853 690-BK
853 720-BK
853 860-BK
854 050-BK
854 190-BK
854 220-BK
854 360-BK
855 804-BK
855 995-BK
856 002-BK
856 010-BK
856 029-BK
856 045-BK
856 053-BK
856 088-BK
856 916-BK
858 412-BK
858 420-BK
858 455-BK
858 560-BK
860 441-BK
860 468-BK
860 476-BK
860 484-BK
54.90
97.90
71.50
76.90
BLUE =
124696
17
Waste paper bins Waste collectors
Conical pedestal ashtrays

Made of plastic

Will not rust
Will not dent
Two-part construction, excellent stability due to additional

weight. Removable, zinc plated cigarette stub sieve.
Aluminium insert to reduce volume of sand required.
Recommended amount of sand per filling approx. 6 kg.
The optional plastic hood can be secured with the
supplied triangle lock (2 keys).
Accessories
Base disc made of hot dip
For easy, theftproof anchoring
to floor.
Complete with mounting
material to bolt in place.
Model
Height x
Weight
Colour
without hood
with hood
mm
kg
traffic red
light blue
silver
black grey
722 x 420
6.1
900 x 445
7.2
851 450-BK
851 590-BK
851 620-BK
851 760-BK
852 570-BK
852 600-BK
853 410-BK
853 550-BK
75.90
163.90
No.
g
757 605-BK
757 605-BK
75.90
75.90
Floor mounting
Accessories
Base disc
For outdoor
Sand filling
Quartz sand for these

ashtrays can be
found on page 1004.
For outdoor
With inner bin
4
3 + 4 made of polished or
brushed stainless steel
Stainless steel ashtrays and wastecollectors

1 Combination pedestal ashtray 2 Waste collector
3 Wall ashtray
With self-closing access flap.

Removable stainless steel ashtray insert
and inner container for waste.
Practical emptying: push the inner flap to a

vertical position with the triangular key, tilt
and contents fall out for collection.
Incl. triangular key and mounting material.
Removable top, with self-closing access

flap.
Removable stainless steel inner container.
4 Pedestal ashtray
Model
124902
Inner container capacity

Weight
No.
g
1
litres
mm
kg
21
770 x 320 x 210
12.0
45
790 x 320 x 320
18.0
76
890 x 380 x 380
24.0
713 636-BK
472.00
713 637-BK
713 638-BK
450.00
516.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
With voluminous, removable insert made

of stainless steel. Push cylinder lock
(2keys), common key.
Incl. base plate to bolt in place and
mounting material.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

For outdoor
Model
Wall mounting
Lockable
mm
mm
500
120 x 170
1000
200
Capacity
Weight
litres
kg
2.5
2.0
4.2
8.5
Polished
No.
g
851 000-BK
851 140-BK
108.90
174.90
No.
g
851 280-BK
851 310-BK
119.90
185.90
Height
Width x depth
Brushed
KAISER + KRAFT
124902
1003
17
DIABOLO
pedestal ashtrays
Sand filling
Graphite
Sapphire blue
Jet black
Decorative pedestal ashtray made of

powder coated sheet steel or stainless
steel
Sturdy aluminium ashtray insert for filling with sand,
metal sieve insert with plastic coating.
Elastic, black edge protection profiles at the top
and bottom protect the ashtray and floor.
A special mechanism (registered design) prevents
the ashtray from coming unscrewed at thecentre
and thus becoming unstable.
Excellent stability due to large diameter.
Silver
Height x
Colour
mm
770 x 405
signal red RAL 3001

jet black RAL 9005
sapphire blue RAL 5003
charcoal RAL 7016
graphite, similar to RAL 9007
982 315-BK
982 317-BK
982 319-BK
982 320-BK
982 321-BK
982 322-BK
Stainless steel
For outdoor
93.50
No.
g
982 323-BK
199.90
Quartz sand
Charcoal
25 kg supplied in cardboard box.

No. 517 062-BK
g / pack 32.95
Signal red
Lockable
For outdoor
Wall mounting
Wall and pedestal

ashtrays
Capacity 3.5 litres
Stainless steel ashtrays

1 Spherical ashtrays
2 Lockable ashtrays
High gloss finish, easy to open stainless

steel ball for filling with sand.
Simply detach the ashtray ball to empty.
Includes sieve insert and mounting
material.
Stand and base of the pedestal ashtray
made of chrome plated steel, very stable.
Ashtray with protective hood and large

collection capacity, approx.3.7 litres.
Made entirely of stainless sheet steel.
The ashtray is simply folded out to the
front to empty it. Security lock to prevent
unauthorised opening.
Model
For outdoor
Model
125038
Description
Weight
No.
g
1
mm
kg
wall ashtray
280 x 260 x 300
1.5
pedestal ashtray
970 x 260
6.0
wall ashtray
410 x 180 x 150
4.0
pedestal ashtray
1090 x 320 x 320
11.0
512 562-BK
512 563-BK
916 182-BK
978 894-BK
109.90
153.90
219.00
362.00
HxWxD
Weight
Colour
mm
kg
charcoal
silver
gentian blue
moss green
flame red
Stainless steel
wall ashtray
pedestal ashtray
550 x 110 x 74
1.6
1250 x 310 x 310

8.0
614 234-BK
614 235-BK
614 236-BK
614 237-BK
614 239-BK
614 241-BK
614 242-BK
614 243-BK
614 244-BK
614 245-BK
82.50
164.90
No.
g
614 240-BK
614 247-BK
137.50
263.00
BLUE =
125038
Housing and base made of zinc plated and powder

coated sheet steel or made entirely of stainless
steel.
Simply remove from the wall or base to empty.
Waste collectors Pedestal ashtrays
17
Safety ashtrays
Practical and easy tilt emptying

Robust and secure against theft
Cigarette waste is guided into container

via funnel shaped lid. No oxygen exchange
possible due to small lid opening.
Therefore no burning and minimal fumes.
Made of powder coated sheet steel or rust
free stainless steel.
1 + 2 in packs of 2.
Also available with stainless steel hood
or base, 250 mm (see table).
1
Selfextinguishing
5
Wall mounting
4
Stainless steel hood for 1 + 2
Protects against rain, can also be fitted at

a later stage.
Pack of 2.
No. 424 859-BK
g / pack 56.00
Model
Description
Height x
Pack of
Order quantity
Powder coated
Stainless steel
mm
wall ashtray
wall ashtray
100 x 90
2
1 2 packs
3+ packs
424 851-BK
424 852-BK
424 853-BK
145 x 150
2
1 2 packs
977 206-BK
977 201-BK
977 202-BK
wall ashtray
with hood
pedestal ashtray
with hood
combination wall
ashtray
combination
pedestal ashtray
3+ packs
285 x 190
1
1 item
955 x 190 / 250

1
1 item
410 x 180
1
1 item
825 x 180 / 250

1
1 item
424 856-BK
424 857-BK
424 858-BK
424 840-BK
424 843-BK
424 842-BK
424 845-BK
424 849-BK
424 848-BK
926 259-BK
926 260-BK
925 350-BK
926 261-BK
red
graphite
silver
g / pack
977 204-BK
977 199-BK
977 200-BK
65.90
60.40
76.90
70.40
61.60
109.90
87.90
151.80
No.
g / pack
977 216-BK
424 861-BK
977 218-BK
424 863-BK
424 839-BK
424 844-BK
925 346-BK
925 347-BK
112.20
101.20
139.70
129.80
82.50
131.90
196.90
252.00
Large safety ashtrays

Capacity 6 litres
Extra large capacity for less frequent

emptying
Cigarette waste is guided into container

via funnel shaped lid. No oxygen exchange
possible due to small lid opening.
Solid construction made of powder coated
sheet steel or rust free stainless steel.
Sturdy, deep drawn design.
Practical tilt emptying.
Pedestal ashtray with powder coated
metal base, 250 mm.
Selfextinguishing
Wall mounting
Also available with cylinder lock (2 keys)

to protect against unauthorised access.
Lockable
Height x max.
Cylinder lock
Powder coated
95704
Stainless steel
Cylinder lock
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

wall ashtray
mm
red
graphite
silver
g
No.
g
250 x 180
without
982 294-BK
982 295-BK
982 297-BK
pedestal ashtray
with
982 306-BK
982 307-BK
982 308-BK
825 x 250
without
982 301-BK
982 302-BK
982 303-BK
with
982 311-BK
982 312-BK
982 313-BK
79.20
90.20
129.80
140.80
982 298-BK
982 309-BK
982 304-BK
982 314-BK
129.80
145.20
185.90
196.90
KAISER + KRAFT
95704
Model
1005
17
Sand filling
All items on these two pages are skilfully crafted and are of
high quality.
Stable, heavy models made of electrolytically zinc plated
sheet steel. A UV-resistant, polyester based powder coating
is used to provide good protection against corrosion.
For outdoor
Conical pedestal ashtrays

Ideal in stairways, foyers, halls etc.
Made of powder coated sheet steel or stainless steel.
In 2 parts, with removable zinc plated sieve and insert to save sand.
Recommended amount of sand per filling approx. 8 kg.
Height x
Gentian blue
Graphite
Granitecolour
Textured powder coating
with high quality surface
finish.
Quartz sand
25 kg supplied in cardboard box.
No. 517 062-BK
Order quantity
Powder coated
Weight 5 kg
Charcoal
Flame red
Silver
mm
Stainless steel
730 x 400
items
graphite
charcoal
gentian blue
flame red
silver
granite
2+
970 159-BK
740 925-BK
740 927-BK
740 928-BK
740 971-BK
970 157-BK
970 161-BK
508 814-BK
508 815-BK
508 816-BK
508 818-BK
970 160-BK
g
kg
104.50
6.0
93.50
6.0
No.
g
740 966-BK
508 819-BK
220.00
197.90
weight
g / pack 32.95
Sand filling

Access opening for rubbish.
Aluminium ashtray insert for sand filling. Zinc platedsieve.
For outdoor
Zinc plated inner bin with metal bar handles as an accessory.
Square
Height
Width x depth
Waste collector
Powder coated
Granite
Gentian blue
Silver
mm
665
705
755
mm
litres
weight approx. kg
charcoal
gentian blue
flame red
silver
granite
260 x 260
32
8.0
330 x 330
53
11.0
430 x 430
96
15.0
740 909-BK
740 910-BK
740 911-BK
740 912-BK
970 162-BK
740 914-BK
740 915-BK
740 916-BK
740 917-BK
970 163-BK
740 920-BK
740 921-BK
740 922-BK
740 923-BK
970 164-BK
g
kg
130.90
7.0
159.50
10.0
192.50
14.0
No.
g
970 188-BK
970 189-BK
970 191-BK
208.00
274.00
328.00
No.
g
740 954-BK
141 356-BK
141 410-BK
43.90
54.90
60.40
mm
660
700
760
mm
litres
weight approx. kg
charcoal
gentian blue
flame red
silver
granite
230
17
5.0
320
37
8.0
420
69
13.0
740 931-BK
740 932-BK
740 933-BK
740 935-BK
970 165-BK
740 937-BK
740 938-BK
740 939-BK
740 940-BK
970 167-BK
740 943-BK
740 944-BK
740 945-BK
740 946-BK
970 168-BK
g
kg
109.90
5
152.90
8
185.90
13
No.
g
916 172-BK
916 173-BK
916 174-BK
196.90
274.00
423.50
No.
g
740 955-BK
141 178-BK
141 232-BK
38.40
59.30
60.40
Inner bin
Stainless steel
weight approx.
Accessories
Sand filling
Inner bin
zinc plated
For outdoor
Round
Height
Waste collector
Powder coated
Stainless steel
weight approx.
Charcoal
Inner bin
Accessories
Inner bin
zinc plated
BLUE =
125089
125089
Granite
Flame red
Waste collectors Ashtrays
17
Wall ashtrays
Made of powder coated sheet steel or stainless steel
1 2 With removable ash box made of

zinc plated sheet steel
Front panel can be tilted upwards.

Stainless steel trim. Reversible metal
smoking / no-smoking sign.
Supplied with mounting materials.
3 With deposit opening for rubbish
Charcoal
Ashes and rubbish each in a removable

insert made ofzinc plated sheet steel.
Model
mm
kg
charcoal
gentian blue
flame red
silver
87 x 140 x 98
0.9
125 x 200 x 125

1.6
505 x 200 x 125

5.2
507 534-BK
507 535-BK
507 536-BK
507 537-BK
507 541-BK
507 542-BK
507 543-BK
507 544-BK
507 548-BK
507 549-BK
507 550-BK
507 551-BK
g
weight approx. kg
43.90
0.9
54.90
1.6
130.90
4.8
No.
g
507 538-BK
507 545-BK
507 552-BK
76.90
109.90
220.00

Weight
Powder coated
Stainless steel
2
For outdoor
Gentian blue
Wall mounting
Flame red
3
Silver
Safety ashtrays
Cigarette waste is guided into container via funnel shaped
lid.
No oxygen exchange possible due to small lid opening.
Removable metal lid, painted black. Aluminium collection
pan for cigarette waste. Easy to insert rubbish due to
generously proportioned opening.
Body made of high quality, electrolytically zinc plated,
powder coated sheet steel with edge protection to prevent
damage to the floor.
Height x
Waste collector
Weight approx.
Powder coated
Stainless steel
mm
610 x 250
710 x 355
litres
kg
charcoal
gentian blue
flame red
silver
light grey
17
4.0
44
6.6
756 807-BK
756 808-BK
756 809-BK
756 810-BK
756 811-BK
970 175-BK
970 176-BK
970 177-BK
970 178-BK
970 193-BK
g
kg
72.10
3.7
119.90
6.6
No.
g
756 812-BK
970 179-BK
109.90
196.90
capacity approx. litres
14
970 192-BK
39
970 180-BK
38.50
49.50
weight approx.
For outdoor
Charcoal
Flame red
Silver
Accessories
No.
g
Selfextinguishing
Light grey
Gentian blue
Push waste collectors
Black
The classic waste collector with a large flap

Self-closing stainless steel flap.
Practical trough handles for easy emptying.
Black plastic ring on the base protects the floor.
Hot dip galvanised, sheet steel inner bin.
Capacity
Height x
Weight approx. kg
Powder coated
124830
Stainless steel
litres
40
52
mm
740 x 380
6.8
890 x 380
7.8
flame red
silver
jet black
white
512 556-BK
512 557-BK
512 558-BK
512 560-BK
970 183-BK
970 184-BK
970 185-BK
970 186-BK
g
weight approx. kg
119.90
6.2
141.90
7.2
No.
g
512 561-BK
970 187-BK
219.00
252.00
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Silver
With inner bin
Flame red
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

White
KAISER + KRAFT
124830
Inner bin
zinc plated
1007
17
All fans on these two pages
Connection voltage 220 240 V / 50 Hz
Desk and pedestal

fans
Also suitable for wall mounting
1 +2 Heavy, all metal design

Maintenance free motor for high air output
and continuous operation. Overheating
protection.
90 oscillation, can be disengaged.
Vertical inclination of the safety cage is
adjustable.
Guard screen can be removed for cleaning
purposes.
1 Desk fan
3 speed levels, controlled with lever

switch.
Anti-tilt base with rubber feet.
Chrome plated surface.
7
6
NEW
2 Pedestal fan
In satin finish.
3-step rotary switch.
970 to 1390 mm. Stable base, 400mm.
NEW
3 +4 Pedestal fans with

plastic housing
Powerful airflow. Electrically controlled
90 oscillation. Removable guard screen
and transparent rotor.
Infinite height adjustment from 1090 to
1310 mm. Stable base, 420 mm.
3 With 3-step switch. Plastic housing in

white.
4 With remote control. Plastic housing

incharcoal.
Can be operated from the fan itself or
using the infrared remote control
3 speed settings
Timer for 0.5 to 4 hours
Natural mode to simulate a natural
breeze
Oscillation
5 Pedestal fan
With high air flow rate and powerful
3-speed fan motor, perfect cooling, also
for larger rooms.
Safety cage made of chrome plated steel.
Vertical inclination can be adjusted
through approx. 160 to direct air flow.
1200 to 1470 mm. Base 450 mm.
14
4
With remote control
6 +7 Floor fans
Model
Rotor
Safety cage
Speed settings
Max. speed approx.
Max. air volume
Max. power consumption
125040
300
350
3
1240
1950
45
400
430
3
1330
3450
60
400
430
3
1150
3300
50
400
430
3
1150
3300
50
400
450
3
1380
4950
110
400
450
3
1380
4950
110
500
550
3
1300
7680
145
752 529-BK
610 306-BK
970 365-BK
970 367-BK
860 697-BK
977 760-BK
610 303-BK
109.90
116.60
47.20
59.30
185.90
99.00
109.90
508 820-BK
614 231-BK
970 366-BK
970 368-BK
860 700-BK
863 823-BK
863 831-BK
98.90
104.50
43.90
54.90
170.50
87.90
102.30
RPM
m/h
W
No.
g / each
3+ items
1
mm
mm
No.
g / each
The high power, 3-speed fan provides a

fresh, comfortable breeze even in large
rooms.
Protective cage and stand made of chrome plated steel. The inclination of the
protective cage, and thus the direction of
the air, is adjustable through 100.
The metal pedestal base is stable and
resists tipping. Wall mounting possible.
Carrying handle and 2.5 m power cord.
1 5 supplied flat pack

easy self-assembly.
125040
3
2
BLUE =
Fans
17
2
1
Speed controller for 1
as anaccessory
Ceiling fans
Maintain a comfortable room
temperature year round. They
cool with a high volume of air at
low speeds in summer. In winter,
they blow the warm air trapped
under the ceiling back down to
the floor.
1 With metal blades

Particularly quiet operation.
Tube to hang from ceiling with approx.
300 mm spacing between ceiling and
blades, can be shortened as required with
a saw.
Powder coated white or chrome plated.
Speed controller for 1

With lighted ON/OFF switch and 5-step
speed controller.
Connection voltage 230 V, 50 Hz.
Quick and easy surface mounting.
100 W max., suitable for one ceiling fan.
No. 752 534-BK
2 With wooden blades
For ceiling height of 2500 mm and

higher
Distance from underside of blades to
ceiling only 190 mm. Especially quiet. Slide
switch for reversing direction of airflow.
Integrated 3-step speed controller with
pull-switch.
g 45.05

Model
Rotor
Speed settings
Max. speed approx.
Max. air volume
According to German professional accident prevention

regulations and EN60335-2-80, the distance between
the floor and underside of the blades of ceiling fans
(and without a protective cage) must be at least
2300mm.
mm
Chrome
NEW
1420
1
280
12400
70
1320
3
230
11800
53
No.
g
752 526-BK
752 527-BK
752 528-BK
64.90
79.20
162.80
No.
g
752 523-BK
752 524-BK
75.90
86.90
RPM
m/h
W
White
1220
1
285
11200
65
NEW
Pedestal fans
Withinfrared remote control
The refined concept of circulating air
under the desktop prevents paper from
being blown around.
Particularly quiet motors due to newly
developed tangential blade wheel.
Powerful airflow with a range of up to
8 metres.
Three speed settings, 65 switchable
oscillation. Natural air flow mode to
simulate a natural breeze.
LED indicators.
Stable base, 240 x 280 mm.
All functions can also be operated directly
on the unit itself.
Desk fans

Max. speed
mm
870 x 170 x 140
RPM
W
1200
40
970 358-BK
125041
No.
g / each
3+ items
82.40
No.
g / each
970 359-BK
76.90
YELLOW =
Ex stock
Three speed settings

90 oscillation, can be disengaged
High quality matt plastic housing, white or

charcoal.
Highest level of operational safety due to
maintenance free motors with overheating
protection for continuous operation.
Transparent rotor, infinitely adjustable inclination. Guard screen can be removed
for cleaning purposes.
Phone +49 711 3465 6999

Technical details
Rotor
Safety cage
Max. speed approx.
Max. air volume
Power consumption
Colour
No.
g / each
5+ items
No.
g / each
300 mm
355 mm
1260 RPM
2150 m/h
40 W
white
charcoal
970 361-BK
970 363-BK
36.25
36.25
970 362-BK
970 364-BK
32.95
32.95
KAISER + KRAFT
125041
1009
19"
19"cupboards
667
A
Absorbent sheeting and granulates 422 423
Access barriers
754 755
Access barriers, electrical
754
Acid and alkali storage cupboards
403, 416 417
Active Green transport equipment 23, 65, 98
Add-on for traffic cones
747
Add-on frames made of plastic
345
Add-on mesh frames
349 350
684, 686
Adhesive labels
683 684
Adhesive tape dispensers
684, 686
Adhesive tape sets
683
Advertising stands
970, 972, 974
Air filtration add-on for safety cupboards 419
Air ventilation for safety / hazardous goods
cupboards
418 419, 421
Aluminium baskets
258
Aluminium box trollies
62
Aluminium boxes
256 259
Aluminium carrying cases
256 259
Aluminium cases
259
256 258
Aluminium cupboard trollies
62
Aluminium display cases 780 782, 977 981
Aluminium dollies
87
Aluminium folding advertising stands
970
Aluminium folding frames
971, 976
Aluminium folding step ladders 701, 703, 707
Aluminium furniture dollies
88
Aluminium label holders
254
Aluminium ladders
701, 703 705, 707,
710 726
143
Aluminium mobile gantry cranes
149
Aluminium pallets
349
Aluminium platform ladders
724 727
Aluminium platform trollies
47
38, 62
Aluminium sack trucks
102
Aluminium scaffolding
735 737
Aluminium shelving
230
Aluminium stacking trucks
102
Aluminium step ladders
710, 712 718,
720 723, 725 726
Aluminium step stools
701, 704 705, 707
Aluminium steps
703, 707, 727
Aluminium table trollies
47
Aluminium transport cases
259
Aluminium transport trollies
98, 100
Aluminium transport trucks
62
Aluminium working platforms
735 737
Annealed cast iron castors
169
ANNY office system
824 825
492, 550 553, 555, 558
Anti-fatigue stools
3, 560 562, 580
Anti-static matting
558, 903
Appliance castors
156 157
Archive shelving
189 193, 203
Armchairs
900 901, 917
Ashtrays
448 452, 454, 1003 1007
Ashtrays made of plastics
1003
Ashtrays made of stainless steel
449 450,
1003 1005
Assembly lifting tables
136
Assembly shelf trollies
60, 615
Assembly trollies
12 13, 16, 23 30, 33, 46,
56, 59 61, 612 613, 616 617
B
Back panels for shelving
Bag sealers
Bags
Balanced crane forks
Balancers
Ball bearing turntables
Ball rollers
Ball tables
Bandaging material
1010
204 205, 212

490, 674
490 491, 535, 674
146
150
168
172
172
542 544
Bar stools
920
Barrier add-on for traffic cones
747
Barrier bars 753 754, 759, 764, 766 767, 769
Barrier belts
746 749, 772, 969
Barrier chains
744, 751
Barrier fences
485, 741 743, 796 799
Barrier gates
754 755
Barrier posts
744 754, 759, 764, 766 767,
769, 969
Barrier socks for liquids
423
Barriers
492, 740 755, 759 764, 766 769,
772, 796 799, 969
Barriers, electrical
754
BASIC II office system
840 841
Baskets for sorting post
938 939
Baskets made from steel wire 260 261, 535
Baskets made of aluminium
258
Battery chargers
132
Battery collectors
469
Belt barriers
746 749, 969
Belt posts
746 749, 969
Benches
784 785
Benches made of wood, metal, plastic
531 534, 784 785
Bicycle hangers
787
Bicycle stands
786 789
Bike racks
786 787
BIO cleaner
435
BIO cleaning tables
435
BIO parts cleaners
435
Bistro style chairs
920
Bistro style tables
920
Blackboards
953
Block and tackles
147
Board markers
953
Boards
951 959, 963 964, 967 968
188, 193, 231,
237 242, 864
Boltless shelving modular sets
209
182, 186, 189 192,
194 217, 219, 222 225, 228 229, 231 232,
243 244
Boltless shelving units with shelving bins
274, 289, 291
Boltless solid wood shelving units
244
Bonus tape
683
Bridge plates
142 143
Brochure cabinets
942
Brochure display pockets
935, 945
970, 972 976
Brochure display stands, mobile
975 976
Brochure shelving units 972 973, 975 976
Brochure stands
972 976
Broom cupboards
497, 508, 529, 653
Bubble wrap films
672, 674
Buildings
802 807
Built-in safes
871 873
Bulk material containers
351, 354 373
Bulk material shelving units
235
Bulk material trucks
79
Bulk rubbish containers
486 488
C
Cabinets
292 296
Cabinets with retractable doors
861
Cable bridges
549, 775
Cable hoists
146 147, 150
Cable pullers
146
Cable winches
150
Cable winders
622
Canister storage and filling stations
384
Canister storage cupboards
374, 413
Canisters
325 327
Canteen chairs
904, 906 909, 920
Canteen furniture
904, 906 909, 913,
915 916, 920
Canteen tables
784, 913, 915 917, 920
Canteen trollies
44 45
Cantilever arms, for fitting at later stage 96 97
Cantilever chairs 896, 901, 904 905, 908 909,
915, 917
245 247, 249
Cantilever shelf trucks
57
Cantilever trucks
57
Car key safes
870
Car park barrier, electrical
754
Car park barriers

744 755
Cardboard
673, 676 678
Cardboard boxes with lids
677
Cardboard boxes, folding
287
Cargo restraint straps
153
CARINA office system
826 829
Carrying cases
320 324
Carton closing staplers
679
Carton identification labels
678
Carts
2, 33, 47, 312 313, 603, 617
Cash boxes
865
Cast iron wheels
168 169
Castors
155 169, 256
CC trucks
7, 10
Ceiling fans
1009
Ceiling lights
924
Chain hoists
147, 149
Chain stands
744 745
Chains
151, 350, 744, 751
Chair castors
155
Chair truck
98
Chairs
Anti-fatigue stools
3, 560 562
Armchairs
901
Bar stools
920
Canteen chairs
904, 906 909, 920
Cantilever chairs
896, 901, 904, 917
Cleanroom industrial stools
377, 581
Cleanroom industrial swivel chairs 377, 581
Conference chairs 896, 901, 904, 908 909,
916 917
Desk chairs
879, 881 883, 886 896
ESD chairs
572, 581
Executive chairs
901
Heavy duty industrial swivel chairs
580
Industrial stools
376 377, 563 566,
580 581, 899
376 377, 563,
567 581
Industrial swivel chairs for heavy persons
580
Laboratory anti-fatigue stools
376, 580
Laboratory stools
376, 580
376, 580
Leather armchairs
901, 917
Meeting room chairs
896, 901, 904,
908 909, 916 917, 920
Moulded chairs
906 909
878 879, 881 883,
886 896, 901
Padded chairs
896, 904, 907 909, 916
Padded stackable chairs 904, 907 909, 916
Stacking chairs
904, 906 909
Stainless steel anti-fatigue stools
563
Stainless steel industrial chairs
563
Visitors' chairs
896, 901, 904, 908 909,
916 917, 920
908 909
Workshop chairs
580
509, 512, 531 534
Changing room lockers 494 510, 513 518,
520, 522 528, 530
Changing room waste collectors
466 467,
482 483
Chargers
132
Chassis, heavy duty
93
Chemical storage cabinets
3, 374, 376,
412 421
Chipboard panel for shelving
213
Chipboard shelf
205, 212
Chipboard shelf panels for shelving units
205, 212 213, 216, 220, 222, 227, 232, 251
CHRISTINE office system
816 817
184 185
Clamping frames for pallets
350
Cleaning agents
434
Cleaning agents for BIO cleaning tables 435
Cleaning and immersion containers 431 432,
434
Cleaning cloth
447, 537
Cleaning cloths
536
Cleaning cupboards
495, 503, 529, 653
Cleaning equipment
434 447
Cleaning equipment trollies
444 446
Cleaning paper and dispensers
537
Cleaning tables
435
Cleaning trollies
444 446
Cleaning wool bins

433, 472
Cleanroom furniture
377
Cleanroom industrial stools
377, 581
Cleanroom industrial swivel chairs
377, 581
Cleanroom matting
548
Cleanroom tables
377
Cleanroom waste bins
377
Clear view cabinets
292 294, 296
Clear view leaflet pockets
935
254, 932 935
Clear view pockets
254, 345, 347, 353, 935
Clipboards
951 954, 957 959, 963 965,
967 968
Cloakroom benches
531 534
Cloakroom cupboards
492, 494, 498,
502 510, 515 518, 520 521, 526 530,
648 649, 653, 812 813, 818 819, 824,
828 829, 831 832, 836 837, 858, 861
Cloakroom systems
521, 526, 530, 994 995,
1000
Clocks
540 541
Clothes lockers
494 510, 513 518, 520,
522 528
Clothes stands
994 1000
Coat hangers
996, 998 999
Coat hooks
531, 534, 994 995, 997
Coat racks
530 531, 534, 812 813,
818 819, 824, 828 829, 831 832,
836 837, 858, 861, 994 1000
Coat stands
994 1000
Collapse protection for pallet shelving
250 251, 253
Coloured markers
738, 772 773
Column protection
765, 769
Column tables
920
448, 450 452, 454,
1005 1007
Combination boltless shelving
232
Combination boxes made of aluminium
256 257
Combination ladders
719, 722 723
Compact lift tables
136
Compartment cupboards 200 201, 203, 235,
502 505, 513, 527, 649, 652
Compartment inserts
307
Compartment shelving
200 201, 203,
235 236, 938
Complete office
840, 844 846
Complete workshop ranges
624 626
Compressed air dual layer membrane pumps
426
Computer cabinets 493, 661 662, 664 666,
923
Computer desks
590 591, 664 665, 922
Computer furnitures
922
Computer tables
820 821, 922
Conductive matting
558
Conference chairs
896, 901, 904, 908 909,
915 917
Conference tables
827, 913, 915 916, 920
Container boxes
336
Container pallets
348
Container trollies
58, 61, 78, 330 332,
337 339
Container trucks
9, 62 63, 67, 78
Containers
Aluminium boxes
256 259
Aluminium carrying cases
259
Aluminium cases
256 259
Aluminium containers and carrying cases
256 258
Baskets made of aluminium
258
Baskets made of steel wire
260 261, 535
Bulk material containers
351, 354 373
Carrying cases
320, 323 324
Cleaning and immersion containers 431, 434
Clear view cabinets
292 296
Combination boxes made of aluminium
256 257
Compartment inserts made of plastic
307
Container boxes
336
Container trollies
58, 61, 78, 330 332,
337 339
Containers
333, 336
Containers made of plastic 2, 263, 298 302,
304 307, 309 314, 316 317, 319 320,
323, 325 333, 335 339, 351, 739, 756 757
Drums made of plastic
326 327
Our service guarantee is spelt out at the front of the catalogue
122299
122299
Alphabetical product index
EURO mesh pallets

352
EURO standard stacking containers
304 306, 311
Folding boxes
2, 312 313, 334, 676 677
Folding containers
2, 312 313, 371 373
Grit containers
329, 739, 756 757
GRP containers
330 331
Hazardous goods containers
333
Hinged bottom skips
371 373
Impregnation cans
336, 431 432
352
KLT containers
301, 318
Large containers
325, 328 339
Lidded boxes
292 293
Long goods containers
357
Mesh containers
260 261, 352 353
Mesh pallets
352 353
327 328
264 267,
270 273, 281, 287, 292, 308, 619
Pallet containers
333
Perforated sheet metal containers
262
Plastic carrying cases
320, 323
Plastic stacking containers 2, 298 302, 307,
309 317, 319 320, 351
Plastic storage bins
286 288, 290
Revolving stands
294, 296
Roller cases made of aluminium
257
Round containers
326 328
Safety containers
433
Safety paper bins
451, 456 457, 1002
Self-tipping containers
359 370
Shavings skips
79, 366
Shelf bins made of cardboard
287
Shelf bins made of plastic
286, 288, 290
Shelf bins, folding
287
Small parts cabinets
292 296
Small parts cases
323
Stack / nest containers
299, 302 303
Stacking baskets made of steel wire
260 261
Stacking containers made of perforated
sheet steel
262
Stacking containers made of plastic
2, 263, 298 302, 304 307, 309 310,
312 313, 316, 320
Stacking containers made of sheet steel
262, 264
Steel wire baskets
260 261, 535
Storage bins
2, 298 302, 304 317,
319 320
Storage containers 2, 256 266, 270 271,
273, 286 288, 290, 292 296, 299 302,
304 310, 312 313, 316 317, 319 320,
324 339, 351 373
Storage containers made of steel 260 262,
265, 328, 352 358, 360 368, 370 373
Storage tanks
325, 333, 402
Tanks
325, 333, 402
Tilting skips
79, 359 370
Tool cases
323
Toolboxes made of aluminium
256 257
Transparent storage boxes
264 267,
270 273, 281, 308
Transport boses made of plastic
2, 298 302, 304 317, 319 320
Transport containers
2, 58, 61, 256 258,
299 302, 307, 309 310, 312 313, 316,
320, 323 324, 326 332, 334 335,
337 339, 351 373
Transport containers made of aluminium
256 258
Transport tanks
333, 402
292
Waste collectors
351, 430 432
Waste containers
451, 456 462, 467,
1001 1002, 1007
Wire baskets
260 261, 535, 939
Zarges boxes
256 258
Containers made of plastic 2, 263, 298 302,
304 307, 309 317, 319 320, 323 334,
336 339, 351, 471, 739, 756 757
Containers with runner base
356
Containers with wire mesh folding flap
352, 354 356
Contemporary folding advertising frame 971
Control systems
740 749, 936 937, 969
Conveyor rollers
171, 173
Cork boards
950, 956
Corner shelving units
195, 231, 244
678
Counter extensions
832, 835
Counter units
629, 832, 835
Counterbalance cranes
145
Counting scales
698 699
CPU holder
681, 922 923
CPU stands
923
Crane chains
151
Crane forks
146
Crane hooks for forklift truck
124
Cranes
5, 144 145, 148 149
Crash protection
492, 738 739, 759 761,
763 771, 775, 796
Cube lockers
518 519, 523
Cubio workshop equipment
624 626
Cup collecting stations
469
Cup recycling stations
469
Cupboard trollies
15, 62, 64, 66 67, 654
Cupboards
19" cupboards
667
Acid and alkali storage cupboards
375, 403, 416 417
Brochure cabinets
942
Broom cupboards
497, 508, 529, 653
Chemical storage cabinets
3, 374, 376,
403 404, 412 421
Cleanroon cupboards
377
Cloakroom cabinets 492, 494, 498, 502 505,
508 509, 513, 516 518, 521, 526 530,
648 649, 653, 812 813, 818 819, 824,
828 829, 832, 836 837, 856 857, 861
Clothes lockers
494 510, 512 518, 520,
522 528
Compartment cupboards 200 201, 203, 235,
502 505, 513, 527, 649, 652, 940, 942
Computer cabinets 493, 662, 664 666, 923
Cupboard trollies
62, 64, 66, 654
Cupboards with open fronted storage bins
275 279, 282 285, 660
Document protection cupboards
876
Document storage cupboards
874, 877
Double door cupboards 275 279, 282 285,
415, 495 498, 502 505, 508 509, 511, 527,
529, 626, 646 654, 812 817, 820 821,
825 832, 834 847, 853, 857 858, 860,
864, 872, 875
Drawer cupboards
618, 624 637, 849
Drawing cupboards
863
Dustproof cupboards
647
Extra high cupboards
853
Filing cabinets
511, 812 821, 824 832,
834 847, 852 862, 864, 872,
875, 940
Filing suspension cabinets
814 817, 819,
824 825, 843, 850 852
Fire protection safety cabinets 3, 416 421
864, 875
Folding door cupboards
835
Hazardous goods cupboards
3, 374, 376,
412 421
655 657
Inspection window cupboards
544, 626, 638, 654
Key cabinets
865, 867 868
LAN cupboards
667
Large cupboards
278 279, 285, 649,
652 653, 659
Locker cubes
518 519, 523
Lockers
494 520, 522 528
Machine cupboards
627 628, 631, 634
Mail distribution cupboards
849
Mobile cupboards
654
Multi-purpose cupboards
495 501, 505,
508 509, 513 515, 529, 647, 812 821,
824 829, 831 832, 834 847, 853 862,
864, 872, 875
Network cupboards
667
Office cupboards
194, 203, 508, 511,
812 821, 824 832, 834 840, 842 847,
852 862, 864, 872, 875
Oil storage cupboards
374, 404, 412 415
PC cabinets
662, 664 666, 818, 923
PE hazardous goods cupboards
375, 403
Perforated panel cupboards
660
Plastic hazardous goods cupboards
403
Printer cabinets
938
Roller shutter cupboards 641, 814 817, 825,

828 830, 832, 835, 854 857, 940
Security cupboards
662, 664 665, 667
Server cupboards
667
Shelf cupboards
626, 940 941
Side cupboards
639 643, 814 821,
824 830, 832, 834 843, 854 857, 860,
862, 940 941
638, 658 659,
818 819, 824, 829, 862, 942
Sorting cupboards
849, 940 942
Space-saving cupboards
498, 522, 655
377, 529, 639
Steel cupboards
275 279, 282 285,
495 505, 508 509, 511, 513 515,
526 527, 529, 544, 630, 632 633, 636 638,
640 643, 648 653, 655 659, 847,
852 862, 864, 872, 875
Storage cupboards 275 280, 282 285, 415,
634 635, 638 639, 641, 648 654, 656 659
Storage cupboards with open fronted
storage bins
275 279, 282 285
Supply cupboards 66, 275 279, 282 285,
624 625, 635, 638 639, 641, 647 659
814 821,
824 825, 838 839, 843, 850 852, 861
Tool cupboards
624 625, 630 633,
635 643, 648 654, 656 660
Universal cupboards
511, 646 651,
654 655, 847, 853 860, 862
Valuables safes
873
Wall cupboards
812 818, 820 821, 825,
828 832, 834 846
638 639, 660
Wall mounted network cupboards
667
Wardrobes 494 501, 506 510, 512 518,
520, 522 526, 528 529, 648 649, 653,
812 813, 818 819, 828 829, 831 832,
836 837, 856 858, 861
Window panel cupboards
654
Cupboards for cleanrooms
377
Cupboards with vertical drawers
655
Curtains
141
Cushioning material
668, 673
Customer information systems 744 749, 969
Customer stoppers
970
Cutter
680, 925
Cutting stands
680
Cycle parkers
786 787
Cycle racks
787
Cylindrical containers
327
D
Daily planners
948 949, 958 959, 965
Data protection cupboards
877
Data shredders
928 931
Decorative shelving units
975
Degreasing cleaners
434
Delivery note pockets
345, 347, 353, 683
Depository safes
874
Desk fans
1008 1009
Desk lights
924
Desks
585 586, 810, 812 821, 824 827,
830 832, 834 846
Digital scales
698 699
Dispatch envelopes
678
Dispensing cans, stainless steel
430, 432
Display cases
780 782, 977 981
Display containers
77
Display frames, folding
782, 971, 977
Display glass cabinets
982 985
Display pallets
340, 342, 348
Display shelving units
972, 975 976
Dividers
800 801, 983, 986 993
Dividers for shelving
204 205, 212
Dividing wall systems
800 801, 983, 986,
992 993
Document bins
487
Document cases
416
Document cupboard
874, 877
Document holders, clear view panels
254, 932 935
Document pockets
345, 347, 353, 683
Document safes
876
Document shredders
928 931
Document sorting boards
948 949
Dollies 17, 37, 45, 86 88, 90 91, 94, 259, 346,

352, 466
Door plate sets
936 937
Double door cupboards 275 279, 282 285,
415, 495 498, 502 505, 511, 526 527, 626,
646 654, 812 817, 820 821, 824 832,
834 847, 853, 857 861, 864, 872, 875
Double membrane pumps
426
Double scissor lifting platform trucks
127, 131 132
Double sided ladders 710, 712 714, 716 718,
722 723
Double sided self-adhesive tape
685
Draw string sacks
490 491
Drawbar stackers
2, 121, 123
Drawer cabinets
292 296, 634
Drawer cupboards
279, 284 285, 618,
626 637, 648, 651 652, 659, 849
Drawer safes
873
Drawer tool trollies
603, 614, 616 618
Drawer systems
292 296
Drawing cupboards
863
Drive-on sump trays
386 387
Drum accessories
428 429
Drum containers
375, 403 409, 421
Drum cupboards
403 404, 417, 421
Drum dollies
104
Drum dolly frames
104
Drum funnels
429
Drum grippers
105 106
Drum handling equipment
5, 104 106, 382
Drum lifting / tilting / transport equipment 105
Drum locks
428
Drum opening tools
429
Drum pallets
349, 375, 379 383, 386 396
Drum pumps
425 427
Drum shelving units
398 401
Drum stands
380 381, 383, 390, 393
Drum tilters
105 106
Drum tilting stands
384
Drum transport trollies
105, 382, 392
Drum transporters
104 105, 382, 392
Drum trucks
104 105
Drum turning clamps
5, 106
Drums made of plastic
326 327
Dry vacuum cleaner
437, 440
Dry wipes for board markers
953
Dust extraction units
418 419, 421
Dustproof cupboards
647
DYNAMIX office system
812 813
E
EASY boltless shelving
209
EASY shelf truck
209
Edge protection brackets
676
Edge protection corners
676
EDP workstations
810, 812 821, 824 827,
830 832, 834 846, 922
Electric chain hoists
147, 149
Electric hand dryers
536
Electric pumps
426 427
Electric stackers
2, 123
Electrical access barriers
754
Electrical barriers
754
Electrical car park barriers
754
Electro stapler
679
Emergency cases
542 544
Emergency eye showers
424
Emergency key boxes
865
Enamel plates and accessories
951 953,
958 959, 964, 968
Entrance matting
545 548
Environmental cupboards 374, 403, 412 417
Environmental emergency cases
422
Environmental products for emergencies
385, 422 423
Equipment cabinets and containers 794 795
Equipment trollies
664
ESD anti-fatigue stools
562
ESD chairs
572, 581
ESD matting
558
EURO cash box insert tray
865
EURO display cases
780 782
EURO format containers
304 306, 311,
314 317, 319 320, 351 357
EURO format open fronted storage bins
308
Keyword not found? More keywords at www.export.kaiserkraft.com
1011
F
Fans
584, 1008 1009
Fans for wall mounting
584, 1008
Fastening straps
153
Felt pens
953
Fence systems
485, 743, 796 799
Fencing
485, 743, 796 799
Fibreglass ladders
716
File shelving
189 197, 203, 209, 812 821,
824 832, 834 846, 940
File stores
938 939, 944 945
File suspension cabinets 814 821, 824 825,
829, 838 839, 843, 850 852, 861
Files
945
Filing cabinets 511, 529, 812 821, 824 832,
834 847, 850 862, 864, 875
Filing shelving units 189 197, 203, 206 209,
237, 244, 812 821, 824 832, 834 846
Filing suspension cabinets
814 817, 819,
824 825, 843, 850 852, 861
Filing systems
938 941, 944 945
Filing trollies
51
Filling material
668
Filling stations
375, 379 383, 386 400,
403 409
Film cutters
669
Film shrinking devices
675
Film welding devices
675
Films
Bubble wrap films
672
Flat films
669, 673, 675
Foam films
672 673
Polyethylene bags
490 491, 674
Protective films
672 674, 684
Shrink films
675
Stretch films
669 671
FINO office system
830 832
Fire prevention ashtrays 449 450, 1005, 1007
Fire prevention waste paper bins 451, 457, 1002
Fire resistant safes
871, 873 874, 876 877
Fire resistant safety cupboards
3, 416 421
864, 875
Fireproof security cupboard extractor /
venting
419
Fireproof security cupboards
3, 416 421
First aid cabinets
542 543
First aid equipment
424, 542 544
First aid kits
542 544
First aid room couches
544
Fixed castors
156 169
Fixing bracket
227
Flange wheels
169
Flat films
669, 673, 675
Flat packed steel lockers 502 503, 513 516
752
Flexible conveyors
4, 174 175
Flip chart paper
960, 963
Flip charts
960 961, 963, 965, 968
Flip charts, mobile
960, 963
Floor cleaning
444
Floor fans
584
Floor grids
556 557, 559
Floor marking sets
738, 772 773
Floor mats 545 548, 550 559, 899, 902 903
545 547, 550 557,
559, 902 903
Floor protection sumps
386 387
Floor vacuum cleaners
436 441
Flow meters
426 427
Flyover platform steps
708, 727
1012
Foam cushion
668, 673
Foam films
672 674
Folded paper towels
535
Folding advertising stands
970
Folding benches, wall mounted
544
Folding boxes
2, 292 293, 312 313, 334,
349, 353, 673, 676 678
Folding cardboard shelf boxes
287
Folding cartons
673, 676 677
Folding containers
2, 312 313, 371 373
Folding displays
975
Folding dividers
992
Folding door cupboards
835
Folding frames
782, 971, 976
Folding platform trollies 8, 37 41, 46 47, 52
Folding platforms
701, 707, 728
Folding scaffolding
736 737
Folding steps
701 703, 707
Folding stretchers
544
Folding sump trays
385
Folding tables
610, 784, 913
Folding transport trucks
98, 100 102
Folding waste containers
482
Food waste containers
483
Foot operated waste bins 377, 458, 461 463,
466 468, 475, 477, 482 483
Foot rests
576, 899
Foremen's desks
585 586
Foremen's offices
585 586, 802 807
Fork / platform trucks
122
Fork rollers
155
Forklift accessories
106, 124 125
Forklift attachments
106, 125, 362
Forklift support bars
370
Forklift trucks
5, 108 114
Forklifts
2, 117 123, 134
Frames for door signs
936 937, 946
Freestanding perforated panel walls 269, 619
Freestanding shelf units with storage bins
274 275, 289
Freight sump trays
380, 384, 394 395
Funnels
429, 432
Furniture castors
155 157
Furniture movers
88 89, 94
Furniture safes
871, 873
Furniture series
ANNY
824 825
BASIC II
840 841
CARINA
826 829
CHRISTINE
816 817
Complete office
840, 844 846
DYNAMIX
812 813
FINO
830 832
RAPIDO
838 839
SEQUENZ
836 837
STATUS
820 821
THEA
814 815
TINO
818 819
UPLINER
810
VALERIE
842 843
VIOLA
834 835
G
Gantry cranes
149
Garment rails
531, 534, 995, 997 998, 1000
Gas cylinder cabinets
104, 410
Gas cylinder containers
411
Gas cylinder stands
103
Gas cylinder storage units
410 411
Gas cylinder trollies
20, 103
Gatekeepers' cabins
806 807
General purpose trollies
11 12, 22 23,
34 36, 40, 56, 58 59, 61
Glass cabinets
982 985
Gluing machine
686
Grid notice boards
953
Grit containers
329, 739, 756 757
GRP containers
330 331
GRP sump trays
389, 395, 400
Guillotines
680, 925
H
H vacuum cleaners
Halogen lights
Halogene spotlights
439
583
582
Hammer tackers
679
Hand dispensers
669 671, 682 685
Hand dryers
536
Hand piston pumps
425
Hand pumps
425
Hand rope hoists
147
Handheld spot lights
582
Hanging files, folders, pockets
945
Hazard warning labels
683
Hazardous goods containers
333, 375,
403 409, 411
Hazardous goods cupboards
3, 374, 376,
404, 412 421
Hazardous goods extractors
418 419, 421
375, 403 407,
411, 421
Heat shrink plastic bags
675
Heated foot rests and matting
899
Heavy duty boltless shelving system
204 205, 212, 243
Heavy duty cable ducts
549, 775
Heavy duty containers
306
655 657, 659
Heavy duty folding steps
701
Heavy duty industrial swivel chairs
580
Heavy duty ladders
701, 710 711
Heavy duty machine steps
705
Heavy duty pallets
343
Heavy duty shelving units 204 205, 211 212,
214, 216 219, 222 229, 233, 242 243,
250 252
695
Heavy duty trailers
83
Heavy duty wheel barrows
79, 359 370
Heavy duty wheels and castors
166 169
Heavy duty widespan shelving
220 221, 226 227
Heavy duty workbenches
608 609
587
Height restriction barriers
754
442
116
High-lift stackers
2, 121 123
Hinged bottom skips
371 373
Holders for perforated panels
621
Hose ducts
775
Hose reels
622 623
Hot dip galvanized transport trucks
40 41
Hot water high pressure cleaners
442
Hydraulic jacks
92
Hydraulic stackers
2, 117, 122 123
I
IBC containers
405, 407 409
IBC sump trays
388 390, 396 397
Immersion tanks
431, 434
Impregnation cans
431 432, 434
Impulse chargers
132
Inclined shelving
235
Industrial chairs
376 377, 563, 567 581
Industrial fans
584
Industrial foot operated waste bins 466 468
Industrial grid
556
352 353
Industrial pallets
340 344, 346, 348 349
Industrial scales
698 699
Industrial stacking pallets
340 344, 346,
348 349
Industrial steps
727
Industrial stools
376 377, 563 566,
580 581, 899
376, 563, 567 581
Industrial swivel chairs for heavier persons 580
Industrial vacuum cleaners
436 441
Information displays
977
Information frames
977
Information showcases 780 782, 977 981
Information systems
973, 977
Insert baskets
261
Insert boxes made from plastic
307
Inspection window cupboards
626, 638, 654
Insulated hazardous goods stoarge containers
408
Insulated storage containers
408
Interlocking panels
812 817, 819 821,
824 832, 834 843
Intermediate platforms
Isolierte Gefahrstoffcontainer
IT equipment
793
408
667
K
Key cabinets
Key safes
KLT containers
Knee protection mats
Knives
KTC containers
KTC sump trays
865, 867 868

868 870
301, 318
549
669, 678
405, 407 409
388 390, 396 397
L
Label character sets
255
Label dispensers
684, 686
Label frames
255
Label pockets
345, 347, 353
Label printers
684, 686, 926
Label set for waste separation 464, 467, 469,
471 472, 474, 477, 480 481, 487
Labelling devices
926
Labelling for shelving
254 255
Labelling frames
254 255
Labelling pockets
254, 345, 347, 353
Labels
270, 678, 683 684, 926
Laboratory anti-fatigue stools
376, 580
Laboratory bench cupboards for standing
height
376
Laboratory cupboards
376
Laboratory extension tables
376
Laboratory safety cupboards
376
Laboratory scales
698
Laboratory stools
376, 580
376, 580
Laboratory trollies
34 35, 43, 47 50,
72, 615
Laboratory worktables
376
Ladder crossovers
727
Ladders and steps
Aluminium folding step ladders 701, 703, 707
Aluminium ladders
701, 703 705, 707,
710 726
Aluminium rung ladders
718, 720 723
Aluminium steps
703, 707, 727
Bridge platforms
727
Combination ladders
719, 722 723
Double sided ladders
710, 712 718,
721 723
Fibreglass ladders
716
Flyover platforms
708, 727
Handy steps
701 703, 707
Heavy duty ladders
710 711
Industrial steps
727
Lean-to ladders
711, 716, 719 723
Machine steps
700, 704 706
Mobile folding scaffolding
735 737
Mobile platform steps
713, 729 731
Mobile scaffold towers
735 737
Mobile scaffolding units
736 737
Mobile work platforms
731, 735
719, 721 723
Platform ladders
724 734
Platform steps
724 726, 728 734
Platform steps, mobile
713, 729 731
Platforms
700, 704 709, 719, 729,
731
Platforms and walkways
709, 731
Roll-along stools
700, 943
Safety staircases
727
Scaffolding
735 737
Sliding ladders
721
Step ladders
701 707, 710 714,
717, 728
Step-up supports
702
Steps
700 703, 705 708, 727 731,
733 734, 943
Telescopic ladders
719, 723
Universal platforms
709
Ladders with wall bracket
723
Laminated paper dispatch envelopes
678
Laminating devices
927
Laminating film
927
Lamps
582 583, 924
LAN cupboards
667
122299
EURO mesh pallets

352 353
Euro pallets
346
EURO pallets made of wood
346
EURO stacking containers
304 306, 311,
314 315, 317, 319, 351 357
EURO standard stacking containers 304 306,
311, 317, 319
Ex lights
582
Executive chairs
900 901
Expanding barriers
742
Export pallets
340 343, 346, 348
Extension ladders
721
Extraction of hazardous materials 418 419, 421
Extraction units
418 419, 421
Eyewash liquid bottles
424
122299
Laptop safes
871
Large capacity containers
325, 328 339
Large capacity waste containers made from
plastic
486 488
Large capacity waste containers made from
steel
488
Large containers, mobile
328, 330 332
Large cupboards
278 279, 285, 649,
652 653, 659
Large letter boxes
783
Large shelving units 210 211, 214, 216 229,
232 233, 239, 241 242, 250,
252 253
Large volume recyclable waste collectors
484 485
Laundry collectors
482
Lean-to ladders
711, 719 723
Leather chairs
900 901, 917
Lecturns
960
LED lights
582
Letter box systems
783
Letter boxes
783
Letter scales
698 699
Letters and numbers, self-adhesive
254
Lidded barrels
327
Lift tables
130, 134 140
Lifters
95
Lifting belts
152
Lifting devices
Assembly lifting tables
136
Double scissor lift platform trucks
127, 131 132
Drawbar stackers
2, 121, 123
Electric pallet trucks
2, 123
Forklifts
2, 117 123
116
High-lift stackers
2, 121 123
Hydraulic jacks
92
Hydraulic stackers
2, 117, 122 123
4, 126 133
Lifting stands
92
Lifting tables
129 130, 134 140
Lifting transporters
95
140
128
Manual lifting table
127
Mini-lifters
118 119
Pallet trucks
5, 108 114
Platform lifts
117
127 128
Scissor lift tables
136, 140
Weighing pallet trucks
114 115
Wide gauge high lifting stackers
122
Lifting magnets
146
4, 126 133
Lifting stands
92
Lifting trollies
5, 108 115, 127
Lifting winches
92
Light duty barrier fences
741 743
Light duty roller conveyors
178 179
Light stacking panels
341
Light systems
924
Lights
582 583, 924
Litter bin boxes
459
Litter pickers
456
Litter spikes
456
Load hooks
124
Loading bridges
142 143
Loading ramps
142 143
Locker cabinets
512 513, 518, 520,
522 528
Locker units for valuables
870
Lockers
494 507, 510 518,
520 528
Long goods containers
357
Long goods frames
357
Long goods shelving
245 247, 249
Longitudinal cutters
925
Loosefill chips for packaging
668
Louvred panel accessories
26, 620 621
Louvred panels
26 27
138 140
Low profile mops
447
128
Luggage trollies
69
Lumbar support office swivel chairs
882 883, 888, 894
M
M vaccum cleaners
439
Machine cupboards 627 628, 631, 634 635
Machine jacks
92
Machine protective grids
796 797
Machine steps
700, 704 706
Machine stretch films
670
Magnetic boards
951 955, 957 959, 967
Magnetic document pockets
946 947
Magnetic foils for labelling
255
Magnetic frames
946 947
Magnetic panels
951 955, 957 959,
964 965, 968
Magnetic photo pockets
947
Magnetic pockets
254, 345, 353, 946 947
Magnetic storage labels and frames 255 256
Magnetic strips
953
Magnets
146, 780 782, 953 954, 957,
978 979
Magnifying lamps
583
849
Mail distribution trollies
47 48, 51, 939
Mail office accessories
Digital scales
698 699
Letter scales
698 699
849
Mail sorting baskets
938 939
Mail sorting stations
938 941
Mail sorting trollies
47 48, 51 52, 939
Parcel scales
698 699
Table scales
698 699
Wall mounted sorting systems
938 939
Mail sorting stations
849, 938 940
Mail sorting trollies 47 48, 51 52, 939, 941
Manual lifting table
127
Manual sweeping machines
442 443
Manual tackers
679
Manual winches
92
Marking devices, paints
738, 772 773
Marking tapes
772
Masking tapes
682, 685
Material containers
63 66, 73 75,
794 795
Material stands
19, 30 31, 58
Material trucks
615
Materials handling technology
4, 170 181
Media furniture
967
Media trollies
967
Medical instrument cupboards
544
Medicine cabinets
542 544
Meeting room chairs 896, 901, 904, 908 909,
916 917, 920
Meeting room cupboards
965
Meeting room tables
585, 827, 913, 915
Mesh containers
73, 260 261, 352 353
Mesh dividers
485, 796 799, 915
Mesh grid shelf panels for pallet racking 251
Mesh pallets
352 353
Mesh panels for boltless shelving
213
Mesh panels for shelving
213
Mesh partitions
485, 796 799
Mesh rear panels for shelving
251
Mesh stacking frames
350
Mesh trollies
15, 49, 63 66, 68 75,
77, 80
Metal benches
785
Metal shavings trucks
79, 366
Microfibre cleaning utensils
446 447
Microfibre cloths
447
Microfibre mops
446
Mini-lifters
118 120
Mirrors
776 779
Mobil frames
950
Mobile buckets
444, 446 447
Mobile coat stands
994 996, 1000
Mobile cupboards
33, 654, 938
Mobile expansion barriers
742
Mobile folding scaffolding
735 737
Mobile gantry cranes
149
Mobile PC stands
664, 922
Mobile pedestals for offices
812 821,
824 827, 830 832, 834 846, 848
Mobile pedestals for storage and transport
71 72, 74 76
Mobile platform steps
713, 729 731
961, 967
Mobile ram protection
766
Mobile scaffold towers

735 737
Mobile security fencing
741 743
Mobile shelving units with open fronted
storage bins
269, 271
Mobile stainless steel drawer cabinets
616
Mobile stainless steel tool trollies
616
Mobile step ladders
713 714, 717
Mobile tool cabinets
19, 608, 619
Mobile warehouse steps
713
Mobile waste collectors
482
Mobile whiteboards
963
Mobile work platforms
731
Modular cleaning trolleys
445 446
Modular cupboards
938
Modular fencing
485, 743, 796 799
Modular scaffolding
736
Modular shelving units
188, 222 229,
232 233, 250 253
Modular trolleys
445
Modular units for EASY boltless shelving 209
Modular work platforms
708 709
Modular workshop equipment
26 27, 33
Moisteners
431
Monitor swivel arms
593
Monitor tables
922
Monitoring mirrors
776 779
Monthly planners
948 949, 958 959, 965
Mop holders
446
Mops
444, 446 447
Moulded chairs
906 909
Moulded chipboard pallets
348
Multi media trollies
967
Multi-purpose buildings
806 807
Multi-purpose carrying cases
320
309, 327 328,
466, 470
Multi-purpose cupboards 495 505, 508 509,
511, 513 515, 526 527, 529, 626, 647,
812 821, 824 829, 831 832, 834 847,
853 862, 864, 875
Multi-purpose folding steps
702
719, 721 723
Multi-purpose shelf trucks
42, 62, 81
Multi-purpose tables 827, 906, 913 916, 920
N
Network cupboards
667
Newspaper racks
972, 975 976
Newspaper trucks
53
Non fingerprint waste bins 458, 462, 465, 1002
Non-marking castors 157 160, 162 164, 166
Non-slip aluminium ladder
715
Non-slip belts
549
Non-slip folding steps
715
Non-slip matting
550 559
Non-slip strips
549
Norm containers
263, 304 306
Notice board accessories 950, 952 953, 956,
958 959, 964
Notice board rail systems
968
Notice boards
936 937, 950 959,
967 968, 977
NT racks
667
Nylon wheels
157 159, 166
O
Observation mirrors
776 779
Office cupboards 194, 203, 508, 511, 812 821,
824 832, 834 847, 853 862, 864, 875
Office equipment
Conference tables
827, 913, 915 916
Containers
812 813, 818 821, 824,
826 827, 830 832, 834 846, 848
Counter systems
832, 835
CPU stands
923
Cupboards 494 505, 507 509, 511 512,
514 515, 521 527, 529 530, 812 821,
824 832, 834 847, 849 858, 860 862,
864, 872, 875
Desks
810, 812 821, 824 827, 830, 832,
834 846
Dividers
986 993
Ergonomic chairs
882 883, 888
Filing cabinets 511, 529, 812 821, 824 832,
834 847, 852 862, 864, 872, 875
Filing shelving units

189 197, 203,
206 208, 237, 244, 812 821, 824 832,
834 840, 842 846
Filing systems
938 941, 944 945
Floor mats
546 548, 550 557, 559, 899
Lidded cabinets
942
Mail sorting systems
938 939
Mobile pedestals
812 821, 824 827,
830 832, 834 846, 848
Office chairs 878 879, 881 883, 886 896,
899, 901
Office trollies
47 49, 51 52, 72, 939
Partition walls
800, 986 993
PC desks
922
PC side furniture
922
PC workstations
810, 812 821, 824 827,
830, 832, 834 846, 922
Printer tables
922
828 830, 832,
834 835, 854 857, 923
Rotary filing systems
944 945
Shelving 189 197, 203, 206 208, 237, 244,
812 821, 824 832, 834 846
Shelving panels
194 195, 812 821,
824 832, 834 846
Sideboards
820 821, 826 830, 832,
834 839, 842 843, 855 857, 860, 862, 864
Sliding door cupboards 814 819, 824 825,
829, 862
Steel cupboards
275 279, 282 284,
495 498, 500 502, 504 505, 508 509,
511, 514 515, 526 527, 529, 847, 852 862,
864, 872, 875
Suspension files
850 852, 854, 856 857,
861, 945
814 821,
824 825, 829, 843, 850 852, 861
Table trollies
43 44, 47 48, 50, 72
Wall cupboards
194, 812 821, 824 832,
834 847, 854 855, 858, 862, 864, 875
Office furniture range
ANNY
824 825
BASIC II
840 841
CARINA
826 829
CHRISTINE
816 817
Complete office
840, 844 846
DYNAMIX
812 813
FINO
830 832
PETRA
844
RAPIDO
838 839
SEQUENZ
836 837
STATUS
820 821
THEA
814 816
TINO
818 819
UPLINER
810
VALERIE
842 843
VIOLA
834 835
Office shelving units 189 197, 203, 206 209,
812 821, 824 832, 834 846, 938
Ergonomic swivel chairs
882 884, 888,
894
Executive chairs
900 901
Explanations
878
886 887, 895
Standard swivel chairs
840, 879, 881
Office trollies
47 49, 51 52, 72, 939
Oil binding agents
422 423
Oil cans
425, 428
Oil pumps
425 428
Oil storage cupboards
374, 404, 412 417
Oil storage tanks
402
Oil sump trays
428
One-way pallets
340, 342, 348
Open fronted storage bins 264 273, 281, 287,
292, 308, 619
Open fronted storage bins made of sheet steel
264
886 887, 895
Order picking trollies 22, 33, 42, 58 61, 68, 73,
77, 730
Overhead projector trollies
966 967
P
Packing boxes
Packing centres
678
680 681
1013
1014
Paper pads for flip charts

960, 963
Paper sacks
491
536 539
Paper towels
482, 535 536, 539
Parallel jaw vices
602
Parcel delivery box
53, 783
Parcel scales
53, 698 699
Parcel trucks
53
Park benches
784 785
Park benches made of wire mesh
785
Parking barriers, electrical
754
Parking posts
753 754
Partition walls
268, 485, 796 805, 960, 983,
986 993
Partitioning systems
796 805
Parts cleaners
434 435
PC cabinets
661 662, 664 666, 818, 923
PC desks
590 591, 661, 664 665, 922
PC furniture
Computer cabinets 661 662, 664 666, 923
Computer desks
665, 922
CPU brackets
681, 922 923
CPU stands
923
Cupboards 814 821, 824 832, 834 847,
851, 854 858, 864, 875, 923
Lights
924
PC cabinets
661 662, 664 666, 923
PC desks
661, 664 665, 922
PC stations
661 662, 664, 922
Roller front cupboards
828 832, 835,
854 857
Table bridges
832
Workstations
810, 812 821, 824 827,
830 832, 834 846, 922
PC stations
661 662, 664, 922
PE hazardous goods cupboards
403
PE large capacity container
337 339
PE sump trays
385, 387, 390 394, 396 397
Pedal bins
458, 461 463, 466 468, 475,
477 478, 481 483, 486
Pedal waste bins
461 462, 466 468, 477,
483
Pedestal ashtrays 448 452, 454, 1003 1007
Pedestal fans
584, 1008 1009
Pedestal rotary boards
964, 968
Pedestal tables
784, 810, 920 922
Pedestal tables, folding
784
Pegasus safety folding door cupboards
419
Perforated panel cupboards
26 27, 660
Perforated sheet metal containers
262
Perforated sheet metal lockers
499 501,
506, 510
Perforated wall panel systems
26 27, 269,
619 621
Permanent magnets
146
PETRA office system
844
Phoenix safety folding door cupboards
419
Photo bags
947
Pin boards
950, 955 956, 960, 962 964
Planning boards
958 959
Planning system
965
Plastic bags
490 491, 674
Plastic benches
531 532, 534, 784
Plastic carrying cases
320, 323
Plastic containers
2, 263, 268, 298 302,
304 307, 309 310, 312 313, 316 317,
319 320, 323, 325 328, 330 339, 351, 359,
462, 465 466, 468, 470 471, 489
Plastic cover for EUR-wire mesh container 352
Plastic general purpose trucks
34 37
Plastic hazardous goods cupboards
403
Plastic ladders
716
Plastic pallets
340 344
Plastic pedestal ashtray
1003
Plastic recycling containers
473
Plastic sacks
456, 462, 490 491
Plastic shelving units
938
Plastic stacking boxes
263, 299 302,
304 307, 309 310, 316, 320
Plastic stacking chairs
906 907
Plastic stacking containers 2, 298 302, 307,
309 317, 319 320, 351
Plastic step ladders
700
Plastic storage bins
286 288, 290
Plastic strapping
687 689, 691, 694 695
Plastic sump trays
385, 387, 389 397, 400
Plastic trollies
34 37, 40
Plastic waste bins
466 468

454, 462 463,
465 469, 471, 473, 483, 1002
Plastic wear sleeves
152 153
Plate dollies, punctureproof
55
Plate trucks
20, 54 55, 57, 236
Platform ladders
724 734
Platform lifts
117
Platform modular systems
709
Platform scales
698 699
Platform steps
724 734
Platform steps, mobile 713, 724 726, 729 733
Platform trollies
6 10, 45 47, 81
Platform trucks 6 10, 37 42, 45 47, 52, 81
Platform trucks with side rails
7
Platform trucks with wooden sides
9, 63
Platforms
700, 704 709, 719, 729, 731
Platforms and walkways
709, 731
Platforms, steel construction
793
Platforms, working
125, 736 737
Plinths for shelving
204 205, 212
Plug-in bars for pallets
350
Pneumatic tyres
165
Poison cabinets
376
Polystyrene loosefill chips
668
Polystyrene rubbish sack stands
484 485
Polyurethane wheels 157, 162, 164, 166 167
Post mounted jib cranes
148 149
Post protection
739, 763, 765, 769
Poster display cases
780 782, 977 981
Poster stands
970, 973
Precision scales
698 699
Prefab living and office containers 806 807
Prefab offices
802 807
Prefab rooms
794 795, 802 807
Presentation accessories
962
Presentation cases
962
Presentation pedestal
962
Presentation shelving units
942, 965
Presentation walls
962 964
Price label dispenser
684
Printer cupboards
938
Printer tables
922, 938
Projection boards
967
Projection screens
961, 965 968
Projector trollies
966 967
Protection for columns
765, 769
Protection for posts
739, 763, 765, 769
Protective fencing
251, 485, 743, 796 799
Protective plastic foil
672 674, 683 684
Protective rails
676, 738, 770 771
Pumps
425 427
Punctureproof plate dollies
55
97
Push waste containers
459 460, 1007
Q
Quality control boards
963
Quartz clocks
540 541
Quartz sand for ashtrays
452, 1004, 1006
Quick build access towers
735
Quick fasteners
490
Quick-build boltless shelving
204 205, 212
Quick-build heavy duty boltless shelving
204 205, 212
R
Radio-controlled clocks
540 541
Rail for cycles
787
Rail systems for presentation boards
968
Rain and sun protection covers
788 792
Rain shelters
788 792
Ram protection
492, 738 739, 759 771,
775, 796
Ram protection bar, mobile
766
Ram protection bars 759, 764, 766 767, 769
Ram protection beams
492, 759 761, 764,
768, 775
Ram protection bollards
759, 762 763
Ram protection corners
739, 763 765, 796
Ram protection elements for shelving units
229, 250, 253, 739, 763, 796
Ram protection for pallet racking 739, 763, 796
Ram protection for walls
738, 769 771, 775
Ram protection walls
768
Ramps
143
RAPIDO office system

838 839
Ratchet straps
153
Rechargeable battery lamps
582
Recyclable goods labels
468, 477
Recyclable waste bins
466
Recyclable waste collection systems
462, 465 466, 468 469, 472 477,
480 481
374, 451,
455 458, 461 489
Recyclable waste sorting stations
462, 468,
473, 475
Recycled open fronted storage bins
266
Recycled PE open fronted storage bins
266
Removal containers
357
Reusable boxes
309
Reusable containers 299, 302, 309 310, 316,
320, 327 328
Revolving stands
294
RFID-pallets
344
Rod shelving units
245 247, 249
Roll-along steps
700, 943
Roll-along stools
45, 700, 943
Roller cases made of aluminium
257
Roller conveyors
4, 129, 132, 173 181
Roller front cupboards
641, 814 817, 825,
828 832, 834 835, 854 857, 923, 940
Roller rails
170
375, 403
Roller stands
58
Rolling containers
71 76, 80, 330 331,
337 339
Roofs
788 792
Rotary boards
964, 968
Rotary filing columns
944 945
Rotary filing systems
944 945
Rotary pumps
425
Rotating chassis
93
Round containers
326 328
Round drums
326
Round mirrors
777 779
Round slings
152
Rubber matting
550 555, 557, 559
Rubbish bin housing
485
Rubbish sack stands
455, 464, 478 485
Rubbish sacks
455, 462, 464, 467, 480,
490 491
Rubbish separators
455, 461, 464, 469,
472 477, 482, 1001
Rung ladders
716, 718, 720 723
Runner pallets
342 344, 346, 348 349
S
Sack trucks
20, 96 102, 702
Sacks
490 491
Safes
Built-in safes
871 872
Car key safe
870
Cash boxes
865
Data protection cabinets
877
Deposit safes
874
Document cabinets
874, 877
Document safes
876
Fire resistant safes 871, 873 874, 876 877
Floor mounted safes
873
Floor safes
871, 873
Key cabinets
867 868
Key safes
868 870
Laptop safes
871
Safe compartments
870
Steel security cupboards
871
Valuables safes
873
Safety / security mirrors
777 779
Safety ashtrays
449 450, 1005, 1007
Safety cabinets
3, 374, 376, 412 421
Safety cans
431 432
Safety chair castors
155
Safety containers
430 434
Safety knives
678
Safety matting
549 559
Safety mobile access towers
735
Safety paper bins
451, 456 457, 1002
Safety showers
424
Safety staircases
727
Safety steps
713, 732
Safety transporters
64, 66
122299
Packing devices and packing material

686
Adhesive tape sets
683
Bag sealers
674
Bags
674
Bubble wrap
672, 674
Cardboard
673, 676 677
Carton closing staplers
679
Carton identification labels
678
678
Cushioning material
668, 673
Cutting stands
680
Delivery note pockets
683
Dispatch envelopes
678
Document pockets
683
Double sided self-adhesive tape
685
Edge protection brackets
676
Edge protection corners
676
Electro stapler
679
Film cutters
669
Film welding devices
675
Films
669 675, 684
Flat films
669, 673, 675
Foam films
672 673
Folding cartons
673, 676 677
Gluing machines
686
Hand dispensers
670 671, 682 685
Hazard warning labels
683
Knives
669, 678
Label dispensers
684, 686
Labelling devices
926
Labels
678, 683
Loosefill material
668
Manual tackers
679
Packaging tape dispensers
668, 682 686
Packing boxes
678
Packing paper
678
Packing table stations
680 681
Packing tapes
682 683, 685 686
Pallet cover sheets
669
Polyethylene bags
674
Scales
698 699
683
Self-adhesive tapes
682 686
Shrink films
675
Staples
679
Stapling devices
679
Stapling guns
679
Strapping dispensers
687 689, 691 695
Strapping machines
687
Strapping tapes
687 689, 691 697
Stretch films
669 671
Tabletop dispensers
668
Tape belts
683, 685
Tesa dispensers
685
Tesa self-adhesive tapes
685
668, 673, 676
Warning tapes
682 683
Packing paper
678
Packing stations
680 681
Packing tables
680 681
Packing tape
682 683, 685 686
Packing tape dispensers 668 671, 682 685
Padded chairs
896, 904, 907 909, 916
Padded stackable chairs 904, 907 909, 916
Padlocks
503, 521
Pallet containers
333
Pallet cover sheets
669
Pallet covers
668
Pallet frames
347, 349
Pallet shelving units
250 253
Pallet stacking frames
350
Pallet sump trays
375, 379 397
Pallet supporting frames
345, 347, 349
Pallet systems
388 389
Pallet trays
375, 379 397
Pallet trucks
5, 108 115
Pallets
340 344, 346, 348 349
Panel lifting devices
236
Panel shelving
236
Panel transport trucks
57
Panels for room partition
987 993
Panoramic mirrors
778
Paper clamp strips
968
Paper collectors
460 462, 464 466,
468 469, 471, 473 477, 535, 1001
Paper dispensers
537, 680
Paper guillotines
925
122299
Safety vacuum cleaners

439
Safety wall mounted coat hooks
1000
Safety waste containers 433, 451, 456 457,
1002, 1005
Sanitary paper
544
Sanitary products
535 539
Scaffolding
735 737
Scaffolding, mobile
736 737
Scales
Counting scales
698 699
Digital scales
698 699
Industrial scales
698 699
Letter scales
698
Parcel scales
698 699
Platform scales
698 699
Precision scales
698 699
Tabletop scales
698 699
114 115
Scatter trucks
758
4, 126 133
Scissor lift tables
130, 135 140
Screw taps
325
Seals
309 310
Seating arrangements
785, 920
Seating benches
785
Security cupboards
662, 664 667
Security document waste collectors
487
Security mirrors
776 779
Self-adhesive label holders
255
Self-adhesive letter sets
255
Self-adhesive letters and numbers
254
Self-adhesive magnetic frames
946
683
Self-adhesive tape dispensers 668, 682 686
Self-adhesive tapes
549, 682 686, 772
Self-tipping containers
359 370
Sensor operated waste bins
458
SEQUENZ office systems
836 837
Server cupboards
667
Servicing trollies
22, 59 61
Shavings skips
79, 366
Sheet metal container trucks
18, 63, 79
Sheet panel shelving
236
354 358, 360 368,
370 373, 489
Sheet steel open fronted storage bins 264 265
Sheet steel ram protection
763, 765, 796
Sheet steel storage boxes
236
Sheet steel workbenches
33
Sheet storage frames
950
Shelf baskets
261
Shelf bearer profiles
227
Shelf bins
286, 288, 290
Shelf bins made from plastic
263, 286 288,
290
Shelf bins made of cardboard
287 288
Shelf bins, folding
287
Shelf cover for pallet racking
251
Shelf cupboards
626, 940 941
Shelf labels
254 255, 926
Shelf support bearers
227
Shelf trollies 14, 49, 57, 60, 63 66, 68 70, 72,
209, 831
Shelf truck made of tubular steel
209
Shelf trucks
4, 14 15, 22, 37, 49, 61,
63 70, 72
Shelf trucks, hot dip galvanized
66
Shelf-cupboard storage systems
194, 200 203, 626
Shelters
788 792
Shelving
Aluminium shelving
230
193, 231,
237 242
Boltless shelving units 182, 186, 189 192,
194 212, 214 217, 219, 222 225,
228 229, 231 232, 243 244
Bulk material shelving units
235
245 247, 249
Cantilever shelving
245 247, 249
Cantilever shelving with open fronted
storage bins
274 275, 289
184 185
Compartment shelving
201, 203, 938,
940 941
Corner protection for pallet shelving
250 251, 253
Corner shelving units

195, 231, 244
Display shelving units
942, 972, 975 976
Drum shelving units
398 401
Filing shelving units
189 197, 203,
206 209, 237, 244, 812 821, 824 832,
834 846
204 205,
211 212, 214, 216 229, 233, 242 243,
250 252
Inclined shelving
235
Large shelving units
210 211, 214,
216 229, 232 233, 239, 241 242, 250,
252 253
Long goods shelving
245 247, 249
Mesh rear panels for pallet shelving
251
Mesh shelves for pallet shelving
251
Mobile shelving units with open fronted
storage bins
271
Office cupboards
194, 203, 812 821,
824 832, 834 847, 853 862
Office shelving units
189 197, 203,
206 209, 812 821, 824 832, 834 846,
938, 940 941
Pallet shelving units
250 253
Panel shelving
236
Plastic shelving units
938
Ram protection elements
229, 250, 253
Rod shelving units
245 247, 249
Self-assembly profiles
232
Sheet panel shelving
236
Shelves for pallet shelving units
251
Shelving components
188, 209, 222 229,
232 233, 250 253
Shelving cupboard systems 194, 200 203,
626
Shelving for small parts 271, 274 275, 289,
292 294, 296
Shelving units 182, 186, 188 225, 228 229,
231 235, 237 242, 244, 250
Shelving units with storage bins
291
Shelving with open fronted storage bins
271, 274 275, 289
Small container shelving
398, 400
Small parts shelving
271, 274 275, 289,
291 297
Stainless steel shelving units
231
184 185,
220 221
234, 399 401
Tyre shelving units
234
Wall shelving units
196, 297
210 211, 214,
216 219, 222 229, 232 233, 250, 252
Wire mesh shelving
184 185, 213,
220 221
Wooden shelving units
244
Shelving and cupboards with lids
942
Shelving back panels
204 205, 212
Shelving components
188, 209, 222 229,
232 233, 250 253
Shelving connector
227
Shelving dividers
204 205, 212
Shelving for small parts
271, 275, 289,
292 294, 296 297
Shelving hazardous goods containers
409
Shelving made from solid wood
244
Shelving panel covers
213
Shelving plinths
204 205, 212
Shelving side panels
204 205, 212
Shelving units
186, 188 212, 214 225,
228 229, 231 235, 237 242, 244, 250,
812 821, 824 832, 834 846
Shelving units with open fronted storage bins
271, 274 275, 289
Shelving units with storage bins
291
Shopping baskets
258, 260
Shredders
928 931
Shrink covers
675
Shrink films
675
Side cupboards
638 643, 814 821,
824 830, 832, 834 843, 854 857
Side panels for shelving
204 205, 212
Sideboards
820 821, 826 830, 832,
834 839, 842 843, 854 857, 860, 864
Signs
936 937
Sliding cardboard boxes
673
638, 658 659,
814 819, 824 825, 829, 862
Small container shelving

Small container sump trays
398, 400
379, 384 385,
392, 398, 428
Small locker cupboards
511
Small parts cabinets
292 296
Small parts cases
321 323
Small parts cleaners
431, 434 435
Small parts shelving 271, 274 275, 286, 289,
291 294, 296 297
Small roller conveyors
173
Small size pallets
340, 342, 348
Smoking shelters
788 792
Snow ploughs
739, 756
Soap dispensers and concentrate
536, 538 539
Solid rubber wheels
156 157, 160 163
Solid wall stacking containers 351, 354 357
Solid wooden boltless shelving units
244
Sorting boards
946
Sorting cupboards
849, 940 942
Sorting stations
938 942
Sorting trollies
939
Sorting units
849, 938 942, 944 946, 949
Soundproof booths for telephones
992
Soundproof cabins
802 805
Soundproof walls
800 805, 987, 990 991,
993
Space-saving cupboards
498, 522, 655
Spillage control systems
423
Spindle winches
92
Splash protection walls for sump trays
390
Spray paint
738, 772 773
Spur wheel pulleys
147
Stack / nest containers
299, 302 303
Stacking bars for pallets
350
Stacking baskets
258, 260 261
Stacking baskets made of steel wire 260 261
Stacking boxes
80
Stacking chairs
904 909, 916
Stacking containers
258, 263, 303, 311, 315
Stacking containers made of perforated sheet
steel
262
Stacking containers made of plastic
2, 263,
298 302, 304 307, 309 314, 316 317,
319 320, 334, 337 339
Stacking containers made of sheet metal
262, 264, 351 358
Stacking corners
347
Stacking frames
349 350
Stacking pallets
341
Stacking stools
565
Stacking transport boxes
263
Stacking trucks
96 102
Stacking units with small parts case
321
Stainless steel ashtrays 449 450, 1003 1007
Stainless steel barrier posts
751, 969
Stainless steel benches
533
Stainless steel box dollies
98
Stainless steel cable winches
150
Stainless steel chains
751
Stainless steel coat hangers
998
Stainless steel coat racks
998
Stainless steel containers
430, 432
377, 529, 639
Stainless steel dispensing cans
430, 432
Stainless steel dolly
45
Stainless steel foot pedal bins
467
Stainless steel hand dryers
536
Stainless steel industrial chairs
563
Stainless steel ladders
730
Stainless steel letter boxes
783
Stainless steel magnetic boards
957
Stainless steel operators' chairs
561, 563
Stainless steel platform trollies
45
Stainless steel platform trucks
45
Stainless steel sack trucks
98
Stainless steel safety containers
430 433
Stainless steel shelving
231
Stainless steel soap dispensers
536
Stainless steel table trollies
44 45, 50
Stainless steel tables
377, 610 611
Stainless steel waste bins
467
Stainless steel waste collectors 374, 377, 450,
452, 457 464, 467, 474, 481, 483, 1001 1003,
1005 1007
Stainless steel workbenches
377, 610 611
96, 102
Stair climbing trucks with pivoting handles 96
Stair edge protection

549
Stair mats
549
Stair-climbing trucks
96, 102
Stanchion trollies
81 82
Standing drums
327
Standing glass cabinets
982 985
Stands for bicycles
786 788
Staples
679
Stapling devices
679
Stapling guns
679
STATUS office systems
820 821
Steel cupboards
275 279, 282 285,
495 505, 508 509, 511, 513 516,
526 527, 529, 544, 630, 632 633,
636 638, 640 643, 648 653, 655 659, 847,
852 862, 864, 872, 875
Steel office cupboards
511, 529, 847,
852 862, 864, 872, 875
Steel pallets
349
Steel panel for shelving
213
Steel platforms
793
Steel safety cupboards
871, 873, 877
Steel shelf covers
227
Steel shelving units
188, 190, 192 214,
218 219, 222 225, 228 229, 231 247,
249 253
Steel steps, mobile
730
Steel strip scissors
696 697
Steel strip strapping
691, 696 697
Steel wire baskets
260 261, 535
184 185
Steering chassis
93
Steering wheels
155
Step ladder with clip step
715
Step ladders
701 707, 710 717, 719 720,
725, 728
Step-up supports
376, 700, 702, 943
Steps
700 708, 727 731, 733 734, 943
Stools
376 377, 563 566, 580 581, 899
Stop cocks
429
Storage and filling stations
375, 379 383,
386 401, 403 409
Storage and transport boxes
351, 353, 356
Storage baskets 258, 260 261, 535, 938 939
Storage bins
2, 265, 298 316, 320
Storage boxes
939
Storage containers
2, 256 258, 260 266,
270 271, 273, 286 288, 290, 292 296,
299 302, 304 310, 312 313, 316, 320,
324 339, 351 373, 404, 406 409, 794 795
Storage containers made from steel
260 262, 265, 328, 352 358, 360 368,
370 373
Storage cupboards 275 280, 282 285, 415,
494 507, 510, 512 518, 522 528, 530,
634 635, 638 639, 641, 648 654, 656 659
Storage cupboards with open fronted storage
bins
275 279, 282 285
Storage packing tables
680 681
Storage pallets 340 344, 346, 348 349, 383
Storage panels
960, 983, 987 991
Storage platforms
793
Storage sheds
300
Storage systems
292 296, 935, 938 939,
944 945
Storage tanks
325, 333, 402
Strapping
151
Strapping and sealing tools
687 697
Strapping devices
687 697
Strapping dispensers
687 689, 691 697
Strapping machines
687, 691
Strapping sets
688 689, 691 695, 697
Strapping tapes
687 689, 691 697
Straps
153
Stretch films
669 671
Stretch rollers
669 671
Stretchers
544
Strip curtains
141
Strip steel stool
564
Suction lifters
151
Sump flooring
375, 379 381, 383, 385 387,
390 396
Sump trays
375, 379 397, 400 401, 428
Sump trays for liquid storage container
388 390, 396 397
Sump trays for small containers 379, 384 385,
392, 398, 428
Sump trays, mobile
380, 382, 392, 395
1015
T
T-card systems
965
Table linking worktops
832
Table scales
699
Table storage boxes
938 939
Table trollies 20, 22 30, 35 38, 40, 42 50,
52, 58 59, 61, 72, 615
Tables
Canteen tables
913, 915 916, 920
Computer desks
590, 922
Conference tables 585, 827, 913, 915 916,
920
Desks
586, 810, 812 821, 824 827,
830 832, 834 846
Folding tables
610, 784, 913
Foremen's desks
585 586
Multi-purpose tables 827, 906, 913 916, 920
Packing tables
680 681
PC desks
590 591, 820 821, 922
Pedestal tables
784, 810, 920 922
Trapezoidal tables
915
Visitors' tables
827, 913, 915 916, 920
Work tables 586 588, 590 592, 594 595
Tabletop dispensers
668
Tabletop dividers
990, 993
Tabletop projection screens
961
Tabletop rotary filing system
945
Tanks
325, 333, 402
Tap for liquid handling can
325, 384
Tape belts
683, 685
Tapered containers 299, 301 302, 309 310,
328, 330 331
Tea room fittings
904, 906 909, 913,
915 916, 920
Telephone booths
992
Telephone swivel arms
938
Telescopic combination ladders
719
Telescopic ladders
719, 723
Telescopic loaders
124
Telescopic workplatforms
719
Templates for markings
773
Terminal desks
922
Tesa dispensers
685
Tesa self-adhesive tapes

685
Textile panels
956, 962 964
THEA office system
814 815
Threading rods for strapping dispensers 692
Three wheelers
10, 21
Ticket holders, magnetic
255
Ticket holders, self-adhesive
255
Tilting boards
964, 968
Tilting skips
18, 79, 359 370
Tilting skips made of PE
359, 369
Time recording devices
541
Time stamps and cards
541
TINO office system
818 819
Toilet paper
535
536, 538 539
Tool and supplies trollies
19, 26 27, 56
Tool cases
323 324
Tool cupboards
624 625, 629 633,
635 643, 645, 648 654, 656 661
Tool holders
56, 620 621
Tool store counters
629
Tool trollies22 30, 33, 40, 59, 78, 493, 615 618
Toolboxes
256 257, 324
Toolboxes made of aluminium 256 258, 324
Torches
582
Tork cleaning cloths
537
1016
Touch waste bins

458
Traffic cones
740, 747
Traffic mirrors
776 777, 779
Traffic speed ramps
774
Trailers
83 85
Transparent storage boxes
264 268,
270 273, 281, 287, 292, 308, 619
Transport baskets
72, 258, 260
Transport boxes, plastic
2, 298 302,
304 317, 319 320
2, 58, 61, 63 66,
71 77, 80, 256 259, 299 302, 306 307,
309 310, 312 313, 316, 320, 323 324,
326 332, 334 339, 351 373, 430 432
Transport containers, aluminium
256 259
Transport device castors
158 164, 166
Transport dollies
88 91, 259
Transport equipment
Aluminium box trollies
62
38, 40
Aluminium sack trucks
98, 102
Aluminium shelf trollies
47
Assembly shelf trollies
60
Assembly trollies
12 13, 16, 23 30, 33,
56, 59 61, 616 617
Beam trucks
96 102
Bulk material trucks
79
Canteen trollies
45
Cantilever shelf trucks
57
Carts
2, 33, 47, 312 313, 617
CC trucks
7, 10
Chassis, heavy duty
93
Container trollies
58, 61, 78
Container trucks
9, 62 63, 78
Cupboard trollies
15, 62, 64, 66
Dollies 17, 37, 45, 86 88, 90 91, 94, 346, 352
Drum handling equipment
5, 104 106
Drum rollers
104
Drum tilters
105 106
Drum transporters
104 105, 382
Drum trucks
104 105
Folding platform trollies
8, 37 39, 41, 46
Folding transport trucks
100 102
Furniture movers
88 89
Gas cylinder trollies
20, 103
General purpose trollies 11 12, 22 23, 40,
56, 58 59, 61
Heavy duty wheel barrows
359 370
83
Laboratory trollies
34 35, 43, 49 50, 72
Mesh trollies
15, 49, 63 66, 68 75, 77
Metal box trucks
18, 63, 79
Metal shavings trucks
79, 366
Mobile cupboards
33
Multi-purpose shelf trucks
42, 62, 81
Newspaper trucks
53
Office trollies
49
Order picking trollies
22, 33, 42, 58 61,
68, 77
Parcel trucks
53
Plate trucks
20, 54 55, 57, 236
Platform trollies
6 10, 45 47, 81
Platform trucks
6 10, 37 41, 45 46, 81
Platform trucks with side rails
7
Platform trucks with wooden sides
9, 63
Platform trucks, zinc plated
40
Post trucks
47 48, 51 52, 939
97
Rolling containers
71 72, 74 76, 80
Sack trucks
20, 96 102
Service trollies
22, 60 61
Shelf trollies 14, 57, 60, 63 66, 68 70, 209
Shelf trucks
4, 14 15, 22, 37, 49, 51, 61,
63 66, 68 70, 72
Shelf trucks, hot dip galvanized
66
Stacking boxes
80
Stacking trucks
96 102
Stainless steel platform trollies
45
Stainless steel platform trucks
45
Stainless steel table trollies
44 45
96, 102
Stair climbing trucks with pivoting handles
96
Stanchion trollies
81 82
Steering chassis
93
Table trollies 20, 22 30, 34 38, 40, 42 50,
58 59, 61, 72
Telescopic loaders
124
Three wheelers
10, 21
Tool and supplies trollies
19, 56
Tool trollies
22 30, 33, 40, 59, 78, 493,
615 617
Trailers
83 85
Transport baskets
72, 258, 260
58, 61, 63 66,
71 72, 74 77, 80, 256 258, 299 302, 307,
309 310, 320, 326 332, 337 339, 351 373
Transport dollies
88 91
Transport equipment, galvanized
66
Transport rollers
2, 37, 45, 86, 93 94,
312 313
Transport trucks
96 102
Tubular table trolley
11, 24 25
Turntable trucks
78, 82
Two-wheeled hand trucks
78, 82
Wire mesh box trucks
9, 18, 63
Wire mesh shelf trucks
20
Work tables, mobile
16, 22
Transport equipment, hot dip galvanized
66
668, 673, 676
Transport rollers
2, 37, 45, 86, 93 94,
312 313
Transport tanks
325, 333, 402
Transport trucks
96 102, 236, 702
Transport trucks, hot dip galvanized
40 41
Trapezoidal tables
915
Tread surface
549
Tripods for panels
952
Trolleys for aluminium boxes
256, 259
Trollies for office devices
615, 966
234, 398 401
Troughs
375, 379 397, 428
Tubular boltless shelving
213
Tubular steel shelf trucks
209
Tubular steel steps
702, 706, 709, 728, 731
Tubular table trolleys
11, 24 25
Tug-lifts
94
Turntable trucks
78, 82
Twin rail system
968
Two-wheeled hand trucks
78, 82
Tyre shelving units
234
U
Umbrella stands
994, 1001
Universal cupboards
511, 646 651,
654 655, 847, 853 860, 862
Universal cupboards, extra high
853
Universal drum tilting equipment
106
Universal lights
582 583
Universal mirrors
777
Universal platforms
709
Universal trucks
99
UPLINER office system
810
V
Vacuum and sweeping machines
442 443
Vacuum cleaners
436 441
Vacuum cleaners for shavings
437, 441
Vacuum cleaners H
439
Vacuum cleaners M
439
Vacuum lifters
151
VALERIE office system
842 843
Valuables compartment
870
Valuables safes
873
Ventilation for safety / hazardous goods
cupboards
419
Vice height adjustment equipment
602
Vices
602
Video screens
965 966, 968
VIOLA office system
834 835
Vision storage cupboards 275 279, 282 285,
660
Visitors' chairs
896, 900 901, 904 905,
908 909, 916 917, 920
Visitors' tables
827, 913, 915 916, 920
W
Wall ashtrays 448 449, 451, 1003 1005, 1007
Wall clocks
540 541
Wall display units
782, 974
Wall mounted ashtrays
448 449, 451,

1004 1005, 1007
Wall mounted brochure holders 972, 974 976
Wall mounted clamping rails
968
Wall mounted cupboards 292, 638 639, 660
Wall mounted fans
584, 1008
Wall mounted glass cabinets 977 979, 981,
983 985
Wall mounted mirrors
776 779
Wall mounted network cupboards
667
Wall mounted sorting systems
938 939
Wall mounted swivel cranes
148
Wall mounted wardrobes 531, 534, 994 995,
997 998, 1000
Wall mounted waste collectors
478, 1002,
1005, 1007
Wall panels for open fronted storage bins 270
Wall ram protection
738, 770 771, 775
Wall shelving units
196, 297
Wall suspension units for bicycles
787
Wall winches
150
Wall-mounted clear view panel systems
932 934
Wardrobes
494 507, 510, 513 518, 520,
522 529, 648 649, 653, 812 813, 818 819,
824, 828 829, 831 832, 836 837, 858, 861
Warehouse steps
713
Warning and protection strips 738, 770 771
Warning signs
447
Warning tapes
682 683, 772
Washroom equipment
Folded paper towels
535 536
Hand dryers
536
Paper dispensers
537
536 539
Paper towels
535 536, 539
Soap dispensers and accessories
536, 538 539
536, 538 539
Waste collecting baskets
535
Waste bins
Bulk rubbish containers made of plastic
486 488
Bulk rubbish containers made of steel 488
Changing room waste collectors
467, 482 483
Cleaning wool bins
433, 472
450 452, 454
Food waste containers
483
Label set for waste separation
464, 467,
469, 471 472, 474, 477, 480 481, 487
Large capacity recyclable waste collectors
484
Litter pickers
456
Litter spikes
456
Pedal bins
458, 461 463, 467 468, 475,
482 483
Plastic sacks 456, 459 462, 464, 479 480,
490 491
463, 473, 483
Rubbish sack stands
455, 464, 478 485
Rubbish sacks
459, 462, 464, 467, 480,
490 491
Rubbish separators 461, 464, 469, 472 477,
482, 1001
Safety waste containers 433, 451, 456 457,
1002, 1005
Wall mounted waste collectors
478, 1005,
1007
Waste bins 450 462, 464 477, 482 483,
486 489, 535, 1001 1003, 1007
Waste collectors
377, 433, 450 462,
464 489, 535, 1001 1003, 1005 1007
Waste collectors for changing rooms
467, 483
Waste collectors for outdoors 450, 452 456,
464, 469, 486 489, 1003 1004
Waste collectors made of stainless steel
377, 433, 450, 452, 455, 457 462, 464,
481 482, 1001, 1003, 1005, 1007
Waste containers 450, 452 454, 456 462,
464, 467, 1001
Waste containers for offices
1001 1005,
1007
Waste containers for workshops 377, 433,
455 462, 464 489
Waste containers with ashtray
450 452,
454, 456
122299
Supply cupboards 63 66, 74 75, 275 280,

282 285, 624 625, 634 635, 638 643,
646 659
Support frames
226
Support trestles
58
Supporting frame dividers
347
Supporting frames for pallets
345, 347, 349
Suspension files
850 852, 854, 856 857,
861, 945
Sweeping machines
442 443
Swivel armchairs
901
Swivel arms for telephones
938
Swivel castors
155 169
Swivel chairs
376 377, 563, 567 581, 840,
879, 881 883, 886 896, 901
Swivel cranes
148 149
122299
Waste paper bins

457, 535, 1001 1002
Waste collectors
351, 359 374, 377,
430 433, 450 489, 535, 1001 1003,
1005 1007
Waste collectors for changing rooms 467, 483
Waste collectors for cleanrooms
377
Waste collectors for confidential data
487
Waste collectors for documents
487
Waste collectors made from stainless steel
377, 433, 450, 452, 455, 457 462, 464, 474,
481 483, 1001, 1003, 1005 1007
Waste containers
450 454, 456 462, 464,
467 468, 1001 1002, 1007
Waste containers for offices
1001 1007
Waste containers for outdoors 450, 452 456,
464, 469, 486 489, 1003 1004
Waste containers for workshops
374, 377,
433, 455 489
Waste containers with ashtray
450 452,
454, 456
Waste paper bins
457, 535, 1001 1002
Waste sack holders
483
Waste sacks
455 456, 460 462, 464,
479 480, 490 491
Weekly planners
948 949, 958 959, 965
114 115
Welding protection hoods
107
Welding screens
107
Wet adhesive tape dispensers
686
Wet adhesive tapes
686
436 441
Wet mop units
444 446
Wet yarn mops
447
Wheels and castors
154 155, 157 169
Whiteboards 951 952, 954 955, 958 959,
963 964, 968
Wide angle mirrors
778 779
Wide gauge high lifting stackers
122
Wide mops
444, 446 447
Wide neck drums
326
210 211, 214,
216 229, 232 233, 250, 252
Winches
92, 150
Winding devices
622 623
Window cleaning
447
Window cleaning sets
447
Window cupboards
638, 654
Winwrap stretch films
669, 671
Wire baskets
260 261, 535, 939
Wire loops
490
Wire mesh box trucks
9, 18, 63
Wire mesh cupboards
521
Wire mesh partitions
485, 743, 796 799
Wire mesh shelf trucks
20
Wire mesh shelving
184 185, 220 221
Wire storage units
939
Wire twister
490
Wood stacking chairs
908 909
Wooden benches
532 534, 784 785
Wooden floor slats
556
Wooden pallets
346, 348
Wooden shelving units
244
Wooden supporting frames for pallets
347
Workbench panels
606
Workbench with XXL drawers
608, 626
Workbenches
23, 25 30, 33, 59, 492,
587 588, 594 610, 614 615, 624 626
Workbenches, height adjustable
587
Workbenches, mobile
16, 23 30, 33, 59,
597 598, 603, 611 614
Workdesks
19, 32, 51, 639, 642, 644 645,
661, 664, 960
Workdesks, mobile
32, 68, 642, 645, 960
Working platforms
125, 709, 735 737
Workplace lighting
582 583, 924
Workplace lighting systems
590 593
Workplatforms
705, 707 709, 719, 731
Workplatforms, mobile
125, 736 737
Workshop accessories
24, 56
Workshop cranes
5, 144 145
Workshop desks
32, 642, 644 645, 661, 664
Workshop equipment
Assembly trollies 23 30, 46, 56, 59 61, 493,
612 613, 615 617
Complete workshop ranges
624 626
Drawer tool trollies
603, 614
Heavy duty working benches
608 609
Mobile stainless steel drawer cabinets 616
Mobile stainless steel tool trollies

616
Stainless steel workbenches 377, 610 611
Tool cupboards
624 625, 629 633,
636 643, 645, 648 652, 654, 656 661
Work tables
588, 590, 592, 594 595
Workbench panels
606
Workbenches
23, 25 30, 33, 59, 492,
587 588, 594 610, 614 615, 624 626
Workbenches, mobile
16, 23 30, 33, 59,
597 598, 603, 611 614
Workshop stools
563 566, 580 581
Workshop systems
56
Workstands
723
Workstations
587 588, 590, 592 601,
605 609, 611, 810, 812 821, 824 827,
830 832, 834 846, 922
Worktables
32, 51, 585 588, 590 592, 645
Worktables, height adjustable
587
Worktables, mobile
16, 22 23, 25 30, 32,
35 36, 46, 51, 59, 68, 612 613, 645
Worktops
606
Y
Year planners
958 959, 965
Z
Zarges boxes
Zinc plated platform ladders
256 258
734
1017
i
General Conditions of Sale
1. Basis of Contract
7. Reservation of title
10. Overall liability
Any order accepted by us shall be subject to these

conditions of sale and no other condititions shall apply
unless previously agreed by us in writing.
Every delivery shall be effected, provided nationally

applicable, subject to the following reservation of title:
Additional liability for compensation for damages other

than as provider for im No 9 is regardless of the legal
basis on which the claim is assertet ruled out. This shall
apply in particular for compensation claims for damages
based on a breach of contract liability (Verschulden bei
Vertragsschluss), on account of other breaches of duty
or on account of tortious claims for the reimbursement of
property damage in accordance with 823 of the
(German) Civil Code [BGB].
This restriction shall also apply, to the extent you assert a
claim for the reimbursement of damages instead of the
reimbursement of expenditure spent in vain (Ersatz nutzloser Aufwendungen).
To the extent a compensation claim for damages asserted
against us is ruled out or is restricted, this shall also apply
with regard to the personal liability of our employees and
assistants.
Our offers are available to industrial, business, trade and

self-employed customers. They are not applied for reseller which clients are private persons (Verbraucher 13
German Civil Code [BGB]). Each order for goods to be
supplied by us shall be deemed to be an offer by the buyer
to purchase the goods upon these conditions and shall be
accepted entirely at the discretion of us.
Subject to alterations shall be technical developments
and changes in model. Misprints are possible and shall
constitute no claims. Because of typographical causes
the colours showed in the catalogues can diverge from
the RAL-tinges.
3. Delivery period
The delivery period shall be determined according to the
respective availability to the products contained in the
catalogue and the mode of transport (by ship, air or truck)
agreed in writing between the buyer and us prior to
delivery. Delivery days are man-days without Saturday.
Delivery period is indicated as the expected period from
the acceptance of the order until the handing over to the
carrier.
Any date or time given by us to the buyer for the delivery
of goods is an estimate only and shall not be considered
a contractual obligation.
4. Delivery
We deliver ex works (EXW Incoterms 2010).
However, we offer to arrange the delivery with all included
formalities to a ship- to location determined by us.
All costs within this context have to be paid by the buyer.
The goods are packed in a respective transportable
manner. As a general rule our package is re-usable and
recyclable.
5. Prices
The basis of the pricing is the catalogue as in force and
updated from time to time.
All prices in the catalogue are exclusive of VAT and
administration charges (in particular delivery and
shipments costs, customs duties, etc.) which shall be
payable in addition to the price of the goods.
Unless otherwise described in the catalogue, indicated
prices are for one unit in each case. Illustrated decoration
articles are not included.
6. Payment
Unless otherwise agreed, the buyer shall pay in advance.
79771
Our offers are available for industry, trade and

self-employed persons.
1018
Title to the supplied merchandise shall only pass to the

buyer with the payment in full of the supplied merchandise.
The buyer is entitled within the ordinary course of
business to process, transform or sell the merchandise
subject to this reservation. Claims arising from the resale,
which the buyer can collect subject to an objectively
justified revocation by us, are hereby assigned by way of
security to us. If the merchandise subject to reservation of
title is processed or transformed, then this shall always be
undertaken for us as manufacturer, without, however,
giving rise to obligations. If the title of us is thus lost, then
co-ownership of the new article shall alternatively pass
to us.
8. Acceptance of merchandise
The merchandise is to be checked upon receipt that it is
free from defects ( 377 German Commercial Law [HGB]).
Obvious defects are to be notified by the recipient in
writing immediately and hidden defects promptly after
their discovery at latest within 12 months.
If transport damage occurs, we are to be informed, as
otherwise a processing of the claim against the transport
company is jeopardised.
11. Applicable law and place of jurisdiction
9. Warranty, Liability
The placing of orders from Catologues will require the

buyer to provide the seller with the buyer`s name and
address and other relevant information.
Personal information provided by the buyer and, any other
relevant information relating to the buyer, will be held by
us and may be used for marketing purposes within the
TAKKT group, including market research, or occasionally
shared wit other oganisationsin the prevention of fraud.
For the products of the catalogue we shall afford warranty

for the duration of 12 months from the passing over of risk
regarding material and processing, but not however, wear
and tear.
In the case of legetimate complaints, we shall remedy
deficiencies within the relevant warranty period free of
charge at our option by repairing the defekt (rectification) or by supplying a fault-free article (new delivery).
We are, however, not obliged to undertake such remedial
measures if the buyer has already interfered with the
product in such a manner which makes impossible or
more difficult to repair the article.
If a remedy fails within a reasonable period, which is to be
set by the buyer, the buyer can demand a resonable
reduction of the remuneration (lowering of the purchase
price) or withdraw from this particular contract of sale
and claim damages, if applicable.
Contractual claims for damages shall cover intend,
gross negligence, the culpable violation of a fundamental
contractual obligation and a non-compliance with an
expressly furnished warranty.
With the exeption of international breaches, our liability
shall be restricted to the foreseeables loss which may
typically occur.
This restriction of liability does not affect any claims of a
culpable loss of life, physical injury or impairment to
health. This shall also apply for conpulsory liability in
accordance with the (German) Product Liability Act)
Produkthaftungsgesetz).
Otherwise we shall not accept any liability.
The contract between the buyer and us shall be governed

and construed by the laws of Germany.
The United Nations Convention of Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods (CISG) is not applicable.
Place of jurisdiction of the contracts is Stuttgart.
12. Data Protection
KAISER+KRAFT GmbH
(valid December 2012)
We reserve the right to change prices, models and

for printing errors.
All RAL colours printed may differ from the standard
due to printing.
79771
2. Acceptance

Catalog Kaiser Kraft 2013 PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Descriere originală:

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Catalog Kaiser Kraft 2013 PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Distribuitor in Romania pentru Kaiser+Kraft - Lord Industrial Tools S.R.L.

NEW IN THE CATALOGUE

With drawbar and coupling

HEAVY DUTY SHELVING UNITS

In light grey RAL 7035

Single and double width

Standard shelf unit

No. 111 268-BK

With hand operated access flap

No. 111 272-BK

With 40 litre inner container

Detailed information can befound

No. 706 277-BK

Paper towel and cleaning

No. 970 551-BK

Mobile pedestals ................................ 848

SCISSOR LIFT PLATFORM TRUCKS

+ HIGH QUALITY PRODUCTS

DRUM TILTING CLAMPS

Detailed description on page 106.

4 Wheels and castors

+ Developed by our experts to provide

6 10, 37 42, 45, 47, 52

Four wheelers, mobile

Assembly and general

11 13, 16, 26 30, 58 61

Shelf trucks and trolleys,

Frame and push handle powder coated in light blue

Container trucks and

18, 53, 62 63, 71 80

Platform trolleys and

Dollies, transport and

Gas cylinder and

20, 103 106

Heavy goods trailers

For your safety

Dollies, winches and jacks

1 With tubular push handle

Solid rubber tyres, 200 mm

Nylon wheels, 200 mm

Pneumatic tyres, 210 mm

2 Without additional structures

Solid rubber tyres, 200 mm

Platform made of plywood with mesh patterned non-slip

Solid rubber full-elastic tyres, 200 mm

4 With one end panel

5 With two end panels

End panel made of MDF, 500 mm high.

End panels made of MDF, 500 mm high.

Solid rubber tyres, 200 mm

Solid rubber tyres, 200 mm

All articles ex works plus charges

3 For heavy loads up to 1000 kg

For your safety

+ Developed by our experts to provide

Cash & Carry trucks

Available in most RAL colours.

Save space with empty trucks

Approx. 6m storage is required for 5standard

Approx. 2m is sufficient for 5 CC trucks.

Trucks with side bars

Platform / bar heights